J
 
 
 
 THE LIBRARY 
 
 OF 
 
 THE UNIVERSITY 
 
 OF CALIFORNIA 
 
 LOS ANGELES
 
 NEW SYSTEM 
 
 O F 
 
 GEOGRAPHY: 
 
 IN WHICH IS GIVEN, 
 
 A General Account of the Situation and Limits, the 
 
 Manners, History, and Constitution, of the 
 
 feveral Kingdoms and States in the known World ; 
 
 And a very particular Defcription of their Subdivifions and Dependencies ; their 
 Cities and Towns, Forts, Sea-ports, Produce, Manufactures and Commerce, 
 
 By A.F. BUSCHING, D.D. 
 
 Profefibr of Philofophy in the Univerfity of Gottinge n, and Member of the 
 
 Learned Society at Duisburg. 
 
 Carefully Tranflated from the laft Edition of the German Original. 
 
 To the Author's Introductory Difcourfe are added three Eßiys relative to the Subje&. 
 
 Illuftrated with Thirty-fix Maps, accurately projected on a new Plan. 
 
 IN SIX VOLUMES. 
 V O L U M E the F I R S T. 
 
 CONTAINING, 
 
 Denmark, Norway, Greenland, Sweden» 
 
 Russia and Poland. 
 
 LONDON: 
 
 Printed for A. Millar in the Strand. 
 MDCCLXII.
 
 Annex 
 
 Ca« i /It 
 
 v,'i 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 THE Author has divided this Syftem of Geography into four * volumes, 
 and to every volume has prefixed a preface. In that to the firft 
 he has given an account of the work in general ; and likewife of the 
 method he purfued, and the fources from which he drew his materials. 
 But as this Englifo edition does not confift of an equal number of volumes 
 with the German original, and the countries defcribed are differently ar- 
 ranged in fome of them, the Author's preface muft be adapted to the 
 tranflation. I fhall therefore extract only fuch paffages as relate to the 
 volume before us, and the work in general ; omitting fuch particulars as 
 have an immediate relation to the firft German edition, and the manner of 
 publishing it, which would fwell this preface to an immoderate length 
 M. Bufchtng gives us the following account of his undertaking, &c. 
 
 ' My defign is to give an accurate and ufeful Defcription of the Earth 
 4 as far as it is known, from the beft helps that could be procured on 
 ' the fubjecl:. For this end, I was under an indifpenfable neceffity of 
 
 * fetting about the Work, as if no Syftem of Geography had been extant 
 
 * before. I am very fenfible that there are many treatifes of that nature 
 
 * published : However, I could not implicitly depend upon, nor fafely copy 
 ' after any of them ; but was obliged carefully to examine every particular, 
 
 * and to have recourfe to the firft and beft fources. My predeceffors in 
 ' this Science, indeed, generally copy from each other ; and fuch as have 
 ' not copied from other Syftems of Geography, have tifed fuch helps as 
 \ are univerfally known, and open to every one's perufal, if we except 
 
 * fome few particulars. And it is evident they either had not, or could 
 
 * not have recourfe to the beft fources ; or, which has generally been the 
 
 * cafe, did not ufe them with a proper degree of care and impartiality. 
 
 * It is to be obferved that each of thofe volumes contain two parts, fo that the four may 
 more properly be confidered as eight. We thought it neceflary to mention this, left it fhouki 
 be imagined that we have increafed the bulk of this work, uniieceflarily, for our own inrereJf. 
 
 A 2 * Hence 
 
 850^>L«X
 
 iv PREFACE. 
 
 Hence a perfon who has the lead: fkill in geography, or knowledge of 
 the Terraqueous Globe, has reafon to complain, that the SylTems of Geo- 
 graphy hitherto publifhed are of very little fervice. Theie were my 
 motives for not blindly following my predeceilbrs who have written on 
 this fubject ; on the contrary, I had recourfe to the fame originals from 
 which they derived their materials, and hkewife to other fourccs which 
 they could not have accefs to; or if they had, which they made no 
 ufe -of. Now as I can truly aver, that I have neidier retailed, new- 
 modelled, nor made the labours of my predeceilbrs on this ful ject the 
 ground work of mine ; but proceeded as if no fuch books had been 
 extant, and I myfelf had been the firff. who wrote on the fubject, I leave 
 it to the determination of any competent judge, whether my Geography 
 can admit of any improvement from the labours of former geographers ? 
 At lead: when I compared their works with the Defcription which I 
 had finiihed, I found nothing to add, which was either neceffary, or 
 ufeful to be known. And if they happen to mention fome circutn- 
 ftances, about which my helps were filent, I have fcrupled to admit fuch 
 particulars into my account, and, 1 think, with reafon referved them for 
 a future enquiry. This I look upon as the only means to bring Geography 
 to a greater degree of perfection than it has hitherto acquired ; and I 
 hope the Learned will allow that by this method 1 have laid a good 
 foundation for it. I am well convinced that others who fhall write on 
 this fubject after me, will, by experience, find what I have here ad- 
 vanced to be true ; and it is my earned: requeft that they would; in the 
 manner I have done, examine every particular as far as it is pofhble, 
 without trufting to others. 
 
 { The rules which I have obferved in the profeeution of diis work are- 
 the very fame that I recommended as rules of conduct for a Geographer 
 in §. 3. of the Introduction *. However, I muft add, that though I think, 
 it both a neceffary and ufeful direction, with regard to any particular 
 country, to follow the accounts written on the l'pot, as they generally 
 exhibit a more accurate and juft defcription than any other geographical 
 or topographical treatife extant, and are drawn from the proper iources : 
 Yet it is always proper, in the ufe of fnch helps, to proceed with cir~ 
 cumfpection, and, at the fame time, to join our own enquiries with 
 them, For indance, in Szafzky's hitrodutlic in Orbis bcdicrni Gccgia- 
 fbiam, there is nothing that can be of ufe to a Geographer but the 
 chapter which treats of Hungary ; for that article, on account of th© 
 care employed by the Author who was an Hungarian, may ferve for a 
 fhort chorographical defcription ofthat Kingdom, and conlequently may 
 be reckoned among the genuine fources of that part of Geography. 
 
 * See page 7. 
 
 1 It
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 ' It is my defign, that the Syflcm of Geography fhall be neither too 
 fhort and concile, nor too tedious and circumftantial ; and I purpofe 
 to bring together into one view the befb chorographical and topographical 
 descriptions extant ; and to feledt many hiftorical and phyfical remarks 
 and obfervations which are to be met with in a great number of printed 
 books and manufcripts. I (hall alfo continue to carry on an extenfive 
 correfpondence by Letters, not without a confiderable expence, with men 
 of learning and politenefs in different parts of the world, in order to gain 
 a more exact knowledge of the prefent genuine ftate of countries and 
 places, than it is poffible to acquire frcm printed accounts. And indeed 
 I have had the good fortune, hitherto, to find almoft every perfon to 
 whom I applied for this purpofe, inclined to promote my defign ; befides 
 fome hundreds who have voluntarily contributed to it. I have tranfmitted 
 my original fketch to feveral places, in order to be improved and cor- 
 rected. Befides, I apply to perfons of all ranks who are capable of 
 being ferviceable to my defign, on whom I make modeft demands of 
 affiftance ; and my travels have turned out to very good account, as 
 they gave me an opportunity of making immediate enquiries and obfer- 
 vations on the fpot in feveral kingdoms. 
 
 1 In defcribing the various countries in the known world I obferve 
 the following method. In the firft place, I treat of their Polity or civil 
 conftitution, in an authentic and concile manner, with impartiality and 
 circumfpection. I have, with regard to the conftitution or form of go- 
 vernment of feveral countries, had the good fortune, hitherto to pro- 
 cure important and authentic accounts, and fuch as rarely fall into the 
 hands of the Learned. Thofe who are competent judges in thele matters 
 will rind them fcattered with no sparing hand in this firft volume. The 
 plan I have laid down, and the neceilary caution and prudence to be obferved 
 on thefe occaiions, forbid me to communicate any more of thofe anec- 
 dotes to the Public. I have candidly pointed out all the advantages which» 
 every country enjoys, or at leaft, fuch as have come to my knowledge ; 
 and there is not a fingle country on the Globe which cannot boalt of 
 fome peculiar advantages. It would be highly abfurd and blameable in a 
 Geographer, to defpiie any country becaufe it has not fome particular' 
 advantage or conveniency with which, perhaps, another region is bleflid. 
 Such a writer pours contempt on the works of God, and the feveral do-- 
 mains of his extenfive kingdom; and finds faults with Divine Providence, 
 which deals out the good things and commodities of the Earth with- 
 the moft confummate wifdom and benevolence, and imparts to every 
 country what is indifpenfably neceffary for its inhabitants. I wholly avoid 
 giving the characters of nations, it being not only a very difficult talk in itfelf, , 
 but fuch general charaders are alfo, at beftj uncertain, and for the moft- 
 part ill-grounded and partial. I refer to what 1 have written on this 
 
 ' head-
 
 vi PREFACE. 
 
 * 'head in §. 70. of the Introduction. As the extending and increafing of 
 
 * commerce is now one of the principal objects which mod: nations have 
 
 * in view, I have given an exact account of the prefent (late of trade 
 ' in thofe countries where it flourifhes molt. The reader will find this 
 
 * article, with regard to the Northern Countries, accurately defcrilxd in 
 
 * this volume. 
 1 Next to the general account of the Polity of States and Kingdoms 
 
 follows the particular geographical dekription of every country, in which 
 I lay down the ufual political divilions into greater and fmaller diilricfs 
 as the balls of it, including, at the fame time, the Eccleliaftical Polity 
 of every country. I do not defignedly omit one natural or artificial 
 curiofity that deferves notice in any place which I have defcribed : but 
 touch on it at leaft, if I cannot give a circumftantial account of it. 
 The principal cities and towns in every country I defcribe according to 
 the ichnographical plans we have of them, and that pretty largely, as 
 thev contain feveral things worthy of notice. I have not ufed the expref- 
 fions, great, Jmall, handfome, eminent., inconjlderable, mean, Sec. indifferently 
 or partially ; but employed them according to the Knowledge I had 
 acquired of every particular place. I could wifh we had, in this refpect, 
 a certain rule to go by ; but fuch a ffandard is difficult to be found. A 
 town is large, handfome, and well-built ; or little, mean, and inconfider- 
 able, only as confidered with refpect to other towns in the fame country ; 
 but when compared with thofe of other countries, may deferve different 
 epithets. For what is called a large and beautiful place, and really is 
 fo in one kingdom, may be juftly called little and i;iconfiderable, or a 
 place of no great note, in another. However, there are towns, &c. in 
 every country, which may in general be called large and elegant. I have 
 fet down the probable number of inhabitants in feveral countries and 
 great cities, or inferted an account of their births and burials from the 
 annual Bills of Mortality; but this could not be done for all. In de- 
 fcribing others, I have alfo (hewn how the Names of places are properly 
 pronounced, a neceffary information in a Syftem of Geography; but this I 
 cannot pretend to have done in all in a fatisfactory manner. Upon the 
 whole, I muff obferve that it is not poffible to defcribe every country with 
 equal accuracy and authenticity, the fame helps, and vouchers of equal 
 credit, cannot be procured for them all. My defcriptions, however, will 
 be found tolerably uniform and of a piece in proportion to the extent 
 and importance of the countries defcribed ; and what is ilill wanting in mv 
 account of feveral places may poflibly be (upplied hereafter. 
 ' To write a Syftem of Geography, or, in other words, to give a 
 Defcription of the Earth, is a very difficult, laborious, and important 
 talk, and requires the united efforts of whole Societies : what an ar- 
 duous undertaking muft it then be for a lingle perfon ? I doubt, whe- 
 
 ' thcr
 
 PREFACE. vü 
 
 ther any one has beftowed more pains on the fubject, or treated with 
 greater application and more unwearied diligence than myfelf; and 
 this is the only merit I alTume. Whoever expects a perfect work of 
 this kind, does not underftand wherein the perfection of it confirts. 
 Thofe who are competent judges of the fubjecl will confider whether 
 the whole performance is good in its kind ; for errors in fome particulars 
 are unavoidable when we treat of a fubject that admits of gradual 
 improvement. I hope I may without vanity call my Syftem of Geo- 
 graphy newo and more perfecl than any book of the kind yet published j 
 but I do not pretend to impofe it on the Public as a work abfolutely 
 perfect in itfelf, being well apprized that a great number of additions and 
 corrections are requilite to render it fueh, and confequently that it falls 
 far fhort of perfection. 
 
 1 It was, at firft, my defign to annex to every volume fome critical 
 obfervations on the books which I made ufe of in defcribing every 
 country; but this I muft defer to fome other opportunity. In the In- 
 troduction however, to the defcription of every State or Kingdom I fhall 
 give a lift of moft if not of all the Authors of note who have treated 
 of that country, and fet down the titles of the books, &c. 
 * This firft volume begins with the Northern States of Europe. It has, 
 indeed, been ufual for feveral years paft to begin books of Geography 
 with Portugal : But that method was neither neceflary nor regular, and, 
 probably, owes its origin to the following trifling circumftance. The 
 map of Europe, in. order to aflift the memories of children, has been* 
 reprefented under the figure of a Woman who was to be defcribed 
 from head to foot; and therefore Geographers began with Portugal, which, 
 was fuppofed to be the head-drefs of this imaginary Lady. On the con- 
 trary, the Geographers of the fixteenth and the firft part of the feven- 
 teenth century, as namely, Mercato, Ortclius, Hondius, JanJJoti, ccc. begini 
 with the Northern parts of Europe. I have followed their example 
 rather out of chance than defign; Providence having, for fome years,, 
 placed me in thofe parts; and therefore I begin with the defcription of 
 them. The Northern Parts have been, hitherto, generally the leaft 
 regarded by foreigners, and defcribed with far lefs care and accuracy 
 than the fputhern and weftern countries of Europe, though their im- 
 portance and extent deferve more particular notice. For this reafon I 
 have allowed the Northern kingdoms more room in my Syflem oi Geo- 
 graphy than other Authors have clone in books on this fubject. Before - 
 I enter on the defcription of thefe countries,. 1 have premifed fomething, 
 by way of Introduction to every State, &c. 
 4 In the firft place, I have, fhewn the Utility of Geography;, and 
 • particularly recommended the nece'Jity and ufefulnefs of this faience, as^ 
 ' itferves to d'ifplay the power and wifdom of God, and promotes his glory..
 
 vin 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 1 In the next, I have fubjoined a fhort Introduction to Geo- 
 
 ' S ra P n y> ' n w ttkh I have given and explained the Definition of that 
 
 t icience, taken notice of the maps drawn by the geographers of the 
 
 ' ancient, middle, and modern ages ; and treated of the Mathematical and 
 
 * Phvlkal part of Geography. In explaining thefe heads I have avoided 
 ' prolixity as much a^ noiiible, and touched merely on fuch particulars, as 
 ' ierve to facltrt&tfc and promote the ftudy of Geography; and confequently 
 ' the reader ought previoully to be well acquainted with them. I hope too 
 ' I may, at lead, be entitled to the approbation and thanks of many of 
 < them, for having with great labour and affiduity collected the moft impor- 
 i tant, ufeful, and entertaining accounts and obfervations, which, before, 
 
 * lay fcattered in a great number of volumes. 
 
 ' Laftly, I have treated pretty largely on the furrounding and intercur- 
 i rent Seas in the feveral parts deicribed in each volume, and collected 
 
 * the moft important remarks and obfervations that were to be met with 
 ' concerning the nature and qualities of them. 
 
 4 Next to this comes a general view of Europe; and then follow the 
 *• Kingdoms and States contained in it. Among thefe that of Denmark 
 ' preients itfelf firfr. to the Reader's view. In defcribing this country, I 
 ' had no account of it which had been taken on the fpot to ferve as the 
 ' ground work of my defcription; but was obliged to defcribe it after a 
 ' new method. My helps in print were the following ; 
 
 ' Holberg's Hijlory of Denmark. 
 
 ■ Pontoppidan's Eccleßaßical Hißory. 
 
 1 Theatrum et tmrmora Dancia felecliora. 
 
 * Berutsen's Glory of Denmark and Norway in German. 
 
 * Hermansen's Delicice regnorum Danice, Norwegia, 6cc. 
 « Vernon's Relation a" un voyage J 'ait en Danamarc. 
 
 ' The Danifh Vitruvius. 
 
 ' The Danifh Library. 
 
 ' Scripta Societatis Hafnienfis, bonis artibus promovendis dedita. 
 
 « The Danifh Magazine. 
 
 ' Thura's Idea Hißoria Literaria Danorum. 
 
 ' Anchersan's Prejat. ad Fab. Geogra. fynopt. 
 
 * The Religious State of Denmark and Norway. 
 « Colonel Thura's Hafnia Hodierna. 
 
 ' Re sen n Defer iptio Sainfoa. 
 
 * Aagardi Defcriptio Otbhiia. 
 
 1 Obfervations on the Ißands of Faalfter and Laaland. 
 « Ekickso's Defcription of the Village oj Viborg. 
 
 * Terpager's Defcriptio Urbis Ripen/is. 
 
 ( Dankwerth's New Chromgraphical Defcription of the Dutchies of 
 
 « Slefwick and HoUlcin. 
 
 West-
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 c We stphalen's Monument a inedita rcrum Germanicarwn, precipue Cim- 
 c brie arum, &c. 
 
 * Noodt's Supplement to the hißory of the Dutehies of Slefvvick and Holftein. 
 c Molleri Ifag. ad Hiß. Ducat. Slefwick and Holftein. 
 ' Lass's Collection of the accounts of the towns of Hufum, 
 c Kraften's Ecclefmflical and Literary Hißory of Hufum. 
 ' Befides thefe authors, I have compared my account of Denmark, after 
 c I had corrected and improved it, with Hubner's Large, and Small Syßem 
 c of Geography, tranflated into Danijh. With regard to the Dutchy of 
 ' Slefwick, I have made the fhort Defcription of it, which I published in 
 ' 1752, the ground-work; but at the fame time, I new-modelled and greatly 
 ' improved it. I have not only defcribed feveral parts of the Kingdom of 
 ' Denmark from my own perfonal obfervations ; but was alfo favoured, in 
 ' that article, beyond any of my predecelfors on this fubjecl, by the affiftaiKC 
 c of feveral perfons of great abilities and dilti nguifhed characters. 
 ' In defcribing Norway I confulted the following books. 
 ' Clausson's, Wolf's, and Jonas Ramus's Defcriptions ofthat country. 
 ' Pontoppidan's Natural Hi/lory of Norway *. 
 1 Muller's Defcription of the town of Tonlberg. 
 
 * Schroder's Defcription of the town of Fredenckihald. 
 1 Holberg's Defcription of the town of Bergen. 
 
 ' All thefe treatifes are written in the Danijh language. 
 
 * The Defcription of the iflands of Faroe is almolt entirely taken from 
 c Debes. In defcribing Iceland, I have made ufe of the following books. 
 
 ' Arngrim JouAs'sChrimogtea. 
 
 * Ol A vi 1 Enarrationes Hiß. de ?iatura & cojißitutione Ißandice. 
 
 1 Anderson's Defcription of Iceland, with that of Horrebow, who re- 
 
 * futed the account given by the former. 
 
 ' Thorlacii Dijfertatio de Ijlandia. Thorlacii (who was another 
 ' writer of the fame name) Dijfertatio de ultimo month Heclce incendioi 
 
 * Samundsen's Account of the eruption of Krabla, in Daniih. 
 
 ' Laftly, in defcribing Ore enland I confulted Torf^ei Grönlandia dniiqua j 
 ' Egede's Account of the rife and progrefs of the Greenland Mißion ; and The 
 ' new Perlußration of ancient Greenland. I am like wife obliged to fome 
 ' learned men for feveral hiftorical accounts relating to thefe countries. My 
 
 * defcription of Iceland, I may venture to recommend as more accurate and 
 1 complete than any that was extant before. 
 
 ' I have been enabled to acquaint the reader with many important parti- 
 1 culars concerning the conftitution of Sweden, which were hitherto but 
 1 little known. For the Geographical defcription of that Kingdom, I make 
 
 * An elegant translation of this curious work was publifhed at London in 1755, by A. Linde. 
 That beautiful edition is illustrated with copper-plates, and an accurate map of Nbnvay. 
 
 Vol. I. a « Erich 
 
 IX
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 Erick Tuneld's excellent treatife, entitled The Geography of Sweden, my 
 ground-work. Befides, I have borrowed many curious remarks from the 
 following authors. 
 
 * Bring de Etymo Suecia'. 
 
 1 Benzelius de Propagat. Rel Chriß. in Suecia. 
 
 ' The Dcfcnption of Sweden, publificd at Ratitbon in 1 707. 
 
 ' Robinson's Etat prefent de la Suede. 
 
 * Loccenii Antiq. Sueco-Gothia. 
 
 4 Bring de comitiva Dignitate, prafertim in Sviogothia. 
 
 ( Tlie Etiffertations of the Royal Academy of Sciences in Sweden. 
 
 ' Stromwall's Dij/ertatio Apologetica contra fohannem Hubnerum. 
 
 ' Harlemann's Travels through feveral provinces of' Sweden. 
 
 ' Bring de Origine urbis antiques Sviogothia, & de Hallandia in genere. 
 
 1 Rydelius^" Blekingia. 
 
 * Bring de Blekingia. 
 
 ' Frondin de Helfitigia; 
 1 Serenius de Uplandia. 
 
 * Bioerner de Stockholmia antiqua. 
 ' Asp de Nycopia. 
 
 ' Bronwell's Hifioria linqua Darlecarliee. 
 
 * Hermansson de Prefeclura Naefgarde7ifi Dalecartia. 
 
 ' Hagstrom's Defcription of the province of Jemtland. 
 ■ Torn er de origine ac religione Fennonum. 
 
 * Hart mann de primis initiis Biorneburgi. 
 ' Outhier's Journal d'un voyage au Nord. 
 
 * In my Defcription of Lapland I have confulted Peter Hogstrom's 
 Defcription, compared with Scheffer's Lapponia and Scheller's 
 Travels, as the ground-work. As Count DahlbeRg's pompous and 
 valuable Work, entitled Suecia antiqua & hodiema, is fcarce, I have par- 
 ticularifed thofe towns and caflles of which he has inferted draughts and 
 perfpeclive views in his Suecia. 
 
 ' Next follows the Russian Empire with all its ancient and new con- 
 quered countries in Europe and Afia. I have given this vail Empire in 
 one view, as it lies naturally connected ; and confequently have described, 
 at the fame time, a considerable part of Aßa in this volume. As Geo- 
 graphers have, hitherto given but very imperfect accounts of that power- 
 ful Empire, my attempt may be confidcred as the firft effay towards an 
 accurate and authentic defcription of it. In 1745* A compendious treatife 
 of Political Geography was publifhed at Petersburg. That work gives 
 a circumftantial defcription of the Ruffian Empire , but is extremely faulty 
 and defective : However, it contains fome authentic hiftorical accounts. 
 Befides that treatife, I have made ufe of the following books in defcribing 
 Ingria, and Livonia, &c. 
 
 < The
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 ' The hißorical, political, and geographical Defcription of Sweden. 
 
 c Kelchen's Hißory of Livonia. 
 
 1 Defcription de la Livonie. 
 
 1 Strubyczii brevis defer iptio Livonia. 
 
 c The Chronicle of Livonia, publißed by Gruber and Arn-d. 
 
 ' Jetzen's Account of the white hares in Livonia. 
 
 1 The Monument of Dorpat. 
 
 c Peter von Haven's New Account of the Empire of Ruffia, written in 
 ' Danifh, and improved. 
 
 ( Weber's Ruffia metamorphofed. 
 
 c A colleSlion of the Ruflian Hißory by Muller and Bayer. 
 
 ' Martini's Account of Ruffia. 
 
 c The Mofcovite Letters, as they are called, with remarks. The text is 
 in many places erroneous and abfurd, and the remarks are not to be 
 depended on. 
 
 ' Hegelmayer's Impartial Account of the fever al remarkable thintrs in 
 Ruffia. * 
 
 1 Strahlenberg's Northern and Eaß em parts of Europe WAfia. 
 
 • Gmelin's Flora Siberica, and his Travels through Siberia, with his re- 
 marks on L' Hiftoire genealogique des Tartars. 
 
 ' The prefent fate of Ruffia written by Salmon, and published with 
 great alterations by Reichard, may very well fupply the place of Weber, 
 Haven's, Travels in Ruffia, Strahlenberg, Martini, and the Collection of 
 Ruffian hißorical pieces ; as the fubftance of them is to be found in 
 Reichard's performance ; but of this I made no ufe in my defcription of 
 Ruffia. During my flay at Peterßurg, I colleded feveral good accounts 
 of the Empire of Rußia, and made proper enquiries into many particu- 
 lars myfelf. The Rujian Imperial Academy alio caufed my delcription 
 of that Empire to be carefully revifed and improved by profefTor Müller. 
 My fhort Introduction to Rußia contains a more accurate, juft, authen- 
 tic, and impartial account of the conftitution of that Empire than many 
 other voluminous works. 
 
 1 I come in the next place to the Kingdom of Prussia ; and in deferr- 
 ing this country, Bock's Introduction to the fate of Pruffia ; Pruffia dif- 
 played ; the ASla Borußica, and the Remarkables of Pruffia; have been 
 of greater fervice to me than Abel's political Geography of Pruffia and 
 Brandenburg, with its continuation. 1 have myfelf made feveral obferva- 
 tions in my travels through P rußia ; and a learned Prußian alio fent 
 me authentic accounts of Prufia and the Great Dutchy of Lithuania, 
 for which I take this opportunity of making a due acknowlegement. 
 
 1 After Prufia, I defcribe Poland and Lithuania, and for that pur- 
 pofe, I confulted the following books. 
 
 a 2 « Gabriel 
 
 XI
 
 Xll 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 1 Gabriel Rzaczynski's Hifioria naturalis curio/a regni Polcnia. 
 
 * Pis tori i Corpus Hiß or i a Polonica. 
 
 4 Cromer's Defcription of the Kingdom of Poland. 
 
 f Staravolsci Polonia. 
 
 ' Cafim. Aloys. Holowka's Compendium Geographica. 
 
 1 Cellarii Defcript. Regni Polonia. 
 
 ' IIartknoch de re public a Polona. 
 
 ' Lengnich de jure publico regni Poloni. 
 
 * Pacta Conventa Augußi tertii cum Lengnichi Comment ario. 
 
 ' Krzistanowitz's Curious Defcription of the Kingdom of Poland. 
 ' Dughß; Hijhria Pel men. 
 
 * Lengnich's Polifh Hißory. 
 
 * Danozki's Lexicon of the learned men now living in Poland, &c. 
 
 4 With Poland I have connected the defcription of Poliß] Prußa, which 
 I look upon as a far more juft and commodious method, than the common 
 way of defcribing it with the Kingdom of Prußa ; for, at prefent, it has 
 no manner of connection with the latter. My helps in this part were as 
 follows. 
 
 4 Lengnich's Hißory of Regal or Polifh Pruffia. 
 
 4 'The P ruffian Collection of Records, and manufcript accounts which have 
 never been published. 
 
 ' Hartwich's Defcription of the three Werders lying in Polifh Pruffia. 
 
 4 Cell ar ii Defcriptio regni Polonia, & Privilegium civitatum minorum 
 Pruffia ocei dent alls y comment ario illußratum. 
 
 4 My own obfervation and experience have alfo fupptied me with feveral 
 ufeful hints in defcribing this country. 
 
 ' Laftly, under the article of Poland, I have defcribed the Dutchies of 
 Courland and Semigallia. I am perfuaded that the defcription I have given 
 of thele countries will fufficiently recommend itfelf to all impartial judges, 
 as a new, authentic, and accurate account. The true ftateof this country 
 is, at prefent, but little known. In my journey through Courland, I care- 
 fully informed myfelf about its conftitution from perfons of great fkill 
 and political knowledge ; and likewife made ufe of the following printed 
 accounts. 
 
 4 Nettelbatt's Faßt r cuius Rerum Curlandia. 
 
 ' The fame author's Anccdota Curlandia, and 
 
 ' His Treatife which clearly (hews the right of electing a Duke to be 
 derived to the Courlanders from their anceftors. 
 
 4 Privilegia & Jura pracipua ducat. Curlandia & Scmiga/Jia, befides 
 other public a<5ts. 
 
 4 Tetsch&'s Effay toxvards an eccleßaßical Hißory of Courland. 
 
 4 Defcription de la Livonie, which alfo treats of Courland. 
 
 4 The Life of Erne/t John, Duke of Courland. 
 
 j " 'The
 
 P R F. 1 A C E. 
 
 ' The port geographical account of the Dutchics of Courland and 
 Semigallia, inserted in The Cofmographical Accounts and collcSfions for 
 the year 1748. 
 
 * Hartnoch's Differtatio de Curonum & Sewigal. Republ. 
 
 1 I thought myfelf obliged to point out thefe authors as vouchers of tli« 
 truth or credibility of my accounts of thcfe different countries ; and I found 
 it as difficult to procure them, as it was laborious and irkfome to perufe 
 them all. From this the candid reader may form fome idea of the dif- 
 ficulty of this undertaking ; which will appear ftill more arduous, when 
 he has carefully perufed this work.' 
 
 Xlll 
 
 C O N
 
 CONTENTS 
 
 T O T H E 
 
 First Volume, 
 
 Of the UTILITY of G E O G R A P H Y. page i 
 
 INTRODUCTION to GEOGRAPHY, 
 
 CHAP. I CHAP. III. 
 
 OF Geography in general, page 6 Of the Natural State of the Earth, 
 or Phylical Geography, page 36 
 CHAP. II. Of me Earth's Atmofphere ibid. 
 
 Of the Earth in general 3 9 
 
 Of Mathematical Geography 12 Of the Water 49 
 
 A NEW SYSTEM of GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 Of Europe in general 57 
 
 Of the Seas, by which the countries 
 
 defcribed in this volume are en- 
 
 compafTed, or feparated from each 
 other 59 
 
 DENMARK. 
 
 Introdudion 
 Seeland 
 
 67 
 
 84 
 
 Wiborg 
 Aarhuus 
 
 129 
 *3i 
 
 Funen 
 North Jutland 
 
 114 
 123 
 
 Ripen 
 
 Slefwick. 
 
 136 
 142 
 
 
 NOR 
 
 WAY. 
 
 
 Introdudion 
 
 171 
 
 Norwegian ifiands 
 
 212 
 
 Chrimana 
 
 ]8 4 
 
 Faroe 
 
 ibid. 
 
 Chriflianfand 
 
 Bergen 
 
 Drontheirr* 
 
 '93 
 j 97 
 
 201 
 
 Iceland 
 Greenland 
 
 2I 5 
 231 
 
 The
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 The K I N G D O M of SWEDEN. 
 
 Haifingland 
 
 Introduction page 249 
 
 Gothland 
 
 2 73 
 
 Eaft Gothland 
 
 274 
 
 Srnaland 
 
 278 
 
 Oeland 
 
 283 
 
 Gottland 
 
 284 
 
 Weft Gothland 
 
 286 
 
 Warmeland 
 
 293 
 
 Thai-land 
 
 295 
 
 Bohus-Lehn 
 
 296 
 
 South-Gothland 
 
 299 
 
 Schonen 
 
 ibid. 
 
 Halland 
 
 3°4 
 
 Blekingen 
 
 306 
 
 Sweden, properly fo called, 
 
 3°9 
 
 Upland 
 
 ibid. 
 
 Sudermannland 
 
 3*9 
 
 Nerike 
 
 323 
 
 Weftmannland 
 
 324 
 
 Swedim Thal-land 
 
 327 
 
 Nordland 
 
 .33° 
 
 Gaftrickland 
 
 ibid. 
 
 Mcdelpad 
 
 Jamtland 
 
 Ilarjedalen 
 
 Angermannland 
 
 Weft-Bottn 
 
 Lapland 
 
 Jamtland-Lapmark 
 
 Afele-Lapmark 
 
 Umea-Lapmark 
 
 Pite-Lapmark 
 
 Lulea-Lapmark 
 
 Tornea-Lapmark 
 
 Kiemi-Lapmark 
 
 Finnland 
 
 Finnland, properly fo 
 
 Aland 
 
 Eaft-Bothnia 
 
 Tawaftland 
 
 Nyland 
 
 Sawolax 
 
 Kymmenegards-Lehn 
 
 called, 
 
 P 3 8 e 33 r 
 
 333 
 334 
 33 6 
 337 
 338 
 34' 
 355 
 35 6 
 357 
 
 35« 
 ibid. 
 
 359 
 360 
 
 361 
 
 3 6 3 
 366 
 
 ibid. 
 
 3 6 9 
 37° 
 372 
 ibid. 
 
 The RUSSIAN EMPIRE. 
 
 Introduction 377 
 
 European part of the Ruffian Em- 
 
 pire 
 Livonia 
 
 411 
 
 414 
 
 Riga 
 Reval 
 
 Narva 
 Ingermannland 
 
 422 
 
 425 
 
 427 
 428 
 
 Wiburg 
 Nowogrod 
 Archangel 
 Mofcow 
 
 441 
 
 443 
 44° 
 45° 
 
 JNilhnei-Novogrod 
 
 45 6 
 
 Smolenfk 457 
 
 Kiew 458 
 
 Bielogorod 464 
 
 Woronefh 466 
 Afiatic part of the Ruffian Empire 469 
 
 Ruffian Tartary 475 
 
 Aftracan 477 
 
 Orenburg 479 
 
 Kafan 480 
 
 Siberia 483 
 
 Tobolfk 501 
 
 Yenifei 5 1 1 
 
 Irk utile 517 
 
 PRUSSIA.
 
 C ON T E.N T -S. 
 
 P R U 
 
 I A. 
 
 Introduclion 
 Konigfberg 
 German Samland 
 
 page 527 
 538 
 544 
 
 Little Lithuania 
 Polifh Governments 
 Oletzko 
 
 P a ge 55* 
 562 
 ibid. 
 
 Old Natangen 
 Oberland 
 
 548 
 553 
 
 Rhein 
 Johannefberg 
 
 5 6 3 
 5 6 4 
 
 POLAND, LITHUANIA, POLISH PRUSSIA, 
 
 and CO URL AND. 
 
 Introduction 
 
 5 6 7 
 
 Great Poland 
 
 588 
 
 Cujavia 
 
 592 
 
 Mafovia 
 
 594 
 
 Polifh Pruffia 
 
 597 
 
 Little Poland . 
 
 ibid. 
 
 Cracow 
 
 ibid. 
 
 Podlachia 
 
 606 
 
 Red Ruffia 
 
 607 
 
 Podolia 
 
 610 
 
 Kiow 
 
 612 
 
 Volhinia 
 
 ibid. 
 
 Lithuania 
 
 614 
 
 Lithuanian Ruffia 620 
 
 Woiewodztwo Inflantfkie 624 
 
 Zmuyds 625 
 
 Polish Prussia 626 
 
 Pomerellia 632 
 
 Culm 638 
 
 Marienburg 647 
 
 Ermeland 652 
 
 Courland 654 
 
 Courland, properly fo called, 662 
 
 Semigallia 664 
 
 Pilten 666 
 
 O F
 
 [ xvii ] 
 
 ENQUIRIES and CONJECTURES 
 
 CONCERNING 
 
 MEASURES of LENGTH. 
 
 i . f"l ~~^ H E Meafures cf Length, on which all others depend, were, for 
 want of a more fixt ftandard, taken from the human body : as 
 the denominations of Fathom, Pace, Cubit, Foot, Span and Digit, evidently 
 (hew. Multiples of thefe make the higher denominations of Stadia and 
 Miles ; and grains of Barley and Wheat, or Hairs-breadths, were ufed for 
 their fubdivilions. 
 
 2. In the Eaftern Nations, the firft feats of arts and magnificence, even 
 in the ante-diluvian age *, their ftandard meafure was a Cubit. In Greece, 
 Italy, and other wefrern countries, where racing and manly exercifes were 
 more cultivated, a Foot, with its multiples and aliquot parts, were found 
 the moft convenient meafures. 
 
 But a Foot not being an aliquot part of a Cubit, wherever the one was 
 the Standard, the other was in a manner excluded as a Meafure. And this 
 feems to have been one great fource of the diverfity we lind in the ancient 
 meafures, or rather in the accounts authors give of them. The natural 
 ftandard of a Cubit, or of a Foot, would every where be nearly the fame, 
 if fome Angular affectation or caprice did not interfere ; the dimenfions 
 of Egyptian mummies, and of their repofitories, fhewing the human 
 ftature to have continued much the fame from the earlieft ages. But 
 when authors give us eaftern meafures in the language of the weft, or the 
 contrary, we may generally fufpect fome inaccuracy in the reduction of 
 the one to the other: the Greek and Latin writers commonly calling 4 of 
 a Foot, a Cubit, which in its natural dimenfion is really - f of a Foot -j- ; 
 and, thence, the natural cubit being to the nominal as fix to five, greater 
 by 4 of the former, or by , ! T of a foot. 
 
 • Gen. VI. 15. f Sir Kaac Newton on the facred cubit. 
 
 Vol. I. b -.A
 
 xviii E N QU I R I E S ^/CONJECTURES 
 
 3. A greater variety dill arofe from both ftandards being admitted 
 together ; as happened among the Arabs. A Cubit was their original local 
 flandard ; the Foot, Stadium, and Mile, they took from the Greeks and 
 Romans : and thefe, mixed and combined, produced the different estimates 
 they give of the fame diftances, and four, if not Jive/2, different forts 
 of Cubits. * 
 
 Yet this variety, as well as the proportions of fome of thofe cubits to 
 one another, may be partly accounted for from the oriental curtom of a 
 Royal Cubit, exceeding the mean cubit by three digits -f ; and from the 
 commercial or nundinary meafures being, for the mod: part, lefs than the 
 mean, not only in the Eaß, but every where elfe. The former probably had 
 its name from being the meafure, which defpotic Princes exacted in the 
 conff.ruc~f.ion of their buildings and public works ; while a cubit fome- 
 what fhort of the mean was allowed of in private bargains, and when 
 fkilful artifts were to be paid for their labour. 
 
 From thefe two confiderations, but efpecially from the natural propor- 
 tion of the Cubit and Foot, we may form fome confident notion of the 
 ancient meafures, the changes they have undergone, and their relations to 
 one another, as well as to the principal ftandards of modern times. 
 
 As for the fccondary and provincial meafures ufed in different dates or 
 cities, or in the feveral provinces of the fame country, it were endlefs to 
 enumerate them, and impofiible to account for differences arifing from fo 
 many different caufes ; from accident, perhaps, or defign, from the indolence 
 of magiflrates, the errors or caprice of artifts, the gradual alterations of 
 time, from fraud, exaSiion, or policy, and even from the qualify of the 
 fubjefis meafured. Nor does fuch diverfity of weights and meafures much 
 difturb the ordinary courfe of commerce ; although it were to be wifhed 
 that a greater uniformity could be eftablifhed, at leait among all the 
 fubjects of the fame Prince. Merchants can always compare their own 
 meafures with thofe of foreign nations ; and are not often miftaken in 
 valumg the precious metals, or in the juft par of exchange. 
 
 4. In the fciences, the cafe is very different; in Geography, Aßronomy y 
 and I in all Phyfical enquiries: which cannot be managed, or even under- 
 ftood, without more exact rules of actual menfuration than either vulgar 
 ufe requires, or the ancients could attain ; in a word, without fome Jixed 
 univerfal & d, to which every obfervation and experiment may be 
 referred. 
 
 And fuch a Standard only thofe fciences tbemfelves could furnifh : The 
 
 ;/' a pendulum baiting feconds at a particular place, as London or 
 
 Paris; or, The length of a degree of Jörne tcrrejlrial meridian, meafured at 
 
 * See Mr. Bernard de menfuris veterum, and the authors by him quoted, 
 f ILrodct. Clio.
 
 Cmccnibi? MEASURES e/LENGTE xix 
 
 a particular latitude. Thefe may always be compared with each other, 
 and every other meafure of length with either of them. 
 
 5. If Eratofihenes, Pofidonius, Marinus Tyrius, or Ptolemy had meafurcd 
 an arc of the meridian in Stadia, with the fame care and fuccefs as tl 
 French mathematicians have done in Toifis, we could compare their meafures 
 to the modern with great certainty. But we find no operation of this ! 
 which can be depended on, till the revival of Aftronomy under the Gait} ' 
 when Almamon ordered fome fkilful mathematicians to meafure a degree 
 in the plain of Singara in Mejbpotamia. From their determination indi 
 founded on an actual furvey, with the difference of latitude carefully 
 taken, we may not only fix the proportion of their Joot-mcafure to ours, but 
 form a probable conjecture concerning the Standard ufed in Greece, and 
 the derivation of the other principal Standards, the Roman, French and 
 Englijh from it. For it feems realbnable to fuppofe, and his been ad- 
 mitted by the beft writers on this fubject, " That a nation fubduing, or 
 " fettling in, another more polifhed and civilized than themfelvcs, will 
 " learn their arts, and adopt their cuftoms; as a more civilized nation will 
 " introduce good regulations where there might be none before." 
 
 Now the Athenian weights and meafures had been fixed by an exprefs 
 law to the Standards firft eftablifhed by Solon * : and thefe were the prin- 
 cipal ftandards in Greece, in their Ißands and Colonies, and in the neigh- 
 bouring countries of Afia Minor. They were probably adopted by the later 
 poffeffors of thofe countries, the Arabs : and it will appear presently that 
 the foot meafure of the Arabs, was exactly, or very near, the fame as the 
 Pied du Roi, or ftandard foot of Paris. 
 
 How the one or the other may have been brought into France we 
 may eafily imagine : the colony of MarJetUes might introduce the Grecian 
 meafures ; -j- or, if that date is thought too ancient, why might they not 
 be borrowed from the Eafi, at fecond hand, in the time of the Croifadcs. 
 
 6. The aftronomers commiflioned by Almamon found a degree of the 
 earth's meridian to contain 564 miles of 4000 cubits, or 6000 feet, each %. 
 The degree therefore was 56666 ^ Arabian fathoms or Toijes ; and if we 
 fuppofe thefe equal to French Toijes, the error of their operations was only 
 ^ib-Toifes, which their degree wants of 57183, the degree of M. Picarf, 
 corrected; and this-the earth being Spherical. 
 
 But if it is a Spheroid, whefe axis is to the equatorial diameter as 230 
 to 231, the Arabians meafuring their degree at 49% latitude inftcad of 
 about 34 , mult have given it 56860 toifes; and the difference would now 
 
 * Anikcidis Orat. apud Budaeum de Affe. Lib. v. 
 
 f Strabo informs us that the Gauls owed their learning and the arts of civil life to the 
 academy of Marfeilles ; whofe high reputation, in his time, drew the Roman youth to ftudy 
 there, infiead of going to Athens, Geogr. Book IV. and their form of government feems to 
 have been the model of feveral Ariftocracies, afterwards eftablifhed in Europe. 
 
 X Bernard de Menf. Vett. 
 
 b 2 be
 
 xx ENQJJIRIES and CONJECTURES 
 
 be reduced to 323 toifes, anfwering to an angle of about \ of one minute 
 of a degree. Which error being of the quantity that might be expected 
 from the fkill of the artifts on the one hand, and the difficulty of their 
 tafk on the other, we may conclude the Arabian Meafures of Length to 
 have been very nearly if not altogether the fame as the French. 
 
 7. There are two other Arabian meafurements mentioned by their 
 writers *. In one, the degree is found to be 68 miles, agreeing with 
 the former determination of 564 miles : only that in the one a mile is 
 5000 feet, according to the Roman way of reckoning; in the other it was 
 6000 : thefe numbers being reciprocally as 68 and 564. An agreement 
 fo very precife that one would fufpect it was not owing to an actual men- 
 furation of the fixty-eight miles. 
 
 In another Arabian eftimate of a degree of the terreftrial meridian, it 
 is faid to contain 66} miles ; and this like wife will nearly coincide with the 
 former determination, if we can fuppofe the authors of this laft to have 
 imagined they could compenfate the Shortening their mile one fixth part, by 
 
 lengthening: their foot meafure a fixth part. For L-x-5- or — I = — ': or^ * 
 
 00 * 6 6 36 GS 6 
 
 56^ = 667. Suppofing this, if we take a- mean between 664 miles and 
 66f (thus deduced from the 56 1 miles) the mean length of a degree, ac- 
 cording to the Arabians, will want but feventy two toifes of the quantity 
 affi^ned to it bv the French : the earth being a homogeneous Spheroid. 
 
 And if we compute upon the 664 miles alone, they will give to the 
 degree 57379 toifes ; exceeding M. Picart's degree by 196 toifes, and 
 Mr. Norwood's by 79. 
 
 In any cafe, fuppofing the operations of the Arabian aftronomers to have 
 been performed with due care, which their near coincidence may well 
 juftify, it follows that the difference, if any, between the Arabian and 
 French foot is too fmall to be by any means verified or determined. 
 
 8. This is further confirmed by the meafurement of -f Femelius, giving 
 to the degree new Paris 68.095 miles French meafure, or 56746 toifes ; 
 lefs than what the aftronomers of Ahnamon would have made it by between 
 120 and 130 toifes. Father % Riccioli, indeed, fufpects this determination, 
 as if Femelius had accommodated it to the numbers of the Arabians: but 
 the fufpicion is groundlefs, that author having very fairly defcribed his 
 method of proceeding, and his meafure having been verified by all the 
 fubfequent furveys. The truth is, Riccioli was not aware of the equality 
 of the Arabian and French meafures of length ; and wanted chiefly to 
 eftahlhh the refult of his own enquiries. 
 
 9. The'Rcman foot, copied probably, with other Athenian inftitutions, 
 by the Decemviri ||, might, originally, be the fame as the Attic : but it was 
 afterwards, whether designedly or by a gradual alteration, diminifhed in the 
 
 sward. \ See his Cofn :| Almageß. || Liv, III. 31. 
 
 ratio
 
 Concerning MEASURES «/LENGTH. xxi 
 
 ratio of 25 to 24, or near half an inch; Cenforhnts * informing us that 
 they gave 625 feet to the Stadium., which contained but 600 feet Attic mea- 
 fure; and Polybius, in Strabo -(-, fays they reckoned 8f Stadia to the mile-, 
 which comes to the fame thing : 8f multiplied into 600 being the fame as 
 8 into 625. Their mile was 8 ftadia of 600 Attic feet, and is always fo 
 rated in Pliny and other ancient writers ; but uiing their own foot mea- 
 fure, they found there wanted f of a ftadium of 600 feet to complete 
 the mile. 
 
 10. This foot feems to have been the more general ftandard of the 
 Roman Itinerary meafures. But the architects and artificers, in imitation 
 of the Greeks, ufed one fornewhat lefs ; which from antient monuments, 
 and from fome ftandards that have been preferved in metal, is to the 
 Englijh foot, as 967 to 1000 : others fays as 970 to 1000. That is, the 
 Englijh foot exceeds the leffer Roman by -xV or by half a digit ; for 3 1 is to 
 32 as 9684 to 1000. 
 
 And indeed, excepting as far as accident or inaccuracy may have inter- 
 vened, we mall generally find the. differences of meafures to proceed by the 
 fifnpleß fractions of a digit, or of an inch, that is by bisection, fome'times 
 combined with triJecJion. 
 
 11. The Pa/mo of 9 inches, or -I- of a foot, ufed by the modern 
 Roman architects, is taken from this Standard, but fornewhat increafed. 
 M. Auzout X found it in proportion to the Paris foot as 988^ to 1440 ; 
 and the Paris foot being to the Englißj as 114 to 107, the Engiißi foot 
 will exceed the foot whereof the modern Pa/mo is \ by no more than V. ; 
 whereas it exceeds the foot of the ancient architects by T ' T ; the difference 
 of thefe being -i4ö of a foot Engliß, or r\ of an inch of the ancient 
 foot of the Roman artificers- 
 
 12. The Roman foot feems to have varied occafionally ; as indeed they 
 were not over exact in fuch matters, efpecially in their itinerary meafures |f. 
 The Rhinland foot taken from the remains of a Roman foot in Germany, 
 and which Scaliger and Snellius held to be the true ftandard, is to the 
 Engiißi as 1033 to 1000. And thence the Englijh foot is an arithmetical 
 mean between it, and the foot of the ancient architects : 967. 1000. 1033. 
 
 13. The celebrated Peirefc 4- had, in his collection, weights of 1, 3, 
 10, 30 Roman pounds, which,, compared very carefully with ftandard 
 weights fent him from Paris, gave 10 Paris ounces nearly equal to twelve 
 Roman. And if the French and Roman weights and meafures of capacity, 
 bore a like analogy to their meafures of length, the Paris foot will be 
 to that upon which the Roman ounce was adiufted as the cube root of 
 12 to the like root of 10, or as 17 to 16; exceeding it by one digit: 
 
 * De die riatati, cap. 13. -;■ Lib. VII. p. 322. J Bernard, p. 20 r. 
 
 E Sec the inftances given by Ctißni in . 1 dt I'cu id I Gajjhid. in Vita, p. 1 
 
 and
 
 xxii E x\ T QJJ I It I E S and C O NJE CTURES 
 
 and the Paris foot exceeding the Englijh by much the fame difference, 
 that Roman foot muft have been nearly equal to the RngUjh. 
 
 Gajfcndus indeed, who gives us this account, tells us that from his own 
 experiments on the contents of Vefpafians Congius preferved in the Capitol, 
 he found 120 Roman ounces equal to iu^ Paris ounces: whence it 
 would follow that the foot upon which the Congius was fafhioned wanted 
 but -+V of the foot of Paris. But fuch experiments are (o flippery, and the 
 conclufions which different authors have drawn from the contents of this 
 Congius are fo various, that they are not much to be depended on : 
 efpecially as the proportions of the Roman and Eugiiß meafures to the 
 French, which Gajfendus deduces from the fame fource, are certainly none 
 of the exadeft. We may fee however, in general, it was intended that 
 this veiTel fhould contain the eighth part of a cubic foot ; and that the foot by 
 which it was made was not much different from the ancient Roman foot. 
 
 But Mr. Greaves, by weighing many ancient well preferved coins, found 
 the Attic Drachm, which is the hundredth part of an Attic Mina, to 
 be to the Roman Denarius or the eighty-fourth part of the Roman Libra, 
 as 67 to 62 *. The weight of the former being at a medium 67 grains, 
 or silo of a pound Troy ; and that of the latter 62 grains. 
 
 Hence the Roman Libra is to the pound Troy as 217 to 240 j and the 
 linear meafures analogous to thefe weights are as the cube roots of 217 and 
 240, that is as 969! to 1000, nearly as 30 to 31. Or, allowing about f 
 of a grain which Mr. Greaves's denarii may have loft of their juft weight ; 
 the cube roots, or the meafures proportional to them, will be exactly as 
 31 to 32 ; as the foot of the Architects to the ftandard foot of England. 
 The foot of the Roman architects therefore was the fame which they 
 ufed in their mint. 
 
 Again, the Attic Mina is by Mr. Greaves 's experiments to the pound 
 Troy as 335 to 288. And the pes monetalis ~f of Athens to a foot Engliflo 
 nearly as 20 to 19, in a ratio lefs than of 114 to 107, which we gave 
 for that of the Attic foot to ours ; and therefore we muft either conclude 
 this ratio to have been affumed too great ; or, which is more probable, 
 that the Attic foot ufed in their mint was lefs than their itinerary foot ; 
 the difference being about T ' v > or 7 of a digit ; allowing fomewhat for the 
 wear of the coins. 
 
 14. The foot of Bologna is to the Englißj as 1686 to 1350, accord- 
 ing to the Abbe Picart %, or as 1.249 t0 lm And Riccioli makes the 
 fame foot to the Roman as 5 to 4. He finds likewile the diftance 
 
 " See his treatife on the Dcnari . 
 
 ■\ This epithet is found in Hyginus, and is underftood by the commentators to arife from 
 the divifion of a foot, as of the As (and every other integer J into Undo:: but I fhould rather 
 translate it, the Standard foot of the mint. 
 
 I Mefurt dt la Tan. 
 
 between
 
 Concerning MEASURES of LENGTH. xxiii 
 
 between Bologna and Modena, which, in the Itinerary, is always marked 25 
 miles, to be 20 miles Bolognefe meafure, inverfely as 4 and 5. And therefore 
 the Roman foot, by which that diftance was mcafured, is very nearly the 
 fame as the Englijh. If Riccioli's diftance is more ftridtly 194 miles, that 
 Roman foot will want of the Englijh about Vt or £ of a digit. 
 
 1 5. The diftance from London to Verulam, by the itinerary, is 2 1 
 miles ; the fame diftance meafured * is 20.37 m '^ es of 5°°° ^ eet 
 Englißj. Whence this Itinerary foot was lefs than the Englißj by s\-, or half 
 
 a digit. But perhaps the terms from which thefe diftances were anciently - 
 reckoned are not very well afcertained. 
 
 16. The mole which joined the Pharos at Alexandria to the main 
 land is, in Strabo and Ammianus, 7 Stadia, which Cafar -f values at 900 
 paces, or 4500 feet. Whence the Roman foot is to the Alexandrian as 
 42 to 45 fhorter by t\ of the former. But if we fuppofe this Alexandrian 
 foot to have been the fame as the Attic, the 7 Stadia will make 4375 
 Roman itinerary feet, which are to 4500 as 35. 1036. The foot there- 
 fore by which Cafar meafured is fhorter than the itinerary foot of Strabo 
 and Cenjbrinus in the fame proportion. And thus we may underftand 
 him in his defcriptions of bridges, encampments, lines, and military engines. 
 
 17. From thefe, and many other examples that might be given, it appears 
 how various the Roman meafures of length have been ; efpecially under the 
 Emperors, and in the decline of the Empire. But all thofe variations are 
 confined within the limits of the ancient Itinerary foot, and that of the Ar- 
 chitects, to the fpace of about t of an inch ; fo that we may always make 
 a near enough eftimate of the diftances which occur in the Roman hiftory 
 and geography : obferving only not to truft too much to the Itineraries 
 without fome collateral proof. 
 
 18. Let us now fuppofe the Attic foot equal to that of Paris, and either 
 of them to be I- of the true Cubit ufed in the Eaftern Nations, and the con- 
 fequences will perhaps juftify our fuppofition. 
 
 The Roman Itinerary foot being to the Attic as 24 to 25, and this to the 
 Englilh as 114 to 107; the Itinerary foot will be to the Englißj nearly as 
 45 to 44, greater by a little more than 4 of an inch. 
 
 And the Englißj foot being to the leffer Roman as 32 to 3 1, the Roman 
 Itinerary foot will be to this laft nearly as 19 to 18 ; that is, nearly as the 
 pes monetalis of Athens to the Eng/ißj, fee §. 13. Where it is remarkable 
 that thefe numbers are nearly in the inverfe ratio of 5000, the number of 
 feet in a Roman mile, to 5280, the feet Englijh in a Statute mile. 
 
 Anciently the inhabitants of Britain had no other way of marking the 
 diftances of places but what had been common to all nations, which is ftili 
 ufed in Germany, and every where in fpeaking of fea-voyages ; namely, by 
 
 * Bernard, pag. 133. | de Bello Civil», Lib. III. fub finem. 
 
 tfa
 
 xxiv ENQUIRIES and CONJECTURES 
 
 time of travelling or _ failing jrom the one to the other. They probably took 
 the Extent, as well as the Name of a Mile, juft as the Romans gave it them : 
 nut having at the fame time adopted the lefler Roman foot for their common 
 Standard, they found about 5280 fuch feet in the mile. And when, after- 
 wards, the length of a mile came to be fixed by Statute, the fame number 
 of feet was retained, although the foot itfelf was now increafed in the Ratio 
 of 31 to 32. By which means, although the number of feet in our Statute 
 mile exceeds the number of feet in the Roman mile, in the fame proportion 
 as the Itinerary foot exceeds that of the ancient Architects, yet the Extent 
 of our mile is to the Roman mile only as 32 to 31 ; as our foot is to the 
 foot of the Architects. 
 
 Half a quarter of this mile is a Stadium, or furlong, +'„ of which is a 
 Perch of 16 \ feet, or 5 4- yards. 
 
 1 9. Mr. Greaves * fays he found the fide of the fquare bafis of the great 
 Egyptian pyramid to be 693 feet Englifi; and the fide of the fquare fpace 
 which terminates it a-top 13.28 feet. From thefe, compared with the 
 dimenfions taken within the pyramid by the fame gentleman, and giving 
 to the fide of the bafe 400 cubits, Sir Ifaac Newton concludes the cubit of 
 Memphis, according to which the pyramid was built, to have been nearly 
 I. 73 of a foot Engliß. And ■£ of this being 14, the Memphitic foot (if 
 they had ufed that meafure) would have wanted but half an inch of our 
 foot j that is, their cubit was the Cubit of a Man; taken from his mean 
 ftature, 5 foot 9 inches Englifi -f-. 
 
 The fide of the fame bale is, in Diodorus, 700 feet ; wanting of $ of 
 400, only 20 feet. 
 
 The fame diftance Strabo makes lefs than a Stadium, of 600 Grecian 
 feet. That is, his reduction proceeds upon the fuppofition that a Cubit is to 
 a Foot as 3 to 2; and (which is true) that the foot of Memphis was lefs than 
 the Attic. 
 
 In Herodotus the fide of the bafe is 800 feet; with him, the cubit of 
 Memphis (like that of Babylon) makes two feet; or having actually meafured 
 by the ftandard of his own foot, he might find that number. 
 
 Pliny extendi it to 883 feet. But from what author he copied this is 
 uncertain, as he names no fewer than twelve who had written on the fub- 
 iect of the pyramids. Mr. Greaves fufpects the paflage in Pliny to have 
 been corrupted: the area of the bafe being, there, no more than 8 jugera-, 
 whereas, if the fide is 883, it wants not much of 28. But Pliny might 
 perhaps take the linear dimenfions from one auihor, and the fuperficial 
 from another; without examining whether they were confident. 
 
 ' ' e his Pyramidography, and the authorities there quoted. 
 
 f It happens that the mean cubit (1.732) is to the foot Englifh (1) as the fide of an equi- 
 lateral 1 the fc imetcr of the circumfcribed circle, nearly. 
 
 However
 
 ENQUIRIES and CONJECTURES xxv 
 
 However this be, a foot, which fiiould be to the Engl/jh foot as 693 to 
 883, certainly falls too far ihort of the natural ftandard. And the number 
 883 either comes from an author who had never feen the pyramid, and 
 wanted to magnify its dimenfions ; or, fome author having given that num- 
 ber of feet for the longeft line that could be drawn in the bale, from angle 
 to angle, Pliny might underftand him to mean the length of the fide. For 
 if the fide is taken to be a Stadium of 625 Roman feet, the diagonal will be 
 883.88. 
 
 20. Sir Ijaac Newton, from a paffage in Purchase travels, deduces a Baby- 
 lonian cubit equal to two feet Englijh. This was of the cubits called Royal, 
 v of it being 1 ,' of an Englifl foot. And from feveral authorities mentioned 
 by Dr. Bernard and Sir'ljaac, ]oooo cubits of the Eaß are held equal to 
 18000 Attic feet: the Attic foot therefore is \ ofthat cubit. And putting 
 the Attic foot equal to the Pied du Roi, which is ]{i of a foot Englijh, the 
 cubit of the Eaß will be to this laft as 1026 to 535, nearly the double: 
 that is, nearly as was found from Mr. Allen's meafures in Purchas. 
 
 2i. Pliny, in Book VI. Ch. 26. writes thus of Babylon : " Chaldaicarum 
 " gentium caput diu fummam claritatem obtinuit in toto Orbe, propter 
 " quam reliqua pars Mefopotamia; Affyriajque Babylonia appeilata eft, fex- 
 " aginta miliia pafTuurri amplexa muris, ducenos pedes altis, quinquaginta 
 " latis, in fmgulos pedes term's digitis menfura ampliore quam noßra." 
 
 This paffage may admit of two different meanings. 
 
 I. The Babylonian foot being \\ of the Roman, and the cubit being | of 
 the foot; the Babylonian cubit will be to Pliny's foot as 171 to 80, more 
 than its double; which feems too great a proportion in a building of fuch 
 antiquity : for in the fir ft ages, the deviations from the ftandard of nature 
 were not exceflive ; as we have feen in the inftance of the pyramid. 
 
 Or, 2. If Pliny according to the inaccurate eflimate of his country, by a 
 Babylonian foot meant not 4 but 4 of the Babylonian cubit ; then - r x I or ': 
 being nearly equal to tt, we may reckon the difference he makes between 
 the Babylonian foot and the Roman, to arife chiefly from the difference be- 
 tween the Natural and Nominal Ratios of the foot and cubit. Thus, fup- 
 pofe Pliny to have learned from one of his authors, that the wall of Baby- 
 lon was 200 Roman feet high, which in his way of reckoning make 133 t 
 cubits ; and to have been afi'ured by another that its heighth was 1 1 1 t cu- 
 bits ; he might eafily be led to think the Babylonian cubit (and foot) to be 
 to the Roman as 133 ', to 1 1 1 t, or as 6 to q, nearly as 19 to 16, 
 
 22. But indeed, with refpecl to the meafures anciently ufed in the eaft, 
 our data are fo few, and fo uncertain, that no very pofiiive coricluGon can 
 be drawn from them. Strabo in his XI and in his XVII Book tells us, 
 that when he failed up the Nile, the length of the Egyptian Schmitts varied 
 at every town he pafs'd ; a greater number of Schani often giving a lets 
 
 Vol. I. c diftance,
 
 xxvi E N QU I R I E S ^CONJECTURES 
 
 diftance, and the contrary. And Pliny * informs us that, though Eratof- 
 tbenes gave 40 Stadia to that meafure, others reckoned only 32. The cafe 
 was the fame with the Parajang of Perfia, which was rated at from 30 to 
 60 Stadia *. But the value of the one and the other was, by the moft 
 ancient and authentic account of Herodotus, 30 Stadia of Greece, making, as 
 was faid above, the Attic foot equal to | of the eaftern cubit. 
 
 23. How various the meafures of length have been in the eaftern nations 
 appears likewife from the different Cubits in ufe, at one time or other, 
 among the Arabians ; moft of which probably had the authority of fome 
 ancient example, or were founded in fome rule, fuch as it might happen to 
 be: the Archetype of all, being no doubt, the fame in the Eafl and Weß; 
 the human Body, of a ftature above the common ; yet not gigantic, even for 
 the larger meafures. For, if ex pede, or, ex menfura pedali Hercukm, he muft 
 have been about \% of 6 Englifh feet high, or 6 feet, 4 i inches. Such 
 was the foot which feems to have been moft univerfally ufed in the ancient 
 Geographical meafures. In other cafes, a foot approaching more to the 
 mean natural length was fubftituted for it: fuch as the leffer-Greek, the Ro- 
 man, and Engliß) are ; being of more convenient and ready ufe in bufinefs* 
 The foot of a full grown man was then nearly of that length, bearing a 
 greater proportion to his ftature than now when it is crampt by modern 
 fafhions : as we may fee in the beft antique ftatues and fculptures, and in 
 the paintings which have been done in that tafte. 
 
 24. The Arabs having, at their fir ft fettling in the lefler Afia, accuftomed 
 themfelves to reckon by Feet, and by Cubits of ~ of a foot, found afterwards 
 that their cubit was thus ihortened of its due length. And that, even when 
 they had corrected this by increafing it in the ratio of 5 to 6, it ftill wanted 
 of fome ancient ftandards of the Eaft, they increafed it farther in the ratio 
 of 14 to 15. All this was very well. But if, inftead of thus increafing their 
 firjl cubit, which was 4 of an Attic foot, their fucceffors came, by whatever 
 means, to increafe the Attic foot itfelf in the fame ratio, there would then 
 be produced meafures exceeding their jaft dimenlions as 9 exceeds 7. 
 
 Such the Hafemcean cubit, in Dr. Bernard pag. 218, feems to have been. 
 
 From an Arabian Author by him quoted, the heighth of S. Sophia from 
 
 the cupola to the ground is 78 Hafemcean cubits, ~ of which is 140.4 Ha- 
 
 ,./•;.' feet: and the fame heighth, according to Evagrius, is 180 Grecian 
 
 feet. The Hafemcean meafures therefore are to the Grecian as 9 to 7. 
 
 Put the meafures of Greece to the Engliß) as 1 14 to 107, and the heighth 
 of S. Sophia will be 192 feet Engliß. Now there is preferved in an 
 Arabian MS. at Oxford, a draught of the Hafemcean cubit, which is 28.9 
 inches Engliß) : whence the Hafemcean cubit is to the Engliß) foot as 2 
 to ij and 2 -,Vv into 78 is 187 \l ; wanting but 4 4v of the 192 feet Eng- 
 j which difference, making a reafonable allowance for the Shrinking of 
 
 * Strabo XL pag. 518. 
 
 the
 
 Concerning MEASURES of L iL N G 7 II. 
 
 the MS. vanishes altogether. So that we may fuppofe the foot in L 
 grius to be no other than the Attic, which we have all along made nearly 
 the fame as 4 r of" the Etigliß. 
 
 25. A degree of the meridian being, according to the Arabians, 56 ]• 
 miles of 6000 feet each ; if thefe are the fame as Attic feet, it will follow, 
 that the whole circumference is 204000 attic Stadia; lefs than the fan, 
 determination of Eratoßhenes (252000) by VV, near a fourth part: which 
 might at firft view, create a fufpicion, that either we have not the true 
 number of Eratoßhenes, or that he reckoned by a Stadium very different 
 from the Attic; which would contradict, or confound every thing in the 
 ancient Geography. 
 
 That his numbers have not been altered we are affured from many paf- 
 fages in Strabo and Pliny, and in all the ancient writers who mention him: 
 and ftill more from his own determination of the diftance between Rhodes 
 and Alexandria; which, Strabo fays, he found to be 3725 Stadia; this 
 number being very nearly to 252000, as the difference of latitude of thofe 
 cities (fuppoled to lye in the fame meridian) is to 360 degrees. 
 
 The account given, in grofs, by Clecmedes * and others, is this : That 
 Eratoßhenes finding by a gnomon the difference of the latitudes of Alexan- 
 dria and of Syene, under the tropic, to be -jV of the circle, and 5000 Stadia 
 being given him for the terreftrial diftance, it followed that the circuit of the 
 earth was 250000: and Balfour, who tranflates and comments on Clecmedes, 
 wonders why Pliny and fo many others mould add 2000 Stadia more. 
 
 But this account is not exact ; and Eratoßbenes's computation had been 
 faultlefs but for the error of the terreftrial diftance. In his time the ob- 
 liquity of the Ecliptic was held to be 23 . §1', and the latitude of Alex- 
 andria 30 . 58'. Increafe this only by 1 i, and the difference of latitude 
 of Alexandria and Syene will be ~^o~ nearly S T ° of a degree, or 7». 8'i. of 
 the circle: and if this gives 5000 Stadia, the whole circle will be 252000. 
 The fractional part of the denominator 50 \ was neglected by Cleomedes, 
 but the refult remains in all the other authors. 
 
 The account which Cleomedes gives of Poßdonius's eftimate is lefs tolerable 
 ftill. He fays that Pofidonius having obfeived the ftar Campus (the next to 
 Sirius in magnitude) juft to appear in the horizon of Rhodes, and, at Alex- 
 andria, to have its meridian altitude 7° =§, or 4 L g of the circle, the diftance 
 of thofe cities, fuppoled under the fame meridian, being 5000 Stadia; he 
 thence concluded the earth's circumference to be 48 into 5000, or 240000 
 Stadia. 
 
 But is it probable that Pcßdcnius could fo far miftake either the difference 
 in latitude of Rhodes and Alexandria, or their diftance ? Eratoßhenes having 
 determined the former by obfervation, and thence deduced the diftance 
 of 3725 Stadia, in proportion to his own eftimate of the circumference. 
 
 * Meteor. Burdlgalae, 1605. 
 
 c 2 Strab$
 
 xxviii E N QU IRIES W CONJECTURES 
 
 Strabo indeed fays, that diftance had been rated at 5000 Stadia, that the 
 feamen reckoned it 4000, but that Eratoßkenes found it as above, to be no 
 more than 3725. 
 
 If therefore Pofidonins' % numbers have not been altered, he muft, probably, 
 have rated the difference of latitude at 6°, or Vc- of the circle, and taken trie 
 diftance to be 4000 Stadia; 60 into 4000 giving the fame refult as the 48 
 into 5000 of Cleomedes. 
 
 But why may we not fuppofe Pofidonins, who had all the fkill and the 
 opportunity neceffary for an exact determination, to have hit on the truer 
 number of 204000 Stadia? which might, afterwards, be altered into 240000, 
 by the miftake or the officious care of fome agronomical compiler; efpeci- 
 ally as this would bring it nearer to the received eftimate of Eratofihenes. 
 
 26. However this be, there arifes a queftion, which, though not belong- 
 ing to the prefent fubject, we fhall take this opportunity to mention, leaving 
 it to the confederation of Aftronomers : " How Canopus (hould, in the 
 " times of Eudoxus, Pofidonins, and Geminus, be feen juft to touch the hori- 
 " zon of Rhodes, while it is now feen confiderably elevated above it ?" 
 
 Strabo's account (translated) is this. " Pofidonius refert fe de excelsä 
 " quadam domo in urbe ab iis locis" (ubi dies hngißima horarum 14 t) " ad 
 " 400 ftadia diftante, ftellam vidiiTe quam exiftimaverit (rsxptntptaa-ou) efle 
 " Car.opum, et qui inde verfus meridiem ex Hifpania progreffi funt, fateri 
 " fe eura cernere. Quod etiam hiftoria Cnidia teftatur : eft enim in Cnido 
 *' Eudoxi fpecula, non multo domibus fublimior, ex qua is fertur Canopum 
 " fpectafle : effe autem Cnidum in Rhodiaco climate, in quo et Gades et 
 " ora maritima ejus." And Geminm *, (Element. Cap. 2.) fays, " Infignis 
 " flella quae fita eft in fummo gubernaculo navis Argus Canobus dicitur; 
 *' atque hax Canobi ftella in Rhodo difficulter videri poteft, aut In locis 
 " plane excellis apparet, at Alexandrias prorfus videri poteft, nam fere quart! 
 " parte figni Canobus ab horizonte elevatus apparet." Which is copied by 
 Pliny (Lib. II. 70.) " ut Canopus quartam fere partem figni fupra terram 
 " eminere Alexandria? intuentibus videatur., eadem a Rhodo terram quod- 
 ,c ammodo ipfam firingere." 
 
 Now fuppufing Eudoxus to have obferved 360 years before the birth of 
 C.kriß, the annual Praccßion to be 50", the obliquity of the Ecliptic 23 -r, 
 the latitude of Canopus (as in our tables) A. D. 1720, to have been j$°. 
 51', and his longitude 11 . 9 of Cancer, it will follow that in the age cf 
 Eudoxus, his longitude was 1". '6 1 of Gemini; and his declination 52°. 
 47 \. He touched the horizon therefore in the latitude 37 . 12' *, confir- 
 derably to the north of Rhodes, or Cnidos ; and by the refraction muft have 
 been fenfibly elevated above it. 
 
 Pofidonius was old when Cicero vifited him, fo that we may place the 
 
 . 1 when he obferved the ftars about 80 years before the birth of Chrijl ; 
 
 * Jpud Pitav. in Uramthglen 
 
 making
 
 Concerning MEASURES of LENGTH. xxix 
 
 making the declination of Campus , at that time, 52 . 37'. And the ftar, by 
 refraction, might be feen a whole degree north of the parallel of Rhodes. 
 Yet Pofidonius, 400 Stadia, more than \ of a degree, to the fouth of that 
 parallel, could only conjecture the bright flar he favv on the horizon to be 
 Canopus. 
 
 Ptolomy obferved about A. D. 136. So that in his time, the declination 
 of Canopus was nearly 52 . 31'. And he might (with the refraction) be 
 feen in N. Latitude 37 29. 
 
 Note. The piaxefiion from Ptolomy $ time to A. D. 1720, being 22 , the 
 ftar was then io°. 51' on the other fide of the folftitial Cohtre, that is in 
 19°. 9' of Gemini; whereas Ptolomy in his Almagefl makes it 17 . 30', lefs 
 by 1°. 39. 
 
 Proclus is thought to have compofed his Bock on the Sphere about A. D. 
 500. At which time Canopus was in the folftitial colure, or nearly fo : and 
 his diftance from the S. Pole 37°. 29': Yet he fays, according to Balfour § 
 account in his comment on Ckomedes, that " the ftar was hardly to be feen 
 " at Rhodes. " Proclus — fatetur videri, segre tarnen, atque ex editis tan- 
 " turn locis :" but this feems plainly to be copied from Geminus. 
 
 Upon the whole, it is fubmitted to the Aftronomers whether we ought 
 to afcribe to this Oar a particular motion, befides the change of declination 
 from the praxeflion of the Colures? Or, if we may not reconcile, or rather 
 account for, the above-cited pafTages, by faying they have probably been 
 copied one from another ; and all of them from fome ancient obfervation, 
 when Canopus was actually feen on the horizon of Rhodes? — horizontem 
 ipjum Jtringere. 
 
 If we put the latitude of Rhodes 36 . 20', we fhall find that 50 years be- 
 fore Chrijl, Canopus juft touched its horizon, and might by the refraction, 
 be feen near an hour and a half. And this falls nearly in the time of 
 Pythagoras and other ancients, who had travelled, and begun to cultivate 
 Afironomy. 
 
 As to the difference in the declination of this ftar obferved by M. de la 
 Coudamine, in Peru, (1738) from that which is marked in the Britißj 
 Catalogue, {Phil, TranJ.) it is fufficiently accounted for from the Praccffion 
 alone. 
 
 II.
 
 [ XXX 
 
 IL 
 
 Of the Spheroid-Figure of the Earth; 
 
 With Tables ferving to compare the obfervations concerning it. 
 
 /^VUR author having touched but lightly on the fubjecf. of the true 
 ^^ Figure of the Earth, we have thought proper to add the following 
 articles ; containing a fhort account of the ground and determination of 
 that figure, and the ufes to which the knowledge of it may be applied. 
 
 §. i. Of the difference of the methods näherem 3VI. Huygens and Sir Ifaac 
 Newton treat this fubjecl. 
 
 Monfieur Richer having found, by repeated experiments, that bodies, 
 near the equator, lofe fomewhat of the actual gravity which they had in 
 higher latitudes; M. Huygens attributes this diminution of gravity folely to 
 the centrifugal forces arifing from the earth's diurnal rotation ; which 
 leffens the force of gravity, in different latitudes, in the ratio of the femi- 
 diameters of the parallels of latitude, and that of the cofines of the lati- 
 tudes, conjunctly : and thence by a calculation equally ingenious and 
 accurate concludes the equatorial diameter of the earth to be to its axis as 
 57810577*. 
 
 But Sir Ifaac Newton, agreeable to his principle of univerfal gravitation, 
 adds to the diminution of gravity from the diurnal rotation, another 
 arifing from the figure of the earth itfelf; and from thefe two caufes 
 combined, he computes the diameter of the equator to be to the Axis as 
 230 to 229 : the earth being fuppofed of the fame figure that a homoge- 
 neous fluid would take, whofe velocity of rotation round its axis was the 
 fame as that of the earth -f. 
 
 It was neceffary to take notice of this difference between the two 
 methods, becaufe even very good writers feem not to have properly dif- 
 tinguifhed them J. 
 
 §.2. That a homogeneous fluid revolving equably round its axis icill take 
 the figure of an oblate Spheroid, generated by a Co?iical Semi-Ellipfis turned 
 round its leffer axis. 
 
 This propofition, having been left undemonftrated by Sir Ifaac, was 
 for fome time contefted by feveral eminent mathematicians ; and demon- 
 
 " Huygen. de caufa gravitatis. + Princip. Lib. III. Prop. 19. 
 
 X Sec Don Juan in his preliminary difcourfe. 
 
 fixations
 
 Of the Spheroid-Figure of the E art it. xxxi 
 
 ftrations were produced, that the figure of fuch a fluid would not be 
 that of a geometrical fpheroid, but only approaching to it. 
 
 The fault of thofe demonftrations was, that they depended on 
 infinite feries, of which the terms that were thought inconfiderable had 
 been rejected : a liberty which (hould becautiouily ufed, when the quantity 
 to be determined is itfelf but fmall ; for, in the prefent cafe, it was this 
 very rejection which created the difference thofe authors found between 
 their fpheroid and a geometrical one. 
 
 At lad: Mr. Mac haurin gave a juft fynthctical demonftration of the pro- 
 pofition, in his treatife of fluxions : and its truth may (till more eafily be 
 Ihewn as follows ; taking for granted only the common doctrines of cen- 
 tripetal forces, and of the prefiure ef fluids, one or two propolitions of 
 the Principia, and this plain Axiom in Statics : 
 
 That " Any number of powers being in aquiiibrio, if they are all 
 " increafed (or diminilhed) in the fame ratio, they will remain in cequili- 
 " brio ftill, provided their directions are not altered." 
 
 A fluid at reft, and undifturbed by any external force, forms itfelf into 
 a fphere. In the figure annexed, let Pp be the diameter of fuch a 
 fpherical fluid, C its Centre, PDpd a fection of it through the centre ; and 
 imagine the whole fphere to be divided by parallel planes into circular 
 Lamina of equal thicknefs, perpendicular to the axis Pp, whole common 
 fections with the plane of the circle PDpd are reprefented by Kx, Ny, ccc. 
 which fhall likewife reprefent columns of the fluid communicating with a 
 canal in the axis. 
 
 Then feeing particles of a given magnitude, in the axis, as at P, N, K, 
 gravitate to the centre C in proportion to their diftances from it, PC, NC, 
 KC (by princip. I. yo) the fums of thefe gravitations, or the preflures of 
 the fluids in the canals PC, NC, KC, on the centre, will be as the 
 fquares of thofe diftances. And thence, the prefiure of the fluid in the 
 canal PN, at N, which fupports the perpendicular column Ny, will be to 
 that of the fluid in PK, which balances Kx, as PCq — NCq is to PCq — 
 KCq, or as the fquare of Ny to that of Kx : that is, the prefiure s or weights 
 of the columns Ny, K x, on the axis, are as the fquares of their heighths. 
 
 Let now the fphere begin to revolve on its axis Pp, till, by indefinitely 
 fmall accelerations, it acquires any given velocity of rotation, the fluid 
 which rifts between the planes being fupplied by lyphons, at the poles 
 P p ; then, if we fuppofe it to have rifen according to the ordinales N Y, 
 KX, of an ellipfe whofe lefler axis is Pp ; when the acceleration ceaies, 
 the fluid will remain in asquilibrio, as before it began to revolve. 
 
 For if we conceive the perpendicular prefiure of any canal, as NY, 
 upon the fluid in the axis, to confift of two parts, one, the prefiure of the 
 column Ny, while the fphere was at reft, the other that addkio xal weight 
 it has now acquired, this 1 aft is manifeftly equal to the additional weight 
 
 ic
 
 xxxii Of the Spheroid-Figure of the Earth. 
 
 in the canal PN added to the fum of the centrifugal forces in the column 
 NY. But (by Princip. I. 91. Cor. 3.) the ratio of the weight of PN to 
 that of any other canal in the axis, as PK, is the fame in the fpheroid as 
 in the fphere ; and therefore, by divifion, the differences of the weights 
 in the fphere and fpheroid, or the additional weights of the fluid in the 
 canals PN, PK, at N and K, will be as the fquares of Ny, Kx, or by 
 the property of the ellipfe, as the fquareö of NY, KX. 
 
 A»ain, let the fluid in the columns NY, KX be divided into the fame 
 number of particles proportional to their diftances from the axis, as fand F. 
 And the Momenta generated by the centrifugal forces being every where as the 
 rays of circumvolution and the magnitudes of the particles jointly ; the centri- 
 fugal Momenta of the particles f, F, and componendo, the funis of thofe 
 momenta in the columns NY, KX, that is the weights in thofe columns 
 that are fupported by the centrifugal forces, will be as the fquares of NY, 
 KX; in the fame ratio as the additional preflures of the canals were found 
 to be. And thence the fums of thele, or the additional weights in the 
 columns NY, KX, which thofe fums balance, are as the fquares of NY, 
 KX, or of Ny, Kx. The weights therefore in the columns perpendicular 
 to the axis, and the forces that fuftain them, having been all along 
 increafed in the fame ratio, the fluid will remain in asquilibiio, by the 
 Axiom. And the adequate effects of the rotation being thus found in the 
 geometrical fpheroid only, all other figures are of confequence excluded, 
 fo long as the fluid continues to be homogeneous, and its parts to attract 
 one another according to the received law *. 
 
 §.3.0/" the figure of the Earth. 
 
 There are two ways cf determining this queftion ; one, that of Sir 
 Ifaac Newton, which funpofes only that we know the actual gravity of 
 bodies at a particular place, as deduced from the Hufg en 1 an doctrine of 
 Pendulums ; the quantity of centrifugal force at the equator, inferred 
 from its femidiameter nearly known ; and the time of a diurnal revo- 
 lution, which is about 23 huurs 56' : and thence the quantity that mufl 
 be added to the actual gravity of bodies to compenfate what is taken off 
 by the centrifugal force at a given parallel of latitude. His own theory 
 gave him the attractive forces of a homogeneous fpheroid at its pole and 
 equator: and his conclufions are, that the centrifugal force at the equator 
 is about ^„th part of the force of gravity, as Huygens likewife had com- 
 puted it ; and that, the earth, taking the form of a homogeneous fluid, 
 mufl have its equatorial diameter to its axis as 230 to 229 -f. Others, from 
 
 This analytical ciemonftratioii the learned Mr Kneßner fecms to think all one as thr 
 cal by Mr. Mat Laurin. Sec a note or' his to his tranilation of Lv.hjj''% book on the Earth 
 from Lnu Dutch into German. 
 I Princip, III. 19. 
 
 more
 
 Of the Spheroi d-F i g u r e of the Earth. xxxiii 
 
 more exact determinations of fome of the Data, and by a more rigo- 
 rous Calculus, make it as 231 to 230 ; and the ratio upon which the 
 following tables are computed is very nearly the fame as this laft, being 
 that of H789 to 8751 ,- the length of a Second Pendulum, at Paris, taken 
 from Mr. de Mairain's experiments, being of 440 4-v Lines, or 12th pans 
 of an inch, French meafure. * 
 
 The other way of determining the earth's figure is by actual matura- 
 tion •, and that, either of two degrees of the meridian, or of two J'econd 
 Pendulums, in diftant latitudes, For ihe companion of the arcs, or of 
 the lengths meafured, will (by a rule in the note fubjoined -f) give the 
 ratio of the earth'«- inters ; on the Hypothecs, however, that its figure 
 
 is that of a geometrical ipheroid. 
 
 * In Phil. Tranf. Vol. XLVIN. Part. 1. N° 2. The ratio of the diameter is faid to be 
 226:225 ; probably from having aflurried the length of a fecund pendulum fomewhat too great. 
 
 f The femidiameter of the equator (and radius) being 1; write S, s, for ihe fines 
 «riven latitudes, C, c, for their cofines, and L, 1, for the lengths of the Jjochrone pendulums, 
 Or, for the cube roots of the number of toifes in the degree meafured : So fhall the femiaxis 
 
 c * l* — c» L». 
 be the fquare root of ^ Ll - 4 ^ ■ 
 
 'examples. 
 
 The degree meafured at the polar circle (corrected for the refraction) is 57422 Toifes; 
 that of M. Pieard (corrected) is 57183 ; and, taking ?c-mean of the obfervations made by t e 
 French and Spanifh gentlemen, the degree at the equator is 56754. Let thefe three meafure- 
 ments be denoted by the letters A, B, C ; and the refults will be as follows: 
 
 
 Lat. 
 
 Toifes. 
 
 Combin. 
 
 Ratio, j 
 
 
 
 Lat. 
 
 Lines. 
 
 Combin. 
 
 Ratio. 
 
 A 
 B 
 C 
 
 5ü c .20 
 
 49°. 22 
 
 57422 
 
 A B 
 
 189:188 
 
 
 1 
 
 b 
 
 c 
 
 66°.48' 
 
 441.17 
 
 a b 
 
 204:203 
 
 57 l8 3 
 
 A C 
 
 215:214 
 229:228 
 
 48. 50 
 o°.o'' 
 
 44°' s 
 
 
 187:186 
 
 |-W-I7. ; 
 
 o°. 0' 
 
 5 6 754 
 
 1 R C 
 
 <M9-2 
 
 b c 
 
 In the fame tablet are marked the ratios of the earth's diameters computed from the lengths 
 of three jccond-pendulums, a, b, c. All which differ from one another, as the former did. 
 And the like will happen whatever obfervations you compute from. 
 
 We make no ufe of Mr. Norwood's degree of 57300 toifes, on a twofold account (i°) His 
 Englifl) meafures have been reduced into French upon Mr. Greaves' proportion of ic68 to 
 lOOO; whereas if they had been, more truly, reduced as 114 to 107, Mr. Norwood's 
 «legre« would have been 57441 toifes. Nor (2°) are London and York under the fame meri- 
 dian, as he fuppofed ; the latter having in fome maps 1° longitude weft, in others 50'. Call 
 it i" : then the difference of latitude being 2 . 28', if we fuppofe the ratio of the earth s 
 diameters to be 231 to 230 (as it nearly is) a degree in the middle of that arc will be 57220 
 toifes; which increafed in the ratio of 2°. 28' to 2°. 32 v 'the arc joining the two cities) 
 amount to 58901, exceeding Mr. Norwood's meafure of 57441, by 1460 toifes. If we 
 make the difference of longitude only 50', the error will ftill be greater than we can iaii u : 
 to fo accurate an artift as Mr. Norwood. To take it wholly away that difference mult not 
 exceed 21 ',. And therefore till our maps are corrected, by an exact nieiidian drawn thru' 
 the ifland, we may fufpect an error of about half a degree in its pofition with refpect to the 
 
 cardinal points. 
 
 Vol. I. 
 
 Mr.
 
 xxxiv Of the Spheroi d-F igore of the Earth. 
 
 Mr. Bouguer, wanting to correal the inaccuracy of fuppofing the /pedes 
 of the figure already known, which in ftriclnefs may feem a begging the 
 quefiion ; propofes to investigate a figure which mould anfwer to any 
 number of ohfervations given. And it is plain that fuch a figure may be 
 found, either in his way, or by applying the differential method. But this 
 would be prefuming a far greater exactnefs in the obfervations than can 
 in reaibn be allowed, and facrificing all elegance of folution to an advan- 
 tage purely imaginary : for the errors of the obfervations will generally be 
 greater than what can arife from the difference between the earth's figure 
 and that of a true i'pheroid. Befides, the adding or taking away but one 
 obfervatioirwould, in M. Bouguer 's method, alter the /pedes of the figure 
 found, and leave us bewildered in the fame uncertainty as before. 
 
 If therefore we would ufe, or examine any obfervations, to fee how far 
 they agree with the theory, we muft retain the hypothefis of a homo- 
 geneous earth, and compute by fome rule like that in the foregoing 
 note. We fhall indeed arrive at different conclusions in almoft every ope- 
 ration ; as appears from the examples there given : and ratios of the earth's 
 diameters might perhaps refult, more differing from one another than either 
 of them does from that affigned by Sir Ifaac : though all of them will 
 confpire in confirming his Theory, and in exploding the Hypothefis -of 
 Monfieur Caßni, " that the earth is elevated towards the poles." 
 
 The truth is, we may not only affume, without fcruple, the fpheroidal 
 figure cf the earth in general, but even that proportion of its diameters 
 which refults from the theory; nearly that of 231 10230. For if, by 
 the following tables, thence computed, we compare the feveral obferva- 
 tions with one another, we fhall better reconcile them, on this Hypothefis, 
 than on any other that can be devifed. And the differences between the 
 Theory and the Obfervations will be no greater than what may in reafon, 
 by the allowance of the moft approved writers *, be afcribed to the errors 
 in obferving and meafuring : efpecially, if we attribute, as we ought to 
 do, fome part of thofe differences to particular phyjical caufes, either 
 probable, or perhaps altogether unknown. 
 
 By the obfervations of Mr. Colin Campbell in the ifland of Jamaica, 
 the Second-pendulum is there confiderably fhorter than the theory of a ho- 
 mogeneous earth requires. This, Mr. Stirling thinks -j-, may be owing to 
 " the vicinity of a great quantity of water, which being fpecifically lighter 
 " than land, attracts lefs in proportion to its bulk." He computes like- 
 wife that the odds in the pendulums is not greater than what may be 
 
 * M. Chirmrt fays there may have happened an error of 60, or as far as 8c, toifes, in 
 the degree meafured in Lapland. Fig. de la Terre, pag. 300. And Don Juan allows the error 
 d bis aftronomical obfervations may amount to 6 or tifeconds, Liu. VII. Chap 5. 
 1 PhiL Tranf. N° 438, 
 
 accounted
 
 Of the Spheroid-Figure of the Earth. xxxv 
 
 accounted for on that Suppofition. And if the fubjecl be thought worth 
 further enquiry, his conjecture will fugged an experiment, eafily made, 
 and decifive as to this point; " namely, to oblerve with an invariable 
 " pendulum, of Mr. George Graham's construction, firft in an ifland, and 
 " then in the inmolt places of the continent, under the lame parallel of 
 " latitude." 
 
 But not only may we adopt the Newtonian fpheroid as the natural figure 
 of the earth •, as the moft convenient and bell fuiting the observations: we 
 are even forced into this hypothefis, by the theory and the observations 
 themfelves. 
 
 Ever fince the figure of the earth became a Subject, of mathematical 
 enquiry, authors have been difpofed to attribute to the observations and 
 measurements a higher degree of accuracy than they could well have : 
 and thence, finding a fenfible disagreement between Theory and Experi- 
 ment, they were led to frame various hypothefes of the internal constitution 
 of the earth, by which that difagreement might be explained and adjufted. 
 
 The late Mr. MacLaurin, and the celebrated Alexis Clairaut, chiefly 
 diftinguifhed themfelves in this difficult enquiry; the former in his 
 immortal work on the method of fluxions ; the latter in the Phi 'kfophica 7 
 Tranfaclions, and, afterwards, in a particular treatife printed in the year 
 1743. TheSe Skilful analyfts examined all the hypothefes they could 
 reasonably imagine ; and altho' they miffed of their firft aim, the recon- 
 ciling theory and experience, from the internal conflitution of the earth, yet 
 they have eftablifhed two propofitions, which will bring us nearer the 
 truth than any hypothefis they could frame. 
 
 i°. That in a homogeneous fpheroid, revolving on its axis, the decrees 
 ef the meridian, and the lengths of an ifochrone pendulum, will alwavs 
 increafe together, from the equator to the poles ; and that in ftated aSfignable 
 proportions. 
 
 2 . That unlefs we would run into very unnatural and extravagant Sup- 
 positions, any hypothefis of a heterogeneous earth, that increaies the decrees 
 above their Stated proportion, will diminish the due length of the pendulum; 
 as whatever hypothefis lengthens the pendulum above its due proportion, 
 will bring the degrees below theirs*. 
 
 And Such conlequences being manifestly inconfiltent with all the beft 
 experiments ; which generally increafe or diminifh, above or below their 
 julf proportions, the length of a degree and of a pendulum together ; we 
 muft return to whence we fet out, the hypothefis of Sir Jfaac Newton. 
 And what difagreement may happen, between the theory and the obler- 
 vations, we may impute to the caufes juft now mentioned ; and, in part, 
 even to Some latent prepofftflions of the obfervers, which might a little 
 affect: their operations, without their fufpecling any Such thing. 
 * See Fluxions art. 667, &c. and M. Clairaut, Fig. de la lent. 
 
 d 2 The
 
 xxxvi Of the Spheroi d-F igure of the Earth. 
 
 The gentlemen v> ho executed the arduous undertaking of meafuring 
 the earth, appear to be men of ftrict honour and integrity, as well as 
 of confummate (kill : and the world is greatlv indebted to them, and 
 to the Princes who patronized and employed them. Yet may we not, 
 without offence, fubjecl them to fome degree of a weaknefs common to 
 all mankind? inftances of which have been i en in ahnoil every difj u e, 
 tho' purely fpecqlative ; and particularly in the controverfy concerning t ne 
 earth's figure. 
 
 M. CaJfim.wsLS a follower of des Cartes, whofe world Sir Jfaac Nenvtoii 
 was born to deftroy. Was it any wonder that Caßni ■ fhould incline to 
 give the earth a figure oppofite to Sir Tfaac\ ? or, that he mould lead after 
 him a few Leibnitian Germans'? — The gentlemen who went to the north 
 were genuine difciples of Newton ; and we fee they give him n^re ihan 
 he wants ; even after Mr. Picard's degree is corrected. M. Bonguer feems 
 fhy to accept of any affiftance from his predecefibrs: and it is perhaps for 
 this reafon that, when his operations are finifhed, he hefitates about the 
 conclusion; whether he fliould rate the increments of degrees by the 
 fquares, or the cubes, or the fourth powers of the fines of latitude. — 
 On his return, however, he yields, I am told, to the eftahlifhed authority, 
 and is willing to let the ratio of the earth's diameters be that of 179 to 178. — 
 Don 'Juan, on the contrary, lays afide his terreftrial meafures, which had coft 
 him lb dear, becaufe his degree, compared with others meafured elfewhere, 
 gave him, every time, a different conclufion;*and trufting wholly to the length 
 of the pendulum, thence brings out the difference of the femidiameter of the 
 equator and the femiaxis to be ^^ ; precifely the fame as that affigned 
 by his friend M. Clairaut in Phil. Tranf. N. 449 — Now may not the 
 authority, as well as the theorems of M. Clairaut, have had fome part in this 
 determination? other inftances might be given. 
 
 But, pafiing this, we have to obferve further, that altho' the conftitu- 
 tion of the earth were fo far from being uniform, as fenfibly to affect the 
 obfervations ; yet rules and tables adapted to the primary hypothecs of a 
 homogeneous earth, would ftill be neceflary ; as a fixt flandard for readily 
 comparing and weighing all thofe obfervations; and by which indeed any 
 ftudent of geography, who is mafter of common arithmetic and trigonometry, 
 may reap all the fruits that can be expected from this grand enquiry ; which 
 has fo long exercifed the heads and hands of the learned, and has filled 
 fo many volumes, in almoft all the languages of Europe. 
 
 §. 4. The
 
 Of the Spheroid-Figure of the Earth. xxxvii 
 
 §. 4. The CcnfiruBkn and Ufe of Table I. Of the fanl diameters of \ 
 parallels of latitude. 
 
 CONSTRUCTION. 
 
 In the fcheme annexed, if ZT be a tangent line to the meridian of 
 any place Z, meeting the diameter EQ^of the equator, produced, in T, 
 and ZG perpendicular to it cut EQ^in G ; the angle ZGT will be the 
 latitude of the place Z; and ZL, parallel to EQ^Js the femidiameter of its 
 parallel of latitude. 
 
 The numbers in Tab. I. are thofe femidiameters ZL; CE being unity ; 
 and are thus computed : — Cp, the femiaxis, being denoted by m, to the Log. 
 tangent of the Co-latitude add the log. £ (= 0.0018818) Soßall the fine of 
 the angle, wbofe tangent the fum is, be the fern: 'diameter fought. 
 
 USE. 
 
 i°. Let the latitude of Z, for example, be 56 ; then ZL will be 
 : .56o858; exceeding the cofine of 56 which is .559195, by .00166?, 
 or nearly -^ part. That is, the parallel of 56° on the fpheroid exceeds 
 that on the fphere by no more than ttt. And every where elfe, fimilar arcs 
 of the fame parallel of latitude, on the fphere and fpheroid, will be fo nearly 
 equal, that in the praclice of failing their difference may be neglected. 
 
 2. The femidiameters ZL, (zl), being every where given, we can, by 
 a very obvious procefs, meafure the right line which connects any two 
 given points Z, z, in the furface of the fpheroid; whether thofe points 
 lye in the fame or in different meridian planes. 
 
 §. 5. The ConflruBion and Ufe of Table II. Of the lengths of an ifochro- 
 ncus pendulum ; its length at the pole being unity. 
 
 CONSTRUCTION. 
 
 The numbers in this table are proportional to the lines ZG perpendi- 
 cular to the tangent ZT, and terminated by the greater axis of the gene- 
 rating ellipfe: the adual gravity of bodies, and the length of the pendulum 
 which meafures it, being, by Mr. Mac Lour in % theorems *, proportional to 
 thofe lines. 
 
 They are thus eafily computed : To the logarithm of the Semidiameter of the 
 parallel of lat. (in Tab. I.) add 2 log. m. ( — 1.9962364.) and from the fum take 
 the log. cofine of the latitude, fofiall the remainder be the logarithm of ZG. 
 
 USE. 
 
 i°. The lengths of pendulums, that have been any where obferved, are 
 hereby compared with the lengths which a homogenous fpheroid requires ; 
 and the difference between theory and experience immediately found. 
 
 * Fluxions §. 640, 
 
 Thus
 
 xxxviii Of the Spheroid-Figure of the Earth. 
 
 Thus the number in the table for the latitude of Paris (48 50') being 
 .9981195, and in lat. 66°. 48/, at Pello, .999326, and the former being 
 to the latter as 440 44 lines (M. de Matrons pendulum) are to 441.099, 
 this is the pendulum's length due to a homogeneous earth at lat. 66°. 
 48'. And Mr. de Mmipertuis, with Mr. Grahams excellent instrument, makes 
 it but 441.170, exceeding the former by about tt-ö of an inch. 
 
 Again, by the experiments of the French and Spaniß) gentlemen at the 
 equator, the mean length of a fecond pendulum was there about 438.79 
 lines, which reduced to the level of the fea they rate at 439.2 The 
 number in the table for lat. o° is .995677, and .9981195 is to it as 440 44 
 lines to 439.484. The theory therefore exceeds the observation by lome- 
 what more than i of a line. 
 
 2°. The fame table ferves for comparing the terreftrial meafures ; only 
 the cubes of the numbers muß be ufed, not the numbers themfelves : the ray of 
 curvature at any point Z being proportional to ZG cub *. 
 
 The numbers for the latitudes 66°. 20' and 49 . 22' are .999300 and 
 .9981595; and their cubes are as 1. 00000 to .9965805, or as 57422 
 toifes (the degree meafured by M. de Maupertuis) to 57225.6; exceeding 
 Mr. Picard's degree corrected (57183) by 42.6 toifes ; equivalent to an 
 error in the agronomical part of about 24 feconds. 
 
 And the fame cube is to the cube of .995677 (belonging to lat. o°) 
 as i.oocooo to .989163, or as 57422 is to 56800 toifes; exceeding the 
 degree at the equator, as meafured by the French and Spanifj gentlemen -f-, 
 by 46 toifes. 
 
 But if we fay as the cube of the number belonging to 49 . 22', to the 
 cube of -995677, fo 57183 to 5(>7S7-r» toifes this number will exceed 
 the equator-degree only by 3 A toifes. 
 
 Upon the whole, we find the differences between the beft obfervations 
 and the theory, to be no greater than what may arife from errors 
 which no obferver, with his utmoft care, and with the belt inftruments, 
 can altogether avoid. We fee likewife what an unmanageable Proteus the 
 earth would prove, were we to take its figure from the obfervations 
 alone; without correcting and comparing them. 
 
 3 . We have been told that the knowledge of the earth's figure is of 
 importance in levelling, and in conveying of water; how far it is fo will be 
 feen by an example. 
 
 Suppofe an aqueduct is to be carried fixty minutes or miles from lat. 
 48 to lat. 49 , and that the effect propofed requires, that the cittern or 
 refervoir mould be M feet h'gh at lat. 48 . the earth being fuppofed to 
 have no diurnal rotation, and confequently, a fecond-pcndulum to be every 
 where of the fame length- Then feeing by Tab. IJ. the decrement of 
 
 * Seed? Moivre's Mifcell. Analyt. and M l Laurin §. 657. 
 f Fi Friß Difquifitio Milan 1752. 
 
 gravity
 
 Of the Spheroid-Figure of the Earth. xxxix 
 
 gravity from 49 to 48° is but mrVn^.-, to balance it, we need only add to 
 the heighth M about rrWr of itfelf ; which, if M be a ftatute mile of 
 5280 feet, does not amount to five inches. 
 
 4 . To find the radius of a circle aquicurve to the meridian, at any given 
 latitude, from thrice the logarithm of the number in 'Tab. II. take 4 times the 
 logarithm of m (which is — 1.9924728) the remainder ß:all be the leg. cf the 
 radius J ought *. 
 
 And hence the diftance of two places whofe latitudes and difference of 
 longitude are given, may be nearly found. Find their dijlance as if they lay 
 in the fur/ace of a Jphere, whofe femidiameter is the fame as that of ti e 
 equator CE ; and increafe or diminifj that dißance in the ratio of CE to 
 half the fum of the rays of Curvature at the give/; latitudes. 
 
 5 . If the moon's horizontal parallax of altitude at the equator, (or 
 more ftri&ly, the tangent of that angle) is reprefented by its femidiameter 
 CE, her horizontal parallax at any latitude ZGE, will be Zg; that is, 
 ZG produced till" it meets the diameter OH drawn parallel to the tan- 
 gent ZT. 
 
 The lines Zg are computed either by taking the logarithms of the 
 numbers in Tab. I. from the Log. cofines of the latitudes ; or, by taking 
 the logarithms of the numbers in Tab. II. from the logarithm of m 
 {— 1. 9981 182.) In either way the remainder will be the logarithm of 
 Zg, the meafure of the moons horizontal parallax for the latitude ZGE. 
 
 Thus in lat. 52 . The logarithm of Lg, will be — 1. 998833: and 
 thence, if at a certain diftance of the earth and moon, the parallax at the 
 equator is 60', adding the log. of 60, there will be produced the log. of 
 59.839, and the parallax is leffened by 9^- feconds. But this equation of 
 the moon's parallax can never exceed *4r of the greateft parallax (61' 7 ) 
 and at the pole would not rife to 16 . 
 
 6°. To find the parallax of the moon's Azimuth ; take from ZG (in 
 Tab. II. -4t of itfelf, to reduce it to radius CE, in parts of which Zg is 
 exprefs'd ; and fubftracf the remainder from Zg found by the rule in N° 5. 
 So fhall their difference Gg be given. Say then as radius to the tangent of 
 lat. fo Gg to Cg, the parallax fought. 
 
 In lat. 52 we found juft now that Zg is .997320, (the number whofe 
 log. is — 1,998833) and ZG, reduced as above, is .994032 : Gg, there- 
 fore, their difference is .003288; and 1: tang. 52 : :o .003288: 
 0.00420845 = Cg in parts of the equator. Which multiplied by 6r. 
 7", gives it 1 54 feconds for the greateft parallax of Azimuth, at 52 lat. 
 And this is to be diminished, on either fide of the prime vertical, in the 
 ratio of the cofihe cf the moon's diftance from it \. 
 
 * The radius of curvature becomes equal to CE, or unity, at lat. 54 47'i. 
 t Whether fuch equations of the moon's place are Worth the notice of practical aftrono- 
 Römers, themfelves can belt judge 
 
 §. 6. The
 
 xl Of the S p h e r o i d-F igure of the Earth. 
 
 §.6. The ConßruBion and Ufe of Table III. 
 
 The numbers of this table were computed from a feries, which con- 
 verges very quickly to any degree of exaftnefs ; the difference of the 
 earth's diameters being lb fmall. Its ufe is plain from the table itfelf, 
 which, in navigation, is but inconfiuerable - y the greateft difference of the 
 elliptical and fpherical arcs (at 54 . 47 t) being but 176.15 minutes of 
 the equator. And therefore it was thought fufficient to compute for every 
 5th degree. 
 
 § . 7. The ConßruBion and UJe of Table IV. 
 
 The meridional parts of the fpheroid are calculated as follows. 
 
 The femidiameter of the equator (and the radius of the tables) being 
 unity, write m for the femiaxis, q for 1 — nv, s for the fine of the given 
 latitude : and let A be the arc whofe log. fine is \ log. q — log. x s. Then, 
 the logarithm of log. co-tangent of half the compliment of A, added to the 
 fum of i log. q and the conßant log. 3.8984895, will be the logarithm of 
 the excefs of the meridional parts on the fphere above thofe on the oblate 
 fpheroid, at the hit. who fe fine is s. 
 
 The improvement of navigation having been looked on as the chief 
 motive to the laborious and expenfive undertakings of the French acade- 
 micians, no fooner had M. de Maupertuis' book appeared, than nautical. tables 
 for the fpheroid were published in a treatife which, the year after, was 
 tranflated into French, and publiihed with additions, by the late M. de 
 Bremond *. 
 
 The truth is, there was then fome appearance of ufe for fuch tables : it 
 was poffible to devife a fhip's courfe in which the difference between the 
 fphere and fpheroid might not be infenlible. But the earth having, fince 
 that time, much contra&ed her equatorial diameter, fo much that we can 
 fcarce do better than take her up in the fhape in which Sir Ifaac left her ; 
 the numbers id this table only fhew that feamen may do very well with- ' 
 cut them. 
 
 GENERAL CONCLUSION. 
 
 Altho' the effects of the earth's fpheroid figure are thus inconfiderable 
 i'i practical arts ; yet are not the fpeculations concerning it altogether 
 ufelefs, nor the pains that have been taken for its exail determination, 
 ; . Kir loft. 
 
 • Thofe tab] ere computed upon the companion of the degree in Lapland (57438 T.) 
 ththatofM. Picard (5-060); making the diameter of the equator to the axis nearly as 
 '• 1 to HS. 
 
 1°. Had
 
 Of the Spheroid-Figure of the Earth. xli 
 
 i». Had the French academy of Sciences, and the rell: of the learned 
 world, acquiefced in M. Caj/jni's determination lb fpeciouily exhibited, the 
 errors in navigation would have been really of dangerous confequence ; as 
 the late Profeffor Celßus has fhewn : And as any one may fatisfy himfelf 
 by conftructing from a rule of Mr. Maclaurins -j- table of meridional 
 parts for Ca/fint's, earth, and comparing the refulcs. 
 
 2°. Theory and experience agreeing to make a very fenfible difference 
 between the fpheroid of Sir IJaac Newton and that of Huygens, Sir Ij'aacs 
 theory of attraction, in conformity to which that difference ariies, receives 
 an undoubted confirmation. 
 
 3". It is from the figure, and internal conftruction of the earth, that the 
 quantity of the equinoctial precelTion, and of the nutations of the earth's 
 axis are computed. 
 
 4°. This fcurfj of the earth which we inhabit, and into which we can 
 penetrate but a little way, is compofed of an endlefs variety of fubftances, 
 differently concreted, and of different fpecific gravities. And hence we are 
 ealily led to imagine a like variety of denfity throughout the whole mafs of 
 the Earth. But there feem's to be little ground for this notion, either in 
 experience or in Philofophy. All the befl: obfervations fuit very well to a 
 homogeneous earth : and fuppofmg them perfectly exact, the whole dif- 
 ference between them and the theory, might fairly be afcribed to an excels 
 or defect of attraction, from particular accidental caufes. 
 
 A variety of fubftances of different qualities and denfities was abfolutely 
 neceffary in the fuperficial parts ; for by their elemental jlrife all things are 
 generated, preferred, ard deßroyed. But this reafon ceales in the dead mafs 
 below : to which it will be difficult to aliig n any other ufe than to ferve 
 as a bafis for the furface to reft on, and to receive and exert the quantities of 
 attractive force neceffary to keep the earth and her fatellite in their deftined 
 courfes. Ends which can be as well effected, and with more limplicity, 
 in a homogeneous mafs, than in any other that can be afiigned. And God 
 and nature do nothing in vain. 
 
 We may therefore, for the prefent, fafely fet afide the hypothefis of a 
 variable denfity in the internal parts of the earth, with the conclufions drawn 
 from it. Particularly we may hold for fijfpected at Icaft, any agronomical 
 calculations that are partly founded in that hypothefis. 
 
 t Fluxions §. 895, ü*4 
 
 Vol. I. e TAB.
 
 TABLE I. 
 
 Of the Semidiameters of the Parallels of Latitude, 
 Rad. of the Equator being i.oooooo. 
 
 tat. 
 
 Sem id. 
 
 Lat. 
 
 Semid. 
 
 Lat. 
 
 Semid. 
 
 1° 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 4 
 5 
 6 
 
 7 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 IO 
 
 1 1 
 
 12 
 
 »3 
 
 H 
 '5 
 16 
 
 *7 
 
 18 
 
 l 9 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 24 
 25 
 26 
 27 
 28 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 .999849 j 
 
 •99939 6 i 
 .998641 1 
 
 •997585 
 .996227 
 
 31 1 
 
 3 2 
 33 
 34 
 35 
 36 
 
 37 
 38 
 
 39 
 
 40 
 
 4i 
 42 
 43 
 
 44 
 4? 
 46 
 
 47 
 48 
 
 49 
 50 
 
 5 1 
 52 
 53 
 54 
 55 
 56 
 57 
 58 
 59 
 |6o 
 
 .858150 
 .849077 
 .839746 
 .83OI58 
 .8203 17 
 .8l0226 
 .799886 
 .789303 
 .778477 
 .7674)4 
 
 6l 
 62 
 63 
 
 64 
 65 
 60 
 
 67 
 
 68 
 
 69 
 
 70 
 
 7 1 
 72 
 
 73 
 74 
 75 
 76 
 
 77 
 78 
 
 79 
 80 
 
 81 
 82 
 
 83 
 84 
 85 
 86 
 
 87 
 
 88 
 
 80 
 9° 
 
 .486418 
 
 .471059 
 
 •455553 
 
 •4399°7 
 .424124 
 
 .994569, 
 .992610 1 
 
 •99035 1 
 
 ■987793 
 .984936 
 
 .408209 
 .392167 
 
 .376004 
 
 •359723 
 
 •34333 1 
 
 .981781 
 
 •97833° 
 
 •974583 
 .970541 
 
 .966205" 
 
 •75 OIi 5 
 
 •744585 
 .732826 
 
 ,720842 
 
 .708637 
 
 .326831 
 .310230 
 
 •29353 2 
 .276742 
 
 .259867 
 
 .961576 
 .956657 
 .951448 
 
 •94595\ 
 .940167 
 
 .696215 
 .683578 
 .670731 
 .657677 
 .644421 
 .030967 
 .617318 
 .603478 
 
 •589452 
 
 .571:244 
 
 .560858 
 .546299 
 
 •53 I 57 I 
 .^6678 
 
 .24291 1 
 .225878 
 .208775 
 .191607 
 .174376 
 
 .157097 
 .139766 
 .122391 
 .104977 
 .087531 
 
 .934098 
 
 •927746 
 .921 112 
 .914198 
 .907020 
 
 •899540 
 .891800 
 .883788 
 .875508 
 
 .070058 
 •052563 
 
 •03505 1 
 
 .017528 
 
 .866961 
 
 I.501026 
 

 
 
 TABLE II. 
 
 
 
 
 The lengths of 
 
 an Ifochronous Pendulum ; 
 
 
 
 its length at the Pole being l.oocooo. 
 
 
 Lat. 
 
 Length. 
 
 
 
 
 o° 
 I 
 
 •99S 6 77 1 
 
 ; ' 1 
 
 Length. 
 
 l-l 
 
 Length. 
 
 
 .995678 
 
 3 1 
 
 .99681' 
 
 61 
 
 .998978 
 
 
 2 
 
 .995681 
 
 3 2 
 
 885 
 
 02 
 
 .999042 
 
 
 3 
 
 687 
 
 33 
 
 953 
 
 6 3 
 
 104 
 
 
 4 
 
 697 
 
 34 
 
 .997022 
 
 64 
 
 164 
 
 
 5 
 6 
 
 709 
 
 35 
 36 
 
 092 
 
 05 
 66 
 
 223 
 
 
 7 2 3 
 
 164 
 
 281 
 
 
 7 
 
 740 
 
 37 
 
 236 
 
 67 
 
 337 
 
 
 8 
 
 759 
 
 3« 
 
 3°9 
 
 08 
 
 39° 
 
 
 9 
 
 781 
 
 39 
 
 382 
 
 69 
 
 442 
 
 
 IO 
 
 1 1 
 
 806 
 
 40 
 4i 
 
 45 6 
 
 70 
 7 1 
 
 492 
 
 
 833 
 
 530 
 
 539 
 
 
 12 
 
 862 
 
 42 
 
 605 
 
 72 
 
 584 
 
 
 *3 
 
 8 94 
 
 43 
 
 680 
 
 73 
 
 628 
 
 
 H 
 
 928 
 
 44 
 
 755 
 
 74 
 
 670 
 
 
 i 15 
 ! 16 
 
 964 
 
 45 
 46 
 
 831 
 
 75 
 76 
 
 709 
 
 
 .996003 
 
 907 
 
 745 
 
 
 ^7 
 
 044 
 
 47 
 
 982 
 
 77 
 
 780 
 
 
 ■18 
 
 087 
 
 48 
 
 .998057 
 
 78 
 
 812 
 
 
 J 9 
 
 132 
 
 49 
 
 132 
 
 79 
 
 842 
 
 
 ao 
 
 2J 
 
 179 
 
 5 1 
 
 207 
 
 80 
 81 
 
 869 
 
 
 228 
 
 281 
 
 894 
 
 
 ! 22 
 
 280 
 
 5 2 
 
 354 
 
 82 
 
 .999917 
 
 
 ?-3 
 
 333 
 
 53 
 
 427 
 
 «3 
 
 .36 
 
 1 
 
 2 4 
 
 3*7 
 
 54 
 
 499 
 
 84 
 
 5 2 
 
 
 2-5 
 
 26 
 
 443 
 
 55 
 56 
 
 57 l 
 
 !«5 
 186 
 
 67] 
 
 
 502 
 
 642 
 
 79 
 
 
 I27 
 
 5 6 3 
 
 57 
 
 712 
 
 m 
 
 88 
 
 
 28 
 
 625 
 
 5* 
 
 780 
 
 188 
 
 95 
 
 
 129 
 
 "JO 
 
 688 
 75 2 
 
 59 
 60 
 
 847 
 
 |«9 
 
 I9O 
 
 99 
 
 
 9 J 3 
 
 1. 000000 
 
 
 e 2
 
 TAB. III. 
 
 'Arcs of the Meridian in mi- 
 nutes of the equator to every 
 fifth degree of Latitude. 
 
 Lat. 
 
 O 
 I 
 
 5 
 
 10 
 
 l J 
 
 20 
 
 >5 
 .30 
 
 35 
 40 
 
 45 
 
 5° 
 
 55 
 60 
 
 65 
 
 70 
 75 
 
 •; 
 
 90 
 
 S ; ! . c 1 -1. : d . 
 
 =9956764 
 
 59'-49 
 297.27 
 
 59 6 -5o 
 892.49 
 
 1 190 
 1488, 
 1786, 
 2085, 
 
 2 3 s 3' 
 
 27 
 24 
 
 49 
 
 00 
 
 85 
 
 2683 
 2982 
 3282 
 
 35 82 
 3883 
 
 ■°3 
 -54 
 
 •39 
 .56 
 
 .02 
 
 4183.75 
 4484.69 
 
 4785.8, 
 
 5087.04 
 
 5388.33 
 
 Sphere. 
 
 R 
 
 :i 000 
 
 6o' 
 
 300 
 600 
 900 
 
 I200 
 
 1500 
 
 r8oo 
 2100 
 
 240c 
 
 270c 
 300c 
 
 33 0f 
 360c 
 
 390c 
 
 420c 
 
 45° c 
 480c 
 
 5100 
 
 ?4O0 
 
 d.ff. 
 
 o. 
 
 °'-54 
 z-73 
 3-5° 
 7-51 
 
 973 
 1.76 
 
 3-5' 
 
 5.00 
 
 6:1.5 
 
 6.97 
 7.46 
 7.61 
 
 7-44 
 6.9S 
 
 6.25 
 
 5-3 ' 
 4.19 
 
 2.96 
 
 1.67 
 
 TAB. IV. 
 
 Meridional Parts on the Sphere 
 
 •and Spheroid to every fifth 
 
 degree of Latitude. 
 
 Sphere. 
 
 Spheroid. 
 
 O. 
 60.OO 
 
 3°°-3 
 603.07 
 
 910.46 
 
 1225.14 
 1550.00 
 j 888.37 
 2244.29 
 2622.69 
 
 3029.94 
 
 3474-47 
 3967.97 
 
 45 2 7-37 
 5 i 7 8.8i 
 
 5965.92 
 
 6970.34 
 
 8375.19 
 
 10764.62 
 
 00 
 
 59.49 
 297. Bo 
 
 597-92 
 902.78 
 
 1214 96 
 
 J53747 
 
 l8 73-53 
 2227.26 
 
 2603.6c 
 
 3008.94 
 
 345 I -7 1 
 3943-62 
 4501.62 
 5151.86 
 
 5937-97 
 6941.64 
 
 8345.90 
 
 10734.99 
 
 CO 
 
 dlff. 
 
 o 
 
 0.5] 
 
 2.58 
 
 5-15 
 7.68 
 
 10.18 
 
 J2 -53 
 14.84 
 
 17.03 
 
 19.09 
 
 2 1. 00. 
 22.761 
 
 2 4-35 
 z 5-75 
 26 -95 
 
 27.95 
 28.70 
 29.29 
 29.63 
 
 2 9-75 2
 
 A P 
 
 J%gAi^f\ 
 
 Fig, Q^
 
 xlvi 
 
 III. 
 Of the befl Form of a Geographical Map. 
 
 "^HERE are Six things that claim a place in the conftru&ion of a 
 map, and which ought all to be reprefented, as nearly as poflible, in 
 their juft dimensions. 
 
 i°. The latitudes of places. 
 
 2°. Their longitudes. 
 
 3°. Their di fiances'. 
 
 4°. Their bearings, or the Rumb-Yme from one place to another. 
 
 5°. The angles in which the meridians interfect the parallels of latitude. 
 
 6°. And laftly, the fuperficial content of any Zone, or part of a zone, 
 that is to be defcribed. 
 
 To exhibit all thefe on a plane, in the juft quantity they have on the 
 globe, is impofiible : but that conftruction which reprefents the greateft 
 number of them accurately, and the others very nearly fo, may be called 
 the beft form of a geographical map. 
 
 In the Thilos. Tranjacl. of the year 1758, §. LXXIII, a method of de- 
 scription is propofed, by which the firft, fecond, fifth, and fixth of the 
 above conditions are ftridtly fatisfied, and the bearings and dijlances are like- 
 wife very near the truth, unlefs the breadth of the given zone be exceffive. 
 
 The method is founded in this ; that a conical furface is a mean between 
 & convex furface and a plane. In one direction, it accommodates itfelf to 
 the curvature of a globe, and confequently receives a truer projection than 
 a plane furface can; after which it is capable of being extended on a plane, 
 the diftances between any two points remaining the fame as they were on 
 the conical furface, that is nearly the fame as on the globe. 
 
 From this principle feversl rules may be derived ; which the reader 
 mav fee in the above tkanfaSion, and the addenda. But the following 
 may be recommended as the ca fie ft in pra&ice, and at the fame time fuf- 
 ficiently '•:. icl ; as any one may fatisfv himfdf by making the comparifon. 
 
 1. The artift having fixt upon the depth he can give bis map from 
 
 th to iVutb, let him draw the line AB( Fig. (^O.) equal to it; and divide 
 
 line Into as many equal parts as there are degrees between the ex- 
 
 treme latitudes. As if the extreme latitudes are io° and So<", the line 
 
 ' • • < i . d into 70 equal parts. 
 
 2. From
 
 of the beß Form of a Geographical Map. xh 
 
 2. From Z, the middle latitude, raife the perpendicular ZX, and froi 
 the point A draw AY meeting AX in Y, and making the angle ZAY 
 equal to the complement of half the difference of latitude. Thus in our 
 example, half that difference being 35', the angle ZAY will be 550. 
 Then draw YP making the angle AYP equal to the complement of the 
 greater latitude, and cutting AB produced in P, lb (ball the point P be a 
 common centre from which all the parallels of latitude are to be defcribed 
 as in the figure. 
 
 Or, if you had rather ufe numbers ; multiply the co-tangent of half the 
 difference cf the extreme latitudes by the co-tangent oj the middle latitude, end the 
 product by half the depth cf your map, in inches ; fo fhall this laft product be the 
 number of inches from the middle of the map to the centre of the parallels. 
 
 Thus the depth of the map being 50 inches, and the extreme latitudes 
 being io° and 6o°, half the diff. of lat. is 25°, and the mean lat. 35 ; 
 whole co-tangents are 2.144507 and 1. 428148; their product is 3.06267; 
 and this multiplied by 25 gives, for the diflance fought, 76.567 inches. 
 
 3. Take the angles of longitude, as BPp, BPq, and their lubdivTions, 
 in proportion to the angles on the globe, which they are to reprefent, as 
 the fine of the middle latitude is to radius ; and through the points of 
 divifion draw the meridians Pio, P20 6cc. Thus if pBq is to reprefent 
 90 of longitude. The middle latitude in our example being 35 , whofe 
 fine is .7071, to Rad. 1.0000; the angle pPq will be 90°x .7071 or 63 . 
 38', and any angle of io°, will be about 7 . 4'i. 
 
 4. If it be required that the map fhould ferve likewife for a fea-chart ; 
 to the common pole P, from as many centers as is necefTary, draw as 
 many logarithm-Jpirah as are necefTary; and they will be fo many rumb 
 lines on the map, each of them cutting all the meridians in the fame 
 angle; and directing a fhip's courfe to as great a degree of exactnefs as is 
 attainable in the practice of failing. 
 
 Thefe may be defcribed mechanically, by a rule deduced either from one 
 of Mr. Cotes's proportions, or from a cafe of Mercator-failing. 
 
 5. Hitherto the whole map has been fuppefed to lye on the fame fide 
 of the equator. If it does not, there ariie two cafes. 
 
 Firß, when the zones, to the north and fouth of the equator, are of a 
 fmall breadth and nearly equal : then we may, without fenfible error, extend 
 the lefl'er to an equality with the greater, and project on a Cylindric fur- 
 face cutting the globe in the two circles of mean latitude. 
 
 Secondly, if the zones differ much in breadth, we are to defcribe the 
 northern as above directed (the arc pBq, in our figure, now reprefenting 
 90 of the equator) and by the fame rules, the fouthern zone is to be 
 defcribed on the other fide of the tangent LM. 
 
 Only it is to be obferved, that the diflance of two places (F, f,) that lye 
 on different fides of the equator cannot, on this map be meafured imme- 
 diately,
 
 xlviii Of the bcfi Form of a Geographical Map. 
 
 diately. We mud firft find the point N in the equator where a great circle 
 through F, f, cuts it; which is done by an ealy conftru&ion ; or by the 
 f®l!owing analogy. 
 
 As the fum cf the tangents of the two latitudes is to their difference : Jo is 
 the tangent of half the difference cf longitude to the tangent of an angle t 
 which added to half the difference of longitude will determine the point N. 
 
 Thus F being in N. lat §o°, and fin S.Iat. io" and their dilti of longitude 
 30 , the arc found will be 26% ; which are to be counted off on the equator 
 from the meridian of F, to find the point N. After .which the right lines 
 FN, fn, join'd and added, will give the diftance from F to f near enough 
 to the truth, unlefs the zones are very broad. 
 
 Note, Ptolemy, or whoever wrote the laft chapter, Book I. of his geo- 
 graphy, propofcs to defcribe the then known world, from the Parallel of 
 Thule in 63 north, to the parallel oppofite to that of Meroe, with 180 
 of longitude ; and his method fo far refembles this, that the meridians 
 are right lines drawn through a centre of the parallels. 
 
 But it muff be owned, that as his rule is not general, being adapted 
 only to that particular purpofe ; fo neither is it fo accurate as it might 
 have been, from principles well known to Ptolemy. The zone, particu- 
 larly, which l.ies beyond the equator, is delineated in plain contradiction 
 to the rules of art. 
 
 Senfible of thofe defects, the author gives, in the fequel of that fame 
 chapter, a rule which he prefers to the other ; as indeed it might fuit his 
 purpofe better. But this preference feems to have been one caufe why 
 geographers have fo long copied Ptolemy and one another, to the negledt 
 of a method which, in mod cafes, is more eafy and elegant, as well as 
 more exact. Some of our beft artifls have, for more than a century paft, 
 feen the advantages of it ; and the ingenious Mr. Kitchin hath generally 
 ufed it, in the maps with which the following volumes are enriched. 
 
 THE
 
 
 OF THE 
 
 UTILITY 
 
 O F 
 
 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 'HE Utility of Geography is very considerable, and deferves a 
 particular difcuflion; but this, according to the plan I have laid 
 down, mud not be too long. What I fhall chiefly dwell upon 
 is, its principal ufe, by obferving ' That the knowledge of 
 ' God, the Creator and Preferver of all things, is eminently 
 ' promoted by this Science.' — Our Earth, indeed, is but a fmall, yet no 
 contemptible, part of his glorious works; and as the whole Univerfe taken 
 together demonftrates the Exiftence of a God, fo the Earth in particular 
 exhibits the mod indifputable proofs of that great Truth. For wherever 
 we turn our eyes, we cannot but obferve evident traces of the power, 
 wifdom, and goodnefs of the Supreme Being. Such an attentive obferva- 
 tion of the wonders that furround us is more incumbent on us, and the 
 more to our advantage, as we cannot fo perfectly view and admire thofe 
 parts- of the Creation that are detached from the Earth we inhabit; I mean 
 the fhining orbs that ftrike the admiring eye, on viewing the heavens 
 with all their magnificent apparatus ; which are at too great a distance for 
 us to have any perfect knowledge of them, or to difcover their nature 
 and fymmetry, fo as to enlarge our conceptions of the great Creator. Our 
 .Earth, however, is at prefent fufficient to impart to us that knowledge of 
 God which is attainable by confidering the works of nature ; for it is fo 
 full of the ftupendous works of God, that even after the moif affiduous 
 enquiries and mofl: careful obfervations, we have a thorough infight but into 
 the leaft part of them ; nay, properly fpeaking, we have not a perfect 
 knowledge of any fingle part of the Creation. We may therefore juftly 
 conclude that if this terraqueous Globe, which is but a very fmall portion 
 Vol. I. B of
 
 Of A U t i l i t y of Geography. 
 
 of the Whole, is ftored with fo many glorious instances of the Divine 
 wifdom and power that even a general furvey of it proves fo laborious, fo 
 difficult and extenfive a tafkj we might fay infinitely more, could we but 
 attain fuch a general knowledge of the Univerfe, as we have gradually ac- 
 quired of this our Earth. 
 
 God made the Earth and every thing that is in it. It was not his 
 defign to leave it ' empty and void ;' but he flocked it with animate and 
 inanimate Beings. The former, indeed, exceed the latter in excellence j 
 but all of them taken together are admirable, and aftonifhingly glorious. 
 On every fide we fee great and ftupendous works, either of nature or art, 
 or both at the fame time. God is indifputably the author of both. The 
 beauty, luftre, pomp, and magnificence of Nature difplay his creating and 
 preferving power ; and even the fkill of man in various arts and fciences, 
 is the gift of God. The nature or conflitution of the feveral parts and 
 regions of the earth is far from being every where the fame, but is wonder- 
 fully diverfihed ; every country having a different temperature of air, with 
 different plants, fruits, and animals. All thefe things exift for the fake of 
 Men, who, according to the wife appointment of God, are defcended 
 from one common Father, whofe numerous pofterity are fpread over the 
 whole face of the Earth, and between whom, in procefs of time, a wide 
 difference is arifen, with refpect to their outward form and manner of life. 
 Now as innumerable families defcended from one pair, and from thefe 
 again many and great nations and people derive their origin, God allotted 
 to each of them the ' bounds of their habitations ;' for the limits and 
 extent of their countries are grounded neither on chance, nor on the choice 
 of the nations themfelves, but on an almighty and all-wife-Providence, of 
 which perfons of attention and reflection may very foon be convinced. 
 
 The different political conftitutions and all their changes and revolutions 
 are likewife owing to God's fole appointment ; which, as King and Lord 
 of the Univerfe, he regulates by the moft unerring wifdom, and determines 
 the mutual relation, which, from time to time, they bear to each other. By 
 his all-wife, governing Providence alfo, the moft diftant parts of the known 
 world are connected by a mutual commerce. One Nation has been of great 
 fervice to another towards attaining the knowledge of the true God, and 
 our Saviour JefusChrift; has inftrudted it in arts and fciences ; and directed 
 its progrefs in learning and knowledge. The fuperfluity of one country 
 abundantly fupplies the wants of another : And there is not a fingle country 
 which produces fuch plenty of every thing as to fupply its own neceffkies, 
 conveniences, and pleafure, and to be able entirely to fubfift without the 
 reft of the world. On the contrary, one country may ftand in need of ano- 
 ther, either to fupply its wants, or to take off its fuperfluities : And as every 
 Nation is concerned for its own welfare, the common and general ad- 
 vantage of all is promoted, whether they defign it or no. 
 
 It
 
 Of the Utility «/Geography. 
 
 It was undoubtedly by the direction of Providence, that men took occa- 
 fion, both in ancient and modern times, to fend out greater or fmaller 
 colonies from among them into the molt diftant countries, in order to get 
 fubfiftence, or to raife their fortunes. The mixture of people arifing from 
 fuch transmigrations has produced a fimilitude of manners and a clofer 
 union among them ; which indeed gave occafion to the propagation of 
 many vices, but at the fame time of many virtues. 
 
 Let us in the next place confider, how various nations have improved 
 and cultivated their native land, or conquered provinces; what impregnable 
 towns and fortreffes, what magnificent and lurprizing edifices they have 
 built ; what elegant gardens and other embellifhments they have planned, 
 and we mult be aftoniihed at the intellectual powers, the noble talents, 
 and amazing fkill, which God has gracioufly imparted to men. How few 
 and inconfiderable were the cities and towns in Denmark, Germany, and 
 other kingdoms a thoufand years ago ? But, without going fo far back, if 
 we look into the annals of modern times ; we fhall find that about two 
 hundred, or a hundred, or even fifty years fince, here flood a defolate and 
 walte region, there an extenfive dreary wood j here rugged and defart rocks, 
 and there an inacceffible fen or morafs, in places which are now adorned 
 with a populous and elegant town, a magnificent palace, a ftrong caftle, 
 or other place of defence. Nature has been thus fo far fubdued and con- 
 ftrained by art and indefatigable indultry, as to make all this appear next 
 to a wonder in the eyes of the intelligent and experienced fpectator. With 
 what admiration and furprife mult we view thefe great and fumptuous 
 works ? Are they to be confidered merely as the effects of human efforts?— 
 By no means : They have only lent their hands to the work ; by which in- 
 ftruments God, who has girded them with ftrength, and furnilhed them 
 with wifdom and fkill, produced thefe wonders. Had thefe things been 
 contrary to his fupreme will, how eafy had it been for infinite power to 
 have defeated all human endeavours ; and how often indeed has fuch an 
 intervention actually happened ? As for many famous cities founded in an- 
 cient, middle, and modern ages, we may now afk with aftonilhment where 
 are they ? — Confumed with fire from heaven, laid wafte by cruel ene- 
 mies, fwallowed up by the earth or the fea ; covered by mountains, or 
 buried in the vaft abyfs. All this hath the Lord done, the God who 
 made the heavens and the earth. But from whence do we learn this truth ? 
 — It is from the following confideration. The overthrow of feveral re- 
 nowned and populous cities appeared to the inhabitants and the reit of the 
 world, and even to thofe who were employed as inftruments to deftroy 
 them, altogether improbable and incredible. But God had foretold and ex- 
 prelly threatened, that he would accomplifh the deftruction and defolation 
 of fome of thofe cities. That the fate of Babylon, Tyre, Jernfalem, &c. 
 happened in confequence of fuch predictions, we are w-ll allured. 
 
 B 2 And
 
 Of the Utility «/Geography, 
 
 And though God did not by his prophets foretel the downfal of other 
 cities, that have been deftroyed in a fignal manner ; yet from thefe in- 
 stances we muft acknowledge his all-governing Providence to have been 
 the efficient caufe of fuch events. I might indeed enlarge on this impor- 
 tant Subject, which would, probably, be both ufeful and entertaining, if 
 my plan would admit of it : But this fhort fketch is Sufficient to prove the 
 propofition which I would chiefly inculcate to my readers, namely, That 
 a good fyftem of Geography exhibits evident proofs of, and arguments for 
 the doctrine of God's Providence ; and that consequently it ought to be 
 ranked among the moft ufeful and neceffary books, as of equal importance 
 with any theological treatife written on that fubjecl:. It is much to be 
 lamented that Geography has hitherto been fo little confidered in this light, 
 and fo feldom, if at all, inculcated, on the minds of youth in particular, 
 with that view. On the contrary, the Stupendous works of God difplayed 
 in the Creation, are too much disregarded by the generality ; though they 
 contain the firSt principles by which we attain the knowledge of a God, 
 and to which we are fo often referred in the holy Scriptures. The rational 
 and ferious confideration of the Creation fupplies us with exalted ideas of 
 God ; and if to this we join the comfortable doctrine of God's Reconcilia- 
 tion to guilty man by the mediation of Chrift, he will appear to us an 
 object fo highly deferving of our love, as neceffarily to produce the Strongest 
 affiance in him, and make us refolve to conform our lives to his Sacred 
 will from a principle of gratitude. It is therefore my defire and requeffc 
 that all, who Shall in thefe Sheets read the description of the kingdoms, 
 States, and cities of the world, would reflect, that it is not an account of 
 the works of men, but rather of the works of God, the Creator and Pre- 
 server of the world ; and, indeed, of the fmalleft part of the Univerfe or 
 amazing Whole. In particular, I could wiSh that the instructors of youth 
 would labour to infpire their pupils with an aweful conception of that 
 tranfcendently glorious and infinitely wife Being, of whofe immenfe domain 
 this Earth constitutes So inconfiderable a part, and whofe vaSfäls Princes, 
 Kings, and Emperors are ; a conception, I Say, Suitable to his grandeur, and 
 fit to inSpire us, his creatures, with admiration, complacency, and delight. 
 
 Moreover, the Utility of Geography is Still more extenfive. It is in ge- 
 neral entertaining, ufeful, and neceSiary to bring us acquainted with the 
 Earth on which we live. It muSt be very diSagreeable, not to fay worfe, 
 to be ignorant of the Situation, &c. of foreign Countries when, in conver- 
 sation, or perufing hiftcries, we hear of battles, fieges, travels by land, 
 voyages by fea, and other remarkable occurrences. For, without a compe- 
 tent knowledge of Geography, it is impoffible for us to form to ourfelves 
 a juft or uSeful idea of Such things. Even many learned men are Strangers 
 to their own country and native place, not to mention foreign countries; 
 und how mortifying a circumftance is this ? Were children, inStead of the 
 
 idle
 
 Of the Utility 0/ Geography. 
 
 idle ridiculous tales of ghofts and fairies, early inftructed in the knowledge 
 of the Earth we inhabit, how great would be the advantage arifing from 
 fuch inftrudtions ? In fhort, Geography is a fcience not only ufeful for all, 
 but indifpenfibly neceffary to fome perfons. A Sovereign muft needs be 
 acquainted with the ftate of his own and of foreign countries ; particularly 
 of the neighbouring kingdoms : And the more accurate his knowledge of 
 them is, the greater advantage he will reap from it. None can pretend 
 to be a Statefman without a competent fkill in Geography : For, how fhould 
 he come to the knowledge of the weaknefs and ftrength of the dominions of 
 his fovereign, and of the princes with whom he is connected by alliances, 
 without a treatife on political Geography ? Such books are the moft neceffary 
 and indifpenfible in his library. But it may, perhaps, be objected againft 
 this fcience, That defcriptions and maps are betrayers of the countries they 
 reprefent, by fupplying minifters of ftate and Generals of armies with a know- 
 ledge, which often proves very prejudicial to thofe countries. This pretend- 
 ed objection has no appearance of reafon, unlefs fuch defcriptions are too 
 explicit and circumftantial ; but in general is groundlefs and trifling. For 
 never was a country conquered by means of a treatife on political Geogra- 
 phy ; but power and conduct: are generally neceffary for the conqueft or de- 
 fence of a ftate, though a juft knowledge of the Geography of the country 
 to be attacked muft be of ufe to the affailant. When an enemy has once 
 conquered a country, he will hardly be at a lofs to force it to contributions, 
 nor to acquire an exact knowledge of its ability or riches, though he be 
 not furnifhed with a geographical treatife in which thefe particulars are 
 accurately defcribed. But fuppoling that geographical defcriptions fhould 
 ferve the enemy as a guide into the dominions which they intend to attack, 
 they may be of the fame fervice, not only to one or two, but to all fove- 
 reigns and commanders ; fo that this advantage is general, and does not 
 caufe, or promote, wars and invafions. However the fafety or danger of 
 countries is far from depending on the political defcriptions of them, which 
 in other refpects, are of great ufe and advantage to mankind. The Divine 
 can neither fully underftand nor juftly explain the holy Scriptures, nor have 
 his mind duly imprefled with a fenfe of God's power exhibited in his glo- 
 rious works, nor make a proper difplay of thole works to others, if he be 
 wholly unacquainted with Geography. The natural Philofopher may like- 
 wife employ this fcience with uncommon advantage for his philofophical 
 purpofes. To the Merchant, whofe commerce is of fo extenlive a nature, 
 the knowledge of Geography muft be of indifpenfible neceffity. Laftly, 
 what benefit may not a Traveller derive from a well written fyftem of 
 Geography ? It will inform him of all the remarkable objects in every 
 city and country, and confequently will point out to him all thofe places 
 that are worthy of his notice and obfervation. In a word, Geography will 
 prove an ufeful amufement to every curious and inquifitive mind. 
 
 INTRO-
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 T O 
 
 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 CHAP. I. 
 
 Of Geography m General. 
 
 §. i.TT^Y Geography we underftand ■ An authentic and accurate 
 i - ^ * account of the natural and civil ftate of the known parts of 
 -*— ^ ' the Earth.' This definition contains two diftinguifhing cha- 
 radteriftics of Geography. 
 
 §. 2. One of thefe chara&eriftics relates to the object of Geography, which 
 is, ' The natural and civil ftate of the known world.' Now as the Earth 
 conftitutes but a part of the Univerfe, fo Geography is properly but a part of 
 Cofmography, with which it is intimately connected, and is very much illuf- 
 trated by it. Geography treats of the terraqueous Globe as far as it is known 
 to us: For towards the north and fouth Poles are countries either unknown *, 
 or of which we have fcarcely any further knowledge than that they mere- 
 ly exift. The exiftence of other countries befides the known parts of the 
 Earth is bare conjecture, as no certain account of them has been given, to 
 this day. The known parts of the Earth are to be confidered as well in 
 their ' natural as civil ftate.' In the natural defcription is comprehended, 
 ßrfl, either the mathematical confideration of the Earth as it conftitutes a 
 planetary orb, and under this head we examine its figure, magnitude, fitua- 
 tion and proportion, &c. to the other bodies that conftitute the Univerfe 3 
 or, fecondly, the knowledge of what is moveable and immoveable upon 
 and under the furface of the Earth, which we may denominate the proper 
 pbffical Geography. Of both thefe I (hall hereafter treat more at large 
 in diftinct chapters of this Introduction. As for the civil or political ftate of 
 the Earth, we lhall confider its many and various civil conftitutions ; which 
 we fliall not only examine in general, fo as to give the reader a juft notion of 
 the extent, ftrength, inftitutions, forms of government, inhabitants, &c. of 
 it j but alfo to defcribe what is peculiar to each mode of polity and govern- 
 ment, with its ecclcfiaftical ftate ; and likewife the cities, towns, forts, 
 caftles, villages, and other places and foundations that claim any attention. 
 
 " Thefe unknown parts are called by Geographers Terra incognita Außralis, Borealis, &c. 
 
 This
 
 Introduction A? Geography. 
 
 This is the principal defign of my Geography or Dcfcription of the Earth ; 
 and therefore any further preamble is unneceffary. 
 
 §.3. The other diftinguifhing characferiftic in the above definition of 
 Geography is, that it gives an ' authentic and accurate account' of all thefe 
 particulars. Such an account may be either more concife, or more dif- 
 fufe, according to the feveral plans laid down by different authors; but 
 muft every where exclude all uninterefting and trifling particulars, which 
 might fwell Books of this kind to an uncommon and unweildy fize, left 
 more ufeful and important accounts be precluded by trivial iubjeds, mere 
 empty words, indecent abufe, irony, farcafm, and religious difputes. 
 Hence it appears that the more fignificant, expreffive, grave, and fimple the 
 author's manner of writing, or the didion is, confiftently with perfpicuity 
 and elegance, the better and the more ferviceable his geographical treatife 
 may be deemed. But his endeavours to write in a concife and expreffive 
 manner muft not derogate from the authenticity and accuracy of the ac- 
 counts ; for a fyftem of Geography ought to contain more than a chart or 
 map, with a bare lid: of names. The exadlnefs and authenticity of the 
 accounts alfo require a proper arrangement or difpofition, which muft not 
 be arbitrary, whimfical or capricious, but adapted to the conftitution of the 
 feveral countries, and the fituation of their feveral parts and divifions, fo as 
 to facilitate the knowledge of them to the reader. But the principal head 
 of Authenticity confifts in the geographer's not framing defignedly any 
 fictitious accounts, nor creduloufly taking up any fables on truft ; but, as 
 well in the choice of the fources from whence he draws his accounts, as in 
 the ufe of them, proceeding with caution and deliberation, fo that his 
 fyftem of Geography may be as juft and authentic as poffible. His fources 
 muft not be other general fyftems of Geography, but accurate defcriptions 
 of lingle countries and provinces, and his own affiduous enquiries. Amon« 
 the chorographical and topographical defcriptions he ought to give the pre- 
 ference to fuch as have been executed on the fpot in thofe feveral coun- 
 tries, by perfons of abilities and impartiality, with a proper degree of care ; 
 and indeed he fhould not ufe any other accounts but thefe, whether they 
 be printed or communicated to him in manufcript. And among thefe the 
 later accounts are more ferviceable than the old ; but the latter fhould at 
 the fame time be confulted and made ufe of. In examining thefe helps 
 many tedious and irkfome critical enquiries muft be undertaken with un- 
 wearied patience, and unremitting care and affiduity; either for difcoverino- 
 truth amidft the darknefs, obfeurity, and doubt in which it may happen to 
 be involved ; or, where the helps prove contradictory, to come as near it as 
 poffible. The author's own diligent and cautious enquiries are likewife of 
 great ufe ; and the opportunities for making fuch enquiries are to be as ad- 
 vantageoufly employed, as they are eagerly to be fought after. 
 
 3 §-4- Ich-
 
 8 Introduction to Geograph v. 
 
 §. 4. Ichnographical descriptions of the Earth, which we call Maps, are 
 an important and neceffary help to the knowledge of Geography. Thefe 
 exhibit to the eye either both hemifpheres of the Earth, or the four princi- 
 pal parts, or certain diftri&s of it. A collection of thefe maps is called an 
 Atlas.' That fuch maps may be exact and ferviceable, the Situation of 
 countries with refpedl to the cardinal points, their extent, and the diftance 
 of places from each other fhould be accurately determined in them, by 
 aftronomical obfervations carefully made, and by juft admeafurements and 
 fcales, which mould be accompanied with authentic hiftorical accounts, 
 as the bafis of the whole. The method of projecting or delineating 
 maps ought like-wife to be juft and rational, fo as to exhibit a true repre- 
 fentation of the Earth, and its greater and fmaller parts. According to the 
 Inftitutes of the Cojmographical Society, the ftereographic projection on the 
 horizontal plane is the beft adapted to that purpofe, as it bears the greateft 
 refemblance to the fphere. When maps are delineated in great and 
 fmall according to thefe rules, they are engraven on copper plates, printed 
 off on paper or parchment, and carefully and neatly painted with various 
 bright colours, to mark the limits and confines of adjoining countries that 
 they may the better ftrike the eye. This manner of illuminating maps is 
 called the methodical, and was firft attempted by "John Hubner the elder, 
 and afterwards improved by Dr. E. D. Hauber, to whom we owe the firft 
 illumination of the four parts of the world, according to the different reli- 
 gions and languages of the inhabitants, and alfo of Germany. Laftly, this 
 art was farther perfected by M. Schatz. 
 
 It is not known for certain who was the firft inventor of geographical 
 tables or maps. Eußathius relates, that Sefoflris, King of Egypt, caufed the 
 countries he pafied through to be delineated in a chart, which muft have 
 been the moft ancient map of any we read of. There feem, indeed, to be 
 fome traces of a map in the holy Scriptures, namely, in Jofiua, chap, xviii. 
 ver. 8, 9. In fucceeding ages the ancients, particularly the Greeks and 
 Romans, delineated feveral other maps or charts. Antiquity has handed 
 down to us only thofe maps which Agathodcemon made, to illuflrate Ptole- 
 my s Geography, and the celebrated Peutinger's Table or map, which was 
 found by Conrad Celtes, and purchafed by the learned Conrad Peutinger a 
 Burgomafter of Augßurg, from whom it derives its name. This ancient 
 map was published and explained by the celebrated Beatus Rhenanus and 
 Marcus Velfirus. The laft furvivor of the Peutinger family difpofed of the 
 original to Paul Kidjze, a bookfeller at Augßurg, in lieu of payment for 
 fome books ; and Kuhze fold it to Prince Eugene of Savoy, after whofe 
 death it came into the Emperor's library at Vienna, together with the 
 prince's collection of books. Francis Chri'/hpher von Scheyb has delineated 
 it more accurately than had been done before, on twelve copper-plates, 
 which he publifhed in 1753 ; and this is the neweft and beft edition ofthat 
 
 curious
 
 I ;j . ' D U C T I O N tO GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 curious piece of antiquity. This Table is a map or delineation of a journey 
 through Europe and Afia, beginning at Hercules'* pillars, and ending at 
 the ocean which terminated the conquefts of Alexander the Great. This 
 map feems to have been firft delineated in the fourth century after Chrift: 
 But that of Vienna is not the original draught, as fome antiquarians ima- 
 gine ; for the lhape of the letters refembles the Longobard or Monkifli 
 hand, and the human figures are like thole we fee in old glafs windows, 
 ÜV. fo that it is very probably of a more modern date than that mentioned 
 above. It appears to be the very fame which the author of the Annale % 
 Cülmarienfes delineated in the year 1265. 
 
 Upon the revival of Arts and Sciences in the fixteenth century, the me- 
 thod of delineating geographical tables or maps was cultivated among the 
 reft. Thofe maps, which were inferted in the Manufcript of Ptolemy's Geo- 
 graphy, are the bails and foundation of all that have been executed fince 
 that time. Sebajlian Munjler laid thefe down as the ground-work, and by 
 that means furnifhed others with a plan for delineating feparate maps of 
 different countries, which Abraham Ortelius and Daniel Celbrins afterwards 
 collected, and Gerhard Mercator reduced to a fyftem. This collection 
 William and John Bleau, "John "Janßon and others, adopted as a foundation 
 for maps ; till Sanfon delineated new maps, which were improved by 
 Francis de Wit and the younger Vifcher, whofe maps the German geogra- 
 phers copied, till more lately de l'Iße in France, and Herman Moll in England 
 delineated new maps. The former began to pay a greater regard to aftro- 
 nomical obfervations in his maps, and to ufe a better method of delineating 
 than Sanfon and his fucceflbrs, which, however, is far from being the belt 
 method, nor is it the fame in all his maps. Befides this inaccuracy, he had not 
 fuffkient knowledge of the hiftorical accounts of countries. In Moll's maps the 
 paper exceeds the workmanfhip : However, he, as well as de l'Iße, very much 
 improved this art, for they both took quite a new and laborious method in 
 delineating their maps. J. M. Haß fuccefsfully prolecuted, and rendered 
 the reformation of maps, which de l'Iße had already began, more perfect. In 
 delineating all his maps he has kept to the ftereographic projection which 
 coincides with the Horizon, {o that the eye is fuppofed to be in the centre 
 of the map, and all the remarkable places in a countrv directly oppofite 
 to it. On his principles the Cofinographical Society at Gottingen now pro- 
 ceed, whofe maps, publifhed by Hamann, may juftly difpute the preference, 
 iji point of accuracy, with any that are extant, and therefore are the beft 
 and moft ferviceable. M. D'anville contributes much to the improvement 
 of maps in France. Since Maps or Geographical tables have been pub- 
 lifhed, the feveral forts of general and particular maps are fuppofed to 
 amount, at leaft, to 16,000; but of thefe not above 1700 are originals, all the 
 reft being only copies. And as the former, for the moft part, are executed 
 on a wrong plan, or are become ufelefs by reafon of their ancient date; it 
 
 Vol. I. C appears
 
 io Introductions Geography. 
 
 appears from hence how few accurate and ferviceable maps have been hi- 
 therto publilhed. To be convinced of this, let any one but read Hamann* & 
 propofals for the neceifary improvement of Cofmography, and for a new 
 Academy to be erected on his plan, with the cofmographical accounts and 
 collections for the year 1748, p. 348 & feq. As to the hiftory of general 
 Maps, as well as thofe of particular countries, there is no better extant 
 than M. Haueer's effay on a circumjlantial hiftory of Maps, his ufeful Dif- 
 courfe on the prefent State of Geography, and his Thoughts on, and propofals for 
 the befl and proper efi method of compiling a hi/lory of Geography. 
 
 §. 5. The moft ancient geographers, whofe books are ftill extant, are 
 Dionyjius Periegetes, Strabo, and Ptolemy. The firft has written a Greek 
 poem on Geography. The feventeen books of the fecond on Geography 
 contain many valuable hiftorical accounts and ufeful extracts of the belt 
 hiftorical books of antiquity. The eight geographical books of the third are 
 more concife and dry, but more accurately determine the fituation of the 
 places therein mentioned, though not without a great many faults, which 
 for the moft part are juftly to be attributed to the copiers of his work. 
 
 Among the ancient Greek books on Geography, the following may alfo 
 be reckoned: viz. that of Eujebius Pajnphilus, of Caferea in Palefline, on 
 the names of the places mentioned in the holy Scriptures; the Geographical 
 Lexicon of Stephanas Byzantinus, with Hermolaus's abridgement of it ; the 
 twelve books by Cofmas Indopleuftez, as he is called, of the Chriftian Geo- 
 graphy of the whole world 5 and other fmaller books and treatifes, pub- 
 lished in four volumes by John Hudfon. 
 
 Among the ancient geographical books written in Latin the moft ufeful are 
 the following : Pomponius Mela deßtu orbis; Julii Solini polykißor, fc. 
 ColleSlanea rerum memorabilium; Plinii Secundi hißoria naturalis ; the 
 Itineraries afcribed to the Emperor Antoninus, and to JEthicus of IJlria > 
 Vibius Sequester de ßuminibus, fontibus, lacubus, nemoribus, paludibus, 
 montibus, gentibus. In the middle ages the following are the moft remark- 
 able, viz. Adamannus de fituTerra fanSlez & quorundam aliorum locorum ; 
 The Travels of the Monks John de Plato Carpini, Afcelinus, and William de 
 Rubruc or Rubruquis into Afia in the 13th century; de regionibus orienta- 
 nbus, lib. 3. by Marcus Paulus, of Ve?iice ; Jac. de Vitriaco hi- 
 ßoria orientalis & occidentalis ; and the Travels of William- de Balden/el, 
 Rud. de Framcynfperg, Anfelmus, Ludolph de Suchern, Breitenbach, John de 
 Dujfeldorp, and John de Hefe, to Pale/line or the Holy Land. 
 
 The moft famous Arabian geographers are Abu Abdallah Muhammed, 
 Jfmael Abu I Feda, Safieddin Abdaltnumen Ebn Abdalhakki, NaJJir Eddin, 
 and Ulug Bi'ig. The Jeivifh Geographers, are, Rabbi Benjamin Ben Jona 
 of Tudela, R. Mofche Petachia, and R. Abraham Ben Mordechai Perizol. 
 
 In fhort, feveral books of travels were written about the clofe of the 15th 
 century : As thofe by John de Mandeville, both in Engliß and French,
 
 Introduction /ö Geography. ii 
 
 Jof. Barbarus, Ambr. Contarenus, and Nie. di Conti in Italian, John Tücher, 
 and Felix Faber in German. 
 
 From the beginning of the 16th century Geography put on a better 
 form, and was cultivated with greater care by feveral perfons of great fkill 
 and abilities. Among thefe we have, 
 
 1. Modern Authors who have treated of the ancient Geography, as 
 Abraham Ortelii Par ergon, fc. tabula vet er is Geographice; Petri 
 Bert ji Geographia vetus ; Georgii Hornii accurat. orbis ant 7 qui de h ne- 
 at 'io ; Christoph. Cellarii Geographia antiqua, & notitia orbis ant i qui ; 
 Koler's Defcriptio orbis antiqui, and his Introduction to the Geography 
 of the ancient and middle ages. 
 
 2. Others have attempted to connect the ancient and modern Geogra- 
 phy together. Such are thofe who have illuftrated Ptolemy's geographical 
 book with new maps and explanatory notes. Among thefe Servetus was 
 one of the firffc and the principal author, and John Ant. Maginus one of 
 the lateft ; whole Comment arins in Geographiam & tabulas Ptolemai, or the 
 Geographia vetus & nova are by fome, through miftake, fuppofed to be 
 two different treatifes. In this clafs may be ranked the following books : 
 Cluverii IntrodulJio in Univerfdm Geographiam, tarn vet er em quam novam; 
 Johan. Luyts Introd. ad Geographiam novam et veteran ; John Bapt. 
 d'Audriffet's Geographie ancienne, moderne, & hi/lorique ; Noblot's 
 Geographie univerjelle ; Lenglet du Fresnoy's w/Wi? pour etudier la 
 Geographie, particularly the eighth book, in 4 volumes; Seb. Monster's 
 Cojmography, or dejeription of all countries ; Peter d'Avity's E/lats, empires, 
 roy-aume, & principautex du monde ; John Lud. Gottfried's (i.e. Abe/in) 
 Archontologia cofmica ; Dr. Peter Heylin's Cfl/k^v^/n', Henry Wilson's 
 Compleat univerfal hi/lory of the feveral dominions of the known world ; Pauli 
 MeruljE Cofmographia generalis & particular is ; Sam. Purchas's Pilgri- 
 mage, or Relations of the world; John Casp. Funken's and Christ. 
 Benj. Hackhel's Univerfal new Cojmography ; and the Introduction to an- 
 cient and modern Geography, exhibited in 37 maps by the Jefuit F. W. 
 
 3. Others have treated of modern Geography only, either 
 
 In large volumes, among which the principal are thefe, viz. Job. Boters 
 des Beneßrs's Univerfal Cojmography % tranüated from the Italian ; Lucä de 
 Linda defcriptio orbis & rerum public arum ; Sanson d'Abbeville's Jphere 
 du monde; Joh. Christoph. Becmanni Hifloria orbis terrarum geographica 
 ■ & civilis; Denys Martineau du Plessi's Nouvelle Geographie, which is 
 the ground-work of the Abbe Lenglet du Frejnoy's Methode pur etudier la 
 Geographie ; J aco^. Robbe's Methode pour a p prendre facilement la Geographie ; 
 Christian Wigand's Political Geography; Melissantes (i. e. Joh. Go:tfr. 
 Gregorii) Geographia novifjima generalis, fpecialis & JpecialiJJima ; The com- 
 pendious political defcription of the world; John Christian von Koli- 
 chen & Rischtern's Dejeription of the whole world ; John Christian 
 
 C 2 Mar-
 
 12 Introduction to Geography. 
 
 Martini's Introduction to the modern political Geography; Joh. Hubner's 
 the younger Compleat Geography, which is alio inierted in Jon. Häger's 
 Sxßem of Geography ; Joh. Jac. Schätzen 's Atlas Homannianus illu/lratus; 
 Jo. Tomka Szaszky's Introduclio in crbis hodierni Geographiam ; and the 
 new Political and itinerary Geography of Europe. 
 
 Or in [matter volumes, or abridgments, the principal of which is that by 
 Cluverius, who in the former part of the laft century was almoft the only 
 one who reduced Geography into a Syftem. The following Authors alfo 
 wrote compendiums of Geography: Peter Bertha, Jo. Matth. Mcyfart, 
 Abrah. Goeinitzen, Eberh. Schult, Tob. Wagner, Joh. Buno, Chrijhph. Cel- 
 lar ins, Pietro di Falk, Joh. Jac. Martin, Nie. de Fer, John Hubner, Joh. 
 Dav. Kocler, Gotthilf Werner, Hier. Freyer, Joh. Jac. Schätzen, &c. 
 
 4. Laftly, we mud not omit the geographical Dictionaries ; as Abrah. 
 Ortelii Thefaurus geographica ; Phil. Ferrarii Lexicon geographica//! ; 
 Mich. Ant. Baudrand's Geographia ordine literarum difpofita ; Franc. 
 Thom. Corneille's DiStionaire Unrcerfel, geographique & hijlorique; 
 Alph. Lazoris a Varea Univerfus orbis terrarum fcriptorum calamo deh- 
 neatus; AugustinBruzen laMartiniere's Grand Diftionaire geogra- 
 phique & critique ; and The complete Lexicon of the ancient, middle, and mo- 
 dern Geography, published at Leipfick in 1729. To thefe maybe added the 
 Lexicon, publifhed with a preface by Hubner, entitled The Real Geogra- 
 phical and Political Lexicon. 
 
 The number of Travels, and chorographical and topographical Defcriptions 
 is fo confiderable, as not to admit of a place here. Thefe are daily in- 
 creafing, as, in this century, a peculiar tafte for Geography prevails ; and 
 fuch a reigning tafte is highly neceffary and advantageous for the im- 
 provement of this Science. 
 
 CHAP. II. 
 
 Of Mathematical Geography. 
 
 §. 6. TV/T Athematical Geography confiders the Earth as one of the bodies 
 ■*■**■ that conftitute the Univerfe, and inveftigates its figure, magni- 
 tude, and fituation in the fyftem of the World, with other particulars be- 
 longing to it. 
 
 §. 7. Scarce any figure can be thought of, which has not been afcribed 
 to the Earth : But that it is round, or nearly refembling a globe, the lunar 
 eclipfes plainly demonftrate. For thefe being caufed by the Earth's fhadow, 
 whofe fection on the difk of the moon is in all politions round or circular, 
 we may conclude that the Earth itfelf rauft be of that form ; fince none but 
 
 a fphe-
 
 Introduction/«? Geography. 13 
 
 a fpherical body is capable of throwing or projecting a round fliadow on a 
 lurface diredtly öppofed to it, in all the different pofitions of the light which 
 produces that fliadow. The great number of high mountains on the fur- 
 face of the Earth are no obftacle to its being of a fpherical figure, as their 
 bulk is very inconfiderable when compared to the magnitude of the terra- 
 queous globe ; nor can they be any impediment to the roundnefs of the 
 Earth's fhadow in the eclipfes of the moon. 
 
 §. 8. In confirmation of this figure of the Earth, a variety of appearances 
 might be alledged, which at the fame time are illuftrated and rendered in- 
 telligible by that fuppofition. If we travel from north to fouth the fouthern 
 ftars rife above the Horizon, and the northern ftars fink under it. The 
 fame thing happens, vice verfd, when we travel from fouth to north ; and 
 is fir ft oblcrvablc in the polar ftar, which riles about a degree above the 
 Horizon, on approaching 1 5 German or geographical miles* from the 
 Equator towards the north Pole. If we travel 15 geographical miles from 
 weft to eaft under the Equator, we alfo find that the fun and ftars rife there 
 an hour fooner than at the place from which we fet out; and in- general, 
 experience teaches us that thofe people who live towards the eaft fee the 
 fun and ftars rife fooner than thofe to the weft, the reafen of which can be 
 no other than the fpherical figure of the Earth. This is alfo further con- 
 firmed by the experience of navigators and travellers, who fee the tops of 
 high towers, mountains, and mafts of fhips at a considerable diftance, while 
 the lower parts of fuch objects are ftill hid under the Horizon. It is alfo 
 owing to this orbicular figure of the Earth that the eclipfes and other phe- 
 nomena in the heavens anfwer to the time calculated beforehand. Laftlv, 
 we may hence conclude that it is poffible to fail round the world ; an at- 
 tempt which has already been feveral times undertaken. 
 
 The firft who undertook fuch a voyage was Ferdinand Magellan, a 
 Portuguese: And though he was killed on the ifland of Sebu, one of the Phi- 
 lippines, in a fkirmifh with the Indians, before he completed his expedition ; 
 yet one of the five fhips, with which he failed from Seville, Aug. 10, 1519, 
 returned again Sept. 7, 1522, into the harbour of St. Lucar near Seville, 
 after having finifhed the voyage round the world in three years and twenty- 
 eight days. 
 
 The fecond who performed a voyage round the globe was Sir Francis 
 Drake, an Eng/ißman, who fet fail from Plymouth November 15, 1577; 
 but being obliged to put back again by a ftorm, he fet fail a fecond time 
 Dec. 13, and arrived at the fame harbour, after he had completed his 
 voyage, Sept. 16, 1580. 
 
 * The Author means one degree of Latitude which is equal to 15 German, which we 
 fiiall call geographica/ miles. 
 
 The
 
 14 Introduction /ö Geography. 
 
 The third was 'Thomas Cavendifo, who was likewife a native of England : 
 He fet fail on July 21, 1586, from Plymouth, and returned thither again 
 Sept. 9, 1588. 
 
 The fourth was Simon de Cordes, a Hollander, who undertook this voyage 
 in 1590. 
 
 The fifth was Oliver van Noort, who was alfo a Hollander : He fet fail 
 from Rotterdam Sept. 13, 1598, and returned to the fame place Aug. 22, 
 1601. 
 
 The fixth was George Spielbergen, a German, who fet fail Aug. 8, 16 14, 
 and returned again to Holland "July 1, 16 17. 
 
 The feventh was William Cornelius Schonten, a Hollander, who left the 
 Texel, June 14, 1615, and came into it again in July, 1617. 
 
 The voyage round the world was undertaken the eighth time bv the 
 Duch Admirals Joe I'Mermite and Joh. Hugo Schapenham, who fet fail from 
 Goeree in South-Holland, April 29, 1623, and arrived in the Texel on 
 July 9, 1626. 
 
 The ninth who made this voyage was William Dampier, an Englißman, 
 who fet fail in 1689, and returned to England in 1691. 
 
 The tenth was Giovanni Francefco Gemelli Carere, an Italian, who em- 
 barked June 13, 1693, and returned in 1698. 
 
 The eleventh was Edward Cooke, an Englijhman, who was on the voy- 
 age from 1708, to 171 1. 
 
 The twelfth was Woodes Rogers, an Englißman, who failed from Brijloi 
 June 15, 1708, and returned in 171 1. 
 
 The thirteenth was Gentil de la Barbinais, who was on his voyage round 
 the world from 171 5 to 17x8. 
 
 Clipperton and Shelvocke who left England, their native country, Feb. 13. 
 17 1 9, undertook this voyage the fourteenth time. The former arrived at 
 Galloway in Ireland about the beginning of June, and the latter at London, 
 
 Aug. I, 1J22. 
 
 The fifteenth was Roggewein, a Dutchman, who failed out of the Texel, 
 July 16, 1721 } and returned to the fame place, July 11, 1723. 
 
 The fixteenth and laft that we know of was George Anjon, an Englijh- 
 man, who fet fail from St. Helen's, * Sept. 18, 1740, and arrived at Spit- 
 head, June 15, 1744. All thefe voyages were performed fouthwards, round 
 America, through the South-Sea, and round the Cape of Good Hope. 
 
 §. 9. But, notwithstanding thefe voyages, the exacl: figure of the Earth 
 was not accurately known : For about the clofe of the laft century the 
 Learned began to difpute, whether it was depreffed, or elevated, towards 
 the Poles. Huygens and Sir Ifaac Newton maintained the former, and 
 
 * The Author through miftake fays St. Helena ; whereas Lord Jnfin failed from St. Helen's 
 road near Portfmoutb. 
 
 5 Ei fi n -
 
 Introduction to Geography. 15 
 
 Eifenfchmid and Cajfini infifted on the latter hypothefis. This difpute con- 
 tinued for above fifty years; and at length proper perfons were lent by the 
 Royal Academy of Sciences at Paris, at the French king's expence, fome 
 to the north Polar Circle, and others to the Equator, in order to decide 
 this affair by meafuring at each place a degree of the Meridian ; fo that by 
 comparing one of thefe degrees with a degree in France, and the two for- 
 mer with each other, the figure of the Earth might be determined as accu- 
 rately as was poffible. The Party which went to the north confifted of 
 MefT. Maupertuis, Clairaut, Camus, Le Mourner, and Outhier, who were 
 pined by M. Cljius a profeffor of the univerfity of Upfal. They fet out from 
 Paris, April 20, 1736, and arrived at Tornea, June 20. They fet about 
 their menfurations in the neighbourhood of the latter, and returned to Paris, 
 Anguß 19, 1737. The company which went to Quito in fouth America 
 confiffed of Meff. Godin, Bouguer, and de la Condamine, who were natives 
 of France; and thefe were joined at Carthagena by two Spaniards, namely, 
 Antonio de Ulloa, and George Juan. The French Academicians fet fail May 1 6, 
 and the Spaniards May 26, 1735, and finifhed their obfervations in 1744. 
 The company that went to the north, fet out, indeed, after the latter; but 
 completed their obfervations before them. Accordingly they informed the 
 Public, that a degree of the Meridian, interfering the Polar Circle is much 
 greater than a degree of the Meridian in France ; the former containing 
 57,437 rods, and the latter, according to Picard's determination, but 
 57,060 ; that the gravity of bodies increafes confiderably towards the Polar 
 Circle ; and that we dwell on a Jpheroid which is deprefied at the Poles. 
 This was confirmed by the admeafurements of the American company, who 
 found, that a degree of the Meridian under the Equator contained 56,753 
 rods ; and Meff. Bouguer and de la Condamine 's computation differed but 
 1 8 toifes * from that made by the Spaniß officers along with M. Godin. 
 The obfervations of both companies were alfo at length confirmed by the 
 difcoveries which M. Caßni de Thury, and the Abbe de la Caille afterwards 
 made. The latter meafured the 36th degree of fouth Latitude at the Cape 
 of Good Hope, and found it greater than an Equatorial degree, but lefs than 
 a degree at the north Polar Circle. Thefe laudable attempts, it is true, 
 were attended with fome difappointments and difficulties ; however, we 
 now know (o much for certain, that the Earth is higher at the Equator 
 than it is at the Poles, and that the Diameter of the Equator to the Axis of 
 the Globe is as 178 to 177 nearly. Sir Ifaac Newton computed the ratio 
 to be as 230 to 229 ; fo that according to that Philofopher, the Earth un- 
 der the Line is higher by about 3 4- geographical miles, than it is under 
 the Poles ; but by later difcoveries the difference amounts to fomething 
 more than 10 geographical miles. -j~. 
 
 * A toifi is equal to fix feet. + What the Author calls a geographical, is a common 
 
 German mile, 1 5 of which are equal to a degree o[ the Equator, as I obferved above. 
 
 §. 10. This
 
 1 6 Introduction to G e o g r a v w v. 
 
 §. io. This difcovery of the true figure of the Earth is attended with' 
 great advantages. It exhibits a frefh proof of the Earth's turning or revolv- 
 ing upon its Axis; fets the Theory of Gravity in a new light; ferves to 
 improve the art of Levelling; greatly contributes to the determining of the 
 moon's Parallax, and is of great importance to Geography and Navigation. 
 To mention only the two lad; in Geography as well as Navigation, the 
 principal thing is, to know the exact fituation of different countries and fea- 
 coafts with refpect to each other, and the place of a (hip on the vaft Ocean. 
 And for this purpofe it is neceffary that we fliould be provided with accu- 
 rate maps and fea charts, exhibiting the true fituation of places with their 
 north or fouth Latitude, and eaft or weft Longitude. Thefe particulars 
 cannot be known, without being acquainted with the length of every degree 
 of the Parallel Circles in miles, or leagues, which muff be calculated accord- 
 ing to the true magnitude and figure of the Earth. Andrew Cel/ins, in the 
 Memoirs of the Swedifi) Academy of Sciences, has (hewn by feveral Inftances, 
 that fuch incidents may happen in Navigation, when for want of the necef- 
 fary knowledge of the true figure of the Earth, life and goods may be in dan- 
 ger of being loft. For example, on failing eaft or weft of a certain place in 
 45° of Latitude, fome rocks, fhoals, or fand-banks are to be avoided, about 
 8° 30' from that place ; but if we follow Caß'ni's table of degrees (who at 
 the 45th degree of Latitude makes every degree of Longitude fhorter by 
 645 toifes than it really is) we might imagine ourfelves at the diftance of a 
 Swedifi mile from a rock, at the inftant we were going to be wrecked 
 upon it. In the fame manner when we would fail north or fouth on a cer- 
 tain Meridian from a place that lies under the Equinoctial Line (where 
 Cajfmi makes the firft degree of Latitude 1395 toifes larger than it really is) 
 we know from the chart that in the 8th degree of Latitude we are to fteer 
 weftward in order to make a certain harbour or bay: But by CaJJinis tables 
 we (hould imagine ourfelves to be juft before the harbour, when we were 
 two Swedißo miles fhort of it; and by altering our courfe, run foul of land 
 and rocks, at the time we apprehended that we were in the mouth of the 
 harbour ; efpecially if the weather fliould be fo cloudy as to give us no 
 opportunity of obferving the fun or ftars. 
 
 §. 11. Before we can determine the circumference of the Earth, we 
 muft previoufJy defcribe certain meafures which are ufed in different parts 
 of the world. The moft remarkable and beft known among thefe are the 
 Rhinland, the E??glifi, and the royal French foot ; the mutual ratio or pro- 
 portion of which to each other is as follows : 29 French are equal to 30 
 Rhinland feet ; 15 French are equal to 16 E?iglifi feet; and 225 Rhinland 
 feet are equal to 232 Eng/iß feet. Hence it appears that the French is the 
 largeft, and the Engli/Jj foot the leaft of all the three. A geometrical, or 
 rather a geographical pace contains 5 4-ri4 Rloinland feet, or 6 ^^44 Engliß 
 feet. As the Earth is fpherical (§. 7.) we may imagine a circle going quite 
 
 round
 
 I N T R O D U C T I O N to G E O G R A P IJ y. jj 
 
 round it, which like all circles in Geometry we may divide into 360 equal 
 parts or degrees, every degree into 60 minutes, and, confequently, the 
 whole circle into 21,600 minutes. That diftance on the Earth, which 
 conftitutes Tuch a minute, contains 1000 geometrical paces. 
 
 §. 12. The Curious from the earlieft ages have attempted to determine 
 the circumference of the Earth ; but among the moderns 
 
 Norwood found it to be 132,190,560 Englißj feet 
 Picard — — 131,466,240, 
 
 Cqßni — — 132,000,768. 
 
 By Cqßni's calculation, which has gained the greateft credit among geo- 
 graphers, the diameter of the Earth is 42,017,145 |f?. Engliß feet. Now 
 as we generally reckon a degree in a great circle of the Earth to be equal to 
 1 5 German, or rather geographical miles * ; the whole circumference of 
 the circle which we fuppofe to encompafs the earth rnuft amount to 5400 
 fuch miles. To a geographical mile, we muft allow 24,444 *4 Engliß) 
 feet, which are equal to 23,611 Rbinland, or 22,824 royal Paris feet. 
 The diameter of the Earth according to the common calculation is 1720 
 geographical miles, and confequently the whole furface of the Earth is 
 9,288,000 iquare geographical miles, and its folid contents 2,662,560,000 
 cubic geographical miles. According to the new difcoveries made of the 
 true figure of the Earth (§. 9.) thefe calculations are fomewhat deficient. 
 
 §. 13. As to the fituation of the Earth with refpecf to the other bodies 
 that conftitute the Univerfe there are three principal opinions concerning it. 
 Ptolemy imagined its place to be exaclly in the centre of the Univerfe, 
 where he fuppofed it to be fixt and immoveable. Next to the Earth he 
 placed 1. The Moon. 2. Mercury.' 3. Venus. 4. The Sun. 5. Mars: 
 6. Jupiter. 7. Saturn, and laftly the fixt ftars, in cryftalline orbs. This 
 opinion is very abiurd, and proved contradictory to experience. True Af- 
 tronomy ihews us a quite different fituation and difpolition of the parts of 
 the Univerfe ; and the comets, which in their courfe interfeel the orbits of 
 all the planets, plainly demonftrate that the circles in which the planets per- 
 form their revolutions, and that wherein the fixt ftars feem to move, do not 
 confift of any folid matter. Tycho Brake attempted to improve the Ptolemaic 
 Syftem. He left the Earth immoveable in the centre of the World. Round 
 it he made the Moon and Sun to perform their revolutions; but fuppofed that 
 Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn moved round the Sun as their 
 centre. Laftly he made the Earth, not the Sun, the centre of the fixt 
 ftars. But from this intricate and abfurd fyftem we can afiign no reaibns 
 for the celeftial phenomena ; and therefore Aftronomers juftlv reject it. 
 Nicolas Copernicus revived an ancient Hypothecs concerning the Syftem of 
 
 * We fhall ufe thefe Geographical miles, as the author calls them, in the Translation, 
 fihee they will render calculations eafier, than if they were reduced to Englijb miles. 
 
 Vol. I. D the
 
 i8 Introduction/«? Geography. 
 
 the World, which he propofed in a more diftincl: and clear manner than 
 the Pythagoreans had done before, and compared with the celeftial appear- 
 ances. This Hypothecs has been adopted, improved, and confirmed by 
 the greateft and moft judicious of the modern Aftronomers. According to 
 Copernicus the Sun, indeed, does not occupy the very centre of the fyltem, 
 fince this luminary, as well as all the planets, moves round the common centre 
 of gravity*; yet it is placed fo near that centre that it may very properly be 
 fuppofed to be fixed in it. It takes up between 27 and 28 davs in revolving 
 about its axis. The planets move round the fun , and thofe which lie near it, 
 having but a fmall fpace to run through, finilh their period fooner than thofe 
 that are at a greater diftance from it. During their revolutions they alfo turn 
 conftantly about their own axes. Next to the Sun is Mercury; then follows 
 Venus ; then the Earth, round which the moon, as afecondary planet, per- 
 forms its revolution ; then comes Mars ; after this Jupiter with its four 
 moons or fatellites ; and laft of all Saturn, with five moons revolving about 
 it. The fixt ftars are immoveable, being placed far above the planets in 
 the expanfe -j- of heaven ; but we may reasonably conclude that they turn 
 round their own axes. From this regularly difpofed fyftem, every phe- 
 nomenon, with regard to the revolutions of the planets, may be eafily ac- 
 counted for. As the Earth revolves on its axis in 24 hours, the fun, pla- 
 nets, and fixt ftars feem to move round the Earth; become fuccefiively vifi- 
 ble on our Horizon ; and are obferved to rife and fet. This may ferve as an 
 anfwer to an ill grounded objection, which fome make againft the Coper- 
 nie an Syftem from fuch exprefTions being ufed in the holy Scriptures J, 
 The Earth in the fpace of a year revolves in the Ecliptic round the Sun, 
 which makes the fun feem to move in the fame fpace of time through the 
 twelve celeftial Signs, into which the Ecliptic is divided. For farther par- 
 ticulars on this fubject the reader mud have recourfe to Aftronomy. 
 
 §. 14. Notwithstanding the Copernican hypothefis concerning the Syftem 
 of the World has lb much probability on its fide ; yet in explaining the 
 principles of Geography we fuppofe the Earth to be placed in the centre of 
 the Univerfe and of all the celeftial circles. In this fuppofition we are guilty 
 of no great error : For though the Earth is not fixed in the centre of the 
 
 * Aftronomers fuppofe that the centre of the folar Syftem does not coincide with the 
 centre of the Sun ; but that the former is, however, in the body of that luminary. 
 
 f The ward firmament in the original is rendered expanfe here, as the former conveys 
 an idea of firmnefs or folidity, was invented by falfe Philofophy, and might miflead the 
 learner. The LXX. in translating the Pentateuch rendered the Hebrew word y pi an Ex- 
 panfe, by crTf^ajjM a firmament in conformity to the erroneous philofophy of the Greeks. But 
 i'uch a word is inconiiftent with true Aftronomy, and fhould not be ufed in fuch trcatifes 
 as this. 
 
 % We fay in common convcrfation, and even in theological and hiftorical books, the fun, 
 or the moon, rifes and fets, Is'c. in compliance with the common conceptions of mankind ; 
 and indeed it would be ridiculous to cxprefs ourfch'es otherwife, unlcfs it be in philofophical 
 trcatifes. 
 
 Univerfe,
 
 I N r R O 13 U C T I O J\ /<? G E O G R A 1' II V. 1 9 
 
 Univerfe, yet its diftance from it, in comparifon to the aftonifhingly im- 
 menfe diflances of the other bodies that conftitute the Univerfe from the 
 Earth, is to be looked upon as very inconfiderable. To which we may 
 add, that on any part of the Earth, we may always fee two ftars at the 
 fame time which are diametrically oppolite to each other, being placed at 
 the diftance of i 8o degrees, or a femi-circle. When we thus fuppofe the 
 Earth to be in the centre of the Univerfe, and that the whole heavens per- 
 form a complete revolution about it once in 24 hours (which, on viewing 
 the heavens, they actually appear to do) there mud: be two oppofite im- 
 moveable points in the heavens about which they revolve. Thefe are called 
 the Poles of the Heavens ; and as there is a ftar to be feen near each pole; 
 hence they derive the name of Polar Stars. That at the north is called the 
 Noith-Pole, or, from a conftellation ftanding near it, \hz ArSlic * Pole; but 
 the ftar at the fouth is termed the South-Pole. In our hemifpheie we fee 
 the north polar ftar only, the fouth polar ftar being always invisible to us. 
 Neither of thefe ftars ever rifes or fets. Now if we farther imagine a right 
 line drawn from one of thefe Poles to the other, the axis of the heavens 
 muft pafs through the centre of the Earth, which we here fuppofe to be 
 placed in the centre of the concave fphere of the heavens. The two points, 
 where the faid line or axis makes its ingrefs and egrefs on the furface of the 
 Earth, are alfo denominated Poles ; but to diftinguilh them from the Poles 
 in the heavens, they are called the Poles of the Earth. Thefe alfo ftand 
 diametrically oppofite at the diftance of 180 degrees from each other. That 
 part of the axis of the heavens, which paffes through the terraqueous Globe 
 is called the axis of the Earth. 
 
 §.15. On any part of the furface of the Earth I can imagine to myfelf 
 a right line drawn from the centre of the Earth through the middle of my 
 head quite to the utmoft extent of the heavens. The point which this im- 
 aginary line marks out in the heavens is called the Zenith, the Vertex, or 
 Vertical point of the place on which I ftand ; and the oppofite point to 
 which I imagine this line to pafs under my feet through the lower half of 
 the Earth quite to the heavens underneath, is called the Nadir of the place. 
 Hence it follows that every man has not only his peculiar Zenith and Nadir, 
 but alfo gains new ones, as often as he changes his place. By reafon of the 
 immenfe magnitude of the fphere of the Univerfe, in comparifon of which 
 the Earth is very fmall and inconfiderable, we generally allow a whole city 
 but one Zenith. 
 
 §. 16. When we ftand on the furface of the Earth, we always fee one 
 certain part of the heavens, which proves large when that part of Earth 
 on which we happen to be, is level ; on the contrary, when the fpot on 
 
 : The Author means the Bear, called in Greek u^.t«-. The South Pole is alio called the 
 antarfiic from its being diametrically oppofite to the arftic or North Pole. 
 
 D 2 which
 
 2o Introduction /o Geography. 
 
 which we ftand is encompaffed with mountains, buildings, or trees, that 
 part of the heavens which is within our view is but lmall. But we 
 will fuppofe ourfelves placed on an extenfive perfetT: level or plain, or 
 on the furface of a calm fea ; then the heavens will appear like a large 
 round vault refting on the furface of the Earth or Sea, by which it will 
 feem to be interfered all around. The great circle which thus ap- 
 pears to interfec~t the fphere of the heavens, is called the vifible Horizon :;: 
 of the place where we happen to be, and confcitutes the limits between the 
 vifible and invifiblc part of the heavens. When a ftar becomes vifible above 
 this circle or boundary, we fay it riles ; but when it becomes invifible, or 
 finks under it, we fay it fets. If we fuppofe the globe of the Earth to be 
 cut through the centre, parallel to the Horizon, into two equal parts, 
 and the upper half removed, we have a large, round, plane furface, in the 
 middle of which is the centre of the Earth. This centre we reckon, in 
 Aftronomy, as the point of view from which we are to calculate the ap- 
 pearances as they would affect the eye were it placed there. The place 
 where this imaginary central furface of the globe of the Earth interfects 
 the concave fphere of the heavens is called the true or rational Horizon. 
 The true Horizon of a place is every way 90 degrees diftant from the place 
 where the obferver ftands, but exactly parallel with the fenfible Horizon, 
 and at the diftance of about a femi-diameter of the Earth from it. The true 
 Horizon divides the globe of the Earth into two equal parts ; one, directly 
 over which the Zenith (§. 15.) ftands, being called the upper, and the 
 other which lies towards the Nadir, the lower half or Hemifphere. But as 
 it is impoffible for us to ftand in the centre of the Earth, it may be faid that 
 we never fee the true Horizon ; fo that we muft be contented with the ap- 
 parent or fenfible Horizon ; and i?nagine the former to ourfelves, as we do 
 all the points and lines on the Globe both ftraight and curve. Laif ly, we 
 generally call the extent of ground which we can fee on the Earth from an 
 eminence, the geographical Horizon ; which is the more extenfive, the 
 higher the obferver's ftation is, and the more level the country. 
 
 §. 17. The Equator or equinoctial line is a Circle which goes round the 
 whole terraqueous Globe at the d'.ilance of 90 degrees from either Pole, 
 and divides it into two equal parts, namely, the northern and fouthern He- 
 mifphere. This like all other circles is divided into 360 degree:-. 
 
 §. 18. The Meridian of a place is a Circle which furrounds the Earth, 
 paffes through both the Poles, croffes the Equator twice, and divides the en- 
 tire concave fphere of the heavens, above the Horizon of the place, into 
 two equal parts j namely, into the eaftern, in which the fun riles, and the 
 weftern where it fets. It is, like all other circles, divided into 360 de- 
 grees j and only one half of it is ufually denominated the Meridian. Every 
 
 * It is called by others the fenfible Horizon, to diftinguifh it from the rational or true 
 Horizon. 
 
 place
 
 Introduction to Geography. 21 
 
 place has one Meridian, which paffes directly over many other places on 
 the fuifiice of the Earth. The fun appears in the Meridian of a place when 
 
 #is noon there ; being equidiftant from the place where it rofe, and where 
 is to fet. 
 
 §. 19. By the firft Meridian we underftand that particular one, among 
 the other innumerable Meridians, from which we begin to reckon the de- 
 grees on the Equator from weft to ealt. Nature has indeed fixt no parti- 
 cular Meridian for this purpofe, all of them having an equal right to this 
 honour ; fo that it is left entirely to our choice to fix upon any one of them 
 for the firft Meridian : However, it were to be wifhed that all geograp'n 
 were agreed in this point. Though they are fo far agreed as to begin to 
 reckon weftward from Europe ; yet one draws the firft Meridian through 
 the ifland of St. "James in the Pacific Ocean; another through the ifland of 
 St. Nicolas near the coaft of Africa; a third through Flores, or Elcorvo, 
 two iflands among the Azores-, a fourth through the ifland of T:eneriffe, one 
 of the Canaries, in which ftands a high mountain called Pico ; a fifth- 
 through the wettern coatt of Ferro, another of the Canarv iflands: and a 
 fixth again through the ifland of Palma, which is alio one of the Canaries. 
 The Hollanders and many others fix their firft Meridian at Pico on the 
 ifland of Teneriffe ; as, on the contrary, the French, ever fince the year 
 1.634, by order of Lewis XIII. draw the firft Meridian through the ifland 
 of Ferro, and in this they are generally followed by modern geographers ; 
 particularly by the Cofmographical Society at Nur enter g, and by the au- 
 thors of the Berlin Sea- Atlas published in 1749. The Swedes draw their 
 firft Meridian through TJpJal. 
 
 §. 20. The Latitude of a place is nothing but the diftance of it from the 
 Equator towards either Pole. If the place be fituated between the Equator 
 and the north Pole it is called North Latitude, but if it be between the 
 Equator and fouth Pole it is termed South Latitude. It is meafured on an 
 arc of the Meridian of any place, and is always equal to the elevation of 
 the Pole in that place 5 fo that when we have found the latter we cannot be 
 ignorant of the former % If you deduct the degrees of any given Latitude 
 from 90 you have the diftance of that place from the neareft Pole, and, at 
 the fame time, the height, or elevation of the Equator above the true 
 Horizon of that place. For inftance, if you fubtracl; the north Latitude, 
 or elevation of the Pole, at Copenhagen, which is 55 , 40', 59" from 90 de- 
 
 ecs, the remainder will be 34 , 19', 1" the height of the Equator} 
 which is, at the fame time, the diftance ofthat city from the north Pole. 
 Places lying under the Equator have no Latitude,, and confequently no ele- 
 vation of the Pole ; for both the Poles are on their Horizon : On the con- 
 trary, a place that lies under either of the Poles has the greateft Latitude 
 and elevation ; for there the Equator and the Horizon coincide. 
 
 * And Vice verfaß 
 
 §. 21. The
 
 3 § 1 N T R O D U C T \ O N ^ö G E O Q R A P U Y. 
 
 §. 21. The Longitude of a place is the diftance of its Meridian from the 
 firft Meridian. (§. 18, 19.) It is determined by the number of degrees in 
 the arc of the Equator which is included between both Meridians. Th& 
 eafieft and moft accurate method hitherto known of finding out the Lon- 
 gitude of a place is, to obferve the beginning and end of the eclipfe of the 
 firft fate/lite of Jupiter with the help of Ca/Jini's table, and to compare that 
 time, when known, with the time of the Meridian of Paris, in order to 
 reduce the difference of the hours to degrees and minutes of the Equator : 
 And as the Longitude of Paris is known, which, according to Caßni is 22 
 30', add the difference of the Meridians to the Longitude of Paris when 
 the place lies to the e?.fl of Paris, and confequently the beginning of the 
 eclipfe of the fatellite happens fooner there than at Paris : On the contrary, 
 when the place lies to the weft of Paris, and the beginning of the eclipfe 
 is obferved later than at Paris, fubtract the difference of the Meridians 
 from the Longitude of Paris. By this operation you will find the fought 
 Longitude of either place. 
 
 §. 22. Hence it is evident, that when the Longitude and Latitude of a 
 place are given in numbers, or degrees, its fituation on the Earth may be 
 very accurately determined ; on which account great pains have been taken 
 to find out thofe of the principal places en the Terraqueous Globe. Such 
 knowledge is of very great importance to perfons that are driven out of 
 their courfe by a ftorm at fea, and know not whereabouts they are ; who, 
 upon finding the Longitude and Latitude of the place where they happen 
 to be, marked in a chart, may avoid places of danger, and with fafety pro- 
 ceed on their voyage. Perfons at fea may pretty well make out the Lati- 
 tude by taking an obfervation of the fun or a known fixt ftar ; but the find- 
 ing out of the Longitude is attended with very great difficulty. This in- 
 duced the Englijh, Dutch, and French, many years fince, to promife a very 
 confiderable reward to any perfon who fhall invent a Method of finding the 
 Longitude at fea with difpatch and accuracy. 
 
 §. 23. The Parallel Circles, fo called becaufe they run parallel with the 
 Equator, have the north or fouth Pole for their centre, and decreafe in cir- 
 cumference the nearer they approach to the Pole. Plence the 360 degrees 
 into which every one of thefe circles is divided grow lefs and lefs j the de- 
 grees on the Equator being the largeft. Now as it is often a matter of im- 
 portance to know with difpatch the proportion of the degrees in every Pa- 
 rallel Circle to thofe of the Equator in geographical miles, the following 
 table is inferted for that purpofe, in which a geographical mile * is divided 
 into 60 minutes, or parts. 
 
 * Fifteen geographical miles, as mentioned above, are equal to one degree or 60 minutes 
 o:\ the Equator ; it were therefore to be wifhed the Author had called the parts of a mile 
 by any other name, to avoid confufion. 
 
 Degr.
 
 Introduction ä? Geography. 
 
 23 
 
 Degr.of Lat. 
 
 Geogr.Mi 
 
 . Min. 
 
 Degr.of Lat. 
 
 Geogr.Mil 
 
 . Min. 1 
 
 O 
 
 15 
 
 O 
 
 3 1 
 
 12 
 
 5 1 
 
 I 
 
 H 
 
 59 
 
 3 2 
 
 12 
 
 43 
 
 2 
 
 H 
 
 59 
 
 33 
 
 12 
 
 35 
 
 3 
 
 H 
 
 5« 
 
 34 
 
 12 
 
 26 
 
 4 
 
 »4 
 
 57 
 
 35 
 
 12 
 
 17 
 
 5 
 
 H 
 
 56 
 
 36 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 
 6 
 
 H 
 
 55 
 
 37 
 
 II 
 
 59 
 
 7 
 
 »4 
 
 53 
 
 38 
 
 I I 
 
 49 
 
 8 
 
 H 
 
 5i 
 
 39 
 
 i r 
 
 39 
 
 9 
 
 H 
 
 48 
 
 40 
 
 1 1 
 
 29 
 
 10 
 
 14 
 
 46 
 
 41 
 
 1 1 
 
 l 9 
 
 1 r 
 
 *4 
 
 43 
 
 42 
 
 1 1 
 
 9 
 
 12 
 
 H 
 
 40 
 
 43 
 
 10 
 
 58 
 
 '3 
 
 H 
 
 37 
 
 44 
 
 10 
 
 47 
 
 H 
 
 H 
 
 33 
 
 45 
 
 10 
 
 36 
 
 '5 
 
 H 
 
 29 
 
 46 
 
 10 
 
 2 5 1 
 
 16 
 
 H 
 
 2 5 
 
 47 
 
 10 
 
 H ! 
 
 17 
 
 H 
 
 21 
 
 48 
 
 10 
 
 2 i 
 
 18 
 
 H 
 
 16 
 
 49 
 
 9 
 
 5 2' 
 
 19 
 
 H 
 
 1 1 
 
 5° 
 
 9 
 
 38 
 
 20 
 
 H 
 
 6 
 
 5 1 
 
 9 
 
 26 
 
 21 
 
 J4 
 
 
 
 5 2 
 
 9 
 
 H 
 
 22 
 
 J 3 
 
 54 
 
 53 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 23 
 
 *3 
 
 48 
 
 54 
 
 8 
 
 49 
 
 24 
 
 13 
 
 42 
 
 55 
 
 8 
 
 36 
 
 2 5 
 
 13 
 
 36 
 
 56 
 
 8 
 
 2 3 
 
 26 
 
 J 3 
 
 29 
 
 57 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 27 
 
 T 3 
 
 22 
 
 58 
 
 7 
 
 57 
 
 28 
 
 ^3 
 
 15 
 
 P 
 
 7 
 
 44 
 
 29 
 
 *3 
 
 7 
 
 60 
 
 7 
 
 3° 
 
 3° 
 
 12 
 
 59 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 Degr.ofLat. 
 
 Geogr.Mil 
 
 . Min. 
 
 6l 
 
 7 
 
 l6 
 
 62 
 
 7 
 
 2 
 
 63 
 
 6 
 
 48 
 
 64 
 
 6 
 
 34 
 
 65 
 
 6 
 
 20 
 
 66 
 
 6 
 
 6 
 
 67 
 
 5 
 
 5 2 
 
 68 
 
 5 
 
 38 
 
 69 
 
 5 
 
 2 3 
 
 70 
 
 5 
 
 8 
 
 7i 
 
 4 
 
 53 
 
 72 
 
 4 
 
 38 
 
 73 
 
 4 
 
 2 3 
 
 74 
 
 4 
 
 8 
 
 75 
 
 3 
 
 53 
 
 76 
 
 3 
 
 38 
 
 77 
 
 3 
 
 2 3 
 
 78 
 
 3 
 
 8 
 
 79 
 
 2 
 
 5 2 
 
 80 
 
 2 
 
 36 
 
 81 
 
 2 
 
 20 
 
 82 
 
 2 
 
 5 
 
 83 
 
 1 
 
 5° 
 
 84 
 
 1 
 
 34 
 
 85 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 86 
 
 1 
 
 3 
 
 87 
 
 
 
 47 
 
 88 
 
 
 
 3 1 
 
 89 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 9° 
 
 
 
 
 
 This table ferves for calculating the diltances of places on general maps 
 or -charts, and is a far more accurate method than that of meafuring them 
 by the fcales commonly annexed, which cannot fafely be depended upon. 
 When I want to meafure the length of any country, I firft reckon the num- 
 ber of degrees included between its two outermofr. or extreme Meridians: 
 Then I enquire how many degrees the Parallel Circle between them is dif- 
 tant from the Equator; and in this table I look for the number of miles 
 equal to a degree in that Parallel. Laftly, I multiply the number of de- 
 5 grees
 
 24 J iS T R O J) U C T I Q N tQ G F. O G R A P H Y. 
 
 grees included between the two extreme Meridians by the number of miles 
 contained in fuch a degree, and the product fhews the greateft length of that 
 country. For example, the two extreme Meridians of France include 13 
 degrees of Longitude between them ; the Parallel that interledls them is 
 diftant 49 degrees from the Equator, and one degree of this Parallel ac- 
 cording to the foregoing table is 9 geographical miles 50 minutes; fo that 
 by multiplying thefe 9 miles 50 minutes by the 13 degrees juft mentioned, 
 the greateft length of France appears to be 128 geographica] miles*. The 
 two extreme Meridians of the Empire of RitJ/ia are 160 degrees from each 
 other, and the Parallel Circle between them is 60 degrees diftant from the 
 Equator; confequently by the foregoing table one degree of it is 7 4 geo- 
 graphical miles. By multiplying the 160 degrees by 7 miles 30 minutes, 
 I find that the greateft length of the Ruffian empire from eaft to weft 
 amounts to 1200 geographical miles. By this table we may alfo calculate 
 how many miles and parts of a mile any particular place runs over in a 
 certain time by the diurnal motion of the Earth round its axis. For as all 
 the 360 degrees of the Equator and Parallel Circles perform a complete 
 revolution in 24 hours, they muft move at the rate of 15 degrees every 
 hour. But as the degrees of the Parallel Circles are lefs than thofe of the 
 Equator ; fo a place fituated under the latter runs over a greater fpace in 
 an hour, than a place that lies under any of the former ; and confequentlv 
 under the Poles, where the Parallels end in a point, there can be no fuch 
 motion. Hence it appears that a place fituated juft under the Equator muft 
 in an hour run over 15 times 15, or 225- geographical miles 3 whereas 
 Petersburg, where the elevation of the Pole is 60 degrees, on account of 
 the diftance of its Parallel from the Equator, runs over but 1 12 i geogra- 
 phical miles in an hour. 
 
 §. 24. The proportion that the miles, moft generally known, bear to a 
 degree of the Equator, and likewife to each other, may be feen in the fol- 
 lowing table. 
 
 " It is but 127I when multiplied recording to the method prefcribed by the Author, and 
 confecjuently wants ' ° or 10 minutes, of 128 miles. 
 
 A degree
 
 Introduction to Geograph v. 
 
 2£ 
 
 A degree of the 
 
 Miles placed according to their length. 
 
 104. Sivedijh miles. 
 13 ', Hungarian miles. 
 15 Common German, or geographi- 
 cal miles. 
 17t Spanijh miles. 
 20 Great French miles or leagues. 
 22^. Perfian miles, or Parafanga's. 
 25 Small French miles or leagues. 
 30 Indian miles. 
 56! Arabian miles. 
 60 Common Italian miles *. 
 66 \ Turkijh miles, or Berri. 
 6 9 A- or 70 Englijh miles. 
 104.T Rußan miles, or Werfls. 
 250 Chi riefe miles, or Li. 
 60,000 Geometrical paces. 
 
 Equator is equal to 
 
 In alphabetical order. 
 
 Arabian miles — — 56' 
 
 Chine fe miles — — 250 
 
 Engliß miles — 69 ^ or 70 
 
 French great miles or leagues 20 
 
 French fmall miles or leagues 25 
 
 German miles — — 15 
 
 Hungarian miles — — 13^ 
 
 Indian miles — — 3° 
 
 Italian miles — — 60* 
 
 Perfian miles — — 22i 
 
 Ruffian miles — — 104-L- 
 
 Swediflo miles — — loir 
 
 Spanijh miles — 1 7 f 
 
 T'urkijh miles — — * 66* 
 
 §. 25. The Sun has apparently two different motions: For, in the firft 
 place, it feems to move once round the Earth in 24 hours ; and this is 
 called its diurnal motion, which is from eaft to weft. The Sun does not 
 ftand always at an equal height in the Meridian of any place, but, with re- 
 fpe<5t to the Horizon, it is fometimes higher, and fometimes lower. About 
 the beginning of the Spring it comes to the celeftial Equator, or Equinoctial 
 Circle, when the day and night are of an equal length. After the vernal 
 Equinox it afcends higher every day at noon, and approaches towards the 
 north Pole, till it comes to a certain Parallel Circle, diftant 23 , 30' from 
 the Equator, which is called the Tropic of Cancer, or the north Tropic. 
 At this time, when the fun is in its Solftice, we, who inhabit that part of the 
 Earth which lies between the Equator and north Pole, have the longeft 
 day. After the fummer Solftice the Sun returns, and daily approaches to the 
 Equator, where it arrives in Autumn, at which time the day and night 
 are of an equal length ; and then it daily advances further fouthward, till it 
 comes again to the winter Solftice in a certain fixt Parallel Circle, which 
 is alio at the diftance of 23 , 30' from the Equator, and is called the South 
 Tropic, or Tropic of Capricorn. At this time, thofe who inhabit that part 
 of the globe lying between the Equator and fouth Pole have the longeft 
 day; but we who are to the north of the Equator have then the fhorteft 
 
 The Author makes an Italian mile longer than an Engliß mile ; whereas 76 of the for- 
 mer are generally reckoned equal to a degree of the Kquator. 
 
 Vol. I. E day.
 
 ,26 Introduction to Geography. 
 
 day. After the winter Solftice the Sun returns, and comes again to the 
 Equator the following Spring. This motion of the inn, which is performed 
 from weft to eaft, is called its annual or proper motion ; and is in a quite 
 contrary direction to the diurnal motion. The path in which the annual 
 motion of the fun feems to be made is called the Ecliptic, or the Sun's 
 Way ; which we may imagine to ourfelves to be a circle which interfects 
 the Equator at an angle of 23 °, 30' in two oppofite points, which are called 
 the Equirfoctial Points. This circle is not only divided into 360 degrees, 
 but alfo into 12 equal parts; every one of which contains 30 degrees, and 
 derives its name from the conftellation which in ancient times lay near it. 
 Thefe 12 celeftial iigns, as they are called, are, in their order from weft to 
 eaft, as follows : 
 
 Aries. Taurus. Gemini. Cancer. Leo. Virgo. 
 
 <Y* 8 D 23 Si *E 
 
 Libra. Scorpio. Sagittarius. Capricornus. Aquarius. Pifces. 
 
 === m. t y? ~ x 
 
 If you fuppcfe a great circle to be drawn from the Poles through the 
 equinoctial and folftitial Points, the former is called the equinoctial Colure, 
 and the latter, the folftitial Colure. 
 
 §. 26, Two of the Parallel Circles (§. 23.) which the Poles of the 
 Ecliptic defcribe round the Poles of the Equator are called Polar Circles. 
 That neareft the North Pole is called the north Polar Circle, and that neareft 
 the South Pole, the fouth Polar Circle. Each of thefe circles is diftant from 
 its refpective Pole 23 °, 30'. 
 
 §. 27. That fpace of the Earth which lies between two certain Parallel 
 Circles (§. 23.) is called a Zone, of which there are reckoned five. 
 
 §. 28. That fpace of the Earth lying between the two Tropics (§. 25.) 
 which is divided into two equal parts by the Equator, and is 47 in breadth, 
 is called the Torrid Zone ; becaufe the heat, on account of the folar rays 
 falling for the moft part perpendicularly on that Zone, is continually very 
 intenfe. The fuperncies of the Torrid Zone amounts to 3, 842,008-^4 
 fquare geographical miles. Thofe who inhabit the parts of the E^.rth 
 which lie under either of the Tropics, have the fun but once a year directly 
 over their heads. This happens to thofe under the Tropic of Cancer on 
 June 21, when the fun enters into Cancer, and caufes the longeft day; 
 but to thofe under the Tropic of Capricorn on December 21, when the fun 
 enters into Capricorn, and makes the fborteft day with us. Thofe who 
 live within the Torrid Zone have the fun twice a year vertical, or directly 
 over their heads, viz. when it moves from the north Tropic down to the 
 fouth, and again when it returns from the fouth to the north Tropic ; con- 
 fequently they have alfo two fummers, and only one winter in a year. But 
 thofe who live under the Equator, have yearly two fummers and two win- 
 ters. The days and nights in the Torrid Zone arc nearly equal throughout 
 
 the
 
 Introductions Geography. 27 
 
 the vear ; and as, in the night, the fun is depreff d a great way below their 
 Horizon, the nights are pretty cool : The great heat of the fun is alio in 
 fome meal'ure tempered hy the conftant eafterly breeze which blows in this 
 Zone. Every place whofe Latitude is lefs than 23°, 30' lies in the Torrid 
 Zone. 
 
 §. 29. By the temperate Zone we underftand that paft of the Earth, 
 which lies between a Tropical and a Polar Circle, of which there are two; 
 and the fuperficies of each is about 2,335, 032-rVVT fquare geographical miles. 
 All places, whofe Latitude exceeds 23°, 30', but is under 66°, 30', lie in 
 the temperate Zones. The fun is never vertical to the inhabitants of thefe 
 Zones, but is lefs or more diftant from their Zenith or Vertex, as they live 
 nearer to, or farther from either of the Tropics. They have yearlv but one 
 fummer and one winter. When it is fumme*r in the northern temperate 
 Zone it is winter in the fouthern ; when the days increafe in one they 
 decreafe in the other ; and when it is the longeft day in the former it is the 
 fhorteft day in the latter, and vice verfa. 
 
 §. 30. We call that fpace of the Earth the Frigid Zone, which is in- 
 cluded within either of the two Polar Circles, and in the Centre of which 
 the Pole ftands. Of thefe there are alfo two; and the area of each is rec- 
 koned at 384,9211*?— fquare geographical miles. All thofe places which 
 have a greater Latitude than 66°, 30' lie, in the Frigid Zones ; and as the 
 fun is always at a great diftance from thefe Zones, it is generally very cold 
 in thofe parts of the Barth! The Frigid Zones have this peculiarity above 
 the other Zones, namely, that the fun every year, for fome days at leaft, 
 never fets, and afterwards never appears above the Horizon for as many 
 days. It is day for one half of the year, and night the other half at the 
 Poles ; but the dark night is hardly of two months duration there, as for 
 fome months together the evening and morning twilights prevent it. Be- 
 fides, the-darknefs of the nights is leflened by moon-light and the Aurora 
 borealis, fo that we may juftly affirm, that there is lefs dark night under 
 the Poles than in other parts of the Globe. 
 
 §.31. The farther you remove from the Equator towards the Poles, 
 the greater will be the inequality of days and nights; and every place in 
 thofe parts has once a year its longeft day, and as often its fhorteft day. But 
 the longeft days in different parts are not of the fame duration ; and there- 
 fore a Parallel (§. 23.) is drawn through thofe degrees of Latitude, where 
 the duration of the longeft day in the year increafes about half an hour; 
 and the fpace included between two fuch Parallels is called a climate. The 
 following table exhibits the number of climates, the degree of Latitude 
 where they begin, and the hours of the longeft day in every climate. 
 
 Climate
 
 28 
 
 Introduction to Geography. 
 
 Climate 
 
 10 
 
 1 1 
 
 12 
 
 *3 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 l6 
 
 18 
 
 *9 
 
 20 
 
 Latitude 
 Degr. min. 
 
 
 r 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 2 5 
 
 
 16 
 
 25 
 
 
 2 3 
 
 5° 
 
 • 
 
 3° 
 
 20 
 
 
 36 
 
 28 
 
 
 41 
 
 22 
 
 
 45 
 
 29 
 
 
 49 
 
 1 
 
 Begins <( 
 
 5 1 
 
 58 
 
 
 54 
 
 27 
 
 
 56 
 
 37 
 
 
 53 
 
 29 
 
 
 59 
 
 58 
 
 
 61 
 
 18 
 
 
 62 
 
 25 
 
 
 63 
 
 22 
 
 
 64 
 
 6 
 
 
 64 
 
 49 
 
 Longed day 
 Hours. 
 
 12 
 
 12 I- 
 
 *3 
 
 *3~ 
 
 H 
 
 14t 
 
 J 5 
 
 '5- 
 
 16 
 
 16t 
 
 n 
 
 174 
 
 18 
 
 *8± 
 
 *9 
 
 *9i 
 
 20 
 
 20t 
 
 21 
 
 L65 
 
 21 
 
 21 
 
 21
 
 Introduction to Geography. 
 
 Latitude 
 Degr. Min. 
 
 Climate 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 2 3 
 
 24 
 
 65 
 
 66 
 
 Begins { 
 
 66 
 
 66 
 
 47 
 
 20 
 
 28 
 
 Longen; day 
 Hours. 
 
 22 
 
 22r 
 
 2 3 
 
 •3* 
 
 29 
 
 At the end of the 24th Climate under 66°, 31' the longeft day is 24 
 hours in length ; and confequently there can be, at that time, no night 
 there. The Climates, properly (peaking; are but 24 in number. The fix 
 following Climates are improperly fo called. 
 
 Climate 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 3° 
 
 , 73 
 Begins J 
 
 Longeft day 
 Months. 
 
 The length of a day is reckoned from the true rifing to the real fetting 
 of the fun ; and confequently the morning and evening twilights mult not 
 be taken into the account. On knowing the Latitude of a place, we may 
 eafily find to what Climate it belongs. For example, the Latitude of Co- 
 penhagen is 55 Q , 40', 59"; confequently that city lies a little beyond the 
 middle of the nth Climate. The following is ftill an eaiier method of 
 finding what Climate any place is in, viz. when you know how many 
 hours the longeft day in a place confifts of, if you deducl: 12 from it and 
 double the remainder it will give you the number of the Climate. For in- 
 ftance, the longeft day at Copenhagen is 17 i hours, on deducting 12 from 
 5 this
 
 SO 
 
 Introduction to Geography. 
 
 this number the remainder will be 5 *-, which I double ; and the number 
 1 1, or twice 5 t, thews that Copenhagen is in the 1 nh C.imate. 
 
 §.32. Thofe people who live under the Equator have a Right Sphere, 
 as the celeftial Equator with its Parallels are perpendicular to the Horizon, 
 and thi fun and ltars rife in the lame direction. Hence they have no ele- 
 vation of the Pole, as, with refpect. to them, both Poles lie in the Horizon. 
 At noon alio, when the fun is in the Equator, and confequently diredly 
 over their heads, they caft no fhadow ; on which account they are called 
 'AflTcio» or AJcii*. At other times of the year their fhadow extends either 
 northward or fouthward ; hence they are alio called 'a^i^kkh or Am- 
 phifcii -)-. 
 
 §. 33. Under the Poles the Sphere is Parallel; for there the Equator 
 coincides with the Horizon ; one Pole is in the Zenith, the other in the 
 Nadir ; and conlequently the Equator and its Parallels are parallel with the 
 Horizon ; and the fun, ftars, &c. move in the fame direction. In a Parallel 
 Sphere alio the fame hemifphere is always above the Horizon, and the 
 other hemifphere is invifible ; the ftars never rife or fet, and only one half 
 of their number is feen. Laftly, in fuch a Sphere there is the greateft 
 elevation of the Pole poflible, which is 90 degrees. If there are inhabitants 
 under the Pole, their fhadow, when it is day with them, defcribes an en- 
 tire circle in the fpace of 24 hours (as the fun for one half of the year 
 moves quite round them every 24 hours) hence they are called n^trmoi or 
 Perifcii X- The fame thing alfo happens to fuch as inhabit thofe parts 
 of the Earth which lie from 90° to 66°, 30' north or fouth Latitude, dur- 
 ing the days in which the fun does not fet with them. 
 
 §. 34. All the other inhabitants of the Globe from the firft degree of 
 Latitude to the 90th have an oblique fphere, the Horizon and Equator in- 
 terfectino- each other obliquely. Hence the fun and ftars appear to them to 
 rife and fet obliquely, and fome of the celeftial bodies are always below, 
 and others always above their Horizon. The fhadow of thofe who inhabit 
 the Temperate Zone, falls at noon, during the whole year, always on one 
 fide, namely, with us in the northern Hemifphere towards the north ; and 
 that of the inhabitants of the fouthern Hemifphere towards the fouth. 
 Hence they are called E«flo<rx.o», or Heterofcii ||. 
 
 &. 35. Thofe inhabitants of the Earth who have their feet oppofed to 
 ours are called our Antipodes, or AntiSlhona. They live in oppolite paral- 
 lels, and that part of the fame meridian circle which is directly oppofitc to 
 us. They have the heavens over their heads and the Earth under their 
 feet as we have : On the contrary it is fummer with them when it is win- 
 ter with us, and vice ver/a. They have day when we have night, and 
 
 • 1. e. Without fhadows. + >• e. Having fhadows on both fides. 
 
 X i- e. Calling fhadows all round. || /'. e. Calling fhadows one way. 
 
 night,
 
 Introduction to Geography. qi 
 
 night, when we have day. When the fun rifes with us it fets with them, 
 and when it fets with us it rifes with them. Whoever confiders that the 
 Earth is fpherical ; that men and other things on its furface have, by di- 
 vine appointment, a perpendicular direction, or gravitate to the Earth's 
 centre ; and that voyages have often been performed round the Globe 
 (§. 8.) can have no manner of doubt about the exiftence of Antipodes. In- 
 deed the oppofite points of the Globe to feveral particular places are in the 
 ocean ; however, fhips often fail in thofe parts. 
 
 §. 36. The inhabitants of thofe places that lie in the fame half of the 
 Meridian (§. 18), and confequently have the fame Longitude, and are alfo 
 equidiftant, towards the north or fouth Pole, from the Equator, are called 
 Antioeci *. Thefe are therefore diftinguifhed as hiving quite contrary fea- 
 fons ; for when it is fummer in one of thefe places, it is winter in the other. 
 Thofe who live under the Equator have no Antioeci. 
 
 §. 37. Thofe who live in the fame Parallels, and confequently in the 
 fame northern or fouthern Latitude, but in oppofite parts of the fame Me- 
 ridian, or whofe Longitude differs juft 180° are called Perioeci. They are 
 in the fame Zone and Climate, and their feafons and length of days are 
 exactly the fame ; but they reckon their hours differently. For example, 
 when in one of thefe places it is 12 at noon, in the other it is midnight ; 
 and when in the former it is 3 in the afternoon, in the latter it is 3 o'Clock 
 in the morning. If there are any inhabitants under the Poles, they have 
 no Perioeci. 
 
 §. 38. That part of the Horizon where the fun rifes, is called the Eaft, 
 and that part where it fets is termed the Weft ; where the fun is at noon is 
 called the South, and that part oppofite to the laft, we call the North. Thefe 
 are the four principal or cardinal Points of the World, which by the Hol- 
 landers are called Oft, Weft, Sud, and Nord. They are belt pointed out 
 by drawing an accurate Meridian-Line, / e. a line, one extremity of which 
 points due South and the other due North ; but they are commonly found 
 by the Compafs. On account of the variety of winds, and for the conve- 
 niency and improvement of navigation, fmaller divifions have been made 
 between thefe cardinal points, which are called collateral, and have their 
 names from the two principal adjoining points ; but of the latter the fouth 
 and north are firft named. Thefe are called South-Eaft, South-Weft, North- 
 JVeß, North-Raft. The arches of the Horizon lying between thefe 8 
 points are fub-divided into 2 equal parts ; and in the middle are placed 
 thefe eight collateral points, viz. South-South-Weft, Weft-South-Weft, Wefi- 
 North-Weft, North-North-Weft ; North-North-Raft, Raft -North-Raft, Raft- 
 South-Raft, South-South-Raft. And laftly, the arches of the Horizon be- 
 tween thefe 16 equal parts are once more bifected, which conftitute the 
 
 • From »«T! and oi'xi*, /. e, dwelling over againft each other, 
 
 16 foU
 
 32 
 
 , T R O D U C T I O N tO G E O G R A P H V. 
 
 1 6 following collateral points ; viz. South-by-Weß ', Soutb-IFß-bv-Soutb, 
 South-Weß-by-Weß, Weß-by-Soutb, Weß-by-North, North-Weß-by-Weß, 
 Nor th-V/efi-by -North, Nortfj-by-Wcß ; North- by -Eaß, North-Ealt-by-Nortb, 
 North-Eaß-by-Eaß, Eaß-by -North, Eaß-by-Soutb, South-Eaß-by-Eaß, 
 Soutb-Eaß-by-Sou'b, Sou:h-by-Eaß. Thefe 32 points are beft known from 
 the Manners Compafs. 
 
 §. 39. As G< graphers, when they have maps lying before them, al- 
 ways turn their faces to the North, they call the Eaft the right fide of the 
 Earth, and Weft the left fide of it. When they want to point out the 
 right or left fide of a river, they turn their faces towards its fource ; and then 
 they denominate that bank of the river which lies to their right, the right 
 fide and that to the left, the left fide of the river. This is what they mean 
 when, for example, they fay Hamburg lies on the left, and Meißen on the 
 right fide of the Elbe. 
 
 §. 40. As the Earth is fpherical (§. 7.) it may be very eafily reprefented 
 in miniature by an artificial round ball. The fpheroidal figure of the Earth 
 (§. 9.) cannot conveniently be exhibited by fuch a ball or Globe j and 
 therefore it is made exactly round or fpherical. Who the firft inventor of 
 a Terreftrial Globe was, we are not certain. The accounts of artificial 
 Globes given by ancient authors are collected by J. A. Fabricius in his 
 Biblioth. Grceca lib. iv. c. 14 ; with which the reader may compare 
 D. Member's Hiftory of Maps, p. 57, and the Appendix to it, p. 38, where 
 many hiftorical hints about Terreftrial Globes are to be met with. If the 
 conjecture advanced by both thefe Authors (namely, that the chapiters of 
 the two pillars in Solomon's temple mentioned in 1 Kings- ch.vii, v. 16 — 20, 
 were Globes) be probable, thofe muft have been the moft ancient of which 
 we have any account. According to Diodorus Siculus, Atlas King of Mau- 
 ritania was the firft who conftructed a Sphere. This gave rife to the ficti- 
 tious ftory which was related of that monarch, namely, that he bore up the 
 Heavens on his moulders, and that he was metamorphofed to a high 
 mountain of the fame name. As to the Terreftrial Globes made in more 
 modern times, the firft are thofe executed by Mart. Bebaim and Fraca/lo- 
 rius. The Globe made by the former is ftill to be feen in the Behaim fa- 
 mily at Nurenberg, and is but little regarded at prefent. The next after 
 thefe were made by Jod. Hondius the elder, Will. Bleau, and P. Coronelli ; 
 but thofe made by Gerb. Valken were the moft common. After thefe, other 
 Globes that were far more accurate, were publifhed by De l'Iße and Moll. 
 Erhard Weigel, Job. Beyer, J. L. And.re, and J. G. Doppkmayer have pub- 
 lifhed new terreftrial globes in Germany, which were delineated by Job. Geo. 
 Pufchner *. At this time Profeffor Lowitz at Gottingen is making a pair of 
 
 * It is a wonder the author partes over in filence our ingenious countryman, the late 
 Mr. Setiex, whole Globes arc fo much admired for their beauty and corredhiefs. 
 
 Globes,
 
 Introduction /o G e o g r a p h y. 33 
 
 Globes, three Paris feet in diameter, which will be more accurate than any 
 thing of that kind that has hitherto appeared in the world. At Elbing in 
 PruJ/ia J. P. Enderfl) has been employed for fome time on a pair of beautiful 
 new Globes. Some Terreftrial Globes of an extraordinary fize and value have 
 been made by ingenious artifts from time to time. The firft among thefe was 
 that made by the heirs of W. Blcau between the years 1645 and 1 650, which 
 is 7 Englijh feet in diameter, and is now to be feen at Petersburg. The 
 next to this was a Globe begun by Andr. Büß, at the command of Fre- 
 deric 111. duke of Holflein Got torp in 1654, under the infpeclion of Ad. Olea- 
 rius, which was not finifhed till 1664. Thefe extraordinary Globes are 
 defcribed in this Work under the articles Gottorp and Petersburg. After this 
 Cardinal d'Etrecs caufed a pair of Globes to be made by P. Coronelli for 
 Lewis XIV. which are ] 2 Paris feet in diameter. They were begun in 
 the year 1683, and are ftill to be feen in the French king's library at Paris. 
 The earl of Caßlemain and E. Weigel alfo cauie3 large Globes of an un- 
 common fize to be made. 
 
 §.41. A Terreftrial Globe exhibits on its furface not only the dry Land, 
 the feas, the moft extenfive lakes, principal rivers, cities and towns, in 
 proportion to their magnitude, with their fituation and diftance from each 
 other ; but alfo the feveral Points and Circles, which mathematicians have 
 imagined on the Earth, and have been defcribed above. Whoever there- 
 fore would form a diftindt notion of the Earth, and rightly underftand the 
 mathematical part of Geography explained above, muft procure a good 
 Terreftrial Globe. In and upon the furface of fuch an artificial Globe he 
 will find the terreftrial Axis and Poles (§. 14), the Equator (§. 17), a 
 Meridian Circle divided into 4 Quadrants, which is commonly made 
 of brafs ; befides a Meridian line drawn (§. 18) on the Globe itfelf at 
 every 5 or 10 degrees of Longitude, and alio a Parallel Circle (§. 23) 
 at every 5 or 10 degrees of Latitude ; the Ecliptic (§. 25), the Tropics 
 (§. 25), the Polar Circles (§. 26), and the Horizon (§. 16). The laft is 
 commonly made of wood, and is fupported by four feet. The globe ftands 
 in this wooden Horizon, in which the brazen Meridian is inferted. The 
 Zones (§.27 — 30), the Climates (§. 3 1), the Right, Parallel, and Oblique 
 Spheres (§. 32 — 34), the Antipodes (§. 35), Antioeci (§. 36), Perioeci 
 (§• 37)'" an( ^ f evera l other particulars are beft explained by fuch an artificial 
 Globe. Round the North-Pole there is a fmall horary Circle of brafs, di- 
 vided into twice 12 hours, with an index which may be turned round the 
 Axis of the Earth and fixt at any particular hour. On the wooden Horizon 
 are alfo to be feen the 32 Points of the Compafs and a Calendar. In order 
 to place the Terreftrial Globe according to the Cardinal Points a Compafs is 
 neceffary, or when there is none affixed to the pedeital of the Globe we 
 draw a Meridian Line on the table, by the help of a pair of compaffes, and fet 
 the Terreftrial Globe in fuch a manner over it, that the brazen Meridian 
 
 Vol. I F Circle
 
 34 Introduction to Geography. 
 
 Circle may coincide with that line ; and then the Globe ftands in a right 
 polition. I mall here adduce the chief problems which may be folved by 
 the Terreftrial Globe. 
 
 §. 42. In order to find the Latitude (or the elevation of the Pole) of 
 any given place on the Terreftrial Globe, you mutt bring it under the bra- 
 zen Meridian ; and on the degrees of the latter you will find the diftance 
 of the place from the Equator, which is the thing fought for (§. 20). By 
 reckoning on the Equator the number of degrees from Weft to Ealt be- 
 tween the firft Meridian (§. 19) and the brazen Meridian, you have alfo 
 the Longitude of the place. 
 
 §. 43. In order to rectify the Terreftrial Globe according to the actual 
 Horizon of any place, we firft find out the Latitude of the place (§. 42) ; 
 then we reckon as many degrees as it comes to, on that quarter of the bra- 
 zen Meridian which is on the other fide of the North Pole *, and fix the 
 degree of Latitude, when found, at the northern edge of the Horizon. 
 After this we bring the place under the brazen Meridian ; and the wooden 
 Horizon fhews the actual Horizon of the given place. 
 
 §. 44. As on the wooden Horizon of the new Terreftrial Globes the davs 
 and months according to the new ftile -j- are fet down as well as the courie of 
 the fun; in order to find the fun's place in the Ecliptic (§. 25) for anv given 
 day, we need only look for that day of the month on the wooden Horizon, 
 and obferve what degree of the celeftial Sign ftands over againft it, and it 
 will fhew the place of the fun for that day, which was the thing required. 
 For example, to day being the 2d of April, I look for it on the wooden 
 Horizon ; and I find over againft it the 14th degree o£ Aries, which is the 
 fun's place in the Ecliptic for that day. If it happens to be leap year, after 
 the 24th of February we mult always add one to the dav of the month. 
 
 §. 45. In order to find when the fun rifes and lets, on any given day, 
 vou rectify the Globe according to the Horizon of the place (§. 43) ; or, 
 which is the fame thing, you give it its proper elevation of the Pole, and 
 bring the place under the brazen Meridian. Then you leek for the fun's 
 place in the Ecliptic for that day on the wooden Horizon (§. 44), and 
 when you have found the fame in the Ecliptic on the Globe, bring it under 
 the brazen Meridian. After this you mult hold the globe fteady, and 
 place the index of the horary circle at xn. but it mult not be the inferior 
 \ n. or that which lies below the North Pole, but that above it towards 
 the Zenith. Then you fet your finger or a pin at the fun's place in the 
 Ecliptic, and turn the Globe round till it comes down to the wooden Ho- 
 rizon on the ealt, and welt fide of the Globe ; and the index of the horary 
 
 * It is here fuppofed that the globe is placed Recording to the cardinal points (■§. 41) and 
 that your face is turned towards the north. 
 
 f The calendar of the Englijb globes exhibits both the old and new flilc on the wooden 
 Horizon. 
 
 Circle
 
 Introduction to Geography. 
 
 Circle fhews, by the former the rifing, and by the latter, the fetting of the 
 fun. If you double the hour of the fun's rifing, you have the length of the 
 night, and if you double the hour of its fetting, you have the length of the 
 day in the given place. 
 
 §. 46. By knowing the hour of the day in any given place, in order to 
 know what o'clock it is in other parts of the world, you bring the given 
 place under the graduated edge of the brazen Meridian ; then hold the 
 Globe fteady, and fot the index of the horary Circle to the hour of the day 
 at the given place. After this you rnuft bring the other places required 
 under the brazen Meridian, and obferve what hour the index points out 
 at each place, which will give you the hour of the day at thofe feveral 
 places. 
 
 §. 47. In order to find in what places the fun on any given day is vertical 
 at noon, you muft firft feek the fun's place on the wooden Horizon (§. 44), 
 and then in the Ecliptic delineated on the Globe ; which you muft bring 
 under the brazen Meridian, and mark the degree ftanding over it on the 
 graduated edge : After this you muft turn the Globe round, and the places 
 fought are all thofe which pafs under the degree you have marked on the 
 brazen Meridian. 
 
 §. 48. The hour of the day at any place being known, you may find 
 all thofe places on the Globe where it is noon at the fame inftant by bring- 
 ing the given place under the brazen Meridian, then placing the index on 
 the hour of the day at the given place, and afterwards turning the Globe till 
 the index points to 12 o'clock. This being done, you will find all thofe 
 places, where it is noon at that inftant, lying under the brazen Meridian: 
 
 §. 49. To find the oppofite point on the Globe to any place, you brino- 
 the given place under the brazen Meridian, and fet the index at the fuperior 
 xii. or noon. Then you turn the Globe round, till the index points at the 
 inferior xn. or midnight. After this you muft reckon on the brazen Meri- 
 dian from the Equator towards the fouth an equal number of degrees to the 
 Latitude of the given place ; and at the end of thefe degrees under the me- 
 ridian, you have the oppolite point to the given place ; and confequentlv 
 the Antipodes of its inhabitants *. 
 
 ' The Author fuppofes the given place to he in a northern Latitude On the contrary, if 
 the given place be fouth of the Equator, irs oppofite point is to be found as many decrees 
 north of the Equator, as the Latitude of the given place comes to. 
 
 3S 
 
 F 2 CHAP.
 
 36 Introduction ft? Geography. 
 
 CHAP. III. 
 
 Of the Natural State of the Earth, or 
 Physical Geography. 
 
 §. 50. ^T"^ H E defcription of the natural ftate of our Earth is of great im- 
 -*• portance, and attended with no fmall pleafure, but as yet is 
 very imperfect. I fhall, however, briefly defcribe it according to the mod 
 accurate difcoveries that have been hitherto made ; which may ferve to give 
 a general idea of what is moveable and immoveable, both upon and under 
 the furface of the Earth ; and alfo to explain what phyfiqal remarks may 
 be met with in the defcription of particular countries in the following 
 iheets. 
 
 Of the E a r t h's Atmosphere. 
 
 §.51. The Earth is encompaffed with the Air; but this is not fo pure 
 and fubtle as JEther ; for it is charged with vapours, or heterogeneous 
 particles detached from the land, but principally from the water, which 
 renders it denfer, and lefs pure than the latter. Hence it is called the 
 Atmofphere of the Earth; and is fuppofed to extend 9 or 10 geographical 
 miles in height, as it ceafes to refract the folar rays at that diftance from 
 the Earth. The denfity of the Atmofphere decreafes in proportion to its 
 height. It is divided into three Regions. The loweft Region extends 
 from the Earth's furface as far as that part of it where the air is not warmed 
 by the folar rays, reflected from the Earth. This Region is confequently 
 the warmeft ; but we do not know exactly to what diftance from the Earth's 
 furface this Region extends. The middle Region reaches from the loweft 
 Region to the fummits of the higheft mountains ; or even as far as the 
 higheft clouds, which may befeen floating in the air fcveral fathoms lower 
 than the tops of fome very high mountains, as the Cordilleras in Peru. The 
 middle Region is much colder than the loweft, as it is only warmed by the 
 direct rays of the Sun paffing through it. The third and higheft Region 
 extends from the middle Region to the extremity of the Atmofphere ; but 
 its limits are as uncertain as thofe of the Atmofphere itfelf. It is, pro- 
 bably, far colder than the two other Regions, as the reflected folar rays 
 have ftil) lefs influence on it than they have on the two former. 
 
 §. 52. The particles exhaled from the Earth into the Atmofphere are of 
 various fpecies ; fome being aqueous, fome terrene; others metallic, others- 
 again fulphureous, and others faline, &c. Now, in fome parts of the 
 Earth one fort, and in others another fpecies of particles are more copi- 
 
 oufly
 
 Introduction to Geograph v. 
 
 oufly exhaled ; hence arifes a great difference in the temperature of the 
 Air, often obfervable in places at no very great diftance from each other. 
 A denfe heavy air is more conducive to health than a rare or light air ; for, 
 in the former, the circulation of the blood and the imperceptible perfpira- 
 tion are more eafily performed than in the latter. When the air is heav\ 
 it is generally clear ; but a light air is always accompanied with fogs, rain, 
 or fnow, fo that it is at the fame time moid. The exhalations help to 
 increafe the weight or preffure of the Air; and in very hot weather, when 
 they mount to a great height, the Air, notwithstanding the aqueous va- 
 pours with which it is charged, is very dry. Too great a degree of drinefs 
 very much waftes the juices in the human body, and confequently is ex- 
 tremely prejudicial to its health : This, indeed, happens only in very dry 
 and fandy defarts. A moift Air is very hurtful to the human body ; as it 
 relaxes the fibres, obftructs infenfible perfpira'ion, and, if it be warm at the 
 fame time, renders the juices liable to putrefaction. The warmth of the 
 Air rarefies and expands the fluids in the human body, and promotes fweat : 
 Hence proceed laflitude and fleep. Too great a degree of cold in the 
 Air braces up and contracts the folids too much, and at the fame time 
 condenfes and infpiflates the fluids in the human body : Hence obftmctions 
 and inflammations frequently arife. But by exercife, warm clothing, and 
 cuftom, fuch bad conlequences may be prevented. Hence we may con- 
 clude that temperature of the Air to be the beft, which is rather heavy than 
 light, neither too dry nor too moift, and is charged but with few, or no 
 noxious exhalations. The inhabitants of Quito in America, who dwell on 
 the higheft part of our Earth hitherto known, breathe the pureft Air. 
 The weftern parts of Africa, under the torrid Zone, have the greateft de- 
 gree of heat of any place on the Globe. 
 
 §. 53. The Atmofphere is the caufe of clouds, rain, fnow, dew, thun- 
 der, lightning, and various other phenomena in the air. The rays of light 
 are alfo refracted by the Atmofphere, fo that we have the rays of the Sun- 
 fooner, and enjoy them longer, than we do the fight of the Sun itfelf. 
 Hence it comes to pafs, that we have morning and evening twilights ; (b 
 that the glare of day does not break in upon us at once, but gradually ad- 
 vances, and retires in the fame manner ; and to the fame caufe it is ow- 
 ing that inhabitants of the two Polar Circles enjoy the Sun for feveral days 
 in winter, even while it is below their Horizon. 
 
 $. 54.. Where the Air is charged with vapours, it is heavier than where 
 it is free from fuch aqueous exhalations ; hence the former is more elaftic, 
 and confequently its preffure is greater than that of the latter. This caufes 
 a motion in the Air which we call Wind. The Winds are divided accord- 
 ing to the points of the compafs (§. 3S); and as the places from whence 
 they happen to blow are warm, cold, or moift, the Winds partake of the fame 
 quality. The Winds have a great influence on the health of the human 
 
 fpecies 5 
 
 37
 
 38 Introduction ft? Geography. 
 
 fpecies, and ferve to purge the Atrnofphere of the noxious exhalations 
 wherewith it is impregnated ; which are either diflipated by Winds or dif- 
 charged on the Earth by the rain. A cold and moift Wind is the moft per- 
 nicious of all the reft. 
 
 §. 55. It has been found, by repeated experiments, that the velocity with 
 which the Wind moves is never above 50 feet in a fecond. We call that a Guft 
 or fquall of Wind which fuddenly begins to rage with a great degree of vio- 
 lence, is again loon laid, and continues to do fo, as it were, by fits. The 
 Wind generally blows parallel with the Horizon ; but when its direction is' 
 perpendicular to the Horizon it caufes a Whirlwind. The courfe of the 
 Wind is more direct at fea than it is on land ; for on the former, it has a free 
 and uninterrupted paffage ; but on the latter, mountains, woods, cities, and 
 other impediments intercept its current. The Sea-Winds or breezes alfo 
 blowftronger and more conftant than thofe at land. Thofe Winds which 
 blow from the Eaft, or either of the Poles, are ftronger at fea than thofe 
 that blow from the Weft and the Equinoctial Line : Whereas, at land, 
 according to the different lituation of places, the Weft and the South Winds 
 are fometimes ftronger, and fometimes weaker than the Eaft and North 
 Winds. The Winds are more violent, both at fea and land, in fpring and 
 autumn than in fummer and winter. On eminences, and in narrow defiles 
 formed between ranges of hills or contiguous buildings, the Winds are more 
 boifterous than on a plain or level country. Under the Equator and between 
 the Tropics, the Wind blows conftantly during the whole year in one di- 
 rection, which is caufed by the heat of the fun, and moves the fame way 
 with it, namely from Eaft to Weft ; fo that they have a continual eafterly 
 Wind there. However, at different feafons of the year, it blows from 
 different points between the Tropics ; for it generally comes from the South- 
 Eaft from April to November, and from November to April it blows from 
 the North-Eaft points. It is likewife obfervable that the Wind on this fide 
 the Equator blows moftly from the North-Eaft, and on the other fide of it 
 from the Eaft-South-Eaft. 
 
 §.56. The Weather, or temperature of the air, depends much more on 
 other circumftances than on the diftance of a place from the Pole, or its 
 proximity to the Equator. All thofe places which are fituated between the 
 Tropics are not the hotteft on the Globe, nor are all the places included 
 within the Polar Circles fo intolerably cold, as is generally imagined. Two 
 places maybe in the fame Latitude, and yet one of them may be very hot, 
 or cold, and the other temperate. In many places fituated far to the North, 
 as at Pctcrflurg for example, the heat is far more intenfe at certain times than 
 it is between the Tropics. The Weather, in a great meafure, depends alfo 
 on the Wind, to which the variablenefs or change of it is for the moft part 
 owing. It has, however, been obferved in general, that places lying far to 
 
 the
 
 Introduction to Geograph v. 
 
 the Eaft are colder than thofe which lie under the fame Parallel, or Latitude, 
 more towards the Weft. 
 
 Of the Earth in general. 
 
 §. sj. The Terra fir ma, or dry land, as far as it is hitherto known, does 
 not take up a third part of the furfaceof the Terraqueous Globe. I ihall 
 here treat in particular of the Land, and afterwards of the Water. 
 
 §. 58. On looking around us on dry Land, we fee a great inequality of 
 hills and valleys, a great diver/ity of foils, with a furprizing variety of coun- 
 tries. Mountains may be reckoned among the moft ftriking proofs of the 
 Divine power, wifdom, and goodnefs. They are an ornament to the Earth, 
 affording the moft beautiful profpects; contain in their bowels large ftores of 
 metals, precious ftones, and other minerals ; and give rife to cooling fprings, 
 brooks and rivers *. On the Mountains we alfo find refreshing breezes and 
 wholefome air, good pafture for cattle, falutary herbs, medicinal fimples, vines, 
 fhrubs, trees, &c. In a word, they render the Earth a commodious habitation 
 for men and beafts. They appear indeed at firft fight as if they were interfperfed 
 at random on the furface of the Earth ; but, upon a nearer view, we find, 
 that in Europe, Afia, and Africa, the vaft ranges of huge Mountains for the 
 moft part extend from Eaft to Weft; whereas in America they ftretch moftly 
 from North to South. The fhape or figure of the Mountains in various parts 
 of the Earth differs extremely. Some of them form high ridges, the height 
 of which, for a long traft of land, is pretty equal ; others are feparated 
 afunder by very deep valleys. Some have a circumference that is tolerably 
 regular; that of others is very irregular : and fometimes we fee a mountain 
 ftanding by itfelf, or detached in the middle of a vale or plain. The Moun- 
 tains that are iituated between the Tropics are higher than thofe in the 
 Temperate Zones ; and the latter are higher than thofe in the Frigid Zones. 
 Hence it appears, that the nearer we approach to the Equator, the greater 
 inequalities we find on the furface of the Earth. The Cordilleras in Ame- 
 rica, which lie under the Equator, are reckoned the higheft Mountains on 
 the Globe ; and one of them, which is called Chimboraffo, is the higheft 
 hill hitherto known, its height being computed at 19,300 Paris feet. For- 
 merly the Pico on the ifland of Teneriffa boafted of that pre-eminence. The 
 Swifi look upon the Titlijberg to be the higheft hill in their country ; and 
 Canigou is reckoned the higheft among the Pyrenees. In feveral Mountains 
 and Rocks there are large and remarkable caverns. 
 
 §. 59. Many of the Mountains on the furface of the Earth exhibit fiery 
 eruptions. Thefe Volcano s, at certain times, emit, at the aperture on the 
 fummit of them, fmoke, fire, afhes and ftones ; and fometimes difcharge a 
 
 * The Author might have added, fruitful fhowers, as the mountains, in part, are the cavrfe 
 of them by condeniing the vapours, CY. 
 
 4 dream 
 
 39
 
 4o 
 
 Introduction to Geography, 
 
 ftream of fire, refembling ignited or melted metal. The mofl remarkable 
 burning mountains in Europe are Vejuvio in the kingdom o r Naples, Mtna in 
 Sicily, Stromboli on the ifland of the fame name, Hecla and Krabla, with fome 
 other mountains, in Iceland. There are Volcano's alfo in Kamtjchatka in Alia, 
 on an ifland not far from it, and on the ifland Ternate one of the Moluccas ; 
 on Fu ego one of the African iflands, and in Peru and other places in America. 
 The caufe of thefe Volcano Vis to be attributed to the kindling of fulphu- 
 reous vapours under the Earth. When this fubterraneous fire finds no iuch 
 fpiracle or vent as Volcano's are, it fhakes the Earth, or even tears it alunder ; 
 and this is called an Earthquake, which is commonly accompanied with a 
 dreadful rumbling noile, or loud exploiion, caufed by the rarefaclion and 
 expanfion of the imprifoned air by the fubterraneous heat. Earthquakes 
 every day become more common than they were heretofore. 
 
 §. 60. Vallies are the neceflary confequence of Mountains ; but I have 
 nothing particular to obferve concerning thefe. Uninhabited Wilds, and 
 uncultivated places are called Deferts. I fhall only obferve, that fome of 
 thefe remain uninhabited on account of their fandy wafles, damp moralTes, 
 and barren foil ; others are uncultivated becaufe of their vaft diftance from 
 any inhabited country. The fandy Deferts of Africa and Arabia are the 
 moft remarkable on the Globe. In the north of AJia there are alfo many 
 uncultivated places which are commonly called Steppen, being of the fame 
 nature with what we call Heaths. 
 
 §. 61. As Natural Philofophers divide the external and internal produce 
 of the Earth into certain general clafTes, which they call Kingdoms, I fhall 
 briefly recount the principal of thefe natural Kingdoms. The Mineral 
 Kingdom ftands firft in order, and contains all thofe bodies which are pro- 
 duced in the Earth, but have neither life nor any vifible juices contained in 
 tubes or veins. Minerals may be divided into four principal Genera. 
 
 §. 62. To the firfl principal Genus belong the different fpecies of Earths 
 (Terra), or thofe Mineral bodies which confiftof parts that have little or no 
 cohefion, are not foluble in oil or water, tho' they may be in fome meafure 
 malaxable in the latter, and from which ftones derive their origin. Under 
 this Genus four principal fpecies are included, which are as follows : 
 
 1. The fpecies of duff, Earth, or Mould, (Humus'), including black or 
 garden mould, red mould or Englifj Earth ; Umber or brown Earth ; 
 black flaky Earth or Indian ink ; peat or turf, and animal Earth, derived 
 from putrid animals. 
 
 Chalk, (Creta), the fpecies of which are, white chalk ; Engliß white 
 chalk; pale chalk ; Lac Luna:; Gidor; Calx, or Terra alkalina-, brownifh- 
 red chalk, and green or French chalk. 
 
 2. The fpecies of Clay (Argilla), which is ftift, firm, un&uous, &c. are a 
 whitifh-blue variegated Clay, fullers Clay, Clay that will bear the fire; {even 
 species of Bole (which, when formed into fmall round cakes, is called Terra 
 
 4 Sigillata,
 
 Introduction /ö Geography. 41 
 
 Sigillata, or Sealed Earth, becaufe it is marked with a (lamp) ; loofe, and 
 ftone Clay. 
 
 Marl, (Marga) the fpecies of which are, genuine porcelain-earth, to- 
 bacco-pipe-clay or baftard porcelain-earth, chalky-marl, fullers-earth, marl 
 ufed for manuring a barren foil, ftone-marl, and cafting-marl. 
 
 3. The fpecies of Earth mixed with ores, which properly belong to the 
 third principal clafs of the Mineral Kingdom; and are either mixed with 
 fait, as Vitriol, Alum, falt-petre, common fait, and alkaline fait mixed with 
 earth; or with fulphur, as thebitumenous and foflile fulphur; or with me- 
 tals, as Calamine, iron ore, and Verdigrife. 
 
 4. The fpecies of Sand, as dry fand, arena pulverulenta, quickfand, claiey 
 fand, and Tripoty of various kinds, of which the yellow fort is ufed for po- 
 lilhing ; Stone-land (arena petrofa) or properly fand ; Ore-fand, as iron, 
 tin, and gold fand ; and laftly Animal-fand. 
 
 §.63. To the /mW principal Gc«tt* belong the fpecies of Stones. Thefe 
 are firm, compact bodies, which are not malaxable in water or oil, and of 
 different degrees of hardnefs. Stones are divided, 
 
 1. Into the fpecies of Calx, which are reducible to powder by fire, but 
 being mixed with water, or any other liquid, acquire a great degree of hard- 
 nefs again, and are of fo loofe a texture as not to ftrike fire with fteel. To 
 this clafs belong Lime-ftone ; and Marble, which confifls of fine particles, 
 admits of a beautiful polifh or luftre, with ftrong, vivid colours, and, after lying 
 for a long time expofed to the air, crumbles to pieces. Some forts of Marble 
 are of one colour ; as the white, black, grey, red, yellow, dark-brown and 
 green marbles. Others are Variegated with the different colours juft men- 
 tioned, intermixed in fpots or veins. Others again are Pidlurefque, or 
 marked with all manner of figures, Sec. 
 
 Gypfum, the /pedes of which are Alabafter, which admits of a polifh, 
 but has not the fame luftre as marble; cryftal gypfüm ; Selenites which con- 
 lifts of pure tranfparent lamina or flakes ; radiated gypfum, tranfparent gvp- 
 jum ; fhining or Bononian ftone, and Lapis Nephriticus. 
 
 Spat, or Spar, the fpecies of which are cubic, flaky, granular Spat, and 
 tranfparent Spat ; Double-jlone, or Iceland-cry ßal, which exhibits every ob- 
 jed: that is feen thro' it double ; cryftal j'pat ; fwine-jlone, which, when rub- 
 bed, fmells rank ; glafs /pat, and field /pat. 
 
 2. The fpecies of Glajs-ßcnes (Terra vitre/centes), under which are com- 
 prehended thofe ftones which, when melted in the fire, vitrify or turn to glafs, 
 and which are generally fo hard as to ftrike fire with fteel. To this clafs belon°- 
 
 Schiefer, or a kind of flate which breaks in layeis, flakes or lamina; 
 and Sand-Stone, which breaks in rough fquare pieces. 
 
 Flint-ftones, or Achate, which are ail hard, produce fire when ft ruck with 
 Ste-cl, and vitrify in the fire. There are opaque and coarle flint-ftones, as 
 
 Vol. I. G well
 
 42 I N T R Ü D U C T I O N to G E O G R A P II Y. 
 
 well as coloured and Jemi-tranfparent, which are properly call'd Achate. 
 To the latter fpecies belong the 
 
 Dendrachates, which is white ; Cornelian, which is moftly red ; Chalce- 
 dony, which is of a light-gray colour ; the Onyx, which confifts of circular 
 lamina of different colours laid one upon another; the Opal, which changes 
 its colour according to its different pofitions with regard to the light, and is 
 inimitable; Ocuhts mundi, which by polifhing receives a beautiful luflre, and 
 is partly fpotted orftriped, partly picturefque; and the mineral Lapis Chclido- 
 ntus, or Swallow-Stone, which is no bigger than lin-feed. 
 
 Ja/per, which in polifhing does not acquire a ftrong luflre : There are 
 opaque Jafpers as well as thofe of a vivid colour. The latter are properly 
 called Jajpcr, and when polifhed acquire a perfectly beautiful luflre, but are 
 not tranfparent. Thefe are either of one colour, viz. green ; or blue, as 
 Lapis lazuli ; or fpotted Jajper ; or red, as the Jajponyx and Porphyry. 
 Quartz, or a fpecies of flint which is extremely hard. 
 Cryflals, or genuine precious flones, which are quite hard, tranfparent, 
 and pellucid. Thefe are either 
 
 Hexagonal, which are properly called Cryflals, namely, Rock-Cry/lal, 
 baftard-Ruiy, baftard-Sapphire, baftzrd-Topaz, bafaxd- Emerald, and brown- 
 Cry/?.//; 
 
 Or polygonal, all which are called genuine Precious Stones, being re- 
 markbly clear and without fpots, are polifhed with great difficulty, and then 
 acquire a furprifing luflre. Thefe are 
 
 The Diamond, which is the hardefl of all flones, and is, like water, with- 
 out colour. 
 
 The Ruby, which is of a beautiful red colour. 
 The Sapphire, which is of a lively blue. 
 The Topaz, which is of a vivid golden or yellow colour. 
 The Smaragdus, or Emerald, which is of a lively green. 
 The Chryfolite, which is of a greenifh yellow hue. 
 The Amethyß, which is of a violet colour. 
 The Granite, which is of a dark-red. 
 The Hyacinth, which is of a yellowifh-red ; and 
 The Beryl, which is of a faint, or fea-green colour. 
 3. Fire Stones, which bear the fire without turning to glafs or calx, and 
 for the mofl part are fo foft and rough that they will not flrike fire with fleel. 
 To this clafs belong Friable Stones, which are moftly foft, and may be 
 crumbled to pieces by rubbing or grinding, and feel fomething unctuous. 
 Of this fpecies are 
 
 Mufcovy-glafs, or Lapis-fpecularis, which confifls of flexible and entirely 
 clear, tranfparent lamina ; Cats-gold, which is femi-tranfparent, &c. 
 
 Talc, which is foft, fmooth and unctuous like tallow. Of this fort there 
 are white, gold colour, and green Talc. 
 
 Tophus,
 
 Introduction/«? Geography. 43 
 
 Tophus, which feels unctuous, and may he beat fmall, turned or ground 
 with iron inftrumerifs. To this fpecies belongs the ferpentine marble ; the 
 clofe, lax, and coarfc-grained Tophus. 
 
 Horny-flone, which is fomething hard, but may be rubbed or beaten to 
 pieces. 
 
 Amianthus, which is the fofteft and lighteft kind of Stone, and may be 
 fpun and weaved. Jt undergoes no other change in the fire than that it 
 grows whiter and fomething harder, but becomes friable at the fame time. 
 To this fpecies belong Rock-jlax, Rock-leather, Rock-flefl?, and Rock-cork. 
 
 Ajbejlcs is fomething hard and friable, will not float in the water, and ac- 
 quires ft' greater degree of hardnefs in the fire. Of the ripe Afießos, paper, 
 thread, and linen may alio be made; but it muft be previously beaten fmall 
 and well worked together. 
 
 4. Rocks, which are large maffes compofed of the abovementioned fpecies 
 of ftones. 
 
 §. 64. In the /Z>zVy/ principal Genus the difFerent^mV* of Ores are included, 
 which are fpecies of Earths or ftones, impregnated either with fait, fulphur, 
 or metal. 
 
 1. Th<z fpecies of Salts, which diffolve in water, melt in the fire, evaporate 
 without burning, and have a pungent tafte on the tongue, are 
 
 Vitriol, which has a rough, naufeous tafte. In this clafs are, a blue or 
 copper-vitriol ; a green or iron-vitriol ; a white-vitriol, which is alfo an iron- 
 vitriol ; a mixt vitriol* a vitriolic earth, and Atrament or vitriol-ftone. 
 
 Alum, which has a very aftringent tafte. In this clafs are native alum, 
 an alumy Earth, flaky alum, an alumy calx, and alum-wood. 
 
 Saltpetre^ which taftes fait and bitter. Saltpetre derives its origin from 
 a nitrous earth ; for we know of no other caufe that produces it. 
 
 Common Salt. This is either Foflile Salt, which is dug out of the Earth; 
 or Rock-falt, which is hewn from Rocks ; or Sal Gemmce, which is as 
 white and tranfparent as cryftal ; or laftly is extracted from the fea-water, 
 either by the heat of the fun, or by the fire ; or elfe boiled from falt- 
 fprings. 
 
 Alcaline Salt. This has either a hot tafte or a fetid fmell ; it is either 
 mixt with earth or fpring-falt, and iffues out of old walls. 
 
 Acid Salt. This has an acid tafte, and is properly a fulphureous exhala- 
 tion or fteam. 
 
 Neutral Salt. This has a bitterifh naufeous tafte. The Engliß, Sed~ 
 litz, Egra Salt, &c. are of this fpecies. It is called Neutral Salt becaufe it 
 occupies the medium between the alcaline and acid falts. 
 
 Sal-armoniac. This has a bitter, urinous, and unpleafant tafte. The 
 common Sal-armoniac comes from Egypt, where it is prepared from foot, 
 collected from dried dung burnt in furnaces or on hearths. 
 
 G 2 Borax
 
 44 
 
 Introduction to Geography. 
 
 Borax is of an acid and bitter tafte. Its /pedes are a bluifh kind called 
 Tinkal, and the proper borax, which is a purified Tinkal and appears white. 
 
 2. The /pedes of Sulphur ; which burn and evapurate in the fire, and 
 are foluble by oil, but not by water. Thefe are as follows : 
 
 Bitumen, which is either liquid, fofr, or hard ; and generally of a 
 black colour. The /pedes of Bitumen are Naphtha, an inflammable oil ; 
 Petroleum, which is found either floating on fprings, or diftils thro' the 
 clefts of rocks and cliffs, near the water; Mineral Tar, which is black and 
 thick ; Mineral or 'Jenas Pitch, refembling the common pitch ; mineral 
 pitchy-earth, or mineral peat ; Coals or jet, which is a black mineral pitch 
 of the hardnefs of ftone, of which fnuff-boxes, buttons, &c. are made. 
 
 Amber, which burns and melts in the fire, and emits an agreeable fmell : 
 It is either tranfparent, or opaque, and coloured. 
 
 Ambergri/e, which is foft but tough, yields an agreeable fmell in the fire, 
 and is moftly of a dark colour. 
 
 Brimflone, or Sulphur, which, when pure, is of a yellow colour, burns 
 with a blue flame, and yields an acid fetid fpirit. 
 
 3. Semi-metals are heavy foffile bodies, which maybe ignited, and glow 
 in the fire, but are not at all, or in a very fmall degree, malleable. In this 
 clafs are 
 
 Mercury or Qmckfilver, which is quite fluid and of an argentine luftre, 
 is next to gold in weight, and adheres to, and penetrates other metals. Its 
 fpecies are Native Qmckfilver ; and Cinnabar, which is of a red colour. 
 
 Ar/enic is quite friable and brittle, of a white colour ; or is of the Gla/fy 
 Species, and dilTolves in any liquid. Its /pedes are native Ar/enic, yellow 
 Ar/enic, black Ar/enic, Orpiment, teftaceous Cobolt, Mocklead, arienical 
 earth, &c. 
 
 Cobolt, which is almoft a fpecies of earth, but hard and of a pale colour. 
 The /pedes of it are Cobolt-ore, fpeculum Cobolt, &c. 
 
 Antimony, which is a brittle whitifh fubftance, is ignited with difficulty in 
 the fire, and is ufed in purifying gold from other metals. 
 
 Bi/muth, which is a kind of imperfect metal, of a yellowifh colour. 
 
 Zink, or Spelter, which is the moft malleable and dudileof all this clafs, 
 and of a white colour. 
 
 4. Metals are the heavieft earthy fubftances ; they fufe and ignite in the 
 fire ; are alfo malleable and ductile ; and retain their fixidity in the fire for 
 a longer or fhorter time before fufion. There are fix forts belonging to this 
 clafs ; and thefe are divided into Base metals which are lefs malleable, and 
 lejs fixt in the fire; and Noble metals. Of the former fort are reckoned 
 Iron, Copper, Lead, and Tin ; and to the latter fort belong Silver and 
 Gold. The bafer Metals, with regard to fmelting, are divided into 
 
 I . Such as are hard, and difficult tofu/e. Of this fort are, 
 
 Iron,
 
 Introduction A? Geography. 45 
 
 Iron, which is the lead dudlile hut the hard eft and moft elaftic of all metals, 
 and the tougheft, except Gold. We are not yet certain whether there be 
 any native Iron : For it is the common opinion that Iron cannot withftand 
 acid vitriolic fpirits, by which it is fuppofed to be ibluble. When Iron is 
 deprived of its natural fulphureous unctuoufnefs it grows hard, and becomes 
 what we call Steel. Steel mines are, indeed, fometimes found, tho' very rarely. 
 There is one in Alface, near the little town of Dambach, in the Wafgau 
 mountains, and another in Switzerland in the high mountains of Sargans. 
 The Load-ßone or Magnet belongs alfo to this Mineral. The Magnet, with 
 regard to its internal ftruclure, or to the form and figure of its pores or in- 
 terftices, differs from all other ftones. Its virtue of attracting iron is well 
 known. There are alfo artificial Magnets, which have this quality. Ocre 
 alfo belongs to the fpecies of Iron-ores, and Emery is the hardeft of that 
 fort. 
 
 Copper, which is more malleable but lefs elaftic than Iron. It is not fo hard 
 as Iron, and comes next to Silver in tougbnefs. It ignites before it fufes. In 
 an intenfe and conftant fire it partly diffipates into fume, and partly vitrifies 
 or becomes a brown or pale-green glafs, or flag. Among the baje metals, 
 Copper retains its fixidity the longeft in the fire next to Iron. This metal, 
 however, is found in different forms , as native Copper, that which is pro- 
 duced by vitriolic fprings, &c. 
 
 2. Or foft metals, which are eafily fufed. Thefe melt before they ignite, 
 and are very foft and flexible. Of this fort are, 
 
 Lead, which is the bafeft and fofteft of all metals. It is next to quick- 
 filver as to its weight, and is eafily fufed. There is a Native a Lead, Lead- 
 ore, &c. 
 
 Tin, which is lefs dudtile than Lead, and next to the latter is the 
 fofteft and moft flexible of metals. It is alfo the lighted of all metals, but 
 heavier than any other bodies, and is foon fufed in the fire. The Etiglijh 
 Tin is the beft. 
 
 The Noble metals are bodies of the greateft Malleability, and have 
 the greateft purity and fixidity in the air, as well as in the water and fire. 
 They alfo fufe as foon as they are ignited. Thefe are 
 
 Silver, which, next to Gold, is the moft duclile of all metals. It is harder 
 than Gold, Tin, or Lead, but not fo tough as Gold or Iron ; and heavier 
 than Copper, Iron or Tin. It retains its fixidity fo long in the fire, that it 
 lofes no more than T V part of its weight when put in the moft inienfe fire 
 for two months. None of the above metals are found pure, in lefs quantities 
 than Silver, in proportion to its ore. 
 
 Geld is the heavieft of all bodies, and the moft valuable and tougheft 
 among metals. It lofes nothing of its weight in the moft conftant and in- 
 tenfe fire, and is dudtile and malleable to an uncommon degree of fubtilty 
 or finenefs : So that from one grain of it a thread of 500 feet (or accord- 
 ing
 
 4.6 Introduction /ö Geography. 
 
 ingto others, ells) in length has been drawn. Native or pure Gold is found 
 in various forts of ftones, ores, earths, and fand. The two laft forts are 
 found in rivers and brooks. The rivers that contain Gold among their 
 fand are the Rhine, the Danube, the Elbe, the Sale near Halle, the Eder'm 
 the County of Waldeck, the Schwartze in the county of Schivartzburg, and 
 ths Bober in Silefia, in Germany; the Aar in Switzerland; the Rhone, 
 Garonne, Doux, Ceze and Gardon in the Cevennes, the Ariege and the Salat, 
 which rife in the Pyrenees, and the fmall brooks Ferrit and Benagues near 
 the caftle of Pamiers, in France ; the Po in Italy ; the Tagus in Spain 
 and Portugal; the Hebrus in Thrace ; the Paclolus in Lydia ; the 
 Pbafis in Colchis ; and the Ganges in India. A whitifh fort of Gold, 
 called Platina del Pinto, is imported into Spain from the Wefl-Indies, which 
 fome look upon as a feventh fpecies of Metal. 
 
 . §. 65. Laftly, the fourth principal Genus of Minerals contains Lapideous 
 Concretions, compofed of minerals, earths, ftones, and ores, which, being 
 mixt after the diffolution of their parts, adhere together, or are generated 
 anew in an uncommon manner, &c. Thefe are, 
 
 1. Lapideous Concretions generated as well in the fire, namely, Pumice 
 Stone ; as in the water, namely, kettle-Jhne or T'ophus ; ßalaclical fubflances 
 or fparry icicles, &c. 
 
 2. Petrifactions of various forts, as Petrified Vegetables, whether 
 plants, wood, roots, ftalks, or leaves ; or vegetables imprinted on ftone; alfo 
 
 Corals of different fpecies. 
 
 Petrified animals, as human bones and entire limbs, bones of animals, 
 birds, fi files, &c. 
 
 Petrified ihells, the number of which clafs is very confiderable. 
 
 3. Pictured, figured, and uncommonly fhaped Stones, which are called 
 Lufus Natura. 
 
 4. Resemblances of Stone, fuch as the calculus generated in ani- 
 mals, &c. 
 
 §. 66. The Vegetable Kingdom comprifes all the Genera and Jpea'es 
 of Plants. The vegetable sgrowing on the Earth are divided into Trees, 
 among which are alio reckoned fhrubs ; and Herbs. None of thefe are 
 produced without their own proper feed. They do not derive their nouriih- 
 ment from the Earth, but from the Water. It is not confiftent with my 
 plan to enlarge on the Vegetable Kingdom, as I fhall feldom touch upon it 
 in my Syftem of Geography : But the few curiofities of this fort that occur 
 (hall be defcribed briefly in their proper places. 
 
 §. 67. The Animal Kingdom comprehends all the Genera znd Jpecies 
 of Creatures endued with fenfe and motion. Of this Kingdom I cannot here 
 give any fketch, as it is furprifingly large and extenfive ; but the rarefi ani- 
 mals in every country fhall be defcribed where they occur. I fhall therefore 
 briefly take a general view of the Human Species only, as they are the no- 
 
 3 bleft
 
 Introduction/«? Geography. 47 
 
 bleftand moft important Creatures on the Earth ; and are appointed by God 
 to acquire the knowledge of, and dominion over it. 
 
 §. 68. In order to form a probable conjecture of the number of men that 
 may be living at the fame time, and of the proportion between the yearly 
 births and burials, the following particulars, which are derived horn expe- 
 rience, deferveour obfervation. 
 
 The number of births is almoft always greater than the number of bu- 
 rials; and confequently, the Human race is in a continual ftate of increafe. 
 Were the cafe other wife, and the latter were to exceed the former, a country, 
 in the common courfe of things, would in a few centuries be quite depopu- 
 lated ; efpecially if war and peflilence concurred with this caufe. If in one 
 and the fame country the number of burials be half as much, or double to 
 what it was before, half as many, or double the number of living inhabit- 
 ants muft then be found in that country*. 
 
 Among the impediments to the increafe of Mankind, the plague is one 
 of the greateft : hence the return of it is not very frequent ; for, in that 
 cafe, it would fweep away all the inhabitants of a country. The other impedi- 
 ments, next to the plague, are war, famine, and the fingle ftate or celibacy. 
 Roman-catholic countries, on account of their great number of convents, fuffer 
 the greateft detriment by celibacy. To thefe may be added the obftacles 
 to a married life, and whatever renders Mankind lefs prolific, or tends to 
 (horten the lives of thofe who are already born. Laftly cities, efpecially the 
 moft populous, are an impediment to the increafe of Mankind; for in towns 
 and cities the burials are, at leaft, equal to the births, and generally exceed 
 them; which is owing chiefly to the irregular manner of living in fuch 
 places, and to the unhealthfulnefs of the lituation, and quality of the air, of 
 many cities and populous towns. 
 
 Three thoufand millions of inhabitants might commodiouflly live at the 
 fame time on the Earth; but there is fcarce the third part of this number, or 
 1000 millions actually living at the fame time. Now, if with the ancients we 
 reckon 33 years to a generation, ipoo millions will be born, and as many 
 die, during that fpace of time. Hence it appears that above 30 millions of 
 the Human Species die in a Year, above 82,000 every Day, above 3,400 
 every Hour, about 60 every Minute; and confequently to every Second we 
 may reckon one. The lift of baptifms fhews, that the number of males 
 that are born exceeds that of the females : So that the proportion of the 
 former is to the latter as 91 to 86, 36410344, 1050 to 1000, 105 to 100, 
 or 21 to 20 ; that is, fuppofing there are 1050 males born, there are but 
 1000 females born in the fame fpace of time. However, difeafes and other 
 accidents take away this odds by death, and reduce the fexes to an equalit \ 
 It is thought that there are more women than men in Spain, but this muft 
 
 ' We muft, in this cafe, fuppofe the place to be always equally healthy and free from the 
 devaftations of war, &c. 
 
 be
 
 48 Introduction *0 Geography. 
 
 be owing to their great number of Monafteries ; for there are feven eccle- 
 fiaftics and monks, in that kingdom, to two nuns. In towns there are 
 ufually more women than men living ; but in the country the reverfe hap- 
 pens. This proportion of the Sexes to each other is a ftrong argument 
 againft polygamy, or a multiplicity of wives. The increafe and decreafe of 
 the inhabitants of a city, or a whole country, may be known by the Bills 
 of Mortality ; and from this we may alio determine the number of the liv- 
 ing. For in very large and populous towns we muft reckon from 24 to 
 28 living, to one that dies; in middling and fmall towns the proportion is 
 from 30 to 32 to one; but in the country it is about 40'or 42 to one. 
 Hence fome, taking the towns and villages of a country collectively, reckon 
 that one perfon out of 32 or 33 dies every year, and in fome countries but 
 one out of 37. 
 
 §.69. Men differ externally chiefly in colour or complexion ; hence they 
 may be divided into White, Black, and a Middle fort which are either red, 
 brown, or olive colour. In the White clafs we reckon almoft all Eu- 
 ropeans^ and many of the inhabitants of the temperate Climates of the other 
 parts of the world. The Black clafs properly comprehends the Moors of 
 Africa, and the Mulatto's. The Middle ibrt includes whole nations, and 
 many inviduals, in all the four parts of the world ; but particularly in Afia, 
 Africa, and America. The Inhabitants of Cape Verde in Africa, and the 
 ifland Goree, are the blackeft of all the human fpecies ; for their fkin is of 
 a gloffy mining black, like ebony. This difference in colour or complexion 
 is principally to be afcribed to the difference of climate, diet, and manner 
 of living. The inhabitants of the temperate Climates have the whiteft or 
 faireft complexions. But whether thefe are the moft beautiful among the 
 fpecies, or w r hethtr a well proportioned Moor or Black may not be rec- 
 koned as beautiful, I leave to the impartial determination of others. 
 
 §. 70. Men alfo differ greatly in their make, fize, method of living, and 
 in their manners. But as to the difference in their intellectual faculties, 
 we are not to look for that in their nature, or climate, but in the greater or 
 lefs opportunity they have of improving and exercifing their mental powers. 
 An inhabitant of Greenland or Lapland, a Moor or a Hottentot, is in his 
 way as intelligent as one among the more civilized nations ; and if the for- 
 mer had the fame opportunities of improving his underftanding and regu- 
 lating his palTions as the latter enjoys, he would not be at all inferior to 
 him. Almoft every nation have their own peculiar manners and cuftoms : 
 And as the notions of what is decent and becoming differ as much as the 
 people who obferve them do, it is unreafonable and abfurd for one nation 
 to ridicule another, on account of their difference in this particular. Many 
 nations and individuals, who pretend to rank themfelves among the civi- 
 lized part of their fpecies, have fo many odd and abfurd cuftoms as might 
 jufth expofe them to the ridicule of thole, who are called Barbarians and un- 
 civilized.
 
 Introduction to Geograp i-i v. 49 
 
 cWUized. It may be obfcrved in genera!, that among all people and na- 
 tions of the Earth, there are fome men of a reaibnable, and others of an 
 unreafonable difpofition or turn of mind ; as there are alfo in every country 
 graceful and aukward, candid and dilingenuous, virtuous and vitious, mild 
 and suftere, polite and ill-bred, noble and ignoble perfons. 
 
 Of the Wat e r. 
 
 §.71. It remains, laftly, that we treat of the Water on the furface of 
 the Earth ; and this branch of Geography is by fome termed Hydrography. 
 X5r.Wallerim was the firft who made accurate enquiries into the Aqueous 
 Kingdom, or Hydrology, and claiTed it among the other Kingdoms of Na- 
 ture. We may divide the Water into two principal Genera, namely, into 
 common and mineral Water. Common Water, or that which is called 
 iweet or frefh Water, has no particular tafle, fmell, or colour, and falls 
 either in dew, rain, or fnow from the air, whither it was conveyed 
 from the Earth in vapours and exhalations ; or elfe it is found on the Earth 
 in its proper channels and cavities. Running Water is the lighten; among 
 the latter fort, and is alfo called living Water; of which, Spring- Water, 
 which fprings naturally out of the Earth, and continually keeps running, 
 is a fpecies. Springs, in all appearance, owe their origin to mountains, on 
 which the vapours exhaled from the Earth fall in dew, rain, and fnow ; 
 which, penetrating into the mountains, are collected together, and break 
 out in fprings below. Thofe fprings which arife in fandy eminences pro- 
 duce the pureft Water. Moff. fprings are perennial, or flow conftantly ; 
 others begin to run in fpring, on the melting of the fnow or ice, and ceife 
 again towards autumn, and are called temporal Springs. Others again flow 
 only for certain hours of the day, and fome of fhefe only in fummer, which 
 mult be owing to certain fubterraneous cavities in the mountains from 
 which they are fupplied. Many fprings emit Water as cold as ice, and 
 yet bubble up and make a noife, like a pot boiling over the fire ; which 
 feems to be owing to the rarefied fubterraneous air. Some fprings rife and 
 fall as if they were regulated by the ebbing and flowing of the fea. In 
 many places Wells are alfo dug in which water is collected for ufe. 
 
 §. 72. Running Springs produce Brooks; and a conflux of feveral Brooks 
 form a Rivulet, or Stream ; and many Streams or Rivulets uniting toge- 
 ther make one great current, called a River. Rivers have a fteep or fhelving 
 bottom ; and the greater the flope or declivity, the more rapid and ftronger 
 is their current. If the bed or channel of a River be very wide, its rapi- 
 dity is not fo great as when it is narrow. The water of Streams and Rivers 
 often falls down from a precipice ; and as the Rivers which form them 
 happen to be fmaller or greater, fo are the cafcades fmaller or greater in pro- 
 portion. Several Rivers alfo, at certain feafons of the year, being increafed 
 
 Vol. I. H or
 
 50 I N T R O D U C T I O N 10 G E Ü G R A P H V. 
 
 or fwelled by the melting of ice or mow, and rain-water, overflow their 
 banks, and lay the adjacent country under water. It is obfervable that 
 Water, efpecialiy when its current is rapid, has a great degree of force, 
 fo as to demolifh bridges, dams, and the like obftacles, and carries along 
 with it maflfes of furprifing weight and bulk. The greater the number of 
 mountains there are in a country, the greater alfo will be the number of 
 rivers there. There nre fome rivers whofe currents flop fuddenly in the mid- 
 dle of their courfe, as has been obferved of the Motala in Sweden, which is 
 owing either to a great flux and reflux, or to the wind which repels the 
 ftream, or to a fudden keen froft in winter. Whether there are actually 
 any rivers, which, in their courfe are fvvallowed up by the Earth, and 
 emerge again at other places, I have not yet been able to gain fufficient in- 
 formation. As for rivers which have gold duft, we have treated of them 
 above (§. 64). Many entertain a doubt whether there be any rivers that 
 produce filver fands ; but iron is found in feveral, and copper and lead in 
 iöme rivers. 
 
 §.73. To the clafs of Common Water alfo belongs Stagnant or ftand- 
 in'^ Water ; this is heavier than the running Water, and is found either in 
 Ponds or Lakes. Some Lakes are fupplied with water by melted fnow or 
 rain, and are dried up in fummer. Several Lakes receive, and difcharge con- 
 fldtrable rivers ; and, indeed, moft Lakes are of this kind. There are alfo 
 Lakes which receive rivers, but difcharge none ; and thefe muft lofe their 
 water by evaporation. Other Lakes receive no river, and yet a ftream runs 
 out of them ; fo that thefe are to be confidered as large fprings, which 
 have this fuperfluity of W'ater from huge mountains, near which they are 
 always fituated. We alfo meet with bubbling lakes that overflow their 
 banks, and others that rife and fall regularly with the ebbing and flowing 
 of the lea. 
 
 §. 74. Mineral Water has commonly fome degree of fmell, a particu- 
 lar talle, and generally differs in colour from pure water. It is alfo feldom 
 or never congealed into ice. There are Cold, as well as Hot Mineral 
 W r aters. The Cold includes three forts : 1. A fpecies which contains fome 
 light and volatile mineral particles that evaporate only by a gentle heat. 
 To this fpecies belong volatile-vitriolic-acid Waters, which emit either a 
 falubrious, or a fuffocating vapour ; and volatile-alcaline Waters. 2. There 
 is another fpecies of mineral cold Water which is more turbid and contains 
 a great quantity of terrene matter, which either incrufts with a rind what- 
 ever fubftance is laid in it, or lodges its earthy particles in the pores of bo- 
 die?, and renders them as hard as ftone } or even petrifies or converts them 
 to ftone. Another fort of this fpecies is vitriolic ; to this belong thofe called 
 Gv/.'tv/i'-\V;:tere, that contain the vitriolic copper; and on laying clean iron 
 in them they corrode its particles, and fubftitute others of copper in their 
 places. The vitriolic iron Water, the Zink-vitricl-Waler, and Waters im- 
 3 pregnated
 
 1 N T R O D t C J 1 O N tO G E O G R A P H V. 5 1 
 
 prcgnated with Alum, which is found in the Alum-pits j or with common 
 Salt, as Sea-Water and Salt-Spring- Water, alcaline-falt, a neutral fait, fal- 
 armeniac, Bitumen (of which fort are the mineral oily water?, mineral bitu- 
 menous, and red or fanguine waters) fulphur, or laftly with Arfentc. 3. A 
 third fpecies of cold Mineral Waters is the acid Spring- Water, which is either 
 ferruginous, or impregnated with common, alcaline, or a neutral fait. 
 
 As to the hot Mineral Waters, which fpring with a greater or lefs de- 
 gree of heat out of the Earth, there are 1. Clear Baths, which contain no- 
 thing of a grofs mineral ; and of this fort are the pure and the fubtile 
 bath Waters. 2. Turbid Baths, which by the groffnefs of the mineral par- 
 ticles immediately difcover their nature, and are either ferruginous, alcaline, 
 or contain a neutral fait. From whence thefe waters derive their warmth, 
 is uncertain ; there being various, and feme improbable conjedures formed 
 about it : However, there can be no doubt that it is owing to a fubterra- 
 neous fire. The waters of feveral fprings are fo hot as to boil flefh fit for 
 the table; of which fort there are fome in Iceland*. 
 
 §. y$. Rivers and large ftreams at laft difembogue themfelves into the 
 Sea, which is the general receptacle of Water. The Sea conftitutes about 
 two thirds of the furface of the Terraqueous Globe, and may properly 
 be divided from North to South into two large, but unequal parts. One 
 part comprehends the Sea which flows between Europe and Africa on 
 the one, and America on the other fide; and in the other part is in- 
 cluded the Sea between America and Afia. The l'erraßrma, or dry land 
 is quite environed by the Ocean. The bottom of the Sea is of the fame 
 nature with the Terraßrma, being only a continuation of it under the 
 Water. For there are in the Sea mountains, rocks, vallies, caverns, plains, 
 fand-banks, all forts of ores and ftones, fprings and rivers, vegetables and 
 animals. The Sea is not unfathomable in any part, and its depth is very 
 unequal ; for in fome few places it amounts to a whole geographical mile, 
 but in moft parts it is not near fo deep. Manners found the Sea with the 
 Plummet, which is a cylindrical piece of lead, ufually weighing twelve 
 pounds, and fometimes more. The lower end of the Plummet is greafed 
 with tallow ; and when it is let down at the end of the Plumb-line fome- 
 thing flicks to it at the bottom of the Sea : This ferves as a fpecimen by 
 which they may form a judgment of the nature of the foil at the bottom. 
 But in order to found the deepeft parts of the Sea where no Plumb-line can 
 reach -j-, a let of inftruments are ufed to which a bladder or any light fub- 
 
 * I boiled an egg in the fhell, in the fpace of 20 minutes, in a hot fpring near Aix la ChapAle ; 
 and the Inhabitants of the village allured me that they fcalded their hogs, warned their difhes, 
 &a in the water pumped out of that hot fpring, without heating it over the fire. 
 
 f Though a line of a proper length were made for this purpofe, the Lead would never finlc 
 to the bottom when fixt to it ; for according to the laws of Hydroftatics it would float at a 
 certain depth. 
 
 H 2 ftance
 
 »2 Introduction to Geography. 
 
 ftance is fattened. The inftrument no fooner touches the bottom but 
 the bladder is difengaged from it, which, leaving the inftrument -behind 
 comes up again to the furface of the water *; and from the fpace of time 
 in which this happens, the depth of the place may be found -j-. The iflands 
 in the Sea may be considered as the fumrnits of extenfive huge mountains, 
 the roots of which are covered with Water. The tops of other mountains 
 are nearly on a 4evel with the furface of the Water ; and others again lie 
 concealed under it. The Sea is better ftocked with animals, and more fer- 
 tile than the dry land ; and the number of the Genera and Species of Sea- 
 animals and vegetables is aftonifhingly great. 
 
 §. 76. The Sea-water is fait every where ; but is fo in a greater degree 
 towards the Equator than it is towards the Poles : It is alfo falter at the bot- 
 tom than at the furface ; however, this laft circumftance is not hitherto 
 fufficiently proved by experience, or, at leaft, appears not to be fo general. 
 The caufe of this faltnefs of the Sea-water, is fomething difficult to inveili- 
 gate. The Sea-water is likewife found to be bitter as well as fait. 
 
 §. j j. In calm weather, when no wind blows, the furface of the fea is 
 as fmooth as glafs ; but no fooner does a breeze fpring up than the Sea be- 
 gins to curl, and as the gale grows ftronger, Waves arife : A iingle wave 
 never exceeds fix feet in height : But when a great number of waves clafh 
 together and break, they rile much higher. The motion of the waves is 
 always up and down, or perpendicular to the Horizon. The Sea is incef- 
 fantly in motion from Eaft to Weft ; and this motion is moil obfervable in 
 the Torrid Zone or between the Tropics. This feems to be occasioned by 
 the Eafterly wind which conftanfly blows there (§. 55). There are many 
 Currents befides this in the Sea, of which it is difficult to affign the caufe. 
 Another ftill morere markable motion of the Sea is the ebbing and flowing 
 of it, or the Tides ; for it is obferved on the fea-coaft, that the Water rifes 
 and falls twice in 24 hours, and that every day in a regular manner. It 
 generally flows for fix hours, during which time the Water gradually rifes, 
 which is called the Flood : Then it continues at its greateft height for about 
 a quarter of an hour, almoft invariably. After this the Water fills or de- 
 creafes for fix hours, which is called the Ebb; and after pauiing for a quarter 
 of an hour, at low-water, the Tide begins to flow again. This motion of 
 the Sea is not obfervable in every place, and is more confiderable between 
 the Tropics than in other parts of the Globe. It has been difcovered by 
 
 * One of thefe Inftruments muft be left at the bottom at every trial ; but an Inftrument 
 has been invented in England which is not attended with the inconveniencies mentioned by 
 the Author. This is made of cork, or fome light wood, to which a ftone or weight is fattened 
 by a fpring; and the latter is difengaged as foon as it touches the bottom ; but the inftrument 
 comes up to, and floats on the furface. 
 
 f This is known by computing how many minutes or feconds this inftrument takes in fink- 
 ing and rifing in a known depth, and comparing the depths according to the times. 
 
 the
 
 Introduction to Geograph v. 
 
 the moderns, that the vicilTifitudes of Ebb and Flood are exactly regulated 
 by the motion of the moon, and alfo in fome meafure by the polition of the 
 fun * : Hence we are enabledto fet down the time of hijrh-water in the ca- 
 
 O 
 
 lendar with the fame certainty that we do the celeftial Phenomena. Laftly, 
 in certain parts of the Sea, a circular motion or Vortex has been obferved, 
 called a Whirlpool. In defcribing thefe Whirlpools in the following fheets, 
 1 fhall fhew, that they are not occafioned by the Water's being abforbed in 
 the bottom of the Sea ; but that they are owing to a quite different caufe, 
 and are far from being fo dangerous as is commonly imagined. 
 
 §. 78. Laftly, I fhall only farther remark, that the Sea, indeed, has every 
 where its bounds, within which it lies confined ; but that from time to time 
 it often fhifts thole bounds by incroaching on the land in fome places, and 
 by receding from and confequently adding to the dry land in others. To 
 treat more fully of the Sea is not confiftent with my plan ; and therefore I 
 fhall here conclude the Introduction to Geography. 
 
 The Tides are chiefly owing to the attraction of the moon ; and fometimes rile higher, 
 when the attraction of the fun acts upon the ocean in the fame direction with the former, as 
 in new moons, when both thofe luminaries are in conjunction : Thefe we call Spring Trides. 
 But when the Attraction of the fun acts in a different direction from that of the moon, as in 
 the quadratures, the Tides do not rife fo high ; and thefe are termed Neap Tides. Thofe 
 Tides are generally the greateft when the moon is neareft the Zenith of a place, which hap- 
 pens with us, when the moon is in the northern Signs, and pafTes our Meridian ; but as ihe 
 is neareft the Nadir, when in the fouthern Signs, the tides rife to the greateft height there, 
 when the moon paffes the oppofite Meridian (below our Horizon) in the fouthern Signs. 
 
 S3 
 
 A NEW
 
 NEW SYSTEM 
 
 O F 
 
 GEOGRAPHY: 
 
 O R, A 
 
 DESCRIPTION 
 
 OF THE 
 
 E A 
 
 T H.
 
 I 57 3 
 
 NEW SYSTEM 
 
 O F 
 
 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 Of Europe in general. 
 
 §. i. T~~> UROPE is fituated between the 36th and 71ft degree of 
 ri North-Latitude, both the extreme degrees included. To the 
 *■ •* fouth it is bounded by the Mediterranean ; to the weft by the 
 Atlantic, or Weflern Ocean, to the north by the Northern Ocean and Ice- 
 Sea, or Mare glaciate, and to the eaft by the continent of Afia. Geogra- 
 phers are not agreed in determining the proper limits between Europe 
 and Afia : Neither can a political boundary take Place, as the Rußan em- 
 pire extends a great way into Afia. 
 
 §. 2. Bochart is of opinion, that the name of Europe is of Phceni- 
 cian original ; for the Phcenicians called this principal divifion of the Earth, 
 Ur-appa, « the land of the people with fair faces', in contradiftinction to 
 the iallow and black complexion of the Africans. This derivation is 
 far more probable than any of the other etymologies ufually affigned to the 
 word. 
 
 §. 3. Though Europe is the fmalleft of the principal divifions of the 
 Earth, yet it deferves to be preferred to the other three; and Europeans may 
 iuftly claim a peculiar pre-eminence over the reft of the inhabitants of the 
 Globe, if we conlider, 1. That Europe for many ages paft has been the 
 chief feat of the Arts and Sciences. 2. That with regard to military power 
 it furpaffes the other three principal parts of the World taken together. 
 
 Vol. I. I 3. That
 
 5 8 Europe m general. 
 
 3. That the Europeans have made themfelves mafters of the greateft part 
 of the reft of the World, and lent thither numerous colonies. 4. That their 
 commerce and navigation extend over the whole Terraqueous Globe, and 
 ferve, as it were, to unite together the principal parts of the Earth. 5. That 
 the knowledge of the true God, ana of the Sa.viour of the World, is by 
 their means diffufed over the face of the whole Earth. 
 
 §. 4. The fnft inhabitants of Europe undoubtedly came out of Aßa ; but 
 the hiftory of the peopling of this quarter of the world is very dubious and 
 obilure. Probably, the defcendants ofGomer and Magog, Japhet's eldeft fons, 
 iupplied this principal divifion of the Earth with its original, and the 
 ereateft part of, its inhabitants. The Celt a are fuppofed to be the defcen- 
 dants of Gomer; and the Scythians of Magog: The European Sarmata were 
 a branch of the latter. The Phoenicians alfo peopled ieveral regions and 
 countries of Europe by their colonies. 
 
 $. <5. The number of inhabitants in Europe is by fome computed at 109 
 millions only; but by others, with greater probability, at near 150 millions. 
 Europe might afford fubliftence to a far greater number, if every part of it 
 was duly cultivated. 
 
 §. 6. With refpedt to Religion, the inhabitants of Europe are, for the 
 moil part, Chriftians. There is alfo a confiderable part of them who pro- 
 fefs the Jewifh, and others who are of the Mahometan religion ; and laftly 
 fome who ft ill adhere to Heathenifm. 
 
 §. 7. The European States, coniidered with refpecl: to the greatnefs of 
 their extent of land in fquare geographical miles, are ranged in the following 
 order. 
 
 The Ruffian Empire. All the Territories belonging to 
 
 The Kingdom of Polana'. the King of Sardinia. 
 
 The Kingdom of Sweden. The Republic of Switzerland. 
 
 Germany. The Eccleßaßical State. 
 
 The Kingdom of France. The Dominions of the Republic 
 
 'Turkey in Europe. of the United Provinces. 
 
 All the Territories belonging to The Territory of the Republic of 
 
 the Houfe of Auflria. Venice, in the northern part of Italy. 
 
 The Spaniß Monarchy. The Great Dutchy of Florence. 
 
 Denmark and Norway. The Territory of the Republic of 
 
 Great-Britain and Ireland. Genoa. 
 
 All the Dominions of the King of The Countries of the Infant Don 
 
 Prufta. Philip. 
 
 The Kingdom of Portugal. The Modencfe Territory. 
 
 The Kingdom of Naples and Sicily. 
 
 Of
 
 Tie SEA S, Ate 59 
 
 Of the Seas, by which the Countries defcribed in this Volume 
 are encompafjed^ or feparated from each other. 
 
 I. The German Ocean, Mare Germanicnm, is that Sea which flows 
 between Great-Britain., the Netherlands, Germany, Denmark, and Norway. 
 As it lies to the north of Holland and Germany, it has been from thence 
 called the North-Sea. On account of its fituation with regard to the 
 Baltic or Eaß Sea, it has alfo the name of the Wefi-Sea, and on the coaft 
 of Jutland it is called the Cimbrian Sea. This Sea is obferved to ebb and 
 flow : The flux is from Weft to Eaft, and the reflux from Eaft to Weft. 
 On the coaft of Norway the tide, at high-water, commonly rifes from four 
 to fix feet, and at fpring-tides about eight feet : But on the coaft of Eng- 
 land and the Netherlands, where the Sea is confined in a channel, it rifes 
 much higher. The opinion that the water of this fea always appears of a 
 bluilh colour, is without foundation. It is falter than that of the Baltic-, 
 infomuch that fait is found in the filfures of the rocks, into which it flows ; 
 and in fome parts of Norway fait is extracted from the fea-water. Walle- 
 rius affaires us, that, -where but few rivers fall into the North- Sea, Salt 
 conftitutes a feventh, and fometimes a tenth part of the fea-water. The 
 water of this fea is alfo unctuous, and in the night appears lucid like Phcf- 
 phoms. I fhall in the next place take fome notice of the aquatic plants 
 that grow in the North-Sea. 
 
 The Alga, or lea-weed is of a green, or a brown colour : It has 
 either a narrow and flat leaf like grafs, and between two and three ells 
 Jong ; or is narrow and round, and often near ten ells in length. Some 
 fpecies of it have leaves two or three inches broad growing on a fhort round 
 ftalk ; others again have leaves four or five ells long and one broad. There 
 are alfo other forts which for brevity's fake I here omit. The Norwegians 
 that live on the Sea-coaft ufe the Alga, which they call T'arre, to manure 
 their lands ; and in the northern provinces they diy it for winter provender 
 for their cattle. In England and Scotland the poor people who inhabit the 
 fea-coaft burn it in great quantities to a fubftance called Kelp, which they 
 fell to thofe who make glafs. From the Kelp, or afhes of the Alga, pofaflj 
 alfo may be extracted, and what remains after the procefs is a good manure. 
 There are alfo other large marine plants, which we may call fea-trees ; thefe 
 grow at the bottom of this fea at the depth of ioo or 200 fathoms and up- 
 wards, and therefore cannot eafily be drawn up entire out of the water. 
 However, large branches are fometimes taken up, from which we may form 
 an idea of the fize of the entire plant or tree: For fome are full feven inches 
 in diameter, but others only two inches, and fomeftill lefs. The North or 
 German Sea has for feveral ages back been remarkable for dreadful defolating 
 
 I 2 inunda-
 
 6o the SEA S, fife, 
 
 inundation?, which have generally happened either a little before, or during 
 the winter Seafon, or foon after it. j At fueh times when the fea is agitated 
 by flormy winds, it has rifen feve;al feet above the higheft dams or dykes, 
 which, in fbme places, were above thirty feet high. 
 
 II. The Sea that flows between the north part of Jutland, the iflands 
 Tuncn and Seeland, and the coafts of Swede?! and Norway, being properly a 
 bay or part of the German Ocean, is called Sinus Cuhvnis or Gcthanus, and 
 Sinus Scage?ißs, theCATTEGAT, and Skagerrak. The laft appellation it 
 has from the north point of Jutland called Skagen, from which a dangerous 
 fand-bank runs a great way into the Sea. In this bay there is a noble her- 
 ring-fifhery. From the Caltegat you pafs through either of the three flreights, 
 viz. the Orefund, or Sound, the Great Belt, and the Little Belt into 
 
 III. The Baltic, Mare Balticum, called by the Germans and Hoi 
 landers the Ea/1 Sea, which is properly a large bay, and lies between Den- 
 mark, Germanx, Pruffia, Coarland, RuJ/ia, and Sweeden. This Sea is not 
 obferved to ebb or flow : It feems, however, to difcharge itfelf towards the 
 Sound ; but this current may be obftrufted by a ftrong continued North-weft 
 wind, which mav alfo force in a great-quantity of water from the German 
 Ocean, and caufe the water in the harbours of the Baltic to rife. When the 
 North wind blows, the water of the Baltic, which is»otherwife fait, becomes 
 almoft (refh, fo as to be in fome meafure fit for domeftic ufes : However, it 
 is not very fait at other times ; for a great number of rivers run into it.. Its 
 greateft depth does not exceed fifty fathoms. A. Celflus in the Tranfadions 
 of the Swcediß Academy of Sciences, T. 5. has demonftrated, that the watei' 
 in the Baltic decreafes daily ; and, according to his calculation, it has funk 
 about 45 geometrical inches in 100 years. The waves are not fo high and 
 long in the Baltic as they are in the German Ocean, but fall fborter, quicker, 
 and in greater numbers, after each other. The fifhery in the Baltic is con- 
 fiderable, efpecially the herring fifhery. When this fea is agitated with 
 ftorrns it throws on the coaft of Prußa and Courland, particularly on the 
 former, the fo much celebrated Amber,, of which more will be faid in the 
 defcription of Prußa. On the coaft of Sweden the Baltic forms two bays, 
 called in the Swediß language Hafs-Botnar. One of thefe runs north- 
 wards and is called the Bothnian Gulph, in Latin, finus Bothnicus, and is 
 80 geographical miles long and 30 broad. The other runs to the Eaft, 
 and is called the Gulph of Finland, in Latin Sinus Finnicus, and is 60 geo- 
 graphical miles long and J5 broad. In feveral places in this gulph the va- 
 riation of the magnetic needle is very extraordinary. In one place particu- 
 larly it points between the South- Weft and Weft, and in another part it 
 points to the North- Weft. Laftly, the Baltic forms a bay near Livcjiia, 
 which is called the gulph of Livonia cr Riga. 
 
 IV. Farther towards the North lies the Northern Ocean, Oceanus 
 feptenirionalis, which abounds with a furpriling quantity of iifh both of the 
 
 5 lar £ e
 
 The SEAS, Sfc. 61 
 
 large and fmall fpecies ; and about the beginning of June the herrings come 
 in prodigious fhoals from the Northern into the German Ocean. A great 
 great quantity of floating wood is alfo found in this Sea. The White Sea, 
 called in the "Ruffian language Bieloe More, is a bay of the Northern Ocean 
 near Archangel. From Novaja Semlia, or Nova Zembla, to the point or 
 land called Tfchuketfcboi Nofs, the Northern Ocean is called the Ice Sea or 
 Frozen Sea, in which there is ice almoft all the year round. This fea is 
 frozen at furtheft by the beginning of 061 ober, and generally before that 
 time : It commonly thaws about the middle of June. In the Ice-Sea, as well 
 as in the rivers thatdifemboguethemfelves into it, a flux and reflux are percep- 
 tible, but not a great way above the mouths of the rivers. There are many 
 traces remaining which fhew that the Ice-Sea formerly extended much far- 
 ther fouth than it does at preient ; fo tha-t hence it is no wonder, we find at a 
 diftance from the Ice-Sea the remains of fea-animals buried in the earth. No 
 perfon has hitherto failed farther in this Sea than to the 8oth degree of North 
 Latitude. 
 
 After the many fruitlefs attemps made by the Hollanders, about the clofe 
 of the fixteenth century, to find a pafläge through the Ice-fea into the Eafl- 
 ern Ocean, and from thence to the Ea/t Indies, the Czar Peter the Great 
 attempted the paiTage once more. He fent out two mips from Archangel, 
 which entered the Frozen Sea through the White Sea and Northern Ocean, 
 one of which, on account of the large flakes of ice it met with, could not 
 proceed a great way to fea, but ftuck in the ice ; and the other was never after 
 beard of, fo that probably it funk to the bottom among the ice. The Cza- 
 rina Anne caufed this paffage to be attempted anew. For this purpofe me 
 ordered two ihips to fail from Archangel along the coaft of the Frozen-Sea 
 to the mouth of the river Ob, and another (hip to fail from Tobolß, out of 
 the Irtijch and Ob, along the fea-coaft, as far as the Jenifei. Laftly, two 
 other fmall vefiels had orders to fail down the Lena into the Ice-Sea ; one 
 of which was to fleer wellward to the mouth of the Jenifei, and the other 
 eaftward, along the coaft of the Ice-fea, and to fail from thence by the mouths 
 of the rivers Jana, Indigirka and Kolyma quite into the Ocean, and fo to 
 Kamtfchatka. Thefe feveral voyages were undertaken in the year 1 73 5; but 
 only the laft mentioned expedition in anymeafure fucceeded. For Lieute- 
 nant Owzin advanced with the fmall veffels as far as the Kolyma, and pro- 
 ceeded from thence, partly by land, and partly bv fea, quite to Anadirfkoi 
 Oflrog, furveyed the whole coaft fofir, and ended his voyage in 1740. 
 
 In thefe attempts there appears to have been a great overlight committed, 
 Firß, by not failing early enough in the Seafon ; and, Jecondly, by their 
 keeping too near the fhore ; for there is a greater quantity of ice, and the 
 cold is more fevere near the coaft than farther North towards the Pole, where 
 perhaps there is little or no ice, and the cold is lefs piercing than towards 
 the land. Gerhard^ de Veer aflures us, that he did not perceive the air near fo 
 
 cold
 
 6 2 the SEAS, && 
 
 cold in the 8oih degreeof North Latitude as it was in 76 near Novaja 
 Semlia. He farther adds that in 8o° North Latitude he fawgi en tree , *ine 
 grafs, and feveral animals, as roes, hinds, csV. in the month oi "June; 
 whereas he obferved neither animals nor vegetab'es in Latitude 76 even in 
 Auguß. This traft of land which he faw was probably a part oi S r l'zl>erg. 
 
 In the archives of "Jckutzka accounts have been tound, which inforqa us 
 that, towards the cloie of the laft century, voyages were made almoft every 
 year from the mouth of the Lena to Kolyma, in fmall vefTels, by illiterate 
 people who were quite ignorant of navigation. One in particular proceeded 
 in a fmall boat, not much bigger than a canoo, along the coaft of Kolyma 
 by the Tfchukctfcf:.ol Nofs or point, quite to Kamtfchatka. Nay the Hollan- 
 ders, who are employed in the whale-fifliery, have taken whales in the 
 Northern Ocean with japanefe harpoons ftuck in their bodies. 
 
 Laftly, it is obfervable, that in the Ice-Sea, the coaft is covered with a 
 great quantity of wood which floats thither from fome other parts, though 
 no woods are to be feen growing for thiity geographical miles up the country. 
 In many places on that coaft large high piles of inch flo;"it-wood, conllfting 
 of larch and firr-trees, are to be met with. Perhaps this wood floated 
 thither from thole parts which de Veer Jaw ■, as mentioned above, or, pofiibly, 
 from more diftant regions near the North Pole. 
 
 V. The Eastern Ocean, Mare Orientale, joins the Ice-Sea, and divides 
 A/la from America : It is called by the Rußlans Tltßoe More. 
 
 VI. The fea of Kamtfchatka derives its name from the peninfula of Kamt- 
 fchatka, for it flows between it and the continent or country called 
 
 Ochotjkol, and joins with the Eafiern Ocean of which it may be looked 
 upon as a large bay. Towards the north it runs a great way into the land 
 and forms the gulf of Penfchhijka, fo called from the river Penfchina, which 
 diiembogues itfelf into it. This Sea is very boifterous and often agitated 
 with ftorms. It appears by experiments tried with the Barometer that it 
 ftands higher, with refpect to the centre of the Earth, than the Ocean, the 
 Mediterranean, or Cafpian fea. The furface of the water is alfo higher at the 
 fort Bolfcheretzkol, than at the harbour of Ochotjkoi. 
 
 VII. The Caspian Sea, Mare Cafplum, or Mare Hyrcanum, called by 
 the Perfians Kolfum, by the Turks Bahrl Gafe, by the RuJ/ians Chivalinjkoi 
 More ; but from the adjoining provinces it is denominated the Sea of Geor- 
 gia, Tabrlßan, Ghllan, Dilem and Baku. It is entirely encompaffed with 
 land, and extends 150 geographical miles in length from North to South, 
 and between 60 and 70 in breadth from Eaft to Weft. Some are of opi- 
 nion, that the Cafpian Sea about the middle is almoft unfathomable; but 
 others affirm that the depth of it does not exceed 70 fathoms in any part. 
 The bottom is not rocky, being rather a kind of quickfand, with feveral 
 fhoals interfperfed in different parts, efpecially on the North-Weft lide of it. 
 Over againft Xllan, a province of Per/la, two large whirlpools have been 
 
 obferved
 
 DENMARK. 
 
 Vol. I. 
 
 K 
 
 A N
 
 [ 67 ] 
 
 A N 
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 T O T H E 
 
 DESCRIPTION of DENMARK. 
 
 §. i. A Ndrew Buram de Boo, principal architect to the King of Sweden, 
 JL\_ was the firft who delineated an accurate map of the Northern 
 Kingdoms. His map was, indeed, properly defigned for Sweden only; hut, 
 at the fame time, it comprifesall the Northern countries, and is the original 
 from which all the maps of Scandinavia, which have been fince publiihed, 
 are copied. Thofe by Herman Moll, Hamann, and Witten claim the prefer- 
 ence among the latter. 
 
 §. 2. Cbriflian IV. caufed a map of De?tmark tobe drawn by John Meyern, 
 which is the ground-work of all the new maps ofthat Kingdom ; only the 
 latter have received fome few alterations and additions. Thofe publifhed 
 by Homann are the moft common and ufeful maps of Denmark. In Pon- 
 ioppidaris Theatrum Danim there is alfo a map ; which, for geographical ac- 
 curacy, claims, indeed, the preference to, but is not fo beautiful engraved as 
 fome other maps of that country. We could wifh, however, that a fpeedy 
 improvement were made in the maps of Denmark and Norway. 
 
 §. 3. Among the many etymologies affigned to the name of Denmark by 
 different hiftorians, there are but two which deferve our notice. Some de- 
 rive it from that of an ancient king called Dan, and alledge, that Denmark 
 denotes the field or land of king Dan. But it is uncertain whether ever any 
 fuch king exifted; unlefs Dan Mikillati, i.e. ' The haughty,' who is men- 
 tioned by the hiftorians of Iceland, and placed in the year of Chrift 146, be 
 the perfon they mean. Others pretend, that the river Eider, which fepa- 
 rates this kingdom from the Empire of Germany, was formerly called Don, 
 Dana, or Dcna ; and that all the country now called "Jutland, which was 
 inhabited by the ancient Danes, was, from that river, called Dania, ox Den- 
 mark, which name was alfo applied to the conquered iflands. Theconjec- 
 
 K 2 tures
 
 68 D E N M A R K. 
 
 tures of Eckhardt and Goldafi on this head may be kzn in M. Von JVejlpha- 
 len's Monument a inedita, T. i. p. 878, &ftq. 
 
 §. 4. Denmark lies exactly to the North of Germany, and is feparated from 
 it by the Leveu and the Eider. The latter has, from time immemorial, 
 been acknowledged to be the boundary between Denmark and Germany, 
 which occafioned the following Pentameter verfe to be cut on the Holßein- 
 gate at Rendfiurg, which ftands clofe by the Eider. 
 
 Eydcra Romani terminus imperij. 
 
 To the weft Denmark is warned by the North Sea or German Ocean ; to 
 the north it has the ßnus Codanus, otherwife called the Cattegat, or Schager- 
 rack ; and to the eaft it is bounded by the Baltic or Ea/1 Sea. Between the 
 continent and the iflands Funen and Seeland, are the famous Straits, called 
 the Little Belt, the Great Belt, and the Oerejund or Sound which divides 
 Denmark from Sweden. The Sound is about 1331 fathoms, or half a geo- 
 graphical mile, broad at Helfingoer, and is the common paflage out of the 
 North Sea into the Baltic. This, as well as the other two Straits men- 
 tioned above, is reckoned part of the king of Denmark's dominions ; and 
 confequently all fhips that pafs that way are obliged to pay a toll, according 
 to the value of the cargoes they are laden with, of which we fhall fay 
 more in §. 20. 
 
 §. 5. Denmark, properly fo called, confifts of two large, and feveral fmall 
 iflands, together with the peninfula of "Jutland. The kingdom of Norway, 
 with the iflands Faroe, Iceland and Greenland, one half of the Dutchy of 
 Holjlein, with the counties of Oldenburg and Dalmenhorß in Germany, the 
 town of Tranquebar, with its territory, and the iflands of Nicobar on thecoaft 
 of Coromandel in Afia, the citadel of Ghrißianjburg on the coaftof Guinea in 
 Africa, and the iflands of St. Thomas and St. John, with fome of the 
 Caribbe iflands, and St. Croix are alfo fubjec~t to the King of Denmark. 
 
 We are here only to confider his Danijh majefty's northern dominions ; 
 but as for thofein Germany, and other parts of the world, they will be de- 
 fcribed in their proper places. 
 
 §. 6. The extent of the whole kingdom of Denmark cannot be exactly 
 determined, becaufe its parts are not contiguous to each other; but that of 
 every part fingly will be hereafter fpecified under their proper heads. The 
 air in AW/' Jutland is pretty cold and piercing. On the eaft fide, in South 
 Jutland, and in the iflands Funen and Seeland it is milder and more tem- 
 perate ; but in the low marfliy part, and in the ifle of Laaland, the air is 
 thick, moift, and unhealthy. The fhifting of the winds, indeed, renders 
 the weather fomewhat variable, but, at the fame time, purges the air of fogs 
 and vapours. The weft wind is the moft violent, and very frequently blows 
 
 in
 
 DENMARK. 6 9 
 
 in thefe parts. Denmark lies moftly low and on a level, and, excepting the 
 traft of land about the middle of Jutland, is very fertile; fo that the country 
 maintains its inhabitants in plenty, and yields a rich provifion of every thing 
 neceflary for the fupport of human life. It can better difpenfe with its horned 
 cattle and horfefi than with the corn, for exportation. The fea-coafts, lakes, 
 ponds, rivers, and brooks in this country yield abundance of fifh. Denmark 
 produces no wine, metals, or fait, the fmall quantity of fait which is made in 
 Jutland being very inconfiderable. Moft of the provinces are fupplied with 
 a fufficient quantity of wood to anfwer their neceflary occafions; however, 
 the Danes burn a great deal of turf. 
 
 §. 7. Denmark is pretty well peopled : But fome are of opinion, that the 
 number of inhabitants in this kingdom was formerly more confiderable 
 than it is at prefent. The Danes are divided into Nobles, Burghers, and 
 Pea/ants ; and the Noblefle is diftinguifhed by the appellations of the higher 
 and lower Nobility. There never were any Princes or Dukes, befides the 
 King's Sons, in Denmark, excepting only one nobleman, namely, Knut 
 Pors, who was created Duke of Halland by Chriflopher II. So that in the 
 rank of higher Nobles are included only Counts and Barons, which titles 
 were introduced into Denmark by Chrißlan V. who firft created them on 
 May 25, 1671. The privileges of Counts are fpecified in an ordinance of 
 the year 1688. They have the right of primogeniture. Their younger 
 fons and daughters are ftiled Barons and Baroneffes, and enjoy the privi- 
 leges annexed to that rank. In their Counties they have the right of pa- 
 tronage, and of appointing a judge and fecretary, from whofe fentence there 
 lies no appeal, but only to the Supreme Court of judicature. They pay no 
 contributions or tithes for their eftates in chief, and are allowed 300 acres of 
 land, over and above, free from all impofitions. All fuits carried on againft 
 them muft commence in the Supreme Judicatory. They bear a coronet over 
 their coat of arms. The reader may fee the other privileges belonging to 
 the Danifl) Nobility in Holberg's political hiftory of Denmark and Norway, 
 p. 272, & feq. The rights and privileges of the Barons in Denmark is much 
 the fame with thofe of the Counts. The principal difference is, that the 
 Baron's enjoy only 100 acres of land free from tithes and contributions, and 
 are fomething inferior to Counts in rank and title. No perfon is made a 
 feodal Count or Baron, who is not able to purchafe fo much land, as may 
 be erected into a feodal County or Barony : But this qualification is not ne- 
 ceflary for other Counts and Barons. The privileges of the lower No- 
 bility are, that in matters of life and honour, they muft be cited before the 
 King's fupreme Court, unlefs they have a poft in the militia by land or by 
 fea ; and then this exception only extends to the fuperior officers. Thofe 
 who have equal priviliges, and rank with the Nobility, alfo enjoy this pre- 
 rogative. No inferior judge can execute a fentence pafled upon any of thefej 
 for that muft be done only by the judge of the province, or his commif- 
 3 &ry •
 
 ;o DENMARK. 
 
 fary: Hence it is that an appeal from the fentence of the inferior judge may 
 be lodged in the court of the province. A lord of a manor, who^befides 
 the produce of his manor, together with the mills and tithes, has 200 acres 
 of land in farm eftate, lying within two miles of his manor, is free from 
 contribution. Lords of a manor have alfo the privilege of hunting and 
 fifhing ; that of appointing a judge and fecretary; the ftrand-right, or right 
 of trover, if the proprietor of the goods found does not make his claim in 
 one year and fix weeks ; and the right of patronage or prefentation to their 
 own churches. But thefe, as well as other privileges belonging to thofe 
 who are poffeffed of manors, are feldom enjoyed by them unlefs they 
 are Gentlemen, or upon a footing with that rank. If a perlbn has a manor, 
 which, together with the eftate fubjecl to it, amounts to 400 acres of land, 
 he may fet up as head of a family, provided he is qualified in every other 
 refpect. The Nobles that are properly Danißi, that is, fuch as have been 
 born and enobled in Denmark, are, in comparifon to other kingdoms, not 
 verv numerous : And therefore we may affirm in general, that the Noble- 
 men in this country are, at prefent, for the moft part of foreign extraction. 
 Formerly the Danißj Nobility, who were fuch ftrictly fpeaking, enjoyed 
 extraordinary privileges, and in the reign of Frederic III. their power rofe 
 to the higheft pitch : But in the fame reign, after the monarchy became 
 abfolute, it fell fo low, that they had nothing left but the privileges men- 
 tioned above ; and thefe were only granted to them out of royal grace. 
 The Nobility of Slefwick have the fame rights and privileges as thofe of 
 Holßein. 
 
 I have nothing particular to obferve with regard to the Burghers. They 
 here enjoy greater or lefs privileges, according to the cities of which they are 
 members, and their own deferts. However, the Burghers of Copenhagen 
 enjoy the pre-eminence above the reft: For on the loth of Augnfl, 1658, 
 they obtained very extraordinary and extenfive privileges, which were con- 
 firmed to them, and confiderably enlarged, in the year 1661. The Damjh 
 Peäfants are of different clafles. Some of them are poffeffed of a fpot of 
 land as their own property, for which they make the lord of the manor 
 only fome inconliderable acknowledgment ; otherwife they are free from all 
 imports and exactions, excepting the general contribution. In the Danißj 
 language, thefe are called Seheyerbonder, i. e. land-owners. Others have only 
 a farm for which they pay a certain rent, and are termed in Daniß, Faße- 
 bonder. Thefe pay yearly to the proprietors of their farm the rent agreed 
 upon in money, cattle, or corn, and do inferior fervices at the manor of 
 their lord. There are others who are Servants to thefe two clafles of Pea- 
 fants. Slavery, or the ftate of fervitude was entirely abolifhed in Denmark 
 in the year 1702, by Frederic IV. and is continued only in fome parts of 
 the Dutchy of Slefwick. 
 
 §. 8. The
 
 DENMARK. 71 
 
 §. 8. The Danijh langmge is only a dialed of the Swcdiß and Norwe- 
 gian ; and the inhabitants of thefe three northern kingdoms underftand each 
 other's language, excepting fome few words and phrafes. The modern 
 Danifli is a mixture of the ancient Gothic, Frifian, and German languages. 
 With regard to the pronunciation, it has a great affinity with the Englijh, 
 with which it has many words in common, and is well adapted for poetry. 
 
 §. 9. In the times of Heathenifm the Danes paid religious worfhip 
 chiefly to the Gods Freyer, Tbor, Thyr, Odin, and Freya-, and four days in 
 the week (till retain the names of the four lad mentioned, in the DaniJJj 
 language. Odin was the chief of thefe deities. In the middle ages feveral 
 attempts were made, at different times, to convert the Danes to Chriftianity. 
 In the year 822, Ebbo, biffiop of Rheims, preached the Gofpel in Den- 
 mark. King Harald Klag, who fled for refuge to the emperor Lewis, con- 
 ferred to be baptized, and was attended back to his kingdom by feveral 
 monks. Thefe monks founded churches in feveral places in Denmark, par- 
 ticularly at Haddebye in the Dutchy of Slejwick, where the very firft Danißj 
 church was erected, which was committed to the care of the Bifhop Anf- 
 garins. But the fucceeding kings proved inveterate enemies to the Chri- 
 ftians, and perfecuted the new converts among the Danes in the moft cruel 
 manner; however, after various viciffitudes of fortune they obtained at 
 length a free and uninterrupted toleration, about the year 1000, from King 
 Sueno. When Luther began to reftore in Germany the doctrine of the Gof- 
 pel in its genuine purity, it was favourably received in Denmark by Chri- 
 jlian II. where it ftill gained more ground under Frederic I. In the reign 
 of Chrijlian III. it was made the eftablifhed religion at the Diet held at Co- 
 penhagen in 1537; and a new body of ecclefiaftical laws was drawn up by 
 "John Bugenhagen, who alfo made feveral other good regulations. Hence it 
 appears that the Evangelical or Lutheran religion is the prevailing doctrine 
 in this kingdom. Other religious fedts, viz. the Cahinijls, the Roman- 
 catholic?, and Jews enjoy the free exercife of their religion in Copenhagen, 
 Fredericia, and Frederick/ladt. Arminians, Mennonites, and Quakers are alfo 
 tolerated at Frederickfiadt ; and on the ifland of Nordßrand the Roman- 
 catholics, enjoy the puplic exercife of their religion. By the laudable en- 
 deavours of the Kings of Denmark the light of the Gofpel has likewife been 
 difplayed with good fuccefs in Finmark, Greenland, and among the Mala- 
 bari ans on the coaft of Coramandel ; and in 17 14 a Society was inftituted 
 for this purpofe, which is entitled, Collegium de curju Evangelii promo- 
 vendo. 
 
 Thofe who have the chief ecclefiaftical jurifdiction in the kingdoms of 
 De?imark and Norway are the Bifhops ; of which there are fix in Denmark, 
 four in Norway, and two in Iceland. Two Bifhops, namely, thofe of See- 
 land, and Chrijliania have the precedency of all the reft. The former is 
 alfo third Profeffor of Divinity in the Univerfity of Copenhagen, and confe- 
 
 quently
 
 72 DENMARK. 
 
 qucntly is obliged to refide in that city. The title of Archbiihop is abo- 
 litlied in Denmark ; and Slepwick and Holflein are under a general Superin- 
 tendent. In former times the power of the Bifhops was very coniiderable in 
 Denmark ; for with the other principal prelates they formed the third State 
 of the Kingdom : But at this day they enjoy no other power, but what the 
 general Superintendents in Germany are inverted with, being only ftiled Su- 
 perintendents in law. The Bifhops are always appointed by the King. They 
 yifit the churches and fchools in their refpeclive diocefes or Superintendencies, 
 (which they are obliged to do once in three years ;) examine, and ordain 
 new preachers ; and, together with their Provofts, at ftated times, hold 
 provincial fynods, where they prefide in conjunction with the Governour 
 of the Diocefe or province. Their revenue arifes from lands, tithes, and 
 the Cathedraticum, as it is called, or a fmall fum which they receive from 
 every church in the diocefe. In every cathedral there is a fmall college 
 confiding of four or five canons, who enjoy certain lands, tithes, &c. They 
 meet twice a year in the chapter-houfe, in order to fit as judges on matri- 
 monial and other caufes, which were formerly decided by the Canon lav/. 
 Their court, in which the Governour of the Diocefe prefides, is called the 
 hamper recht, and the days of their meeting, Tampertage. There was for- 
 merly a divinity Lecturer, who read public lectures weekly in every cathe- 
 dral ; but thefe were, in time, laid afide. Next to the Bifhops are the 
 Provofts ; and of thefe there are 160 in the whole Kingdom. They annu- 
 ally vifit the preachers and fchoolmafters within their jurifdiclion ; decide 
 difputes between the preachers and the veftries or parifhes, when they are 
 cognizable by the ecclefiaftical law; and appear at the provincial fynod 
 twice a year. The Provofts have a Rix-dollar * yearly from every church 
 in their jurifdicYion, and in their vifitations are entertained gratis. Next to 
 thefe are the Preachers, whofe affiftants are called Chaplains. The revenues 
 of the Danißj clergy, which arife partly from tithes, and partly from the 
 liberality of their refpective flocks, are more confiderable, perhaps, than in any 
 other country. Confeffion-money is, indeed, abolifhed in Denmark; but, 
 in lieu of it, the Preachers enjoy the offerings, which their congregations 
 make at Chrißmas, Eafler, and Whitfuntide. A Preacher's widow in Den- 
 mark receives half the benefit of the firft year, and the eighth part of the 
 income every year after, from the fucceffor of her deceafed hufband. In the 
 principal town of every diocefe there is alfo a widow's box, in which every 
 Preacher puts a certain fum; and his widow, if fhe furvives him, enjoys an 
 annuity, in proportion to what he has contributed. 
 
 §. 10. The number of learned men in Denmark is as confiderable as in 
 any other country in Europe, of the fame extent, and where the fciences are 
 in a flouriflung ftate. There is fcarce any branch of Literature, in which 
 men of genius in this kingdom have not acquitted themfelves with honour, 
 
 * 4*. bd. Sterling. 
 
 Befides
 
 D E N M A R K. 
 
 Befides the Univerfity at Copenhagen, which confifts of four colleges, the 
 Academy at Soroe, and the Gymnajium or Seminary at Odenfe, there are fe- 
 \ eral fchools well endowed in country-towns, where the mailers are not only 
 liberally provided for, but alio the fcholars are inftructed, and partly main- 
 tained gratis. By virtue of an Ordinance made by Chrißian VI. in the year 
 173.9, there were fix public Grammar-fchools ordered to be erected in the 
 Diocefe of Seeland, befides thofe at Friederickßurg and Her Inf /lohn; namely, 
 one at Copenhagen, another at Rofhild, a third at S/age/fe, a fourth atHelfngoer, 
 a fifth at Kioge and JVordinborg, and a fixth at Ronr.e, on the iiland of 
 Bornholm. In the Diocefe of Funen, fchools were founded at Odenfe and 
 Nyborg, at Naßow on the iiland of Laaland, and at Nykicbing on the ifland 
 of Falfler. In North-Jutland eight fchools were erected in the following 
 places, viz. in the Diocefe of Ripen, at Ripen, Friedericia, and Kolding ; 
 in the Diocefe of ' Aarhuus, atAarhuas, Randers, and Horfens ; in the Diocefe 
 of JViburg, at Wibwg; in the Diocefe of Aalburg, at Aalburg. In Norway, 
 only one fchool is founded in every Diocefe, namely at Chrifliania, Chri- 
 flianfand, Bergen, and Drontheim. In Iceland there are two, and in the 
 Dutchy of Siefwick eleven Grammar-fchools. In 1742, a royal Academy 
 of Sciences was instituted at Copenhagen, with a Royal Society, for the im- 
 provement of the Northern Hiitory and Languages. Societies for the im- 
 provement of the ufeful arts and manufactures, and of the feveral branches 
 of Phyfic, and, in 1736, the Theatrum anatomico-chirurgicum, and feveral li- 
 braries were erected. There is alfo an Academy for Painting, Sculpture, and 
 Architecture at Copenhagen, and the polite arts are in high efteem there. 
 
 §. 11. In the laft century there were fcarce any manufactures carried on 
 in Denmark; for they were firft introduced by Frederic IV. and Chrißian VI. 
 and may poffibly, in time, be farther improved. There are artifts of ex- 
 traordinary fkill at Copenhagen; and, at prefent, every branch of the me- 
 chanic arts is well executed in Denmark. Gold and filver lace, filk fluffs, 
 and velvets, cloths, cotton and woollen fluffs, ftockings, tapeftry, hats, 
 baftard and genuine porcelain, and fire-arms are alio manufactured in this 
 Kingdom. Here are, befides, paper and copper-mills, different forts of iron- 
 wares made, one filk and two cotton printing-houfes, with manufactories 
 of foap, fteel, ftarch, glue, lacker, tobacco, fugar, &c. The lace of Ton- 
 dern, and the gloves of Randers and Odenfe are well known to be excellent 
 in their kind. No foreign manufactures are allowed to be imported into 
 Denmark; and, fince the year 1736, the wearing of jewels, gold and filver 
 fluffs, and foreign lace, has been alfo prohibited. In 1738, a general ware- 
 houfe or magazine was opened at the Exchange in Copenhagen, to which ma- 
 nufacturers bring all the wares which they cannot difpofe of in other towns, 
 and are paid ready money for them ; and from this warehoufe the goods are 
 delivered out on credit to retailers. 
 Vol. I. L §.12. Den- 
 
 73
 
 74 
 
 DENMARK. 
 
 §. 12. Denmark enjoys the mod commodious fituation for navigation and 
 commerce, and might be made the centre of the important trade of the 
 North, ar.d in particular that carried on in the Baltic, if a ftaple was eftab- 
 lifhed at Copenhagen. Formerly all the commerce to Denmark was carried 
 on by the Hanfe-towns, which were afterwards fupplanted by the Dutch and 
 Englißt; but for the mod part by the former. In the reign of Chrißian III. 
 the Duties began to carry on their own trade, which was encouraged by 
 Chrißian IV. and in the reign of Chrißian V. was carried on in their own 
 bottoms. But Frederic IV. may be called the real founder of the D anißt 
 commerce; which Chrißian VI. powerfully fupported, and Frederic V. by 
 his royal munificence and bounty endeavoured to carry to the utmoft pitch. 
 The ftrict and conftant application of the Danes, at this day, to navigation 
 and commerce appears, partly by the great number of mips, which yearly 
 pafs through the Sound (thofe of the year 1752 amounting to 850 fail,) 
 and partly from the feveral opulent Companies, which have been, from time 
 to time, eftablifhed at Copenhagen, every one of which has its own prefident, 
 directors, and other officers. 
 
 The principal among thefe is the Royal Afiatic Company, firft erected 
 with his Danißt Majefty's approbation in 1616, confirmed by a royal char- 
 ter in 1698, which was renewed, with proper regulations, in 1732 and 
 1744. This Company trades to Tranquebar, on the coaft of Coromandel, 
 where they have a governor, and to Canton in China ; and carry on their 
 commerce almoft entirely with current fpecie or bullion. In return they 
 have chints, cottons of all forts, muflins, pepper, falt-petre, tea, with other 
 Bengal and China wares. For thefe commodities they receive confiderable 
 fums of money, to refund the fpecie carried out of Denmark, from fo- 
 reigners; who take them off their hands, particularly great quantities of tea : 
 Befides, they fupply their own Country with all thefe merchandifes. This 
 Company fends two fhips every year to Canton, which return richly laden, 
 and two or three more to Tranquebar. Their Aclions, or flock, being in 
 high credit, is an evident proof of their flourifhing flate. In 1755, an ad- 
 dition of 300,000 Rix-dollars * was made to their fund or capital. 
 
 The Weß-India and Guinea Company, formerly eftablifhed by charter, 
 was diffolved in 1754, aud the trade to America laid open to all adven- 
 turers who are natives of Denmark, Norway, or Slejwick ; and the mono- 
 poly of fugar is no longer in being. In the year 1755, the king eftablifhed 
 an African Company, with a capital of 500 Aclions, every Aclion confuting 
 of 500 Rix-dollars, which are divided between thirteen adventurers. 
 
 The General Trading Company, eftablifhed by a royal charter, was infti- 
 tuted with a defign to carry on fuch branches of trade, as no private adven- 
 turers are able to undertake, and, at the fame time, to ferve as a fort of 
 
 ' A. Daniß Rix-dollar is 4*. bd. fterling. 
 
 Academy
 
 DENMARK. 
 
 Academy for young merchants. This company was incorporated in 1747, 
 and enjoys confiderable privileges. Its ABions are iooo, each of which 
 confifts of 500 Rix-dollars ; but of this fum only 300 Rix-dollars arc paid 
 down ; fo that their fund amounts to 300,000 Rix-dollars. The remaining 
 200 Rix-dollars of every Action, may be demanded on any emergency. 
 This Company trades to Spain, France, the Mediterranean, the Baltic, and 
 alfo to Greenland, by fending fhips to the Whale-fifhery. 
 
 The Iceland and Finmark Company, eftablifhed by a royal charter, have 
 monopolized the trade to Iceland and Finmark, for a term of years which is 
 to expire in 1771, and obtained their laft charter in 17-16. I fliall take no- 
 tice of the commodities fent to Iceland, and imported from thence in return, 
 in my defcription of that country. 
 
 Befides thefe trading Companies, other Daniß) adventurers trade to diffe- 
 rent ports of Europe. The imports always exceed the exports in Den- 
 mark : But in the kingdom of Norway it is quite the reverfe. 
 
 The Aßignation-Exchange or Loan-Bank, at Copenhagen, was erected 
 October 29, 1736. The Bank-notes are drawn for 100, 50, or ;o B.ix- 
 dollars, and pafs in all the king's dominions, and the public offices belong- 
 ing to the crown, as current fpecie. Great, or fmall fums, but not under 
 100 Rix-dollars, are lent out of this Bank, on depofiting a fufficient pledge, 
 at four per cent. The capital Stock is 500,000 Rix-dollars ; and though 
 their circulating notes amount to much more, they are in very good cre- 
 dit, as appears by the high price of the Company's Aclions. 
 
 There is alfo in Copenhagen an office of Infurance for fhips at fea, efta- 
 blifhed by charter. The number of fhips that come annually into the port 
 of Copenhagen is very confiderable ; for it appears that above 3000 fhips and 
 fmaller veffels, laden with all forts of merchandifes, efpecially provifions, 
 timber, and materials for building, were entered at the Cuflom-houfe in the 
 year 1752. 
 
 §. 13. The right of coinage has been entirely vefted in the Crown fince 
 the reign of Frederick III. The current coins in Denmark are, 
 
 A Fyrk of copper, two of which make zjchilling ; and two of the latter 
 are equal to one /chilling lub, or a firoer. 
 
 A Dutgen, which is equal to threejlivcrs, or fix fchHiings Daniß: . 
 
 A Mark Daniß:, which is equal to 16 fchillings, or half a Mark lub. 
 
 A Half-crown, which is alfo called one mark-piece, is two marks Da- 
 'lijh, or one Mark lub. 
 
 A Crown, equal to two half-crowns. There are alfo double crowns in 
 Denmark. Rix-dollars and Ducats pafs at the ufual value, excepting the 
 new current Ducats, which fcarce make two 7; s, and commonly 
 
 do not exceed 1 1 Marks. Five Daniß) Rix-dol!ars * (but according to the 
 
 * A Rix-dollar Daniß, according to Paraire's Tabic, is equal to '.\s. 6d. fo that they gene- 
 rally amount to more than a pound fterling. 
 
 L 2 courfe 
 
 75
 
 7 6 DENMARK. 
 
 courfe of Exchange, fometimes more, fometimes lefs) are equal to one 
 pound fterling. As to the intrinlic value of the lilver coin, from i mark, 
 which is 8 ounces of pure Silver, 34 current marks lub are coined. 
 
 §. 14. The Poft-office was put on its prefent regular footing in Denmark 
 by Frederick III. In all towns the couriers for letters go out and come in 
 twice a week. As for the weekly travelling poft carnages, one takes its 
 route from Copenhagen through Seeland, Falfier, and Laaland to the town 
 of Nafkow ; and the other, from Copenhagen through Seeland, Fünen, Slej- 
 wick and Holßein to Hamburgh . A new travelling poft carriage was fet up 
 in Jut/and in the year 1753, which goes from Haderßeben to Aalburg once 
 in a fortnight. In every town in Denmark a perfon may have a carriage for 
 himfelf at a reafonable fixt rate. The roads are meafured all over the king- 
 dom, and at every quarter of a Danijh mile the ground is a little raifed, 
 and a fcone erected on it. 
 
 §. 1 5. We cannot pretend to afcertain, who were the fir ft inhabitants of 
 thele northern parts of Europe. That the Cimbri and Teutones, in the 
 time of the ancient Romans, inhabited the prefent Jutland and Dutchy of 
 Slefwick, may be ealily demonftrated. As lor the other iflands, and their 
 forms of government, we have none, or but very obfeure and uncertain ac- 
 counts. However, it is probable that Denmark was divided between feveral 
 petty fovereigns ; that king Worm, and Godfrey the Great who in the days of 
 Charlemagne confiderably enlarged his dominions, were only Lords of Jut- 
 land; and that the tyrannical power of fuch ambitious princes compelled 
 others to feek for new habitations. This gave occafion to thofe extraordi- 
 nary expeditions of the Normans into Neujlria, England, Italy, and Sicily. 
 Thefe conquefts paved the way for Sueno the Great to th.zEngliJh throne in the 
 eleventh century, which, together with the kingdom of Norway, his fuc- 
 ceffois afterwards loft. The fucceeding ages were no lefs infefted with 
 commotions, wars, and affafii nations even of kings and princes ; till at 
 length Margaret daughter of Waldemar III. by her marriage obtained the 
 kingdom of Norway, and by her prowefs conquered Sweden, about the clofe 
 of the 14th century ; and united the three Northern kingdoms by the Union 
 of Calmar, in the year 1397. Her defcenclants, however, enjoyed this hap- 
 pinefs but for a fhort time. Fur, notwithftanding this Union was confirmed 
 by Erich of Pomerania in the yearof Cbrift 1436, yet he was afterwards de- 
 pofed ; and Chrißopher of Bavaria died in 1448 without heirs. The latter 
 was fucceeded by Chrißian, Count of Oldenburg, who had the Dutchy of 
 Holßein by hereditary right, and mounted the throne in 1449. John, his 
 fon and fucceffbr, firft difmembered the Dutchies of Slefwick and Holßein, 
 and Chrißian II. the fon of John, loft both his crown and liberty ; and 
 Sweden entirely fhook off the Daniflo yoke. Frederick I. Chrißian the fecond's 
 uncle by the father's fide, began the Reformation, which Chrißian III. who 
 obtained the crown by election, completed. The latter united Norway 
 
 to
 
 DENMARK. 
 
 to the kingdom of Denmark, and difmembered Slefwick and Holflein from 
 the latter a fecond time. Frederick II. in concert with the Duke of Holflein, 
 conquered Ditmarfch, rendered his kingdom and family very powerful by 
 the treaties of Roj child and Stettin ; and obtained of the Emperor Maximi- 
 lian II. the reveriion of Oldenburg and Delmenhorfi. This monarch's fon, 
 the brave Chri/lian IV. indeed, extended his dominions in the Eafl Indies; 
 but was unfuccefsful in a thirty years war. Frederick III. his fon and fuc- 
 ceffor, on account of the factions and growing power of the nobility, was 
 very unfortunate in his war with the Swedes; but, in 1660, beyond the 
 expectation of all, he became an abiblute hereditary Monarch. Chrißian 
 V. after a tedious dilpute, obtained the Counties of Oldenburg and Delmen- 
 hor/i by a convention ; and he, as well as his fon Frederick IV. contended 
 a long time with the Ducal houfe of Holflein, and waged war with Sweden, 
 by which means at length Slefwick was again united to the Danifh crown. 
 After thefe troubles Denmark enjoyed a feries of peaceable and happy times 
 under ChriflianYl. which are ftill continued in the reign of Frederick 'V. the 
 auguft Monarch who now fits on the throne of this Kingdom. 
 
 §. 16. His Danijh majefty's title at full length is as follows : ' Frederick 
 f V. by the grace of God, King of Denmark and Norway, of the Vandals 
 ' and Goths, Duke of Slefwick, Holflein, Stormarn, and Ditmarfch, Count 
 c of Oldenburg and Dehnenhorß.' 
 
 The royal Arms are parted by the Danebrog-crofs into 4 principal quarters. 
 In the 1. Or, three lions paffant gardant azure, furrounded with nine hearts 
 gules, for Denmark. In the 2. Gules, a lion rampant crowned or, holding 
 a Danijh battle-ax argent, for Norway. In the 3. Azure, three crowns or 
 2 and i, for Sweden. In the 4. Or, a lion leopardized azure, with nine 
 hearts gules, for ancient Gothland. The inefcutcheon quarterly, in the 1. Or, 
 two lions paffant azure, for the Dutchy of Slefwick. In the 2. Gules, three 
 nettle leaves argent pierced with three nails of the crofs ; thefe leaves are 
 charged with a fmall efcutcheon argent, for the Dutchy of Holflein. In 
 the 3. Gules, a cygnet argent gorged with a crown or, for Stormarn. In 
 the 4. Gules, a cavalier armed argent, holding a fword, pommelled or, for 
 Ditmarfch. Upon all an inefcutcheon in the centre party per pale or, two 
 bars gules, for Dehnenhorß ; and azure, a crofs pattee or, for Jutland. The 
 Juppoiters are two lavages armed with clubs. 
 
 §. 17. The principal order of knighthood in Denmark is that of the 
 Elephant, or the blue ribband, which is fuppofed to derive its origin from 
 Canut VI. in the 12th century. Its enfign or badge is a white enamelled 
 Elephant appendant to a blue ribband, worn over the left (houlder to the 
 right fide. On the left breaft thefe knights wear a filver ltar of eighj rays, 
 with the Dam-brog-cYols in the middle of it. The fecond order of knighthood 
 in this kingdom is the Dauebrog ordet, or the white ribband, which was iirft 
 inftituted by Waldemar II. The badge of this order is a crofs of gold, ena- 
 melled 
 
 77
 
 78 
 
 DENMARK. 
 
 melled and Set with eleven diamonds. This hangs at a watered white 
 ribband with a red border, which is worn over the right fhoulder to the left 
 fide. On the right breaft thefe knights wear a filver Star of eight rays, in 
 which a crofs is to be feen, with the word Reflitutor thus divided, RE-STI- 
 TV-TOR, and the name of Chriflian V. in the middle. Both thefe orders 
 were revived by Chrißian V. and have their particular ftatutes, collars, and 
 
 motto's. 
 
 §. 1 8. Whether Denmark was anciently an elective or hereditary king- 
 dom, is a difputable point ; fome hiftorians maintaining the former, and 
 others affirming the latter. Though we Should allow that the Daniß crown 
 was not hereditary, it is, however, certain, that the States did commonly 
 make their choice out of the royal family; and that they alfo fometimes de- 
 parted from that cuftom. The kings of the Oldenburg branch were ele&ed 
 by the States, till the reign of Frederick III. who made the crown hereditary 
 in the male and female line of the royal family in 1660, and, by the free 
 confentof the whole nation rendered Denmark quite an abfolute monarchy. 
 Upon this, the fundamental laws of the kingdom were abolifhed ; and the 
 Regal Law, fubfcribed by that monarch on November 14, 1665, and pub- 
 lished by Frederick IV. on September 4, 1 709, was eftablifhed in their place. 
 This was called Lex Regia, becaufe Frederick III. prefcribed it as the (land- 
 ing rule for his fuccefiors on the throne of Denmark, which they were in- 
 violably to obferve. To this, indeed, he had aright, as being the founder 
 of abfolute monarchy in this kingdom. The order of fucceffion is fo clearly 
 pointed out and determined in thefe Inftitutes, that it is not more exactly re- 
 gulated in any kingdom in the world. The king of Denmark is invefled 
 with an abfolute power in his kingdoms ; acknowledges no Superior, either 
 in Spirituals or temporals, but God ; and is not accountable to his Subjects 
 for his conduct*. The anointing or inauguration, in Denmark, is now no 
 more than a religious ceremony. 
 
 §.19. The Supreme College was inftituted in 1676, and is the privy coun- 
 cil, or council of ftate. It conlifts at prefent of four members; and the king 
 himfelf is Prefident. There is no Great Chancellor at this time. Under 
 the Supreme College there are two Chanceries, namely, 
 
 1 . TheDW/ftChancery, which was inftituted on its prefent footing in 1 660, 
 and confifts of a Protonotary, aMafter of Requefts, Several other Secretaries 
 one of which is a feudal Secretary, two Chancery Solicitors, Notaries, Regi- 
 sters, &c. In this Chancery all petitions for places in the Courts of judica- 
 ture in Denmark and Norway, as alfo for ecclefiaftic and civil employments, 
 
 * The/ we have no great reafon to revere the memory öf Frederici III. who acquired abfo- 
 lute power at the Ex pence of his fubjedts Liberty, though the Author here fpeaks of this fatal 
 change in their form of Government, and of the happy times that fucceeded it, in too favourable 
 terms. 
 
 &C,
 
 DENMARK. 79 
 
 &c . are preferred. The Protonotary together with the principal Secretaries, 
 and two other perfons, as affiftants, constitute a Chancery-College. 
 
 2. The German Chancery, which was inftituted in 1688, and confifts of" 
 a Protonotary, a Chancery Sollicitor, and feveral Secretaries. All petitions 
 relating to the affairs of Slejivick, Holßein, and Oldenburg are given into this 
 Court. It alfo carries on the correfpondence by difpatches, with foreign 
 Courts and Ambafiadors; and all treaties and alliances concluded with 
 foreign powers, are difpatched by this College. The members of the 
 weekly Chancery-Seffion are the Protonotary, fome other Secretaries, and 
 two foreigners, as affiftants. 
 
 The other Colleges are as follows : 
 
 1. The Military Chancery for the land fervice, which confifts of a Proto- 
 notary, a keeper of the Archives, or Recorder, a Chancery-Sollicitor, feveral 
 Chancery clerks, or Curfitors, notaries, &c. This College has the care of 
 the military promotions, regulations in the army, and in general the direc- 
 tion of whatever relates to war. But the peculiar military oeconomy or 
 management is committed to the General Commißion for the land fervice, 
 whofe province it is to provide for the king's military forces by land. Thefe 
 Commiffioners pay, maintain, and recruit the army, fill the magazines, keep 
 the fortifications in repair, and have the care of the artillery in the two King- 
 doms, the Dutchies, and the Counties. To this College are fubjecf all 
 General Commiffaries of war, all officers that have the care of provisions, ar- 
 fenals, and building materials ; and magistrates, and other civil officers are 
 under their jurifdicfion, as far as they have any concern in the marching and 
 quartering of the army. The money expended by this College is ifiued out 
 by the Deputies of the Finances ; and it is immediately under the king's 
 command. The officers of this College are, a Book-keeper, three Com- 
 miffary-clerks, who belong to three diftinct offices, namely, the Danifl, 
 Norwegian, and German office ; and a Regit ler. 
 
 2. The military Chancery for the fea-Jervice, which confifts of a Protonotary 
 and Chancery-Sollicitor, and has the care of the naval promotions, and like- 
 wife the ordering or directing what concerns the Marine and harbours. 
 But the peculiar management of naval affairs is under the General Marine 
 Commißon, which has been united with the College of Admiralty fince the 
 year 1746. The Admiralty-college was inftituted in 1660, and is to be 
 considered partly as a College, as it has the command over the fleet, and 
 every thing relating to it, and partly as a fuperior court of judicature ; fince 
 all the fentences palled by the inferior court of admiralty, come before this 
 Court. The inferior Court of admiralty has power over all civil and military 
 fubaltern officers in the Navy. The members of the Admiralty-college, 
 together with the civil Affeffor, fit in the high court of Admiralty. The 
 Manne Commißon provides neceftaries for building (hips, and every thing that 
 relates to the fleet. 
 
 4 J. The
 
 8o D E N M A R K. 
 
 3. The Rent- Chamber or Treafury, and the College for thkFhiänm. Thefe 
 were formerly neither lb important, nor fo well regulated as they äre'at pre- 
 sent. Frederick IV. firft inftituted the Treafury ; for he aholilhed the Col- 
 lege of Treafurers, and in their room appointed a fingleTreaftrrer and/Vice- 
 Treafurer. He alio introduced the College for the Finances, which confifts 
 of Deputies for the Finances, and Commiflioners of the College of Finances. 
 The Deputies, indeed, in concert with the CommilTioners, direct all affairs 
 relatino-totheFinances; but the former have the fole management of the pub- 
 lic monev, make dilhurfements according to the ftate of the fpecie or ready 
 money in the treafury, and fubferibe all contrails, &c. The Commiflioners 
 are intruded with the care of every thing elfe that relates to the revenues, and 
 of the imports in money and corn. They likewife farm the public revenues, 
 and have the infpection of every thing that may tend to the improvement 
 or augmentation of them. They alio fubferibe all rcprefentations, which the 
 Chamber makes to the king, &c. The Chamber of Finances has two Chan- 
 ceries ; namely, the Danijh or Northern, which has a Secretary and two 
 Agents ; and the German Chancery, which confifts of a Secretary and an 
 Agent. The Chamber Court of judicature is provided with a Justiciary and 
 on Agent; who are to manage the judicial proceedings of the Chamber. 
 The correfpondence of the Chamber-college is carried on, and the accompts 
 of the Collectors are infpected and adjufted by 17 Clerks of the revenues. 
 Thefe clerks have their refpective departments and offices, which include all 
 the king's dominions ; namely, feven offices and as many clerks for Den- 
 mark, five for Norway, and five for the German dominions : There is alfo 
 an Agent in every one of thefe offices. This being premifed, I fhall treat 
 more particularly of his Danijh Majefty's revenues in §. 21. 
 
 4. The General College for the i?npro-jemefit of manufactures and commerce 
 was inftituted December 30, 1735, and confifts of Deputies and Com- 
 miflioners for the domeftic and commercial departments, and of a Danijh 
 and German Secretary. This College has the direction of every thing that 
 may promote the encreale of domeftic trade, manufactures, fiftieries, and 
 all new foundations or eftablilhments. By virtue of a royal ordinance iflued 
 in the year 1753, every Deputy has his particular department ; but is under 
 the controll or check of the General College. 
 
 5. The General Ecclefiajlical College of InfpeBion was inftituted by Chriflian 
 VI. in the year 1737. It ordinarily confifts of fix members, namely, three 
 laymen and as many Divines, who are all called General Ecclefiafiical Infpec- 
 tors. The third Lay Infpector is alfo Secretary of the College, and has one 
 or two Secretaries or Curfitors under him. This College has the general 
 direction of all ecclefiaftical affairs in Denmark and Norway, and infpects 
 into the behaviour of the clergy and the ftate of the Univerfities and Schools, 
 in their jurifdiction ; pafs their cenfure on all theological treatifes and 
 
 books
 
 DENMARK. 81 
 
 books on religious controverfies. This college is alfo under the king's im- 
 mediate jurifdidtion. 
 
 6. The Sixth and lafl College is that of the General Poß-oßce, which has 
 the direction of the polls in the two kingdoms, the Dutchies, and Counties; 
 audits the accounts of the Poft-rriafters, and in general infpects into their 
 conduct. This Office has its Directors, Treasuries, and Revijion Chamber. 
 They make their representations- to the king by the Chanceries. 
 
 §. 20. Every Stifts- Amt, i.e. Diocefe or General Government, has its 
 Stifts- Amtmann or General Governor, who always is a perfon of distinc- 
 tion, and generally a knight of one of the Orders. His power is very great, 
 and extends to Spiritual ns well as temporal and judicial matters. He has 
 authority likewiSe over the revenues, towns and country within his proper 
 jurisdiction. Under the Stifts-Amtmann are the Amtmänner, i.e. Prefects, 
 who are alfo noblemen and knights of feme Order, or at leaSt perSons of 
 distinction. The Prefects have no power in the towns within their jurisdic- 
 tion, for it extends only to the open Country : They alfo infpect into ju- 
 dicial affairs and the revenues. In every Amt or Prefecture there is a Col- 
 lector, who is immediately Subject to the Rent Chamber at Copenhagen. Thefe 
 are Stiled either Sollicitors or Secretaries ; but they have no manner of con- 
 cern with judicial affairs. The civil government in the cities and great towns 
 is lodged in a Burgomaßer and council 3 but in Smaller towns in the 
 Byevcgf, or king's Headborough. Many towns have a royal Prefident be- 
 sides, and Several of them have the right of holding courts of ju Slice ; So 
 that their Sentence is not confirmed by the common Provincial court, but 
 is referred directly to the Supreme College at Copenhagen. 
 
 The Codex Chrißianeus, or the body of Datiijh Laws, which excellent 
 work was published in 1683 by ChriJlianY . is the only law obServed in 
 Denmark, and no foreign laws are of any force there. 
 
 Befides the Town-courts of judicature, and thofe held by the nobility in 
 their own manors, there are three other Courts ; viz. the 'Ting-Court, Land- 
 Court, and the Supreme Tribunal. The Ting-Court is commonly the court 
 before which caufes are firft brought, as well in towns as in the Country ; 
 and every Herred, (Nomarchia, Prepofitura, Provincia minor) or fmal) di- 
 strict confifling of 40 or 50 villages or hamlets, has its Head-borough or 
 Judge, and a Secretary. Eight peaSants, who are called the Stocfcemanner, 
 aSfiftat thefe courts as witneSSes. The Se courts are held weekly, and in the 
 trial .of criminal caufes, the Headborough of the Herredor district is afiiSted 
 by the faid Stockemanner or Medomfmanner. From this inferior Court an 
 appeal lies to the hand or Provincial Court, or ASTizes, which commonly 
 confifts of two judges called Landdommere, and a Secretary. Such a Pro- 
 vincial Court is held once every month in Seeland at Ringßedt, in Funen at 
 Odenfe, in Jutland at Wiborg, and in Laaland at Marieboe. The laSt 
 
 Vol. I. M refort,
 
 8 2 DENMARK. 
 
 refort, and from which lies no appeal, is the Supreme Tribunal at Copenhagen-, 
 which is held almoft all the year round at the place where the king refides, 
 and is opened by the king in perfon every year, about the beginning of 
 March. As to the judicial proceedings in the Dutchy of Holjlein, an account 
 will be given of them in their proper place. 
 
 §. 21. The royal Revenues arife, 
 
 Firfl, from the taxes paid by the Farming-Peafanfs for odeh or free- 
 holds, and contributions of provifions, in Norway ; from duties on corn, 
 oxen, and bacon in Denmark ; and from redeemed eftates, &c. 
 
 Secondly, from thee uftoms, particularly thofe of the Sound, Kolding, and 
 Norway. A toll in paffing from the Northern Ocean into the Eaft Sea or 
 Baltic, and vice verja, is paid in all thele Straits, viz. at Hel/ingoer, Ny- 
 borg, and Fridericia ; but the principal cuftomhoufe is at Hel/ingoer, in the 
 Ocrefund or Sound. For feveral years paft between 4 and 5000 fliips have failed 
 annually through the Sound ; but in 1752, above 6000 fliips, a number un- 
 heard of before, paffed through thefe Straits. In general, the toll is on an 
 equal footing with refpecl to all nations, except the Hamburgers, who are 
 obliged to pay more than others for paffing through the Sound. The Englißi, 
 Dutch, Sivedijh, and French fliips are not fearched, when they are provided 
 with proper paffes, according to treaties: They alfo'pay down only one per cent. 
 for fuch goods as are not fpecified in the Tariff. All other nations are obliged 
 to pay one and a quarter per cetit. and fubmit to be fearched ; and, if they 
 are unprovided with particular papers, they muft pay zRofenobci, or two, be- 
 fides. With regard to the Hanfe-towns, that lie on the Baltic, there is a great 
 variety in the toll they pay ; for almoft every one of thofe towns is treated 
 with in particular. It muft be obferved, in general, that the tolls are now 
 either farmed out, or collected by officers appointed for that purpofe ; and 
 that there are controllers appointed, by the king, over the farmers and 
 officers. 
 
 Thirdly, from the excife and confumption. 
 
 Fourthly, from fines, the poft-office, difpenfations and ftampt paper. The 
 revenues arifing from the poft-office are appropriated for penfions, and for 
 carrying on the foreign miffions. 
 
 Fifthly, From the capitation, or Poll-tax, which, however, is never im- 
 pofed but upon extraordinary occafions. 
 
 Laßly, from the portion of tithes which formerly belonged to the bifliops, 
 but after the Reformation were annexed to the Crown; hence they are 
 called the royal tithes. In the Dutchy of Slefwkk, and his fnojefly's 
 German dominions, the kings revenues arife either from thofe above- 
 mentioned, or from additional Sources: They amount to 6,000,000 of Rix- 
 dollars. 
 
 §. 22. The king's military forces in the kingdom of Denmark, the 
 Dutchies, and Counties, conlift of the horfe life-guards ; 1 regiment of 
 
 Cuiraffier-
 
 DENMARK. 83 
 
 Cuiraffier-guards, and i regiment of Dragoon-guards ; 9 other regiments 
 of Cuiraffiers ; 2 regiments of foot life-guards, one of which confifts en- 
 tirely of Grenadiers, and is called the Grenadier corps ; the King's own re- 
 giment, the Queen's regiment, and the Prince-royal's own regiment ; bolides 
 9 regiments of infantry enlifted, 7 national regiments of infantry, and a re- 
 giment for garrilbns. In Norway there are 5 national regiments of Ca- 
 valry, 2 enlifted, and 13 national regiments of Infantry, and the Skielober, 
 or light troops, confifting of 5 or 6 hundred men. An enlifted regiment 
 of cavalry confifts of 8, and an enlifted regiment of infantry of 12 compa- 
 nies; but the National regiments are more complete than the enlifted. The 
 Artillery is not included in the above account. The King of Denmark's 
 whole military force amounts to 59,289 men. 
 
 §. 23. The Danes have from ancient times, and particularly fince the 
 time of Chrijiian IV. been very powerful and fuccefsful at Sea. Chrijiian V. 
 and Frederick IV. have performed great exploits with the Danijh fleet. It 
 coniifts of 34 fhips of the Line, 16 frigats, and a number of gallies, which 
 ufually amount to 50. Since the year 1755, the feamen which are in 
 conftant pay confift of 4 divifions : Each divifion contains 10 compa- 
 nies, with a company of artillery; and they amount all together to 4400 
 men. The number of regiftered feamen, with which the fleet may be 
 manned upon an emergency, is about 24,000 ; which in Denmark are diftri- 
 buted in fix diftricts, and in as many in Norway, being under the direction 
 of certain officers appointed for that purpofe. Prahmen or floating Block- 
 houfes are. ufed, upon occafion, with great fuccefs in the Baltic. The 
 fleet is laid up at Copenhagen ; and the naval ftores and materials for fhip- 
 building are in great plenty on the old and new Holm., and in the Maga- 
 zine which is kept in very regular order. But of this and other edifices 
 belonging to the Navy, more will be faid in the account of Copenhagen. 
 There is alfo a company of Sea-Cadets in Denmark, which was inftituted 
 by Frederick IV. in the year 1701. 
 
 M 2 I. The
 
 84 DENMARK. [Seeland. 
 
 THE 
 
 Danish Islands: 
 
 AND FIRST, 
 
 The Diocese, or General Government of 
 
 SEELAND. 
 
 THIS Stifts-amt or Diocefe is the firft in order, and comprifes, befides 
 the ifland of Seeland, the iflands Amack, Moen, Bornholm, Chrißianfoe, 
 Samfoe in the Cattegat, and other fmaller iflands. 
 
 The Ißand of S e e l a n d. 
 
 Seeland or Zeeland (Seelandla) in Danifh Saland, or Sialland, is encom- 
 pafled by the great Belt, the Baltic Sea, the Sound, and the Cattegat. Its 
 name, according to fome, fignifies a country abounding with corn, and fit 
 for tillage. Others derive it from Sio, the Sea (for, in the old Ißandißo mo- 
 numents it is called Sioland), and are of opinion that it denotes a mari- 
 time country, or an ifland. Seela?id is the largeif of all the Daniflj iflands, 
 being 16 or 17 geographical miles * in length, and from 13 to 14 in 
 breadth. The foil is very fertile, and produces extraordinary fine barley, of 
 which good malt is made; and a great quantity of the latter is exported 
 from this ifland. It alfo yields plentiful crops of fine oats ; but the rye 
 that grows here is fufficient only for home confumption. Here are fer- 
 tile meadows of a beautiful verdure, and woods of oak and beach ; efpe- 
 cially in the Prefectures of Frederickjhurg, Wordingburg, Soroe, and An- 
 derjkoio : But in the country lying between Copenhagen and Rofchild, and 
 between the former and Kioge, there are no woods to be feen : Hence the 
 inhabitants of thefe parts chiefly ufe turf for fuel. The lakes in this ifland 
 are, 'Tirfoe, which lies a few miles fouth of Kallundbcrg, the Vinflruper- 
 lake, between Soroe and Ncflioed, the three lakes near Soroe, &c. Some of 
 thefe lakes are pretty large ; and they are all well flocked with fifli. The 
 
 * The Author does not fpecify what miles lie reckons by in this and feveral other places 
 in this work, I render them geographical or German miles, which I prefume he means by 
 miles in general.
 
 Seeland.] DENMARK. 85 
 
 rivers, which are in every part of Seeland, abound alfo in fifh. The largeft 
 of thefe rifes above Ringjledt, and falls into a bay of the Baltic below 
 Neßwed. The largeft bay is that of Ifefwrd, which runs out of the Cat- 
 tegat into the land and divides into two arms, one of which extends to 
 Holbeck, the other to Rofchild. Copenhagen is the beft harbour in Seeland ; 
 and next to that, the port of Kallundborg. In the Diocefe or Government 
 of Seeland, exclufive of Copenhagen, the number of burials amounts annu- 
 ally to about 6000. The whole ifland is divided into fixteen Amts, or Pre- 
 fectures, which are, 
 
 I. The Prefecture of Copenhagen, which confifts of three Herreds or 
 diftridts, viz. i. The Herred of Sochelund, in which there are twelve 
 churches. 2. The Herred of Oeiflyke, containing eight churches. 3. The 
 Herred of Smorum, containing fourteen churches. 
 
 Within this Prefecture are the following places of note. 
 
 Copenhagen, which is the place where the court refides, and the Capital 
 of the kingdom of Denmark. This city is called in Danijh, Kiobenhavn, an- 
 ciently, Kiobmandßiavn, i. e. the Merchants harbour, on account of its beau- 
 tiful harbour and commodious fituation for trade, and in Latin Hafnia. 
 It lies on the Baltic or Eaß-Sea, in 55 , 40', 59" North Latitude, about five 
 geographical miles from Oerefund or the Sound. Its fituation is marfhy and 
 low; but on the land fide there are feveral beautiful lakes, which furnifh the 
 inhabitants with plenty of frefh water. The adjacent country, or environs, is 
 very pleafant ; and directly oppofite to the city lies the fertile ifland of 
 Amack, which forms the harbour : But this ifland fhall be more fully de- 
 fcribed in its proper place. The city makes a magnificent appearance at a 
 diftance, and extends, from the Weft-gate to the Norway-gate in the cita- 
 del, 4140 Seeland ells * in length, and from the North-gate to the Amack- 
 gate it is 3120 ells in breadth, fo that its circuit muft be 12,600 ells, or 
 a geographical mile and 600 ells. The Gother-flreet, which runs in a 
 ftrait line acrofs the whole city, and divides the Cid from the New Tow??, 
 is above 4200 feet long, the breadth of the king's market and the area 
 about the new harbour included. This metropolis contains 4 royal caftles, 
 10 parifh and 9 other churches ; a confiderable number of public and pri- 
 vate palaces, above 4000 Burgher's houfes, feveral of which are inhabited by 
 10 or more families; 1 1 markets and public places, areas, or fcuiares, 186 
 ftreets, and 100,000 Inhabitants. Since the year 1746, the annual lift of 
 births has amounted, at leaft, to 2592, and in feme years to 2813. During 
 the fame period the number of bur ials at the loweft, has amounted an- 
 nually to 2594, and, at the higheft, to 3386, without including the fick'y 
 
 * It were to be wifhed the Author had made ufe of fome meafure better known than the 
 i/ell ; or had acquainted the reader with the exact length of it, as ells vary in every 
 country. 
 
 \ ear
 
 86 DENMARK. [Seeland. 
 
 year 1750, when the burials amounted to 4317. C. Bartholin, and R. S. 
 Henrici, have demonftrated the falubrity of the air at Copenhagen in parti- 
 cular differtations wrote on that fubject. This city is divided into three 
 principal parts, viz. Old-Copetihagen, New-Copenhagen, and Chri/lians- 
 hafen. The two lafl being more modern than the firft, are laid out in 
 broad flreets running in a ftrait line. In Old-Copenhagen, indeed, mofl of 
 the ftreets, fince the lafl great fire, are of a fufficient breadth; but the old 
 windings could not entirely be avoided. The expence the city is at in 
 keeping the flreets clean amounts yearly to 10 or 12,000 Rix-dollars. In 
 the night the city is illuminated with lanthorns. The houfes in the prin- 
 cipal flreets and areas are al mofl entirely built with brick; but in the 
 lanes mofl of the buildings are of timber : However, they make a fine ap- 
 pearance in general; fo that Copenhagen may be looked upon as one of the 
 mofl beautiful and magnificent cities in Europe. In fome parts of the city 
 there are deep canals, into which large fhips may enter, and, to the great 
 conveniency of fea-faring and trading people, may lade and unlade quite 
 clofe to the houfes and warehoufes. Befides the above three general divi- 
 fions, the city is divided into 12 Quarters, and the Burghers into as many 
 Companies, which have all their particular Colours. It is to be cbferved, 
 that the Weft and Eaft Quarter of St. Anne make only one Company ; and 
 that the Fire-Company conftitutes the twelfth. Of thefe I come now to 
 fpeak more particularly. 
 
 The Old 'Town, confifts of the following Quarters, viz. 
 
 1. The North Quarter, the places of note in which are, 
 
 The German church, dedicated to St. Peter, which at the time of the 
 Reformation, was the principal parifh-church. It was afterwards converted 
 into a foundery; but in 1585 it was given to the Germans, and made a 
 Parifh-church again in 16 18. The damage this church fuflained in the 
 great fire, was foon repaired. The ftruclure is very old, and of a mid- 
 dling fize. 
 
 The Walkcndorf College in Peters ftreet, which was formerly a Carme- 
 lite monaftery, but was by the Lord Steward Chriflopher Walkendorf con- 
 verted into a College for 16 ftudents, in the year 1595. Every one of 
 thefe ftudents enjoys a yearly penfion of 30 Rix-dollars in money. 
 
 2. The Weft quarter, in which place of note are, 
 The Hay-market. 
 
 The great Wartow-ho(p\ta], one of the nobleft foundations for the poor 
 in the city. This foundation is very ancient ; but the edifice is new, and 
 very fpacious ; and the endowment is fo confiderable, that fome hundreds 
 may be maintained in this hofpital. It contains at prefent above 300 beds 
 for the fick and poor ; and every one of them, befides his lodging gratis, 
 has weekly half a Pjx-dollar allowed him. A fmall, commodious, neat 
 
 church,
 
 [Seeland. DENMARK. 87 
 
 church, ftands clofe to the hofpital, which is (o contrived, that the fick 
 and bed-ridden may hear divine fervice, and fermons in their beds. 
 
 The Place or area near the water-engine, as it is called. 
 
 The City-Prifon, called the SchlieJJ'erey, which has its particular church. 
 
 The Orphan-houfe, which takes up one entire fide of the New-market^ 
 and is a considerable ornament to the Place, or fquare. Formerly there 
 flood on this area a palace belonging to the family of the Counts of Friis, 
 which Chrifiian V. purchafed, and, in 1691, turned into an Academy, 
 which was opened the year following: But, in the year 1712, it was con- 
 verted into a military fchool for the Land-Cadets. As thefe Cadets were 
 afterwards removed to the edifice called the Opera-houje, this Structure was 
 rebuilt, and appropriated for the education of orphans. After this the late 
 great fire deftroyed the new edifice before it was quite finifhed ; and the pre- 
 fent large building was begun in 173 1, andfinimedin 1734- In this Orphan- 
 houfe 100 poor children, namely, 60 boys and 40 girls, have been hereto- 
 fore maintained, educated, and inftructed ; but at prefent the number is 
 encreafed to 108. A particular Church, Difpenfary, bookfeller's fhop, 
 printing-houfe, and Library belong to this foundation. In this edifice alio 
 two colleges hold their ordinary meetings, namely, the General Eccleji- 
 aßical College of Infpeclion, and the Collegium de Curfu Evangelii prc- 
 movendo. 
 
 The Council-houfe, which is a new Structure and ftands quite detached 
 from other buildings. It alfo feparates the Old from the New Market. In 
 the Old Market is a fine fountain, which was begun in the year 1634; and 
 in the New, there is a walled place for the execution of malefactors. 
 
 The Royal Palace, which is fituated near the citadel of Gbfifiianfiurg, 
 Here formerly ftood the Wigatid-Houk, which was fo called from the 
 owner, a considerable merchant, who likewife built the beft part of the ad- 
 joining ftreet, which is alfo called by his name. When Frederick IV. be- 
 ;;un to rebuild the old palace, he bought this hüufe for the Prince Royal, 
 for whole refidence it was fitted up and enlarged ; and in 1743 and 1744 it 
 was embellifhed with a very elegant new front. 
 
 The Weft Gate, which was rebuilt in 1668 by Frederick III. This is 
 more frequented than any of the other City Gates. 
 
 3. The Clothiers Quarter, in which are the following places of note. 
 
 St. Mary's Church. This is the Collegiate Church, and was rebuilt from 
 the foundation after the great fire. Here the Bifhops of both kingdoms are 
 ufually confecrated. The tower of this church is 380 feet high, and has a 
 fine ring of bells in it. This is reckoned the nobleft tower in Copenhagen, and 
 ftands on the higheft fpot in the whole city. 
 
 The Grammar-School, which confifts of üve claffes or forms. 
 
 The Univerfity. King Erich of Psmerania firft obtained of Pope Martin 
 
 V. by a bull, the liberty of erecting an Univerfity in his kingdom. But as 
 
 4 this
 
 88 DENMARK. [Seeland. 
 
 this defign proved abortive, an Univerfity was afterwards founded by Chrifiian 
 I. with the confent of Pope Sextus V. in the year 1478, which was- libe- 
 rally endowed by the lucceeding kings of Denmark. Chrifiian III. reftored 
 the Univerfity from its decaying condition, and his Succeffors greatly im- 
 proved it ; but it is chiefly indebted to Chri/tianVl. for its prefent flourifhing 
 llate. The Univerfity Building includes the Royal Community, or the Cloißer 
 in which formerly 1 00 poor Students had two meals a day provided for them ; 
 but, at prefent, they receive a certain penfion in lieu of provifion. In this 
 Edifice they hold their daily difputations. It likewife comprifes the Rector's 
 houfe and other buildings, with the Confiftory, the Auditories or halls, &c. 
 To the Univerfity älfo belong four fpacious colleges, which are well endowed 
 for the maintenance of the young ftudents gratis. The Walkendorf -co\- 
 lege has been mentioned already in the North Quarter. The other three 
 are, 
 
 The Regency, or the Royal College, which Chrifiian IV. founded, in 1 6 1 8, 
 and allotted for 120 Students ; but at prefent not above 100 ftudents relide 
 in it. It is governed by a Provoft and feveral Infpectors. 
 
 The Collegium Elerßanum, which was founded by George Elers for 16 Stu- 
 dents, who endowed it by will with 30,000 Rixdollars. 
 
 The Borrichian College, otherwife called Collegium Mediceum, is the 
 moft elegant and beft endowed of all the private foundations. The cele- 
 brated and learned O/aus Borrichius erected this college in 1689 for 16 
 Danifi and Norwegian Students. Every Student has apartments gratis for 
 five years, and an annual penfion of 60 Rixdollars. The Library, and the 
 Cabinet of Curiofities which joined to this college were burnt down in 1728, 
 but have been fince, in fome meafure, reftored. 
 
 The Coal-market. 
 
 The North Gate, which is the moft elegant of all the gates, and was erected 
 in 1 67 1, and the Friderichsburg or Schieden market are alfo in this Quarter. 
 
 4. The Freemen's Quarters, in which are 
 
 The Gray Friars Market, or Uhlefeld's-Place, where formerly ftood the 
 palace of Count Uhlefeld; and after that palace was razed to the ground a 
 ftone monument of infamy, in the form of a pyramid, was erected on the 
 fpot, as appears by the infcription on the four fides of it. 
 
 The Amack-market , where the peafants of the ifie of Amack expofe their 
 goods to fale. 
 
 The church of the Holy Ghoft, or rather the church of the Holy Gue/ls, 
 which derives its name from a large hofpital or Guefl-houje, that formerly 
 ftood near it, and was converted into a Houfe of Correction by Chrifiian IV. 
 This Church was rebuilt after the fire of 1728. 
 
 5. Snarren's-Quavter. 
 
 (). The Strand-Quarter, in which the places of note are 
 
 The
 
 Seeland.] DENMARK. 89 
 
 The magnificent new royal Palace of Chrifliansburg. Several old mean 
 buildings formerly flood on the fpot where this palace is erecled. In 1 1 68 
 the celebrated Bifhop Abfolon built a caltle or palace in this place, which, 
 after his family name, he called Axel-honfe. This caftle was afterwards in- 
 habited and improved by the Kings of Denmark. Cbrijiian III. Cbriftißn 
 IV. and Frederick IV. enlarged and embellilhed it. However, though it 
 was very irregularly built, Cbrijiian VI. caufed the whole building, and the 
 adjoining Burghers houfes which had been purchafed, to be pulled down in 
 173 i; and the following year laid the foundation of the prefent fpacious and 
 magnificent palace, which was finifhed in the year 1740. The firfl floor is 
 called the Ladies Story, becaufe mod: of the Ladies and Gentlemen belong- 
 ing to the court, who are in waiting, have their apartments there. The 
 royal treafury and private calh office are alfo kept here ; and in other 
 apartments the king's Court of juflice, and the Burghers-court are held. 
 The office of the General Superintendence of the Buildings has alfo an 
 apartment in this ffory. In the fecond or Royal Story, the apartments 
 are adorned with all the magnificence and elegance imaginable. The 
 Supreme Court of Judicature is alfo held in this ffory. The Prince Royal's 
 Story is (q called, becaufe his Highnefs and the princeffes royal have their 
 apartments in it, which are extremely elegant and well contrived. The 
 royal chapel in the palace is very beautiful and magnificent within. In 
 fhort, the whole palace makes a noble appearance, and yields a moft en- 
 chanting profpect every way. The parade is in the area or court of the 
 old palace. 
 
 The Chancery joins with the Palace by means of a Corridor, or covered 
 gallery, and is a very magnificent fr.ruc~r.ure : It was erected by Frederick IV. 
 In the lowed" ftory, which is vaulted, the archives of the kingdom are kept. 
 In the fecond ftory is the apartment where the king's privy Council meet. 
 In this ffory alfo the Chanceries of both kingdoms, and of the German do- 
 minions, the military Colleges, and the College of the Finances generally 
 meet. The third ftory is for the moft part occupied by the offices and 
 officers belonging to the Rent-Chamber, or Treafury. 
 
 The Edifice, in the firft ftory of which is the Arfenal ; and in the fecond, 
 the king's library, which is above 200 feet long, and contains about 60 or 
 70,000 volumes, is alfo in this Quarter. The arrangement of the books in 
 this library refembles that of the Biblioteca della Minerva at Rome. In the 
 third are the royal Cabinet of Curiofities, the picture-gallery, and the 
 cabinet of medals ; and in the fourth ftory is the cabinet of models. 
 
 The magazine for Provifions. 
 
 The Port Office. 
 
 The Exchange, which is a grand edifice in the Gothic tafte. This 
 ftructure is 406 feet in length, 66i in breadth, and, for the greateft part, 
 was built in the year 1624 by Cbrijiian IV. The loweft ftory is laid out 
 
 Vol. I. N in
 
 9 o DENMARK. [Seeland. 
 
 in ware-houfes, which are very commodious for the merchants ; for, on 
 both fides of the Exchange, there are canals, where the (hips may He clofe 
 to the ware-houfes, lb that the goods may be commodioufly laded or un- 
 laded from them. In the fecond ftory, in the north fide, is the place 
 where the merchants ufually meet. In the middle, and down the whole 
 length, on both fides, is a range of {hops; and in one wing of the fouth fide 
 is the Royal Bank, and in the other the Royal Magazine, where mod of 
 the cloths, filks, fluffs, &c. which are made in the City, are depofited, 
 and from thence are fold in the grofsto merchants and dealers. 
 The fifh-market lies alfo in this quarter. 
 7. The Rofenburg-Qnzxttv, in which the places of note are, 
 Trinity-Church, which Chrißian IV. caufed to be built in 1637 for the 
 benefit of the Students only; but, in 1683, it was made a parifh church. 
 It is commonly called the Round Church on account of its round tower. 
 The arched roof of it, which is pretty high, is fupported by two rows of» 
 octangular pillars, which are extremely (lender, fo that the church feems 
 to be a very light building. This edifice fuffered lefs than the other churches 
 in the great fire in 1728, and was foon repaired. The greater! lofs here- 
 abouts was the noble collection of books belonging to the Univerfity, which 
 were kept in a large room over the arched roof of this church. This li- 
 brary was remarkable for the great number of books and curious manu- 
 fcripts it contained ; but it was entirely defbroyed by the fire. However, a 
 new library has been fince collected, in which there are feveral very valuable 
 manufcripts relating to the Northern Hiftory. The tower of this church is 
 a mafter-piece in its kind, and was defigned by the celebrated aftronomer 
 Chrißian Logomontan. It is round, 1 1 5 feet in height, and 54 feet in 
 thicknefs, being flat on the top and furrounded with an iron balluftrade. 
 The afcent is fpiral, and fo fpacicus and eafy, that a coach and horfes may 
 go up and come down again with eafe ; which experiment was tried by Peter 
 the Great, in 171 6. This tower is defigned for an obfervatory. The curious 
 aftronomical and mathematical inftruments, invented by Tycho Brake, O/aus 
 Romer and others, which were kept here, were all conlumed by the great 
 fire in 1728. The large, valuable celeftial globe was the moft remarkable 
 thing in this obfervatory, being one of the moft curious inftruments con- 
 ftructed by Tycho de Brake. This globe, after that great aftronomer was 
 obliged to fly from thence, was brought from the ifland of Huecn, was car- 
 ried to Denmark, and from thence to Prague in Bohemia. From Prague it 
 was carried to P. natica, from Benatica again to Prague; from thence it was 
 conveyed to Neiße in Siic/ia ; and, in 1632, it fell into the hands of Prince 
 Ulrick of Denmark, at the plundering of that town, and was brought to 
 Denmark a fecond time, and depofited at fi ft in the hall of the Academy. 
 It was afterwards removed to the Round Tower, where it remained till it 
 was confumed to afhes. This extraordinary globe toft 5000 Rixdollars. 
 
 After
 
 Seeland.] DENMARK. 
 
 Aiter the fire Chriflian VI. made a prefcnt to the library of a great number 
 of valuable books, and was at the expence of procuring the mod curious 
 and valuable mathematical and aftronomical initruments to fupply the place 
 of thofe that were burnt. This collection has been fmce confiderabiy in- 
 creafed by prefents of books, &c. and is ftill kept over Trinity Church : it 
 is open five days in the week for the benefit of the Curious. On the tower 
 there is to be feen a femi-hieroglyphical infcription, the meaning of which 
 is as follows : 
 
 DoSlrinam & jußitiam dir ige, Jehova, in cor de coronati Ckrißiani quart i. 
 1642. 
 
 The church of the Reformed, or Cahinißs, in which the minifters preach 
 in French and high Dutch, is a fmall neat edifice. 
 
 8. The Manufacturers Quarter. 
 
 9. The Eaft Quarter, in which the places of note are, 
 
 The Church of St. Nicholas, which is the larger! in the city, next to St. 
 Marys, and the belt ornamented both infide and outfide. It was finifhed 
 in 1 5 1 7, and the roof is covered with copper. The tower was blown down, 
 in 1628, by a violent ftorm; but was rebuilt in three years, namely, from 
 1663 to 1666 : It is the higheft and molt elegantly built in Copenhagen, ex- 
 cepting that of St. Mary's. There are feveral curious monuirental infcrip- 
 tions in this Church. 
 
 The Bremer Holms-Church, which is alfo called the Admiralty-Church ; 
 for it was at firft allotted for the ufe of the perfons, belonging to the navy ; 
 but afterwards a large congregation of Burghers was ad ied to them. It 
 was firft built in 1601, and altered into the form' of a crofs ; <i 1640. 
 
 The General Commiffion-office, which is a large edifice, and was 
 erected in 1704, by Frederic IV. Here the united colleges of the Admi- 
 ralty and General-Commiffion meet. Befideö this fVucture, the following 
 edifices alfo belong to the naval department, viz. tl" . CJ. or Bretner-Halm, 
 and the New-Holm, where the naval ftores, &c. are depofited, and the 
 flaves were formerly confined : But the latter, now, are diftributed in the 
 citadel, and Stockhaus or prifon. 
 
 -Chrißanßoohn, where the Naval arfenal is, which far exceeds that of J'e- 
 tiice.. Here the royal fleet ufually lies. 
 
 The New Town confifts of two Quarter?, 
 
 1. St. Amis £rt/?-Quarter, in which are, 
 
 Charlottenburg, which is a pretty large regular ftruifhire, and commodi- 
 oufly built. It was begun in 1672, and completed in the fucceeding vears ; 
 it derives ks name from queen Charlotta Amelia, confort of Chrißian V. 
 The fituation of this caftle or palace is extremely pleafant, as its principal 
 front faces the area, called the king's New-market, which is embellifhed 
 
 N 2 with 
 
 91
 
 92 D E .N M A R K. [Seeland. 
 
 with an equeflrian flatue of Chrißian V. of lead, gilt, on an elegant pede- 
 ftal. This flatue is bigger than the life, and was erected in 1 688 : It was 
 cafl by L'Amoreu.x, in 1681. On this beautiful area or fquare are alfo the 
 great Guard-houfe, theFqundery, and the Daniß: Play-houfe. 
 
 The Naval-hoipital, or ^uetjeh-haus. 
 
 The Lord of Zebaoth, or the Garrifon's Church, which was built in 
 
 17 °f 
 
 The Ffederickßadt is the fpot where' the Amahenburg palace formerly 
 
 flood, with its gardens and parade, and is adorned with feveral elegant new 
 
 palaces. 
 
 Frederick's Church, which now flands on the fpot where the princefs 
 Charhtta Amelias gardens were formerly laid out. This church is built 
 in imitation of St. Peter's at Rome. 
 
 The grand Academy of the Royal Cadets. This flruclure Frederic IV. 
 firfl built for an Opera-houfe, but, in 1720, he affigned it for the Land- 
 Cadets ; and five or fix years after, his majefly removed the company of 
 Sea-Cadets to this edifice. Each company has its feparate apartments and 
 exerciling rooms. Thefe young men are not only fupplied with lodging, 
 clothing, fire and candles, and a monthly penfion fufficitnt to find them 
 diet ; but are alfoinflruded at the king's expence in all the fciences, by able 
 maflers appointed for that purpofe. Each company is under the inflection 
 of its proper officer, who likewife lives in the Academy. Thefe two com- 
 panies are, as it were, the nurfery for the army and navy. 
 
 The General-hofpital, as it is called. 
 
 The Toll- booth, or Cuflom-houfe. 
 
 2. St. Anns Weß-Qi\ arter, in which the mofl remarkable place is, 
 
 The Royal Palace called Rcfenburg. This is a filial 1 edifice, and was 
 creeled in 1604, by Chrißian IV. It is built in the Semi-Gothic tafle; 
 however, it is a grand flruclure, and adorned with one large and two 
 finall towers. It is fiirrounded with a ditch and a fort of fortification, and 
 has its own Commanding-officer; but the guard is fent hither from the 
 garrifon of Copenhagen, being daily relieved. The adjoining gardens are 
 very extenfive, and embellifhed with a great number of ornaments. In 
 fummer it ferves the inhabitants for a public walk; and the royal family, 
 at times, continues for fome days in this palace. The third fiory of the 
 palace is the mofl remarkable, as it contains a treafure of ineftimable value. 
 In the great hall, which is in this fiory, and takes up the whole extent of 
 the palace, are five pieces of painting by the celebrated Daniflj Virtuofo 
 Krogk ; twelve valuable pieces of tapeflry, which reprefent the atchievments 
 of Chrißian V. and three filver lions, as big as the life, which are placed 
 round the throne at the king's inauguration. In two cabinets, adjoining to 
 the hall, the old and new Regalia and other valuable jewels, and a whole 
 fervice of gold are kept. Another cabinet contains a collection of all man- 
 ner
 
 98 
 
 SeeteiU.] D E N M A R h 
 
 ner of curious and valuable drinking-glafles, and other gl'aftr vefi'els-, Jn 
 another apartment the royal throne» which is ufed at the inaugurati' d, 
 (lands. The Eaft-gate is alfo in this Quarter. 
 
 Cbrifiianp.alai confifts of one Quarter only. Chrifiian IV. founded this 
 town-oh the iihnd of Amach, in the year 1618. (tärißwnjbuj'en fofaraerly 
 had its own magistrates ; but at prefent is under the jurifdiciion of thole of 
 Csfrhhagen. Remarkable places in this fuburb are as follows : 
 
 St.-oVkv'w.-r's church, wHitfh is the moft magnificent and 'elegant of all the 
 churches atCf/iViA^r/?. Its foundation was laid in the year J682, and the 
 who! e edifice was completed in 1694. One may go up to the top of the 
 brauiiful fteeple belonging to this church by a Spiral alcent on the outfide 
 of it. 
 
 The German, or Fredrick's Church, the firft ftone of which was laid in 
 
 The Orphan-houfe, for the education of 200 poor boys. 
 
 The large Houfe of Correction in the market-place, where above 600 
 loofe perfons of both fexes, but moftly women, are confined. Jt has a neat 
 little church adorned wi'h a tower. ' 
 
 The great JFe/.'-India Sugar-houfe. 
 
 The Eafl-India Company's houfe. 
 
 The fine Dock-yard, where the fhips of war are refitted : And laftly, 
 The Chriftianfhajen gate. 
 
 Lntheranijm is the prevailing religion in Copenhagen, and throughout the 
 whole kingdom. The Cahinijh have a church to themfelves ; the Papi/is 
 frequent the chapels of foreign Roman-Cz\\\oY\c minifters, and the jeivs 
 have their fynagogues, in this city. The magiftracy confifts of a Prefident,. 
 three Burgo-mafters, with Vice-burgo-mafters and common-council-men, 
 and is appointed by the king himlelf. Frederick III. in 165B, granted the 
 burghers of Copenhagen the honours and privileges of noblemen, which he 
 confirmed in the year 1 66 1 3 whereupon, with the confent of the magi- 
 strates, they chofe two-and-thirty deputies, or reprefentatives, who take 
 care of their interefts. Befides the Supreme and other Colleges, Literary 
 Societies, Academies of Painting and Drawing, the Thcatriwi Anatomico- 
 chirnrgiewn, trading Companies, the Bank, and the Office of Infurance for 
 mips, of which I have treated above in the Introduction to the Defcription 
 of Denmark (§. 18) I fhall here take notice of the following, viz. the Fire 
 and "Water-Offices ; the Infurance-Office for Cafh ; and the different Ma- 
 nufactories in which filk and woolen ftuffs, cloths, fine linen, gold and 
 filver lace, porcelain, &c. are made. This City has the ftaple right or pri- 
 vilege, and is frequented by a great number of fhips, as appears from what 
 I have obferved above in §. 12. 
 
 Between Copenhagen and Chri/ianßafen, there is a high pillar erected ia 
 the middle of the water, on which is a flatue reprefenting a naked female ;, 
 
 audi
 
 94- DENMARK. [Seelarid. 
 
 and on her left fide ftands the figure of a fvvan, which extends its long 
 neck behind her back, and bringing its head over the right fhoulder of the 
 ftatue, flicks its bill in the mouth of it. This pillar and ftatue are looked 
 upon as a fymbolical reprefentation of the city of Copenhagen : They were 
 found during the war in 1611 near Calmar in Sweden, and from thence 
 conveyed to this city. 
 
 That Copenhagen, is well fortified by nature and art, the three long and 
 fevere fieges which it fuftained under Frederick I. Chrißian III. and Fre- 
 deric III. are a fufficient proof : But its fortifications at thofe periods, com- 
 pared with its prelent ftrength, were very inconfiderable. The ftrong cita- 
 del called Frederickßiafen was erefted between the harbour and the Eaft- 
 gate in 1663. There is a fmall church in this citadel for the ufe of the 
 garrifon. The noble harbour of Copenhagen is formed by the Straits of Kal- 
 leboe, between the iflands See/and and Amack. 
 
 Laftly, as to what relates to the biftory of this city, it is obferved, that 
 in the nth century it was only a mean fifhing place, and that from a 
 fmall town it increafed to a city in 1254. It was only an epifcopal See till 
 1443 ; and in that very year it became the royal feat, and from that time 
 the kings of Denmark have conftantly refided at Copenhagen. In the fame 
 year alio this city obtained its peculiar charter of privileges, which was 
 renewed in 1581. In 1360 and 1372, it was taken and plundered by the 
 Vandal Hanfe- towns ; and in the years 1306, 1428, 1523, 1535, 1658 
 and 1659, it was clofely befieged. When the Swedes laid fiege to this city 
 the laft time, it held out almoft two years. In 1251, 1425, 16 14 and 
 1619, ecclefiaflical Synods, and in 1258, 1445, 1533, 1551 and 1660, 
 Diets were held at Copenhagen. It has been often vifited with the plague, 
 namely, in the years 1546, 1571, 1583, 1601, 1629, 1637, 1659 and 
 171 1, which fwept away great numbers of the inhabitants. In 1626, this 
 city was considerably enlarged. In the year 1700, it was bombarded by 
 the combined fleets of Sweden, England, and Holland. On the 20th day 
 of Oft ober 1728, a fire broke out in the evening in a mean houie not far 
 from the Weft-gate, which fpread with fuch fury and violence, that in 
 eight and forty hours the moft elegant and greateft part of the city was 
 con fumed to afhes. Twentv-four ftreets, and Places or areas, 1650 dwel- 
 ling-houfes, five churches, the Univerfity Edifice, with the four colleges 
 belonging to it, the Council-houfe, and feveral other public buildings were 
 burnt down to the ground. The anniverfary of this fatal accident is ob- 
 ferved in a religious manner on the 23d of Oclobcr: However, the city has 
 been fince rebuilt with much greater elegance and beauty. 
 
 As CbriflianJhafeHi which is a part of Copenhagen^ lies on the ifland of 
 Amack, we muft here alfo take notice of the latter. This ifland is joined 
 to the citv, and confequently to Seeland, by means of two bridges. The 
 fmalleft of thefe, which, however, is moft frequented, is called Knippds- 
 
 bridge ;
 
 Seeland.] DENMARK. 95 
 
 bridge ; bat the largeft has the name of Z,o«g--bridge. Amack is a geogra- 
 phical mile and half in length, and above half a mile in breadth; or ac- 
 cording to the common calculation 6000 paces in length, with the breadth 
 in proportion as above. It is quite level, and has no woods, excepting a 
 few thickets. As the foil is uncommonly rich and fertile, it is looked upon 
 as the kitchen-garden and ftore-houfe of the City : For the inhabitants 
 carry twice a week all forts of efculent or garden vegetables, and alfo milk, 
 butter, and cheefe, in great quantities to the city for fale. The prefent in- 
 habitants of this illand were, for the mod part, invited hither in 1516, from 
 the province of Water-land in North-Holland, by Chriftian II. at the defire 
 of Elizabeth his queen who was a native of the Netherlands. This co- 
 lony was fettled in the village of Maglebye, to which they gave the name 
 Hollanderbye . The whole ifland is peopled by about 800 families ; and is 
 divided into two parifhes. 
 
 The firft, which is the largeft, includes the weftern part of the ifland, 
 and is called Taaruebye. It contains nine villages, and is inhabited by 
 Danes, with a mixture of Hollanders. 
 
 The fecond pariih, which comprehends the eaft part of the ifland, and 
 was peculiarly allotted for the Dutch Colony, is called Hollanderbye. To 
 this pariih belongs the village of Dragoe, which has the appearance of a 
 little town, and is inhabited by more than 150 families; which are partly 
 Danes, and partly Hollanders, and maintain themfelves by navigation, filh- 
 ing, and pilotage. 
 
 The dialect of the Amackers is a medley of the Low-Dutch, German, 
 and Danifh languages ; on which account their minifters preach in Loic- 
 Dutch, as well as Dani/h. They have a peculiar mode of drefs, method 
 of living, manners, &c. Their magiftracy or inferior court confifts of one 
 Bailiff or headborough, affifted by four Juftices. In the fecond the king's 
 Amt man or Prefect, who prefides over the Prefecture of Copenhagen, fits as 
 judge; and laft of all the Supreme College or Court of Judicature, from 
 which lies no appeal. The inhabitants drive their cattle to paflure for 
 moft part of the fummer to a fmall ifland in the neighbourhood, called 
 Saltholm. There are excellent quarries of Hone for lime and building on 
 this ifland. In Rejemufs Atlas there is a map of the ifland of Amack. 
 
 Frederickperg is a magnificent royal palace, lituated on a hill, about half 
 a geographical mile weft of Copenhagen. This ftructure derives its name 
 from Frederick IV. who was the founder of it, and has been fince greatly 
 enlarged by Chrijlian VI. This edifice is very fpacious and magnificent on 
 every fide, and has an exceeding fine profpedt. The garden, which lies 
 below the hill is very extenfive, and contains a great number of pleafant 
 walks, feveral groves, a labyrinth, a theatre, a great many ftatues, foun- 
 tains, and fummer-houfes. Here is, in particular, an extraordinary caf- 
 cade juft fronting the palace, but not yet finifhed. You defcend from the 
 
 palace
 
 g 6 DENMARK, [Seeland. 
 
 palace by two flights of broad ftone fteps to the garden. The menagery, 
 which is in the garden, is flocked with feveral uncommon animals, among 
 which are lions, tygers, &c. The orangery, and the yard for pheafants and 
 falcons are alio worth feeing. Frcm this palace a pleafant avenue planted 
 with a. double row of trees extends about half way to Copenhagen. 
 
 Sorgenfrei is a fmall royalpalace about a geographical mile and half to 
 the north of Copenhagen. This feat was built by Count Charles of Ale) eld, 
 at a great expence, and was purchaled by Frederick IV. of the Count of 
 Holfiein the Great Chancellor. Afterwards the princefs royal Sophia He- 
 de-wig refided in it ; and his prefent majefby has allotted it for the princefs 
 dowager of Ea/1-Frießand, who makes it her fummer refidence. 
 
 "Jagersburg is a royal hunting-feat, which the prefent king caufed to be 
 rebuilt and improved. Near this feat formerly flood the noble palace of 
 I/lrup; but the edifice which now ftands on the fpot was built by Chri. 
 Jüan IV. and improved by the fucceeding kings of Denmark. Here the 
 hunting-officers refide, and this place is the repofitory for all hunting im- 
 plements. From hence you come through a ftraight avenue to 
 
 The noble park of Charlottenlund, which is fo called from Charlotten- 
 lundy the king's pleafure-houfe, which ftands in it. At the diftance of a 
 quarter of a geographical mile from this park lies 
 
 The yagcrsburg park, which is rather a very pleafant wood or foreft. It 
 is extenlive, and affords a great deal of game. About the middle of it 
 ftands a new edifice called the Hermitage, which is 30 ells in length, 20 
 in breadth, and is very elegantly adorned both within and without. In the 
 loweft ftory is a curious machine, by means of which the victuals, &c. are 
 conveyed up and down, to and from the king's table in the fecond ftory, 
 when his majefty dines there. From hence, over a fmall piece of arable 
 land, you come to 
 
 Freudenlund, which is a fmall octagonal edifice, adjoining to which is a 
 pleafure and kitchen garden. This place formerly belonged to the Count 
 of Reventlau, Great Chancellor ; but when it fell into the hands of Fre- 
 derick IV. he caufed all the old buildings to be pulled down, and this 
 pleafure-houfe to be built on the fpot. 
 
 IF. The Prefecture of Hirschholm, in which the places of note are, 
 
 The caftle of Hirfibho/m, a royal palace, which lies about a geographical 
 mile from Frendcnhmd. This caftle was formerly known by the name of 
 Hiorth'Jm, and being fortified according to the cuftom of thofe times, was 
 a place of confiderable ftrength : However, Count Chriftopher of Oldenburg 
 befiehl (1 and took it in the year 1535- Nothing remains of the old caftle 
 at prefent but the name; for it was quite demolithed, and the very fitua- 
 tion of the place has been entirely altered by art. CSrifiian VI. took p >1- 
 fefiion of it as Prince Royal, and caufed the foundation oi a new edifice to 
 be laid on the fpot where the old cadle flood ; and his queen, after his 
 
 1 accef-
 
 Seeland.] D E N M A R K. 97 
 
 acccfilon to the throne, continued the building; the king having made 
 her a prefent of it In 1737 all the old building was quite pulled down, 
 in order to render the new edifice as regular as it was pofiible ; and in 1739 
 it was finished, though every year iince new improvements and embellifh- 
 ments have been continually made in it. The outfide has a very magnificent 
 appearance ; nor is it lefs elegant within. The great hall deferves particular 
 notice ; for it takes up the height of two ftories, and has a noble fountain 
 in the middle, that throws up a column of water one or two and twenty feet 
 high, which falls down again into a copper bafon. The chapel is elegant 
 and well adorned, and the garden very magnificent, and at the extremity of 
 it, directly oppofite to the palace, a new beautiful fummer houfe is ere&ed. 
 On one fide of the garden is an eminence covered with trees, on which 
 ftands the Norivay-hou/j as it is called, becaufe it is built in the Nßi*wggian 
 tafle. In tins caflle Chri/iicin VI. died Auguß 6, 1746. The little town 
 of Hirfchohn, to which Chrifiian VI. in 1739, granted the privileges of a 
 city-, lies a little below this caflle. 
 
 Sophienberg is a royal pleafure houfe fomething above half a geographical 
 mile from Hir(chohn, and ftands on an eminence near the fea. It was built a 
 few years ago by the Queen dowager Sophia Magdalena, and has a fine profpecl: 
 towards the fea. The houfe is very commodious, and elegantly furnifhed. 
 
 III. The Prefecture of Fredericksburg contains, 
 
 1. The Herred or diftrict of Liunge- Fredericksburg, in which are feven 
 country churches, befides the following towns. 
 
 llillerod is a pleafant town lying near the caftle of Fredericksburg, with a 
 commodious hofpital, which was erected in 1726, by the king, for the 
 maintenance of thirty infirm perfons. This hofpital was burnt down, to- 
 gether with the whole town, in 1733; but was rebuilt in the following- 
 year. The fchooi in this town was founded and endowed by Cbriflian IV. 
 in the year 1633 ; and by an ordinance of Chrijlian V. every perfon that is 
 created a knight of the order of the Elephant is obliged to contribute fome- 
 thing towards this fchooi. 
 
 Slangerup is a village fituated not far from the bay of Iftf.vd. King Erick 
 Fjegod was born here. This made him very fond of the place ; and in 
 1 j 02 he granted it fome particular privileges, and built a convent and a 
 church in it. In the reign of Frederick II. it was in a pretty flourifhing 
 ftate, but afterwards fell to decay, (which was principally owing to the town 
 of Fredericks-fund ;) and in 1724 it was confumed by fire. Clofe to this 
 village is the place where king Sven EJlritfbn defeated Knut wiih a great 
 ilaughter. 
 
 Fredericks- fund Is a town which lies about a geographical mile from Slan- 
 gerup. It ftands clofe by the fea, and is better fituated for navigation than 
 the latter ; fo that it has engrolfed all the trade by which Slangerup fubfifted, 
 which was chiefly by exporting corn. 
 
 Vol. I. Ü 2. The
 
 9 8 DENMARK. [Seeland. 
 
 2. The Herred of Stroe, which contains eleven churches. 
 
 This Prefecture derives its name from the famous caftle of Frederick/- 
 burg, which ftands at the diftance of four geographical miles from Copen- 
 ht "7j, and one from Friedensburg, Chrifiian Iv. caufed the old building, 
 which flood on this fpot, to be pulled down, and the prefent magnificent 
 caftle of Fredericksburg to be built by the ableft and moil: celebrated archi- 
 f • is in Europe. It ftands in a frefh water lake, and confute of three prin- 
 cipal parts, each of which is furrounded with water; but they are all joined 
 together by bridges. The firft divifion, to which you pafs over a bridge, 
 relembles a horn-work, the front of which is quite round, and faced with 
 f one. On both fides are feveral buildings lying in a (trait line, which ferve 
 either as dwelling houfes for the artificers and other officers of the caftle, 
 or (tables for horfes, &c. From hence you come over a (tone-bridge to 
 a grand high tower, which ftands over the gate that leads into the fecond 
 court of the caftle. On each fide of this court, to the right and left, ftands 
 a magnificent building, in one of which are the king's kitchen, the Gover- 
 nor's houfe, and feveral apartments for the noblemen belonging to theCourtj, 
 and in the other the Amt man or chief magiftrate of this Prefecture relides. 
 Out of this fecond court a fine flone bridge built over a deep canal leads to 
 the grand portico of the principal entrance of the caftle, which is built with 
 free ftone, and decorated with fculpture and gilding. The principal build- 
 ing confiits of a corps de logis and two wings, four ftories high, which are 
 all covered with copper, and adorned with feveral towers, of which the 
 church tower is the higheft. Both the wings are joined to the front by a 
 low building of one ftorv- Upon the firft entrance into the inner court of 
 the caftle, the magnificence of the ftructure, the beauty of the marble, the 
 elegance of the fculpture, and the coftlinefs of the gilding fills the beholder 
 with wonder and aftonifhment. But what chiefly ftrikes the eye, is a no- 
 ble imitation of the ancient architecture, which are the two grand arcades, 
 ; -ie over the other, in the front of the building. They coniift of feven 
 arches below, and as many above, which are built with free ftone, and em- 
 bellished with ftatues that ftand either in niches, or detached from the 
 wall, with many other ornaments. Near one of the wings is a beautiful 
 fountain; and which way foever you turn your eyes in this inner court, curi- 
 ous fculpture and a variety of other ornaments piefent themfelves to your 
 In the church belonging to this caftle the eve is almoft dazzled by 
 the glittering of gold, (ilver, curious marble, and other things of value \. 
 which it is cnibeilifhed. The altar is of black marble, and the front of the 
 table of the pureft filyer and ebony ; and the pulpit is made of the fame 
 
 'erials. From the gallery you have a view of the large pictures, with 
 which the pilafters between the windows are decorated. In the windows 
 and on the walls of this church the efcutcheons of the knights of the Danc- 
 ing order, with their arms 3 names, and motto's are to be feen. The gal- 
 lery
 
 Seeland.] DENMARK, 99 
 
 lerv leads to a fpacious place behind the altar, where the royal throne is 
 creeled ; and on the walls, which are hung with crimfon velvet, are fcen 
 the arms of all the knights of the order of the Elephant. The grand or- 
 gan in this apartment is a fine toned inftrument, and is curiouflyembellilhed 
 with fculpture and gilding. Formerly a fine organ of filver and ebony like- 
 wile flood here. Both the royal clofets in the church are very beautiful and 
 magnificent. The kings of Denmark are always anointed in this church. 
 In the tower there is a fine ring of bells. All the apartments of the 
 caille are very magnificent, efpecially the knights ball-room, which is over 
 the church in the third ftory : it is quite as broad, and fomething longer 
 than the latter. In this grand apartment, which was defigned for feftivity 
 and all manner of diverfions, there is alio a noble organ. The gardens are 
 very elegant, and at the extremity of them, Chriflian VI. caufed a fpacious 
 fummer-houfe to be built in the year 174^. 
 IV. The Prefe&ure of Kronburg confifls, 
 
 1. Of the Herred or diflrict of Liunge- Kronburg, which contains 8 
 churches. 
 
 2. Of the Herred of Holboe, confiding of 13 churches. The pafifh of 
 Seebörg is remarkable for an ifland in a frefh water lake on which formerly 
 flood the town of Soeborg, a place of great antiquity, where a great number 
 of flate-prifoners were confined. Not far from it the old ruinous caflle of 
 Gurre is to be feen. The parifh of I'lbirke is famous for a fine fpring 
 called Helena's Well, which was held in great veneration in times of po- 
 pery. In this diftridr. is alfo the king's demefne called Eßerum, which is ä 
 verv pleafant woody fpot, watered by rivers and lakes abounding with fifh. 
 A ftud of horfes is kept here at prefent. Before the Reformation, a verv 
 rich and famous convent of Bernafdines flood in this place. It was founded 
 in 1 1 50, and was the principal monaflery ofthat order in Denmark, from 
 which all the Northern kingdoms were fupplied with monks. Laflly, not 
 far from this place, near the Village Thiefvelde, a triangular pillar with 
 Latin, Danijh, and German inferiptions was erected in 1738, in honour 
 of Frederick iV. and Chriflian VI. for having put a flop to the prbgirefs of 
 the FlytHg Sand, which, like a rapid flream, overwhelmed one tract of land 
 and village after another, and threatened the befl part of Seeland with defo- 
 lation. But for a long time no means could be devifed to put an end to this 
 devaluation, till at lafl, in the reigns of the two monarchs above mentioned, 
 a remedy was found out for this ev;I, and executed under the infptction of 
 the Prefect Frederick von Gram, by the addrefs of JohnUlr.Rohl. At prefent 
 this fandy wafle is covered with verdure, and looks like a fine meadow. 
 
 In this Prefecture are the following towns and caflles. 
 
 Helflngoer or El/hwre, Heifmgcra, a town fituated on the Oereßndcx Scand, 
 directly over againft Heißiigburg in Schonen, on the declivity of a hill. It de- 
 rives its name from the Heflrgers, an ancient Gothic colony. This place 
 
 O 2 was
 
 loo DEN M A R IC [Seeland. 
 
 was but a fmalltown, till king Erich of Pomcrcnia bellowed on it the pri- 
 vileges of a city, in the year 1425. This is the riehen: and moll elegant town. 
 in Seeland, except Copenhagen. It has two churches, in one of which, viz, 
 St. Peters, the ministers preach in the German language ; a grammar fchool, 
 in which 33 poor icholars are educated and maintained gratis-, and a good 
 hofpita!, which was formerly a convent» but converted to this ufe in 1541. 
 Helfingcer is a town of confiderable trade, and famous, as well on account 
 of its being the place by which the Swedes and Norwegians ufually pais into 
 Denmark, as for the toll, which is here paid by every lhip that fails through 
 the Sound. On this account, every nation that trades to the Baltic has its 
 Conful here, who appears for his countrymen at the Toll-booth, and defends 
 their privileges on other occafions. The king's cuftom-houfe at Heljingoer 
 is a fine new edifice. In the year 13 1 1 this city was laid wafte and plun- 
 dered by the inhabitants of Roflock and Wijmar, and was facked a fecond 
 time in 1522 by the combined fleet of the Hanfe-towns. Chrißian II. would 
 have given this town up to the Dutch, but the inhabitants oppofed it ; 
 on which account they incurred that monarch's difpleafure, and the toll or 
 cuftom-houfe was removed to Copenhagen : However, it did not continue 
 there long. The king was not concerned, or difpleafed, when Heljingoer was 
 reduced to allies in the year 1522. 
 
 On the north fide of this city Hands the famous caftle and important fort 
 called Kronburg, Coronceburgiun, which was erected by Frederick II. be- 
 tween the years 1574, and 1585. It is built with large blocks of hewn 
 ftone in the moil durable manner, and makes the beft appearance of any 
 of the old caftles in Denmark, excepting Fredericksburg. It is adorned with 
 fcveral turrets and a variety offculpture, and has a church or chapel. The 
 fortifications or works of this cattle are in excellent condition. Not far 
 from Kronburg, near Hel/ingocr, and without the Red Gate, lies the royal 
 pkafure-garden, which is pretty extenfive, and encompafled with a wall. 
 A fummer-houfe was built in it by Frederick II. which has been fince im- 
 proved by Chrißian V. On this fpot flood formerly a convent of Carmelite 
 monks, which was founded in the year 1430. The Sound is half a geogra- 
 phical mile or 1331 fathoms broad, oppofite to this caftle. There has al- 
 syays been a jlrong caftle on this fpot, to defend the Sound, before the town 
 of Ileijingoer was built. The moft ancient of thefe, that we have any ac- 
 count of, v led Flunderburg-, and the laft of them was called Kroge or 
 (,' ' -g. In 1659 the prefent fort was beiieged by the Swedes, and taken by 
 ftratagim. 
 
 Fredensborg, or Friedensburg, is a royal palace pleafantly fituated about two 
 geographical miles from Kronburg. Frederick IV. was invited to build this 
 palace by the charming fituation, on the fpot where formerly ftood a farm 
 called Oejlrup, and ftables for breeding horfes. As the edifice was com- 
 pleted in the year 1720, when the treaty of peace (Friedens-traftat ) 
 
 concluded.
 
 Seeland.] DENMARK. icr 
 
 concluded with Sweden, the king gave it this name. Frederick IV. wag 
 extremely fond of this place, and often made it his refidence ; efpecially 
 about the latter part of his reign. In order to render it in every refpect ele- 
 gant and agreeable, whatever nature was wanting in, he endeavoured to fup- 
 ply by art. The inner court is a regular octagon, which is formed by feven 
 wings one ftory high, and the main building, which is directly oppofite to 
 the principal entrance, makes the eighth fide. There is a fountain in the mid- 
 dle of the court which is adorned with a marble ftatue reprefenting Peace, 
 made at Florence, in the centre of it. The corps de logis, er main building, 
 is in the form of a parallelogram ; it is covered with copper, and has a foa- 
 ciouSj light and elegant fquare hall in the middle. The other apartments 
 in both ftories are furnifhed in the moll elegant manner. The garden is 
 not very extenfive ; but well laid out, and embellifhed with feveral itatues, 
 vales, and other ornaments. It is furrounded with a large wood in which 
 feveral viftas are cut, and affords plenty of game. From the palace there 
 is a charming profpeel, as the eye commands almoft all the viftas at once > 
 and at the end of them appears an extenfive lake called the E/firomer-hke, 
 on which is a beautiful yatcht, that in winter lies under cover in a houfe 
 built for the purpofe. Near the palace is alfo a fine orangery which is 
 joined to it by a covered paffage, and an elegant church. In the wood ad- 
 joining to the garden is the menagery, which is ftocked with a variety of 
 beautiful tame and wild fowl. 
 
 V. The Prefecture of Jagerspreis contains only the fingleiiZtrm/ or di- 
 strict of Horn, in which are ten Churches. 
 
 This Prefecture derives its name from Jäger/preis, a royal hunting feat, 
 which is a very ancient ftructure. It was formerly- called Abrahamftrup, 
 under which name mention is made of it in an inftrument dated asearlvas 
 the year 1382. 
 
 Frederick IV. and Chrißian VI. have enlarged this palace with new and 
 elegant buildings, and alio much improved and embellifhed the old. The 
 garden is neat and elegant, and the adjacent country is, in general, extremely 
 pleafant. 
 
 VI. The Prefecture of Roeskild conlifts, 
 
 1. Of the Herred or diftrict of So nunc, including 13 churches. 
 
 2. The Herred of Thune, containing 12 churches. 
 
 3. The Herred of Ramjoc, in which are ^churches. 
 4-. The Herred 'of Woldborg, including 12 churches. 
 Within this Prefecture are the following towns and caftles. 
 
 Roefkild or Rojchild, in Latin Roeßildia, or Roejontes, is an ancient and 
 famous city, lituated about a quarter of a geographical mile from the ex- 
 tremity of the bay of Ifefiord. This city derives its name from Roe, the 
 eleventh king of Denmark, who was the founder of it, and the word kiide, 
 
 which
 
 I02 DENMARK. [Seeland. 
 
 which figniftes a fpring ; for there are feveral excellent fprings on the fpot 
 where it {lands. Hence it appears that Roe/kild was built between the years 
 of the world 3320, and 3630. But waving this particular, which I (hall 
 leave undetermined) it is certain, that it was firft iurrounded with a ram- 
 part and ditch in the year of Chrift 1 1 50 ; and that in 1268, or 127C, it 
 obtained the privileges of a city. As the bifhops of this fee were in poffef- 
 iron of Rofchild, it increafed to fuch an extent, as to contain 27 large 
 churches and convents within its walls. Some of the churches of the neigh- 
 bouring villages were formerly included within its circuit, and the ftreets 
 extended quite to the fea fhore. The kings of Denmark were formerly 
 elected and crowned in this city, and alfo made it the place of their refi- 
 dence. The great decay into which this city afterwards fell was partly 
 owing to frequent fires, partly to the intolerable tyranny of the bifhops who 
 refided here, and partly to the flourifhing ftate of Copenhagen, which is but 
 four geographical miles from it. Laftly, the Reformation muft have been, 
 in a great mealure, the caufe of it ; for in confequence of the change in 
 Religion, the monks and clergy, who fpent their large revenues in this 
 place, were obliged to quit the country. Roe/kild confifts, at preient, only 
 of an inconfiderable number of houfes, which, for the moftpart, are meanly 
 built' 5 and the inhabitants fupport themfelves by trade and induftry ; but 
 their chief employment is agriculture and the planting of tobacco. There are 
 two remarkable fprings at Roejki/d, viz. the Roe's-well at the end of O.'ufs- 
 fireeti and the Holy-erofs-fpring, at the extremity of the town, from which 
 water is carried every week to Copenhagen for the ufe of the Court; it being 
 reckoned very wholefome and pleafant to drink. 
 
 The cathedral church, if there were no other, is a {landing monument 
 of the ancient prandeur of this town. It is inferred from a monumental in- 
 fcription in memory of king HaraldBloatand which is to be feen in the choir, 
 that this church was built with timber by that monarch about the year 980 ; 
 but that the foundation of a large ftone edifice being afterwards laid, it was 
 Jinifhed about the year 1084, and was dedicated to St. Lucius, and after 
 that to the holy Trinity. This church was thrice confumed by fire, 
 namely,- in 1282, 1443, and 1525; but was not built in fo magnificent a 
 manner after thefe accidents, as it had been before. However, it is füll a 
 veryhandfome light church, and is partly covered with copper, and partly 
 h lead. In 1635 it was adorned with two high towers by Chriflian IV. 
 Its greateft ornaments are the burying place and monuments of the kings of 
 rk. In the church are to be feen the fuperb marble monuments of 
 ' iftian V. and Frederick IV. inclofed inafquare area; and in a vault un- 
 der them the remains of the children belonging to the royal family are in- 
 terred. From hence you come to the monument of the famous Queen 
 Margaret) who pre fen ted this church formerly with a fine altar, on which 
 
 flood
 
 Seeland.] DENMARK. 103 
 
 flood the images of the twelve Apoftles, each as hig as a child of three 
 bears old, of mafiy gold ; which king Erick of Pomerarda carried away 
 with him when he left Denmark. This monument ftands behind a rich 
 altar, which reprefents the hiftory of our Saviour in Baßo relievo finely 
 gilded. It was brought hither in the time of Chrißian IV. from Frede* 
 sburg, and is opened only on certain days every year, and m time o! 
 divine icrvice ; but is fhewn to Grangers at other times. To the right is a 
 vault divided into three parts, in which Chrißian IV. Frederick III. their 
 queens, and feveral of their children are interred. Over this vault is a chapel, 
 in which the bodies of the kings and queens of Denmark are depofited till 
 they are buried * j and at pre lent the bodies of ' ChrißianW. and Lcuifa the 
 late queen, confort of Frederick V. lie in magnificent maufoleums. Here 
 is tobe feen a capital piece of painting reprcfenting Frederick III. lying on 
 a bed of ftate. Oppofite to this, on the left fide of the church, is the cha- 
 pel of the three wife Men, or Magi, which Chrißianl. caufid to be built in 
 1464. Here the fuperb marble monuments of Chrißian III. and Frederick 
 II. are erected ; but the remains of thefe two monarchs and their queens, 
 and, as is fuppofed, thofeof Chrißian I. Chrijhphcr of Bavaria, &c. lie in 
 the vault under the monument. Near this chapel is that of St. Law:, 
 in which a curious font, with feveral old pictures, &c. are to be {een. 
 There are in this church a great number of epitaphs of perfons famous for 
 their dignity, or learning. Of the latter Saxo Grammaticas, and Nie: Hem- 
 ming lie buried here. A royal Palace, which is not very large, was built 
 here in 1733, out of the materials of the old palace, which had been pulled 
 down. It has a communication with the church by means of a covered 
 palTage. On the other fide of the church ftands an edifice in which, at 
 prefent, the Provofts, belonging to the See of Seelnnd, meet twice a year 
 under the Biihop and general Governor of the Province. Not far from this 
 building is the Regency, in which the Con-Redtor, and 20 ftudents are 
 maintained gratis. In the Cathedral fchopl fix mafters and forty fcholars 
 are maintained and educated : this is the bell endowed of any fchcol in 
 Seeland. Here is alio an hofpital for fix poor widows, with an alms-houfe, 
 which, in 1570, was richly endowed by Frederick II. who joined three 
 others to it for that purpofe. In 1699 Margaret Uhlefeld, and Bridget Scheel 
 founded a convent in this town for one and twenty ladies of quality and a 
 Priorefs. Each of thefe ladies has a yearly penfion of 80 Rixdoll'ars, befides- 
 an apartment, board, &c. Chrißian V. alio endowed this convent with 
 500 Rixdollars, ariiing from a mine in Norway and the tithes of two pariihes. 
 The other church, which ftands at one end of the town, is dedicated to the 
 virgin Mary. Money was formerly coined in this church, and a vaft. num- 
 
 * This cuftom is alfo obferved in France •> where Lewis XIV. fiill lies unburied at St. V. - 
 till his iucceilbr dies. 
 
 j ber
 
 I0+ DENMARK. [Seeland. 
 
 ber of reliques were kept here in popifh times. About the middle öf the 1 2th 
 century a fraternity was infiituted here which was partly ecclefiaflical-, and 
 partly a military order. The members of it were called Militcs, or Fratres 
 Rojchildenjes, who, afterwards, fpread themfelves all over Seeland. They 
 defended the fea-coafl againft the infults of the idolatrous Vandals. In 1012 
 this place was erected into a bifhop's-fee ; in 1291 a great fynod was held, 
 and in 1658 the famous peace of Rofehild was concluded, in this city. 
 
 Lethraborg is a confiderable caflle belonging to Count Jchn Lewis Hol- 
 ftcin, at the diftance of a geographical mile from Rofehild. Here are ftill 
 to he feen fome remains of the ancient Lethra or Leyre, which was origi- 
 nally a royal palace; but afterwards Rolfo Krokus built a fine city on the fpot, 
 where the ancient Daniß kings refided ; hence they were called Reges Le- 
 thra-. Here is alfo a large ftone, not unlike a chair; and, as the kings ufed 
 to receive homage in this feat, it was called Kongfiolen, i. e. the king's chair. 
 In the dark ages of Heathenifm 99 men, and as many horfes, dogs, and 
 cocks were (lain and offered here to the gods once in nine years, in the 
 month January, and it was looked upon as the moftfacred place in See/and. 
 IM. J. P. Ancherjen, in his learned treatife, entitled Hertbedal ved Leyre i 
 Siaeland, thinks it very probable, that the famous Hertbedal, where the 
 goddefs Hertha was worshipped, flood on this fpot. 
 
 Kioge, in Latin Coagia, is a fmall town fituated in a fertile country, at 
 the mouth of the little river Kcogaae, on the Baltic. It is ftill in a pretty 
 flourifhing condition, and carries on fome trade in the Baltic; but was for- 
 merly a confiderable trading city. In the market-place, which is a hand- 
 fome large area, ftands the council houfe, a well built edifice. Here are alfo 
 an elegant church, a grammar fchool, and a good hofpital, or alms-houfe, 
 which, before the year 153 1, was a monaftery of Gray Friars. The fine 
 tapeihy with which the palace of ' Fridericksburg is hung, was made in this 
 town. In 1633 Kioge was greatly damaged by a great fire. In 1659 
 Charles Gußavus, king of Sweden, fortified it with ditches and ramparts. In 
 1677 the Daniß admiral Niels Juel defeated the Swediß fleet in the bay of 
 
 Kioge. 
 
 In this diftricT: lies alfo the County of Brcgentveck, which belongs to the 
 Count of Möhre. 
 
 VII. The Prefecture of Holbeck confiils, 
 
 1. OftheHerredofTutze, which includes 13 Churches. 
 
 2. The Herred of Mehrlofi, containing 20 Churches* 
 
 This Prefecture derives its name from the little town of Ho/beck, which lies 
 in a fertile foil on an arm of the Ijefiord gulf, and has a good harbour, from 
 which a great quantity of corn is exported every year. In 1290, this town 
 was plundered and deftroyed by the Norwegian fleet. In 13 17, Birger, the 
 exiled king of Sweden, took refuge here ; and Erick, his brother-in-law, 
 put him in poffefiion of the town of Holbeck for life. 
 
 VIII:
 
 Seeland.] DENMARK. I05 
 
 VIII. The Prefecture of Draxholm confifts only of the fingle Herred or 
 diftridt of Odd, including nine churches, and is a fertile peninlula. In this 
 Prefecture lie the following places of note. 
 
 Nyekiobing is a middling town ; but was formerly a confiderable city, 
 and ftill enjoys the privileges of one, with the advantages of navigation 
 and a good harbour. 
 
 Draxholm is an old caftle, to which a confiderable eftate belongs. It was 
 formerly a fief of the Crown, and a place of confiderable ftrength, in which 
 feveral ftate-prifoners were confined ; in particular the wicked Earl of Both- 
 well, hufband of the unfortunate Mary Queen of Scotland. He did penance 
 for his attrocious crimes from the year 1576 by a long confinement in this 
 cattle. 
 
 IX. The Prefecture of Kallundborg confifts, 
 
 1. Of the Herred of Artz including 9 churches. 
 
 2. The Herred of Schipping containing 11 churches. 
 
 This Prefecture derives its name from the city of Kallundborg, in Latin 
 Callutida, one of the mod flourishing towns in Seeland. It has the beft har- 
 bour on the illand except Copenhagen. The inhabitants carry on a confider- 
 able trade, and a great quantity of malt is annually exported from hence. 
 St. Mary's Church, which has four high fpires, makes a good appear- 
 ance. From this town the paffage to Aarhuus in 'Jutland is ufually per- 
 formed in 12 hours: for which purpofe a certain number of fmacks fail 
 twice a week from one town to the other. In the caftle, which was for- 
 merly very ftrong but now fallen to decay, Chrl/lian II. died in his con- 
 finement. Albert, king of Sweden, was alfo confined here ; but, in 1658, 
 the Swedes, out of revenge, blew up the caftle. This town was built in 
 the year 1 1 71 j and in 1249, and 13 14, ecclefiaftical fynods were held 
 here. 
 
 In the territory belonging to this town lies alio the caftle of Oefirup, which 
 at prefent belongs to Count Lerch of Lerchenfeld. 
 
 The ifland Samjoe, or Sams, in Latin Samfoa, lies about eight geogra- 
 phical miles from Kallundborg, and four from Aarhuus in Jutland, over 
 againft Funen, where the Great Belt is feparated from the Little Belt. This 
 ifland, as to fpirituals, is fubject to the Bifhop of Aarhuus ; but in tem- 
 porals it is under the Prefect of Kalhindborg, and therefore muft be de- 
 fcribed here. It is three geographical miles long, and one broad : It has 
 feveral hills and eminences, three of which are capes or promontories. 
 The foil, for the mod part, is fertile, and in particular yields plenty of 
 good peafe : hence moft of the Inhabitants are in good circumftances, 
 and carry on a confiderable trade with their fmall craft. Samfoe confifts 
 of five parifhes, namely, Bodzer, Onsberg, Kaalbye, Nordbye and Frand- 
 berg. In the laft are ftill to be feen the ruins of the ancient caftle of 
 
 Vol. I. P Bratingsborg
 
 io6 DENMARK. [Seeland. 
 
 Bratingsborg, which ftood upon an eminence, and was encompafled with 
 a treble rampart and ditch ; but in 1288 was razed to the ground. 'In the 
 parifli of Kaalbye formerly ftood the caftle of Visborg. On the eaft fide of 
 this ifland lie the fmall iflands Hiorthohn (which was formerly fortified 
 with a caftle) Kiholm, Lindhohn, and Veyeroe. Theie form three har- 
 bours, two of which, viz. Langoe and Gammelholm are fit to receive veffels 
 of a middling fize only, but that of Veyeroe is a good harbour for large 
 fliips. On this fide of the ifiand alfo is that dangerous place cailed the Bott- 
 fack. On the weft fide lies the little ifland liunoe, which is moftly covered 
 with wood. It confifts of one parifli, and was bequeathed in 1216 to the 
 Cathedral church near Aarhuus. Laftiy, near the fouth end of SamfoeWts the 
 Ifland Endelau or Endoe : Between Samfoe, Endoe and 'Thunoe there are feveral 
 fandy fhoals. In Refenius\ Atlas, and likewife inhisdeicription of Samjoe, 
 there is a map of this ifland. 
 
 X. The Prefecture of Sabyegaard confifts of the fingle Herred of Loiüc, 
 which contains 15 churches. 
 
 XI. The Prefecture of Ringsted confifts of the Herred of the fame 
 name, which includes 17 churches. At Harrefied, in this Prefecture, 
 Duke Knut, who was called the Saint, was bafely murdered by his uncle 
 king Magnus. This Prefecture derives its name from 
 
 Ring/led, in Latin Ring/ladium, which was built by, and called after the 
 name of Ring king of Denmark ; fo that next to Rojchild, it muft be the 
 moll ancient town in Seeland. Ring/led lies in the middle of Seeland, and was 
 anciently a large city ; but by feveral fires, efpecially in the years 1692, 
 1716, and 1747 it has been greatly reduced ; fo that at prefent it is but a 
 fmall town, built fince the laft fire. The great church was ereded in 1475, 
 and was famous for feveral popifh reliques. In it lie buried feveral kings, 
 queens, &c. as Waldemar I. Waldemar II. Erick the Saint, Duke Knut 
 the Saint, and other perfons of diftinctiftn. This church, like the convent 
 in this town, has been called by different names, viz. St. Mary's, or the 
 Virgin?, Church, St. Knut's the Martyr, and St. Benedict's. The faid con- 
 vent was built towards the dole of the 1 ith century, and dedicated to the 
 Virgin Alary. It was inhabited by Bencdicline monks, and afterwards called 
 St. Knut's convent. The edifice, which is clofe to the church, being ftill 
 entire, is fold to a private perfon, together with the eftatewith which it was 
 endowed. Of St. John's church there is but little remaining befides the 
 church yard. This town is ftill famous for the court of judicature, to 
 which an appeal lies from all the courts of Seeland, except Copenhagen 
 and fome other towns; whereas from this court there is no appeal but to 
 the Supreme Court at Copenhagen. It is held once every month in one part 
 of the church. 
 
 XII. The Prefecture of Soroe contains the Herred of Alßcd, to which 
 belong 16 churches. It derives its name from 
 
 5 Soroe,
 
 Seeland.] DENMARK. IC? 
 
 Soroe, in Latin Sora, which is a noted little town fituated in a pleafant 
 country. It is furrounded by three frefh-water lakes, called the lakes of 
 Sor, Thuie, and Petersburg, and thefe again are almoft encompaffed with 
 fine woods. This town is remarkable for the Royal Academy, which lies 
 at the fouth-end of it, the hiftory of which is as follows : The fons of 
 Skialmo' Hvide, in the 12th century, founded a monaftery in this place, in 
 whicli the famous archbifhop Abjalon Hvide placed fome Cifiercian Monks 
 in 1161. This convent was extremely rich ; but in 1580, after the Re- 
 formation, it was diffolved, and the noble endowment annexed to it fell 
 to the Crown, upon which the king placed his Prefects over it. Frederick II. 
 in 1586, founded a fchool in this place, in which 30 children of perfons 
 of Quality, and 30 other children born of reputable parents are educated 
 and maintained gratis. After this Chrijiian IV. in 16 13, converted it into 
 a public Academy, which he nobly endowed from the revenues of the 
 ancient monaftery and thofe of a convent at Marieboe in Laaland, and im- 
 proved and enlarged with elegant new buildings. The Academy flou- 
 riihed for forty years, and was very much frequented by perfons of diftinc- 
 tion, both Danes and foreigners. Charles Gußavus, afterwards king of 
 Sweden, had ftudied here ; on which account he abftained from commit- 
 ting any hoftilities againft this place in 1659. But as the number of the 
 ftudents greatly decreafed, and the revenues of it were much exhausted by 
 the war, the few that remained were, in 1665, removed to other places ; 
 and fome of the profeffors were invited to Copenhagen, whilft others with- 
 drew elfewhere. However, Frederick III. founded a fchool here for a cer- 
 tain number of noblemen's and burgher's children, which was continued 
 till the year 1734, when Chriflian VI. diffolved it quite, for fome time. But 
 as he had formed the defign of renewing the former Academy for the 
 Nobility, he caufed the prefent magnificent and elegant building to be 
 erected for that purpofe. But this monarch dying foon after, Frederick V. 
 completed the defign, and founded the Academy a fecond time. He 
 alfo endowed it with a large revenue, which the famous baron Ho/berg 
 confiderably encreafed, by bequeathing his whole eftate to it. To this 
 Academy belong a Grand-Mafter, an Infpector, Profeffors in all the fciences 
 which relate to civil or political employments, a Mafter of the French 
 language, and a Riding-Mafter, with proper Mailers for fencing, dancing, 
 and drawing. There is alfo a printing-prefs fet up in this Academy. The 
 Academifts have their apartments in a large and commodious ftone 
 building. The Grand-Mafter, as Prefect of the Prefecture of Soroe, has 
 the fame authority in the town of Soroe as the General-Governors of pro- 
 vinces have in the other towns. The Academy is under the jurifdiction of 
 its own officers j and in all caufes the Grand-Mafter prefides as judge, af- 
 fifted by the Infpector and Profeffors. This Academy alfo enjoys feveral 
 
 P 2 other
 
 io8 DENMARK. [Seeland. 
 
 other privileges, which may be feen in its ftatutes of the year 1 747. The 
 great church is at prefent the only remains of the old monaftery, and in it 
 lie buried feveral kings and princes, as Waldemar III. &c. with feveral 
 perfons of diftindtion and learning. It ferves for the town and Academy- 
 church, and the profeffor of Divinity is the preacher. In the lake of Soroe 
 a large fifli is often taken, called in Danifh Malle, and in Latin Silur us, or 
 muflela maxima. Some of this fpecies are above four ells in length ; but they 
 are found no where elfe in Denmark. 
 
 The Barony of Hotter g, which was the property of the famous and 
 learned Baron of that name, who bequeathed it to the academy of 
 Soroe, confifts of two eftates ; one of which, called Ter/lofe, lies in the Pre- 
 fecture of Holbeck, and the other called Brorup, in the Prefecture of An- 
 derfiow. 
 
 XIII. The Prefecture of Korsoer, confifts of the Herred of Slagelfe, 
 which includes 13 country churches. In this Prefecture are the following 
 towns. 
 
 Korfoer, in Latin Crucifora, a fmall town fituated on a point of land in 
 the Great-Belt, oppofite the town of Nyeborg in Funen. The diftance be- 
 tween thefe towns is about four geographical miles ; and this is the ufual 
 paffage acrofs the Great-Belt. In 1 66 1 , this town obtained the ftaple- 
 privilege, and carries on a confiderable trade bv fea. Its harbour is one 
 of the beft in Seeland, being very commodious for fuch veffels as do not 
 draw above nine feet water; but the buildings are mean and irregular. 
 The parifh church is a very indifferent ftructure, and contains nothing re- 
 markable but a good piece of painting, which was a prefent from the Uni- 
 versity of Copenhagen, and reprefents the women bringing their young chil- 
 dren to Chrift. On the fea-fliore, near the town, ftands an ancient royal 
 palace, furrounded with a ditch and rampart ; in part of which the Com- 
 mandant and fome other perfons have apartments, and the other part ferves 
 for a granary, and commands the harbour. 
 
 Slagelfe, in Latin Slaglofia, is a pretty large and populous town ; but, 
 for the moft part, confifts of mean houfes. It was built by the ancient 
 hero Slag or Slav, one of the anceftors of Bifhop Abfalon, about the clofe 
 of the 10th century, and originally belonged to his family, but afterwards 
 fell to the crown. Here are two parifh churches, a well endowed hof- 
 pital which has a chapel, and a grammar-fchool in which twenty fcholars 
 are maintained and educated. The inhabitants apply themfelves chiefly to 
 planting tobacco, and agriculture, for the territory belonging to the town is 
 very extenfive ; as for trade there is but little ftirring here. Slagelfe was 
 greatly damaged by fire in 1652 and 1740. Many ftrange miracles are re- 
 lated, which the pretended holy monk Andrew, who died here in 1203, 
 is faid to have wrought. 
 
 Andwort-
 
 Seeland.] DENMARK. 109 
 
 Andioortßoiv, or Anderfkow, a large royal palace, ftands on an eminence 
 at a fmall diftance to the eaft of Slagelß. It was formerly a very grand mo- 
 naftery belonging to the monks of the order of St. John, and erected by 
 WaldemarW. in 1220 ; but after the Reformation, it was converted into a 
 palace. Here Frederick II. who was very fond of this place, out of his ex- 
 traordinary zeal threw the Concordat into the fire, in 1580. He alfo con- 
 fiderably enlarged and embellifhed this palace, where he ended his days ; 
 and Frederick IV. in 1 720, repaired the church belonging to it. At this 
 day, however, it makes no extraordinary appearance. In 1546, a national 
 fynod was held here by all the Bifhops of Denmark. 
 
 XIV. The Prefecture of Andersicow contains the Herreds of Weß 
 and Eaß Flackeberg\ the former including 18, and the latter 13 country 
 churches. Places of note in this Prefecture are, 
 
 Skielßior, or Skiel/ißor, which is a fmall town, but better built than 
 Korfoer. It carries on a middling trade by fea. Near the parifh-church 
 there was formerly a convent of Carmelites, which was founded in 141 8. 
 There is a profitable fifhery hereabouts, particularly of eels. 
 
 The County of Holßeinburg, with a caflle of the fame name, which be- 
 longs to the Counts of Hol/lein. 
 
 Herliifsholm , which is a free-fchool lituated at the diftance of a quarter of a 
 geographical mile from Ne/hved. The firft inhabitants of this place were tome 
 Beneditline monks, who, in 1261, deferted their convent near St. Peter's 
 church at Neflwed, that had been burnt, and removed to a neighbouring 
 wood, which they called Skov-klojler, i. c. the convent in the wood. This 
 monaftery was richly endowed ; but at the time of the Reformation, the 
 revenues of it were confifcated, and an Amt-man or Prefect fet over the 
 place in the king's name. But after the famous admiral Herlaf 'Trolle 
 gave Hillcrod/7:olm (the place where Frederick/burg now ftands) to Fre- 
 derick II. in exchange for this convent in the wood ; he founded the pre- 
 fent free-fchool in 1 564, and endowed it with the whole eftate, which 
 brings in yearly about 3000 Rix-dollars. He likewife called the place 
 Herliifsholm, after his own name, and ordered that a fuper-infpector and 
 fuper-adminiftrator, for the management of the fchool and the endow- 
 ment annexed to it, mould be elected alternately from the Trolles, his own 
 family, and the Goefes, his wife's family. After his death, which happened 
 in 1665, his widow was no lefs indefatigable in carrying on the building 
 than the admiral had been ; but it was not quite completed till after her 
 deceafe. At prefent, twenty youths are inftructed and provided with all 
 neceffaries on this foundation. The old monaftery is ftill the principal 
 building belonging to the fchool. It is lituated in a charming pleafant coun- 
 try ; and is watered by the river which runs through Ne/liaed, and fur- 
 rounded with a wood. In the fmall, but elegant church belonging to 
 this place are fome valuable monuments of many famous men ; among 
 
 which
 
 , I0 DENMARK. [Seeland. 
 
 which we {hall only take notice of thofe of the founder of the ichool, and 
 the Daniß Hiftorian Arild Hvitfeld. 
 
 XV. The Prefecture of Wordingborg confifts, 
 
 1. Of the Herred of ' Tyberg including 14 churches. 
 
 2. The Herred of Hammer containing 11 churches. 
 
 %. The Herred of Baarfe, which has 13 churches. From the village 
 of Kallehauge, is the ufual pafTage to the illand of Mom. Within this Pre- 
 fecture are the following places. 
 
 Neßived is a pretty large town but meanly built, fituated on the river 
 Nes, in a pleafant and fertile fpot. This river divides the town into two 
 unequal parts, which are called Great and Little Neflwed, and then runs 
 into the Baltic : This gives the inhabitants an opportunity of carrying on 
 ibme little trade. Here are two parifh churches, namely, St. Peter's and 
 St. Martins. In the former, among the remains of the popifh fuperfti- 
 tion, an image of the royal Saint Knut, curioufly cut in wood and finely 
 gilded, and a crucifix which is well executed are to be feen. There were 
 formerly feveral convents in this town ; and there is a piece of money füll 
 extant, which was coined here. In the year 1259, a bloody and decifive 
 battle was fought near Nejhvcd ; and in 1271, the town was much da- 
 maged by fire. 
 
 Wordingborg, in Latin Orthunga, is a fmall town fituated on the moft 
 fouthern point of Seeland on a bay called the Gronfund. This place is looked 
 upon as the moft delightful and pleafant fpot in the whole ifland. This 
 town has a gram mar- Ichool ; and the inhabitants live partly by agriculture, 
 and partly by ufing the lea. As for the ancient caftle that flood near it, 
 which Waldemar I. built in 1066, and intended for a place of great ftrength j 
 nothing but the ruinous remains of it are now to be feen. Waldemar III. 
 who was exceedingly fond of this place, refided here for the moft part, 
 and, in derifion of the Hanfe-toums, built the well known tower, which, 
 from a golden goofe erected on the top of it, he called gans, i. e. the Goofe. 
 In this tower he purpofed to confine the prifoners of the Hanfe-toivns that 
 fhould fall into his hands in the war he intended to carry on againft them. 
 As the old caftle gradually fell to decay, Prince George, who was brother 
 to Chri/iian V. and married to Anne Queen of England, built here an en- 
 tire new caftle, which Frederick IV. afterwards enlarged; but that edifice, 
 not long fince, was pulled down. The ufual pafiage to the iflands Falßer 
 and Loiland is from this place. In 1240, at a famous Diet held here, the 
 old Jutijche Low-buck, or Codex legum Juticarum was compiled and pro- 
 mulgcd : This body of laws is ftill in force in South- Jut land. In 1256, 
 another Diet was held, and in 1658 preliminaries for a peace between 
 Denmark and Sweden were treated of in this town. 
 
 Frafioe, in Latin Preßyteronefus, is a middling town, and has a commodious 
 harbour, from which a good deal of corn is exported. Formerly a convent 
 
 of
 
 Seeland.] DENMARK. in 
 
 of the Fratrcs Calendarii, and another monaftery flood here. In 1750 this 
 town was deftroyed by fire. 
 
 Gijfelfcld is a considerable eflate, which Count Guldenloive bequeathed to 
 a convent of nuns, one half of the number to be the daughters of perfons 
 of Quality, and the other half the daughters of citizens. 
 
 XVI. The Prefecture of Tryggevelde confifts, 
 
 1. Of the Herred of BieJ'verskoiv, which includes 12 churches. In the 
 village of Her/ogle Queen Anna Sophia founded a hofpital for the mainte- 
 nance of twenty old men, and the instruction often children who are here 
 taught by a mafter. 
 
 2. The Herred of Faxoe, which contains 11 churches, exclulive of that at 
 Wemmeltofie. 
 
 3. The Herred of Steven, which is a peninfula, and has 10 churches. 
 Places of note in this Prefecture are the following. 
 
 The County of Walloe, with a large and royal palace of the fame name, 
 lies near the little town oiKioge. The cattle was at fir ft built by the famous 
 Peter Oxe and his confort Mette Rofenkranz in the year 1575 s But it was 
 afterwards considerably enlarged ; and Frederick IV. particularly, made great 
 additions to it, when the caftle together with the County fell to the Crown. 
 Chriflian VI. made a prcfent of both to his confort, queen Sophia Magda- 
 lena, who inftituted a religious Foundation here for women of noble fami- 
 lies, and endowed it with the whole revenue of the County and the eftates 
 annexed to it. She alio provided apartments for them in one of the four 
 fides of the building. The confecration of the new convent was performed 
 with great folemnity in 173H, and the princefs Frederica of Wurtenbci g~ 
 Neußadt was appointed the firft Abbefs of it. 
 
 Wemmeltofie is a very ancient feat, which formerly belonged to prince 
 Charles, brother to Frederick IV. and his filter Sophia Hedeivig : that prince 
 generally refided, and at laft ended his days in this feat. Both the prince 
 and princefs laid out vaft fums in embellilhing this palace, which is plea- 
 fantly lituated, and bequeathed it by will, together with all the eftate be- 
 longing to it, for a convent for ladies of Quality ; which was founded in 
 1 73 5. This Foundation has two Curators and two Preachers, one of which 
 is a Dane and the other a German. Every Lady of this community is 
 obliged to maintain and educate one orphan. This convent lies in the 
 Herred of Faxoe. 
 
 Store-Heddinge, i. e. Great Hedding, or fimply Heading, is a very ancient 
 but mean town. There are feveral good lime-kilns in the territory belong- 
 ing to this town : It lies in the Herred of Steven. 
 
 Tryggcvelde, in Latin Tuta va/'lis, is an ancient famous caftle, near which, 
 on an eminence, a pyramidal ftone with a Runic infeription was formerly 
 to be feen ; but it ftands now in Walloe at one end of the bridge. 
 
 The
 
 ri2 DENMARK. [Seeland. 
 
 The high and rocky promontory called Stevens Klint, which may be ken 
 at a great diftance, is remarkable, as well as the adjacent parts, for good 
 ftone-quarries. 
 
 XVII. The ifland of Moen, Mona, or Virginia Danica, lies diredly 
 over againft the little town of Prafloe ; and between the latter and the ifland 
 are the ftraits called the Wolfjund. This ifland is four geographical miles in 
 length from eaft to weft, and two in breadth. The high chalky cliffs to- 
 wards the Baltic may be feen a great way off* at fea. One of them at a 
 diftance refembles a throne, and is therefore commonly called the King's 
 Chair. Stones of an uncommon figure or fhape are no where in greater 
 plenty than on this coaft. The foil is fertile in every part of the ifland, and 
 yields great quantities of peafe. It confifts of one Jlmt or Prefecture, and 
 one Herred, and contains feven rural parifhes and the little town of Stege. 
 The latter lies in the middle of the ifland, and was formerly a place of 
 ftrength j for, in 1510, it fuccefsfully maintained a flege againft the Lü- 
 beckers. It had alfo a fine caftle called Elmehmd, which the burghers in 
 their fury demolifhed in the year 1534- Some years fince, a free Marine 
 Academy, or fchool for teaching navigation, was founded here by Chrif- 
 tian V. but this foundation afterwards fell to decay. In Refenius's Atlas 
 there is a map of this ifland. Between Moen and Falfler lies the little ifland 
 of Boog or Bcgoe. 
 
 XVIII. The ifland of Bornholm, Bomhohnia, or Boringia, lies in the 
 Baltic, about 16 geographical miles from the extreme point of Seeland, and 
 6 from Yßad in Schonen. It extends from North-North-Weft to South- 
 South-Eaft, about feven geographical miles in length, and is four in breadth. 
 The foil is fertile and produces all kinds of grain, particularly oats. Here 
 is alfo good pafturage or meadow-land ; and a great quantity of butter is ex- 
 ported from this ifland. It likewife affords good lime-ftone, marble quar- 
 ries, and pit coals ; and cement is alfo made in Bornholm. The coaft, on 
 account of many dangerous rocks or fhoals, is inacceffible almoft on every 
 fide : But in thofe places where there might be any danger of an enemy's 
 landing, great guns are planted. Perfons of quality, and other criminals, 
 are ufually banifhed to this ifland by way of punifhment ; and this was the 
 fate of the infamous Dippel. In popifh times this ifland belonged to the 
 Archbifhop of Lund in Schonen ; and feveral difputes have from time to time 
 arifen about it. In 1522 the Lübeckers made themfelves mafters of it, in 
 whofe hands it continued a long time. At the peace of Rojchild'it was ceded 
 to the Swedes : But the inhabitants being treated with great feverity by their 
 new mafters, took up arms in the fame year ( 1658) j and recovering their 
 liberty under the conduct: of Jens Koejod, they delivered up the ifland to the 
 king of Denmark. By this means they greatly ingratiated themfelves with his 
 Danijh Majefty, who fent them a letter of thanks ; and in a fecond letter 
 
 he
 
 Seeland,] DENMARK. i, 3 
 
 he gracioufly promifed to take them under his immediate protection, which 
 engagement the fucceeding kings have ever fince confirmed from time to 
 time. Since that time Bomholm has been an hereditary Country belonging 
 to the kings of Denmark. In 1678, 5000 of the Swedijh troops, in their 
 pafTage from Pomerania to Sweden, were ftranded on this ifiand ; and thofe 
 that eicaped the fury of the waves were made prifoners of war tho' they 
 were provided with Danifl> paffes. The inhabitants keep up their own 
 Militia, for the defence of the ifiand ; fo that the king of : Denmark is at no 
 expence on that account. There is a Governor, Deputy Governor, 
 Amtman or Prefect, and other officers, in this ifiand ; it confifts of one Pre- 
 fecture which contains about 100 villages. 16 rural churches, and the fol- 
 lowing places of note. 
 
 Ronne, or Ron de, is a little town on the fouth-weft fide of the ifiand. 
 Here the king's Governor or Commandant generally refides ; there is alfo 
 a grammar febool in this town. The harbour is well fortified and fheltered 
 from certain winds ; but it is not very deep. 
 
 Haßc, Svannike, and Nexoe are little towns on the fea-coafr. which have 
 harbours for fmall vefieis. 
 
 Aakirke lies in the middle of the ifiand, and has the privileges of a 
 city. Here the provincial court and the fynod are held. 
 
 Hammerbuus is an old ruinous caftle fituated on the north angle of the 
 ifiand, and was formerly a ftrong fortrefs. 
 
 There is a map of this ifiand in Refenins's Atlas. 
 
 Two geographical miles to theEaft of Bornhohn flands a little fort known 
 by the name of Cbrißianjoe. It is built on five rugged rocks called Er- 
 tholmen, between which Chips may liecommodioufly at anchor in the middle 
 of the fea. There are a few other inhabitants on thefe rocks befides the 
 garrifon. Chriftian V. erected this fort in the year 1684, and had a medal 
 llruck on the occafion. 
 
 Vol. I. Q^ Tie
 
 ir 4 DENMARK. [Funen. 
 
 The Diocese, or General Government of 
 
 FUNEN. 
 
 f ~T y HIS Diocefe is the fecond in order, and includes Funen, Langeland, 
 ■*• Laaland, Falßer, and other fmaller iflands. It has two Governors; 
 and under one of thefe are Funen and Langeland ; and Laaland and Falßer 
 are fubjedl to the ether. 
 
 The illand of Funen, in Danifh Fyen, in Latin Fionia, lies between the 
 Great and Little Felt. It is ten geographical miles in length from Bogen- 
 Jee to Swenborg, and nine in breadth from Aßens to Nyborg. Its name de- 
 notes a fine country, and indeed the whole illand is fertile and very pleafant. 
 On this account mofr, of the noble families of the kingdom have for many 
 years refided here; fo that it is not eafy to find in any other country of an equal 
 extent fo many noblemen's feats as there are in this ifland. The foil yields fuch 
 plentiful crops of all forts of grain, that the inhabitants may annually export 
 above 100,000 barrels of rye, barley, oats and peafe to Norway and Sweden, 
 exclufive of their home confumption. It alfo produces a vafr. quantity of 
 buck-wheat ; and this fort of grain is chiefly cultivated by the inhabitants. 
 They employ a great deal of time and care in breeding bees, and make a great 
 quantity of fine mead or hydromel, which is exported to all parts of the 
 kingdom. The apples that grow in Funen are alio greatly admired ; and it 
 produces plenty of efculent herbs, and hops. In order to prevent too great 
 a confumption of wood, the inhabitants ufe turf moftly for fuel. In the di- 
 ftric~t of A/fens there are two mountains of a confiderable height, namely, 
 the Faußenberg and the Ochfenberg ; and near Middelfahrt there is alfo ano- 
 ther hill. Here are feveral frefh-water lakes, and rivers abounding with fifh ; 
 but none of them are navigable. In the bays, and all along the coaft, a 
 great quantity of fea fifh, particularly cod, herring, eel, turbot, &c. are 
 taken. The whole ifland is divided into five Amts or Prefectures, which 
 are as follows : 
 
 I. The Prefecture of Nvborg, which confifls, 
 
 1. Of the Herred, or diftricl:, of Bierg, in which 12 rural churches are 
 included, with 10 noblemen's feats, and the Barony of Scheelßorg, formerly 
 called EJkieldßorg, which belongs to Baron Brockdorf. 
 
 2. The Herred of Winding, which includes 16 rural churches, 10 no- 
 blemen's feats, and the Barony of Holkenbavn, with a noble caftle which 
 belongs to Baron Hoik. 
 
 3. The
 
 Funen.] DENMARK. u 5 
 
 3. The Herred of Aafnm, in which are 11 rural churches, and 5 noble- 
 men's feats. 
 
 4. The Herred of Gudme, which contains 13 rural churches, and as 
 many noblemen's feats. 
 
 5. The Herred of Sailing, in which are 24 rural churches, 20 noble- 
 men's feats, and the Barony of Brahe-Trolleborg, which belongs to the 
 Counts of Reventlau. It was formerly a monaftery belonging to the Cißer- 
 cian order, and called Holmekloßer, or Holme in Funen, in Latin Injula 
 Dei ; but Henry Ranzau purchafed it of Frederick II. for 55,000 Rix- 
 dollars in 1561, and called it Ranzauholm after his own name. It was 
 afterwards in the poflellion of the unfortunate Key Lykkes, and confifcated 
 to the crown in 1661, in the reign of Frederick III. who granted it to 
 Manderup Brake and Birgitte Trolle his wife } hence it derives its prefent 
 name, Brahe-Trolleborg. 
 
 6. The Herred of Sund, in which are 18 rural churches and 13 noble- 
 men's feats. In the village of St. Jürgen there is an hofpital for 30 poor 
 perfons, which was formerly a rich convent. The pleafant and fertile ifland 
 of Taa/ing lies over-againft the town of Swenborg ; it is two geographical 
 miles long and one broad, and has three churches and feveral good vil- 
 lages. On the fouth-eaft end of the ifland, Chrißian IV. in 1629, built 
 the caftle of Waldemarsburg on a delightful fpot; but, in i6jj,ChriJlianV. 
 gave the whole ifland to the admiral Niels Juel, whofe defcendants are 
 ftill in pofleffion of it. 
 
 Within this Prefecture are the following towns. 
 
 Nyborg, in Latin Neoburgum, is a ftrong town on the Great-Belt. It 
 is not, indeed, very large j but has a commodious fituation, and is well 
 built. 
 
 The pari Hi-church, and the council-houfe are the beft in the ifland. 
 There is a grammar-fchool at Nyborg, and a harbour, which, indeed, is 
 large, but neither deep enough, nor fheltered from fome winds. The in- 
 habitants fubfift partly by accommodating the paflengers who daily crois 
 over from hence to Korfor in Seeland (which is a paffage of four geogra- 
 phical miles) or return hither from thence ; and partly by commerce. 
 The fhips, that pafs through the Great-Belt are obliged to pay toll here; 
 for which purpofe a man of war is always ftationed in the Belt. All that 
 remains of the ancient royal palace, where Chrißian II. was born in 1481, 
 and, when an infant, carried up to the top of it by a monkey and brought 
 down again without receiving any hurt, is only a large wing with a flat 
 tower a little higher than the roof. It ferves, at prefent, for a magazine 
 and arfenal. This city was firft built in 1175, and in the 13th and 
 14th centuries moft of the affemblies of the ftates and courts of judicature, 
 particularly the remarkable Diet in 1256, were held here. In 1659, the 
 Swedes were totally defeated almoft under the guns of its caftle. 
 
 <Xj. Kierte-
 
 u6 DENMARK. [Funen. 
 
 Kierteminde, in Latin Cartemunda, quafi gratum ßuminis oßhim, Ls a town 
 fituated on a large bay at the mouth of a river ; which forms a vs*y com- 
 modious harbour for the exportation of grain, to the great profit of the in- 
 habitants. Formerly, the traders of Odenfe had warehoufes in this town. 
 Oft the harbour lies the fmall iiland of Ramfoe, which, a few fpots ex- 
 cepted, is quite covered with trees. 
 
 Faaborg is a town fituated on the fouthern coaf! in a low and very fertile 
 country. It has a confiderable trade in grain and all forts of provifions, 
 though its harbour is but very inciifFerei t, and a well-endowed hofpital. In 
 3535, this town was facked and burnt ; and in 1612, 171^, and 1728, 
 it alfo fufFered extremely by fire. Not far from hence, namelv, in the pa- 
 rifh of Home in the village of Beutzcn is the ufual pafTage to the -ifland of 
 Alfin; and in the bay, near the town, lie feveral little iflands, the two 
 larger! of which, viz. Avernack and Lyoe, have each a church eredled 
 on it. 
 
 S°cenborg or Svendborg flands in a woody country, on the mod fouthern 
 point of land in Funen. It has two churches, and the bei! harbour in 
 the ifland ; yet it carries on little or no trade. In the 13th century this 
 town was the refidence of a branch of the royal family, defcended from king 
 Abel. In 1288, a convent of Gray Friers was founded here ; and in J 43 3, 
 a congrefs for a peace between king Waldemar IV. and the Hanfe-towns was 
 held at Svenborg. This town has fuüained feveral fieges in which it fufFered 
 greatly. 
 
 Spree or Sprogoe, is a fmall ifland in the middle of the Greaf-Belt about 
 two geographical miles from Nyborg, and the fame diftance from Korfor. 
 It is about 4- of a geographical mile in length, and a mufket-ihot in breadth. 
 There is only one farm on this ifland; which, however, contains arable 
 land fufficient for fixteen barrels of feed-corn, befides ibme paflure for cat- 
 tle. This ifland is continually decreafing by the gradual incroachments of 
 the fea. In winter, vefTels failing through the Great-Belt are often obliged 
 to put in here. 
 
 II. The Prefecture of Odense contains, 
 
 1. The Herred of Scham, which includes nine churches and three 
 manors. 
 
 2. The Herred of Funde, with nine churches and feven manors. 
 
 3. The Herred of Odenfe, with eleven churches and eight manors. 
 Among thefe are the convent and Prefecture of St. Knut, and the convent 
 and Prefecture of Dalum or Chrißanthal. The convent lies near the town 
 of Odenß, in which, indeed, it was firf! founded in the year 1 1 83 ; but 
 the Society was foon after removed hither. There were in this convent 
 both monks and nuns ; and it was one of the bef! Foundations on the 
 ifland. 
 
 This
 
 Funcn.] DENMARK. 117 
 
 This Prefecture derives its name from 
 
 Odenfe, or Odinfoe-, in Latin Otbinta, Ottinium, or Othena, which is a 
 city of great antiquity, and the capital of the whole Diocefe. It is pretty 
 
 : and populous, and the new part of the town is well built ; but molt 
 of it is old and decayed. Otic///? is fuppofed to have been built before the 
 Chriftian /Era, and to derive its name from the northern idol Odin, and 
 not, as ibme imagine, from the emperor Otho I. who never was in this 
 city. It is fituated in a fine plain, on a river which yields a plentiful va- 
 riety of fifii, and, about a quarter of a geographical mile below the town, runs 
 
 the gulf of Stegefirand. The length of the city is about a quarter of a 
 
 graphical mile, and the breadth is about half as much. It has lour 
 :s. The cathedral is the moft remarkable, the inlide of which has been 
 
 v repaired and beautified ; but the architecture is very old and mean. 
 
 ■ vault behind the altar the remains of the royal martyr king Knut, the 
 bunder of this church, who was put to death in 1086, or 1087, is laid to 
 • 1 in a coffin of copper, gilt. In the Gray Friers or Francifcan 
 church are interred king John and Chrijlina his queen, with their fon 
 / , : and alio king Chrijlian II. The table of the altar, which was 
 the gift of above-mentioned queen Chrißina, is extremely beautiful. 
 
 Near this church a (lately hofpital was built in the year 1540, which has 
 a refectory, and a chapel, with a particular Preacher to officiate in it. In 
 the times of popery there were four other churches and convents in this 
 city. The king's palace, which is built on the fpot where the ancient 
 convent of St. "John formerly ftood, is neither large, commodious, nor ele- 
 gant; for it was built only as a lodging for Frederick IV. in his occafional 
 progreffes through Funen. That excellent Prince died in this palace in the 
 year 1^30. Anciently there was a caftle on an eminence without the 
 town. In 1 62 1, king ChriftianW . erected, and liberally endowed a. Gym- 
 nafmm or college in this place, in which are four profefiors ; and this is 
 the only one remaining of many fuch Danijh feminaries of learning. This 
 edifice is but mean. Here is alfo a large cathedral-fchool confifting of fix 
 claffes, where all the fcholars, befides their inftruction, receive a fmall pen- 
 fion ; and 36 of the poorer fort are here boarded, and provided with all 
 neceffaries. This fchool, which is one of the beft in the whole kingdom, 
 was founded in the 14th century by queen Margaret, and improved and 
 liberally endowed by fome of her royal fucceffors and feveral private benefac- 
 tions. In 17 1 6, a lady of the name of Brahe founded a convent for young 
 ladies of noble families, in this place. The Provincial Court is held in this 
 city every month in the great hall ; and, among other privileges, it ap- 
 pears from feveral ancient coins that Odenfe had alfo that of coining money. 
 The bay lies about ^ of a geographical mile from the city ; however, it 
 carries on fo confiderable a trade as to employ 34 large fhips, befides above 
 j 00 fmaller veffels; and the like number arrive here annually. Odei/fe fup- 
 5 plies
 
 Il8 DENMARK. [Funcn. 
 
 plies the greateft part of the army, and efpecially the cavalry, with all 
 their leather accoutrements ; and is particularly famous for gloves. A con- 
 ti derable cloth manufactory has been lately erecled here, near the river, and 
 likewife a ir-houfe, and another for ibap-boiling. It is not only the refi- 
 donce of the^General-Governour and the Bifhop of Funen, but has alio fe- 
 veral noble and opulent families among its inhabitants. The Daniß lan- 
 guage is, by many, thought to befpoken here in its greateft purity. The 
 See of Odcnfi was erected by king Harald Blaatand, before the year 980. 
 And, after it had been abolilhed during the perfecution of Sneno, it was re- 
 ftored by Knut the Great in 1020. A Synod, or affembly of the Clergy, was 
 held here in 1205, and a Diet in 1527. At another Diet held here in 1538, 
 a folid foundation was laid for the Reformation of the whole Kingdom, 
 and the hierarchy and difcipline of the Danijh church was fettled. In 1 580, 
 the grand ceremony of the inveftiture of the three Princes of Slefwick was 
 performed here by king Frederick II. In 1657 another Diet was held in 
 this city, which was the laft but one of thofe affemblies of the States in Den- 
 mark. In 1 70 1 a fubfidy-treaty was concluded here betwixt the king of 
 Denmark, England and Holland. In 1724 a trading Company was eftab- 
 lifhed at Odenfe by a very favourable royal charter. 
 
 III. The Prefecture of Rugaard confifts of the Herred of Schonbye, and 
 contains ten parifli churches, a like number of manors, and the following 
 places of note. 
 
 Bovenje, which is a fmall town. Its inhabitants carry on fome trade to 
 Norway ; and both in the town and the adjacent country, which is called 
 North Sletting, blankets and rugs are manufactured, and a great quantity 
 of cummin -feed is fown. The paffage from hence to Klackring in 'Jutland 
 is two geographical miles. 
 
 The County of Guldenßein, with a fine feat of the fame name, belongs to 
 the heirs of Count Knut. It is alfo known by the name of Engaard. 
 
 IV. The Prefecture of Hindsgavel confifts of the Herred of Wend, 
 and contains 19 rural churches, 9 manors, and the following places of note. 
 
 Hindfgavel, which was anciently a royal palace, ftands not far from 
 Middlcfahrt on a fmall promontory in the Little Belt. It was granted by 
 king Frederick III. together with fome lands annexed to it, to Erick Ban- 
 ner, who caufed moft of the buildings to be pulled down. Near it, in the 
 Little Belt, lies a little ifland called Fanoe, which has good pafture land and 
 woods, and is inhabited by feveral fubftantial peafants. 
 
 The County of Wedelsborg, formerly called Iverfnas, and a caftle of the 
 fame name, belong to Count Wedel. 
 
 The Barony of Putbus, which confifts of the two manors of Einficdehburg 
 and Kiorup-Gaard. 
 
 In this'diftricl: alfo lies Middeljahrt, a fmall town on the Little Belt, 
 which is not above a quarter of a geographical mile in breadth in this place, 
 
 and
 
 Funen.] DENMARK. 
 
 ■ and is called the Middlcfahrt-fund. This is the place where they ufually 
 ferry over to Snoghoy, which is directly oppolite to it in 'Jutland. In 1290 
 Middlefahrt was entirely confumed by fire. 
 
 About half a geographical mile from hence, oppofite to Fredericia, is 
 another ferry into Juti'tind, which is called Striebsfarge, or Striebsfabr, 
 where Frederick III. defigned to build a town which was to be called Sophi- 
 enodde ; but that project was never put in execution. 
 
 V. The Prefecture of Assens confifts of the Herr cd of Boog, which con- 
 tains 21 pariibes and 10 manors. It derives its name from Affcns or A/nes 
 (i.e. Promontorium janSlum, or holy promontory) a town fituated on the 
 Little Belt, and which was formerly a place of great note. In 1535 it was 
 difmantled and plundered; but in 1628 it was not only rebuilt, but fur- 
 rounded with a wall and moats ; of thefe, however, there are no remains 
 at prefent. The buildings in this town, for the mod part, are but mean. 
 The great church is fuppofed to have been built in i486. Before the Re- 
 formation A/fens was famous for a convent of Francifcam. Its harbour is 
 none of the beft; yet they export a great quantity of corn and other com- 
 modities. The ufual pafiage from hence to Aar ocfundff arge, in the Pre- 
 fecture of Haderßeben, over the Little Belt, is about two geographical miles. 
 At Oxenberg, about half a geographical mile from hence, Chrijlian III. de- 
 feated Count Chriflopher of Oldenburg with his whole faction in 1535. 
 
 'The Ifland of Langeland. 
 
 This ifland is feven geographical miles in length from north to fouth, and 
 one in breadth. It is very fertile in every part. In the 13th century it was 
 an appenage to fome of the princes of the blood and was called a princi- 
 pality : But now it is only a County ; the greateft part of it being annexed 
 to Tranekiar, a feat belonging to Count Ahlefeld. However, it is one of the 
 befl: Counties in the Kingdom. It is under the fame General Governor as 
 the ifland of Funen, and contains only the royal Prefecture of Tranekiar \ 
 which includes the North and South Herrcds, each confiding of feven churches 
 or parifhes. 
 
 Rudkiobing is the only town on the ifland, and is of the middle fize. It 
 carries on a confiderable trade in corn and provifions. There is but one 
 church, and one fchool, in this town : The latter was founded in 1610 by 
 a wealthy lady. On the three fides towards the land Rudkiobing is fortified 
 with a wall and a ditch. 
 
 Tranekiar, Count Able) 'eld's caftle, was formerly one of the firongeft 
 places in the Kingdom. It is an ancient ftructure furrounded with a very 
 thick wall, and Hands on afteep high mountain. 
 
 In the South-Herred is a high promontory called Fackebierg. 
 
 Tbe 
 
 119
 
 i2o DENMARK. [Funen. 
 
 Thelfliuidof La aland, or Lolland. 
 
 This ifknd is on the eaft fide feparated from Falfler by the ftraits called 
 Guldborg/und, and on every other fide is furrounded by the Belt and the Ea/l 
 Sea or Baltic. It is four geographical miles diftant from the ifland of 
 Fernern. Laaland is feven geographical miles and a half in length, three 
 in breadth, and is the moft fertile fpot in the king of Denmark's dominions. 
 This ifland produces plenty of all forts of grain ; particularly very fine wheat, 
 and excellent peafe. It is alfo famous for a kind of red fruit called Manna, 
 which refembles fweet almonds in tafle, and grows on a long flender ftem ; 
 and abounds with all forts of apples, &c. 
 
 Laaland is not without woods, which, however, are more frequent on 
 the eaft than on the weft fide of the ifland. The inhabitants make little 
 account of grazing, as they find that agriculture turns out to greater advan- 
 tage. But notwithftanding all thefe conveniencies, as the country lies low 
 and the foil is damp, the air is very unhealthy. Of all the inhabitants of 
 this ifland the clergy are the beft provided for according to their rank. The 
 nobility are numerous here ; and many of them have very fine feats and 
 confiderable eftates. This ifland, like Falfler, has a particular Governor ; 
 but in fpiritual affairs both are under the jurifdiction of the Bifhop of Funen. 
 It contains three Prefectures, viz. 
 
 I. The Prefecture of Halsted, which comprehends the North and South 
 Herreds. In the latter are 16 churches, and 1 1 in the former. 
 
 II. The Prefecture of Aalholm, which conflfts of the Herreds of Fuglfe 
 and Moefe. In the former are 19, and in the latter 18 churches. In the 
 village near the church of Rad/led there is a good hofpital. 
 
 III. The Prefecture of Marieboe-kloster, which confiftsof the eftates 
 that formerly belonged to the Convent of Marieboe. Other places of note 
 on this ifland are the following towns. 
 
 Na/kow, in Latin Nafcovia, the capital of the ifland, was anciently well 
 fortified ; but is now only encompafled with a wall. It is a town of the 
 middling fize, and handfomely built. The inhabitants are wealthy, and 
 trade in the produce of the country which is very fertile. The jfews are 
 here allowed the public exercife of their religion, and have a fynagogue for 
 that purpofe. In this town are an hofpital and a grammar-fchool, both well 
 endowed. Here is alfo a pretty good harbour. In 1420, Najkoiv fuffered 
 extremely by fire ; in 1 570, it was plundered by the Lübeckers ; and in 
 j 659, it furrendered to the Swedes after a vigorous refiftance of thirteen 
 weeks. 
 
 Rodbye, in Latin Erythropolis, is a market town with a commodious har- 
 bour. A great quantity of corn of the growth of Laaland is exported from 
 hence. 
 
 The
 
 Funen.] DENMARK. 121 
 
 The pafiage from Rcdbye to the iiland of Fernem, and from thence to 
 Heiligenhafen in Holflein, is about four geographical miles over. 
 
 Marieboe, in Latin Habitaculum Marice, anciently called Skinninge, is 
 fituated by a large lake abounding with fifh. The inhabitants have a con- 
 fiderable home trade. Here the Provincial court is held for Laaland and 
 Fal/lcr, and the clergy aflemble every year to hold the ecclefiaftical court. 
 The Marieboe Convent, a very grand ftrudure which lies at die weft end of 
 the town, was founded in 1416 and 14 17 for a religious fociety of nuns : 
 But, in 1623, its large revenues were fequeftered for the ufe of the 
 Crown. 
 
 Nyfiad, in Latin Neoßadium, is not large, but a flourishing town. It 
 was formerly of a much larger extent ; but in 1560, and 1700, it fuffered 
 greatly by fire. This town carries on a confiderable trade to the dutchy 
 of Mecklenburg and other provinces of Germany. Here are ftill fome re- 
 mains of the ftately monaftery built ztNyßad in the year 1286. 
 
 Saxkiobing is an old fmall town, fituated on a large fruitful plain. A good 
 deal of corn is exported from hence in flat-bottomed vefiels. 
 
 In this ifland are alfo the following Counties and Baronies : 
 
 The County of Chriflianfade, which of late has been called Chrißiansburg, 
 belongs to the Counts of the Reventlau family. 
 
 The County of Chrißianßolm, formerly called Aalholm, belongs to the 
 Rabee family. The caftle, which ftands near Nyfiad, was in ancient times 
 the ufual refidence of the Princes of Laaland, and is well fortified. 
 
 The County of Knuthenburg belongs to Count Knuth. 
 
 The Barony of Juelinge, formerly called Halßed-kloßer, which belongs 
 to Baron fuehvind, lies at a fmall diftance from Najkow. 
 
 The Barony of Wintersburg belongs to Baron Gedde. 
 
 The Barony of Chrifiianflhal. 
 
 Laftly, it is alfo tobe noted, that the iflands Faoe and Femoe, which be- 
 long to the Herredof Fuglfe, lie about a quarter of a geographical mile from 
 each other ; and that the former is about the fame diftance from the village 
 of Kragnes in Laaland, and lies between Laaland, and the ifland Vairoe 
 which belongs to the church on Faoe. Thefe illands are not properly placed 
 in the maps. 
 
 The I/land of Falstzr, in Latin Falflria. 
 
 This ifland refembles thofe defcribed above as to its foil, &c. and is fub» 
 ject to the fame General Governor ; but in ecclefiaftical matters it is under 
 the jurifdidtion of the Bifhop of Funen. It lies at the diftance of two leagues 
 from Seeland ; and the promontory called Gedfers Odde, which extends a 
 great way to the fouth, is fix geographical miles from Warnemunde in Meck- 
 lenburg. The length of the ifland is fix geographical miles ; but its breadth 
 
 Vol. I. R towards
 
 i22 DENMARK. [Firnen. 
 
 towards the north end is not above thr°e, and towards the fouthern extre- 
 mity hardly one geographical mile. Falßer may be called the Orchard of 
 Denmark, for it yields abundance of fruit : all forts of game are alfo in great 
 plenty here. This ifland is commonly the dowry of the Queens of Den- 
 mark. It confifts of the Angle Prefecture of Nyekiobing, which contains 
 two Herreds. In the South Herred there are thirteen rural churches, and 
 fifteen in the North Herred. The latter comprehends the ifland of Bogoe, 
 which lies between Seeland and Falßer ; and the church and village of 
 Kipping, which is famous for a medicinal fpring. The church of Kippi?ig 
 was remarkable for its reliques, (fc. in popifli times. 
 
 The towns on this ifland are, 
 
 Nyekiobing, in Latin Neapolis Danica or Nicopia, which is one of the 
 moft ancient towns in the whole Kingdom. It is lituated on the ftraits 
 called Guldöorgjund, and is a pretty large well built town. However, it is 
 not in fo flourishing a condition as it was formerly when the Queens Dow- 
 ager, and other royal perfonages constantly reiided here. On the land fide it 
 is fortified with a wall and a ditch ; and carries on a confiderable trade. 
 Here is a free grammar fchool of four claries, and an hofpital which is one 
 of the beft endowed in the whole kingdom. The royal palace, built in 
 1589 by Queen Sophia, Dowager of Frederick II. and which, according to 
 others, is ftill more ancient, is a great ornament to the town. This old 
 caftle, next to Fredericksburg and Kronenburg, is the largefl: and moft mag- 
 nificent of all the royal palaces; and its Situation is likewife extremely 
 pleafant and delightful. Queen Sophia refided in this palace from 1588 till 
 163 1, as did alfo her grandfon Prince Chrijlian, his Confort Magdalena 
 Sybilla, and the Dowager of Chriflian V. Charlotta Amelia, who died here 
 in 1 7 14. Since that time the caftle has been neglected, and ibme of the 
 apartments are unfurnifhed and uninhabited. The garden, which lies not 
 far from the palace, is pretty large, and kept in good order. In 1288 
 Nyekiobing was plundered ; and in 1 507 a remarkable congrefs was held 
 here between king 'John and thofe Hanfe-towns which lie on the Baltic. 
 
 Stubbekiobing, a pretty ancient but mean little town. The inhabitants 
 carry on fome trade by fea through the Grunenfund, or Straits which run be- 
 tween Falßer and Moen. 
 
 The
 
 N. Jutlan. 1 DENMARK, 123 
 
 The Peninsula of 
 
 J U T LA N ZX 
 
 /_ pHE peninfula of Jutland, in Danifh Jvdland or Jvlland, in 
 -*- Latin Jutia, was called Cymbria or Cher {one fm Cimhrica by the Anci- 
 ents, to whom it was fufficiently known, as appears from Tacitus and Pliny. 
 We learn from Homer, that the ancient Grefks conceived a difmal idea of 
 the ftate of the inhabitants of this country. For they erroneoufly fuppofed 
 that the fun never gladdened them with its beams. This large peninfula, 
 from time immemorial, has loft its ancient name, and is no longer called 
 Citnbria, but Jutland, in common difcourfe. It lies betwixt the Baltic 
 and the North Sea, and is feparated from Holfieiriby the Eider and the Lewen. 
 From the river Eider to its northern extremity at Skaunhorn or Cape Skau, 
 it is computed to be fifty-two geographical miles in length ; and from Bou- 
 berg to Naffet it is twenty-four geographical miles in breadth. As it is di- 
 vided into Norre and Sonder Jylland, i. e. North and South Jutland, the 
 latter of which is commonly called the Dutchy of Schlefwig or Slejwick; I 
 fliall treat of each divifion feparately : And, Firft, of 
 
 North Jutland. 
 
 This part of the peninfula is commonly called by the general name of 
 Jutland, and is bounded by the fea on three fides ; but on the fourth or 
 fouth fide it is divided from South Jutland or Sleßaick by the rivers Raiding 
 and Skotburg. It is thirty-eight geographical miles in length, from fifteen 
 to twenty in breadth ; and of all the territories belonging to the crown of 
 Denmark, it is the largeft and yields the greateft revenue. The middle part 
 of it, excepting a few fpots of arable land, is nothing but heaths and moors, 
 which, however, afford good pafture for oxen, fheep, and goats. But the 
 other parts (which are of a greater extent) are exceeding fertile, as appears 
 from the large quantity of all forts of grain annually exported from hence to 
 Sweden, Norway , and Holland; and from the confiderable fums accruing to 
 the inhabitants from the fale of oxen, horfes and hogs. Hence Jutland is 
 commonly faid to be ' The land of bacon and rye-bread.' Here is alfo a 
 great plenty of fea and frefh- water fifth of all kinds; but the largeft frefii 
 water lakes, and which yield molt fifli, are near the palace of Skanderbwg. 
 The chief bays and gulfs are on the eaft fide of this peninfula ; and of thefe 
 
 R 2 th«
 
 i2 4 DENMARK. [N. Jutland. 
 
 the principal is the gulf of Lym, called Lymfurt or Lymfiorden, in Latin 
 Sinus Lymicus, which runs from the Cattegat twenty geographical miles into 
 the land, and widening gradually, forms feveral iflands. It is navigable and 
 abounds with fifh ; and, on the weft fide of 'Jutland, is feparated from the 
 North-Jea only by a narrow tradt of land. The other gulfs in North Jutland, 
 which alfo form good harbours, are thofe of Manager, Randers, Kalke, 
 Ebeltoß, Horfens, Weile, and Kolding, on the eaft fide ; and on the weft 
 fide thofe called Lyfier and Graae-Dib, Nyminds-Gab and 'Torfiminde. Here 
 are a great number of fmall ftreams ; but Guden is the largeft river, from 
 which Jutland is faid to derive its name. It runs through the Diocefe of 
 Aarhuus, in which it alfo rifes on the borders of the Diocefe of Ripen. This 
 river receives above forty fmaller ftreams ; becomes navigable near Randers j 
 and, after a courfe of about twenty-five geographical miles, falls into the 
 Cattegat. Next to this the moft noted rivers are the Skiern or Lonburg, 
 the Holfierbroe, Warde, and Nyps. I have been informed by a very ingeni- 
 ous and learned correfpondent, that large pieces of amber have been found 
 on the northern and wertem coafts of this peninfula. 
 
 Jutland is every where interfperfed with hills and eminencies, and, on 
 the eaft fide, with fine woods of oak, beach, fir, birch, &c. but the weft 
 fide is not fo woody ; fo that the inhabitants are obliged to ufe turf and 
 heath for fuel : Here is alfo great plenty of all kind of game. The air is 
 fomewhat keen and cold, efpecially towards the North-Jea, in the Diocefe of 
 Ripen, and in the Syjfels of Mors, lye, and Wend. The Jutlanders are of 
 a robuft, vigorous conftitution, and refolute temper ; and feem to have 
 raifed themfelves to a ftate of freedom fuperior to that of the other inhabi- 
 tants of Denmark. Many of the Jutland peafants have freeholds, for which 
 they pay only a fmall acknowledgment to the Lord of the Manor, and the 
 public taxes. The Danißi language is fpoke with lefs purity and elegance 
 in Jutland than in the other provinces ; and the Jutlanders have alfo a par- 
 ticular accent. Fredericia is the only place where the exercife of any reli- 
 gion befides Lutheranifm is tolerated. The Codex Chrißianeus, or the new 
 and complete Lowbuch, has fuperfeded the old Jutland law, and now takes 
 place here as well as in the other provinces of Denmark. 
 
 North Jutland was formerly divided into nine Syjfels or large diftricfs, 
 namely, Wend, Himmer, Cimmer or Cimber, Sailing, Har-Lovet, Aabe, 
 Ommer, Jelling, and Almind or Baring : But this ancient divifion is 
 abolifhed by the royal Courts of Judicature, and North Jutland is now 
 compofed of four Diocefes or General Governments. Each of thefe has its 
 Biftiop and General Governor ; and they derive their names from the four 
 chief Cities. In defcribing this country we fhall follow the modern, and at 
 the fame time take fome notice of the ancient divifion.
 
 Aalborg.] DENMARK. 125 
 
 The Diocese, or General Government of 
 
 A A L B O R G. 
 
 'Tp HIS Diocefe comprehends the moft northern part of Jutland, and is 
 -*■ divided from the other provinces by the Gulf of Lymfurt, and would 
 be an ifland were it not for a narrow ifthmus which lies between the North 
 Sea * and the Gulf of Lymfurt, and joins the diftricts of Tye and Har- 
 Syffel together. The length of this Diocefe, from Tyeholm to the extreme 
 point of the promontory of Skagen, is fomething above eighteen geogra- 
 phical miles, and its greateft breadth, from the fmall fort of Hals to the vil- 
 lage of Torup, in the Herred of Hundborg, which lies on the North Sea, is 
 nearly equal to the length of it. The foil in this Diocefe is of different 
 qualities and goodnefs, as I fhall fhew in the fequel. Aalborg was erected 
 into a bifhop's fee in the year 1065. This province was by the ancients 
 fometimes called Wendel-, Wandal or Wanjal Syjfel, from the diftrict or 
 Syjfel of Wend, and fometimes Borglum from the ancient caftle of Borglum. 
 The ancient bifhops refided at Jlggersborg on the Lymfurt, where at prefent 
 the ferry called Aggerfimds-fehre is. The chief manors in this Diocefe are 
 thirty-fix in number. Nature has divided it into four parts or diftricts, 
 which are fubdivided into a certain number of Prefectures. 
 
 I. Wendsyssel, in Latin Vandalia, Vinilia, or Venulia, is the largeft 
 
 and moft remarkable diftrict of the four abovementioned, being ten 
 
 geographical miles in length, and eight in breadth towards the fouth ; but 
 
 at the north-eaft extremity the land ends in a point refembling a horn -j-. 
 
 The Prefectures in this diftrict are, 
 
 1. Aalborguus, which contains the Herreds of Horn, confifting of 
 fourteen parifhes ; Klar of thirteen, and Hvetboe of feven parifhes. 
 
 2. Seiglstrup. The parifhes belonging to this Prefecture are fcattered 
 in feveral Herreds among other diftricts. 
 
 3. Aastrup, which comprehends the Herred of Wenneberg with twelve 
 churches, and that of Jerlef with the like number. 
 
 4. Borglum, which confifts of one Herred of the fame name, including 
 fourteen churches or parifhes. 
 
 "* The Author calls it the Wefl Sea in defcribing 'Jutland, becaufe it iies weft of that pro- 
 vince ; but I have given this Sea the name it is ufually known by to avoid confufton. The 
 fame may be obferved of the Baltic, which our Author commonly calls the Eajl S&i ; a name 
 little known in England. 
 
 ■\ This point of land or cape is called a horn in Vaniß, 
 
 In
 
 i 2 6 DENMARK. Aalborg.] 
 
 In the Wend-syssel or diftricl: are the following towns and remarkable 
 places. 
 
 Skavn or Skagen, in Latin Skavenia, is a fmall town which, not long fince, 
 obtained the rights and privileges of a city. It ftands on the extremity of 
 the land, in the Herred of Horn. The inhabitants fubfift partly by riming ; 
 and partly by carrying on a little trade, and piloting mips about thefe dan- 
 gerous coafts to and from the Baltic. The fand-bank, called Skager-Rack, 
 extends itfelf from Cape Skagen a great way into the fea, on which account 
 a large coal fire is conftantly kept up there in the winter nights, as a mark 
 for mips to avoid it. For this laudable purpofe, in the year 1 7 5 1 , a new 
 tower lixty-four feet high was erected oppofite to this fand bank, on the fpot 
 where the former light houfe flood, which had been demolilhed by the 
 violence of the fea. 
 
 Fladfirand is a mean market town, but of fome note for the pafTage from 
 hence to Norway. Here is a pretty good harbour defended by three forts 
 built on rocks which lie in the fea; but it is not fecured from all winds. 
 Moft of the inhabitants live by fifhing. 
 
 Hiorring, in Latin Hioringian, is a fmall country town, and was formerly 
 a Biihop's See, before it was removed by Frederick II. to the city of Aalborg. 
 Here a Synod of all the Provofts of the Diocefe of Aalborg is held annually 
 in the month of May. This was once a large town and had three churches; 
 but in the year 1693 it was aim oft entirely deftroyed by fire. Hiorring 
 and Fladßrand lie in the Herred of Wenneberg. 
 
 Sabye, in Latin Saboium, is a fmall ancient town, fituated on a river of 
 the fame name, which here falls into the fea and forms a fmall commodi- 
 ous harbour. It carries on a confiderable trade. In the year 1 160 a con- 
 vent was erected in this town, and in 1469, Marie/lad, another convent 
 belonging to the order of St. Bridget, was alfo founded here. 
 
 Borglum was the caftle where the popifh bifhop formerly refided, and 
 from which the whole Diocefe derived its name. In the year 1537 it was 
 diflblved, and the revenue of it fequeftered. It is now a manor, from which 
 the Prefecture of Borglum takes its name. The town of Sabye, mentioned 
 above, lies in this Prefecture. 
 
 Hals-Scbanze defends the entrance into the gulf called Lymfurt, and with 
 its fort makes a village, or fmall town. 
 
 Aalborg, in Latin Alburgum, the capital of this Diocefe, lies on the fouth 
 fide of Lymfurt, juft on the borders of the Diocefe of Wiborg. It is a 
 large, populous, ancient city, and next to Copenhagen the moft opulent and 
 beft built in the whole Kingdom. Its fituation is very low, and two rivers 
 run through it, which are called the Eafl and the Wefi River. It has two 
 parifh churches, an hofpital with a chapel, and two alms houfes. Here 
 is alfo a Cathedral School of fix claffes, founded by Chriflian III. in 1553, 
 adjoining to which is the Convent-haus, as it is called, where the clergy re- 
 fide.
 
 Aalborg.] DENMARK. 127 
 
 fide. An epifcopal palace was built here by Chrifiian V. in 1684; and a 
 royal palace ftands near the water-fide called Aalborg-huus, where the Ge- 
 neral Governor refides. Aalborg has an Exchange for merchants, and 
 likewife a deep and fafe harbour j but the entrance or mouth of it at Hals 
 is fomething difficult. A great quantity of herrings and grain is exported 
 from hence, as alfo mufkets, piftols, fiddles, and gloves, for which this city 
 is famous. King John died here in the year 15 12. In 1530 Aalborg was 
 greatly damaged by fire ; and in 1534 it was taken by the famous pirate 
 Clement, who committed great violences in it. In 1546 it obtained mod of 
 its valuable privileges. In 1554 it was difmembered from the Diocefe of 
 Wibcrg, and erecTed into a bifhop's See. Lafily, in 1643 and 1658, the 
 Swedes made themfelves matters of this city. 
 
 Hirzhclmen are three fmall iflands lying in the Cattegat, at the diftance of 
 a geographical mile from Fladßrand, and inhabited by fifhermen. Thefe 
 iflands make a parifh, which belongs to the Her red of Horn. They are 
 very famous for fifheries : For the whole large fleet of fifhing-veffels which 
 arrives annually at Copenhagen, and fupplies both the city and all the adja- 
 cent country with dried fifh, comes from thefe iflands. 
 
 II. Han-herred lies weft of Wendfyfjel, and is about ten geographi- 
 cal miles in length. This DiftricT is a peninfula, and joins to Wendfyffel by 
 a narrow ifthmus which lies between the Lymfurt gulf and the North-fea. 
 On the other fide it has the diftricT: of Tye-, and towards the north and weft 
 of it lie the great fand-banks called Klinte. There is no town of note, nor 
 one good harbour in Han-herred ; however, the inhabitants get a comfort- 
 able lubflftance by fifhing. This diftricT: is divided into Ea/l and Wefi Han- 
 herred; the former having ten and the latter twelve churches. St. Jürgen* 
 hill, near Aagard, is famous for an obftinate battle fought there in the 
 year 1441, in which 25,000 of the peafants who had taken arms were 
 killed on the fpot. Han-herred belongs to the Prefecture of Aalborghims. 
 
 III. Tye, is a DiftricT; of feven geographical miles in length, and two in 
 breadth. It lies between Han-herred and Har-fyjfel in the Diocefe of Ripen, 
 to which it is joined by a very narrow ifthmus which runs between the 
 North-fea and the gulf of Lymfurt, and is called Harboe-Oere. This Di- 
 ftricT: is deftitute of wood, but has excellent paftures, and breeds the fineft 
 horfes in Denmark. It is divided into two Prefectures, namely, 
 
 1. Oerum, to which belong the Herreds of Hundbcrg with 10 churches; 
 Hillerlef with 14; Hajing with 1 5 j and Ref with 12 churches or 
 parifhes. 
 
 2. The Prefecture of Weßerwiig, which has no Herreds. 
 The chief places in this DiftricT: are as follows. 
 
 Tyßed is a town of good trade, fituated on a river which runs into the 
 gulf of Lymfurt. 
 
 Hejfoer
 
 128 DENMARK. [Aalborg. 
 
 Hejber is a village, to which indeed in 1533 Chrißian III. granted 
 the privileges of a city : But it has not reaped any advantage from them 
 yet. 
 
 Near the village of Siroing in the Herred of Hundborg the walls and 
 ditches of the ancient celebrated caftle of Sioringbw z are to be feen. 
 Hoxooe is a fea-port in the pariih of Oefierild in the Herred of Hillerlef. 
 Wejlerwiig in the Herred of Ref was formerly a famous convent, but has 
 been fince converted into a nobleman's feat. 
 
 Ottenjund is a little town, where there is a ferry, in the fame Herred. 
 IV. Mors, a fmall but fruitful Diftrict, lies between Tye and Sailing, 
 and is quite environed by the gulf of Lymfurt. It is three geographical 
 miles in length and two in breadth. It confifts of the South-Herred, con- 
 taining 16 churches, and the Nortb-Herred including 15 parifhes. Both 
 thefe Herreds in civil matters are fubject to the Prefect of Hald in the Dio- 
 cefe of Wi borg ; but in religious affairs are under the jurifdiction of the Bi- 
 fhop of Aalborg. The Prefecture of Durholm has no Herreds, but confifts 
 of the lands that once belonged to a convent ; which were fequeftered at 
 the Reformation, and converted into a royal Fief. On this ifland, in the 
 South-Herred, lies 
 
 Nyekioping, a fmall but thriving town, which has a good harbour and 
 carries on a considerable trade. There are three towns of this name in 
 Denmark. 
 
 Note. The Prefect of Aalborg-hims prefides in civil affairs over the fol- 
 lowing Herreds, though they lie in the Diocefe of Wiborg, and conftitute the 
 Syjfel of Himmer. 
 
 Flefkum- Herred, which contains 12 churches. In the parifh of ' Gunner ip 
 is a remarkable tomb of the Pagan king Snio and his queen Tuj'u, who 
 lived about the end of the 4th century; and in whofe reign the Longobardi 
 or Lombards fet out from Denmark on their expeditions in fearch of new 
 fettlements. 
 
 Honmm-Herred, containing 15 parifhes, and the town of Nibe which 
 is fituated on the Lymfurt gulf, and is well known for its great herring- 
 fifhery. This town is in the Barony of Lindenwold, an eftate belonging to 
 the Count of Danne/kiold. 
 
 Slet-Herred with 15 churches. The town of Logfior or Lyxtoer on the 
 gulf of Lymfurt reaps great advantage from its herring-fiihery. Here the 
 Lymfurt or gulf of Lym being full of fhallows is not navigable for fhips 
 of burden. In this Herred alfo lies the fine Manor of Biornß:olm, where 
 Waldemar I. in 11 58, founded a rich Bernardine convent called Vita 
 Schola> Vitfiyld, Vidskiol, or Vitskol, with a church which furpafled moft 
 churches in the North in magnificence, but at prefent is all in ruins. When 
 this convent was diflblved, Frederick II. exchanged it in 1573 with its re- 
 5 venue6
 
 Wiborg.] DENMARK. 12C) 
 
 venues for St emit, with Biorn Anderjen, a privy-counfellor, who gave it 
 the name of Biornjholm. 
 
 Hellum-Herred, which contains fourteen churches or parifhes. 
 
 Aars-HerreJ, which includes fourteen churches. And, laftly, 
 
 Hinfled-Herred, confifting of fourteen churches or parifhes. 
 
 The Diocese, or General Government of 
 
 JV I B O R G. 
 
 r T^ HIS Diocefe is bounded to the North by the Gulf called Lymfart, by 
 •*■ the Cattegat to the Eaft, by the Diocefes of Aarhuus and Ripen to the 
 South, and by the latter alfo to the Weft. It is ten geographical miles in 
 length, twelve in breadth, and, on account of its great loffes, is reckoned 
 the leaft of the four Diocefes into which North Jutland is divided. It for- 
 merly confifted of three Syjjels, namely, 
 
 i. Himmer-Syjfel -, whofe fix Hcrreds have been fpoken of in the Diocefe 
 of Aalborg. 
 
 2. Ommer-Syjfel, which contained the Herreds of Stefring, Oden/ild, Hald, 
 and Geh ; and likewife thofe of Rind, Norlyng, Middelfom and Fiend, with 
 the towns of Wiborg, Randers, Mariager, and Hobroe. 
 
 3. Salling-SyJJel, which included four Herreds, and the town of Skive. 
 But at prefent only half of Ommer-Syjj'el and Salling-Syffell belong to the 
 Diocefe of Wiborg. Its weftern lide, for the mod part, coniifts of barren 
 waftes ; but the northern parts, elpecially SaUing-Syjfel or the Prefecture of 
 Skivebuus, are very fertile, and famous for breeding horfes. The Herred of 
 Rind is remarkable for the fine rye it produces. Wiborg was erected into 
 a bifhop's See in 1065, by Sveno Ii. and the name of the firft bifhop of it 
 was Heribert. This Diocefe is divided into two Prefectures and contains 
 forty-feven fine manors. 
 
 I. The Prefecture of Hald, fo called form an ancient caftle built on a 
 lake, which formerly belonged to the popifh * bifhops of Wiborg, who 
 alio made it their Ajylu/n. The two Herreds of the ifle of Mors in the 
 Diocefe of Aalborg belong to this Prefecture, and likewife the following 
 Herreds, viz. Norling with twelve churches ; Middelfom with fix teen churches ; 
 
 * It is furprifing that the author and flveral other protcflant writers ufe the words Catbaiie 
 and Popißi as fyhoninious terms. Though the former is generally ufed by the author, I have 
 ren lered it by the latter ; or retrained the fenfe by add'ng Roman to it. 
 
 Vol. I. S Sondes-
 
 i 3 o DENMARK. [Wiborg. 
 
 Sondezlyng with fourteen churches; Rind with eighteen, and the Herred of 
 Fiend with eighteen churches. 
 
 II. The Prefecture of Skivehuus, which is the other part of the Di- 
 ftricl: or Syjfel of Sailing, is five geographical miles in length, and three in 
 breadth. It is a peninfula, furrounded on three fides by the Gulf of Lym- 
 jurt, and contains, i. The Herred of Harre, which includes ten churches. 
 2. The North-Hrred with nine churches. 3. The Herred of Rodding 
 with the like number. 4. The Herred of Hinborg with eight churches. 
 
 In this Diocefe are the following places of note. 
 
 Wiburg or Viborg, in Latin Viburgum, is the capital of this Diocefe 
 and of all North Jutland. It ftands, almoft in the centre of the latter, on 
 the lake of A/mild, which abounds with fifh. It is one of the moft ancient 
 cities in the whole kingdom, if not prior to all the reft. It was formerly fo 
 large and opulent, that before the Reformation it contained twelve churches 
 and fix convents. Its circuit at prefent is near half a geographical mile, and 
 includes three parifh-churches, three market-places, fix gates, and twenty- 
 eight ftreets and lanes. Viborg is ftill the refidence of a General-Governor, 
 and a Bifhop's See. The cathedral was founded in 11 69, and the Augufiine 
 college contiguous to it was built at the fame time. It was vifited with great 
 devotion, on account of the body of St. Kield or Kettil who was formerly 
 Bifhop of this See, and a great number of other reliques. Behind the altar, 
 in a leaden coffin, lies king Erick Clipping, who was murdered in the year 
 12S6. This church was burnt down in 1726; but proper meafures were 
 immediately taken for rebuilding it. Clofe to the Gray-Friars church, 
 which is alio newly rebuilt, ftands the hofpital. The epifcopal or cathe- 
 dral fchool which was founded here a little before the Reformation by 
 George Friis, the laft popifh bifhop of this See, has fix mailers with hand- 
 fome falaries, and a roval foundation for poor fcholars. Here is alfo a 
 ftately edifice where the provincial Court is held monthly for all North- 
 Jutland. As Viborg was the place where the States of Jutland formerly 
 uied to hold their Diets and other folemn affemblies, it was more fre- 
 quented and richer than it is at prefent : However, the monthly provin- 
 cial Courts, and the great Eaßer-Snapfling or Fair, which begins on the 
 26th of April and lafts a fortnight, are no fmall advantages to this city. 
 The territory belonging to it is two geographical miles in circumference. 
 Here the ancient kings of Denmark received the homage of the States ;. 
 and in 948, a Diet was convened at Viborg by king Harald Blaatand. 
 Pcpo laid hold of that opportunity to preach the Gofpel of Chrift, and his 
 endeavours were crowned with uncommon fuccefs. In this city the States 
 paid homage to Chriflian II. in the year 1523 ; and, in 1528, here was be- 
 gun the Reformation in Denmark. In the year 1606, this city was en- 
 tirely deftroyed by fire, and in 1726 the beft and largeft part of it was 
 
 burnt
 
 Aarhuus.] DENMARK. I3 r 
 
 burnt a fecond time ; but the damages it then fuftained were foon re- 
 paired. 
 
 Afmind, or rather A/mild, a celebrated Augufline convent, ftands on the 
 other fide of the lake, directly oppofite to Viborg. It was founded in 
 1 1 64; but is now converted into a royal Fief. In the neighbourhood of 
 this place are two remarkable values known by the names of Little and Great 
 Nordmand-Dal, the place of rendezvous of the warlike Normans, when 
 they emigrated to Germany and France in the ninth century. 
 
 Skive, in Latin Schiva or Schevia, is a very old, fmall, and ill built 
 town, in the Herred of Hinborg and diftridt of Sailing. It carries on a 
 pretty good trade in horfes, horned cattle, and corn, by means of the gulf 
 of Lyinfurt, and the rivers which run into it. The old royal palace of 
 Skivehuus, which at prefent belongs to a noble family, (lands on the river 
 that waters this town. Skive fuffered extremely by fire in 171 5 and 1725. 
 
 Lejjbe is an ifland in the Cattegat. Though it is but three geographical 
 miles from Sabye in the Diocefe of Aalborg, yet it belongs to the Diocefe of 
 Viborg, and is a part of Norlyng Herred in the Prefecture of Hald. It is a 
 pretty fertile fpot, three geographical miles in length and one in breadth. 
 There are three churches on this ifland ; and the greaterr. part of its reve- 
 nues goes to the Chapter of Viborg. At a little diftance from Lejfoe lies the 
 dangerous rock called Niding, which is much frequented by the fiiher- 
 men. 
 
 The Diocese, or General Government of 
 
 AAR H U U S. 
 
 ^p HIS borders on the Diocefe of Viborg near the gulf of Manager, 
 ** and extends itfelf along the Cattegat about fifteen geographical miles 
 in length, and from eight to nine miles in breadth. This Diocefe is pre- 
 ferable to any other in Jutland, and the extraordinary fertility of its foil 
 enables the inhabitants to export very large quantities of grain every year. 
 It is divcrfiried with a great many woods, commodious bays, and lakes abound- 
 ing with fifh. It is alio watered with feveral brooks and rivers, among which 
 the Guden is the principal ; and the manors of note in this Diocefe are 
 about feventy in number. The See of Aaarhuus is not fo ancient as thofe 
 of Slefwick and Ripen ; for it was not founded till the year 948, or 950. 
 
 S 2 The
 
 I 
 
 3 
 
 2 DENMARK. [Aarhuus. 
 
 The name of the firft bifliop was Rimbrand, Rembrtmd, or Regimbratid ; 
 but this See being fuppreffed during the perfecution of the Chriftians in 
 980, the diftrict belonging to it was annexed to the Diocefe of Ripen till 
 the year 1065, when the See of Aarhuus was reftored by Sveno II. This 
 Diocefe or General Government confifts of the following Prefectures and 
 Herreds. 
 
 I. The Prefecture of Mariager, which contains 1. The Her red of On- 
 fild with nine churches. 2. The Herred of Gißwn with twelve churches; 
 but the latter is in the Diocefe of Viborg, to which, indeed, formerly the 
 whole Prefecture belonged. 
 
 II. The Prefecture of Silkeborg takes its name from the famous caftle 
 of Silkeburg, which was formerly a place of great ftrength. It comprifes 
 the Herreds of Giern with thirteen churches ; Hid with eight ; and Lyf- 
 gaard with fourteen churches, among which that at Karup was frequented 
 by a great number of pilgrims in the popifh times ; and the Herred of 
 Wrad including ten churches or parifhes. 
 
 III. The Prefecture of Aakiar confifts only of one Herred, viz. Had, 
 which contains fixteen parifhes, among which are the iflands of Alroe and 
 Endelave, in the bay of Horfens. 
 
 IV. The Prefecture of Dronningborg contains, 1. The Herred of 
 Rougfad, with five churches. 2. The Herred of St offring containing eight 
 churches, and Stoff'ringgaard a convent for ladies of noble families. 3. The 
 Herred of Houlberg with twelve churches. 4. The Herred of Galthen with 
 a like number. 5. The Herred of Gierlev with ten. And 6. The Herred 
 of North-Hald with twelve churches, among which that at Glenflrup is 
 the moft remarkable ; becaufe a BenediBine convent called Norre-Klojfter, 
 which was one of the moft ancient in Denmark, formerly ftood on the fame 
 fpot. 
 
 V. The Prefecture of Kalloe, fo called from an old caftle now con- 
 verted into an hofpital, contains the Herreds of Ea/1-Lißerg with twelve 
 churches ; Mols with eight churches ; Seuth-Herred with fourteen churches; 
 North- Herred with fixteen, and South- Hald- Herred with twenty-five 
 churches, among which that at Effenbeck is the moft ancient church in the 
 country that we have any certain account of; for it was built, together with 
 a convent adjoining to it, in the year 1040. 
 
 VI. The Prefecture of Hauerballegaard including three Herreds, 
 namely, that of Hq/Ie with nine churches ; Ning with twelve; and Weß- 
 Lifierg containing fix churches. 
 
 VII. The Prefecture of Scanderborg. The Herreds in this Prefecture 
 are, I. 'Thyr fling or Torfling Herred, containing nine churches. 2. Sabroe 
 Herred with eight churches. 3. The Herred of Woer with fourteen 
 churches. 4. That of Wahre, remarkable for being the burial-place of 
 the unfortunate Peter Schumacher Count Greifenfeld, who was fecretary of 
 
 State.
 
 Aarhuus.] DENMARK. 133 
 
 State. 5. The Herred of Hklmflef including eleven churches. 6. The 
 Herred of Framlefi 'containing twelve churches. 
 
 VIII. The Prefecture of S tiernholm con lifts of the Herreds of Bierge 
 with ieventeen churches; Hatting with nine churches; and that of iV/Ym 
 containing five churches and the village of Häuflad, where Dorothea Tonboe 
 a charitable lady founded an hofpital for twenty-four difabled pcrfons, about 
 the beginning of the prefent century. 
 
 In this Diocefe are the following towns. 
 
 Manager, in Latin Agcr Marice, is a little town fituated on a gulf called 
 Mariagerfiord. The latter is four geographical miles in length and half a 
 mile in breadth, and is convenient for the inhabitants to carry on a little trade, 
 which moftly conlifts in ftoncs and lime. The convent of St. Bridget, to 
 which the church of Manager formerly belonged, but now converted into 
 a nobleman's feat, was founded in the year 1420; but gradually role to 
 be the principal in the whole country for largenefs and opulency. And, in- 
 deed, the church is exceeded by very few at prefent. Between the church 
 and the tower there is a low building, which has a communication with 
 both and is called the cathedral. The church and convent ftand on an 
 eminence without the town. 
 
 Hobroe, in Latin Hobroa or Hopontum, is a fmall market-town. The in- 
 habitants live chiefly by agriculture ; but carry on fome little trade on the 
 Mariagerfiord, or gulf of Mariagcr. 
 
 Note, Both thefe towns are in ecclefiaftical matters under the jurifdiiftiori 
 of the Bifhop oi Aar hints, but are properly lubjecf to the General-Governor 
 of Viborg in civil affairs. They lie in the Herred oiOnJild, in the Prefecture 
 of Manager. 
 
 Randers, in Latin Randrufia or Randrufnim, is a well known trading 
 town of a middling bignefs, fituated on the river Guden. The houfes are 
 high and ftrongly built, according to the old tafte. This town had formerly 
 four churches and two convents : But at prefent it has only one parifh- 
 church, a grammar-fchool, a well endowed hofpital, and a chapel which 
 ftands a little way without the town. The caftle of Dronningborg, which 
 ftood here, is frequently mentioned in hiftory. The town is now famous 
 for its leather gloves, fine faimon, earthen ware, and ftrong beer. It was 
 formerly extremely well fortified. The firft time that Randers is menti- 
 oned in hiitorv, is in the year 1247, when it was burnt by the enemy. In 
 1587, a full Diet of all the States was held here. Randers lies within the 
 Prefecture of Dronnhigborg. 
 
 Claufl.vlm is a fine palace, and ftands in the Herred o! Galthen. It was 
 the conftant refidence of queen Anna Sophia as long as fhe lived. . 
 
 Grinov, Grenaa, or Grim, is a mean little town which was formerly 
 called Mols, in North-Herred. 
 
 'Ebeitoft >
 
 *34 
 
 D E N M A R K. [Aarhuus. 
 
 Ebeltoft, in Latin Ebeltoftia or Pomagrium, is a little town on the bay of 
 Ebeltoft, which forms a very good harbour for fhips of a middling fize ; fo 
 that the inhabitants carry on fome trade by fea. It lies in the Herred of 
 Mols and the Prefecture of Kalloe. Not far from it is the famous cape of 
 Hellenes, oxHelgenas, i.e. of the Saints. 
 
 Aarhuus, in Latin Aarhu/ia, Aarhußum, or Remorum domus, the capital 
 of this Diocefe, lies low in a fine plain between the fea and a lake. From 
 the latter the water runs in a pretty wide channel through the city, 
 and divides it into two unequal parts. Aarhuus is a large populous town, 
 and much frequented. It has fix gates, two market places, two churches 
 and a chapel of eale, an epifcopal palace, a cathedral-fchool of fix clafles, 
 and a well endowed hofpital. The cathedral is a large Structure, one 
 hundred and fifty paces long, ninety-fix broad, and near forty-five Dutch ells 
 in height. It was begun in 1201, and is adorned with feveral fuperb mo- 
 numents. Before the Reformation here were two Convents and one Nun- 
 nery. The Provofls of the diocefe hold an afiembly twice a year in the 
 chapter-houfe. This city carries on a considerable trade ; and the harbour, 
 which lies at the mouth of the abovementioned channel that runs through 
 the town, is indeed convenient and fafe, but none of the largeftj and 
 fometimes has not a proper depth of water. The paflage from hence to 
 Kaliundborg in Seelands about twelve geographical miles. In the eleventh 
 century this place was but a bare harbour, with only a few mean huts built 
 near it ; and the old city of Aarhuus ftood about half a geographical mile 
 up the country, on the fpot where the village of Eisberg now ftands. But, 
 probably about the clofe of the eleventh century, the prefent city was built 
 for the conveniency of the harbour ; and accordingly it has flouriflied be- 
 yond expectation. It lies partly in the Herred of Haße, and partly in that of 
 Ning, and in the Prefecture of Hauerballegaard. 
 
 Skanderborg is a very ancient palace, and magnificent enough according 
 to the tafle of the age in which it was built. It ftands in a plcafant coun- 
 try, being furrounded on every fide with woods and water. The kings of 
 Denmark, ever fince the Chriftian religion was introduced into the kingdom, 
 have relided here more or lefs. Frederick II. has often fpent the fummer 
 at this place : Chrijlian IV. generally made it the refidence of the young 
 princes ; and in Frederick the fourth's time the apartments were made more 
 commodious and embelliihed with new ornaments, and a garden was laid 
 out near it. On one fide of this palace lies the little town of the fame name, 
 which carries on fome trade in the produce of the country ; but the chief 
 employment of the inhabitants is agriculture. As the parifli church lies at 
 fome diftance from the town, the inhabitants attend divine fervice in the 
 palace-chapel. In the year 175 1 fome works were let up here for refining 
 brown, red, and yellow oker, all which Species of earth are very common in 
 Jutland. Skanderborg town lies in the Herred of ' Hiehnflof. 
 
 3 R ) r >
 
 Aarhuus.] DENMARK. i 35 
 
 Rye, in Latin Rus Regis, is an ancient market town in the Herred of 
 Thyrßing. It was formerly a place of fome confequence, but at prefent is 
 reduced to a village. Here the Nobility elected Chriflian III. to the throne 
 of Denmark in the year i 534. The church at Rye, in the times of popery, 
 was reputed to be a very lacred place. 
 
 Horfens, in Latin Horjhefia, or Hothcrfncfium, i. e. Hother's promontory, 
 is a healthy town of a middling bignefs. It ftands on the Baltic, and has 
 two churches; in one of which the pulpit is made of ebony and Brafil 
 wood, and faid not to have its equal in all Denmark. Here are alio a gram- 
 mar fchool and an hofpital, both very well endowed. As the harbour is too 
 (hallow for veffels deeply laden, they come to an anchor in the road, about 
 a quarter of a geographical mile from it ; and the goods are carried on board 
 and landed in Prahms or lighters up the river which runs along the louth 
 fide of the town. The old cattle of Stiernholm, which gives name to the 
 Prefecture, formerly flood at the mouth of the harbour. In \51\Chrijlian 
 III. received the homage of his fubjects, being feated in the open air near 
 this palace. 
 
 The Counties in this Diocefe are, 
 
 Friefenbwg, which lies between Randers and Aarhuus, with acaftle of the 
 fame name. It belongs to the Counts of Frits. 
 Locnhohn, which is in the Prefecture of Kalloe. 
 Scheel, in the fame Prefecture, which belongs to Count Scheel. 
 The Baronies are, 
 
 Hogholm, which lies in the Prefecture of Kalloe, and belongs to Count 
 Danejkiold the younger, of Samfoe. 
 
 Marfillcsburg, which lies in the Herred of Ning, belongs to Vice-admiral 
 Danejkiold, Count of Samfoe. 
 
 Wilhelmsburg, which lies in the fame Herred, and in the Prefecture of 
 Hanerballegaard; it belongs to Baron Guldencron. 
 
 The Manor of Rofenholm, which lies in the parifh of Hornßet, in the 
 Herred of Eafi Lisberg, and Prefecture of Kalloe, is celebrated for 
 having been the refidence of the learned Holger Rofencranz and his fon 
 Erick, in whofe time it was the feat of the Mufes. In Hornßet church are 
 feveral fine tombs belonging to the Rofencranz family, and alio a library. 
 
 The ifland of Anholt, which lies in the Cattegat, about eight geogra- 
 phical miles from Jutland, ten from Seeland, and feven from Hallaud, be- 
 longs to the North-herred of the Prefecture of Kalloe. There is a hght- 
 houfe on this ifland, on account of the dangerous lands with which it is 
 furrounded. Anholt makes a fmall parifh, and the inhabitants chiefly fublilt 
 by.fifhing. What they moftly catch is the cants marinus, or dog-fiih. 
 
 NGte, The ifland of Samfoe, in religious affairs, is under the jurifdiction 
 of the bifhopof Aarhuus ; but, with regard to civil matters, it is include 1 in 
 the Diocefe or Government of Seeland, where it has been already defenbed.
 
 i 3 6 DENMARK. [Ripen. 
 
 'The Diocese, or General Government of 
 
 RIPE N. 
 
 ^p HIS Diocefe is bounded by the gulf of Lymfurt on the North, by the 
 -"- Diocefes of Wiborg and Aaarhniis, and the Little-Belt on the Eaft : It 
 joins to the Dutchy of S/eJivick (part of which belongs to it) on the South; 
 and to the Weft it is wafhed by the North-Seä. It is thirty geographical 
 miles in length, and from eleven to twelve in breadth ; and is the moft ex- 
 tenfive, but not the moft fertile or populous of the four Diocefes in N rth- 
 Jütland. It is interfperfed with large barren waftes; particularly that called 
 Aal-Heath which lies between Kolding and Skive, being feven geographical 
 miles long, and almoft one continued barren defert. In feveral parts of 
 this Diocefe, however, the foil is very fertile; efpecially in the Prefecture 
 oi KoLiing. The See of Ripen was founded in 946, by the Emperor Otho I. 
 who after a iuccefsful war againft Harald king of Denmark, prevailed on 
 him to embrace the Chriftian religion. The name of the firft Bifhop of 
 this See was Liefdagus or Leojdagus. This Diocefe was at that time very 
 extenfive and confiderable ; and the learned Mr. Moller has, in a particular 
 treatife, proved the See of Ripen to have been for a long time the only one, 
 as well as the moft ancient of all the Sees in Denmark, Norway, Iceland, 
 Greenland, Sweden, and Livonia. The principal manors in this Diocefe are 
 fifty-fix in number; it contains four Prefectures, which are as follows. 
 
 I. The Prefecture of Bofling comprehends the north part of the Dio- 
 cefe, and includes the Herreds of Wanfuld with nine churches ; Schodborg 
 with fixteen ; JJhborg with four ; and Hind with twelve churches. 
 
 The moft remarkable places in this Prefecture are the following : 
 
 Lemivig, in Latin Lemovicum or Lemviga, is a very ancient but fmall 
 market-town. It is meanly built, and ftands on the gulf of Lymfürt : The 
 inhabitants are chiefly fea-faring people. In 1680, part of this town was 
 con fumed by fire. 
 
 Wellerivig is a large ftructure, which was formerly a very famous con- 
 vent, and appears to have been founded in the year 1110. In the court 
 the walls of the church are ftill remaining, with the monument of the 
 Princefs Licden Kirßen, who was fo celebrated by the ancient Danifl poets 
 for her beauty. 
 
 Boberg is a high promontory, near which the coaft is very dangerous 
 and has proved fatal to many fhips. 
 
 Torß-
 
 Ripen.] DENMARK. 137 
 
 Torßmi?ide lies to the fouth of Boberg. Here the North-Sea runs into 
 the land and forms a large bay, in which are feveral iflands ; but, on ac- 
 count of the fand-banks and mallows, it is of little advantage to navi- 
 gation. 
 
 Holßebroe, in Latin Holßebroa or Holzepontum, is a middle fized town 
 and ftands on a river, which yields plenty of fiih and empties itfelf into 
 the abovementioned bay, but has not a fufficient depth of water for fading 
 veffels. The inhabitants chiefly fubfift by dealing in corn, oxen, and horfts. 
 Within this century Holßebroe has feveral times fufFered by fire. It lies in 
 die Herred of Ulfborg. 
 
 Ryffenßein is a large Barony belonging to Baron Jucl : It lies between 
 Holßebroe and Ringkiobing. 
 
 Ringkiobing is a town of great trade fituated on a large bay. The inha- 
 bitants almofl entirely employ themfelves in trading to Holland and Nonv<y. 
 The voyage to the former with a fair wind may be performed in thirty 
 hours. Several traders who traflick. with Wiborg and other inland towns 
 have their warehoufes here. The bay affords plenty of good fiih, particu- 
 larly oyflers. It is of a good depth and fecure, except at Nyminds-Gab 
 near the entrance, where there is fome danger on account of the fand-banks 
 thrown up by the fea, particularly that called Gladlep. Large white hills of 
 fand are to be feen on the fouth-fide of Nyminds-Gab. 
 
 II. The Prefecture of Lundenas contains thefe Herreds, viz. Eaß~ 
 Herred with fix churches; North-Herred with ten churches; Boiling with 
 twelve churches ; Ginding with nine churches ; Hierum with fifteen, and ' 
 Hammer urn-He rred with eighteen churches. 
 
 This Prefecture derives its name from the famous ancient caftle of Lun- 
 denas, which is at prefent a nobleman's feat. The conflux of the rivers 
 Lundenas and Lonborg forms the Skiern, which yields plenty of falmon. 
 There is a bridge of 180 feet in length over this river. 
 
 III. The Prefecture of Koldinghuus comprehends the Herreds of 
 yerlef and Slags with eight churches ; Tyri/d with nine churches ; Holmand 
 with fix churches ; Norwang with feventeen churches ; Eldboe with four 
 churches ; Brufich with nine, and Andß with ten churches. 
 
 The mod remarkable places in this Prefecture are as follows. 
 
 Jelling, a large village with a church, in the Herred of Tyn Id. It was 
 formerly a city, and is faid to have been the refidence of feveral of the an- 
 cient kings. The tombs of the Pagan king Gormo and his virtuous confort 
 queen Tyra, to be feen here, are worth notice. Thefe are two hillocks or 
 'Tumuli within the church ; and betwixt them is a (tone with hieroglyphi- 
 cal figures and a Runic infcripticn, which Harald, the fi ft Chriffian king 
 of Denmark, erected in memory of his abovementioned anceftors in the 
 year 960. Near queen Tyra's grave there U a deep well. 
 
 Vol. I. T Weile,
 
 i 3 8 DENMARK. [Ripen. 
 
 Weile, Wedle, or Wedel, in Latin Vejella, Velleja, or Vedelia, is a fraall 
 town fituated in a very pleafant country betwixt two hills, which are co- 
 vered with woods. A little river, that runs between the hills, is here di- 
 vided into three ftreams, one of which runs through the town, and the 
 other two encompafs it. Thefe three branches unite again and run into the 
 large gulf, called Wielcjhrd. In this river, at fome diilance from the gulf, 
 there is a good falmon-fifhery. The town-houfe at Weile was formerly a 
 Dominican convent, which was founded in the year 1227. The fides of 
 the neighbouring hills are covered with beautiful hop- grounds. In J 256, 
 a great Synod of all the Daniflj bifhops and prelates was held in this town, 
 v/hen they pafied the famous Decree, which begins with thefe words : 
 Cum Ecclejia Daciana adeo perfecutioni tyrannorum fubjefta, &c. , This con- 
 ftitution was afterwards confirmed by Pope Alexander IV. and the Daniß 
 biihops often made ufe of it as a fancfion for making an unreafonable oppo- 
 fition to their fovereigns. Another Synod was held here in 1278 j and 
 Chrißian II. received the homage of the Nobility in this town-. 
 
 Engelfiolm, a feat belonging to the Lichtenberg family, lies in this Pre- 
 fecture. 
 
 Fridericia, the only fortified place in all North Jutland, is a modern 
 town fituated in a fertile country, on the Little-Belt. The circuit of this 
 town is large ; but it is far from being fufficiently flocked with inhabitants 
 and buildings. It was firft begun, in 1651, by Frederick III. but the for- 
 tifications were fcarce completed and the town built and properly inhabited, 
 when the Swedes, in the year 1657, took it by ftorm, and burnt a great 
 part of it. At the conclufion of the war both the fortifications and the 
 town were repaired ; and in order to increafe the number of its inhabitants, 
 king Chrißian V. in 1682, granted a charter which rendered Fredericia an 
 Afylum for all bankrupts whether natives or foreigners, and allowed the 
 Calvinißs, Papifls, and Jews the free exercife of their religion there. This 
 town was formerly exempt from the Excife, which it now pays ; but the 
 king applies the money towards completing the buildings of the town. Its 
 fortifications, though in good condition, are of fo large compafs that they 
 would require a numerous garrifon to defend them. Fredericia has alfo fe- 
 veral commercial privileges ; but as it wants a good harbour it cannot im- 
 prove them to the beft advantage. Here are two Lutheran churches (in 
 one of which, namely, St. Michael's, the fervice is alternately performed in 
 the Danijli and German languages) a Cahinifi church, a popifh * church, 
 a fynagogue, a grammar-fchool, and a good arlenal. A considerable quan- 
 tity of tobacco is planted both within and without the walls. This is the 
 place where all veffels paffing through the Little-Belt, pay a toll for their 
 
 • This, the author is fo complaifant as to call a Catholic church ; but I cannot fee how it 
 can be called fo with any propriety ; efpecially in this place. 
 
 lading.
 
 Ripen.] DENMARK. r 39 
 
 lading. This town was at firft called Frederickfodde ; and lies in the Herrcd 
 of Eldboe. 
 
 Kolding, in Latin Coldinga, a fmall town, ftands on the river Trueth, or 
 Kolding, which here empties itfelf into a bay that runs about a geogra- 
 phical mile from the Little-Belt into the land, as far as this town. It lies 
 low between two hills, and is one of the oldeft towns in this country ; 
 though no mention is made of it in hiftory till the year 1247. It has one 
 parifh-church, a rich hofpital with a particular church belonging to it, and 
 a grammar-fchool founded and well endowed by Dorothea, Chrifiian the 
 third's queen. The harbour is choked up, which is a great difadvantage to 
 the trade of this town. On an eminence to the north-weft of Holding 
 ftands the caftle of Colditighuus, formerly called Oernsborg, i. e. ' Eagle's- 
 1 caftle,' which was firft built by duke Abel in the year 1248 ; but great 
 alterations and improvements were made in it by Chrißian III. Chrifiian IV. 
 and Frederick IV. One of its greateft curiofities is the Giant's Tower built 
 by Chrißian IV. which is flat on the top, with a ftone baluftrade, and at 
 each of the four corners ftands a ftone image feven feet high. This caftle 
 has its particular church or chapel. The air here is reckoned very mild 
 and healthy ; this induced king Chrißian III. to make it his ufual residence 
 till his death, which happened in the year 1559. In 17 12, when Copen- 
 hagen was vifited with the peftilence, Frederick IV. retired to this place 
 with the whole royal family. Kolding is chiefly remarkable for the royal 
 cuftom-houfe, which ftands over the water on the bridge, in order to re- 
 ceive a duty for all foreign commodities which are brought in carriages that 
 way, and likewife for oxen and horfes going into the Dutchy of Slejwick, &c. 
 The number of oxen paffing this way one year with another is computed 
 at 20,000 ; and for every head two rix-dollars are paid. At a Diet afTem- 
 bled here in 1 547, the privileges of the Hanfe-towns were confirmed ; and 
 in 16 14, a Synod of all the bifliops of the kingdom was held in this 
 town. 
 
 IV. The Prefecture of Riberhuus contains the Wefl-Herred including 
 twelve churches; the Herred of Giorring with eight churches; Malt" 
 Herred with eight, and the Herred of Schad with eighteen churches. 
 Remarkable places in thefe diftricts are as follows. 
 
 Warde or Warda, in Latin Varinia-, was formerly a confiderable city ; 
 but as the depth of its river (which abounds in fiih, particularly falmon) is 
 fo much decreafed, as to be no longer navigable for ihips of burden, it is 
 fallen to decay. However, it has two churches and a large parcel of land 
 belonging to it, which the inhabitants very induftrioufly cultivate, and 
 carry on fome little trade befides. An afTembly of all the Provofts of the 
 Diocefe of Ripen is held here annually in the month of October, in which 
 the General-Governor and the Bifliop jointly prefide. 
 
 T 2 Jrttü'g
 
 140 
 
 DENMARK. Ripen.] 
 
 Jetting or Hierting, a handfome well-built country town, lies about two 
 geographical miles from Wdrde, where the river Warde empties itSelf into 
 the North-Sea. Its harbour, which is called Graae-Dyb is the beft in all 
 North-Jutland. 
 
 Ribe, or Ripen, in Lsafcin Rfpa Cimbrica or Ripce Pkiindufiorum, the capi- 
 tal of this Diocefe, is laid to derive its name from the Latin word ripa and 
 the river Nibs-Aa, on the banks of which it Stands. It appears to have 
 been built about the time when Christianity was introduced into this king- 
 dom, and, next to fflfbarg, is reckoned the moft ancient town in North- 
 Jutland. Ripen was formerly one of the meft celebrated and flourishing 
 cities in the North : For it had, four parifh-churches and five chapels, he- 
 fides the cathedral ; four convents with their churches, a ftrong caftle, and 
 between fix and feven hundred free Burghers. A considerable number of 
 Ships traded to Norway, France, England, Holland, &c. from this port ; 
 and the city had the privilege of coining money. But an end was put to 
 all this grandeur and opulence partly by feveral conflagrations, (particularly 
 the dreadful fire in 1580) and partly by inundations and the ravages of 
 war ; fo that this once flourishing city gradually fell into decay. The city 
 and fuburb are feparated by the Nibs-Aa ; and the former is entirely fur- 
 rounded by that river, which Sometimes lays it under water. Here are two 
 churches and the cathedral, which is dedicated to the Virgin Mary, and 
 ftands on an eminence called Lilienberg. It is a large Structure, and con- 
 tains the monuments of king Erick III. and Chrißopher I. On one fide of 
 the choir is the chapter-houfe, in which the confiitory is held, and the 
 Provofts meet annually on Midfummer-day. Here are alfo the effigies of all 
 the biShops of Ripen Since the Reformation, the firft excepted, and two iron 
 cheSts full of instruments, as Diploma's, Bulls, Statutes, Wills, &c. with 
 bones and other reliques of faints, mifials, veftments and the like. St. Ca- 
 therine's church is alfo a large edifice, and is faid to have been built in the 
 thirteenth century by the Dominican monks whole convent was contiguous 
 to it. The grammar-fchool here is the moSt ancient of any in Denmark ; 
 for it is faid to have been founded in the year 1298. It confifts of fix 
 claSTes, has feven maSters, and a library which was built in 1720. The 
 Dominican convent is converted into a commodious hofpital ; but the forty- 
 fix dwellings, which were built here for widows and orphans to live in rent- 
 free, are fallen into decay, fo as to become untenantable. The merchants 
 old Exchange is now converted into a town-houfe. Here is Still fome little 
 trade carried on in grain, horned-cattle, horfes, &c. but the Shallownefs 
 of the river will admit of none but Small veSTels to come up to the city, and 
 thefe only at high-water. The moSt remarkable historical particulars con- 
 cerning this city are as follows. In the year 860, a church was built here 
 which was accounted the fecond in the kingdom. A provincial Synod 
 was held in this city in the year 1246, and two national Synods, one in 
 
 144*1.
 
 Ripen.] DENMARK. 14* 
 
 1441, and the other in 1542. The well-known gold and filver Rifean 
 pieces were coined here under Frederick III. in the year 1533. 
 
 Fanoe is an ifland lying in the North-Sea, about a geographical mile and 
 half in length. It contains two parifhes; and the inhabitants are moftly fea- 
 faring people and fifhermen. This ifland belongs to the 11 rr'ed of Shads. 
 
 Note, In the Dutchy of Shjhoick. are the following places belonging to 
 North-Jutland. 
 
 1. The county of Schackenburg, which belongs to Count Schack, and 
 contains 
 
 The parifh of Mogel-Funder •, with a large village of the fame name. The 
 inhabitants of this diftrict are chiefly employed in making fine laces, little 
 inferior to thofe of Brabant and Flanders, for which they have a confider- 
 able vent. Near the village of Mogel-Funder lies the feat called Shackcn- 
 burg where the Count refides. Among the villages belonging to this pa- 
 rifh is alfo that of Galhus, where, in the year J 639, a country girl of 
 Oßerby, found the famous go/den Horn ofTunder, which is at prefent kept 
 in the king's. Muß um at Copenhagen, by tumbling on the point of it which 
 ftuck out of the ground. The horn including the curvature is about ^Ger- 
 man ell and a quarter, but mealured in a ftrait line is only an ell in 
 length. Its diameter at the thickeft end is five inches. It is of the pureft 
 gold, and weighs near 100 ounces, or, according to the Defcriptio Mufei 
 Regii, feven pounds five ounces and ten penny-weights ; and is valued at 
 1200 rix-dollars. The explanation of the emblematical figures, with which 
 this horn is embellifhed within feven circles, is a matter of fuch difficulty 
 as to have occafioned feveral difputes among the Learned. Chrißian IV". 
 made a prefent of this horn to his fon prince Frederick. 
 
 In the year 1734, a peafant dug up fuch another horn in this diftricT, which 
 was embellifhed with feveral figures, and a Gothic or Runic infeription, which 
 Graver has rendered thus : Muhltonners Helligdomß;orn in to pipen, or 
 dießunden anzuzeigen, which fignifies, that it was a facred horn to give 
 notice of the time by founding it every hour. Concerning the infeription 
 on the former, I refer the reader to M. A. H. Lackmann's Einletung zur 
 Schlefivig-holfieinifchen Hißorie, Fb. vi. §. 64 — 72. And concerning that 
 on the laft mentioned horn, he may confult atreatife entitled, Unvorgreißiche 
 Gedanken bey Gelegenheit des 1734 den 21 April abermals aufgegrabenen gül- 
 denen horns. Hamburg, in quarto. 
 
 2. The parifhes of F) ahler and Ballum, with the manor of Froyburg* 
 which includes the parifhes of Vijbye, Randenip, Mealden, and Joßerup. 
 
 3. The fouth part of the ifland of Rom. 
 
 " 4. The north angle of the ifland of Sylt, which is called Lyß. 
 
 5. The ifland of Amrotn, which is a parifh by itfelf. 
 
 6. That half of the ifland of Fohr which lies towards the weft, and con- 
 stitutes a parifh. 
 
 The
 
 I4 2 DENMARK. [D.Slcfwick. 
 
 The D u t c h y of 
 
 S L E S TV I C K. 
 
 In Latin, Ducatus Slefuicenßs. 
 
 I 
 
 N Dankwerth's Defcrifition of the Dutchies of Slefwick and Holßein, 
 befides a general map of the Dutchy of Slefwick, are two others exhibit- 
 ing the north and fouth parts of it feparately, four maps of the ancient 
 North-Frießand which was included in Slefwick, and fifteen topographical 
 maps accurately exhibiting the fingle Diftri&s of this Dutchy. Vifcher, Ho- 
 mann, and others have copied the general map, to which they have made 
 fome additions from thofe of particular Diftrids. But, not to mention 
 imaller errors, thefe gentlemen have not reprefented Nord-Strand as it is at 
 prefent, but according to the ftate it was in before the year 1634; and 
 have entirely omitted the ifland of Arroe, which lies in the Baltic or 
 Eaß-Sea. 
 
 This Dutchy derives its name from Schlefoig or Slefwick its capital ; but 
 is frequently termed South-Jutland in hiftory, efpecially by ancient writers. 
 Some have erroneoufly defcribed it as a part of Germany, and annexed it to 
 Holßein. For though Slefwick has, for fome centuries, been intimately 
 connected with the Dutchy of Holßein, fo as to be under the fame govern- 
 ment, and in the department of the German Chancery * ; and though the 
 inhabitants of the former are in a very extraordinary manner fo blended 
 with thofe of the latter in common life, that no mention is ever made of 
 Slefwickers, who generally call themfelves Holßeiners : Yet Slefwick in 
 reallity is a part and Fief of Denmark, as I fhall prefently more plainly de- 
 monftrate. It is divided from the Dutchy of Holßein, and confequently 
 from the German empire, by the Eider and the Lcwens. both thefe rivers 
 being its fouth boundaries. To the Eaft: it has the Baltic: the rivers fold- 
 ing and Skotburg feparate it from North or proper Jutland; and to the 
 Weft it is wafhed by the North-Sea -f-. It extends from Rendfiurg to Kol- 
 dingen about eighteen geographical miles in length ; but its breadth is un- 
 equal, being in general eight, nine, or ten, and about fourteen geographi- 
 cal miles in the broadeft part ; in which, however, the two fmall iflands 
 of Arroe and Helgeland are not included. Providence has plentifully fup- 
 
 * See page 79 of this volume. + This is called in Denmark, and by the Author, 
 
 the V/eß-Sca, on, account of its fmiation with refpcft to that country. 
 
 plied
 
 D. Stefvvick.] DENMARK. 143 
 
 plied this country with corn, cattle, and fifh. Thtre are no high moun- 
 tains in Slejwick, but only fome eminences which hardly deferve to be called 
 by that name. The highefr. hills are near the towns of Skfwick and 
 Apenrade. The chief rivers in this Dutchy, moft of which direct their 
 courfe from Eaft to Well, are, the Eider which divides Denmark from Ger- 
 many., and will be taken notice of in my account of Hol/lein ; the Trcen 
 which falls into the Eider near Frederickftadt-, and the Nipf-Aa which runs 
 clofe by Ripen. To thefe may be added the fmaller ftreams of Lohbeck, 
 Widau, Gronau, Suderau, and Sohoimau. In fome parts of the weft-fide of 
 the Dutchy lying between the iflands and the continent, which are over- 
 flowed by the tides, are a great many oyfter-dredges. Thefe belong to the 
 crown- lands, and are farmed out by the royal Rent-Chamber ; but the 
 county of Schackenburg claims a right of fifhing for oyfters in fome of 
 them. 
 
 The inhabitants of the Dutchy of Slefwick are a mixture of Danes or 
 yuts, Lower- Saxons, and Friefians. Befides thefe, there are Hollanders fet- 
 tled in Fredertckßadt, and Fie minings in Nordfirand ; which occafions a va- 
 riety of Dialects in this country. In the Prefecture of Hujum, the Diftrift of 
 Bredftedt, in the Hardes of Booking and Widding, in fome parts of the Harde 
 of Kar, and in Pelworm, Fohr, Sylt, Amrom and all the other little iflands 
 the Friefian is the common language ; but Divine-fervice is performed in 
 thefe places in High-Dutch, and likewife in the parifh of Viol, where they 
 fpeak the Danifli language. The German language is fpoken in the towns of 
 Slefwick, Eckernforde, Hufum, Frederickjladt, and 1'onningcn; in the Diftricts 
 of Eiderfiedt, and Stapelholm ; in thofe Hardes of the Prefecture of Gottorf, 
 which lie fouth of the gulf of Sley, in the Danißj Fore/Is, and the ifland of 
 Femarn. In fome of the other towns both the German and Danifl> lan- 
 guages are ufed : In others only Danißj is fpoken by the inhabitants, ex- 
 cepting fome people of fafhion, who affect to diftinguifh themfelves from 
 the commonalty by fpeaking German. In the Prefecture of Tunder, the 
 above-mentioned places excepted where the Friefian language obtains, 
 Divine-fervice is univerfally performed in Danißo, as it is alfo up the coun- 
 try farther north. At Flensburg and other towns in the northern part of 
 Slefwick, fome Danijh preachers are fettled, on account of the great num- 
 ber of Danes among the fervants and labourers in thefe parts, to whom a 
 fermon is preached every Sunday in the Daniß language. The German 
 alone obtains in great fchools in the towns ; but in thofe places in the coun- 
 try where the Danißo language only is fpoken, Danißo fchool-mafters are 
 appointed. 
 
 .Lutheranifm is the prevailing religion in this Dutchy, except at Frede- 
 rickftadt, where, befides Papifts and Jews, feveral particular fects are to- 
 lerated. On the ifland of Nordfirand the Roman-Catholics have a parifh- 
 church and a chapel to perform their devotions in. The Cahinifts are alfo 
 1 indulged
 
 i 4 4 DENMARK. [D. Slefwick. 
 
 indulged in the exercife of their religion in this Dutchy, by an edict iffued 
 out in the year 1734 ; but they are not very numerous here. The Nobility 
 of Slefwick have the fame privileges with thofe of Holftein; excepting, 
 that they are not fubjeft to the fame Governor, but acknowledge the King 
 only for their fovereign, and are under the jurifdidlion of the royal Provincial 
 Court at Gottorf, which will be fpoken of in the fequel. 
 
 This country has from time immemorial been united to the kingdom of 
 Denmark ; and as a part of that monarchy had the fame fovereign and con- 
 rtitution till the year 1085, when king Knut the Pious created his brother 
 Oluf duke of Slefwick ; a political error in which feveral of his fucceiTors 
 have copied after him to the irreparable damage of the kingdom. King 
 Niels inverted Knut the fon of king Erlck with this Dutchy as a Fief; and 
 from that time it has been almoft continually held by a prince of the Blood, 
 under the title of a Dutchy; but not without numberlefs contefts, in which 
 it has often been warmly difputed whether the Fief was perfonal or heredi- 
 tary. At laft, the Dukes formed a defign of entirely difmembering Slef- 
 wick from the Danljh dominions. But in the year 1424, the affair was re- 
 ferred to the arbitration of the Emperor Slgifmund, who adjudged the 
 Dutchy to king Erlck as a part of his kingdom. As Duke Adolphus died 
 without iffue in the year 1459, King Chrijtian I. claimed the vacant Dutchy 
 as a Fief of the Danlßj crown ; but in order to ftrengthen his claim by the 
 affections of the people, and to gain Holftein alfo, he condefcended to be 
 elected Duke of Slefwick and Holjieln by the Nobility, and, at the fame 
 time, granted the rtates feveral important privileges. King jfobn was the firft 
 who unfortunately planned the partition of Slefwick and Holftein, in the year 
 1490. He referved to himfelf in both Dutchies the following places, and 
 revenues, namely, Segeberg, the cuftoms or toll at Oldeflo, the port of 
 Kaden, together with Rendsburg, Hanrow, Hafldorp, Femarn, Aljen, Sun- 
 derburg, the ifland of Arroe, and the territories of Flensburg and Appen- 
 rade. To his brother, Duke Frederick, he affigned Gottorf, the parifh of 
 Kampen, Llttle-'Tundern, Haderßcben, Eckernforde, Rundhof, Steinburg, 
 Eiderftedt, Trlttow, Oldenburg, Plön, the caftle of Tylen, Itzehoe, Ofterhof 
 Hohenfeld, Neumunfter, Lutkenburg, Kohovede, Neuftadt, Kiel, and the ifland 
 of Nordftrand. The convents lying in the two Dutchies were alfo divided; 
 the king referving to himfelf thofe of Rheinfeld, Arensbok, Preetz and Ruge-, 
 and inverting the Duke with thofe of Bordlfl.'olm, Clfmar, Relnbeck, Ueter- 
 Jem, and Lugum. Befides all this, the king inverted his brother with the 
 title of heir apparent to the kingdom of Norway, which the fucceeding 
 Dukes of Slefwick and Holftein have carefully kept up. King Chrlftlan III. 
 made another divifion of tbefe Dutchies between himfelf and his brothers, 
 referving for his own fhare Flensburg, Sonderburg, Aifen, Arroe, Sundewlt, 
 the convent of Ruge, Segebcrg, Oldeflo with half the toll, Reinfcld, Arenf- 
 bok, Plön, Steinburg, Itzehoe, Krempe, Wiiftcrmarfch, Heillgcnhafen, and 
 
 Great-
 
 D. Slefwick.] DENMARK. 145 
 
 Great '-Erode. To John he affigned Haderfleben, Doming, Little-Tundern, 
 with Oßerharde, Rendsburg, and three villages ; the ifland of Fenwrn and 
 the convents of Bordejholm and Lugum. But Adolphus had for his fhare 
 Gotlorf, the feat and Prefecture of Hütten, Hujum, Apenrade, Wittenfee, 
 Morkirchcn, Stapelhohn, Eiaerfleat, Kiel, Ncumunjier, Oldenburg, Trit; 
 Reinbeck, Cifmar, and Nai/idt. Frederick, the fourth brother, being pro- 
 vided for as bilhop of Hildejheim and Slefwick, was excluded from having 
 any (bare in this partition. This fecond divifion of Slefwick and Jiolflein 
 among the princes of the Blood was attended with more fatal confequences 
 than the firft. The King, indeed, acted with prudence, and eftablimed 
 the Union and Communion, as they are called, in thefe principalities. The 
 former related only to an obligation of reciprocal afiiftance ; the latter to 
 their common form of government in matters pertaining to the Nobility, 
 Contributions, and fome other articles. His defign was by thefe precau- 
 tions to prevent any difcord among the princes, or a total disjunction of the 
 Dutchies or any parts of them, which might render them independent of 
 each other. But as thefe inflxuments of Union and Communion were, ac- 
 cording to the fimplicity of thofe times, drawn up in very plain artlefs terms; 
 each party afterwards was for wrefting the meaning of the words to favour 
 its private views. Duke John, the fecond brother, dying without heirs 
 in the year i 580, his fliare was again divided. King Frederick II. took the 
 feats, Prefectures and towns, with all the prerogatives and revenues thereto 
 belonging of Haderßeben, Doming, and Rendsburg ; and to Duke Adolph 
 were afiigned Tundern, Nordflrand, and Fernarn; alfo the convents of Lugum 
 and Bordejholm, with all their dependencies. The third part, namelv, the 
 cuftoms of Goitorf were fhared betwixt the King and the Duke. As for the 
 divifion of Dithmarjh, the crown was inverted with the hereditary and fole 
 property of the fouth part of it; and the north part was fettled on the Duke. 
 In the year 1609, the Duke obtained of Chrifiian IV. as Lord paramount, 
 the right of primogeniture. The fucceeding Dukes acknowledged, and 
 conformed to the annexation of the Dutchy of Slefwick to the crown of 
 Denmark as a Fief, which had been folemnly ratified in 1579 by the Con- 
 vention of Odenfe, till Duke Frederick^ daughter was married to Char /es 
 Gußavus king of Sweden, in the year 1654. For then the Duke began to 
 afpire after an independent ibvereignty with regard to his moiety of Slef- 
 wick and the ifle of Fcrnarn ; which Frederick III. on account of the bad 
 fituation of his affairs, was obliged to grant : But the Duke loft this pre- 
 rogative, in 1675, by the treaty of Rendsburg. And though fome alteration 
 in the Duke's favour was made in this affair, in the year 1679, by the treaty 
 of Fontainbleau ; yet the King fequeftered to himfelf the Duke's part of the 
 Dutchy of Slefwick in 1684; and it was not till the treaty of Altena, in 
 1689, that his Danijh majefty again gave up the fovereignty. But, in 17 14, 
 king Frederick IV. re-affumed it; and it was confirmed to him by the treaty of 
 Vol. I. U Stock-
 
 146 DENMARK. [D. Slefwick. 
 
 Stockholm which was concluded in 1720. As the whole Dutchy was then 
 incorporated with the kingdom of Denmark, his majefty ordered the two 
 lions, which are the arms of Slefwick, to be expunged out of the Holftein 
 efcutcheon, and to be inferted in that of the kingdom of Denmark. The 
 Emperor, and the Kings of England, France, Sweden, and Spain, together 
 with the republics of Holland and Poland were guarantees to his Danifh 
 majefty for his new acquifition. As for the fmall principalities of Au- 
 gitftettburg, and Ghicksburg we fhall fpeak of them in the fequel. The 
 Dutchies of Slefwick and Holftein are, at prefent, governed by a Statthalter, 
 appointed by the king : And this high Poll is now filled by the Margrave of 
 Brandenburg-Culmbach. 
 
 The whole Dutchy is divided into cities, Prefectures, Diftricts, Hardes, 
 Birkes, Parifhes, Manors, and Koges. The cities have their particular ma- 
 giftrates, who are quite independent of the Prefectures, though they trade 
 with the Diftricts of the latter. The Statthalter for the time being is pre- 
 fident or chief judge in all the towns of the Dutchy. The Amts or Prefec- 
 tures are governed by Prefects, and over the Diftricts and Hardes Lavdvogte 
 a, id Hardefvogte are appointed for the maintenance of order, and adminiftra- 
 tion of juftice. The Diftrict of Eiderßedt is governed by its particular laws 
 called Viti Dinggericht, and certain magiftrates who are diftinguifhed by 
 the title of Oberjlaller and St aller. In fome Prefectures the Amtman or Pre- 
 fect alone judges at the firft hearing of a caufe. But in others the Hardef- 
 vogt or chief magiftrate of the Harde is joined with him. From their fen- 
 tence, before the execution of it, there lies an appeal to the court called 
 Ding. In fome Prefectures the Hardefvogt pronounces a definitive fentence 
 alone in his, own Harde; whereas in others eight collegues called Sandman- 
 nern, or twelve Bonden, lit on the bench with him, and have an equal vote. 
 In cafe of an appeal from fuch a fentence, he muftjuftify it before the ir.- 
 preme court, if required. The Prefect of every Prefecture may fit as pre- 
 fident in the courts of judicature called Dinge and Bcnden courts; but has 
 no voice in fuch courts. The common law of this country is contained in 
 the old futijeke Lowbuck, or Codex legum futicarum, inftituted by king 
 Waldemar II. in a Diet held at JVordingborg in the year 1240. Some towns, 
 however, have their particular municipal laws. The fupreme court of ju- 
 dicature for this Dutchy is held at Gottorf, and has four feftions in a year to 
 determine all caufes that are brought before it. In Gottorf caftle the pro- 
 vincial court is held annually in Ea/ler-weck, where, as in the former, all 
 verdicts and fentences are patted in the king's name. It confifts of the Statt- 
 halter or Governor, four Noblemen, four Counfellors learned in the law, 
 and a Recorder, with a Notary and Secretary. Next to thefe is the chief 
 Confiftory, the members of which are the counfellors of the Dutchy or pro- 
 vincial Court, the general Superintendant, who is the chief confiftorial 
 Counfellor, with two other confiftorial councillors, who ate eccldiuilics. 
 
 The
 
 D. Slefwick.] DENMARK. i 47 
 
 The three laft have alfo a feat in the Supreme Court of Judicature during 
 the fellions of the chief Coniiftory. The towns, Prefectures, and manors are 
 divided into a certain number of Pflügen or Ploughs * of land, according to 
 which the taxes arc impofed. The newly encloled Koges are afTefled accord- 
 ing to their number of Demates, a land-meafure which in Eiderfledt is equal 
 to 216 fquare rods, allowing fixteen feet to the rod j but in the Pre- 
 fecture of "Tuiulern is no more than 180 fquare rods, at eighteen feet the 
 rod. The taxes in the country are fometimes levied by the ftewards or 
 clerks of the Prefectures, and fomtimes by the magiftratcs of the Hardes, 
 and by them paid to the king's receiver at RinJsburg, whither the towns 
 and manors remit their affefTments as foon as they are collected. In every 
 Prefecture there is alfo a Steward, or Adminiftrator, who takes care of the 
 royal revenues, the repairs of the roads, the prefervation of the woods, &c. 
 King Chriflian VI. eftablilhed a Brandgild or Fire-office -f- in every Pre- 
 fecture and Harde ; and thefe are under the direction of the General-Col- 
 lege for the improvement of manufactures, &c. £ But the towns have their 
 particular Brandgilds. 
 
 The Prefectures and Diftricts in this Dutchy are as follows : 
 I. The Prefecture of Hadersleben, which is feparated from North- 
 Jutland by the river Holding, extends in length from the Baltic to the 
 North-Sea above nine geographical miles, and from four to five in breadth. 
 As to the number of Plough-lands and revenues, it exceeds any Prefecture 
 in this Dutchy. The largeft rivers in Haderßeben are the Schodtburg, the 
 Nipj-Aa, and the Lohbeck. The foil is very fertile, efpecially in the eaftern 
 parts of this Prefecture, which are alfo very woody. It takes its name 
 from the town of 
 
 Haderßeben, in Latin Hatterßebia ; which lies in a low, open plain. 
 It is of a middling bignefs and carries on fome commerce ; and part 
 of its trade arifes from its being the ufual thoroughfare to Funen and "Jut- 
 land, and part from the Shipping which belongs to this port. But the 
 latter is not very confiderable ; for the entrance into the harbour is fo 
 thallow, that they are obliged to carry the goods on board the fhips in 
 Prahmes or lighters. The town is divided by a narrow ftream into two 
 unequal parts, which are called Old and New Haderßeben. In the former, 
 which is but meanly built, ftands the parifh-church of St. Soren or Severin, 
 which being reckoned a rural church belongs to the Prefecture. In the 
 latter, which can no longer be properly called the New-Town, are fome 
 
 * A Plough of Land is a certain number of acres of arable land. We alfo call it a Hide 
 in England, which is as much as one plough can cultivate in a year. 
 
 f'This feems to be an Office for receiving the duty on wood, (sfc. for fuel, or perhaps 
 what we call Hearth-money in England; or it may be an Infurance-office ; but the Author 
 leaves us in the dark in this particular. 
 
 X See Introduction to Denmark, §. 19. Art. 4. 
 
 U 2 hand-
 
 i 4 8 DENMARK. [D. Slefwick. 
 
 handfome houfes, which, indeed, fuffered by the ravages of the Imperi- 
 alifts ; and the large parifh-church of St. Marys. There was formerly a 
 Cathedral at Haderjlebcn. The fchool and the well endowed alms-houfes 
 were founded in the year 1569, by Duke John, brother to Chriflian III. 
 and the former, in 1584, received a confiderable benefaction from king 
 Frederick II. There was anciently a large caftle or palace on an eminence 
 without the town. Hader/leben obtained a charter of" privileges in the year 
 1292. In 1534, king Frederick II. was born in this town, as was king 
 Frederick III. in 1609. 
 
 The Prefecture of Hadersleben confifts of feven Hardes; two of which 
 are fertile in every part ; but the other five contain a great many barren 
 fpots. Thefe Hardes are as follows, viz. 
 
 1. Haderßcben confiding of eleven parifhes, among which is included 
 Arofjunds-Fekre in the Little-Belt. 
 
 2. Thyjlrup with fourteen parifhes. 
 
 3. Gram with ten parifhes. 
 
 4. Fros with fix parifhes. 
 
 5. Kalflund with five parifhes. 
 
 6. FLvidding with twelve parifhes. 
 
 7. Norder-rangjlrup with five, and the Vogtey of Bollerjleben, the Plough- 
 lands of which he difperfed in the Prefectures of Appenrade and Tundern. 
 Twenty-nine of the rural churches are under the jurifdidtion of the bifhop 
 of Ripen, and the reft are under the Provoftfhip of Haberjleben. In the 
 Harde of Gram lies Tcrning, which was formerly a famous ftrong caftle, 
 but now only a royal manor. Some who dwell in the Fief of Torning, as it 
 is called, are under the jurifdidtion of the Birke of Ripen, which was 
 erected in the year 1735. 
 
 II. The Prefectures of Apenrade and Lygum Convent. 
 
 The Prefectures of Abenrade, properly Abenraae, and Lygum Con- 
 vent are both under the fame Prefect. 
 
 That of Apenrade is very mountainous, and yields plenty of game and 
 fifh. It derives its name from 
 
 Apenrade, one of the beft and moft flourifhing towns in the country, 
 which, within thefe three centuries, has been greatly enlarged, and ftill 
 continues to improve both in beauty and extent. It lies at the bottom of a 
 deep open bay which runs from the Baltic a good way into the land. It 
 is environed on three fides with high mountains; and has a fafe and com- 
 modious harbour, but not deep enough for fhips of burden to come up clofe 
 to the bridge. Moft of the inhabitants are in good circumftances; for they 
 are noted for fhip-building, and have of late been conftantly employed. 
 This town has frequently fuffered by fire; namely, in the years 1148, 
 1247, 1576, 1616, 1629, and 1707. But the induftry of its inhabitants 
 ha» repaired all the loffes it fuftained. The caftle or Amt-lmtfe of Brun- 
 
 lund,
 
 D.Slefwick.] DENMARK. 149 
 
 hind, a mean fmall edifice, lies a little way to the eaft of Apcnrade. Queen 
 Margaret, who built this palace in 141 1, intended to have enlarged it, had 
 fhe not been prevented by death in the following year. It is at prefent the 
 refidence of the Prefect. 
 This Prefecture contains, 
 
 1. The Ha nie of Ries confiding of four parifhes. In one of thefej.namely, 
 the parifh of Jordkicr, lies the village of Toljlede, near which is the place 
 called Urnehovet, where the ancient Slefwick Nobility ufed to hold their 
 Diets or affemblies of the States in the open air. 
 
 2. The Harde of Suder-rangjlrap, containing four parifhes. 
 
 3. The Birkiogtey of Warnit-z which is a large village with a church 
 in it. 
 
 The Prefecture of Lygum or Lohm-kloster, in Latin Locus Dei, was 
 formerly a rich Bernardino convent, faid to be founded in the year 11 52, 
 but is now converted into a manfion-houfe for the Prefect. In the convent- 
 church, which is a fpacious handibm ftructure, lie five of the bifhops of 
 Ripen. The inhabitants of this Diftrict make a great deal of lace. This 
 Prefecture confifts of one Birkvogtey which includes three parifhes. 
 
 III. The Prefecture of Tundern is above five geographical miles in 
 length; its greateft breadth is about eight; and the foil is rich and fertile in 
 moft parts of it. The inhabitants chiefly fpeak the Jutland and Friefian dia- 
 lects, but generally underftand the Low-Saxon. The Hardes of Backing 
 and IViding, with the iflands Sylt and Fohr are under the jurifdiction of the 
 Drey harder Court. This Prefecture confifts of thefe Hardes, namely, 
 
 1. Booking, which confifts partly of heaths, and partly of marfhland. The 
 former is called Riefmohr and contains four parifhes. The marfhland was 
 formerly a clutter of iflands, which were gradually joined to, and became 
 a part of the main land. However, Gaimsbul may, in fome meafure, ftill 
 pafs for an illand, as in fpring-tides this little eminence is furrounded by the 
 water. The inhabitants of Gahmbul fubfift by ufing the fea, and the profit 
 arifing from a finall falt-vvork. This Harde contains three parifhes. 
 
 2. The Harde of Horsbul or Widing, which is all marfhland, and was 
 formerly an ifland, confifts of fix parifhes. 
 
 3. The Harde of Karr, which is about three geographical miles long 
 and two broad. The foil here is moftly fandy and barren, with a very little 
 marfhland. It contains ten parifhes, and the large village of Leek, faid 
 to have been formerly a confiderable town. 
 
 4. The Harde of Lundtoft, which contains four parifhes. The manors 
 belonging to it alfo include two parifhes. 
 
 .5. The Harde of Schlaux or Schlnx, for the moft part, confifts of fandy, 
 marfhy, and barren foil, and contains fix parifhes. 
 
 6. The Harde oiTunder, confifts of a fertile foil and fine rnarfhes, and 
 contains two parifhes. 
 
 4 7. The
 
 I5 o DEN M A R K. [D. Slefwick. 
 
 7. The Harde of Hoy er, is which pretty fertile, and has fome rich 
 marflies : It confiils of three parishes, and the following places of note. 
 
 Hoyer, which is a pretty market-town ; Toudern, a fea-port, which is 
 pretty much frequented, and is very famous for its oyfters ; Emerlef, which 
 indeed, belongs to the County of Schackenburg ; but as there are leveral 
 perfons in it that are fubject to this Harde, I have inferted it here. 
 
 8. The ifland of 5)'// lies about one geographical mile and "a quarter 
 from the Horde «of Widing, and is four geographical miles in length, but 
 very unequal in its breadth. The foil cannot be faid to be fertile, neither 
 does it produce wood or turf; fo that the inhabitants are obliged to fupply 
 themfelves with fuel from the continent. They fubfift chiefly by agricul- 
 ture, grazing, knitting, and navigation ; and are fuch expert feamen, that 
 other trading towns are glad to employ them on board their mips. But as 
 they are very fenfible of their abilities, few of them will ferve as common 
 iailors, but expect the pay of mailers or mates. Both fexes are very tena- 
 cious of their ancient drefs on this ifland, Sylt contains four parifhes, and 
 is governed by a hand-Vogdt. The north-angle of this ifland which is 
 called Lyß had formerly a harbour; but at prefent it is quite choked up 
 with fand. It belongs to the Diocefe of Ripen. 
 
 9. The ifland of Fohr is a fertile fpot about three geographical miles in 
 circuit. The eaft-fide which conflitutes two parifhes, and where a Land- 
 Vogdt prefides, belongs to the Prefecture of Tundern; but the well-fide 
 which contains but one parifh is fubject to the Diocefe of Ripen. The in- 
 habitants in their manners, &c. perfectly refemble thofe of Sylt. On this 
 ifland ftands the village of Wyck, which is built after the Dutch manner ; 
 and as it has a fafe rode for fhips, the inhabitants carry on fome trade 
 by fea. 
 
 The places worthy of notice in this Prefecture are as follows. 
 
 The town of Tunaern, in Latin limdera, is next to Slefwick one of the 
 mod ancient in this Dutchy. It was endowed with the privileges of a city 
 fo early as the year 1243, is well built, but not very large, and carries on 
 a confiderable trade in corn, cattle, and the fine lace which is made here. 
 This town has the fame privileges as Lubeck. Its church, which was built 
 in 1 59 1 and 1592, makes a grand appearance. A fchool was founded 
 here in 161 2. The old palr.ee which ftands in this town was never very 
 large ; but was formerly well fortified. In the courfe of 500 years it has 
 undergone feveral viciffitudes. For one while, it was enlarged and im- 
 proved, and foon after taken by florm. After this it was mortgaged, and 
 held out a vigorous fiege j but not long after it was entirely difmantled, and 
 ftill continues in ruins. 
 
 Several Koege and Diflri&s, which have been feparated from the main 
 land by the fea, have had particular privileges granted them by the king, 
 and collectively make a very fine and fruitful trait of marnVland. Thefe are 
 
 4 the
 
 D. Slefwick.] DENMARK. 151 
 
 the Dagebuller-Koeg, thofe of Old and New Chriflian, and Albert -K' eg, the 
 Klegfeer-Frederick and Rut t bull- Koegs, the Bothfchi/l and Blucmen-Koeg. 
 
 IV. The Prefectures of Sonderburg and Norburg, on the ifland« of 
 Alsen and Arroe. 
 
 The ifland of AlJ'en lies in the Baltic near the continent, and is between 
 three and four geographical miles long, and from three fourths to one hall' 
 in breadth. The foil is very fertile in every part of it, and yields great 
 plenty of fruit and all kinds of grain, except wheat. It is a pleafant ifland, 
 and is fheltered with feveral fine woods abounding in game. Here are alio 
 feveral frelh lakes which are flocked with variety of fifh ; efpecially in the 
 northern parts. It is divided into South and North-Harde called Sonder- 
 burg and Norburg Prefectures. 
 
 The Prefecture of Sonderburg is in the fouth part of the ifland and 
 contains the following places of note, viz. 
 
 The town of Sonderburg, in Latin Sonder bttrgum. As for the time when 
 this town and caftle were built, hillory makes no mention of it. However, 
 they are at leaft of 500 years Handing. Sonderburg is of a middling bignefs, 
 and ftands on the acclivity of a very ruggid hill, which makes the ftreets 
 very uneven. This town has of late years been much improved as to its 
 buildings. Here is but one church, which ftands almofl without the town, 
 on an eminence ; and adjoining to it is an alms-houfe built out of the ruins 
 of an old convent. Moft of the inhabitants are mariners. Sonderburg har- 
 bour is looked upon as one of the beft in Denmark. The king's palace, 
 which flands on the weft-fide of the town at the entrance of the harbour, 
 is both fpacious and flrong. It is a quadrangular flructure fortified after 
 the old method with round baftions. On the ea ft- fide of this cai'tle is a 
 round tower, in the lower part of which king Chri/lian II. was confined as 
 a prifoner for twelve years. King Frederick IV. reflored this caftle to its 
 prefent good condition, when it was falling to decay. It is the reiidence of 
 the King's Prefect ; and has a beautiful chapel, where feveral of the princes 
 of Sonder burg are interred. 
 
 Augujienburg is the place where the Princes of Sonderburg refide. It 
 flands at the diftance of half a geographical mile from Sonderburg, in the 
 parifh of Ketting. It was built by Duke Rmeß Günther, grandfon to Duke 
 John II. about the middle of the laft century; and is a handfom flructure. 
 Near the caftle lies a fmall village, confiding of about forty houfes, which 
 is moftly inhabited by perfons belonging to the Prince's court. The manors 
 of Augujienburg, Gammelgaard, and the village of Gundjlrup 111 the parifh 
 of Ketting, Evelgunde in the parifh of Not t mark, the manors of Rumobrjhof, 
 Graveiißein, and the fine feats of Kielßrup and Ahrup alio belong to the 
 Dukes of Sonderburg. 
 
 The Prefecture of Norburg confifls, 
 
 1. Of the north part of the ifle of Alfen, which contains five parifhes. 
 
 The
 
 i 5 2 DENMARK. [D. Slefwick. 
 
 The ancient caftle of Ofierholm in this Prefecture lies in ruins, fo that all 
 that is worthy of notice here may be reduced to Tumlofl or Norburg church 
 with the fine feat called Norburg, lately built by Duke Auguflus. The 
 caftle that formerly ftood on the fame fpot, which was one of the mod an- 
 cient in the country and well fortified by art and nature, and had been fe- 
 veral times befieged and taken, was con fumed by fire in the year 1665. The 
 prefent edifice, though it is neither large nor magnificent, is admired for 
 its elegant fimplicity, and pleafant fituation. The village of the fame name 
 that lies near it was formerly called Kopping : It ftands in a pleafant fitua- 
 tion, and is continually improving. 
 
 2. The ifland of Arroe, which lies at the diftance of half a geographical 
 mile from Funen and two miles and a half to the North-Eaft of Alfen. It is 
 three geographical miles in length, and from one-half to two-thirds of a mile 
 in breadth. This ifland was formerly very woody ; but the foil has been al- 
 moft totally cleared, in order to render it fit for tillage. There are no deer in 
 Arroe ; but it abounds in hares and wild-fowl. Here are two good harbours, 
 namely, that in the large bay, at the entrance of which two caftles for- 
 merly ftood, one on each fide; and that of the little town of Arroes-Kiop- 
 pifig, which is fheltered by the little ifland of Deyeroe that lies oppofite 
 to the harbour. The inhabitants are a mixture of peafants and fea- faring 
 people. Here is a great plenty of all kinds of vegetables ; efpeciallv cab- 
 bage, onions, and Danifh cummin. Duke John II. bequeathed this ifland 
 to his fon Chriflian ; but the latter dying foon after without iflue, it de- 
 volved to his brother Frederick, who fold the middle part of the ifland to 
 his brother Philip of Glucksburg. The reft of it devolved to the houfe of 
 Ploen, and afterwards to the king, who, in 1749, purchafed the middle 
 part, of the Glucksburg family ; and thus became fole proprietor of the whole 
 ifland. It contains the Prefecture of Grafenflein (which cohfifts of the two 
 manors of Wuderup and Grafenflein ; ) the little town of Arroefkopping, 
 which ftands on a level and has a parifh-church and a pretty good 
 harbour ; and alfo five pariihes, in one of which the little town of 
 Marftal lies. As to fpirituals, this ifland is in the Diocefe of Funen ; but 
 with regard to civil affairs it is included in the Dutchy of Slefwick, and is 
 under a particular court of judicature by virtue of an edict published in the 
 year 1750. 
 
 V. The hereditary eftate of the Duke of Glukseurg. 
 It is well known that king Frederick II. affigned fome parcels of land to 
 his brother John, from whole third fon Duke Philip, the line of Glucksburg 
 is delcended; and the prefent Duke Frederick is a great grandfon of the 
 faid Philip. The Duke has both the higher and lower jnrifdiction over his 
 hereditary dominions, with the right of hunting, and pardoning of crimi- 
 nals. However, he cannot alienate his hereditary lands without the king's 
 confent ; it being a patrimonial Fidei-Commifljum. It confifts, 
 
 1. Of
 
 D. Slefwick.] DENMARK. i 5 
 
 I. Of the little Prefecture of Glücksburg, which lies within the Harde 
 of Huesbeyer in the Prefecture of Flensburg. Glucksburg, the Ducal palace, 
 ftands in a delightful country, and is environed with a moat and a fine 
 wood. In this place ftood formerly a rich convent of Bemardines, which 
 was called Ruhe-Klojhr, and at the Reformation was fequeftered to the 
 crown. But, in i 58 1, king Frederick II. conferred it as a Fief on his bro- 
 ther Duke JJjn II. who ordered the prefent fine palace to be built out of 
 the materials of the convent. Near the palace is a pretty village called by 
 the fame name, and inhabited by officers and tradelmen belonging to the 
 Duke's court. Befides the palace-chapel, which is the burial-place of the 
 Dukes, it contains alio the churches of Muncbrarup and Nicu-kerken. 
 
 2. The Harde-Vogty, Broacker; and the little territory of 
 
 Sundcwit (i. e. Witbarum vel "Jutorutn auflralium regio) which is one 
 Danijh mile * in length, almoft as much in breadth, and cor.fifts of fix 
 parifJies, four of which, viz. Broacker, Nubel, Satterup, and Ulderup are 
 included in the diftricl of Glucksburg. In the firft of thefe the Glucksburg 
 manors of Krammark, Sheelgaard, Freyleben, and Schott sbulhoff' or Nienhojf 
 lie, In the others the Ducal eftates of Lundgaard and Phil'lipsburg, toge- 
 ther with three other manors, are fituated. 
 
 In Sundcwit lies the county of Rcventjau, to which befides the manfion- 
 houfe which was formerly called Sandberg, and the parifh of Düppel, feve- 
 ral other detached parcels of land belong. Count Cbrijlian Detlev is 
 the proprietor of the Baronies of Brahe-trolleburg and Brendegaard in Funen y 
 the eftates of Krenkrup, Rofenlund and Norregaard in Laaland, and Fr/- 
 fenivold, Kalloe, Loißrup and Brufgaard in "Jutland. 
 
 VI. The Prefecture of Flensburg extends from the North-fea to the 
 Baltic feven Danißt miles in length ; but the breadth is unequal being 
 about three miles and a half in fome places, and more in others. Its foil 
 alfo varies in different parts of the prefecture ; the middle of the country 
 being nothing but moors and barren waftes, and the Ikirts tolerably fertile 
 and pleafant. Here the river Saholm rifes, which, after receiving the Wyh- 
 beck and Leckau, empties itlelf into the North-Jea. The Treen, which 
 abounds with fine fifli, and falls into the Eider near Frederickßadt, has its 
 fource alfo in this Prefecture ; which derives its name from the town of 
 
 Flensburg, in Latin Flenopolis or Flensburgum, which is a pretty large, 
 well built town. Its fituation is low; and it is furrounded on three fides 
 by mountains : But on the fourth lies the famous gulf called Flensburger- 
 ■wieck which runs twenty miles from the Baltic into the land. The hills 
 on both fides of the bottom of the gulf form a fecure harbour with a depth 
 of water furficient for the largeft ihips, which at prefent are unloaded at 
 the key ; but formerly this was done clofe to the warehoufes. The trade 
 of this town was then, indeed, very confiderable, but is at prefent greatly 
 
 * Ten and a half Danlfl) miles are equal to a degree of the Equator. 
 
 Vol. I. X decayed.
 
 i 5 4 DENMARK. [D. Slefwick. 
 
 decayed. The commerce of the Flenshirghers to Norway has been clogged 
 with great difficulties, and that to Copenhagen and other parts of Denmark en- 
 tirely loft ; for they are prohibited from exporting thither any cloths, filk, 
 woollen ftuffs, wines '6r brandy, of which, with other conAnodities, they 
 ufed to make very extraordinary profits. A fevere blow was alfo given to 
 their trade by the laft peace concluded at Aix-la-Chapelle betwixt Fra/xe, 
 England, and Spain ; fo that this town has further calamities to apprehend. 
 Flensburg is along narrow town, and extends above a mile in length from 
 the North gate to St. John's gate. It has twelve lanes befides the high 
 ftreet, and five gates exclu five of the Mill-Gale. It is divided into twenty- 
 two quarters ; and moft of the houfes are fpacious and ftrongly built. Here 
 are three German parifh-churches, one Danijh, and a good fchool founded 
 by Ludolph Naamau, who was a Francifcan monk of a convent of Minims 
 in this town. This fchool has fince been enriched by feveral benefadVions. 
 Here is an alms-houfe, with a chapel, that was formerly a convent of Grey - 
 Friars, and in which fifty poor perfons are comfortably maintained; and 
 alfo an orphan-houfe. There is a fort of an Exchange with warehoufes for 
 merchants, &c. by the water-fide. The South and North Market-places 
 are both fpacious areas, and the latter is adorned with a fountain of free- 
 ftone. Without St. John's gate directly facing the harbour is a pleafant 
 fuburb, called St. Jürgen, the greateft part of which belongs to the alms- 
 houfe, and but a fmall part of it to the town. An old ruinous caftle ftands 
 on a mountain which lies weft of the town, and not far from it is a paper- 
 mill. The Prefecture and town of Flensburg, and alfo the territory of Bred- 
 Jledt, in ecclefiaftical affairs, are fubjeci; to the conliftory of this Diftricl. 
 With regard to the hiftorical particulars of this town, it firft occurs in hi- 
 ftory in the year 1232, when, probably, it was only a village, on occafion 
 of a convent which was then founded here. In 1284, it obtained the pri- 
 vileges of a city from Duke V/aldemar, and had another more advantage- 
 ous charter of Police from Chriftian IV. but the principal articles in both 
 charters have been fince revoked. In 1412, the famous queen Margaret 
 died on board a fhip in this harbour, in her paffage to Seeland. In 1427, it 
 baffled the combined forces of the Hol/leiners, the Lübeckers, and the Ham- 
 burgers, who warmly preffed it by land and by fea ; but at prefent it is a 
 place of no ftrength at all. Several remarkable Diets have been held here ;, 
 particularly that of 1648, when all the ftates paid homage to king Frede- 
 rick III. In the fame year the Chancery or Supreme Court both for Slef- 
 wick and Hol/lein was eftablifhtd here; but in 1649 it was removed to 
 Gluckfladt in Hol/lein. In 1646, king Chriftian V. was born in the ancient 
 caftle that flood in this town, which is now in ruins. In the year 1655, 
 when the plague raged at Copenhagen, the Court and all the public offices 
 removed to this town. 
 
 The Hardes belonging to the Prefecture of Flensburg are, 
 
 1. Wies, which confifts of fix pariihes. 2. Huesby,
 
 D. SlefwicL] DENMARK. 155 
 
 2. Huesby, which is two Da/iißj miles and a half in length, and one in 
 breadth. It contains five parifhes. 
 
 3. Nie, which is above two Daniflj miles in length, and feven in breadth, 
 confifls of five parifhes. 
 
 4. Uggel, which is three Danißj miles long, but of an unequal breadth. 
 It contains fix parifhes. 
 
 Note. The famous trad: of land called Angeln, which is five Danißj 
 miles in length and four in breadth, lies between the gulf of Flensburg and 
 that called the S/ey. It includes the Hardcs of Huesby, Nie, with a great 
 part of that of Uggel in the Prefecture of Flensburg ; part of the territory of 
 Glucksburg, the Provoftfhip of Gcttingen, and the Hardes of Struxdorf and 
 Schlieft in the Prefecture oiGottorf. In the fifth century the ancient inha- 
 bitants of this country, in company with the Saxons and Jules, their neigh- 
 bours on both fides, emigrated into Great Britain, where having re- 
 pelled the invafions of the Picts, they made themfelves mafters of the coun- 
 try, to which they gave the name of Engeland or England from that 
 of their former habitation. 
 
 VII. The Diftrict of Bredstedt, which was formerly called Norgos- 
 Harde (as that of Hufum was called Sudgos-Harde) is two Danißj miles 
 in length and as many in breadth, and contains a great many acres 
 of marfhland. It had formerly its particular Landvogt and Secretary; but 
 is now fubject to the Prefect of Flensburg. Since the year 1741, a college 
 of Regulation, and a particular Police have been eftablifhed here. In ec- 
 clefiaftical affairs it is fubject to the confiftory of Flensburg. In this Diftrict 
 are the following places of note. 
 
 Bredßedt, an ancient large market-town, well built and populous. 
 South-weft of this place the Count des Mercieres inclofed a Koeg of 1 100 
 Demates of land, and gave it the name of Sophice Magdalena- Koeg. 
 
 Eight parifhes, among which the Stift s-vogtey of Bordelum is a part of the 
 old Diftrict of Schwabfied. The Secretary is alio Stift s-vogt or Governor of 
 them. 
 
 VIII. The Prefectures of Husum and Schwabstedt. 
 
 The Prefecture of Husum alone is not above two Da?iißi miles in 
 length and as many in breadth ; but the foil is fertile and well cultivated. 
 It confifts of heaths and marfhland ; and on the former all the churches 
 and villages are built. It alfo includes part of the Prefecture of Schivabßedt, 
 which, during the minority of the prince, the government difmembered 
 and parcelled out among the neighbouring Prefectures about the beginning 
 of this century. The territories of Schwabßedt and Rodemis were annexed to 
 the Prefecture of Hufum-, thofe of Trey a and Fußng to the Prefecture of 
 Gottorf, and thofe of Bordlum, Bredßedt, and Colßrup were incorporated 
 with the Prefecture of Apenrade. 
 
 The Prefecture of Husum is fo called from 
 
 X 2 Hufum,
 
 i 5 6 DENMARK. [D. Slefwick. 
 
 Hufum, in Latin Hufumum, a pretty large town, and well built with 
 ftone. It lies on the Hever where the heaths and marfhland are feparated 
 from each other. It cannot boaft of its antiquity, as it was only a large 
 village in the year 1372; but from that time to 1398, it increafed fo as 
 to make the two villages of Eafi and Wefl-Hufum, which were incorporated 
 with the parifh of Mil/tedt. In 1432, the inhabitants built a chapel for their 
 own ufe, and in 1448, detached themfelves from Milfiedt, and became an 
 independent pariih. After this Hujwn began to flourifh in a furprifing man- 
 ner, and was made a market-town. In 1498, a convent of bare-footed 
 Gray-Friars was founded here ; but at the Reformation it was converted 
 into the alms-houfe and chapel which are ftill to be feen in St. Georges 
 church-yard. In the year 1500, the parifh-church of Hufum, one of the 
 largefr. and handfomeff. in the country, was built.. In 1521, a mint was 
 eftablifhed in this town, where a great number of rix-dollars were coined ; 
 but it was foon after removed to Slefwick. The fchool, which by the libe- 
 ralities of private perfons is now endowed with a fund of 14,000 Lubec 
 marks, and has five claffes, was built in 1 53 1 j and Duke Adolphus, in 1 577, 
 began to build a palace on the fituation of the old convent, which he had 
 the Satisfaction of feeing completed in the year 1582. It is a fpacious and 
 convenient flxutture, and has frequently been the refidence of the Dowager 
 Dutchefles. In 1582, this town obtained a charter of Police and jurifdic- 
 tion within itfelf ; and in 1601, a noble town-houfe was built here. In 1603, 
 Hufum was conftituted a city, with fuitable privileges, by Duke John Adol- 
 phus, and in 1608, a new charter was granted it. The famous Antoinette 
 Bourignon lived in this town in 1673, and had a prefs fet up in her houfe, 
 where (he ufed to print her own works, till the government put a flop to 
 her publications. The inundations of Nordßrand have been of great detri- 
 ment to Hufum, by the abfolute ruin of its trade with that illand ; and the 
 terrible flood which happened in 1717, has reduced the people of Hufum 
 to a low condition. The ravages and calamities of war have alfo further 
 loaded it with very heavy debts, under which it ftill groans. Formerly this 
 city was famous for exporting great quantities of malt, which found the 
 inhabitants a profitable employment. They alfo employed above forty large 
 veffels in commerce ; and the oyfter-trade was almoft entirely in their 
 hands ; but they are now deprived of all thefe advantages. The oyfter- 
 dredges fuffered extremely by the hard froft in the year 1740 ; and, at pre- 
 fent, the chief trade of this place confifts in beer, cattle, and horfes ; fome 
 thoufands of oxen being annually fed by the Hufumers in the fouth-mar/hes, 
 and in autumn, driven from thence for fale to Hamburg and Lübeck. But 
 notwithstanding the great decay of its navigation, it ftill employs the indi- 
 gent, and fupplies the place with the chief neceffaries in trade. Hufum 
 has a Confiftory ; but an appeal lies from it to the fuperior Confiftory of 
 Gottorf. 
 
 To
 
 D.Slefwick.] DENMARK. 1-57 
 
 To the Prefectures of Husum and Schwabstedt belong eight pariflies, 
 in which are the following places of note. 
 
 Mildfiede, which is the mother-church of the Tlujum pariflies, and three 
 minifters dill belong to it. Near Mildjkde on the river Mi/da formerly ftood 
 the town and caftle of Mildesborg., which were built in i 145, and destroyed 
 by an inundation in the year 1300. 
 
 Schwabßedt, which is an old and ill built, but pleafant and populous 
 town. Its caftle was formerly the refidence of the BHhops of ScJbkfivick, 
 who had alfo a palace in that city. 
 
 To the Prefecture of Husum belong alfo fame fmall iflands, among 
 which are the ifland of Pelivorm, and what remains of the iiland of Nord- 
 flrand, with the Downs or Sandbank which is ftill called by the fame 
 name. Nordfirand lies in the North-Sea, and was formerly three Daniß: 
 miles long, and, in moft parts, above one mile broad. It was inhabited 
 by favage Friefians, contained twenty-two pariflies, and by its extraordi- 
 nary fertility abounded in cattle and corn. For fome centuries this ifland 
 had fuffered great damages, from time to time, from the violence of the fea, 
 particularly in the years 1300, 1483, 1532, and 1 6 1 5. But the moft terrible 
 inundation of all began about ten at night on the 1 ith day of October, in the 
 year 1634, when the whole country was entirely overflowed ; and the im- 
 petuofity of the waves was fo great that 6408 perfons, 1332 houfes, thirty 
 windmills, fix fteeples, and 50,000 head of cattle were fwept away by the 
 fea. In Eidetßedt, belides 664 houfes, involved in the fame ruin, 2107 
 perfons, 6100 head of cattle and 6738 fheep and hogs, periflied at the 
 fame time. Of all Nordfirand nothing is now remaining but the fmall pa- 
 rifli of Pelworm which owed its fafety to the height of its fituation ; and 
 the Brabanderkoeg or little ifland of Nordfirand, which by the affiftance of 
 fome Flemmings has with inexpreffible labour and at a vaft expence been 
 drained and rendered habitable. Since this difmal cataftrophe the fmall 
 ifland of Nordßrand, and the neighbouring Nordjlrand-Downs belong to the 
 above-mentioned Flemmings, and particularly to the Fathers of the Oratory 
 at Mechlin. There is a Lutheran church and a popifh chapel in Nord- 
 ßrand. In Pelivorm there are two Lutheran churches j and one on each of 
 the little iflands which lie about it, namely, Groed, Hoog, Langenes, Nord- 
 marßj, and Oland ; which are all within the Prefecture of FLujum. 
 
 IX. The Diftrict of Eiderstedt, which is a very fertile and rich coun- 
 try, lies between the Hever and the Eider. It extends in length, from 
 Eaft to Weft, above fpur Daniß miles; but the breadth is unequal 
 from three-fourths to one and-a-half Daniß: mile, and its circumfe- 
 rence is about fourteen. It is for the moft part a kind of marfliland, and 
 produces plenty of wheat, barley, . beans, and excellent peafe ; and but lit- 
 tle rye. It is particularly famous for efculent herbs, and cattle. A great 
 quantity of butter and cheefe is alfo exported from hence. The fheep here 
 
 have
 
 i 5 8 DENMARK. [D. Slefwick. 
 
 have larger fleeces of wool than in other places ; and likewife give a greater 
 quantity of milk. The horfes are fixong and of a large fize ; hut the 
 greateft part of the horfes they employ here are bought in North-Jutland 
 and Ditmar/b. Eiderjkdt is fupplied with wood from the higher countries 
 at the diftance of feveral miles. Here is fome frefh-water fifh, but thefe 
 are in no great plenty, the country being liable to the irruptions of the fea, 
 which foon proves fatal to thofe fpecies of fifh. Its low and damp foil ren- 
 ders the air very unhealthy, efpecially to ftrangers. The inhabitants :,re all 
 plebeians, without one noble family amongft them ; and the wealthieft of 
 thefe are of Friefian extraction. They have great privileges and particular 
 laws and cuftoms of their own. The Dykes on the north and fouth-fide 
 are kept in repair by incredible labour, and at a great expence. The go- 
 vernment of the country is lodged in two officers called Oberfialler and 
 Staller, who are appointed by the king; and fixteen inferior counfellors, 
 and two fecretaries are joined with thefe in the Viti Ding Gericht or court 
 of Judicature. This Diftrict is divided into Eafl and Weß-Eiderßedt. 
 In Eaft-Eiderfledt the only town of note is 
 
 Tonningen, in Latin lonninga, which is the chief town in the country; and 
 obtained the privileges of a city in the year 1590. In 1644, it was forti- 
 fied by Duke Frederick at a vaft expence *. This town is elegant, but neither 
 large nor populous. In 16 13, the harbour was widened and improved by 
 the Duke at the expence of 30,000 rix-dollars ; fo that Tonningen had a 
 confiderable trade by exporting yearly large quantities of the commodities 
 of the country, which every Monday were brought hither to market from 
 every part of Eiderßedt. In 1675, during the war with Sweden, the Duke, 
 purfuant to the treaty of Rendßurg, was obliged to cede this town to the 
 King, who caufed the fortifications of it to be demolifhed. But when the 
 Duke recovered the town and the whole country, in 1679, they were re- 
 paired, and improved with additional works ; fo that when king Fre- 
 derick IV. befieged it he was not able to make himfelf mafter of it. In 
 17 1 3, Steinbock the Swedißj General having by the Duke's confent been 
 admitted into the town, the king of Denmark with the affiftance of his 
 Allies plied it fo vigoroufly, that the Swedes were obliged to furrender them- 
 felves prifoners of war ; and in 17 14, the king having got poffeffion of the 
 town, the fortifications were demolifhed a fecond time. Tonningen has been 
 in a defencelefs condition ever fince that time. It had once a noble caftle ; 
 but that "was likewife demolifhed by the King's orders in the year 1734. 
 
 Befides this town there are feven parifhes in Eaß-Eiderßedt, and the 
 town of Olden/wort. 
 
 * The author fays thirty-fix Tons of gold ; but I cannot pretend to determine what he 
 means by a Ten of Gold. 
 
 4 Weft-
 
 D. Slefwick.] DENMARK. i 59 
 
 Weß-Elderßedt contains the following Diftri&s. 
 
 1. Ever/chop, or Heverfchop, which is io called from the river Hever. ft 
 confifts of fix parifhes, befides the little town of 
 
 Gording, which obtained the privileges of a city in 1590. 
 
 2. Uhtbolm, which confifts of four parifhes. On the Weft-IJever about 
 the year 1670, flood a caftle called Wogenfmannefourg j which was inha- 
 bited by pirates. The inhabitants of Everjchop and Uhtholm laid liege to 
 it, and owed their fuccefs chiefly to a brave young woman, who ported her- 
 felf on the Salley-bridgc and gave the befiegers time to force their way into 
 the caftle, of which, after fome refiftance, they made themfelves mafters. 
 
 X. The Prefecture of Gottorf or Gottorp is about feven DarJjh 
 miles in length and fix in breadth, and confifts of the following Hordes. 
 
 1. The Horde of Hohner, fo called from the village and pmfh of Holm, 
 is nearly furrounded by the Eider and Sorg ; and is about two Donifc miles 
 in length and as many in breadth. 
 
 2. The Horde of Krop is about two Danißj miles long and one-and 
 a-half broad. It moftly confifts of heaths and moors ; and Lohride one of 
 the former is famous tor many battles which were formerly fought there. 
 The only parifh in this Horde is that of Krop, from which it takes its 
 name. 
 
 3. The Horde of Anns is fomething lefs than two DoniJJj miles in 
 length, and almoft as broad ; and the foil is but little better than that of 
 Krop. In this Horde lies the greateft part of the celebrated Danneiverk, or 
 great wall which, in the beginning of the ninth century, Gotric king of 
 Denmark built, to prevent the incurfions of the Soxons and Slovens. It 
 runs acrofs the whole country, from Hollinfledt to the gulf of Sley, about 
 eight or nine Daniß miles in length ; and a great part of it is ftill 
 remaining. In this Horde lie the parifhes of Hollingjledt and Hoddeby, or 
 Haddebue. The church belonging to the latter, which was built in the 
 year 826, is the moft ancient in the Dutchy, and, I may add, in all Den- 
 mark: But on the relapfe of the people into Paganifm, it has been feveral 
 times deftroyed. It lies oppofite to the city of Slejivick on the fouth-fidc 
 of the Sley, in which the firft Chriftians in this country were baptized, 
 The name of this parifh is written eight different ways ; and fome will 
 have it to fignify a fea-port town, others the Capital : For it is conjectured 
 mat a city flood formerly in this place ; which is very probable, as the 
 church feems to be the remains of it. 
 
 4. The Horde of Struxdorf is four Daniß: miles in length, and con- 
 tains twelve parifhes. 
 
 5. The Horde of Schlies lies on the Sky.. The inhabitants of this Horde 
 are chiefly employed in the fiftiery in the bay, where they catch great quan- 
 tities of herrings, &c. It confifts of five parifhes. 
 
 6, The
 
 t 6o DENMARK. [D. Slefwick. 
 
 6. The Vogteys or little territories of Fufing and Treya. The former of 
 thefe once belonged to Angeln, and the latter to the Prefecture of Schwab- 
 
 ßedt. 
 
 7. The fmall Prefecture of Mohrkirchen. This was formerly a con- 
 vent of monks of the order of St. Antony, and erected towards the^clofe 
 of the 14th century. It includes the Vogteys or territories of Langjledt and 
 Carlfwraa. In the year 1752, this Amt was inverted with a Judicature of 
 its own in commercial differences ; from which there lies an appeal to the 
 Superior Court of Gottorf. But in caufes of another nature it is under the 
 Jurifdi&ion of the Inferior Confiftory of Gottorf; and the Governor of Got- 
 torf 'alfo prefides over Mohrkirchen. 
 
 Within the Prefecture of Gottorf are the following places of note. 
 The caftle of Gottorf, or Gottorp, ftands in the Harde of Arens be- 
 tween Lollfufs and Fredericksberg, which are two parts of the city of Slef- 
 ivick, in a mod delightful country. Some derive the name of this place 
 from Gottefdorf, i.e.' God's village y for it originally belonged to the 
 bifhops of Slefwick, and was appropriated to a pious ufe. The moft ancient 
 bifhops of S/e/wick refided in a caftle that flood about half a Danißi mile 
 to the north-weft of that city, not far from the place on which an inn 
 called Rugekrog now ftands, where fome of the ruins of it are ftill to be feen. 
 That old caftle, however, was demolished in the year 1059. Afterwards 
 Biftiop Occo built a new palace on the fpot where the caftle of Gottorf now 
 ftands, which continued in the pofleffion of the bifhops of Slefwick till 
 the year 1268, when Duke Erick procured it for himfelf by an exchange. 
 It was at that time a ftrong fortrefs ; and the Dukes of Slefwick refided in 
 it till the year 17 13, when king Frederick IV. got pofleffion of it, and 
 united it to the crown of Denmark in the year 172 1. It had, from time to 
 time, been improved, altered, and rebuilt by the Dukes of Slefwick ; and 
 king Frederick IV. and Chrißian VI. alfo laid out confiderable fums in fur- 
 nifliing and embellishing it with fine pictures, &c. In this palace are held 
 both the Superior and Provincial Courts of Judicature, and alfo the Supe- 
 rior and Provincial Confiftories. It once had two gardens ; but the Old 
 Garden, as it is called, which lies fouth of the palace is entirely gone to 
 decay, and now fold to a burgher. The New Garden, to the north of the 
 palace, is beautifully laid out. It has an elegant fummer-houfe, in which 
 was formerly kept a large globe of eleven feet diameter, the outfide of 
 which represented the Earth, and the infide the Heavens fludded with all 
 the known ftars of filver, gilt. Ten or eleven perfons might fit conveni- 
 ently round a table within it. The whole machine revolved round its axis 
 once in twenty-four hours, being put in motion by water; and was fo con- 
 trived that it might be eafily kept in conftant rotation from within by means 
 of an Archimedes'^ fcrew. In 17 13, this noble Globe was prefented to the 
 Czar Peter I. who ordered it to be conveyed to Petersburg ; and therefore 
 4 we
 
 D. Slcfwick.] DENMARK. 161 
 
 we (hall give a farther account of it in defcribing that city. The Gottorf library 
 was firft begun, in the year 1606, by Duke John Adolphus ; but in 1749, 
 the books were removed from hence to Copenhagen. Oppoiite to the caftle 
 of Gottorf, on the fouth-fide of it, ftands a palace of a very elegant ftruc- 
 ture, which was erefted at a great expence by Count Nalt. When his 
 Danifh majefty became mafter of the place, he beftowed this palace on the 
 Statthalter or Governor of Slefwick-Holßein. 
 
 Schlepwig or Slefwick, in Latin Slejvicum, is the capital of the Dutchy, 
 and faid to derive its name from the Wiecke or gulf of Schley. It was for- 
 merly called Huddebue; and the above-mentioned church, which ftands 
 without the city of Slefwick, ftill retains that name. From the year 808, 
 when the city of Mecklenburg was demolished, and the richeft merchants 
 were removed hither by king Gotrick, Slefwick gradually increafed and rofe 
 to great profperity : But in the eleventh century it was pillaged, burnt, and 
 razed to the very ground by Harald king of Norway, and alfo by the Hol- 
 fteifiers, Vandals, &c. Though it recovered itfelf pretty well after thofe 
 calamities; yet has it feveral times fince met with the fame fate ; and, in 
 the year 1447, it was entirely deftroyed by fire. However, it was a flou- 
 riihing town, after all thefe misfortunes, till the year 171 3, when the 
 Ducal Court being removed from Slefwick it fell to decay. And though 
 the Governor and the State Officers ftill refide here, yet thefe advantages are 
 not an equivalent for the above-mentioned lofs : Neither is it capable of 
 carrying on any great foreign trade, the mouth of the Slcy, which is about 
 five Daniflj miles below the town, being choked up; and at prefent a 
 great number of houfes in this city ftand empty for want of inhabitants. 
 Slefwick lies in a moft charming pleafant country. Its form is very irregu- 
 lar; but fomething refembling a crefcent; it being about half a Danißj 
 mile in length. The city is divided into three parts, namely the Old or 
 proper Slefwick, Lollfufs, as it is called, which is a long ftreet leading from 
 the town to the caftle of Gottorf, and Fredericksberg, formerly called Krat- 
 zenberg, which lies at the fouth extremity of the town towards Rendsburg. 
 In the Old Town there is but one church, which is the cathedral and de- 
 dicated to St. Peter. It is a grand ftrutlure and makes a good appearance 
 both within and without : However, it has no fteeple, or tower, though 
 a very fuperb foundation of hewn ftone has been laid for one. This 
 church was built in the year 1260; and about 200 years after, was al- 
 moft totally deftroyed by fire ; upon which the Council held at Bafil, m 
 144 1, granted Indulgences to all who fhould contribute towards the re- 
 building of it. Of the fine altar in this church I fhall fpeak in the account 
 of Bordejholm, from whence it was removed hither. In the choir are the 
 tombs of Frederick I. and his two queens, with thofe of the Dukes of 
 Slefwick of the Oldenburg branch, and feveral bifhops. Not far from the 
 cathedral is the Orphan-houfe, which was founded in the year 1714; and 
 Vol. I. Y on
 
 x6 2 DENMARK. [D. Slcfvvick. 
 
 on the great market-place ftand the town-houfe and the Grey-Friars con- 
 vent. On the north-fide of the town on St. Michael's, hill ftands a church 
 called by the name of that Saint ; and in Fredericksberg is Trinity church, 
 which was built in 1651. There were formerly feven parifh-churches and fix 
 convents in this city ; but now one can fcarce trace out the places where 
 many of them flood. On the eaft-fide of the town on the other fide the 
 Fißj-bridge lies the Holm, as it is called, where the famous convent of 
 St. John, which was founded for ladies of noble families, ftands. There 
 are ten nuns now refident in it, the Abbefs included. This convent was 
 probably begun in 1 1 94, for nuns of the Benedictine order ; for it was 
 never inhabited by monks, as fome affirm : Neither does it ftand on the 
 Gull or Guldenholm, being at the diftance of a Daniß mile from it. In 
 the gulf, oppofite to the city lies Mew-iJIand, fo called from the incredible 
 multitude of Sea-Mews which make it their fummer abode. In former 
 times a mole or caufey leading from the weft-end of the key to Memoenburg, 
 and from thence to Hadebye, lay on the fouth-fide of the town. This was 
 the ufual road into Hol/lein, and was defended by the ftrong caftle of 
 Jurgensburg, which ftood in Meioenberg but is now in ruins. At the end 
 of this mole, near the key, the caftle where king Abel refided when Duke 
 of Slefivick ftood on the main land. When that monarch came to the 
 crown by the murder of his brother Erick, he beftowed this caftle on the 
 Auguftine monks, who converted it into a convent, which ftood on the fpot 
 w here the Orphan-houfe now ftands. The mole has been fo fapped and 
 wafhed away by the fea, that none of the remains of it are difcernible at 
 prefent, but at low-water. 
 
 XI. The little DiftricT: of Stapelholm lies between the Eider and the 
 Treen, and is computed to be about two Daniß miles in length, and from 
 three-fourths to two miles in breadth. It is governed by a Landvogdt 
 who is fubordinate to the Prefect of Gottorf, and is a particular provoft- 
 fhip confifting of three parifhes. 
 
 In this DiftricT: lies 
 
 Frederickßadt, which is not a large, but regular and well built town, and 
 of a iquare form after the Dutch manner. It is fituated between the rivers 
 Eider and Treen : Its ftreets are kept very clean, and in fome of them fine 
 rows of lime-trees are planted. Some Dutch Arminians, who quitted Hol- 
 land immediately after the fynod of Dort, were the founders of this town, 
 and called their fettlement by the name of Frederick IV. who was then 
 Duke of Slefivick. In 1632, Frederickßadt increafed confiderably. Half 
 of the Magiftracy is of the Arminian and the other half of the Lutheran 
 perfuafion : The Cahinijls alfo affemble in the Arminian church. The Lu- 
 theran church was confecrated in the year 1 650. The moft fubftantial traders 
 and merchants in this town are Mennonites *. Here are alfo fome Quakers 
 
 * Thefc were a fort of rfnabaptifls, and derive their name from Mention Simon of Frifia, 
 who lived in the 16th century. 
 
 (but
 
 NORWAY, 
 
 With the Islands of 
 
 FAROE, ICELAND, 
 
 AND 
 
 GREENLAND. 
 
 Vol. I. 
 
 Z
 
 V
 
 t '7' ] 
 
 A N 
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 TO THE 
 
 DESCRIPTION of NORWAY. 
 
 §. l.TTT ITTE and Homann have given us maps of Norway, which, 
 VV however, are far from being correct, and ftand in need of 
 many amendments. In B/aeu's Atlas there are particular maps of the feve- 
 ral provinces of Norway-, and Homann alfo has publilhed others of the 
 fame kind. Laftly, Keulen has favoured the Public with fome accurate 
 charts of the Norwegian coaft. 
 
 §. 2. Norway, by the Danes and Norwegians called Norge, was known 
 to the ancients by the names of Norrike, Norrige, Nerigon, Norwegia or 
 Norrigia. It is bounded to the Weft and South by the North-Sea, to 
 the North by the Northern Ocean, and to the Eaft by Rußan Lapland and 
 Sweden. It is feparated from the latter by a chain of mountains, the 
 higheft parts of swhich are called Kolen, in Latin Juga montis Suevonis. The 
 length of the whole curvature formed by the coaft of Norway, from Svin- 
 fund to the North-Cape, is about 350 Norway miles * ; but in a ftrait line, 
 or through the air, from Lindenaas which lies in $y°, 47' latitude to the 
 North-Cape in 71 , 30', its length is 202 7 Norway miles. The breadth 
 is very unequal, being about fifty Norway miles from the frontiers of Swe- 
 den to Cape Statt near Sundmoer on the weftern coaft ; but in fome places 
 it is only thirty, and in others not above fix Norway miles. 
 
 t- The author does not tell us how many Nonvegian miles are equal to a deoree. It were 
 to be wifhed he had ufed more precifion in determining the length of miles, ells, csV. which 
 he often mentions in general terms, without fpecifying what miles, &c. he means. A 
 way mile is at leaft equal to five or fix Englifi miles. 
 
 Z 2 §. 3 . The
 
 i 7 2 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 §. 3. The air in mod parts of Norway is pure and falubrious, but more fo 
 in the middle and eaft-fide than in the weftern parts : For in the latter the 
 air is damp, and the weather extremely variable ; hence fcorbutical dif- 
 orders are very common among the Norwegians. The cold in winter is to- 
 lerable enough to the inhabitants, fo that they feel no manner of inconve- 
 niency from it. Providence has alio, for their fecurity againft the cold, be- 
 llowed on them not only plenty of wood, and, in many places, turf for fuel ; 
 but likewife wool, the ikins of wild beads, and feathers of wild-fowl for 
 beds and clothing : Befides, thofe who live in the vallies are fheltered by 
 the high mountains from the cold piercing winds. 
 
 In the eaflern parts the winter fets in about the middle of OStober and 
 continues till the middle of April. The cold during that feafon is very in- 
 tenfe ; and fo great a quantity of fnow falls in the northern parts, that the 
 high mountains and vallies which are expofed to the North are -entirely 
 covered with it year after year. Sometimes enormous mafles of fnow roll 
 down from the fteep mountains and precipices with fuch impetuofity, that 
 they demolifh houfes and trees, and kill the cattle and the peafants in the 
 vallies underneath. However, the fnow does not lie long, nor fall in fuch 
 quantities on the fea coaft ; and when the winter's cold is very fevere in the 
 eaft and north parts of the country, the weather is commonly moderate 
 and open on the weftern coafts : So that when the inhabitants of the 
 eaftern parts have by means of the ice and fnow the convenience of bring- 
 ing their commodities in fledges to the market-towns, thofe of the weftern 
 fide on the fea-coaft, at the fame time, are employed in their profitable 
 fifheries. 
 
 In fummer the heat is often exceffive j which is partly owing to the 
 high mountains contracting and firongly reflecting the fun-beams, and 
 partly to the length of the days. Hence it happens, that in fome places 
 only nine weeks intervene between feed-time and harveft; but on the 
 middle of the continent it is ufually twelve weeks, and in the fouthern 
 parts fix teen or eighteen after fowing-time before the corn be thoroughly 
 ripened. 
 
 $. 4. The weftern coaft of Norway is furrounded with a great number 
 of iflands artificers or rocks. Some of the former are three, fix, or nine 
 Norway miles in length, and pretty fertile ; but moft of them are fmall, 
 and inhabited only by a few fifhermen and pilots. The rocks, which rife 
 feveral fathoms above the furface of the water, are a kind of rampart and 
 defence to the coaft, and amount to fome hundreds of thoufands. There 
 are abundance of good harbours, which are formed by the rocks, on 
 this coaft ; and in many places large iron rings are faftened to thefe rocks, 
 for mooring fbips where there is not fea-room, or a fit bottom to anchor 
 in. As the water is generally calm and fmooth between thefe fhelves or 
 rocks and the main land, they are of great fervice to coafters; the violence 
 
 of
 
 NORWAY. 
 
 of the waves being broken againft thefe barriers, whilft the open places on 
 the coafl: are very dangerous, and every year prove fatal to many fmall veflcls 
 which are driven afhore in flormy weather. The Norway fhore is in very 
 few places level or gradually afcending ; in fome places it lies low, but is 
 generally deep or perpendicular, and fmooth ; fo that clofe to the rocks, on 
 both fides, the depth of the fea is from an hundred to two, three, or four 
 hundred fathoms. On the other hand the bottom is higher or more 
 Hoping on the long uneven fand-banks, which are called by different 
 names ; as Stor-eggen by fome, and by others Hav-broen, i. e. ' Sea-breaks'. 
 Thofe banks, like the Jheers or rocks, extend from North and South along 
 the coaft. Some of them are between four and fix Norway miles, others 
 from twelve to fixteen, diftant from the continent ; and in thefe places vaft 
 quantities of fifh are ufually caught. 
 
 From the fea feveral gulfs and creeks run fix, eight, or ten Norway 
 miles into the land ; and in fome of them which are but from fifty to a 
 hundred fathoms in breadth, runs a narrow channel four hundred fathoms 
 deep; but on the fides of thefe channels, which are called Tief-Runnen, 
 the depth is not above a hundred fathoms. The particular qualities of the 
 North-Sea near the coaft of Norway, have been already fpeciried in the ge- 
 neral account of the Seas by which the countries defcribed in this vo- 
 lume are bounded *. 
 
 §. 5. Befides innumerable brooks and rivulets, Norway is watered by fe- 
 veral large rivers, or ftreams, which are called by the general name of 
 Ehen. Thefe are the Nied, Sule-Eh, Gäulen or Gulen, Otteraa, Syre, 
 Nid, Skeen, Tyrefiords-Eh or Drammen, Lovcn or Laven, Glaamcn or 
 Glommen, &c. The following lakes abound with fifh and are navigable, 
 namely, Ryfs-vandet in Nordland, Schnaafen, Selboefee, the greater and lef- 
 fer Mios, Slire-waffer, Sperdillen, Rand, Veßen, Saren, Modiun, Lund, 
 Norfoe, Hvidfoe, Fares-waJ/er, Oeye-waJ/er, and Femmund-fee. On fome 
 of thefe lakes are feen little floating iflands about thirty or forty ells in 
 length. The rivers of Norway are not navigable for veflels of any burden, 
 on account of the great number of rocks in them by which the navigation 
 is obftruded, but much more by the catara&s or water-falls where the 
 ftream precipitates itfelf from a height of fix, eight, ten, forty, fifty, and 
 even a hundred fathoms. 
 
 For flopping the timber which is floated down thefe water-falls, and 
 generally without receiving any damage, Lenzes or booms, ftrongly for- 
 tified with iron-bars are, at certain places, laid acrofs the rivers. The ex- 
 pence of keeping up fuch a Lenz or boom in many places amounts to no 
 lefs than three or four hundred rix- dollars a year ; but, in return, it annually 
 brings in one thoufand or eleven hundred rix-dollars to the proprietor of it» 
 Near thefe water-falls fome hundreds of fawing- mills are ere&ech 
 
 * See Page 59. 
 
 The 
 
 *73
 
 , 74 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 The bridges over the rivers in Norway are all of timber. 
 In the winter when the rivers are frozen to a great depth they form the 
 bell: roads in the country; for in lefs than an hour one may travel a Norway 
 mile en thefe icy roads. 
 
 The frefh-water in Norway is generally palatable and falubrious, and is 
 impregnated with a great quantity of ferruginous particles. Here are alfo 
 feveral kinds of medicinal fprings. 
 
 §. 6. The Norway mountains are either jfuga montium concatenata, ex- 
 tending themfelves in a long continued chain from North to South, or 
 ftand Angle and detached from each other and furrounded with a level 
 country. Among the former the Rolen in Finmark may be reckoned the 
 principal, of which I mall give a further account in defcribing the Diocefe 
 of Drontheim. It is accounted the longeft chain in Norway, and divides itfelf 
 into two main arms or ridges of hills; one of which is the boundary between 
 Norway and Sweden, and in its courfe is called by the feveral names of 
 Rnd-ßeld, Side-field, Skars-field, or in general Sevebierge or the Seven 
 Mountains. The other branch of the Rolen chain alio changes its name, and 
 runs at firft from Eaft to Weft about fixteen Norway miles, as far as Romf- 
 dal; but from Romjdal and Guldbrandjdal it extends itfelf towards the South 
 for feventy Norway miles, and terminates at Lindenaas. The former ridge of 
 mountains, from the manor of Dofre which lies on the fouth-fide of it, is 
 called Dofrefield, and is nine Norway miles in breadth between Tofte on the 
 fouth-fide, and Opdal on the north. The latter ridge which lies in a 
 louthern direction is from twelve to fourteen Norway miles in breadth, and 
 is in general called Langfield; but in particular parts from the adjacent 
 countries it has the names of Loms-field, Sogne-field, File-field, Halne-ßeld, 
 liar danger-field, Jogle-field, Bygle-field, Hekle-field, and Lang-field. Dofre- 
 field is reckoned the higheft mountain in all Norway. On Dofrefield are 
 four, and on Fiele-field two Field-fiuers, or Mountain-floves. Thefe are 
 refting-places kept up, and provided with fuel and other neceffaries at the 
 public expence, for the conveniency of travellers. In the year 1685, king 
 Chriflian V. rode all the way over Dofre-field on horfeback, though all his 
 attendants frightened at the rocks and precipices were not afhamed to alight 
 and walk along this dangerous road. On the fummit of the mountain his 
 Majefty was faluted by Major General Weib with a difcharge of nine pieces 
 of ordnance, which expedition the King commemorated by cauling a py- 
 ramid to be erected on the fpot. 
 
 Thefe mountains, which ftand fingle, lie betwixt Cape Lindenaas and Cape 
 Statt, and generally in a north and fouth direction ; but thofe that lie far- 
 ther north, winding towards the Tea-coaft, extend, for the moft part, from 
 North-Eaft to South-Eaft, and feveral of them from Eaft to Weft. The 
 fummits of thefe mountains yield excellent paftures ; the fides of them are 
 covered with woods and inclofures; and the vallies between them are finely 
 
 watered
 
 NORWAY. 175 
 
 watered with brooks and rivers. Befides, their bowels contain inexhau- 
 stible treafures of filver, copper, iron, and other metals. Many of thefe 
 mountains are remarkable for their Angular form ; and in feveral of them 
 are cavities of a vaft length and depth. Tind and Gule in Teilemark are 
 reckoned the higheft mountains in that part called Sonden-fields. Floy- 
 field near Bergen, which is fuppofed to be but half the height of Harnelen 
 in Nordfield, or Snee-hornet on Sundmoer, has by a trigonometrical menfu- 
 ration been found to be above two hundred fathoms or fix hundred ells 
 high ; fo that Olrikken, which lies clofe by it, cannot be lefs than eight 
 hundred ells in height. 
 
 The inconveniences and di fad vantages arifing from thefe mountains, are 
 as follows: The want of fertility in the foil; the demolition of the peafants 
 houfes, fome of which are dangeroufly fituated on fieep acclivities ; the 
 many difficult, perilous, and even dreadful roads occaiioned by them ; the 
 flielter they afford to great numbers of wild beafts of prey in their clefts and 
 cavities ; the lofs of many lives when the peafants venture down the fteep 
 precipices of the rocks after their fheep or goats ; and, laftly, the danger, 
 and even the actual calamities to which the inhabitants are expofed by the 
 fudden difruptions of the mountains, when huge maffes of the rocks roll 
 down into the adjacent vallies with great impetuofity. The advantages that 
 counter-balance thefe inconveniencies are the many excellent fprings and 
 fine rivers iffuing from the mountains; which alio afford good pafture, con- 
 tain in their bowels inexhauftible treafures of minerals and metals, and are 
 a kind of natural fortreffes to defend the country againft the irruptions of 
 an enemy. Add to this, that they yield the moft extenfive and amazing 
 profpec~ts. 
 
 §. 7. As Norway is for the moft part full of ruggid rocks and high moun- 
 tains, and has alfo many moraffes, barren waftes, and fandy deferts, there 
 is but a fmall part of it arable or fit for tillage ; fo that if it were not for the 
 profitable fifheries carried on by the inhabitants of the fea coafts, the timber 
 trade in the highlands, the fale and carriage of charcoal to the mines, with 
 the employments of grazing and hunting; it would not afford fubfiftence to 
 one half of the inhabitants. 
 
 The corn fowed in this country is alfo fubjec"t to mifcarry by many cafual- 
 ties, being often nipped by unexpected and fudden frofts : In dry fummers 
 it is often deftroyed by the great heats reverberated from the rocks, and in 
 wet feafons wafhed away by torrents pouring down with furprifing rapi- 
 dity from the hills. The fertile parts, and which produce moft corn, are, 
 Indherred and Numedal in the Diocefe of Drontheim-, Sogne-fiord and Vaas 
 in the Diocefe of Bergen ; jfederen, Ryejylke, Raabigdelag and the Fief of 
 Nidenas in the Diocefe of Chrißian-fand ; Hedemarken, Heideland, Toten, 
 Romerige, Ringerige, and Guldbrandßalen in the Diocefe of Aggerhuus. 
 All thefe Diftricls, in moft years, not only afford a fufficient quantity of 
 3 g rain
 
 176 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 grain for their refpeclive inhabitants, but alfo yield enough to fupply their 
 neighbours. The other provinces, and, indeed, the greateft part of the 
 country, ftand in need of a yearly fupply of rye, barley, peafe and the like; 
 and what is worfe, in many places the third or fourth part of the inhabi- 
 tants are not able to purchafe a neceffary quantity of grain : But thii defi- 
 ciency is made up to them in other things. It is remarkable that though 
 the foil never lies fallow, but is plowed and lowed every year; yet it 
 never fails to produce all kinds of grain, efpecialiy barley and oats, fix, 
 eight, or ten fold, and fometimes with a greater increafe. The corn alfo 
 grows higher in Norway, and the ears are fuller, than what is imported 
 from Denmark and Germany. 
 
 All kinds of grain are fown in Norway, but not every where to equaj 
 advantage. 
 
 Rye thrives beft in Hedemarken, 'Toten, and Guldbrandfdalen. It is fown 
 where woods have been burnt down, and the afhes left as manure : But 
 in Sweden this cuftom has been found to be attended with very bad confe- 
 quences, and therefore prohibited. 
 
 Barley is produced in every part of the country, but chiefly in Nord- 
 land, the Diocefe of Aggerhuus, the manor of Nidenas, the Diocefe of 
 Chrifiianjand, and in Sognefiorden : But the bed malt is made of that kind 
 of barley which is called Davids-Gerße or Himmeh-kom, i. e. David's 
 barley, or Heaven's corn. 
 
 Oats are the grain moft generally fown in Norway; but in many places 
 the good grain is deftroyed by a kind of wild or fpurious oats *. 
 
 Grey, white, and green peafe are fown not only in the fouth, but in 
 the north part of Norway where the foil is claiey, though in no large 
 quantities. 
 
 Buckwheat, flax and hemp grow likewife here, though not in many 
 places. 
 
 When the feafon for fowing, &c. turns out bad, and, its neceffary con- 
 fequence, a fcarcity enfues, hunger has taught the inhabitants to pound 
 the bark of trees, and by mixing it with meal, to make bread of it. The 
 fame neceffity, it may be prefumed, alfo put them upon baking the Fladen- 
 brodt or Flat-bread, which is made of barley, oat, or rye-meal, in large, 
 round, and very thin cakes -j~. Thefe are baked on round iron plates, and 
 
 * Thefe are called by the French Folle avo'we, and are very difficult to be extirpated. Of 
 this mifchievous weed Virgil complains in the following verfe : 
 
 Infelix loliam, csf ßeriles dominantur ave>uc. Eel. v. vcr. 37. 
 
 ' Wild oats and darnel choke the riling corn.' Dryden. 
 
 -j- Such cakes are well known in Wales. As they are generally made of oat-meal, they 
 are called Oat-bread. They are baked on round plates of call-iron, which arc called bake- 
 ßones, and then hardened before the fire. The inhabitants in fome counties in If ales, live 
 chiefly on fuch bread, which will keep a confidciablc time without fpoiling. 
 
 if
 
 NORWAY. 177 
 
 if put in a dry place will keep for many years without moulding. The 
 occalion of their making the bread in cakes, is, that few places produce a 
 fufficient quantity of rye ; and bread made of barley and oat-meal bakes 
 fooner, is more palatable, and goes the farther when rolled thin, than in 
 loaves baked in the common way. 
 
 §. 8. That there are good paftures in Norway appears by the exporta- 
 tion of tallow, butter, &c. from thence to foreign parts. The beit and 
 moft nutritive pafliires are in Lofoden, Vefieraalen, Vaas, Walders, Hal- 
 lingdal, Tcllemark, and the manor of Nidcnas. Norway alfo affords moft 
 kinds of efculent and garden vegetables, though they are not much culti- 
 vated by the inhabitants ; nor is it without falubrious and medicinal plants, 
 as Gentian, Radix Rofea or Rofe-root, Naflurtia, or CrefTes of feveral 
 kinds, 'Trefoil, Cocbkaria or Scurvy-grafs, and that excellent anti-fcorbutic 
 Angelica which is fo very ferviceable to the inhabitants. A great variety 
 of wholefom berries alfo grow in this country, fome of which are com- 
 mon to other places, as ftrawberries, blackberries, rafpberries, and the 
 like ; others are peculiar to Norway and Sweden, as the Oexel or Afald-bar, 
 Tege or Teye-bar, called in Latin Uva Norwegicce, Trane-bar, in Latin 
 Myrtillus repens, Krykke-bar, Aaker or Ager-bar, Tyte-bar, Molte-bar, in 
 Latin Chamamorus Norvegica, &c. 
 
 §. 9. The trees which are natives of Norway, are elm, afh, yew, birch, 
 and pine-trees, which grow here in vaft quantities ; alfo beech and oaks, 
 but thefe are not very common, with alder, juniper, afpen, and fir- 
 trees which grow in every part of the country. Here are alfo ebony, and 
 lime-trees, of which, in many places, there are great numbers, maple, 
 willows, &c. 
 
 §. 10. With the wood of thefe trees the inhabitants carry on a vaft trade, 
 which, with the fifheries, make them fome amends for the fcarcity oi 
 grain they labour under. They export annually to feveral parts of Europe 
 immenfe quantities of mafts, beams, balks, and deal boards, with other 
 timber for houfe and fhip building. The fir-trees alone bring the country 
 in a million of rix-dollars annually. The timber trade is chiefly carried on 
 in the eaftern parts of Norway; namely, at Mofs, Drammen, Larvigen, 
 Lange/und, &c. as the largeft trees are produced in thofe Diftricls ; and 1 
 moft of the inhabitants fubfift by that branch of trade and by fawing 
 the timber. 
 
 In the Diocefes of Bergen and Drontheim, the inhabitants are fupported 
 moftly by the fifheries; vaft quantities of all kinds of fifh being caught on 
 that coaft, and either falted, or fent away frefh to the city of Bergen ; 
 from whence they are exported to foreign countries. The fifhery is car- 
 ried to the greateft perfection in the Diocefe of Drontheim ; fo that the 
 herrings annually exported from the north part of this Diocefe amount to 
 feveral thoufands of lafts. The inhabitants of Nordland fubfift entirely by' 
 Vol. I. A a fifhins.
 
 -, 7 8 INTRODUCTION T O 
 
 fifhing. Here they particularly catch a fifh called Dorjch, and cod, of 
 which flock-fifh is made: This kind of fifii is not falted ; but is fplit and 
 dried in the air, and then fent away in large veffels to Bergen, which bring 
 back in return, malt, hops, fait, meal, cloth, linen, iron, &c. The fifh 
 caught every year at Karfund near Stavanger, and Tromfen in Nordland, are 
 fold, at leaft, for a million of rix-dollars. From Nordland are alfo ex- 
 ported the Raf and Reckling, fo well known in Upper and Lower Saxony, 
 where the peafants in a manner live upon them. Thefe are parts of a fifh 
 called Hclybutt, the former being the back fins cut out deep along with 
 the fat; and the latter long flices of the fkin and fat cut longitudinally from 
 the tail to the head. Both are fprinkled with a little fait, and afterwards 
 dried in the air. From thence alfo train-oil, extracted by boiling from the 
 blubber of whales which the inhabitants are very dextrous in driving afhore, 
 is exported. There are many falmon-fifheries in the large rivers of Nor- 
 way, fo that they likewife export great quantities of pickled and dried fal- 
 mon. The moil considerable falmon-fifhery is near Mandal, in the river 
 called Mandah-Eh, which is laid to abound in that kind of fifh beyond 
 any river in Norway. 
 
 §. ii. The Norwegians keep a great many cows, which in general are 
 but final!, and yield no great quantity of milk. The horfes are ftrong, 
 well made, and full of mettle. The woods alfo abound in deer and 
 game. 
 
 §. 12. Some parts of Norway contain fuch vaft quarries of marble, which 
 is not inferior to the foreign, that they could fupply all Europe with it ; and 
 there are even huge rocks and whole mountains confuting entirely of this 
 fort of ftone. Lapis Lydius or Touch-ftone, alabafter, feveral fhinirrg 
 ftones; which are a kind of Spar, called Katzenßlber ; chalk, lime-ftone, 
 and ftucco-ftone ; flate, fand-ftone, mill-ftones, and Veeg-ßeen, particularly 
 that fine fort of the laft called Talc-ftone, and another fpecics called 
 Kloverjleen *, which may eafily be fplit, fawed, and cut, and in Guld- 
 brandjdal, ferves for making pots, pans, kettles, &c. are dug up in this 
 country; as are alfo the Loadftone, the Lapis Suillus or Swine-ftone, which 
 emits a fetid fmell, A\beflos, which is found in Sundmoer, and fome fhin- 
 ing Quartz, -j-, but not a fingle flint. In Syndßord, Jußedalen and other 
 places is found a glittering writing fand, of which great quantities are ex- 
 ported. Some parts of Norway afford cryftals, which are either found in 
 the rivers and lakes, or fufpended in clufters on the mountains, where they 
 emit a dazzling luftre when the fun fhines upon them. Some pieces of thefe 
 
 * In the Memoires of the Royal Academy of Sciences at Paris for the year 1752, this fton c 
 is called Lapis OUurius, and faid to be found only in Switzerland and Canada, but this is 
 miftake. a 
 
 ■f The Quartz or marcajjia is a kind of Pyrites or Fire-ftone, and is of near affinity to the 
 Norway cryftal. It is not reducible to a calx in the fire, but becomes fluid, and is therefore 
 ufed in the glafs-houfes. 
 
 cryftals
 
 NORWAY. 179 
 
 cryftals weigh near five pounds, and are twelve inches long and feven in 
 thicknefs. Here are alfo found, Marienglas, or Ruffian glafs ; Granite at 
 Kongßerg; Amethyfts in Guldbrandßal, Oßerdal, and other places; Calce- 
 donies of the bignefs of a hafel-nut in the iflands of Faroe; Agate of an 
 extraordinary hardnefs ; with fine Jafper and feveral forts of figured (tones. 
 In the country about Drontheim, and in feveral rivers of the Diocefes of 
 Bergen and Chrißianßnd, are pearl-fifheries, the profits of which are ap- 
 propriated to the Queen 5 and in the year 1750, the produce of them was 
 as great as it has ever been known to be. 
 
 §. 13. Lafily, what Norivay is mod famous for is its vaft fubterrane- 
 ous trealures of metals and minerals. The Norway mines were firft worked 
 in the reign of king Chrijlian III. and were confiderably improved under 
 Cbriftian IV. 
 
 Some gold of an extraordinary purity has indeed been found intermixed 
 with the filver and copper ores ; but the charges of feparating and refining 
 it proved too great to gain any thing by the procefs. 
 
 The filver mines were formerly more numerous in this country than 
 they are at prefent ; being reduced to two, namely, the Kongsberg mine, 
 and that in the county of Jarlsberg. The copper ore dug up in fome of 
 the mines alfo contains a mixture of filver. 
 
 The copper mines lie chiefly in Nordenfelds, and are, at prefent, five in 
 number. 
 
 The profits arifing from the iron mines, of which there are fifteen in 
 Norway, are faid to amount yearly to three or four hundred thoufand rix- 
 dollars. 
 
 The Jarlsberg lead is accounted harder and inferior in goodnefs to that of 
 Kongsberg. There are lead mines at Eger not far from Kongsberg, and in 
 the Vogtey of Sobers. Sulphur is alfo found among the Norivay mines ; 
 but the melting and depurating of it is too chargeable to make it anfwer. 
 Strata of allum have been found below Egeberget near Chrißiania in a flate 
 quarry. A boiling-houfe has been built to feparate the allum from its fe- 
 diment. Several parts of this country yield oker ; and Wardehuus is famous 
 for a foflile of a moll beautiful blue or fky colour. There is a faline fpring 
 near Frederickßadt ; but no fait has hitherto been made of it ; fo that it 
 turns to no advantage. Salt is alfo found in the clefts of the rocks in the 
 North-Sea. On Nordmoer in Hardanger, and feveral other places, efpecially 
 in the Diocefe of Drontheim, the inhabitants boil it from the fea-water ; 
 but as this caufes too great a confumption of wood, the laws of Norway 
 forbid the boiling of any more than what is fufficient for their own private 
 ufe. Not far from Tonsberg is a royal fait- work ; but this is fo far from 
 anfwering the neceflary demand, that every year above fixty large /hip- 
 loads of Spaniß and French fait are imported into Norway for the fiflieries 
 and other occafions. 
 
 A a 2 • §. 14. The
 
 i8o INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 §. 14. The Norwegians were anciently fo turbulent and rebellious, that 
 their kings were inceffantly engaged in factions and domeftic broils ; and 
 many of the ancient fovereigns loft their lives in civil wars and inteftine 
 commotions : But within thefe two or three centuries, efpecially fince this 
 country has been annexed to the crown of Denmark, they have been more 
 civilized; fo that no tumults or infurrections are heard of amongft them. 
 Foreign nations are fond of having Norwegian mariners in their fervice, as 
 they are a hardy, bold, and active people ; and it is computed that fome 
 thoufands of them are thus emploved in different parts of Europe. Nor are 
 they wanting in fkill and ingenuity for the mechanic arts and trades, though 
 they never bring them to any high pitch of perfection. There is not a 
 peafant in Norway, who, of his own head, cannot make many utenfils and 
 artificial curiofities, for ufe and ornament. The Norwegians in general have 
 a great inclination for commerce; efpecially the inhabitants of Bergen, who 
 traffick confiderably with all the trading cities in Europe. As to their ge- 
 nius for literature, though Norway has no univerfities or large libraries, yet 
 is it not without learned men among its natives. 
 
 Lutheranifm is the eftablifhed, and almoft the only religion in Norway, 
 except in the province of Finmark, where are ftill no inconfiderable number 
 of Pagans ; but no hardfhip, expence, or labour is fpared for the conven- 
 tion of thofe unhappy people. The firft meafures for the Reformation of 
 religion in Norway were taken in the year 1528, which was in a great 
 meafure completed in 1537; and, in 1607, a new Hierarchy or Church- 
 government was eftablifhed in this Kingdom. In every See there is a Bi- 
 fhop ; and among thefe the Bifhop of Chrißiana is the principal, and takes 
 place of all the reft. Under the Biihops are the Provofts, the Preachers, 
 and the Chaplains or Curates, with the inferior church-officers. A parifh 
 generally contains more churches than one, fo that the parochial incumbent 
 has often the care of many of them. King Olav is faid to have been the firft 
 legiflator in Norway, for that monarch inftituted the law called Graagaas, 
 to punifh robbery, fraud, and afiaults. King Chrißian IV. publifhed a 
 new Body of laws for Norway, which were in force till the reign of Chri- 
 ßian V. who caufed a new Lowbuch or Digeft to be drawn up ; and thefe 
 are the only laws now obferved in this kingdom. This Lowbuch, as it is 
 called, was printed in quarto at Copenhagen in 1687; and the fubftance of 
 it is taken from that of Denmark, with only a few alterations fuitable to the 
 difference of circumftances in the two kingdoms. 
 
 We may obferve farther with regard to the inhabitants of Norway, that 
 fome of the peafants are filled Odelsbonder, who are free both in their per- 
 fons, and eftates, and may difpofe of the latter as they pleafe*. They pay 
 
 * The OflWj-right confifts in having, from time immemorial, the jfus Primogenitur a, and 
 the Jus n-hiiiionii, or the right of Primogeniture and power of Redemption. No Odch-goods, 
 or freehold can be alienated by fale, but may be redeemed by the Odds-mmm or right heir, to 
 the fecond or third generation. 
 
 no
 
 N R W A r. i r r 
 
 no acknowledgments or tax but to the king onlyj and a Norwegian Odels- 
 mann has the vanity to think himfelf a kind of petty nobleman. It is a 
 reigning, and not altogether groundlels opinion among the Norwegian 
 peafants that they are defcended from the ancient Nobility of Norway; 
 This renders them in general of a more affuming deportment than the pea- 
 fants of other countries. As for the clafs of Burghers, I have nothing par- 
 ticular to obferve concerning thofe of Norway. 
 
 Formerly there were many noble families in this kingdom ; but mod of 
 them are now extinct, or degenerated into peafants ; fo that in the whole 
 kingdom there are but the Barony of Rofendal in the Diocefe of Bergen j 
 and the Counties or Earldoms of Ldrivigen and Jarlsberg. 
 
 §. 15. In ancient times Norway was divided into a great number of little 
 Lordfhips ; but to thefe the warlike king Harald Haarfager, who was de- 
 fcended from the royal family of Sweden, put a period about the year of 
 Chrift 875, and united them into one kingdom. And though not long 
 afterwards Norway was annexed to Denmark, and paid tribute to that 
 crown under Count Hako ; yet the Norwegians foon recovered their liberty 
 and independency. In the year 1000, their liberties were again in great 
 danger j but were preferved by the valour and conduct of Oluj the Saint: 
 and though he loft the kingdom in 1019, being overpowered by the Da~ 
 ?iiß prince Sneno; yet were the Danes again expelled in 1034, by his fon 
 Magnus, and the kingdom enjoyed a feries of profperity for fome centuries. 
 In the year 1 3 1 9, Magnus Smek, fon of the unfortunate Duke Erick, was 
 king of Sweden and Norway; and his grandfon OluflW. king of Denmark, 
 on the demife of his father Hagen, alio got poffeffion of the kingdom of 
 Norway in 1380. At Oluf's death the direct royal line of Sweden and Nor- 
 way became extinct ; and the male line in Denmark bein&j; alfo extinct at 
 the fame time, Queen Margaret, daughter of king Waldemar III. and mo- 
 ther to the abovementioned Ohif, was the next who had anv pretentions to 
 the throne. Accordingly flie obtained the Crown by the election of the 
 States. In the year 1388, Hagen Jonfen, a Nobleman of the blood-royal, 
 made a folemn abdication of his right to the crown of Norway in favour of 
 Queen Margaret, who farther prevailed on the States of that kingdom to 
 declare Erick, Duke of Pomerania, her fifter's daughter's fon, heir to the 
 kingdom of Norway. This great Princefs, in 1397, alfo united the three 
 Northern Kingdoms by the famous Union of Cahnar. When the Oldenburg 
 branch afcended the throne of Denmark, the Norwegians fhewed fome in- 
 clination to fhake off the Danijh yoke ; however, they afterwards doled 
 in with Denmark : But king John meeting with ill fuccefs in his expedi- 
 tion againft Ditmarfch, the Norwegians revolted. Upon their lofing a 
 battle near Opßo in the year 1502, and the barbarous executions of the 
 greateft part of their Nobility, they were entirely quelled, and obliged to 
 fwear allegiance to the king of Denmark and his defcendant ■-. In the year 
 
 3 1537»
 
 1 82 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 1537, king Chrißian III. held a general Diet at Copenhagen, wherein a 
 famous decree was paffed, of which this was the moft remarkable article, 
 namely, ' That Norway mould for ever be incorporated with Denmark as 
 '* a province of that kingdom : for as the States of Norway had, both in 
 ' the reign of Chrißian I. and king Frederick, engaged to be fubjedt to the 
 ' fame Sovereign with Denmark; fo, confequently, every perfon who hap- 
 1 pened to be chofen king of Denmark was of courfe, and without further 
 c formality, to be king of Norway.' From that time Norway loft its own 
 Council of State, came to be confidered only as a province of Denmark, 
 and as fuch to be governed by a Danißj Statthafter ; and as fome temper 
 to the partiality (hewn to Denmark, king Chrißian IV. conferred on the 
 Nobility of Norway the fame privileges with thofe of Denmark in the year 
 3646. But when defpotifm was introduced, No?-way and Denmark were 
 again governed by the Sovereign himfelf, as two kingdoms united under 
 one head ; and the High Court of Judicature was reftored in Norway. In 
 this ftate it continued till the prefent Ober-hof-gericht, or General Supreme 
 Court of Judicature for all Norway, was eredted. 
 
 §. 16. King Chrißian III. appointed a Statthalter as Governor of Nor- 
 way; then it was governed by Vice-Statthalters; and after that the office 
 of Stattkalter was executed by a college or commiffion called Slotßov, or 
 Court-law. This again was fuperfeded by king Frederick IV. who re- 
 ftored the office of Statthalter. At prefent the chief officer in Norway is 
 a Vice-Statthalter, who is alfo prefident of the Ober-hof-gericht or Supreme 
 Court of Judicature at Chrtfliana. This Ober-hof-gericht is a general Tri- 
 bunal for all Norway, to which there lies an appeal in all caufes from the 
 inferior courts of the feveral Diocefes in this kingdom, which, however, 
 may be removed from this Court to the Supreme Court at Copenhagen. 
 
 Each of the four Stiftamts, i. e. Diocefes or General Governments, into 
 which Norway is divided, has its Stiftamtfman, or General Governor ; and 
 under thefe are the A?ntmanner, or Prefects. The office of both the Go- 
 vernors and Prefects is the fame here as in Denmark. Next to the Pre- 
 fects are the Stiftamts-Schierber, i. e. Receiver or Secretary, and the Vogte. 
 The Vogte, like the Amtfverwalter in Denmark, are Collectors who levy 
 the King's taxes, &c. on the proprietors of lands and the peafants; and 
 pay them into the hands of the Stiftamts-Schreiber or Receiver. They alfo 
 manage all profecutions and caufes relating to the crown in the Land- 
 ßfcah, as they are called. Over the nine Laugflole, or Provincial Courts 
 are fo many Laugmanner, which are a kind of provincial judges. Befides 
 thefe, there are alfo Soren-Schreiber, or Amts-Schreiber, who may be called 
 inferior judges; each having a power of deciding caufes within his Diftrict, 
 in conjunction with eight affiftants. In the four chief cities of Norway, 
 viz. Chrifliana, Chrißianfatid, Bergen, and Drontheim, are Prefidents ap- 
 pointed by the King 3 and under thefe, as in all other towns, are Statt- 
 
 vogte,'
 
 NORWAY. 183, 
 
 vogte, or Town-Col Ie<£tors. Laftly, at the filver mine of Kongsberg there 
 is a College called the Oberberg-amts-collegiam, with proper officers ; and 
 another fuch College prelides over the mines at Nordenfield. There are alfb 
 Collectors of the toll, Comptrollers over the farmers of the duties, and 
 Commifiaries of provifions in Norway. 
 
 §. 17. The military eftablifhment for Norway has been already taken, 
 notice of in my account of Denmark. 
 
 §. 18. Nature has divided the main land of Norway into two parts by 
 the immenfe chain of mountains called Dofrefield and Langfield, which are 
 defcribed in §. 6. This ridge of mountains feparates the northern and 
 weftern parts which lie near the fea, from the fouthern and eaftern, or in- 
 land parts. The high-lands which lie to the South and Eaft of thefe 
 mountains are called Sondenfields, Norwegia Meridionalis, or Norwegia 
 Cifalpina, i. e. Norway fouth of the mountains : Whereas that lying north 
 of Dofrefield, and weft of Lang-field toward the fea, is called Nordenfields, 
 Norwegia Septentrionalis or Norwegia 'Tranjalpina, i. e. Norway north of 
 the mountains. 
 
 According to the political divifion, Norway confifts of four Diocefes or 
 General Governments. Two of thefe, namely, Chrifiiana and Chriflian- 
 fand lie in the fouth, and the other two, viz. Bergen and Drontheim, in 
 the north part of the kingdom. The ecclefiaftical divilion into four Stifts, 
 or Biihopricks, is agreeable to the civil ; and as the General Governments 
 or Stifts-amts are fubdivided into Amts, Fogteys or Lehne, i. e. Prefectures, 
 Diftridls or Fiefs, fo the Stifts or Biihopricks are fubdivided into Provoft- 
 fhips and Parifhes. 
 
 The
 
 i8+ N R TV A T. 
 
 The Diocese, ^General Government of 
 CHRISTIANA or AGG E RHUUS. 
 
 HIS is the largeft Diocefe in the fouth part of the kingdom, and, 
 indeed, the principal and richeft in all Norway: It was formerly 
 
 T 
 
 called Hammerßift, and afterwards went by the name of Opßo. In this 
 Government are the Prefectures of Aggerhuus, Frederickßadt, Schmaalhene, 
 Bratsberg, Ri?igeri?ig, Hallingdahlen, Eger, and Bufcherud ; two feodal 
 Counties, four Provincial Courts, fifteen Vogteys, and fourteen Provoft- 
 fhips. 
 
 The Vogteys, Lelms or Fiefs in this Diocefe are, 
 
 I. Aggers-Herred, which comprifes three Diftricls with as many 
 Courts of Judicature, namely, Afcher, Eaß and Wefl-Barum, and Ager ; 
 with the following remarkable places. 
 
 Chrißiana, the capital, and moil magnificent city of the kingdom. 
 Here the Vice-Statthalter, the Governor of the Diocefe, and the Bifhop of 
 Chrißiana refide ; and the General and Provincial high Courts of Judica- 
 ture are held. This city is regularly built, of a considerable extent, and 
 carries on a great trade. It has a workhoufe, and two fuburbs called 
 Waterland and Peper-vigen; Opßo likewife belongs to this city. Through the 
 firft runs a river which riles in Maridaleti. After Opßo had been burnt, 
 king Chrißian IV. built this city on the weft fide of the bay, and clofe by 
 the caftle of Aggerhuus ; (o that the guns of the fort command all the 
 ftreets of the city. The fame monarch in 1636, raifed the fchool of Chri- 
 ßiana to a Gymnafium or college ; and at the fame time fettled an endow- 
 ment upon it for the maintenance of the tutors and twenty ftudents. But 
 in the year 1653, it funk again to a fchool, and has remained fo ever 
 fince. 
 
 Opßo, or Aßo, lies on the eaft fide of the bay facing Aggerhuus caftle. It 
 is more ancient than the latter; for it was built in the year 1060, by king 
 Harald Haardraade, who refided here, as did alfo feveral of his fuccefiors. 
 Opßo had formerly four churches. A fynod was held here in the year 
 1306; and in 1589, the nuptials of James VI. king of Scotland and the 
 princefs Anne of Denmark were folemnized in this town. At the time of 
 the Reformation the See of Hummer was removed to Opßo: But, in 1624, 
 this city was totally confumed by fire, except the Bifhop's palace and a few 
 other houfes, which were afterwards annexed to Chrißiana as a part of it, 
 
 and
 
 Chrifliania.] NORWAY. 185 
 
 and called the Old 'town. In the King's mufeiim at Copenhagen, a medal 
 druck by Nicholas Bifhop of Aßo in honour of Duke Philip, is ftill to be 
 
 feen. 
 
 Aggerhuus is an important fortification on the weft fide of the bay, near 
 which, in a lower fituation, lies the city of Chrifliania. The time when this 
 fort was firft built is unknown. In 13 10, it held out a fiege againft the 
 Swedifl: army commanded by Duke Erick ; and in 1567 and 1717, it wa.s 
 inverted by the Swedes a fecond and third time, but with no better fuccefs. 
 Not far from the fort are a number of houfes or villages called Hovedtangen. 
 
 Aggers is a very ancient church, which ftands about a quarter of a Nor- 
 way mile North of Aggerhuus caflle. It is faid to have been built above 
 feven hundred years ago, and is reckoned the oldeft church in this Dio- 
 cefe. Mention is made of it in hiftory before the caftle of Aggerhuus was 
 ere&ed. 
 
 Barum is a very ancient and flourishing iron-mine in this Diftrici. 
 
 II. Bragnas-Lehn, including Hurum, Rogen, Eger, Lier and Buf- 
 kerud. There are in this Diftridt feveral iron-works, namely, at Eger, 
 Modum, and Lier -, and alio a glafs-houfe : This Lehn or Fief is watered by 
 the large river Drammen, which empties itfelf into the bay of Chrifliania. 
 On the banks of the Drammen lie the towns of 
 
 Bragnas and Stronifoe ; the former on the north, and the latter directly 
 oppofite to it on the fouth fide of the river. Each of thefe towns has its re- 
 fpective Statd-vogt, or Town-Magiftrate, and church -, yet they have but one 
 Toll-place or Cultom-houle, which is called Drammenflolplatz, and brings 
 in to the Crown as much as any Toll-houfe in Norway; for a great quantity 
 of planks, beams, and iron, is brought from the adjacent country to this 
 place for exportation. 
 
 In the river Drammen lies the ifland of Langoe, fo famous for its marble 
 quarries. 
 
 To the Provoftfhip of Bragnas belong fixteen churches. 
 
 III. The Fogfeys of Nummedal and Sandsvard including twenty 
 churches, which are under the Provoftfhip of Kongsberg. Partly in thefe 
 two Vogteys between the rivers Kobberberg and 'Jorndal lies 
 
 Kongsberg, i. e. ' The King's Mine,' a flourishing mine-town, contain- 
 ing no lefs than ten or eleven thoufand fouls, among which are a Danijlj 
 and German congregation. A mint was fet up in this town fo early as the 
 year 1686; and in 1689, the mine-college was eredted here. Kongsberg is 
 famous for its filver-mines, the richeft in all Norway, which were difco- 
 vered in the year 1623; upon which this town was immediately built, 
 and peopled with German miners. In the year 1751, one-and-forty fliafts 
 and twelve loads or veins were wrought in the four Reviers of this mine; 
 and 3500 officers, artificers and labourers are ufually employed in it. The 
 clear profits annually arifing from this mine cannot be exa&lv determined. 
 
 Vol. I. B b The
 
 1 86 NORWAY. [Chriftiania. 
 
 The rich ore in thi< mine is found only in difperfedy?rtfta; for, if it lay in 
 continued veins, it would not have its equal. Even pure lllver is alfo dug 
 out of it j and in 1647, fome gold was found among the iilver, of which 
 king Chfiflian IV. had the famous Brillen-Ducats coined, with this le- 
 gend : l nie mir a domini, i. e. ' See the wonderful works of the Lord.' In 
 the year 1697, a vein of gold was difcovered here; and ducats were coined 
 with the produce of it, which on one fide had this infcription : Chrißiar.. 
 F.D.G. Rex Dan. Norv. /". G. The legend on the reverfe were the fol- 
 lowing words from "Job, ch. xxxvii. ver. 22. Von mittemacht kommt gold, 
 i. e. ' Out of the North cometh gold.' Königsberg, Decemb. 1, 1697. 
 
 IV. The county of Jarlsberg, formerly called Tonsberg-Lehn or Fief, 
 confifts of arable land, and affords fine fifheries, and feveral mines ; parti- 
 cularly a very profitable iilver mine difcovered in the year 1729, not far 
 from Stromjoe : This county has its Court of Judicature. In the Provoft- 
 fhip of yarhberg are twenty-five churches. 
 
 "Jarlsberg is the moft remarkable place in the county, and the refidence 
 of a branch of the family of the Counts of Wedel. On this fpot formerly 
 flood Sam, which was anciently a nobleman's feat. It lies about a quarter 
 of a Norway mile from 
 
 Tonsberg, which is the moft ancient town in all Norway. It lies on an 
 arm of Tonsberg bay ; and is fo called from the old northern word Ton, 
 or Tun, which fignifies a parcel of houfes and buildings, and Berg a moun- 
 tain of which there are feveral in the neighbourhood of it. It was a po- 
 pulous town fo early as the time of king Harald Haarfager; fo that it is of 
 eight hundred years ftanding at leaft. It was formerly much larger than it is 
 at prefent, and contained nine churches : Whereas now it confifts of fcarce 
 two hundred timber houfes, and has but two churches. It is governed by a 
 Stadt-vogt or Town-Magiftrate, who prefides in the city and has the fuperin- 
 tendency of the wharf and cuftom-houfe at Holmeßrand. This town carries 
 on a good trade in furs and butter, for which the returns are made in grain, 
 malt, &c. There are four keys or wharfs in the Diftrict of its cuftom- 
 houfe. In the year 1259, a great part of this town was confumed by fire. 
 And, in 1536, it was laid in afhes, together with its convents and churches, 
 by the Swedes. From that time it has greatly declined ; though it obtained 
 feveral new privileges in 1537, from king Frederick III. which were en- 
 larged and ratified in 1596, and 1648. In the year 1673, kingChrißianV. 
 conferred on the famous Peter Greifenfeld the Diftricf and town of Tonf- 
 berg with the title of Count of the kingdom of Norway. In 173 9, king Chri- 
 jlian VI. caufed a brick-kiln to be erected near the town ; and, on the 
 peninfula of Valoe, about a Norway mile and a half from Tonsberg, the fame 
 monarch eftablifhed a falt-work, from which feveral fhip loads of fait are 
 yearly exported. 
 
 V. The
 
 Chrifliania.] NORWAY. x 8 7 
 
 V. The county of Laurwigen, formerly called the Fief of Brunjlaven, 
 belongs to Count Ferdinand Antony Daneßiold. It has its own jurifdiclion, 
 and contains fine iron mines. 
 
 In the Provoftfhip of Laurwig are fifteen churches. 
 
 This Diftricf contains the following places of note. 
 
 Laurwigen, or Larvigen, a fmall town and the chief trading place in 
 this county. It ftands at the conflux of the Laven and the Laverdal or 
 Lardal, which has its fource in Nummedal, and runs clofe by Kongsberg 
 and Sandjvar. The river Faris rifes in the lake of Faris, and likewife di- 
 rects its courfe to Larvigen. The greateft part of the wood ufed for fuel is 
 brought hither by means of that river. The iron-works carried on in this 
 place are the greateft and moft valuable in all Norway, and confifts properly 
 of two mines, namely, one at Lauerwig and another at Nes. 
 
 Stavern, or Frederick/warn, is a fmall town, with a fortification which 
 defends the harbour, on that fide that lies towards Larvigen. In the year 
 1750, king Frederick V. ordered a dock-yard for building of gallies to be 
 made here, and at the fame time called the place by the name of Frede- 
 rick/warn. 
 
 Sandefiord has a good harbour and a commodious Ladeplatz, or wharf. 
 
 Laurkidlen is a cape or Promontory well known to fea-faring people. 
 
 VI. Bradsberg-Lehn or Fief contains the Diftriä: of Tillemarken. The 
 latter is divided into Upper and Lower Tillemarken, each of which is a 
 Fogtey: But in ecclefiaftical matters Upper Tillemarken is under the juris- 
 diction of the Bilhop otChrißianfand. The inhabitants of thefe parts have, 
 for hardinefs and valour, been always accounted the moft warlike people in 
 all Norway. 
 
 The Provoftfhip of Lower Tillemarken and Bambel contains twentv-two 
 churches. 
 
 The moft remarkable places in this Diftridl, are, 
 
 Krageroe, which is a little town with one of the moft frequented Lade- 
 plätze or wharfs in this country. It has its own Stadt-vogt or Town-Ma- 
 
 giftrate. 
 
 Breedvig and Langefund. Thefe are two fea-ports each of which has a 
 cuftom-houfe and a good wharf. 
 
 Sheen, Schawia, is a town fituated on a river of the fame name, which 
 flows from the North-lake in Tillemark. Not far from this town it forms a 
 cataradt down an aperture in the rock, through which the water runs as in 
 a long conduit. About half a Norway mile above the town is the Porjgrund. 
 where there is a commodious wharf for the fhipping. Skieen is governed 
 by a Stadt-vogt or Town-Magiftrate. In 1576, a great Affembly of the 
 clergy and laity was held here for accommodating differences about 
 tithes. This place formerly gave the name of Skiefyßel to Bradsberg-Lchn. 
 A Provincial Court of Judicature is held in this town. 
 
 B b 2 Bradf-
 
 1 88 NORWAY. [Chriftiania. 
 
 Bradsberg is a handfome feat, which ftands on a hill near Skieen, and 
 gave its name to Bradsberg-Lchn. It was formerly the manfion of the Lord 
 of the Fief. 
 
 In this DiftricT: are feveral fine iron-works. Thefe are Fqßhmwerk, near 
 Skieen, where the beft cannon are caft ; Bolvigfwerk on the river near Har- 
 re/lad, about three quarters of a Norway mile from Skieen ; and that called 
 Ülejbs or Haldenfwerk, about a Norway mile and a half from Skieen. 
 
 VJI. Hallingdal and Ringerige. 
 
 A river runs through Hallingdal which falls into the lake of Kroden, 
 and from thence runs into the river Modutn, which afterwards joins with 
 the Drammen. This DiftricT: includes feven churches, which, with Rifige- 
 rige and Hadeland, make a Provoftfhip. 
 
 Ringerige produces rye, peafe, barley, and oats, and is plentifully 
 fupplied with fifli from the freih-water with which this Diftrict is almoft 
 environed. Near Honefqjfen is a conflux of two rivers, one of which rifes 
 in Hade/and, and the other runs through Odalen, and has its fource in Wal- 
 ders. In this DiftricT: are the lakes of Holtsßord and Tyrrcßord ; and fix 
 churches. 
 
 VIII. Hadeland, Toten, and Walders. 
 
 In Hadeland, which includes thirteen churches, is fome good arable 
 land. It alfo carries on a confiderable trade in wood and tar. There are 
 feveral frefh-water lakes abounding with fifh, namely, thofe of Rand, VeJ- 
 ten, and Jaren, in this Diftrict. Here are alfo feveral Karaujche ponds *. 
 
 Toten has ten churches, and is feparated from Hedemarken to the Eaft 
 by the large lake of Miofin, which is twelve Norway miles -j- in length. It 
 has good arable land which yields plenty of corn. 
 
 Walders produces but little barley or oats ; and the inhabitants chiefly 
 fubfift by grazing. The rivers Beina and Urulla, which run into the lake 
 of Sperdillen are very convenient for exporting wood and timber. The lake 
 of Klein Miofen or little Mlojen alfo lies in this Diftrict. 
 
 Walders contains eighteen churches, and, with Toten, makes a Provoftfhip. 
 
 IX. GULBRANDSDALEN. 
 
 This Diftrict confifts of two large values j and both of them afford rich 
 paftures. In the champaign parts of thefe extenfive vallies, which contain 
 twenty-five churches, there is alfo fome good arable land. But in the deep, 
 uneven and woody parts of them the corn is often greatly damaged by the 
 cold ; efpecially in the parifh of Lajj'oe, which, however, has a very pro- 
 fitable iron-work. At Faudal there is a rich copper-mine. During the 
 winter feafon the inhabitants of this DiftricT: chiefly fubfift by carrying her- 
 
 * The Karaujche is a kind of fifh refembling a carp, but is fmaller and fomething, 
 broader : It is called in French Coraßn, and in Latin Coraceus. 
 
 t Near feventy Englijh miles ; about ten Norway miles and-a-half being equal to a 
 degree. 
 
 rings,
 
 Chriftiania.] NORWAY. i8< 
 
 rings, dried fifh and other goods from Drontheim and Romfdal, to Chri- 
 ßiania, Bragnas, and Kongsberg, where they bring back corn and other 
 neceflaries in return. Nuernberg affords mill-ftones and other quarries, for 
 which they have a very good vent. The defile, or narrow pafs, near 
 Breide, is famous for the defeat of the Scotch army under their General 
 Sinclair, who was furprifed and cut to pieces there by the peafants. A 
 pillar has been erecfed on the place, with an infcription to commemorate 
 that vicfory. 
 
 X. Hedemarken. 
 
 The foil of this Diftridt is accounted the mod fertile in the whole king- 
 dom of Norway. Befides the great quantity of grain it produces, it abounds 
 in all kinds of fifh. Here is alfo feveral quarries of flate ; and on the ifland 
 of Hovindjholm is found the Lapis Suillus or Swine-ftone, which emits a 
 fetid fmell, like the excrements of that creature. Formerly near a bay on 
 the eaft fide of the lake Miofen flood the ancient epifcopal See of Hummer, 
 a large and ftately city confifting of three main ftreets of a confiderable 
 length, and fifteen crofs-ftreets and lanes. It had alfo a fine cathedral ; and 
 in the year 1300 was fo populous as to contain above eighteen hundred 
 men fit to bear arms. But in 1350, it was reduced very low by an epide- 
 mical difeafe ; and in 1,567 was laid in afhes by the Swedes, and never re- 
 built. Part of its fituation is now occupied by a nobleman's feat. At the 
 time of the Reformation, this city was made fubject to the See ofOpJIo. 
 
 Hedemarken together with Oflerdalen or Eaft-Valley make a Provoftfhip 
 of fix-and-twenty churches. 
 
 XI. Solloer and Oesterdalen. 
 
 The inhabitants of Oesterdalen, which borders on Sweden, fubfift 
 chiefly by dealing in cattle ; the corn being often deftroyed there by the 
 feverity of the froft. At Quickne in this DiftricT: there is a rich copper- 
 mine, which is called Gottefgabe-berg, ösxtyov, or Gods-gift. It was dis- 
 covered in 1635; but was not wrought to any great effecT till the year 
 1707. It affords a mineral-water called Cement-wajfer *, which precipi- 
 tates copper. The frontiers of this DjftricT towards Sweden are well de- 
 fended by natural fortifications, namely, the mountains of Chrißiansßeld 
 which lie in the parifb of Elveram. 
 
 In the DiftricT: of Solloer, which alfo borders on Sweden, the corn is 
 often deftroyed by the feverity of the froft. But this misfortune is in fome 
 meafure alleviated by the trade the inhabitants carry on in timber and 
 marts. An iron-work has lately been fet up at Oudal. This country alio 
 affords fome lead-mines. The frontiers hereabouts are defended by the 
 fortrefs of Kongs-Winger, which ftands in the parifh of Winger. 
 
 * This is a vitriolic water which carries with it a copper fediment, and tranfmutes iron 
 
 into copper by permenating through the iron, corroding its particles, and leaving thofe of 
 copper in their places ; fo that at length it becomes entirely copper. 
 
 4 Oeßer-
 
 i go NORWAY. [Chriftiania. 
 
 Oeßerdalen and Hedemarken conftitnte a Provoftfhip ; and Solloer and 
 Ober-Romerige make another. 
 
 XII. Romerige, or Raumorige, is a large Diftridf, probably, to called 
 from the river Räume. It is divided into Upper and Lower-Romerige ; each 
 divifion making a Vogtey. The former together with Solloer, makes a 
 Provoftfhip of twenty-fix churches ; but the latter is a Provoftfhip of itfelf, 
 and contains fourteen churches. In Upper Romerige are fome iron-works, 
 at Eidsvold and Hackedal. Lower- Romerige affords fome good arable land, 
 and produces a great quantity of Danifli Cummin, which is carried to Chri- 
 
 fliania and from thence exported to De?i?nark. Large floats of timber and 
 feveral kinds of fifli are alfo exported from hence. In this diftrict lies 
 
 Blackgierd, a ftrong fort built at the conflux of two rivers on the borders 
 of Sweden, which, on that account, in war time, requires a numerous 
 garrifon. 
 
 XIII. Borresysesl, formerly called Wingulmark, derives its prefent 
 name from the feat of Borre, which, in 1703, funk into the ground; for 
 the waters of the cataracl: of Sarpen wafhed away all the earth from the 
 foundation of the houfe ; and all that remains of it now is a pit full of fand 
 and rubbifh. The foil in this Province is pretty fertile ; but as it is low and 
 damp, oats thrive better than any other grain in it. Towards the fea, about 
 Folio, the inhabitants are chiefly employed in carrying wood to the wharfs 
 and cuftom-houfes, at Krogßadt, Drobach, Holen, Zoen, Hvidfieen, &c. by 
 which thev get a comfortable fubfiftence. The rivers in this Diftrict are 
 Wanfoe-fiord, Rodenas, Femefiord, and Store-elve. The laft falls into the 
 Sarpen and forms one of the greateft waterfalls in Norway. The whole 
 DiftricT: is divided into Upper and Lower-Borrefyjfel ; and thefe again are 
 fubdivided into the following Vogteys. 
 
 1. Rachcflad, Heggen, and Froland. 
 
 2. Ide and Marcher. 
 
 3. Moofs, Oufoe, Thune, and Wemble. 
 
 4. Folloug, and Agger. 
 
 BoRRESVbSEL, with regard to its. ecclefiaftical ftate, is divided into three 
 Provoftfhips, namely, thofe of Upper, Middle, and Lower Borrefyjel ; the 
 firft including eighteen churches, the fecond thirteen, and the third twenty- 
 three churches. Upper-Borrefyjfel has no place worthy of notice. In Lower- 
 Bomjyfl'el are the following towns, &c. namely, 
 
 Mojs, a fmall town governed by a Sladtvogt. It carries on a confiderable 
 trade ; but is moft remarkable for the two battles fought there in the year 
 1717, in which the Swedes were defeated, and loft their baggage and a 
 large magazine which they had in this town. Not far from Mojs is a new 
 iron- work and foundery, which turn out to good account. 
 
 Bajhwe, a little town and a pafs on the frontiers of Sweden. It is well 
 fortified both by Art and Nature 
 
 Frede-
 
 Chriftiania.] NORWAY. 191 
 
 Frederickflald, a famous frontier-town towards Sweden. It is fituated at 
 the mouth of the Tifledal, where it empties itfelf into the Spine/and. This 
 town was formerly called Halden, when it was a mean place, under 
 the jurifdiclion of the magiitracy of Frederick/ladt. However, it made a 
 very gallant defence againft the Swedes in 1658, and alfo in 1659, by 
 means of a fmall entrenchment or rampart. After that, it was Strengthened 
 with additional fortifications; fo that in the year 1660, it fuftained a third 
 vigorous fiege from the Swedes ; and Charles Gußavus is by fome thought, to 
 have received here the wound of which he died. As a reward of the brave 
 reliftance the inhabitants made, a charter with the privileges of a city, &c. 
 were granted to this town in 1665. In the year 1686, Chri/lian V '. an- 
 nexed the manor of Ous to Frederickfljald as a compenfation for the lots 
 of its trade with Sweden. In 1716 and 17 18, the inhabitants again ligna- 
 lized themfelves by making a vigorous defence againft the attacks of 
 the Swedes: And here it was that, on the eleventh of December, 171 8, 
 the warlike Charles XII. of Sweden was fhot in the trenches. King Frede- 
 rick IV. ordered a pyramid twenty feet in height to be erected on the fpot 
 where that Hero fell. The fides of it were decorated with military trophies, 
 with the arms of Sweden and the King's name; and the top was furmounted 
 by a gilt crown. On four marble tables at the bafe were one Latin, and two 
 Danifl) infcriptions in golden letters : But king Cbriflian VI. in comple- 
 ment to Sweden, ordered this pyramid to be taken down. The town itfelf 
 is not a place of any great ftrength ; but on a high rock oppofite to it 
 ftands the ftrong fortrefs of Frederickflein, the foundation of which was 
 laid in the year 1661. Befides this there are other fmaller forts near the 
 town, namely, 
 
 Storre-Taarn, and Oever-Biergef, which have their refpective Governors 
 who are under the Commandant of Frederickflein. Guldenlowe, is fuch an- 
 other fmall fort, of which Charles XII. of Sweden had made himfelf maf- 
 ter, when he was fhot with a mufket-ball from Oever-Bierget, in the 
 trenches between the former and Frederickflein. Thefe three fmall forts 
 were built in the year 1682. Frederickfl:ald now carries on a very consi- 
 derable trade, and is governed by a Stadt-vogt or Town-Magiftrate. In 
 1667, 1676, 1703, and 1716, thistown was deftroyed by fire. 
 
 Frederickfladt, a town built in 1 567 by Frederick II. who granted it a very 
 favourable charter ; and the provincial court was at the fame time removed 
 hither from Borre. It is governed by a Stadt-vogt or Town-Magiftrate ; 
 and its chief trade is in timber, but this is not very confiderable. Frederick- 
 fladt was regularly fortified in the year 1665 by Frederick III. and fince 
 that time new works have been added to it ; fo that for its ftrength by na- 
 ture and art, and its convenient fituation for a ready intercourfe by fea with 
 Denmark, it is the moft important fortification in Norway. Though this 
 town is very ftrong, it has the following forts for a further defence. 
 
 4 König-
 
 192 
 
 NORWAY. [Chriftiania. 
 
 Kotiigßein fort, which ftands on the land fide. 
 
 Jfegram, which {lands on the ifland of Krageroe, about a quarter of a 
 Norway mile from the town. 
 
 Aggerhoe, which is erected on an ifland, towards the fea. Thefe forts 
 have their particular Commandants, who are fubordinate to the Governor 
 of Frederickjladt. 
 
 Sarpsburg lies about a Norway mile from the fea, near the river or water- 
 fall of Sarpen. It was anciently a city, being built in 10 16 by king Oluf 
 the Pious or Haroldfon, as a defence to the kingdom againft the incurfions 
 of the Swedes > but in 1 567, the Swediß army laid it in afhes. 
 
 Not far from this place is the great cafcade or waterfall of Sarpen, which 
 king Harald Gi lie, in 11 34, firft ufed for the execution of criminals, by 
 throwing a vaflal of king Magnus down this dreadful catarad:. There is an 
 eminence called Konigfiiugel clofe by the cafcade, which is fo called becaufe 
 three kings, who were father, fon, and grandfon, once flood upon it to 
 view this furprifing cataract : It drives feventeen mills, and the noife 
 of it is plainly heard at the diflance of four or five Norway miles from 
 
 the place. 
 
 Near Store-Ehe, which falls into the Sarpen and caufes this waterfall, 
 ftands the famous old caftle of Waldiflxlm, now called Wallanfoi, which 
 was formerly a very flrong fortrefs. 
 
 Note. All that tracT: of land which lies eaft of the Gulf of Folio, Opßo, 
 or Chrifliania, and is about ten Norway miles in length, formerly included 
 Eaft-Folden or Folk, which has been already defcribed, and Wigen or Ba- 
 huus-Lehn which belongs to Sweden. That part of it that lies weft of 
 the Gulf, was called Wefi-Folden, including Tonsbergs-Lehn, of which an 
 account has been given above. 
 
 The
 
 Chriftianfand.] NORWAY, ! 93 
 
 7?je Diocese, or General Government of 
 
 C H R ISTIANSAND. 
 
 'T~ s H E ancient name of this province was Stavanger. At prefent itcon- 
 -*- tains four Amts or Prefectures, five Vogteys, and two Provincial Courts. 
 With regard to ecclefiaftical affairs, it is divided into ten Provoftfhips, among 
 which that of Upper-'Tillemark is one, though in fecular matters that Di- 
 ftrict belongs to the Diocefe or Government of Chrifliania. I proceed to 
 give a particular account of every Diftrid in the Diocefe oiChriftianjand. 
 
 I. Nidenas-Lehn, fo called from the Manor of Nidenas on the banks 
 of the river Nid, is the largeft Diftridt in Agdejiden. The foil is level and 
 fit for agriculture. Here are fine woods of oak, and good fisheries of mack- 
 arel and falmon ; particularly in the river Nid, which, near Oejeßadt- 
 kirche, has a high-water fall, acrofs which is a bridge called Strugebroe, 
 made of long beams of timber from one rock to another. The river con- 
 tinues its courfe from this cafcade eaftward about a Norway mile as far as 
 
 Amdal, a fmall town, fituated on a rock in the middle of the river Nid, 
 which is remarkable for a good wharf, or lading place, as it is called. 
 Moft of the houfes ftand on the acclivity of the rock, and others are built 
 on piles in the water. The ftreets are nothing but bridges of boats, by 
 means of which the inhabitants go from houfe to houle. Here is a fuffi- 
 cient depth of water for the largeft fhips to lie along fide of the bridges. 
 The church ftands high and almoft on the fummit of the rock, to which 
 there is an afcent from the houfes by a great number of fteps hewn in the 
 rock. The inhabitants make a good ufe of the commodious fituation of 
 this town for trade ; for they employ many fhips, and deal largely in tim- 
 ber. Arndal is under the fame Stadt-vogtey or Magiftracy as Rifocr-, and 
 has not long enjoyed the privileges of a town. At the diftance of two Nor 
 way miles from hence is the iron-work of Bariboe, or Baafcland, which 
 is one of the moft ancient in the whole kingdom, and in a pretty good 
 condition. In this Diftricl are alfo feveral iron-mines. About four Nor- 
 way miles from hence, and two miles weft of Giemas, lies 
 
 Rii/oer or Eaft-Riifocr, is a fmall town, with a commodious wharf or 
 lading-place, and confequently not without fome trade. It is under the ju- 
 rifdiction of the Vogtey of Arndal. 
 
 I'romoe is the moft remarkable of the iflands belonging to this Diftricl, 
 by reafon of its ftately church, which is built with ftone, and ferves as a- land- 
 mark at fea. The failors alfo diftinguifh this country by three high rocks', 
 
 Vol. I. C c which
 
 194 NORWAY. [Chriftianfand. 
 
 which lie diredly over-againft this ifland at the diflance of fix Norway miles 
 up the country, and are called Trimlinger. 
 
 The new iron-works of Egerlanä, in the parifh of Gierreftadt, are alfo 
 in this Diftricl. 
 
 The Provoftfhip of Nidenas includes eight parifhes. 
 
 II. Raabygdelaget is reckoned a fertile country for grain; hut it 
 too often happens, that the corn is deftroyed by the feverity of the weather. 
 In this DiftricT: are plenty of wild beafts, as flags, rain-deer, otters, 
 heavers, &c. Its rivers abound with falmon and perch ; and its trees pro- 
 duce a great quantity of tar. The large river Otterae on the weft-fide of 
 Byglefield forms a great lake called Bygland, and in the parifh of Efje pre- 
 cipitates itfelf at the waterfall of Fennie. 
 
 The Provoftfhip of Raabygdelaget includes four parifhes. 
 
 III. Manuals and Lister-Lehn. 
 
 Mandals-Lehn or Fief, which is alfo called Midfyffel or the Middle 
 Difiriä, is twelve Norway miles in length, and is the moft remarkable Vogtey 
 in all Norway for falmon fifheries. The largeft falmon are taken in the river 
 Otterae ; but the melting of the fnow retards the feafon for fifhing till the 
 end of July, and a great waterfall hinders the falmon from coming above 
 one Norway mile up the river. There is alfo a falmon fifhery in the river 
 c for r uedal; but the moft profitable fifhery is in the river Mandat. The latter 
 ifiues from an inland frefh-water lake called Oere, which is one Norway 
 mile in length; and feveral rivers that run on the weft fide of the mountains 
 discharge themfelves into it. Near Bielland a very uncommon method of 
 fifhing is pra&ifed, about half a Norway mile north of a bridge laid acrofs 
 the river from one rock to another, thirty-fix feet above the furface of the 
 water ; where the fifhermen go under the cataract, which forms an arch 
 over their heads, to hunt the falmon out of a hole in the rock, at the ex- 
 treme hazard of their lives. In each of the above-mentioned rivers, namely, 
 Torvedal and Mandal is alfo a rich pearl-fifhery. 
 
 The Provoftfhip of Mandal confifts of five parifhes, to which belong 
 twenty-one churches. 
 
 The moft remarkable places in this Diftricl are the following. 
 Fleckeroe, an ifland which lies about two leagues fouth of Otternas., and 
 js a Norway mile and a half in circumference. Between this ifland and 
 the main land is a celebrated harbour, into which the fame wind that 
 carries a veffel in on one fide, proves contrary on the other. For the 
 defence of fuch an excellent harbour a fort was built on Fleckeroe, in the 
 year 1556; but this falling to decay King Chrijtian IV. built another on 
 the little ifland of Otteroe in 1635, and called it Chrifiianfoe. Some time 
 after the fortrefs of Fleckeroer or Frederichß:olm, which is the chief defence 
 of the harbour, was erecled. Here the largeft fleet may lie fecure both 
 
 from
 
 Chriftianfand.] NORWAY. 195 
 
 from ftorms and the infults of enemies. About a league from hence, 
 near the fortified ifland of Otteroe, on the continent, lies 
 
 Chriftianfand, the capital of this Diocefe, and the refidence of the Bifhop 
 and the General-Governor ; where there is alfo a Cathedral or Epilcopal 
 fchool. This city was built by king Chriftian IV. between the years 1 64 1 and 
 1643 ; and is fo called from the name of its founder and the great Sande 
 or Strand on which it is built. The plan of it is fquare, and the ftreets are 
 broad, regular, and well built. This city is governed by a Stadt-vogt or 
 Town-Magiflxate. Its fituation is very commodious ; three fides of it be- 
 ing furrounded either with freih or falt-water, and on the fourth it has a 
 communication with fine meadows and the mountains. Some trade is car- 
 ried on here in timber. In 1734, the church, with the greateft part of this 
 city, was deftroyed by fire. 
 
 Mandal, a fmall place of fome trade flands on the river of the fame 
 name. It has a cuftom-houfe and is a parilh of itfelf, which is called by 
 the fame name. 
 
 The Ladeplatze or wharfs of Ripervig, Randoefund, Hardmarkersficld 
 which lies weft of Chrißiänfand, and Trvsfiorden near Taanaas are in this 
 Diftricl. 
 
 Lister-Lehn is the moft fouthern Diftricl in all Norway. It is a good 
 corn country, aud very conveniently fituated for fifhing. This Diftricl: is 
 feparated from Dalene by the rapid river Syre ; which rifes in Lang field, 
 runs along Syredal into the large lake of Lande, and afterwards precipitates 
 itfelf from a high rock into the fea with amazing impetuofity. In the pa- 
 rifh of Quinefdal, fo called from the river $ume, near the cataract of Rafos 
 where the water iflues from the apertures in the rocks as through fo many 
 pipes, is a profitable falmon-fifhery; but the method of fifhing there is very 
 dangerous. Lißerlehn is about a Norway mile and a quarter in length, 
 and about the fame breadth. The coaft is extremely dangerous to naviga- 
 tors, as it lies low, has no harbour, or anchoring place, and is furrounded 
 with hidden rocks and (helves. Betwixt Lifter and Lindenas, about a quar- 
 ter of a Norway mile from the Cape or Naze, is the famous harbour of 
 Selloe, where king Harald Haardraade aftembled a fleet of two hundred 
 fhips in order to go on his expedition to England. Cape Lindenas joins 
 to the main land of Lifter-Lehn by a very narrow ifthmus called Spanger- 
 Eid; for the word Eid fignifies an ifthmus. The inhabitants have formerly 
 attempted, for the conveniency of navigation, to cut a channel through 
 this fmall neck of land, and to build a town there. But this fcheme was 
 found impracticable by reafon of the rocks that obftructed the execution 
 of it.- The Cape projects into the fea about a Norway mile towards the 
 South-Weft, and is about half a mile broad. It is a high, barren, rocky 
 promontory; however, it has twelve peafants houfes on it. This Cape is 
 commonly called the Neufs or Naze in the Charts. 
 
 C c 2 The
 
 i 9 6 N R IV A T. [Cliriftianfand. 
 
 The Provoftfhlp of Lißcr confifts of five parishes, to which belong one- 
 and-twenty churches. 
 
 IV. Jederen and Dai.ene. 
 
 Jederen is ieven Norway miles in length, and produces a good deal of 
 corn ; but the coaft is very dangerous to navigators, a ridge of rocks con- 
 cealed under the water running for a Norway mile into the fea towards 
 the North-Weft. There are fine fisheries of oyfters and lobfters in this 
 DiftricT ; and a fine falmon fifhery near Egerfund, betwixt Egerce and the 
 main land. The iflands of Rot, Tier, and Haaßeen, which lie North- 
 North-Weft from hence, belong to this DiftricT:. In thefe iflands the bul- 
 locks lie in the open air both winter and fummer. 
 
 The Provoftfhip of "jederen comprehends five parifb.es j and that of Da- 
 lene the fame number. In jederen alfo lies 
 
 Stavanger, an ancient town, fituated on the little bay of Buckne, or Tun- 
 gefiord. It is governed by a Stadvogt or Town-Magiftrate ; but was for- 
 merly much larger and more populous than it is at prefent. The cathe- 
 dral, which was built in the year 1013, is the fineft in all Norway, except- 
 ing that of Drontheim. But the town being burnt in 1686, king Chri- 
 Jtian V. removed the epifcopal See from hence to Chriftianja7id. There are 
 but three churches in the Provoftihip of Stavanger. 
 
 V. Ryfylket, or Fiorderne, extends on each fide of the large bay 
 of Stavanger, which runs a great way into the land towards the Eaft : This 
 bay, at the entrance, is but two Norway miles in breadth. 
 
 Udßeenklojhr lies about a Norway mile and a half to the north-weft of 
 Stavanger, and was at firft a royal palace, and after that converted into a 
 convent ; but is now a Nobleman's feat. 
 
 The iflands of Rendefoe and Hvitingfoe in this DiftricT: defervc notice, as 
 they occur in ancient hiftory. 
 
 The large ifland of Karmen, and its well known Cape of Aiigvaldfnas 
 are ftill more remarkable. On the latter ftands the fine feat of the fame 
 name. About fix leagues weft of Karme?i lies the ifland of Udfire. 
 
 The Provoftihip of Ryfylket includes feven parifhes ; and the Provoftfhip 
 of Karmejund, to which a great part of the ifland of Karmen belongs, con- 
 fifts only of three parifhes. 
 
 The
 
 Bergen.] NORWAY. 197 
 
 The Diocese, or General Government of 
 
 BERGEN. 
 
 f ~T S{ HIS Diocefe is from forty to fifty Norway miles in length, and con- 
 ■*- tains only the lingle Prefecture of Bergenhuus, including feven 
 Vogteys, and the fame number of Provoftfhips. The Diocefe of Bergen is 
 very populous, and is remarkable for having feven marble quarries, which. 
 are mil wrought. 
 
 The Vogteys in this Government are as follow. 
 
 I. Haardanger. The foil of this Diftricl is fterile and poor; and it 
 derives its chief advantage from the mountains, which afford excellent 
 quarries of millftones, and another kind of ftone which is uled inftead of 
 iron plates, for baking the flat cakes mentioned above. Here is alfo dug up 
 a whitifh grey marble and Weich ßei?z, or Lapis ollarius, of which pots and 
 chamber-ftoves are made. To the Eaft of the gulf of Haardanger, in 
 £>uind-herred, there is a ridge of mountains called Fuglefang, i. e. ' The 
 Bird-catch', which is one of the higheft in all Norway, and is always co- 
 vered with fnow. There are feveral deep cavities and clefts in this moun- 
 tain, which are frequented by birds of feveral kinds. In this Vogtey are four 
 Courts of Judicature ; and it&,.Provoftfhip includes three parifhes, to which 
 nine churches belong. 
 
 II. Sundhord-Lehn. This Diftricl has eleven Courts of Judicature ;. 
 and nine parifhes, with thirtv-three churches, are included in its Provoft- 
 fhip. To this Diftricl; alfo belongs the ifland of Storoe, i. e. ' Great Ifland,' 
 where Harald Haarfager the firft fovereign of all Norway refided in his old 
 age, in the palace of Fidje. Clofe by Storoe lies the ifland of Monfter, winch 
 is commonly pronounced Moßer or Mogfier, where king OlufTryggeJon, in 
 the year 997, built the firft Chriftian church in Norway. On the ifland of 
 Halfnoe, in this Diftricl:, formerly flood a convent called Lyfe-kloßer, or Lucida 
 •vallis, founded in the year 1 144, for a Fraternity of Ciftertian monks ; the 
 eftates that belonged to it are now converted into a Fief. 
 
 III. Nordhord-Lehn, together with Sundhord-Lehn conftitute a 
 tract of land called Hordeland. This Diftricl produces but little corn ; for 
 the weftern parts of it chiefly confift of iflands and rocks, where moft of 
 the inhabitants fubfift by fifhing, efpecially the herring fifhery. It has 
 thirteen Courts of Judicature ; and its Provoftfhip includes eight parifhes,. 
 and twenty-nine churches. But what renders this Diftricl moft remark- 
 able, and is at the fame time fo advantageous to it, is 
 
 3 Bergen,
 
 198 NORWAY. [Bergen. 
 
 Bergen, in Latin Berga, formerly called Biorginn, or Biorgvin, the 
 largeft city, and a place of the greateft trade in all the kingdom of Norway. 
 It lies on the continent in the middle of a valley, and is built, in the form 
 of a femicircle or horfhoe, on the fides of a bay which the inhabitants call 
 Waag. Nature has fo well fortified it towards the land by lofty moun- 
 tains, of which there are feven remarkably high, that the paffes or defiles 
 between them are quite impracticable to an enemy. Towards the fea the 
 harbour is extremely well defended by feveral fortifications, as the Engliß 
 fleet, which attempted in 1665 to carry off fome Dutch Eaß-India mips 
 that had put in there for fafety, found by experience. The harbour is 
 alfo defended on the north-fide by the fort of Chrißianjholm, built in 1641 
 by Chrijiian IV. together with Rothouven, S-vereJborg, Commun, and the 
 caftle. On the left fide fome batteries are erected on Nomas, and Frede- 
 rick/berg , and the latter now paffes for one of the beft fortifications be- 
 longing to Bergen. Befides thefe works a blockhoufe was built on Syndnas 
 in 1 646 ; and in the year 1 666, the extraordinary round fort of Chriflianf- 
 berg was erected. AH the churches, public edifices, and moft of the 
 houies along the ftrand are built with ftone. Bergen formerly contained 
 thirty churches and convents ; but at prefent it has only four parifh 
 churches, three of which are Dani/Jj, and one German, with a church in 
 the large hofpital of St. Jurge?is, and another fmall church or chapel in 
 St. jfames's churchyard. The caftle of Bergen is a grand ftructure. The large 
 cathedral-fchool in this city was founded in the year 1554 by Bifhop Petrus, 
 who alfo endowed it; and by the liberality of king Frederick II. and others, 
 twelve fcholars are maintained and educated in it. The Navigation-fchool, 
 founded here, formerly flourifhed greatly, but is now fallen into decay. 
 The Seminarium Fredericianum alfo deferves notice ; which is an excellent 
 foundation, where Natural and Moral Philofophy, the Mathematics, Hi- 
 ftoiy, together with the Latin and French languages are taught by Mafters 
 who are properly qualified in thofe branches of Literature. This city car- 
 ries on a large trade in all kinds of fifh, tallow, hides, and timber. All 
 thefe commodities are brought from the northern parts of the kingdom, 
 called the Nordlands to Bergen, and from thence exported. The returns are 
 moftly made in corn and foreign commodities. The Hanfe-toions in the 
 reign of king Erick of Pomerania had a Factory in this city, which Chri- 
 ßopher of Bavaria, in 14455 ratified by a royal Charter; fo that the year 
 1445 may be looked upon as the proper date when the Factory was 
 erected in Bergen, in the privileges of which the cities of Lübeck, Ham- 
 burg, Roßock, Dementer, Embden, and Bremen had the greateft fhare. But 
 at prefent only Bremen, Lübeck, and Hamburg are concerned in the little 
 bufinefs that is tranfacted here. In the feventecn edifices, with ware- 
 houfes, &c. belonging to the Hanß-towns, there are forty-two warehoufes, 
 appropriated to the citizens of Bergen, and but feventeen for the ufe of the 
 
 Factory,
 
 Bergen.] NORWAY. 199 
 
 Factory, of which the Lübeckers pofTefs only one, the Hamburgers one, 
 and the Bremeners fifteen. Thefe towns have eight Skiotnbigs-Jluben or 
 public halls at Bergen where the merchants meet to tranfact bufinefs, and 
 fometimes have entertainments. Bergen had formerly the privilege of 
 coining, and enjoyed it longer than any other town in Norway, namely, 
 till the year 1575. In the royal Mufeum at Copenhagen is to be feen a 
 medal ftruck here in the time of king Erick, who was a mortal enemy to 
 the clergy. This city was founded in the year 1069, or 1070. Synods 
 were held here in 1156, 1345, and 1435. It fuffered extremely by fire 
 in the year 1248, when eleven parifh churches were entirely confumed. 
 The like misfortune befel it in 1472, 1623, 1640, and 1702. The num- 
 ber of its inhabitants were computed at 30,000 in the year 1756. Bergen 
 is governed by a Stadt-vogt and other magiftrates. 
 
 King Harald Haarfager fometimes refided at Solheim, and fometimes at 
 Alrick/lad, now called Aarjlad, in this Diftrict. 
 
 On the ifland of Guloe a celebrated Court of Judicature called Gulatings- 
 laug-floel was formerly held, which was removed from thence to Bergen. 
 However, there is ftill a Provincial Court or Tinglaag held on that ifland. 
 
 Between the iflands and the continent runs a very dangerous Sund or 
 Strait called Kiilßrommen, through which all the fhips that fail to or from 
 Nordland are obliged to pafs. The current in thefe Straits is different from 
 mod other Straits ; for it ebbs here when the tide flows, and flows when it 
 ebbs, which caufes dangerous whirlpools j fo that the fhips bound to Nord- 
 land generally wait in fome harbour near thefe Straits till it is high-water, 
 which is looked upon as the fafeft time for pafling through the Kiilßrommen. 
 
 IV. Sogn or Sygna-filke is fixteeen Norway miles in length, and is 
 reckoned a plentiful country, abounding with grain, cattle, filh, forefls, 
 fawing-mills. and other conveniencies of art and nature. 
 
 Formerly a town called Kopanger flood in this Diftricl; but about the 
 year 1 178, it was facked and burnt by king Svcrre's army. 
 
 In the parifh of Leyrdal is a copper-work called Aar-Dalfwerk or Sent- 
 Dal/werk y which king Frederick IV. purchafed for 36,000 rix-dollars ; but 
 it has not been wrought for feveral years. 
 
 At Leerdalfoe a yearly fair is held on Michaelmas- day-, the peafants who 
 live in Walder s venture to travel over the frightful rockv mountains of Gal- 
 drene to come to this fair. Sogn was formerly divided into two Vogteys or 
 Diftridts, called Tttre-Sogn, in which were nine Courts of Judicature, and 
 Indre-Sogn with feven. 
 
 The Provoftfhip of Sogn contains nine parifhes and thiriy-fix churches. 
 
 V. Sundfiord. In this Diftricl are fix Courts of Judicature ; and its 
 Provoftfhip includes fix parifhes and nineteen churches. 
 
 VI. Nordfiord. This Vogtey has feven Courts of Judicature ; and the 
 Provoftfhip of Nordfiord con lifts of four pariflies, and eighteen churches. 
 
 On
 
 20o NORWAY. [Bergen. 
 
 On the ifland of Seihe in this DiftricT: the remains of Sunneva were found 
 by king OlufTryggeJon, who built a church and convent in honour ofthat 
 faint. It is faid me was an Iriß princefs, and that, towards the clofe of 
 the fourth century, being driven by ftrefs of weather on the coaft of Nor- 
 way, which was then involved in the darknefs of Paganifm, (lie and her 
 attendants laboured by their preaching to convert the Norwegians to Chri- 
 ftianity. It is added, that the princefs, who was not inured to hardfhips, 
 foon after ended her days in a cavern of a rock. In the year 1170, her 
 pretended remains were carried with great folemnity from this ifland to 
 Bergen, and depolited in the cathedral, where, for a long time, they con- 
 tinued to be worfhiped by the fuperftitious papifls. 
 
 Note. The Vogteys or Diftridls of Sund and Nord-fiord are both called Fir* 
 difylke or Fiordi-Jylke. They confift of a rocky barren foil which produces 
 but little corn, except in a fpot of land on the eaft fide of the bay. In the 
 jflands belonging to thefe Diftridls the inhabitants live moftly by fiihing. 
 Thefe Vogteys are but little known, as they have neither a public road, nor 
 a good harbour for fhipping. Between Nordfiord and Sundmor, a peninfula 
 which is called Statt runs a good way into the fea towards the Weft ; and 
 the dangerous fea by which it is waihed is well known to marinprs by the 
 name of Stats-Hav. 
 
 VII. Sundmor, or Sondre-more, extends as far as Romfdal, and for- 
 merly belonged to the Biihoprick of Drontheim. The inhabitants of this 
 Diftridl moftly fubfift by the fifheries. It contains twelve courts of Judi- 
 cature, from which an appeal lies to the Superior Court called Laugßuhl at 
 Bergen. 
 
 The Provoftlhip of Sundmor includes four parishes and twenty-two 
 churches. 
 
 It is faid that a piece of hazel-wood being ftuck into the morafs of Bior- 
 kedal in this DiftricT: will, in about three years, be tranfmutcd into a whet- 
 ftone, while that part that is above the fwampy ground remains unchanged. 
 However, alder-trees are faid to grow in this morafs without undergoing 
 any change. But Bifhop Pontoppidan in his excellent Natural Hiftory of 
 Norway afierts, that there is no petrefying water in this morafs ; but in- 
 forms us that on the fide of it there is a piece of Amianthus or Aßeßos rock, 
 which being diviiible into long pliant threads, like flax, and being more 
 like wood than ftone, has been given out for petrefied wood ; and brought 
 the neighbouring morafs to an undeferved reputation. 
 
 A town called Corgund formerly ftood in this Vogtey, which now lies in 
 ruins. 
 
 Vallerhou in Swidmore is, in all refpedts, an excellent harbour. 
 
 7h
 
 Brontheim.] W X jfT tf #7 aoi 
 
 
 T&eDi o c e s e, or G e n e r alG o ve^r.W m en t o/" 
 
 I ■ 
 
 Z> Ä O N T H E I M 
 
 . . 
 
 ^pHE Diocefe of Drontheim, in Danifh Trondhiem, is the moil nor- 
 ■*■ ther'n Province in Norway, and is above an hundred and fifty Norway 
 miles in length. It borders on Sweden and Rujia, and is feparated from 
 the former by the long chain of mountains called Kokn, and from the lat- 
 ter partly by the Nord-feljen or North-rocks. That ridge of hills called 
 Kokn,. of which mention has already been made in the Introduction to 
 Norway, §. 6, begins near Waranger, and Indiager bay in Fi?imark y and 
 proceeds iouthward as far as Roraas and the lake of Femmund,- that is, 
 twenty Norway miles on this fide of the city of Drontkeim , confequently 
 its whole length is little fhort of an hundred and fifty Norway miles. The 
 Diocefe of Drontheim contains three large Amts or Prefectures, which 
 are as follows. 
 
 I. Drontheim. This Prefecture alfo includes v thofe of Romfdal .and 
 Nordmor, each of which has a particular Prefect. I mail therefore, in the 
 firfl place, give an account of 
 
 The Prefectures of RomsdäE and Nor dmor, which confifl of two 
 Vogteys of the fame names with their refpec-tive Prefectures. -■-■ 
 
 i . The Vogtey of Romfdal has eight Courts of Judicature from which ah 
 appeal lies to the Superior Court of Drontheim. Its Provoflfhip contains fix 
 parishes,' and twenty-one churches. This Diftaict produces more oats than 
 wheat ; and the bed: arable land in it lies near the bays, or in the values : 
 But -the inhabitants of the fea-coafls apply theittfelves moflly.to fifhirig. In 
 the fourteenth century there flood in this Vogtey a confiderable town called 
 Wedoe, of which all that remains at prefent is the church of-St. Peter in the 
 parffh MÄWedoes On Ejen, near Boe, a numerous army '■%? ^Swedes was'de- 
 feated in the year 1612. The only remarkable place in> this- Vogtey is ■ ,j 
 
 - Molk\ which obtained its charter of privileges in 1742;. and is governed 
 by a Stadt-vogt or Town-Magiflrate. Timber and tar are exported from 
 hence, and the return is chiefly made in-cOrn. •' •• ./ •, ■: 
 
 ' ;■}> ■£'.' Thfr Vogtey of Nordmor is divided into eight jurifdiclions, -from which 
 'ah feppeal lies "to the Superior Court at Drohthciw. This Pfovoflfhip corft- 
 ' prizes- =feve-n-pa'rifiies; to which belong twenty-one churches* and three 
 chapels. * Inthe pärifh of Sund, barley and oats ripen info fhort a* fpace of 
 lime-, that -they are- reaped in nine weeks after the grain-is foWn; which is 
 sewing to- the.' mountains contracting, and reverberating the fun-beams -in 
 
 - -Vol. I. D d the
 
 2 o2 NORWAY. [Drontheim. 
 
 the narrow vallies in this Diftrict. LiUe-Fofen, i. e. ' Little-Fofen,' obtained 
 its charter in the year 1742, with the name of 
 
 Chrifiianjund, and has a very commodious harbour and a good Lade- 
 platz or wharf; on which account a great quantity of timber from the ad- 
 jacent country is brought to this town in order to be exported. It is go- 
 verned by a Stadt-vogi or Town-Magiftrate. 
 
 Bremfnas is remakable on account of a cryftal urn with a gold rim, and 
 full of afhes, which was found in that place: It is now depolited in the 
 royal Mufeum at Copenhagen. 
 
 The Prefecture of Drontheim, exclufive of thefe, comprehends the 
 following Vogteys or Diftricls. 
 
 1 . The Vogtey of Fofen, fo called from the iiland of Store-Fojen, i. e. 
 ' Great-Fofen,' confifts chiefly of illands. One of thefe, namely, the 
 ifland of Hitteroe is eight Norway miles in circumference, and its inhabi- 
 tants chiefly fubfift by fiihing. Here is a fine falmon-fiihery near Oereland, 
 and at Biugnen are caught the Drontheim herrings which are fo much ad- 
 mired. About Slgdenas, where Drontheim bay runs a good way into the 
 land, the foil produces plenty of grain. This Diftiidt is divided into eight 
 iurifdiclions, and the Provoftfhip of Storc-Fofen contains fix pariihes and 
 lixteen churches. 
 
 2. The Vogteys of Oerkedakn and Guldalen. The former was anciently 
 called Oerkedola-fylke, from the river Oerkeln which iflues from Oerkelfoe 
 lake near Dof re-field. In this Diftrict are four Courts of Judicature, and 
 the rich copper-mine called Lukkem or Meldah-iverck. The Vogtey of Gu- 
 ledal, Guldalen, or Gauldola-fylke, is fo called from the river Gäulen or 
 Gulen, which rifes near Skars-field, and, after a courfe of twenty Norway 
 miles, falls into the fea about a Norway mile weft of Drontheim. Near the 
 mine-town of Roraas is a large and rich copper-mine difcovered in the 
 year 1644. In this Vogtey are alio four Courts of Judicature. 
 
 3. The Vogtey of Strinden extends from Drontheim bay eaftward as far 
 as Jemtefield near Tidalen. It contains eight Jurifdictions. There is a cop- 
 per-mine at Selboe in this Diftrict. 
 
 Note. The Vogteys of Oerkedalen, Guledalen, and Strinden produce fome 
 grain; but the corn is frequently deftroyed by the froft. They conftitute 
 the Provoftfhip of Dalenes, to which belong ten parifhes and twenty-nine 
 churches. 
 
 In the Vogtey of Strinden lies the city of 
 
 Drontheim, on the river Nid, which rifes in Tidalen and runs through 
 Selboe lake, from which it directs its courfe northward, and runs near the 
 city, fo as almoft to environ it. Drontheim was at firft called Nideroos, or 
 the mouth or outlet of the river Nid, from which its Latin name NMrofia 
 is derived. It owes its prefent name to the neighbouring country which 
 was formerly fo called ; and its inhabitants were termed Tronder. King 
 
 Oluf
 
 Dronthcim.] NORWAY. 
 
 Ohtf Tryggcfon was the founder of this city, which for fome time was the 
 refidence of the Norwegern Kings, and afterwards of the Archbifhops. It 
 was erected into an archiepifcopal See in the year 1 152, but fuppreffed at 
 the Reformation. Formerly there were ten churches and five convents in 
 this city; whereas at prefent it has but two churches, befides that at the 
 hofpital. The Cathedral, which is a fuperb edifice built with marble, was all 
 burnt down in 1530, excepting the choir, which is rather too large for the 
 prefent church, and is ftill called the Cathedral. This city is the refidence 
 of the General-Governor and the Bifhop ; and is governed by a Stad-'tiogt 
 and other magistrates. Here are, a fine cathedral-fchool, a Seminary of 
 Miffionaries, an orphan-houfe, a workhoufe, a houfe of correction, and an 
 hofpital. A considerable trade in timber, fifh, tallow, and copper which 
 is brought from the copper-works of Meldal and Romas, is carried on in this 
 city. A fugar-houfe is alfo lately erected at Drontheim. The city is de- 
 fended by fort Chri/iianßein, erected in 1680, fome fortifications on the 
 land-fide, and by Munkholmen\ of which we fhall prefently give a particu- 
 lar account. In the years 1522, 1650 and 1681, Dronthcim was greatly 
 damaged by fire. In the month of July 1685, king Chriftiän V. fpent 
 fome days in this town, and flipped at midnight without lights; the 
 twilights being fo luminous as to need no candles. In the Mufeum at Co- 
 penhagen there is an old medal, ftruck here by order of king Sverre, to be 
 feen. On the eaft fide of the city lies the iuburb of Bakkclandet, with its 
 •wn church. And not far from Bakkelandet is Ladcgaard which has alfo 
 a particular church. 
 
 The caftle of Munkholmen ftands on a rock in Drontheim harbour, and 
 defends both the city and harbour towards the fea. It formerly was the 
 ufual place of confinement for flate prifoners, and particularly of the un- 
 fortunate Peter Schumaker, Count Greiff'enfeld and Great Chancellor, who 
 was imprifoned here from 1676 to 1699, and died at Drontheim immedi- 
 ately after he had obtained his liberty. 
 
 4. The Vogteys of Stordakn and Verdaten^ which comprehend the Filkes 
 or little territories of Stiordola, Skaugna or Skdgeh, and Verdola-fylkc. 
 It has eight Courts of Judicature, from which there lies an appeal to the 
 Superior Court at Drontheim. Froßen and Skogcn are accounted the bell: 
 corn-lands in all the north part of the kingdom. 
 
 Froßen is remarkable for the court eftablifhed there by king Hagen Adel- 
 ßeen, whofe jurifdiction extended over all the inhabitants of Drontheim. Di- 
 rectly oppofite to Froßen ftood formerly on an illand the caftle of 
 
 Steenvigßjolm built juft before the Reformation bv the laft Archbifhop 
 Oluf-Fngelbretjon for the fecurity of the jewels belonging to himfelf and 
 the church of Drontheim. But after he left the caftle, it was foon mattered 
 by Chrij'hpher Hvitfe/d. It was ceded to the Swedes by king Frederick II. 
 in 1564; but was afterwards demolished by the King's order, and in lieu 
 
 D d 2 of 
 
 203
 
 2Ö4 $ O R x IV A T. [Drontfieim. 
 
 of it the ftrong fort of Skagnas or Skognes was erected in another' place, 
 which is always kept in good condition. 
 
 5. The Vogtey of Inderoen^ which contains the little Diftridts of Sparbygia 
 and At/gna-fy/ke, with fix jurifdicYions. "Jemtefield, which here feparates 
 Norway 'from Sweden is one of the highcft mountains in Norway. On a 
 bay in the parifh of Stods formerly flood the town of Stenkier. 
 
 Note. The Vogteys of Sfordalcn and Inderoen form one Diftricl called 
 Indberred, which is accounted the befl corn-land in the Prefecture of 
 Drontbeim. The Provoflfhip of Indberred contains eleven parifhes, with 
 thirty-four churches and two chapels. 
 
 6. The Vogtey of Nummedal is fo called from the river Naums, which 
 runs into Naumfdal-bay . It contains three jurifdidtions, and a Provoflfhip 
 with three parifhes and fourteen churches. 
 
 II. The Prefecture of Nordland, extends from Nummedal to Find- 
 mark, and contains the following Vogteys. 
 
 ' 1 . Helgeland, formerly called Halogaland, Hahgia, and Helleland. Ramus 
 labours hard to prove that this is the.Ogygia of Homer, and that Ulyjfes was 
 the fame perfon with Othin or Outin ; fo that according to that author this 
 country was inhabited immediately after the Trojan war, and confequently 
 before any other part of Norway. It is eighteen Norway miles in circum- 
 ference, "and is the moll populous Diflrict in Nordland; the foil is fertile, 
 and. covered with fine woods and rich paflures. A great quantity of fifh, 
 tallow, and fine" butter is exported from hence. An appeal lies from the* 
 inferior courts of this Vogtey to the Provincial Court at Stege. 
 
 There are five parifhes, two vicarages, and fixteen churches in this 
 
 Provoflfhip. 
 
 Near Alßaboug, in this Diflrict, is a remarkable range of* mountains with 
 feven high fummits or crefts called the feven lifters, and which are difcerni- 
 ble fixteen Norway miles off at fea. In the fouth part of this Vogtey is the 
 mountain of Torg-hatten, through which there is an aperture, from one fide 
 to the other, fifty fathoms in height and a thoufand in length ; and on the 
 top of this mountain is a piece of water, or refervoir, of the dimenfions of 
 a moderate fifh-pond. 
 
 2. The Vogtey of Saiten is fixteen Norway miles in length and fix in 
 breadth., -It produces a good deal of corn, efpecially barley, and has fine 
 pafture^s and profitable fifheries. 
 
 "The 'Provoflfliip of Saiten includes four parifhes and fourteen churches. 
 
 At Stegen the Court of Judicature for the whole Prefecture is held. 
 
 In this Diftrict is the flrait or current of Saltjlrom, which, at certain 
 times, has the fame dangerous and violent agitations as. are obferved in 
 the Mojkoeßrom. 
 
 3. The Vogtey, of Sennien is about ten Norway miles in length, and eight 
 is\ breadth. It confifls chiefly of the large ifland of Sennien, the foil of 
 
 which
 
 Drontheim.] N O. R W ' A T, 205 
 
 which is fertile for corn and pafturage; and on the weft fide- of i( are fe- 
 veral deep bays. The chief employment of the inhabitants is fifhing. 
 i This Provoftfhip contains fourteen churches, c ; ••- .• ; ; ■ ■ • 
 .4. The Vogtey of ■Tromfoeh is between feven and eight Norway mijes in 
 length, and contains one Provoftfhip with eight churches. As the fum- 
 mers are very fhort in this country, it produces but little corn, and no great 
 plenty of grafs ; fo that the inhabitants fubfift by the fifheries. 
 -.5. The > Vogtey s of Lofoden, Veßeraalen, and : Andenas confift entirely of 
 itlands, and make but one Provoftfhip, in which are nineteen churches : 
 Thefe Diftricts alio labour under a fcarcity of grain ; but the iflands of Lo- 
 foden produce good grafs which grows very high, and have the belt fiiheries 
 in all Nordland. 
 
 A whole range of iflarids extends from Northreaft -to South-weft along 
 this coaft, and betwixt them and the continent runs a large bay called Wefl- 
 ßorden, which widens gradually towards the South-weft. The ifland of 
 Roß lies fartheft towards that point of the compafs, and is four Norway 
 miles in circuit : It has a church built on it, and is furrounded by a great 
 number of fmaller illands. At the diftance of fome miles to the North-eaft 
 of it lies the. ifland of Werroe, which has alfo a church and is encompalfed 
 with feveralfmall iflands. Between Werroe and the neareft of the hafoden^ 
 called Moskoenas, at the diftance of a Norway, mile from either of them lies 
 the little ifland of Mo/koe-, which is about a Norway mile in circuit, and 
 noted forks rich pafturagesand the fine. fheep bred there. Lofoden include 
 three other iflands befides Mojkoenas, and thefe four iflands ftretch to the 
 North-eaft about nine Norway miles, as far as the ifland of Vaage ; and- be>- 
 tween them run little (traits or channels. Further north lie the iflands of 
 hangoen and Andenoen, which are both comprehended in the Diitrict of 
 Weßeraalen, and have their refpective churches. 
 
 
 Between the aforementioned iflands of Mo/koe and Mojkoenas is the fa^ 
 mous Mojkoefirotn, which is generally called Mahlßrom, or Maelftrom, by 
 mariners. This current runs fix hours from North to South, and returns 
 from South to North in the fucceeding fix hours, like the ebbing and flow- 
 ing of the fea, but in direct oppofition to the motion of the tides : For dur- 
 ing the flood which runs from South to North, the Moßoeßrom runs from 
 North to South ; and during the reflux or ebb when the fea runs from 
 North to South, this current impetuoufly returns from South to North. -It 
 runs. with a lurprifing rapidity, efpecially between the ifland of 'Mo/koe and 
 the extremity of Mojkoenas, where the tides rife higheft ; but gradually 
 abates its impetuofity as it approaches the iflands of Werroe 'and Rojl. The 
 Moskoejlrom never runs in a direct line like other currents ; but al moil: cir- 
 cular. When it is half flood in the fea, the current here runs to the South- 
 South-Eaft ; and as the tide rifes higher ; winds fouth wards and from the 
 South to the South-weft, and fo on to due Weft. When it is high-water 
 
 out
 
 20 6 N R W A Y. [Dronthei-m. 
 
 out at tea, the current of the MosUcßrvn alters its courfe to the North- 
 weft ; and fo gradually on to the North, where its impetuofity is at a ftand 
 for about three quarters of. an hour. This interval is obferved twice a 
 day, after which the motion begins again. The appearance and effects of 
 the Moskoeflrom have been defcribed as very dangerous and dreadful ; but, it 
 rnuft be owned, not without fome exaggeration. M. Bing, who had feen 
 it, informs us that it has no whirlool or.wrto; but that it is formed by 
 the collifion of an aflemblage of foaming waves, rifing as it were pyra- 
 midically to a great height, and with a prodigious noife. According to 
 Scheiderufs account the Moskoeßrom is full of vertices or terrible whirlpools 
 in the form of inverted cones, and above two fathoms deep from the bafe 
 to the apex, and, as fome relate, four fathoms in diameter : However, both 
 accounts may, in fome meafure, be reconciled. This is certain 
 
 Firft, That the Moskoeßrom is not agitated with equal violence at all 
 times -, that about the new and full moon, the Equinoxes, or in ftormy 
 weather, it rages with the greateft impetuofity ; and that at other times it 
 is more moderate, Pnd twice a day quite calm. 
 
 Secondly, That the navigation in that part of the fea is not abiblutely 
 impeded by it, as at half flood a veffel can fafely go from Moskoenas to 
 Werroe and Roß, and at half ebb may fafely return to Moskoenas ; that the 
 ftxait betwixt Moskoenas and Werroe is twice a day quite fmooth and navi- 
 gable, for three quarters of an hour; and that the inhabitants of thofe iflands, 
 accordingly, row in their boats to Moskoe, which lies in the middle of it, 
 to look after the fheep which feed on that ifland ; and the fifhermen found 
 the bottom of it. After thefe intervals, the fwiftnefs of the current gradu- 
 ally increafes to its ufual boifterous rapidity and violence. Sometimes the 
 waves in this current are not larger than thofe that are (een at lea in a hard 
 gale of wind ; but when its agitations are at the height, fhips that fail on 
 either fide of it keep at the diftance of two or three Norway miles ; for 
 otherwife they would be abforbed by it, and entirely deftroyed. It is de- 
 fcernible, indeed, at a greater diftance at fea and even within a quarter of 
 a Norivax mile of the continent ; but this does not render the fea unnavi- 
 o-able at'fuch a diftance; for large veflels and fmall barks fail very fecurely 
 within half a league of the ifland of Weroe. 
 
 J fhall not engage in a particular difquifition into the caufes of this Phe- 
 nomenon, but it is probable, that it does not proceed from any cavern or 
 abyfs under the water, but from its impetuous oppofition to the current of 
 the tides and the collifion of the waves. A particular account of the 
 Moskoeflrom is to be found in Clausen's and Ramus's Betreibungen von 
 Norwegen, or Defcriptions of Norway, but the latter has little more than 
 copied" the former writer ; in Ramus's Trail. Hi Ihr. Geegr. quo Ulyssem* 
 £? Out in um unum eundumque effe ojlenditur, p. 117 — 128; in Justin 1 
 Bingi Biff, de gurgite Worvagico, vulgo Moeskoejirom. -Hafnia 1741; in 
 a *" Altonaifchen
 
 Drontheim.] NORWAY. 207 
 
 Altonaifchen Poßreuter, or the Altena Gazette called the Poß-boy, for the 
 year 1751, p. 153, 155, 159, 167; in Pontoppidaris Natural Hiftory of 
 Norway; and in the Hamburg Magazine, vol. vii. p. 203, taken from the 
 Memoirs of the Sivedijh Academy of Sciences. Thefe feveral accounts I 
 have compared, and at the fame time had before me the draught in 
 Ramm's DiiTertation, and another in manufcript, which is ftill larger. 
 
 III. The Prefecture of Finmark has its particular Prefect, Regifter, and 
 inferior Judge, but the fame Provincial Judge with the Prefecture of Nord- 
 land. The inhabitants of this Prefecture fubfifl: chiefly by fifliing ; and the 
 beft falmon of any in Norway are caught in the river Tdna in this Province. 
 In fummer-time the fun continues above the Horizon of this country for 
 fome weeks. There are neither towns nor villages in Finmark, though the 
 fea-coaft is pretty well inhabited. 
 
 The Prefecture is divided into 
 
 1. Weft-Fintnark, which makes one Provoftihip, including twelve 
 churches and chapels, which are ferved by five Preachers. The extremity 
 of the ifJand Magaroe in Weß-Finmark is the moil northern head of land 
 in Europe, and is called Nord-kap or North-Cape. 
 
 2. Eaß-Finmark, which makes but one Provoftmip, in which are nine 
 churches and chapels, and three Preachers. The extreme point of the con- 
 tinent towards the North is called the Promontory of Nordkyn ; being ten 
 Norway miles diftant from Nord-kap, but not fo near the Pole as the latter. 
 
 The ifland of Wardoe lies about half a league to the Eaft of the conti- 
 nent, and is three Norway miles in circumference. It has a fecure harbour 
 defended by the ftrong caftle of Wardoe-huus, which may juftly be reckoned 
 the moft northern fortrefs in the whole world. 
 
 An
 
 2o8 NOR WAT. [Drorithcim. 
 
 '••'■■ ■ •■. : ■ . . ■ , ■ .. " ..• ■ • ■. . •. 
 
 An Kc co y,N'T . of 'the Da NT sh Mis £i o n 
 ; ''eßa^/i/he4jnt^ c Parts. . 
 
 >Tp H Efides of the* ;vaft ! cha,rti : ipif rrVotintärns called Kolen and Nord-Felfen, 
 "•* }1 ^bi^'^aVe'ti^"VÄei^Hra^Bö , ^^fe inhabited by Laplanders , who 
 äfe'cailed by th&Wörwegidtis Finfafpen 6v Lapßrmeny but Lapland, com- 
 monly To called, döeä 'nOT'eitend fö far as "thefe mountains. 
 ' ThbTe whbHiV'e" W the weftTrde^f thefe rocky mountains, belong to 
 Norway, and thofe that inhabit the eaft fide r of Them appertain to Sweden 
 and RnJJia., The Lappers in Nordland appear to be of" quite another ex- 
 traction, or, at* leaft, a different colony from the Finnen and Lappers of 
 Fhmiark. This diftiri&ion is not only bbfervable by the difference of their 
 dialect; but is ftill morevifible with regard fö their 'marriages. For, it 
 feems, the Finmark-Lappers^boirimaie all; inter-marriages with their rela- 
 tions, even in the fourth di'gxee-; r whe'reii-ihcNordländ-Lappers, before the 
 Daniß Miflion taught' them bettet;,' made riofcruple of intermixing even in 
 the firft degree of kindred, both" in the afcending and defcending lines. The 
 Finners and Eawffll 'flt^fintiirk '^Ve^'l^TOoFBFtK^rw^ mountains, 
 where, like the Norwegians;' they laboiif hard' fora fubfiftenee both by fea 
 and land, ähü^do^fäjucö^^ar^äto^ s fet^^^RaW* v H!fe? s ^Jhdefiilg Lap- 
 landers: The Ndrdtärtd-ijäpperi, ö l h "the contrary,- hVe' Both winter and fum- 
 mer in thick forefts on the mountains,' röammg^aboüt'ffonr place to place as 
 they can find pafture for their herds of Rein-deer, by which they generally 
 fubfift; fome of them being poffeffed of a thoufand or fourteen hundred 
 of thofe animals. The Rein-deer not only yield their owners milk, butter, 
 cheefe, venifon, and fkins both for traffick and cloathing, but are alfo ufed 
 to draw their fledges. Thefe Laplanders come down but very feldom, and 
 in fmall numbers into ^g^^gfa^^^^^her Norwegians:. Laftly, 
 thofe Lappers who inhab^^^^f^>^:| 1 |^|^iure of Drontheim particu- 
 larly appropriated to the^^qajjgd ' Jndhcrrcd, are much more licentious 
 and diforderly in their mai^e^"W4j5Ö^j|e jlernioned above ; and many of 
 them, efpecially fuch as have no R4in^teer%, ftroll about from village to village 
 during the whole year, and fubfift partly by begging, and partly by work- 
 ing with furriers. Others again fpend the whole fummer upon the moun- 
 tains with their families ; but, in winter, excepting a few left to take care 
 of the Rein-deer, come down into the vallies, and encamp clofe by the 
 neareft creeks, where they fet up their huts ; but, according to an ancient 
 cuftom, they often fhift their habitation. Thefe creeks are very frequent 
 
 in 
 
 4
 
 Dronthcim.] NORWAY. 209 
 
 in Norway, fome of them running ten or fifteen Norwegian miles into the 
 land, and in their courfe forming a great number of fmall bays, the fides of 
 which are ufually inhabited. But thofe only which are near the moun- 
 tains are frequented, at certain times of the year, by the Finners and Lappen 
 for the conveniency of fifhing. 
 
 Before the eftablifhment of the Daniß> MifTion, the religion of the 
 Lappers and Finners was an abfurd mixture of Paganifm and Chriftianity. 
 Before the Chriftian religion was introduced into Nordland, if they were 
 not entirely of the lame religion with the ancient Norwegian pagans, they 
 at leaft agreed with them for the moft part ; though they had fome fuperfti- 
 tious peculiarities of their own. When the country came to be governed by 
 Chriftian Sovereigns, the Lappers and Finners., in order the better to con- 
 ceal their idolatry and magic, fet them off with fome ceremonies borrowed 
 from Chriftianity, as it was then difguifed by Popery : Hence it comes to 
 pais that the lign of the crofs is fo commonly ufed among them. But 
 when at length the unfullied light of the Gofpel penetrated the gloom in 
 which theie remote parts were involved, the inhabitants became ftill more 
 induftrious to hide their idolatrous and pagan cuftoms ; and in externals, 
 even to the ufe of the facraments, affected to conform entirely to Chrifti- 
 anity. This is the lefs to be wondered at, as the main fcope and whole 
 defign of their religion is to procure temporal eafe and advantage ; for, be- 
 fore the Miflion, they had but very faint and imperfect notions of the Im- 
 mortality of the Soul, the Refurrect.ion, and a Future State. 
 
 In the year 1609, king Chri/iian IV. publifhed an Ordinance, by which 
 all Finners and Lappers convicted of magic or forcery, and lefufing to re- 
 nounce it for the future, were condemned to die*; and others, fufpected 
 on good grounds, were adjudged to be banifbed. Erick Breda/, who was 
 bifhop of Dronthcim from the year 1642 to 1672, laboured with the ut- 
 moft zeal and afiiduity in converting the Lappers and Finners to Chriftianity; 
 and poffibly it was his laudable example that incited his fuccefTors to exert 
 themlelves in the fame pious undertaking : At leaft from that time the 
 Dronthcim minifters, whole parifhes border on the mountains, have been ob- 
 ferved to intereft themlelves more in the converlion of the Finners and 
 Lappers than they did before, though, as to efientials, little has been done. 
 Ifaac Of/on, a poor perfon, from his ardent zeal for the converlion of the 
 Finners and Lappers, went among them about the beginning of this cen- 
 tury, and ipent fourteen years in great poverty and diftrefs ; however, he 
 
 This Monarch's zeal in converting thefe favages to Chriftianity is to he commended ; 
 hut the method he took to effect it was as weak as it was deteftable. The abfurdities of Po- 
 pery, which the Author juftly contemns, and the delirious frenzy of the Laplanders in their j 
 magical incantations cannot be more contrary to reafon, than to punifh thefe poor favages 
 with death for their ignorance and fuperftition. As for banifliing thefe pretended criminals, it 
 would be difficult to find a more defolate region than that in which they at prefent wanden 
 
 Vol. I. E e had
 
 2io NORWAY. [Drontheim. 
 
 had made fome proficiency in his charitable undertaking, when he was met 
 by the Miffionaries on the mountains, and taken into their fervice. 
 
 This Miffion was firft eftablifhed by the illuftrious Danijlj Monarch Fre- 
 derik IV. who in the fpring of the year 1706, fent Paid Re/in, a well qua- 
 lified perfon, to travel in Nordland, Finmark, and Lapland; who, the year 
 following, tranfmitted a full account of thofe countries. Hereupon, Biihop 
 Krog received orders to exhort his inferior clergy to be affifting in the 
 propofed Mifiicn, and to felect able perfons to carry on fo important an 
 undertaking. 
 
 The Collegium de carju Evangelii promovcndo being eftablifhed at Copen- 
 hagen on the tenth of December, 1714, the king, in 1715, fent the Mif- 
 fionaries proper inftruclions how to proceed in their expedition for the con- 
 verlion of the Fin tappers in Finmark and Lapland. The Mifiion, was ex- 
 tended alfo to thofe in Nordland and the Prefecture of Drontheim, and 
 confequently in every part of that Diocefe, in 1720. By virtue of this Ordi- 
 nance, it was immediately determined to found a Seminary for Miffionaries 
 both in Copenhagen and Drontheim. Soon after, namely, in the year 171 6, 
 M. 'Thomas von Weßen was fettled as a preacher in the Drontheim dialect, 
 with the titles of LecJor Theologian and Notarius Capituli ; and this worthy 
 Divine, in order to promote the further converfion of thofe who were in- 
 volved in the darknefs of heathenifm, chearfully undertook to go to War- 
 doehuus with two of his chaplains, or affiftants, of approved abilities. The 
 firft fcene of his labours was Ea/l-Finmark, where he was an inftrument 
 of bringing feven hundred and fifty perfons into the light of the Gofpel. 
 In Weß-Finmark his endeavours were crowned with ftill greater fuccefs, 
 the number of converts there amounting to fomething above a thoufand 
 fouls. And laftly, he returned to Drontheim through the Nordlands, fuc- 
 cefsfully deftroying the power of Satan by fowing the feeds of the Gofpel 
 wherever he came. 
 
 On the twentieth of November a royal edict was publifhed enjoining that 
 every mother-church in Norway ihould contribute two rix-dollars, and every 
 fubordinate church one rix-dollar for promoting the Million into Finmark. 
 This contribution was to commence on the firft of May, being the feaft of 
 St. Phi lip and St. jf 'antes, in the year 17 17, and to be continued every year 
 on the fame day. This was a conftant fund for the falaries of the Mif- 
 fionaries and other neceffary dilburfements, and received an augmentation 
 from his Majefty, who appropriated to that purpofe fome ecclefiaftical tithes 
 belonging to him in the Diftricf of Hegeland in the Nordlands, arifing from 
 the benefices and churches of Bronoe, Alflahoug, and Rodoe. 
 
 In 1717, the Seminary at Drontheim was quite fettled; and in 171 8, 
 M. von Weßen, accompanied by four new Miffionaries, undertook a fecond 
 journey to Finmark, where he had the fatisfadtion of finding that moft of 
 the Finlappers, both on the fea-coaft and on the mountains, continued firm 
 
 to
 
 Drontheim.] NORWAY. 211 
 
 to thofe good principles which he had inftilled into them ; and made feve- 
 ral difpofitions for their further inftruction. 
 
 In 1718, his Majefty granted to the Million the perpetuity, &c. of the 
 revenues belonging to all the benefices in Finmark, for building and endow- 
 ing churches, chapels, and fchools. 
 
 In 1720, the Million was alio extended to Nordland and the Prefecture 
 of Drontheim, and afterwards over that vaft chain of rocky mountains called 
 the Kolen ; and many important meafures were taken for the further pro- 
 moting of this laudable undertaking. 
 
 In 1722, M. von Weften drew up a complete plan of the Nordland Mif- 
 fion, which confifts or thirteen Diftricts, and are all provided at prelent 
 with churches, chapels,- tabernacles, and fchools, with a proper number 
 of Mifllonaries and Schoolmafters. The MiiTionary Diftricts are as 
 follows : 
 
 In Finmark. 
 
 1 . That of Faft-Finmark, with a Miffionary for Warangcr, Tana-, and 
 Laxefiord. 
 
 2. Porf anger in Wefl-Fimnark. 
 
 3. Alten, alfo in Wefl-Finmark. 
 
 In the Nordlands. 
 
 4. That of Skieruoe in Tromfoen. 
 
 5. Carlfoe, likewife in Tromfoen. 
 
 6. Sennien and Weß er aalen. 
 
 7. Lodingen. 
 
 8. Stegen and Bodoen. 
 
 9. Gilleskael. 
 
 10. Rahnen. 
 
 1 1 . Wefsen. 
 
 In the Prefecture of D r o n t h e i m. 
 
 12. That of Overhalden in Nummedalen. 
 
 13. hidherred. 
 
 According to the abovementioned plan, the whole bufinefs and oeco- 
 nomy of this Miffion has hitherto been conducted with the happieft con- 
 fequences ; of which a fuller and more accurate account has been given by 
 E. J. Jejfcn, in the fixth volume of the Danifchen Bibliothek, or Dani/lj 
 Library, from page 601 to 688, at the clofe of the year 1744. 
 
 E e 2 THE
 
 tv g NORWAY. [Faroe. 
 
 THE 
 
 Norwegian Islands. 
 
 BESIDES the continent which has been already defcribed, feveral 
 lar^e and fmall iflands belong to the kingdom of Norway, which re- 
 main to be taken notice of. We (hall begin with the fmalleft iflands, as 
 they lie neareft to the main land. The Of cades, or Orkneys, and the He t- 
 1 and or Shetland iflands formerly belonged to Norway: But as they have 
 fince become a part of Scotland, we fhall give an account of them in de- 
 lcribinr that kingdom. The firft in order of the Norwegian iflands are 
 
 The Iflands of Faro;. 
 In Latin Faeroce, or Infula Faerocnjes. 
 
 We have a map of thefe iflands in Debess Defcription of them. 
 
 They lie in the North-Sea, about a hundred and feventy leagues South 
 of Iceland, but fomething more to the Weft of Norway; and are twenty- 
 five in number, though but feventeen of them are inhabited. They ex- 
 tend about fifteen Norway miles in length, and ten in breadth ; and lie 
 betweeen 6i°, 15', and 62 , 10' North latitude. When the day is at the 
 o-reateft length in thefe iflands, the fun riles feven minutes after two, and fets 
 fifty-three minutes after nine. In the fhorteft. day the fun rifes here fifty- 
 three minutes after nine and fets feven minutes after two. The fummers 
 and winters are very moderate in this climate ; and as the latter are neither 
 long nor fevere, the cattle feed here in the open air all the year round. 
 However the dampnefs of the air makes the inhabitants fubjecl: to many 
 diftempers, as coughs, the fcurvy, &c. Thefe iflands are, indeed, fo many 
 folid rocks, but the furface of them is covered with earth or mould to the 
 depth of an ell * ; and this (hallow foil is fo fertile that one tun -f- of feed 
 yields above twenty tuns of corn. The paftures are excellent ; efpecially 
 for fheep, in the great flocks of which the wealth of the inhabitants con- 
 fifts : But a hard winter is very deftruclive to thefe animals, as in general 
 they run wild about the country. Here is a great plenty both of land 
 
 * The Author does not tell. us how many feet this ell confifts of 5 probably it is equal to 
 
 two feet. 
 
 + A Tun is eight Bufhels, or a Quarter of corn. 
 
 and
 
 Faroe.] NORWAY. 213 
 
 and water -fowl ; and It is naturally to be fuppofed that the inhabitants do 
 not want fifh. The commodities vended here to foreigners are falted mut- 
 ton, goofe quills, feathers and Rider down; knit woollen waftccoats, caps, 
 and ftockings ; tallow, &c . 
 
 The iflands of Faroe were difcovered and peopled in the time of Ha- 
 rald Haarfager King of Norway, and one Griemr Camban was the firft 
 perfon who built a houfe on one of thefe iflands. The Chriftian religion 
 being quite eftablifhed in Denmark about the year of Chriffc iooo, the 
 Gofpel was alfo propagated in the iflands of Faroe, which were even 
 thought worthy of a particular Bifhop ; and the ifland of Stromoe was ap- 
 pointed for his place of residence. King Chrijlian III. having eftablifhed 
 the doctrines of the Reformation in his dominions, nominated a Provoft to 
 fuperintend the affairs of religion in thefe iflands; who, to this day, is fub- 
 ordinate to the Bifhop of Seeland, and has under his jurifdiction fcven 
 Preachers or minifters, who have the care of thirty-nine churches. Thefe 
 iflands together with Iceland are under one Governor; but they have their 
 reipeftive Longman or Provincial Judge, their Land-vogt, their inferior 
 Judge, and King's Conful who fuperintends the trade carried on between 
 the Faroe iflands and Copenhagen . 
 
 As to their ecclefiaftical ftate, thefe iflands are divided into feven pa- 
 riflies. 
 
 I. The parilli of Nordroe ; to which belong the following iflands and 
 churches : 
 
 1. Videroe, an ifland of a Norway mile and a half in length, and three 
 quarters of a mile in breadth. On this ifland ftands the mother-church, 
 of which the fix churches erected on the five following iflands, are 
 members. 
 
 2. Fugloe, which lies moft to the North-Eaft among this clufter of 
 iflands. It is three-fourths of a Norway mile in length, and half a mile in 
 breadth. 
 
 3. Svino, which is about a Norway mile and a half long, and three 
 quarters of a mile broad. 
 
 4. Bordoe, which is two Norway miles in length, and has a very good 
 harbour called Klack, on the North-weft fide. Between the firft, third, 
 and fourth of thefe iflands is a fmall vortex or whirlpool. 
 
 5. Kunoe, which is fomething above one Norway mile in length, and 
 half a mile in breadth. 
 
 6. Kalfoe, which is fomething longer and broader than thofe mentioned 
 above, and has two churches. 
 
 II. The Parifh of Oesteroe is an ifland about five Norway miles in 
 length, and in fome places not above half, but at moft about one Norway 
 mile and a half in breadth. Beiides the mother-church of Nas } it contains 
 
 fix
 
 214 N .0 R W A T. ("Faroe. 
 
 fix other churches which are members of it. This ifland has two har- 
 bours, namely, Fugkjiord and Kongjhavcn : The latter is in Skaal-bay. 
 
 III. Stromoe is the largeit of all thefe iflands • being fix 'Norway 
 miles in length, and its greateft breadth is about two. It is divided into 
 two parts, or parifhes. 
 
 i. The fouth part contains 
 
 Thorjhaven, in Latin Thori portus, a fmall town with a good harbour de- 
 fended b*y a fort. This is the capital and common market of all the Faroe 
 iflands, and the refidence of the Land-vogt and the King's Conful. Here 
 is a little fchool founded by king Christian III. and improved by Cbri- 
 ftian IV. in the year 1647. On this ifland alfo ftands the mother-church, 
 of which the three following churches are members ; namely, thofe of 
 
 Kirkebce, Kalbach, and No/Joe. Kirkeboe was formerly the Bifhop's See. 
 
 Noljoe is an ifland of that name about a Norway mile in length, and a 
 mile and a half in breadth: 
 
 2. The north part contains the mother-church of Ko/de-ßord, and four 
 fubordinate churches. In this part of the ifland are the harbours of Wefl- 
 manhavn, and Halderfaiig. 
 
 IV. Waagoe is an ifland about two Norway miles in length. The mo- 
 ther-church of Midvaag ftands on a harbour of the fame name ; and three 
 other churches dependent on it, near one of which is the harbour Sor- 
 vaagt ftand on this ifland. A fourth church, that belongs to that of Mid- 
 vaag or the mother-church ftands on the ifland of Myggenas, which is 
 three quarters of a Norway mile in length, and fomething under half a 
 mile in breadth. 
 
 V. Sandoe is an ifland about two Norway miles in length and one in 
 breadth, and contains the mother-church of Sand and two others which are 
 dependent on it. On the fouth fide of this ifland are the rocks of Daljiiipen 
 and Dahßas, and a dangerous current or whirlpool, called fernen. Two 
 other churches belong to that of Sand or the mother-church, which ftand 
 on the iflands of Skuoe (which is about three quarters of a Norway mile 
 long and a quarter of a mile broad) and Store-Dimeri, which is almoft 
 round, and about one Norway mile in circumference. The latter is a rock 
 which is fo fteep and furrounded with fand-banks and a great depth of 
 water on all fides, that no place can be better fortified by Nature. The 
 flocks of fheep on this ifland run about wild, and lie in the open air all 
 the year round. Not far from Store or Great-Dimen lies Lille-Dimen, or 
 Little-Dimen. The foil of this ifland has a Angular quality, namely, that 
 white fheep being brought to feed here, in a fhort time turn black. The 
 firil appearances of this metamorphofis are black fpots on the legs, then on 
 the back, which continue to fpread till the whole fleece acquires a blackifh 
 hue. 
 
 VI. SUDEROE
 
 Iceland.] ^NORWAY. 215 
 
 VI. Suderoe is five Norway miles in length and two in its greatefl 
 breadth. It contains five churches, befides the mother-church of §>ualboe. 
 The belt harbour on this ifland is called Lobroe, being formed by the bay 
 of Vaagßord. Near the fouth extremity of the ifland, not far from Swnboe, 
 is a more rapid and dangerous current or whirlpool than the Muskoe-ßrom 
 on the coaft of Norway. In the middle of this vortex (lands a rock called 
 Sumboe-Monk. Near the village of Famoen> there is a mountain with a 
 fmall lake on the top of it, which daily ebbs and flows at the fame time 
 with the flux and reflux of the tides. 
 
 The Ifland of Iceland*, 
 In Latin Ißandia. 
 
 §. 1. 'NVT O T to mention the old maps of Iceland, a fmall one is to be 
 •^ found in Anderfon's Defcription of that ifland ; and a larger and 
 better chart, but without the names of moft places of note, nor even 
 of a Angle river, may be feen in Horrebow's Defcription of Ice/and. This 
 was drawn by fome of the King's Engineers, and completed by Cap- 
 tain Knopf'm the year 1734; but it was publifhed by M. Hvrrebow, who 
 reduced it to a fmaller fcale. According to Horrebow's map this ifland 
 lies four degrees more to the Eaft than it was placed in other maps ; 
 but it feems a little improbable, that other geographers fhculd be fo far 
 miftaken. 
 
 §. 2. Iceland lies in the great Atlantic Ocean, about a hundred and twenty 
 Norway miles diftant from Drontheitn, and fixty from Greenland. 
 
 §. 3. The pirate Nadok, who about the year 860 was wrecked on this 
 ifland, firft called it Snaland, i. e. ' Snow-land ;' but, four years afterwards, 
 one Gardar a Swede landing here, gave it the name of Gardarßjolm. Flocko, 
 a third adventurer, named it in his own language I/land, i. e. ' Iceland,' 
 from the great flakes of ice which he faw driven hither from the Ice-Sea. 
 Some authors fuppofe Ice/and to be the famous Thule of the Ancients. 
 
 §. 4. This ifland is about a hundred and twenty Norway miles in length, 
 and fifty in its greateft breadth ; but it is hardly twelve Norway miles broad 
 in the narrowell parts. 
 
 §. 5. Iceland properly confifts of a prodigious range of mountains run- 
 ning from Eafl: to Weft > on the declivities of which, and in the vallies 
 
 \ 
 * Some EngUJh Geographers write Ifland inftead of Iceland; but, I think, erroneoufly, as 
 it confounds the proper name Iceland with the apellative Ifland. 
 
 lying
 
 2i6 M . R. TV A r. [Iceland. 
 
 lying between them, the inhabitants live. Several of thefe high moun- 
 tains, which are always covered with ice and mow, are called jfockcler. 
 Here are alio fome mountains that confrft only of rocks and fand which 
 are confequently far from being fertile. But on other mountains fituated 
 near the cbaft there are levels or plains covered with verdure, of feveral 
 miles in extent, which produce fine grafs. Though Iceland is, for the moll 
 part, a mountainous country, yet there are roads practicable for a horfe in 
 every part of the ifland. Carriages were formerly ufed here, but are now 
 laid afide, as the trouble attending them was greater than the conveniency 
 that could arife from them. Every year fome hundreds of pack-horfes come 
 over the mountains from the north, to the trading places in the fouth parts 
 of the ifland : Thefe are loaded with butter, woollen manufactures, &V. 
 which they barter for other commodities. 
 
 §. 6. Earthquakes are not unfrequent in Ice/and, efpecially in the fouth parts 
 about Rangarval/e and Amefs-Sysßcr, fometimes in Gidbringe and the adjacent 
 Diftricts where they have been attended with very fatal confequences, and but 
 feldom in the weft and north parts of the ifland; by which it has been often 
 laid warte, and undergone great alterations. Thefe calamities happened chiefly 
 in the years 1734, 1752, and 1755, and feveral fpots are to be feen which 
 were defolated by fiery eruptions breaking out of the earth at thofe times. 
 Many of the yockeler or fnowy mountains have alfo gradually become Vol- 
 cano's ; and further alterations of the fame nature may probably happen 
 again in future times. Of thefe burning mountains Heckla is the beft known 
 to foreigners; and therefore I.fhall give fome account of its eruptions in 
 the fequel. The yockeler called Kotligiau -and Oeraife (which laft word in 
 general fignifies a wafte or defert) have alio of late years broke out in 
 Shaft rfietd-S\/Jel. The former had a fecond eruption in the year 1721, and 
 the latter in 1727 ; when thefe mountains, befides an inundation of melted 
 fnow and ice which poured down the (ides of them, ejected a prodigious 
 quantity of earth, fand, and ftone as far as the lea. The huge mountain 
 of Krabla, which lies in the North-Sv/Jel, on the feventeenth of May 1724, 
 began with a terrible explofion to eject fmoke, fire, cinders and ftone, 
 which was followed by an ignited ftream, like fufed metal. This Lava 
 continued flowly to flow on for a Norway mile and a half, as far as the lake 
 oi My 11 at where it emptied itfelf; and did not ceafe till the end of Septem- 
 ber 1729, when the eructations of the mountain fublided. This fiery erup- 
 tion of Krabla was foon followed by that of the adjacent mountains of 
 Leirhniukur., Biornaßag, and Hitzool. It is a common obfervation among 
 the inhabitants, that when the ice and fnow are (o accumulated on one of 
 thefe mountains which formerly ejected fire, as to ftop the clefts and chafms 
 which were the (piracies or outlets to thofe- dreadful eructations, and prevent 
 the evaporation of fmoke, flame, &c. a new eruption is not far off. In 
 1756, the Kotligiau began to eject fire and fmoke a third time. 
 
 5 §-7- Springs
 
 Iceland.] NORWAY. 217 
 
 §. 7. Springs which are naturally warm, and even hot fprings are fre- 
 quently to be met with in Iceland; and likewife waters that have a mineral 
 tafte. About mount Hecla are ieveral fmall bafonsof warm water, which 
 fometimes emit a copious fleam ; but at other times this vapour is not fo 
 vifible. Thefe hot fprings in the language of the country are called Hver, 
 and are of three forts. Some of them are little more than tepid, lb that 
 a perfon may hold his hand in the water without any inconveniency: Others 
 are fo hot as to rife in fmall bubbles like fimmering water; but in others 
 the ebullition is fo ftrong as to force the water up to a confiderable height. 
 The lad fort are obferved to be either periodical or variable in their ebulli- 
 tions. Of thefe I (hall give a more particular account in the fequel. If a 
 large ftone be thrown into one of thefe fprings it is always ejedted by the 
 return of the ebullition. The inhabitants who live near them boil their 
 victuals only by hanging a pot, in which the flefli is put in cold water, in 
 thefe hot fprings : They alio bathe in the rivulets that run from them, 
 which by degrees become lukewarm, or are cooled by rivulets of cold wa- 
 ter. If the cows drink the water of thefe fprings, they are faid to yield 
 more milk than ordinary; and it is likewife accounted very wholfome for 
 the human fpecies to drink. The Hver or hot fpring near Kryfevig emits 
 a very ftrong and fetid fulphureous vapour ; and fome of thefe fprings are 
 fo intenfely hot as to calcine bones. 
 
 §. 8. In the rocks of Icela?id cryftals are fometimes found, and many of 
 them reprefent an objedl viewed through them double ; but, properly fpeak- 
 ing, thefe are only a fpecies of 'Talc. There are alfo evident figns that the 
 mountains of Iceland contain iron, copper, and even filver ore. Near thefe 
 are found two kinds of agate, which, when lighted, burns like a candle ; a 
 fpecies of Bitumen which is black, fhining, and pretty hard ; and another 
 fort of black earth which is harder, and breaks into thin diaphanous lamina} 
 this is not inflamable, but vitrifies in the fire. 
 
 In Norder-Syßel, which lies in the Government of Huufevig, and in Gtd- 
 bringe-SyJfel near Kryfevig, fulphur is dug out of the ground, and in no other 
 part of the illand. The foil there is very warm and internally hot, and, 
 in fome places, yields fulphur in great quantities; but the fulphur trade is 
 now difcontinued. 
 
 Salt fprings are not known here ; however, fait has been found at the 
 root of the Volcano's or burning mountains. That fait might be made here 
 by art is unqueftionable, from the fuccels of former trials. 
 
 Woods are not frequent on this illand, though here and there a coppice, 
 or fmall wood, is to be feen : But it is remarkable, that great numbers 
 of fmall and large trees are driven hither by the fea, efpecially on the 
 north coaft, where, for the moft part, they lie and rot ; the inhabitants 
 having no fhipping by which they can export, or convey this wood for fale 
 among their countrymen. A great quantity of fhrubs on which grow all 
 
 Vol. I. F f fort^
 
 ■2 1 8 NORWAY. [Iceland. 
 
 forts of berries, as juniper-berries, black-berries, &c. are burnt every year 
 for charcoal, which the natives ufe in their forges. The common fuel of 
 the country is turf, fome of which has a very ftrong fulphureous fmell 5 
 and even fifh-bones are burnt in fome parts of this ifland. 
 
 Very good <*rafs not only grows in the vallies which border on the^ lakes 
 and rivers, but alfo in the hollows betwixt the mountains, and fometimes 
 even on the fummits of the latter. The fineft paftures are in the northern 
 parts of the ifland, where the grafs fprings up very faft, and to a great 
 height. The cattle are generally driven amongft the mountains to graze, 
 where they find good pafture ; but the grafs that grows near the habita- 
 tions of the Icelanders is referved for winter-fodder. 
 
 Here is alfo a plentiful variety of falubrious and medicinal herbs, as 
 fcurvy-^rafs, fampire, angelica, which is much ufed by the inhabitants, 
 and Berg-grafs, in Latin Mufcus catharticus Iflandice. The laft is a kind 
 of odoriferous mofs and is very nourifhing j and great quantities of it are 
 laid up by the inhabitants for occafional ufe. Hitherto very few efculent 
 vegetables have been cultivated in Iceland; but as all kind of culinary herbs 
 thrive in the gardens at Bejfeflader and thofe of the epifcopal palaces, it is 
 probable, that with proper culture, they would alfo grow in moft parts of 
 the ifland. 
 
 The Icelanders are entirely difcouraged from purfuing agriculture, as 
 thev have not yet been able to bring any corn to maturity in this foil ; and 
 yet'fome parts of the ifland is known by feveral evident traces to have been 
 cultivated in former times. 
 
 Bread is but little known here among the commonalty, who make fhift 
 to live on dried fifh and flefh, without it. For though a large quantity of 
 meal and bread is imported every year into the harbours of Iceland, the 
 lower clafs of people can purchale but little or none of it ; the price being 
 adapted only to the more wealthy fort. The Icelanders, however, make a 
 kind of meal and bread of a fort of wild barley, which grows chiefly in 
 Skaftefield-Sy/fel ; and in times of fcarcity they have recourfe to a certain 
 fea-vegetable, called in the Iceland language Saul or Sol, and in Latin Alga 
 marina Saccarifera, which is dried before the fire, and fold at half the price 
 of dried fifh. The cattle are obferved to feed on this fea-weed at low- 
 water, and to prefer it to any other marine vegetables. 
 
 §. 9. Bears are frequently driven on this ifland along with the large flakes 
 of ice from Greenland. But the inhabitants are fo vigilant and dextrous in 
 deftroying them, that the only fpecies of wild beafts to be feen in Iceland 
 are foxes, which are either brown or white. 
 
 The horfes here, as in all other northern Countries, are fmall, but ftrong 
 and full of mettle, and, excepting thofe that are broke for the faddle, lie 
 in the open air all the year round. In winter they fubfift only on what 
 fodder they can fcrape from under the ice and fnow. Such horfes as the 
 
 owners
 
 Iceland.] N R IF A T. 
 
 owners have no immediate occafion for are turned out among the mountains, 
 where they go in queft of them when they are wanted ; and every one 
 knows his own horfes hy certain marks. 
 
 Great numbers of fheep are to be feen in Iceland; and in thofe parts 
 where graziery is the chief occupation of the inhabitants, it is not uncom- 
 mon for a man to be mafter of a flock of three, four, or five hundred fheep. 
 In the winter feafon thev drive their flocks to fhelter at night ; and, in very 
 fevere weather, they keep them in the cotes alfo in the day-time. The 
 grazing countries lie moftly in the northern and eaftern parts of the ifland. 
 The inhabitants of the fouthern are moftly employed in fifhing, aud leave 
 their flocks abroad both fummer and winter. Nature feems to have pro- 
 vided a fhelter for the fheep in thofe parts ; there being large caves in the 
 earth, into which thefe animals are fure to retire in fevere weather. In 
 winter, when the fnow is not very deep, and the weather inclinable to be 
 fair and mild, the fheep are turned out to pick out what they can find 
 under the fnow. If thefe animals happen to be furprifed at fuch times by a 
 great fnow, they immediately form themfelves into a clofe, compact body, 
 by laying their heads together in the centre. In this pofture they are quite 
 covered with the fnow, and fometimes are lb benummed with cold, as not 
 to be able to help themfelves, till their owner happens to find them, and 
 clears their way out. This is often a work of fome days ; and many times 
 the weight of the incumbent fnow is fo great, that the flieep are crufhed to 
 pieces by it before they can be relieved. In the extremity of hunger, when 
 they pafs fome days in fuch a wretched fituation, thefe animals have been 
 known to eat one another's wool ; but this is apt to diforder them very 
 much. On thefe accounts, upon any apprehenfions of bad weather, the 
 inhabitants carefully keep their flocks at home. The wool on the furface 
 of the fleeces is very coarfe, but that which grows near the bodies of the 
 Iceland fheep is fomething finer. Thofe writers are miftaken who tell us 
 that all the flieep in this ifland have horns : Some few of them, indeed, 
 have been feen with five, and fome with four horns; but they commonly 
 have but two as in other countries. As for goats, here is no great number 
 of them. Even fome of the Iceland oxen and cows have no horns; and, 
 in the fouthern parts, they are fed with fifh-bones and the water in which 
 the fifh was boiled. Here are no hogs. As for domeftic animals, a fuffi- 
 cient number of dogs, and but very few cats are to be feen on this ifland. 
 
 §. 10. The keeping of poultry and other tame fowl is fo expenfive, that 
 very few of them are feen here : But plenty of fwans, wild geefe and ducks, 
 among which may alio be reckoned the Eider (the eggs and feathers of 
 which are fo much valued) fnipes, woodcocks, &c. are to be met with in 
 Iceland. At certain times an incredible number of eggs of fea-fowl, which 
 the inhabitants are very fond of, are found along the lea-coaft. The birds 
 
 F f 2 of 
 
 219
 
 22Q NORWAY. [Iceland. 
 
 of prey on this ifland are the eagle, hawk, raven, and falcon. Some of 
 the lafl are entirely white; others are partly of that colour; and others 
 are brown. Theie are accounted the beft falcons in Europe. In every Di- 
 ftricl: there are certain falconers, who alone are impowered to catch falcons. 
 Thefe they carry to the King's falconry at BeJJeßader, where the' King's 
 falconer, who vifits that place every year, picks out the beft. Then the 
 Governor of Iceland pays the falconers fifteen rix-dollars for every white 
 falcon, ten for one that it is partly white, and feven for a brown falcon. 
 Befides this, the falconers receive a gratuity of five or fix rix-dollars when 
 they firft bring them in. 
 
 §. ii. The rivers, lakes, and bays, with the other parts of the fea, fup- 
 ply the Icelanders with prodigious quantities of various kinds of filh. 
 
 §. 1 2. They have always a fhort fpring and autumn in Iceland before and 
 after the fummer feafon. The cold is fevere in winter, and the heat is very in- 
 tenfe in fummer ; but neither of them is infupportable. During the fhorteft 
 days in winter, the fun in the north part of the ifland is fcarce vifible for 
 an hour above the Horizon ; but in the fouth part, it is feen for above three 
 hours. In the middle of fummer the fun is not much above three hours 
 below the Horizon ; fo that the nights, if I may call them fo, are very 
 bright and luminous. The air in this climate is falubrious, and agrees very 
 well with foreigners as well as the natives. 
 
 §.13. The Icelanders are naturally of a robuft and vigorous conftitution ; 
 but are debilitated by the continual fatigues and hardfhips they undergo at 
 lea in their filheries; fo that about the fiftieth year of their age they are 
 generally afflicted with various diftempers, efpecially thofe of the breaft and 
 lungs : Hence very few of them reach to an advanced age. The Iceland 
 women are not inferior to the men either in hardinefs or ftrength *, In 
 cafe of ficknefs the Icelanders entirely refign themfelves to Nature and Pro- 
 vidence ; for there is not one phyfician or furgeon on the whole ifland. 
 There are, indeed, fome few perfons who keep medicines by them, with 
 which they are fupplied from Denmark ; but they are not very well ac- 
 quainted with the virtues of thofe medicines, or the method of admini- 
 ftering them. 
 
 The ufual food of the inhabitants of this ifland is frefh and dried filh, 
 milk, oatmeal, and flcfb; but they chiefly live on dried fifh drefied with 
 butter. It is remarkable that they eat all their provifions without any fait. 
 Their common drink is milk, which they drink by itfelf when fweet ; but 
 mix water with it when it turns four. They are very fond of beer and fpiri- 
 
 * The author fays that the women are not fo robuft and ftrong as the men ; hut this is 
 no more than what is obferved in every part of the world, fo that the obfervation is very 
 trifling and impertinent. I therefore look upon it as an error of the preis, and have rendered 
 the fentence in a different fenfe. 
 
 tuous
 
 Iceland.] NORWAY. 
 
 tuous liquors ; and the mod wealthy among the inhabitants fometimes 
 purchafe red and white French wines. 
 
 The Icelanders wifely content themfelves with what apparel their own 
 country furnifhes. The cloth which they wear is called JVadmal; belides 
 which, they alfo ufe a garment of coarfe linen. Some of the gentry affect 
 to appear in cloths and fluffs made in Denmark, though a ftuff-manufaclorv 
 has been lately fet up at Beßeßader. Their fifhing drefs is made with un- 
 tanned leather, which is kept pliable by being rubbed with fifhes livers. 
 
 As they are obliged to buy their timber of the Company eftablifhed 
 here *, they build their houfes as cheap as poffible ; fo that they are neither 
 very commodious nor hanfome. 
 
 The occupations of the Icelanders are chiefly fifhing and grazing ; and 
 when they are not engaged in either of thefe, especially in winter, the men, 
 women, and children are employed in knitting woollen waiflcoats, {lock- 
 ings, gloves, &c. and in weaving Wad-mal, or Iceland cloth. Their looms, 
 indeed, are but very indifferent, but thofe made in Denmark now begin to 
 be introduced among them. 
 
 §. 14. As to the commerce of Iceland, the following particulars are to be 
 obferved. In former times the Hamburgers, Bremeners, and the Dutch 
 ufed to come hither to traffick. King Chrißian IV. deprived foreigners of 
 this advantage in the year 1602, and erected at Copenhagen a Company for 
 the Iceland trade, on which he conferred many advantageous privileges ; 
 but in 1662, this Company was diffolved. Some time after a fociety divided 
 the ifland into four parts and farmed it ; and fince the year 1684, the Ice- 
 land trade has continued on that footing. In 1733, the Companv that 
 farms it was eftablifhed by a royal charter and fliled the Iceland Company 
 of Copenhagen. This Company every year fends twenty-three fhips with 
 their factors and fub-fa&ors to all the ports on the ifland. The ports or 
 harbours are divided into Fifh and Flefh-Ports : The former are fourteen 
 in number and lie on the fouth-weft fide, and the latter are but eight and 
 lie on the north and eafl parts of the ifland. Here are alfo fome ports, 
 from which both fifh and flefh are exported. The Icelanders either barter 
 their commodities for thofe of Denmark, or receive readv money for them 
 in Danißo crowns and dollars in proportion to the hand-tax, or rate fettled 
 by the King's Ordinance. The cattle are delivered to the factors at the 
 Flefh-Ports about the latter end of Auguft ; and in the Fifh-Ports the 
 factors purchafe all the found dried cod and ling, and train-oil, according 
 to the fixt rate. 
 
 Accompts are kept here, and all calculations made by Fißxs .* A Fißj 
 (which is properly two pounds of fifh) being a Lub-Schelling; and conie- 
 quently forty-eight Fijhes are equal to a Specie-Dollar -f, and thirty to a 
 
 * See Introduflion to Denmark, p. 75. 
 
 + A Specie-Dollar is about four {hillings and fix-pence fterling. 
 
 Danißt 
 
 221
 
 222 NORWAY. [Iceland. 
 
 Danijh Crown. Danißj marks at eight Lub-Schellings are fometimes cur- 
 rent here, and alfo, though feldom, tour Lub-Schelling pieces. A quarter 
 of a Specie-Dollar, which is equal to twelve Fifloes, is the fmalleft piece of 
 money current in Iceland-, fo that any balance under this not being payable 
 in money, is made up in fifh or tobacco, the latter being fold at the rate 
 of an ell for a Fiß. 
 
 The exports from hence are chiefly dried fifh, falted mutton j a good 
 deal of beef, butter, and train-oil ; a great quantity of tallow ; coarfe and 
 fine jackets of Wadmal, woollen ftockings and gloves, red wool, fheep- 
 ikins and lamb-fkins, fox-tails of feveral colours, feathers, and quills. The 
 imports to Iceland are chiefly iron, horfefhoes, timber, meal, bread, brandy, 
 wine, tobacco, coarfe linen, a few filk fluffs, and domeftic utenfils. In 
 the year 175 1, in order to enable the Icelanders to improve their manufac- 
 tures and to promote trade and commerce, king Frederick V. bellowed on 
 them a bounty of 10,000 rix-dollars, befides a loan of 5000 more. 
 
 §. 15. That the Icelanders are not wanting in mental endowments, evi- 
 dently appears from the feveral learned men and ingenious artifts that this 
 illand has produced. Several of their authors have written very elegant 
 and accurate diflertations relating to the Northern Hiftory, which contri- 
 bute much towards the clearing up the hiftory of Denmark and Norway. 
 Among thefe, the celebrated hiftorian Thornwdus Torf aus, a native of Ice- 
 land, has by means of fome ancient Iceland chronicles, thrown a great light 
 upon the Northern Hiftory. The Icelanders began to cultivate the ftudy of 
 Letters fo early as the year 1 130, which was about two hundred and forty 
 years after that ifland was firft inhabited by a colony from Nordland. The 
 moft ancient among them, whofe works are extant, are the celebrated 
 Satnund Frode and Are Frode. 'John Mathiafon, a native of Sweden, was 
 the firft who fet up a printing-prefs in this illand in the year 1 530, or 1 53 1. 
 In every epifcopal See there is a public Lathi fchool erected as a feminary 
 for the clergy ; and fome of the fcholars, after having gone through all the 
 clafTes, are lent to the Univerfity at Copenhagen. 
 
 Th Iceland dialect is the fame with the old Norwegian language, though 
 at prefent it is not quite pure and uncorrupted ; however, what they ftill 
 retain of the ancient Norwegian language is of great ufe to inveftigate the 
 etymologies, &c. of the feveral Northern dialeds. 
 
 16. Lutherenijm is the only religion tolerated in Iceland. The churches 
 of the Eaft, South, and Weft-Quarters are under the jurifdichon of the 
 Bifhop of Skaalkolt ; and thofe of the North-Quarter are fubjecl: to the Bi- 
 ihop of Hoolutn. The Iceland Bifhops cultivate the eftates annexed to their 
 refpeclive Sees; and the annual produce of them is about two thoufand rix- 
 dollars. Out of thefe revenues a ftated fum is appropriated to the Reclors 
 and afliftants of the fchool, and the Preachers or Minifters of die cathe- 
 dral. A certain number of fcholars arc lodged and cloathed, and the Bi* 
 •? fhop's
 
 J 
 
 Iceland.] NORWAY. 22- 
 
 fliop's palace, &c. mult alio be kept in good repair out of the lame reve- 
 nues. After thefe feveral deductions the remainder is the Bifhop't, income. 
 Some of the Preachers or Minifters are liberally provided for, others but 
 indifferently, and many of them very fcantily. Among the latter the cer- 
 tain income of not a few is but four rix-dollars a year *. 
 
 §. 17. As to the hiftorical particulars relating to this ifland; it owes its 
 being firft peopled to the tyranny of Harald Pulchricomus King of Norway, 
 which occafioned feveral perfons of note to quit Norway and feek for a new 
 habitation. Among thefe were particularly two Nordland Gentlemen, called 
 Ingulf and Hiorleif, who firft landed on this ifland in the year 870 ; and 
 about four years after returned and fettled here, together with their fami- 
 lies and dependants : And the places where thefe two families fixed their 
 habitations ftill retain the names of their firft proprietors. Ingulf found the 
 country quite a defolate wafte, and full of thick woods and forefb, but 
 not without fome marks of its having been frequented by men before that 
 time. 
 
 About the middle of the tenth century, or very foon after that period, the 
 light of the Gofpel began to dawn on this ifland ; but it was not till half a 
 century after, namely, the year 1000, that proper meafures were taken 
 here for the public eftablifhment of the Chriftian Religion. In the year 
 1057, the cathedral church at Skaalholt was built by Ißef, the firft Bifhop 
 ofthat See, together with a public fchool. In the year 1 106, Hoolum was 
 erected into an epifcopal See, where a cathedral and a fchool were alfo 
 built. The Icelanders had been under an Ariftocratical government for 
 about three hundred and eighty-feven years ; but in the year 1261, they 
 voluntarily made an offer of their ifland to Haquin king of Norway, and 
 continued loyal fubjecls to the kings of Norway his fucceffors, till, in 1387, 
 Iceland, as a part of Norway, devolved to the Crown of Denmark, to which 
 they have remained in fubjection to this day. The Reformation occafioned 
 many tumults and infurreclions from the year 1539 to the year 1551, when 
 it was happily eftablifhed in Iceland. In the year 1627, fome Aigerine pi- 
 rates furprifed the ifland, and, after having committed the moft fhocking 
 cruelties and barbarities, carried off two hundred and forty-two men as flaves. 
 In 1687, other Turki/h pirates alfo landed here, and committed great ra- 
 vages and devaluations. 
 
 §. 18. The fecular government of this ifland is lodged in the Stiftamt- 
 man or General-Governor of Iceland and Faroe, who ufually refides at Co- 
 penhagen, and deputes under him an Amtman or Prefect: who lives in the 
 King's palace at Bejfeßader. Here is alio a Land-vogt or Collector on this 
 ifland who levies all the King's revenues, for which he pafles his accounts 
 with the Refit-Chamber or Treafury. The Landvogt formerly ufed to live 
 
 * About eighteen {hillings fterling. 
 
 in
 
 224 NORWAY. [Iceland. 
 
 in apartments at Bejjcßader ; but he now refides in Widoe-kloßer. The le- 
 venues of Iceland arife, 
 
 i. From the farms of the ports or harbours, which amount yearly to 
 fomething above 16,000 rix-dollars. 
 
 2. From the taxes and tithes, which according to the cuftom-of the 
 country are accounted for in Fijhes, and farmed to private perfons. 
 
 3. From the farmers of the fequeftered convents and crown-lands. 
 
 4. From the King's boats. 
 
 5. The hundred and thirty-eight ells and a half of Wadmal or Iceland 
 cloth, and eight hundred and ninety-two pairs of ftockings to be delivered 
 in annually by every Syjfel ; and likewife a hundred and feventy-two pounds 
 of filh payable by fome Syßels. 
 
 Here are two Laug-mamier or Superior Judges, one of whom prefides 
 over the South and Eaft-Quarters, and the other over the North and Weft- 
 Quarters of this ifland. Each of thefe has ufually under him a deputy 
 Laugmann or inferior judge. Laftly, here are one-and-twenty Syßelmanner, 
 who are a kind of inferior officers like the Hardes-vogtey in Denmark, and 
 alio levy the King's revenues as they are farmed in their refpedive Syßels, 
 or Diftrids. There are eighteen SyJJ'els or Diftrids in Iceland; and as the 
 Syßels of Mule and Skaßeßeld in the eaftern part of the ifland are larger 
 than the reft, each of them has two Syßelmanner : There is alfo another 
 SvJJ'elmann on the Weßman iflands. Every Syßelmann holds feveral Courts 
 of Judicature, to which belong certain Didrids. An appeal lies from thefe 
 to the Laugericht or Provincial Court, which is held yearly at Oexeraae, and 
 begins on the eighth day of July. Every Laugman or Superior Judge de- 
 termines the caufes belonging to his Diftrid, and has eight Laugericht- 
 manner for his affiftants. The Supreme Court on this ifland is alfo held at 
 the fame time and place, in which the, Amtmann or Prefed affifted by twelve 
 Laugemanner fits as prefident. If the caufe amount to a certain fum fpe- 
 cified by the laws of Norway, an appeal lies from this Court to the Su- 
 preme Court at Copenhagen. 
 
 §. 1 9. For the regulation of ecclefiaftical affairs, here is, firft, the Pro- 
 voft-Court, confifting of the Provoft and two affiftants. The next is the 
 Confiftory, which is alfo held at Oexeraae for the Diocefe of Skaalholt at 
 the fame time with the Civil Courts. In this Confiftory the Amtmann or 
 Prefed as the reprefentative of the Stift-amtmann or Governor, fits as pre- 
 fident ; the Provofts and Minifters, and even the Bifhop himfelf, being 
 only affiftants. In the Diocefe of Hoolum the Confiftory is held in autumn 
 at a feat called Flige Myre, where the Amtmann or Prefed deputes another 
 to reprefent him as Prefident. From the Confiftory an appeal lies to the 
 Supreme Court at Copenhagen. 
 
 §. 20. The capital punifhments inflided on male criminals in Iceland 
 are, beheading with an ax, and hanging to a wooden beam fixt in the cleft 
 
 of
 
 Iceland.] .NORWAY. 22$ 
 
 of a rock; but females who have forfeited their life to juftice are firft put 
 in a fack and then drowned. 
 
 §. 21. Before I proceed to give a particular account of the four Quarters 
 and remarkable places of this ifland, I (hall add the following general obfer- 
 vations concerning the nature of the foil, and the inhabitants. The middle 
 of the ifland is not inhabited ; the people living in the vallies, which lead 
 to the lakes and extend themfelves on each fide of them. Thefe vallies 
 near the mountains are four or five Norway miles broad ; and are properly 
 the Svffels, to which other fmall vallies among the mountains where good 
 paftures are found, alfo belong. From the mountains feveral brooks and 
 rivers, in which are excellent fifh, run into the vallies. 
 
 Of thefe rivers the moft remarkable in the North-Quarter are 
 
 The Hruuta-ßardar-aa, which runs into the fea in the North -Quarter, 
 and feparates it from the Weft-Quarter. 
 
 The Blandaa in Hunavatns-Syflel, which is one of the milky rivers, 
 as they are called from the chalky particles with which they are im- 
 pregnated. 
 
 Hierads-Votn in Skagafiardar-Syjfel : This is the largeft river in this 
 Quarter, and petrefies wood when fteeped in it for fome time. 
 
 The Jokul/aa i Axarfirdi. 
 
 The Laxaa. 
 
 The Skiaalfandafliot, and 
 
 The Hinooß-aa. 
 
 In the Eaft-Quarter are the following rivers. 
 
 The Lagarfliort, a large river which empties itfelf into the fea in this 
 Quarter. This river is much talked of for a prodigious fea-ferpent, of 
 which, according to many fabulous ftories, it was formerly the haunt. 
 
 The Jokul/aa a Br -eydamcrkur- fände ', over which there is a bridge of a 
 prodigious height, built from one rock to another. 
 
 The Jokul/aa in Loom. 
 
 The Homaßardarßioot, which at the mouth of it is a Norway mile and a 
 half in breadth, and Jokul/aa a Soolheimajande, which divides the Eaft from 
 the South-Quarter. Thefe rivers emit fetid fulphureous vapours, which 
 may be fmelled at the diftance of a Norway mile. 
 
 In the South-Quarter the following rivers empty themfelves into the 
 fea. 
 
 The Markflioot. 
 
 The Thioor/aa. 
 
 Two rivers called Hititaa, which are both milky rivers, as they are 
 called. 
 
 In the Weft-Quarter the only river of note is the Kalldaloon. 
 
 The number of inhabitants iri Iceland is, accordihg to an authentic com-' 
 putation, about fifty thoufand. There are no towns, properly fo called, on 
 
 Vol. I. G g this
 
 526 NORWAY. [Iceland. 
 
 this ifland : However, the houfes of the Iceland Company at the two-and- 
 twenty ports or harbours, and of which there are three or four at each 
 harbour, are dignified with the appellation of towns j though they are only 
 Trading Places, by which name we fhall call them in the fequel. There 
 are even no villages in Iceland j all the houfes being built feparate from 
 each other. But, as many of thefe are compofed of twenty, thirty, or fome- 
 times fifty fmall dwellings, they have fomething of the appearance of vil- 
 lages. The whole illand is, in every Part or Quarter, fubdivided into pa- 
 rifhes. 
 
 §. 22. Iceland, according to the general divifion, confifts of four Quar- 
 ters, which derive their names from the four Cardinal points towards which 
 they lie : This divifion is caufed by fo many ridges of mountains that fepa- 
 pate the Quarters from each other. The North-Quarter conftitutes the 
 Diocefe of Hoolum, which contains a hundred and forty churches. The 
 other three Quarters are included in the Diocefe of Skaalholt, to which be- 
 long a hundred and fixty-three churches. 
 
 1. Nordlendinga-Fiordung *, [Nordre-Flerdlng,] or the North- 
 Quarter, confifts of four SyJI'eh, or Diftricts, which are, 
 
 i. Hunavatns-Syjfel, containing 
 
 Skage/lrand, a Trading Place, and Flefh-Port ; and 
 
 Tbijng-eyar [Thing-eyre] a fecularized convent. 
 
 2. Hegranes or Skagaßardar-Syjel t in which are the following places of 
 note. 
 
 Skaglnn, [Skaagen,] a noted cape, or promontory. 
 
 Skagafiordur or Hojs-os, a Trading Place, and Flefh-Port. 
 
 Hohim or Hootum, [Hoolar] an epifcopal See, with a cathedral. A fchool 
 is opened here during the winter feafon, which was founded by yonas Aug- 
 mundfon, the firft Bifhop of this See, about the year no6, and lince im- 
 proved by king Chrifiian III. Here is alfo a printing-houfe, in which fe- 
 veral good books have been printed. 
 
 Reinenefzfladir, [Relnejlad] a fequeftered Convent, which was built 
 about the year 1298. 
 
 Hc/s-Jokul, a jfockeler, or mountain covered with ice and fnow, fituated 
 in the middle of the illand; and Tindafiool near Skagafiord bay, where 
 agates and cryftals have been found. 
 
 3. Vadla-SyJJ'el, [Vodle or Oeflords-SyfeL] Remarkable places in this 
 DiftricT: are 
 
 Flothorn, a head of land, or promontory. 
 
 Wodru-Vellur, [Modre-Felle,] and Mimka Tweraa, which are fecularized 
 convents. 
 
 * The names firft mentioned arc the luland names of places, and thofe included in 
 «rotchets are the Daniß names, 
 
 5 £.> ,<J -
 
 Iceland.] NORWAY. 227 
 
 E\afiordur, a Trading Place, and fine Flefh-Port. 
 
 4. Thijng-Eyar [Tlmigoe or Nordre Syjef.] Places of note in this Di- 
 ftricl are 
 
 Raudignupur, or Rode-nefs, a cape or promontory. 
 
 The ifland of Flat-Ey. 
 
 Hunfa-Vijks, [Hufcvigs,] a Trading Place and Flefli-Port. 
 
 Krabla, a Volcano or burning-mountain, of which an account lias been 
 given above in §. 6. 
 
 Three other mountains, which have begun to eject fire fince Krabla, viz. 
 
 1. Leirhniukur, which lies about half a Norway mile to the North-weft of 
 Krabla, and had its firfl eruption on the eleventh of "January 1725. 
 
 2. Biarnaflag, which became a Volcano on the nineteenth of April'*-. 
 
 3. Hitzool, which ftands near Leirhniukur. 
 
 The lake of My-vatn, in Latin Lacus tabanorum, fo called from the 
 immenfe multitudes of gnats which fwarm over it, lies about a Norway 
 mile and a half from Krabla, whofe Lava or fiery ftream at the time of 
 the eruption of that mountain ran into this lake. Its circumference is 
 about fix Norway miles, and extends through two parifhes which are fi- 
 tuated on its banks. In this lake is found a fmooth, beautiful black ftone 
 of an uncommon hardnefs. 
 
 Near Reyker -harbour in this Diftrictare three hotfprings, about thirty fa- 
 thoms diftant from each other. They bubble up alternately; and this 
 ebullition generally happens in each of them about three times in a quarter 
 of an hour. Though thefe wells lie in a plain, they fpring from a hard 
 ftony bottom. Two of them eject the water from the interfaces between 
 the ftones about an ell high ; but in the bottom of the third there is a round 
 aperture, through which, in its turn» it throws the water five or fix ells in 
 height. After this it fubfides about two ells ; and one may go down and 
 take a furvey of this wonderful fpring during that interval. Its ebullition 
 has three gradations. During the firft, the water rifes half way up the ca- 
 vity; afterwards it fills to the top; and, in the laft place, it fhoots up to 
 the abovementioned height. When the water is fubfiding, it abforbs any 
 light fubftance or a piece of wood j but at the return of the ebullition, it 
 ejects even heavy flones that are thrown into it. 
 
 II. Austfirdinga-Fiordung, [Oe/lre-Fierding,] or the East-Quar- 
 ter confifts of two Syjftls or Diftridts each of which has its Syjfelman. 
 
 1. Muh-SyjJ'el, which on account of its large extent is divided into the 
 North, Middle, and South-Parts, contains the following places of note. 
 
 Cape Laanganes, i. e. ' The Long Cape,' near which is a very dange- 
 rous current or vortex in the fea. 
 
 * I fuppofe in the year 1725, as above. 
 
 G g 2 Außur-
 
 2 28 NORWAY. [Iceland. 
 
 Außurhorn and lngolßofdi, two places fo called from the firft inhabitants 
 of the ifland % 
 
 Vopnafiordar, \Wapnefiord,~\ Reydarfiordur, [Rode/lord,] and Bcreßordur, 
 [Be?rßord,] are Trading Places and Flefh-Ports. 
 
 The fequeftered convent of Skrida [Skreide.] 
 
 The hot Baths in the valley of Rafnkelj-dalur. 
 
 The ifland of Pap-Ey, which is inhabited. 
 
 2. Skaptafclls \Skafte or Skajtefields\ Syjjfel is divided into Eafl and Weft 
 SkaptaJell-SyJ/el, and contains the following places of note : 
 
 A cape or promontory called Wtßre-horn. 
 
 The Jockeler or fnowy mountains of Knava Felle, Brei da Merkul, Saptaa, 
 Skeideraa, Oeraife, and Kotligiaa (the two laft of which made fiery erup- 
 tions in 1721 and 1728, as was taken notice of above) and 'Torva. 
 
 The fecularifed convent of Kyrkinbae, [Klrkebay,] and < Thykvabae y 
 [Tyckcbay.] 
 
 III. Sunnlendinga-Fiordung, [Syd-Fierding,] or the South-Quar- 
 ter contains fix SyJJ'els, which are 
 
 1. Raangaarvalla-Syffel, [Rangervalle-Syftl,] in which are the 'Jockeler 
 or ice-mountain of Eya-fialla, [Eye-Jielle,] and the burning ice-mountain 
 Hekla, which is the moft famous of all the Iceland Volcano's. It takes up 
 four hours to afcend from the foot of this mountain to the fummit of it. 
 On the North-weft fide is a vaft chafm reaching from the top almoft to 
 the root of the mountain. Its eruptions happened in the following years, 
 namely, 1104, 1 1 57, 1222, 1300, 1341, 1362, 1389, 1558, 1636 and 
 1693. But the laft dreadful eruption was attended with terrible devafta- 
 tions ; the afhes flying all round this Volcano to the diftance of thirty Nor- 
 way miles •+• at leaft. But fince diat time mount Hekla has been free from 
 eruptions. It was remarkable that whilft flames and ignited matter iflued 
 from one fide of the mountain, the huge mafles of ice and fnow with which 
 it was covered on the other were not melted, though the heat was fo intenfe 
 as to calcine large ftones and other fubftances. Near mount Hekla, and 
 not far from the manfion-houfe of Fellfmula is a deep lake, the bed of 
 which is an excavated rock, wherein fome aquatic animals of a very unr 
 common form are to be feen in clear weather. 
 
 2. Arne-Syjfel, [Amne-SyJ/el,] in which are, 
 
 Skaalholt, an epifcopal See with a cathedral and fchool. The latter was 
 founded by I/lief the firft Bifhop of this Diocefe in 1057; ant * king Chri- 
 ßian III. beftowed confiderable benefactions on it. 
 
 Ey rar backe, [Orebacke,] a Fifh and Flefh-Port. 
 
 Tbing-valla-Fatn, the largeft lake in Iceland, being eight or nine Nor- 
 way miles in circumference. 
 
 * See Section 17. t About a hundred and eighty Enghjh miles, Crtdrt Judaus, &c. 
 
 Oexeraa,
 
 Iceland.] NORWAY. 229 
 
 Ocxeraa, which is fituated on the bank of the above lake. Here the 
 General or Provincial Court called Ai-Hhing is held. This Court was in- 
 ftituted fo early as the year 030, and ufcd to fit in the open air, till Chri- 
 jlian VI. ordered a commodious timber building to be erected for that 
 purpofe. 
 
 In this Difirivft are alfo feveral hot Baths, among which the mod famous 
 is Rykia-Laug in Lnugar-dalur, or ' The Bath-Valley.' The inhabitants 
 of the louth, ealt, and north parts of this illand were baptized in this bath 
 in the tenth century. 
 
 Geyjer, a wonderful fpring in the valley of Hankadal, but few miles from 
 Skaalbolt. This fpring rifes in a hollow rock at the foot of a mountain. 
 According to M. Olav's Defcription of this fpring, who faw it in the year 
 1746, it is a cavity in a rock about twenty fathoms in circumference, and 
 three in depth. There is a fmall aperture at the bottom, through which 
 the water gradually rifes till it runs over the bafon ; then follows a terrible 
 noife, like the difcharge of fmall arms, which (bakes the very rock. After 
 this noife has been repeated four or five times the water, which is hot, 
 emits a thick fleam like fmoke, is violently agitated, and fprings up to 
 the height of fixty fathoms, in fuch quantities as to form feveral hot rivulet3 
 on every fide of the rock. The riling and violent agitation of the water 
 ceafes in fix or feven minutes, and the cavity or bafon becomes empty. 
 This furprifing phenomenon happens once a day, and is periodical, return- 
 ing at a certain hour : But whether the agitations of this fpring cor- 
 refpond with the tides in the neighbouring fea, has not yet been deter- 
 mined. 
 
 Ingolfs-Fell, a hill or eminence, on the top of which Ingolf the firft in- 
 habitant of this ifiand, was buried. 
 
 The Jockeler or ice-mountain of Geitland or Erick. 
 
 3. Gullbringu-Syjfel, [Gu/bringe-SyJ/c/,] in which the remarkable places 
 are, 
 
 The Trading Places and Fifh-Ports of Grindavijk [Grindevig,] Baats- 
 endar [Botfand,] Kefla-vijk [Rieble-vig,] Hafnar-ßordur [Hafnejiord,~\ and 
 Hoolmurinn [Ho/men.] 
 
 The large promontory of Reykanes, i. e. c The Reeking-Promontory,* 
 fo called from its hot Baths, Reyk-hola-Lang and Reyk-hola-Hver. In the 
 latter all forts of flefh are boiled in a very fhort fpace of time. 
 
 Krufevig, a mountain abounding in fulphur. 
 
 Bejjä-ßader, [Ba/fe-ßed,] the refidence of the king's Amtman or Prefect. 
 The Latitude of this place is fixty-four degrees iix minutes. Here is a 
 woollen manufactory with a fulling-mill belonging to it. 
 
 Videy, or Vidoe, an ifland on which ftands a fequeftered convent. The 
 revenues of it is chiefly applied to the fupport of twelve poor men who are 
 paft labour. The Land-vogt, at prefent, refides in this place. 
 
 4: Kjoofar-
 
 2 3 o NORWAY. [Iceland. 
 
 4. Kjoofar-Syßl [Kiofe-Syfel] is the fmalleft of all the Diftricts in this 
 Quarter. 
 
 5. Borgar-ßardar-Syßel, [Borge-ßords-S)ßel.] In this Diftricf are 
 
 The celebrated warm Baths of Reykollts-Laugar, in the valley of North- 
 Reykiadal, built in the thirteenth century by the famous Iceland Hiftorian 
 Snorro Sturlajon. Thefe Baths are well contrived, and fo fpacious that a 
 hundred perfbns may commodioufly bathe there at the fame time. Near 
 this ftruclure lies Sydre-Reykia-dalur, in which is the hot Bath called Krofs- 
 Laug, where, in the year of Chrifr 1 000, the inhabitants of the weftern 
 parts of Ice/and were baptized ; and from hence it had the name of Kroß- 
 Laus:, or the Crofs-Bath. 
 
 Weßmanna-Kyar, \JVeflman-Oerne,'] a clufter of iflands which conftitute 
 one Syjfel. In the year 1627, fome Turkißo Corfairs landed here ; and in 
 1687, they made another attempt. 
 
 IV. Westfirdinga-Fiordung, \Wefire-Fierding,\ or the West- 
 Quarter, confifts of feven SyJJels or Diftrcls. 
 
 1. Myra-Syjfel. [Myre-Syßel.] In this Diftrict there is a vitriolic fpring ; 
 and as the tafte of it is fomething like that of beer, the inhabitants call it 
 Oel-keldurnar, i. e. ' Beer-cellar.' This fpring is not far from HytardaL 
 
 2. Hnappa-dah-Syßel, [Hnappedals-Syßel.] 
 
 3. SnaJels-nefs-Syßel, \_S?7eeßelds-nes-SyjfeL] In this Diftricf lie 
 
 The Trading Places and Fifh-Ports of Buuder [Budenßtide.] Anaißapinn, 
 Olqfsvijk [Ohifsvig,] Grund- Arfiordur [Grundeßord,] and Stykiß:olmur [Stik- 
 keßjo/m,] which is a Flefh-Port. 
 
 The promontory or cape called Stiafelßies, which is twelve Norway miles 
 long, and two or three, and in fome places four, miles broad. On this pro- 
 montory are the mountains of Snajells, which are covered with ice and 
 ihow, and are the higheft of all the mountains in Iceland. In this Diftrict 
 alfo ftands He/gajell, i. e. ' The Sacred Mountain,' on which the ancient 
 Icelanders imagined that they fhould enjoy all the pleafure and happinefs 
 imaginable after death. The monks who lived in the convent of HeU 
 gajell, which formerly flood here, were afterwards removed to the ifland 
 of Flatey. 
 
 There is a vitriolic fpring, of a beerifh tafte, not far from the Trading 
 Place of Buuder, in this Diftrict. 
 
 4. Dala-Syßel, [Dale-Syßel,~\ commonly called Brcyda-fiardar-dakr from 
 the bay of Br cydaßordur, is the mod delightful, and, indeed, the only plea- 
 fant fpot in Ice/and. The mountains here run in two parallel lines, and 
 the vallies between them are watered by a number of little brooks and ri- 
 vulets, which caufe a beautiful verdure, and give them a charming appear- 
 ance. There are alfo feveral iflands in the bay of Breydafiordur. 
 
 5. Barda-ßrandar-Syßely [Bardeßrands-Syße/.] Remarkable places in 
 this Diftrict are, 
 
 The
 
 Iceland.] NORWAY. 231 
 
 The Trading Places of Fatrixfiordur or Vatneyre, \_Patrixjlord or Vatnf- 
 eyre,] and Byldudalfeyre. 
 
 The Jockeler or ice-mountain of Glaama, which is the higheft on the 
 ifland, except Snafehjoklu. 
 
 The ifland of Flatey, with the fecularized convent of Helgafell which 
 formerly flood on a mountain of the fame name. The Flatey Codex, 
 which contains the greateft part of the Northern antiquities, derives its 
 name from this ifland. 
 
 6. Ifaßardar-Syßel, [Ifeßords-Syßel.] Places of note in this Diftricl are 
 The Trading Place of Dyrafiordar or Thijngeyre, [Dyreßord,] which is 
 
 both a Fifli and Flefli-Port ; and Skutuh-ßordur, [Skutuhfiord,] a Port for 
 fifli, and train-oil. 
 
 Draanga, a Jockeler, or mountain covered with ice and fnow. 
 
 7. Stranda-Syßel, [Strande-Syßel,] in which lies the Trading Place and 
 train-oil Port of Reykar-ßordw, [Reykeßord.J 
 
 GREENLAND.
 
 [ «8 ] 
 
 G R E E N L A N D. 
 
 §. i.T T is not yet determined to which of the four principal parts of the 
 ■*■ world Greenland properly belongs : But from its connexion with 
 Norway from time immemorial, which will be plainly demonstrated in 
 §. 7, and as it belongs to the king of Denmark, this feems the mod; proper 
 place to introduce it. All the maps of this country, which are extant, are 
 very imperfect. The beft indeed is that in M. Egede's Des alten Grön- 
 lands neuen Perlußration, or ' A New Survey of Ancient Greenland.' Some 
 light may alfo be received from the large chart of Greenland delineated by 
 Laurens Fyekes Haan, and published by Gerard von Keulen ; from thofe in 
 Torfaus's Gronlandia antiqua ; and And'erfons Account of Iceland, Greenland, 
 and Davis's Straits. 
 
 §. 2. Greet:land lies about forty Norway miles from Iceland; and has 
 by fome been taken for a large ifland. Others, with greater probability, 
 fuppofe it to be an extenfwe Pe?ii?ifula, beginning in Latitude 59 degrees, 
 50 minutes, and extending itfelf on the weft fide beyond the 78th degree 
 of North-Latitude. The eaft fide of it ftretches itfelf due North beyond 
 the 8 2d degree of Latitude. The weft fide was firft difcovered in the 
 year 1585, by John Davis, an Englißman^ from whom the Straits that 
 run between the continent of North- America and Greenland are called 
 Davis % Straits. On the eaftern and fouthern coaft of Greenland vaft flakes 
 or iflands of ice are feen, which are driven from Spitzberg towards the 
 South by a very ftrong current. This current, according to fome, is caufed 
 by two large Straits, that are faid to run between the fouthern extremity of 
 the main land and two iflands. The moft northern, or Forbijher Straits 
 and ifland *, lie in Latitude 63 degrees ; and the moft fouthern, or Bam- 
 fund'wi. 62 degrees, or, as others place it, between 60 and 61 degrees of 
 Latitude. But M. Egede, who fet out on an expedition to make new dis- 
 coveries in the year 1723, and failed as far as the 60th degree of North- 
 Latitude could not find out, nor get any intelligence of thefe Straits and 
 iflands; fo that at leaft the fituation of them is very uncertain. The old 
 Defcription of Greenland makes no mention of thefe Straits ; but only in- 
 
 • * This is called Stats Ifland'm our maps, and that lying to the fouth of it is termed Defi- 
 latitn Ißand. 
 
 forms
 
 GREENLAND. 233 
 
 forms us, that the original Nordland colon)' firft fettled on the enft fide of 
 Greenland, direöly oppofite to Iceland, and afterwards extended fhemfelves 
 towards the weft fide. Hence it is probable that they flopped in their 
 progrefs at Baals-Revier, where ruins of feveral huts built in the northern 
 manner, and land that was once cultivated, have been difcovered ; and 
 likewife feme remains even of walled houfes towards the South. If ever 
 there was fuch a place as Forbi/hers -j- Straits, they muft at prefent be fo 
 choked up with ice and fnow that fhips cannot poffibly fail through them, 
 as they are no longer difcernible. The Straits of Barn fund are fo far from 
 being paffable through, as they are reprefented in fome charts, that they do 
 not run near fo deep into the land as they feem to do in others: On the 
 contrary, they are but fhallow, and almoft over-run with fea-weeds. 
 
 §.3. The eaft fide of Greenland, which is oppofite to Iceland, is at pre- 
 fent inacceffible, on account of the mountains and iflands of ice of an afto- 
 nilhing height, with which the fea is covered ; and confequently thib part 
 is unknown. But by failing between thefe and Iceland feveral adventurers 
 have fafely arrived there ; and this courfe the Hollanders have actually 
 fleered. 
 
 The weft fide of Greenland towards Davis's Straits is better known. 
 The coafts on that fide are defended by Sheers, rocks, and feveral large and 
 fmall iflands. It has alfo wide and deep bays which run a great way into 
 the land, fome of which are the mouths of lars;e rivers, and others form 
 good roads and harbours. The main land is little more than confufed 
 heaps of rocks, the fummits of which are always covered with ice and 
 fnow, as are alfo the values in fome places. 
 
 The climate, as far as the Danijlj colonies have penetrated, is not in- 
 fupportable ; but the weather is very changeable and unfettled. During 
 the fummer feafon, which lafts from the end of May to the middle of 
 September, the fun fhines here bright and warm ; and on the main land, 
 where there is not a cloud to be feen, the weather is very pleafant and 
 always clear. But a cold damp fog, which intercepts the fun-beams, 
 continually hovers over the iflands, except in the month of Augitfl',' which 
 is the only time in the whole year when the vapours are difiipated. The 
 rain that falls here is neither frequent nor heavy. It feldom thunders in 
 this, climate ; and florins are alfo very rare, and of no long continuance ; 
 but the moft violent gufts of wind come from the South. The winters, 
 as far as the 64th degree of Latitude, are generally reckoned by the Danes 
 and Norwegians pretty temperate, to which the calm and clear weather 
 may greatlv contribute. But when a north-eaft wind blows, which corner 
 from the mountains that are covered with fnow and ice, the cold is ex- 
 
 f The brave Admiral Forbifaer ought to be treated with more refpeel by the author, and 
 deferves at leaft to be credited as much as M. Egede, whom he fa implicitly relies upon. 
 
 • Vou I. H h tremelv
 
 234 
 
 GREENLAND. 
 
 treme'y fevere ; the air being thick, and filled with clouds of icy particles 
 which caufe a mod piercing froft. The fnow falls in lefs quantities in 
 Greenland than it does in Norway-, for in the former, efpecially near the 
 rivers in the inland parts, the fnow is not above half an ell deep. As the 
 weather is very calm in this climate, the ice in the bays betwixt the iflands 
 is not difturbed, but blocks them up till the end of Anguß ; and even 
 in the creeks it does not begin to thaw till the clofe of May, when it is 
 gradually warned away by the agitation of the waves. From June to An- 
 guß the fun is continually above the horizon ; and consequently during that 
 term they have no night here ; but in winter the fun is hardly vifible to 
 the Greenlanders ; and their day is nothing but the morning and evening 
 twilights, which do not laft above two hours. During this gloomy and 
 difconfolate feafon the inhabitants of this country keep moftly in their huts, 
 contriving beforehand to have little or nothing to do abroad. The tides 
 generally ebb and flow here regularly, and are very ftrong. 
 
 §. 4. From the ancient Defcriptions of Greenland one would conclude 
 that the foil was once very fertile ; for they inform us that it not only af- 
 forded pafturage for the cattle which were kept here, but alfo in fome 
 places produced excellent wheat ; that very large acorns were found in 
 the vallies ; that the forefts were well flocked with Rein-deer, and the 
 lakes with fifh, befides feals and whales with which the adjacent fea 
 abounded. But all thefe conveniences are now no more *. 
 
 The foil in the vallies and plains confifts of moor and turf land ; and in 
 fome few fpots, particularly in the fouth parts, in about 61 degrees of Lati- 
 tude, fine grafs and fome good efculent herbs are obferved to grow. But that 
 part of Greenland that lies between the 60th and 64th degree of Latitude 
 has the beft foil ; fo that even cabbage and turnips thrive very well there, 
 and the latter are remarkably fweet. There is not a tree of any kind to 
 be feen in this country, except on the fides of a bay fixty Norway miles 
 fouth of Hoffnungjcolonie or Hope Colony, where a little coppice of birch 
 trees grows, which are from fix to nine ells high, with trunks no thicker 
 than a man's leg -j-, One alfo meets with fome fhrubs difperfed here and 
 there, as fmall juniper, goofeberry, and billberry-bufbes, brambles, &c. 
 
 What minerals the Greenland mountains contain in their bowels is un- 
 known ; no trial having been hitherto made. Amianthus-rocks, from 
 which confiderable quantities of Aße/los have been hewn away, are not 
 uncommon here. Some mountains alfo confift of Weich-ßein or Lapis 
 
 * The laft article is ftill true ; but whether Greenland ever enjoyed the other advantages here 
 enumerated, may with great reafon be queftioned. I am apt to think this ancient Account,, 
 which the author quotes more than once, is no more than a fabulous defcription of a Green- 
 land Golden-age, or perhaps fome faint remembrance of the climate from which the firft 
 colony, that was driven by neceffity or tyranny to this comfortlefs region, came. 
 
 f The meafurcs are here a little inaccurate, as ufual. 
 
 ol/arim
 
 GREENLAND. 235 
 
 ollarius which is an imperfed kind of variegated marble, and ferves the in- 
 habitants to make kettles and other utenfils of. 
 
 The frefh-water in Greenland has been highly recommended both for 
 its falubrity and palatablenefs. In the country where ForSißjer's Straits were 
 commonly placed in the maps is a mineral fpring, which the Greenlanders 
 affirm to be fo hot in winter, that upon throwing in a large lump of ice it is 
 immediately diflblved. The tafle of this water is faid to be very pungent, 
 and it fmells very ftrong. 
 
 On the main land are found fome hares ; but thefe animals are very 
 fmall, and are gray in fummer, and milk white in winter. Here is alio 
 a fmall fpecies of deer, which the Norwegians ell Reens-dyr; but thefe 
 are quite different from the Lapland Rein-deer. The foxes are white, 
 brown, or gray; but are fmall and without any hair. White bear., are 
 fometimes found here ; but the Greenlanders are very daring and adive in 
 deftroying them. Thefe alfo differ from the bears of either countries, 
 their heads being longifh like that of a wolf; and, indeed, they rcfemble 
 that animal very much in their outward make and fhape. The only do- 
 meftic creatures found here are dogs, who never bark, but fnarl and howl : 
 They are alfo timorous, and quite unfit for the chace ; however, if not 
 tamed when young, they become wild, and very mifchievous. The Green- 
 landers kill thefe dogs, and eat them ; and often ufe them to draw their 
 fledges, inflead of horfes. Snakes or any venomous creatures cannot live 
 in this climate. 
 
 The land-fowl in this country are the Ryper, which builds its nefl very 
 high in the clefts of the rocks, fparrows, ravens, eagles, and falcons. All 
 kinds of fhore and fea-fowl known in Norway are feen here in amazing 
 numbers. The flies or gnats which fvvarm in Greenland are extremely 
 troublefome. 
 
 The rivers afford plenty of trout, cray-fifh, and falrnon. The fea yields 
 r.i laexhaufUble variety of all kinds of fifli, except oyltersj but it abounds 
 with exquifite mufcles and very large prawns or fhrimps. The fmaller 
 Irecies of" fifh are dried here for the winter ftore, efpecially the Jodde/2, a 
 fort of fin all herring ; but it does not flink like the Norway Lodde. 1 
 is alfo great plenty of cod, haddock, thornbacks and the thlybuti *, which 
 is fo large a fifti that it fills a large calk. 
 
 §. 5. The Greenland feä, and other parts of the Northern Ocean which 
 lie under the North-Pole are full of the large or cetaceous fpecies of fifh, 
 where incredible numbers of them fwim in vaft fhoals. Here the great 
 Creator, out of his exuberant goodnefs and bountv, has dealt out their food 
 with ä liberal hand ; and of all climates this is the belt adapted to their hot 
 conftitutions, and enormous bodies which are, as it were incloied in fat. 
 
 * This fifh is by feme called the Turbot of the North. 
 
 H h 2 This
 
 2 *6 GREENLAND. 
 
 The cetaceous fpecies differ extremely from other kinds of fifh, having no- 
 thing in common with them but the outward form; for in every particu- 
 lar tiiey refemble land-animals as to their internal parts. They breathe 
 with lungs, and confequently cannot remain long under water. They 
 alio copulate like quadrupeds, bring forth their young alive, and fuekle 
 them with their milk. As the fins of other fifh confift of bones or carti- 
 lages fattened together by thin membranes running between them ; lb the 
 whale has articular bones like the fingers of a human hand with their pro- 
 per ligaments, which are covered with a thick fkin like that of the other 
 part of its body, and are diftinguifhed by the name of fins. By means of this 
 mechanifm the whale can move and turn about their huge unweildy bodies 
 with greater eafe than they could with fins of the common make, and fecure 
 themlelves from falling precipitately upon the rocks when they dive to the 
 bottom of the fea ; for which end they lay their thick tail horizontally on 
 die furface of the water, which is of great fervice to them in this motion. 
 There are feveral kinds of whales. In the firft place, they may be di- 
 vided into fuch as have apertures in the head, and fuch as have noftrils, for 
 refpiration. Some of the former have two holes or apertures ; as the 
 Whale properly fo called, the Fin-fifh, &'c. Others have only one ; as the 
 Cacbellotte. But thofe that refpire through the noftrils are feldom to 
 be met with. The Whale fpecies may alfo very naturally, and from ob- 
 fervation, be divided into thofe which have plain, and thofe with gibbous 
 or prominent backs. The Whale, properly lb called, and the Nordcapcr 
 are of the former kind. Among thofe with protuberant backs are, 
 
 i. Such as have a fin, as the Fin-fifh, and the Jupiter. 
 
 2. Such as have one or more gibbi or protuberances on the back ; as the 
 fword-fifh, the American Plug-fifli, &c. 
 
 Some Whales have Jpicula in their jaws, as thofe of Greenland, the 
 Nordcapcr, the Fin-fifh, &c. Others have teeth ; and of thefe fome have 
 only one tooth, as the Unicornu marinum or Unicorn-fifb, and others have 
 feveral teeth. 
 
 Of the fpiculated kind with a flat back, the chief is the real Greenland 
 Whale . which is thick and unweildy; and its head takes up one third part 
 of its bulk. This kind are from fixty to feventy leet in length ; the fins on 
 their fides from five to eight feet ; and the tail, which is in an horizontal 
 pofition, or bent a little upwaids on both fides, is from three to four fa- 
 thoms broad. When the Whale is in danger, he turns himfelf upon his 
 fide and brandifhes his tail, which it is very dangerous to approach. The 
 fkin on the back of the Whale is black and fmooth, but variegated or mar- 
 bled in fome places ; and that on its belly is white. The tail ferves him 
 for an oar with which he rows himfelf forward with furprifing fwiftnefs. 
 Next to the fkin, which is not thicker than ftrong writing-paper or thin 
 parchment, is the fward or rind, which is near an inch thick j and between 
 4 this
 
 GREENLAND. 
 
 this and the flefh lies the fat to the thkknefs of nine, and fometimes twelve 
 inches. Under the fat is the flefh, which is dry and very red. In its up- 
 per jaw on both fides are the fpicula, or the whale-bone, as it is called, 
 which ferve him for teeth ; and the largeft of thefe, which are placed in the 
 middle, are (even or tight feet in length, and fometimes more. On each 
 fide are generally two hundred and fifty of thefe fpicula; fo that they amount 
 to five hundred in all. The tongue is very fat, and fo large that it fills 
 feveral cafks. The eyes of the Whale, which are not larger than thofe of 
 an ox, are in the hind part of the head, where it is broadeft ; and are de- 
 fended by eye-lids and eye-brows. This fifli is very quick of hearing, 
 though it has no external ears ; only there is a black lpot under the upper 
 fkin behind the eye, and under that fpot a narrow duel, which feems to 
 convey the found to the tympanum or drum. The pons of the male is fix 
 feet in length, and feven or eight inches in diameter in the thickeft part, 
 but not above one inch near the body, into which it is generally drawn 
 up. The pudenda of the female refemble thofe of quadrupeds, but are 
 generally contracted together ; and near the aperture on each fide 
 hangs a dug or teat. They generally bring forth but one at a birth ; and 
 fometimes, though but feldom, they have two young ones. Their milk 
 is like that of a cow. Their ufual food is a fmall, black, round infect, 
 about the bignefs of a pea, or horfe-bean ; of thefe infects the Whale 
 fucks prodigious fwarms with his vaft mouth, and afterwards grinds them 
 with his fpicula. 
 
 The Nordcaper, a kind of Whale fo called from the vaft numbers of 
 them feen about the Nordcap or North-Cape in Norway, is much llenderer 
 and fmaller then the Whale properly fo called. 
 
 The Cachellottc is famous on account of the Sperma Ceti and Amber- 
 gris it yields. The head makes near half the bulk of the fifh, and, in 
 fhape, is not unlike the butt end of a mufket. As to the inward texture 
 of the head, it has feveral cavities wherein is lodged the brain-oil, of which 
 Sperma Ceti is made. The Ambergris is found in^fpherical balls from 
 three to twelve inches in diameter, in an oval purfe or bladder, which is 
 three or four feet in length and two or three in breadth, and lies directly 
 over the tefticles of the fifh. 
 
 The See-hunde, Cam's marinus, or Dog-fifh is the moft ferviceable of 
 all animals to the Green/anders. For its flefh ferves them for food, and its 
 fkin for cloathing, to make boats with, &c. Of its entrails and mem-' 
 branes they alio make windows and fails ; its ligaments ferve for thread and 
 cords ; and of the bones are made all kinds of domeftic utenfils and im-' 
 plements of hunting. 
 
 §. 6. The Greenlanders of both fexes are generally fliort, or under the ! 
 common fize, but well proportioned, fat, and plump. Their faces are 
 fomething flat; their hair black and lank ; and their complexion, from 
 
 their 
 
 237
 
 238 
 
 GREENLAND. 
 
 their fordid manner of living, is of a brownifh red. It is very feldom that 
 they are afflicted with epidemical difeafes ; oeing ftrangers to the fmall- 
 pox, &c. But the fcurvy is the reigning diftemper in this country; and 
 their common remedy on this occafion, belides fome Other fimpies, is 
 fcurvy-grafs. They have neither furgeon nor phyfician among thenr; but 
 are apt to rely on certain impofters called A gekokcn, who pretend to fore- 
 tell future events, and to be {killed in Magic and Phyfic. Extraordinary 
 inftances of longevity are not wanting among the Greenlanders ; and poffi- 
 bly they would be more frequent, did not their manner of life daily ex- 
 pofe them to numberlefs dangers and fatigues. 
 
 Their language has fomething very lingular in it, and is difficult to be 
 learned ; but at the fame time it is faid to have many elegant phrafes and 
 expreffions, and not to be fo harfh and uncouth as one would imagine. 
 Concerning this particular the reader may confult Woldiken's Melitema de 
 lingua Grcenlandica origine, ejufque a cceteris Unguis differentia, in the fe- 
 cond volume of the Scripta Societatis Hafnienfu, or ' Tranfadions of the 
 4 Royal Society, or Academy of Sciences, at Copenhagen '. M. Paul Egede 
 has published a Dictionary of the Greenland Language, entitled Dicliona- 
 rum Gronlandico-Danico-Latinum ; and for the inftrudion of the Green- 
 landers, the Gofpels of the four Evangelifts, and feveral fmall tracts have 
 been tranflated into their language, and printed at Copenhagen. The Green- 
 land dialed is moftly the fame throughout the whole country, excepting 
 fome little difference in the pronunciation. The women have alfo a parti- 
 cular manner of pronouncing their words, which generally terminate in 
 an n. The Greenlanders in their own language call themfelves Innuk. 
 
 Their cloathing is made of the fkins of Rein-deer, the dog-fifh, and of 
 certain birds, fewed together with the fmall guts of the Cam's marinus. 
 There is very little difference in the drefs of the two fexes ; and both of 
 them live in a very fordid filthy manner. 
 
 They have two forts of habitations, one of which ferves for the winter, 
 and the other for the fummer feafon. The winter dwellings are the largeft; 
 and it is generally the womens tafk to build them up againft winter, or 
 when they intend to make a long ftay in any particular place. Thefe are 
 of a fquare form, and built with pebbles, or fmall fragments of the rocks, 
 and their interftices are filled up with mofs, or peat. Thefe huts are very 
 feldom more than two ells above the furface of the ground ; the reft of 
 them being, for greater ftability and defence from the wind and cold, funk 
 into the earth. The roof is covered with turf; and the entrance into them is 
 dug narrow, and winding under ground. One of thefe dwellings feldom 
 exceeds twenty feet fquare ; and yet is often occupied by feven or eight fa- 
 miles. Thefe habitations are fo warm that both men and women are ge- 
 nerally ftript to the waift whilffc they remain in them ; but the ftench occa- 
 iioned by the clofe confinement of lo many perlbns together is intolerable. 
 4 The
 
 GREENLAND. 239 
 
 The Green/anders betake themfelves to thefe winter manfions in the 
 month of October, and continue in them till the beginning of May. Their 
 fummer habitations are light tents made of the fmooth fkins of the dog- 
 fifh. 
 
 In their marriages, the chief qualifications required in the bride are fkill 
 in domeftic affairs, and efpecially in cutting out and fewing their garments : 
 And nothing recommends a fuitor more than boldnefs, activity, and fuccefs 
 in fitbing and hunting. At the marriage feflivities the bride is fure always 
 to put on a fhew of gravity, and an air of füllen melancholy. Relations 
 never in'er-marry amongft them ; and they carry this humour fo far as to 
 abftain from it even to the third or fourth degree of confanguinity. In 
 general every Gresnlander has but one wife. They have a refpectful idea 
 of marriage ; yet is it not held fo facred among them, but that fometimes 
 a man puts away his wife very abruptly. They are iond of their children 
 even to a culpable excefs; fo that inftead of moderate correction, or check- 
 ing them for their faults, they let them do whatever they pleafe. They 
 ufually eat when they are hungry; but their chief meal is at night. Their 
 common food is the flefh of rein-deer and hares; all kinds of land and 
 water-fowl ; the dog-fifli, and other forts of frefli-water and fea-fifh, and 
 even fome parts of the whale ; and particularly the Loader, a fmall kind of 
 herring*. Their manner of drefling and eating their victuals is extremely 
 difguftful. They prefer the blood of the dog-fifli to any other beverage ; 
 but their ufual drink is water : However, they can drink a great deal of 
 brandy without being intoxicated. 
 
 The occupation of the men is chiefly fifhing and hunting, for which they 
 have very curious tackle. The boats, in which the men only row out to 
 fea, are about three fathoms long, and but three quarters of an ell broad-j- 
 about the middle : they alfo end in a very fharp point at both extremities. 
 They are made of very thin, narrow boards faftened together with whale- 
 bone and covered with feal-fkins. Only one man goes out in one of 
 thefe boats, who is half covered, and fo fecurely laced in, that the water 
 cannot penetrate into the boat; and thus equipped he will row ten or twelve 
 Norway miles £ in a day, though he has but one oar, which is fix or feven 
 feet long and flat at both ends. Thefe boats are eafily overfet, which they 
 look upon as no great detriment if the owner comes off with his life ; and 
 many of them are extremely dextrous in recovering the boat again when 
 fuch an accident happens. The larger fort of boats are commonly called 
 Weiberbote, i. e. ' the womens boats,' as none but females row in them. They 
 have alfo open Prahmen, or barges, which are pointed at both ends but not 
 
 * Probably the Pilchard. 
 
 f The dimenfions are fomething inaccurate, and would have been more intelligible had 
 the author given them in feet and inches, which are more generally known. 
 X About fixty or feventy Englifly mHes, at leaft. 
 
 deep'
 
 >24 o G R E E N L A N D. 
 
 ■ 
 
 deep : they are covered with dog-fif> fkins and high at the extremities. 
 Thefe they make ufe of to convey their effects in their emigrations, or when 
 they embark for the whale-fifhery, .and likewne in coafting from one port 
 to another. 
 
 The Green/anders are ftrangers to trades, arts, and fciences. They have 
 no traffick among one another, and their commerce with foreigners is 
 very inconiiderable. Their chief commodities are blubber and whalebone ; 
 the' lea-unicorn's horn; the fkins of deer, foxes, and the dog-fifh ; which 
 they exchange for neceffaries in cloathing and all kinds of ordinary do- 
 mestic utenfils. They neither ufe nor have any knowledge of money ; but 
 they fix a certainvalue on iron. 
 
 When they meet together they exprefs their mirth by drumming, finging 
 and dancing. They are accuftomed from their very childhood to an un- 
 bounded liberty ; for they live according to their own inclinations, without 
 any controul, or the check of parents or magiftrates; all of them being on 
 a level. They have little regard to outward ceremony, politenefs, or de- 
 cency. They are free, open, and cheerful in converfation ; and nothing 
 pleales them better than merry jefts and rallery, by which that melancholy 
 to which they are naturally inclined is diverted. They live very fociably, 
 and repofe great confidence in each other. Amorous intrigues are feldom 
 -or never heard of among them ; and as they abftain from theft, rapine, and 
 violence among themfelves, they are never known, upon any pretence, to 
 make war on their neighbours. They think themfelves greatly fuperior 
 to the Danes, and make no fcruple to pilfer any thing from them when it 
 can be done with fafety. But the great foible with which the Gree/anders, 
 and efpecially the women, are taxed with, is an invincible obftinacy and 
 inflexibility. They are fo unhappily ignorant in matters of religion, that 
 they are faid to have no idea of a God * ; infomuch that their language has 
 not an expreffion to denote a Supreme Being. They imagine that as foon 
 as a perfon dies, his foul goes to Heaven, and there enjoys the diverfion of 
 hunting from age to age, while the body remains behind and moulders 
 away in the earth. 
 
 §. 7. The hiftory of Greenland is not unworthy of notice. The Abori- 
 gines or original inhabitants, who on the arrival of the Norwegians in this 
 country were favages, feem, by the little knowledge the latter had of them, 
 to be of American extraction. The firft that gave occaiion to the difcovery 
 of this land was one Gumbiorn, a lea-faring perfon, who, after Iceland had 
 been difcovered, failed further ; and came to an ifland, to which he gave 
 
 * As the Grccnhnders have a notion of the feparatc exigence of the foul, after death, in a 
 ftatc of fupreme felicity, which they term ' hunting in Heaven ;' it is reafonahle to fuppofc 
 •hat the Dann milreprefent them with regard to their idea of a God, is'c. This is the more 
 prohable, as the Gwnlandcn have fuch a contempt for the Dana ; and no doubt but the latter 
 return it with averfion. v 
 
 the
 
 G R E E N L A N D. 241 
 
 the name of Gunbiom's rock or Gunbiarnarfker. He alfo difcovered other 
 land lying to the north of it ; but did not attempt to fail thither. As foon 
 as this difcovery was known, Erick, a Norwegian , furnamed Rothkopf, or 
 ' Red-head,' whofe father, Torwald, had been obliged to fly to Iceland on. 
 account of a murder he had committed in Norway, took it into his head 
 to go in fearch ofthat unknown land. The motives that induced him to 
 undertake this expedition, were the ill treatment he met with in Iceland, 
 and the three years exile to which he had been condemned. In the year of 
 Chrift, 981, or 982, he fet fail from Snafelfnes on the weft fide of Ice- 
 land; and fteering a direct courfe, he difcovered one of the Greenland ^moun- 
 tains, which, at prefent, is called Blaferk. From thence he failed towards 
 the South, and landing on an ifland, he fpent the firft winter there, and called 
 it by his own name. In the two following years he gave names to feveral 
 places ; and in the third fummer, the time of his banifhment according to 
 the fentence being expired, this adventurer returned to Iceland. Some years 
 after, he made another voyage to this country; and, from its fine verdant 
 paftures and trees, gave it the name of Groenland or Greenland, and founded 
 the village Brattalid on Ericksfiord bay, where he fettled. At Erick's per- 
 fuafion feveral Icelanders, from time to time, emigrated thither from 
 their native country. Fourteen or fifteen years after Erick had fettled in 
 Greenland, Leif, his fon, failed from thence to Norway and acquainted 
 king Olaf Truggefen with his father's difcovery and fettlement. The King 
 having caufed him to be inftructed in the Chriftian Religion, ordered him 
 to be baptized, and fent him back with a prieft and feveral Ecclefiaftics. 
 Leif arrived in Greenland in the year 1000, and made his father a convert 
 to Chriftianity, whofe example was followed by all the other Greenlanders *. 
 In the year 1023, the Greenlanders became tributary to Olaf king of Nor- 
 way; and in 1024, Afnaldtht firft Bifhop of Greenland was confecrated at 
 Lund in Sweden. After this, the inhabitants of Greenland increafing in 
 number, the colony was divided into the Eafl and Wefl-Greenland. Erick 
 built the town of Garde in EafirGreenland, whither the Norwegians reforted 
 once a year to traffick with the colonies. Some time after, the town oiAlbe 
 and the convent of St. Thomas were alfo founded. Garde was the epifco- 
 pal See, and had a cathedral dedicated to St. Nicholas ; befides which, there 
 were two convents, twelve churches, and an hundred and ninety farm- 
 houfes in this eaftern Divifion. On the weftern fide, called Weß-Greenland, 
 were fpur churches and an hundred and ten farm-houfes. The kings of 
 Norway alfo ufed from time to time to fend Stadthalters or Governors to 
 Greenland. In the year 1256, the Greenlanders revolted againft Magnus 
 king of Norway ; but in 126 1, by the affiftance of Erick king of Denmark, 
 
 * I fuppofe the author means the Norwegian colony, fettled in Greenland, 
 Vol. L I i they
 
 2 4 2 GREENLAND. 
 
 they were reduced to his obedience. In 1348, the black plague having 
 fwept away the greateft part of the Norwegians, the intercourfe between 
 Norway and Greenland was fufpended. The laft Bilhop fent thither from 
 Norway was one Andreas who failed for Greenland in the year 1406. But 
 no account was received of him till about 1 540, when the colony there 
 was found to be ftill exifting. In the fubfequent time Greenland was in 
 a manner quite forgotten. 
 
 In the reign of king Chrißian II. Walkendorf, Archbifhop of Drontheim, 
 
 exerted himfelf in attempting to reftore the communication between the 
 
 two countries j but met with too many obftacles, to cany his point. Chri- 
 
 ßian III. fent a party of men to Greenland ; but thefe returned with the 
 
 trifling excufe, that they had not been able to find it. 
 
 Frederick II. in 1578, difpatched one Magus Henningfen in queft of 
 Greenland ; Avho, indeed, got fight of the land at a diftance ; but the ice 
 prevented his" nearer approach. 
 
 In the year 1 576, Martin Forbißxr failed from England to Greenland; 
 but as the feafon was far advanced, he was alfo prevented from landing by 
 the ice. However, by Queen Elizabeth's command, he made a fecond 
 voyage the following year, when he landed in Greenland. 
 
 King Cbriflian IV. lent out three fhips in the year 1605, under the com- 
 mand of Godfche Lindenow who trafficked with the Green/anders, and 
 brought five of them to Denmark. In 1606, the fame monarch fent five 
 fhips thither; and foon after, difpatched two veffels more of a confiderable 
 burden on a third expedition. That great Prince in the year 1616, fent 
 Captain Munk with two fhips to Hudfons Straits, in prder to difcover the 
 North-weft Paffage ; and it was that officer that gave the name of Cape- 
 Farewel to the moft fouthern point of Greenland, becaufe he took his leave, 
 as it were, of the old world at that Cape. 
 
 The King having relinquifhed this undertaking, feveral merchants of 
 Copenhagen fet up a Greenland Company; and, in the year 1636, fent out 
 two fhips, which came to an anchor in Davis's Straits and traded with 
 the Greenlanders. One of thefe veffels returned with a cargo of gold-fand: 
 But as all the fkill of the Copenhagen goldfmiths could not extradl any gold 
 from it, the Lord High Steward, who was prefident of the Greenland 
 Company, ordered the whole cargo to be thrown overboard. This hafty 
 procedure is fuppofed to have given him fome uneafinefs, when a kind of 
 fand refembling that which had been brought from Greenland and thrown 
 into the fea, was found in Norway, which yielded very fine gold. 
 
 In the year 1654, a fhip again failed for Greenland, and another was 
 difpatched in 1670. From that time the Danes gave themfelves no far- 
 ther concern about Greenland. The old paffage from Iceland to Eaß- 
 Greenland was fuppofed to be flopped up by the floats of ice ; and to this 
 x day
 
 GREENLAND. 
 
 day there has been no farther account of the eaftern part of Greenland, 
 which is a hundred and fifty Norway miles diftant from the Daniß colony 
 fettled there. However, it does not appear that it is quite uninhabited at 
 prefent. There is an old tradition handed about in this country, fignifying 
 that the inhabitants of the weftern coaft of Greenland, being furprifed by a 
 clan of favages called Skrellingers, and their whole country laid wafte, the 
 inhabitants of Eafi.-Greenland marched to their afliftance, when they found 
 the country quite deftitute of inhabitants, only the cattle and flocks of fheep 
 being left behind ; and that having killed a fufficient number of oxen, ÖV. 
 they carried the carcafes away in their (hips. It appears by this account 
 that the inhabitants of the eaftern part of Greenland were in Being fince 
 the extirpation of thofe on the weftern coaft. After this, the weft fide of 
 the country, to which one fails through Davis's Straits, was called New 
 Greenland, in order to diftinguifli it from Old Greenland, inhabited formerly 
 by a Norwegian colony; and thefe Straits are ftill frequented by the Hol- 
 landers, who have in a manner engrofied the Whale-fifhery, and likewife 
 the traffkk with the favages on this fide, entirely to themfelves. 
 
 §. 8. Thus ftood the affairs of Greenland, till Hans Egede Minifter of 
 Vogen in Norway, prompted by a laudable zeal to promote the knowledge 
 of Chrift among the favage Greenlanders, made fome propofals for renew- 
 ing the intercourfe between Denmark and Norway, and Greenland, which 
 had been difcontinued for fome centuries. Moft of the friends and ac- 
 quaintance of this worthy Divine, when they heard of his project, looked 
 upon it as a chimerical undertaking. However, in the year 171 8, he re- 
 figned his benefice in the fouth part of Norway, and removed with his wife 
 and children to Bergen. His propofals did not meet with a favourable re-» 
 ception either from the merchants or clergy of that city. He therefore 
 went to Copenhagen in 171 9, and laid his plan before the King; who fent 
 an order to the Magistracy of Bergen to propofe t© the citizens the erecting 
 of a Greenland Company. This, after many difficulties, was at laft effected 
 in the year 1721 ; and a capital of ten thoufand rix-dollars was raifed for 
 that purpofe. The new eftablifhed Company fitted out three (hips for 
 Greenland ; and the indefatigable Egede was fent thither as miffionary, and 
 furnifhed with three hundred guilders by the Society for propagating the 
 Gofpel, at Cope?;hagen. It was not without great danger and difficulty that 
 the fingle (hip which had the Miffionary on board at length arrived off a 
 place called Baals-Revier on the weft fide of Greenland, in Latitude 64 de- 
 grees, and wintered on an ifland there. M. Egede and forty men who re- 
 mained with him, immediately fet about building a houfe, in which the 
 favages themfelves readily lent them a helping hand. This new colony 
 was, from year to year, carefully fupplied with neceflaries by the Company; 
 but the trade carried on with Greenland brought in no great profit. In the 
 
 I i 2 mean 
 
 243
 
 2 44 GREENLAND. 
 
 mean while the Miflionary employed his time in learning tint Greenland 
 language ; and by his liberality and fweetnefs of manners fo endeared him- 
 felf to the inhabitants, that the refpecl: they (hewed him in fome particu- 
 lars far exceeded his wifhes. For they entertainer! fuch an exalted idea of 
 his piety and virtue, that all the fick flocked about him, imploring him 
 to heal them, being perfuaded that his breathing on them would reftore 
 them to health. In the year 1723, another Miflionary was appointed as 
 an affiftant to M. Egede. Notwithftanding the King beftowed feveral pri- 
 vileges on the Company, by allowing them a lottery, and by impofing a 
 new tax on both kingdoms, which was called the Greenland-'fax ; yet 
 the proprietors defpairing of reaping any great advantage from this trade, 
 were averfe from making any new contribution to increafe the capital. 
 Upon this, the King took the affair into his own hands ; and in 1728, fent 
 feveral fhips and men with all neceflaries, befides cattle, horfes, &c. in or- 
 der to eftablifh a regular and lafting colony, and to build a fort for its de- 
 fence. His Majefty likewife fent two preachers on board one of thefe 
 (hips. This new colony fettled on the continent about two Norway miles 
 to the eaft of the old colony ; and fome time after, Nepi/ene, another inha- 
 bited fettlement, was erected farther towards the North. 
 
 In 1 73 1 a royal edict was published, enjoining all the king's fubjecls in 
 Greetiland to return home, and the colonies were thereby diffolved. But 
 M. Egede, being zealous for the falvation of the inhabitants, (laid behind, to- 
 gether with his family and fome others who chofe to follow his fortunes. 
 
 In 1733, the Greenland trade was reaflumed with great vigour; and the 
 King granted a penfion of two thoufand rix-dollars a year to the Mif- 
 fionaries. 
 
 In 1736, M. Egede took his leave of the Green/anders, among whom 
 he had fpent fifteen years with the moft indefatigable zeal and laborious 
 application, but not without making a great number of converts, and 
 arrived at Copenhagen; where he was appointed Superintendant of Greenland. 
 To his felicitation the Seminary in that city for educating able Mifllonaries 
 and Catechifts to be fent to Greenland owes its institution. The MiJJion- 
 College alio fends young lads to Greenland to learn the language, and to be 
 further inftruded by the Miflionaries there, in order to qualify them for 
 that ftation. The Greenland trade is, at prefent, carried on by the Copen- 
 hagen Company, who fend thither three or four fhips every year j and the 
 Dutch are prohibited from coming within feveral miles of the colonies. 
 
 §. 9. The weitem coaft of Greenland, as far as it is known is about three 
 hundred Norway miles in length, and was called by Forbißer, or rather by 
 his Miftrefs Elizabeth, Queen of England, Meta Incognita. The moft re- 
 markable places on this coaft, or within Davis's Straits, are, 
 
 1. The
 
 GREENLAND. 
 
 1. The Staaten Hoeck, which is the mod fouthern point of the main 
 land. 
 
 2. Cape Farewel, which is the extreme point of an ifhnd, between which 
 and the continent there is a Strait feveral miles broad. 
 
 3. De/olation I/land. 
 
 4. The bay called Baals-Revier. 
 
 5. The Danißj fettlement of Frederich-Haah, or Frederick 's-Hope, fituat- 
 ed in Latitude 62 degrees, where there is a Miffionary and a congrega- 
 tion of Green/anders. 
 
 6. The colony of Got-Haab, or Good-Hope, is now eftablimed on the 
 main land in Latitude 64 degrees ; but upon Mr. Egede's firft coming 
 over it was fettled on an ifland. Here is the oldeft Chriftian congregation 
 in Greenland, and a Miffionary. About half a Norway mile from hence 
 lies 
 
 7. Neu Herrenhuth, a Moravian colony and congregation. This colony 
 was firft begun in 1733, by a handful of Herenhuters or Moravians ; but 
 is now grown fo considerable as to equal the four Daniß congregations. In 
 the year 1749, a convenient place for the celebration of Divine worfhip was 
 erecled here. 
 
 8. The colony of Chriflians-Haab, or Chrißian's-Hope, in Latitude 69 
 degrees. But the Miffion was fettled in 1752 at C/außjavn, four Norway 
 miles to the Weft of Chrißian-Haab, where a Miffionary refides. 
 
 9. Jacobs-Havn is the fourth Danißo colony, and lies two Norway miles 
 north of Claußoavn. 
 
 10. The fifhery and the whale-iflands, fituated in Latitude 68 and 69 
 degrees. Here the proper whale-fifhery is eftablifhed. 
 
 1 1 . The large ifland of Difco. 
 
 12. Baffins-Bay, difcovered in the year 1622, by Baßn, an Engliß- 
 man. At the end of this Bay, a little beyond the 78th degree of Latitude, 
 is Sir Thomas Smith's Sound, which is the utmoft verge hitherto fre- 
 quented by the fifhing veflels, and where the largeft whales are taken. 
 
 245 
 
 THE
 
 THE 
 
 KINGDOM 
 
 O F 
 
 SWEDEN.
 
 [ 249 ] 
 
 A N 
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 TO THE 
 
 DESCRIPTION of SWEDEN. 
 
 §. i. O WE D E N is fometimes included in the general map of the 
 >^ northern Kingdoms, and is alfo reprefented in particular maps ; among 
 which that of Andrew Buraus is the ground-work of the later maps 
 publifhed by De Wit, and Homann. There are likewife maps of the 
 feveral parts of Sweden, by the fame hands, inferted in Bleau's Atlas. 
 The lateft, and indifputably the beft maps of Sweden, are thofe published 
 in the year 1742 by the Land-Survey-Office at Stockholm. To the fame 
 fociety we are obliged for a general map of Sweden, including Finland 
 and Nordland, which was publifhed in 1747. In this map the fmaller 
 diftricls of the kingdom are fpecified ; but the greater divifions are omitted. 
 A map of Upland and Sodertorn, of Sudermannland, Nerike, Weflmannland 
 and Fierdhundra, Schonen, Malerfee, or the Maler-lake, with a plan of the 
 city of Stockholm, and of the countries bordering on the gulf of Finland-, 
 were alfo publifhed by the fame LandmeJJing-Contoir, or Land-Survey-Office. 
 A fine map was alfo publifhed by M. "Tobias Mayer, in the year 1751, in 
 two iheets, for Homanris heirs. Hitherto the abovementioned Office has 
 not favoured the public with particular maps of the other provinces of 
 Sntoeden. 
 
 §.2. Under the name of Sweden we include that extenfive country 
 which lies between Denmark, Norway, and Ruffia, in a fort of a curve, 
 and is bounded, for the moil part, by the Baltic or Ea/l-fea. It extends 
 
 Vol. I. K k about
 
 2 5 o INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 about two hundred, or two hundred and fifty Swedifl, miles *in length, and 
 one hundred and thirty in breadth ; and the area of it, according to a geo- 
 metrical calculation, is about ten thoufand fquare Swedijh miles. 
 
 §. 3. The true etymology of the name Svenge, or Sweden, is not 
 known with any certainty. It was anciently called Swithiod im the lan- 
 guage of the country, which is faid to be derived from one of the names 
 of the idol Odin. The inhabitants of this country were called, Swiar, 
 which was, I prefumc, a contraction of the word Swithiar. Siecia in all 
 probability is derived from Swethia ; the th being formerly pronounced with 
 a fibilation •, fo that the fame word was fometimes fpelt with th, and fome- 
 times with a c only. The ancient Sironen or Suenones alfo called themfelves 
 Swenßar ; but the true etymology of the word Swenfl is alfo unknown. 
 Some imagine the word Swen, which fignifies a young active man, or a 
 ibidier, tobe derived from Swear or Swiar ; and that from Swcn the in- 
 habitants were called Swenfleman, i. e. ' young and active men.' 
 
 §. 4. The climate of this country is very healthful. The winters are 
 indeed extremely cold in Sweden ; but the air is clear and falubrious ; and 
 the inhabitants arm themfelves againft it with furs, iheep-fkins, cfr. which 
 they wear according to every one's ability. In the long nights the moon, 
 the reflection from the fnow, and the clearnefs of the fky make it fo light, 
 that one may travel here as conveniently as in the day. In fummer the 
 days are very long and the heat intenfe ; and the nights are luminous and 
 exceeding pleafant. Violent ftorms and rains are feldom known here j 
 and the iharp and keen northwind ferves to purify and refrefh the air. 
 
 §. 5. The Swcdijh coafts are encompaffed with innumerable capes, iflands 
 and recks, which they call Jkiaren or fleers ; fo that the approach to the 
 continent is fomething dangerous. Thefe derive their names from the 
 provinces oppofite to which they lie ; as the Ufland-flcers, the Suder wann 1 and, 
 the Ea/l-Gsfhland, Böhm,, Nordland, and Finland fleers* Thefe iüands cr 
 rocks lie verv near each other, and are of different dimensions. Several 
 thoufands of them are inhabited, and the people live moftly by timing. 
 
 The lakes in* Sweden alfo contain fome thoufands of iilands, of which 
 the lead: are called Holme. The lakes are very numerous in this country 
 and the largeft are the following, namely, Malar, Hielmar, Famund* 
 Si'ian, Wetter, Wener, Frygen or Frflen, Ringfion, Stora Led, Stcijion, 
 : : :^ra Avan, Stora Luleo-Trafl, Töfnea-Trajk, Knara-Trafl:, Ulea-Trajk, 
 Pejende or Pajanafee, and Saima, of which an account fhall be given in 
 their proper places. 
 
 The number of rivers in Sweden is alfo very confiderable ; and the 
 largeft rivers or ilreams are in the Swedifo language called Elbe. The 
 principal of thefe are 
 
 * Ton Sivedijh miles and a half are equal to a degree of the Equator; [Sec Tabl«, p. 25] 
 fo that one Swedijh is at leaft lix E)'«H/1j links, 
 
 i.. The
 
 S W E D E i\r. 
 
 1. The Motalaßrcw, which iffues from the IVctter-lske, and being in- 
 creafed by feventeen fmaller rivers, forms a waterfall or cafcade from a 
 height of fixteen feet, near Nordkioping, and empties itfelf into the Baltic, 
 
 2. The Stang, which divides Ofl got bland or can: Gothland into two pari 
 
 3. The Gothifche-Elbc, or Gothic river, which rifes in the Pfe/w-hke, falls 
 into the North-fca near Gottenburg, and, about feven Swedißj miles and a 
 half before it reaches that city, forms a cataract or water-fall by precipitating 
 itfelf from a great height. 
 
 4. The Gullfpang, which divides Weßgothland from Wcrmeland. 
 
 5. The Dai-Elbe in Thai-Land or the vale country, which is the largefr. 
 river in Sweden. 
 
 In the defcription of the feveral provinces thefe and the other lakes and 
 rivers, with every thing that is remarkable fhall be taken notice of Both 
 the lakes and rivers abound in nfli of feveral kinds, among which the prin- 
 cipal are falmon and trout of various forts. The beft falmon are taken in 
 Hal/and; but in the Nordland rivers the falmon fifheries are in a declining 
 condition. 
 
 Sweden affords medicinal fprings of experienced virtue, among which that 
 of Medewi in Eaß-Gothland is the motf famous. Here alio are a kind of 
 fprings called Hunger-qnellen or dearth-fprings, fome of which indicate a 
 fcarcity when they run over, or at leafr. when they do not overflow before the 
 ground is entirely fpoiled by heavy rains and melted fnow ; and when other 
 Hunger -quellen are dried up they portend a bad crop, as the neceffary con- 
 fequence of a long drought or want of rain. 
 
 §. 6. Sweden, though it be a very mountainous country, affords a great 
 many tracts of even ground which are fit for agriculture. The foil is in 
 general fandy, fwampy, or ferruginous ; but at the fame time is not void 
 of fertility. Of all the divifions in this Kingdom Gothland produces the 
 greateft quantity of grain, as wheat, rye, barley, oats, peafe, &c. but every 
 part of Gothland is not equally fertile in corn. Sweden alfo affords good 
 paftures, and fome orchards which yield very fine fruit ; but is more famous 
 for mines in general, than for the fertility or produce of the foil. There is 
 lefs arable land in the provinces of Thal-Lande than in the other provinces 
 of the Kingdom, fome of which, befides tracts of fertile foil fit for tillage, 
 have alfo good meadow grounds and paffurage. The Nordlands being 
 full of rocks and mountains produce but little corn : However thofe pro- 
 vinces contain fome fertile fpots for grazing. Lapland yields (till lefs grain than 
 Nordland; but Finland is in moft places very fertile, though it is hitherto 
 far from being properly cultivated. The corn, in the ihort but hot 
 fum'mers of this climate, ripens very foon ; but is fo far from being fuffkient 
 for the fubfiftence of the inhabitants, that feveral hundred thoufand 
 tuns, or quarters, of corn are annually imported from abroad; particularly 
 
 K k 2 near 
 
 25^
 
 2 5 2 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 near four hundred and fifty thousand tuns from Livonia, Pomerania, and 
 Wifmar. 
 
 Thofe among the Swedes who have the welfare of their country at 
 heart, are at prefent ftrenuoufly promoting feveral good fchemes for the en- 
 couragement of agriculture and manufactures. And if the fuccefs be 
 anfwerable to the prefent favourable appearances, the produce of the country 
 will commodioufly fupport fome millions of inhabitants more than it does 
 at prefent and that in greater plenty and affluence. 
 
 The King, in the year 1752, granted to the new fociety for the improve- 
 ment of Agriculture a great deal of wafleland for forty or fifty years, rent-free 
 and exempted them from taxes and imports. Hitherto confiderable advan- 
 tages have been made of the Swedje-Land, as it is called, which name de- 
 notes fuch fpots of land as are cleared in a foreft, by cutting down the 
 trees, and then burning them, and ftrewing the afhes on the ground before 
 it is fown. This fort of ground yields a great crop of corn, for three 
 years after it is dreffed with the above manure. However, this method of 
 burnino- the foil with hot afhes is accounted very detrimental, as no 
 grafs nor wood will grow afterwards on the fpot ; efpecially if the ground 
 be hilly and poor. 
 
 The inhabitants of the north parts of Sweden eat a fort of bread made 
 of the bark of birch and pine-trees, ftraw, and roots. The Hacke-brod 
 or Stampe-brod is very common in the north, and is fometimes ufed in the 
 fouth parts in time of fcarcity : It is made of the ears of corn cut from 
 the ftems and minced fmall, and afterwards dried and ground. On this 
 fort of meal they pour boiling water and mix it with leven and corn-meal, 
 where it is to be had. In fpring they alfo take the bark of firs, as then it 
 comes eafieft off the trees ; but not the thick bark next to the wood. Having 
 pared off the outward coarfe knots, &c. it is dried in an oven, or held 
 over a wood-fire, till both fides become brown, fwell, and undergo a kind of 
 fermentation, fo that the refin be confumed. Thefe pieces of bark, being 
 thus thoroughly dried, are ground, and then bread is made of the meal. 
 But the dough is not to be kneaded fo much as that intended for Mijfe-brod. 
 The plant Mißie, called in Latin Calla folds cordatis, and by the Finns, 
 Wekka is gathered in the fpring in the moraffes. After it is dried in the fun, it 
 is baked in an oven, or half dried in a warm bathing room, while it is 
 fprinkled with bath-water. After this it is put into the oven a fecond 
 time, and dried till the leaves fall off, and the outward tegument detaches it 
 felf at the knots from the flem : Then the ftems are chopped fmall in a 
 trough, and ground, and the meal is fifted. When dough is to be made of it, 
 they pour hot water on the meal, and, to give the bread a more agreeable 
 flavour, add fome brandy-lees to it. Afterwards the dough is kneaded with 
 great labour, till it comes to be very tough, and as it were ffringy ; and 
 then a third part of corn-meal is mixed along with it. 
 
 §• 7- The
 
 S W E DEN. 
 
 §. 7. The fouth parts of Sweden produce tolerable good fruit and efeulent 
 vegetables : but towards the north thefe gradually become more fcarce, and 
 degenerate in flavour and goodnefs ; fo that no fuch herbs are to be found 
 in the moft northern parts of the Kingdom. Finland, however, produces 
 excellent turnips. Flax, hemp, and tobacco are alio cultivated here to 
 great advantage. The extenfive woods and forefts in Sweden become 
 thinner, and daily decline ; which is no more than the natural confequence 
 of the immenfe confumption of wood in making charcoal, pot-afli, tar, 
 pitch, manuring the land, &c. Oaks, in particular, are very fcarce here. 
 
 The inhabitants in feveral parts of Sweden fubfift by grazing ; but here, 
 as I have obferved in all the northern countries, the cattle are fmall, and the 
 wool of the (heep is very coarfe ; fo that in order to mend the breed of 
 the latter, rams are imported from Spain, and England. The horfes are 
 hardy, ftxong, and vigorous. Of the various advantages they reap from 
 their rein-deer, I mall give a particular account in my defcription of 
 Lap/and. This Kingdom affords plenty of deer of all kinds, hares, elks, 
 and all forts of tame and wild fowl ; and fome parts of Sweden are too much 
 infeiled with bears, wolves, foxes, linxes, otters, martens, and 
 
 §. 8. Sweden abcunds in every fpecies of the three Natura' Kingdoms; 
 efpecially thofe 01 the fcffile or mineral kind ; as cryftals, amethyfts, Lopazes, 
 porphyry, lapis lazuli, agate, cornelian, a reddifh ftone called Violflein, 
 a greenifh/£»K-pellucid ftone, Asbejhs, coral, load-ftone, touch-flone, fandy or 
 free-flone, mill-ltones, ftucco-ftones, flate, lime-ftones, beautiful petrefa- 
 tions, with coarfe and white marble. Two Sivedijh miles and a half from 
 Nordkioping, in the forefl of Koohnole, or as others call it, Kalmaldcn, are 
 large and deep quarries of excellent white marble, of an extraordinary 
 hardnefs, with beautiful green veins, which are fometimes of a dark, and 
 fometimes of a bright vivid green, finely interwoven together. Of this 
 marble Mr. J. H. Sivers in his ' Short account of Swedijh marble,' printed 
 in two meets in quarto at jNurenbefg, has given a particular defcription. 
 Marienglas, called Mnfeovy glais or iiing-glafs, a rhomboidal fpar, Spall urn 
 viride montanum, leis properly called gold-folder, and Spat hum cceruieum 
 fnontanum, red, green, and blue fofhle colours, vitriol, Lac montanum or an 
 argentine white earth, mercury, Amianthus, lead-ore, cerule, cobalt, alum, 
 fullers-earth, petroleum, fulphur, mother of pearl, &c. are alfo dug up in 
 Sweden. Many pearls of great vaiue have been found in the pearl-fifheries 
 of Finland. In Smoland and the Lehn or fief of Bohus fait is boiled from 
 the fea-water, but not in fufficient quantities to fupply the country. 
 
 §. 9. The great wealth of Sweden ariles from its mines and metals. 
 
 Some Gold-ore has been difcovered in Smoland. 
 
 The largeft Silver-mine is near Sala. There are others at Hellefors, 
 St crhaar and Skijhytte in Thal-Lande ; Norrefors in Eafl-Gothland ; Brattfors 
 in Warmeland, where pure filver is dug up ; at Gißeby in Schonen, and in 
 
 feveral 
 
 2 5.
 
 2 5 4 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 federal parts of Lapland. Thefe mines are not equally rich ; and in Tome 
 of them the expectation of future profits is greater than what they yield 
 at prefent. 
 
 The number of the copper-mines, hammering-mills, and fmelting-houfes 
 is very confiderable ; and the richeft mines of this fort are at Falun, in which 
 pure copper has been formerly found; but fuch veins are no longer to 
 be met with. 
 
 Iron-ore is here in fuch plenty, that it generally mews itfelf on the 
 furface of the earth : It is alfo remarkable for its richnefs ; efpecially the 
 Ocregrund iron-ore. The produce of the iron-mines conftitutes two thirds 
 of the national revenues. The number of forges, hammering-mills, and 
 fmelting-houfes in Sweden is about four hundred and fifty. The beft 
 iron-mines are in Upland : But Wejhnannland carries on the greateft trade 
 in iron. 
 
 Lead is alfo dug up in Sweden in vaft quantities ; and moil: of the 
 hammering-mills and mines are in the province of Sweden, properly fo 
 called. 
 
 The flourifhing ftate- of the Swediß mines will beft appear from an 
 account of their produce for a certain number of years. 
 
 t. The gold-mine, from the year 1741 to J 747 *, produced two 
 .thoufand three hundred and ninety-eight gold-ducats -j-, 
 
 2. The produce of the filver-mine at Sala, from the yeaf 1743 to 1747, 
 was eight thoufand feven hundred Lothige marks %, two ounces and 
 a half; and that of Adolphus Frederick's mine, from the year 174'. to 
 1747, was about one hundred and eighty-fix marks five ounces. That 
 of the North-tame, in fome years, amounts to forty-five marks. 
 LofaiSs mine, from the year 1744 to 1747, produced about twenty-two 
 or twenty-three marks. Near Hellefors feveral Lothige marks of filver are 
 annually refined. The north Chrißilims, Meilern, Tirapen, and Silberhytta 
 mines are two veins of ore called Mahnen, and contain generally froflM 
 iixtv to leventy pounds of lead in every hundred weight of oar; and 
 the' hundred weight of lead yields commonly from one to two, frequently 
 from three to four, and fometimes from fix to eight ounces of filver. 
 
 3 . The produce of the copper-mines at Talun, from the year 1 743 to 
 1747, was about twenty-two thoufand eight hundred and feventy-nine 
 pounds. The New Work, or Liufiiets mine, Garpenbergs, or the Old 
 Work, and the copper-mines of Rltterhutte, Rocker, and Betnhige, Anes or 
 Infw and LofeJh, Hakauboda, Lhifnedal, Liimgedal, Handohl, (iladhammar 
 
 * The author exprefles himfclf very obfcurcly here ; for it is uncertain whether he means 
 the annual product, or that of five years taken together. Nor does he acquaint us whether 
 it is incluftve, or exclufive of the years mentioned above. 
 
 f A £old ducat is about nine findings and four-pence fierling. 
 
 1 A Lcthige mark is equal to nine ounces twelve penny- weights Trey weight. 
 
 and
 
 SWEDEN. 255 
 
 and Mortefer, from the year 1744 to 1747, altogether produced four 
 thoufand and fixty-eight pounds of copper. 
 
 4. The iron-works yearly produce about two hundred and ninety-nine 
 thoufand five hundred and thirteen pounds of iron which are fent to the 
 forges ; and the whole quantity of iron exported in bars from Sweden, from 
 the year 1738 to 1744, amounted to two millions one hundred fifty-four 
 thoufand fix hundred and forty-one pounds. 
 
 §. 10. Sweden, in proportion to its extent, is not fufficicntly people 1 
 Of this there is a remarkable inflance in one place, which, however, 1 . 
 not the moft northern part of the kingdom, where hardly four thoufand 
 feven hundred fouls are to be found in the compafs of two hundred and 
 twenty-five German or geographical fquare miles. 
 
 Some learned Swedes compute the number of the inhabitants of Swedem 
 and Finland at about three millions ; reckoning eighty thoufand farms, on 
 which are one million fix hundred thoufand fouls, (the women, children, 
 and fervants included,) to make up above half of the number of the in- 
 habitants in the whole kingdom. Others will have the number of 
 inhabitants to be but two millions; reckoning the continent öf Swed.j 
 and Finland to be about nine or ten thoufand fquare S-uwiijh miles ; of 
 which at leaft four thoufand are level and fertile, and of thefe one thou- 
 fand might be annually fown. Hence they juftly infer that the country 
 might be made to produce fome millions of quarters of corn more than it 
 does at prefent, and confequently might afford fubfiftence to a far greater 
 number of inhabitants : Whereas, at prefent, fome parifhes are fo extenfivc, 
 and at the fame time lb thinly inhabited, that a peafant muft travel feveral 
 Swedifi miles to vifit his next neighbour ; and others contain but feventv 
 and fometimes not fo many farms, which take up a tract of land equal 
 tothewholeprovir.ee of Holland ; though perhaps fuch a parilh has not 
 fo many wretched cottages as there are towns in that rlourilliing pro- 
 vince. This confideration gave occafion to a propofal made in the Iaft 
 Diet, that the peafants fhould divide their farms, and be permitted to take 
 a greater number of fervants ; that proper meafures fhould be taken for 
 preventing or putting a flop to the moft frequent epidemical difiempers ; 
 and that all parts of the kingdom fhould be provided with fkilful mid- 
 wives ; thefe being looked upon as the moft probable means for increafing 
 the number of inhabitants in the country. 
 
 The Swedes are robuft, hardy, and vigorous, and are enured to all kinds 
 of fatigues Mid hardfhips, which they undergo with chearfulnefs. 
 
 The common people here fubfift by agriculture, working in. the mines, 
 grazing, hunting, fifhing, and commerce both domeftic and foreign. 
 They traflick in the following commodities : viz. mafts, beams, timber 
 for building, deal boards, the bark of birch-trees, tar, pitch, pot-afh, 
 
 wooden.
 
 256 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 wooden utenfils, baßßricke/i*, horfes, oxen, fheep, bacon, butter, cheefe, 
 fait, hides, flax, hemp, linen, fowls, furs or the fkins of black, blue, 
 white and crofs foxes, ermines, bears, martens, hyenas, otters, beavers, 
 rein-deers, &c. which are produced in the feveral provinces. 
 
 The nobility of this Kingdom are fo numerous, that the noble manors 
 and feats in Sweden and Finland amount to eight hundred, to which feveral 
 rights, &c. are annexed. The Counts and Barons, who have very considerable 
 privileges and immunities, were firft created by King Erick XIV. in 
 the year 1 561 5 and, at prefent, the former confift of fifty-eight families, 
 whole names are as follow. 
 
 Brahe, the principal in the king- 
 dom. 
 
 Deuenhaupt. 
 
 De la Gardie. 
 
 Wajaborg. 
 
 Oxenßierna von Kroneborg, 
 
 Stenbock. 
 
 Duglas. 
 
 Schlippenbach. 
 
 Wachtmeißer von Johanßuß. 
 
 Sperling. 
 
 Bielke. 
 
 Gulknßelpe. 
 
 Bondevon Biomo. 
 
 Gyllenborg. 
 
 Meilin. 
 
 Bolus. 
 
 Giillenßierna von Biorkoßund. 
 
 Piper. 
 
 Frolich. 
 
 Strotnberg. 
 
 Poffe. 
 
 Nieroth. 
 
 Horn von Ekcbyholm. 
 
 Spens. 
 
 Cronhiel/n von Floßa. 
 
 Von Ferfcn. 
 
 Recn/lierna. 
 
 Teßn. 
 
 Meierfeld. 
 
 Monier. 
 
 Ducker. 
 
 Taube. 
 
 Sparre von Sandby. 
 
 Bonde von Sajßaholm. 
 
 Dohna. 
 
 Sparre von Sofdeborg. 
 
 Von Lieven. 
 
 Creutz. 
 
 Cronhiehn von Hakunge. 
 
 Horn von Ranzien. 
 
 Ekeblad. 
 
 Lilienßeds. 
 
 Lagerberg. 
 
 "Torneßykt. 
 
 Hord. 
 
 Putbus. 
 
 Von Duben. 
 
 Bark. 
 
 Von Heßfentein. 
 
 Loeven. 
 
 Von Rofen. 
 
 Wrangel. 
 
 Elirenpreufs. 
 
 Ccdcrcreutz. 
 
 Von During. 
 
 Hamilton. 
 
 * This is a kind of cordage made of the inner bark of a tree. 
 
 Not
 
 S TF E D E N. 2 57 
 
 Not only the nobility and clergy, but alfo the citizens and peafants 
 (the vafl'als of the nobility excepted) conftitutc a part of the States of 
 the kingdom, as I (hall (hew in the fequel. 
 
 The Swediflj language has fuch an affinity with the Danißi and Nor* 
 ivegian dialects, that the inhabitants of the three kingdoms readily under- 
 ftand each other : But Finland and Lapland have their refpective dialects. 
 In the Pagan times the Swedes made ufe of a particular Alphabet termed 
 Runor, or Runic characters ; as appears from the Rimenßeine or Runic 
 ftones fet up near the fepulchres of the dead, which are ftill to be feen in 
 moil of the provinces ; as alfo by the Runenflabe or Runic ftaves, on which 
 a perpetual Almanack or calendar, with the ufual computation of time, was 
 engraven in Runic letters. The Runenflabe is füll ufed in fome parts of 
 Sweden. 
 
 §. ii. This country was formerly involved in the groffefr. darknefs of Pagan 
 idolatry; and Upfal was the feat of their fuperftitious worfhip. The Emperor 
 Charles the Great, at die requeft of King Biorn, fent hither an eminent eccle- 
 fiaftic called Herbert, who made known the glad tidings of the Gofpel in 
 Ofl-Gothland ; and for the fame laudable end, the Emperor Lewis fent 
 into Sweden the famous Anfcharius, who was fucceeded by feveral others. 
 It appears that, in the middle ages, the clergy had got feveral large eftates 
 and other endowments into their hands; and that the Pope aifumed a 
 great power over the temporal concerns of the kingdom. Thele abufes 
 procured M. Olaus Petri the more favourable reception in Sweden, who 
 was a difciple of Luther, and promulgated the pure and uncorrupt doctrines 
 of the Gofpel in this country. King Gußavus Vafa, by his perfeverance, 
 happily introduced the Reformation in Sweden, notwithstanding the innu- 
 merable difficulties he encountered with. And though the reformed religion 
 met with great oppofition, and underwent many trials in the reigns of John 
 and Sigifmund; yet it was eftablilhed at laffc by the Diet and Synod held 
 at Upfal in the year 1593, when the States of the kingdom in a folemn 
 manner engaged to adhere to the pure evangelical doctrine, as preached by 
 Luther ; and this, iince the Decree of Uniformity of Religion which pafled 
 in 1613, is both by the fovereign and his fubjects to be accounted the 
 only eftablifhed church in the kingdom. In 1741, indeed, his Majefty 
 was pleafed to permit, by a royal edict, the free exercife of religion to the 
 Cahinißs, and the members of the church of England, in all fea-ports, 
 except that of Carlfcron. 
 
 As to the hierarchy in Sweden, it is as follows : 
 
 One Archbifhop, namely, that of Upfal, who performs the coronation 
 ceremony. 
 
 Ten Bifhops, viz. thofe of Linkioping, Skara, Strengnas, Welleras, Wexio y 
 Abo, Lund, Borgo, Gothenburg, and Calmar. 
 
 Vol. I. LI Three
 
 2 5 8 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 Three Superintcndants, one of which refides at Carlßadt, another at 
 ILmofand, and the third in Gottland. The other ecclefiaftics in town 
 and country are fubordinate to thefe, as the provofts, deacons, chaplains 
 or curates, and the miniilers or incumbents in villages. 
 
 §. 12. The Swedes are of late greatly improved in Arts and Sciences; 
 but thofe branches of literature which they chiefly ftudy are the Oeco- 
 nomics, Natural Philofophy, together with the Antiquities, Hiftory, and 
 Geography of their own and other countries. 
 
 Upfal is the mofl antient and confiderable Univerfity in Sweden, and is 
 very liberally endowed. In the year 1728, a Royal Academy of Sciences 
 was alfo founded in the fame city. 
 
 The Univerfity at Lund in Schonen is ftiled Accidentia Carolina Gothorum. 
 
 There is a third Univerfity at Abo in Finland. 
 
 A Royal Academy of Sciences was alio inftituted at Stockholm in the year 
 1739; and the Memoirs ofthat fociety have been well received in foreign 
 parts. In the fame city are the following inftitutions ; namely, Archives 
 for antiquities, a Collegium Medicum, or Phyfic-College, a royal Academy 
 for that part of the Mathematics relating to the military art. Another 
 for Surveying of land. A Chymical and Mechanical elaboratory, and an 
 Academy of Painting and Sculpture. 
 
 Queen Louifa Ulrica inftituted an Academy for the polite arts at Drot- 
 n'mghohn in the year 1753. 
 
 Ghymnafia, or Seminaries for the education of youth, are inftituted at 
 the following places ; namely, at Linkioping, Cahnar, Wexio, Gothenburg^ 
 Skara, Carlßadt, Strengnas, Weßerchs, Gefla, and Hernofand. Cathedral or 
 epifcopal fchools are founded at Upfal and Abo ; and inferior fchools at 
 IFißy, Frofo, Ofele, Lyckfele, and 'Jockmock. There is alfö a Latin or 
 Grammar fchool at Stockholm for the benefit of the Germans fettled in 
 that city. An ordinance for the improvement and regulation of the art 
 of printing was publifhed by his Swedijb Majefty in 1752; by which a 
 new fociety was inftituted for that purpofe, regulated by proper rules for 
 the managing of that art and the perfons to be employed in it. 
 
 Here it may not be improper to take notice of what M. A. Birch, in a 
 differtation delivered in the year 1749, obferves concerning the proportion 
 that the ftudents in Sweden bear to the number of Aemts, i. e. Ports, 
 or Benefices. He tells us that ia this Kingdom, exclufive of the German- 
 provinces, there are in all three thoufand ecclefiaftical Aemets or Benefices 1 
 one tlioufand three hundred civil pofls which are filled with perfons learned 
 in the laws ; one thoufand thee hundred military ports which are occupied 
 by men of literature ; fix hundred offices relating to the fever al departments 
 which belong to the government, and two thoufand fix hundred phyficians. 
 
 a.ad furgcon*, 
 
 §• *3>
 
 SWEDEN. 
 
 §. 13. A few centuries ago there were no manufactures eftäblifhed in 
 Sweden. The Hanfe-towns not only exported unwrought iron and copper 
 from this Kingdom, but likewife the ore of thofe metals, which they fold 
 again to the Swedes when they had wrought them into various tools and 
 utenfils. The inhabitants of the coafts of Sweden were all fiihermen, and 
 the towns had no artificers. In the reign of Gujlavus Vafa the Swedes firft 
 began to work their metals and even their wood at home ; and towards 
 the middle of the feventeenth century they begun to fet up all forts of 
 manufactures in Sweden j but mod of the hands they employed were 
 foreigners, particularly Hollanders and Flemmings. In the year 1641, a 
 glafs-manufactory was erected here. The following manufactures and trades 
 were alfo eftablifhed in the fucceeding years, namely the Starch manufac- 
 tory in 1643; that of Tin in 1646; Bookfellers fhops in 1647; Needle 
 and Silk manufactures in 1649; Leather-dreffing and Soap-boiling in 1 65 1 ; 
 Sawing-mills in 1653; Iron and Steel manufactures in 1654; Sugar-baking 
 in 1 66 1; and the woollen and filk manufactures flourilhed above all 
 the reft : But in the wars under Charles XII. manufactures in general fell 
 to decay. In the reign of Frederick I. all forts of mechanic trades and 
 manufactures revived once more. The breeding of flieep was alfo regulated 
 and encouraged ; tobacco was planted ; foreign artifls and manufacturers 
 were allowed the free exercife of their religion ; and other ufeful regulations 
 were made in Sweden. It was reiblved by the States at the laft Diet, 
 which was held in 1752, to give all poflible encouragement to new 
 manufactures that mould be fet up in this Kingdom. There are at prefent 
 in Sweden manufactories of filk, cloth, cotton, fuftian and other fluffs, linen, 
 fail-cloth, Morocco-leather, cotton-printing, dying; and alio for boiling or 
 refining of alum, fugar, foap, and fait ; for {pinning, of tobacco; making 
 glafs, porcelain, and brimftone ; here are alfo paper-mills, gunpowder-mills, 
 fulling-mills, boring-mills, ftamping-mills, &c. Vaft quantities of. copper, 
 fteel, brafs and iron, are likewife wrought in Sweden. Here are alfo foun- 
 daries for great guns, pots, &c. forges for fire-arms, armours, anchors, &c. 
 wire and flatting-mills, and the like. However the Swedes are not com- 
 pletely {killed in the working of metals. Great numbers of fhips are 
 alfo built, and wooden veffels and utenfils made in this Kingdom 
 
 According to the computation laid before the States of the Kingdom, 
 at the Diet held in 1752, the produce of the manufactures in Sweden from 
 the firft of October 1739, when the Board for Trades and Manufactures 
 was firft erected, to the clofe of the year 1750, amounted to twenty- 
 three millions fix hundred forty-five thou fand four hundred and fort-nine 
 filver "dollars*, exclufive of the profits arifing from fugar and tobacco; which 
 
 * A filver dollar is equal to is, 6d. \ flerling. 
 
 L 1 2 fum, 
 
 259
 
 2 6o INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 funij the fourth part being deducted for the purchafe of materials, makes a 
 favingto the country of feventeen millions feven hundred thirty-four thoufand 
 and fifty-feven filver dollars. The increafe of the filk, woollen, cotton and 
 thread manufactures appears from hence, that in four years, namely, from 
 j 74 1 to 1744, twenty-five Tons of geld -J- (filver money) and a quarter 
 were expended for the unwrought materials. But in the four enfuing year? 
 the fum rofe to thirty-fix Tons of gold ; and confequently the increafe was no 
 lefs than ten and a quarter Tons of gold. The goods made of thefe materials 
 being reckoned at three times the value of the latter, the produce of the 
 manufactures for four years, namely, from 1744 to 1748, muft have increafed 
 to thirty-two and a quarter Tons of gold ; not to mention the greater quantity 
 of woollen goods imported on Swedijh bottoms. The white cotton imported 
 into Sweden has not been of late fo confiderable as it was formerly ; the cottons 
 flannels, and printed linens made at home being come into greater vogue. In 
 the year 1754.it was computed that about one thoufand fix hundred and four 
 perfons were employed in the filk manufacture, eight thoufand five hundred 
 and fixty-feven in the woollen, two thoufand and thirty-four in the linen 
 and cotton manufactures, and two hundred and nine in the hard-ware ; 
 but few of the home manufactures are bought in Sweden, which is owing; 
 to the extravagant demands of the manufacturers, who rate them at 
 fifty, feventy-five, or even a hundred per cent, beyond the price of 
 foreign goods. The planting of tobacco has increafed much ; efpeciallv 
 near Carljhamn and Lund ; fo that the quantity of foreign tobacco imported 
 into the Kingdom is decreafed by one half. It is of the higheft concern 
 to Sweden to diverfify and improve their iron manufactures, that they may 
 be able to fend a variety of iron-ware abroad ; as the iron-bar trade is con- 
 fiderably decreafed fince the iron-works of RuJ/ia and America have been 
 wrought. 
 
 §. 14. Sweden is very conveniently fituated for commerce, as it lies be- 
 tween the Baltic and the North-Sea. Befides, it has feveral large lakes and 
 rivers ; and fome of the latter empty themfelves into thefe lakes, and others 
 into the fea. A fcheme has been a long time on foot to avoid the pailage 
 through the Sound., by carrying on the trade from Stockholm another way. 
 The ihips bound to that port were to fail through the lake of Malar, and 
 by the river and canal of Arboga into the H/elmar-hke, on which the towns 
 of Oerebro is fituated, as far as the lake of Wener 3 and from thence through. 
 Gothifch Elbe or Gothland river to Gothenburg, and fo into the North-Sea. But 
 the execution of this important plan will be attended with great difficulties, 
 by reafon of the vaft cataract in the Gothic-Elbe, called Trollhatta. However 
 on the Carisgraben near Trollhatta, a fluice or canal, called Count Tejjin, 
 
 f A Ten of gold, is one hundred thoufand Swtdijf) dollars at is, bd. f which is nearly 
 aqua! to 7-75 7, ftcrlinir.
 
 SWEDEN. 25i 
 
 has been completed; and towards the clofe of the year 1752, it was 
 opened with great folemnity, and found navigable for veflels of burden ; 
 fo that it promifes great advantages to the country by the incrcaie of 
 trade. 
 
 Sweden, for a long time, was without any trade or commerce ; and formerly 
 ufed to be fupplied with foreign commodities by the Hanfe-towns, which, 
 fo early as the year 1344, were endowed with feveral privileges, and ex- 
 empt from paying any cuftom or duty in Sweden. At laft King Erich, a 
 Pomeranian, perfuaded his fubjedts to carry on fome trade in their own 
 bottoms, and to employ five or fix fhips for that purpofe. After this the 
 trade of the ßanfe-towns very much declined, though Lübeck frill retained 
 feveral privileges ; which, however, were confiderably reft rained in the 
 year 1529, and entirely annulled in 1599 and 1600 ; from which time 
 the Englifij and Dutch engrofled the trade to Sweden into their hands. 
 Several commercial companies were alfo erected in Sweden, from time 
 to time, as the South-Company in 1626; which, however, was diflblved. 
 in 166 1. A College or board of trade was inftituted in the year 1637; 
 and a treaty was concluded with Portugal in 1641, by virtue of which 
 an African Company was erected, who built fort Corfo on the coaft of Guinea. 
 In 1648, a Tar-Company, who were to buy up and export the tar produced 
 in the northern provinces of Sweden, was erected. But all thefe Compa- 
 nies in a fhort time came to nothing. 
 
 In the year 1648, the town of Hchnfladt began to fit out fifhing 
 veflels ; and even the Nobility joined with the Burghers in fitting out fhips j 
 though foreign veflels were employed for fome time after. In 1667, a 
 herring-fifhery was let up at Gothenburg. In 1666, fome Englißmen were 
 encouraged to fettle at Helfinburg, where feveral privileges were conferred on 
 them ; and in 1667, a Swedijh man of war firft failed to the Mediterranean. 
 The long wars in the reign of Charles XII. proved extemely detrimental 
 to the trade and manufactures of Sweden : But under Frederick I. they both 
 revived ; and in the laft Diet it was refolved vigoroufly to promote the im- 
 provement of trade and navigation. 
 
 Certain towns which were allowed to import and export goods in their 
 own fhips, and to trade both with natives and foreigners, are called Staple- 
 towns, and are four and twenty in number. But thofe towns which lie 
 near the fea, and yet have no foreign commerce ; and are permitted only to 
 carry on domeftic trade, to have fhares in freight of goods, and to purhafe, 
 by wholeiale the goods imported by the Staple-towns, are called Land- 
 towns. Some of thefe are inland, and others fea-port towns ; others again 
 are Mhie-tcwns, or belong to fome Mine-Diftrict. The chief Staple-tov 
 in Sweden are Stockholm and Gothenburg. At the former are held the 
 College of Commerce, the national Bank (which has often advanced. 
 
 COJ.i. •
 
 2 6 2 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 considerable fums of money for the fcrvice of the government, and has a 
 fund of about fix million, of filver dollars, befides current bills to the 
 amount of feventy millions, and an Infurance-office. In the latter, viz. 
 Gothenburg^ are the Eafi-lndia Company which was erected in the year 
 173 1, and pays for every fhip that returns from India fifty thoufand filver 
 dollars to the government; and a Levant Company. The Swedes even 
 trade to China. But as this trarfkk runs away with a great deal of bullion 
 out of the Kingdom, Baron Harlemann calls it ' a neceflary evil.' They 
 likewise trade along the coafts of the Mediterranean, and to other European 
 ports. 
 
 The exports from Sweden are, iron in bars and wrought, other wrought 
 m uals, timber, pitch, tar, pot-afh, falt-petre, gun-powder, cobalt, cordage, 
 furs, .Mbmro-leather, as it is called, and dried fifh. On the other hand 
 the imports are grain, flefh, bacon, cheefe, butter, tallow, fait, wine, brandy, 
 drugs, hides, hemp, flax, wool, filk and feveral foreign manufactures. 
 
 The prefent ftate of the commerce of Sweden was laid before the 
 States in the Diet of the year 1752, by the deputation of trade and ma- 
 nufactures ; by which it manifestly appears that the trade of this country 
 has increased remarkably for fome years paft. The manufactures have 
 been alfo greatly improved ; which has leffened the importation of foreign 
 commodities, employed a greater number of the natives, and faved the nation 
 great fums of money which ufed to be expended for foreign manufactures. 
 The exportation of fome commodities has alfo lately increafed ; particularly 
 iron ; which, not long fince, was fold at a low rate, when it was de- 
 pofited in warehoufes belonging to foreigners; but now fells at a good 
 price. However, proper meafures have been taken to prevent dealers from 
 railing the price of this commodity too high, and thereby giving an ad- 
 vantage to foreign iron- works. 
 
 The courfe of exchange has alio, from time to time, been gradually 
 lowered, and brought nearer to a par with that of other nations ; and lets 
 fDecie now goes out of the Kingdom for unwrought materials and other 
 neceflary goods than heretofore. From the year 174 1 101744, inclufively, 
 the imports of Sweden exceeded the exports by fifty-eight Tons of gold 
 iilvcr money : But in the four Succeeding years, the former exceeded the 
 latter only by three and twenty Tons of gold; and of late years the balance 
 lias been lefs confiderable. Provisions, raw materials for manufactures, 
 and other neceflaries are now purchafed at the firSr. hand, and imported 
 into the Kingdom in Swedijh bottoms ; in which the home products are 
 alfo exported. 
 
 Laftly, the duty or excife on what is confumed at home is a rcftraint 
 upon luxury and excefs ; at leaft, in thofe who affect it, it is made an 
 inftrument of augmenting the national revenue. But all thefe advantageous 
 
 infli-
 
 SWEDEN. 263 
 
 inftitutions, and laudable endeavours, cannot yet bring the exports and imports 
 of Sweden to an equality ; the latter exceeding the former at leaft to the 
 value of fix Tons of gold every year. Sweden exports annually to the 
 amount of fix or feven millions, in metals, minerals, wooden ware, tar, pot- 
 afh, &c. On the other hand colours for dying, &c. drugs, fpices, fugar, 
 fait, foreign liquors, filk, and cotton drain the country every year of near 
 twenty-fix Tom of gold and two thouland three hundred feventy-five fiber 
 dollars , for as Sweden is entirely without fiome of thefe commodities, and 
 has not a futficient quantity of others, it muft be fupplied with them from 
 foreign countries. Befides thofe fpecified above, the following commodities 
 have, in the fpace of four years, coft the nation two hundred and thirty-two 
 Tom of goldand a half ; viz y 
 
 Tons of gold. Silver Dollars. 
 
 For grain of all forts 1 13, ,35, 320. 
 
 For provifions 1 85,25,66 8. 
 
 For Flax, hemp, wool, linen") , 
 
 and woollen yarn, and leather J '" 4> 44* 
 For fifh 3 3 „67,8 1 6. 
 
 Total 2325,52,848. 
 
 According to this calculation, thefe articles amount annually to fifty-eight 
 Tons of gold and thirteen thoufand two hundred and eighteen Dollars, filver 
 money. Luxury, vanity, and excefs in provifions, drefs, buildings, &c. rather 
 increafe - y though woollen cloths and fluffs, the materials of which are pro- 
 duced in the country, and manufactured by the natives, feern much better- 
 adapted to the climate of Sweden, as well as to the intereft of the nation, 
 than thofe expenfive filks, which the Swedes are too fond of. 
 
 It muft however be obferved, that thefe calculations are not altogether 
 accurate and unexceptionable; for the cuftom of ftating the balance of 
 trade from the imports and exports, as they (land in the cuftom-houfe 
 books, is far from being exact. According to the cuftom-houfe entries* 
 Sweden muft be much poorer now than it was at the death of Charles XII. than 
 which nothing is more improbable. The great difparity of the courfe of 
 exchange is ftill an extreme detriment to the kingdom. 
 
 The exportation of copper and copper plates has been prohibited fince the 
 year 1 744, that commodity being, at prefent, wanted at home : Neither 
 is the exportation of iron bars fo confiderable as it was formerly ; and- the 
 like may be obferved of the iron and fteel-ware. A due equality of trade 
 among the fever al provinces of the kingdom is alio wanting ; fo that one 
 gradually drains the other, 
 
 1 Another
 
 2 6 4 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 Another great impediment to theincreafe of commerce is the fmuggling of 
 prohibited and counterband goods, to the yearly amount of five or fix Tons of 
 gold; and this illicit trade is chiefly carried on by the Lübeckers. In 
 order to put a flop to this illegal practice, it was enacted in l 754, That all 
 foreign merchandife thus clandeftinely imported (hall, upon feizure, be 
 not only confiscated, but packed up, fealed, and delivered in at the Manu- 
 facture-Office erected by the government at Stockholm, in order to be fent 
 to a Swedißj conful, agent, or commiffary abroad ; who is publicly to ex- 
 pofe the commodities to fale, and to remit the produce of them to the 
 äbovementioned Office. 
 
 In the mean time, no endeavours have been wanting to bring the exports 
 and imports to an equality, and by degrees even to turn the fcale in 
 favour of the former. The means employed for this purpofe were, 
 
 1. The improvement and increafe of" agriculture; grain and provifions 
 being the capital article of the imports. 
 
 2. The encouragement of fifheries; for which end, in the year 1745, 
 a charter was granted to a Fifhing-Company ; and in 1752, feveral privi- 
 leges were granted to all fifhermen that fhould fettle on the fea-coafts 
 to follow that occupation. 
 
 3. The improvement of manufactures. And 
 
 4. The conftant employment of Swediß; bottoms for carrying on the 
 trade of the Kingdom. 
 
 §. 15. The Coins in Sweden are 
 
 1 . Gold ducats *. 
 
 2. Silver pieces ; as the filver Oer -j-, one of which is equal to four 
 Pfennings, twenty of them to a Caroline J, and thirty-two to a filver Dollar ||. 
 There are double and half Carolines, and alfo double fingle and half 
 filver Oer current here. 
 
 3 . Copper pieces ; which are 
 
 An Oer, which, like a Randfluck **, is equal to two Pfennings. 
 An half; a quarter ; and a fixth part of Kupfer-Oer. 
 A copper dollar -f-f- is about four Grofchen. 
 
 4. Imaginary money ; which are the Silver-Mark %%■> an d Copper- Mark 
 || I! . The former is three times the value of the latter ; and fix filver, or 
 eighteen copper marks is equal to a Specie Dollar or thirty-two Grofchen ^[. 
 
 §. 16. All travellers agree in commending the roads for their goodnefs 
 and lecurity, the reafonable rates of carriages, and the courteous civility of 
 the people in Sweden. 
 
 * A Ducat is about qs. 4^. fterling. f An Oer is equal to ,\ of a penny fterling. 
 X A Caroline is about is. 2d. fterling. || A filver Dollar is equal to is. bd. | Engliflt 
 money. ** Eight Rundftics make a penny Engliß). \\ A copper Dollar is equal to bd. 
 I- fterling. %% A filver mark is equal to ^d. \ itcrling, |||| A copper Mark id. £. 
 f About 11, 3</. fterling. 
 
 §.17. Sweden
 
 SWEDEN. 2 6 5 
 
 §. 17. Sweden is indifputably one of the mod ancient kingdoms in 
 Europe ; but it is difficult to determine who were the firft inhabitants or 
 Sovereigns of this country. It was anciently called by various names, as 
 Jotunland, Gotunhem, Jattahem, Mannahem, Skytiod, Attland, Nordurland, 
 Scants Ey, Scanzia, Scandia or Scandinavia, Balthia, Gethia, and Gothia. 
 
 Sweden is particularly famous for being the native country of the fierce 
 and warlike Goths, whofe emigrations make fuch a figure in hiftory. The 
 kingdom of the Swedes was feparate from that of the Goths until tin- 
 twelfth century: But in the year 1132, both nations, with their feveral 
 dependencies, were united under Svercher King of the Ojlrogoths, who was 
 proclaimed Sovereign of the Swedes and Goths. It was afterwards agreed 
 by the two nations, that the Swedijh and Gothic Princes Should hold the 
 fovereignty alternately ; but this occafioned many bloody inteiline wars and 
 
 commotions. 
 
 Magnus Smeek added Schonen and the adjacent territories to the kingdom ; 
 but that Prince alienated them again from the crown, and by his male- 
 adminiftration deprived both himfelf and his family of the throne. For 
 after Albert, Duke of Mecklenburg, his lifter's fon, had been eleded King, 
 Margaret, who was heirefs to the crowns of Denmark and Norway, 
 compelled him to give up the kingdom of Sweden to her ; and that Princels, 
 by the union of Calmar, united the three Northern Kingdoms under one 
 head in the year 1397. This union the Swedes were obliged to' receive, 
 but with the greateft indignation ; and, after feveral unfuccelsful attempts, 
 they at length (hook off the Danijh yoke. What mod irritated them to 
 this revolt, was the perfidious malfacre perpetrated at Stockholm, by order 
 of King Chri/iian II. in the year 1520. 
 
 Gußavus Erickjbu von Wafa was firft chofen Statthalter, and, in 1523, 
 had the fovereignty conferred on him. This founder of a new royal line 
 eftablifhed the reformed religion in Sweden ; and the crown was fettled on 
 his heirs in the male line. But the divilion of the kingdom among his 
 children, the male-adminiftration of his fon Jchn, together with the pro- 
 pensity of Erick (Johns brother) and his fon Sigifmund King of Poland 
 to Popery, threw the kingdom into terrible distractions. Thefe com- 
 motions, however, were at laft compofed by Charles IX. and his fon 
 Gujlavus Adolphus. This heroic Prince conquered the greateft part of 
 Livonia and Polißo Prußia; and penetrated to far into Germany as to 
 become formidable to the Emperor. But in 1632, this Monarch loft 
 his life in the battle of Lutzen-, and by his death the male line of Wafa 
 became extinct. His daughter Chrijlina took away from Norway and 
 Denmark the territories of Jamtland, and Harjedalen, with the iflands 01 Goit- 
 land and Oeland ■, and in 1648 She dilmembered upper Pcmcrania, Lremen, 
 Verden, and Wifinar from the German Empire, and added them to the 
 Swedijh dominions. But in the year 1654, that Princels Solemnly rehgncd 
 
 Vol. I. M m " the
 
 2 66 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 the crown of Sweden, and was very inftrumental in advancing to the 
 throne her coufin Charles Gußavus, Prince Palatine of Deux-Ponts, who 
 in 1658 added Schemen, Halland, Blekingen, and the Lehn of Bohus to the 
 Swediß: dominions. His fon Charles XI. reaflumed all the alienated crown 
 lands, and rendered himfelf an abfolute Monarch. Charles XII"; by an 
 exceffive fondnefs for war, brought the kingdom to very great diftrefs, 
 and was the laft male heir of his family. After Charles's death Ulrica 
 Eleajiora, his lifter, afcended the throne by the free election of the States ; 
 gave up all pretentions to arbitrary power; and in J 720, by confent of the 
 Diet, transferred the government to her hufband Frederick, hereditary 
 Prince of Heße-Caßel. King Frederick having no iffue, the States, in the 
 year 1743, nominated Adolphus Frederick, Duke of Holjlein and Bifhop of 
 Eutin, his fucceffor to the Crown of Sweden : who, accordingly on the 
 demife of Frederick, who died on the fifth day of April 175 1, aflumed 
 the reins of government. 
 
 §. 18. The title of the Kings of Sweden has been often varied. His 
 prefent Majefty is ftiled Adolphus Frederick, by the Grace of God, King 
 of Sweden, and of the Goths and Vandals ; great Prince of Finland ; here- 
 ditary Sovereign of Norway ; Duke of Slefwick, Holßein, Stcrmarn, and 
 Dit/narßj ; Count cf Oldenburg and DcbneukorJL 
 
 The Arms are quarterly. In the firft and fourth Azure, three crowns- 
 Or, for the kingdom of Sweden ; in the fecond and third darre, onde' Argent 
 and Azure, a lion rampant Or, crowned Gules, for Gothland-, with the Arms 
 ©f Holjlein in the inefcutcheon. 
 
 §. 19. In the year 1748, Frederick I. revived two ancient Orders of 
 Knighthood,, and founded another in Sweden. The principal of thefe is the 
 Blue Ribbon, or the Order of Seraphim, inftituted in 1334 by Magnus 
 Smeek'y the Knights of this Order are alfo Commandeurs of the other 
 Orders. The next is the Yellow Pvibbon, or the Order of the Sword,. 
 which was founded by Gußavus IVafa in the vear 1523. The Order of 
 the Black Ribbon, or the North Star, is of very late inftitution. All three 
 have their proper badges and motto's. 
 
 §. 20. Anciently the crown of Sweden was hereditary ; but the fucceffion 
 was interrupted under the Danißj Kings. The hereditary fucceffion was 
 afterwards fettled on Gußavus von V/afa ; and on Charles DC. and his 
 heirs, even in the female line. Arbitrary power was unknown in this 
 kingdom till the reign of Charles XI. which Charles XII. carried on with 
 a high hand. However at that Monarch's death it was abrogated ; the 
 elective right was reftored ; and a council, of feventeen of die principal 
 men in the kingdom, appointed for the King. The form of government 
 was fettled in Sweden in the year 1720, by which the King's male iflue 
 are declared his heirs and fucceflbrs to the throne : But before the new 
 Sovereign enters on tin; adrniniftration of the government, he renounces, by a 
 
 iblemri!
 
 SWEDEN. 267 
 
 folemn oath, all claim to Arbitrary Power which he detefts and abhors ; 
 and engages to punilh, with the utmoft rigour, all who (hall cndeavi 
 to promote it, as traitors and enemies to the King and Kingdom. Tin- 
 king cannot appropriate to himfelf, or alienate any of the national re- 
 venues. He cannot fettle any of the royal demefnes on his children; but 
 muft fupply the necefiary fums for their education and portions in ready 
 money. He muft be of the Lutheran religion. He is to govern in con- 
 cert with the Council of State, according to the general laws of Sweden, 
 and the prefent form of government. He is not to engage in any war, 
 to enact any laws, to impofe any new taxes, nor to alter the value of 
 the current coin ; nor to detain the falaries or penfions accruing to the 
 officers and foldiers from the crown-lands ; nor laftly, to contravene or 
 annul any ordinances made, or to be made, for the improvement or 
 navigation, trade, manufactures, &c. without the privity and content 
 of his Council and the States of the Kingdom. In 1755 and 1756, the 
 Diet added further limitations to the royal prerogative. 
 
 §.21. The States who have a feat and voice in the Diet, are com - 
 pofed of the 
 
 1. Nobility, confifting of Counts, Barons, and others who are dii- 
 tinguifhed by their rank or titles. 
 
 2 . The Clergy who, till the time of Guß crem Wafa, took place of the 
 Nobility. 
 
 3. The Burghers or citizens. 
 
 4. The Peafants. 
 
 The King is obliged to convene a Diet once in three years : But in the 
 Sovereign's ablence or on any other impediment, or his deceafe, the Council 
 of State iflues a proclamation for that purpofe ; and in default of male 
 heirs to the crown, the States meet of thcmfelves. The Sivedijh Diet 
 generally fits three months, or longer, according to the exigency of affairs. 
 Extraordinary Diets are fummoned by the King, with the confent of the 
 States of the kingdom. Every clafs has its Chairman or Prolocutor : The 
 Marfhal of the Diet is generally the Chairman of the Nobles ; the Archbiihop 
 of Vpfal that of the Clergy ; and the Burghers ufually make choice of one 
 of the Burgo-mafters of Stockholm. The Peafants have alio their Talem 
 or Speaker. The Counfellors of State have no vote in the Diet ; but e 
 Nobleman, Bifhop, Superintendent, and every two or three Provoftfhi 
 jointly, and every Diftrict of Peafants have a vote in the aflembly of 1 
 States. Moft of the towns have but one vote ; fome, however, have t . 
 and Stockholm has four voices. Each of the four claffes has it! 
 hoiife: But at the general Diet all the States affemble in the Diet-cb 
 which is a large apartment in the King's palace. Whatever h 
 pened in the Kingdom fince the preceding Diet, and has been 
 in the Council of State, or otherwife relates to the good of the 
 
 M m 2 1
 
 >68 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 comes under deliberation in this Affembly ; but the King can propofe 
 nothing in the Diet without the previous advice of the Council of State. 
 §.22. The great Colleges or Councils of the Kingdom are 
 i. The Council of State, which is the fupreme Council. The King 
 himfelf prefides, and has two votes in this College ; where all national 
 affairs, which admit of no delay, are determined by the tmjority of 
 voices. 
 
 2. The Royal Courts of Juftice, of which the Sivedißi, properly fo called, 
 is held at Stockholm, the Gothic at Jonkoping, and that of Finland at 
 Abo. 
 
 3, The Royal War-College, which has the direction of all military 
 
 4. The College of Admiralty, which is held at Carlfcron. 
 
 5. The State-Office, in which the Prime Minifter prefides: The Secre- 
 tary of State is alio a member of this College, that has the care of the 
 records of the Kingdom. 
 
 6. The Royal Chamber of Finances. 
 
 7. The Royal Demefne Chamber. 
 
 8. The Royal Chamber of Revifion» 
 
 9. The Royal College of the Mines. 
 jo. The Royal College of Commerce» 
 j 1 . The Royal Chanceiy. 
 
 j 2. The Office of the States. 
 
 13. The Manufacture-Office.. 
 
 Foreigners are excluded from all pofts in the government of Sweden. 
 
 §.23. The new Swedißo Digeft, or Book of Laws, after mature exami- 
 nation in the Diets held in 1 73 1 and 1734, was allowed of by all the 
 States, confirmed by the King, and promulged in the year 1736. It 
 contains the new courfe of proceedings at law, whereby all law-fuits are 
 brought to a fhort iffue, and eafily determined. The towns and Diftricts 
 of the Peafants have their inferior courts, from which an appeal lies to the 
 fuperior or provincial courts ; and from thefe again to the royal courts of 
 juftice mentioned in §. 22, N° 2. In the village-courts of judicature 
 twelve Peafants always fit, as afliilants, to try cauies. 
 
 §. 24. King Giifiavus Wafa conliderably increafed the revenues of the 
 Kingdom by fequeftering the church-lands ; and Charles XI. made farther 
 additions to them by the re-affumption of the alienated crown-lands. By 
 the New Inftrument of Government the ordinary revenues and out-goings 
 of the Kingdom are placed upon the fame footing as they were in 1696. 
 The ordinary and extraordinary national cxpences for the Kingdom of 
 Sweden and the great Dutchy of Finland, for the year 1753, amounted to 
 len millions two hundred forty thoufand four hundred and thirty-four 
 
 filver
 
 SWEDEN. 269 
 
 filver Dollars*. But this fum could not be cleared by the ordinary 
 national revenue, which does not exceed eight millions feven hundred forty- 
 five thoufand feven hundred and eleven, including the fans allowed to the 
 Kino- for his civil lift, which was little lefs than a million of iilver Dollars. 
 The ufual grant to the King for his privy purie is about two hundred 
 thoufand iilver Dollars, to the Queen one hundred thoufand, to the Princefs 
 and Princeffes, the children of the reigning Monarch, thirty thoufand. 
 The King has alio twenty thoufand filver Dollars allowed him for travelling 
 charges. The fubfidies from France to the Crown of Sweden amount to 
 three hundred feventy-two thoufand two hundred and twenty-two filver 
 Dollars. The crown-debts are fo great, that fince the year 1753, the 
 annual intereft of them has amounted to one million twenty-eight thoufand 
 two hundred and eighty-fix filver Dollars, The far greateft part of this 
 fum has been borrowed from the Bank, which, from the year 174 1 to 
 1753-f-, has advanced feven millions four hundred and forty-feven thoufand 
 filver Dollars to the crown. 
 
 §. 25. The Military Forces of Sweden confift partly of raifed, and partly 
 of diftributed regiments. The latter form the greateft part, and are the 
 national militia, which are maintained by the country according to an 
 ordinance publifhed by Charles XL That Prince obliged the Nobility and 
 Gentry, as well as the Peafants, to provide and maintain both horfe and 
 foot ; of which every province furnifhes its contingency. 
 
 As for the infantry, every three Hinman provide a foot foldier, pay him 
 his ftipend, and furnifh him with a dwelling and a piece of land ; but 
 he has his accoutrements, arms, and ammunition, from the Crown ; how- 
 ever certain provinces, in proportion to a contract made, alio contribute 
 fomething towards thefe. The Crown alfo pays the principal and fubaltern 
 officers, and fupplies the troops with provifions when they are on their 
 march or in the field, unlefs at the rendezvous of the regiments and com- 
 panies when they meet in order to be muftered. 
 
 As to the Cavalry, the mufter-mafter is obliged both in time of peace 
 and war to pay the troopers, provide them with quarters, and their hoffes 
 with forage : He alfo keeps their arms and accoutrements in complete 
 order. The field and fubaltern officers have alfo their feveral ftipends 
 or rents allotted to them, as the common troopers. On a march and in 
 the field the Crown provides fubfiftence and ammunition for the troopers, 
 and forage for their horfes ; however every mufter-mafter is obliged to für- 
 nilh his troopers with twelve charges for their mufket» 
 
 "Jeiateland maintains Dragoons, whom the Crown finds in arms and 
 cloathing. The Peaiants contribute little or nothing in that province. But 
 the yemtlanders. were formerly allowed twenty Giver Doliars a man for 
 thefe Dragoons. 
 
 * A filver Dollar is equal to is. bd. 1 fV<r ! :>t;, as mentioned above. 
 
 t '1 he Author does not tell us whether induuve or exclufive of thefe years» 
 
 The
 
 ijo INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 The Peafants may hire foldiers as labourers to do their work ; and when 
 fuch a foldier rinds himfelf mafter of a fufticient parcel of arable and 
 meadow-land, hfi generally marries ; and, by that means, helps to people 
 the country. As to the particular ftate of the forces, they confift, 
 
 I. Of Infantry: And thefe are, 
 
 i. Railed regiments, moft of which ferve as garrifons in the fortified 
 places ; and two of them are cantoned in Ponura?iia. Among thefe are alfo 
 the King's Life-guards, which confift of eignteen compnies each of ioo 
 men, and are quartered in Stockholm, a^d feven o':her regiments fome of 
 which confift of iooo men each, others of 1200, t*oo, 1800, &c. 
 
 Men. 
 Making in all — — — — 13,800 
 
 A regiment of artillery confifting of — — — 3000 
 
 This is the only corps of that kind in the whole kingdom, and 
 is divided into twenty-fix companies of gunners, four companies 
 for fire-works, and four of pioneers. Thefe are upon the lame 
 duty as the infantry, and alfo have the fame pay. 
 
 2. The diftributed regiments, which are one-and-twenty in 
 number, exclufive of Kymmengard'^ batallion of 128 men. Each of 
 thefe regiments confifts of eight companies, excepting the regiments 
 of Nerike and Weremehmd, which have ten companies each. The 
 complement of the leaft of them is 1025 men, and of the largeft 
 regiment 1200, exclufive of the above named two regiments, which 
 have 1674 men each. Altogether making — — 2 4>238 
 
 Confequently the Infantry amount in all to — — 41,038. 
 
 II. Of Cavalry, which confifts 
 
 1 . Of feven regiments and one company. The King's regiment 
 of Life-guards confifts of twelve troops, or 1505 men; the 
 Standard of the Nobility, as it is called, of fix troops, or 42 1 
 men ; and the other regiments of eight troops, or 1000 men each. 
 Confequently the whole body of the Cavalry makes — — 7026 
 
 2. Of Dragoons, which confift of three regiments and one 
 fquadron of 250 men, and altogether amount to — — _ _ 3154 
 
 Hence it appears that the total of the whole army is - - - 51,218. 
 
 In war time feveral extraordinary regiments are raifed, which amount 
 at leaft to a number equal to this. The King's body-guard confifts of a 
 troop of Halbardiers, and amount to 136 men, who ail rank as Cornets. 
 
 The War-Office or College has the direction of the Military Forces, &c. 
 and under it are the Commiflary of war, the ordnance and pay-mafter's 
 
 Offices;
 
 SWEDEN. 271 
 
 Offices; thofe of the militia, the fortifications, ftores, camp, cloathing, 
 quarters, &c. &c. 
 
 An Academy has been ereded in Sweden, for inftrucling young Gentle- 
 men in fortification, or military architecture, GV. 
 
 The Arfenals of the Kingdom are at Stockholm, Oerebro, and Jonkioping : 
 But the arms are chiefly forged at Jonkioping, Oerebro, Soderhamn, Nordtelge, 
 and Nordkioping ; and are provided at the expence of the Crown by agents 
 appointed for that purpofe. The foundery for brafs cannon is at Stockholm ; 
 but the largeft iron guns are caft at Stafio and Akers ; the fmaller fort 
 at the foundery of Jerendals ; the bombs and bullets at Frofwidal and 
 Elfjhutte. A great quantity of falt-petre is alio made in Siicdcn, where 
 there are five powder-mills. All the neceffary arms and implements of 
 the army and artillery are made in the kingdom. 
 
 A College of invalids is founded at Wadflena for twenty-eight field 
 officers, nineteen fubaltem officers, and twenty-two private men, who are 
 there provided with lodging, firing, provifion, and cloathing. Belides thefe,, 
 above five hundred field officers, five hundred and fifty fubalterns, and 
 four thoufand private men have penfions and fome other fmail gratuities 
 or perquisites. 
 
 The Government is now repairing the fortifications on the frontiers ; par- 
 ticularly thofe in Finland, which are improved with the addition or new 
 works. The laft Diet affigned, for the interval between it and the next, 
 which will be held in 1755, twelve tons of gold in fiver money for the 
 beforementioned ufes ; eleven tons cj gold, and forty thoufand filver dollars 
 being appropriated to Finland, Schonen, and Gothland, and the remaining 
 fixty thoufand filver Dollars are referved for the other fortifications. 
 
 §. 26. The Swedijh Navy is diftributed in three ports. The main fleet 
 lies at Carlfcron-, the fecend Squadron at Gothenburg, and the third at 
 Stockholm. The whole fleet confifts of 
 
 Twenty-four fhips of war from the firft to the fixth rate, carrying 
 from one hundred to forty-two guns. 
 
 Twelve Frigates carrying from thirty- fix to twelve guns. 
 
 Four Brigantines carry from eight to fix guns, with ieveral Bcmb-ketcb.es,, 
 and forty gallics. 
 
 Sweden abounds in all kinds of naval ftores, and only wants a fufEcient; 
 number of feamen. Thofe that belong to the royal navy have habitations 
 provided for them in Ocland, Gott land, Balland, Bh ■ •//, ■ d 'pad,. 
 Angermannland, and Aland. In the laft Diet it was refolved, to form a 
 body of Sea-Cadets, who are to be under the direction of the college of 
 Admiralty. 
 
 §. 27. In the prefent century SwedenloU the following foreign dominions 
 that once belonged to it, viz. Livonia, Ingermannland, and a confiderable 
 part of Finland 3 the Dutchy of Bremen, and principality of Verden-, the city 
 
 of
 
 2 7 2 INTRODUCTION,^, 
 
 of Stettin in Pomerania, and the Difiricls lying betwixt the Oder and Pene, 
 together with the iflands of Wollin and Ufedom, and the Dutchy of Deux 
 Fonts. Of its former conquefts it ftill retains Bohus-Lehn, a tract of land 
 in Norway, part of Upper Pomerania, the ifland of Rügen, and the town 
 of Wifmar. 
 
 §.28. I fhall take no notice of the ancient divifions of the Kingdom, of 
 Sweden, efpecially as opinions are divided about them. It conlifts at i refent 
 of five divifions or General Provinces, namely, the Kingdom of Gothland, 
 Sweden properly fo called, Nordland, Lappland, and Finnland. Tli>^e again 
 with regard to the civil government are divided into twentv-four Particular 
 Provinces ; namely, Upland, Stockholm, Sliaraborg, Abo and Biorneborg, 
 Cronoberg, 'Jonkioping, Weßmanyiland, Nyjlott and Kymcnegards-Lehn, Ofl- 
 Got bland, Si/dermannland, Nyland and 'Tawaßehus, Elfsburg, Cahnar and 
 Oeland, Kopparberg, Nerike and Wartneland, Wcjl-Nordland, Wefl-Bothnia, 
 Gottland, Mahno, Cbrijiian/ladt, Blekingen, Hallan, Gothenburg, and Bohus. 
 Thefe provinces are fubdivided into Harraden, or Diftricls, and the latter 
 into parifhes. 
 
 * : S" 
 
 w 
 
 THE
 
 [ 273 ] 
 
 THE 
 
 KINGDOM 
 
 O F 
 
 GOTHLAND, 
 
 In Latin Gothia, and in Swedifh, Gothaland, 
 
 OTHLA ND to the eaft and fouth is bounded by the Baltic, 
 or Eafl-fea-, to the weft by Norway, the Sound, and the German 
 Ocean ; and to the north by Sweden properly fo called. 
 
 Its Arms are Azure, a lion rampant going over three ftreams ; by which 
 the Goths, probably, intended to denote their warlike prowefs, and the 
 fuccefs of their arms in three of the principal parts of the world. Thofe 
 fierce and warlike Goths who emigrated from hence, and fubdued fo many 
 countries, are faid to derive their name from Goth, a fon of the god 
 Odin, or from the Gothic word Gieta, i. e. ' to engender or breed,' on 
 account of the furpriling fecundity and increafe of them in thefe northern 
 climates. 
 
 Goth/and had anciently its own Sovereigns ; but Suercher, King of the 
 Oflrogoths, being proclaimed King of the Swedes and Goths in the year 
 1 132, both thefe kingdoms were united under one Sovereign. 
 
 It is a very pleafant and fertile country, confifting of fine plains and 
 inclofures ; ' and the greateft part of the corn of the growth of Sweden 
 is produced here. It alfo abounds in lakes and rivers which yield great 
 quantities of fifh, extenfive forefts, and rich mines. The number of towns 
 in Gothland amounts to forty -eight. It is divided into Ofi or Eaß-Gith, ' ind, 
 Weji-Gothland, and South-Gothland, of which I (hall give a particular 
 account in their order. 
 
 Vol. I. N n EAST-
 
 2 7 4 & W E D E N. 
 
 EAST-GO r H LA N D, 
 
 In Latin Gothia Orienalis, 
 
 THIS name, befides Oß-Goihland, or Eaß-Gothland, properly fo called, 
 includes Smaland, with the iflands of Oeland and Gothland. To begin, 
 then, with 
 
 I. EAST-GOTHLAND, properly fo called, 
 
 In Latin Oßro-Gothia. 
 
 This country, which in former times was governed by particular Kings, and 
 its own laws, is fixteen Swedißo miles in length, and fifteen in breadth. It pro- 
 duces wheat, rye, barley, oats, peafe, &c. in fuch plenty as to fupply the neigh- 
 bouring provinces with thefe feveral forts of grain. It has alfo many fine 
 orchards, rich meadows and paftures, lakes and rivers abounding with 
 variety of fifh, extenfive forefts, fome of which are of oak and birch, pro- 
 fitable iron-mines, and foundaries; two brafs flatting mills, and other 
 machines for the improvement of manufactures. 
 
 The occupations of the inhabitants are agriculture, grazing, hunting, 
 and fifhing ; and in fome places they are employed in the mines. 
 
 The mountain called Amberg which lies about two Swedl/b miles from 
 Wadflena, is of fuch a vaft height, that a perfon may have a view of fifty 
 churches from the fummit of it. Upon this mountain is a flat ftone, 
 under which one of the ancient Kings is faid to be interred. Among other 
 remarkable mountains that of Thors-klint, in the parifh of Qwillinge, on 
 which formerly flood a fort, deferves notice. 
 
 In the foreft of Kalmarden is dug up fine marble, which has been men- 
 tioned above in the Introduction (§. 8.) And the reddifh violßeinox violet- 
 ftone, which emits a very fragrant fmell. Along the banks of the Wetter- 
 lake is found agate, cornelians, touch-ftone and Klapperßein or rattle-ftones. 
 In the iron-mines at Helleflad ftucco-ftones are dug up ; antimony is found 
 in mount Amberg near the Wetter-lake, white lead at Stegeborg, and beauti- 
 ful petrifications in feveral parts of this country. 
 
 Among the twenty-three lakes, with which Raß-Gothland is watered and 
 fupplied with plenty of fifh, the Wetter which lies between Eaß and Weß- 
 Gothland is the moft remarkable. For it extends fifteen Swedißj miles in 
 length and two and a half in breadth, and contains the iflands of Wifingfe and 
 Stora Rocknen. It has but one outlet by the river Motala, though above 
 forty little ftreams difcharge themfelves into it. This lake alfo lies feventy 
 ells * higher than cither the Baltic or the North-Sea ; and is deep and clear, 
 
 * About one hundred and forty feet probably, but the Author never informs us what ells 
 he computes by. 
 
 but
 
 E.Gothhmd.] SWEDEN. »75 
 
 but very boifterous in winter. It is alio fuppofed certainly to prognosticate 
 the approach of ftormy weather. 
 
 The rivers that water Eaft-Gothland are 
 
 1. The Motala, which receives feventeen rivulets: It iflues from the 
 Wetter-lzke, and pafiing through the whole country empties itfelf into the 
 Baltic. Near Norrkioping it precipitates its waters from a rock fixteen 
 fathoms high ; and in ibme places its current fecras to ftand quite ftill. 
 Here, and likewife where it iffues out of the Wetter-lake, is a fine falmon 
 and eel-fifhery. 
 
 2. The Stang, which difcharges itfelf into the lake of Roxen below 
 Linkioping, and divides the country into the eaft and weft parts. 
 
 3. The Moth, or Nibro, in which there is a pearl-fifhery. 
 
 4. The Karefbo. And 
 
 5. The Siena. 
 
 Eafl-Gothland, with regard to its ecclefiaftical ftate, confifts of one diocefc, 
 which is that of Linkioping, and the fecond in Sweden as to precedence : 
 It includes two and twenty provoftfbips. 
 
 Eafi-Gothland is divided into one and twenty Diftricts which belong to 
 the Hauptmamifchaft, i. e. Government or Prefecture of Linkioping. Seventeen 
 of thefe Diftrifts lie in the eaft and north parts, and are included under 
 the name of Linkiopings-Lehn or fief: And four lie in the weftern part 
 and conftitute the Lehn or fief of Wadfiena. 
 
 Linkioping-Lehn is fubdivided into three parts ; namely, 
 
 I. Oeflan- Stang, which lies on the eaft fide of the river Stang and the 
 town of Linkioping, and contains nine Harade or Diftricts, in which are 
 the following places of note. 
 
 Norrkioping, in Latin Norcopia, is a Staple-town fituated on the /iver Mo- 
 tala, which here falls into the gulf of Bravicken. It is next to Stockholm 
 in extent, is reckoned one of the beft cities in the Kingdom, and was 
 formerly well fortified. In a Diet held here in the year 1604, Duke 
 Charles was proclaimed King, and the famous hereditary union was enacted. 
 In 17 1 9, this city was deftroyed by the Ruffians-, but has at prefent re- 
 covered itfelf after that calamity, and is in a good condition. It contains 
 five churches ; carries on a considerable trade ; and has a new and commo- 
 dious key. Here are alfo two copper-mills, a fine hammer-mill for 
 brats, a printing-houfe, feveral paper-mills, woollen manufactories, &c. 
 Norrkioping is the third city that votes in the Diet. A view of it is to be 
 feen in Dalhberg's Suecia. A little way out of this city lies the palace of 
 Johannisburg, which, in 1 6 14, was built by Duke John of Eafi -Gothland -, 
 but is now in a ruinous condition : And about a quarter of a Swediß mile 
 from the city the remains of a caftle called Ringßaholm, are to be feen, on an 
 ifiand in the river Motala. 
 
 N n 2 Radga
 
 276 SWEDEN. [E.Gothland. 
 
 Radga lies about two Sivedifh miles and one fourth from Norrkioping. 
 Here is the oldeft manufactory in the whole Kingdom. 
 
 Soderkioping, in Latin Sudercopia, is a ftaple town fituated on a navigable 
 river, and one of the mod: ancient cities in Gothland. It had formerly its 
 own municipal laws, and was in a much more flouriihing condition than 
 it is at prefent. Two kings were crowned, and, in 1595, a Diet was 
 held in this town. It has at prefent but two churches. Without the town 
 near the eaft toll-houfe is the fpring called Ragni/d's well, ornamented 
 with a little tower. This fpring both in winter and fummer continually 
 runs through two pipes, and forms a rivulet. Soderkioping is the thirty-fifth, 
 in order, of the towns, which vote at the Diet. Dahlberg has given a 
 profpecl: of this city in his Suecia. Among the Oßro-Gotbland fleers or 
 rocks are the following places of note. 
 
 The noble quarries of marble, which is polifhed at a place about two 
 Swcdifl miles from Norrkioping. 
 
 The royal palace of Stegeborg, whither the Kings and great men ufed 
 to withdraw for fafety in troublefome times. 
 
 Barefund, a ftrait through which fhips have a fafe pafläge from the 
 main fea up to the two cities above-mentioned. Here is a cuftom-houfe, 
 where all fhips that pafs this way are fearched. 
 
 The crown lands of Braborg, the old palace belonging to which the 
 RuJJians deftroyed in 171 9. 
 
 Skenas, another royal eftate, whofe fine manfion-houfe was likewife burnt 
 by the Rußans. 
 
 Gufum, a curious brafs flatting-mill. 
 
 The large and famous plain of Bratval/a, in the Diftrict of Wikebo, 
 where, in the year of Chrift three hundred and feventy-five, a moft bloody 
 battle was fought between the Swedes and Danes, in which the latter were 
 defeated. 
 
 2. Weflan-Stang lies on the weft fide of the river Stang and the city of 
 Linkioping; and is divided into feven Diftricts, containing the following 
 remarkable places. 
 
 Linkioping, in Latin Lincopia, a very ancient town fituated on the banks 
 of the river Stang, not far from the Roxen-\ake. The caftle of Linkioping 
 was built about the clofe of the fifteenth century ; and was once burnt 
 down, but has been fince well repaired. The cathedral was four times 
 confumed by fire from the year J416 to 1567. This city is a bifhop's fee, 
 and has three churches ; a gymmfmm or feminary with feven mafters, 
 which was erected in 1628 ; a library near the cathedral, and a printing- 
 houfe. There, are, however, but few mechanics and not one phyfician 
 at Linkioping. The governor of Eafl-Gothland refides in this town. In the 
 
 popifli
 
 E.Gothland.] SWEDEN. 277 
 
 popifh times * this city had feveral convents and chapels. One of the 
 Kings was crowned, and, in the year 1600, a remarkable Diet held at 
 Linkioping. This is the twenty-ninth in order of the towns which have 
 a vote at the Diet : A view of it may be feen in Dab /berg's Sued a. 
 
 Wardsberg-chuvch, which is one of the moft ancient in Eaß-Gothland, 
 and is remarkable for the tower at the weft end of it, which was formerly 
 a fortrefs. 
 
 Wreta, a place where formerly ftood a celebrated convent, which was 
 one of the moft ancient monafteries in the Kingdom, It was alfo the 
 burial-place of feveral Kings ; but all that remains of it now are only fome 
 ruinous walls, and the church, which is in a good condition. A perfpedive 
 view of it may be {een in Dahlberg's Suecia. The monuments of King 
 Ingo, Queen Helena, King Magnus, King Suercher, and King Ragvcald are to 
 be feen here. 
 
 3. The Mine-Diftrids and Finfpanga-Lehn, on the north fide of the 
 lakes Roxen and Glan. Here ftands the elegant palace of Fin/pang, with 
 the elevation of which Dalhberg has embellifhed his Suecia. 
 
 The Wadstena-Lehn is divided into four Diftrids, in which the places 
 of note are, 
 
 Skeninge, in Latin Skeningia, an ancient town fituated in a fertile country on 
 the river Skena. It was formerly a large and opulent city embelliftied with 
 feveral churches and convents ; but is now very much declined from its former 
 flourifhing condition. The annual fair held here on the twenty-ninth of 
 "July is, however, one of the greateft in the whole Kingdom. In the 
 year 1248, a general council was held here purfuant to a bull of Pope 
 Innocent IV. In that council the marriage of the clergy was prohibited 
 as unlawful. Among the towns which have a vote in the Diet, this is the 
 forty-ninth in order. Dahlberg has given us a perfpedive view of Skeninge 
 in his Suecia. 
 
 Wadßena, in Latin Wadßenum, is very pleafantly fituated on the Wetter-lake. 
 In ancient times here ftood the caftle of Sufenborg. The celebrated ancient 
 convent of St. Brita which ftands in this town, and was inhabited by 
 Monks and Nuns, was in Queen Chriflinas time converted to an hofpital 
 of invalids for the foldiery. But a nunnery has fince been ereded here. 
 In the convent church which is large and elegant, feveral royal pcrfonages are 
 interred. The caftle of Wadßena is an ancient ftrudure; and makes a grand 
 figure with its moats, redoubts, and drawbridges. It was built in the 
 year 1545. A muflin manufadure has been lately fet up in this town. In 
 the year 1567, this place was burnt by the Danes. Three remarkable 
 Diets have been held at Wadßena, which is the forty-eighth in order, of 
 
 * The author is fo complaifant as to call the times of popifli idolatory and fuperftriort 
 Catholic times. If any thing could make thofe dark ages deferve the name of Catholic it was 
 the ignorance which universally prevailed in moft parts of the world. 
 
 the
 
 2 7 8 SWEDEN. [Smaland. 
 
 the towns that have a voice at the Diet. Dahlberg has inferted a perfpe&ive 
 view of this town in his Suecia. 
 
 The royal palaces of Starby, Hafgarden, and Stoßorp. 
 
 The ruins of the ancient grand convent of Alwajlra, in which four 
 Kings of the Suercherian line, and other eminent perfons lie interred. Thefe 
 ruins are alfo to be feen in Dalhbcrg's Suecia. 
 
 Medcwi, the moil: famous medicinal fpring in the whole Kingdom, lies 
 in a very pleafant fpot about three Sivcdißj miles from Wadfiena. 
 
 Hunger --quelle ; another remarkable fpring, lies in the parifh of Nykirke, 
 the water of which rifes and falls in the fame proportion with the Wetter- 
 lake. Its rifing is fuppofed to portend a dearth ; hence it derives its 
 name. 
 
 The Royal feat of Motala, where fome remains of an old caflle which 
 flood near it, are to be feen. 
 
 Note. In the third volume of Dahlberg's Suecia are perfpe&ive views of 
 the following places : 
 
 The noble feat of Breborg, which is fituated near Brawi ken-bay. 
 
 Stegeborg, a palace, which flands near a gulf of the Baltic. 
 
 Allono, fituated on the fea coafl. 
 
 Charlottenburg, which lies on the bank of the Motala. 
 
 Skenas, which flands near the Brawiken-bzy. 
 
 Kongs Norby. 
 
 Jdingßä. 
 
 Lofßad. 
 
 Mauritzberg, fituated near the gulf of Brawiken. 
 
 Norßjolm. 
 
 Rono, a fine caftle. 
 
 Tuna, which flands between the lakes of Roxen and Gardßon. 
 
 Stiernorp, fituated on the bank of the Roxen-\ske. 
 
 Sturefors which lies near the Erlangen-hke. 
 
 II. SMALAND or S M LA N D, 
 
 In Latin Smolandia. 
 
 ^T^HIS country is twenty Swediß: miles in length, and twelve in breadth; 
 ■*■ and was formerly governed by its own Kings. It was alfo for a con- 
 fiderable time included in Eaß-Gotbland, and had the fame laws with that 
 province. It was probably called Smaland, i. e. ' Small parcels of land,' 
 becaufe in ancient times the country was fo over-run with woods and wafles, 
 
 that
 
 Smahnd.] SWEDEN. 279 
 
 that the inhabitants could only cultivate a few fpots here and there between 
 them : And even to this day one meets with large heaps of Hones in the 
 woods, which were thrown together by the firft inhabitants of this country, 
 in order to clear the ground. Though Smaland is mountainous, thofe parts 
 which are cultivated and improved by induflry are very fruitful ; and it is 
 particularly remarkable for fine paftures, which bring in great profits to the 
 graziers. Here are large forefts of beech and other trees ; and alio filver, 
 copper, and iron mines, &c. a great quantity of iron ore being found at 
 the bottom of the lakes. A vein of gold ore has been likewife difcovered 
 in this province. The high mountain of Hunsberg refembles a cone, and 
 may be feen at the diftance of eight Swedijh miles. The inhabitants get a 
 comfortable fubfiftence by agriculture, the mines, and efpecially by graziery. 
 They alfo deal in planks, beams, marts, tar, pot-afh, iron, grain, cattle, 
 butter, cheefe, flefh, bacon, tallow, hops, and fifh. There are one and 
 twenty lakes in this province ; but they afford nothing remarkable. It is 
 alfo watered by ten rivers, among which are 
 
 The Emma, in which are caught great numbers of falmon and fliad. 
 
 The Nifa. 
 
 The Laga. And 
 
 The Helge-a. 
 
 The Swedes have a rhyming phrafe concerning the three rivers laft 
 mentioned, fignifying that NiJ/a, and Laga have proved fatal to many, but 
 Helge-a to a far greater number. 
 
 Smaland, with regard to its ecclefiaftical State, confirts of two diocefeSj 
 namely. 
 
 1 . That of Wexio, whofe bifhop is the fixth in rank in the Kingdom. 
 This diocefe includes the Governments or Prefectures of Cronoberg and 
 Jonkioping (excepting Sodra and Norra Wedbo which belong to the diocefe 
 of Linkioping, and Moharad in that of Skara) and contains twelve Provoft- 
 ihips. 
 
 2. The diocefe of Calmar, which is the eleventh of the Swedijh bishopries 
 in order, and confifts of all the Prefecture or Government of Calmar, except- 
 ing fome Diftricts which belong to the diocefe of Linkioping. The diocefe of 
 Calmar contains eight Provoftfhips. 
 
 As to the political divifion of Smaland, it contains three Prefectures, 
 which include four and twenty Diftricts. The Prefectures are as follow. 
 
 1. The Prefecture of Calmar lies towards the Sund or Sound of 
 Calmar and the Baltic or Eaß-Sea, it contains nine Diftricts, the ifland of 
 Oeland, and the following places of note. 
 
 Calmar, in Latin Calmaria, a fine Staple city, and one of the oldeft in 
 Gothland, lies on the main fea, oppofite to the ille of Oeland. The form of 
 it is nearly round ; it has fine regular ftreets, and about four hundred and 
 ninety houfes. Calmar formerly flood on another fpot and had feveral 
 
 churches
 
 2 8o SWEDEN. [Smaland. 
 
 churches and convents ; but being deftroyed by fire in 1 647, it was after- 
 wards built on the ifland of ^warnholm. It is furrounded on the land fide 
 with four walls, and moats; but has only one wall towards the fea. 
 At the diftance of a quarter of a Swedifh mile from the town ftands the 
 ftrong fort of Grimfiiar; and towards the North, on the ifland of Karinglaret, 
 is alfo another fort. Calmar caftle ftands near the Sound or Strait, oppofite 
 to the city, and has two ditches. It is fo well fortified, that it was for- 
 merly not only the ftrongeft fort in the whole kingdom ; but when Schonen 
 and Blekingen were difmembered from Sweden, it was looked upon as a 
 key of the kingdom of Goth/and, and the moft important fortrefs on the 
 frontiers. Hence, in all the wars with Sweden, the Danes have never 
 failed to direct their forces againft it, and fometimes have carried it. In 
 this city the famous union of Calmar was concluded between the three 
 Northern Kingdoms ; and King Erick of Potnerania was crowned King of 
 all the three. Several articles of the Convention of Calmar, concluded 
 in 1474 and 1483, alfo received the fanction of laws. In the year 1495, 
 a Diet, or affembly of the States, was held here. The Frefect or Go- 
 vernor refides in the royal palace of Hofmo near this city. Here are alfo 
 a Bifhop's palace, a Gytmiajium or feminary, a fine cathedral, and a com- 
 modious key for {hipping ; and the town is furrounded with a royal chace. 
 A great quantity of deal boards, tar, and alum, is annually exported from 
 this town; which has alfo good manufactories of cloths and woollen 
 fluffs. The Sound, which runs between the caftle and the ifland of Oeland, 
 is called Calmar Sound, and is about a Swedifl mile over. A frefh fpring 
 in the midft of the fea near this town deferves notice. In the Diet this 
 is the feventh city in the order of voting. A perfpective view of it is to 
 be feen in Dahlberg's Suecia. 
 
 Bromfebro lies on the borders of Blekingen, and, as its name denotes, 
 has a great bridge over a river which here difcharges itfelf into the main 
 fea. A fmall ifland lies in the middle of the river, on which two ftones 
 are erected for boundaries. In the years 1541 and 1572, a congrefs was 
 held here to fettle fome difputes concerning the arms of the three Northern 
 Crowns ; and in 1 645, a peace was concluded between Sweden and Den- 
 mark in this town. 
 
 Wemmerby, in Latin Wemmaria, a fmall, but very ancient town, ftands 
 very high, and not far from the river Stang. Charles IX. raifed it from 
 its declining condition ; lb that it is now the eighty-lecond of the towns 
 that vote in the Diet. In ecclefiaftical affairs it is under the jurildiction of 
 the Biihop of Linkioping. Dahlberg has inierted a perfpective view of it 
 in his Siwcia. 
 
 Hollawcden is a large foreft, in which the Danes were defeated by the 
 Swedes in the fifteenth century. 
 
 Weßenvicky
 
 Smaland.] SWEDEN, 2 Si 
 
 Weflerwick, in Latin Weßerwickia, is a ftaple town fituated near a bay, 
 at the entrance of which ftands Spareberg hill, which ferves as a land- 
 mark to mips. The bay is called Sparejimd ; and near it is a cuftom- 
 houie, where all homeward and outward bound fhips are fearched. Weflervoick 
 formerly flood two Swedif miles higher up in the country, on the fpot 
 where the market-town of Gammelly noW ftands. It has a good harbour, 
 a commodious key, and a cloth-manufa&ure ; and carries a brifk trade 
 in fhip-timber and all forts of naval (tores. As to ecclefiaftical affairs, it 
 is under the jurifdi&ion of the Bifhop of Linki oping. Among the towns 
 which have a vote in the Diet this is the twelfth in order. Dahlberg has 
 given a perfpedtive view of it in his Suecia. 
 
 Stegeholm, or Stakeholm, is a ruinous palace. The eftate belonging to 
 it was twice granted as a County; but fince the year 1681, it reverted to 
 the crown. 
 
 Ofwrum, a foundery for great guns. 
 
 2. The Government or Prefecture of Cronoberg, which contains fix 
 Diftridts, in which are the following towns, and places of note. 
 
 Wexio, in Latin Wexionia, a town fituated almoft in the centre of the 
 province. It is the refidence of the Prefect or Governor, and alfo a 
 Bifhop's fee. It is faid to have been built in the reign of King Olaf 
 Skotkonung, who, according to fome writers, founded this bifhopric in the 
 year 989 ; though others affirm that it was firft founded in 1030. In 
 the year 1570, this town was reduced to allies by the Danes. In the 
 times of Popery here was a convent. A Gymnajium or Seminary was 
 founded here in 16485 but the library, and the cathedral which was 
 above nine hundred years old, and was the burying place of St. Siegfried 
 its founder, were deflroyed by fire in J 740. Here is alfo fhewn the 
 fpring in which St. Siegfried is faid to have baptized a great number of 
 converts. This city has the thirty-third vote in the Diet. Dahlberg has 
 given a perfpedtive view of it in his Suecia. 
 
 Trojenborg is faid, in former times, to have been a caftle, and Troja a 
 town near it ; its remains being ftill to be feen in the parilh of Nykirke, 
 where the old fortification of Trolleborg, which was burnt in 1434, alio 
 flood. Dahlberg has given a good draught of this part of the country. 
 
 Cronoberg, which ftands on a fmall ifland in the Helge-\ake, was formerly 
 a fine caftle. It was built, in 1002, by St. Siegfried, the firft preacher of 
 the Gofpel in thefe parts, and was by him fettled on the popifli Bifhöps of 
 this See. But in the year 1545, it was enlarged and walled in by 
 King Gußavus I. and its former name of Bißopfberg was changed into 
 that of Cronoberg. In the reign of King Erich XIV. it was confumed by 
 fire ; fo that only the ruins of it are now remaining, which Dahlberg has 
 inferted in his Suecia. However, it ftill gives name to the fief or Lehn 
 of Cronoberg. 
 
 Vol.I. O o Fallerne
 
 2 8 2 SWEDEN. [Smaland. 
 
 Fallerne is a famous medicinial fpring, about half a Sivcdi/Ij mile from Wexio. 
 Ingelfiad is a noted inn and pofl-houfe, about a Sivediß) mile and a 
 half from Wexio, and was formerly a royal palace, with a caflle. 
 
 Browalla-Heide, or Broivalla-hezth, lies about two Sivediß) miles from 
 Wexio, and is famous for being the place where the Danes were totally 
 routed by the heroine Bknda, who commanded the Smaland women in 
 the abience of their hufoands that were engaged in another expedition. 
 As a recompenfe of their bravery the women of Smaland were honoured 
 with extraordinary privileges, and wore a kind of martial head-drefs : And 
 they have ftill an equal (hare of inheritance with the men. Dahlberg has 
 added to his map of this country fome draughts of its antiquities. 
 
 3. The Prefecture of Jonkioping is divided into nine Diflridls, and 
 contains the following towns and places of note. 
 
 Jonkioping, in Latin Junecopia, a very ancient flaple town, fituated on 
 a peninfula between the lakes of Wetter, Munk, and Rock. Jonkioping 
 formerly flood in another place, but the inhabitants were removed hither 
 in the reign of 'Gußavus Adolphns. The fuburbs, on both fides, are feparated 
 from the town by a canal, which conveys water out of the Zi/Z-lake into 
 that of Rock. In this town are three churches, an armory, an elabo- 
 ratory, and an arfenal which belongs to the crown ; fire arms are alfo 
 made here. The fupreme court of Juflice for Gothland, which was in- 
 flituted in the year 1634, is held in this town; and ten provincial with 
 forty-eight inferior courts, are under its jurifdiction. The Prefect or Go- 
 vernor of this Lehn or Fief refides at Jonkioping. Here was formerly a 
 mint, and a convent of regulars. The caflle, which is of great antiquity, 
 after having been feveral times deflroyed, was rebuilt and fortified ; but 
 at lafl, in the year 1737, it was confumed by fire, together with the 
 arfenal. In the year 1599, a Diet was held here. Near the town is a 
 royal chafe, or forefl, planted with oaks This town -has the twenty- 
 feventh vote in the Diet. Dahlberg, in his Suecia, has given a view of 
 Jonkioping. 
 
 Ridaholm is a parifh, in which formerly flood a royal palace. 
 Rumlaborg, or Romlaborg, is a ruinous royal palace and fortification, 
 of which Dahlberg has given a perfpeclive view in his Suecia. 
 
 Hufquarn lies near a cataract or water-fall, and has a fine powder-mill. 
 Fire arms are alfo made in this place. All thefe are reprefented in 
 Dalhberg's Suecia. 
 
 Hwetlanda is a market-town, where feveral ruinous remains of an ancient 
 populous town called Witala are to be \ccn. 
 
 The pari(h of sllftvda, where, in 1738, the gold mine of Aedeljors was 
 difcovered, which was wrought with great fuccefs. 
 
 Ekefio, in Latin Ekeßoea, is an inland town of great trade in oxen, tapeflry, 
 bedfteds, chairs, and other furniture. The Ekejio tobacco is alfo in great 
 
 reo
 
 Oeland.] SWEDEN. 283 
 
 requeft. This town lies within the diocefe of Linkioping, and has the 
 fifty-eighth vote in the Diet. A view of it may be feen in Dahlbcrg's 
 Suecia. 
 
 Grenna, or Brahe Grcnna, is a fmall town lying between the Wetter-Xakc 
 and a high mountain. It is oppofitc to Wißngfo, and derives its name 
 from Count Peter Brahe, by whom it was built. Gretma trades largely 
 in oxen, and has a tobacco plantation. This is the ninety-eighth in order 
 of the towns that vote in the Diet ; and has a place in Dahlberg's Suecia. 
 
 Wifingfoy in Latin Wißngia, is a fertile and pleafant ifland in the Wetter- 
 lake. It is a Swedißi mile long, and half a mile broad ; and was for- 
 merly fortified with a fuperb caftle, built by the Brahe family, from which 
 they had the title of Counts. In the reign of Charles XI. this ifland 
 devolved to the crown ; and in 17 18, the caftle was burnt by the RuJJiaji 
 prifoners. Here are a gymnafium, a fchool, a park, and a remarkable 
 grotto called Gilberts-loch. This ifland in the twelfth and thirteenth cen- 
 turies was frequently the refidence of the Gothic Kings. 
 
 Note. In the third volume of Dahlberg's Suecia are perfpeclive views 
 of the following Noblemens feats. 
 
 Wifenborg. 
 
 Wafiana, fituate on the Wetter-hks. 
 
 Bei'qwara. 
 
 Brokin. 
 
 Braehaella. i 
 
 Ekejio town-houfe. 
 
 Brahehuus, which ftands on the Wetter-lake. 
 
 Griepenben*. 
 
 III. E L A N D. 
 
 In Latin Oelandia. 
 
 Hp 1 HIS pleafant ifland lies in the Baltic •, diredlly oppofite to the Calmar 
 **■ Sound. It is fourteen Swedijh miles in length, and but a mile and 
 a half over in the broadeft place ; and is divided into the North and South 
 Parts. In the former are feveral fine forefts, and a great many ftone 
 quarries ; but in the latter the ground is more level, and fit both for 
 tillage and pafture. The ifland in general yields plenty of butter, honey, 
 wax, and nuts. The Oeland horfes, or kleppers, as they are called, are 
 finall, but ftrong and full of mettle. The King's foreft extends „.over 
 the whole ifland. Here are alfo numbers of deer of feveral kinds, with 
 
 O o 2 hares.
 
 284 SWEDEN. [Gottland, 
 
 hares, and wild boars. Both parts of the ifland abound in alum-mines. 
 The Oeland Sandßein, or free-ftone, comes from this ifland, which is much 
 harder than that of Gottland ; and alfo black marble, or touch-ftone. The 
 Alga, or fea-weed, is ufed here, with pretty good effect, inftead of other 
 manure. The inhabitants, who are faid to exceed feven thoufand fouls, 
 have various occupations j being employed in agriculture, working in the 
 quarries, cutting ftones, burning lime, fifliing, and navigation. The failor? 
 belonging to the crown are generally quartered in this ifland. The four 
 Provoftfhips, into which Oeland is divided, are in the Diocefe of Calmar. 
 
 In the North Part, which confifts of three Diftricls, are the following 
 places of note. 
 
 Borgholm, which is a ftately royal feat and well fortified. It has been 
 feveral times taken by the Danes ; but the Swedes have always infifted on 
 its being given up to them again by treaties. When Charles X. was only 
 prefumptive heir to the crown he refided here ; the revenues of the ifland 
 being appropriated to that Prince ; and by his order, the old palace being 
 pulled down, the prefent edifice was built. Near it is the commodious har- 
 bour of Borga ; and a royal farm lies at a fmall diftance from it. Dalhberg, 
 in his Suecia, has given us three views of this caftle. 
 
 The royal palaces of Horn and Hahorp. 
 
 Jungfrun is a high and dangerous rocky ifland in the fea, and has 
 proved fatal to many fhips. It is about a Sivedißj mile in circumference, 
 and lies at the diftance of three Swediflj miles from the north point of Oeland, 
 On the fummit of it is a fmall lake. 
 
 In the South Part, which confifts of four Diftricls, is the large royal 
 farm of Ottenby, noted for its fine breed of fheep. 
 
 iv. g o r r L A N D. 
 
 In Latin Gottlandia. 
 
 THIS is an ifland in the Baltic about eighteen Sivedlß miles in 
 length, and from five to fix in breadth. From its convenient fili- 
 ation it has juftly acquired the name of the Eye of the Baltic. It was 
 formerly governed by its own Kings, and had its peculiar laws and pri- 
 vileges ; but is now fubjecl: to the Supreme Court of Juftice at Stockholm. 
 It is faid to have been called Gottlatid from having been the winter 
 quarters of the Goths, when they put to fea on naval expeditions and piracies . 
 The foil is fertile ; and there are fine woods of oaks and pines, good 
 paftures, and profitable fiiheries on this ifland. In Burjhick are large 
 « quarries
 
 Gottland.] SWEDEN. 2 g 5 
 
 quarries of ftone, particularly the famous Gottland-done, and a foft 
 grey fandy-ftone, which are exported to Stockholm and other places. 
 Here are alfo found fome curious fpecies of ftones, as ftone corals, and 
 branches of coral ftones of feveral kinds, cornelians, agates, and beautiful 
 petrefactions. In former times here were alfo fine marble quarries. Very 
 good lime-ftones, tar, deal-boards, beams, turneps, and an excellent breed 
 of fheep are exported from this ifland. Gottland is not infefted with bears 
 or wolves ; but is fufficiently flocked with deer, foxes, and hares. 
 
 The inhabitants fubfift by agriculture, grazing, filhing, working in the 
 •quarries, burning lime ; and by feveral forts of mechanic trades, and na- 
 vigation. The Gottland peafants fell none of their commodities to the in- 
 habitants of the towns ; but when a peafant comes to a market-town, the 
 burgher to whom he applies finds him in all neceffaries, gives him money 
 to enable him to pay his taxes, and provides him with all neceffary com- 
 modities. On the other hand, the peafant delivers up to the burgher all 
 the produce of his induftry, without faying a word about the price ; and 
 thus both parties ad: according to the dictates of natural juftice and equity. 
 
 In the year 1361, Waldemar, King of Denmark, ravaged this ifland, 
 and laid it wafte; but it ftill remained fubjecT: to the crown of Sweden. 
 Albert King of Sweden, after an expenfive war, was obliged to mortgage 
 it to the Knights of the Crofs in PntJJia, who, in confideration of a 
 fum of money delivered it up, in 1403, to Queen Margaret, though with 
 fome reludancy. King Erick, of Pomerania, after he was dethroned, with- 
 drew to this illand, where he remained for three years : And when Charles 
 VIII. was preparing to drive him from Gottland, and make a conqueft of 
 it in the year 1449, Erick made an offer of it to Chrifiian I. King of 
 Denmark. It remained in the poffeffion of the Danes till the year 1645, 
 when, by the treaty of Bromfebro, it was reftored to Sweden. Round Gottlaiid 
 lie twenty iflands large and fmall. The Superintendent is the fourteenth 
 in rank ; and the diocefe is compofed of the city of Wisby and three Pro- 
 voftfhips. The whole ifland forms but one Prefecture or Government, 
 which confifts of two jurifdiclions and two Vogteys. 
 
 Gottland is divided into three parts, namely, the North, Middle, and 
 South Part ; the firft of which contains feven ; the fecond fix -, and the 
 third feven Diftrifts. The only places worth notice are the following. 
 
 Wisby, in Latin Wisbia, a very ancient ftaple city ; fituated in another 
 place till the year 8 00, when the inhabitants were removed to the prefent 
 town. In former times it was one of the Hanfe-towns, and made a con- 
 fiderable figure in the kingdom. When Wineta, a place of great trade in 
 the ifland of Ufedom near the coaft of Pomerania, was deftroyed by an 
 inundation, feveral of its wealthieft inhabitants removed to Wisby. It was 
 likewife frequented by Swedes, Goths, Danes, Normans, French, Englijh, 
 Saxons, Livonians, Spaniards, Rußans, Greeks, and other nations. In the 
 
 times
 
 286 ' SWEDEN. [W.Gothland. 
 
 times of popery there were three churches and five convents within the 
 city, befides two without the walls. The maritime laws of Wis by were 
 famous in all parts, and adopted along the coaft of the Baltic. The wall 
 of Wisby, and the towers with which it is flanked, were built in the year 
 1289. This city continued in a flourishing condition till the year 136 1, 
 when the Danes, making themfelves maSters of the town, almoft totally 
 deflroyed it. Erick, the Pomeranian t built the caftle called Wisberg in 141 1, 
 which was difmantled by the Danes in 1649. Here was formerly a good 
 library, which contained feveral curious manuScripts. Wisby is the refidence 
 of the Superintendent and Prefect, and has a church and a fchool : It is at 
 prefent in a pretty flourishing condition. The harbour is fafe and com- 
 modious, but not very large. Of the towns that have a vote in the Diet 
 this is the fourteenth in order. Dahlberg has given us both a plan and 
 perfpedive view of this city in his Suecia. 
 
 The royal manor of Roma or Ruma-convent, where there is a Stately 
 convent ; and Slotts-Ladugarden. 
 
 Carlfwerd is a fort, built by King Charles X. on Ekeholm, near Slitehanm, 
 which is the beft and largeSt of all the harbours in this DiSrric~t.. 
 
 Far-o, a pleafant ifland lies about a quarter of a Swedijh mile from 
 the continent. It is about two Swedi/lj miles in length and conSiSts of 
 two pariihes. 
 
 Sand-o is an ifland famous for a Seal-fiShery. 
 
 The Great and Little Carls-Infel, or Charles's Ißands, lie about a Swedi/h 
 mile from the coaSL Here formerly was a quarry out of which marble 
 for building the churches in Gottlajid was dug up. 
 
 WE S T-G O r H L A N £>, 
 
 In Latin Gothia occidentalis, 
 
 CONTAINS four Provinces, Weß-Gothland, properly fo called, 
 Warmeland, Daland, and Bohns-Lehn. 
 
 I. WEST- GOTHLAND* 
 
 In Latin Weßro-Gothia. 
 
 This Province lies below the Wener-hke, and is twenty Swedi/h miles 
 in length, and fixteen in breadth. It was formerly governed by its own 
 Kings, and had its particular laws and privileges, The foil produces 
 fruit-trees, corn, and vegetables ; and the paftures are fo rich that grazing 
 
 turns
 
 W.Gothland.] SWEDEN, 287 
 
 turns to very good account here ; fo that the inhabitants can fupply other 
 parts with cheefe, butter, &c. the former being much admired. Here 
 are iron and alum works, and paper-mills ; and near Gothenburg are fevcral 
 fine fifheries. The occupations of the inhabitants are agriculture, grazing, 
 fiihing, and traffick. 
 
 On a mountain called Kina Kulle, between the lakes of Wcner and 
 Skare, (which mofUy confifts of Hate, fand-ftone, and lime-ftone, and at 
 the diftance of eight or nine Swedijlj miles off refembles a hat,) are 
 five parifhes, and feveral Noblemens feats, with gardens and orchards. 
 On the high mountains of Warkullen are thirty-eight churches ; and on 
 Hunnebcrg, where the Huns were defeated with a terrible flaughter : are 
 thrce-and-twenty lakes, and feveral rivulets which fet fix mills in motion. 
 Some of the rocks on this mountain look like Ionic and Corinthian pillars. 
 Hakla another hill, which ftands in a fine valley betwixt Hall and Hur.- 
 neberg, like Moffeberg, is remarkable for a high precipice ; from which, 
 in the dark ages of Paganifm, many devotees ufed to throw themfelves 
 headlong, from a falfe principle of religion. The bodies of thofe wretched 
 victims were firft warned, and then buried under the hill. Dahlberg has 
 given us a fine view of this mountain in his Suecia. 
 
 The WenerAdke is fourteen Sivediß miles long, and (even broad, and 
 ebbs and flows in an extraordinary manner. This lake is ftored with great 
 plenty of fifh. Four-and-twenty rivers empty themfelves into the Wener- 
 lake, yet none flows out of it but the large river called Gotha-Elbe, by 
 which outlet it difcharges itfelf into the fea. There are feveral iflands 
 in this lake. In the year 1744, the Diet refolved to make the pafiage 
 . from the Wener-hke and the Gotha-Elbe to Gothenburg, and from thence 
 to Oerebro, navigable. The chief rivers in this province are, 
 
 1. The Halle. There is a view of the cataract formed by this river, in 
 Dablberg's Suecia. 
 
 2. The Gotha-Elbe, or Gothic river, which iflues from the Wencr-\ake, 
 and empties itfelf into the North-Sea near Gothenburg. About {even 
 Swediflj miles and a half from its mouth is the ftupenduous cataract or. 
 Avater-fall of Trollhatta. The water is here precipitated between two rocks, 
 and confifts of three cafcades, each of which is about five fathoms high; 
 but they are about three hundred fathoms from one another. Half a 
 Swedijh mile from the water-fall, near the village of Rownam, is a bridge, 
 built from one rock to another, over another high cataract formed by 
 this river, at the bottom of which great numbers of fine falmonare caught; 
 and two Swedißj miles lower down is another water-fall, where the boats 
 and other veflels pais through three fluices. The two cataracts firft men- 
 tioned make a fine appearance in Dahlberg'?, Suecia. The timber is floated 
 to Gothenburg down this river ; and fince the time of Charles XII. a pro- 
 ject has been formed to make it every where navigable. 
 
 3. The
 
 2 88 .SWEDEN. [ W.Gothland. 
 
 3. The Gullffang, which divides Ea/1 '-Got 'hhm d from Warmeland. There 
 are feveral other lakes in the province, bdides the Wencr and the Wetter. 
 
 Weß-Gothland, as to its eccleliaftical State, is divided into two diocefes ; 
 namely, that of Skara, which is the third in rank, and includes fifteen 
 Provoftfhips ; and that of Gothenburg, which is the tenth in rank, and, ex- 
 clufive of the city of Gothenburg, contains nine Provoftfhips. With re- 
 gard to its political eftablifhment, this province confifts of the following Pre- 
 fectures or Governments. 
 
 1. The Government of Gothenburg, which contains four Diftrids, and 
 the following towns and places of note. 
 
 Gotheborg, or Gothenburg, in Latin Gothoburgum, a Staple town, firft 
 built by Charles IX. in 1607, on the iüand of Hifingen, about half a 
 Swediß mile from the fortrefs of Ufsborg. But being deftroyed in the 
 year 161 1 by Chrißian IV. the inhabitants about feven years after, in 
 the reign of Gußavus Adolphus, were removed to the place where the town 
 now ftands, and were favoured with feveral eminent privileges. Gothen- 
 burg is the principal and moft opulent town, and carries on the moft con- 
 fiderable trade of any city in Sweden, excepting Stockholm. It lies on the borders 
 of Weß-Gothland, at the mouth of the river Moludal; which runs clofe by 
 the north fide of the city, and by means of feveral canals is conveyed 
 through the town. Since the year 1746, the greateft part of Gothenburg 
 has been rebuilt with ftone ; and the ftreets are broad, and kept very clean. 
 It is alfo regularly fortified; and on the land fide is defended by the 
 two citadels called the Lion and the Croivn ; and towards the fea by the 
 citadel of New-Elf sburg. The fuburb is called Haga. The Governor 
 of the Prefectures of Gothenburg and Bohus, who is alio the commandant 
 of the forts and fortifications, refides in this city. Gothenburg is alfo a 
 Bifhop's See. Here are two Printing-houfes ; a Gymnafium or Seminary, 
 ere&ed in 1648; an Orphan-houfe ; a City-church; an edifice called the 
 Kroubaus, or Crown-houfe, where the garrifon attend divine fervice; a 
 German-church. ; and feveral keys and docks. The number of the inha- 
 bitants in this city is computed at 13,000. In the year 1635, a Mint was 
 fet up in this town ; but it was deftroyed by a terrible fire which reduced 
 this place to allies in 1669. Gothenburg was alfo very much damaged by 
 fire in 1721 and 1746. In 1658 and 1660, Diets or aflemblies of the 
 States were held here. In the year 173 1, an Ea/1-India Company was 
 eftablifhed in this city, which has, fince that time, fent a confiderable 
 number of fhips to thofe parts. In the fame year a Sugar-houfe was 
 eredted in the Old town, as it is called, about half a Swedijh mile from 
 Gothenburg, which turns out to a good account. It may be fappofed that 
 a great number of fhips frequent Gothenburg, as the vefiels failing from all 
 foreign fea-ports without the Cattegat, may enter this port without 
 being obliged to pafs through the Sound, or the Baltic. The harbour is at 
 
 prefent
 
 W.Gothland.] SWEDEN. 289 
 
 prefent an excellent one ; but the depth of water is faid gradually to dc- 
 creafe in it. Here is held a College of Admiralty ; and a fquadron of men of 
 war lies in this port. A brigade of Engineers, and a conftant garrifon are 
 alfo kept in this city. In the year 1740, a General Court-martial, a Leu- 
 teratirm Gericht or Court of Appeal, &c. were eftablifhed in this town. 
 In the fame year, an iron weighing-houfe, two docks for ihip-building, and 
 two woollen-manufactories were fet up here. Without Carlsport a fpring of 
 medicinal water was difcovered in the year 171 1. Dahlberg in his Suecia, 
 has given a perfpedive view of this city, and likewife of the King's, and 
 the Queen's Gate. Gothenburg is the fourth in order among the towns which 
 have a vote in the Diet. 
 
 Gulberg, Gulbrandjhus, or Gulbergßxd, is a fortrefs built in the year 
 1304 by King Birger, and put in a defenfible (late by Charles XI. 
 
 Kronan, i. e. ' the Crown,' is a fort built on a hill clofe by Gothenburg: 
 It was erected in the year 1639. 
 
 Neu-Elfsborg, an excellent fortification, built in the year 1646. It 
 Hands about a Swediß mile from Gothenburg, and defends it towards the 
 fea. Dahlberg has given views of thefe forts in his Suecia. 
 
 Hifingen, is a triangular ifland, and lies between Bohus and Gothenburg, 
 It is three Swediß miles long and one broad, and confifts of three Paßo- 
 rates and feven parifhes : it is divided into Eafl and Wefl Hifingen. 
 
 Nylodefe, in Latin Ludofia Nova, but now called Gamla-ßadt, or the Old 
 Town, lies diredtly oppofite to the ifland of Hifingen. It was formerly a 
 very flourishing town, being fituated on the North-Sea, and was governed by 
 its own laws. This town was built in the year 1545. The burghers of 
 Gamla, or Old Lodefe, obtained leave to remove hither, and live in New Lodefe 
 for the conveniency of trade as it ftands nearer the fea. But the town being 
 entirely burnt by the Danes in 1 6 1 1, the inhabitants withdrew to Alingfahs. 
 Gamla-Elfsborg, or Old Efsborg, was formerly a town with a Strong 
 caftle built on the fea-coaft. It has, from time to time, fuftained feveral 
 lieges and undergone many fevere calamities ; particularly during the tur- 
 bulent times in the fifteenth century. In the year 1563, this town was 
 burnt, and the caftle Surrendered to the Danes; but was again reftored to the 
 crown of Sweden. In 161 1, the Danes became mailers of it again, and, 
 about two years after, it was reftored a fecond time to the Swedes. Dahlberg 
 has inferred a view of it in his Suecia. 
 
 Gamla-Lodefe, or Old Lodefe, was formerly a considerable and well 
 fortified town, and lies about four Swedifl) miles from Neu Lodefe mentioned 
 above. In 1296 and 1304, it was reduced to aShes; and, at laft, in the 
 reign of Gußavus I. the inhabitants removed to Altßat or the Old Town 
 near Neu Lodefe. However, it retained its ancient privileges till the year 
 1 646, when Queen Chrifiina reduced it to a manor or farm. Several re- 
 Vol. I. P p mains
 
 2 9 o SWEDE N. W. Gothland. 
 
 mains of this town are flill viiible, as the ruins of churches, convents, 
 walls, &c. 
 
 Note. To this Prefecture or Government alfo belongs Bohus-Lchn. 
 
 2. The Prefecture or Government of Elfsborg is divided into thirteen 
 Diftricts, containing, among others, the following towns and places of 
 note. 
 
 Wenersborg, in Latin Wenersburgum, a Landßadt * or inland town, lies 
 between the lakes of Wener and Wasbobn, at the efflux of the Gotho-Elbe 
 out of the former. It was built in the year 1642, by the burghers of 
 Bretta, a town fituated about half a Swediflj mile from. Wenersborg. Ali 
 the iron configned from Warmeland to Gothenburg paffes through this place» 
 The Prefect, or Governor, of the Lehn or fief refides in this town, which 
 was formerly well fortified. Among thofe cities which have a vote in the 
 Diet this is the forty-fourth in order. 
 
 Edsborg, or Edsholm, was formerly a round fortrefs environed with 
 water, and the refidence of the ancient Kings of die Vißgoths. 
 
 Alingfahs, is an inland town fituated on the banks of the river Sewelangay 
 and was built by the inhabitants of Ny-Lodeß, after the deftruction of 
 their town by the enemy. A fine filk and woollen manufacture is 
 eftablilhed here. Tobacco is alfo fpun ; and tobacco pipes are made in thi3 
 town. Alingfahs has no magiftrates, but is fubject to the Justiciary of the 
 faid manufactures, to whom are joined fourcounfellors, as alfiftants. This 
 is the eighty-firft voting town in the Diet.. A view of it is to be feea 
 in Dalhberg's Snecta: 
 
 Borahs, in Latin Boercfia, is an inland town fituated in a mild and 
 mountainous country, on the river Wiska. It was founded by King 
 Gußavus Adolphus, and in the year 1622, endowed with feveral privileges.. 
 The inhabitants of this town travel the whole Kingdom as pedlars, and 
 deal in linen, &c. for which end they alfo have feveral privileges beyond, 
 what other towns enjoy. Thefe itinerant dealers are fo accuftomed ta 
 travel about with their goods, that they look upon it as fomething irreputable 
 to flay at home even for one half of the year. In 1727, this town was 
 deftroyed by fire ; but has fince been rebuilt and continues in a good con- 
 dition. Here i3 a fpring of medicinal water. Borahs has the forty-third 
 vote in the Diet. Dahlberg has given a view of it in his Suecia. 
 
 £>uarfebo, where there is a Poft-Office. 
 
 Kialeby and Alfwom, which aTe Crown demefnes. 
 
 Vlricahamn is a very old inland town fituated on the banks of the 
 AßundaAsks.. It was formerly called Bogefund; but its prefent name was 
 given it in the Diet of 174 1, in memory of Queen. Ulrica Eleanor a. 
 
 * Landßadt-, which I have rendered an inland town 3 is a place where there is a magazine for 
 roods.. See Introduction to Sweden.- 
 
 It
 
 W. Gothland.] SWEDEN. 291 
 
 It carries on a good trade in cattle, provifions, tobacco, &c. In the year 
 1520, a battle was fought in thefe parts between the Swedes and the 
 Danes. Ulricahamn has the fixty-firft vote in the Diet, and has a place in 
 Dahlberg's Suecia. 
 
 Rinnaholm, or Rinnahus, is a ruinous frontier fortification. 
 
 Oereflen is an ancient manor belonging to the Crown. A palace flood 
 here formerly, near which King Chrißian I. loft a battle. The Lordfhip 
 about it is called Oerefie-Lehn. 
 
 Note. This Diftrict belongs to Eaß-Gothic thai-land. 
 
 3. The Prefecture of Skaraborg confifls of fifteen Diftridls, and con- 
 tains the following towns and places of note, 
 
 Skara, formerly called Skaurum, in Latin Scarum, is the mofl: ancient 
 city in the country ; and was formerly the capital of the Kingdom of 
 Gothland, and the refidence of many of its Kings. It had alfo feveral 
 churches and convents, the ruins of which are flill to be feen. This town 
 was totally deflroyed by fire in ij 19, fo that, at prefent, the number of its 
 inhabitants does not exceed four hundred. Here is a gymnafium or feminary 
 which was erected in the year 1640 ; and the cathedral is one of the largeft 
 flrudures of that kind in the whole Kingdom. The Royal palace which 
 flood near this city, and was built in 1545, was laid in afhes by the Danes, 
 together with the whole town, in the year 161 1. A little without the town 
 is a park ; and at a fmall diflance from it flands Brunsbo an epifcopal See. 
 Among the towns which have a vote in the Diet this is the thirty-fecond in. 
 order. A view of it may be feen in Dahlberg's Suecia. 
 
 Scaraborg, formerly a fortified royal caflle, lies about half a Swedißj mile 
 north of the town of Skara : Some ruins of it are flill exifling. Scaraborg 
 Lehn or fief derives its name from this ruinous caflle. 
 
 Gellaquiß, Gothala, and Axewal, were formerly fine caflles but now 
 lie in ruins. Dahlberg has, however, beftowed a plate on the firfl and 
 lafl of them. 
 
 Hogentorp is an ancient crown manor which lies in a mofl delightful 
 country. The manfion-houfe affords a view of two-and-thirty lakes. 
 Here is a breed of Engtiß fheep for the ufe of the woollen manufactory at 
 Alingfahs ; and likewife a plantation of tobacco, and a fine park. 
 
 Warnhem was formerly a convent, built in the year 1 1 50, by King 
 Suercher. Several kings lie buried in this monaflery. The church was re- 
 paired by Count Magnus Gabriel de la Gardie ; and a profpecf of it, with 
 draughts of the tombs of King Knut and Erich X. and King Erich XI. 
 and alio Jugo and the above-mentioned Count, is to be feen in Dahlberg's 
 Suecia. 
 
 Hufaby, formerly a celebrated royal palace, was by King Olof Skot- 
 konung converted into a Chriflian church, where together with his confort, 
 he lies interred. This church was the firfl cathedral ereded in Sweden ; and 
 
 Pp 2 Hufaby
 
 292 
 
 SWEDEN, [W.Gothland. 
 
 Hufaby was the moft ancient Bifhop's See, and had the firft Chriftian fchool 
 in the Kingdom. Near the Bifhop's palace, which now lies in ruins, is 
 the famous fpring called Siegfried's well, where King Olof was baptized in 
 the year 1012. Dahlberg has inferted perfpective views of thefe places in 
 
 his Snecia. 
 
 Arenas, and Ingatorp, were formerly royal caftles ; but only the ruins 
 of them are now to be feen. Gudhern was alfo a ftately convent ; and a 
 view of its ruins is to be feen in Dahlberg. 
 
 Lidkoping, in Latin Lidcopia, is a fmall inland town, well fituated at 
 the influx of the Lida into the Wener-hke. The river divides it into the 
 Old and New Town, which are both handfomly built ; and the ftreets are 
 well laid out. Lidkoping is one of the largeft and pleafanteft market 
 towns in the whole Kingdom. A very famous fair is held here annually on 
 the twenty-ninth of September. The inhabitants of the town are computed to 
 be betwixt four and five hundred fouls. It is the fifty-firft voting town in the 
 Diet ; and the view of it makes a pretty appearance in Dahlberg's Suecia. 
 
 Lecko is an ancient royal palace fituated on a delightful ifland in the Wener- 
 lake. A view of it is to be feen in Dahlberg's Suecia. 
 
 Gothßunda, a royal manor or farm, was in the time of paganifm a royal 
 palace, where feveral Kings refided. 
 
 Marie-flad, in Latin Mariceßadium, is an inland town, near which the 
 river Tida empties itfelf into the Wener-hke. It was built by Duke Charles, 
 who gave it the name of Marieflad in honour of his Dutchefs, and, in 
 1583, endowed it with feveral privileges. Before it a very fpacious 
 prifon has been erected. Dahlberg has given a view of this place in his 
 Suecia. 
 
 Mariehohn is an eftate belonging to the Crown on an ifland in the river 
 Tida, and the place where the Governor of the Lehn or fief refides. 
 
 Hoffwa, which was formerly a town, but is now little better than a 
 village, has both a Poft-office and Cuftom-houfe ; and the produce of 
 the latter is pretty confiderable. In the year 1276 King Waldemar was 
 here taken prifoner by his brother ; and a battle was fought in this place in 
 ancient times between the brothers of Hading the Gothic King and Olof 
 King of Denmark. 
 
 Skiofde, in Latin Scedvia, is a fmall but ancient and well fituated inland 
 town. Formerly the bones and other relicjues of St. Helena, who is faid to 
 have been buried in the town church, which was founded by that faint in 
 the twelfth century, were worshipped here with great devotion. This is 
 the fixty-third town that has a vote in the Diet. 
 
 Kungflena, is an eftate belonging to the Crown, on which ftands a large 
 village laid out in regular ftreets. This place is noted for a fignal defeat 
 the Danes fuffered here in the year 1208. 
 2 
 
 Hio,
 
 Warmeland.] SWEDEN. 293 
 
 Hio, in Latin Hiovia, a very old inland town fituated on the bank of 
 the tFetter-foke. Here is a good falmon fifhery which is of considerable 
 advantage to the inhabitants, who carry on fome trade befides. It is the 
 fixty-fecond voting town in the Diet. 
 
 Falkiop'mg, in Latin Falcopia, is an inland town fituated on a fruitful fpot 
 betwixt two mountains, almoft in the centre of the Diftrict ; but no wood 
 grows in this neighbourhood. A view of it may be feen in Dahlberg's 
 Suecia. Near this town an obflinate and bloody engagement was fought 
 in 1388 between King Albert and Queen Margaret, in which the former was 
 taken prifoner together with his fon. The country about this town is called 
 Falbygden. 
 
 Carleby-Lafiga is one of the largeft villages in Sweden. Here Ragivald 
 Knaphojde, King of the Vijigoths, was defeated and buried in 1132. 
 Accordingly feveral tumuli, which were the graves of that monarch and 
 other perlbns of diftindtion, are (till to be feen here. 
 
 Note. In the third volume, of Dablberg's Suecia are to be feen perfpec- 
 tive views of the following feats : 
 
 Granas, which is fituated on the Anfen-laks. 
 
 Nas, Hojentorp, and Hallekis on the Wener-lake. 
 
 Hanfater, which is alfo fituated near the JVe?ier-hk.Q. 
 
 Lindholm, built on an ifland in the fame lake. Mariedal, and 
 
 Sundholm, in the Okcm-lake. 
 
 II. TVARMELAND y 
 
 In Latin Vermelandial 
 
 FORMS a femicircle round the north part of the Wener-hke, ; and is faid. 
 " to be about five-and-thirty Smoediß miles in length from Nafudden on the 
 Wener-lake to Eljivedal, and twenty-four Swedijh miles in breadth from 
 Nerike to the frontiers of Norway. It derives the name of Warmeland t 
 or Wariemannaland, from the Gothic word Wara, Warja, or Warafl, which 
 Signifies to defend ; the inhabitants of this country, which borders on Nor- 
 way, having bravely defended it from the incurfions of their enemies. In 
 the pagan times this province had its own Sovereign. 
 
 This country is almoft every where mountainous; but the eaft and fouth 
 parts are more level and fertile than the weft and north parts. However, 
 the woods, and mines offilver, lead, copper, andiron, with forges, founderies, 
 &c. belonging to them, furnifh the inhabitants of the latter with a greater va- 
 riety of employments. In the year 1726, fome pure filver was found in an 
 
 iron-
 
 2 9 4- SWEDEN. [Warmeland. 
 
 iron-mine not Far from Philip/ladt-, and the memory of this extraordinary 
 circumftance has been preferved in fome medals itruck on the occafion. 
 In this country are feen feveral tumuli or eminencies, which formerly ferved 
 for juridical and fepulchral purpofes. 
 
 The chief occupation of the inhabitants is mining, fmelting, &c. together 
 with fifhing, and a little agriculture. Their trade confifts moftly in marts, 
 planks, timber, the bark of birch trees, &c. 
 
 The chief river in this province is the Clara or Stor-Elbe, in which 
 there is a very profitable falmon-fimery. The principal lake, befides the 
 Wencr above defcribed, is the Fryken, which is eight Swedißj miles in length, 
 but narrow : It has a communication with the Wener-hks. by means of the 
 river Noor or Fryks-elbe. 
 
 As to the ecclefiaftical government, this province is a Superintendency 
 called the Diocefe of Carljiadt, which is the twelfth in rank, and confiffs 
 of Warmeland, and Thai-land in Weß-Gothland, It is divided into nine 
 Provoftihips. 
 
 The whole province of Warmeland belongs to the government of Nerike, 
 and is divided into eleven hand and two Mine-Dißritts. 
 
 i. Mellan-sysslet contains four Diftridls, and lies in the middle of 
 the province. Places of note in Mellan-fyffel are 
 
 Carl/ladt, in Latin Caroloßadinm, an inland-town, built by Duke Charles 
 on the ifland of Tingwalla, where the river Clara runs into Wener-lake. 
 It ftands in a very commodious fituation, has above eight hundred inha- 
 bitants, a Superintendent, a fchool founded by King Charles XL a woollen 
 manufacture, a good metal weigh-houfe, from which every year great 
 quantites of iron and copper are exported ; and is a place of a confiderable 
 trade. Charles the Ninth's palace, called Carlborg, formerly flood on the 
 fpot where the church is built. There is a good medicinial fpring not 
 far from this town ; which, in the order of the Diet, has the thirty-eighth 
 voice. In the year 1752, Carljiadt was quite deftroyed by fire. Dahlberg, 
 in his Suecia, has given a view of it. 
 
 Warpnas is a village, where a market is held, and belongs to the parifli 
 of Noor. 
 
 2. Oestrasysslet confifts of two Land and two Mine-Dißridis. 
 Remarkable places in this SyJJlet are 
 
 Chrißinaham, in Latin Chrißina portus, a town, in which a good market 
 was formerly held. It was made a town in the reign of Charles IX. and 
 had its charter of privileges, in the year 1642, from Queen Chrißina. It is 
 built on the royal manor of Bro near the Wener-lake, and contains about 
 fix hundred inhabitants. A great quantity of iron is annually exported 
 from the Metal-Weigh-houfe in this town. Not far from Chrißinaham is 
 an excellent medicinial fpring. This is the fixty-feventh, in order, of the 
 
 towns
 
 Thai-land.] SWEDEN. 295 
 
 towns which have a vote in the Diet. Dahlbcrgs Succia exhibits a view 
 of this town. 
 
 Philipßadt, in Latin Philipoßadium, is a town furrounded with lakes and 
 mountains. It was built by, and had its charter of privileges from Charles IX. 
 who called it after the name of his foil Charta Philip. When this town 
 was confumed by fire in 1694, its privileges were revoked ; and the inha- 
 bitants were included under the jurisdiction of the Provincial Court. But 
 in 1720 it obtained the privileges of a Trading Place ; and a Jufticiary, 
 with an afiiftant, was alfo appointed to prelide in the court of Judicature 
 that was erected here. Philipßadt is the feventy-ninth town that has a vote 
 in the Diet. In Dahlbcrg's Succia there is a view of it. 
 
 Nya-Elfhytta, a confiderable iron-foundery, ftands on the bank of the 
 river Swart in the parifh of Carlfkoga.. In this place are caft excellent 
 iron-floves, fmall field-pieces, cannon-balls, and grape-fhot, 
 
 3. Westra-sysslet is divided into four Diftricls, and formerly had 
 two forts, namely, Eda and Moraß y but the former is now demolished. 
 
 III. THAL-LAND or D A L A N D r 
 
 i. e. The Vale-country of Weß-Gothland. 
 
 '"T* v HIS province is called in Latin Dalia, in Swediih Dal, and derives-. 
 •*• its name from the great number of vallies it contains. It lies between 
 the }Fener-\ake and Bohus-Lehn, and is ten Swcdißj miles in length, and 
 five and a half in breadth. Mountains and rocks conftitute the grcateft 
 part of this province ; and mount Borekne is the higheft among the former. 
 Here are alfo feveral forefts and woods. The plains and vallies that lie 
 between the hills are fo fruitful as to fupply the country with plenty oi 
 grain. The inhabitants fubfift. chiefly by agriculture, grazing, breeding of 
 fheep, fifhing, weaving, working in the mines, &c. They alfo traffick 
 in marts, deal-planks, tar, horfes, oxen, flieep, bacon, butter, cheefe, &c. 
 The principal lake in this province is that of Stora-Led, which is about 
 feven Siocdißj miles in length, but not above a quarter of a mile in breadth ;, 
 and part of it lies in the province of Warmeland. 
 
 The Clergy of this province, which is divided' into two Provoftfliips,, 
 are under the jurifdiclion of the Superintendent of Carlßadt, of which 
 mention has been made above. Daland is divided, into the North and! 
 South Part. 
 
 1 . In the North Part of this province, which is rocky and mountainous, 
 and. confifts of two Diftri&s,, are the following places of note.. 
 
 1 Ä/,
 
 29 6 SWEDE N. [Bohus-Lehn. 
 
 Amal, in Latin Amalia, a town fituate on the Wener-hke, which di- 
 vides the town and the market-place into two parts. Amal was founded 
 in the year 1640. Here is a Metal-Weigh-houfe and a harbour on the 
 Wener-y and this- town drives a confiderable trade, particularly in timber, 
 deals, and tar. It has long fince recovered itfelf after the fires -which 
 happened in 1645 and 1676. It is the eighty-ninth town of thofe that vote 
 in the Diet ; and Dahlberg has given a view of it in his Suecia. 
 
 Billingfors, and Kollero, two noted forges, lie in this part of the pro- 
 vince. 
 
 2. In the South Part of Daland which is a champaign country, and 
 confequently is more fertile than the North Part, are three Diftridts, in which 
 are the following places of note. 
 
 Dalaborg, in Latin Dalaburgum, formerly a palace and fortrefs. It was 
 built in the year 1304 ; but taken and difmantledin 1434. 
 
 Brette was formerly a town, fituated on the Wener, but is now defolate ; 
 its inhabitants, by the King's order, having removed to Wenersborg, which 
 lies about half a Sivediß mile from Brette. 
 
 IV. B H U S-L E H N, 
 
 In Latin PrafeSlura Bahußa. 
 
 THIS Prefecture or Government is faid to take its name from the 
 caftle of Bohus or Bahus, fo called from the Norwegian word Bay, 
 * great and fplendid,' and Hus which fignifies a houfe. It is alfo called Wike. 
 It is bounded on one fide by the North-Sea, and on the other by the 
 Weß-Gothifche Thai-land, or Vale-country of Weft-Gothland. This province 
 extends from Swinefimd 'as far as the river called Gotha-Elbe; being one-and- 
 twenty Swediß miles in length, and between three and four in breadth. 
 The country is in general level, and the foil fertile, confifting of fine 
 arable and meadow-land, diverfified with woods, lakes, and rivers. In 
 the Sheers or rocks on the coaft falt-works have been fet up, where fait 
 is boiled from the fea-water. 
 
 Near Uddewalla is a high mountain, which chiefly confifts of a kind 
 of fhells that are dug up and calcined for lime.j In many places in 
 this Lehn are large cavities in the mountains, which refemble fpacious apart- 
 ments, and are called Riefen-hohlen, or ' Giants-holes.' 
 
 There are feveral lakes and rivers in this province ; particularly the 
 river called Gotha-Elbe, which divides itfelf into two arms or branches, 
 (that which directs its courfe to the Weft belonging Xo i\n& Lehn -,) and 
 
 another
 
 Bohus-Lehn.] SWEDEN 297 
 
 another river called Quißrom. There are good falmon-fifheries in both thefe 
 rivers. 
 
 The chief occupations of the inhabitants are fifhing, grazing, and agri- 
 culture. They alfo carry on a trade in planks, marts, deals, tar, lime, 
 tallow, hides, cattle, and all kinds of fifh. 
 
 This country had anciently belonged to the crown of Sweden \ and in 
 1658 was again ceded to the Swedes, by Denmark, at the treaty of Rofchild. 
 Hence it is that we treat of it here, though it is generally looked upon as 
 a part of Norway. Bohus-Lehn, as to its ecclefiaftical irate, is in the 
 Diocefe of Gothenburg, and, with regard to its political government, is divided 
 into the South and North Part. 
 
 1. The South Part, which is alfo called the Binnen-Land, contains four 
 Diftricts, the places of note in which, are 
 
 Konghell, or Kongßjall, in Latin Konghella, a very ancient town, envi- 
 roned on all fides by the rivers Norre-Elf and Giothe-Elf. It is fo called 
 from its having been the Hal/or Court of the ancient Kings. In the reign of 
 King Sigurd Jorfalafars, who lived in the twelfth century, it was the prin- 
 cipal city in Norway. He not only made it his place of refidence, but 
 alfo granted it a very honourable and advantageous charter. That Prince 
 likewife embellifhed it with feveral noble ftrudtures ; and among the reft 
 built a palace here, which, after his death, was converted into a monaftery, 
 and provided for its defence by a caftle and other works. But in the time 
 of King Harold Gylles it was facked by the Vandals ; and is fo far from 
 recovering its former profperity, that it was deprived of feveral of its ancient 
 privileges by King Charles Gußavus. Konghell was originally built on the 
 fpot where the royal palace of Cafielle-Ladugarden, or the refidence of 
 the Commandant, now ftands ; but in the time of King Chrißian IV. it 
 was built on another foundation. From the year 1680 to 1700, it was 
 the refidence of a Governor, who in the laft mentioned year removed to 
 Gothenburg. This is the eighty-third town that votes in the Diet ; and a 
 view of it may be feen in Dahlberg's Suecia. 
 
 The caftle of Bobus, from which the whole Province or Prefecture de- 
 rives its name, lies oppofite to the town ; and is a very frrong fortification, 
 built on a rock, and furrounded by the river called Gotha-Elbe. There 
 is a fpring of very good water in this fort. King Chrißian I. built both 
 the walls and houfes with ftone in the year 1448 ; whereas the latter 
 were before only of wood. Dahlberg has inferted a view of this caftle 
 in his Suecia. 
 
 Marflrand, in Latin Marißrandia, is a very ancient ftaple-town, fituated 
 on the fea-coaft, with a fpacious, deep, and fecure harbour, into which 
 there is an entrance on the north and fouth fide ; and it is defended by 
 the ftrong citadel of Carlßein. According to fome, this town was built 
 in the year 1132, whilft others fix the time of its foundation in 1262. 
 
 Vol. I. Q^q It
 
 »9 8 SWEDEN. [Bohus-Lehn. 
 
 It has, indeed, many confiderable privileges; but, partly by the calamities 
 of war during the years 1676 and 1719, and partly by the fires which 
 broke out in 1683 and 1699, it is in fo declining a condition, that in the 
 year 1 747, it had but twenty poor burghers ; and the poll-tax regifter con- 
 tained only fixty-five perfons : However, it confifls of two hundred ruinous, 
 and almofl uninhabited houfes. This is the twenty-fecond in order of 
 the voting towns in the Diet, Dahlbe?'g has given it a place in his 
 Sued a. 
 
 Carlfiein is a famous fort, fituated on a high mountain near the town, 
 with a handfom church. It was built between the years 1682 and 
 1687. The brave Danfßj Admiral Tordenßiold, after making himfelf 
 mailer of the town and the forts of Hehigjholm and Malapart, which lie 
 near it, by the brifknefs and continuance of his fire, alfo obliged the Go- 
 vernor of this citadel to furrender. But, the next year, it was reftored 
 to the Swedes. Formerly all condemned criminals were fentenced to 
 work at thefe fortifications, as fome are to this day, whilft others are em- 
 ployed eliewhere. The dangerous rock called Pater-Noßer lies in the fea off 
 Marßrand. Dahlberg has a view both of the town and citadel in his 
 Suecia. 
 
 2. The North Part, which is properly called the Wike, is fubdivided 
 into Sunnar-Wiken, and Nor-Wiken, and confifls of nine Diflricls, in 
 which are the following remarkable places. 
 
 Uddcwalla, a very old flaple-town, with a flrong fort and convenient 
 harbour. It carries on a confiderable trade, particularly in timber ; but 
 was very much damaged by fire in the year 1738. This is the fifty- 
 ninth, in order, of the towns that vote in the Diet. Dahlberg has given 
 a view of it. 
 
 Stromßadt, in Latin Stroemßadium, is a fmall flaple-town, fituated on 
 the frontiers near the Sivinefund; and the north part of it, which flands on 
 Blomeßjolm, was built in the reign of Charles XI. This town is noted for 
 lobflers and fine oyfters. In the year 1 7 17, it was hard preffed by the 
 Danes; but was defended with equal bravery and vigour. It is the 
 hundredth voting town ; and a view of it is to be feen in Dahlberg's Suecia. 
 
 At the noble manor of Blomejholm, about three Swediß miles from 
 Stromßadt, is a monument of great antiquity, confifling of large liones 
 let up perpendicularly, and arranged in the form of a fhip. 
 
 3. The large iflands of Orouß and Tiom alfo belong to Bohus-Lehn. The 
 former confifls of nineteen, and the latter of three parifhes. The paflures, 
 in both thefe iflands are fo rich that they are famous for excellent butter, 
 and cheefe, and a fine breed of cattle. 
 
 SOUTH-
 
 Schonen.] SWEDEN. 289 
 
 so ur h-g o r h la n a 
 
 In Latin Gothia Außralis. 
 
 THIS country confüls of three provinces, namely, Schonen, Hal/and, and 
 Blekingen, which, from time immemorial, have undergone many viciffi- 
 tudes and changes, that are particularly related in the hiftories of Sweden and 
 Denmark. Sometimes they were fubjecl: to the Crown of Denmark : At 
 other times they were recovered by the Swedes ; but at length King Charles 
 Gufiavns annexed them for ever to the Swediß Dominions, by the treaty of 
 Rofihild, in the year 1658. 
 
 I. SCHONEN, 
 
 In Latin in Scania. 
 
 T j 
 
 k HIS province lies fo near Denmark, that it is only feparated from Sea/and 
 by the Orefimd or Soimd, which betwixt Helfenborg and Cronehwg,"is but 
 a league in breadth. Schonen in ancient times was governed by its own 
 Kings, and had its particular laws. This province if meafured according 
 to the roads is fourteen Swediß miles in length from Falflerbo to the long 
 fand bank of Halland, and about eleven Swediß) miles in breadth. This 
 is the mod level, pleafant, and fertile fpotin all Sweden ; and produces plenty 
 of rye, barley, oats, peafe, buckwheat, honey, cummin-feed ; likewife 
 pit-coal, chalk, tiles, and pot-afhes, of which, though to the great detriment 
 of the forefts, 10,000 tons are exported annually from hence. The inha- 
 bitants alfo carry on a confiderable trade in oak, timber, mill-ftones, 
 cordage, fifh of feveral kinds, fine horfes, fheep, and horned cattle. 
 All forts of animals are larger in Schonen than in the northern parts of 
 Sweden ; but are not fo vigorous, and accordingly become more ftrong and 
 hardy, when they are removed northwards. Alum, fulphur, and amber 
 are alfo found here. In that part of Schonen which lies near the Sound and 
 the Baltic, not a wood is to be feen for feveral miles ; but that part which 
 borders on Blekingen, Smaland, and Halland, is well wooded. In the 
 former part which lies near the Baltic, turf and ftraw are generally burnt 
 for fuel. This country, with regard to its many advantages, may be called 
 
 Qjj 2 the
 
 3 oo S TV E D E N. [Schonen. 
 
 the ftore-houie and granary of Sweden. No province in the Kingdom is 
 to be compared to it for fine feats and noblemens eftates ; and it contains more 
 well built towns than any other province of Sweden. 
 
 The number of inhabitants in Schonen alone are computed at 600,000 
 fouls, and above. 
 
 It has eight rivers, and feveral lakes ; all well ftored with fifh. The 
 only bifhopric in Schonen is that of Lund; which is the eighth in order, 
 comprehends the Prefectures of Ma/mo, Chrißianßadt, and Blekingen, and 
 is divided into four- and -twenty Provoftfhips. 
 
 Schonen confifts 
 
 1. Of the Prefecture of Malmo, which contains three Diftricts, and 
 the following towns and places of note. 
 
 Malmo, in Latin Malmogia, is a confiderable ftaple-town, which is called 
 by the Dutch Ellenbogen i. e. an elbow, becaufe the land on which it lies 
 forms a kind of Elbow in the fea. In the year 13 19, the inhabitants were 
 removed from the former fituation higher up in the country to the place where 
 the town now ftands. It is furrounded with walls, moats, and baftions 
 towards the land ; and is defended by feveral fortifications and a caftle 
 towards the fea. The caftle was built in 1434, razed in 1534, and re- 
 built in the year 1538. In this town are two Burgomafters, a good fchool, 
 one Swediß and one German church, an orphan-houfe, a large market-place, 
 fine ftreets, and feveral woollen manufactories. Here the Governor or 
 Prefect of the Diftrict refides. A Philological Society was inftituted in this 
 town in the eleventh century, in memory of King Knut IV. who was fur- 
 named the Pious, and called Knuts-gilde. This Society has many peculiar 
 cufloms and privileges ; and its members are of both fexes. Kings, Princes, 
 and other perfons of the higheft diftinction have not difdained to add 
 that of Knutsbruder to their other auguft titles. In the order of voting 
 at the Diet, this is the fifth town. 
 
 Skano, is at prefent reduced from a town to a place for loading and 
 unloading goods. It is, however, noted for its yearly fwan-hunting. 
 
 Falßerbo, a fifhing-place, efpecially for herrings. Here is a light-houfe, 
 on account of the fhoal called Falßarbo-Ref, which lies off this place. 
 
 'Tr elleborg is but little better than a village, though formerly a handfome 
 town, with fortifications, a convent, &c. A great quantity of amber is 
 found in the neighbourhood of this place. King Charles XII. in his voyage 
 from Stralfwid, landed at Stafßen, a little to the weft of this place, on the 
 thirteenth of December 171 5, after his long abfence from Sweden. 
 
 Tjlad or Oießad y in Latin Yßadium, is a fmall but well built ftaple-town 
 fituated on the fea-coaft, from whence a packet-boat goes to Stralfund. It 
 was formerly well fortified, and had two churches. The prefent Convent- 
 church is fo called becaufe it was built for the ufe of two convents which 
 
 were
 
 Schonen.] SWEDEN. 301 
 
 Were founded here in the times of popery. This town has the twcnty- 
 firft vote in the Diet. 
 
 Lindholm, a fine eflate belonging to the Crown with a caftle, where, 
 King Albert of Mecklenburg was confined as a Prifoner for (even years. 
 
 Lund, in Latin Lunda Gothorum, is a very ancient city, and formerly the 
 refidence of the Kings of this country. It was erected into a Bifiiop's See 
 in 1065, which, in 1 103, was made an Archbifhop's See for the three 
 Northern Kingdoms. The name of the firft Archbifhop of Lund was 
 Adzer. It is faid that this city in the times of popery contained two-and- 
 twenty churches, and at leaft as many convents, with a proportionate number 
 of inhabitants ; and was well fortified. Its cathedral is an ancient (lately 
 building ; and has a fine well, with which all the other wells in the city have 
 a communication, a fuperb altar, and a pulpit of alabafter and black 
 marble. 
 
 King Charles Gu/lavus intended to have founded an Univerfity at Lund ; 
 but this fcheme was not put in execution till the nineteenth of December 
 1666, in the reign of Charles XI. The confecration of it was folemnly 
 performed on the twenty-eighth of January 1668, it being the faints day 
 whofe name the King bore; and the Univerfity was accordingly ftiled 
 Academia Carolina Gothorum. In the year 1736, it received the addition of a 
 very elegant anatomical theatre. Here is alfo a phyfic garden. The Bifhop 
 of the See is Vice-Chancellor of the Univerfity. The inhabitants of this 
 town are moftly employed in agriculture. In the neighbourhood are feveral 
 good tobacco plantations, which produce nearly to the amount of 160,000 
 pounds weight of tobacco annually. Above 20,000 mulberry trees have 
 alfo been planted lately in the environs of this town. In 1676, King 
 Charles XI. entirely defeated the Danes near this city; and in 1679, a 
 peace was concluded here betwixt the two Kingdoms. On a hill, not 
 far from the town, which is called St. Laborius's hill or Slipare-hog, the 
 Danifli Kings were elected by the States in ancient times. In the Diet 
 this town has the thirty-fourth vote. Its Latitude is 55 , 41', 6"» 
 
 Wefum, an eftate belonging to the Crown. 
 
 Dalby, which is now one of the King's ftables, in the eleventh century 
 was for a fhort time a Bifhop's See, wlüch was afterwards translated to Lund. 
 At the fame time, namely, in the year 1065, Suen King of Denmark built 
 here a very fine convent, in which two Kings lie interred. In 1512, it 
 undervent the common fate of all the convents in Denmark ; being fequef- 
 tered to the Crown by Chrifiian III. 
 
 Flyinge, a rich royal demefne. 
 
 Landskrona, in Latin Coronia, is a fortified ftaple-town fituated near the 
 Sound. It was built by King Erick the Pomeranian near a convent which, 
 flood here. It has two churches, a fecure harbour, and a ftrong caftle built 
 in 1 J49, by Chrißian III. King of Denmark, on the fpot where the old 
 
 ruinous
 
 302 SWEDE N. [Schonen. 
 
 ruinous convent flood. The number of inhabitants in this town is fuppofcd 
 to be between (even and eight hundred. Great encouragements are offered 
 for any foreign Cahi/iißov jL«//&£7Y7/z manufacturers, to induce them to fettle 
 here. In the year 1 676 the Danes made themfelves mafters both of the 
 town and caftle. There are tobacco plantations near this town ; which 
 carries on a good trade, and has the fixth vote in the Diet. 
 
 Hwen or Ween, in Latin Hevena, is a fertile iiland lying in the Sound. 
 It is about 8160 paces in circumference, and has the appearance of a high 
 mountain at a diftance. By the treaty of Rofchild, it was annexed to the 
 Crown of Sweden in 1658. Though it anciently depended on Seeland, 
 Chrifiian IV. King of Denmark fubjected it to the jurifdiction of the Pro- 
 vincial court of Schonen ; but with a provifional claufe, that all its proceffes 
 fhould be determined according to the laws of Seeland. 
 
 This iiland was rendered famous by the celebrated aftronomer Tycho Brahe, 
 to whom it was granted, together with a fief in Norway and fome other 
 lands, by Frederick II. King of Denmark, who alfo caufed an elegant 
 feat to be built for him at a very considerable expence. This caftle, which 
 is called Uranienburg, is fixty feet fquare, and feventy-five in height : It is 
 embellifhed with two towers, which were defigned for obfervatories, and 
 two other fm aller obfervatories, which yield an extenfive profpecT: ; and has a 
 delightful garden. But the practices of his malicious enemies deprived 
 Tycho of all thefe enjoyments ; and being obliged to leave Uranienburg in 
 1597, he died in Germany \n the year 1601. His celeftial globe which 
 was fix feet in diameter, and faid to have coft him 5000 dollars *, was firft 
 carried from hence to Benadky in Bohemia, and foon after was removed to 
 Prague ; from whence it was conveyed to Neiffe in Silefia. That town 
 being taken in 1632 by Prince Ulrick, this curious machine was removed 
 to Copenhagen, and depofited in the round tower ; where it was entirely 
 confumed in the calamitous fire, which happened in the year 1728, and 
 laid a great part of that flourishing city in afhes. All that celebrated 
 Aflronomer's other valuable mathematical inftruments, and curious machines 
 have likewife been gradually loft ; and his favourite Uranienburg now lies 
 in ruins. The whole ifland makes but one parifh, or village, coniifting 
 of fifty or fixty houfes; and near it ftands the parifh church. 
 
 Heljinborg, in Latin Helfmgoburgum, a very ancient ftaple-town, is faid 
 to derive its name from the Heljingers by whom it was built. It lies on a 
 declivity at the foot of a high mountain, on which Heljinglwrg originally 
 flood. It had anciently a very ftrong caflle, being then a large conliderable 
 city ; but fuffered extremely in the wars of the laft century, particularly fince 
 the year 1 673 ; fo that now it is only a defenfelefs place, containing about 
 two hundred houfes and a battery of a few guns : And of all its fortifica- 
 tions the only remains is a tower which ftands by itfelf on the hill. The 
 
 * A Dollar is it. ()d, % 
 5 (hallow-
 
 Schonen.] SWEDEN. 303 
 
 fhallownefs of its harbour obliges all fhips that pafs through the Sound to 
 keep clofe to the Danifli mole at Helfingoer or Eljinore ; and this circumftance 
 muff be a great difadvantage to it in point of trade, which is very inconfider- 
 able here. This is the ufual ferry for paffengers acrofs the Sound into Den- 
 mark. A flourifhing manufacture of coarfe hats, and boots, is carried on, 
 but the other manufactures eftablifhed in this town, as that of ribbons, 
 &c. in which young girls are employed, lcarce anfwer the charges. In the 
 year 1447 King Chriflopher of Bavaria died at Helfingborg. This town has 
 been more than once taken by the Danes ; but always has been foon after 
 retaken by the Swedes. This is the eighteenth town that has a vote in the Diet. 
 
 In the mountain near which this town ftands, the famous Helfingborg 
 fpring has its fource. This fpring fupplies the town every minute with 
 about twenty gallons * of clear palatable water of an extraordinary coldneis, 
 and of which a great quantity is bottled up and exported. Helfingborg lies 
 in 56 °, 2', North latitude. 
 
 Ramlofa, which is not far from Helfingborg, is a famous medicinal fpring 
 ifiiiing from a folid rock. 
 
 Kulla-Fyr, is a lighthoufe built on a mountain, at the difhmce of two 
 Sivedijh miles from Helfingborg. 
 
 2. The Prefecture or Government of Christianstadt is divided into 
 ten Diftricts, and contains the following places of note. 
 
 Chrißianßadt, a town fituated on the river Helge-a, by which it is en- 
 compafied on three fides. This town was originally built in the year 
 1 6 14, by Chrifiian IV. King of Denmark, from whom it received its 
 name. It has a handfome church, a good fchool, a flrong bridge with 
 feveral warehoufes built on it, woollen and linen cloth, and filk manufac- 
 tures, &c. and carries on a confiderable trade. It is fortified with walls and 
 horn works ; but the cattle which ftands near the church, has nothing worthy 
 of notice. In the year 1676, the Danes made themfelves mafters of this 
 town ; but the very next year, Charles XI. retook it fword in hand. The 
 Prefect or Governor refides in this city, which is the feventeenth of the 
 towns that have a vote in the Diet. The Latitude of Chrifiianfiadt is 56 , 
 1', 20". 
 
 Hammar is a royal demefne not far from Chrißianßadt. 
 
 Wahe, or Wa, which lies about three quarters of a Swedißj mile north of 
 Chrißianßadt, and Ahus which ltands at the diftance of two miles fouth 
 of it, were formerly confiderable towns. Ahus is, as it were, the ware- 
 houfe, where the goods defigned for Chrißianßadt are depolited. 
 
 Andrarum, which lies near four Swedißj miles fouth of Chrißianßadt, is the 
 moft confiderable alum-work in the whole Kingdom, and belongs to Count 
 Piper. This foffile refembles flate, which being laid in heaps and calcined, 
 and afterwards boiled in water, yields both alum and vitriol, 
 
 * The Author fays forty-three coons. 
 
 Kiwick
 
 3 o4 SWEDE N. [Halland. 
 
 Kiii'ick is a fifhing place remarkable for its fine herrings. 
 
 Cimbrißiamn, in Latin Portus Cimbrorum, is a fmall fea-port on the 
 Baltic, from which the ancient Cimbri are laid to have let fail for their foreign 
 expeditions. This is the ninety-ninth voting town in the Diet. 
 
 Tonmritp, Or Tomarp, is a manor laid to have been formerly a town, in 
 which was a convent in the times of popery. 
 
 Engclholm, in Latin Engclbolmia, is a town fituated not far from the fea, 
 which is laid to derive its name from the Angles, who either firft came from 
 hence, or built this town for the conveniency of trade. It is under the 
 jurifdiction of the magiftracy of Helfmgborg, from which it is but two 
 Swedilh miles diftant. The clouds of fand which are here raifed by the 
 wind are very troublefom ; but thefe fands now begun to be gradually fown 
 with Sandhafer or wild oats, which will in time remedy that inconveniency. 
 Engelholm is the twentieth town in the order of voting in the Diet. 
 
 v horekou is a confiderable filhing-town with a kind of votive church, to 
 which the lea-faring people fend confiderable pecuniary offerings from all 
 the neighbouring ports. 
 
 Bat/tad, a confiderable fiihing-place where a market is kept, has the 
 appearance of a fmall city and formerly had the privileges of one. It lies 
 on a bay of the North-fea. 
 
 II. HALLAND, 
 
 In Latin Hallandia. 
 
 TH E name of this province denotes a high land ; and it is fo called 
 becaufe it lies higher up the country than Schonen ; or according to 
 others derives its name from the high mountains with which it is over-run. 
 Halland is fixteen Sivediß miles in length, and, at its fouthern angle, is 
 about four Sivcdijh miles broad. The produce of the arable land in this pro- 
 vince is far from being fufficient for the fupport of the inhabitants : But 
 this defect is in fome meafure compenfated by a great plenty of fifh, 
 efpecially the falmon, it affords, which are reckoned the beft in all Sweden. 
 This province alfo has a very advantageous trade in cattle, and is not with- 
 out fome pearl fisheries. Here are woods of tall oak and birch-trees ; 
 but pine-trees, &c. are not very common in thefe parts. 
 
 In the fandy tract of Halland ftands a mountain, in which there is a ca- 
 vity large enough conveniently to hold twenty perfons. In this province 
 there are five rivers ; and all of them afford good falmon fifheries. Lere are 
 alfo two confiderable lakes. 
 
 The
 
 Halland.] SWEDEN. 305 
 
 The inhabitants who are but few, chiefly fubfiff. by grazing and fifhing. 
 They likewife fpin and weave, and make a kind of knit garments. Thofe 
 who live near the fea-coafts in the north of Halland employ themfelves in 
 trade and navigation. This country is partly affigned for the equipment of 
 dragoons, and the fupport of failors for the royal navy. The clergy of 
 this province are under the jurifdidion of the Bifhop of Gothenburg. 
 As to its political ftate it is divided into South and North-Halland. 
 I. South Halland extends from the long fandy traft of land mentioned 
 above to the river called Falkenbergs-a, and is much more level and fertile 
 than North Halland. It confifts of four Diftrids, and contains the follow- 
 ing places of note. 
 
 Laholm, or Lageholm, in Latin Laholmia, lies at the mouth of the river 
 Laga near the main fea, and has a fine falmon-fifhery. The ruinous 
 caflle, which ftands near it on a fmall ifland in the river, was demolished 
 in the reign of Charles XI. Among the towns which have a vote in the 
 Diet, this is the eighty-fifth in order. Near it lies a royal demefne. 
 
 Knarcd, a village with a church, which has a yearly fair. In the year 
 16 1 3, a treaty of peace was concluded here betwixt Sweden and Denmark. 
 
 Halmfladt \% a pleafant well built flaple-town, fituated at the mouth of 
 the river Nif a. In 1 3 27, this town was made the capital of the province, and 
 endowed with fuitable privileges. The fortifications ereded here by 
 Chrißian VI. King of Denmark have been razed. The caflle is the place 
 of refidence of the Governor of the province. The cloth and woollen ma- 
 nufactures eftablifhed here are in a flourishing condition ; and the falmon 
 fifhery near this town is very famous. In the times of popery, there were 
 three convents at Halmfladt ; and in 1619, it was the fcene of an interview 
 between King Gußavus Adolphus and Chrißian IV. of Denmark. King- 
 Charles XI. defeated the Danes on a fpot about half a Swedifi mile from 
 this town. In the neighbourhood of it there is a large tobacco plantation. 
 Halmfladt is the fixteenth of the towns that have a vote in the Diet ; and 
 the profped of it makes a good appearance in Dahlberg's Suecia, 
 
 Bißopflorb, which lies in the parifh of guibille, is an eftate belonging 
 to the Crown. 
 
 Skottorp, a noble manor fituated in the fandy part of Halland. Here 
 King Charles XI. celebrated his nuptials with Ulrica Eleanora, princefs of 
 Denmark, in the year 1680. A profpect both of the building and garden 
 may feen in Dahlberg's Suecia. 
 
 Falkenberg, in Latin Falkenberga, a frnall ancient fea-port, near which the 
 river Falkenberg runs, which is likewife called Aethra. This river ifiues 
 from the Alfungen-hke, and by it the latter has a communication wit Si the 
 fea. This town ftands in a fandy fituation ; and has a good fifhery, when- reat 
 quantities of falmon and fome herrings are caught. Falkenberg has a tolerable 
 harbour, and is the ninety-feventh of the towns that vote in the Diet. In 
 Vol. I. R r the
 
 3 o6 SWEDE N. [Blekingen. 
 
 the year 1565, the battle of Falkenberg, in which the Danes forced their 
 way through the Sivedijh army, was fought at a village called Axtorn near 
 this town. 
 
 2. North Hall and is a mountainous and woody country, and extends 
 from Falkenberg river to Eljsborg-Lehn. It confifts of four Diftridls"; and 
 in it are the following towns, &c. 
 
 Wardberg, in Latin Warburgutn, is a fmall ftaple town, but one of the 
 beft in the province. It has a harbour on the North fea, which, at prefent, 
 has only depth enough for fmall veflels. Wardberg carries on a consider- 
 able tradej and had ftood on three different Situations before the year 1666, 
 when it was built, a fourth time, on the fpot where it now ftands. A very- 
 ancient fortified caftle ftands at the harbour's mouth on a rock furrounded 
 with water ; but, at prefent, it is of little fervice. Near it is a royal manor- 
 houfe on a fpot where the city formerly ftood. This town has the twenty- 
 third vote in the Diet, and is exhibited in Dahlberg's Suecia. 
 
 Af-klofler was formely a convent, built in the year 1165 j but at prefent 
 is a considerable royal demefne. 
 
 Hunehals is a fort built on a rock in the parifh of Huneflad, and in 
 popifh times belonged to the Bifhops of Lund. 
 
 Kongsbacka, is a fmall town fituated between three rivers, which empty 
 themfelves into the fea hard by it. The inhabitants fubfift by agriculture, 
 trade, and navigation. It is the ninety-eighth of the towns that vote in 
 the Diet. Dah/berg has given a view of it in his Suecia. 
 
 Rofared is a royal demefne. 
 
 Note. Both South and North Halland are under one Government. 
 
 III. BLEKINGEN, 
 
 In Latin Blekingia. 
 
 'T* 1 H E Swedes call this province Blekingh, the Danes Blegind, and the 
 ■*• inhabitants term it Biegen. It lies to the Eaft of Schonen, and extends 
 itfelf about fifteen Sivediflj miles in length, and four in breadth. Blekingen 
 is a mountainous country, and for pleafantnefs, efpecially in that part that 
 lies between Carl/kron and Carlßamn, exceeds moft of the provinces in 
 Sweden. Here are feveral woods of oak, beech, pine> and birch trees : 
 But as the foil, in moil: places, is too mallow for tillage, the inhabitants are 
 obliged to make up that deficiency by fupplies from their neighbours. 
 
 This province is computed to contain about 1089 families ; and the inhabi- 
 tants drive a coniiderable trade in pot-afh, tar, tallow, hides, leather, beams, 
 deal-boards, and malts. They alio employ themfelves in fifhing and 
 hunting, to a great advantage. The paftures in this province are fo nu- 
 tritive, that the belt cheefe in Sweden is made here; and grazing turn 
 
 to
 
 Blekingcn.] SWEDEN. 
 
 to very good account : However, the cattle are fomewh.it fmaller here 
 than in Schonen. 
 
 Inftead of its quota of foldicrs, this province maintains 1554 failors to 
 ferve on board the royal navy ; and thefe are divided into three companies. 
 
 There are feveral lakes, and fix rivers of note, all which afford good 
 falmon, in this province. Blekingcn and Smaland are feparated from each 
 other by thefe rivers. The principal iilands belonging to this jurifdiction 
 amount to about one hundred and thirty. The whole province contains, with 
 regard to the ecclefiaftical divifion, nine-and-twenty pariflies. The clergy 
 of it are fubject to the See of Lund. As to its political divifion it conlifts. 
 of four Harads or Diftricts, which are, 
 
 i.Oestra-Harad, or thcEa/l-Di/lric7, in which are the following towns. 
 Carl/krona, or CalJ'cron, in Latin Caroli Corona, a handfome ftaple-town, 
 lies on the Baltic; and was firft built by King Charles XI. who called it 
 after his name, and endowed it with the privileges, and the freedom of a 
 Staple. This town, next to Stockholm, is reckoned the bell in the kingdom. 
 A part of it flands on the little ifland of Biorkhohn, where the marine hof- 
 pital is, part on that of Stubholm on which the arfenal is built, and part on 
 the mole, where the fleet is ufually laid up. The large and fmall iflands 
 that lie near this town, together with the woods of oak, beech, and birch 
 trees on all fides, render the fituation of it extremely pleafant. Here are 
 three churches, namely one Savedißi, which is called the town-church, one 
 German church, and the third belongs to the Admiralty. The inhabitants of 
 Carlßrona are fuppofed to be about 5000 fouls. This city iß famous for the 
 Admiralty-college which was removed hkher from Stockholm in 1 680 ; a dock- 
 yard which is feparated from the town by a high ftone-wall; and a fquadron 
 of (hips of war which is laid up here. It has two burgomafters, and 
 the Governor of the province makes it his place of refidence. The har- 
 bour, which lies betwen Afp-oe and Stork-oe, is fo commodious that the 
 whole royal navy may fecurely ride in it ; and the mouth or entrance into 
 it is defended by the citadels of Kongjholm and Drotningßiar. There is a 
 new handibm parifh-church in thefe forts, and alfo a German church. 
 The dock-yard is particularly remarkable; it being dug out of a moun- 
 tain to the depth of eighty feet. The length of it is from three hundred 
 to three hundred and fifty feet at the place where the King's fleet lies ; and 
 this excellent dock, though profecuted with all poflible vigour, employed 
 the engineers from the year 17 15 to the year 1724, before it was com- 
 pleated. Its entrance towards the fea has a fufficient depth of water to 
 let the largeft men of war on float. This entrance is clofed by two flood- 
 gates, and the bafon may be emptied in four-and-twenty hours, fo that the 
 dock becomes quite dry in order to repair and clean the lhips ; after which 
 the water is re-admitted, by means of two fluices which are further de- 
 fended from the violence of the waves by a certain machine, in order to 
 lit the lhips afloat and carry them out of the bafon. Carljkron is the 
 
 R r 2 tenth 
 
 W
 
 3 o3 SWEDE N. [Blekingen. 
 
 tenth, in order, of the towns that vote in the Diet. Dahlberg, in his Suecia, 
 has given us two views, one of the city, and another of the caftle of 
 Drotniwßiar. 
 
 Chrifiianopel, commonly called Nopeln, is a fortified market-town, which 
 is almoft furrounded by the Baltic in the manner of a peninfula. In 1603, 
 Chrißian IV. King of Denmark gave it a charter of privileges, and called 
 it by his name. But it loft thofe privileges in the year 16 10, when it 
 was taken by Gußavus Adolphus, who was at that time heriditary Prince, 
 or heir apparent to the crown. 
 
 2. Medelsta-Harad, in which the places of note are, 
 
 Ronneby, or Rotneby, a pariih, with a market-place, which lies in the mid- 
 way between Calfkron and Carlfiam. Near it the river Ronneby, which has a 
 good falmon-fifhery, empties itfelf into the Baltic. This place was for- 
 merly fortified ; and till the time of Charles XI. was a little town, having 
 been built by one of the Kings of Denmark. It ftill carries on fome trade j 
 and has an harbour, fome medicinial fprings, and feveral manufactories. 
 The inhabitants of Ronneby are free of Carl/krona. 
 
 Gio, or Giß, is a peninfula lying about three quarters of a Swedißi 
 mile from Romieby. Here is a fine fifhery which is very advantageous to 
 the place, and the caufe of a confiderable trade to it. 
 
 3. Brakne-Harad, in which lies 
 
 Carlßamn, in Latin Caroli portus, a ftaple-town which derives its name 
 from Charles X. by whom it was built in the year 1658. Before that 
 time it was called Chrißianßiamn from Chrißian IV. its firft founder ; but 
 Charles XI. improved and fortified it with a caftle, which ftood on a rock 
 at the mouth of the river and defended the town and harbour, but is 
 now fallen to decay. Here are two churches, a woollen manufacture, and 
 a good key ; and without the town ftands a copper-mill. The number of 
 inhabitants in Carlßamn is faid to exceed 1200. In the Diet this town has 
 the ninteenth vote. 
 
 4. Listers-Harad, in which are the following places of note. 
 Elleholm, a village, with a church, ftanding on a fmall ifland in the 
 
 river that runs by Morum. It lies at the diftance of half a Swedißj 
 mile from Carlßamn, and was formerly a town, and had a caftle. Its 
 municipal privileges have been conferred on 
 
 Solfwitzborg, a fea-port, which for a long time remained disfran- 
 chifed, but at laft had a charter of privileges conferred on it. This town 
 is almoft environed by the Baltic fea, and was formerly in a more flourifti- 
 ing condition than it is at prefent. It has a harbour with a ruinous caftle. 
 Solfwitzborg is faid to have been the place where the Longobardi or Lom- 
 bards affembled, when they left this country in order to go in fearch of 
 new habitations. This is the eighty-fourth voting town in the Diet. A 
 fiihing place called Hallawic belongs to this town. 
 
 SWEDEN,
 
 Upland.] SWEDEN. 3 c 9 
 
 SWEDEN, properly fo called, 
 
 In Latin Succia ßriSie ßc diEla. 
 
 *Tp HIS country is bounded on the North by Nordland, on the Weft by 
 *■ JVarmeland and Norway, on the Eaft by the fea, and on the South by 
 the kingdom of Gothland. Of all the Swcdißj dominions this country has 
 the greateft number of mines, forges and hammer-mills. Sweden, in 
 ancient times, was fometimes a diftindt kingdom, and fomctimes united 
 with that of Gothland, as it has been ever fince the year 1132. It is 
 divided into five provinces, namely, ZTphmd, Sudermanland, Nerike or Nericia, 
 Weflmanland, and Dahl, or the Vale-country ; which had alfo their respec- 
 tive Kings, and were governed by their own laws, except Nerike which 
 had no particular laws of its own. Sweden, properly fo called, contains 
 five-and-twenty cities and towns. 
 
 I. UPLAND, 
 
 In Latin Uplandia, 
 
 / Tp HIS province is fo "called from the fuperiority the ancient Kings, 
 -*■ that relided at Upfal, had over the Vaffil-kings and Governors who 
 were tributary to the former. This province extends in length about 
 eighteen Swedifi) miles, and fifteen in breadth, and is a champain, fertile 
 country; producing wheat, barley, rye, and oats in fuch plenty, as to 
 fupply its neighbours with confiderable quantities of grain. But in fome 
 parts of Upland there are neither paflures nor woods. 
 
 Among the mountains of this province fome are remarkable for fpacious 
 caverns which refemble large regular apartments. 
 
 Here are twelve rivers, and a ftill greater number of lakes. The Maler- 
 lake is the principal among the latter, and lies between Upland, Suder- 
 manland, and Weßmanland. It is twelve miles in length, yields an extra- 
 ordinary plenty of fifh, and is faid to contain 1290 iflands. Its banks are 
 beautifully diverfified with towns, caftles, churches, noblemens feats, and 
 other edifices. It has a communication with the fea, through the oudets 
 of the north and fouth rivers, or channels, near Stockholm. In this country 
 are feveral very wealthy perfons, who are owners of mine-works and 
 hammer-mills ; and the latter are not only profitable, but alfo curioufly con- 
 trived. In this province are like wife the beft iron mines in the kingdom. 
 
 The
 
 3 io SWEBEN. [Upland. 
 
 The chief occupation of the inhabitants of Upland is agriculture ; but 
 in fome places they work in the mines, and in others they are employed 
 in the fiiheries. Thofe who live on the fea-coaft, among the jfheers or 
 rocks, entirely fubfift by the latter. This country is divided into three 
 parts, namely, 
 
 Upland, properly fo called, which is the middle part of the country. 
 
 Roslagen, or the maritime part. And 
 
 Fieruhundra, or the part which borders or the rivers Dal-Ebe, and Sag. 
 
 The Ärchbifhoprick of Upfal confifts of twenty-five Provoftfhips, one 
 hundred and fixty-fix Paßorates, or two hundred and forty-two town and 
 country-parifhes, and four chapels ; and this Diocefe includes, 
 
 1. The Government of Upfal. 
 
 2. That part of the Stockholm Government which lies in Upland. 
 
 3 . Gaßrickland and Halfingeland, which are the weflern parts of the 
 Government of Nordland. 
 
 4. Part of Salbcrg and JVafiy-Lehn, which belong to the Government 
 of Weßmanland. As to its political ftate this province is divided into the 
 three following Prefects or Governments. 
 
 1. The Government of Stockholm, which includes 
 
 The Sechs-fee-Dißricle, or the fix maritime Districts, and the Zehn-land 
 Difr.nct, or ten inland Diftricts. In the former are the following re- 
 markable places. 
 
 Stockholm, in Latin Holmia, a ftaple city, the capital of the whole 
 kingdom, and the refidence of the King, lies at the junction of the Baltic 
 and the Maler-Xdkz ; fo that it has the conveniency both of fait and 
 frefh-water. Its circuit, computed from the one gate to the other, is two 
 Swedijlj miles; and it ftands partly on iflands and partly on peninfula's. 
 Molt of the ftreets of this city are broad, and kept very clean ; and the 
 market-places are fpacious. In the city, properly fo called, are above 5000 
 houfes, moll of which ftand on piles, though entirely built with ftone, 
 and are four or five ftories high ; and fome of them are covered with iron 
 or copper-plates, and others with tiles. Befides thefe, there are a great 
 number of timber houfes in the fuburbs, and twenty churches in all. 
 The feven Holme or iflands on which this city ftands, are 
 
 1. The City, properly fo called, which contains, 1. The new palace, 
 a very grand ftrudure. 2. The Nobles-houfe, which is alfo a very fuperb 
 edifice, and gives the name of Ritter-haus market to the adjoining 
 market. 3. The town-houfe. 4. St. Nicholas, or the great church. 5. St. 
 Gertrudes, or the German church, near which ftands a grammar-fchool. 
 6. The great market. 7. The bank. 8. The corn-quay. 9. The ma- 
 rine fraternity. 
 
 2. The
 
 Upland.] SWEDEN. 3 ri 
 
 2. The Ritterhohn, which lies on the weft fide of the city, and has a 
 communication with it by means of a bridge. On this ifland (lands the 
 old royal palace which was burnt in the year 1697, and the Ritterholm 
 church which is dedicated to St. Francis. In this church are interred the 
 following Kings ; viz. Magnus Ladulas, Charles VIII. Gußavus Adolphus, 
 Charles X. Charles XII. and Frederick I. with the Queens, Maria Eleanora, 
 Hedwig-Eleanora, the two Ulrica Eleanora s, belides feveral Princes 
 and Princefles. 
 
 3. Helgandß:olm, or the ifland of the Holy Ghoft, which lies in the 
 Norder-ßrom or North channel, between the city and the Norder-malm or 
 North iuburb. In this part are the King's ftables which were built in the 
 year 1696. 
 
 4. Schiffshohn, which lies to the eaft of the city. In this part are the 
 dock-yard and the Admiralty. Near this ifland lie thofe of Cajilehohn and 
 Pecholm ; and clofe by Blaßeholm, the church belonging to Schißsholm ftands 
 on a fmall ifland, towards the North. 
 
 5. Blafieholm, which was formerly called Kappli?ig/holm. 
 
 6. Konigßolm, on which ftands the Ulrica-Eleanora-church. 
 
 7. Ladugards-Land, which is now joined to the Nordermalm, and looked 
 upon as a fuburb. In it are Hedwick's church, a market-place, an orch-yard 
 belonging to the King, and an orphan-houfe founded in the year 1750 
 by the Free-Mafons. Alfo two large fuburbs called Norder and Sudcr- 
 Mahn belong to the city of Stockholm. 
 
 The Norder-Malm, or North Suburb, which is feparated from the city 
 by the Norder-Strom, lies in Upland, and contains the churches of St. James, 
 St. Clara, St. Olaus, and St. John ; the orphan-houfe, together with a church ; 
 the arfenal, and three market-places. Here is alfo a high fandy hill called 
 Brunkberg, from John Brunk, high-conftable of the kingdom, who was 
 beheaded there in the time of King Birger ; and another hill called Sab- 
 batsberg near which are a medicinal fpring and an obfervatory. 
 
 Suder-Malm, or the South Suburb, is feparated from the city by the 
 canal called Suderßrom, which was dug by order of King Oluf the Pious 
 in the year 1008, and lies in Sudermariland. In this Suburb are Mary 
 Magdalena church, St Catbrine's church, the Sudermalm-mzrket, with the 
 town-houfe on it ; and likewife the Rußan chapel, the Dutch Cahini/is 
 church, a large hofpital, a fine iron Weigh-houfe, the New Market, &c. 
 
 All thefe parts of Stockholm are joined together by twelve bridges. 
 
 The number of the inhabitants who pay taxes in this metropolis is com- 
 puted at 60,000. 
 
 The Police of the city is lodged jointly in the magiftracy, and the 
 
 Oberßatthalter, i. e. High Statholder or Governor, who prefides in the 
 
 Royal Chancery of the Supreme Court and the city Council-Chamber. 
 
 This city has, befides, four Burgomafters > and the magiftracy is divided 
 
 2 into
 
 J 
 
 312 SWEDEN. [Upland. 
 
 into four particular Colleges, namely, thofe of Juftice, the Police, Trade, 
 and Manufactures; and likewife into three courts of Judicature. Here 
 alfo are held the Colleges and Offices mentioned in §. 22. of the Intro- 
 duction to Sweden ; among which the principal is that called the Royal 
 High-Court of Sweden; which was eftablifhed in 16 14 for Sweden pro- 
 perly fo called. Subordinate to this are eight fuperior and twenty-four 
 inferior Courts, together with the jurifdictions of feveral Judiciaries. 
 
 The Collegium Med/cum, or College of Phylicians, was founded at Stock- 
 holm in the year 1688. Here are alio a Royal Academy of Sciences, 
 which was inftituted in 1739 ; a Royal Academy for Military Architecture, 
 and another for Land-furveying ; a Chymical and Mechanical Elaboratory j 
 an Academy of Painting and Sculpture ; a Royal Library, an account of 
 which has been written by Magnus Celßus; and feveral well-regulated 
 Printing-houfes. 
 
 There are befides in this capital the following offices and inftitutions, viz. a 
 Board of Admiralty, a Navy-office, a Cuflom-houfe, an office of the Revenues, 
 an edifice where goods manufactured in the kingdom are examined, and dis- 
 putes betwixt manufacturers decided ; a national Bank, the credit of which ap- 
 pears from the price of its actions ; a large Iron Weigh-houfe ; an Infurance- 
 office inftituted in 1739; three fugar-houfes ; with manufactories of glafs, 
 porcelain, filk, woollen-cloth, cotton, parchment, and canvas. Here are 
 alio commodious docks in which many fhips are built for foreigners. 
 
 The foreign and domeftic trade of this city may be fuppofed to be very 
 confiderable ; for it has an excellent harbour almoft furrounded with 
 hills : But the many fljeers or rocks at the mouth of it render the entrance 
 fomething difficult. In the year 1696, a fociety of Pilots was eftablifhed 
 in this city for the improvement of navigation. 
 
 Here are very good regulations in cafes of fire ; provision for the loftes 
 by fuch accidents being made by means of an Infurance-Office. The 
 Governor of the Stockholm Prefecture or Government refides here; and 
 the King's guards confuting of eighteen companies, together with the 
 Officers, &c. belonging to the Ordnance, are always quartered in this city. 
 As to hiftorical particulars relating to this city ; it is faid to have 
 been built in 1252, or 1260, by Birger Jarl, Regent of the kingdom; but 
 others date its foundation about an hundred years earlier. Its charter of 
 privileges has been renewed and augmented, from time to time. Stockholm, 
 in ancient times, fuftained feveral fieges ; and in the year 1520, a ihocking 
 mafiacre was perpetrated here by order of the perfidious King Chrijlian 
 II. Ninety-fix Diets have been held in this city fince the thirteenth cen- 
 tury. In the year 175 1, a fire happened at Stockholm which deftroyed 
 three hundred and ten houfes, befides St. Clares church. This is the firft 
 city that votes in the Diet 5 and its Latitude is 59 , 20'. 
 
 The
 
 Upland.] SWEDEN 313 
 
 The Sivedifo Atlas exhibits the ichnography of this city ; and there is alfo 
 a good plan of it in Outhier's voyage au Nord, or ' Travels to the North. 
 
 Fredericks-hof is a royal palace built in 1732 by Frederick I. It ftands 
 on the eaft fide of Ladugardsland; and near it is a park, and an orangery 
 which is much admired. 
 
 The King's Park extends itfelf from north to fouth on the eaft fide of 
 the Nordermalm, or the north fuburb, and is almoft furrounded with water. 
 Nothing can be more delightful than the beautiful difpofition of the fine 
 groves, lawns, and walks with which it is diversified : There is alfo a me- 
 dicinal fpring in this park. 
 
 Carlberg is a fine royal pleafure-houfe with a garden laid out in the moll 
 elegant tafte, and decorated with fome beautiful ftatues, &c. It lies about 
 a quarter of a Swedijh mile weft of Nordermalm, or the north fuburb, on a creek 
 of the Maler-hke. This feat was formerly called Magnusbcrg from Count 
 Magnus Gabriel de la Gardie. At the entrance of this palace ftands a 
 marble ftatue of King Frederick. Dahlberg\ws inferted feveral views of this 
 charming place in his Suecia. 
 
 Ulrichjdal, a ftately royal feat, isfituated at thediftance of half a Sivedi/h 
 mile to the north of Stockholm, on the weft fide of the Edfwike. It was 
 built in the year 1644 by Count James Pontuffon de la Gardie; and for- 
 feited to the crown in the reign of King Charles XI. who altered its former 
 name of Jacobsdal to Ulrichjdal, in honour of his third fon Wrick who was 
 born in this palace. The garden is particularly remarkable for the elegant 
 contrivance of its curious grotto. Here is alfo a fine park. Dahlberg has 
 given a perfpeclive view of this palace in his Suecia. 
 
 Drotningholm, the fineft of all the King of Sweden's palaces, ftands on 
 the ifland of Lofon which lies about a Swedißo mile to the weft of Stockholm. 
 Hedwig Eleanora, confort of Prince Charles Gußavus, to whom it devolved 
 in the year 1652, was the foundrefs of the prefent ftructure ; the former 
 palace having been burnt by carelefihefs. Facing the fouth front of it 
 is a pleafant garden adorned with a variety of fountains ; and the eaft and 
 north tide exhibit a delightful view of the fhips at lea, all which are well 
 reprefented in Dahlberg's views of this place. 
 
 The Upland /cheer en. This is a name given to thofe fmall ifiands, and 
 rocks furrounded with water, which lie along the Upland coaft, and amon» 
 which it is dangerous to fail. The inhabitants of thefcßeers, or fmall rocky 
 ifiands,' generally employ themfelves in fifhing. 
 
 Waxholm which lies about two Swedijh miles from Stockholm juft at the 
 entrance of the channel into the lak^, is a ftrong citadel built on a fmall 
 ifland in the year 1649. It has fince been greatly improved and enlarged, 
 fo that it has' the appearance of a little town. Here all homeward bound 
 {hips are fearched. On this illand, which is called Waxon, befides this fort 
 are a church, a fchool, and a Cuftom-houie. The chief occupation of the 
 
 Vol. I. S f inha-
 
 314 SWEDEN. [Upland. 
 
 inhabitants is fifhing. Dahlberg has given a view of tliefe places in his 
 Suecia. 
 
 Palfunde, lies alfo on a channel that runs up to Stockholm. Here is a 
 battery erected juft at the water's edge. In 1 723 a rampart of earth was 
 thrown up in this place. 
 
 Oxdiupet is a third channel leading to Stockholm ; it is defended by a 
 fort called Fredericksburg. 
 
 Sandhamn is a harbour in the parifh of Wermdo, where all veffels home- 
 ward or outward bound to or from Stockholm are fearched. 
 
 Nortelge, in Latin "Telga Borealis, is a fea-port built by King Gußavus AdoU 
 fhus, which in the year 1622, was endowed with the ftaple and other privi- 
 leges : however, the inhabitants enjoyed thefe advantages but for a fhort time, 
 namely, till the year 1637. They now fubfift by navigation and fifhing. This 
 town has in fome meafure recovered itfelf after the ravages committed here 
 by the Ruffians in the year 171 9. Near the water-fall is a fine forge for 
 making fire-arms. Nortelge is the fifty-fourth of the towns that vote in 
 the Diet. There is a perfpective view of it in Dahlberg's Suecia. 
 
 Radmanfo is a royal demefne, on an ifland among the Scheers or coaft-- 
 rocks, about a Swediß) mile and a half from Nortelge. 
 
 Lindholm, a fine manor, lies about two Swedijh miles from Nortelge, 
 where King Gußavus I. was born in the year 1490. 
 
 Wira is a place where very good blades are made, and lies in the parifh 
 oi" Riala. 
 
 Grißehaman. Here is a Poft-houfe, from which the packet pafies over 
 to the Hland of Aland. 
 
 Zehn-Land Districte, or the ten inland Diftri&s, lie higher up th« 
 country, and contain the following towns and places of note. 
 
 Oeßhammar, in Latin Oeßhammeria, is an old fea-port, and formerly a 
 ftaple-town. In the year 1491 the inhabitants of this place with all its 
 privileges were removed to Oeregrund. But, fome time after, Oefihammer was 
 built on the Gold ßieer, or golden rock, as it is called, which projects a little 
 farther into the fea than its former fituation. In the year 1719, this town 
 was burnt by the Ruffians : But it has recovered itfelf fince that calamity ; 
 and its inhabitants fubfift comfortably by navigation and fifhing. Oeßham- 
 mar has the eighty-feventh vote in the Diet. Dahlberg has alfo given it a 
 place in his Suecia. 
 
 Oeregrund, in Latin Oeregrunda, is a fea-port, built in the year 1491, on 
 the fea-coaft, by fome of the inhabitants of Oeßhammar ; who left that town 
 becaufeof the great decreafe of the water in the harbour which entirely ruined 
 its trade. Oeregrund was a ftaple-town till the year 1630, and has been 
 three times burnt, and quite demolifhed by the Ruffians. And though the 
 laft time it was laid wafte was no longer ago than the year 171 9; yet it 
 has rofe again fince to fome degree of profperity. The harbour is defended 
 
 from
 
 Upland.] SWEDEN. 315 
 
 from the violence of the fea by a mole. A convent of Monks formerly 
 flood in this town, which has the fifty-fecond vote in the Diet. A pro- 
 ipecl of it is to be feen in Dahlberg's Suecia. 
 
 Swartjio, is a royal manor on an ifland in the Malcr-hke in the parifh of 
 Sanga. This ifland is the belt peopled of any in that lake. It has been 
 a royal manor from time immemorial, and the prefent manfion-houfe was 
 lately built ; the former having been burnt in the year 1687. Dahlberg, in 
 his Suecia, has given a view of it. 
 
 Wantholmen is a royal farm afligned for the expences of the Court. 
 
 Biorko, in Latin Birca, is an ifland in the Maler-lake, and lies about three 
 Swediß miles from Stockholm. On this ifland flood formerly a market-town 
 with a royal feat called Birka or Biorko, which was commonly but im- 
 properly termed a city. A draught of it may be feen in Dahlberg s Suecia 
 Tom. I. 
 
 Sigtuna, a fmall town fituated on a creek of the Ma/er-lake, formerly 
 made a great figure among the chief cities of this Kingdom. It derives its 
 name from xhtAJiatic hero Odin, whofe furname was Sigge. He came into the 
 North before the Chriftian JEra, and had his refidence, his Temple, and 
 Court of Judicature in this place ; on which account it was called Siggef- 
 tuna, i. e. Sigge % Court. Others will have it, that the town was firft built 
 by Odin, and affign its name another etymology, namely, Stadt des Siegers, 
 or the ' Conqueror's town ;' being fo called on account of the coftly facri- 
 fices formerly brought hither, which were termed Sigurblott, i. e. Victims, 
 offered after a victory. Sigtuna went through many vicifTitudes during the 
 Pagan times ; and was plundered and burnt in the year of Chrifi 1 008 by 
 Olof the Pious, King of Norway. However, after this caftrophe it rofe again 
 by degrees to its former fiourifhing condition, and continued fö till it was 
 deftroyed a fecond time, in 1 188, by the Carelians, Eflonians, and Ruffians. 
 It even recovered itfelf once more after this fecond calamity, and continued 
 for fome time in a profperous ftate. But the vaft increafe of Stockholm 
 gave an irretrievable blow to Sigtuna ; for as the former flourifhed the latter 
 declined in proportion. Several churches and other buildings, which how- 
 ever are an ornament to Dahlberg's draught of this town, are tobe feen here 
 in a ruinous condition. This is the forty-feventh town that votes in the Diet. 
 
 Noor, is a very fine manor in the parifh of Knitßadt. 
 
 2. The Prefecture or Government of Upfal confifts of four Diftricts, and 
 contains the following towns and remarkable places. 
 
 Vpfala, or Upfal, in Latin Upfalia, a very ancient and pretty large city, is 
 fituated on the river Fyris, which divides it into two parts ; that part which, 
 lies on the eaft fide of the river being properly the city, and that on the 
 weft being called Fierding. Upfal was anciently the chief feat of the fo- 
 vereigns of Sweden, where they held their fupreme tribunal. The greateft 
 Sacrifices offered in all the northern provinces were brought hither in the 
 
 Sf 2 time
 
 3 i6 SWEDEN. [Upland. 
 
 time of paganifm ; and the mod: eminent heathen priefts, had their refidence 
 in this city. Upfal was alio the moft ancient town in the Sw edißo Hoch- 
 länder or Highlands, and the chief ornament of the whole country. 
 
 All the buildings of this city are of wood, the cathedral and a few 
 {lone-houfes excepted ; and the roofs of them are nothing but the bark of 
 birch-trees covered with turf. Here are three churches ; among which the 
 cathedral is the principal, and indeed makes the beft appearance of any in 
 the Kingdom. It was built in the thirteenth century, but not completed and 
 confecrated till the year 1435. The Architect being a native of Paris 
 took the church of Notre Dame in that city for his model. This cathe- 
 dral has been deftroyed by fire no lefs than five times fince its firft 
 foundation; thelaft time it was burnt was in the year 1702 : However, it has 
 fince been rebuilt in an elegant manner. Several royal perfonages lie buried 
 in tliis church ; and the remains of King Erick IX. are fhewn here in a 
 filver fbrine. There was formerly an epifcopal palace on the fpot where 
 the King's ftables now ftand. The royal palace in this city was confumed 
 by fire in the year 1702; but preparations are making for rebuilding it. 
 The Kings of Sweden are generally crowned here. 
 
 A fchool was firfl inftituted at Upfal in 1246, which was raifed to an 
 Univerfity in the year 1470 5 but in 1582 it was removed to Stockholm. 
 However, the Univerfity was eftablifhed a fecond time at Upfal in the year 
 1592. Gußavus I. and Gußavus Adolphns endowed this Univerfity with fome 
 lands. It has been alio enriched by confiderable legacies of feveral private 
 perfons, befides the royal falaries. The edifice called Academia Gußaviana, 
 which is three ftories high, was built by Gußavus Adolphus in the year 
 1622. It has a round tower, or rather cupola, at the top, in which is a 
 curious Anatomy-theatre, founded in the fame year by Profefior Rudbeck. 
 It has alfo a very valuable library containing near 1000 manufcripts, among 
 which the moft remarkable is the Codex Argenteus, fuppofed to be Uphilas 
 Gothic tranflation of the four Evangelifts ; but it feems rather to be written 
 in the language of the ancient Francs. The Mufium or Cabinet of curiofities is 
 faid to be worth a Ton of Gold*. The aftronomical Obfervatory was planned by 
 thecelebrated Celfius ; and thePhyfic-garden was laid out chiefly by the famous 
 Linnceus. The Royal Academy of Sciences was inftituted in the year 1728. 
 The Archbifhop of Upfal, who is the only one in the Kingdom, is the Pro- 
 cancellarius Academics, or Vice Chancellor of the Univerfity. There is alfo a 
 cathedral fchool in this city ; and the Governor of Upland relides here. 
 
 The Sivediß Geographers place their firft meridian, from which they 
 compute the Longitude, at Upfal. 
 
 About the clofe of the eleventh, or the beginning of the twelfth century, ä 
 Bilhop's See was eftablilhed here, which, at the defire of Charles VII. was 
 made an Archiepifcopal See by Pope Alexander III. Stepbanus, who was con- 
 fecrated in the year 1 162, was the firft Archbifhop of Upfal. 
 
 * 1 00,000 Swediß) dollars zt is. 9 d. 
 
 The
 
 Upland.] SWEDEN. 3 i 7 
 
 The moft remarkable Diets held in this city were thofe of 1593 anc * 1654. 
 XJpfal has the fecond vote in the Diet, and is ranked accordingly. 
 
 Near this city is a royal chace, and Ultima, a royal demefne, on which 
 ftands a manfion-houfe. In the year 1160, a battle was fought in the 
 royal inclofure near this city between Erick IX. and Henry Skateler King of 
 Denmark, in which the former was totally defeated and loft his head. 
 Dahlbcrg has beftowed feveral plates on this city in his Suecia. 
 
 Gam/a Upfala, i. e. Old Upfal, is a parifh that lies about half a Swediß 
 mile from the city ; and is by fome fuppofed to have been the chief place 
 whither in ancient times all the Northern People reforted to offer facrifices to 
 the Heathen Gods. In the year 1 138, a Chriftian church, which is ftill to be 
 feen here, was built out of the ruins of an ancient Pagan temple : near this 
 church are feveral tumuli or fepulchral monuments. Of thefe buildings and 
 antiquities Dahlbcrg has inferted draughts in his Suecia. 
 
 Mora-fieine is a parcel of ftones lying on a level meadow about a Swcdijh mile 
 from UpfaL Near thefe ftones the Kings of Sweden were formerly elected 
 and inaugurated, purfuant to a cuftom firft introduced in the year 1059; 
 but this ceremony was difcontinued in 1457. On tne ^ e ftones, which are 
 now extremely mutilated, the arms of Sweden with feveral inferiptions are 
 cut. They ftand under cover > and the little edifice in which they are in- 
 clofed is kept locked, and the key is committed to the care of the keeper 
 of the meadow. 
 
 Skog-klojler, a fine eftate near the Maler-lake, was formerly the pro- 
 perty of the Folkunga-famWy, and after having been in the poffeffion of feveral 
 other proprietors, it devolved to Count Brake, who is the prefent owner of 
 it. The ancient Dominican convent which ftood here, and was afterwards 
 turned into a nunnery, is now converted into a fine palace j in which are 
 two armories, a large cabinet for mathematical and aftronomical inftruments, 
 and a valuable library. A view of this place is to be icen in Dahlbcrg s 
 Suecia. 
 
 Eckholmfund is a royal demefne. A view of it is exhibited in Dahlberg% 
 Suecia. 
 
 Enkioping, in Latin Encopia, is a very ancient city fituated in a fertile 
 country. This town in the times of paganifm was the refidence of the 
 Vaffal-kings of Fierdhundra ; and of late the fuperior judges have held their 
 courts and mufters here. The number of inhabitants at Enkioping is about 
 fix hundred ; and it has ftill fome remains of two churches and as many 
 convents. In the year 1308, it was facked by the Germans ; and was 
 confumed by fire in 1572 and 1609. Its deputies rank in the Diet as the 
 fifty-fifth voting town. Dahlberg has given a view of it in his Suecia. 
 
 Suinnegarns, or St. Siegfried's well, lies about half a Swedijh mile from 
 the city. This was anciently the fcene of feveral fuperftitious cuftoms and 
 ceremonies. 
 
 Qerby-*
 
 3 i 8 SWEDEN. [Upland. 
 
 Oerby-Hus, a confiderable eflate above four Swediß miles from Upfal, 
 now belongs to the De Geer family. Here King Erick XIV. was detained 
 prifoner till the year 1579, when he was taken off by poifon. 
 
 Dannemora is an iron mine about four Swediß miles from Vpfal : It is 
 one of the moft ancient and confiderable mines in the Kingdom,, yielding 
 every year forty or fifty thoufand cart-loads of red iron ore. 
 
 Lojjla hammer-mill lies about two Swediß miles from the former, 
 and confifts of four hammers, eight forges, and a fmelting furnace. Though 
 the Ruffians entirely deftroyed this ftrudlure by fire in the year 1719, 
 it was rebuilt fince, and confifts of fo many buildings as to conftitute a 
 little town; fo that it has not its equal of the kind in the whole Kingdom. 
 Thefe works alfo belong to the abovementioned De Geer family. 
 
 Tobo is the largeft and moft noted fmelting-houfe in all Sweden. 
 
 Elfkarleby is a royal manor, on which ftands a village where a yearly 
 fair is kept. Here is a fifhery, in which falmon and lampreys are caught 
 in great abundance. 
 
 3. The Prefecture or Government of Westmannland confifts of three 
 Diftridts and two parifhes. The only remarkable places in Weßmannland are 
 the village of Ullaraker, where a town formely ftood, of which fome 
 ruins are ftill to be feen, and the borough of Borgberg which lies in ruins. 
 
 Note. In Dahlberg's Suecia antiqua S? hodierna, Vol. I. are to be feen 
 views of the following feats. 
 
 'Akehof. Hammerjkog, which lies in Dahlbywyk. 
 
 Ado, fituated on the Maler-hke. Hornjberg. 
 
 Almarßak. Haßeby. 
 
 Arnoo. Rierfoo. 
 
 Angfoo. Malmwyk, lying near the Maler-hke. 
 
 Afpenas. Lindholm. 
 
 Bogefund. Lidoon, on the Alandßaf. 
 
 Brunßolm, fituated on the Maler-hke. Moorby, which ftands near the Sched- 
 
 Diurßolm, fituated on the Wortan- wyk-hke. 
 
 lake. Margretelund. 
 
 Ekebyholm, which ftands on the bank Naßy. 
 
 of the Synningen-hke. Noor, which ftands on the lake of 
 Ekholm. the fame name. 
 
 Finßad, where St. Bridget was born, Oerby, near the Mandel-hke. 
 
 and feveral antiquities are to be Oeßana. 
 
 feen. Penningeby. 
 
 Gorvalen. Rofirsberg, an elegant caftle with a 
 Gronfio. very pleafant garden. 
 
 Haaga. Roßrand. 
 
 Hatunaholm, Jfcdboholm. 
 
 5 Runfa %
 
 Sudermannland.] 
 
 s 
 
 w 
 
 E 
 
 D E 
 
 Runfa. 
 
 
 
 
 Stafsund. 
 
 Skanilahohn. 
 
 
 
 
 Steeninge. 
 
 Saalßad. 
 
 
 
 
 Tuna. 
 
 Satuna. 
 
 
 
 
 Ulfunda. 
 
 Saby. 
 
 
 
 
 Wanfgarn. 
 
 Sio, a ftately palace. 
 
 
 
 
 Wennegam 
 
 Schellnora. 
 
 
 
 
 Wyk. 
 
 N 3*9 
 
 and 
 
 II. SUDERMANNLAND, 
 
 In Latin Sudermannia. 
 
 'TpHIS name preferves the memory of the ancient Mannahem, i. ei 
 ■*■ Manfw Virorum ; and as it lies to the fouth of Upfal and Upland, it 
 was called Suder-manna-land, or Suder-manna-hem, i. e. Meridwialis virorum 
 Manjio. It is five-and-twenty Swedijh miles in length, and twelve in breadth ; 
 and this Province appears to be one of the firfl that was inhabited and cul- 
 tivated in this Kingdom. The foil is fertile, and, accordingly, no labour is 
 fpared for the improvement of it. Sudermannland abounds in fine arable land, 
 paftures, woods, iron-mines, and forges ; and its lakes are well flocked with 
 fifh. Its advantageous fituation between the main-fea and the Maler-hkz is 
 alfo the caufe of its carrying on a confiderable trade. 
 
 There are eleven rivers, fome of which mail be mentioned in the fequel, 
 in this province ; and feveral frefli-water lakes, among which the moll re- 
 markable are 
 
 The Maler, of which an account has been given above. 
 
 The Hielmar, which is feven Sivedifh miles long, and has a communi- 
 cation with the Maler-lzke by means of a canal, fome flukes, and the 
 Arboga river. 
 
 The Bawen-hke, in which are a hundred iflands. 
 
 The inhabitants of this country chiefly fubfifl: by agriculture, hunting, 
 fifhing, and working in the mines ; and carry on a confiderable trade in 
 corn, iron, and wooden ware. On account of the pleafantnefs and fertility 
 of the country, the dowager Queens ufe to have their dowery, and the Dukes 
 kheir dutchies in this province. 
 
 Sudermannland is divided into Sudermannland properly fo called ; 
 Sudertorn, in Latin Toernea Meridionalis, which lies between Stockholm 
 and Sudertelge, and is environed by the main-fea and the Maler-lake ; and 
 ReiCarna which lies between Hielmarfund and Strengnas. But the inha- 
 bitants of this latt divifion differ from the others both in their language 
 and drefs. 
 
 The Diocefe of Sudemtannland 'is the fourth in order, and contains four- 
 teen Provoflfhips. Suder-
 
 3 20 SWEDEN. [Sudermannland. 
 
 Sudermannland, properly fo called, confifts of two Governments, namely, 
 Nikioping and Suder-Torn. 
 
 The Government of Nikioping contains three Diftricts. 
 
 i. Nikioping-Lehn j in which the places of note are, 
 
 Nikioping, i. e. 'a new mart,' in Latin Nicopia, is a well-built ftaple- 
 town, and the capital of this province. It is one of the moft ancient cities 
 in the kingdom of Sweden, and was formerly the residence of the Kings 
 and Princes of Sudermannland. The air is fo temperate and falubrious that 
 in times of a contagion, the royal family and the feveral Boards and Offices 
 have frequently removed from Stockholm to this place. Its inhabitants are 
 above 1200 fouls; and the city is divided into two (nearly equal) parts by 
 a lan r e river, which rifes in Langhalfen. In the year 1728, a ftone-bridge, 
 which is fcarcely to be equalled in the whole kingdom, was built over this 
 river. Nikioping was almoft confumed by fire in 1 66 1 , and fuffered extremely 
 by the ravages of the RuJJians in 171 9. Here was formerly a very ancient 
 caftle, which is famous in hiftory ; but it was demolifhed in the year 1665 : 
 The Kings of Sudermannland refided in it, and it was fo ftrongly fortified that 
 it was accounted little inferior to thofe of Stockholm and Calmar. The ftreets 
 are all well laid out, and the high-ftreet is planted with Dutch limes. It 
 has two handfom churches, a commodious harbour, feveral manufactories 
 of cloth and Morocco-leather, a brafs hammer-mill, and drives a confiderable 
 trade by fea. Its chief magiftrates are two Burgomafters. The Governor 
 of Sudermannland alio refides in a palace in this city. In the times of popery 
 here was a famous convent; and feveral Diets have been held in this town. 
 The Swedijh language is fuppofed to be fpoken in its greateft purity at 
 Nikioping and its environs. Without the town is a royal inclofure ; and die 
 adjacent country is extremely fertile. This is the eleventh voting town in 
 the Diet. Dahlberg, in his Snecia, has given a view of this place. 
 
 Hajfelo-Schantz is a fort which flood on an ifland, but now lies in ruins. 
 Here is a cuflom-houfe for fearching all fhips that are bound to or from 
 Nikioping. 
 
 Nafueqicarn and Staßo are two founderies for great guns : the latter is 
 extremely well contrived. 
 
 Eriksberg is a large eftate in the parifh of Malm, about four Swediß> 
 miles from Nikioping, on which ftands one of the fineft palaces in the 
 kingdom, with a moft delightful garden. This place affords a quarry of 
 beautiful fpeckled marble. 
 
 Juleta is a fine demefne near the Oeljani-\ake. A convent formerly flood 
 on the fame fpot. 
 
 Trofa is an ancient fea-port lying in a mountainous country, with a good 
 harbour. It is the eighty-fixth town that votes in the Diet. Dahlberg has 
 inferted a plate of it in his Suecia. 
 
 2. Gripfiolms-Lehn, which contains the following remarkable places. 
 
 Mariefred,
 
 .Sudermannland.] SWEDEN. 321 
 
 Mariefred, in Latin Pax Maria, is a town fituated on a bay of the 
 Maler-\ake, fo called from a convent built there in 1490, and dedicated 
 to the Virgin Mary in the year 1 504. A good (locking and woollen ma- 
 nufacture is carried on In this town ; which has the feventy-fixth vote in 
 the Diet. 
 
 Gripßjolm, which lies near Mariefred, is a royal caftle with a park. A 
 profpecl: of this together with the town of Mariefred is to be feen in Dahl- 
 6erg's Suecia. . 
 
 Rafsnas and Tynnelfo are royal demefnes with caftles of the fame names. 
 
 Strengnas, in Latin Strengnefa, is a very ancient inland town, fituated on 
 the Maler-hke. In the choir of the cathedral in this town King Charles IX. 
 with his two Queens, Duke Charles Philip, and, in a private chapel, Charles 
 Gyldenhielm are buried. Stre?ignas is a Bifhop's See, and has a celebrated 
 gymnaßum or feminary founded in 1626 by Gußavus Adolphus, who at the 
 fame time endowed it with penfions for thirty ftudents. Here is alio a 
 fchool, in which King Gußavus I. received his firft inftructions in the 
 rudiments of learning. In the times of popery here was a convent with 
 a chapel belonging to it. Several Diets have, from time to time, been held 
 in this city. Strengnas is the thirty-firft town that votes in the- Diet, and 
 is exhibited in Dahlberg's Suecia. 
 
 Königsberg is a fine royal farm, that lies about a Sivedißj mile from 
 Strengnas, which from the time of King Erick Lafpes to the reign of Guf- 
 tavus I. was a convent of nuns. 
 
 3. Efchilßuna-Lehn, which contains the following towns, &c. 
 
 Efchilßuna, or Carl-Guß avfladt, in Latin Efchilßuna, lies at the extremity 
 of the Hielmar-hke, where it runs into the Maler with great rapidity. 
 This town derives its name from - St. Efchil, who came over from England 
 in the year 1082 to preach the Gofpel in Sudermannland, and was the firft 
 Bifhop of this See. Efchilßuna was incorporated with Carl-Gußav-ßadfy 
 which lies in its neighbourhood, in the reign of Charles X. and the muni- 
 cipal privileges were jointly conferred on them in the year 1659. This is 
 the forty-fecond of the towns that have a vote in the Diet. The view of 
 its cauMe makes a good figure in Dahlberg's Suecia. 
 
 Sunbyholm and Ribbingelund. Thefe are two royal demefnes. 
 
 Torfhella, in Latin Torflia, is an inland town, about a quarter of a 
 Swediß? mile from the Maler ; and a rapid ftream runs clofe by the town 
 and empties itfelf into the lake. It is under the jurifdiclion of the fame 
 Burgomafter as Efchilßuna. Torßiella is the forty-firft town that votes in the 
 Diet ; and Dahlbcrg has given it a place in his Suecia. 
 
 Biby, a royal demefne, lies in this neighbourhood. 
 
 Sudertorn confifts of three Diftricls, which belong to the Government 
 of Stockholm, and is a kind of ifland, being lurrounded with water. The 
 remarkable places in Sudertorn are, 
 
 Vol. I. T t Sodertelge,
 
 22 SWEDEN. [Sudermannland. 
 
 Sodertelge, in Latin Telga Aufiralis, an inland-town lying betwixt the fea and 
 the Maler-lake. About half a Swediß mile diitantfrom this town, at a place 
 called Aegelßawyk, is a good harbour. Sodertelge was formerly a flaple- 
 town and in a nouriihing condition ; and there is flill a thriving manu- 
 facture of worfled and filk-flockings in this town. The inhabitants have 
 alfo begun to plant tobacco in the adjacent grounds. In the year 17 19, 
 Sodertelge was burnt by the Ruffian army ; but has been fmce rebuilt. In 
 the fourteenth century a great Provincial afiembly, and in 1494 a Diet 
 was held here. This is the fifty-third voting town in the Diet ; and a view 
 of it may be feen in Dahlberg's Suecia. 
 
 Carlholm, which lies near a quarter of a Swedijh mile from Sodertelge^ 
 was formerly a royal demefne, with a caflle on it. 
 
 Dadero, alfo a royal demefne. 
 
 Brankyrka is a parifh, where a bloody battle was fought in the year 15 18. 
 
 Among the Scheeren, or rocky iflands on the coafl of Sudermannland are 
 the following remarkable places. 
 
 Landfort, a point of land that proje&s a great way into the fea, on which 
 flands 
 
 1 light-houfe. 
 
 Elfnabben, or Hielmfnabben, is a fafe harbour, and often mentioned in hiflory. 
 Note. In the fecond volume of Dahlberg% Suecia are profpects of the 
 following feats : 
 
 Akero, which is fituate on the Tngarn- 
 lake. 
 
 Ado. 
 
 Arßa, near which is a harbour in the 
 Baltic ; and two medicinal fprings 
 that run into a cavity below them, 
 and, by a canal, are carried one 
 hundred paces farther to a lower 
 place, where the water in winter 
 and fummer fpouts up like a per- 
 rennial fountain. 
 
 Haringe, fituated on Langßohln-hke. 
 
 Ericksberg. 
 
 Fiohlm. 
 
 Hanfiawick. 
 
 Gieddeholm. 
 
 Heßeybyholm. 
 
 Horningfholm. 
 
 Ludgonas. 
 
 Nykas. 
 
 Malma. 
 
 Malfaker, which flands near the 
 
 Maler-lake. 
 Rin/la. 
 Rafsnas. 
 Sandmare, which flands on a bay in 
 
 the Baltic. 
 Safweßaholm. 
 Siofa, fituated near a bay in the 
 
 Baltic. 
 Siohlm, which flands on the bank 
 
 of a lake. 
 Sunby, near the Hielmar-hke. 
 Sunbykohn, near the Alaler-hkc. 
 Steenhammer. 
 T'ullgarn. 
 Tama. 
 
 Tynelfo, on the Maler-hke» 
 Torfo. 
 Wybyholm. 
 
 \\\ N E R I K E,
 
 Nerike.] SWEDEN. 323 
 
 III. NERIKE, 
 
 In Latin Ncricia. 
 
 r ~T^ HIS province is ten Sivedijh miles in length, and eight in breadth. 
 
 -*■ In moft parts of it the foil is fertile, and produces corn and pafturage. 
 This country alio yields iron and fulphur mines, quarries of load-Hone, 
 alum, lime-ftone, &c. Confequently it has iron foundaries, with fulphur 
 and lead-works. Here are large woods, feveral high mountains, feven con- 
 fiderable rivers and three-and-twenty lakes, which abound in fifh. Ncricia 
 is famous for feveral flourifhing manufactures of all kinds of hard ware ; and 
 it has always been remarkable for forging arms, &c. The chief occu- 
 pations of the inhabitants are agriculture, working in the mines and forges, 
 hunting, and riming; and they trade in grain and all kind of iron-wares. 
 Ncricia, in ecclefiaftical affairs, is divided into four Provoftfhips, and is 
 under the jurifdicYion of the Bifhop of Strengnas, excepting the Paßorat of 
 Nyfund, which is annexed to the Superintendency of Carlfladt. As to its 
 political ftate, this province is divided into * 
 
 1. Oß-Nerike, or Eaß-Nericia, which contains four Diftridls, and the 
 following places of note. 
 
 Oerebro, in Latin Oerebroa, a famous ancient town, fituated on the 
 Hielmar-hke, where the river Schwart runs out of it. It is a long narrow 
 town, with a caftle quite furrounded by water ; and as it had been often be- 
 fieged, King Gußavus I. caufed it to be well fortified ; and farther improve- 
 ments have been made in the fortifications fince that time. In the times 
 of popery here was a Carmelite convent. Oerebro has at prefent two 
 churches, a grammar-fchool, and a manufacture of fire-arms. It has alfo 
 a harbour on the Hielmar-hke, which has a communication with the 
 Maler by means of the river and canal of Arboga ; and confequently there 
 is a paffage by water from hence to Stockholm. The inhabitants carry on 
 a confiderable trade ; and this town is in high reputation for the exadtnefs 
 of its weights and meafures. The Governor of the province refides here. 
 Among the Diets held at Oerebro thofe of 1347, 1 53 1, and 1540 were the 
 moft remarkable. This is the twenty-feventh town that votes in the Diet. 
 Dahlberg has a view of it in his Suecia. 
 
 .•fv&rg-fulphur-work lies about a Swedißj mile and a quarter from Oerebro : 
 Of the ore dug up here is, firft, made fulphur, afterwards vitriol, and laftly 
 a red colour for painting. 
 
 Selleivalla and Sioßad are two decayed towns, of which nothing is to be 
 feen but the ruins. 
 
 * I fuppofe the Author means Eaß and Weft-Kerike 4 but he has entirely omitted the latter. 
 
 T t 2 Rifeberga
 
 3 24 SWEDEN. [Weftmannland. 
 
 Rifeberga is a fine eftate, where formerly flood a nunnery, the walls of 
 which are ftill remaining:. 
 
 At Ratnunda or Romla-Boda are a church, a pott-office, and an inn. 
 Here formerly flood the only Eremitical convent in the whole kingdom. 
 
 Aßerfund, an inland town, flands at the extremity of the Wette'r-hke. 
 It has an harbour on the lake, and carries on a good trade in grain, 
 nails, and tobacco. Askerfund is the fixtieth voting town in the Diet. 
 Dahlberg has inferted a view of it in his Suecia. 
 
 Oxoga, a good medicinal fpring impregnated with fulphur, lies about two 
 SwediJJj miles and a half from Oerebro. 
 
 IV. WESTMANN LAND, 
 
 In Latin Weßmannia. 
 
 nr^ HIS province is feventeen SiaediJJj miles in length, and fourteen in 
 •*■ breadth : The foil is fertile and confifts moftly of arable land, with 
 meadows, paftures, and very fine woods in proportion. It alfo contains rich 
 filver, copper, and iron-mines, and very curious copper, fteel, and brafs 
 hammer-mills, and is reckoned the mofl famous province in the kingdom 
 for mines. The iron trade carried on by the inhabitants of Weßmannland 
 is the mofl confiderable in all Sweden ; the quantity of iron exported annually 
 from Weßerahs, Arboga, and Ki oping, amounting to 120,000 lb. The fouth 
 part of the province chiefly confifls of arable and meadow land, and fup- 
 plies the inhabitants of the mine-diflricls with corn ; and the northern parts 
 abound in mine-works and fine woods. Weßmannland is well watered both 
 with rivers and lakes, which yield a vaft plenty of fifh ; and the Maler- 
 lake is of great advantage to its commerce, as it opens a pafiage from 
 this province to Stockholm. The chief fubfiftence of the inhabitants is de- 
 rived from agriculture and the mines, breeding of cattle and fifhing : The 
 woods, hammer-mills, &c. alfo employ a great many hands. 
 
 The Bifhoprick of Weßmannland, or Weßerahs, is the fifth in rank, and 
 is divided into fourteen Provoflfhips. It includes the greatefl part of the 
 Prefecture or Government of Weßerahs, a confiderable part of that of Nerike 
 or Oerebro, and the whole Diflridl of Copparberg. 
 
 This province is divided into the Land and M/w-Diflric~ls. 
 
 1. The Westmannland Government, properly fo called, includes 
 nine Land and two Mi ne-D\ftii£ts ; in which the places of note are, 
 
 Weßerahs, in Latin Arofia, a very ancient inland town, where the river 
 Schwart, after it runs through the town, empties itfelf into the Maler. 
 Its name is a contraction of Weflraaros. It is an epifcopal fee, and has 
 a gymnqjium or feminary; a caflle, part of which is made ufe of as a granary; 
 
 a weigh-
 
 Weftmannland.] SWEDEN. 325 
 
 aweigh-houfe for metals, from whence a vafl quantity of iron, copper, and 
 brafs is exported every year to Stockholm ; and is the refidence of the Go- 
 vernor of the province. The cathedral is a fpacious and magnificent ftruc- 
 ture ; but is particularly remarkable for the architecture of its tower, and 
 for being the burial place of King Erick XIV. The trade carried on at 
 Wefierahs is very confiderable. This city has often fuffered very much by 
 fire, particularly in the year 17 14. Among the Diets held at Wefierahs, 
 thofe of 1527 and 1544 were the moft remarkable. This is the twenty- 
 fifth town that votes in the Diet j and Dahlbcrg has given a profpect of it 
 in his Sued a. 
 
 Johannisberg is a royal farm, not far from this city. 
 
 Badclundfahs is a long, narrow, fandy tract of land about half a Sivedifij 
 mile from Wefierahs, where the Danes were totally defeated in the 
 year 1521. 
 
 Kila, or Satra, is a famous medicinal fpring on a delightful fpot of 
 land. 
 
 Sala or Salberg, in Latin Sala, is a fair large mine-town and Mine- 
 Diftricl, fituated on the river Sag. It was built and endowed with feveral 
 privileges, by King Gufiavus Adolphus in the year 1624. The ftreets are 
 ftraight and well paved ; and the market-place fpacious and regular. Here 
 is held a mine-court, a court of works, a town-council, and an inferior 
 court of judicature. To this town belong feveral confiderable eftates ; 
 and the neighbouring villages fupply the inhabitants of Sala with all kinds 
 of commodities at a very cheap rate ; no cultom or duty being paid here. 
 Here is alfo a medicinal fpring. In the year 1736, this town was deflroyed 
 by fire. In 17 10, the royal family chofe Sala for their retreat during a 
 raging peftilence. Not far from the town is a very large ancient filver-mine, 
 which ufed annually to produce 24,000 Lothige marks* offilver: But 
 it is now greatly declined. This is the forty-fixth voting town in the Diet. 
 Dahlbcrg has inferted a view of it in his Sued a. 
 
 Gulboburg and Baibyburg lie directly oppofite to each other on the rivers 
 Sewa and Kila. They are both large boroughs and inclofed with walls. 
 
 Engfon is a good eftate with a fine feat, on an iiland in the Maler, and 
 belongs to Count Piper. 
 
 'Tidon, which is alio a fine eftate belonging to the Oxenfiiern family. 
 
 Stromfixlms is a well fituated and very rich demefne, with a mangnificent 
 feat and a church. Dahlberg-'s Sued a exhibits two views of it. 
 
 Suraburg, formerly called Thuraburg, one of the largcft boroughs in the 
 whole kingdom, is ftill in a pretty good condition, and inclofed within two 
 walls. On the fpot where the church now ftands was formerly a Pagan 
 temple famous for the offerings made there. Super ftitious travellers, in 
 
 * A Lothige mark is equal to nine ounces twelve penny-weights, Trey weight. 
 
 5 pacing
 
 326 SWEDEN. [Weftmannland. 
 
 parting by, ftill prefent money at the old offering-church , and fome con- 
 gregations have prayers faid here for the recovery of the fick. 
 
 Davo, or Davidfo, is an iiland lb called from St. David, the firft preacher 
 of the Gofpel in Wejlmannland, who came from England about the year 
 1060, and founded a convent in this place. It is now a manor belonging 
 to a noble family. 
 
 Norberg is a parifh, in which are the beft iron-mines in this province. 
 
 Ktoping, in Latin Kopingia, a handfome old town, fituated at the extremity 
 of a creek or bay of the Maler-lake called Galten. Kioping carries on a 
 good trade, and has a fine iron weigh-houfe. The King's Halbardiers or 
 Life-guards are quartered in this town, which has the thirtieth vote in the 
 Diet. Dabiberg, in his Suecia, has given a profpecl: of Kioping. Near 
 this town lies the Kioping Gerichts-hugel, or Juridical hill, where caufes 
 were formerly tried in the open air. Below the town formerly ftood a royal 
 farm and a caffle, near the river. 
 
 Kungfobr is a royal demefne. 
 
 Arboga, in Latin Arbogia, is a handfome ancient town, but formerly in 
 a more flourifhing condition than it is at prefent. The Stor-a, i. e. ' large 
 ' river,' runs through this town, which contains between eight and nine 
 hundred inhabitants, who carry on a good trade. Here are a large iron 
 weigh-houfe, a manufacture of arms, and a mint ; and a part of the King's 
 Halbardiers or Life-guards are quartered in this town. In the year 171 o, 
 the Senate withdrew to this place on occafion of a peflilence that raged 
 at Stockholm. Arboga was formerly well fortified ; and embellifhei with a 
 palace, feveral convents, chapels, and market-places, of which fome re- 
 mains are Itill to be feen : But at prefent here are only two churches 
 {landing. Several Diets and Provincial afiemblies have, from time to time, 
 been held here. Near the town is a remarkable grove where facrifices 
 were offered in Pagan times, with other monuments of antiquity. Arboga 
 is the twenty-fixth voting town in the Diet, and has a place in Dab/berg's 
 Suecia. At the diftance of a quarter of a Sivediflj mile from the town fo 
 the Arboga canal by which there is a communication between the lakes of 
 Hie/mar and Maler. There are nine lluices in this canal. 
 
 Note. In the fecond volume of Dahlberg's Suecia are views of the feats 
 of Malbammar, Mira on the Helmar-hke, and Tydon on the Maler. 
 
 2. Part of the DiftricT: of Fallinsbro and four Mine-Diftricls in Weß- 
 mannland belong to the Government of Nerike : In thefe are the fol- 
 lowing towns, &c. 
 
 Lindesberg or Linde, in Latin Lindesberga, is a Mine-town and Mine- 
 DiflriSl. It lies on a narrow traft of fand between two lakes. Queen 
 Cbriflina built this town in the years 1643 and 1644; and in the fol- 
 lowing year it received its charter of privileges. Here is a good medicinal 
 lpring. Lindesberg is the fifty-fixth voting town in the Diet ; and Dahlberg 
 has given a view of it in his Suecia. 
 
 Wedwag
 
 Thai-land.] SWEDEN. 327 
 
 Wedwag and Quarnbacka, are confiderable forges for fteel, iron, and 
 brafs, eredted in the laft century. Here all kinds of tools, &c. are made 
 in a very curious manner. 
 
 Nora, a Mine-town and Mine-Dißric~l, is fituated on a lake, which has 
 its name from this town. It was built in 1643, and drives the beft trade 
 of any of the Mine-DißricJs in the kingdom in unwrought iron, which is 
 the beft in Sweden. In the year 173 1, Nora was burnt down; but has 
 been fince rebuilt, and is at prefent in a flourishing condition. This is the 
 fifty-feventh town that has a vote in the Diet ; and a view of it is inferted 
 in Dahlbergs Snecia. 
 
 Loca is a famous medicinal fpring, whofe water is impregnated with 
 fulphur and nitre. 
 
 Note. In the fecond volume of Dab/berg's Sued a are views of the man- 
 fion-houfes of EJpelunda, Ekeberg, Giokjholm, and Kagleholm. 
 
 © 
 
 V. SWEDISH T H A L-L A N D> 
 
 In Latin Dalecarlia, or Dali a. 
 
 'T v HIS province is fo called from its many values [Tbalern], and is 
 -*■ forty Swedißj miles in length, and fix-and-twenty in breadth. It is 
 very mountainous, and has but little arable land, efpecially beyond Falun : 
 But where the foil between the mountains allows of tillage, it yields plenty 
 of oats and peafe, of which the inhabitants make bread. In the parifh of 
 Ratwich, indeed, fome fine barley grows. This country is almoft every 
 where diverfified with mountains, vallies, woods, heaths, lakes and rivers ■> 
 and abounds in mines of filver, copper, and iron, and with fine quarries 
 of Hate and mill-ftones. The paftures are lb good that grazing turns out 
 here to very good account. 
 
 The river called Dai-Elbe, the fource of which is among the Norway 
 mountains, confifts of two ftreams; which, after watering the whole country, 
 unite in the parifh of Gagnejs. That branch of the river which waters 
 the eaftern part of this province is called the Oeßer-Dal-Eljwe, and the 
 adjacent country has the name of Oeß-Thal-Land ; and that which runs 
 through the weftern part of the country is called Wefier-Dal-Elfwe, and the 
 neighbouring parts are termed Wefl-Tbal-Land. At length this river dis- 
 charges itfelf into the Baltic fea at Elfkarleby. 
 
 The inhabitants of this province, who are called Dalecarlians, are fa- 
 mous in Hiftory for their integrity and firm attachment to their King 
 and Country ; but more particularly celebrated for their courage and bravery; 
 and indeed it is probable that they are defcended from the ancient Scythians. 
 They are proof againft toil, hardfhips, and want ; and have thoroughly learned 
 the advantage of induftry and ceconomy, fince they are able to fubfift on their 
 
 daily
 
 28 SWEDEN. [Thai-land. 
 
 daily acquisitions in fuch a barren mountainous country. In many parities 
 there is fcarce a man who is not (killed in all neceffary handicraft trades; and 
 in other parts of the Kingdom they hire themfelves out as labourers, car- 
 penters, mafons, &c. They trade in wooden-ware, the bark of birch-trees, 
 hops, flate, lime, fcythes, hatchets, and other iron utenfils. 
 
 In the north part of this province, and even in the parifhes of Elfdalen, 
 Mora, and Orfa, they fpeak a particular language which has a great affinity 
 with the old Gothic and Ißandic dialefts. They ufe three different dialects; 
 and a German underftands their language much better than a Swede. They 
 ftill retain the manner of living, drefs, and cuftoms of the ancient Swedes, 
 without affecting new fafhions, or modern inventions. The Runßab or 
 Runic Calendar is ftill in ufe among them ; and they carry it about them as 
 a perpetual Almanac. 
 
 Dalecarlia and Weßmannland make but one diocefe : But in the times 
 of Popery there was a cathedral, with a Dean and Chapter at Tuna. 
 This province belongs to the Prefecture or Government of Kopparberg, 
 and confifts of fix Diviiions, four of which lie in the eaftern part of Dale- 
 carlia, and thefe are 
 
 1. Nasgards-Lehn. In this Divifion are the following places of note. 
 Stiemfund, a forge or hammer-mill which is curioufly conftructed. It 
 
 was erected in 1701, and is put in motion by water. 
 
 Najgard, an ancient royal manor formerly known by the names of Naf- 
 hohn or Nasboholm. 
 
 Hedemora, a very ancient town, but in latter times handfomely rebuilt, 
 ftands on the Hajrau-\ake. It carries on a good trade, and has an annual 
 fair on the feftival of St. Peter and St. Paul. Hedemora is the only town in the 
 province of Dalecarlia, and one of the principal cities in the whole Kingdom. 
 It is famous for the gun-powder which is made here. A mint was formerly 
 fet up in this town, by Guflavus Erickfon ; and fome of the pieces coined 
 here are ftill to be feen in the cabinets of the curious. The gardens 
 about this town, in which fruit trees are cultivated, are unqueftionably the 
 moft pleafant in all Dalecarlia. Dahlberg has beftowed a plate on this 
 town and Afweflad in his Suecia. Hedemora has the fifty-fifth vote in 
 the Diet. In the year 1754, this town was deftroyed by fire. 
 
 Afweflad is a copper-work belonging to the Crown fituated on the Dal- 
 Elbe. It is fo large a ftructure that it refembles a town, and has its own 
 church and congregation. Copper-plates are made, and the fmall copper 
 money is coined here. There is a royal poft-houfe in this place. 
 
 IVykljyttan or Trollbo, and David's-byttan, are two fteel-manufactories. 
 
 2. Saters-Lehn, in which are 
 
 The parifh of Tuna, where there is the largeft congregation in the 
 whole Kingdom, confifting of between eighteen and nineteen hundred fa- 
 milies. In this parifh lies Hufliaga with a royal manor and a palace, where 
 the Governor of the province refides. 
 
 Safer,
 
 Thai-land.] SWEDEN 
 
 Safer, an inland town fituated on the Liti/tern-lake, was built in the 
 reign of King Gußavus Adolphus, who often fpent fome weeks here ; but 
 this town had not its charter of privileges till the year 1642. The mint 
 for copper-money was removed from this place to /j/fweßad. It is the eighty- 
 eighth town that votes in the Diet. 
 
 Satershof, which lies near the town of Safer, was formerly a royal manor, 
 and the refidence of the Governor of Dalecarlia ; but is now taken up by 
 the colonel of the Dalecarlian regiment. 
 
 3. Copparberg-Lehn, in which arc 
 
 Falun, in Latin Fahma, or Gamla Copparberger, i.e.' old copper-mines,' 
 a Mine-Toivn and Mine-DißriSl, lies between two lakes called Warpan and 
 Rimn, and two mountains. It is large and very populous, and its ftreets are 
 regular ; but the houles are all built with timber. One of its two market- 
 places is very fpacious, and handfomly built. On the north fide of it ftands 
 a large .ftone edifice, which is a Court of Juftice; and on the fame market 
 place a public-cellar, granary, and difpenfary are erected. On the eaft 
 fide cf it is a handfom ftone church, the roof of which is covered with 
 copper: the doors are of brafs, and the tower is remarkably high. With- 
 out the town towards the Eaft ftands another church built with ftone, and 
 covered with copper. Falun has a good lchool, a fine copper weigh-houfe, 
 a Mine-Court, and other interior courts. The place where the Governor 
 relides is a little without the town. This is the fifteenth of the towns 
 that vote in the Diet. 
 
 A little to the Weft of Falun is the famous copper-mine which ufed to 
 produce every year 10,000 tons, and in 1650, io,oco tons 321 pounds of 
 copper : But of late its produce is confiderably decreafed. The depth of this 
 mine is three hundred and fifty Swedijh ells *. A great variety of curious 
 engines belong to this work. 
 
 A profpect of Falun may be feen both in Dablberg's Suecia and Outhiers 
 Voyage au Nord. The former has alio given a draught of the mine-works. 
 
 Noor, a royal manor near Falun, is the place where the Governor now 
 refides. 
 
 4. Oestliche Thaler, or the Eaft values, in which are 
 Siliaiifors, a fine iron-forge. 
 
 The great flate quarry in the parifh of Orfa, &c. 
 Two of the above-mentioned fix Divifions lie in the weffern part of Da'e- 
 i.-.rUa ; and thefe are, 
 
 1. The weft Mine-District, in which lie 
 
 Grangarder, or Grange, a parifli with inexhauftible iron-mines ; and 
 Skys-Hytta, a filver-mine. 
 
 2. The Western Vallies, containing, 
 
 The iron- works of Grawendal and Stromsdal ; and 
 The ruinous fort of Lima. 
 
 * A Swcdiflj ell is about half an Englifi ell. 
 
 Vol. I. U u NORDLAND, 
 
 29
 
 33o SWEDEN. [Nordland. 
 
 NORD LAND, 
 
 In Latin Nordlandia* 
 
 NORDLAND is bounded to the Eaft by the gulf of Bothnia, to the 
 South by Upland and Dakcarlia ; to the Weft it joins to Dakcarlia, 
 Norway, and Lapland; and to the North it borders on Lapland only. Its 
 name is derived either from Nore Jatteo, i. e. ' the Giant Nore,' who was 
 the firft inhabitant of this country ; or from its fituation, which is north of 
 Sweden properly fo called. Nordland in the times of Paganifm was a dif- 
 tincl: Monarchy, to which feveral VarTal-kings were tributary. 
 
 This country has the advantage of all the other parts of the Kingdom, 
 in the plenty of* timber and venifon it affords; but its rocks and mountains 
 leave but a fmall extent of land fit for tillage. Here are, however, fome 
 fertile fpots and verdant paftures, which are agreeably interfperfed with lakes, 
 rivers, and woods. 
 
 This province, befides the timber it yields has feveral rich mines, forges 
 or hammer-mills, and other works for metals. Its lakes and rivers abound 
 in fifhj and great numbers of cattle are bred in the country. Here are greater 
 flights of wild-geefe than in any part of the Kingdom ; but Nordland, like 
 Lapland, affords no crabs or lobfters. Birch-trees and oak do not grow 
 wild beyond Upland, fo that thofe trees are very fcarce here. Some fcattered 
 tracts of land in this country are inhabited by the Finlanders. 
 
 Nordland has nine towns, and comprehends feven provinces. Six of the 
 latter conftitute the Government of ' Wefl-Nordland ; but'the feventh, together 
 with Lapland, belongs to the Government of Wejl-Bolhnia. Thefe pro- 
 vinces are as follows. 
 
 I. GASTRIC K LAND, 
 
 In Latin Gaßricia. 
 
 THIS province derives its name from Gaßrick, which fignifies ' hofpitable,' 
 and contains very little arable land, but confifts of mines, woods, rivers, 
 and lakes, abounding with fifti ; and by an induftrious ufe of thefe conve- 
 niences the inhabitants procure themfelves a tolerable fubfiftance. Gaflrickland 
 confifts of one Land-Dißriä-Jitrifdiäion, and a Vogtey or inferior Govern- 
 ment. The clergy of this province are fubject to the Archbifhop of Upfal. 
 Remarkable towns, &c. in Gaflrickland are the following. 
 
 Geflt
 
 Halfingland.] SWEDEN. 33 r 
 
 Geße or Geatuk, in Latin Gevalia, is a ftaple-town and the largeft in 
 all Nordland. It is well fituated on a creek of the gulf of Bothnia. The 
 river Geße runs through the town, and fupplies it with plenty of falmon ; 
 it afterwards divides iifelf into three branches", forms the two pleafant iflands 
 of Alderholm and Ißandßoolm, and, about the diftance of half a Swedißj mile 
 from the town, empties itfelf into the main-iea. Geße has the conveniencv 
 of readily forwarding, in hoats, all goods defigned for the lading-place; 
 and is a ftaple-town of fuch antiquity, that it boafts of being founded three- 
 hundred years before Stockholm. Some buildings in this town are of ftone, 
 others of wood, and ibme houfes are partly built with ftone and partly with 
 wood. The ftreets are very irregular, and the market-place is badly laid out; 
 fo that a ftranger would never be able to find it out without a guide. It is 
 a populous town, and has a good Gytnnaßum or Seminary, which was re- 
 moved hither from Stockholm in 1669 ; a fchool ; a fine town-houfe built 
 with ftone ; a very ancient hofpital, rebuilt with ftone in the year 1731; 
 and carries on a very advantageous trade with a great number of lhips. The 
 Company of Fifhermen conftitutes two thirds of the burghers. The prin- 
 cipal inhabitants are traders and manufacturers ; and by that means employ 
 the poorer fort. The caftie, which is ornamented with towers, was entirely 
 deftroyed by fire in 1727, but it has been fince rebuilt; and the Governor 
 refides in it. This town has the thirteenth vote in the Diet. 
 
 On the ifland of Alderholm are a handfom iron weigh-houfe, a dock, 
 and a landing place for deals, &c. two warehoufes, a large cuftom-houfe, 
 an arfenal, and a magazine. 
 
 On Ißandfi. . eräl magazines and warehoufes are erecled. A view of 
 
 all thefe may be feen in Dahlberg's Suecia. 
 
 Friderichfchanlxe is a fort, which lies about a league from the town on 
 a fmall ifland in the fea. 
 
 Hillebrun, a medicinal fpring, lies about three leagues from Geße. 
 
 Eka,- a copper-mine with feveral veins of a certain rich ore, lies in this 
 neighbourhood. 
 
 II. HALSINGLAND, 
 
 In Latin Helfingia. 
 
 'TpHIS province is'twenty Sicedß miles in length, and fixteen in breadth. 
 A . What little arable land it contains yields good crops ; and the paftures 
 feed great numbers of fine cattle. InHalßnglandzxe very good iron-works, 
 and large forefts ; and its rivers and lakes abound in fifh. Lin-feed are alfo 
 cultivated here with great induftry. 
 
 Uu 2 The
 
 332 SWEDEN. [Haifingland. 
 
 The inhabitants are chiefly employed in agriculture and working in the 
 mine-works, grazing, all kinds of handicraft trades, hunting, and fifliing. 
 They alfo traffick in iron, flax, linen, tallow, butter, tar, deal boards, 
 timber ; and wild fowl, as partridges, woodcocks, and moor-hens, of 
 which fome thoufands are every winter carried in fledges to Stockholm. The 
 Helj are celebrated for their courage; having made themfelves matters 
 
 of feveral coi ntries, where they have fettled and called them by their name. 
 This country maintains both foldiers and failors. Befides the Gothic or 
 Runic calendar, which is every where known, the Haifmgland Runic, as it 
 is called, which differs from the former, is ufed here. 
 
 Halllngland, with regard to its ecclenaftical ftate, is divided into three 
 Provoftlhips, which are comprehended in the Archbifhoprick of Uffal. As to 
 its political divifion it confifts of a Land-Dißrtc'i-'JuriJc.iclion, and two 
 Vogteys ; and is divided into the North and South Part. 
 
 1. The North Part contains the following towns, GV. 
 Hudickfivall, in La: in Hudickfwalli'a, a (mall feu-port town, which formerly 
 
 ftood in another fituation ; but in 1640 it was built on the extremity of 
 a narrow tract of land. The old town was founded in the year 1582, by 
 order of King John III. and was endowed with the ftaple privileges by the 
 fame Prince in 1590, which were revoked in 1636. It has a commodious 
 deep harbour, and on three fides is furrounded with water. Befides an ad- 
 vantageous trade in deal boards, beams, wooden-chairs, flax, linen, butter, 
 fifh, &c. the inhabitants employ themfelves in agriculture and mechanic 
 trades. Here is a church, and a fchool. In the year 1670, Hudickfivall 
 was confirmed by fire; and in 1714, it fuffered greatly by a like misfortune. 
 In the year 1721, it was totally laid in afhes by the Ruffians; but is at 
 prefent in a flourifhing condition. This is the thirty-fixth voting town in the 
 Diet ; and Dahlberg has given a view of it in his Suecia. 
 
 Agon is an ifland, remarkable for a good harbour, and fkilful mariners. 
 
 The ifland of Boldjon, and Hofjlanfudd, a peninfula, which have both 
 good harbours, are in this divifion. 
 
 2. The South Part, in which are the following places of note. 
 Sodcrhamn, in Latin Suderhamnia, is a fmall fea-port fituated on the 
 
 river Liufnan between two mountains. It was firft built by gim-imiths 
 and copper-fmiths ; and obtained its privileges in the year 1620. Its build- 
 ings, for the moft part, are not more commodious or elegant than the 
 peafants houfes in the country: However, the church, which was confecrated 
 in 1693, is the beft ftructure in all Nordland. Here is an old manufacture of 
 fire-arms (but thole made here are inferior to fome others,) and another of 
 linen. The inhabitants carry on a brifk trade in flax, butter, &c. This is 
 the fixty-ninth voting town in the Diet ; and a view of it may be feen in 
 Dahlberg' % Suecia. 
 
 Stor-
 
 Meddpad.] SWEDEN. 333 
 
 Stor-jun?frun, an ifland, is a noted land-mark. 
 
 Flors is a linen-manufa&ory, fo called from the village Flor in which 
 it ftands. Coarie and fine linen, thread-ftockings and night-caps ; likevvife 
 plain and flowered fluff's, a coarie kind of mullin for aprons, damafks for 
 table-cloths, and buckram, are made here ; but thefe are laid to be none 
 of the beft, nor are they durable. Several curious remains of antiquity are 
 to be feen in this country. 
 
 III. MEDELPAD, 
 
 In Latin Medclpadia. 
 
 THIS province is fourteen Sitfedifl) miles long and feven broad ; and 
 is faid to derive its name from the old Scandinavian word Medal, 
 ' the middle,' and a, ' a river,' becaufe it lies between the rivers Niurunda 
 and Tndal. Though this province is very mountainous and woody ; yet it 
 has feveral delightful values of arable and meadow land. The feed is not 
 fown here till about Whitfuntide ; but the corn ripens in ten weeks. 
 
 Among the forefts, the largeft and moft pleafant is Aflrog ; and next to that 
 Gimdalen, which is about iix Swedijh miles long, and abounds in venifon 
 and game of all forts, as elks, rein-deers, beavers, martens, weafels, linxes, 
 foxes, and wild-fowl. 
 
 This country alio is agreeably interfperled with lakes and rivers, which 
 fupply it with plenty of fifh. The grain which grows in this province is 
 fuflicient for the fupport of its inhabitants. They have alfo plenty of cattle, 
 and deal in timber, hops, flax, hemp, butter, fowls, and dried filh. Salmon, 
 feals, &c. are alio caught here. Medelpad maintains its quota of failors. 
 In ecclefiaffical affairs it is within the diocefe of Hernofand ; and confifts 
 of a Land-Di/lriSl-Juri/dicHon and a Vogtey. 
 
 This province is divided into the North and South Part. 
 
 i. In the North Part, the places of note are 
 
 Sundjwall, in Latin Sundwallia, a well built fmall fea-port, and the only 
 one in the country. It was built in the reign of Gußavus Adolphus, on 
 the fpot which is now called the Old town, but formerly the Trading" 
 place. In the year 1624, it obtained feveral privileges as a manufactory 
 of fmall fire-arms ; but in 1647, it was rebuilt on its prefent fituation, 
 which is a barren fandy plain betwixt high mountains, by Queen Chrijlina ; 
 and the manufacture of fire-arms was removed to Suderbamn. In the 
 middle of the town is a fmall pond well flocked with a fifh called Karaufch*. 
 A woollen manufacture was lately let up in this town. Here is a dock 
 where feveral large veffels have been built. The harbour, which is about 
 * A kind of fmall carp. See note p. 188, of this Volume. 
 4 a league
 
 334 SWEDE N. [Jamtland. 
 
 a league in breadth, is very commodiouc \ and the inhabitants drive a good 
 trade in tar, the bark of birch-trees, deals, wooden-chairs, linen, flefti, 
 cheefe, and butter. Sundfivall is the fixty-eighth voting town in the Diet ; 
 and Dahlberg has given a view of it in his Succia. 
 
 In Seimiger pariih, which is not far from Sundfwall, formerly ftood a 
 royal palace; and fome remains of an oblong Juridical Eminence and an 
 old caftle are ftill to be feen there. 
 
 Skian church is the moft remarkable in this country ; for it was formerly 
 a caftle, and is every where full of loop-holes for fmall arms. 
 
 2. The South Part, in which lies 
 
 The pariih of "Tuna, where, in the foot way clofe by the river is to be 
 {een a tomb about ten ells in length, laid to be that of the giant Skarkoter, 
 who was famous for his heroic atchivements, and equally celebrated for 
 his clemency and moderation. In the fame pariih are the harbours of 
 Kalfsimdet and Skepjham?i, and the ruins of feveral fortreffes. 
 
 IV. JAMTLAND, 
 
 In Latin Jemtia. 
 
 THIS province borders on the kingdom of Norway, and is nearly 
 of a circular form, being twenty Swedißi miles in breadth, and four- 
 and-twenty in length. Jamtland, after undergoing many revolutions, was 
 annexed to the crown of Swede?!, by the treaty of Rofchild, in 1658. 
 It is, in general, a mountainous country; but the hills differ extremely from 
 each other in appearance. 
 
 The weftern part of this province is over-run with vaft craggy rocks and 
 high mountains, which lie on the frontiers of Norway ; and between thefe 
 are deep vallies and rapid torrents : However in fome fpots among the 
 mountains, which are frequently covered with fnow, one meets with fine 
 verdure, and plenty of nutritive paftures. In thefe parts the inhabitants 
 houfe their cattle even in fummer-time ; and thus never fail of breeding 
 fine cows, whofe milk yields excellent butter ; and yet they purchafe beef 
 and tallow from Norway. 
 
 The eaftern part of "Jamtland is a champaign country, watered with feveral 
 lakes and rivers which abound with nfh. And fuch is the fertility of fome 
 fpots of land in thefe parts, that in a good year when the corn has not 
 been nipt by the froft, the neighbouring provinces are fupplied with grain 
 from hence. Barley is the grain that is moftly fown here : They alfo fow 
 a confiderable quantity of rye, and fome wheat. This country produces 
 oats of an extraordinary goodnefs, and abounds in excellent turnips. Some- 
 times, indeed, the feverity of the froft caufes a fcarcity of corn ; and then 
 
 the
 
 Jamtland.] SWEDEN. 335 
 
 the Jamtlanders are obliged to make bread of the pounded bark of trees ; the 
 rye bread being referved for feftivals. 
 
 In this province many hands are employed in extracting iron from a kind 
 of iron-ore refembling fmall ftones, which are collected in fenny places. 
 Here are alfo alum-quarries, a white and porous calx or chalky earth, fand- 
 ftone, llate, the Lapis ollarius*, fine rcck-cryftals, lead-ore, two new-built 
 copper-works, and a place where falt-petre is refined. 
 
 Here are great numbers of elks which the Jamptlanders caftrate, in" 
 order to make them grow fatter ; and a mifchievous fpecies of vermin 
 called Lemlar, or Lonelier, are very common in this country. 
 
 The river Ragunda-Elfwe, which is called Indals-Elfwe by the inhabitants 
 of Medelpad, forms a ftupendous water-fall near the pariih of Ragunda. 
 The falmon, that frequent this river, go no higher than this cataract ; fo 
 that none are caught above it. 
 
 That this country is very thinly inhabited, is evident from hence, that 
 there are only fix places where Divine Service is performed every Sunday ; 
 that in fome churches it is celebrated every other Sunday, and in 
 others only every third Sunday; and that in all the reft the congregations 
 aflemble but three or four times in a year. There is not fo much as 
 one town in 'Jamtland-, and only eleven parifhes, in which forty-fix churches 
 are eredted. In all thefe parifhes there are but feven hundred and feventeen 
 chimneys, though they make an area of four hundred fquare geographical 
 miles at leaft. Hypochondriac diforders, and fuicide are very frequent in 
 this folitary, defart country. 
 
 The inhabitants, for the moft part, fubfift by agriculture, grazing, hunt- 
 ing, and fifhing. They alio carry on a confiderable trade with the Nor- 
 wegians, whom they fupply with falt-pans, fteel and iron-ware, and a kind 
 of leather drefled in a particular manner fo as entirely to keep out the 
 water, with which they make fhoes, boots, and even jackets that are proof 
 againft wet. Every peafant is obliged to contribute towards the fubfiftance 
 of the Soldiery ; fo that this country maintains a regiment of foot, or ac- 
 cording to others, of dragoons, at the expence of 31,609 dollars -j- ; and a 
 troop of horfe, the charge of which is 6,2 10 dollars. 
 
 The "Jemtland-Lappers confift of fomething above one hundred families ; 
 and fince the year 1746 a church and a fchool have been erected for their 
 ufe at Folinge. 
 
 This country and Harjedal are fubjecl: to the fame provincial jurifdiclion; 
 but it conftitutes a particular Vogiey. 
 
 The clergy of this province are fubjecl to the Bifhop of Hernofand, and 
 with regard to its ecclefiaftical eftate, it confifts of the North and South 
 Provoftfhips. 
 
 * See an account of this ftone in note p. 178 of this Volume. 
 
 t A Sivedißj ftlver dollar, which, I fuppofe, the Author means, is equal to is. 6 J. $ 
 frerling. 
 
 Jamptland
 
 n 
 
 36 SWEDEN. [Harjedalen. 
 
 Jamtlaud, according to its political divifion, confift of the South and North 
 Part. 
 
 1. The South Part, in which lies 
 
 Fro/an, a kind of market-village, which has fomething of the appearance 
 of a town. It lies on an iiland in the Stor-Jio-lake, from whence it has 
 a proipecf. of the whole country ; for it ftands nearly in the centre of it. 
 Here is a fchool, a poft-houfe, and a fort called Kmißadt, which was 
 erected in the year 1710. 
 
 2. The North Part, in which the places of note are 
 
 Carlflrom, a decayed fortification, which ftands on the frontiers of Norway. 
 
 Fort-Hierpe, which is alio on the frontiers of Norway, and is embellifhed 
 with a tower. But all that remains at prefent of this fortification is only 
 a large biock-houfe. 
 
 Fort-Dufive, which lies farther up the country, is in a ruinous condition. 
 Near this fort is a Bureau or frontier cuftom-houfe. 
 
 V. HARJEDALEN. 
 
 In Latin Herdalia. 
 
 'TP HIS province was incorporated with the Swedi/Jj dominions by the 
 treaty of Bremfebro, in the year 1645. It is eighteen Swedißo miles 
 in length, and from feven to eight in breadth. It abounds in mines and 
 woods j and confequently agriculture is not much practifed here. Its paftures, 
 however, are fo excellent, that the inhabitants carry on a very advantageous 
 trade in horned cattle. Its rivers and lakes, like all the reft in the country, 
 abound with fifh. The inhabitants fubfift by grazing, hunting and fifhing j 
 and fell a great quantity of cheefe, which is much efteemed. They main- 
 tain no loldiers in this province ; and feveral places among the mountains 
 are inhabited by Lappcrs. Harjedalen is under the fame provincial Juris- 
 diction with Jamtland; but makes a particular Vogtey. The clergy of this 
 province belong to the South Provoftfhip of Jamtland. 
 
 1. In the North Part are the following remarkable places. 
 Liitfhedal, a fine copper- work. 
 
 La, ^ 'fchqntze, a fort, which was demolifhed in 1734. 
 
 Funnefäals-By, where there is a frontier cuftom-houfe. 
 
 San-Fialet, a very high mountain, which is always covered with fnow. 
 
 2. The South Part, in which lie 
 
 Siorbin and Liungdalen, two villages inhabited by fome wealthy Lappers. 
 
 VI. ANGER-
 
 Angermannland.] SWEDEN. 337 
 
 VI. ANGERMANNLAND, 
 
 In Latin Angermannia. 
 
 '"T^HIS province lies farther north than Harjedalen, and is twenty-four 
 ■*• Swedijk miles in length, and fixteen in breadth. This country is 
 extremely mountainous and woody ; and the remarkably high mountain 
 called Skula, with the vaft and uninhabited foreft of Skula-Jkog, in this pro- 
 vince are well known. However, the foil is fruitful, and in fome parts pro- 
 duces excellent corn ; efpecially on the fouthfide of the Angermamiland river, 
 from Hernofand to the parifh of Botea, and a noble feat or manor called Holm, 
 &c. In thofe parts rye, peafe, lin-feed, flax, and good barley, grow ; and 
 the meadow-lands afford good paftures for the cattle. Here are alfo feveral 
 fine iron-works ; and the lakes and rivers yield plenty of fifh. In the 
 bottom of fome of the ftagnant lakes in this province is found a fine 
 red colour or lake. 
 
 The Angermannland river is one of the largeft in the whole kingdom, 
 being about a league over at the mouth of it, and navigable for fmall 
 vefiels feveral Swedijh miles up the continent. The falmon-fifhery, in this 
 river, alfo brings in extraordinary profits to this country. 
 
 This province maintains failors for the royal navy; and confifts of a 
 Land-Dijlricl-Jurifdi£lion and two Vogteys. It is the refidence of the Su- 
 perintendent of this diocefe, which is the thirteenth in rank, and is divided 
 into two Provoftfhips. This Superintendency or bifhoprick confifts of the 
 provinces of Angermannland, Medelpad, Jatntland, Harjedalen, and the 
 whole government of Wejl Bothnia., Kremi-lapmark excepted which belongs 
 to the diocefe of Abo. Angermannland is divided into, 
 
 I. The South Part, in which are the following remarkable places. 
 Hernofand, in Latin Hernefandia, is a fea-port, and the only town in this 
 country; and ftands on the ifland of ' Hernon near the mouth of the Angermaiin 
 river, where it empties into the gulf of Bothnia. It was built by King John III. 
 in the year 1584, and has a communication with the continent by a bridge 
 of about one hundred ells in length. The timber houfes are built of a 
 great thicknefs, and ftand on the fouth fide of the town on the declivity 
 of a hill towards the fea. On the north fide of the harbour there is a fuf- 
 ficient depth of water for the largeft fhips to come up and unload at the 
 warehoufes ; but on the fouth fide, it is only practicable to flat bottomed 
 veffels and lighters. Hernofand was formerly a ftaple-town, and ftill carries 
 on a confiderable trade, particularly in linen ; and the annual fair held 
 here on the fourteenth of September is the moft frequented of any in Nord- 
 land. A Gytnnafium or Seminary erected in 1648, and a fchool are an 
 ■ Vol. I. X x ornament
 
 33 8 SWEDEN. [Weft-Bottn. 
 
 ornament to this town ; which is alfo the refidence of the Superintendent 
 of the See of Hernofand. In 1710, 17 14 and 1721, this place was burnt 
 by the Ruffians ; but has pretty well recovered itfelf fince. Near it are 
 feveral tumuli or fepulchral eminences. In the years 1746 and 1748, fome 
 (hocks of an earthquake were felt in this neighbourhood. This is the 
 thirty-ninth town that votes in the Diet ; and a view of it is to be feen in 
 Dahlliergs Suecia. 
 
 Hammar, an inn and poft-houfe, lies about five Sivediß miles from Her- 
 nofand. Here the iron and wooden-ware exported from this province are 
 fhipped ; for the Aitgermann-xiver is not navigable for veflels of burden. 
 
 Saleftea, a parifh and bartering place. An annual fair is held here 
 on the feftival of St. Peter and St. Paul. 
 
 Gieroders-Gard, in Latin Geiraudagardia, was formerly a considerable 
 Royal Manfion-houfe, and the refidence of the Sovereigns of Nordla?id. 
 Hence it derives its name from King Gierauder. 
 
 Holm is the only Nobleman's feat in all Nordland, and lies about four 
 Swedijh miles from the town of Hernofand. 
 
 2. The North Part, in which are 
 
 Ulfon, a good harbour and fine iron-work, which lies about fix Swediflj 
 miles from Hernofand. 
 
 Skialewad, a parifh and bartering place, which is about ten Sivediß miles 
 from Hernofand. An annual fair is held here on St. James's day. 
 
 VII. WES T-B T T IV. 
 
 In Latin Weß-Bothnia.. 
 
 BOTTN, or Bothnia, is that large country which extends itfelf northwards 
 on both fides of the Gulf of Bothnia. That part which lies on the 
 weft fide of the Gulf is called Weß-Bothnia-, and that on the oppofite fide 
 is termed Eaß-Bothnia. Of the former we fhall give an account here, re- 
 ferving the latter to our defcription of Fi?iland. 
 
 The inhabited part of West-Bothnia, which extends from the frontiers 
 of Angermannland 10 the church of "Upper Tornea, is computed to be about 
 fifty-eight Sivediß: miles in length, and its breadth is from fixteen to eighteen 
 miles. A great number of pleafant iflands lie off the coaft of this province. 
 It has alfo feveral forefls, the largeft of which borders on Lapmark, with many 
 lakes and rivers. There are excellent paftures in Weß-Bothnia ; though on 
 the fummit of the high mountains it moftly confifts of mofs, on which 
 the rein-deer generally feed. The country is for the moll part level and the 
 foil tolerably fertile ; and though they fow the corn here very late, it 
 ripens in fifr feven, or eight weeks, according as the place lies more or lefs 
 
 expofed
 
 Weft-Bottn.] SWEDEN. 339 
 
 expofed to the North. However, fudden frofts often prove extremely 
 detrimental to the corn ; particularly the frofty nights that often happen in 
 the month of July. There are alio feveral good copper and iron-mines in 
 this province. 
 
 The inhabitants of Weß-Bothnta are famed for their courage and bravery. 
 They fubfift by agriculture, grazing, hunting, and fifhing. They endure 
 hunger and want beyond any other people, being inured to it from their 
 youth ; and even in fruitful years they mix their corn with chaff and pul- 
 verized pine-bark, to make what they call their Stampe Brot, or pounded 
 bread. They traftick in beams, deal boards, timber, and fhingles, tar, falted 
 and fmoke-dried falmon and other fifh, wild fowl, cummin, train-oil, 
 venifon, tallow, butter, cheefe ; alfo in fables, and lkins of blue and white 
 foxes, ermines, bears, wolves, martens, hyenas, beavers, and rein-deer j 
 alfo in caftor, linen, &c. Thefe commodities are not only carried to 
 other parts of Sweden, but alfo over the mountains to Norway, or through vaft 
 deferts to RuJJia. This country maintains its quota of foldiers. 
 
 Weß-Bothnia is divided into four Vogteys or inferior Governments : Thefe 
 are fubjed: to the general Government inftituted in the year 1638, which 
 alfo includes Lapmark. It contains two Provincial Jurifdiclions ; and as to 
 its ecclefiaftical State, belongs to the See of Hernofand. 
 
 1. The firft Vogtey or Divifion contains the following places of note. 
 Urnen, in Latin Uma, a confiderable fea-port, lies at the mouth of the 
 
 river JJmea, and was built by King Gußavus Adolphus. It has four ftreets 
 lying in a ftraight line from Eaft to Weft, with feveral others interfering 
 them at right angles from North to South. At the eaft angle of this town 
 is a large area on which the church ftands. Umea has a commodious 
 harbour and carries on a confiderable trade. It is the feventy-third 
 voting town in the Diet; and Dahlberg has a view of it in his Suecia. 
 
 Umea-Kongs-Gard which ftands near the town, was formerly the refi- 
 dence of the Governor of the province ; but the Governor now refides at a 
 place called Gran near the parilh church of Umea. 
 
 Bydeas-Kirche, which lies not far from Umea. 
 
 The parifhes of Nyfatra and Loßmger are alfo in this neighbourhood. 
 
 Note. Lykfele and Umea Lapma?~k belong to this Vogtey. 
 
 2. The fecond Vogtey contains the following remarkable places. 
 Pitea, in Latin Pitovia, is a fea-port fituated on a fmall iiland at the 
 
 mouth of a river of the fame name. It is joined to the continent by a 
 wooden-bridge, at the end of which a gate is erected. The ftreets run in 
 parallel lines ; but the church ftands a good way without the town, fo that 
 the bridge muft be crofled to go to it. This town has a commodious 
 harbour and a good fchool. Pitea was firft built-in the year 1621, by 
 Gußavus AdolpJms, about half a Swedißj mile higher up in the country : 
 But the town being totally deftroyed by fire in 1666, it was rebuilt on its 
 
 X x 2 prefent
 
 34-0 SWEDEN. [Weft-Bottn. 
 
 prefent fituation. Old Pitea is now a large village, confuting of a great 
 number of houfes fcattered irregularly on a fine common. This is the 
 feventy-fourth voting town in the Diet. Dahlberg has given a view of 
 Pitea in his Sued a. 
 
 Skelleftea and Buretras are parifhes in this neighbourhood. 
 
 Note. Pitea-Lapmark belongs to this Vogtey. 
 
 3. In the third Vogtey lies 
 
 Lulea, in Latin Lula, a fea-port, which was firft built by King Gußavus 
 Adolphus. Lulea originally flood near the parifh church of Lulea ; but 
 was afterwards rebuilt in the year 1649 on a peninfula, about a Swedißi 
 mile from Old Lulea, which lies clofe by the mouth of the river of the fame 
 name, and has a good harbour. Old Lulea has (till fome ftreets remaining, 
 and refembles a town, but is not furrounded with pallifadoes. 
 
 This town has the feventy-fifth vote in the Diet, and ranks accordingly. 
 Dahlberg has inferted a view of it in his Suecia~ 
 
 Note. This Vogtey includes three other parilhes ; and alfo Lulea and. 
 Calix Lapmark. 
 
 4. In the fourth Vogtey, or Diviiion, lies 
 
 Cornea or Tome, in Latin Torna, a little fea-port town confifting of about 
 feventy wooden-houfes. It ftands on a peninfula called Schwentzar, which 
 is formed by the river Tornea where it falls into the gulf of Bothnia. 
 Tornea lies in 65 , 50', 50", North Latitude ; and is faid to be the moft 
 ancient town in Wefi-Bothnia, and the fartheft towards the North of any in 
 Europe. It has three ftreets running in parallel lines from North to South, 
 which are interfered at right angles by fourteen crofs ftreets or lanes. The 
 church is built with timber, and ftands at a little diftance from the other 
 buildings, but within the pallifadoes which indole the town and a pretty 
 large piece of arable land. Divine Service is performed here in the Swedijb 
 language, which is ufed by the Burghers. There is another church built 
 with ftone on an ifland called Biorkhon which lies near the town, in 
 which the Service is performed in the Finnean language for the benefit of 
 the Burgher fervants, and the inhabitants of the adjacent country. All the 
 dwellings in this town, like thofe in the neighbouring country, have a 
 large court, two fides of which at leaft are taken up with apartments, and 
 in the other two are the ftables and barns, and other out-houfes. Thefe 
 courts, in the country habitations, are exactly fquare ; but in the town are 
 of an oblong form. A very confiderable trade is carried on here not only 
 by the Swedes and Laplanders, but the Rußans and Norwegians ; who alfo 
 refort to the trading and bartering places of Tornea, in order to trarfick. 
 
 In the year 1694, this town was honoured with the prefence of King 
 Charles XI. who, being accompanied by feveral perfons of diftinction and 
 learning, took a view of the Sun at midnight, if it may be called fo, from 
 the church tower at Tornea : For, at that time of the year, the Sun may be 
 
 feen
 
 Lapland.] SWEDEN. 
 
 feen above the horizon when in the oppofite part of the meridian of Tornea 
 by a fpectator placed at a certain height above the furface of the earth*. 
 
 This town and the adjacent country from hence to Kittis have lately 
 been rendered famous by the obfervations made in thefe parts by Monf. 
 Maupertins, and fome other members of the Academy of Sciences at Paris, 
 in order to determine the figure of the earth. This is the feventy-fixth 
 voting town in the Diet. 
 
 There is a profpect of Tornea in Dahlbcrg's Suecia, and a plan of it 
 in Outhiers Voyage au Nord, * or Travels to the North.' 
 
 LAPLAND, 
 
 In Latin Laponia or Lappia. 
 
 ■\I7E mail here only treat of Swediflj Lapland, or, as the inhabitants 
 
 * * call it, Sameland or Samenolmai ; which, towards the Eaft, is bounded 
 by Eafl Bothnia and Rnßan Lapland, to the South by Jamtland, and 
 borders on Norwegian Lapland to the North and Weft. This country, 
 according to fome computations, is fixty S-wediß) miles in breadth, and 
 feventy in length ; whilft others extend the breadth of it to one hundred 
 and twenty Swedijh miles, and make the length ftill greater in fome places. 
 
 Lapland is very thinly peopled in proportion to its extent, which muft 
 be imputed to the many inconveniences arifing from the climate, foil, &c. 
 But thefe difadvantages, in many particulars, are exaggerated beyond the truth. 
 This country, indeed, at firft fight makes but an uncouth and difagreeable 
 appearance. For in moft places it abounds with rocks and mountains, whofe 
 lofty fummits feem to penetrate the clouds, and are covered with eternal 
 fnow. In other parts of it nothing is to be feen, for many leagues, but 
 fens, and morafies, with few fcattered birch-trees, fhrubs, and bufhes, ftinted 
 in their growth by the inclemency of the fky. Other parts of Lapland 
 confift of barren heaths and fandy defarts, over-run with mofs, fern and 
 other unprofitable weeds ; one barren wild beyond another with little or 
 no pafture growing on the intermediate fpots. Befides thefe inconveniences 
 the long and ievere winters, the cold, dark, and tedious winter-nights, 
 together with the vaft depth of fnow that covers this defolate region] 
 might feem fufficient to deter every living creature from fixing his abode 
 
 * Seeing the fun at midnight is an inaccurate way of fpeaking, which the Author makes ufe 
 ef feveral times in this work j but I have endeavoured to render the paflage more intelligible 
 here, and in p. 207, lac. ° 
 
 in 
 
 341
 
 ;42 SWEDEN. [Lapland. 
 
 in this inhofpitable country. And when, at laft, the heats in the middle 
 of fummer begin to warm the air, Lapland is infefted with fuch fwarms of 
 gnats and flies, that, like clouds, darken the fky, and obfcure the light 
 of the fun. 
 
 But notwithftanding all thefe difadvantages, Nature has beftowed on this 
 dreary region feveral conveniences, which, if duly weighed, examined, and 
 properly ufed, might in fome meafure reconcile the inhabitants to their 
 native country. It is found by experience, that corn will grow in Lapland \ 
 and there are more dry, than fwampy fpots amidfts its rocks and fandy 
 plains ; nor is it without loofe and clayey foils. When the fummer heats are 
 fet in, the earth is here fooner purified, and the moifture exhaled, than in other 
 places ; fo that one often fees with aftonifhment grafs and vegetables fpring 
 up, and the land tilled, where, a few weeks before, winter appeared with all 
 its horrors. Grafs will grow almoft in every part of the country if it was 
 duly cultivated ; fo that grazing and feeding of cattle might be turned here 
 to a good account. 
 
 Lapland abounds in all kinds of beafts, birds, and fifhes. The furs 
 and fkins of bears, wolves, beavers, otters, martens, elks, wild and tame 
 rein-deers, hyenas, ermines, hares, fquirrels ; black, red, and white foxes, 
 GV . bring ' a great deal of money into the country. Here are alfo wood- 
 cocks, mow- birds, as they are called ; a fpecies of partridges, moor-hens, 
 falcons, and other large and fmall birds. 
 
 The fifheries in this country not only afford a plentiful fubfiftence to 
 great numbers of the inhabitants, but enable them to fell a confiderable 
 quantity of fifh to their neighbours. The pearls found in the Lapland 
 rivers are remarkably valuable ; and fwans, geefe, all kinds of wild ducks, 
 and other fea-fowl, unknown in other countries, abound here ; especially in 
 the fouthern parts of Lapland. 
 
 In the values and along the banks of lakes and rivers, pine, fir, birch, 
 juniper, willow, afp, elder, and other trees are obferved to thrive ; and a 
 moderate plenty of wholfome vegetables, berries, flowers, grafs and other 
 herbs are produced in this country. The woods of pine-trees, which grow 
 here, are more ferviceable than orchards ; that beneficial tree, befides feveral 
 other ufes to which it is applied, being an eflential part of the food of the 
 inhabitants : for a labouring man, who feeds on bread made of the pounded 
 bark of the pine-tree, preferves himfelf in health and vigour, without feeling 
 iiis ftrength in the leaft impaired by it. 
 
 It is true there are mountains of a prodigious height and extent in this 
 country: but thefe feem to be intended as fences to fhelter the plains 
 from violent winds ; and even the wildnefs and irregularity of them has 
 fomething very entertaining to the eye, both in winter and fummer. Nor 
 are they any obftruclion to travellers ; on the contrary, the alternate fuc- 
 ceflion of hills and vallies exhibits a delightful variety of profpeets. In- 
 
 fomuch
 
 Lapland.] SWEDEN. 343 
 
 fomuch that there are fome places in this country which, if they were not 
 included in Lapland, might be reckoned among the moil enchanting fpots 
 in the world. It alfo appears from trials which have been made, that 
 thefe mountains, upon a proper fearch, would be found inferior to none in 
 richnefs of ores and fofills : at leaft the largefl and clearefl rock-cryftals, 
 purple amethifls, topazes, loadflones, quickfilver, native cinnabar, with other 
 minerals and foflils have been found in the bowels of them. 
 
 The gnats and flies that infeft this climate are, indeed, extremely 
 troublefom ; but this is an inconvenience common to many other countries. 
 Befides, they fwarm chiefly in the woods; and there are methods for 
 fecuring one's felf, in fome meafure, againfl thefe infects. 
 
 If, at certain times of the year, the days are very fhort and the long 
 nights tedious and irkfom ; this is compenfated by the pleafant luminous 
 fummers, when the fun is vifible, for feveral weeks, above the horizon ; 
 a phenomenon to which the inhabitants of more fouthern climates are 
 entire flrangers. Even in winter, the radiancy of the fnow, the brightnefs 
 of the moon-light, the twinkling of the ftars, and the effulgent corrufcatiors 
 of the Aurora Borealis, afford a light fufficient for mofl of the neceflary oc- 
 cafions of life. Not to mention the twilight, which begins four or five 
 hours before fun-rife, and lafls as long after that luminary is fet. Befides, 
 the inhabitants, conformably to the calls of Nature, fleep away mofl of 
 the dark .feafon, and employ the luminous part of the year in their re- 
 fpective occupations ; fo that they do not fuffer either in their health or 
 circumftances by this feeming inconveniency. 
 
 The all-wife and bountiful Creator has made a provifion for them againfl 
 the feverity of winter, by the multitudes of animals with which this country 
 is flocked ; whofe foft and warm furs and fkins defend the inhabitants 
 againfl the mofl piercing cold, and preferves them in a comfortable warmth. 
 In great and deep fnows the Laplanders generally keep at home, and if 
 it happens that they are obliged to pitch their tent in the open air on a 
 journey, even this hardihip is no more than what is fupportable ; at leaft 
 it feldom endangers their lives, as there can be no want of furs for clothing, 
 or a Lapland fire, which is procured by laying two billets of pine-tree one 
 over the other, and then kindling them by rubbing them together*. The 
 fnow by its glare not only alleviates the darknefs in winter, but alfo whilft 
 that feafon lafls, renders travelling fafe and eafy ; fo that they need not be 
 under apprehenfions of any fudden impediment in their journeys. They 
 have lately invented a kind of fkates in the ufe of which they are fo 
 dexterous and agile, that many a Laplander has purfued a wolf which had 
 a- defign upon his herd, over the deepefl fnow, and foon overtaken and 
 killed it. And though feveral moraffes and paflure grounds remain frozen, 
 
 * This paflage is obfeurej and I am not certain whether I have rendered it according to 
 the Author's meaning, 
 
 5 &
 
 344 SWEDEN. [Lapland, 
 
 in fome years, almoft during the whole fummer : Yet in other years, when 
 the fpring fets in early, the earth in moft places, excepting the mountains, 
 is thawed and cheriiTied by the fun-beams as in other climates ; and by the 
 long continuance of the fun above the horizon, the air glows with fuch 
 heat as accelerates the maturity of the fruits of the earth, and infpires the 
 inhabitants with a genial warmth. 
 
 The time when Lapland was firft peopled cannot be eafily determined, 
 any more than the nation from which its firft inhabitants defcended. That 
 the Lapps were originally one people with the Finns feems inconteftable ; 
 and, probably, their feparation may be dated from the time, when the latter 
 began to leave off their former rude manner of life, to build regular habi- 
 tations, and to apply themfelves to agriculture. Some writers, from the 
 remarkable affinity which the language of the Lapps bears to the Hebrew, 
 their peculiar drefs, their religious obfervance of Saturday as a Sabbath, and 
 feveral other particulars, endeavour to prove that they are originally 
 defcended from the ten tribes of Ijrael. 
 
 The word Lappen can hardly be thought to be derived from their 
 language : for thefe people do not fo much as know that this is the name 
 given them by the Swedes and other nations; Sabme, or Same, being the name 
 by which they call themfelves in their own language. But whether the 
 word Lapp be derived from the Finnean word Lappu ; or from the Swedijh 
 word Lapp which fignifies a patch or botch ; or from Lappa which in the 
 Nordland language denotes a bat ; or laftly, from Lopa ' to run' muft re- 
 main a doubtful point. It is, however, pretty clear that this appellation 
 was not given them till between the years 1 077 and 1 1 90. 
 
 They have their own peculiar language, which, though in reality no more 
 than a dialect of the Ftnnean tongue, has fome mixture of other languages, 
 efpecially the Swediß? and Norwegian. Grammars, Dictionaries and other 
 books are now published in the Lapland language. They alfo have 
 different dialects ; and as the Swedes, Lapps, Finns, Danes, and Rnjjians 
 converfe and trade promifcuoufly in Lapland; there is in each of the 
 Lapmarks a certain dialect which is generally ufed and underftood in all 
 of them as the national language. In Lule-Lapmark, the Lappean tongue 
 obtains j and in Tornea and Kimmi Lapmark, the Finnean dialect is ufed. In 
 the South Lapmarks many of the Laplanders underftand Swediß.i, and many 
 of the Swedes fpeak the Lappean language ; and in fome parts the former 
 can converfe in what is called the town dialect, which was introduced by 
 the burghers of fome towns who trade with the Laplanders. 
 
 The Laplanders are a furprizing inftance that a whole people can fubfift con- 
 tentedly without plowing; fowing, or planting; without fpinning or weaving, 
 brewing or baking ; and without houfes or farms. They employ themfelves 
 in feeding of herds, which is the moft innocent, and moft ancient occu- 
 pation in the world ; and as their lot is caft in a country, where winter 
 
 engroffes
 
 Lapland.] SWEDE N. 
 
 engrofles the greatefl part of the year, and confequently renders it impofTiblc 
 for them to provide a fufficient quantity of hay and fodder for great herds of 
 cattle, to laft the whole year ; the bountiful Creator has bellowed on them 
 a fpecies of animals that require little or no trouble to provide for. This is 
 the Rein-deer*, which of all tame animals requires the leafl attendance, 
 and procures the greatefh profit and advantage to its owners. Thefe crea- 
 tures provide for themfelves, feeding in fummer on leaves, mofs, and grafs, 
 of which they meet with as much as fuffices even among the mount: 1 
 and in winter they live only on a fort of mofs which grows in every part of 
 Lapland. They come at this mofs by fcraping away the fnow with their 
 feet ; thefe animals eafily find the fpots where it is to be found by unerr- 
 ing inflincl. During a journey of feveral days with the rein-deer, the only 
 trouble a traveller is at, is either to turn them loofe, or tie them to a tree, where 
 the quantity of food they eat at a time does not exceed a handful. The fole 
 care of the Laplanders is to keep their herds of Rein-deer from going ailray, 
 and to protect them from wild beafls ; and this, efpecially in fummer time, they 
 look .upon as no inconfiderable talk. They have no occafion to houfe the 
 Rein-deer, as they always lie out in the open air without any inconveniency; 
 and when after a flricT: fearch there is no danger from beafls of prey, againft 
 which the Laplanders keep a good look out, they turn them loofe into the 
 woods ; but when they are under any apprehenlion of danger from that 
 quarter, the Rein-deer are watched by the Lapland herdfmen. 
 
 This animal very much refembles a flag, except that it hangs the head 
 down a little, and the horns project direftly forward. On the fore part of 
 the head, near the root of the large horns, are two fmaller branches ; fo 
 that they feem to have four horns. There are two different fpecies of 
 Rein-deer, namely, the wild and tame. The latter is a well-made, fwift 
 animal ; and fo ufeful to the Laplanders as to fupply the place of corn-fields 
 and meadows, horfes and cows. In winter the Laplander makes ufe of the 
 Rein-deer in travelling, as we fhall mention in the fequel. Its flefli, either frefh 
 or dried, is his chief food ; and all his cloathing from head to foot confifls of 
 this animal's fkin. He alfo exchanges fome of his Rein-deer for fummer 
 clothes, and a tent, which ferves inftead of a houfe. The Rein-deer alfb 
 fupplies his owner with a bed ; and, both winter and fummer, with good milk 
 and excellent cheefe. Of the interlines and tendons he makes thread and 
 cordage ; and the bones and horns the fuperflitious Laplander offers to his idols. 
 In a word, the Rein-deer is every thing to a Laplander, fo that by the lofs 
 of thefe ufeful animals he is entirely ruined. Whilfl he has Rein-deer, 
 he gives himfelf little or no concern about fifheries, mechanic trades, or 
 any other occupation : For very few of thefe people pradife either fifhing 
 or mooting, except it be thofe who are not pofTefled of any Rein-deer. 
 
 * Rentabler, which is ufually rendered Rain-deer or rather Rein-deer, fignifies a fwift 
 animal, or a creature formed for running, from the Teutonic word Rennen ' to run.' 
 
 Vol. I. Y y Some 
 
 3+5
 
 n 
 
 4.6 SWEDE N. [Lapland. 
 
 Some of them are matters of above a thoufand, and know every particular 
 animal by dividing them into claffes, and giving every one of them a 
 name. Ren is not a Lappean word; thefe creatures all over Lapland being 
 called Palfo ; and the herds are by the Lapps termed Aelo. Every one dif- 
 tinguiihes his own herd by a particular mark on the ears. 
 
 The Laplanders, with regard to their manner of living and habitation, 
 confifr of two different tribes, namely, the Forefl and the Mountain Laplanders. 
 The former fpend the greateft part of the fummer in the woods, and have no 
 property ; but the latter live among the mountains. The food of the former 
 is moftly fifh and fowl ; whereas the latter chiefly depend on their herds of 
 Rein-deer. The Laplanders in general and efpecially the Forefters, are reckon- 
 ed exceeding good markfmen. They have a great averfion to mining, though 
 ibme of them have found their account in working in fuch mines as were 
 contrived by others, or in carrying away the ore with their Rein-deer. In mod 
 of the Lapmarh the Lapps make it their employment to carry the burghers 
 to the yearly fairs ; and fome of the former, for a reafonable reward, 
 ufually look after the Rein-deer belonging to any of the townfmen, in fummer 
 time. Moft of the Laplanders choofe rather to fleep away the whole day 
 in their tents, than to put their hands to any work ; efpecially if they can 
 live without it : Others, however, whom pinching want has prompted to 
 induftry, give evident proofs that this people do not want a capacity for 
 mechanic trades, nor even, for exquifite pieces of workmanfhip. Their 
 boats and many other utenfils which they make for ufe and ornament, are 
 plain indications of their fkill ; and their fledges are very curioufly inlaid 
 with horn of all kinds of figures. Their horn fpoons, their Runen-Stabe 
 or Runic Kalenders, with their moulds for carting pewter utenfils, their 
 bows and arrows, their packs of cards, and the like, are all of their own 
 making. 
 
 The Lapland women have a kind of horn perforated with large and fmall 
 holes, through which they draw the tin or pewter into wires of different 
 thicknefs, with which they very elegantly embroider their girdles, clothes, and 
 fledge-furniture. They alfo prepare all kinds of fkins by various methods ; 
 and cut out and few the feveral forts of dreffes ufed among them. The 
 Lapland tobacco-boxes and fnuff-boxes, of which there is an infinite variety, 
 are too well known to be defcribed here. 
 
 From what I have obferved above it appears that the chief wealth of 
 the Laplanders confifts in Rein-deer, on which they depend for their fub- 
 fiftance and welfare. To them the Rein-deer is all in all. Some of the 
 wealthieft among this people are poffeffed of two or three thoufands of thofe 
 animals; fo that the territory or diftrict belong to many villages in this 
 country contains no lefs than 30,000 Rein-deer great and fmall. But thefe 
 poffeffions are very precarious, not only on account of the depredations 
 made among them by the beafts of prey ; but alio by the various diftempers 
 
 to
 
 Lapland.] SWEDEN. 34.7 
 
 to which thefe creatures are fubjedt, and other accidents. Several Laplanders 
 are alio mailers of a confiderable quantity of filver, in rings, buckles, large and 
 fmall fpoons, and cups, &c. which often weigh fevcral pounds ; and money 
 grows daily more and more in ufe among them. But they prefer the 
 Holland Rix-dollar to all other coins, by reafon that the Norwegians, with 
 whom they traffick in fummer, will not take any other money in exchange 
 for their goods. There have been inftances of fome wealthy Laplanders 
 who, at their death, befides 3000 heads of Rein-deer, have left as much 
 money and plate behind them as two ftrong men could hardly drag along. 
 Many of thefe people have a way of burying their treafure, which feldom 
 comes to light afterwards. The reft of their fubftance confifts of domeftic 
 utenfils, and other furniture ; as tents, iron pots, copper and brafs-kettles, 
 furrs and other clothes, bed-furniture, fine fledges with harnefles, hatchets, 
 boats and filhing-tackle, the value of all which, taken together, amounts to a 
 confiderable fum when they are firft bought by young houfekeepers. As to 
 the poorer fort they are obliged to put up with fewer conveniences. 
 
 As grazing or feeding their herds of Rein-deer is the chief occupation of the 
 Laplanders, they are obliged to Ihift their habitation very often in a year. For 
 in winter time, when the mountain Lapps come down into the woods, they 
 are hardly ever obferved to continue a fortnight together in one place. At 
 the approach of fpring, molt of them with all their families take a journey of 
 twenty or thirty Swedißj miles among the mountains of Norway, as far as 
 the North-Sea, where they fix their abode till autumn ; and then they quit the 
 mountains, for otherwile they would be frozen to death for want of fuel, 
 and their Rein-deer would be ftarved ; there being no mofs for them to 
 feed upon. They fpend the fummer upon the mountains, as the lands 
 for which they pay taxes to the crown lie there ; for in the winter whilft 
 they live among the woods, they take up tracts of land which belong 
 to other people, for which they alfo make them fome acknowledgment. 
 Befides, the Rein-deer thrives beft on the mountains in the fummer feafon. 
 Their manner of living, indeed will not admit of dwelling conftantly in one 
 place, as is manifeft from the Lapps that dwell in the village diftriäs, or live 
 by fifhing, over all the Lapmarks j who though they make no excurfions to the 
 mountains, yet never fettle in one place ; but while they filh or look after 
 their Rein-deer rove from place to place, and from one lake to another. 
 This the Rein-deer, in fome meafure, oblige them to do ; for at a certain 
 time they (hew a difpofition to remove, whether their owners will or no, either 
 fur want of fodder, or becaufe they are fenfible of the approach of fpring. 
 
 This unfettlcd way of life lays the Lapps under a necefiity of providing 
 themfelves with portable dwellings ; and fuch are their tents, the conftruc- 
 tion of which is as follows. They firft fet up feveral poles or flakes in a 
 circular pofition, gradually doling together towards the top almoft in the 
 form of an imperfect cone, or a fugar-loaf with the top of it broken oft". 
 
 Yy 2 Over
 
 348 SWEDE N. [Lapland 
 
 Over thefe poles they lay a kind of coarfe cloth, which the Swedes cal 
 Walmar, or pine boughs. One of thefe booths generally has room for 
 twenty perfons. The hearth is in the middle of the tent, with ftones laid 
 round it to prevent the fire from fpreading. An aperture is left at the top, 
 where the poles almoft join, which ferves both for chimney and window. 
 From this hole hang two iron-chains with hooks at the ends of them to 
 hang the pots on, in order to boil their victuals, or melt the ice or mow 
 into water to drink. Round the infide of the tent they lay their clothes to 
 keep out the cold wind, and fpread branches of birch or fir round the tent 
 by way of feats to fit upon ; for they have neither chairs, ftools, nor 
 benches. About the tent ftand the cupboards or pantries, where they keep 
 their provifions, on pofts or blocks of woods, fo that they look fomething 
 like the pigeon-houfes, which are erected on pillars. This is done as a 
 iecurity againft vermine. When they can poffibly do it, the Laplanders 
 pitch their tents near dried pines for the conveniency of fuel j but in fpring 
 and autumn they are forced to be contented with brufh-wood. It muft, 
 however, be obferved that in fome of the Lapmarks the Lapps erect 
 boarded cottages, or wooden-houfes refembling thofe of the Swedes. 
 
 Their carriages are a kind of fledges, which are fhaped like fmall boats 
 with a broad keel, and of fuch a thicknefs that no water can penetrate 
 through them. They have alfo a back board for the traveller to lean againft, 
 who fits faft laced in the fledge, and well fecured from the cold. This 
 vehicle is drawn by the Rein-deer, and generally thofe of the wild fpecies, 
 and carried with incredible fwiftnefs though forefts and valleys, and over 
 mountains. The Rein-deer is harnaffed with a large cloth girt, embroidered 
 with pewter-wire and faftened on his back. The bit is a piece of thick 
 leather tacked to the reins of the bridle which goes over the head and 
 neck of the deer ; and from the breaft a leather flrap pafTes under the 
 creature's belly, and is faftened to the fore part of the fledge, fo that it 
 ferves inftead of fhafts to the carriage. In fummer time the Rein-deer in a 
 great meafure lofe their vigour and celerity : However they do very well 
 for carrying the Laplanders effects from one place to another, if they are 
 loaded in a proper manner. Befides thefe fledges the Laplanders ufe a 
 kind of Skidders or fkates like thofe ufed by the Finns and Nordländers. 
 Thefe confift of a board three or four ells long and fix inches broad, ending 
 in a point which turns up before. With thefe boards faftened to their 
 feet, and a pole with a round piece of wood at the end of it to prevent its 
 finking too deep into the fnow, the Laplanders Aide with fuch fwiftnefs as 
 to overtake bears and wolves. 
 
 In fummer-time the Laplanders, efpecially thofe who practice fifhing, and 
 live in South Lapmark, make ufe of a kind of boat or little barque, for 
 croffing rivers, &c. Thefe are made of very flight boards curioully joined 
 together with filaments of the roots of trees, or hempen firings -, and 
 
 are
 
 Lapland.] SWEDEN. 349 
 
 are fo light, that a Laplander carries his boat on his Shoulders with the 
 oars and every thing that belongs to it, belides his provilion-bag, where- 
 ever he pleafcs. They fteer them with prodigious dexterity even among 
 rocks, and down the moft rapid water-falls ; and though the cataract be 
 never fo frightful, and the Laplander ever fo great a ftranger to it ; yet he 
 undauntedly ventures down the precipice in his little boat. When he goes 
 againft the ftream and comes to a water-fall he puts afhore, takes his boat 
 upon his back, and travels on till he comes tofmooth water. In the northern 
 Lap/narks they ufe larger boats, which are four or five fathoms or more in 
 length. Thole are either haled up the great water-falls with ropes, or 
 in the lefs rapid cafcades are fhoved up with poles by two men, one of whom 
 fits at the head and the other at the Item. As for going down the water- 
 falls with the ftream, they look upon it as attended with no difficulty. 
 
 The flefh of the Rein-deer is the ufual food of the Laplanders, who have 
 neither wheat, rye, barley, nor any other grain, except what little they 
 buy in the villages, and of the burghers. The flefh is not the only food 
 which thefe animals afford them ; for they yield them milk of which they 
 make cheefe, &c. There is, indeed, a difference between their fummer 
 and their winter diet. The mountain Lapps in fummer live chiefly upon 
 milk; and of this, and likewife the cheefe made of it, they lay up 
 a ftore for winter, fteeping feveral kinds of berries and herbs in it. In the 
 month of September, before the cold weather and piercing froft let in, they 
 kill what numbers of their Rein-deer they think will fuffice till Chrißnias. 
 After this they kill as many as will ferve them for the reft of the year, 
 when they are fatteft; and fometimes they kill one or two occafionally. 
 The more wealthy fort among the Laplanders fometimes in fummer buy 
 Norway cows and fheep, which they milk, and afterwards kill for their 
 winter provifion. They alfo eat the flefh of bears and beavers, fea and 
 wild-fowls, &c. The poorer fort among the Laplanders, who live in the 
 villages, even content themfelves with the flefh of dogs, wolves, foxes, 
 horfes, &e. to fatisfy their craving appetite. The fifhing Laplanders live 
 on the fifh they catch, and to gratify their palate have various ways of 
 drefling them. Thofe who have Rein-deer, on high days and feftivals drefs 
 flelh and fifh together. In fummer they buy their fait from the Norwegians-, 
 and in the winter-time they purchafe it of the burghers. Tobacco is not 
 very rare among them ; but is fold at a high price. None of the women 
 have a hand in dreffing victuals ; that being the office of the matter of the 
 houfe, affiled by his fervant. They never omit faying Grace before and 
 after meat, nor to fhake one another by the hand before they rife from 
 table. Their drink is chiefly water. As for brandy, it is prohibited among 
 them ; but if they can come at it, they pay but little regard to this pro- 
 hibition. 
 
 Marriages
 
 ;5 o SWEDEN. [Lapland. 
 
 Marriages among the Lapps depend wholly on the pleafure of the parents, 
 who pay no manner of regard to the diipofition of their children : and 
 as intereft is their chief view in thefe alliances, it is feldom known in Lap- 
 land that one of the parties that come together is rich and the other poor. 
 A widow that is decrepit with age, and deaf and blind to boot, will- never 
 want fuitors here, if fhe be rich. They feem to difapprove of marriages 
 among relations, and even intimate friends ; and polygamy has never ob- 
 tained among them either in antient or modern times. When the parents 
 have determined to choofe for themfelves a daughter-in-law at any certain 
 place, they take their fon, however unwilling he may be, along with them ; 
 and, accompanied by fome of their near relations, go to the dwelling 
 of the fon's future father-in-law, always carrying fome brandy with them. 
 This liquor is the firft and moft powerful pleader in behalf of the match ; 
 and the acceptance of it is reckoned a good prefage of fuccefs : But if 
 the treaty comes to nothing, the young woman's parents are obliged to pay 
 for all the brandy ufed during the courtfhip*. If the marriage takes place, 
 an agreement is made about the money and goods which the bridegroom's 
 parents are to give to thofe of the bride, and the prefents which they are 
 to make to the bride's neareft relations. On the other hand, the bride's 
 parents are obliged to give the new married pair fo much furniture and 
 Rein-deer, as a kind of an equivalent for the prefents they have received ; 
 and the bride's relations are alio to make fome returns for their prefents. 
 The poorer fort marry without any of thefe previous ceremonies ; every 
 one providing according to his ability at fuch times. The marriages are 
 folemnized in the churches ; and at this ceremony the bride puts on fuch 
 a feigned timidity and obftinate reluctance, that fometimes force muft be 
 ufed to get her to the church. After the ceremony, the company return 
 to their tents, where they have a feaft ; every one bringing his portion of 
 pro virions which, in the dreffing and ferving up, are all jumbled together, 
 and every perfon who is prefent eats in what manner he pleafes. The 
 Laplanders are accufed of making fo little account of the marriage-bed, 
 as even to be panders to their own wives j but this heinous charge has 
 never been made good. 
 
 Their children are inured to hardfhips from their birth ; in their infancy 
 they are fecurely laced up in their little cradles, which are fufpended in the 
 fmoke at the top of their- tent, and rocked by pulling two cords that hang 
 down from each fide of it. The Lapps are very careful in teaching their 
 children to earn a comfortable fubiiftence, by accuftoming them, as 
 they grow up, to all kinds of work practifed among them ; but have a 
 great averfion to fchools. 
 
 * It appears by this cuftom that the prohibition mentioned above by the Author amounts to 
 nothing at all, or that there is no other prohibition but the deaind's of that Jicjucr, and their 
 inability to purchafe it, 
 
 2 Thq
 
 Lapland.] S W E D E N, 351 
 
 The Laplanders are generally of a brown and fwarthy complexion, 
 which feems the necefläry confequence of their fordid way of living, and 
 being fo much in the fmoke, and expofing themfelves to the air in all 
 weathers. The hair of both fexes is black ; and their faces arc broad, with 
 peaked chins and hollow cheeks. They are generally of a middling ihture. 
 The change of modes and fafhions in drefs is unknown among them ; their 
 conftant habit being furs, and a coarfc kind of cloth called Wahnar. 
 
 In their converfation and behaviour the Lapps adhere ftricfly to their na- 
 tional cuftoms and ufages, one of which is to kifs each other by way of 
 falutation. In fome of the Lapmarh or provinces of Lapland^ thefts are 
 feldom or never heard of: But in others, this crime is no lefs common 
 than among other nations. Self-intereft is a predominant principle in all 
 their tranfact ions, and prevails even in the prefents they make. They feem 
 to be naturally very low fpirited and timorous* fo that every little accident 
 alarms them. They have an averfion to war, and dread ferving in the 
 army ; in confequence of which very few of them are employed that 
 way. But they are not fo dull of apprehenlion, and void of natural parts, 
 as is generally imagined. 
 
 Though the inhabitants of all the Swediß Lapmarks profefs the Chri- 
 ftian Religion ; yet in many parts fuch grofs ignorance and errors prevail, 
 as have but very little tindfure of Chriftianity ; the only figns of it confifting in 
 their being baptized, and calling themfelves by the name of Chriftians. What 
 renders them extremely tenacious of their Pagan rites and cuftoms, is the 
 high idea they entertain of their anceftors, looking upon whatever they did 
 as reafonable, juft, and commendable. 
 
 As to their Mythology, they term the Supreme God and Sovereign of 
 all things, and of good Spirits, °Jubmel ; and the Prince or chief of the 
 evil Spirits they call Perkmel. But as they attribute to the evil Spirit an 
 equality of power with God, it is no wonder that, like other Pagans, they 
 fhould endeavour to obtain the favour of this evil Being, and render him 
 propitious, that he may not hurt or annoy them. Thor or Ajike they look, 
 upon as a kind of God that is both a good, and an evil Being at the fame 
 time. Befides thefe and fome other Deities, they likewife have a great many 
 Demi-gods. 
 
 As for images, they make them both of wood and ftone ; but they pay 
 the greateft reverence to the latter fort. They generally bring the horns 
 and bones of their Rein-deer to the altar of Offerings. When the Laplanders 
 come within fight of the place where the iuol ftands, they uncover them- 
 felves, make low bows, and creep on their hands and feet to the ftones 
 where they make their offerings. 
 
 This character can hardly be reconciled with what the Author ohferves above, concern- 
 ing their intrepidity in rowing down the water-falls, puriuing wild-beafts, &c. 
 
 A great
 
 35 2 
 
 SWEDEN. [Lapland. 
 
 A great deal has been faid of the fercery practifed by thefe people ; 
 but fame has very much exaggerated the truth, and magnified their fkill 
 bevond what it is in reality. Very few of the Laplanders pretend to be 
 fkilled in magic j and when any thing fingular feems to be brought about 
 by their magicians, it is as extraordinary and as much a matter of wonder as 
 among other nations. The notion they have of their forcerers is, that by a 
 form of words, or fome other means, they reflore health to the fick, and 
 <nve tidings of ftolen goods ; and that they alfo have it in their power to 
 do mifchief, and hurt their neighbours. But they can produce no au- 
 thentic inflances of the exertion of fuch power as they attribute to thefe 
 
 magicians 
 
 Every body has heard of their magic Drums ; but the Laplanders are 
 fo cautious in the ufe of thefe implements, that their own countrymen fcarce 
 know any thing of them *. Indeed, if a perfon is detected in pradtifing 
 
 ( with 
 
 * As the Author has not given a defcription of the magic drum, and the ceremonies prac- 
 tifed by the Laplanders at their incantations, l3c. the following account, by a perfon who was 
 eye-witnefs of the operation, may not be unentertaining to the reader. 
 
 M. Motraye, who travelled through Lapland in the year 1 718, relates, that he hired a guide 
 to direct him to the tent of one of thefe magicians, in the moft remote parts of Lapland. 
 Motraye, having given the guide all imaginable afTurances that he would not betray him to the 
 government, found the wizard in a poor hut, and in as wretched circumftances as thofe people 
 are ufually reprefented to be in this part of the world : upon which he made the common ob- 
 fervation, that if thefe wretches had any intereft with the devil, he would furely reward them 
 better. The magician gave M. Motrayc his hand, and ordered him to follow him to the top 
 of a hi°h mountain, which lay to the eaft of his hut ; where he defired him to ftand while he 
 fetched his drum, and other utenllis which were neceflary for his purpofe. Soon after, 
 the Laplander returned with his magic drum, which he had hid among the fhrubs, for fear of 
 a difcovery. It was of an oval form, and had but one head, which was covered with a tranfpa- 
 rent kind of parchment and wretchedly painted with the celeftial figns ; and there was faftened 
 to it a chain, with feveral brafs rings. I'efore the operation began, the wizard demanded if 
 they had any brandy ; and half a pint of that liquor being prefented to him, he immediately 
 <lrank two thirds of it. He then put the chain and rings into the infide of his drum ; and 
 turning the bottom upwards, he beat upon it with a forked piece of a Rein-deer's horn, for 
 few minutes ; the rings all the while jumping about, and making a jingling noife. After this, 
 he laid himielf down flat on his back, fetting the head of his drum upon his bare bread ; and 
 having fhut his eyes, pretended to be in a trance, for he did notfeem to breathe for fome time. 
 Having fetched a deep figh, he gently raifed the drum above his head, and looked upon the 
 rin«s, which he could eafily difcern through the tranfparent parchment. When he had ob- 
 served their pofition, and diftance from the figures of the celeftial figns, he fixed his eyes upon 
 M.. Motraye, and declared that he would run a great hazard of his life by water as he 
 returned in his fledge, and would alfo be in great danger in going down the cataracts or water- 
 falls in a boat ; that he would have another narrow efcape from fire ; that his life would be 
 long and healthful after he had overcome two fits of illnefs, both which would feize him 
 within the fpacc of two years. And for the Lapland interpreter, who led Motraye to his cell, 
 he directed him to go out to fifh en the twentieth, twenty-l'ccond, twenty-fourth, twenty- 
 h.xth, and twenty- eighth days of that month, and the third, iixth, ninth, twelfth, fixtecnth, 
 twentieth, twenty-fourth and twenty-eighth days of the next, and he mould return home 
 loaden with fifh ; and that the fame days of the months of September, Oftober, and November, 
 would be equally fortunate to him in hunting. Motraye demanded if he could tell whether 
 
 he
 
 TapJand.] SWEDEN. 353 
 
 with thefe drums, it cofts him his life *. They are fuppofed to ufe thefe 
 drums as oracles -, for they imagine that by means of various figures painted 
 on the head of the drum, they can know what pafies in diftant places ; 
 whether they fhall meet with fuccefs in hunting ; what offerings will be moft 
 agreeable to their Gods ; with the caufes and cures of certain diftempers, 
 &c. Bear-hunting, in particular, is preceded by many rites and ceremonies. 
 It is not uncommon among them fometimes to mingle God's Word and 
 feveral Chriftian rites with their magical fuperftitious practices. 
 
 Since the acceffion of King Magnus Ladulas to the crown of Sweden, 
 endeavours have not been wanting to propagate the Chriftian religion among 
 the Laplanders. But in the times of Popery their converfion was carried 
 no farther, than that the Lapps, in fome of the Lapmarks or Provinces, 
 were prevailed upon to have their children baptized, and their marriages 
 performed in the prefence of a Chriftian Prieft ; and to receive the bene- 
 diction : And to thefe injunctions they were probably, at firft, compelled to 
 conform by the civil power. But Gußavus I. King of Sweden fhewed a 
 moft laudable zeal for bringing the Lapps to the knowledge of the effential 
 part of Chriftianity, and fent preachers among them. The firft Lapp- 
 i'chool was alfo founded in the town of Pitea in that Monarch's reign. 
 After that they were vifited at leaft once a" year, at the time of the annual 
 fairs, by the neighbouring Swedißj preachers, who inftruäed them in the 
 principles of the Chriftian religion. For the advancement of this charitable 
 undertaking, King Charles IX. about the year 1600, ordered churches to 
 be erected for the ufe of the Lapps, which were to be dependent, as mem- 
 bers, on the neighbouring Swedifi churches ; till Queen Chrißina provided 
 thern with regular Prieffc, who were conftantly to refide in their parifhes. 
 Since that time, a farther progrefs has been made, and the number of congre- 
 gations is greatly increafed, by erecting new churches and chapels, and 
 ordaining more paftors. Endeavours have been alfo ufed of late for fending 
 miffionaries there, and erecting fchools in moft of the Lapmarks or Pro- 
 vinces ; and to maintain the former congregations in good order by proper 
 regulations and fuitable encouragements. The direction of ecclefiaftical 
 affairs in Lapla?id is, at prefent, vefted in the Counfellors of State, the Chan- 
 cellors of the Univerfities, the Archbirtiop of Up/a/, with the Recorder and 
 jufticiary Burgo-mafter of Stockholm. Though in fome of the Lap- 
 he was a bachelor or a married man ; into what countries he had travelled ? &e. but the 
 conjurer was too wife to guefs at things that were paft, in which he knew his ignorance 
 might be too eafily difcovered. 
 
 Hence it appears that the magic afcribed to the Laplanders is nothing more than a feigned 
 enthufiaftic fit, accompanied with a few ftrolces on their drum and other trifling ceremonies, 
 to which brandy does not feem to contribute a little, according to what is related above. 
 
 * This, I prelume, is the reafon why thefe practices are fo little known at prefent, of at 
 leaft are done with the greateft privacy ; fo that it is a difficult matter to come to a proper 
 knowledge of thefe fuperftitious ceremonies. 
 
 V o l. I. Z z marks
 
 !54 SWEDEN. [Lapland. 
 
 marks the grofs ignorance of the inhabitants muft be a matter of concern 
 to every fincere Chriftian ; yet it may be obferved of other provinces that 
 Chriitian knowledge has made a tolerable progrefs in them. 
 
 Before this nation became fubjecl to the crown of Sweden, it may be 
 reafonably fuppofed, that Lapland, like other northern countries, -had its 
 own Sovereigns, Princes, or other Governors : But thefe were little more 
 than chiefs or heads of families. It is certain that King Magnus Ladulas, 
 who reigned about the year of Chrift 1276, iffued a proclamation, fignify- 
 ing, ' That whoever fhould reduce the Lapps under the dominion of 
 1 Sweden fhould have a grant of an hereditary Government over them.' 
 This was undertaken by the Birkaleans, a fet of people who lived in fome 
 of the parifhes of Weß-Bothnia, before any town was built in that country ; 
 And they accomplifhed their defign partly by ftratagem, and partly by open 
 force and bravery. Accordingly, the Government of Lapland with all its 
 revenues was conferred on them as their property, only paying to the crown 
 of Sweden an yearly acknowledgment of mufk, &c. But this Government 
 after feveral reftraints had been laid on the Governors, was at laft totally 
 abolifhed. King Gußavus I. laid the foundation of a better form of Go- 
 vernment in this country ; which in fubfequent times, particularly in the 
 reign of Charles IX. was confirmed and improved ; and at laft it was brought 
 to the eftablifhment which at prefent prevails in moft of the Lapmarks. 
 
 The Lapps in general acknowledge the King of Sweden for their rightful 
 Sovereign j though fome of them alfo pay tribute to Denmark and Rujßa, 
 as, at certain times of the year, they pitch their tents, &c. within the 
 dominions of thofe two Crowns. However, they conform to the Swedl/b 
 laws, attend the celebration of Divine Service in Swediß) churches, and apply 
 to the Swediß) courts of judicature all over Lapland. The ufual tribute 
 paid by the Lapps to the crown of Sweden is the very fame as was appointed 
 by King Charles IX. 
 
 In the Juridical and Trading Places, courts and houfes for the chief 
 officers are erected. The Judges Affiftants are here chofen from among 
 the Lapps ; and the taxes or contributions are ufually paid at the time 
 of holding the courts. At the places appointed for thefe courts, and for 
 levying the taxes, there are feveral houfes and tents erected by the Lapps 
 for their own conveniency, and likewife other houfes and fhops which they 
 let to the Burghers who frequent the annual fairs in the Lapmarks. 
 
 The moft confiderable fairs are held at the fame time with the courts of 
 juftice, and in fome provinces laft near a fortnight, but in others only a few 
 days. Ready money is now become much more in ufe among the Lapps than 
 fomerly, when moft bargains were made by bartering one commodity 
 for another : However, a great deal of bufinefs is ftill tranfadted this way. 
 The goods which the Laplanders buy from the Burghers or inhabitants of the 
 towns are chiefly fait, tobacco, meal, cloth, hemp, ox-hides, and Walmar, 
 
 a kind
 
 Lapland.] SWEDEN. 35s 
 
 a kind of coarfe cloth ; alfo kettles, pots, filver-fpoons, buckles, girdles, 
 rings, cups, hatchets, knives, fciffars, lead, powder, fire-arms, needles, and 
 laces ; together with tin or pewter, fulphur, wine, malt-liquor, figs, &c. 
 The Lapps in return fell to the Burghers the following commodities, 
 namely, furrs of all kinds, the flefh and fkins of Rein-deer, furr-gowns, 
 boots, fhoes, fifh, cheefe, &c. The Mountain-Lapps, when they come 
 down to the coaft of the North-fca in fummer-time, make ufe of the op- 
 portunity to carry on fome little trade with the Norwegians. There are 
 neither towns, nor any fixed or meafured miles in any of the Lapmarks. 
 
 Befides the native inhabitants of Lap/and, fcveral Swediflj and Finnean 
 peafants have, from time to time, fettled there ; being invited to it by 
 the Swedi/h government, in order to improve the foil by agriculture. But 
 the Lapps * look with a very evil eye on thefe foreigners. Hitherto thefe 
 colonifts have not much improved their fortunes; which is partly owing to 
 the difficulty of finding out proper places for a colony to fettle, and partly 
 to the wrong meafures they purfue : Their indigence alfo contributes not 
 a little to their ill fuccefs. 
 
 Lapland is divided into feven Provinces or Lapmarks, which derive their 
 names from the places of note in Nordland, in whofe neighbourhood they 
 lie. They all belong to the Government of Wefl-Bothnia, jfamtland Lap- 
 mark excepted, which is included in the Government of Wefi-Nordland. 
 Afek-Lapmark and Angermannland have a Governor, who, at the begin- 
 ning of every year, takes a journey into Lapland. Umea-Lapmark, Pitea- 
 Lapmark, and Lulea-Lapmark belong to the fouth jurifdiclion of Weß- 
 Bothnia ; but Tornea-Lapmark and Kiemi-Lapmark are included in the 
 north jurifdidtion. 
 
 As for the ecclcfiaftical ftate of this country, Kiemi-Lapmark belongs 
 to the diocefe of Abo, and all the reft to that of Hernofand. To begin with 
 
 I. JAMTLANDS-LAPMARK. 
 
 / *T^ HIS lies fartheft fouth of all the Lapmarks, and forms a curve be- 
 ■*■ tween the province of Jamtland, defcribed above, and a chain of 
 mountains. It extends about thirty Siirdißi miles in length, and is 
 divided into fmaller Lapmarks or Diftrifts, called Owikens-Fial, Ofierdals- 
 Fial, and Hammardals-Fial. Thefe Fials or Mount ain-Diflri Els are in- 
 habited only by Lapps ; but the laft mentioned is the moft populous of the 
 three. On the twenty-fifth day of November a very considerable fair is 
 annually held in the parifh of Hammardal in Jamtland. 
 
 * The natives may be properly called Lapps to diiKnguifh them from the colonies fettled 
 among them, who are alfo called Laplanders. This is the reafon why I have generally made 
 ufe of the former name in the tranflation. 
 
 Z z 2 Hitherto
 
 356 SWEDEN. [Lapland. 
 
 Hitherto no certain places have been fixed upon for erecting churches 
 in this province: For as thefe Lapps have a {"mattering of the Swedißj 
 language, they join for the mod: part with the congregations of the neigh- 
 bouring villages. However a preacher was fettled here in the year 1746. 
 
 II. ASELE-LAPMARK, or 
 AN G E RMAN N LAN D-LA P M A R K. 
 
 THIS province lies near the Angermannla?id-r\vex ; and borders on An- 
 ger mannland towards the Eaft, on Umea-Lapmark, towards the North - t 
 joins to the mountains on the Weft, and to Jamtland on the South. 
 It is above thirty Swedijh miles in length. In the reign of Charles XI. 
 namely, in the year 1673, proper meafures were taken for the better 
 peopling of this country. In this Lapmark lies 
 
 The parifh of Afele which is about eight or nine Swedißj miles in length ; 
 and the fouth part is inhabited by Swedijh peafants, who fettled in this 
 defert country, to the number of five-and-twenty colonies, of which the 
 moft ancient are Gafsele and Hellan. There is but a little part of this country 
 capable of improvement ; and of this but few fpots have been cultivated. 
 The greateft tax levied on one of thefe peafants is twenty-one copper- 
 dollars * : But the generality pay only three copper-dollars, for which every 
 peafant may appropriate to himfelf a parcel of land of a Swediß mile 
 or two in circumference, or indeed of what extent he pleafes. Barley is 
 the only grain fown in this parifh ; and as this frequently mifcarries, corn 
 bears a great price here; fo that the inhabitants are obliged to mix the 
 bark of fir-trees dried and pulverized, or chaff, with their barley-meal ; 
 and of this mixture to make their bread. They chiefly fubfift by breeding 
 of cattle and fithing ; which laft is a refource which feldom or never fails. 
 It is remarkable that the corn fown in the colony of Hellan, which lies 
 in the neighbourhood of a great many moraffes, is never nipped by the 
 froft. On the contrary the corn is frequently deftroyed by the froft at 
 Gafsele, and ftill offener at Noren ; though both thefe colonies, and efpecially 
 Gafsele, are environed by water as well as Hellan. Among other inconve- 
 niencies to which this country is fubjecT: in the fummer» it is infefted with 
 a fpecies of fetid gnats, againft which, in clear and calm weather when 
 they are moft troublefom, the inhabitants have no other expedient than to 
 befmear their faces with a kind of ointment made of tar and greafe ; but 
 thefe infecls are driven from the houfes by fmoke. The church of Afele, 
 though erected by order of Queen Chrißina in the year 1648, is built with 
 
 * A copper-dollar is 6d. | Englifli money. 
 
 wood,
 
 Lapland.] SWEDEN. 357 
 
 wood, and makes no better appearance than a barn. Divine Service is per- 
 formed here but once on every other Sunday, on account of the great ex- 
 tent of the parifh, and confequently of the diftances of fome parts of it 
 from the church. The congregation meets once a fortnight on Friday 
 evening, and the Lapps continue till Sunday evening in their huts ercäed 
 near the church, and the peafants in the houfes built by them for the fame 
 purpofe. The Mountain-Lapps fcarce appear at church even on the high feftivals. 
 A fchool was erected near this church in the year 1750, where a fchool- 
 mafter and fix Laplanders children are maintained at the King's expence. 
 At the fair, which is held every year at Chrifimas near Afele church, the 
 Lapps fell the flefh and (kins of Rein-deer, furrs, whitings, fowls, &e. and 
 the Lapland peafants carry butter, cheefe, dried fifh, fowls, and fome forts 
 of furrs to the fame market. 
 
 III. UMEA-LAPMARK. 
 
 r ~P' HIS province borders on Afele-Lapmark and the parifh of Nord- 
 A maling in Angermannland to the South, and on the fartheft villages of 
 Vmea parifh to the Eaft ; it joins to Pitea-Laptnark on the North, and 
 to Norway on the Weft. In Umea-Lapmark lies 
 
 Lykfele, a considerable parifh, fituated on the river Uma y about twelve 
 Swedijb miles from the town of the fame name. The church belonging 
 to this parifh was built in the time of Charles IX. but that ftrudhire falling to 
 decay, it was rebuilt in the year 1735. Ten Laplanders children are annually 
 inftruded and maintained in the fchool erected in this place. Sorfele is one 
 of the churches dependant on Lykfele as the mother Church, and lies on 
 the river Windel, about twelve Swediflo miles nearer to the mountains than 
 Lykfele. Near the mother church of Lykfele is an edifice in which the 
 court of judicature is held, a Market-Place, and a houfe where the Gover- 
 nor refides. Exclufive of the Swedijb congregation at Lykfele, which con- 
 fifls of colonifts ; there is a Lappean community, which is divided into four 
 Village-Jurifdicfions or Vogteys. Thefe are 
 
 1. Wapßebyn, which lies among the mountains, and confifts of twenty- 
 five Z/rt£/>-Divifions. Thefe Lapps pay contributions both to Sweden and 
 Norway. 
 
 2. Ran, which lies alfo among the mountains. 
 
 3. Granbyn, which confifts of forty-two Lapps-dwellings, fix of which 
 pay taxes to Sweden and Norway, but the reft are tributary to Sweden only. 
 
 4. XJmea-byn, which confifts of fixteen L^^-habitations, is tributary to 
 Sweden alone. This Village-Diftrift is twenty Swedijb miles in length. 
 
 IV. PITEA-
 
 35 8 SWEDEN. [Lapland. 
 
 IV. PITEA-LAPMARK. 
 
 THIS province joins to Weß-Bothnia on the Eaft, to Vmea-Lapmark 
 on the South ; it borders on the mountains to the Weft, and on Lidea- 
 Lapmark to the North. The filver-mine of Nafa-Fial is not wrought 
 at prefent. Veins of filver-ore have been alfo difcovered in other parts of 
 this Lapmark or Province ; which confifts of two Paßorates, namely, 
 
 1. Arwidsjaur, or Arfwidsjerf, where there is an edifice for a court of 
 juftice, a Governor's houie and a Market-Place ; to which the Burghers of 
 the town of Pitea, which lies about twelve Swediß miles from this place, 
 refort to traffick at the fair. Arwidsjaur, the only Lapp-village in this 
 Paßorate, confifts of thirty-eight Lrtppean-famWies who pay taxes only to 
 the crown of Sweden. 
 
 2. Arjcplog lies ten Swedißj miles from Arfwidsjaur, near the mountains, 
 and on the banks of the large lake of Homawam. In the year 1743, a 
 fchool was founded here for fix young Laplanders, and a church at Silbojock 
 which depends on the mother church at Arjephg. The whole community 
 confifts of five Lö^-villages, which are 
 
 Lurkty or Loclea, which confifts of twenty i>/>^wz-dwellings. 
 
 Mahas, or Nordweß-Dorf, confifting of thirty-one dwellings. 
 
 Simesjaur, or Simesjerf, which has twenty-fix dwellings. 
 
 Niarg, or Sudweß-Dorf, which is inhabited by twenty-fix Lapps, who 
 have only one Wood-Dißritt, and pafs the fummer in Norway. 
 
 Arjeplogs-Dorf, a village confifting of thirty-two dwellings. 
 
 All thefe villages are tributary to Sweden only. There is but one new 
 built village, properly fo called, in Pitea-Lapmark, which lies about a Swedißj 
 mile and a half from Arjephg church. 
 
 V. LULEA-LAPMARK. 
 
 THIS province lies ftill farther north than Pitea-Lapmark, on the 
 river Lulea. It joins to Weß-Bothnia on the Eaft, to Pitea-Lapmark 
 on the South, to Norway on the Weft, and to Tornea-Lapmark on the 
 North ; and is for the moft part over-run with woods and mountains, though 
 not without fome level ground. The corn is obferved to ripen here fooner 
 than in the fouthern provinces of Sweden. For inftance, barley ripens in 
 fifty-eight days, namely from the thirty-firft of May to the twenty-eighth of 
 Jidy ; and sye in fixty-fix days, namely, from the thirty-firft of May to the 
 fifth of Augufi. Lulea-Lapmark confifts of two Paßorates, viz. 
 
 1. Jockmock.
 
 Lapland.] SWEDEN. 359 
 
 i. Jockmock. Near this church a fchool was creeled in the year 1730 for 
 fix young Lapps. Here are alfo a manor-houfe, an edifice where a Court 
 of Juftice is held, and a Market-Place frequented by the burghers of Lidea, 
 which lies about eighteen Swedijh miles from hence, of whom the Lapps buy 
 brandy, tobacco, cloth, and iron utenfils, which they procure for fkins, cheefe, 
 and tongues of the Rein-deer, and fometimes for thole animals alive. To this, 
 as the mother church, belongs that of Quickjock, which ftands near the 
 filver-mine of the fame name, about fifteen Swedijh miles nearer the 
 mountains than Jockmock ; and this is the ftated rcfidence of the Pallor. The 
 whole community, exclufive of the colonifts, coniifts of four Village-Diftric'ts, 
 namely, Sirkas, Turpen, Jockmock, and part of Sockjock. 
 
 2. Gelliware. This Paftorate was feparated from Jockmock in the year 
 1742, and is fo called from the iron-mine of Gelliware-, where a Community 
 is fettled, which, befides a great number of colonifts, inhabits two vallies, 
 namely, Keitom-wom-a and Tei/J'o-woma, together with Nederby which makes 
 a part of Sockjock. Gelliware lies directly under the arctic Polar Circle, 
 about lixteen or eighteen Swedijh miles North-north-weft from the town of 
 Lidea. Thefe Lapps pay their contributions to Sweden only. In this Lap- 
 mark are fourteen new-built villages, and feveral veins of filver, lead, and 
 iron -ore. 
 
 VI. TORNEA-LAPMARK. 
 
 f ~T y ORNEA Lapmark lies along the river Tornea, and to the Eaft is bounded 
 "*• by Kiemi Lapmark, to the South by Weß -Bothnia and Lidea- Lapmark, 
 to the Weft by Lulea-Lapmark, and to the North by the Kingdom of Nor- 
 way. In fome parts of this province one meets with level grounds ; and it 
 alfo affords good falmon-fifheries, copper and iron-ore. Tornea-Lapmark 
 coniifts of two mother churches and two others dependent on the former, 
 which are, 
 
 1. Juckas Jerfwi, a Paftorate lying on the river Tornea, about thirty-four 
 
 Swedijh miles from the town of Tornea, has a manor-houfe, an edifice where 
 
 a Court of Judicature is held, and a Market-Place, to which the burghers 
 
 of Tornea refort to traffick. This parilh from North to South is twenty-two 
 
 Swedißj miles in length, and about eighteen in breadth from North-eaft to 
 
 South-weft. The diftance from the Market-Place to the neareft mountains 
 
 is computed to be fifteen Swedißj miles ; and it is about two Swedijh miles 
 
 farther over the mountains to the North-Sea. Here are two villages ; namely, 
 
 Tingewara, which lies next to Norway and coniifts of three Lapps-dwellings : 
 
 and Siggewara confifting of eighty-eight dwellings : both pay tribute to 
 
 Sweden. Here eight new peafants villages were alfo built by the colonies that 
 
 fettled in this country. 
 
 2, Enontekis
 
 6o SWEDEN. [Lapland. 
 
 2. Enontekis is a church and congregation dependent on the Paftorate of 
 Juckasjerfwii and lies about fourteen Swediß miles to the north of it. 
 in the year 1 744, a fchool was erecled in this place. Here are likevvife a 
 manor-houfe, a Court of Judicature, and a Market-Place, whither the 
 Burghers of Tomea come to trade, though it lies at the diftance of forty 
 Swe&fh miles from that town : This parifh confifts of three villages ; namely, 
 Raumda, confining of forty-five, Peldo-Jerf of eleven, and Sundawara of 
 thirteen L#/>/>-dwellings. It pays taxes only to Swede?!, and contains eleven 
 new-built villages. 
 
 3. The Paftorate of Kautokeio, which lies forty-five or fifty Swediß miles 
 from Tomea, confifts of three Village-Diftricls ; namely, Kauto-keitno, 
 which lies among the mountains and confifts of thirty- eight Ltf/>/>-dwellings, 
 tributary to Sweden ; Wio-wara, which lies alfo among the mountains and 
 confifts of twenty-two X/ö^-dwellings, tributary to Sweden, with a manor- 
 houfe, a Court of Juftice and a Market-Place ; and Teno, which confifts of 
 four Z,tf/>/>-dwellings, and contributes to Sweden like the two former. At 
 both the laft places alfo fome new villages have been built. 
 
 4. Utsjocki is a church dependent on the preceding, though it is thirty 
 Swediß miles diftant from it, and has a manor-houfe, and a Market-Place. 
 The Lö/>/>-villages here confift of forty-one dwellings, which pay their con- 
 tingencies to the Crown of Sweden. 
 
 VII. KIEMI-LAPMARK. 
 
 'TpHIS province is bounded to the Eaft by RuJJian Lapland, to the South 
 ■*■ by Eafi-Bothnia ; to the Weft it borders on Tornea-Lapmark, and to the 
 North on the Danifl) and RuJJian Lapland. The country for the moft part 
 confifts of plains and moraffes ; and the inhabitants chiefly fubfift by catching 
 beavers and wild Rein-deer. Places of note in Kiemi-Lapmark are, 
 
 1. Kusamo, the royal mother church, in which are the following villages. 
 
 Enara-by, where there is a chapel, with a manor-houfe, a Court of 
 Judicature, and a Market-Place for an annual fair. It lies feventy Swediß) 
 miles from the town of Tornca, (the inhabitants of which frequent this 
 place to traffick,) and contains fifty Lapp- families. 
 
 Sombio-by, which has a manor-houfe, an edifice where a Court of Juftice 
 is held, and a Market-Place. The induftrious Burghers of 'Tomea trade alfo 
 to this village, which confifts of twenty-three L^-families. New farm- 
 houfes have been built here in eight feveral places. 
 
 Remi-kyla-by, like the foregoing, lies on this fide the mountains, and 
 confifts of eight Xß/^-families. 
 
 Kualojerfwi-by, which confifts of thirty Z/rf/>/>-families. 
 
 5 Kitka-by
 
 Finnland.] SWEDEN 361 
 
 Kitka-by, and Kujano-by, confifl each of fourteen Lafp-hmilies and 
 forty new fettlements. All thefe villages are tributary to Sweden. 
 
 2. Sadankvla is a church dependent on the Paftorate of Kufamo, and 
 lies about twenty-feven Swedißj miles from Tornea. It confifts of the two 
 following villages. 
 
 Sadankyla-by, inhabited by thirty-three i>/>/>-families and fix farming 
 peafants. 
 
 Kittala-by, which confifts of twenty-three Ltf/>/>-families and nine new 
 built farm-houfes ; and has a manor-houfe, an edifice in which a Court of 
 Juftice is held, and a Market-Place. Both thefe villages pay an annual ac- 
 knowledgment to the Crown of Sweden. 
 
 FINNLAND, 
 
 In Latin Finlandia^ Fennmgia^ Fennonia, or Venedia. 
 
 THE etymology and fignification of this name are very uncertain. Some 
 derive it from that of the Wenden or Vandals, who inhabited the 
 countries lying on both fides of the gulf of Finnland. Others will have it de- 
 rived from the Gothic word Fin or Fen, which fignifies a fen or morals'; for 
 they are very common in Finnland. Many other conjectures concerning the 
 origin of this name, I omit for brevity's fake. In the Finnland language 
 this country is called Snomi, Suomcnma, Suomima, and Suomen-faari . It lies 
 to the Eaft of Sweden properly fo called, making that angle or traft of land 
 on each fide of which the Baltic is divided into two gulfs, namely, thofe 
 of Bothnia, and Finnland. 
 
 This country was formerly governed by its particular Sovereigns ; but at 
 prefent it has the title of a Great Dutchy. In the twelfth century great 
 pains were taken for the converfion of the Finns to Chriftianity ; and 
 Henry, who was Bifhop of Upfal in 1 1 57, fell a martyr to his zeal in 
 carrying on that pious undertaking. That Prelate founded the firft cathedral 
 in Finnland, at Randamaki ; but the See was afterwards removed to Abo, which 
 lies in the neighbourhood of the former. Martin Skytte and Peter Strkilar 
 were the firft preachers of Luther's doftrine in this country. 
 
 Finnland contains about 3000 fquare Swedifl} miles ; and is naturally fer- 
 tile, . but not properly cultivated nor fufficientiy peopled in proportion to its 
 extent. This could not be completely done by lefs than three millions of 
 labouring hands, who might here fubiifr. in a plentiful manner. But even 
 before the late wars, all the inhabitants of Finnland, including thofe in the 
 towns and in the country, fcarce amounted to a million of fouls. 
 
 Vol. I. A a a -The
 
 6 2 SWEDEN. [Finnland. 
 
 The Finns have, from time immemorial, been accuftomed to fow on 
 ' 'Sß-land, as it is called, and to dry their corn. They divide the Swedje- 
 knd or Brem-Iand, i.e. 'burnt land,' into three kinds. Thefe are 
 
 i . Huckta or Halme, which is a large tract of land covered with wood, 
 and cleared when the leaves of the trees are full grown. For this -fort of 
 land a great quantity of old thick wood, and all kinds of white fir-trees 
 are ufed ; and this wood, after it is felled, lies two years before it is burnt, 
 Such land ferves only for rye. 
 
 2. Ka/ki, which is a fort of land where the wood which grows on it is 
 fomething fmaller, and may be burnt within a year after it is felled. This 
 may ferve both for corn and turnips ; but it is generally fown with rye. 
 
 %. Kiejkammaa is covered with a fmall low wood, growing on eminences, 
 which is felled in the fpring ; and the boughs and tops of the trees are lopped- 
 off. When the wood is dry, it is burnt ; and then the field is fown with 
 wheat or other corn, as foon as the burning is over : Buck-wheat, indeed, is 
 fown fomething later, andlin-feed when the bullies begin to bud the follow- 
 ing fpring. The trees are fet on fire in this kind of land about the middle of 
 fummer, when the weather is very dry j and the fire is fpread along the grafs 
 which had not been burnt before. As foon as the fire is extinguifhed, the 
 corn is fown that very fame evening, that the afhes may not in the night-time 
 be blown away by the wind, but adhere to the feed by means of the dew. 
 After this they plow the ground with a forked plough called Kaßi-Sara, 
 and harrow it with a wooden harrow, as the ufual plough and iron harrows 
 would be of little fervice among ftones and flumps of trees. The feed is 
 but very thinly fown in thefe allies. This procefs of burning, fowing, 
 ploughing and harrowing is fometimes continued for a whole year on the 
 lame piece of land ; and if every thing fucceeds, it yields thirty or forty 
 fold : Nay there are fome inftances of its producing one hundred, and even 
 one hundred and fifty fold. 
 
 Here is alfo a kind of land called Kytoland, which muft not be 
 omitted. This confifts of moraffes and mofiy grounds, where, by way of 
 trial, a clod is burnt ; and if the allies prove red, it is a fign that the ground 
 will produce corn, on proper culture, for a confiderable time ; but if the 
 allies be white it (hews the foil to be barren. In order to improve fuch places, 
 the water is drained off, and what wood grows on the fpot is felled. After 
 fome years the ground is drained by means of a ditch cut all round it, then 
 cleared of the flumps and roots of trees, and afterwards plowed feveral 
 times. When it has lain fallow fome time to dry, the turf is fet on fire ; 
 and immediately after this burning, the land is plowed and harrowed again, 
 that the wind may not blow away the alhes. The ground being thus prepared 
 it is fown with rye at the ufual feafon of fowing that grain. They have feveral 
 other methods of trying land that is covered with mofs or flime. 
 
 In IVilborg-Lehn, the country about Wilmanfirand, in fome parts of Ca- 
 
 relia and Tavrjlland, and likcwife all over Sawohrx, buck-wheat is chiefly 
 
 2 fown :
 
 Finnland.] SWEDEN. 363 
 
 fown ; as it turns to better account in thofe places than any other corn, 
 and is ufed for bread, &c. But the poorer fort, for want of better food, dry 
 even ftraw ; then bruife and mix it up with fome meal, and make bread 
 of it. 
 
 The paftures here are fo rich, that great profits accrue to the inha- 
 bitants from grazing ; but the breed of cattle in this country is very fmall. 
 Here are confiderable woods of pine trees ; fo that vaft quantities of wood and 
 charcoal, timber and boards are lent from hence to Stockholm for exportation. 
 This country alio abounds with all forts of game ; and feveral forts of fruit, 
 as apples, pears, plumbs, and cherries. Finnla?id is every where watered 
 with lakes, rivers, and brook?, which yield plenty of fifh ; and very fine 
 pearls are found in the pearl-fifheries, and fold to foreigners at a great 
 price. In the lakes and moraffes is dug up a ferruginous earth, from which 
 iron is extracted. Lead-ore is alfo found in feveral parts of this province. 
 Along the Finnland coafts lie great numbers of Scheeren, or fmall rocky 
 iflands. Though Finland is a fertile country, and naturally enjoys a greater 
 plenty of all the neceflaries of life than any other part of the Sivedi/h domi- 
 nions ; yet the terrible calamities it underwent in the laft war have brought it 
 fo low, that it makes but a melancholy appearance ; and its inhabitants, who 
 are famed for their courage and bravery, are reduced to great diflrefs. 
 
 The language of the Finnlanders is quite different from moft of the other 
 northern dialects ; but, like that of the Lapps, with which its idiom per- 
 fectly agrees, it has a great affinity with the Hebrew. 
 
 Finnland is divided into five provinces ; which I fhall defcribe in their 
 order. 
 
 I. F I N N LA N A properly fo called. 
 
 In Latin Finlandia ßricie ßc dic7a, with the Lehn or fief of Biorneborg, 
 
 which belongs to it. 
 
 / "T" V HIS province lies at the angle where the gulfs of Bothnia and Finnland 
 -"- join, and directly oppofite to Upland and Ge/lrickland. It is about 
 twenty-nine Swedijh miles in length, and eighteen in breadth. The foil is 
 very fertile ; and the country yields pleafant profpects efpecially in the fouthern 
 parts, where it is diverfified with fine lakes, rivers, corn-lands, meadows, 
 paftures, hop-gardens, woods, and fome iron-works ; but the north part of 
 Finnland is not fo well cultivated. The Lehn or fief of Biorneborg is one of 
 the' moft fertile parts in all Finnland, and the moft commodioully lituated. 
 In the pariuS of Saßmola, which lies in this Lehn, is a rich pearl-fiihery, 
 where pearls of an extraordinary fize are found, for the moft part, lingie j 
 but fometimes a clufter of two or three pearls are found in the fame fhell. 
 
 A a a 2 The
 
 364 SWEDEN. [Finnland. 
 
 The inhabitants of this country fubfift by agriculture, grazing, fifhing, and 
 making wooden-ware ; and traffick in grain, meal, cattle, butter, talc, 
 linen, yarn-ftockings, &c. The bifhoprick of Abo is the feventh in the 
 Kingdom as to precedence, and confifts of eighteen Provoftfbips. 
 
 Finnland, properly fo called, is divided into Abo-Lehn and Biorne- 
 borgs-Lehn. 
 
 Abo-Lehn, which comprehends the South part of Finnland, is fubdivided 
 into South and North-Finnlard. 
 
 South-Finnland confifts of three Diftricts, namely, 
 
 i. Pykie-Dißricl, in which are the following places of note. 
 
 Abo, in Latin Abca, lies at the point of the angle formed by the gulfs 
 of Bothnia and Finnland, and on the river Aurojocki which runs through 
 this city. It is the moft confiderable town in the whole country, and dates 
 its origin from the year 1 1 55. It is furrounded on all fides with hills; 
 and is a ftaple-town, with a very commodious harbour. Abo was erected into 
 a Bifhop's See about the year 1226. King Gußavus Adolphus founded a Gym- 
 jiajium or Seminary here in 1628, which Queen Chrißina converted into an 
 Academy in the year 1 640 : here is alio a Cathedral fchool. The cathedral, 
 which was built in the year 1300, is a handfome ftrudture. A Royal High 
 Court of Judicature, which is the only one in Finnland, is held at Abo ; where 
 the Governor of the province alio refides. The chief magiftrates of this city are 
 two Burgo-mafters. It carries on a brifk trade in linen, corn, provifions, planks, 
 &c. The Rujians, who were in poffefllon of this town from 17 13 to 
 1720, committed great outrages in it. It has alfo frequently fuftained great 
 damages by fire. In the year 1743, a peace was concluded here between 
 Sweden and Rujia. Abo is the eighth voting town in the Diet. 
 
 Abo-Slot, or Abc-caft\e, is one of the moft ancient fortifications in Finn- 
 land. It ftands on a peninfula at the mouth of the river Aura. In the 
 fixteenth century, King Erick XIV. was confined as a prifoner in this caftle. 
 It has been feveral times deftroyed by the enemy and confumed by fire fince k 
 was firft ereäed. 
 
 Cuppis, a fine medicinal fpring, lies at a fmall diftance from the city of Abo. 
 
 Raufala is a pleafant ifland, on which ftands a royal manfion-houfe. 
 
 Rone, a royal demefne, lies in the parifh of Sagu. 
 
 2. Masko-DißriB, which contains the following remarkable places. 
 
 Nadendahl, in Latin Vallis Gratia, is a fmall town at the diftance of a 
 Swedijh mile and a half from Abo. The Nadendahl Convent which gave 
 occafion to the building of this town, was fequeftered at the Reformation. 
 However, nuns continued there till the year 1595, and fet up a manufactory 
 of knit-ftockings, which continues to flouriih to this day ; fo that feveral hun- 
 dred pairs of thread-ftockings are fold at a very low rate, and lent from hence 
 to Stockholm and other places. This town has the ninety-firft vote in the 
 I ):et. Not far from Nadendahl is a fine medicinal fpring. 
 
 Noiifn
 
 Finnland.] SWEDEN. 3 6 5 
 
 Noußs, a parifh-church, lies about three miles from Abo. In this church is 
 to be feen the tomb of Bifhop Henry, who firft preached the Gofpcl in 
 Finnland, and fuffered martyrdom in the year n 57. 
 
 3. Halliko-DißriB, in which lies 
 
 Kimito, an ifland which constitutes a parifh, about fix Swedijh miles from 
 'Abo. On this ifland are feveral noblemens feats, an iron-mill, and quarries 
 of good {tone. 
 
 North- Finn/and contains two Diftridts : Thefe are, 
 
 1 . Wirmo-F>ißriöl, in which are the following places of note. 
 Saris, an ancient royal demefne. 
 
 Pyha, a royal farm or manor. 
 
 Monois and Nitu, two royal demefnes with manfion-houfes. 
 Fagcrhobn, a toll or cuftom-houfe, where all fhips pafling to or from Abo 
 are fearched. 
 
 2. Wemo-DißriSf, in which lies 
 
 Ny/iadt, in Latin Neojladiwn, a fea-port town, built in the year 1616, and 
 pleafantly fituated. It has a commodious harbour and a confiderable trade in all 
 kinds of wooden-veffels. In the year 172 1, a treaty of peace was concluded 
 in this town between Swede?! and Rußia. Ny/iadt is the feventy-feventh 
 town that votes in the Diet. 
 
 Biorneborg-Lehn includes the North part of Finnland and is Subdivided 
 into Upper and Lower-Satagimda . 
 
 1. Upper Satagunda coniifts of a Diffridt of the fame name; in which 
 are the following towns. 
 
 Biorneborg, in Latin Bioerneburgum, or Artopolis, is a fea-port town, 
 fituated on a narrow fandy tract of land on the bank of the river Kumo, which 
 divides itfelf into feveral branches juft below this town, and forms a great 
 many fmall iflands within the diftance of half a Swedijh mile. Biorneborg 
 at firft flood in Kumo parilh ; but was afterwards rebuilt at Ulfsby or Wan- 
 hakila-, and laftly in the year 1558, the inhabitants were removed, and the 
 town was built on the fpot where it now ftands. Great quantities of wooden- 
 ware and fifh, particularly falmon and large whitings are exported from 
 hence to Stockholm and other places. The key or lading-place belonging to 
 this town is at Sandud, about a Swedijh mile from the town. In the year 1 602, 
 a Diet was held at Biorneborg, which has the fixty-fourth voice in the affembly 
 of the States. Near this town lies a royal manor. 
 
 Raamo or Ratnea, in Latin Rauma, is a very ancient fea-port with a good 
 harbour, which carries on a trade equal to that of Nyßadt. It is the lixiy- 
 fifth town that votes in the Diet. 
 - 2. Lower Satagunda comprehends the Diftridts of 
 
 Oefredcl and Nedredd, which include feveral parifhes. 
 
 II. The
 
 3 66 SWEDE N. [Aland. 
 
 II. The / S L A N D of ALAND, 
 
 In Latin Alandia. 
 
 THIS ifland lies between Upland and Finnland, but rather nearer to the 
 latter. Between Aland and Finnland are feveral fmall iflands, fhelves, 
 and rocks, which render that part of the fea very dangerous to mariners. 
 Aland is about fix Swedifi) miles in length, and almoft as many in 
 breadth. The foil is fo fertile, that the inhabitants feldom experience any 
 fcarcity of corn. It alfo produces rich paftures for grazing. The woods, 
 which are fufficient for the ufe of the inhabitants, belong to the King, 
 and are every where inclofed. There are alfo good lime-ftone quarries in dif- 
 ferent parts of the ifland. Lynxes, foxes, and hares abound here ; but 
 bears are not very common. 
 
 The inhabitants fpeak the Swedifi dialed, and chiefly fubfift by agricul- 
 ture, grazing, fifhing, hunting, catching of fea-fowl, and working in the 
 woods j fome of them are alfo good mariners. They traffick in butter, 
 wooden-ware, coals, and lime. 
 
 Aland is faid to have been formerly governed by its own Kings ; at leaft, 
 it did not belong to Finnland in ancient times. After this ifland became a 
 province of the Swedifi dominions, it had its Statthalter or Governor for fome 
 centuries: But fince the year 1634, when it was included in the Govern- 
 ment of Abo and Bionieborg, it was modelled into a Diftricl-Jurifdiclion 
 and a Vogtey, including eight pariihes or Paßorates, with the chapels apper- 
 taining to them. The clergy of this ifland are under the jurifdiction of 
 the bifhop of Abo. The remarkable places here, are 
 
 Ca/lelbolm, Grelfby and Haga three royal demefnes, in the firft of which 
 a poil-houfe is eredled. 
 
 Hamno, a fmall ifland, lying about three Swedifi miles South-eaft of 
 Aland, where in the times of popery a convent flood. 
 
 Eckero, an ifland on the weft fide of Aland, on which ftands a poft- 
 ofhce. 
 
 III. EAST-BOTHNIA, 
 
 In Latin Ofiro-Bothnia. 
 
 '"T^HIS province lies farther North on the fea-coaft, and derives its name 
 
 -*- from its iituation, which is on the eafl-iide of the gulf of Bothnia. 
 
 The length of this country computed according to the roads, is near ninety 
 
 Swedfi miles, and the breadth about forty. Others compute the length of 
 
 it
 
 E. Bothnia.] SWEDEN. 367 
 
 t at fixty-fix Swedi/h miles, and the breadth at twelve. Nature has feparated 
 t from the adjacent countries by a chain of hills, which runs all along the 
 eaft fide of it. From thefe mountains iffue feveral rivers ; ibme of which 
 empty themfelves into the White-Jea, and others into the gulphs of Bothnia 
 and Finnland. 
 
 The country, efpecially on the fea-coaft towards the fouth, and in fomc 
 other places, is for the moft part level, but full of moraffes. The induRry 
 of the inhabitants in agriculture is attended with good fuccefsj fo that they 
 iupply other places with corn : but their hopes of a good crop are fometimes 
 fruihated byafudden and unexpected froft. The inhabitants alfo frequently 
 low their corn in Sivcdifi-Iand, as it is called : However, feveral large tracts 
 of land in this country lie wafte. Eafi-Bothnia abounds in woods, and with 
 lakes and rivers which yield plenty of nlh. In fome of the rivers are found 
 pearls of an extraordinary fize. There are alfo fome forges in this country. 
 
 Near the fea-coaft lie feveral large Schceren or rocky ifiands, and the 
 inhabitants of thofe parts fpeak the Sivedijh language ; but thofe of the in- 
 land parts ufe the Finnean tongue. 
 
 The commodities which are exported from hence are beams, planks, 
 tar, train-oil, cattle, fifh, and other provinons. 
 
 The inhabitants of this province fubfift chiefly by agriculture, grazing, 
 burning lime and tiles, and making tar. Of the laft they extract to the 
 amount of 50,000 barrels, from 3,200,000 pine-trees. They alfo employ 
 themfelves in hunting and fifhing, fhip-building, and making wooden 
 ware. The parifhes which are moft noted for fhip-building are Carleby and 
 Kronoby. 
 
 All the parifhes in this province amount to no more than nineteen in- 
 habited by Finns, and nine by Swedes. The number of the inhabitants 
 in the whole is computed at 80,000. This country maintains an entire re- 
 giment of foot as its quota ; but fome parifhes, in lieu of foldiers, furnifh 
 lhip-wrights to work in the dock-yard at Carlfcron. The Clergy of this 
 province are under thejurifdiction of the Bifhop of Abo. 
 
 Eqfl -Bothnia is divided into three Parts or Lehns, which are all under one 
 Governor. Thefe are as follow. 
 
 1. Cajana-Lehn, which lies in the north part of the province. In 
 this Lehn are 
 
 Cajana or Cajaneborg, in Latin Cajania or Cajaneburgum, a fmall town, 
 granted as a Barony, together with feveral other parifhes, to Peter Brahe, 
 great Conftable of the Kingdom, in 1650, under the title of the fief of 
 Cajana. The ruinous caftle, which alone is properly called Cajaneburg, was 
 built in the year 1607, and lies near the town: It furrendered by capitula- 
 tion, and was demolifhed, in the year 17 16. It is almoft fur rounded by 
 the river Pyha, which forms a dreadful cataract in this neighbourhood. 
 Cajana is the hundred and fecond town that votes in the Diet. 
 
 Pal da ma, '
 
 68 SWEDEN. [E.Bothnia. 
 
 Pa/Jama, the parifh in which the town of Cajana lies, is the largeft in 
 the whole kingdom ; but fo thinly inhabited, that fome farm-houfes are 
 feven Swedijh miles diflant from any other dwelling. 
 
 Hvfis-Schbfi, in the parifh of Paldama, was formerly a caftle of a flu- 
 pendous height. It was entirely hewn out of a hard rock, and had two' gates 
 and a very wide flair-cafe ; but this ftrudlure is totally decayed. 
 
 2. Uleaborg-Lehn, which is divided into the North and South Parts: 
 In the North Part of this Lehn are the following towns. 
 
 Vlea or Ulaborg, in Latin Uloa or Ulaburgum, a fea-port town fituated 
 on a peniniula, at the mouth of the river called Ulea-Elf. It was built in 
 the year 1610, and is the largeft town in all Eafl-Bothnia. It has very 
 ftraight and long ftreets, a good fchool, a commodious harbour, and a fine 
 falmon-fifhery. In the year 17 14, this town was demolished by the Rußans. 
 It is the fortieth town that votes in the Diet. The caftle, which fiands 
 near it on a fmall ifland, and is properly called Ulaborg, was built and for- 
 tified in the year 1590 ; but now lies in a ruinous condition. 
 
 Braheßady in Latin Braheßaduim, a town commodioufly fituated on the 
 fea-fide. It derives its name from Count Pehr Brahe, the Great Conftable 
 of the kingdom, who built it for mechanics, in the year 1652, and procured 
 it the privileges of a town. It has the ninety-ninth vote in the Diet. Here 
 is a commodious harbour. 
 
 In the South Part are the following remarkable places. 
 The parifh of Laktea, noted for falt-works. 
 
 Gamla-Caricby, in Latin Carolina antiqua, was built in the reign of Guf- 
 tavus AdolphitSy in a fertile and pleafant plain, and obtained its privileges 
 in 1620. It has a commodious harbour, and the inhabitants carry on 
 a considerable trade in tar, and make great advantages of fhip-building. 
 In the Diet this town is the feventy-fecond in order. The country about 
 Gamla-Carleby is noted for a particular kind of fait, which the peafants 
 boil from the fea-water in fpring and autumn. At firft it is of a dirty 
 gray colour, but upon pouring fome four milk into the clarifying veffel, it 
 becomes as white as inow. The particulars of this procefs may be feen in 
 the Transactions of the SwedHjh Academy of Sciences, Vol. IV. p. 310. 
 3. Rorsholms-Lehn, which is divided into the North and South Parts. 
 In the North Part of this Lehn are the following towns, 
 Ny-Carleby, in Latin Nco-Carciina, a fea-port fituated on the river 
 Lappojock, which empties itfelf into the fea about a Swedt/h mile 
 from this town, where there is alfo a commodious harbour. It was firft 
 built by King Gußavus sldolphus, and endowed with feveral privileges in 
 1620. In the order of the Diet Ny-Carleby is the feven ty-firfr. town; 
 and carries on an advantageous trade. 
 
 "lacobßadty in Latin 'jacobjtadiiun, is a fea-port with a commodious 
 harbour. The north part of this town fiands on the continent, and the 
 
 fouth
 
 Tawaftland.] SWEDEN. 369 
 
 fbuth part on the ifland of Bockholm. It was built in the year 1653, by 
 the Countefs Ebba Brahe, who gave it the name of her deceafed hufband 
 Jacob de la Gardie, Captain-General of the Sivsdiß forces. This town ob- 
 tained its privileges in 1660 ; and is the ninety-fourth voting town in the 
 Diet. It was entirely deftroyed in the late wars ; but has been fince pretty 
 well rebuilt. 
 
 The South Part contains the following places of note. 
 
 Wafa, in Latin Vafa, a privileged fea-port, was built by Charles IX. 
 in the year 161 1, and by that Monarch named from the royal line oiWafa^ 
 or Vafa. This town has a good fchool, and trafficks in all kinds of fifh. 
 The entrance into the harbour is fomething dangerous. This is the fiftieth 
 town that votes in the Diet. 
 
 Rorßolm, a royal demefne, lies near Wafa. Here the Governor of Eaß- 
 Bothnia now refides ; and a ftrong caftle formerly ftood in this place. 
 
 Chrißineßadt, in Latin Chrißina/ladium, is a fea-port town built in 1 649, 
 by Count Pehr Brahe, on the peninlula of Koppo, and called after the name 
 of his firft wife. It is the ninetieth town in the order of voting in the 
 Diet. 
 
 IV. TAWASTLA^ND, 
 
 In Latin Tavaßia. 
 
 ' I" 1 HIS province lies in the middle of Finnland, and is thirty Sivedißj 
 ■*■ miles in length, and twenty in breadth. The country is very fertile, 
 and confifts of fine plains, watered by a great number of rivers and lakes 
 which abound with fifh. It is diverfified with arable and meadow lands ; 
 fo that with refpecT: to thefe natural advantages, it may not only be looked 
 upon as the beftpart of Finnland, but is fcarce furpaffed in thofe particulars by 
 any province in Sweden. It is likewife ftored with cattle, fifh, and all forts 
 of game. But notwithstanding this country is fo fertile, it is far from being 
 well cultivated ; and confequently the peafants are generally very poor. 
 Sometimes, indeed, the corn is much damaged by keen and unexpected 
 frofty nights. The northern part of Tawaß/and is more mountainous 
 and woody than the fouthern. In the moraffes and uncultivated fandy 
 wilds a ferruginous earth is dug up, from which the Eifenfand-ertz, or 
 iron fandy-ore, as it is called, is prepared. Among all the lakes in this 
 country the Pejende or Pajana-hke is the mod extenfive, being twenty 
 Swediftj miles in length. 
 
 The inhabitants fubfift by agriculture, grazing, and breeding of cattle, and 
 fome of them are employed in the fisheries. They alio traffick in corn, 
 peafe, beans, flax, hemp, dried fifh, cattle, leather, tallow, butter, lime, the 
 
 Vol. I. B b b bark
 
 370 SWEDE N. [Nyland. 
 
 bark of trees, &c. In ecclefiaftical matters, this province is partly fubject 
 to the Bifhop of Abo, but moft of it is included in the diocefe of Borgo. 
 
 Tawastland is divided into the South and North Part. 
 
 The South Part confifts of two Diftricts, in which are the following 
 remarkable places. 
 
 Taivqftehus, or Kroneborg, in Latin Croneburgum. is a fmall town, built 
 in the year 1650, on a pleafant fpot by Count Pehr Brahe, and endowed 
 with confiderable privileges. In 1713 this town was taken by the Ruffians; 
 and in the laft war between them and the Swedes it was laid in afhes. The 
 caftle, which, exclufive of the town, is properly called c Tawaßehus, or 
 Tawafleborg, is well fortified, and ferves for an arfenal and royal maga- 
 zine. A view of Tawaflehus may be feen in Dahlberg's Suecia. It has the* 
 hundredth vote in the Diet. 
 
 Sairiala, a royal demefne, lies in the parifh of Haubo in this neigh- 
 bourhood. 
 
 The North Part alfo contains tv/o Diftridts, in which are the follow- 
 ing places of note. 
 
 Wafunda and Muflela, two royal manfion-houfes. 
 
 c Tamela > a pariih or village in which copper and irorr-mines have beert 
 d'ueovered. 
 
 "Jamfio, another r)ari/h or village with a market-place,, where a con- 
 fiderable trade in corn is carried on. 
 
 V. N T L A N A 
 
 In Latin Nylandia.. 
 
 THIS province lies-^irra bay of the Finnland gulf, and was formerly 
 peopled by the Finns ; but is now inhabited by fome of the natives of 
 Sweden properly fo called, and Hatfmgland, by whom it was called Nyland. 
 It is near twenty-three Swediß miles in length, and, except in few places,, 
 only five in breadth. This is a level-, fertile^ pleafant country, and is better 
 peopled and cultivated than the neighbouring provinces, It confifts of good 
 arable land and meadows, excellent paftures, fine woods, rivers and lakes 
 abounding with fifh, and is well flored with game of all forts. Here are 
 alio fome fawing-mills and iron-foundaries, which are fupplied with iron- 
 ore from Sudermannland. The inhabitants fubfift by agriculture, grazing, 
 and fifhingj and they trade in corn, planks, linen, and dried fifh. The 
 See of Borgo, which is the ninth biihoprick in rank, and confifts of 
 '.even Provoftfhips, is in this province. 
 
 Nyland
 
 Nyland.] SWEDEN. S7I 
 
 Nyland is divided into three Diftridfs, which are comprehended in the 
 Government of Tawaßland, namely, Borgo-Dijirift, Eaß-RoJeborg-Dißric7, 
 and Wejl-Rofeborg-Difritf. 
 
 1. Borgo-District contains the following towns, &c. 
 
 Helfingfors, in Latin Helfmgoforfa, a ftaple-town, and the bed in the 
 province. It ftands on a peniniiila, and has an harbour equal to any in 
 Sweden. It was built by King Gußavus I. but in the late wars was laid in 
 afhes, and has not recovered its former flourifhing ftate fince that calamity. 
 The inhabitants deal in corn, timber, and fifli. The Governor of Nyland 
 and Tawaßland refides in this town. Within thefe few years the forts of 
 U/ricaburg, Gtßavfwertb, Sweaborg and Langorn have been erected in 
 the neighbourhood of Helfingfors. Here is a good fchool ; and an Academy 
 for cadets who are natives of Finnland, is founded at Sweaborg. This is the 
 twenty-fourth town in the order of voting in the Diet. Not far from 
 Helfingfors lies the royal manor of Wick. 
 
 Borgo, in Latin Borga, a very ancient fca-port, with an indifferent har- 
 bour. This town was almoft entirely demolifhed in the late war ; but is 
 now in a very flourishing condition. It is a Bifhop's See, and has a good 
 Gymnafium or Seminary. The inhabitants trade in all kinds of linen. Borgo 
 has the fixtieth vote in the Diet. 
 
 Stromjberg, a royal demefne. 
 
 Degerby or Louifa, a well built ftaple-town, lies in the parifh of Perno, 
 on a creek of the gulf of Finnland, and has a commodious harbour. It 
 was built in 1745, as a frontier town towards the Ruffian territories, according 
 to the limits fettled by the laft treaty of peace ; and was called Degerby 
 from the Nobleman's eftate on which it ftands. But in the year 1752, 
 King Adolphus Frederick gave it the name of Louifa. A poft-office ie 
 eftablifhed in this town. 
 
 Perno and Sibbo are two parishes and market-towns, or villages. 
 
 2. East-Raseborg-District, in which lies Lojo, a parifh and market- 
 town. 
 
 3. West-Raseborg-District contains the following places of note. 
 Rafeborg, formerly a confiderable demefne with a ftrong caftle, but at pre» 
 
 fent inhabited by an officer in the army. 
 
 Ekenas, in Latin ^uercuum Peninfula, a little fea-port with an indifferent 
 harbour. This town is pleafantly fituated, and probably takes its name 
 from the wood of oaks that lies near it. This is the feventy-eighth town in the 
 order of voting in the Diet. The royal manor of Ekenas is not far from 
 this town. 
 
 ■Mango, or Hango-Udd, a point of land near Ekenas, has a poft-office and 
 a very convenient harbour well fenced by Nature In 1 7 1 4 an engagement 
 happened off this place betwixt the fleets of Sweden and Rujjüi. 
 
 B b b 2 VI. S A-
 
 372 SWEDEN. [Sawolax. 
 
 VI. S A W L A X*, 
 
 In Latin Savolaxia. 
 
 r T^ HIS country is thirty-four Swedißj miles in length, and twenty-one- 
 -* in breadth, and produces very little corn or pafture, as it moltly. 
 confifts of woods, lakes, rivers, and moraffes. The greateft part of its 
 rivers empty themfelves into the lake of Saima, which extends from North 
 to South about forty Swedißj miles in length. It is full of mountainous iflands;. 
 and with a roaring noife runs along the large ftxeam of Waxen into the La- 
 doga-\zke. The land is fo unequally divided, and withal fo thinly inhabited, 
 that the grounds belonging to fome farms lie ten, fifteen or twenty Swedißj 
 miles from the houfe. The inhabitants, however, get a tolerable fub- 
 fiftence by lowing buck-wheat, grazing and breeding cattle, hunting, fifh- 
 ing, and making wooden ware.- They alfo trade in tallow, butter, dried 
 fifh, hides, and furrs. Their houfes are, for the moft part, very fmall,. 
 This country abounds in elks and rein-deers. As to its eccleliaftical ftate, 
 it is under the jurifdidtion of the Bifhop of Borgo, and is divided into three. 
 Provoftihips. 
 
 Sawolax is divided into three Diftridts, exclufive of the town of Nyflott, 
 of which- we (hall give an account in defcribing Rajia, and contains the 
 following places of note. 
 
 Hanulangpaldo, 'Tawifalmi, Randafahni,, and Sairala, which are royal- 
 manors. 
 
 St. Michel, a parifh, where there is a poft-houfe. The church is one 
 of the moft ancient flruclures that were built in the times of Popery. 
 
 Brahelinna, which is alio a royal demefne. 
 
 VII. KTMMENEGARDS-LEHN. 
 
 HPH I S country derives its name from the river Kymmene and the royal 
 demefne of Kymmenegard. By Kymmetiegards-Lehn is commonly un- 
 derftood that part of Carelia and Kexholm-Lebn, which, according to the 
 treaty of Nyßadt, belongs to Sweden. 
 
 Carelen or Carelia, was formerly of great extent ; for it was bounded to 
 the Eaft by the lake of Onega, the river Pinasjoki which runs into the 
 White-Sea, and the river Powents which difcharges itfelf into the fore- 
 mentioned lake ; to die South by the gulf of Finnland, the lake of Ladoga, 
 and the rivers Sweri and Niewa ; the river Kymmene and the Pejende-foke 
 
 * Thefe are numbered according to the original; but I fuppofe the Author does not in- 
 clude them in Finnland, as it conufts of five provinces only. [See p. 36.] 
 
 were
 
 Kymmenegards-Lehn.] SWEDEN. 373 
 
 were its Wertem, and the river Kiemi its Northern limits. This country 
 has often been a bone of contention between Sweden and Rußer, and oc- 
 cafioned frequent difputes between thofe two powers. But, by the treaty of 
 Nyfiadt, Sweden was obliged to cede the-greateft part of it to Rußa ; and all 
 that now belongs to the former is the moft wertem part of Carelia, con- 
 futing of a fmall number of Diftricts. 
 
 Kexholm-Lehn lies to the north-eaftof the Swediflj Carelia, and extends 
 as far as the lake of Ladoga. It derives its name from the old caftle of 
 Kexholm. By the treaty of Nyfiadt, the caftle of Kexholm, together with the 
 fouthern and beft part of this Lehn or fief, were given up to Rußa ; and 
 this cefiion was confirmed in 1743 by the treaty of Abo. 
 
 Kymmenegards-Lehn is naturally a fertile country ; but, for want of inhabi- 
 tants and proper culture, but little arable or meadow land is feen in this Lehn, 
 which has extenfive woods, and feveral rivers and lakes abounding with fifti, 
 and fome good paftures. In this part of Carelia a fort of bread is made of 
 forrel-feed, which is well tafted. 
 
 The river Kymmene has its fource in the Pejende-hke, and empties itfelf 
 into the gulf of Finn/and through fix mouths or outlets. 
 
 The large ftream called Woxen iffues from the lake of Saima and runs 
 into that of Ladoga. About a Swedijh mile from the former lake it has a 
 cataract from a very high and fteep precipice. The clergy of this Lehn or fief 
 are fubjecl to the Bifhop of Borgo. 
 
 This country is divided into four parts or Diftricts, two of which lie 
 towards the South and the other two towards the North. The places of 
 note in this Lehn are 
 
 Kytnenegard, an ancient and considerable royal demefne. Here the river 
 Kymene iffues out of the Prejende-lake, and 
 Karnas, a royal farm. 
 
 Note. An account of the following towns will be given in our defcrip- 
 tion of Rußa, viz.. 
 
 Wilmanfirand. Kexholm. 
 
 Frederickßamn. Lexa. 
 
 Wiborg. Taipol. 
 
 THE
 
 THE 
 
 RUSSIAN EMPIRE.
 
 [ 111 ] 
 
 A N 
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 TO THE 
 
 RUSSIAN EMPIRE. 
 
 §. i. T^HOUGH the maps of the vaft Empire of Ruß'a and all Tarfary, 
 JL which have been publifhed within thefe fixty or feventy years, are 
 more accurate than thofe that were extant before ; yet they differ from each 
 other both in corredlnefs and beauty. The large map of the northern and 
 eaftern parts of Afia and Europe ; which was firft publifhed in 1 687 by the cele- 
 brated M. Nicholas lVitfen,Burgom after of Amßerdam, (who, inordertoilluftrate 
 his maps, publifhed his valuable and very fcarce work, entitled Noord und 
 Oofi Tartarye, or 'A defcription of North and Eaß-Tartary,' fir ft in the year 
 1692, and afterwards in 1705) notwithftanding the author's great trouble 
 and application is fo faulty that he would willingly have fuppreffed that 
 hiftorico-geographical work. From Wit/bis map Frederick de Witt de- 
 lineated feveral fmaller maps, which were publifhed by Mortier and others. 
 It is to the learned Witjen that the world is alio indebted for the publica- 
 tion of Ysbrant Ides's travels into China *. In that valuable book may be feen 
 a map of Rißia, which Hamann made the ground-work of his map, but 
 with feveral improvements. The maps of Rußa publifhed by Herman 
 Moll, De l'Iße and Stralenberg have alio their ufe. The general map of 
 Rußa by M. Kirillow, privy counfellor to the Czarina, was the beft extant till 
 J . M. Hafez Tabida imperii Rußci & Tartaric univerßz, together with a 
 fhort explication of it, was publifhed in 1739 at the expence of Homanns 
 heirs; which may be looked upon as a perfect model for projecting geogra- 
 phical Tables. The beft maps of the Rußian Empire, yet extant, are thofe 
 in- the Atlas publifhed by the Royal Academy of Sciences at Peterjburg in 
 
 * Atranflation of this curious work was publifhed in England in 1706, entitled 'Three years 
 « Travels from Mofcow to China, &c. by land, written by Yjbrant Ides, Embaffador from the Czar 
 « of Mufiovy to the Emperor of China'. Thb book is at prefent very fcarce; and was of °reat 
 fervice to the author. 
 
 V öl. I. C c c the
 
 37 8 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 the year 1745 ; but thefe are far from being perfect. They confift of one 
 general, and nineteen particular maps, reprefenting the whole Ruffian 
 Empire and the countries bordering on it, according to the rules of geogra- 
 phy and the lateft difcoveries. The price of this Atlas at Peterßurgfis four 
 Rubels * and eighty Copeiks coloured, and four Rubels plain. 
 
 §.2. Rußia is by fome called Mofcovy ; but this way of fpeaking is very 
 improper. For to give this Empire the name of Mofcovy from Mo/cow its 
 capital, is as abfurd as if we fhould term it the Peturburgian Empire ; or 
 call France the Parißian monarchy, from Paris the capital of that Kingdom. 
 The etymology of the word Rußia is uncertain ; for it is neither derived, from 
 wm Rofch, mentioned mExekiefc. xxxviii. v. 2, 3, andc. xxxix. v. 1. as fome 
 imagine, nor from an imaginary Prince of the name of Rufs, the brother of 
 Zech and Lech, &c. as others pretend. Nor are the Rußians fo called from 
 Rufs an ancient city; for the latter rather derived its name from the 
 former, by whom it was inhabited. Thofe who deduce the origin of the 
 Ruffians from the ancient Scythe? and Sarmata give no further proof of it 
 than that they poffefs the country formerly inhabited by thofe nations ; which 
 no body will difpute with them. This, however, is certain, that before the 
 ninth century the name of Ruffians was entirely unknown ; not the leaft 
 mention of it being made in the preceding ages. We (hall fliew in the 
 fequel, that the people called Ruß ans emigrated from other parts into the 
 countries they now pofTefs. The name itfelf, according to the account given 
 of it in the Ruffian annals, was firft ufed by the northern Waregers, who 
 croffed the Baltic from Scandinavia, and fettled in this country : For the 
 Slavians or Sclavonians who poffelTed the other part of this country, were 
 by the former called Rußen or Ruffians. The Finns to this day, though 
 they can affign no reafon for it, give the Swedes the name of Rußes, or rather 
 Rojfa-Laine. They alfo call the Ruffians Venne-Laine, and ftile themfelves 
 Suoma-Laine, i. e. people living among fens or morafTes. This name of 
 Rußes the Novogrod Sclavonians feem to have borrowed from the neighbouring 
 Finns ; and they term all foreigners that come into their country from the 
 North, Ruffes. Thus the Sclavonians give the Waregers the name of Ruffians : 
 And when the former became tributaries to the latter, they were alio in- 
 cluded under the name of Ruffians ; as the Gauls when conquered were 
 called Franks, and the ancient Britons changed their name into that of 
 Angles or Englijhmen. 
 
 §. 3. The Ruffian Empire extends itfelf much farther than Ruff a pro- 
 pcrlv fo called. Towards the North and the Eaft it is bounded only by 
 the 'main Ocean ; but towards the Weft and South the limits of this vaft 
 Empire are fettled by treaties concluded with feveral Powers ; namely, 
 with Sweden by the treaty of Nyfladt in the year 1721, and that of Abo in 
 j 743; with the Poles by certain conventions agreed on in 1667, l ^7 2 > 
 » A Rubel or Ruble is one hundred Copeiks, and is equal to 4 s, 2 d. fterling. 
 
 and
 
 RUSSIA. 
 
 and 1717, but thefe were not ratified as to every article. With the Twvb the 
 limits were fettled by the treaty of Carlowitz, concluded in the yean 70 i; but 
 fome alterations were fubfequently made" at the treaty of the Pruth, and rati- 
 fied in the year 17 14. Farther changes alfo took place with regard to the limits 
 between Ruf/ia and Turky at the treaty of Belgrade in the year 1739. Purfuant 
 to the laft treaty of peace concluded with Perfia in 1732, the river Kur, 
 which runs into the Cafpian-Sea, is made the boundary between the Ruffian 
 and Perfian dominions. But the Rufiiaus, having foon after relinquifheo 1 the 
 provinces which they had taken from the Perfians, the river Terk is looked 
 upon as the prefent limits. The other wandering tribes who live farther 
 fouth, viz. t\\t Car aealpacki ans, Kcjfatfhia-Hor da ..thtCal mucks andBaf/jkirians, 
 are confined by lines thrown up on the frontiers. The laft treaty of peace 
 and friendlhip with China and the Mungalians was concluded, in the year 
 1727, on the banks of the river Bura ; and in 1728, the feveral ratifica- 
 tions of it were exchanged at the river Kiakta. By virtue of that treaty 
 barriers have been fet up on the fouth fide of the mountain of Sayan, and 
 farther towards the Eaft as far as the river Argun. By cafting an eye on 
 thefe limits in the mip we may conclude, that the Ruffian Empire, for 
 extent of territories, may difpute the preeminence with any power on the 
 globe ; or rather that there is not a monarch in the whole world pofleffed 
 of fuch extenlive dominions as the Emprefs of Raffia. From Weft to Eaft 
 it extends from the 40th degree of Longitude to the 204th degree in 
 length; and from North to South it is 15, 20, and in fome places 25 
 degrees in breadth : fo that it is above 1200 geographical or German miles* 
 in length, and from 2 to 400 miles in breadth. 
 
 §. 4. As this Empire confifts of a great number of provinces, many of 
 which are very extenfive, the foil and temperature of the air muft vary 
 confiderably in different parts of it; and confequently one province may 
 fupply what is wanting in an other. 
 
 In thole parts which lie beyond the 60th degree of Latitude there are 
 but icw places where corn will grow to matuity ; and in the northern parts 
 of the Empire no garden friuts are produced, except in the country about 
 Archangel ; where horned cattle are alfo bred, and a great many bullies and 
 fhrubs grow fpontaneoully, which yield feveral forts of berries. There is 
 alfo plenty of wild beafts and fowls, and feveral forts of fifh in the neigh- 
 bourhood of that city. 
 
 In thofe provinces which lie in the middle of the Empire the air is mild 
 and temperate, and the foil produces all kinds of trees and garden fruits, 
 corn, honey, &c. They are alio well ftocked with horned cattle ; the woods 
 abound in game; and, the rivers are navigable, and full of the beft forts 
 of fi(h. 
 
 * The author does not fpecify what miles he reckons by in the defcription of Ruffia; but 
 where he ufes the general term, I prefume he means German miles. 
 
 C c c 2 In 
 
 379
 
 3&o INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 In the fouthern provinces the climate is hot : and though many barren 
 waftes are to be met with in fome parts of them ; yet in other places they 
 are covered with verdure and flowers. Tobacco, wine, and {ilk might be 
 produced in them, as the two firft are at Aflracan and the Ukraine ; and they 
 are well watered with rivers which afford plenty of fifh : nor are they 
 dtftkute of game in proportion to the extent and number of the woods. 
 
 Provifions are very cheap in Ruffia-, efpecially flefh-meat of all kinds. 
 The fifh peculiar to this country are the Beluga, Sterled, Offefrina, Citrine, 
 &c. and the two laft are of a delicate flavour. The only difference between 
 the Sturgeon, the Sterled, and the Ko/leri is, that the Sterled is fomething 
 fmaller than the Kofteri, and the Ko/leri has rougher fcales than the Sturgeon 
 or the Sterled. 
 
 Medicinal and faline fprings are not uncommon in Ruffia. Fine filver, 
 which alfo yields fome gold, is dug out of the mines in this country, 
 and likewife exceeding fine copper, iron, and many other minerals ; as 
 the famous Marienglafs, called by fome Mufcovy glafs, or ifing-glafs, &c. 
 with feveral precious ftones. Of thefe valuable productions found in the 
 Ruffian Empire more will be faid in §. 1 1, and in the defcription of Siberia. 
 
 In the middle and northern parts of the Empire the cold is very fevere, 
 and the days extremely fliort in winter : But the fummers are warm and 
 delightful ; and even in the fhorteft nights the twilight is very luminous. 
 At the winter folftice, when the day is at the fhorteft, the fun rifes and fets 
 on the horizon of the principal cities in the Ruffian Empire according to 
 the following Table. 
 
 Sun rifes 
 
 Hours 
 
 Min. 
 
 Sun fets Hours 
 
 Min. 
 
 At Aßracan 
 
 7 
 
 4 8 
 
 4 
 
 12 
 
 At Kioto 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 53 
 
 At Mofcoia 
 
 8 
 
 37 
 
 3 
 
 23 
 
 At Riga 
 
 8 
 
 47 
 
 3 
 
 13 
 
 At Tobolß 
 
 8 
 
 56 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 At Peterfburg 
 
 9 
 
 r 5 
 
 2 
 
 45 
 
 At Archangel 
 
 IO 
 
 24 
 
 1 
 
 36 
 
 At the fummer folftice when the day is at the greateft length this order 
 is reverfed. For example, the fun rifes at Aßracan about twelve minutes 
 after four, and fets about forty-eight after feven, and fo for the reft. The 
 common obfervation that eaftern countries are much colder than the weftern 
 that lie in the fame Latitude, is greatly confirmed in Ruffia. For fince the 
 year 17 18, the river Neva at Petersburg has, in fome years, been covered 
 with ice fo early as the twenty-fourth of Oclober, and in other years 
 when lateft, about the twenty-fecond of March ; but it generally thaws 
 by the twenty-fixth of April old ftile, which it has never been known to 
 
 exceed.
 
 RUSSIA. 381 
 
 exceed. When it begins to freeze in Ruffia and Siberia, the flakes of ice 
 float on the rivers till at laft they join together, and form a hard furface. 
 Sometimes, though feldom, a iudden frort congeals the water to the con- 
 fiftency of a jelly ; and then the rivers are loon incrulted with ice *, 
 and their current is flopped. 
 
 §. 5. A perfon may travel cheap and with great expedition in Ruffia, 
 both in fuinmer and winter ; efpecially in the fledges, during the latter 
 feafon. The draught-horfes are extremely fwift, and the roads very good, 
 particularly in the winter-time, between the principal cities of this country. 
 It is nothing extraordinary to go with poft-horfes from Petojburg to Mofcow, 
 which is about one hundred and ten geographical or German miles -f-, in 
 feventy-two hours ; and a commodious fledge drawn by a pair of poft-horfes for 
 this diflance may be hired for fourteen or fifteen Rubels. Between Riga and 
 Petersburg the hire of a poft-horfe for every Werß is two Copeiks and a 
 half % ; between Novogrod and Petersburg one Copeik; and betwixt Novogrod 
 and Mofcow but half a Copeik. The pofl-roads leading to the chief towns, 
 &c. are very exactly meafured , with the Werßs marked ; and the poft- 
 ftages are fixed at proper diftances. Throughout the whole Empire, and 
 even in Siberia, a pillar inlcribed with the number of the Werßs, &c. is 
 erected at the end of every Werß. According to thefe pillars the diftances 
 between the principal cities are as follows. 
 
 Werßs. 
 
 From Petersburg to Riga through Narva, Dorpat, and Wolmar, 545 
 — To Wyburg j 39 
 
 ■ And from Wyburg to die frontier town of Li 'lie- 1 Q 
 
 Aborjors . — — ) iy 9 
 
 ■———To Kronjladt by land — — — — 47 
 
 To Mofcow by way of 'Novogrod, Forzk,Twer, and Klin 734 
 
 This road for about 1 1 o Werßs runs in a direct line. 
 
 To Smolenjk through Narva, Gdow, and Pfiow 838 
 
 To Archangel fomething more than — 1 3 00 
 
 From Moscow to Kafan — — — — y^r 
 
 And from Kafan to Orenburg — cqS 
 
 To Toboiß — _ 2384 
 
 ■ 'To Aßrachan — — 141 2 
 
 ■ -To Archangel ■ — — 1004 
 
 To Kiew — — 890 
 
 To Afow, or Afof — I2 68 
 
 — — To Bielgorod — 604 
 
 -To Smolenjk — — — — 350 
 
 * There is nothing particular in the account the Author gives here of the rivers freezing; in 
 Rußia, the fame gradual progreffion being obferved in all northern countries. The latter 
 phenomenon was alio feen in England in 1739. 
 
 t About four hundred and forty Englifli miles. \ About 1 d. f fterling. 
 
 Englißj
 
 82 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 Seven Rußan Werßs are equal to a long German mile, or twenty Werßs arc 
 equal to three geographical miles ; or, to fpeak with greater precifion, 3500 
 Englijh feet conftitute a new Werfl ; and 1044- of the latter are equal to 
 a degree of the Equator*. 
 
 §. 6. Not one third of the Ruffian Empire is fufficiently peopled, or pro- 
 perly cultivated. The number of inhabitants who pay the poll-tax and furnifh 
 recruits is computed at 5, 1 00,000 ; and, females included, amounts to about 
 jo,ooo,oco, exclufive of the inhabitants of the conquered provinces. 
 
 Before the time of Peter I. the Ruffians were, and in fome refpedts not 
 undefervedly, looked upon as mere favages. But that wife and great Prince, 
 by incredible application, and a proper temperature of feverity and mildnefs, 
 brought about fach a happy change in their manners, as in a great meafure 
 fets them on a level with the other civilized nations of Europe. The 
 Ruffians are remarkable for their comelinefs of perfon, ftrength of body, fide- 
 lity, firmnefs, ingenuity, wit, and obedience to the laws of their fuperiors. 
 
 The iniatiable eagernefs of the common people after fpiritucus and other 
 ftrong liquors, especially in the carnival time, is in a great meafure owing 
 to the rigorous fafts they obferve, and the (lender diet they live upon 
 throughout the year. Their food chiefly confrfts of tumeps, cabbage, 
 peafe, large cucumbers, onions, and coarfe ill-tafted fiih. Their drink is 
 ^uas, which is a kind of fmail-beer ; and even among the gentry brandy 
 always makes a part of every repaft. Among the lower fort, it is generally 
 the men who give themfelves up to thefe exceffes ; though, indeed, it 
 is no uncommon fight at Petersburg to fee a drunken woman daggering 
 along the ftreets. 
 
 The Ruffian women are extremely fond of paint, and look upon a ruddy 
 complexion as the very eflence of beauty ; fo that in the Ruffian language 
 red and beautiful are fynonymous terms. Even the poorer fort among the 
 women, in order to mend their complexion, will beg money to buy fome 
 red paint. 
 
 Perlons of diftindtion drefs after the German and French manner -f-, 
 and are very fond of ftate and fplendor. The drefs of the common people 
 in Ruffia is mean ; but they are neat and cleanly in their apparel. Per- 
 fons of both fexes wear a crofs on their breafts, which is put on when they 
 are baptized, and never lay it afide as long as they live. The peafants crofies 
 are of lead ; but thofe wore by the better fort are of gold or filver. The 
 peafants let their beards grow to their full length. The Ruffians feldom 
 fail of bathing twice a week ; for which purpole almoft every houfe-keeper 
 is provided with a bath ; and he that has none of his own goes to the 
 
 * See the Table of miles in page 25 of this Volume. 
 
 f The German and French drefles, which the Author couples together, are very different j 
 but moft nations affec~l to imitate the latter in their fantaftic levity, though lbmetimes with a 
 very ill grace. 
 
 public
 
 RUSSIA. 383 
 
 public baths. They often fally out naked from the warm bath, run about 
 in the cold, and roll themfclves in the fnow ; and then they plunge again into 
 the bath : This vicifiitude of heat and cold they look upon as beneficial to 
 the constitution by rendering them hardy and robuft. 
 
 Even the common people among the Rußans falute each other with great 
 civility ; but before a Ruffian bids his guefts welcome to his houfe, they 
 are obliged to make the iign of the crofs ; and at the fame to bow to the 
 pidlure of fome Saint, which is fo placed in every room, as to be feen 
 immediately at coming in. In vifits of" ceremony it is ufual for the men and 
 women to welcome each other with a kifs. Thofe of the loweft clafs 
 proftrate themfelves on the ground before perfons of high rank, in order 
 to fhew their profound refpect. 
 
 The moft ufual method of building both in the towns and country is 
 to lay one beam or log of wood upon another ; then they faften them at the 
 four corners, and fill up the crevices between the beams with mofs. The 
 houfe is afterwards covered with mingles ; and holes are made in the 
 timber for doors and windows. There is commonly a brick ftove or large 
 oven in every room in the houfe of a peafant, which takes up the fourth 
 part of the area, and is flat at the top and boarded ; on which, and a kind of 
 ihelves round the room, the whole family fleep without beds. Their fur- 
 niture confifts of three benches, an oblong table, and a picture of a Saint 
 or two. Inftead of candles or lamps, the Ruffian peafants ufually burn 
 long fplinters of deal. The apartments look like fo many chimneys ; 
 the fire-hearth, which is in the ftove mentioned above, having no other vent 
 for the fmoke but into the room. It is no lboner dark but the houfes fwarm 
 with infects called Tarakans, which are a fpecies of goat-chaffers. The 
 beft expedient to keep them out, is to burn a light in the room till break 
 of day. The houfes in the villages are contiguous, or built clofe together, 
 in the fame manner as they are in the towns. 
 
 The peafants are but vaffals to the great, and groan under many oppref- 
 fions j but they are fo far from being dull and ftupid, that they are re- 
 markably acute and witty, and do not want for natural parts. 
 
 The Ruffian Nobility formerly confifted folely of Knefis or Princes, and 
 Gentlemen. Bojar is not a title of Nobility, but anciently denoted a poft 
 or office, as a privy-councellor, &c. Peter the Great added the titles of 
 Counts and Barons to the former ; and in 1714, ordered that the eftates. 
 of the Nobility fhould not be divided ; and alio inverted the proprietors 
 with full power to leave their eftates to that child or heir whom they fhould 
 think moft worthy of the inheritance : However, this law was repealed in 
 the year 173 1 . The Nobility with regard to unlimited fubjecYion to their 
 Sovereign are on a level with the reft of the people ; neither does their rank 
 entitle them to high pofts in the ftate ; but they are promoted only according 
 to their merit. 
 
 5 §"• 7« Tk
 
 384 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 §. 7. The Ruffian language, it is true, derives its origin from the Scla- 
 vonian ; but it differs greatly from the latter at prefent, and with regard 
 to religious fubjects, is enriched with a great number of Greek words. 
 The Alphabet confiffs of forty-two letters; and moft of them are Greek 
 characters, as they were written in the ninth century. But as the latter 
 did not exprefs every particular found in the Sclavonian language, recourfe 
 was had to feveral Hebrew letters, and fome arbitrary figns. There are 
 various dialects ufed in the different parts of the Ruffian Empire, namely, 
 the Mofcovite, the Novogrodian, the Ukrainian, and that of Archangel. The 
 Siberian dialect is much the fame with the laft. 
 
 §.8. The Ruffians profefs the religion of the Greek church, which was 
 firft embraced by the Great Dutchefs O/ga in the year of Chrift 955, and 
 afterwards by her grandfon the Great Duke* Wladimir in 988, whofe 
 example was followed by his lubjecfs. That the Gofpel was firft preached 
 to the Ruffians by St. Andrew is, but an uncertain conjecture. Inffead of 
 entering into a detail of the doctrine of the Ruffian church, I fhall only 
 crive an account of the ceremonies, or external part of their religion. Their 
 private devotion contifts in faffing and prayer; and in the number and 
 ieverity of their Faffs they far exceed the Papiit s. Their ufual weekly Faffs 
 are Wednefdays and Fridays. In Lent they neither eat fiefh, milk, eggs, 
 nor butter ; but confine themfelves to vegetables, bread, and fifh fried in oil. 
 The Butter-week, as it is called, when eating of fiefh is forbidden and butter is 
 allowed, is the week immediately preceding the great Faff of Lent; and the 
 latter is regulated by the moveable feaft of Eafier, and lafts till that feftival. 
 
 St. Peter's Faff, as it is called, always begins the firft Monday after Whit- 
 funday, and lafts fometimes fix weeks, and fometimes but eight days, as 
 Eafier happens to fall out early or late. 
 
 The Fail of the bleffed Virgin begins annually on the firft day of Augufi, 
 and continues to the fifteenth of the fame month. 
 
 St. Philip's Faff is likewife immoveable ; for it begins on the fifteenth of 
 November, and lafts till the twenty-fifth of December. 
 
 The eighth week before Eafier, which, as I obferved above, is called 
 the Butter-week, may be looked upon as the Ruffian Carnival, and is fpent 
 in all kinds of entertainments and licentioulheis. Among the diverfions 
 exhibited during the carnival, on? of the moft lingular is that of riding in 
 fledges down a fteep declivity of twenty ells in height, which is made with 
 boards, and covered with ice by throwing water to freeze on it. At this 
 time of public diverfions their ilender diet is made up with the liberal ufe 
 of ipirits or brandy ; and on Eafier-day moft of them eat to fuch excels, 
 as to throw themfelves into a fit of ficknefs by overcharging their ftomachs. 
 On that joyful feftival the Ruffians kifs one another in the moft friendly 
 manner, prefenting an egg coloured over, or fometimes curioufly painted, 
 
 * The Rujfum Sovereigns were formerly (filed Great Dukes, and even fo late as the fix- 
 tcenth century ; as appears by public inftruments &c. 
 
 with
 
 RUSSIA. 3 S 5 
 
 with the following falutation, ' Chrift is rife»,' to which the anfwer is 
 1 He is rifen indeed *.' 
 
 The Ruffians in their private devotions kneel hefore a piclure of our 
 Saviour, the Virgin Merry, St. Nicholas or fome other faint; which is an 
 indifpenfible piece of furniture in their clofet. To this they bow feveral 
 times, making the lign of the crofs with their thumb, fore-finger, and third 
 finger on the breaft, fore-head, and fhouldcrs ; at the fame time repeating, 
 in a low voice, the Lord's Prayer, and fome other fhort ejaculations, par- 
 ticularly the words Ghofpodi Pomilui, i. e. ' Lord be merciful to me.' They 
 feldom pafs by a church but they utter thefe words, bowing and eroding 
 themfelves, without paying regard to any perfon who may happen to be 
 prefent. They alfo look towards a church when they are at a diftance from 
 it, and practife the fame bowings and crofiings as above. Many, and 
 even fome perfons of diftinction, by way of penance, or from other motives of 
 humiliation, proftrate themfelves on their faces at the entrance of the churches ; 
 and thofe who are confeious of having contracted any impurity, forbear going 
 into the church, but ftand at the door. The church bells are often rung ; 
 and as ringing is accounted a branch of devotion, the towns are provided 
 with a vail number of bells, which make, as it were, a continual chiming. 
 
 Their Divine Service, which is all performed in the Sclavonian language, 
 confifts of abundance of trifling ceremonies, long maffes, finging, and 
 prayers ; all which are performed by the priefts, the congregation in the 
 mean time faying Ghofpodi Pomilui. A lecture from one of the ancient 
 Fathers is fometimes added. Sermons are delivered but in few churches ; 
 and there they preach but very feldom. ~ There are neither feats nor forms 
 in the Ruffian churches ; but the whole congregation perform their devo- 
 tions Handing. On feftival days the Clergy appear in very rich veftments, 
 not unlike thofe of the Leviticai priefts defcribed in the Old Teftament. But 
 the common people can reap little benefit from the public worfhip ; as the 
 fervice is performed in the Sclavonian Tongue -j-. The Word of God is 
 but little known among them ; for it is not yet tranflated into their language; 
 and even a Sclavonian Bible cofts at leaft between twenty-five and thirty 
 Rubels [a). The Ruffians never fing hymns, nor keep any bymn-books in their 
 houfes ; and none but the chorifters ling pfalms in the churches ; that office 
 
 * This is agreeable to the cuftom of the primitive Chriffians, whofe falutation, when they 
 met each other on Eafler-day was A».=fi ö X{i;to ? , and the reply was 'atieS*,- ünrt. 
 
 t The Sclavonian differs much from the modern Ruffian language; fee §. 7. of this Intro- 
 duction. Service is performed in Greek at the Ruffian Ambaflador's chapel in London, where 
 they ufe the liturgy of St. Chrifoßom. 
 
 {ei) Since I wrote the above, I am informed by Mr. Mutter that a new edition of the 
 Sclavonic Bible was publifhed by the Holy Synod in 1751 from the Mofcow edition of 1663, 
 with annotations, which is fold for five Rubels; but that as yet there is no talk of a Bible in 
 the Ruffian language. He adds that the New Teftament and Pfalter in the Sclavonic language, 
 in quarto, is fold at a moderate price in Ruffia. [The Authors note.] 
 
 Vol. I. D d d being
 
 3 86 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 being looked upon as their peculiar province, for which they are held in 
 fome efteem. As for inftrumental mufic, it is not allowed in the Ruffian 
 churches. No proper meafures have as yet been taken here, for the in- 
 ftruction of young people among the vulgar in the principles of religion. 
 
 The Ruffian feparatifts are, by way of contempt, termed Rojkolniki or Rof- 
 koUhtfhickett, i. e. fchifmatics; but they call themfelves Starowierzi, or ' an- 
 cient believers.' Their chief peculiarities confift in having their own books, 
 on which they ground their doctrines. From the authority of thefe books 
 they make the ulual iign of the crofs only with the fore and middle ringer, 
 like the clergy of the orthodox Ruffians when they give the benediction ; 
 and confequently they differ in this point from the Ruffians of the national 
 church, who make it with the thumb and the fore and middle fingers. 
 They alfo let their beards grow to their full length, though this is a privi- 
 lege which they procure at an extravagant rate. They totally abftain from 
 ipirituous liquors ; never go into a Ruffian church ; and will neither eat nor 
 drink out of any veffel which has been ufed by an orthodox Ruffian. 
 This feet is not very numerous in Ruff a properly fo called ; but it has 
 fpread over all Siberia, and prevails very much among the inhabitants of 
 "Tomfk and Tara. 
 
 The inhabitants of the provinces conquered from Sweden profefs Luthe- 
 ranifm ; and the Proteftants of whom there are great numbers among the 
 Ruff ans, as alio the Papifts, enjoy a full liberty of confeience, and the public 
 exercife of their religion >, fo that they have churches and priefts or minif- 
 ters at Peter/burg, Cronfadt, Mofcow, Archangel, and Aflracan : but the 
 Papifts have no longer the privilege of hanging up bells in their churches. 
 The Armenians have their public places of worihip only at Afracan. The 
 "Je fuits and yews have been banifhed from this country ; but it is thought 
 there are a great many ftill remaining, who fecretly adhere to yudaifm. 
 
 A considerable number of the Ruffian fubjects profefs the Mahometan re- 
 ligion ; and greater numbers are ftill Pagans. In order to promote their 
 converfion, the Synod has inftituted a peculiar fociety for propagating 
 Chriftian knowledge, called Collegium de propaganda fide ; and we are in- 
 formed by the public papers, that many thoufands of them have been con- 
 verted to Chriftianity. But it too plainly appears from M. Gmelen's journey 
 through. Siberia [Vol. I. p. 257, 334, 335, &c] that great conftraint and 
 violence have been ufed to bring them over ; and that the people, moft of 
 whom are baptized againft their will, have but a very imperfect and con- 
 temptible idea of the Chriftian religion. But as this was alio the cafe in the 
 firft converfion of the Saxons and other nations; which yet in time con- 
 tributed to the introduction of greater improvements in knowledge and mo- 
 rality ; we may hope for the like happy confequences from the converfion 
 of the Ruffians. 
 
 c Befides
 
 RUSSIA. 387 
 
 Befides the great feftivals ordained by the Ruffian church, there are alio, 
 every year, fome holy-days appointed by the civil power, when all public 
 bufinefs and trades are fufpended with greater ftrictnefs than even during 
 the former. Such are the anniverfary of the Birth, Inauguration, and 
 Coronation of the prefent Emprefs Elizabeth, and of the faint's day 
 whole name fhe bears, and likewife the feftival of the birth and name 
 day of the Great Duke and his confort the Great Dutchefs ; that of St. 
 Alexander Neufki, which is kept on the thirtieth of Anguß ; and the anni- 
 verfary of the battle of Pultawa, which is commemorated on the twenty- 
 feventh day of "June. 
 
 There are great numbers of convents for the religious of both fexes in the 
 Ruffian Empire. But Peter I. very prudently ordered, that no man Ihould be 
 permittted to enter on a monaftic life before he is thirty years of age ; and 
 that no woman Ihould take the veil under fifty, and then not without the 
 exprels approbation and licence of the Holy Synod. The Abbot or head of 
 an abbey is here called Archimandrite, and the prior of a convent Igumen. An 
 Abbefs or head of a nunnery is entitled Jgumenia, Deacons, Popes * or 
 priefts, and Protopopes -f- are exceeding numerous in Ruffia. Every large 
 village in this country has a church and a prieft to officiate in it ; and in the 
 towns almoft every fireet has its church, &c. It is remarkable that all the 
 old churches in Rujfia have a crefcent, or half moon, under the crofs erected 
 on the tops of the towers, &c. The Ruffian Bifliops and Archbifhops are 
 called Archiicrei. The Metropolitans, who are only two, viz. one at Kiow 
 and the other at Tobolfk, differ from the Bilhops only as to the title. In 
 ancient times the Primate or fupreme Bilhop of the Ruffian church was a 
 fuffragan to the Patriarch of Conjlantinople ; but the Czaar Feodor Iwano- 
 ivitz appointed a Ruffian Patriarch to prefide over the church. As thefe 
 Patriarchs gradually affumed an exorbitant power, which was dangerous even 
 to the Czaars themfelves, Peter I. on the death of the laft Patriarch in 1701, 
 fuppreffed that dignity, and declared himfelf Head of the church of Ruffia; 
 but it is not true that he ever officiated in that character. In the year 
 1 71 9, the fame Prince inftituted a Council, which has the direction of eccle- 
 fiaftical affairs, and is ftiled The moß Holy Synod: fince the year 1750, 
 the Archbilhop of Mofcow has been preiident of the Synod. Subordinate 
 to this council are : 1 . The Oeconomie, as it is called, which has the ma- 
 nagement of all the ecclefiaftical lands and revenues. 2. The Roskolniki- 
 Pricafe, which has power to execute the regulations made concerning the 
 above-mentioned Separatists, called Rofkolniki ; and levies the money or 
 tax impofed on them for being permitted to let their beards grow. Under 
 the "prefent government, the Holy Synod is held in great veneration. All the 
 ecclefiaftics are permitted to wear their beards and their own lank hair. 
 
 * They are called Papa's by other authors. 
 
 f Protopopes are fuch priefts as belong to the cathedrals and principal churches. 
 
 D d d 2 Their
 
 3 88 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 Their drefs is a fort of long cloke ; and on their head they wear a high 
 fliffened black cap from which a piece of the fame fluff hangs down on 
 their backs, or a large flapped hat. Secular priefts when they are out of 
 the church generally wear a blue or brown long coat. The clergy are per- 
 mitted to marry, but it muft be to a virgin ; and on the death of his wife 
 a prieft is not allowed to marry again, nor to hold his benefice : but has 
 only this alternative, either to betake himfelf into a convent, or be degrad- 
 ed ; and if he chooies the latter, he is at full liberty to marry a fecond 
 time. Hence it is obferved that in Ruffia, no wives are better treated than 
 thofe of the ecclefiaftics. 
 
 In the thirteenth century feveral Popes laboured hard to put the Great 
 Dukes of Ruffia out of conceit with their old Greek religion, by recom- 
 mending to them that of Rome as preferable to it; but without fuccefs. 
 The doctors of the Sorbonne at Paris made the fame attempt of late years : 
 for at the fuppreffion of the Patriarchate by Peter I. they endeavoured to 
 perfuade him to bring about an union of the Ruffian church with that of . 
 Rome -, but they were not able to carrry their point. 
 
 §. 9. Before the reign of Peter I. the feveral branches of learning were 
 but little known in Ruffia -, but that illuftrious monarch fpared neither ex- 
 pence nor trouble,, to difpel the clouds of ignorance in which his fubjects 
 were involved, and to infpire them with a tafle for Arts and Sciences. 
 That great Prince founded an Academy of Sciences, an Univerfity, and a 
 Gymnafmm or Seminary at Peterjburg, befides other fchools in the different 
 parts of his Empire ; invited feveral perfons of diftinguifhed learning from 
 Germany, France and Holland to fettle at Petersburg; collected a great 
 number of books ; and encouraged his fubjects to travel into thofe coun- 
 tries where Arts and Sciences were known to flourifh. Thefe wife and 
 laudable meafures are ftill continued ; and have cultivated many geniufes 
 among the Ruffians, who have made a confiderable figure in the republic of 
 letters. Since the time of Peter the Great, the Emprefs Elizabeth has alio 
 erected an Univerfity and two Seminaries at Mojcoiv. However, the num- 
 ber of Rußan Literati is as yet but fmall : And as there are but three 
 Univerfities in this vaft Empire, namely, thofe of Petersburg, Kioiv, and 
 Mofcow, learning may be faid as yet to be only in its infancy in Ruffia. 
 Hence it may be eafily conceived why the Arts and Sciences have not made 
 fo great a progrefs in this country as in many other European States and 
 Monarchies. We muft not judge of the flate of learning in the whole 
 Empire from the prefent appearances at Petersburg, any more than from 
 that of the foreign geniufes invited thither from all parts of Europe. The 
 Ruffians are far from wanting talents and a difpofition for learning. The 
 iludies to which they chiefly apply thcmfelves are Hiftory, Genealogies, 
 and the Mathematics ; but they make a great myftery of the defcription and 
 hiftory of their own country. 
 
 Tha
 
 RUSSIA. 389 
 
 The members of the Academy of Sciences at Petersburg not only pub- 
 lish collections of their own memoirs ; but compofe a variety of books for 
 inftrudion of youth in the Sciences, befides tranflations of the moft ufeful 
 books publifhed in foreign countries. All mechanic arts and trades are con- 
 tinually improving in Ruffia ; and thofe improvements are not entirely owing 
 to foreigners who refide there; but even the natives are fpurred on by emula- 
 tion to equal, and fometimes exceed their matters. 
 
 §. 10. Formerly the Ruffians were wholly employed in agriculture, feeding 
 of cattle, hunting, and filhing. What they moilly excelled in was making 
 Tuchte y or Rujjia-\tz.thtr, which had been a fecret of a long Handing among 
 them ; but they were entirely unacquainted with the more ingenious me- 
 chanic trades. Great numbers of excellent artificers having been invited to 
 Petersburg by Peter the Great, the Rufjians ihewed that, with proper in- 
 ftrudions, they did not want a capacity for all kind of handicraft trades ; 
 for they have now flourifhing manufactures of velvet, filk, woollen fluffs, 
 and linen ; alfo copper, brafs, iron, fteel, and tin are wrought; and great 
 guns, fire-arms, wire, cordage and fail-cloth, paper, parchment, glafs, 
 gun-powder, &c. are made in Ruffia. Thefe manufactures, however, are 
 not brought to filch perfection as to be carried on without foreign hands, 
 and additional fupplies of thofe commodities from abroad. What is 
 wrought by Ruffian workmen is fold for one half, or a third part lefs than 
 what is made by foreigners at Petersburg and Mofcow ; but the former does 
 but half or a third part of the fervice of the latter. Ship-building, in particu- 
 lar, is carried to great perfection in Ruffia. As for the Ruffian pealants they are 
 their own artifts, and make every utenfil, &c. that they have occafion for. 
 
 §. 1 1. Ruffia affords a variety of commodities which are of great ufe to 
 foreigners-; and as the exports of this country greatly exceed its import-, 
 there is a confiderable annual balance of trade in its favour. The Ruffian 
 home commodities are fables, and black furrs, the fkins of blue and 
 white foxes, ermines, hyenas, linxes, fquirrels, bears, panthers,, wolves, 
 martens, wild cats, white hares, &c. Likewife RuJJia-ha.thev, copper, 
 iron, a traniparent foflile called Marienglas or Mufcozy-ghfs, tallow, vax, ' 
 honey, pot-afh, tar, linieed-oil, rolin, pitch, train-oil, caviar, lalt-fifh, 
 caftor, ifing-glafs, hemp, flax, thread, Rufiia-Ymen, fail-cloth, callimanco, 
 matting, Siberian mufk, mamonts teeth and bones, as they are called, foap, 
 feathers, hogs briftles, timber, &c. To thefe . commodities may be added 
 the Chine fe goods as rhubarb and other drugs, iilks, &c. with which 
 Ruffians partly furnifh the other countries of Europe. Furrs are lo far from 
 being cheap at Petersburg, that they may be bought for the fame price at 
 Dantzie, Hamburg, and Leipfic, and fometimes even cheaper ; for, to omit 
 other caufes, incredible quantities are clandeftinely carried out of the country 
 without paying any duty, which occafions the difference in the price. Ä 
 farther account of furrs will be given in the defcription of Siberia, 
 
 Tlie:
 
 3 9 o INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 The red and black Incite or Ruf/ia-lcxthcr for colour, fmell, and foftnefs 
 cannot be equalled in any other part of the world ; and the beft fort is 
 drelfed at Iäroßaw, Caßrom, and Pleskow. One may judge of the genuine- 
 nefs of the Ruffia-leathcv not only by the colour, and foftnefs, but alfo 
 its fuming: and fmelline like burnt leather when rubbed hard. The word 
 Iuchte fignifies a pair, two fkins being always put together. 
 
 The quantity of bar and other unwrought iron annually exported from 
 Ri'ljia amounts, one year with another, to 300,000 Puds *.; and the Ruffian 
 iron is little inferior, if at all, to that of Sweden. 
 
 No greater quantity of Rhubarb is exported from hence than what is 
 allowed by the Emprefs, who alfo fixes the price of it. 
 
 Caviar or Caweer is made of the roes of the fifti called Beluga and the 
 fturgeon. The beft is made of the Beluga roes, and is of two forts ; 
 namely, the granulated and prefled Caviar. The former, which is moft 
 valued, is prepared in autumn and winter, but the latter is made in fum- 
 mer ; and both forts are exported to the fouthern parts of Europe. The 
 granulated fort is firft faked, and then put in kegs for exportation. Caviar 
 is moft palatable when frefh, and fpread on bread, with fait, leeks, and 
 pepper ; but as it foon becomes tainted by warmth, it cannot well be ex- 
 ported freih : The Ruffians in their language call it Ikra. 
 
 In order to give the reader fome idea of the yearly exports of RuJ/ia, 
 I fball fet down the particulars from authentic accounts; according to 
 to which the following commodities are annually exported from Petersburg 
 in the quantities fpecified below. 
 
 Arßnnes -j-. 
 
 Callimanco 1,214,000 
 
 Linen - ' ■ ■ 4,000,000 
 
 Table Ditto — — 600,000 
 
 Puds 
 
 Bees-wax - . . ■ . ■ 22,000 
 
 Ifing-glafs ■ • 1500 
 
 Flax ■ 65,000 
 
 Hemp ■ 1,000,000 
 
 Tallow 100,000 
 
 Rußa-leather - 200,000 
 
 Preffed Caviar. ■ 20,000 
 
 Hogs-briftles ■ ■ 6500 
 
 400,000 Hare-fkins 
 70,000 Pieces of Furr, &c. &c. 
 
 * A Pud is about thirty-fix pounds avoirdupoife, or forty Ruffian pound«. 
 
 * An Arjbine is equal to 28 75 inches, 
 
 The
 
 RUSSIA. 
 
 The goods imported into Rußa are filks, chints and cotton, cloth and other 
 woollen fluffs, fine linen, toys, French brandy, wines, herrings and other 
 fifh, fpices, hard ware, &c. In the year 1749 the value of the goods ex- 
 ported from Petersburg amounted to 3,184,322 Rubels-, and that of the 
 imports to 2,942,242 Rubels. Of thefe were exported to England to the 
 value of 2,245,573 Rufch '> an< ^ the value of the commodities imported from, 
 thence amounted to 1,012,209 Rubels. 
 
 But to enter more particularly into the ftate of commerce in the Rußan 
 Empire; the trade of Rußa is divided into the land and fea commerce, or 
 into foreign and domeftic trade. The land-trade principally confifts of, 
 
 1. The trade to China which, at prefent, is carried on by caravans, 
 and partly by private adventurers. The greateft in quantity and moft va- 
 luable commodities which the Ruffians carry to China are furrs ;. and in re- 
 turn for thefe they bring back gold, tea, filks, cotton, &c. 
 
 2. The trade with the Calmucks which is entirely in private hands, but of 
 no great importance. To thefe people they carry all kinds of iron and copper 
 utenlils ; and the returns are made in cattle and provifions ; and > fome- 
 times, in gold and filver. 
 
 3. The trade to Bughar or Bochara*, which brings in ready money, 
 or, by bartering of goods, curled lamb-fkins, Indian filks, and fometimes 
 gems ; which are brought to the yearly fair at Samarkand. 
 
 4. The trade to Perßa by the way of Afiracan and the Cafpian fea, 
 which is confiderable ; and the returns are made in raw filk, and filken 
 fluffs. 
 
 5. The traders in the Ukcraine fell all kinds of provifions to the Crim- 
 T'artars ; and alfo trade with the Greek merchants at Confiantinople^ 
 
 6. The inhabitants of Kioto trade to Silefia in cattle and Rußa leather ;. 
 and, notwithftanding the fevereft prohibitions, great quantities of goods are 
 fmuggled from the Government of Smolen/k, to Königsberg and Dantzic. 
 
 As to the naval commerce of Rußa, it owes its origin to the Hanfe- 
 towns, which formerly carried on a confiderable trade with Revel, Novo^rod, 
 and Plejkcw. Afterwards, about the middle of the fixth century, ibme 
 Engli/h traders -j- found the way to Archangel. 
 
 The Ruffians, at firft, were ftrangers to any courfe of exchange, which 
 was not introduced among them till the year 1670; and money was fo 
 very fcarce in this country, that foreigners were obliged to barter their goods 
 for thole of Rußa, and even to give the Ruffians money in exchange for 
 their commodities.. Moft of the foreign merchants ufed to refide at Mof- 
 coia, and took a journey in fummer time to Archangel, where they had their 
 warehoufes and factors. This practice continued till the year 1721, when, 
 
 * Bochara is fituated near the river Oxus, and is one of the chief cities of Usbec Tartary. 
 t This was Captain Chancellor who failed into the White Sea and landed at Archangel in 1553 
 
 by 
 
 39 1
 
 392 
 
 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 by order of Peter the Great, the feat o{ commerce was transferred from 
 Archangel to Petersburg \ and the foreign traders accordingly were obliged 
 to remove their factories to the latter. At the fame time alio, among other 
 regulations, a Tariff was fettled; but this was aboliihed in 1733, and the 
 old Ruffian Rubels reftored ; and to this day the cuftoms and duties are 
 computed by that coin. The old Rubel, before the prefent century, was 
 no more than an imaginary piece, containing a hundred filver Copeiks of 
 thole times, which, however, were as large and heavy as thofe coined 
 fince. Fifty fuch Copeiks were valued at one Ipecie or Holland Rix- dollar * ; 
 and a hundred of thofe Rubels weighed fourteen pounds of fine filver -f. 
 They ftill compute by Rubels of this value in commercial affairs : but the 
 duty for all merchandifes imported and exported is paid in Alberts or new 
 Holland Rix-doilars, and not in Raff an money. Fourteen fuch Rix-dollars 
 are valued at a pound weight of fine filver, which muft be paid either in 
 coin or bullion. Foreign merchants are not allowed to keep the goods con- 
 figned to them in their own warehoufes ; but are obliged to depofit them 
 in magazines built by the Government for that purpofe ; and pay rent 
 for warehouse room in proportion to the quantity of goods they are pof- 
 fefled of. 
 
 The merchants and traders at Petersburg confift of natives and foreigners. 
 The former may fell by wholefale or retail ; but the latter by wholefale 
 only, and that to none but the natives : for foreigners are not permitted 
 to fell any thing to one another, nor to have any commercial dealings 
 too-ether in Raffia. Moft of the foreign traders at Petersburg are only 
 factors ; the reft, who trade on their own bottoms, deal moftly in toys and 
 grocery. The factors are intruded with very large capitals, and may, 
 without engaging in any commerce for themfelves, raife handfome fortunes. 
 The native Ruffian traders who bring goods from feveral places to Peterf- 
 bwg, and carry foreign commodities farther into the continent, do not refide 
 at Petersburg, but in feveral parts of Ruffia. In May or June they bring 
 their goods tifither annually by water ; and in the months of September, 
 Oclober, and December, after they have difpofed of their own goods, they 
 return with foreign commodities to their refpective homes. The wealthier!: 
 among thefe traders fave themfelves the fatigue of travelling, by fending 
 their factors to Petersburg. All foreign merchandifes are generally fold at 
 a twelvemonth's credit : But the Rujjian commodities muft be paid for at 
 the delivery of the goods, unlefs the natives find a difficulty in felling 
 their ftock ; and in -this cafe they deal by way of exchange. However, 
 they will not barter goods for goods, but commonly infift on one fourth, one 
 third, or one half of the value of the whole in fpecie. Of late foreign 
 
 * A Holland Rix-dollar is equal to 4*. $<?. \ fterling money. 
 
 •f- The Author does not tell us whether he means a pound Troy weight, ÖV. 
 
 merchants
 
 RUSSIA. 
 
 merchants deal for the Ruffian commodities by contract, and even advance 
 the money to the Ruffians in winter upon condition that thev deliver in the 
 goods, at a fettled price, in the enfuing fummer ; and, for the greater 
 lecurity, thefe contracts are entered in the Cuftom-houfe books. To 
 this unreafonable partiality in favour of the natives, to the prejudice of 
 the foreign traders, the large credit given by the latter to the former, 
 and fomctimes the mifconduct of the factors, may be chiefly imputed 
 the great lories fuftained by foreign merchants in Ruffia, which amount 
 to fome millions of Rubels fince the removal of the feat of trade from 
 Archangel to Petersburg ; fo that the remarkable increafe of foreign com- 
 merce amidft fuch enormous lofles in trade, one year after another, has 
 fomething in it very furpriling. But it is alfo evident that the commerce of 
 Petersburg is now arrived at its higheft pitch. In the year 1744, the 
 number of fhips which came into the port of Petersburg from England, 
 Holland, France, Norway, Denmark, Lübeck, Hamburg, Stetin, Rofioc, Kiel, 
 Pruffia, Sweden, Dantzic, &c. amounted to two hundred and fixty-four; 
 and in the following year only to one hundred and ninety-five : But in 1750, 
 the number increafed to two hundred and feventy-two ; and in 1751, to 
 two hundred and ninety. 
 
 The Englifii enjoyed here confiderable privileges in trade fo early as 
 the reign of the Czaar Iwan Baßlowitz *, which were renewed by Peter 
 the Great, who gave them great encouragements ; however, that Monarch 
 permitted them to fend their goods only to Mo/cow. In 1752, a treaty of 
 commerce was concluded betwixt RuJ/ia and England, by which it was 
 ftipulated that the Engliß fliould be allowed the privilege of fending goods 
 through Ritjfia into Perfia -, but Captain Elton an Englifiman, havino- en- 
 tered into the fervice of Schach Nadir in 1746, and built fhips on the Cafpian 
 fea for that Monarch, the Ruffians put a ftop to this trade to Perfia. The 
 Engliß ftill have a confiderable trade with Rufßa, which exceeds that of 
 any other nation. 
 
 Next to the Engliß the Hollanders carry on the greateft trade with the 
 Ruffians. Bills of exchange are drawn at Petersburg on Amßerdam onlv ; 
 fo that the traders of other countries, who give commifiion for buying Ruffian 
 commodities at Petersburg, are obliged to procure credit, or to have proper 
 funds at Amßerdam. 
 
 Such foreigners as fettle at Petersburg, without a^fual commiffions and a 
 nifficient credit in exchanges, run a great rifk of becoming bankrupts, of 
 which there are too many inftances. There is not a nation in the world more 
 inclined to commerce than the Ruffians ; but they are fo full of chicanery 
 and finefTe, that a foreigner cannnot be too much on his guard in his 
 dealings with them. 
 
 ■ Captain Chancellor delivered a Letter to this Emperor (Vom Edward VI. in 1553, and re- 
 ceived a favourable anfwer, with licence to trade, isfc. 
 
 Vol. I. Ee e §.12. The 
 
 j 
 
 93
 
 ; 9 4 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 §. 12. The feveral forts of weights peculiar to Rußa are, 
 A Solothnick, which is the 4 of an ounce, and is divided into halves, 
 quarters, and eighths. 
 
 A Ruffian pound, which is equal to ninety-fix Solothnicks. 
 A Pud or Pood, which is forty pounds *. 
 
 A Berkowetz, which is equal to ten Puds. The other weights are the 
 fame with thofe of Germany. Their mealures of length are, 
 
 The Arßnne, or Rußan ell, which is equal to twenty-eight inches and 
 ?V Engli/h meafure. 
 
 A Werfocky which is the T V of an Arfchine. 
 A Saßen, or fathom, contains three Atjchi?ies. 
 
 §. 13. All Rußan coins, the ducats excepted, have inferiptions in the 
 Ruffian language. The gold coins are Imperial ducats ; and the largeft 
 filver coin is the Rubel, the value of which rifes and falls according to 
 the courfe of exchange. In Rußa a Rubel is always equal to one hundred 
 Copeiks -j-. The other filver coins are, 
 
 Half-Rubels, which are called Poltinnik, and Quarter-Rubles. 
 A Gryphe or Griwe is ten Copeiks, and ten Griioes are equal to a Rubel. 
 An Altine, which is qual to three Copeiks ; but thefe pieces, and the fmall 
 unftampt filver Copeiks are no longer current in Rußa. Indeed neither the 
 iilver nor copper Copeiks are at prefent in common ufe. The copper 
 coins are 
 A Copeik %. 
 
 A Dcnga, or diminutively, Denuß'ka, two of which make a Copeik. 
 A Polujhka, which is ^ of a Copeik. 
 
 The only foreign pieces current in Rußa are ducats,, Holland rix- dollars, 
 and .///&T/-dollars. 
 
 Befides the Rußan coins, the following are alfo current in Livonia. A 
 white Schelling, which is worth two black Schellings. Three of the for- 
 mer make one Grofch ||. 
 
 A Fording which is one Grofch and a half. 
 A Riga Mark, which is fix Grofchen. 
 A Polißj guilder which is five Riga marks. 
 
 A Kopa-Schock or Lowenthaler which is equal to twenty-five Grofchen. 
 A Rix-dollar, is valued at fixty Fardhgs. 
 
 §. 14. The ancient Rußan hiftory is frill involved in darknefs and ob- 
 fcurity , however it might be confiderably cleared up if the Ruffians were 
 
 * A Pud is equal to thirty- fix pounds Engliß weight j fo that the Author's pound is is lefs 
 than a pound Avoirdupoife. 
 
 \ Or four (hillings and fix-pence fterling. 
 
 X A Copeik is \l of a penny fterling. 
 
 || A Groß is l T of a penny Engliß money. 
 
 more
 
 RUSSIA. 
 
 more communicative of the accounts of their own country *. The mod 
 ancient Ruffian chronologer, whofe works are now extant in manuicript, 
 is Nejlor, who was Abbot of the convent of Petß:ow at Kiow, and lived 
 in the beginning of the twelfth century. He begins his Annals from 
 the arrival of the Waregers into Ruffia ; and thefe chronicles have been 
 continued down to the year 1206 by an anonymous Writer. ProfefTor 
 Müller of Petersburg, who muft be allowed to be better acquainted with 
 the Ruffian hiftory than any living Author, has in the fir ft Volume of his 
 Sammlung Ruffifcher Gefchichte or ' A Collection of Ruffian hiftorical Tracts, 
 given us an abridgement of this Ruffian manufcript in High-Dutch, with 
 notes wherein he corrects, in fome places, the errors of the Author, to 
 whom he gives the name of Theodo/ius. 
 
 It is certain that the Ruffians are colonifts in the country which they now 
 inhabit. The Aborigines or ancient inhabitants not only in Ruffia, but all over 
 Siberia, even as far as the borders of China, are called Tfludi ; for the above- 
 mentioned ProfefTor Müller, upon enquiring by whom the ancient buildings 
 and fepulchral monuments were erected ? and whether they were the work of 
 the Ruffians ? was every where anfwered by the inhabitants That thofe monu- 
 ments, &c. were fet up by the T'ß.udi, who, in ancient times, had lived 
 in that country. But the Tjhudi, who, as the Ruffian hiftory informs us, 
 inhabited the north part of Ruffia antecedently to the prelent pofTellbrs, 
 are properly the Finns, Carellans, and Finnean E/lhlanders : For the adjeclive 
 Ijhudßi is ftill retained in the Ruffian language, as in Tßjudßol-Ofero, which 
 is the name they give to the Peipus-hke, and Tfchudßoi-Iaßck, i. e. die 
 Finnean or E/i 'Ion : an language. 
 
 The nation from which the Riißians derive their origin were the Slavlans or 
 Sclavonians, who firft fettled along the banks of the Wolga, and afterwards, 
 near the Danube in the countries now called Bulgaria and Hungary. But, ac- 
 cording to the account of the Rußian hiftorians, being driven from thence 
 by the Wolochers or Wolotaners, i. e. the Romans, they firft removed to 
 the river Boryßhenes or Dnieper ; over-run all Poland; and, as it is faid, built 
 the city of Kjryw, Afterwards they extended their colonies farther north to 
 the rivers which run into the Ilmen-hke ; confined the Finns within nar- 
 rower limits ; and laid the foundation of the city of Novogrod. The towns 
 of Smolenßi and Tßjernlkow appear alfo to have been built by the Scla- 
 vonians. Indeed the date of thefe events cannot be properlv afcertained. 
 
 In the ninth century the Scandinavians, who were the Danes, Normans 
 or Norwegians, and Swedes, emigrated from the North, and crofting the 
 Baltic, came to feek for habitations in Ruffia. They firft fubdued the Cour- 
 landers, Livonians, and Eßhonians; and extending their conquefts ftill 
 
 * The Ruffians, it feems, make a fecret of the hiftory and antiquities cf their own country ; 
 but it is a wonder fuch an idle whim mould prevail amongft. them, fmce arts and fciences 
 have been introduced into Ruffia. 
 
 E e e 2 farther, 
 
 395
 
 395 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 farther, they exacted tribute from the Novogrodians, and fettled Kings over 
 them j and traded as far as Kioio, and even to Greece. They were called 
 Wareger, which name according to M. Midler fignifies ' fea-faring people,' 
 and probably was firft uied by the Scandinavians, but afterwards by the 
 Ruffians-, and with people unacquainted with the northern language, this word 
 came in time to pafs for a proper name. Not to mention other etymologies ; 
 it may poffibly be derived from the old northern word War, i. e. war, and 
 be rendered ' warlike.' To thefe Warregcrs, the name of Ruffes or Ruffians 
 as I have obferved above [ §. 2.] owes its origin. M. Midler has cleard up 
 this point in his learned Differtation de originibus gent is & nominis Rufforum ; 
 but unhappily the publication of that curious work has been prohibited. 
 This lofs, however, may in fome meafure be compenfated by the follow- 
 ing hiftorical pieces, viz. T. S. B a y e r de Varagis T. IV. Comment. Acad. 
 Sclent. Imp. Petrop. p. 275. Erici Jul. Bioerner Sched. Hiß. Geograph, 
 de Varegis heroibus Scandianis, & primis Ruffia Dynaßis, Stockholmice, 1743. 
 4to. Arvid Molle rus de Varcgia, 1 73 1 . Algot Scar in us de originibus 
 prifcce gentis Varegorum. The two laft treatifes are mentioned by Bioerner. 
 
 It may not be improper to enquire whether thefe Waregers might not 
 poffibly have been Franks, who emigrated hither from the northern part of 
 Europe called Scandinavia : For, to this day, the Aßatics call the Europeans 
 Parengi, i. e. Franks. And though the Waregers, both in their language, 
 cuftoms, and manner of living differed very much at firft from the Sla- 
 vonians; yet the two nations were by degrees fo connected, and blended to- 
 gether» as not to be diftinguilhed in lucceeding times. The three Warege- 
 rian Brothers Rurik, Sineus, and Truwor were elected as chiefs by the 
 Ruffians. The firft took up his refidence at Ladoga, the fecond at Bielo- 
 OJero or the White-lake, and the third at I/borsk. After the deceafe of 
 the two laft, Rurik became the fole fovereign. In the year of Chrift 95 r, 
 Olga, who was the contort of his fon and fucceffor the Great Duke Igor, 
 was baptized at Conftantinople ; and in the year 988, Wladimir, Rurik' s 
 grandfon, likewife embraced the Chriftian religion. According to Sturlefon's 
 and Odden's account, Olga was Wladimirs wife, and both were converted to 
 Chriftianity at the fame time. The city of Kiow was the refidence of all 
 the Great Dukes or Sovereigns of Ruffia till the twelfth century. 
 
 After the death of Wladimir, which happened in the year 1 o 1 5, his fon 
 Sueiopolk placed himlelf on his father's throne at Kiow ; but his tyranical 
 government incited his brother Iaroßaiv to make war againft him, who 
 at laft became mafter of the whole Ruffian Monarchy. In the reign of 
 this Great Duke the Chriftian religion firft gained footing in Ruffia. 
 
 laroßaw died in the year 1055, anc ^ divided his dominions among his 
 twelve fons. The Tartars, who lived on plunder, took advantage of the 
 weaknefs of the brothers on this partition of the Ruffian dominions, by 
 making frequent inroads into their territories. Thefe incurfions, with the 
 
 eftablifhment
 
 RUSSIA. 
 
 eftabliftiment of the Knights of the Teutonic Order in Livonia, brought 
 the Great Dutchy of Rußa to the brink of ruin in the beginning of the 
 thirteenth century. 
 
 When the State was in the utmoft danger of being loft, the brave 
 and wife Prince Alexander, exerted himfelf againft his enemies ; and by 
 his courage and conduft, partly in his father's life time when he was here- 
 ditary Prince, and partly after his death, while he was Great Duke, relcued 
 his country from the calamities under which it groaned. In the year 124], 
 he obtained a fignal victory, near the river Newa, over the Swedes and 
 the Teutonic Knights of Livonia, and on that account he was honoured 
 with the furname of Newski. In 1245, he fucceeded his father Iaroflaw 
 as Great Duke; and after a glorious and happy reign, ended his days in 
 the year 1263. It is pretended that ieveral miracles were performed at 
 his grave ; infomuch that the Ruffian church ranked him in the number of 
 her faints. Peter I. erected a (lately monaftery near the Newa, to his me- 
 mory ; the Czarina Catharine founded the well known order of knighthood 
 called by his name in honour of him ; and their daughter Elizabeth, the 
 prefent reigning Emprefs, caufed his remains to be laid in a magnificent 
 iilver fhrine placed on a fuperb monument all plated over with filver, 
 in a convent at Petersburg which is called after his name. 
 
 Daniel Alexandrowitz, Alexanders fourth fon, was the firft Great Duke 
 who refided at Mo/cow. 
 
 Iwan Iwanowitz, grandfon of the preceding Duke, mounted the throne 
 in the year 1353, and was furnamed the Defender of the faith. At this 
 time Rußa fell almoft entirely under the dominion of the Tartars and 
 Poles. 
 
 At laft, about the clofe of the fifteenth century, Iwan Bafdowitz I. 
 fliook off the Tartarian yoke ; fubdued the petty Princes of Rußa ; and 
 laid the firft foundation of the prefent grandeur of the Ruffian monarchy. 
 
 Bafili Iwanowitz, his fon and fuccefTor, was frequently haraffed by 
 the incuriions of the Cafan Tartars, and died in the midft of thofe dif- 
 turbances. 
 
 Iwanowitz was fucceeded by his fon Iwan Bafilowitz II. This po- 
 litic, but cruel Prince conquered the two Tartarian kingdoms of Cafan 
 and Aflracan, and committed great ravages in Livonia ; but he was unfuccefs- 
 ful in his wars againft Poland and Sweden. To him Rußa owes feveral 
 great improvements ; for he drew great numbers of foreigners into his 
 dominions. In his reign the Englijh difcovered the way to Archangel * j 
 and Siberia was annexed to the Ruffian dominions. The rigour and feverity 
 
 * Captain Richard Chancellor was the firft who difcovered the bay of St. Nicholas, or the 
 White Sea, 1553, and failed through it to Archangel. 
 
 this 
 
 397
 
 398 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 this Prince exercifed towards his fubjects,*was, i n fome meafure, unavoidable, 
 the obftinacy of their nature requiring compulfion ; but he often carried it 
 too far. Peter I. proiecuted the great defigns which were planned by Jivan 
 Ba/i/owitz II. who died in the year 1584. 
 
 Feodor or 'Theodore Iivanowitz, ion to Iwan Bafdowitz II. was the laft 
 Sovereign of this race ; and after his deceafe Rußa fell into extreme confufion, 
 being torn to piece? by the factions of the counterfeit Demetrii. 
 
 In the year 1 6 1 2 Michael Feodorowitz of the houfe of Romanow afcended 
 the throne; and, after he had fuftained confiderable lories, reflored the 
 public tranquility. 
 
 His fon Alexius Michaelowitz, took Smolensk from the Poles, together 
 with a great part of the Ukraine. At his death he left three fons by two 
 wives ; the eldeft of whom, Feodor, or Theodore, was fuccefsful in the war 
 againft the Turks. 
 
 After this prince's death, his half-brothers Iwan and Peter reigned jointly 
 together; but after feveral difturbances, Peter took the reins of government 
 into his own hands. This illuftrious Prince, whofe name will be re- 
 membered with honour to lateft pofterity, added Lruo??ia, Ingermania, and 
 a part of Carelia to his dominions by the peace of Nyjladt. He alfo 
 brought about a wonderful change in the manners of his fubjects; built 
 the city of Petersburg ; put trade and manufactures on an excellent footing; 
 eftabliihed the right of the Rußan Czaar to nominate a fucceffor ; took 
 upon him the title of Emperor, and by his actions juftly acquired the fur- 
 name of Great. He fmiihed his glorious courie in the year 1725. He 
 had firft married Eivdokia * Feodorowna in 1694 ; but fhe was divorced by 
 him, and fent into a convent at Sufdal. From thence fhe was removed to 
 Ladoga-, and in the year 1725, ihe was carried as a prifoner to Schhtjfel- 
 burg, were ihe received very fevere treatment. But in 1727, when her 
 grandfon mounted the throne of Rußa, fhe was fet at liberty and reftored 
 to her former dignity ; and died in 1 73 1 . His fecond wife was Cathariua 
 Alexeewna, whom he publickly elpouied in 1713, and caufed to be crowned 
 Emprefs in 1724. She was a perfon of a very mean extraction, but of 
 great natural parts; and fucceeded him to the Imperial crown of Rußa. 
 
 Upon the demife of the Czarina, which happened in 1727, Peter 
 yllcxiewitz, grandfon to Peter the Great, mounted the Imperial throne of 
 Rußa ; but this young Prince was taken of by the fmall-pox in i730. 
 
 Anne, Dutchefs dowager oiCourland, daughter to the Czaar Iwan fucceeded 
 Peter II. This Princefs, by a treaty of peace concluded with Perfia in the 
 year 1732, enlarged the Rußan Empire by an acceihon of Dage/lan and 
 Schirivan ; but ihe foon alter relinquished thofe provinces. The Czarina 
 Awie was fuccefsful in the war againit the Turks and Crim-Tartars ; and 
 
 * Some authors call this Princefs Otiokefa. 
 
 in
 
 RUSSIA. 
 
 in the year 1740, fettled the fucceffion on her nephew Iwan, an infant, 
 who was fon of the Great Dutchefs Anne and Duke Antony Ulrick of 
 Brunfwick-Wolfenbuttle. 
 
 Iwan III. together with his mother who was Regent, was depofed in 
 1741 ; and the mod Serene and Gracious Princefs Elizabeth -j-, youngeffc 
 daughter of Peter the Great, fucceeded to the Imperial crown of Rußa, 
 In the year 1743, the Czarina concluded an advantageous peace with 
 Sweden by the treaty of Abo ; and declared her elder fitter Annes fon 
 Charles Peter Ulrick, Duke of Holjlein, after he had embraced the Greek 
 religion, Great Duke of Rußa ; who thereupon took the name of Peter 
 Feodorowitz. . 
 
 §. 15. On the fifth of February 1722, the Emperor Peter the Great 
 published an Ordinance, by which the fucceffion was entirely to depend 
 on the will and pleafure of the reigning fovereign ; and this is the only 
 written fudamental law with regard to the fucceffion in Rußa, The power 
 of the Ruffian Emperor is abfolute and unlimited. 
 
 §. 16. The ancient fovereigns of Rußa ftiled themfelves Great Dukes, 
 and afterwards were called Czaars *. But Peter I. affumed the title of Em- 
 peror, which was offered him by his fubjecls, and is now acknowledged by 
 all Europe. The prefent reigning Princefs is ftiled, ' Emprefs and fole Sove- 
 ' reign of all the Rußias\ The title of the RnJJian Emperor at full length 
 is as follows. ' N. N. Emperor and fole Sovereign of all the Ruffias, 
 ' Sovereign Lord of Mo/cow, Kiow, Wlodimiria, Novogrod ; Czaar in Cafan, 
 1 Ajlracan, and Siberia ; Lord of Pleskow ; Great Duke of Smolensko ; 
 1 Duke of Efthlonia, Livonia, and Carelia ; of Tweria, Ingoria, Pernio, 
 ' Wiatkia, Bulgaria, and Lord of feveral other territories ; Great Duke of 
 ' Novogrod in the low country, Tfchernickow, Refan, Roßow, Iaroßaw, 
 { Bielo-Jcro, Uldoria, Obdoria, Condinia ; Emperor of all the Northern 
 ' Parts ; Lord of the territory of Jweria ; of the Carthalwian, Greuzinian 
 ' and Georgean Czaars ; of the Kabardinian, Circafian and Gorian 
 ' Princes; and Lord and fupreme Ruler of many other countries and 
 ' territories.' 
 
 §.17. The arms of Rußa fince the reign of Iivan Bafilowitz are, Or, an 
 eagle difplayed Sable, holding a golden fcepter and monde in its talons. 
 Over the head of the eagle are three crowns, and on its breaft. it bears a 
 (hield with the arms of Mofcow in the center, furrounded with fix others, 
 namely, thofe of Ajlracan, Siberia, Kafan, Kiew, and Wlodimiria. The 
 Ruffian Empire ever fince the time of Iwan Bafdowitz I. has been an un- 
 divided inheritance ; but the female line is not excluded from the fucceffion. 
 
 f This Princefs now fits on the Throne of Ruffia. 
 
 * This title feems to be a contraction of the word Cafar, or Kaifer as the German Emperor 
 is ftiled. 
 
 §. 18. The 
 
 399
 
 400 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 §. 1 8. The fplendor and magnificence of the Ruffian Court is augmented 
 by three orders of knighthood, which are as follows. 
 
 The firft and moft honourable is that of St. Andrew, or the blue ribbon, 
 inftituted by Peter the Great in 1698, in honour of St. Andrew the patron 
 of Ruffia ; and the Emprefs Catharine gave the ftatuieS, and affigned proper 
 habits for this order. It has its eniigns, motto, and collar. 
 
 The fecond is the order of St. Alexander Newski or the red ribbon, 
 which was indeed inftituted by Peter I. but the Czarina Cathari?ie firft con- 
 ferred it in the year ijz 5. This order has alio its badge and motto. 
 
 Belides thefe two there is a female Order in Ruffia, which Peter the Great 
 founded in 171 4 in honour of his contort Catharine ; and from her name 
 he called it the order of St. Catharine. 
 
 The Colleges, and Chanceries, or offices, which have the dire&ion of die 
 affairs of the Ruffian Empire, are as follows. 
 
 1. The Senate, or Directing Council, is the fupreme Court of Judicature, 
 to which all procefies are brought by appeal as the laft refort. The Senate 
 takes care of all domeftic affairs, receives accounts from all the Colleges ex- 
 cepting the Holy Synod, and ifiues out orders to them all accordingly. In 
 the reign of the Emprefs Catharine the honourable Privy Council tiled to fend 
 orders to the Senate ; but in that of the Emprefs Anne fuch orders were 
 iffued only by the Cabinet Council, which confifted of two minifters of 
 ftate. During the minority of the Emperor Iwan III. and the regency cf 
 the Great Dutchefs Anne, Field-Marlhal Count Munich was declared 
 Prime Minifter, Count Oßermann High Admiral, the Knees Tfl:erkaskoy 
 Great Chancelor, and Count Golhwkin Vice-Chancelor of the Ruffian Empire. 
 The prefent Emprefs Elizabeth has entirely abolifhed the Cabinet Council, and 
 by a manifefto of the twelfth of December 1741 reftored to the Senate the fame 
 power which it had in the time of Peter the Great. According to this 
 ordinance, the pofts of General Procurator and Supreme Procurator are again 
 eftablifhed in the Senate, and other Procurators are appointed in the re- 
 fpeftive Governments. As for the direction of foreign affairs relating to the 
 Empire, a particular account will be given of that department in N u 5. 
 
 2. The Holy Synod or Ecclefiaftical Council. Of this an account has 
 already been given in §. 8. 
 
 3. The War-College has the care of recruiting and exercifing the whole 
 Ruffiian army, except the guards which are immediately under the direc- 
 tion of the Emprels. This office alio receives the taxes appointed for the 
 maintenance of the troops, and nominates the officers even as high as the 
 lieutenant-colonels. Under the War-College are, 1. The Office of the General 
 Commiffary at war. 2. The Office of Ordnance. 3 . That of the under Com- 
 miffary at war. 4. The Military Cheft. 5. The Office for clothing the 
 army. 6. The Victualling Office. 7. The Accomptant's Office. The 
 Military College has alfo a particular office at Mofcow. 
 
 4 4. The
 
 RUSSIA. 
 
 4. The Admiralty College manages all naval concerns without exception; 
 and luch forcfts as lie near navigable rivers arc under the inflection of 
 this college. Subordinate to it are, 1. The Office of the General Commifläry 
 at war ; which pays the navy, has the care of victualling the fleet, and has 
 the keeping of the monies affigned for thofe fervices. 2. The Store Office, 
 which has the direction of the magazines, and every thing belonging to the 
 equipment of lhips of war. 3. The Office which directs the conftruciion of 
 fhips, provides neceffary materials for that purpofc, and has alfo the infpec- 
 tion of the forefts. 4. The Artillery office. The Admiralty has alfo inferior 
 offices at Kronßadt, Archangel, Cafan, AJlracan, Woronetz and Ta-uroiv on 
 the river Don. 
 
 5. The College for Foreign Affairs pays the falaries of the Ruffian minif- 
 ters at foreign courts, peniions, and expences of foreign envoys, which are 
 always defrayed. This College alfo makes out pafs-ports, and decides any 
 difficulties or diiputes relating to foreign minifters, which happen from time 
 to time. The members of this college are, the Chancellor of the Empire 
 and Vice-Chancellor, who upon any momentous affairs are affifted by 
 fome of the Counfellors of State. This college has an inferior office at 
 Mo/cow for receiving and remitting the public money. 
 
 6. The College of Juflice at Mofcoia. Under this is the Sudnoy Pricas, 
 fome of the members of which conftitute a College of Juftice at Peters- 
 burg, which determines fuits brought thicher by appeal from the con- 
 quered provinces, and has likewife a confiftorical jurifdiction over the Pro- 
 teftants and Papifts in that city ; but on this occafion the minifler of the 
 church to which the plaintiff belongs is fummoned to attend. The Ruffians 
 have their particular Code or law-book called Sobornoe Ulcfienie, 1. e. an 
 ' uniform and univerfal law,' which Alexius Michaekmoitz publifhed in 
 1649, and the fucceeding Czaars enlarged by new edicts. The procefs is 
 fummary and fhort, and the punifhment inflicted by the Ruffian law very 
 fevere ; but it was formerly much more rigorous. The Battogen, Katze, 
 and Knute are infamous punifhments. 
 
 7. The Wotjhinoy College, or Feudal Chancery is held at Moscow, and 
 has the care of every thing relating to the eftates of private pencils, and 
 their boundaries or limits. 
 
 8. The College of the Treafury has the direction of levying all the public 
 revenues, except the poll-tax and the produce of the &lt-works. The office 
 which has the care of the monies arifing from the conqu^ r ed provinces is 
 at prefent held at Peterßurg ; but all the other departments belonging to 
 the treafury are at Mojcow. 
 
 9. The State Office iflues out the public money, and gives the rieceflary di- 
 rections to the Chamber of accompts; accordingly the revenue-chambers at 
 Petersburg and Mofcow are dependent on this Office. 
 
 Vol. I. Fff 10. The 
 
 401
 
 4 o2 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 io. The Revifion College is a fort of a check on other colleges, and 
 receives their accompts in order to examine them. 
 
 1 1 . The colleees for trade, mines and manufactures are diftinct offices ; and 
 befides the departments from which they take their names, have alfo the ma- 
 nagement of the naval cuftoms or tolls, and decide all commercial difputes 
 between merchants and traders. 
 
 12. The Confifcation-Chancery, directs the fale of all forfeited eftates, 
 &c. and the levying of all fines impofed by the other colleges. 
 
 13. The Salt-Office has the direction of the revenues arifing from the 
 fait- works, which are appropriated for the Emprefs's privy purfe. 
 
 After thefe we muff take notice of the Government^ as it is called ; the 
 Academy-Chancery ; the Privy-Chancery which takes cognizance of all hof- 
 pitals, difpenfaries, medicines, &c. and the College of the Magiftracy, to 
 which all the magiftrates throughout the Empire are accountable for their 
 conduct. 
 
 §. 20. The revenues of the Empire are varioufly computed. The author 
 of the Anmerkungen über die Mofcowitifclnm Briefe, or ' Obfervations on the 
 * Mufcovite Letters', pretends that they amount to fixty millions of Rubels* ; 
 but this certainly is exaggerating beyond the truth. Some compute 
 them at twenty millions of Rubels, which is ftill beyond the mark ; 
 others on the contrary, reckon them to be but eight millions, and this is fome- 
 thing fhort of it ; others again fuppofe them to be fifteen millions of Rubels, 
 but this, probably, is no more than an arbitrary conjecture. By virtue of an 
 Imperial Ukafe or edict iffued in December 1752, the revenues and 
 number of troops under the reign of the prefent Emprefs Elizabeth were 
 augmented near a fifth part. But it is in general to be remarked, 1. That 
 the Imperial revenues are not proportionate to the vaft extent of the 
 Rußan dominions. 2. That they do not all confift of ready money ; the 
 country in many places furnifhing recruits for the army in lieu of it, and 
 mod of the inhabitants of Siberia paying their tributein furrs. 3. That, 
 notwithstanding all this, the revenues are equal to the exigencies of the 
 State. I have now before me an authentic account of the Emprefs's whole 
 revenues, according to which they amount to about ten millions of Rubels. 
 They arife from the following funds. 
 
 1. From the annual capitation or Poll-tax, to which the vaffals of Noblemen 
 pay feventy Copeiks, the burghers 120 Copeiks; the Tartars, the Tfcherct?iijfes 
 and other nations in the territory of Cafan, together with the vaffals of the 
 Kan, 1 10 Copeiks a head. This tax amounts to five millions; but as it is not 
 duly paid by a great number, the arrears remaining every year are very 
 confiderable. At th- clofe of the year 1752, the gracious Emprefs Elizabeth 
 
 * A Rubel is always reckoned in Rujfia at a hundred Copitks, or 4*. 6d. fterling; but varies 
 with regard to foreign merchants, according to the courfc of exchange. 
 
 gave
 
 RUSSIA. 
 
 gave a new proof of her induglent care over her fubje&s, by freely re- 
 mitting the arrears of the poll-tax from the year i 724 to 1 747 ; the whole 
 fum amounting to no lefs than 2,534,000 Rubels. From the abovemen- 
 tioned fum we may form fome conjecture of the number of inhabitants 
 in the Ruffian Empire. 
 
 2. From the demefne lands occupied by 360,000 peafants, each of whom 
 pays no Copeiks per annum, in all amounting to 396,000 Rubels. 
 
 3. From the revenues of the Cabaques or inns and drinking houfes, which 
 are in all about two millions; the privilege of felling beer, mead, and 
 fpirits diftilled from corn being monopolifed by the Crown. 
 
 4. From the tolls or cuftoms by fea and land, which produce about 
 1,150,000 Rubels. It muft, however, be obferved that all the inland 
 duties throughout the whole Empire of RuJJia were abolifhed in the 
 year 1754. 
 
 5. From the continual trade carried on by the Crown, 1. In iron, of 
 which the annual exports amount to about 400,000 Puds ; and every Pud, 
 being thirty-fix pound Avoir dupoife, is fold for forty Copeiks, amounting 
 in the whole to 240,000 Rubels. Private perfons alfo have a fhare in the 
 iron-works, and annually fell as large a quantity as the crown does. 
 
 2. In Pot-am, the profits anfing from which amounts to about 40,000 Rubels. 
 
 3. In afhes of the willow-tree, which brings in 30,000 Rubels. 4. In Rhu- 
 barb, the annual produce of which is 200,000 Rubels. The Government 
 regulates both the quantity to be exported and likewiie the price of this drug. 
 5. In tar, of which about 80,000 barrels are annually exported from Arch- 
 angel at a Rubel per barrel. 6. Laflly, In Train-oil ; the profits arifing 
 to the crown from this article amounts yearly to 24,000 Rubels. 
 
 .6. From the Salt-works, which bring in to the crown 700,000 Rubels. 
 
 7. From the duty on Stamp-paper, amounting to 120,000 Rubels. 
 
 8. From the Caravans to China at leafr. 100,000 Rubels ; but the revenue 
 arifing from this article is not every year equal, for it fometimes amounts to 
 more, but is never under that fum. 
 
 9. From the exportation of Sail-cloth ; which trade, however, is in pri- 
 vate hands. The revenue from coining and the mines is likewife very con- 
 fiderable. The uncertain and cafuals fums ariling from confifcations and 
 fines do not properly come in here j as they are generally given away to 
 favourites. 
 
 The ordinary expences of the RuJJian Court are, indeed, very large ; but 
 as I have obferved before, they are no more than what the revenues can fuf- 
 ficiently defray. The chief expences are the following. 
 
 The annual charge of the fleet, and the canal of Cronßadt, amounts to 
 1,200,000 Rubels, .for which part of the Cabaque, or revenue arifing from the 
 fale of liquors, is appropriated. 
 
 Fff2 The 
 
 403
 
 4 o4 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 The charge of maintaining the army is about four millions of Rubels^ 
 which is defrayed by the Poll-tax. The two regiments of guards are paid 
 out of the profits arifing from the Cabaques, or the fale of liquors. The 
 Jfmailow regiment is maintained by the produce of the falt-works ; and the 
 horfe-guards from the Siberian Pricafe or Colleges of judicature. 
 
 The corps of Cadets ftands the government in 65,000 Rubels per 
 annum., which arile from the-capitation, and the general commiffion of war. 
 The expence of the train of artillery amounts yearly to 300,000 Rubels. 
 
 The annual charge of the Civil Lift, in the time of Peter I. did not 
 exceed 50 or 60,000 Rubels ; but in the reign of the Emprefs Anne the 
 falaries of the court officers alone amounted to 120,000 Rubels. In the 
 prefent reign they are not lefs than 190, coo Rubels-, and the total of the 
 annual expences of the Court is about a million of Rubels. A hundred 
 and fifty tables are fpread twice a day at court ; and the difhes for thefe 
 tables are about 1800. To make this provifion, the court purveyor re- 
 ceives for every three days 2000 Rubels, exclufive of the produce of the 
 crown-eftates, and the proper quantity of wine, fugar, and fpices. The 
 daily confumption of coffee at court is a Pud or thirty-fix pounds Englijh 
 weight ; and 7000 Puds of fait are expended there every month. 
 
 The Great Duke, or heir apparent, is allowed 200,000 Rubels a year, for 
 the maintenance of his houfhold. 
 
 The annual expences of the Rujian minifters in foreign courts amount 
 to about 100,000 dollars*. 
 
 The Academy and Univerfity at Petersburg receive annually from the 
 Treafury, by Warrant of the State-Office, 53,928 Rubels. 
 
 The court allows 110,000 Rubels for the fupport of public difpenfaries j 
 and the deductions from the pay of the officers and foldiers for that 
 purpofe make about 40,000 Rubels ; fo that the whole expence amounts 
 to 150,000 Rubels. Other inconfiderable fums laid out by the court I 
 fhall take no notice of. The produce of the public fhows of tumblers 
 and rope-dancers, of which multitudes are exhibited at Ea/ler for the 
 diverfion of the people who are paffionately fond of them, are allotted for 
 defraying the expences of the Police, paving the ftreets, &c. Befides, every 
 houfe-keeper pays an affeffment for his houfe and court-yard according to 
 the extent of ground he occupies, which is applied to the fame purpofes. 
 The falaries of all civil officers are paid out of the monies received by 
 the Chanceries or offices belonging to their departments ; and thofe of the 
 Governors from the Pricafes or offices of their refpeclive Governments. A 
 Senator, as fuch, receives no penfion or falary. The furplus remaining in 
 the inferior offices is transferred to the State-Office. 
 
 §.21. The military eftablifhment of RuJJia, by the indefatigable care 
 of Peter the Great , has been entirely new modelled. Before his time the in- 
 
 * A dollar is equal to 3 j. 6d. fterling, 
 
 fantry,
 
 RUSSIA. 
 
 fantry, for the moft part, were called Strelitzes, who, being honoured with 
 particular privileges as the Czaar's body-guards, arrogated to themfelves a 
 power which often proved dangerous even to the Emperor's life. But 
 Peter I. fuppreffed both the name and the corps. The Ruffians at prefent 
 are good foluiers, efpecially if they be well diiciplined ; but the infantry far 
 iurpaffes the cavalry: both horfe and infantry arc on the German footing. 
 The army, according to the ftate of it given by M. Von Haven, confifts 
 Firß, Of Regular Troops which are divided into 
 
 1. The Field Army, which confifts of 
 
 i. Infantry, namely, Men. 
 
 Three regiments of Guards containing in all — — 8244 
 
 Fifty marching regiments in time of peace amounting toi ß 
 
 70,450 ; but in war time to — — — — J 5 ^°° 
 
 The corps of matrofTes and engineers — — 501 1 
 
 2. Cavalry, namely, 
 
 One troop of life-guards of three hundred men, and the") 
 horfe-guards of 1443, amounting together to — — J J 743 
 
 Three regiments of cuirafiiers — — — 2 934 
 
 Twenty-nine regiments of dragoons making in time of peace 1 , 
 
 31,668, but in war time — — — — J 35> 6 99 
 
 Four regiments of huflars containing — — 4435 
 
 II. The army belonging to the Garrifons and Governments, 
 which confifts of 
 
 1. Infantry, namely, 
 
 Twenty regiments which are cantoned towards the Baltic! , 
 
 amounting in all to — — — — J 26,520 
 
 Twenty-eight regiments in the heart of the Empire makinel 
 
 in all m jL & _ _ __ _ V __ 8 j 36,736 
 
 Land militia on the Sakomsko line — — — ' 2342 
 
 Six battalions containing — — — — 4020 
 
 The corps of artillery and engineers — ■ — 59?o 
 
 2. Cavalry, namely, 
 
 Twenty regiments of land militia on the Ukraine line") 
 
 amounting in all to — — — j 22 3 7°° 
 
 Land militia on the Sakomsko line — — 335 r 
 
 Seven regiments of dragoons in garrifon making — 7399 
 
 Two fquadrons in garrifon amounting to — — 1130 
 
 405 
 
 Total of the regular troops a- —• 246,494 
 
 Secondly,
 
 406 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 Secondly, Of Irregular Troops, which confift of 
 
 Men. 
 
 Ten Little Rajjia regiments amounting to — — 60,000 
 
 Five Slabodian regiments making in all — — 30,000 
 
 Don CoJ/acks — — ■ — — — 10,000 
 
 Cabnucks — — — — — — 20,000 
 
 Total of irregular troops. — — — 120,000 
 
 i 
 
 Thefe, like the regular army, may be augmented at the Emprefs's pleafure. 
 
 As for the Officers pay, it muft be obferved, 1 . That the officers of the 
 twenty garrifon-regiments in the towns lying on the Baltic have double the 
 pay of other garrifon regiments. 2. That the officers of all marching 
 regiments have three times the pay of the officers of the regiments in 
 the governments or provinces. 3. That the private men in the guards have 
 double the pay of thofe in the marching regiments. 
 
 Here follows an account of the annual pay of the Generals, officers, and 
 private men in the Rujfian fervice. 
 
 A General Field-Marfhal is allowed per annum. 
 
 Rubels. Rations. Rubels. Denßeks or Servant«. 
 
 7000 200 valued at 1140 and 16 
 
 A General in chief. 
 
 3600 80 456 12 
 
 A Lieutenant-General. 
 2160 50 285 10 
 
 A Major-General. 
 1800 40 228 8 
 
 A Brigadier. 
 840 20 171 7 
 
 In the marching regiments a Colonel is allowed yearly. 
 
 Rubels. Ruheis. Copeiks. Servants. 
 
 600 96 and 90 for Rations. 6 
 
 A Lieutenant Colonel. 
 360 62 70 4 
 
 A Major. 
 300 62 70 3
 
 
 R U S S I 
 
 A. 
 
 
 A Captain. 
 
 
 Rubels. 
 
 Rubels. 
 
 Copeiks. Servants, 
 
 1 80 
 
 28 and 
 
 A Lieutenant. 
 
 50 for Rations. 2 
 
 120 
 
 22 
 
 80 1 
 
 
 A Second Lieutenant 
 
 , 
 
 84 
 
 J 7 
 
 An Enfign. 
 
 10 1 
 
 84 
 
 J 7 
 
 10 1 
 
 
 A Quarter-matter of a reg 
 
 iment. 
 
 84 
 
 22 
 
 An Adjutant. 
 
 80 1 
 
 120 
 
 22 
 
 80 1 
 
 407 
 
 From this table, and the paragraph immediately preceding it, we may 
 find out the pay of the officers belonging to the regiments in the garrifons 
 and Governments. 
 
 A private man is allowed yearly ten Rubels and ninety-eight Copeiks, 
 befides three barrels of meal, a certain quantity of groats or coarfe oatmeal, 
 twenty-four pounds of fait, and fiefh to the value of feventy-two Copeiks j 
 all thefe articles are computed at five Rubels feventy-four Copeiks. But fix 
 Rubels thirty-five Copeiks are deducted from the pay of every private man for 
 clothing, medicines, fiefh, cartridges, and flints for their firelocks. His whole 
 clothing from head to foot cofts near twelve Rubels. 
 
 The Dentjkeks or fervants are taken out of the recruits to attend the 
 officers: And for the fupport of every one of thefe eleven Rix-dollars and 
 two Copeiks and a half are paid annually out of the military cheft ; but the 
 mafters are obliged to clothe them. The corps of Cadets fhall be fpoken 
 of in my account of Reter jburg. 
 
 §.22. The Rußans owe their fkill in the art of fhip-building, and con- 
 fequently their naval power, entirely to Reter the Great. For they had only 
 barks and other fmall craft, for paffing up and down the Volga and the Don, 
 before that Monarch's time. Rujia naturally abounds in all kinds of naval 
 ftores ; and at Petersburg and Archangel are large dock-yards, in each of 
 which three Engliß fhip-carpenters fuperintend the building of fliips. 
 It appears from a lift published by M. Haven, that in the year 1746 the 
 Ruffian navy confuted of twenty-four fliips of the line, feven frigates, three 
 bomb-ketches, and two Praams or flat-boats - } befides the galley-fleet at 
 2 Petersburg
 
 4 o8 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 Petersburg confuting of 102 galleys. The complement of the whole fleet 
 amounted to 10,570 men ; and of thefe 7701 were feamen. The fleet fince 
 that time continues pretty nearly in the fame ftate ; for if fome fhips are built 
 every year, others become unfit for fervice. The men of war are laid up at 
 Revel and Cronfladt, and the galleys at Petersburg. The Rußans cannot 
 as yet be faid to have a complete good harbour on the Baltic ; the water 
 at Cronßadt being too frefb, which does confiderable damage to the fhips 
 that lie there. 
 
 There is a new Academy for 300 Sea-Cadets erected at Petersburg. The 
 High-Admiral has the pay and rank of General Field-Marfhal; an Admiral, of 
 a General in chief; A Vice-Admiral, of a Lieutenant-General; and a 
 Rear-Admiral, of a Major-General. A Captain of a man of war has the 
 fame pay, and ranks with a Colonel, a Lieutenant-Colonel, and a Major of a 
 marching regiment ; and a Sea-Lieutenant, with a Captain. 
 
 §. 23. The Ruffian Empire lies partly in Europe and partly in Afia. The 
 "European part contains Great-, Little, and White Rußa ; to which may be 
 added the conquered provinces which formerly belonged to Sweden. White 
 Rußa in this Empire muft not be confounded with the country of the fame 
 name in Lithuania. As for Red RuJJia, it belongs to Poland. In order 
 to underftand the origin of thefe names it muft be obferved, that it is a cuftom 
 among the Eaßern people, to diftinguifh countries by the epithets white and 
 black ; and that by the former they call the moft extenfive and fertile, and 
 by the latter the fmaller and lefs fruitful countries or territories. There are 
 indeed different opinions concerning the ufe and application of thefe names ; 
 but to enter into a minute difquifition on this head, would lead me too 
 far from my fubject. 
 
 The AJiatic provinces of the Ruffian Empire make no fmall part of Great 
 Tartary ; and have been conquered partly in ancient, and partly in more 
 modern times. 
 
 The Ruffian Empire is divided into Governments ; and every Govern- 
 ment conlifts of certain Provinces or Circles. Thefe Governments have been 
 frequently altered ; but, according to the prefent divifion, they are as follow. 
 
 The Government of Riga, Reval, Narwa, Petersburg, Wiburg, Great 
 Ncvogrod, Archangel-gorod, Mofcow, JSiJhieinow-gorod, Smolensk, Kiew, 
 Bielogorod, Woronctz and AJow, AJhacan, Orenburg, Cafan, and, laftly, 
 that of Siberia. 
 
 Note. In order to facilitate the pronunciation of the Ruffian names of 
 places mentioned in the geographical part, I havefet them down as they 
 are fpoken *j and for the farther fatis faction of the reader, I fhall here 
 
 * Where the German pronunciation differs from the E>iglißi, I have accommodated the Rußa» 
 words to the latter, particulai 1 y in the feb which is expreffed by Jh, and j conlonant by i or y, as it 
 is pronounced fo by the Germans: the method or writing the names of places after the German 
 manner with//;», cb, j, &C. would ferve to embarafs the Englijb reader. 
 
 add 

 
 R U S S 1 A. 
 
 add the following explanation of ilich Ruffian words as occur in this account, 
 in alphabetical order. 
 
 Bieloi, Bielaia, BieJoi'e, white. 
 
 Gor a, a mountain. 
 
 Gorod, a city or town. 
 
 Gorodißfße, a place where a town formerly flood. 
 
 Guba, when fpeaking of water, fignifies a bay or gulf. 
 
 Kamen, a rock. 
 
 Kamennci Gorod, a walled town. 
 
 Krajhoi, Krafnaia, Krafnoie, red, or beautiful, thefe being fynonymous 
 terms in the Ruffian language. 
 
 Krcpoß, a fort, or fortified town. 
 
 Liman, a marfliy lake, with a river ifluing from it, or difcharging itfelf 
 into it. 
 
 Ma/oi, Malaia, Mahie, little. 
 
 Monaßir, a convent. 
 
 More, the fea. 
 
 Nijkoi, Ni/kaia, Nißoie, low. 
 
 Nos, a cape or promontory. 
 
 Nowoi, Nowata, Nowoie, new. 
 
 Gfero, a lake. 
 
 O/irog, a place inclofed with palifadoes, frequent in Siberia. Inftead of 
 a wall, they are furrounded with long piles driven perpendicularly into the 
 ground, or wooden bread-works, like ramparts, made of logs and beams 
 of timber laid upon each other. Thefe Oßrogs have only the principal 
 buildings inclofed within them, as the JVaiwode or Governor's houfe, the 
 public offices, a magazine of provifions, an armory, a furr-warehoufe, a 
 church, &c. But a town or village ftands near moft of the Oßrogs. 
 
 Oßrow, an ifland. 
 
 Pogoß, properly a church with the buildings belonging to it j in a 
 more exteniive (enk it denotes the whole territory of a parilh belonging 
 to a church. The villages likewife dependent on the church have alfo the 
 fame names. 
 
 Pricas, a chancery or public office. 
 
 Porogi, water-falls or cataracts. 
 
 Provificialnoi Gorod, or a Provincial city, is the rehdence of a Governor, 
 Deputy Governor, or of zWoiwode; and has other towns under its jurif- 
 diftion. 
 
 Sawod, a fmelting houfe, or place where ores and metals, as iron, 
 copper, &c. are melted down and wrought. 
 
 Saßaiva, a toll-place, or cuftom-houfe. 
 
 V o l. I. G g g Sek, 
 
 409
 
 4io INTRODUCTION, Sfr. 
 
 Se/o, a village confiSting of one church, and the houfes which belong to 
 it. Some Se/o's belong to private perfons or convents. 
 
 Slobodes, are different from the preceding. The Slobody Uiezdnyia, or 
 Slobode circles, have handfome buildings and are larger than many fmall 
 towns, but not fortified. The inhabitants of them arc traders, and"have 
 a particular magistrate and a toll-place or cuftom-houfe. Iamskiie-Slobody, are 
 places where carriers generally live. The Slobodes in Siberia are inhabited by 
 peafants ; and thefe may be accounted part ot a Circle, as they include Several 
 parishes and villages ; and in fome of them there are OJlrogs. Sloboda in 
 the province of 'Tobolsk Signifies a town Surrounded with wooden walls ; and 
 there are few other fortifications in Siberia, except thofe of the city of 
 'Tobolsk. Indeed, the only enemies the Siberians have to deal with are the 
 Ba/bkirians, the Calmucks, and the Kafatjha-Horda ; and their wars may be 
 looked upon as robberies rather than military expeditions, for they attack the 
 villages on horfeback for the conveniency of carrying away the plunder im- 
 mediately ; fo that the main point is to prevent the enemies from breaking 
 in. They have but little to fear from their weapons, which, for the molt 
 part, are only bows and arrows. 
 
 Shifiiwie, irregular foot Soldiers. 
 
 Sol, fait. 
 
 Stan, a part of a Circle containing fifty churches, with the chapels depen- 
 dent on them. 
 
 Staroi, Staraia, Staroie, old. 
 
 Step, a waSte or wildernefs ; likewife a level barren country. 
 
 Swiatoi, Siviataia, Swiatoie, holy. 
 
 Tßoernoi, Tjhernaia, Tjhernoie, black. 
 
 Uiezd, a Circle or diftridt, lefs than a province, and more extenfive than a 
 Stan, a Wolofl, or Pogojl. 
 
 Ofl-ie, the mouth of a river. 
 
 Welekoi, Welekaia, Welikoic, great. 
 
 Wercnei, Wercniaia, Wercnoie, Superior or above. 
 
 Werfla, a RaJJian meafure of distance, of which 104I, or according to 
 fome, 105 are equal to a degree of the Equator. 
 
 Tarn, a Poft-Stage, where the horfes are changed. 
 
 Yamskaia, a village or fmall town inhabited by fledge-drivers, carriers, 6cc. 
 
 Tar, a Steep high coaft. 
 
 Turte, hutts. 
 
 Zemlia, a country, or the earth. 
 
 THE
 
 [4ii ] 
 
 T H E 
 
 EUROPEAN PART 
 
 OF THE 
 
 RUSSIAN EMPIRE. 
 
 §. i. ' | ^HE boundaries of this part of the Ruffian Empire towards the 
 X E^ft are indeed the fame with the limits between Europe and 
 Afia ; but thefe are not eafily afcertained. All that can be faid with any 
 certainty is, that the river Don has, from time immemorial, been looked upon 
 as the fouthern boundary ; that the kingdom of Afiracan and Kafan are 
 reckoned to be in Afia ; and that the Wercoturian mountains have commonly 
 paffed for the limits between Rußa and Siberia. 
 
 §.2. The feas bordering on Rußa have been defcribed above *. The 
 principal rivers in the European part of the Ruffian Empire are as follow. 
 
 I. The Wolga, in Latin Volga. This river was formerly known by the 
 name of Rha ; and is at prefent by the Tartars called Atel, Edel, or Idel y 
 i. e. ' the large river'. It has its fource in the foreft of Wolconjki ; and is one 
 of the largeft rivers in the world ; for it runs a courfe of between four and 
 five hundred geographical or German miles, before it falls into the Cajpiau 
 fea. Its borders are generally fertile ; and though they are not fufficiently 
 cultivated, on account of the frequent incurfions of the Tartars-, yet the foil 
 naturally produces all kinds of eiculent herbs ; and particularly aiparagus of 
 a very extraordinary fize and goodnefs. Moft of the oaks in Rujfia grow in 
 the countries that are watered by this river. At Twer, a town but little 
 more than twenty geographical miles from its fource, the Wolga is na- 
 vigable for large fhips. Towards the end of the fpring, this river is fo 
 fwelled by the melting of the ice and mow as to caufe great inunda- 
 tions ; particularly in the months of May and 'June. The mailers of 
 
 * See pag. 60, 61, 62. 
 
 G g g 2 the
 
 412 
 
 RUSSIA. 
 
 the veilels which are bound down the Wolga to Aßracan, carefully obferve 
 this feafon, as at that time they have not only the opportunity of a fare paflage 
 over the (hallows ; but likevvife over feveral flat iflands, which then lie 
 at a confiderable depth under water. Trees are often torn away by the 
 roots from the banks of this river by the violence of the current'; and 
 the anchors of the veflels are frequently fo entangled amongft them, that 
 there is a neceflity of cutting the cable, fo that a great number of anchors are^ 
 fuppofed to lie at the bottom. The Wolga abounds with the fine fifh called 
 Beluga*. It receives feveral noted rivers, and among the reft the Occa 
 and Cama ; and empties itfelf into the Cafpia?i fea through feveral mouths 
 or channels, which form a great many iflands. 
 
 2. The Don, in Latin Ta?iais, by the Tartars called Tuna or Duna. 
 The ancients ranked the Tauais among the moft famous rivers, and looked 
 upon it as the boundary between Europe and Afia. Its fource is not far 
 from Tula, in the Iwano Ojero or Johns lake. It runs firft from north to 
 fouth ; and after its conflux with the Sojha near the fortrefs of Nowa Paw- 
 loiii/kaia in the Government of Woronefe, it directs its courfe from Weft to 
 Eaft, and in feveral large windings runs again from North to South. At 
 laft it divides into three channels which begin to fpread from each other 
 below Czerkaßoi, and falls into the Palm Metotis near Afozo and Lutik. 
 The waters of the Don are thick and chalky ; and confequently not very 
 wholfome to drink. In fummer this river is very (hallow and full of 
 land-banks ; however, it affords plenty both of fmail and large fifh. The 
 Don, in its courfe, approaches fo near to the Wolga, that the diftance be- 
 tween them in one place is but one hundred and forty Werfl, or about eighty 
 Engliß miles. But if the river Laivla which runs into the Don, and the 
 Camlßnnka, which empties itfelf into the Wolga, were made navigable, the 
 diftance between the two rivers then would hardly be four Werfis ; and 
 they might be eafily united by cutting a canal. However, it is laid that 
 Peter the Great did not think this project feafible. 
 
 3. The Dwina, in Latin Duma, a very large river. The name fignifies 
 double ; for it is formed by the conflux of the two rivers Sukcna and Tug 
 at Ußiaga. This river divides itfelf into two branches or channels near 
 Archangel, which run into the White Sea. Some imagine that a famous 
 temple flood on the bank of this river, in which an idol called Solotaia 
 Baba, or the ' Golden Matron,' was fct up. This Goddefs was wor- 
 ihipped, under the name oiTumala, not only by the inhabitants of the coun- 
 try ; but by the Scythian and Grecian merchants, who reiided near the 
 Dnieper and the Black Sea, and uled to travel hither to trade and pay 
 their adorations to the idol. Others place that temple on the Pechora, 
 and others again, with greater probability, on the river Oby, but the 
 
 * This fifh is about eight or tea feet in length, and is efteemed preferable to the Sturgeon. 
 
 whole
 
 RUSSIA. 
 
 whole is very uncertain. The Duina or Duna a river of Poland, though 
 its fource is likewife in Riffia, is not to be confounded with this river. 
 
 4. The Dnieper, or Danapris, in Latin Boryßhenes, rifes from a morafs 
 in the foreft of IVolconßi about twenty German or Geographical miles above 
 Smolenß. It forms feveral windings through Lithuania, Little Rujjia, the 
 country of the Zaporo-Cofaks, and a tract inhabited by the Nagaian Tar- 
 tars of Crimea ; and after forming a Litnan, or marfhy lake, of fixty 
 Werjis in length, and in many places two, four, or even ten Werjh in 
 breadth, it lofes itfelf in the Black Sea between Oczacow and Kinburn. 
 The banks of this river on both fides are generally high, and the foil is 
 excellent ; but the water in fummer is not very wholfome. The Dnieper 
 has no lefs than thirteen water-falls within the fpace of iixty Werfls ; yet 
 in fpring, during the land-floods, empty vefiels may be hailed over them. 
 
 This river, till it comes to the Liman near the mouth of it, is lb full 
 of iflands, that all the intervals being computed together do not amount 
 to thirty Englijh miles ; and abounds with fturgeon, fterled, carp, pyke, ka- 
 raujh, &c. The only bridge over the Dnieper is the float-bridge at Kiew, 
 which is 1638 paces in length. This bridge is taken away about the 
 end of September, to give the flakes of ice a free paflage down the river, 
 and is again put together in fpring. A great number of mills erected in 
 boats are to be feen on this river ; any one being allowed the liberty of 
 letting them up. 
 
 §. 3. The principal lakes in this part of the Ruffian Empire are, 
 
 1 . The Peipus lake in Li-vonia, called in the Ruffian language Tjhudßoe 
 Ofero, which is ten geographical miles* in length, and feven or eight in 
 breadth. It abounds with filTi ; and runs into the gulf of Finland by the river 
 Narva. This lake has alfo a communication with that of Ple/koio which is 
 called by the Ruffians Pßowßoe Ofero. 
 
 2. The famous lake of Ladoga, which lies between the gulf of Finnland 
 and the Onega-lake, is twenty-five German or geographical miles in length, 
 and fifteen in breadth. It is reckoned the largeit lake in Europe, and is 
 fuppofed to exceed any other for plenty of fifh, among which are alio 
 feals or fea-dogs. Ladoga is full of quick-fands, which being moved from 
 place to place by the frequent ftorms it is lubjedf. to, caufe feveral fhelves 
 along its coafts, that often prove fatal to the flat-bottomed Ruffian vefiels. 
 This induced Peter the Great to caufe a canal of one hundred and four 
 Werjh -}- in length, feventy feet in breadth, and ten or eleven feet deep, to 
 be cut at a vaft expence from the fouth-weft extremity of this lake in 
 Jngria and Novogrod, to the lea ; which with the neceffary windings 
 
 * The miles by which the Author computes the length and breadth of thefe lakes, ÖV. 
 are mentioned in göneral tenns; buc as mile is a word of iuch latitude, it were to be wifhed 
 he had been more aecui it« 
 
 f Near fevent) j^r^'jb miles. 
 
 was 
 
 413
 
 4 i4 R U S S I A. 
 
 was carried from Schhßelburg to New Ladoga in the river Wolcow. This 
 work was begun in the year 1 7 1 8 ; and though it was vigorcufly profecuted, 
 was not compleated till the year 1732, in the reign of the Emprefs Anne. 
 This canal at nrft reached no farther than a village called Cabona fituated on 
 a river of the fame name, at the diftance of forty-four Werßs from Schluß- 
 fclburg, and where the veffels failed into the lake j for which purpofe the 
 fluice is ftill kept up there. The canal has twenty-five fluices ; feveral 
 rivers run into it as the Lipka, NaJJia, Tzeldika, Lawa, Cabona, and 
 two fmaller anonymous ftreams on which ftand two finall villages. At the 
 diftance of every Werß along this canal is erecfed a pillar marked with 
 the number of Werßs, &c. It is the ccnftant employment of a regiment 
 of foldiers to keep the canal in repair ; and for this purpofe they are quar- 
 tered in feveral places on its banks. In fummer-time it is covered with 
 floats and veffels palling from the Woiccw to the Neva, which pay toll 
 in proportion to the value of their cargo ; but not a few, to avoid the duty, 
 and the labour of drawing the veffel or the floats on the canal, rather ventuie 
 on the Ladoga-lake. The illands Sarcow, Selency, Kirwet and Tinow, 
 which lie in the lake and are inhabited by fiihermen, may be ieen from the 
 canal. The river Neva, which fliall be ipoken of in the fequel, illues 
 from this lake. 
 
 3. The lake of Onega lies betwixt lake Ladoga and the White Sea ; and 
 has a communication with the former by means of the river Swir. Its 
 length is one hundred and eighty Rnßian Werßs, the breadth about eighty ; 
 and though it be a frefh-water lake feals are often feen in it. A fcheme 
 was laid before Peter the Great for joining the rivers Wytegra and Rouß.a, 
 and by that means opening a communication betwixt the Onega-lake and 
 Belofiro or the White Lake : But the execution of this plan was prevented 
 by the death of that Monarch. 
 
 We fliall now proceed to give an account of 
 
 The Provinces acquired by Russia, and taken from the Swedes in 
 • this century ; and thefe are Livonia, Ingria, and Carelia. 
 
 I. The Dutchies of 
 LIVONIA and E S? HO N I A. 
 
 § 
 
 1 . AMONG the maps of this dutchy which are extant, that fliled 
 •*• *• Nova totius Livonice accurata deßriptio, apud *Janß'onio-Waeßcrgios 
 & Mo/em Pitt, is at prefent too obfolete, and much lefs accurate than the 
 Nova extibitio geographica ducatuum Livonia & Curlandice publifhed by Ho- 
 
 mann.
 
 Livonia.] RUSSIA. 
 
 mann. The map of Eßhonia and Livonia inferted in the Rußan Atlas, 
 notvvithftanding all its improvements, is not without many faults. This 
 map, indeed, exhibits more countries than its title contains ; for befides Eßhonia 
 and Livonia, it alfo includes Courland, Ingermania, and part of the Govern- 
 ments of Novogrod and Smolensk. 
 
 §.2. The country we are now defcribing was formerly inhabited by 
 three different nations, namelv, the Livonians, Lettcnians, and Eflhoniam. 
 It was accordingly divided into Ließard or Livonia, Lettland or Letlonia, 
 and Eßkland ör Eßhonia', not to mention Courland and Semgallen, which 
 Dutchies, till the time of Gothard Kettlern, alfo made a part of this country. 
 The name of Lie/laud or Livonia, which properly belongs only to the 
 Diftrict that lies along the Dwia, has in time been applied alfo to Let- 
 tonia ; and in common converiation Livonia includes the country properly 
 fo called, together with Lettonia and Eßhonia. But to fpeak with greater 
 precision, Livonia, or the fouth part of the country, muff be carefully 
 diffinguithed from Eßhonia, or the north part ; which diftinction we lhall 
 obferve in the particular defcription of them. 
 
 §. 3. This country* borders on Courland, the Baltic, the gulf of Finnland, 
 Ingria, Rujia, and Poland. It extends in length from North to South 
 between forty-five and fifty geographical or German miles ; and its breadth 
 from Eaft to Weft is from thirty-five to forty, exclufive of the iflands belong- 
 ing to it. 
 
 §. 4. Livonia confifts partly of woods and moraffes, and partly of 3 
 fertile foil, which yields the inhabitants all the neceffaries of life in great 
 plenty. The air is clear and falubrious ; and though the winter be long 
 and fevere, and the fummer, confequently, but fhort ; yet the heat of the 
 climate during the latter feafon is fuch, that the grain fown both in fum- 
 mer and winter ripens at the proper time. In a plentiful year when the 
 crops have not failed, the inhabitants export many thoufänd Lafts of rye 
 and barley to Holland, Spain, and other foreign countries : Hence Livonia is 
 called the ' Granary of the North.' Before the corn is threfhed, it is 
 dried and hardened in kilns heated by large ftoves or ovens, which are 
 built contiguous to their barns ; however, this does not render it unfit 
 for fowing, or for making bread and malt ; befides, it keeps the better 
 for it. 
 
 The horned cattle, horfes, and goats of this country are very numerous, 
 and much efteemed ; but the fheep are not extraordinary, their wool being 
 coarfe, and refembling goats hair. 
 
 Vaft quantities of flax, hemp, lin-feed, leather and fkins are exported 
 from hence in foreign bottoms. 
 
 * Livonia, including Eßhonia and Ldtonia. 
 5 The 
 
 415
 
 4 i 6 RUSSIA. [Livonia. 
 
 The rivers which water this country are the Ditna *, the Aa, the Embak, 
 the Perhaii), &c. It has alio many ftanding-lakes, as that of Peipus -j- 
 mentioned above, the WefcZfr-like, which is five geographical miles in 
 length and two in breadth, the Lu&an-hke, &c. Both the lakes and rivers 
 afford plenty of the fineft falmon, and other fifh. Turbots are alfo taken 
 in the gulf of Riga ; and the fisheries fupport a confiderable part of the in- 
 habitants. Strömlings, which are a fpecies of herrings, are found in vaft fhoals 
 along thefe coafts, and are the common food of the peafants who fait great 
 quantities of them. In the prefent reign a Swede has fet on foot a pearl fifhery, 
 and there are above forty-five rivulets and lakes in Eflhonia and Livonia where 
 this fifhery is can ied on; but the former yields more pearls than the latter, 
 which come pretty near the oriental pearls both for fize and clearnefs. 
 
 This country was formerly overrun with vaft woods of oak, fir, pine, and 
 birch-trees ; but thefe are now too thin, partly by the method of building prac- 
 t fed by the inhabitants, whofe houfes and other edifices in towns and villages 
 confift almoft entirely of wood ; and partly by their clearing of the woods 
 in order to cultivate the land for lowing corn, &c. The harbour of Ro- 
 derick, which required a prodigious quantity of timber, contributed not a 
 little to the deftruclicn of the woods in Livonia. However the country has 
 reaped one advantage by it ; for it is not fo much infefted with bears, wolves, 
 elks, lynxes, martens, and other wild beafts. Livonia, ftill abounds with 
 the fmaller wild quadrupeds and other game; fo that hares, which turn white 
 here in winter, and wild fowl, are fold very cheap. As for flags, deer, and 
 wild boars, there are none in this country. Quarries of good ftone are very 
 common here. The highways and roads in Livonia are in very good order; 
 and at the end of every RnJJian Werfi a red pillar is erected, on which is 
 marked the number of the Werßs paffed and remaining in travelling from 
 one capital to another. The country inns are very mean ; but the poft- 
 houfes have every thing in proper order. 
 
 The diftances between the principal towns are as follows. 
 
 From Riga to Näfva 400 Werßs, or 2 1 Poft-ftages. 
 
 From Riga to Pemaw 1 72 Werßs, or 9 Poft-ftages. 
 
 From Peniavj to Reval 138 Werßs, or 6 Poft-ftages. 
 
 From Reval to Habfal 95 Werßs, or 4 Poft-ftages. 
 
 From Reval to Narva 196 Werßs, or 9 Poft-ftages. 
 
 The fledges are a very great conveniency for carrying on trade, and 
 travelling in winter. 
 
 §. 5. This country was formerly interfperfed with a great number of towns 
 and villages : But in the wars and commotions which Livonia has fo often 
 experienced, moft of them were dcftroyed ; fo that at prefent nothing but 
 
 * This is called here Duna to diftinguifh it from the Dwina, which runs to Archangel. §Q£. 
 pag. 412, No 3. 
 •f See §. 3 of the Introduction to Rußia, 
 
 the
 
 Livonia.] RUSSIA. 
 
 the ruins of many of them are to be feen. A traveller paffes thr< 
 more towns in a journey of twelve or fifteen geographical miles in many 
 countries, than in all this vail extent of land. To the fame caufe alfo the 
 poverty oi' the Livonian peafants may be attributed ; who amidff. all their 
 affluence find fo much difficulty in turning the overplus of their fubdancc 
 into mon;y, that they arc obliged to give half of it away, and at the fame 
 time- buy whatever foreign commodities they have occafion for, at a very 
 high price. 
 
 §. 6. This country might undoubtedly afford fubfiftence to a much greater 
 number of inhabitants than it has at prefent ; for they have been extremely 
 thinned by war, peflilence and famine. The number of them may in 
 fome meafure be determined by the following method. The eftates in Li- 
 vonia are taxed according to the number oi Hakes, i. e. ' of men fit for labour 
 from fifteen to fifty years of age ;' five of thefe being reckoned to a Hake. 
 Now the peafants of EJlhonia are laid to conliff. only of 5000 Hakes, which 
 amount to 25,000 labouring men ; an inconfiderable number for a province 
 of fuch extent. 
 
 Beiides the inhabitants who are defcended from the Germans, this country 
 contains great numbers of Eflhonians and Letotnians, which are people of 
 a very different extraction and language ; but their manners and cuftoms are 
 pretty much the fame. The Eflhonians feem from the affinity of the two lan- 
 guages and other circumftances, to be derived from the fame origin with the 
 Finns. The Lettonians both from their name and language appear to befprung 
 from the fame ffock as the Lithuanians, who were a mixture of feveral Sarma- 
 tian tribes. They are both termed Undent fchen, i. e. ' people that are not Ger- 
 mans', by the other inhabitants. Their ftature very feldom exceeds the middle 
 n ze; but they are vigorous and hardy ; enduring cold and heat, and undergoing 
 the greateft labour and fatigue with chearfulnefs. Their houfes are very mean- 
 ly built ; and the rooms quite black with fmoke. They are ail vafläls, or 
 rather ilaves to their lords, who may treat them as they pleafe, if they do 
 not kill them. Their chief occupations are agriculture, grazing, and fome- 
 times filhing ; but they have a good natural genius for mechanics. They 
 are very much given to drunkennefs ; and are full fond of many fuper- 
 ftitious pradices in private. There are alfo many Rußans in this coun- 
 try. The languages ufually fpoken by the inhabitants are, the Lettonian, 
 the Efthonian, the German, the Ruffian, the S-iaediJh, and Finjiean tongues. 
 
 §^7. The Nobility are very numerous, and are moifly of foreign -ex- 
 traction ; for their anceftors were partly fach familes as anciently came into 
 Livonia with the King of Denmark; but for the mod part removed hither 
 from Germany, particularly from Thuring ia, JVeJiphalia, Pomerwid, Meck- 
 lenburg, and other parts of the circle of Lower Saxony. J It re arc alio ferne 
 noble families of Swediflo and Beliß extraction. Moft of the Nobility of 
 this country have always given themfelves up entirely to a military life. 
 
 Vol. I. H h h Thole 
 
 4*7
 
 4 i 8 RUSSIA. [Livonia. 
 
 Thole of another turn of mind, who refide on their eftates and make im- 
 provements in agriculture, are generally inverted with civil and juridical em- 
 ments; and of this clafs are Governors, Prefects, Lahd-Marßals, provin- 
 cial" and Hake Judges, &e. The Nobility are far from being fufferers by 
 falling under the dominion of Rußa ; for fincethat time all their rights and 
 privileges have been confirmed to them ; and the eftates which the Court of 
 Sweden had reaffumed have likewife been reftored to the former feudatories. 
 A Diet or Provincial Afiembly is held for EJlhonia once in three years 
 at Rcval, in which a Chief Head of the Noblelfe, who is equal to a Land- 
 Marshal] is chofen by a majority of votes ; and at the expiration of that office 
 he is entitled to the next furvivorfhip of the port of Land-Rath, or provincial 
 Counfellor. Every thing relating to the public utility is the fubjecl: of the 
 deliberations of this Diet ; and out of it is appointed a committee in which 
 the Lädd-Raths, as they are called, have a feat. The Diet is convened 
 on any important occafion by the chief of the Nobility. A Diet is never 
 held at Riga without permiffion from the Ruffian Court ; which being ob- 
 tained, a Land-Marfoal is chofen, whofe employment is chiefly confined to 
 the affairs under deliberation in the Diet. 
 
 §. 8. Artificers and mechanics are not fo common here as in other coun- 
 tries. The commerce of Livonia always flounfhes in-time of peace ; Riga, 
 Reval, and Narva being well known in the commercial world. Pernau is 
 likewife in a flourifhing condition. However, thefe towns fuffer greatly 
 from the clandeftine trade, which is carried on by land ; and though it has 
 been often prohibited it ftill encreafes. The gentry purchafe corn both of their 
 own vaffals and other peafants; and fome of them diftil fpirits from it, 
 while others fend it to the fea-ports, and there fell it to the beft advantage. 
 The peafants are obliged to bring what corn they intend for fale to the 
 Noblemen's feats, where, inftead of ready money for it, they generally re- 
 ceive iron, fait, fteel, tobacco, and other commodities and utenfils of little 
 value. 
 
 §. 9. At Riga and Reval are good Gymnafa, or Seminaries, and fchools : 
 but this country at prefent cannot boafb of one Univerfity. 
 
 §. 1 o. The inhabitants of Livonia, for the moft part, profefs Lutheranifm > 
 but the Calvinifts, Papifts, and Rußans are indulged with the free exercife 
 of their religion. There is an yearly allowance from the crown of 1200 
 Rubels towards the fupport of the national churches in this country ; but 
 the churches of the feparatifts do not partake of this bounty. The Bible 
 has been publifhed here in the Lettonian and Eflhonian languages. 
 
 In Esthonia, all the country parifhes, together with the cathedral of 
 Reval, with regard to ecclefiaftical jurifdi&ion, are fubjecl to the Nobility, and 
 are but forty in number : we may hence form a conjecture of their great 
 extent. They are divided into Provoftfhips, according to the Circles in 
 which they are included. The Confiftory of Nobles is compofed of a 
 
 prefident,.
 
 Livonia.] RUSSIA. 4.1g 
 
 prciidcnt, who is a Land-Raih or provincial Counfcllcr, Provofts, the 
 Preachers belonging to the cathedral of Reval, and fomc other Aileflbrs, 
 Here is alio a Supreme Court of Appeals in fpiritual caufes, which confifts 
 of fome eccleiiaftics, Lc.nd-Ralhs, and noblemen. Livonia or thu General- 
 Government of Riga contains above one hundred and twenty parishes, 
 which together with St. James's church in Riga, is under the jurifdicli >n 
 of the Confiftory of Nobles. Over thefe prefixes a General §uperiniendantj 
 > has his residence at Riga. The High-Con fiftory is alio held at Riga, 
 and the prefident of it is a Land-Rath. Every Circle has a Governor in 
 civil and eccleiiaftical affairs, who mult be of the clafs of the Nobility. 
 The Miniilers of Pcmau, Dcrpat, and other fnvail towns in Livonia, are 
 iiibject to the General Superintendant } but the cities of Riga, Reval, and 
 Narva have their own Confiftories, which, as well as their magistracy, are 
 independent of the Nobility. 
 
 § . 11. The higheft tribunal in Esthonia is that called the Government 
 or Supreme Provincial Court, which meets to adminifter juftice every year 
 about the middle of January, and continues fitting till Eaßer. It confifts 
 of the Governor as prefident, and twelve Land-Rafts or Provincial Counfellors, 
 who are all Noble, and have the rank of Major-General. The Land-Rails 
 may, by a free choice, fill up the vacancies in their college from among the 
 Nobility, without any licence or nomination from the crown ; and the 
 fenior Land-Raths compofe a Government in the abfence of the other Go- 
 vernors. Subordinate to this tribunal are the Mann-Gerichte or inferior courts, 
 and Hakeh-Richter or inferior judges. The Haken-Richter of every Circle 
 in Eßhonia has two AdjunBi or affiftants. His office is to take care of the 
 roads and bridges, to levy the money granted by the Nobility at the Diet for 
 the fervice of the public ; and all difputes about limits and other incidents have 
 the firft hearing before him. A Mann-Gericbt, of which in all there are 
 three, confifts of a Judge, two AffefTors, and a Notary. Thefe take cog- 
 nizance of all criminal matters, and difputes of more importance. An appeal 
 alio lies from the Haken-Richter to the Mann-Richter. Both thefe are ap- 
 pointed by the Land-Raths college, and mull: be of the clafs of Nobles ; and 
 continue in office but three years. When they are exchanged the sldjuncli 
 are ufually made Affeffbres ; and one of the Aiiefibrs is appointed Haken- 
 Richter-, and the Haken-Richtcr is promoted to be Mann-Richter. As thefe 
 courts are held only at certain times, the plaintiffs are obliged previoully to 
 apply to the General-Government or Supreme Council, where the Governor 
 who is nominated by the Crown prelides. 
 
 In the General-Government of RiGA.orLivoNiA, the chief tribunal are the 
 Hof-Gericht or SupremeCourt of Judicature which is appointed bvthzCzarina. 
 Here are alfo twelve Land-Raths, or Provincial Councilors ; but only one of 
 them has a feat in the Hof -Gericht. Each of thefe Land-Raths relides in his 
 turn ztRiga for a month, in order to prefide in the College of the Nobility, and 
 
 IT h h 2 takes
 
 4 2o RUSSIA. [Livonia. 
 
 fakes cognizance of the fame affairs as the above-mentioned Chief of the 
 Nobles does in EJihonia. The Land-Raths indeed elect the College ; but 
 their choice mutt be confirmed at the Ritßan Court. The inferior courts 
 are, the Land-Gericht and Ordnungs-Gericht, the members of which have 
 the ; r refpective Afitiibrs ; and they are on the fame footing as the Mann- 
 Rtchter and Haken-Richter in EJihonia. But from all thefe courts there lies 
 an appeal to the College of Judicature eftablifhed at Petersburg for the pro- 
 vinces of Rfihcnia and Livonia; and from that again to the Senate, which is 
 the Supreme Tribunal for the whole Ritßan Empire. 
 
 §. 12. The ancient hiftory of thefe Dutchies is very dark and obfeure. 
 Pagnaniim prevailed here down to the twelfth century, when by the follow- 
 ing accident the Chriilian religion was firft introduced into Livonia properly 
 fo called. In the year 1 1 58, fome merchants of Bremen bound to Wisby 
 in Gothland were driven by ftrefs of weather on the coaft of Livonia, and 
 landed at the mouth of the river Dana near the Baltic. The inhabitants of 
 thofe parts who called themfelves Liven, at firft, were for oppofing their land- 
 ing ; but becoming more tractable by degrees, they trafficked together. 
 Thefe beginnings the Bremeners improved, by rcforting hither in greater num- 
 bers with commodities to trade with the natives ; and with the confent of 
 the inhabitants, went about two leagues up the Dana, where they pitched 
 their tents. After this they built a ftrong ware-houfe of timber on an eminence, 
 in which they depefited their goods. To this edifice the inhabitants gave 
 the name of Ykeskola, that is, a fchool or convent ; and to this very day it is 
 called Uxkul. The German colonifts encreafing in number, brought with 
 them, probably about the year 1186, an ecclefiaftic of the name of Mein- 
 Lard, who was an Augujline monk of the convent of Segeberg in Wagric. 
 This monk, having learnt the language of the country, perfuaded fome of 
 the inhabitants to be baptized. The town of Uxkul was then built with 
 llone, and a caftle was erected at the foot of the hill. In the iormer 
 Mcinhard founded a church and a convent of Augufiine monks. This 
 firft preacher of the Golpel was made Bithop ; and Kcrkholm was erected into 
 an epifcopal fee. From this time feveral German families came and fettled 
 in Livonia. About the fame a?ra, namely 1 196, Canute VI. King of Den- 
 mark made an expedition into EJihonia ; and having fubdued that province, 
 he introduced Chriftianity, erected churches in the country, and fent 
 priefts to officiate in them. Bifhop Albert, in order to promote the con- 
 tuieft of Livonia, inftituted the order of knighthood called the Knights of 
 Chrift ; and Pope Innocent III. gave them the fame Statutes with the 
 Knights Templars, and a crofs and a fword as a badge to be worn on their 
 coats, enjoining them at the fame time to obey the Bifhop of Riga. In the 
 \ ear J 206, Bifhcp Albert gave a grant to the Order of the third part of 
 Livonia, with alt the privileges of Sovereignty ; which was confirmed by 
 Pope Innocent III. in the year 12 10, who exempted the Knights from tythes 
 4 and
 
 Livonia.] RUSSIA. 
 
 and other imports. The firfl Grand-Mafter of this order was Wttmo, who 
 ordered that the Knights for the future mould be filled Fratres Enßferi * or 
 fword-bearing Knights.' In J 231, thefe Fratres E?i/ijeri were iblemnly 
 united with the Knights of the Teutonic order ; and as the habit of theie 
 incorporated Knights was a white mantle with a black crofs, they fliled 
 themfelves ' Brothers of the crofs.' But this humble title, in 1382, they 
 changed to that of ' Lords of the Crofs.' In the year 1346, Waldemar 
 III. King of Denmark fold Eßhonia to this Order for 18,000 Lothigc 
 marks of filver*. In 152 1, Walter Plettenberg, the General of this order, 
 purchafed from the Grand Mailer of the Teutonic order in Prußia the 
 chief jurifdiction in Livonia; and he as well as the States of Livonia 
 were difcharged from their oath of obedience to the Teutonic Grand Mailer. 
 And not long after, the Emperor Charles V. admitted them among the 
 Princes of the Empire. By this privilege the Livomans had a right of 
 appealing from their high Court of judicature to the Aulic Council at Spires. 
 About this time the Reformation began to fpread itfelf throughout the 
 whole country. 
 
 Towards the middle of this fixteenth century the Czaar limn Bafiltrwitz 
 formed the defign of conquering this country ; which induced the city 
 of Reval and the dutchy of Eßhonia to put themfelves under the pro- 
 tection of Sweden : And on this was grounded the claim of that crown 
 to Livonia, and the fuperior privileges which Eßhonia enjoyed beyond 
 Livonia. Gotha Ketler, who was chief of the Order, gave up Livonia to 
 the King of Pola?id, as great Duke of Lithuania, upon which it was an- 
 nexed to that crown ; Iblemnly refigned his command j and in 1 56 1 
 was created the firft Duke of Courland, but was to hold this Dutchy as a 
 fief of Poland. The Poles alfo got poifeffion of Riga and Lettonia. And 
 now this country became the caufe, as well as the difmal fcene of very 
 bloody wars betwixt Rußia, Sweden, and Poland for a whole century ; 
 namely, from the year 1561 to 1660. 
 
 By the peace of Oliva, which was concluded in 1660, Livonia was given 
 up by Poland to Sweden ; and the Duna was agreed on as the boundary be- 
 twixt the Swedt/h and Poliß: dominions. In 1681, the decrees of the Diet 
 held at Stockholm in 1680 concerning the RealTumption of alienated crown- 
 lands, began to be put in execution here ; which was an extreme grievance 
 to the Nobility. 
 
 In the famous northern war which broke out in the beginning of the 
 prefent eighteenth century, this country was miferably ravaged ; till at 
 lafl, by the treaty of Nyßadt concluded in the year 1721, Sweden agreed to 
 cede Livonia for ever to Rußia. In the fourth article of that treaty it 
 is exprefly ftipulated ' That the crown of Sweden (hall yield and give 
 
 421 
 
 
 
 A Lothige mark is nine ounces twelve-penny weights Troy weight. 
 
 up
 
 422 RUSSIA. [Riga. 
 
 up to the Ruffian Empire for ever, as lawful conquefts, the provinces of 
 L'vviia, Ejlhonia, and Ingria; a part of Carelia, together with the 
 DiftricT: of Wiburg, and the towns and Fortreffes or Riga, Di.namunde, 
 Perndu, Reval, Dorf at, Narva, Wiburg, Kexholm ; and all towns, forts, 
 harbours, places, diftrifts, and coafts belonging to the laid provinces • with 
 the iflands of Ocfel, Dagoe and Moen, and ail other iflands lying off the 
 frontiers of Courland towards the coafts of Livonia, E/t Ionia, and Ingria, 
 on the c\i\ tide of Reval, and in the road of Wiburg, as they were profeffed 
 by the crown of Sweden' 
 
 In the ninth and tenth articles of the fame treaty. * His Czarijh Ma- 
 jefiy engages to preferve and maintain the inhabitants of all ranks and 
 degrees in Livonia, Ejlhonia, and the ifland of Ocfel, and alio the towns, 
 magiftracies, companies, and trades in the faid provinces, in the confeant 
 and unmolefted enjoyment of all the rights, privileges, cuftoms, and 
 jurifdi&ions, which they were in pofleffion of under the dominion of 
 Sweden ; and that in thele ceded countries he fhall be lb far from of- 
 fering any violence to the confeiences of the inhabitants, as to permit the 
 Evangelical [Lutheran] religion, with the churches and fchools, and all 
 the endowments, &.c. thereto belonging, to remain and continue on the 
 lame footing as under the Swedifb government; with a provifo, that 
 the profefibrs of the Greek religion fhall likewife enjoy an entire liberty of 
 confidence, and die free exercife of their religion in thofe provinces.' 
 In the year 1741, Sweden attempted the recovery of part of thefe ceded 
 countries, but this was attended with a farther lofs of part of Finnland ; and 
 by the peace of Abo, which was concluded in 1743, Ruffia was not only 
 confirmed in the poffeffion of all its conquefts, but acquired fome additional 
 Diftri&s in Finnland, of which an account fhall be given in the fequel. 
 
 Since this country -has been under the Ruffian dominion it has been 
 divided into two General Governments and one City, which are, 
 1. The General Government of Riga. 
 
 This Government contains Lettonia, to which the name of Livonia \- 
 nlfo given in a more limited fenfe, and confifts of the Circles of Riga, Wenden 
 Pemau, Dorpat, and the province of Oefel. 
 
 The towns and other places of note in the General Government of Riga 
 are as follows. 
 
 Riga, the capital of the whole country, is fituated on the river Duna 
 and is faid to derive its name from a rivulet formerly called Rige, now Rijing, 
 which is almofr dried up. This city is not of any great extent, but popu- 
 lous, wlII fortified, and famed for its trade and opulence. In the year 1660, 
 rles XI. King of Sweden hot only declared it to be the capital of the 
 country; but conferred on it the next rank to Stockholm, and honoured 
 all the members of its council, and their fucceffors, whilft they have a feat 
 ■ h the title of Noble. The houfes are handfome and 
 
 for
 
 Riga.] RUSSIA. 4 :>j 
 
 for the moft part, built with ftone ; but the ftreets arc narrow, and the manner 
 of building very much refembles that of the Hanfe-torcns fituated on tlve 
 Baltic. The Lutheran churches, namely, the Cathedral, St. j , St. 
 
 Mary Magdalene's, St. Peters, and St. Johns are handfome ftrudures. The 
 Seminaries called the imperial Lyceum and the city Gymnafw.m, the mailers 
 of which have very confiderable falaries, are in a flourilhing condition. 
 Here are alfo an old caftle, a ftrong citadel, and two arienals well ftored 
 with arms, one at the charge of the crown and the other of the city. 
 The fortifications, both on the land and water-lide, have been improved 
 under its prefent mafters ; and thefe towards the fea are enlarged by ad- 
 ditional works. This city, by means of its excellent harbour, has a gocd 
 trade with England, Holland, and the Hanfe-towns during the fummer-fea- 
 fon ; and in winter-time it trafticks with the Ruffian provinces by the con- 
 veniency of fledges. Its privileges, which are very confiderable, were con- 
 firmed by the Emprefs Anne. The Supreme Court of Judicature for Li- 
 vonia, and the High-Confiftory are held it this city ; which is alfo the 
 refidence of the Governor and General Superintendent. Riga was built in 
 the year 1200, and foon after incloied with a wall. It has fuffered very 
 much both by fires and fieges : Of the latter the moft remarkable are thoic 
 it fuftained from the Rußans in 1656 ; the Saxo?is and Poles in 1700 ; and 
 a fecond time from the Rußans in 17 10, when it was obliged to fubmit 
 to the victorious arms of Peter the Great. 
 
 Dunamunde is a noble fortification lying about two Geographical miles 
 from Riga, at the mouth of the Duna, where the fhips which fail out of 
 the Baltic into that river pay toll or cuftom. This place was taken by the 
 Swedes m 1609, and 1618; and by the Saxons in 1700, who gave it the 
 name of Augujlusburg. In 1701, it furrendered a third time to the Swedes, 
 who by that means became mafters of a fine train of artillery belonging 
 to the Saxons; and in 1710, it was taken by the Rußans. Dunamunde 
 was formerly a convent of Cißercian monks, founded in the year 120 1 by 
 Albert Bifhop of Livonia. 
 
 Wenden was formerly a place of great note, and the refidence of the 
 Mafter of the Teutonic Order; and feveral Diets were alfo held there. 
 It is, at prefent, but a fmall mean town ; efpecially fince it was entirely 
 confumed by fire in the year 1748. When Wenden was beiieged and taken 
 by the Rußans in the year i $jj, feveral of the inhabitants, dread ; ng 
 the favage cruelty of the Rußian army, blew themfelves up with the caftle 
 of this town. It belongs at prefent to Count Bejluchef, the great Chancellor 
 of Rußa. 
 
 - Wolmar is a mean town fituated on the river Aa ; and derives- its name 
 from Waldemar II. King of Denmark, on account of a vidtory which he 
 obtained in this place in 1220 over the pagan Livonians. It was built 
 in the year 1283 ; and was entirely burnt down, except the church and 
 the caftle, in the year 1689. The
 
 424 RUSSIA. [Riga. 
 
 The other caftles and places of note in Lettonia were Rockenhaufen, which 
 was formerly the Bilhop's See; Aß:erade ; Walk, a fmall town; I^emfaij 
 another little town ; Tret Jen; Uxkuh, Leu-Garden ; Lujban ; Shmihcn-, Ron- 
 neburg ; Erla ; Kerkhohn, &c. which are now all in rains. 
 
 Dorpat or Dorpt, in Latin Derptum, Derbatum or Torpaiian, a town 
 fitaated on the river Einbeck, which is called Emma Joggi, i. e. ' Mother 
 ' river,' by the Eßbonians, lies in the Circle of the lame name, and is 
 alio called Odcmpe. It was built in the year 1030, by Iurii laroßatv 
 Wladiminiz, Great Duke of Ruß a, who gave it the name of Juriew; but 
 the Ruffians continued in the poffefiion of it only to the year 1 1 9 1 . 
 
 Volquin, Great mafter of the Order of the Fraircs Enßferi took Dorpat by 
 aflault in 12 10. Soon after, this town was rebuilt at the expence of thole 
 Knights ; who alfo erected it into a Bifhop's See. 
 
 It was formerly in a flourifhing condition, being the refidence of a Bifhop, 
 and embelliihed with a cathedral : it was alio a member of the Hanfeatic 
 confederacy ; and, by means of the communication it had with Pernau by a 
 canal, which was deftroyed in the laft Ruffian wars, carried on a confiderable 
 trade by fea. An Engltßj ftaple was alfo fixt in this town, as appears from 
 the large ftone edifice which was the Engl/ß: factory, but afterwards converted 
 into a magazine. 
 
 While Dorpat was fubject to the Swedes it was fometimes the refidence of 
 the Governor ; and the Supreme Court of Judicature and High-Confiftory, 
 were held there till the commencement of the laft war. In the year 1632, 
 Gußavus Adolphus founded an Univerlity in this town; and this falling to 
 utter decay amidft the confufions of lubfequent wars, was reftored in 
 1690: But in the year 1699, it was removed to Pernau. Belides, the in- 
 habitants were wealthy, and the town was embellifhed with many handiome 
 ftone-edifices ; but its wealth and beauty have, from time to time, fallen 
 a prey to the frequent ravages of war. 
 
 Not to mention the more ancient fieges of Dorpat, and thole in 1582, 
 1604, and 1654; this city was befieged by the Rußians in 1704, when 
 it was taken and plundered, and the inhabitants treated with great cruelty. 
 But the total ruin of it happened in the year 1708, when all the inhabitants 
 were carried away, as prifoners of war, by the Ruffians, and the caftle and 
 fortifications blown up. Thole unhappy captives being afterwards permitted 
 to return to their native place, rebuilt it with mean timber-houfes as their 
 wretched circumftances would permit. 
 
 Since the peao: of N\ßadt the number of its inhabitants has been con- 
 fulerably increafed ; many foreigners having fettled here, which has made 
 the town rather more populous than it was under the dominion of the 
 
 rdes. But nocwithftanding all this, almoif all the buildings ftill lie in 
 ruins ; and the fortifications, walls, and gate:., with moll of the public 
 ■ :ices and private houfes, which are fallen to decay, make a very me- 
 lancholy
 
 Reval.] R U S S S I A. 425 
 
 Iancholy appearance. There are as yet but fifteen private houfes built 
 with ftone at Dorpat, and as for public buildings, none but the magazine 
 and the German or St. yohris church. The prefent inhabitants, tbough very 
 numerous, are generally poor and indigent, and their affairs are not yet 
 reftored to their proper order ; nor are their former privileges confirmed. 
 Its Univerfity, which was for a time removed to Pernau, is quite fallen to 
 decay. Here is an imperial Office called the Oeconomie. 
 
 Pernau lies in the Circle of Pernau, and on the liter of the fame name, 
 near the Baltic. It is but a fmall town moftly built with timber, has fome 
 trade, and is defended by a caftle : it contains about a hundred houfes. 
 I obferved above that the Univerfity of Dorpat was removed hither; but the 
 college is now converted into a magazine ; and there is fcarce fo much as a 
 common fchool remaining in the town. The fortifications are füll kept 
 in a defenfible ftate. 
 
 Fellin, a fmall town and cafHe in the Circle of Pernau. 
 
 The province of Oefel, which includes the iflands of Oefel, Moon, and 
 Runoe. 
 
 The ifland of Oefel, O/ilia, lies at the entrance of the gulf of Riga 
 about two leagues to the fouth of Dagho. It is fourteen geographical 
 miles in length, and between two and three in breadth, and contains ten 
 parilhes. The foil is ftony, but fertile. It was formerly fubject to the 
 Grand Mafter of the Teutonic Order, but without prejudice to the crown. 
 of Denmark's pretenfions to it. At laft, the Knights refigned it up to 
 the Danes, who, at the peace of Bremjebro, ceded it to the Swedes ; and 
 the latter, by the treaty of Nyjladt, gave it up to Rußa. It was formerly 
 a diocefe ; but at prefent is included within the General Government 
 of Riga : However, it has an Unterfiatthalter or Deputy-Governor, a 
 College of Land-Raths or Provincial Counfellors, and its chief of the 
 Nobility. The Deputy-Governor refides at Arenjburg one of the towns 
 of Oefel. Sonnehurg was formerly a caftle ; but is now totally demoliihed. 
 A light-houfe has been erected on this ifland for the fafety of navigators. 
 The Eflhonians call this ifland Currefaar, i e. ' the ifland of the Cures ;' 
 The inhabitants having in all ages been famed for privateering. M. Gruber 
 tuppofes that the word Corfair, which fignifies a pirate, is derived from 
 the name of thefe people, contrary to the general opinion which deduces 
 it from the Corjicans. 
 
 The little ifland of Moon which lies near Oefel conftitutes a parifh. 
 
 The ifland of Runoe alfo lies in the gulf of Riga ; and a light-houfe is 
 erected on it. 
 
 -2. The general Government of Reval. 
 
 This Government includes the province of E/lhonia ; or the fmall Dis- 
 tricts of Wyk, which is divided into Land Wyk and Strand Wyk, Eafi 
 and Wejl Harriett, Ierwen, and Wirrland. The chief town in this go- 
 vernment is 
 
 Vol. I. I i i Reval,
 
 426 RUSSIA. [Reval. 
 
 Reval, which lies on the Baltic, and though not very large, is an opulent 
 city and well fortified j and is a place of considerable trade. In the year 
 12 1 8, both the town and caStle were founded by Waldemar II. King of 
 Denmark, on the fame place where his ancestors had built the convent 
 of 'St. Michael, which, in 1310, was included within its walls. This town, 
 as well as the whole dutchy of Efihonia, received moft of its privileges 
 from the Daniß Kings ; and the arms of Denmark, with infcriptions in 
 the Danijh language, are ftill feen in the churches and other public edifices. 
 The houies are moftly of brick, and v/ell built ; but the ftreets are fome- 
 thing irregular. The only churches or congregations here, beiides thofe 
 of the Ruffian Church, are Lutherans. The Germans, including the Su- 
 perintendent, have four Minifters which conftitute the town clergy : But the 
 cathedral, in which two preachers officiate, belongs to the Nobility ; who 
 alfo have their Chapter of Nobles there. The Swedifl) congregation has 
 but one Minifter ; and that of Undeuifcbe or native Eßhonians has two 
 preachers. An annual affembly of all the clergy of Efihonia is held at 
 Reval; but the town-minifters are excluded from this Synod. The im- 
 perial Gymnafium or Seminary, founded here in the year 163 1, has fourPro- 
 feSfors, and one teacher of the Ruffian language. Here is alio a town-School; 
 and near the cathedral the fchool of the Nobility, which has five clafies. The 
 tolls or cuftoms of this town are confiderable ; of which the magittracy 
 have a part, and the reft belongs to the crown. Reval has its own arfenal ; 
 and maintains a number of matrofies, and a company of foldiers. This 
 city, formerly, made no inconfiderable figure among the Hanfe-towns -, 
 and is ftill a ftaple-town, and has a flourifhing trade. Its harbour is 
 convenient and fpacious ; and a part of the Riifiian fleet ufually lies in it. 
 The town is furrounded with high walls, Strengthened with baftions, 
 and a deep ditch ; and for its further Security is fortified with a caftle, 
 which Stands on a rock and is embellifhed with Several towers. The 
 citizens have very pleafant gardens without the walls. King Waldemar II. 
 erecfed this city into a BiShop's See. 
 
 Reval was totally destroyed by fire in the year 1433; an( ^ ' n ] 7'o 
 Surrendered to Peter the Great, who not only confirmed its former privi- 
 lesies, but reStored Several others of which the crown of Sweden had de- 
 prived it. 
 
 A quarter of a league from this city, near the Sea-fide, Stands the fine 
 imperial Garden called Catharinen-Thal. 
 
 The rich convent of Marienthal lies about a geographical mile from Reval. 
 The building of this convent took up twenty-nine years, and was begun in 
 the year 1400, or 1407; it was demolished at the Reformation, and is at 
 preSent nothing but a heap of ruins. 
 
 Padis, which was formerly a fortified convent ; but at preSent belongs to 
 a nobleman. 
 
 Habfaly
 
 Narva.] RUSSIA. 427 
 
 Habfal, a fmall town, lies on the fpot where formerly flood the cathe- 
 dral of the diocefe of Oefel, which was a ftatcly edifice, but is now in 
 a ruinous condition. It has a harbour; but has no great trade. 
 
 Lode, a caftle in this neighbourhood. 
 
 Lea!, a town where the See of Ocfel was firft. eftablilhed. 
 
 The ifland of Dagho in the Baltic is tolerably fertile. It is of a trian- 
 gular form, each fide being about three geographical miles in length. Da- 
 geroth on this ifland is remarkable for a light-houle. Faden is a fmall town ; 
 but has a pretty good harbour. 
 
 Rogerwick, which lies not far from Padis, and about fix geographical miles 
 from Reval. Here Peter I. purpofed to have made an excellent harbour, but 
 it was not compleated in his tune. The Emprefs Elifabeth, in 1746, took a view 
 of this place ; and ordered the work begun by her father to be profecuted. 
 
 Wittenjlein or Weijfenjlein, a fmall country town, lies in the DiftricT: of 
 Ierwen. Its caftle in the fixteenth and feventeenth centuries was feveral 
 times befieged and taken ; but is now in ruins. 
 
 Wafenberg, formerly a fmall town with a cattle, now a manor belong- 
 ing to the noble family of Tiefenhaufen. 
 
 3. The City of Narva. 
 
 This city lies on the borders of Ingria, on the banks of a rapid river 
 of the fame name, which runs from the Peipus-lake, and empties itfelf into 
 the gulf of Finnland about four leagues from the city. There is a high 
 water-fall in this river about a geographical mile from Narva towards the 
 lake ; fo that the goods brought from the lake to the city, mufl be taken 
 out at that place and carried by land. The town, probably, derives its name 
 from the river; and was built in the year 1224 by the Governor, in the 
 reign of Waldemar II. King of Denmark. The circuit of Narva is not 
 large ; but the houfes are handfomely built with flone. It flands very 
 commodioufly for trade, is well fortified, and has always a ftrong garrifon. 
 On the market-place ftands an elegant triumphal arch, erecled in the year 
 1 746 in honour of the prefent Emprefs Elifabeth. 
 
 Befides the Ruffia7i churches here is alio a Lutheran church for the Ger- 
 mans, and two other churches for the Finns and Swedes. 
 
 Flax is the chief commodity exported from hence ; and a great quantity 
 of fait is imported in return. 
 
 Narva has frequently felt the calamities of war. When it was hardly 
 prefied by the Ruffians in 1700, it was relieved by Charles XII. of Sweden ; 
 who, with an army greatly inferior in number to that of the Ruffians, en- 
 tirely defeated the latter with a very great flaughter, and raifed the liege. 
 In the year 1704, it was again befieged by the Riiffians and carried by aflault; 
 and fince that time it has been a part of the Ruffian dominions, but with 
 the full enjoyment of all its former rights and privileges; the Rußvns only 
 referving the right of appeal to the Senate at Peterfburg. 
 
 Iii z ING E R~
 
 428 RUSSIA. 
 
 IL INGERMANNLAND, 
 
 In Latin Ingria ; 
 Or the G o v e r n m e n t of PETERSBURG. 
 
 A Map of this province is to be feen in M. Kirillow's Atlas, which 
 ■*•*■ Hamanns heirs have copied, and in the year 1734, publifhed under 
 the title of Ingermannlandia or Ingria. In the large Ruffian Atlas 
 Ingria is included in the map of Livonia. It was called, formerly, Ingarien, 
 from which the Latin name Ingria is derived. This province lies between 
 the gulf of Filmland, Carelia, and Rußa properly fo called j and extends 
 about thirty geographical miles in length, and its breadth is nearly equal 
 to its length. This country is fertile, producing both corn and pafture ; 
 and abounds in all kinds of game, particularly elks. 
 
 Its principal rivers are the Luga, the Si/la, the Cowajfa, and the Newa or 
 Neva. The laft has its fource in the Ladoga-hke, and is a broad, rapid, 
 and navigable river. It runs through Peterjburg, where it divides itfelf into 
 feveral branches or channels, particularly into the Great and Little Newa, 
 and the Newka ; and after a courfe of fixty Werfls, or forty Englijh miles, 
 dilcharges itfelf into the gulf of Finnland. There are fome villages and 
 feveral brick-kilns along the banks of the Newa ; and oppofite to the village 
 of Tofna many fawing-mills are erected On the Ingria fide, it receives the 
 fmall rivers of Smolenßo, Slowianka, Izora, Cormina, 'Tofna, Mga, Moika, 
 &c. and on that of Carelia, the rivulets Ockta, Singawina, Rybnaia, and 
 Zernowka run into the Newa. The diftance from Narva to Petersburg is 
 fevcn Poft-flages, or one hundred and forty-five Werjh. 
 
 Formerly, whilft the Swedes were in pofieffion of Ingria, Lutheranifm 
 was the only religion profefied in the country : but, at prefent, great num- 
 bers of Ruffians, who are of the Greek religion, are mixed with the old 
 inhabitants. 
 
 In the year 1702, this province was recovered by the Ruffians, who were 
 matters of it once before, even fo early as the thirteenth century ; but had 
 been obliged to give it up to Sweden. It was confirmed to Ruffia with 
 their other conquefts by the treaties of Nyfladt * and Abo, as I have men- 
 tioned above. Ingria, at prefent conftitutes the Government of Peters- 
 burg; and the moll remarkable places in it are as follows?. 
 
 * See §. 12. p. 421, 422. 
 
 Iwan-
 
 Ingermannland.] RUSSIA. 429 
 
 Iwangorod, or John's caftle, is a ftrong fort on the river Narva, clofe 
 by the city of the fame name. A particular DiftricT: belongs to this caftle ; 
 which was built in the year 1492, by the Great Duke Iwan Bajz/cwit?-; 
 It ftands on a rock, and is furrounded with a treble wall, and feveral round 
 baftions. It derives its name from the founder of it, and is alfo called Nariva 
 in the Ruffian language. 
 
 Iamburg, a fmall mean town with an ancient ftone-caftle on the river 
 Luga. It gives name to the Iamburg Diftrict. 
 
 Koporie is a fmall town built on an eminence in a pleafant country. In 
 1 61 2, it was taken by the Swedes, but recovered by the Ruffians in 1703. 
 
 Kronßadt, a good town and admirable fortification, ftands on the illand 
 of Retufari, which is about a geographical mile in length and one third of 
 a mile in breadth, and is called by the Rußans, on account of its figure, 
 Kotlinnoi-Oßroiv, or the • kettle-ifland.' Kronßadt lies in the gulph of Finn- 
 land about eight leagues, by water, from Petersburg, and near two leagues 
 from the coaft of Ingria. It was built by Peter I. who gave it the name 
 of Kronfladt ; and near it, the fame enterprifing prince erected the ftrong 
 fort of Kronfchlofi in 1703, in the winter feafon. Kronßadt is pretty 
 large and regular in thofe parts which were firft built ; but the original plan 
 was not entirely executed. The ftreets are broad ; but only fome parts of them 
 are paved. The palace of Peter the Great, which was built with ftone, is 
 now uninhabited, and, together with other handfome ftone edifices which ' 
 make a grand appearance on the Ingria fide, is falling to decay. The other 
 buildings in this town are but mean. Befides two principal and feveral de- 
 pendent Rtißan churches, here is a fmall Lutheran church : But the E;?g/ijh 
 congregation is no longer in being. The inhabitants of Kronßadt are a 
 medley of all nations, confifting of failors, foldiers, and burghers ; and 
 amount to about 20,000 fouls. The wall round the town has feveral great 
 guns planted on it. It is likewife defended by the citadel and Kronfiblofi 
 fort, which are at a fmall diftance from the town on the Ingria fide. Kronßadt 
 has three harbours which are all large, fafe, and commodious : But the 
 frefh water in the harbour, is very detrimental to the fhips. The harbour 
 for merchantmen lies weftward and is very convenient ; but that for the 
 fhips of war, in which the greateft part of the Ruß an fleet is laid up, lies to- 
 wards the eaft. The powder magazine is erected in the water in this harbour. 
 The middle harbour is for other fhips and yachts belonging to the Crown. 
 This place Peter the Great intended to fit up for the repairing of his large 
 men of war, by cutting a ftone canal of an extraordinary breadth and 
 depth with feveral docks in it. But this great work was not compleated till 
 the prefent reign. The canal alone is two Werfls and fifty fathoms in 
 length ; and from the outward fluice of the dock to the fea is three hundred 
 and ht Rußan, or four hundred and feventeen Eng/iß:, fathoms. The 
 
 in it is railed to the depth of twenty-four feet by means of two 
 
 large
 
 a« RUSSIA. [Ingermannland. 
 
 large iluices. On the furface of the wate/, the canal when full is one hun- 
 dred feet, and at the bottom from fifty-four to fixty-feven, in breadth ; 
 .the outward and inward walls of the canal and the mole are hewn out of 
 a rock. At the end of the canal is a deep bafon lined with flone, which 
 interfeds the former at right angles, and is defigned for a refervoir of "the 
 water of the canal, when the docks are to be cleared of it. This great 
 and uleful work is not to be paralleled. At the firft opening of the canal in 
 the year 1752, it received the name of Peter the firjl and the Great ; and 
 at the mouth of it were erected two pyramids. On the north-fide of the 
 iiland Retufari, towards Carelia, the water is lb lhallow as to be navigable 
 only for fmall boats. 
 
 Kj-onjchlcfs is a firong caftle built on a fand-bank in the fea, at the 
 difiance of a cannon ihot from Kronfladt harbour, towards Ingria. It was 
 erected by Peter I. as I obierved above, for the defence of his conquefts ; 
 and fuch improvements have been added to it fince, that like Kron/ladt, it 
 is iuftly called the bulwark of Petersburg. It is built in the form of a round 
 tower with three galleries one above another ; and is well provided with 
 cannon on every fide. All the fhips that fail to Petersburg are obliged to 
 pais between this caftle and Kronjladt within reach of the cannon from 
 both fides. 
 
 Oramenbaum a fine palace fituated on the continent, near the gulf of 
 Finnland, and directly oppolite to Ki-onßadt. It was built by Prince Menz- 
 ßikow, and was afterwards converted into an hofpital for feamen ; but, at 
 prefent, it is the fummer refidence of the Great Duke, to whom it belongs. 
 Nothing can be more delightful than the garden adjoining to this feat. 
 
 Peterhof an imperial feat on the coaft of Ingria, where the Emprefs 
 ipends the fummer feafon. From the time of Peter I. no expence has 
 been fpared in adding to the charming fituation of this palace all the embel- 
 lishments of art. The houfe indeed cannot boaff. of any great regularity : But 
 whoever views the elegance of the gardens which are adorned with fountains 
 ejecting vaft columns of water to an extraordinary height, with the 
 grotto's, double cafcades, pleafant groves, and many other admirable or- 
 naments, will not think this place much inferior to the celebrated Verfailles. 
 The palace flands on a hill which is about fixty feet high ; and on one fide 
 it has a moft extenfive profpect, diverfified with noble objects ; namely, the 
 city of Petersburg, Kronßadt, and the fea. Among the fummer houles be- 
 longing to this palace one diftinguifhed by the name of Men plaifir, i. e. ' my 
 delight,' is particularly remarkable for its curious paintings. 
 
 Strelen-Hof, or Strelna-Mufa, is an imperial palace built in the water. 
 Peter I. employed many thousands of men in erecting it ; for he defigned it 
 for a fuperb palace, and a garden with a labyrinth and other embellilhments ; 
 but his plan has not been completed to this day. 
 
 Eli fabeth-Hoff, Annen-Hoff, and Catharine-Hoff are alfo imperial palaces 
 or pleafure-houfes on the river Neva. The laft, which was the favourite re- 
 fidence
 
 Ingermannlanci] RUSSIA. 431 
 
 fidenceof the Emprefs Catharine, confifts properly of two edifices, and ftand s 
 in a wood, on one of the fineft fpots in the neighbourhood of Petersburg •" 
 but its low fituation expofes it to frequent inundations. 
 
 St. Petersburg, in Latin Pctropolis or Petroburgum, is one of the capitals 
 and imperial refidences of the Ruß'an Empire. The beginning and increafe of 
 this great city were very extraordinary ; for till the year 1703, the only build- 
 ings on the fpot where this flourifhing metropolis now ftands, were two fmall 
 filhing huts. But Peter the Great having in that year taken the town of Ny- 
 enfehanze fcated on the river Neva, and made himfelf mafter of this coun- 
 try ; its commodious fituation for the Baltic trade determined him to build 
 a town and fortrefs here. He immediately began to put his project in 
 execution, calling the town by his own name. 
 
 At firft it was defigned only for a place of arms, to which all kinds of 
 military ftores might be conveniently brought from the interior parts of the 
 Empire ; io that by that means the war with Sweden might be carried on with 
 more vigour and difpatch. At this time both the public edifices, and pri- 
 vate houfes were built only with timber. The dock and the town had no 
 other fortifications than a mean rampart of earth ; nor were the ftreets 
 paved. In fhort, if the Czaar had been then deprived of the place, the lofs of 
 it would not have been great. But the victory at Pultaiva and the conqueft 
 of Livonia infpired Peter I. with hopes that he fhould be able to preferve 
 his conquefts, and to render Petersburg the capital of his Empire. His 
 fondnefs for maritime affairs, a defire of perpetuating his name, and his 
 averfion to Mofcoiv, where in his younger years he had received fo much ill 
 treatment, were the chief motives that induced him to lay the foundation of 
 this new feat of Empire ; to which fome add another inducement, namely, 
 the pleafure of mortifying the Rußans, who were fo ftrongly attached to 
 the city of Mofcoiv. 
 
 Upon this Peter I. ordered the caftle to be built with ftone, the Admi- 
 ralty to be walled in with the fame materials, and all the buildings to be 
 eredted in a handfomer and more durable manner, and gardens to be 
 laid out. 
 
 In the year 17 14, he removed the Council to Petersburg, and handfome 
 edifices were erected, in a ftraight line, for the public offices ; which in 
 1 7 1 8 were alfo tranflated hither. The principal families likewife were ordered 
 to make this their refidence, and build houfes according to their abilities. 
 But all this occafioned an irregularity in the buildings ; for the fituation of 
 the town was not precifely laid out till the year 1721. The nobility and 
 burghers had been directed to build their houfes on the ifland of Petersburg; 
 • and not a few buildings both public and private were, accordingly, erected 
 there. But afterwards the Emperor determined, that the whole town 
 fhould ftand on the ifland of Waßli-Oßrow. The ftreets were marked out ; 
 canals were dug ; the ifland was to be fortified with fifty-feven baftions ; and 
 
 the
 
 432 RUSSIA. [Ingermannland. 
 
 the nobility had their houfes to begin a fecond time. However, the death 
 of the Czaar put a Hop to the execution of this plan ; and the ftone-build- 
 ings which had been erected went to ruin. 
 
 The reluctance of the Ruffian Nobility to fettle at Petersburg was no 
 more than what was natural ; as they can neither live fo cheap nor fo corn- 
 modioufly here as they did at Mofcoiv. The country about Petersburg is none 
 of the moil: fertile ; fo that provisions are brought to that city from a great 
 distance, and rauft be paid for in ready money ; which was no fmall 
 grievance to the Nobility, who chiefly fubfifted on the produce of their eSlates, 
 but feldom abounded in money. Befides, Mofco-w feemed much fitter for the 
 imperial feat ; being in the centre of the Empire, from whence juStice might 
 be more eafily adminiftred, and the national revenue be received and dif- 
 burled with more conveniency and difpatch. Petersburg, befides other in- 
 conveniences, feemed to them to lie too near the Swedijh frontiers. How- 
 ever, this city in the time of Peter I. became large and fplendid ; and, 
 under his fucceifors, received additional improvements ; fo that it is now 
 ranked among the largeft and moft elegant cities in Europe. 
 
 Petersburg lies partly on the continent in Ingria and Finnland among 
 thick woods, and partly on feveral iflands formed by the branches of the 
 Neva, in 59 degrees 57 minutes North Latitude. The low and fwampy 
 foil on which it ftands has been considerably raifed with trunks of trees, 
 earth, and Stone : Its Situation, however, is pleafant, and the air falu- 
 brious. The city is about fix Engliß miles in length, and about as many 
 in breadth ; and has neither gates nor a wall ; but is open, and fituated on 
 feveral iflands. 
 
 The river Neva is about eight hundred paces broad, near Petersburg, 
 but has not every where a proportionate depth of water; fo that large 
 merchant-fhips are cleared at Kronfladt : but the men of war, built at 
 Petersburg, are conveyed to Kronßadt by means of certain machines called 
 camels. This river divides itfelf into two main branches, called the Great 
 and Little Neva, and feveral fmaller fireams. Befides the Neva, the rivers 
 Fontanka and Moika contribute to form the large and fmall iflands on 
 which the city ftands ; which is alfo watered by feveral canals. There is 
 but one fingle bridge over the Neva, which is conftru&ed with large flat- 
 bottomed boats, and joins the dock-yard to Baßli-Oßrow. The Praams, or 
 lighters by which this bridge is fupported, are laid acrofs the river in Spring 
 fo as to form a fafe and convenient paSfage : But in autumn, before the 
 froft begins, they are always removed. The only communication between 
 the other iflands, even in fummer, is either in boats or barks which croSs the 
 water at Slated times : but bridges are built over the Moika and Fontanka, 
 and likewife over the canals. 
 
 The number of houfes at Petersburg are computed at 8000, about Six 
 
 hundred of which are of Stone; but the reft are built with timber, and far 
 
 5 the
 
 Ingermannland.] RUSSIA. 433 
 
 the moft part, in an irregular manner after the Ruffian tafle. There are 
 about twenty Ruff an churches in this city, befides four Lutheran church:- 
 for the Germans, and feveral Calviniftical for the Swedes, Finns, Germ 
 and French Proteftants; and other places of worfhip for the En 
 Dutch, and Roman-Catholics. In defcribing this city more particularly, 
 we (hall begin with 
 
 1 . Petcrsburg-ißand, which is formed by the Great and Little Neva and 
 the Newka. Under this name we alio include the fmall illand on which 
 the fort, which is in the middle of the Neva and alio of the city, 
 ftands. This fort is of an hexagonal form, and built with ftone accord- 
 ing to the modern improvements in fortification : It is planted with a 
 great number of cannon, and additional works are continually made to it, 
 which are all vaulted : the dungeons under it are chiefly made ufe or 
 for prifons. In the middle of it Hands an elegant church, where the 
 remains of Peter the Great, his confort Catharine, and leveral other per- 
 fonages of that illuftrious family are depofited in very magnificent mau- 
 foleums. In the high beautiful tower belonging to this church, the ipire 
 of which is covered with gilt copper, hangs a fine fet of bells, with chimes 
 made in Holland, which play twice in four-and-twenty hours at twelve 
 of the clock. On one of the baftions of this fort facing the imperial 
 palace, a flag is always hung out according to the cuftom in Holland; which, 
 on ftate-holydays, is exchanged for a finer with the Ruffian Eagle on it. 
 On the fame baflion alio, when the Neva is not frozen, a great gun is fired 
 at the rifing and letting of the fun, as a fignal for the failors. As this 
 fort ftands in the centre of the town, it is not only a defence, but a very 
 great ornament to it. It ferves alfo for a fecure priibn ; and, on an exi- 
 gency, may prove a convenient afylum to the Sovereign. On ftate-holy- 
 days the baftions and curtains of this fort are finely illuminated with 
 lamps. On the illand of Petersburg, properly fo called, is a horn-work 
 belonging to the caftle. This ifland is above two leagues in circumference, 
 and is extremely well peopled ; but moft of the houfes are meanly built ; 
 and the five Rujfian churches, the fhambles, inns, and corn-market have 
 nothing that deferves notice. On this ifland is ftill to be feen the fmall 
 wooden houfe which Peter the Great ordered to be built, and lived in, 
 the firft time he arrived on the fpot where, at prefent, this luperb city 
 ftands ; and that it may remain as a lafting monument of that circumftance, 
 it is inclofed within a ftone- wall, and has been covered with a new roof. 
 This ifland is feparated, by the Carvoivka, from another called the /Ipotlc- 
 caries-J/land, which is about five or fix E??gliß) miles in circumference, and 
 contains about two hundred houfes, befides the large phyfic garden where- 
 all kinds of European and Aßatic plants, roots and trees, with proper green- 
 houies, &c. are to be feen. The other part of this ifland confifts of a pleaiant 
 wood. From the ifland of Old-Petersburg you crois the Little-Neva, and 
 come to 
 
 Vol. I. Kkk 2. The
 
 434 RUSSIA. [Ingermannland. 
 
 2. The ifland of Wafiti-Oflrow, or ' Baß's tßandl which is the 
 largeft of all thefe iflands. It is environed by the Great and Little Neva, 
 and lies towards Kronfladt. The greateft part of it is covered with 
 woods, and the reft with buildings. It has twelve broad ftreets running 
 in a direct line, and of an uncommon length. They are called the Lines, 
 and diftinguiftied by numbers ; they are alfo interfeded at right angles 
 by fix erofs ftreets ; but are not paved. The vifta's through thefe ftreets 
 are very broad and beautiful at both extremities. The largeft extends 
 the whole length of the ifland as far as the galley-harbour; but the 
 (mailed: is not fo long. Several large canals are cut through this ifland, 
 particularly at the places where the buildings ftand ; but moft of them 
 being now gone to decay, are little better than morafles. Oppofite to 
 Peter/burg ifland, and adjoining to the hemp warehoufe, are the Ex- 
 change, the Cuftom-houfe, the Pack-houfe, and the Key where the mer- 
 chants ftiips unload. Contiguous to thefe are feveral large ftone-buildings 
 belonging to the Imperial Academy of Sciences, which was founded in 
 1724 by Peter I. and endowed with a yearly revenue of 24,912 Rubels. 
 That Monarch alfo intended to ered: an Academy of the Polite Arts ; but 
 as eftimates of the neceilary charges of fuch an inftitution have not yet 
 been made, the prefent Emprefs Elizabeth was pleafed to augment the 
 above-mentioned endowment to 53,298 Rubels. 
 
 The Academy is divided into two clafles; the firft conftituting the 
 Academy, properly fo called, and the fecond the University. The 
 members of the former are employed only in finding out new inventions, 
 or in improving the difcoveries of others. They are properly ftiled Aca- 
 demic i ; but are commonly called ProfeJJbrcs. They are under no obli- 
 gation to inftrud youth, unlefs particular pupils are recommended to them, 
 or they do it voluntarily for their own advantage. This Academy is 
 again divided into four clafles: Namely, 1. The Aftronomical and Geo- 
 graphical Oafs. 2. The Phyfical Clafs, whofe province it is to make im- 
 provements in Botany, Anatomy, and Chymiftry. 3. The Phyfico-Ma- 
 thematical Clafs, who ftudy Mechanics, civil and military Architec- 
 ture, and Experimental Philofophy. 4. The Higher Mathematical Clafs, 
 who folve queftions and problems propofed by the other Clafles, and like- 
 wile fuch as are received from foreign parts. Beiides the ten Ordinary 
 Members, the Academy has ten foreign Extraordinary Members, to whom, 
 for the trouble they are fometimes put to in elucidating difficult and im- 
 portant queftions fent them by the Academy, a peniion is allowed, which 
 is not to exceed two hundred Rubels. Every Academician has an Adjunc- 
 ts, who is under his care, and fucceeds him in his place. The Aca- 
 demy is governed by a Prefident, but in fuch a manner, that every thing 
 is tranfadted under the aufpices and direction of her Imperial Majefty. 
 The Prefident, at this time, is Count Kirila Grigoriiewitjk Rafumoujki or 
 
 Cvrillus
 
 Ingermannland.] RUSSIA. 
 
 Cyrilhis Grogorides, Hcttmann of the Cofaks. By the Statutes of the 
 Academy three folemn meetings are to be held every year ; and at each 
 of thofe public affemblies a Latin and a Ruffian diflertation are to be read. 
 
 The University has its particular Profeflbrs who read lectures in the 
 Sciences both in the Latin and Ruffian languages. Difference of religion does 
 not difqualify a perfon for being a Profellbr; but they are injoined not to 
 inculcate to their pupils any thing contrary to the 1 doctrines of the Greek 
 church. The (Indents are inftru&ed in Poetry, Greek and Latin, Arith- 
 metic, Drawing, Geometry and other branches of the Mathematics, 
 civil and ecclefiaftical Hiftory, Genealogy and Heraldry, Philofophy, and 
 Antiquity : But every pupil is not inftructed in all thefe feveral fciences ; 
 nor are youth of mean circumftances admitted into the Univerfity. In the 
 year 1750, the number of ftudents amounted to thirty ; who were fent 
 hither from different convents, and lived in one houfe together under 
 the inflection of a Profeflbr. The college defigned for the Academy, 
 which ftands fomething lower, was deftroyed by fire in 1747, and has 
 not yet been rebuilt. In the buildings which belong to the Academy are 
 1. The Imperial library, which, as appears by the catalogue publifhed 
 in the year 1742, in three Volumes Svo. contains 2699 folios, 3410 quartos, 
 8078 oBaroos and duodecimos; amounting in all to 14,187 volumes, befides 
 282 Ruffian manufcripts. 2. The fine Mufeum, containing natural and 
 artificial curiofities, with a collection of phyfical, mathematical, and other 
 inftruments. 3. The Printing-houfe. 4. The Bookfeller's fhop. 5. The 
 apartment for Book-binding. 6. Another for Letter-founding. 7. The 
 Engraving apartment. 8. The Painting Academy. 9. The room where 
 mathematical inftruments are made. The famous copper-globe of Gottorp, 
 which flood on the tower of the Academy, was almoft totally confumed 
 by fire, along with the tower, in 1747 ; but has been repaired at a great ex- 
 pence, and with admirable fkill. You afcend a few fteps, and enter into the 
 Globe through a fmall door. Within ftands a table with benches round it, 
 on which twelve perfons may conveniently fit, and be turned round with 
 the celeftial globe, the outfide of which is the terrcftrial globe. The 
 diameter of it is eleven feet: It was brought hither, in 1714, from Gottorp 
 at a great expence ; and at prefent ftands in aftone edifice by itfelf, having 
 been firft repaired and beautified, and rendered more accurate than before 
 by new improvements. 
 
 The Gymnaßum and Seminarium alio belong to the Univerfity. 
 
 The next remarkable place in order is the Theatrum Pyrotechnicum, or 
 the J Fire-work Theatre,' which is built on piles in the Neva t oppofite 
 to the imperial Winter-Palace, Here is a very long ftone-building appro- 
 priated for the State-colleges and offices. Juft beyond thefe ftands the 
 fpacious and elegant ftructure, which was • formerly Prince Menfhil 
 palace, but now the. Academy of the corps of Cadets of noble families, 
 
 Kkk 2 to 
 
 435
 
 436 RUSSIA. [Ingermannland. 
 
 to which confiderable additions have been made ; but it ftill wants a 
 left wing. 
 
 By the advice of the Field-Marfhal Count Munich, the Emprefs Anne, 
 in the year 1731, i lined out a proclamation inviting all the young nobility, 
 and officers fons, of Rußa and Livonia to repair to Petersburg, where they 
 fhould be educated gratis according to their rank, &c. Purfuant to this 
 ordinance, in the beginning of the year 1732, they made their appearance 
 at Petersburg; and the above-mentioned palace was affigned for their dwell- 
 ing. At that time the number of Ruffian Cadets on this foundation was 
 to be two hundred and forty, and of the Germans one hundred and twenty ; 
 which number was then indeed complete, belides fome fupernumeraries. 
 But it is now no longer fo, efpecially with refpect to German Cadets; 
 as, of late years, they have been obliged to engage, That they will never 
 quit the Ruffian dominions, nor enter into foreign fervice. Three, four, 
 five, feven, eight or even ten Germans and Ruffians intermixed together 
 lodge in one apartment, under the infpeclion ot a fubaltern, or one of 
 the fenior Cadets, as a monitor. At dinner they have three, and at fupper 
 two dilhes ferved up ; a captain and a lieutenant being always prefent. 
 They form three companies, each of which ought to confilt of one hundred 
 and twenty perfons. Their prefent Director or Governor in chief is Prince 
 lujjopo-w. Next to him is the CommaJideur, who is a Lieutenant-Colonel; 
 and under him is the Major. Every company has a Captain, a Lieutenant- 
 Captain, a firft and fecond Lieutenant, Enlign, Serjeant-major, two Ser- 
 jeants, a Capitaine i 'Armee, a Quarter-mafter, a Vice-Enfign, four Cor- 
 porals, and eight Exempts. The fubaltern officers are felecled from among 
 the Cadets ; and fometimes even the field-officers. Formerly, they ufed 
 to be employed during the whole fummer-feafon in the exercife of arms : 
 but at prefent they are exercifed in June and part of July-, and that 
 not after the Prußan manner as heretofore, but according to the Ruffian 
 difcipline on foot. They are divided into Granadiers, of which there are 
 but few, and Mufqueteers. Every four hours twelve men and three Grana- 
 diers with a Serjeant, Corporal, and Exempt mount guard. They have 
 two fuits of clothes once in two years, one for every day, and the other 
 to wear when they are on duty. Their uniform confifts of green, and 
 ftraw-coloured wafte-coats; and the coats they wear on duty are embelüihed 
 with a narrow gold-lace. They are alfo allowed two laced-hats, the one 
 for duty and the other to wear every day ; three half-upper Ihirts trimmed 
 with lawn at the bofoms, three pair of ruffled fleeves, three cravats, three 
 under-fhirts, two pair of fpatter-dafhes once in two years, and every 
 year three pair of fhoes. Their hours for inftrudtion are, in the morning, 
 from feven to eleven, and in the afternoon from two to fix; they arc 
 taught in dalles the Ruffian, German, French, and Latin languages, with 
 the following fciences, namely, Mathematics, Hiftory, Geography, Ethics, 
 
 Politics-,
 
 Ingermannknd.] RUSSIA. 437 
 
 Politics, Logic, Civil Law; and likewife dancing, fencing, riding, drawing, 
 and other genteel exercifes. According to the original plan, their education 
 was to he Intruded to three Profeflbrs of Law, Mathematics, Hiftory and 
 the Ruffian language j four Adjunffi or afliftants, and twenty-four maflu ; 
 but fome of thefe places are now vacant. There are alfo a riding-mafter 
 and his afiiftant, an equerry and four grooms, with a flud of feventy or 
 eighty horfes maintained on this foundation. The Ruffian Cadets have 
 their particular church with two Priefts, two Lecturers, one Deacon, 
 and two Sextons ; and the Germans have a Preacher, a Chanter, and a 
 Sexton, witli a church let apart for them ; which is alio frequented by 
 many other Lutherans from the city. Divine Service is performed in both 
 churches morning and evening ; and the Ruffian Popes or Priefts generally 
 preach a fermon. None are admitted into this corps under twelve years 
 of age ; and every Cadet, according to the ftatutes, is to continue there five 
 or fix years : But feveral of them do not flay Co long, and others continue 
 longer in the Academy. Some of thefe young perfons who are defigned 
 for civil employments are termed fhidents, and are not inftrucled in 
 any military exercifes. The others, at their dilmiffion, are diftributed among 
 the regiments, the Cadets as Enligns ; the Corporals as fecond Lieutenants ; 
 the Serjeants as Serjeants-major ; and the Enfigns as firft Lieutenants. This 
 corps is under the controul of the Council of State and the Senate ; and 
 the annual expence of this foundation amounts to 65,000 Rubels. The 
 falary of the Governor in chief is 1000 Rudels; that of the Colonel 1500, 
 and that of the Major 700 Rubels ; and the reft in proportion. The Pro- 
 felfors and Mafters have apartments gratis in the houfe, to which a very fine 
 garden alfo belongs. 
 
 Near this Academy is the bridge of boats over the Neva ; and not far 
 from the latter is the Academy for three hundred and fixty Sea-Cadets. 
 Befides a Ruffian church, and the above-mentioned Lutheran church for the 
 Cadets ; there is alfo in the ftreet called the Third-Line a Get-man Lu- 
 theran church, which has the appearance of a private houfe, and the 
 Preacher lives in it. On this ifland of Bafil are likewife two Ruffian parith 
 churches and a fugar-houfe. The galley-harbour lies a little lower down 
 towards Kronßadt. In failing up the Neva from Kronßadt, one fees on the 
 Waßli-Oßroiv, which lies to the left, a very long row of near fifty elegant 
 ftone-palaces, built by the Ruffian Nobility, in the Italian tafte, extending 
 itfelf on the bank of the river almoft as far as the Cadet- Academy ; but 
 moft of them are now empty and falling to decay. On the right-hand is 
 
 3. The Admiralty-Side, or Admiralty-Ifland, which is environed by the 
 Neva and the river Fontanka ; and from this ifland the bridge of boats is 
 laid in the fummer to Wafili-Ofirow or Ba/ils ifland. There is alfo a watch 
 tower erected at the mouth of the Neva between thefe two illands. This is 
 the moft magnificent part of the city. A. parchment-manufactory, the 
 
 Admiralty-
 
 438 RUSSIA. [Ingermannland. 
 
 Admiralty-Viäualing-Ofiice, the Galley-dock where all the galleys are 
 built, and the vaft timber ftorehoufes for fhip-building lie on this ifland. 
 Here are alfo a great number of handlbme ftone-houfes and elegant palaces, 
 along the river fide, reaching almoft to the bridge of boats. The Englijb 
 factory have their place of worfhip in this part , and behind it, is Neiv- 
 Holland, with the rope-walk. The Admiralty, or Dock-yard, is fortified 
 with a wall, and five baitions planted with a great many guns ; and all 
 fhips at coming into the harbour falute it. There are always fome men of 
 war on the flocks in this yard. The top of the tower belonging to the Ad- 
 miralty is gilt in the fame manner as that of the great church in the caftle. 
 
 Near this place is the imperial Winter-Palace, which is a large fquare 
 building of three ftorics high; but the architecture is not extraordinary. Behind 
 it in a fpacious area itands a noble equeftrian ftatue of gilt brafs, erected in 
 honour of Peter I. Adjoining to this, along the banks of the Neva, are feveral 
 other palaces, among which is the old imperial Winter-Palace, feveral elegant 
 ftone buildings, the new Play-houle which is built with timber ; and the 
 delightful imperial Summer-Palace which is alfo of wood, but one ftory high, 
 and looks onlv like a pleafure-houfe. Behind this palace are feveral ftone- 
 buildings for the officers, &c. belonging to the court. It has a very fine 
 orangery, and a beautiful large garden ornamented with a moft admirable 
 grotto, fountains and other water-works, and a great number of valuable 
 marble and alabafter ftatues brought from Italy ; but they are not all of them 
 equally well executed. Two of thefe ftatues which ftand near the grotto, 
 reprefenting Religion and Faith, are greatly admired by the connoiffeurs 
 for the appearance of the faces through thin tranfparent veils, which feem 
 to cover them. This garden is alfo famous for a pleafant grove of oaks ; 
 which has not its equal in all the Ruffian Empire. The dock affords a 
 double vifta, one to the Ruffian church of the Afcenfion ; the other is ter- 
 minated by the Convent of Alexander Ncwßi. The elegant buildings on 
 both fides of the river Fontanka alfo make a moft beautiful appearance from 
 hence. The ftreets that lie behind the Admiralty, and along the fields be- 
 hifid the imperial Summer-Palace, are very grand and magnificent; but thefe 
 are equalled, if not excelled by the Great and Little Morjkoi and the Million- 
 Street, which are embellifbed with the moft fuperb buildings. At the end of 
 the Million-Street, near the garden of the Summer-Palace, the Emperor has a 
 curious dilpenfary. In this part alio lie the imperial ftables, and the dwell- 
 ings of the Officers belonging to them ; the church of the Siaedijh Finns; 
 the German Lutherans church, dedicated to St. Peter, which is an elegant 
 
 1 cture and the chief of the pioteitant ecclefiaftical buildings ; the church of 
 the German and French Calvin iits ; the ihops, which to the number of one 
 hundred lie in a ftraight line, and forma vifta (no merchant being allowed 
 t 1 have a mop in his houfe) where all forts of goods are to be lold ; and 
 laftly, two market-places full of fhops, near which are the menagery, the 
 park, and the elephant-yard where feveral of thole animals arc kept. 
 
 4. The
 
 Ingermannland.] RUSSIA. 4.3 a 
 
 4. The Mofcovite-Side, which is properly the city, is on the continent ; and 
 part of it is very well built. In this quarter are the following places of note : 
 The private dock ; the Court-Victualling-Oirice ; the foundery on the Neva, 
 in which great numbers of mortars and cannon are caft; the fire-work 
 elaboratory ; the aqueduct which fupplies the fountains in the Emperor's 
 garden ; the German Lutheran church dedicated to St. Anne ; three Rujjian 
 churches; the pheafant-houle ; the Italian Garden j the Mufcovite lemjkoi; 
 the Convent of St. Alexander Neio/ki, of which a particular account fhall 
 be given in the fequel ; and the barracks for the horfc-guards, together with 
 the itables for their horfes. 
 
 5. Latlly, on the Wibourg-Side, as it is called, arc the following remark- 
 able places : St. Samfiris church, and the Ruffian and German burial-places ; 
 the fugar-houfe ; the land and fea-hofpital ; the hofpital-church ; the beer- 
 brewers quarter ; the Dutch beer brew-houfc ; a rope-walk ; the fuburb 
 called Sloboda Kofatfchia ; a nurfery of young oaks ; great Ockta-, a Rußian 
 church ; the ruins of a fort called Nienfchanz, which was taken and demo- 
 lifhed in 1 703 by Peter I. and little Ockta. 
 
 There is a great variety of curious manufactures in this city; as that of 
 looking-glafTes, gold and filver works, tapeftry, &c. Its extenfive commerce 
 alfo adds a great importance to Petersburg ; for a vaft number of fhips from 
 all maritime countries frequent this port, as the mart for buying all Rujjian 
 commodities ; and find a vent for all the goods they import, and for which 
 there is a demand in Rußa. 
 
 The inhabitants of this large city, befides Rußans, confiit of all nations ; 
 fo that a perfon hears a great variety of languages, and fees an infinite 
 diverfity of falhions and cuiloms at Petersburg. The burghers or citizens, 
 properly lb called, do not exceed two hundred ; but the town contains 
 above 1 00,000 Souls. The fplendor of the Court is imitated by the inha- 
 bitants in general ; though every thing belonging to apparel, and efpecially if 
 it be made by foreign artificers is very dear ; and likewile furniture, and houfes 
 in a good fituation bear, fometimes, a very high price in this city. On die other 
 hand, provifions (wine, lemons, oranges and fome other foreign particu- 
 lars excepted) are fold here very cheap, and in winter are brought hither in 
 great abundance from the diflance of feveral hundred miles. 
 
 The morals of the inhabitants, as in all large cities, are very much cor- 
 rupted and depraved. The fupicious vigilance of the Ruffian government 
 renders it necefiary for a ffranger to be very circumfpect in his words and 
 behaviour : However foreigners, who are very numerous here, enjoy all 
 poilible liberty of confeience, as long as they do not fay any thing againit the 
 Greek religion. 
 
 When a perfon intends to fet out from hence in order to quit the countrv, 
 he mull be furnifhed with a Pafs, and advertife his name and intention of 
 travelling in the news-papers. No iboner is the winter fet in, than near 
 
 3000
 
 440 RUSSIA. [Ingermannland. 
 
 3000 Ruß ans repair with their fledges to Petersburg, where they ftand in 
 every ftreet, and are fo cheap and convenient that few go on foot even ahout 
 the town. A fledge and a horfe may be hired for ten Copeiks * an hour ; and 
 within that time this carriage will go about feven or eight Englijh miles, the 
 horfe continually galloping. Every Ißvoßiek, or driver, is marked with a 
 certain number on his back. It is fufficient for a firanger to know the place 
 or the houfe where he is to go, and three or four Ruffian words ; as Stupai, 
 drive on ; Stoy, flop ; Pramo, ftraight on ; Na prava to the right ; Na 
 leva to the left ; and the driver will carry him fafe. Moft houfe-keepers 
 have their own fledges and horfes ; and perfons of diflinclion have alfo 
 their poftillion. In fummer-time thofe who are not inclined to go on 
 foot in this extenfive city, either make ufe of their own carriage, which is 
 almofl of abfolute necefiity here, or elfe hire curricles or boats. The police 
 of this city is good, and flriclly executed. There are few places where fo 
 many great guns are fired, for diverfion, as at Petersburg. A fouth-weft wind 
 in autumn frequently occafions an inundation here: thofe which happened 
 in 1721, 1726, 1736, and 1752 did very great damage, to this city. 
 
 The convent of St. Alexander Neiijki lies about five Werßs from the caftle, 
 on the river Neva ; and was built in honour of that pious Prince in the 
 form of an eagle, but is not yet compleated. It contains above two hun- 
 dred apartments. In the middle of the building flands a very large and 
 beautiful church, which reprefents the eagle's body ; the two towers, its 
 neck and head ; the fpire, the Imperial Crown ; and the two fmall churches 
 on each fide, the two wings. In this convent are depofited the pretended 
 remains of that Saint, for which the prefent Emprefs Elifabetb ordered a 
 iilver fhrine to be made, which lies on a fuperb monument covered with 
 filver plates of a confiderable thicknefs. 
 
 Sarfioe-Selo is a pleafant imperial palace about thrity Werßs from Peters- 
 burg, with a park and a garden. In the hermitage is a table, which by 
 fcrews may be railed up into the apartment above, and let down again, at 
 pkafure. 
 
 Pofad is a mean little town at the entrance of the Ladoga canal ; near 
 which, on a fmall ifland in the Neva, is another imperial palace. 
 
 Schlißelburg, a ftrong fort, flands on a fmall ifland in the middle of 
 the Neva, juit where it runs out of the Ladoga-lake, and commands both 
 fliores. It was formerly called Orejhek, or Oreckoiaitz ; and in the Sivedifh 
 language, Notteburg, from the form of the ifland whereon it flands, 
 which refembles a nut. But Peter the Great having made himfelf mafler 
 of it in the year 1702, changed the name of this fort to Schluß'elburg ; that 
 monarch efteeming it the key [Schlußl] of his conquefts. Its walls are 
 two fathoms and a half thick, and built in the old manner. In one angle of 
 this fort is a fmall flrong caftle. The Rußans have improved this fort both 
 
 * About five-pence fterüng. 
 4 within
 
 Wiburg.] RUSSIA. 
 
 within and without, and added new works to it. It has undergone many 
 fieges ; and when Peter I. took it in 1702, he ordered two medals to be 
 (truck in commemoration of his fuccefs. On one of them is the following 
 ihfcriptioh : 
 
 Notteburgum nunc, Schhtßclburgum pofl annos XC ah hofie recupcra!um. 
 Aftum d. 12 Otfob. f. v. MDCCII. 
 
 ' Notteburg, now called Schulejjclburg, recovered from the enemy, after 
 c ninety years poilelfion, on the twelfth of Ot'hber 1702.' 
 
 III. The late acquifitions in C A R E L 1 A y 
 
 Or die Gov e r n m e n t of W I B U R G. 
 
 / npHIS province includes part of the Great Dutchy of Finnland, which was 
 ■*• ceded to Rujfia by the Swedes, and confifts of, 
 
 i. Part of Finnlandish-Carelia. 
 
 Care/ia has often been a bone of contention between Sweden and Rujfia. 
 In the year 1293, it fell under the Swedijh dominion; but in 1338, part 
 of it was yielded up to RuJJia. By the peace of NJladt concluded in 1721, 
 a mil greater part of this country was refigned to the Rujfians ; the weitem 
 part only being left in the pofierlion of the Swedes. After this Sweden 
 was obliged to give up, by the treaty of Abo, the fort of Frederickjhamn 
 and Wilmannßrand, with part of the parirti of Pythis, which lies on the 
 other fide of the eaftern branch of the river Kymmene. In this part of 
 Carclia are the following places of note. 
 
 Suflerbeck, which lies on the gulf of Finnland, is remarkable both for 
 the excellency, largenefs, and contrivance of its manufactories of mufkets, 
 fwords, and iron utenfils. The greateft part of the arms of the Ruffian 
 forces are caft or forged in this place. 
 
 JViborg, by the Finnlanders called Somelinde, was formerly the capital of 
 all Carclia, a Bifhop's See, and the bulwark of Sweden againit Rujfia. It 
 is lltuated on the fea, and carries on a confiderable trade. Peter the Great 
 having taken this town by capitulation in the year 17 10, improved its 
 fortifications ; which have ever fince been kept in fuch good condition, 
 that Wiborg may now be looked on as the bulwark of Ruf/ia againft. Sweden. 
 This city was built in the year 1293, and has often fuffered by fire. 
 
 Willmannjlrand Hands on the Sairaa-hke, and is called in the Finnean- 
 • language Lappi Weffi, i. e. ' Lapp-water.' It had formerly the name of Lap- 
 ßrand and was only a market-place ; but was afterwards made a town : 
 however, it has no magiftrate of its own, but is dependent on Frederick- 
 jhamn. It was alio a confiderable mart for tar, and the refidence of a 
 
 Vol. I. L 1 l Swedfö 
 
 441
 
 44 2 RUSSIA. [Wiburg. 
 
 Surdijh Governor. On the twenty-third of Augufl 1741, an obftinate battle 
 was fought about an Englißj mile from this town between 3000 Swedes and 
 16,000 Ruffians; but at lafl the former were obliged to yield to fuperiority 
 of numbers. The Ruffians, having gained the vi&ory, burnt Willmannflrand y 
 which before was fortified with a moat and wall ; but it has fince been re- 
 built. 
 
 Frederickßatrm, in Latin Frederic! Portus, lies on the gulf of Finnland, 
 on the fpot where the town of Wekelax, which was burnt by the Ruffians in 
 17 12, formerly ftood. In the year 1723 this town was endowed with a 
 charter, and governed by two burgomafters : it had alio a good harbour, 
 and a coniiderable trade in tar ; and was fortified by a caflle built in 1722. 
 But in the laft war between the Swedes and Ruffians, it was burnt to the 
 ground and ceded to the latter. By the peace of Nyfiadt the limits betwixt 
 the Swediflj and Ruffian Carelia were fixed near this place. 
 
 2. Part of Kexholm. 
 
 This country anciently belonged to Rußa ; and, indeed, was wrefted from 
 them, in 1293 and 1580, by the Swedes-, but foon after recovered. The 
 Czaar Waßlei Iwanowitz Shuißi promifed it to King Charles IX. in conside- 
 ration of the affiftance he gave him ; but the Czaar did not keep his word. 
 Gußavus Adolphus revenged this affront, and compelled the Czaar Michael 
 Feoderowitz to refign this country to him at the peace of Stolbow. In 
 172 1, the fouthern and beft part of it, together with the fortrefs of Kex- 
 holm, was reftored to Rußa by the treaty of Nyfiadt. The moft remarkable 
 place in it is 
 
 Kexholm or Calerogorcd, i. e. c the fortrefs of Carelia,' which is a flrong 
 town ; but the buildings are all of wood. It ftands on two fmall iflands at 
 the influx of the river Woxen into the lake of Ladoga. The town is built 
 on one of thefe iflands, and the caflle on the other. 
 
 3. A Part of Sawolax, 
 
 Yielded up to Rußa, by the treaty of Abo, in 1743. It confifts of the 
 town of Nyßot and a diftricl: of two miles round it. 
 
 Nyßot, in Latin Arx Nova, and in the Finnean-hngmge called Sawo- 
 tinna, lies on the Saima-hke, and was built in 1745. Its caflle which 
 ftands on a rock in a river near the town, and from which the latter derives 
 its name, is extremely well fortified both by art and nature. In the year 
 1495, it baffled the attempts of Rußa ; but in 17 14 was obliged to fubmit 
 to their arms. It was reftored to the Swedes at the peace of Nyfiadt -, but 
 they were obliged to give it up to the Rußians by the treaty of Abo. 
 
 In the next place, we are to give an account of 
 
 The Provinces which have always made a part of Russia. Thefe are 
 
 is follows. 
 
 I. The
 
 RUSSIA. 
 I. The Government of 
 
 N O H r O G R D. 
 
 'T"" s HIS Government includes the Dutchy of Nowogrod, or the ifland of 
 ■*■ Great Nowogrod, which the Ruf/ians conquered in the year 147H. In 
 this country lies the Ofcro-Ihnen, or Jl/nen-hke, from which the river Wolcow 
 runs ; and thofe great rivers called the Wolga, Dneiper, and the Polijh Dwina 
 have alio their fources in this province. Peter the Great ordered a canal to 
 be cut between the rivers Twerza and M/ia, near the town of Wifchni Wo~ 
 lotjhok ; ib that, at prefent, there is a communication between the Cafpian- 
 Sea, (along the rivers Wolga, Iwerza, and Mßa,) and the Ihuen-läke ; and 
 from thence there is a pafTage for veflels along the river Wolcow into the 
 Ladoga-hke ; and from the latter down the Neva into the Baltic. 
 This Government includes the following Circles or Diftricls. 
 1 . The Circle of Nowogrod, called by the Ruffians Nowogorodjkoi Uiezd. 
 In this Diftricl are the following remarkable places. 
 Nowogrod Weliki, or Great Nowogrod, in Latin Novcgardia or Ncapolis 
 magna, is a very ancient, large and celebrated city, fituated on the river 
 Wolcow, juft where it runs out of the ///«tvz-lake. It is a place of confider- 
 able trade, and the feat of a Governor. It was firft built in the ninth 
 century by the Sclavonians ; and improved by Rurik, a Waregerian Prince, for 
 his place of refidence. Nowogrod was a famous ftaple of the Hanfc-towns till 
 j 494 ; and grew fo powerful as to give occalion to a phrafe, ' Can any body 
 withiland God and Nowogrod V But by frequently falling into the hands of 
 the enemv, and the many conflagrations which from time to time have 
 happened in this town, it is ib far reduced, that fcarce any marks of its former 
 grandeur now remain. The churches and convents are the only objects 
 worthy of notice ; the reft of the town confifting of fmall wooden houfes. 
 It is however, an Archbifhop's See. The fortifications connft of old walls 
 and deep moats. The old Ruffian writers call this city Holmgardc. 
 
 St. Antony ?> convent lies on the river Wolcow about two Werjis from Novo- 
 grod, and is the principal monaftery in the country. St. Antony, the founder of 
 it died, and was buried here in 1 147. Befides his monument, here is (hewn 
 a mill-ftone on which, as his votaries gravely affert, he failed from Rome 
 to this place, and feme other curiofities of the fame nature. 
 
 Siaraia Ladoga, or old Ladoga, is a fmall town on the river Wblcpw 
 confifting of about fifty houfes, with two churches and the ruins of a caftle. 
 It was, indeed, formerly a large city, and the firft refidence of Rurik Prince of 
 RuJJia ; but when the canal of Ladoga was made, it gradually fell to decay. 
 
 L 1 1 2 Ncwaia 
 
 443
 
 444 RUSSIA. [Nowogrod. 
 
 Nowaia Ladoga, or New Ladoga, lies between the lake of Ladoga, and the 
 canal of that name which here joins the river Wolcow. This fmall town 
 was peopled from Old Ladoga for the mod part, and is the refidence of a 
 Waiwode. 
 
 Wiijhnei Wolotß:ok, a confiderable village on the river Twerza, inhabited 
 by fea-faring people. It was coniumed by fire in the years 1748 and 1753. 
 Here the Twerza and Mßa are joined together by a canal. 
 Sfaraia Rtiffa, a fmall town, but famous for its falt-works. 
 Tikfitißoi Pojad, a convent fituated on the river Tikfrna. 
 Stolbowa, a village near the 'Tikfina, where, in the year 1617, a peace was 
 concluded betwixt Rujfia and Sweden. 
 
 Olonetz, a town on the river Olonia, to which belongs a large territory, 
 In this town are an iron-work, and a forge. 
 Petrowßoi Sawed, an iron work. 
 Powenetz, a large village. 
 
 Wygow/kie Mednie Sawodi, an iron work on the river Wiig. 
 Porkow, a town fituated on the river Shelona. 
 Waldai, a large market town. 
 
 Cotilaw, a poft-ftage. This is remarkable for being the place where the 
 Great Duke Peter Feodorowitz lay ill of the fmall pox in 1745, and happily 
 recovered of that "dangerous diftemper. 
 2. The Province of Pleskow. 
 Places of note in this province are, 
 
 PJ&ow or Ple/kow, a ftrong provincial town which lies on the river Welika: 
 It is a Bifhop's See, and a place of great trade; and confequently k very popu- 
 lus. In the year 1581, it held out a fiege againft the Poles. 
 Ißorß, an ancient town with a caftle of the fame name. 
 Petjherßoi, a convent famous in hiftory for having been frequently 
 befieged by the Livonian knights. It is fo called from the fubterraneous 
 paflages near it, which, it is faid, have a communication with thofe of 
 Kiew. 
 
 Kobylie was formerly a town on the Peipus-\a.ke, and on account of its 
 having been often demolifiied it had the name of Gcroditjhe. Here are ftill 
 iome inhabitants. 
 
 Gdow a town in this neighbourhood. 
 
 OJlrow, a fmall town, flands on an ifland in the river Welika, and has z. 
 Diftridt belonging to it. 
 
 Wyßjegorod, Wrew, Wybor, Wolodimeritz and Dubkow or Dubiow, fmall 
 towns dependent on OJlrow. 
 
 Opotjha, a fmall town lying on an ifland in the river Welika, to which the 
 little towns of Krajhoi, Welie and Woronetßj are fubjedt. 
 
 Rß:ewa Pußaia, or Sawolotßic, is immediately dependant on Plefiowl 
 This town flands on an ifland formed by the river Welika, 
 
 3. The
 
 Nowogrod.] RUSSIA. 
 
 3. The Province of Welikoluk, called in the Rußan langnage Welt- 
 koluzkaia Provinciia. 
 
 Places of note in this province are, 
 
 Welikie Litki, a provincial town, which gives title to the Archbifhop of 
 Novogrod. 
 
 Colm, a little town on the river Loivat, to which a particular Diflrict be- 
 longs. 
 
 Tropetz, a town of good trade on the river Toropa. 
 
 4. The Province of Twer. 
 Remarkable places in this Province are, 
 
 Ticer, the provincial town, which lies on both fides of the Wolga, at the 
 influx of the river Twerza. It is a large town, having feventy churches and 
 convents, and carries on a confiderablc trade in corn. It is at pre lent an 
 Archbilhop's See ; and formerly was the residence of feveral Great Dukes- 
 and Princes. Near the town ftands a caftlc on an eminence. 
 
 Torß:ok, a pretty large town furrounded with walls on the river Twerza. 
 
 Stariza, Subzaw, and Rßjewa Wohdömerenva are towns which lie on the 
 banks of the Wolga. 
 
 Oßaßkow and Pogoreloe Goroditfdv were formerly towns, but now little 
 better than villages. 
 
 Kraßwi, Cholm, and Mikulin on the river Shoßja were alio formerly con- 
 siderable towns ; particularly Cholm, which was the relidence of the Sovereign 
 of the country, who was defcended from the royal family of Twer. A 
 Mikklin of a particular line of the fame family alio refided here. 
 
 5. The Province of Belosero, called in the Rußan language Beloferskaia- 
 Provinciia. 
 
 This Province formerly had its own Princes, being an appenage of the 
 Great Ducal family. In this Province are, the lakes of Beloßero, i. e. the 
 ' White Lake,' which is fifty Werßs in length, Woß:e-Ofero, and Latfha- 
 Ofero. 
 
 In this province are the following places of note. 
 
 Beld/ero, the provincial town, lies on the welt fide of the lake of that 
 name. It contains about five hundred dwellings, and eighteen churches. 
 Here is a caftle of a quadrangular form, incloled with a wall of earth ; and 
 within which are two churches, the Archbilhop's palace, the revenue offices, 
 the Waiwode's houfe and other buildings. In the year of Chrift 862, when 
 Si/ieits, a Waregerian Prince, prefided at Beloßro, the city is faid to have flood 
 on the north fide of the lake. About a Werfi and a half from this city, on 
 the banks of the river Shopna, lies Iamskaia-Sloboda, and a monaftery. 
 
 Slowianskoi or Slowinskoi JFolok, is a- fmall town or village. 
 
 Tßaharonda, a town lying on the weft fide of the lake Woße Ofero-. 
 
 Ußiußma Shelefopohkaia is a town on the river Mo/oga, in which is a 
 conliderable iron foundery, 
 
 II. The- 
 
 445
 
 44.6 RUSSIA. 
 
 II. The Government of 
 
 ARCHANGEL, 
 
 Called in the Ruffian Language 
 Archangelagorodskaia Guberniia. 
 
 A T*' HIS Government includes a part of Lapland, of which country we 
 -"- have given a fufficient account in treating of Sweden. As great 
 numbers of the people called Samoiedes live in this Government, they are 
 not to be entirely paffed over in filence. The Samoiedes inhabit the 
 coaft of the Northern Ocean and Ice Sea, both in Europe and Slfia. The 
 word Samoiad is faid to fignify ' Man-eater ;' for it was erroneoufly ima- 
 gined that thefe people devoured their deceafed friends and the prifoners 
 taken in war : but their cuftom of eating filh and the flefh of animals 
 raw muff have given occafion to this report. The Samoiedes, that live in 
 the Government of Archangel, are quite feparated from the reff of that 
 nation ; and, as it were, excluded from any intercourfe with them : They 
 have alfo a different language ; however, as to religion and cuftoms, they 
 entirely correfpond. They are very poor, fimple, and undefigning. Their 
 ftature is low ; and their feet, efpecially thole of the females, are remark- 
 ably fmall. Their tawny complexion, longifh eyes, and puffed cheeks 
 make them appear very difagreeable to ftrangers. 
 
 Their winter drefs is made of rein-deer fkin with the hairy fide out- 
 wards ; and generally the cap, coat, gloves, breeches, and flockings are 
 fewed together ; fo that the whole fuit makes but one piece. In fum- 
 mer they drefs themfelves in fifh-fkins ; and inffead of thread ufe the 
 nerves of wild beaffs cut into long filaments. 
 
 They all fubfift by hunting andfifhing; the flefh of rein-deer, bears, 
 feals or fea-dogs, fowls, dried flfh, and turneps being their ufüal food. 
 The flefh they eat partly raw and partly boiled. Their hunting weapons 
 are bows and arrows, and javelins, the points of which are of bone ; 
 they have alfo fome darts bearded with iron. When they find it dif- 
 ficult to fubfift in one place, they immediately remove to another. Their 
 fummer huts are made of nothing but the bark of birch-trees ; but in 
 winter they are covered with the fkins of rein-deer. Their whole fub- 
 ftance conlills in tents, clothes, and rein-deer. Both Sexes among them 
 wear the fame kind of drefs ; and as they are equally difagreeable in their 
 features, it is not an eafy matter to difhnguifh one from the other. 
 
 4 Their
 
 Archangel.] R U S S S I A. 
 
 Their marriages are attended with no other ceremony but merely an 
 agreement between the parties. Moft of them have but one wife-, thou 
 polygamy is not prohibited among diis people. The Samoiedes, like the 
 Oßiaks, call their new-born children by the name of the firft animal they 
 meet ; or if they firft happen to meet a relation, he generally names 
 the child. 
 
 Before they became fubject to the Ruffian Government, the only punifhment 
 among them was, to fell the perpetrator of any heinous crime, as muni 
 &c. together with his whole family for flaves. But, at prefent, the Ruffian 
 laws have been introduced in the principal places in this country. 
 
 They have very little knowledge of a Supreme Being ; but pay their 
 adorations to miihapen wooden images of men, beads, rimes, bird?, 
 &c. They alfo worihip the heads of beads of prey, particularly thofe of 
 bears, which they put up in the woods, and fervently pray to ; that being 
 an animal of which they are extremely afraid. Their Prieds, whom thev 
 call Shamanns or Kodejhiks, are chofen from among fuch as are moil 
 advanced in years ; and thefe they imagine can make known to them the 
 will of their Gods, foretel future events, and perform all kinds of magical 
 operations by their ftrange geftures and ridiculous grimaces. 
 
 Till the reign of the Czaar Iwan Wajilowitz, the only magiftrate among 
 them was the oldeft man in the family or village, to whom the reft were 
 fubjeet. But in this Czaar's reign a perfon called Anica Stroganow fent his 
 fon to make difcoveries in this country, who, on his return, made an 
 ample report to the Government. The Ruffians were not a little fond of 
 the fine furrs it produced ; and the Czaar immediately ordered feveral forts 
 to be built in different parts of the country. The Samoiedes readilv fub- 
 mitted to pay a tribute of furrs, which was impofed on them. By degrees 
 die habitable places were occupied by Ruffian colonies and Governor::. 
 Thefe people made two attempts to lhake off the Ruffian yoke, but were 
 foon reduced. They have the fined; furrs in all the Ruffian Empire, which 
 they difpofe of to the Ruffians for trifles ; and, when they meet with no fuccefs 
 in hunting and fiflnng they exchange them for meal : They mix the 
 meal with water, and eat it out of a kettle which always hangs over 
 the fire. 
 
 The Circles of this Government are, 
 
 i. The Circle of Kola which is a part of Lapland. 
 
 Places of note in this Circle are as follow. 
 
 Kola or Kolfki Ojlrog is a fmall place in the Latitude of 68°, 5-4". ft 
 flands on the river Kola, which riles in a lake of the fame name, fall» 
 into a fmall bay of the Northern Ocean, and forms a harbour in this place 
 which is frequented every year by fome foreign fhips. Near Kola Hands 
 the convent of Pejbenjkoi. 
 
 Swiatoi Nofs, i. e, ' The holy cape,' which projects into the Northern. 
 Ocean. Kandalax^ 
 
 447
 
 44 8 RUSSIA. [Archangel. 
 
 Kandalax, Koweda, Keret, Ketnjkoi Ojirog, and Sumßoi Oflrog are all 
 mean towns fituated near the White Sea. 
 
 2. The Dwina Circle, called by the Ruffians Dwinskoi Uiezd 
 Remarkable places in this Circle are, 
 
 Archangel, in the Ruffian language Gorod Arkangelskoi ', in Latin Arcban- 
 gelopclis, the capital of this Government, and a famous commercial city, 
 lies in 64° 34' North Latitude, on the river Dwina, about leventy-fwe 
 JVerßs from the White Sea. This city is about three Englijh miles in length, 
 and one in breadth, and the houfes are all built with wood after the Ruffian 
 manner, except the large Goßinnoi Dwor, or ' Merchants Exchange,' 
 which is of ftone. The citadel, where the Governor lives, is furrounded 
 with a kind of wall made with large pieces of timber. This city is a 
 Bifhop's See. The Lutherans and Cahinijls have their respective churches 
 here. Provifions are fold very cheap at Archangel. 
 
 The foundation of its commerce was laid by the Englijh in the reign 
 of the Czaar Jwan Bafilowitz * ; and the advantages they reaped from the 
 R/ffia-trade foon prompted other nations to put in for a (hare of it. But 
 thegradual increafe and profperity of Petersburg has occafioned this citj 
 to decline in the fame proportion. However, a poll: has been eftabliihed 
 between this town and Petersburg for the conveniency of trade. 
 
 Noiva Divinka a fort, which flands on an ifland. 
 
 Kolmogozi, a fmall town, which lies on an ifland in die Dwina, not far 
 from Archangel. This place is remarkable for being the refidence of An- 
 thony Vlric Duke of Brunfwic, and his auguft family. 
 
 Kerni, a fmall town, on the White Sea. Near it lies the ifland of 
 Sdoivezkoi, on which ftands the famous monaftery where two celebrated 
 faints are worshipped, and on that account much frequented by pilgrims. 
 Kere is alio a flate prifon. 
 
 3. The Circle of Kewrol, called in the Ruffian language Kewrolskoi 
 Uiezd. 
 
 In this DiftricT: lies 
 
 Kewrol, a fmall town, with fome other mean towns or villages. 
 
 4. The Circle of Mesen, called by the Ruffians Mejenskoi Uiezd, and 
 in the imperial titles, Udorien. Its chief town is Me/en, fituated on a 
 river of the fame name. It has alio feveral other places of lefs note. 
 
 5. The Circle of Pustosersk, in the Ruffian language Pujlojerskoi 
 
 Uiezd. 
 
 In this Circle lies Pujlojerskoi Oflrog, on the lake of Pitflofero, which 
 has a communication with the river Pet/bora. This country was for- 
 merly called Ingorien. 
 
 6. The Circle of Yarensk, in the Ruffian language Iarenskoi Uiezd. 
 The mod remarkable place in this Circle is the fmall town of Yarensk 
 
 which flands on the river Wytjhegda. 
 
 * In the year 1553. See note in p. 393. 
 
 7. The
 
 Archangel.] RUSSIA. 4.49 
 
 7. The Circle of Solwvtshegotsk, called by the Ruffians Soliwyt- 
 ßoegotskoi Uiezd. 
 
 Places of note in this Circle are, 
 
 Solwytfhegotskaia, a town famous for its falt-works. 
 
 Lalskoi Pofad, a market-town on the river Lata, which falls into the 
 Lufa about two Werjis from this place. It has three handfom churches 
 built with ftone, and two alms-houfes, one of which has a good church. 
 The number of houies in this town is about one thoufand ; and the inhabi- 
 tants are almoft all traders. Some villages belong to this place ; and near 
 it ftands a monaflery. 
 
 8. The Circle of Ustiug, called by the Ruffians Ufiiujhkoi Uiezd. 
 In this Circle lies the provincial town 
 
 Ußiug Weliki, near the conflux of the rivers Sukfotia and lug. Ußiug 
 formerly flood at the mouth of the latter, from which it derives its name. 
 This city is about three Werfts and a half in length, and half a Werfl in 
 breadth, and, including the Dymowskaia Sloboda, which joins to it, contains 
 twenty-three churches, beiides five covents, and fitteen other churches about it. 
 This city is an Archbilfiop's See. Its communication by water with Arch- 
 angel and Wologda makes it fo convenient for trade, that moll of its inha- 
 bitants are merchants; and fome of them are veiy wealthy. Thole who go 
 from Archangel to Siberia, generally pafs through this city ; and molt of 
 the merchants who travel from Siberia to RuJ/ia go by way of Ußiug. 
 There is great plenty of fifh taken in this place. Though Ufliug lies in Lati- 
 tude 61 degrees 15 minutes; yet the fruits of the earth often come to ma- 
 turity in this climate. 
 
 9. The Circle of Washsk, by the Ruffians called Wajhskoi Uiezd. 
 In this Circle are the following remarkable places. 
 
 Pofad Wercowajhskoi , a good market-town. 
 Shenkursk, a town or village on the river Waga. 
 
 10. The Circle of Tot ma, or Totemskoi Uiezd. 
 In this Diftrict are, 
 
 Totma, a town confifting of about two hundred mean houfes, and thir- 
 teen churches. Moft of the inhabitants both of the town and Sloboda, or 
 fuburbs, are traders. Without the town are two convents, and eighteen 
 falt-pits which are fupplied by three faline fprings. The fait is white and 
 traniparent, but not very pungent ; and the tafle of it is a little bitterifh. 
 Totma formerly flood on the river of the fame name. It is under the 
 jurifdiction of the province of Wologda. 
 
 Nowoie Ujjolie, which ftands on the river Kowda, has four falt-pits. 
 
 Lednigskoie Ußlie, leated on the river Ledinga, has five falt-pits, where 
 both a very white and a browniih fait is made. 
 
 1 1. The Circle of Wologda, or Wologojhkoi Uiezd 
 In this Circle the places of note are, 
 
 Vol. I. M m m . Wologda,
 
 45° 
 
 RUSSIA. [Mofcow. 
 
 Wologda, the provincial city, which ftands on a river of the fame name. 
 It has feventeen hundred dwelling-houfes, fixty-eight churches, two con- 
 vents with four churches, and a German Slobode, or Suburb, though but two 
 German families now live in it. To this city alfo belong two Slobodes or 
 Suburbs inhabited by fledge-drivers, in which are two churches ; befides 
 a convent of Monks with four churches, and a Slobode with two churches. 
 It is the See of an Archbifhop. This city formerly was in a flourifhing 
 condition, and carried on a confiderable trade : But its commerce now 
 eonfifts of hemp, hemp-feed, and matting made of the bark of lime- 
 trees, which the inhabitants fend to Archangel in a few large barges that 
 belong to this town ; and the 7??//w-leather and tallow they fend by land 
 to Petersburg. Archangel on the other hand lupplies Wologda with all 
 foreign commodities, which are fold here very cheap. Moft of the in- 
 habitants of this town are dealers. Hollanders and Germans have been 
 fettled here for a long time part ; and upon the taking of Narva, the greateft 
 part of the inhabitants, who were taken prifoners, were fent to this town, 
 and by their induftry provided lb well for themfelves, that it was with 
 reludlancv they went back. The Archangel poft paffes through this town, 
 which is eight hundred Werfis diftant from that city. 
 
 Kitbenskoie Sek, a village on the lake Rubenskoe, which abounds with 
 fifh, and is fixty Werßs in length, and between five and fourteen in 
 breadth. It belongs to the Soltikow family. 
 
 12. The Circle of Galitsh, called by the Ruffians Galitßohi Uiezd, 
 formerly a principality. 
 
 The moft remarkable places here are, 
 
 Galifß, the principal town of this Circle. 
 
 Sol Galitfikaia, Tjhukloma, Sadai Kolorew, Perfenew, and Unßd, fmall 
 towns in this Circle. 
 
 III. The Government of 
 
 MOSCOW, 
 
 By the Rißans called 
 
 MOSKOWSKAIA GUBERNIIA. 
 
 THIS Province is the beft cultivated and moft populous in the whole 
 Empire, and may be called the garden of Rußet, in the centre of 
 
 which it lies. 
 
 The
 
 Mofcow.] RUSSIA. 
 
 The Circles included in this Government are the following. 
 
 i. The Circle of Kostroma. 
 
 In this Diflricl lies 
 
 Koßroma, a provincial town of a middling fize, fituated on the Wolga, 
 •and furrounded with a rampart of earth. Oppofiteto it on the right hand lies 
 a fuburb czWtd Slobode Gorodijhtjhc ; and near this, above the town, flands the 
 irately monaflery of Iratskci, furrounded with flone-walls and ornamented 
 with towers, battlements, &c. 
 
 The fmall towns of Bui, Liubim and Shuia are alfo in this Circle. 
 
 2. The Circle of Yaroslawl, which was formerly a Principality. 
 In this Diftxicl are the following remarkable towns. 
 
 Yaroflawl, a large and well built provincial town, which has a good trade, 
 and is celebrated for its lachte or ify^vz-leather. The (hops in the large- 
 Exchange make a very grand appearance, and are very well flecked both 
 with home and foreign goods. Here is alfo a conliderable manufacture for 
 ail kinds of linen, and flowered woollen fluffs, which belong to the Sa- 
 trupefnow, who employs there 4000 of his vaffals. The Ruffian church, 
 which ftands near the manufactory, is built in the German tafle, and has 
 few equal to it in this countrv. This town is famous in hiflorv for having 
 been the refidence of the unfortunate Ernß 'John, Duke of Courland. 
 
 Doß:ekonie, a town lituated at the conflux of the Tßntkona and the 
 Shekfna. 
 
 Romanow, a town on the river Wolga. 
 
 3. The Circle of Uglitsh. 
 In this Circle lies 
 
 XJglitß:, a provincial town on the Wolga. It is of the middling fize and 
 has a wooden fort. 
 
 Kafhin, a fmall town which ftands on the Wolga. 
 
 4. The Circle of Pereslaw-Salesk, or the Dutchy of Rostow. 
 In this Circle are, 
 
 Pareßawl Saleskoi, a Provincial town lituated in a pleafant country, and 
 furrounded with hills. 
 
 Roßoiv, a little town on a fmall lake, in which the river Weda has its 
 lburce. It is an Archbifhop's See. 
 
 5. The Circle of Yuriew. 
 In this Circle lie 
 
 Turiew Polskoi, a provincial town, fituated on the river NerL 
 Litch, a fmall town. 
 
 6. The Circle of Susdal. 
 . In this Diih'idt lies 
 
 Sufdal, a provincial city and a Bifhop's See. Peter I. after divorcing J,- 
 
 rirfl wife Eudoxia Feodoroivna, confined her in the covent of St. Bqfil in 
 this town, which is a (lately edifice. 
 
 M m m 2 7. The 
 
 451
 
 452 RUSSIA. [Mofcow. 
 
 7. The Circle of Wolodimer, which is a Dutchy. 
 The only remarkable place in this Diftridt is 
 
 Wolodimer, a provincial town, which ftands on the river Kliaßna. It was 
 formerly one of the feats of the Great Dukes. 
 
 8. The Circle of Moscow. 
 In this Circle lies 
 
 Moskwa or Mofcow, the ancient capital of the Ruffian Empire, and refi- 
 dence of the Czaars, which is the largeft city in Europe., and lies in a pleafant 
 plain. It derives its name from the river Moskwa, which runs on the fouth 
 fide of it. Mofcow was founded in the year 11 56; at leaft it appears 
 to have been a city in 1175. It lies in a round fituation formed by the 
 winding of the river ; and the compafs of the curve is about thirty-fix 
 IVerjls, or twenty-four Engli/h miles. But its circuit is faid to have been 
 formerly twice as large. The number of the churches in this city is com- 
 puted at 1600, among which are eleven cathedrals and two hundred and 
 feventy-one parifh churches : The reft either belong to convents, or may 
 be looked on as private chapels. Near the churches are hung up feveral 
 large bells, which are kept continually chiming. Many of the churches 
 have gilt fteeples and are magnificently decorated within : the veftments 
 of the Priefts are alfo very rich. The number of public edifices and 
 areas, or places, at Mofcow amount to forty-three. 
 
 The mean houfes, indeed, are much more numerous than thofe that are 
 well built ; but the latter are dally increafing. The ftreets are broad and well 
 laid out ; but as only a part of them is paved, they are very dirty. This 
 city is divided into four Circles, which lie one within another. 
 
 The interior Circle, or the Kremlin, which fignifies a fortrefs, contains 
 the following remarkable buildings ; namely, the old imperial palace, 
 pleafure-houle, and (tables ; a victualing-houfe ; the palace which formerly 
 belonged to the Patriarch; nine cathedrals; five convents; four pariih-churches ; 
 the public colleges and other offices ; and the arfenal. All the churches 
 in the Kremlin have beautiful fpires ; moft of them being gilt with pure gold, 
 or covered with filver. The architecture is in the old or Gothic tafie ; 
 but the infide of the churches is richly ornamented ; and the pictures of 
 the Saints are decorated with gold, filver, and precious fiones. In the 
 cathedral called Sobor, which has no lefs than nine towers or cupolas 
 covered with copper double gilt, is a filver branch with forty-eight lights, 
 which is faid to weigh 2800 pounds. Here are depofited in filver ihrines the 
 remains of three Archbifhops, namely, Peter, Philip, and 'Jonas ; and in 
 a golden box is kept a robe brought from Perjia, which is here looked 
 upon as the identical garment which our Saviour wore. Many other reliques 
 öl great value, to be feen in this cathedral, I omit. The remains of the Sove- 
 reigns of the Rußan Empire and their male defendants are interred in 
 St. Michael's church; and thofe of their Conforts, and the Princeffes, are de- 
 pofited
 
 Mofcow.] RUSSIA. 
 
 pofited in the convent of Tßudow. In the great tower of the church of 
 Iwan Weliki, which is two hundred and fixty-two Englijh feet high, are 
 eighty-fix bells of different fizcs ; and the laft which was hung up there 
 weighs about 500,000 pounds or 2500 tons. The height and diameter of it 
 being equal, are eighteen Rlmiland feet and a half ; but this bell was 
 very much damaged by a fall. All thefe ftructures, which are in the 
 Kremlin, or interior part of the city, are both lofty and fpacious, and 
 built with ftone. This Circle is three hundred fathoms in diameter. It is fur- 
 rounded with very high and thick walls flanked with fix towers, and planled 
 with cannon, and with deep moats and ramparts. On one fide it is watered 
 by the Mo/kwa, on the fecond by the Neglina ; and on the third lies Kitai- 
 gorod. From this Circle you pafs over a ftately ftone-bridge into 
 
 The fecond Circle of the city, which is called Kitaigorod, or the Chinefc 
 town. In this Circle are five ftreets, two cathedrals, eighteen parifh 
 churches, four convents, thirteen noblemens houfes, and nine public edifices, 
 and places or areas. Thefe are 1. The famous chief dilpenfary, which is 
 adorned with rich porcelain gallipots and other vefiels decorated with the Im- 
 perial arms ; and from this place the whole Empire is fupplied with medicines. 
 2. The Mint, which is a fupurb flruclure. 3. A magazine or warehoufe, 
 where all goods are brought before they have paid duty. 4. The Cullom- 
 houfe. 5. The Ambafiador's palace, which is now converted into a filk 
 manufactory. 6. A Printing-houfe. 7. A hall for a Court of Judicature. 
 8. The Phyfic Garden. 9. The Exchange, called Goflinnoi Duor, in which 
 are about 6000 handfome fhops. This is the fcene of trade, and where all 
 commercial affairs are tranfacted ; particularly what relates to the trade with 
 China, fo that it fwarms with merchants and fpe&ators. This part of the citv 
 is fortified with a pretty high wall, which is ftrengthened with twelve round 
 and quadrangular towers, and ftrong bulwarks. One üde of this Circle lies 
 towards fart. Kremlin ; the fecond is iurrounded by the river Mosku-a-, the third 
 by that of Neglina ; and the fourth is inclofed by a wall which runs from the 
 Nelgina to the Moskwa. 
 
 The third Circle which furrounds the former, is Belgorod, or the ' White 
 town,' lb called from a white wall with which it is encompafed : It is alio 
 called the Czaar's Town. The Neglina runs through this part of the citv 
 from South to North. In this Circle feveral Knees, Boiars, Merchants and 
 tradelmen refide ; but there are alio many dirty fpots in this quarter, and the 
 houfes for the moft part are very mean. It includes eleven convents, (even 
 abbeys, feventy-fix parifh-churches, and nine public edifices and areas ; 
 namely, two palaces, a canilon-foundery, two market-places, one brew- 
 houfe, one magazine of provifions, the falt-fifh harbour, and the Ba - 
 Garden. At the timber market are fold new wooden houfes, which may 
 be taken to pieces, and put together again where the purchafer pleafes. 
 
 The fourth Circle is called Semlanoigorod, i. e. 'a town iurrounded with 
 ramparts of earth'. This Circle indoles the three preceding parts ; and 
 
 its, 
 
 45.1
 
 45+ RUSSIA. [Mofcow. 
 
 its ramparts include an area of eighteen or nineteen Werßs. The entrance 
 through thefe ramparts was formerly by thirty-four gates of timber and 
 two of ftone. But of thefe only the two laft are {landing at prefent. Over 
 one of thefe gates is a Mathematical fchool and an Oblervatory. This 
 Circle contains two convents, one hundred and three parifh churches, 
 an imperial ftable, a cloth-manufactory, an artillery-arfenal, a magazine 
 for provifions, and a mint. 
 
 Round thefe principal parts of the city lie the vaft fuburbs belonging to 
 it, in which are ten convents and fixty parilh churches. Thefe all look like the 
 villages in other parts of this country, except the German quarter called Ina- 
 femjka Sloboda ox Ne met ska Sloboda ; which is both the largeft and handfomeft, 
 and contains two Lutheran churches, a grammar fchool, a Calviniß church 
 and a Popith church. This fuburb lies towards the Eaft, on the river Taufa. 
 To the Weft of it lies a palace called Annenhof\ with a good garden ; and 
 towards the North is a large and ftately hofpital. Farther to the Weft of 
 the fuburb ftands the palace of the Emprefs Elifabeth, which is called Po- 
 krouske ; and weftward of that, the old cattle of Preobrafivnskoi ; and ftill 
 nearer the city are an artillery arfenal, a magazine for bombs and grenadoes, 
 another for forage and provifions, and the hawk-mews. From the palaces of 
 Semonowskoi, Ifmailow, and the above-mentioned caftle of Preobraß:enskoi, the 
 three regiments of guards derive their names, who are called the Preobra- 
 ßxnskol, the Semenowskoi, and Ifmailow regiments. 
 
 The whole number of the inhabitants of this vaft city are fuppofed to be 
 about 1 50,000 * ; thefe confift of ftateimen, noble families and their fervants, 
 ibldiers, merchants, mechanics, fledge-drivers and carriers, priefts, monks, 
 and fervants belonging to the churches, labourers, &c. 
 
 The police of this city is on very laudable footing. Since the building 
 of Petersburg, and its being made the feat of the Empire, Mofcow is 
 itly declined. In the year 1755, an Univerlity, and two Gymnafia or 
 Seminaries were founded here. Mofcow has often luffered by fares; and in 
 the years \JIJ-, 1748, and 1752, a coniiderable part of it was reduced to 
 allies -, efpecially by the laft fire, which confumed above half the city, together 
 with the noble difpenfary mentioned above, and the Czarina's ftables. But 
 the houfes have always been foon rebuilt after fuch a calamity, as they are 
 for the moft part of very mean materials. The gardens hereabouts yield 
 variety of fruit and arc particularly famous for the tranfparent apple called 
 by the Ruffians Naliici. 
 
 In the Circle of Mofcow are alio the following places of note. 
 
 Tfoitz, or "Troiskoi monafiir, i. e. ' The convent of the Holy Trinity.' This 
 is the largeft convent, and the beft endowed in all RuJJia ; the number of 
 
 ' Nfotwithftamling the vaft extent of Mofccw, which our author calls the largeft city in 
 / urcpe, it appi ti i y this that it is vaftly interior to L it. , the number of inhabitants in 
 I'lijui tcini i.- ti'.any, as are cemputed to be in the former. 
 
 4 peafants,
 
 Mofcow.] RUSSIA. 
 
 peafants who are its vaflals being no lefs than 20,000. It lies at the 
 diftance of fixty JVcrßs from Mofcow, and is built in a quadrangular form, 
 in the old Gothic tafte. It is alfo inclofcd with ftrong walls, ramparts and 
 moats, and is always garrifoned by a company of foldiers. The convent itfelf 
 h a fpacious, lofty, and handfome ftructure. The great church is very 
 fplendid, and has a fine tower in which are feveral valuable bells. Befides 
 the principal church, there are nine other churches and a grammar fchool 
 within the inclofure of this convent. The number of monks who relide 
 here is faid to be about fix hundred. This was the place where Peter I. took 
 flielter after he had narrowly efcaped the hands of the Strelitzes, who had been 
 fpirited up againft him by his half-fifter Sophia. It has been an ancient 
 cuftom for the fovereign of the Ruffian Empire to go a pilgrimage to this 
 place. Here are feveral dead bodies which, from natural cau'fes, remain 
 undecayed. Near this convent lies a fmall town. 
 
 Kolomna, a fmall town ; which, however, is a Bifhop's See. 
 
 The towns of Klin, Swemgorod, Mofaijk, Borifow, Wereia, Borowsk, 
 Serpucow, Taroßawetz, Obolemk, Tarn/a, and Roß.ira alio lie in this Circle. 
 
 9. The Circle of Pereslaw-Riasanskoi. 
 In this Circle are, 
 
 Pereßaw Riafanskoi, a provincial town, on the river Oka, which firit 
 began to flouriih after the deftru&ion of the town of Re/an. An Arch- 
 bifhop's See is erected here. 
 
 Re/an, which was formerly a noted town ; but is now very much de- 
 cayed; having been deftroyed by the Tartars in the year 1568. This 
 ruinous town lies on the river Oka. 
 
 Prousk and Micailow, are fmall towns on the banks of the river Prona. 
 
 10. The Circle of Kaluga. 
 In this Circle lies 
 
 Kaluga, a provincial town, which flands on the river Oka. 
 Worotinsk, Peremyßl, Rozehk, Likwin, Meßtßxriv/k, and Serpetsk are 
 fmall towns in this Circle. 
 
 1 1. The Circle of Tula. 
 In this Diftrict are, 
 
 Tula, a fine provincial and trading city, fituated on the river Upa. It con- 
 tains one hundred and forty-four churches and convents ; and great quan- 
 tities of fire arms and Rußa-leather are made in this town. 
 
 Diedilow and Alexin, two fmall towns or villages. 
 
 455 
 
 IV. The
 
 456 RUSSIA. [Niflinei-Novogrod. 
 
 IV. The Government of 
 
 N I S H N E I-N O r O G R O ZX 
 
 THIS Government is inhabited by the following tribes; namely, 
 The Mordunlam, Morduans or Aforduats, whole language is laid very 
 much to refemble the Flnnlandißo dialed!:. 
 
 The Tßeremißans, diftinguifhed into the Logowoi, who inhabit the plain on 
 the left fide of the Wolga ; and the Nagornoi who live among the mountains on 
 the right fide of that river. The former belong to this Government ; but the 
 greateft part of the latter to that of Kafan. They feem to have no religion 
 but that of Nature. Their chief facrifking pried: they call Tugtuß ; and 
 under him is another diftinguifhed by the appellation of Mußian. Their 
 language is neither that of the Tartars nor Ruffians, Many of thefe people 
 have been baptized. 
 
 The Tß>wwaßians, who live difperfed in this and the Kafan Government, 
 and are a numerous tribe. In the diftricl of Tßjebaxar they exceed 18,000 
 fouls; in that of Kufmademianski they are above 10,000 in number: in 
 the territory of Sirilfgorod "they amount at leaft to 12,000, and in that of 
 Swyask to 60,000 ; but in the Diftrict of Kokßaisk they do not exceed 400 
 fouls. They worfhip, as they fay, one God, whom they call Tora ; they alfo 
 look upon the Sun as a kind of Divinty, and pay their adoration to that 
 luminary. They have feveral other inferior or fubordinate Deities which, 
 they fay., hold the fame rank with the faints of the Rußians. Every village 
 has its own idol, which is ereöed in a quadrangular confecrated place in- 
 clofed with pallifadoes. They perform their devotions to it near a fire; 
 where they offer a fheep to the idol, and hang up the fkin for a trophy in 
 honour of it. The perfon who performs this facrifice, and to whom they have 
 recourfe in every difficulty, is ftiled Tumaffe ; and both fexes are capable of 
 this religious office. Great numbers of thefe Pagans have been baptized ; 
 and in all the Ruffian towns, in the Diftridts where they live, fchools have 
 been erected for the inftruciion of their youth in the principals of the 
 Chriftian religion, in order to qualify them to be miffionaries among their 
 own tribe. 
 
 This Govenrment includes the following Circles. 
 
 1. The Circle of Nishnei-Novogrod, or Kiß:nei?ioivgorodjkoi Uiezd, 
 which is alfo a Dutchy. 
 
 In this Circle lies 
 
 Nijhnci-Novogrod, i. e. ' Loivcr-Novcgrod,' a large provincial city which 
 ftands on the Wolga, at the influx of the river Oka. It was built in the 
 year 1222 by the Great Duke Jurli, or George, Wfewohditß) ; and as it was 
 
 the
 
 Smolenflc.] RUSSIA. 
 
 the appenage and place of refidencc of the petty Ruffian Princes, many of 
 them lie buried here. In this city are two cadiedrals ; twenty-eight parifh- 
 churohes, molt of which are built with ftone; and five convents. It is an 
 Archbiihop's See ; and has a caftle furrounded with ftone walls. The 
 trade of this town is fo considerable, that the lhops make a very handfom 
 appearance, being richly furnifhed with all kind of foreign and home goods. 
 In the great fire that broke out here in 171 5, fome thoufands of the in- 
 habitants loft their lives. 
 
 2. The Circle of Balacna, in the Ruffian language Balaconffioi Uiezd. 
 In this Circle are, 
 
 Balacna, a very long town but meanly built. It Hands on the Wolga, 
 and is famous for its falt-fprings, which afford a conftant fupply to fifty 
 boiling houfes. 
 
 Turiiew Powolski, a fma'l town on the Wolga, near v, hich, on the bank 
 of the river, are to be (sen the ruins of a large caftle that was built with 
 brick. 
 
 3. The Circle of Arsamas, or Arzamaskci Uiezd, in which the only 
 place of note is 
 
 Arfanas, the provincial city. 
 
 4. The Circle of Kasimow, in which lie 
 
 Kafunow and Murom, two fmall towns on the river Oka. 
 
 V. The Government of 
 
 SMOLENSK. 
 
 -T^HIS Government contains White Ruffia, properly fo called; and was 
 •*- ceded by Poland to Rujfia, as a Dutchy, by the treaty of And) ujjbic, 
 which was concluded in 1607, and confirmed in the year 1686. 
 
 The moil remarkable places in this Government are, 
 
 Smolensky a large and well fortified town, on the Dnieper. It is the re- 
 sidence of the Governor, and a Bifhop's See; and its commerce is very 
 conliderable. It is famous in hiftory, as the lubjecT: of many diiputes be- 
 tween the Poles and Ruffians; during which it was often befieged and 
 taken by both parties. 
 
 Andruffbw, a village lying between Smolensk and the town of Mßißaw, 
 clofe by the river Harodna. This place is famous only for the treaty ox 
 peace concluded here in 1667 between Ruffia and Poland. 
 
 Dogorobus, a fmall place feated on the Dnieper. 
 
 Wiafma, a fmall town on a river of the fame name. 
 
 Vol. I. Nnn VI. [The 
 
 457
 
 45 8 RUSSIA, 
 
 VI. The Government of K 1 E TV. 
 
 THIS Government is a part of Little Rußa, and is inhabited by the 
 Cofaks ; which word fignifies irregular troops of horfe. The Cofaks are 
 divided into 
 
 The European Cofaks -, and thefe are 
 
 i. The Za-porog Cofaks; who live below the cataracl of the Dnieper , 
 fome on the fide next to Ruffia, and others on the oppofite fide of the river. 
 The latter are fubdivided into Sietjhien or Lower Cofaks, and Upper Cofaks. 
 Mod of thefe are fubjecl to the Ruffians. 
 
 2. The Bielogorod-Cofaks, and 
 
 3. A part of the Don-Cofaks. Both thefe are under the Ruffian Govern- 
 ment. 
 
 The Asiatic Cofaks, including, 
 t. The reft of the Don-Cofaks. 
 
 2. The Grebin-Cofaks. 
 
 3. The Taik-Cofaks. All thefe are fubject to Ruff a. 
 
 4. The Cafatßjia-Horda, who were formerly an independent people j 
 but are now, partly, fubject to Can-Taißja. 
 
 It appears from Confiantine Porphyrogenetes, that the Cofaks were known 
 by that name fo early as the year of Chrifl 948. They lived on mount 
 Caucafus, in the place now called Cabardey; and were reduced under the Ruffian 
 dominion in 102 1, by Prince Mßißaw. The PolJßj writers reprefent the 
 Cofaks as a very ftrange fet of people ; but this, in a great meafure, muft be 
 imputed to national prejudice. They reproach them in particular by calling 
 them a mixed rabble. It is true that, from time to time, many Ruffians, 
 Poles, &c. who could not live at home, have been admitted among the 
 Cofaks : But the latter, abftrafted from thefe fugitives, muft have been an 
 ancient and a well-governed nation. 
 
 The Zaporog-Cofaks, in the beginning of the fifteenth century, fixed 
 their habitations on the fpacious plains that lie along the banks of the 
 Dnieper. Ever fince the thirteenth century, they had fuffered very greatly 
 from the ravages of the 'Tartars, for which they afterwards took ample 
 revenge. The Poles, being fenfible how ufeful the Cofaks might be to de- 
 fend them againft the incurfions of the Tartars, and even of the Ruffians, 
 propofed an alliance to them. In the year 1562 they folemnly took them 
 inder their protection, and engaged to pay them a yearly fublidy ; in return for 
 which the Cofaks were to keep on foot a good body of troops for the de- 
 fence of the Polißj dominions. In order to bind them more ftrongly by 
 ties of intcreft, the Poles gave up to them the whole country lying between 
 
 the
 
 Kiew.] RUSSIA. 
 
 the rivers Dnieper and Niejfer and the borders of Tartary. This fruitful 
 tract of land the Cofaks fo induftrioufly cultivated, that in a fhott time it 
 was interfperfed with lar«e towns and handfome villages. Befides, they 
 continually harafled the Turks, and did them all pofiible damage by their in- 
 curfions ; and to prevent the latter from purfuing them, or making reprifals, 
 they fcized on feveral finall iflands in the Dnieper, where they kept their 
 magazines, &c. The Hettman or General of the Cofaks was not in the leaft 
 fubordinate to die Field-Marfhal of Poland; but adled in conceit with the 
 latter as an ally of that Republic, and not as a fubject. But this alii;- 
 though it was fo advantageous both to the Poles and Cofaks, did not 
 fubfift. The former envied the latter the fine country that they were in 
 pofieffion of, and made an attempt to bring them into fubjectk n. Upon this, 
 the Cofaks fired with indignation, had recourfe to arms, and applied both 
 to Raffia, and the Ottoman Porte for protection. A very bloody war en- 
 fued, which, in the fixteenth and feventeenth century, was, from time to 
 time, renewed with the utmoft fury and animofity. In the years \ 587, 
 1596, 1630, 1637, and 1638, the Poles were, for the moft part, victorious. 
 And though the Cofaks, in the year 1648, gained confiderable advantages 
 over the Poles; yet, in the lollowing year, they made overtures for an 
 accommodation ; in which, however, they not only preferved their old 
 immunities, but acquired new privileges. The refult of all was, that thefe 
 Cofaks remained under the protection of Rußia ; and as their former country 
 was all laid wafte iiv the late wars, they fettled in the Ruffian Ukraine, upon 
 receiving formal afiurances from the Court of Rußa, that no alteration 
 ihould be made in their political conftitution ; and that no taxes or imports 
 fhould be laid on them. On the other hand, the Cofaks were always to 
 keep in readinefs a good body of troops for the fervice of RuJJia. But 
 Mazeppa their Hettman or Chief, in the year 1708, went over from the 
 Ruffians to the Swedes ; upon which Peter I. determined to prevent fuch 
 revolts for the future. To this end after the battle of Pultarja, he lent a 
 thong cetatchment into the above-mentioned little iflands in the Dnieper, 
 whither the Cofaks had fled, witli their wives and children, and all their effect?, 
 and ordered them all without diitinction to be put to the fword, and the plunder 
 to be diftributed among the foldiers. Befides, that monarch fent a great 
 number of his men into their country, and caufed many thousands of the Cofaks 
 to be carried to the coaft of the Baltic, where they were put to all manner of 
 hard labour: and by that means, he in a manner, exterminated them. Upon 
 the death of their laft Hettman, which happened in 1722, that office was 
 aboKfhed : but it was reflored again in 1750, when they elected for their 
 'titan Count Kirila Grigorieicitjb Rajumcwsky, Privy Counfellor of the 
 Ruffian Empire, prefident of the Academy of Siences, and Lieutenant- 
 Colonel of the 7/W»7W'-regiment of life-guards. This election beingpublicly 
 declared and confirmed by the reigning Emprefs Elij'abeih on the tvyenty- 
 
 N nn 2 fourth 
 
 459
 
 4-5 o 
 
 RUSSIA. [Kiew. 
 
 fourth of April 0. S. his promotion was made public by the Senate at 
 Peterfiurg, by an inftrument bearing date the twelfth of June following. 
 The country of thefe Cofah is commonly called the Ocraine or Ukraine, 
 which word properly fignifies a frontier ; for it lies on the borders of Rußa, 
 Poland, Little Tartary, and Turkey. By virtue of the laft treaty, concluded 
 in 1693, between Rußa and Poland, the latter remains in pofleffion of all 
 that part of the Ukraine that lies on the weft fide of the Dnieper, which 
 is now but indifferently cultivated. The country on the eaft fide of that 
 river inhabited by the Ccfaks is in a much better condition, and extends about 
 fixty geographical or German miles in length, and as many in breadth. It 
 is one continued fertile plain, watered by a great number of fine rivers, 
 and diverfified with pleafant woods. It produces all kinds of grain, pulfc, 
 tobacco, honey, and wax in fuch quantities, as to fupply a great part of the 
 Rußan Empire v/ith thofe commodities. The paftures are extremely rich 
 and fucculent, and the cattle of an extraordinary fize ; the rivers alfo abound 
 with excellent fifh. This fine country, however, is very much infefted by 
 locufts, which are a great plague to the inhabitants. Moft of the houfes 
 in the Ukraine are built with wood after the Rußan manner. The Cofah, 
 as to their perfons, are tall, well made, generally hawk-nofed, and of a 
 very good mien. They are vigorous, hardy, brave, and very jealous of 
 their liberty; fickle and wavering, but fociablc, chearful and fprightly. 
 Their forces entirely confift of cavalry. Their dialect is a mixture of the 
 Polifl and Rußan languages ; but the latter is moft predominant. They 
 profefs the Greek religion ; but there are alfo fome Roman Catholics and 
 Proteftants among them. They are a very powerful people. Every town, 
 with the diftricf belonging to it, is governed by an officer called Ottomann, 
 or Attamann. 
 
 The Don-Cofah, who live on the banks of the river Don, very much 
 refemble thofe we have been defcribing. In 1549, when the Czaar Iivair 
 Baßlowkz was Emperor of Rußa, they voluntarily put themfelves under 
 his protection ; and are, at prefent, nearly on an equal footing with the 
 other Ruffian fubjecls. Thefe Cofah have a great number of towns and 
 villages along the banks of the Don : But the fcarcity of frefh water and 
 wood in many places, prevents them from extending themfelves farther up 
 the country. They fubfift chiefly by grazing and agriculture, and occa- 
 sionally by robbing and plundering, for which they want neither capacity 
 nor inclination. Every town is governed by a magiftrate, which they call 
 •Tamann ; and the Tamanns with their towns, are under the jurisdiction of 
 two Ottomanns, who refide at T/l.vrkasky. The troops of thefe Cofah like-* 
 wife confift entirely of cavalry. Every town and village in this country is 
 fortified and furrounded with paliifadoes, by way of fecurity againft the 
 incurfions of the Calmuch and Kuban-Tartars, with whom they are always 
 at war. The Cofah, in general, are of great fervice to garrifon-towns 
 
 or
 
 Kiew.] RUSSIN. 4 6r 
 
 ov defend diem, and to purfue an enemy ; but are not Co good at regular 
 
 attacks. 
 
 The Sietßj-Cofaks have their particular Hettman ; and are alfo known 
 by the name of Haidamacks. They live in the Ruffian, Pc/ißj, and Turkijb 
 dominions along the banks of the Dnieper. 
 
 The Taik-CoJ'aks live on the fouth iide of the river Talk ; and on the 
 fuccefs of the Ruffian arms in the kingdom of Aßracan, voluntarily fub- 
 mitted to them. In height of ftature they very much refemble the other 
 Cojaks ; though by their booriih manner of living, and intcr-marriages with the 
 "Tartars, they have not the (hape and air peculiar to the reft of their country- 
 men : However, they refemble them in their natural difpolitions and cuftor.i: . 
 Their chief occupations are agriculture, fifhing, and feeding cattle; and, 
 like the other tribes, they feldom let flip an opportunity of purloining from 
 their neighbours. Their continual wars with the Kara-Kalpacs and the 
 Kujat '/hia-Hor da, lay them under a neceflity of keeping their towns and 
 villages in a defenuble ftate. They are, indeed, fubjeft to Ruflian Wai- 
 ivodes, to whom they are every year obliged to pay tribute in corn, wax, 
 honey, and cattle : But they have alfo their particular Chiefs, who Govern 
 them according to their ancient cuftoms. The greateft part of the Taik- 
 Cofaks, it is true, profefs the Greek religion ; but a great many reliques of 
 JViahometanifm and Paganifm are ftill to be found among them. They 
 make excellent foldiers, being remarkable for hardinefs and courage; and 
 they are not ib turbulent as the other Cojaks. They live in an entire peace, 
 and even have a commercial intercourfe, with the Calmucks, Sec. 
 The Government of Kiew coniifts of the following Circles. 
 j . The Circle of Stakodub. 
 In this DiftricT: are, 
 
 Starodub, one of the four guarantee-towns, which was the firft yielded 
 as a fecurity to the Ruffians by the Poles. This town obtained the pri- 
 vileges of a royal free city from the Kings of Poland. 
 
 Roßawl, a town of the middling iize, on the river Belifna. 
 Potß.iep, a fmall town on the river Suda. 
 
 2. The Circle of Sever ien, or Neshin, formerly a Dutchy, was 
 ceded by the Poles to the Ruß/ans, by the treaty of Audrußbn', in the 
 year 1667. 
 
 Places of note in this Circle are, 
 
 Nowgorod Seweißi, in Latin Novogardia, or Neapqlis Severiu-, a fmall 
 town on the river Defiia. 
 
 Baturin, a town which, before it was deftroyed by the Rujians, ftood 
 on a fmall eminence near the river Sem, and was the feat of a Cofak Helt- 
 wann. In the year 1708, it was carried, without any great lols, by the 
 Rußans fword in hand ; who after plundering it, and putting all the in- 
 habitants to the fword, fet fire to the town and reduced it to allies. The 
 4 caftlc
 
 4 6 2 R U S S I A. [Kiew. 
 
 cattle is now handfomely rebuilt for the new Hettmann ; and preparations are 
 making alio for repairing the town. 
 
 GIucgw, a city, where formerly the Chiefs or Governors of the country 
 refided. 
 
 Konotop, a fmall town. 
 
 Ncß:in or Nießnn, one of the four guarantee-towns. It ftands on the 
 river Uda, and when, it belonged to the Poles, was a royal free town. 
 
 3. The Circle of Tshernigow was formerly a Dutchy, and, like the 
 •-»receding ceded by the Poles to the Rußans by the treaty of Andrißow. 
 
 Remarkable places in this Circle are, 
 
 Tßerm'gow, a city on the river Def/ia, and the See of an Archbifhop, 
 who is alfo Archbifhop of Nowgorod Sewerßi. 
 Lubitßo, a fmall town. 
 
 4. The Circle of Kiew. 
 In this DiftricT: lies 
 
 Kiew, or Klow, the capital of this Government, which ftands on the 
 Dnieper. This city is faid to owe its beginning to Kins a Sclavonian 
 Prince, and, according to the Pol'ß writers, was built in the year 430 ; 
 but this account is not to be depended upon. It was, at firft, the refidence 
 of Skold and Dir, two famous IVaregerian Chiefs : But in the year 1037, 
 the Great Duke Iaroßaw declared it the capital of all Ruffia ; and it con- 
 tinued to be the refidence of the Great Dukes till the twelfth century. 
 Afterwards it fell into the hands of the Poles ; but at the treaty of An- 
 drußow, they gave it up in 1667 to the Rußans for a certain term of years, 
 and in 1686 ceded it to Rußa for ever. It confifts properly of three fmall 
 towns, namely, the caftle of Petßersky with its fuburbs, the old city of 
 Kiew, and the town of Podol that lies below the latter -, which are partly in- 
 xlofed with a common fortification, and in other parts have a communica- 
 tion by a large entrenchment, carried on as the inequality of the mountains 
 would permit. The whole garrifon confifts of feven regiments of foot 5 and 
 the city is governed by a Statthalter General, a Deputy -Statt ha If er, and 
 a Commandant. 
 
 The caftle of Petßersky ftands on an eminence facing the fouth ; and, 
 befides barracks for the garrifon, magazines, officers houfes, and fome 
 churches, includes that rich and ftately monaftery which was founded in 
 the eleventh century, and called Petjkersky, becaufe the Monks formerly 
 lived in a Petßera, i. e. 'a cavern', on the mountain where the convent 
 now ftands. In its fubterraneous vaults, which refemble a labyrinth, and 
 confift of cells, chapels, &c. are found great numbers of undecayed bodies, 
 fjippofed to be the remains of Saints and Martyrs, like thofe (hewn at 
 Troitz. The bodies of the deceaied Monks are alfo depofited here. Prints 
 of thefe large fubterraneous vaults, which arc called Crypta Antonia, and 
 of the fmaller vaults, or Crypf a Thcodojia, are to be feen in a little book 
 
 pub-
 
 Kiew.] 
 
 R U S S S I A. 
 
 4* 
 
 -> 
 
 publillied by jf. Herbinius, and entitled Religioßs Kiiovienßs Cnpta. Jenar-, 
 1675. Oppofite to this monaftery formerly (tood a nunnery, which is 
 now converted into a magazine. The luburbs of Petßersky are very large, 
 confifting of the houfes belonging to the above-mentioned convent; and 
 alfo feveral convents and churches, the principal of which is the convent 
 of St. Nicholas. 
 
 The old city of Kiew (lands on an eminence facing the north, and is 
 fortified, according to the mountainous nature of the country, with horn- 
 works, &c. Here (lands the cathedral of the Greek Archbilhop of Kiew, 
 Halitßj, and Little Rußa, who refides in the convent of St. Sophia. To 
 this church, and the convent of St. Michael where the reliques of St. Bar- 
 bara are kept, belong moft of the houfes in the city. 
 
 Podol lies below Old Kiew in the plain on the banks of the Dnieper % 
 and, excepting the churches and convents, confifts entirely of (hops and 
 tradefmens houfes. Under the Kings of Poland its magiftrates enjoyed the 
 privileges of a royal free city : and even now are independent of the Co- 
 lonels of the regiments in garrifon, and receive their orders immediately 
 from the War-Office at Glucow. The Academy adjoining to the Bratskoi 
 monaftery, not tar from the town-houfe, is entirely built with (lone ; and is 
 one of the nobleft edifices in the city. The Univerfity of Kiew is, from 
 the names of its founders, called Academia orthodoxa Kiovoinohyla , a;ta, or 
 Kiovomohylaanozaborowskiana. The Archbifhop of Kiow, Halitßo, and 
 Little Rußa is the Principal of the Univerfity ; and under him are two 
 other officers, who have the care of the (ludents. The nine Profeflbrs, 
 who live in a wooden building to which belongs a charming garden, are all 
 monks, and are not to tafte flefh throughout die whole year ; but they are 
 (aid to make little fcruple of tranfgreffing this rule privately. Their falarics 
 are but fmall ; fo that, for the mod part, they are maintained by thf 
 (lipends and prefents which they receive from the (ludents. Th'i num- 
 ber of collegians amounts to about one hundred ; and public leclures in 
 all the fciences are read to them. They alfo perform feveral exercifes 
 according to the cuftom of the Univerfities in Germany and other countries, 
 as public difputations, &c. befides fome others peculiar to themfelves. 
 
 While Kiew was fubjedt. to the Poles, the Papifts had a Bifhop, a college 
 of Jefuits, a Dominican Convent, and likewife feveral churches in this 
 city ; which were all fuppreffed, and appropriated to the ufe of the pro- 
 felfors of the Greek religion. It was owing to the incurfions and ravages 
 of the Cofaks of Little Rußa, that Kiew was ceded to the Ruffians, together 
 with three other towns, as barriers to fecure them from infults. My 
 plan will not allow me to enlarge any further on the biftorical parti- 
 culars relating to this city. 
 
 There are feveral fmall towns, viz. 
 
 Eorijopol, Pogowka, Gogolez, Ofier, Kozelsk, Ntfowka, /v. .,/../, 6:c. 
 m this Circle, On
 
 464 RUSSIA. [Bielogorod. 
 
 On the weftern bank of the Dnieper ftood formerly the capital of the 
 Tretbimerow-Cofaks, which, at prefent, is only a village. Not far from it 
 on the frontiers, ftands the fortrefs of Bielaia Zerkow. 
 
 5. The Circle of Pereieslawl contains the fortrefs of'PereieflawJ, which 
 is one of the guarantee-places, with fome other fmall towns and villages. 
 
 6. The Circle of Priluki. 
 
 In this Diftricl are the fmall towns of Priluki, Perewolotflvia, Romna, &c. 
 
 7. The Circle of Lubni, in which are, 
 Lubni, and other fmall places. 
 
 8. The Circle of Mirgorod. 
 In this Diftrict are, 
 
 Mirgorod, Orfitz, and other fmall towns. 
 
 9. The Circle of Gaditsh, containing Gaditß.\ Dcbjhenk, &c. 
 
 10. The Circle of Pultawa. 
 
 In this Dim-id are the following places of note. 
 
 Pultawa, a town on the river Worfkla, the fortifications of which are 
 not very ftrong. This town, with the regular fort belonging to it, is fub- 
 ject to a Commandant, and not to the Colonel of the regiment of Cofaks, 
 who refides here. The Burghers carry on a confiderable trade to the Crimea, 
 and through Poland to Germany. This is but an indifferent town, being 
 built in the manner of the Cojak towns ; but was rendered famous by the 
 Swedes befieging it in 1 709. At laft, it fell into the hands of the Ruffians 
 after the defeat of Charles XII. near this place. A monaftery ftands upon 
 an eminence without the town, where the King of Sweden had his head 
 quarters. 
 
 Kolomak, a fmall fort. 
 
 Perewolotßma, a fmall fortrefs, ftands on the river Wor/kla. 
 
 Orel and Kitaigorodok, are fmall places on the river Orel. 
 
 11. The Circle of Samara, in which lie, 
 Samara, a fmall town on a river of the fame name. 
 Rudak, a mean place on the Dnieper. 
 
 VII. The Govern m e n t of 
 
 BIELOGOROD. 
 
 *~V* HIS country is a part of Little Rvßa, and inhabited by Cofaks. 
 **" The Government includes, 
 1. The Diftrict of Izium, which contains the little town of Izium ütmtcä 
 on the river Dcnez, with fcveral other fmall places. 
 
 2. The
 
 ßielogorod.] RUSSIN. 465 
 
 2. The Diftridt of Carkow, in which are, 
 Car/cow, a little town, 
 
 Tjhugnew and Satttw, two other little towns which {land on the river 
 Donez. 
 
 3. The Circle of Bif.logorod, in which lies 
 
 Biehgorod, the capital of the Government, which ftands on the river Donez, 
 and was built in the year 990, by the Great Duke Wladimir. About an 
 Englijh mile from the town is a large chalk hill, where Biehgorod formerly 
 flood, and from which it derives its name, which figniries a white town ; but 
 it was afterwards built in a valley between two mountains. It is dived into 
 the Old and New Town and has three fuburbs : The Old Town is furrounded 
 with a rampart and moat, and the New Town with pallifadoes. Biehgorod 
 is an Archbiihop's See. It was formerly called Sarkel, which name is of 
 the lame import with its prefent Rußan name. 
 
 From this town to the little town of Staroi O/kol a line of communication 
 is drawn ; and there is another intrenchment between the fmall town of 
 Nowoi OJkol and Wercofofnizy which lies in the Government of PForoneJ/j. 
 
 Karpow, Iablonow, and Korof/ha are fmall places in this Diftrict. 
 
 4 The Circle of Waluiki contains Waluiki, a little town on the river 
 Oskol, and fome other fmall places. 
 
 5. The Diftricl: of Sumvn, in which are the little towns of Sumyn 
 and Sufa. 
 
 6. The DiftricT: of Kursk, in which are 
 Kyrsk, a fmall town on the river Sem. 
 
 Kylsk and Putiwl, which are fmall towns on the fame river. The latter is 
 a Bilhop's See. 
 
 7. The Circle of Siewsk. 
 
 Places of note in this DiftricT: are as follows. 
 
 Siewsk, a large town furrounded with high ramparts, in which is a ftrong 
 garrifon. Part of the field-artillery, for the defence of Kiew and other 
 places on the frontiers of the Crimea upon any emergency, are kept in 
 this town. 
 
 Sursk, a fmall town on the river Sent. 
 
 Trubtßewsk, a fmall town fituated on the river Defna. 
 
 Kromy, Samowa, and Kalakobowa, which are fmall towns in this Circle. 
 
 Karaf/hew and Briansk are towns of a moderate extent. 
 
 8. The Province of Orel, in which are the fmall towns of Orel, Mfensk, 
 Tßern, Bolcow, and Bielew. 
 
 Vol. I. Ooo VIII. The
 
 466 RUSSIA. 
 
 VIII. The Government of 
 
 W R O N E S H and A S O W. 
 
 THIS Government includes the following Diftricls. 
 i. The Diftrid of Woronesh. 
 
 Remarkable places in this Diftricl are, 
 
 Woroneß}, a large and populous provincial city, which lies on the narrow 
 but very deep river of the fame name. It is furrounded with a wall, and 
 is the refidence of the Statthalter or Governor, and a Biihop's See. Moft 
 of the ftreets are laid with beams of timber inftead of a ftone pave- 
 ment. Peter I. caufed a large dock-yard to be made here for building of 
 flbips, in order to maintain his fovereignty over the Black Sea ; which drew 
 hither many new inhabitants, among whom were feveral foreign artificers 
 who came to fettle here. Worotießo is a place of confiderable trade. 
 
 Tawrow, a fmall town on the river Woroneßj. Peter I. likewife ordered 
 a dock-yard to be made here for mip-building ; and a great number of 
 praams, gallies, and barques were built here, which were employed at 
 Afow in the war againft the 'Turks. The ftreets of Tawrow are broad and 
 ftraight, and the houfes well built. 
 
 Roßins, a fmall town on the river Don. 
 
 TJfman, Demfhin, Bielokolsk, Romanow, and Sopolsk are fmall towns ir* 
 this Diftriä:. 
 
 2. The Diftricl: of Ielez, in which are, 
 Ielez, a provincial town. 
 
 Talez, Tßernawsk, Iefremoiv t Lebedian, Donkow, and Epifan, which 
 are all inconfiderable towns. 
 
 3. The Diftricl of Shatsk contains 
 Sbatsk, a provincial city. 
 
 Elatma, Radom, Temnikoiv, and Riask, which are fmall towns. 
 
 4. The Diftridt of Tambow. 
 In this Diftrift lie 
 
 Tambow, a provincial town on the river Sna. 
 Koßow and Werchnei Lomow, which are fmall towns. 
 Borijbgliebsk and Novocoperskaia are towns of the middling fize, whicfe 
 ftand on the river Coper. 
 
 5. The Diftricl of Korotoiak. 
 Places of note in this Diftricl: are, 
 
 Korotoiak, a fmall provincial town on the river Don. 
 
 Oßrogoßky Olßansk, Bebrowsk, &c. which are but fmall towns. 
 
 4 Paavkwsk,
 
 Woronefli.] RUSSIA. 467 
 
 Patvlmvsk, a ruinous town built on the Don by Peter the Great. It is 
 furrounded with chalk-hills, and consequently an unhealthy place *, Here 
 was formerly kept a part of the field-artillery. 
 
 6. The Diftricl of Bachmut. 
 
 In this Diftrift arc the following places of note. 
 
 Bakmut, a town on a river of the fame name. It lies partly upon an 
 eminence on its weftem bunk, and partly in a plain on the eaft fide of the 
 Bakmut. The former is defended by a citadel ; and, indeed, the whole 
 town is fortified, for the fecurity of its lalt-works. The imperial falt- 
 office at Bakmut maintains one battalion of regular troops, and a company 
 of Cofaks confifting of one hundred men. The country which lies between 
 die Donez, the Don, the Palm Maotis, Mius, and Kalmius not only exceeds 
 all the reft of Little Ruffla in fertility, but alfo has feveral fpots that are fup- 
 pofed to contain rich ore, &c. 
 
 Tor, a -fortification on a river of the fame name. 
 
 Raigorodok, Iampol, &c. are fmall towns in this Diftricl. 
 
 The Don-Cofaks who refide in this Government are poffeffed of a great 
 many fmall towns fituated on the rivers Don and Donez. Their capital is 
 
 Tjlerkask, which is the refidence of the Ottomann. It is built in the 
 Turkijh manner, and part of it is encompaffed with high pailiiadoes fixed 
 on the Don. This city is of a large compafs, being inhabited by great num- 
 bers of all kinds of AJiatic nations, and carries on a very great trade. 
 
 Four Werßs beyond T/herkask lies St. Anna, a new town regularly built 
 and fortified by the Ruffians. It is but fmall, and lies low on the bank of 
 the Don : It has fix baftions and the neceffary outworks, with a garrifon 
 eonfifting of two marching and two garrifon regiments. The ftreets are 
 broad, ftraight, and the houfes well built. The adjacent country confifts 
 of a marfhy foil. 
 
 Not far from the city of Tßwkask the Don divides itfelf into two 
 channels. The fouthern branch, which is the principal, retains the name 
 of Don ; but the northern branch is, by the Ruffians, called Donez, or the 
 the Little-Don, which muft be diftinguifhed from the great Donez that 
 runs into the Don higher up. On the fouth channel of this river for- 
 merly flood 
 
 Afoia, a celebrated and important fortrefs, and a town of confiderable 
 trade, which is now demolifhed. Near this place the Greeks, many cen- 
 turies ago, built the city of Tanais, which was very famous for its trade, 
 and, from time to time, underwent many viciffitudes. The name Afovj 
 feems to have been given this city from the Polowzian -fPcmce A/up or 
 Agiup, or at leaft from fome word in the Polowzian language ; for th® 
 
 * This confequence is not very clear, and, I believe, will hardly be granted by the faculty, 
 f The Author calls thefe people Pohivzier : I luppofe he cannot mean the Pales, who are 
 never called by that name in the German language ; but are termed PoLn. 
 
 O o o 2 Polcwzia is
 
 4 68 RUSSIA. [Woronefh. 
 
 Polowzians were in poffeffion of this city and territory in the eleventh and 
 twelfth centuries, and were driven out of it by the Ruffians . Be that as 
 it will, the R.ußans, from that time, called it Afow, which name it ftill 
 retains. The Turks pronounce it Adfak, and it was further corrupted by 
 feveral Authors who lbmetimes wrote it Ofow, and fometimes Kafak, or 
 Kafawa *. 
 
 From the Polowzians this city fell under the dominion of the Genoefe, 
 who took it in the beginning of the thirteenth century, and gave it the 
 name of Tana -j-. This town appears to have, long before, been taken from 
 the Tartars, who were very powerful in thefe parts ; for there are Afow coins 
 extant, on which the name of the Takt amy fs-Kan is to be feen. 
 
 From the Genoefe this city fell into the hands of the 'Turks, loft its former 
 advantages of trade, and became an inconfiderable town. 
 
 In the year 1637, it was taken by the Cofaks, who defended itagainft the 
 attack of the Turks in 1641 ; but in the following year they fet fire to the 
 town and blew it up. 
 
 Alter this the Turks rebuilt the place; and Rußa laying claim to the 
 town in 1672, the former ftrongly fortified it. In the year 1695, the 
 Rußans demolished the two ftrong towers which ftood before the town ; 
 and in 1696 they took the town itfelf, which they fortified with addi- 
 tional works; but by the treaty of peace concluded at the Prutb in 171 1, 
 it was reftored to the Turks. 
 
 In the year 1736, the Rußans became mafters of Afow once more, and 
 put it in a good ftate of defence ; but at the treaty of peace concluded at 
 Belgrade in 1739, they were obliged to relinquifh and entirely demolifh 
 the town. 
 
 Such were the various turns of fortune which befel this important fortrefs, 
 of which we have a large account in the fecond Volume of the Collection 
 of Rußan Tranfadions, in an excellent historical piece firft published fe- 
 parately by Profefibr Beyer, and entitled, Begebenheit von Afow, i. e. ' The 
 ? Fate of Afow.' 
 
 In this DiftricT: are alio 
 
 Lutik, a ftrong caftle which ftands on an illand, formed by the two chan- 
 nels of the river Don, oppofite to Afow. It confifts of four citadels, which 
 have a communication with each other by walls, &c. This fort was taken 
 by the Rußans in 1696. 
 
 Taganrok was a fortification and excellent harbour on the Pakts Mceotis or 
 fea 01 Afow, built in the year 1697 by Peter the Great; but by the peace 
 concluded at the Prutb it was demolimed and abandoned by the Rußans. 
 The fort called Se/nenowfki, which alio lies in this Government, likewife met 
 with the fame fate. 
 
 * It is generally called Jfopb or Jfof'in the maps, 
 -j Or ratiier Caiana. 
 
 THE
 
 [469 ] 
 
 THE 
 
 ASIATIC PART 
 
 O F T H E 
 
 RUSSIAN EMPIRE. 
 
 §. i.T^HE Ruffian dominions in Afia, make a confiderable part of 
 J_ Great or Afiatic Tartary. The word Tatar * properly figni- 
 fies the Lord or Sovereign of a country ; and confequently it cannot 
 be originally applied to any particular Tartarian nation, much lefs to a 
 certain river, as was formerly imagined. That the Tartars and Turks 
 have certainly the fame origin, is evident from the fimilitude of their 
 language, complexion, and air of their countenances. Under the* name of 
 Tartary a part only of this vaft tracl is properly included; but cuftom 
 has extended it to the whole country. This extenfive region has, no lefs 
 improperly, been called Mungalia ; for it is uncertain whether the people 
 who live more northerly or eafterly had ever any connection with thefe 
 Tartars and Mungalians. The Takuthians, and the more remote nations 
 differ extremely from the Tartars, properly fo called, in their cuftoms and 
 manner of living. The country of the Siberians and OJliaks came to be 
 looked upon as part of Tartary > becaufe thofe nations had been conquered 
 by the Tartars, or rather by the Mungalians, who fent feveral colonies 
 amongft them ; or becaufe it formerly belonged to the kingdom of Great 
 Tartary, which was founded by Zingis-Kan. This diftindion muft be 
 particularly obfcrved with regard to Rußan Tartary, we fliall therefore 
 fpecify in the proper places, what territories are a part of Tartary, properly 
 fo called, and what provinces do not belong to it. 
 
 * The Author calls the country Tatarey and the people Tatars, which I prcfume is the ri^Iit 
 name ; but Tartar is the name they are generally known by in Ewope. 
 
 §. 2. The
 
 470 RUSSIA. 
 
 §. 2. The feas bordering on this country, and inclofed by it, have been 
 already deicribed * ; what now remains is only to give an account of its 
 rivers and lakes. With regard to the former the moil remarkable are, 
 
 Firfl, The rivers which run into the Cajplan-Sea. 
 
 Thefe are, 
 
 i. The Wolga, of which we have already given an account in de- 
 fcribing European RuJJia. 
 
 2. The Yaik, formerly called Rhymnus, has its fource among the Ura- 
 Han mountains, Tn Latitude 54° and Longitude 87^, and after running a 
 courfe of about 1000 Werfis, empties itfelf by two channels into the 
 Cafpian-Sea in Latitude 47 , 30', and Longitude 74 . The principal 
 rivers which fall into it are the Upper and Lower Kyfyl, and the Sacmara. 
 The Talk abounds with excellent fifh, and has a very rapid current ; but 
 in fome parts is very fhallow. Its banks near the influx of the river 
 Sacmara are rocky : and are alfo very high and mountainous near the river 
 Kyfyl. Oppolite the Upper Aj^y/ftands a high mountain, out of which are 
 dug magnets or load-ftones. But the farther you go from this river, the 
 more extenfive are the plains •, and the country is more level near the mouth 
 of it than about its fource : However it is, for the moft part barren and 
 fandy ; fo that corn is chiefly produced in the higher grounds for the fub- 
 fiftance of the inhabitants. There is but little wood growing in thefe parts, 
 except in the neighbourhood of Sacmara. 
 
 3. The Yem, or, as it is called by the Rnßans,, lemba, is a rapid, but 
 very fhallow river ; for it is hardly five feet deep at the mouth. Its water is 
 clear, and the banks are fertile ; but there are neither towns nor villages built 
 on the borders of it. The Tartars of the Kafatßa Horda, who inhabit 
 the country on the weft fide of this river, live in tents and little huts. 
 The Tern empties itfelf into the Cafpian-Sea. 
 
 4. Gihun, which is alio called by the feveral names of Amu, Amol, 
 Amu-Daria, Mlderglas, Sheherbas, Najjar, -f- or fimply Roud Kanem, i. e. ' the 
 large ftream'. This river was the Oxus and Baclrus of the Ancients; and 
 formely difembogued itfelf by two channels or mouths into the Cafpian-Sea ; 
 but thefe are now become dry, and the ftream has been diverted by art into 
 the fea or lake of Aral. In Cyrus's time it was the boundary [of the 
 Per/Ian Monarchy ; and is by fome authors fuppofed to be the Araxes of 
 the Ancients. Its fource is in the mountains of Paropamlßts. 
 
 5. Sm un, was anciently called A/ßaJh, Saert, Acfaert, Sir, Dar la, 
 Sir der gl as, Jaxartes, and Sir Is ; but was erroneoufly thought by the Mace- 
 donians to be the Tanals. This river has always emptied itfelf into the 
 lake of Aral. 
 
 Secondly, Thofe rivers which difcharge themfelves into the Ice-Sea, which 
 are, 
 
 * See p. 60j 13 fiq. f "im or Nahar, in the Hclreiv language fignifies a river. 
 
 i. The
 
 RUSSIA. 
 
 I. The famous and large river Ob or Oby, which under the name of 
 Bi, iffues from the Altin-hke (by the Ruffians called Teleßoi-Ofero,) in Lati- 
 tude 52° and Longitude 103°, 30'. Its name iignifles ' great;' and 
 accordingly in Ruffia it is often called the Great River. The Kalmucks and 
 Tartars generally give it the name of Umar. It is a very large, fmooth 
 ftream, its current being ufually flow; and is between two and three hun- 
 dred fathoms in breadth : But in many places it is much broader, efpecially 
 in great floods. It abounds with fifh ; and is navigable almoft to the lake 
 in which it fprings. The bottom of this river for a confiderable way from 
 its fource is ftony ; but from the influx of the river Ket it is clayey. In 
 its courfe, efpecially towards the town of Berefoia, it forms a great many 
 iflands. The Oby in its feveral windings traverfes a long tract of land, and 
 in Latitude 67 , and Longitude 86°, empties itfelf into a bay of the Ice- 
 Sea, which runs eighty German miles into the land ; but the mouth of 
 the bay, where it joins the Ice-Sea lies in Latitude 73 °, 30', and 90° 
 Longitude. The fprings where this river rifes are not very copious ; but it 
 receives feveral large rivers in its courfe. Thefe are, 
 
 The Catuna, at the influx of which it acquires the name of Oby. 
 
 The T/Jjaryß and Alei, which runs into it on the left iide. 
 
 The Tßumyß, on the right fide. 
 
 The T/heus and Shagarca, which falls into it on the left. 
 
 The Tom and Tßulim, which laft, is called Iiufi, near its fource, and 
 is formed by the conflux of two ftreams called the JVJjite and Black 
 River. 
 
 The Ket, which is well known on account of its proximity to the river 
 Ienifia near its fource, falls into the Oby on the right fide ; and the Waßiga 
 on the left. 
 
 The Tym and the Wak, famous for the paflage of feveral fhips, which fail 
 through thefe rivers and the Telogui into the Ienifia, run into the Oby on the 
 right fide. 
 
 The lugan and Irtis, and feveral other rivers empty themfelves into the 
 Oby lower down ; among which Kafivi, on the right fide, and Sofwa, on 
 the left, are the principal. 
 
 Of all the rivers which increafe the Oby, the moft remarkable is the 
 Tom ; it being navigable as far as the town of Kutfneß. Its fource is near the 
 river Abakan, in Latitude 53 , and its influx into the Oby is in Latitude 58 . 
 It receives feveral rivulets in its courfe ; but the Condoma, which runs into 
 it on the left fide, oppofite to the town of Kutfneß, is a confiderable river. 
 
 The Irtis or Irtijh rifes in the country of the Kalmuks, and in Latitude 46 
 30' and 103 Longitude, runs through the lake of SaiJJan ; and, after winding 
 through a long tracl of land, falls into the Oby, in Latitude 6 1°, and 86° ot' 
 Longitude. In this river are feveral iflands, which in fummer, when the 
 water is low, are more numerous than during the floods in fpring. Some of 
 
 thefe 
 
 47*
 
 4 ?2 RUSSIA 
 
 thefe Hlands difappear, and others feem to fupply their place. The depth 
 of the Irtis is fo remarkably variable, that (hips can no longer pafs where 
 they formet ly uied to do ; and on the other hand, thofe parts which were 
 once ihaliow have now a fufficient depth of water for veffels of burden. 
 Its water is light and clear, and abounds with fine fifh ; particularly fturgeon, 
 the fat of which is, by the inhabitants of this country, reckoned the greateft 
 delicacy. The Irtis on both fides receives feveral rivers. The principal of 
 thefe, after it has paffed the fortfefs of Ufikamenogorfk. in its courfe, are the 
 following : 
 
 The Ulba, Shulba, and Uba which run into it on the right. 
 
 The Zarguban, which name fignifies three oxen, on the left. 
 
 The Tßernuia falls into the Irtis on the right. 
 
 The Shelefenca and Tawgutßei, on the left. 
 
 The river Om on the right. 
 
 The Camyßlcwia on the left. 
 
 The Tara, Shiß, and Tut on the right. 
 
 The Ißim, Tobo/, and Konda on the left. 
 
 Of thefe rivers the Ißim, the Tobo/, and the Konda are the krgeft. The 
 Konda falls into the Irtis a little beyond the 30th degree of North Latitude. 
 The Tobol riles from feveral fprings in Latitude 52 30', and Longitude 8i°. 
 Its banks are fo low, that the neighbouring country is fubjecl to frequent 
 inundations: It falls into the Irtis, in Latitude 58°, and 86° of Longi- 
 tude. 
 
 The fmaller rivers Vi, Ißt, Tura, and Taivda increafe the Tobol con- 
 fiderably. The Ifet has its fource in a lake, and runs through the territory 
 of Cathrincnburg ; and, after receiving, on the right, the Sifirt, Sinara, 
 Teßa, and Mias ; and feveral fmall ftreams on the left, it difcharges itfelf into 
 the Tobol in Latitude $J°. The Tura rifes in the mountains of Wercoturia 
 in Latitude 59 , and falls into the Tobol in Latitude 57°, 30'. If the 
 water of the Tura were to be deducted from that of the Tobol, the 
 former, on the right fide, receives but a little lei's quantity of water than is 
 contained in the Tobol, from the rivers Salda, Tagil, Niza (which is 
 formed by the Nieva and Reß, and is enlarged by the Irbit from the 
 right) and the Pvß;ma. The Tawda rifes about the Latitude of 63 , and 
 Longitude 8o u , and is formed by the conflux of the Sofwa and the Lofwa, 
 And, Something beyond the 59th degree of Latitude, and about the fame 
 degree of Longitude runs into the Tobol. 
 
 2. The Ienisei, or Ienisea, is little inferior to the Oby. The Tartan 
 and Moguls call this river Keen, but the OJliaks give it the name of Guck or 
 Ke-ßs, i. e. ' The great river.' It is formed by the conflux of the two 
 rivers Ulu-Kem and Bri-Kem, in Latitude 51 , 30', and n i°of Longitude, 
 i'rem thence it directs its courfe almoft due North ; and in Latitude 700, 
 •. 1 1 o V' 30' Longitude, forms a kind of bay, in which are feveral iflands : 
 
 This
 
 RUSSIA. 
 
 This bay runs about 3 30' in length, towards the North, in which Latitude 
 * and the 100th degree of Longitude, at laft it joins the Ice-Sea. At the 
 town of Ienifeiß, in autumn when this river is lowed, the breadth of it at 
 the furface'of the water is 570, and in the fpring when it is higher!: about 795 
 fathoms. The bottom of the Ienifei is ftony and fandy ; and the banks, 
 efpecially on the earl fide, are very mountainous and rocky. The fifh in 
 this river are palatable, and its current for the moft part is rapid ; but it 
 gradually leffens its rapidity towards the mouth ; fo that at laft it has fcarcc 
 any appearance of a current. In that part of its courfe where it approaches 
 the rivers Dubtßoes and Turukan, it forms feveral iflands between the towns 
 of Ienifeijk and Krafnoiarjk ; and, below the Dubtjhes, it has fome cata- 
 racts or waterfalls ; but is navigable from its mouth as far as the Abakan, and 
 even higher up. A little way from its fource, the Ienij'ei receives the 
 following rivers ; viz. 
 
 The Kemtfhuk and Abakan on the left. 
 The Tuba, Mana, Kan, and Tungufca on the right. 
 The Kafs, Syn, and Dubtjhes on the left. 
 
 The Tungufca podeamenaia, i. e. ' beyond the mountains,' and the BaSla 
 on the right. 
 
 The Telogui on the left. 
 The Lower Tungufca on the right. 
 
 The Tunica on the left ; not to mention other rivers that fall into the 
 Ienifei near its mouth. 
 
 It muft be obferved that there are three rivers called Tungufca, which all 
 run into the Ienifei. The firft and moft northerly of thefe is called (imply 
 Tungufca, and acquires this name after it is joined by the river Ilicn : it is 
 called Angara from the influx of that river to its fource, which is in the 
 lake of Baikal. Its bottom is ftony, and full of rocks, which caufe four 
 waterfalls in this river. But it is navigated during the fummer both with 
 and againft the ftream, though the pafTage upwards muft be attended with 
 no fmall difficulty and hazard. 
 
 3. The Lena, which is a large river, waters the eaft part of Siberia, and 
 rifes on the north fide of the lake of Baikal, in Latitude 52 30, and 
 Longitude 124 30'. This river, after pervading a large tract of land in 
 Latitude 73 , divides itfelf into five branches ; three of which run weft- 
 ward, and two towards the eaft ; and by thefe channels it difcharges itfelf into 
 the Ice-Sea. Its three weftern mouths lie in 153 degrees of Longitude, 
 but the eaftern extends only as far as 143 . The current is every where very 
 flow ; and its bed is entirely free from rocks. The bottom is fandy ; and the 
 banks are in fome places rocky and mountainous. The principal rivers 
 that fall into the Lena are, 
 
 The Manfurca, and Culenga, which run into it on the weft or left fide. 
 * That is, feventy-three degrees ami a half. 
 
 Vol. I. Ppp The 
 
 473
 
 474- RUSSIA. 
 
 The Orlenga, on the right. 
 
 The Ilga, on the left. 
 
 The Kirmga, Tjhebßui, and Tßaia, on the right. 
 
 The Ifßora, on the left. 
 
 The Whim, the two Potamds, the Okcma, the two Talbds, and the 
 Aldan, on the right. 
 
 The Wilui, on the left, &c. 
 
 Among all thefe, the Whim, Okcma, Aldan, and Wilui have the longeft 
 courfe. The Whim is faid to owe its fource to a great number of lakes, 
 which have a communication with each other by natural channels. Among 
 other rivers, it receives two ftreams called Mama, celebrated for a tranfparent 
 foffile called Marienglas, or Mußovy-glaß, dug along its banks. The 
 courfe of the Wilui is in i6 , 30' before it joins the Lena. The river Aldan 
 receives, on the right or the eaft fide, the Ufßun and Maia, and on the 
 oppoiite fide the Iudcma. There is a paflage for veflels from the Lena and 
 Aldan through the Maia and Iudoma, almoft to the fource of the latter j from 
 which, after a journey of twenty German miles by land, a traveller may 
 go down the Urack by water into the Sea of Ka?ntß:atka *. We come 
 
 'Thirdly, To thofe rivers which difcharge themfelves into the Eaßern 
 Ocean. Thefe are, 
 
 1. The Amur, a large and celebrated ftream formerly called Karan- 
 muran ; but, at prefent, the Chineß and Manßmriam give it the name of 
 Sagal/'n-Ula. It is alfo called Tamur, Onon, Helong-Kiang, and Skilka. 
 The Amur is formed by the conflux of the rivers Skilk and Argun ; is 
 navigable a great way from its mouth ; and abounds with fifli. The length 
 of its courfe is four hundred German or geographical miles. 
 
 2. The Ud, or Uda 3 is the only confiderable river that runs into the Sea 
 of Kamtßiatka. 
 
 3. The Penskina, which gives name to the gulf of Pcnßnnßa. 
 
 4. The Anadir, a confiderable river which runs into the Eaßern Ocean. 
 §. 3. The principal lakes in the Aßatic Part of the Ruffian Empire are, 
 
 1 . The Aral *, which lies not far from the Cafpian-Sea, and is one of 
 the largeft lakes in all Aßa. Its length from North to South is faid to be 
 thirty German or geographical miles, and its breadth from Eaft to Weft is 
 about half as much. Its water is very fait ; and on that account it is conveyed 
 by the neighbouring Karacalpach, the Kaßtß:a-Horda, and the Turkomanians, 
 by fmall narrow canals into fandy pits, where the heat of the fun, by ex- 
 haling the water, provides them with a fufficient quantity of fait for their 
 neceflary ufes. The fame fpecies of fifh are found in this lake as in the Caß- 
 pian-Sea ; and he Aral, like die latter, has no vifible outlet. 
 
 * This is a bay of the Eaßern Ocean. 
 
 f This is called the Sea of Aralla the map?, 
 
 2. The
 
 Tartary.] RUSSIA. 475 
 
 2. The Baikal-hke, by the neighbouring people called Siviatoie-More, or 
 * the holy lake,' extends in length from Weft to Eaft five hundred IVcr/ls ; 
 but from North to South it is but twenty or thirty in a direct line, and in 
 fbme parts only fifteen Werßs. It is entirely furrounded by high mountains. 
 This lake does not begin to freeze till about Chri/lmas, and thaws about the 
 beginning of May ; from which time to September a fhip is feldom wrecked 
 upon it ; but by the high winds, which blow in that month, many veifels are 
 loft on this lake. When fuch ftorms happen, the inhabitants that live near 
 the Baikal imagine, that by complimenting it with the name of a Sea they 
 render the lake propitious, and are preferved againft all the dangers it feems 
 to threaten. In that part of it that lies near the river Bargujin, it throws up 
 an inflamable liquid called Maltha *, which the inhabitants of the adjacent 
 country burn in their lamps. There are alfo feveral fulphureous fprings near 
 the Baikal-lake. Its water at fome diftance appears of a fea-green colour ; 
 it is veiy frefli, and fo clear that one may fee objects to the depth of feveral 
 fathoms in it. In this lake great plenty of large fturgeon and pyke, and 
 feveral black, but no fpotted feals are caught. This lake contains feveral 
 iflands ; and the borders of it are haunted by black fables and civet-cats. 
 
 3 . The Altin-\ake, called by the Rußians Teleßoi-Ofero, from the Tcleß, 
 a Tartarian nation who live on the borders or it. The Tartars call it 
 Altin-Kul, and the Kalmucks give it the name of Altinnor. It is about 
 eighteen German or geographical miles in length, and twelve in breadth. 
 The north part of this lake is fometimes frozen fo hare, as to be pafläble on 
 foot; but the fouth part is never covered with ice. The bottom is ftcep 
 and rocky. The water in the Altin-\zke, and alfo in the rivers that run 
 through the adjacent parts, contrary to what happens in other lakes, &c. rifes 
 only in the midft of fummer, when the great heats diffolve the lhow on 
 the mountains, which had withftood the rays of the vernal fun. 
 
 We now proceed to the Defcription of the country itfelf, where we firft 
 meet with 
 
 The West and South Pa r t of 
 
 RUSSIAN r A R TART, 
 
 TITHICH, from time immemorial, has made part of the Rujfan dominions ; 
 Y " and belongs to Tartary properly fo called. This countiy is inhabited 
 by various nations, of which we fhall give a concife account. 
 
 * This is a kind of liquid fulphur» 
 
 P p p 2 i. The
 
 476 RUSSIA. [Bielogorod. 
 
 1. The Circaßans, who inhabit the country lying to the north-weft part o 
 the Cafpian-Sea, between Georgia and the mouth of the Wolga. Circafßa 
 is above iixty German miles in length, and of an equal breadth ; and is partly 
 fubjecl to Ruffia, and partly under the dominion of the Crim-Ka7i : How- 
 ever, fome of the inhabitants ftill preferve their independency. The Cir- 
 caßans, and efpecialiy the women, have the reputation of being the moft 
 beautiful of all the eaftern nations. Prince Cantemir, in his Hiftory of the 
 Ottoman Empire, fays, that they may be juftly termed the French Tartars, 
 becaufe they continually invent new fafhions both as to their drefs 
 and their arms ; and that the other Tartars never fail to imitate thefe 
 modes ; and generally fend their children among them for education. As 
 to their religion, they feem to be Half-Mahometans ; for they ufe circumci- 
 fion and other Mahometan rites ; but have no Mulhas * or Mofques, and ex- 
 prels no veneration for the Koran. They are moftly employed in hunting, 
 feeding of cattle, and agriculture. That part of their country that borders 
 on the Cafpian-Sea is very barren ; but towards Dagheflan and Georgia the 
 foil is exceeding fertile. The Circaßan horfes are far from being hand- 
 fome ; but as they are hardy and fpirited, they bear a good price. 
 
 2. The Grebinian and Taik Co/ah, the latter of which live near the 
 river Taik. Mention has been made of thefe tribes in our account of 
 the Government of Kiew. 
 
 3 . The Great Nogayans. Thefe are Mahometan Tartars, and live near 
 the Cafpian-Sea, between the Wolga and the Taik. They fubfift by hunt- 
 ing, and feeding of cattle ; and fome of them are employed in agriculture. 
 Great numbers of the Nogayans have been converted to the Greek religion. 
 
 4. The Torgautians or rather the Torgut-Kalmuks, who inhabit the 
 country that lies between the Wolga and the Taik, are Kalmuks and Pagans. 
 Torgnt fignifies the illuftrious tribe, or the great, noble, celebrated Horde j 
 and the Torgutes are thought by the learned to be the Thyjfagetes or Thyrfa- 
 vetes, mentioned by Herodotus the hiftorian, above 2000 years ago. 
 
 5. The Tßwemißans and Tß.navaßxans, of whom we have fpoken in 
 our account of the Government of Nißneinowgorod. 
 
 6. The Wotiakians, who belong to the Government of Kafan, lire in a 
 very favage and fordid manner. They, indeed, believe in a fupreme Being, 
 whom they term Tumar, and imagine that he refidcs in the fun ; but they 
 neither worfhip, nor pay him any regard. On any exigency they repair for 
 advice and afiiftance to a certain perfon whom they call Dona. They 
 fpeak both the Tartarian and Ruffian languages; and fubiift chiefly by 
 
 hunting. 
 
 7. The Tartars of the Government of Kafan. Thefe profefs the Ma- 
 hometan religion ; and are moie civilized and decent in their behaviour 
 than tlv Tji.crcmißians and Wotiakians. 
 
 * The Muihas are Mahometan pricfts; their temples are called Mofjucs; and the Koran ccm- 
 monlv called the Alcoran, is their facred buok, writt«n by Mahomet. 
 
 1 8. The
 
 Aftracan.] RUSSIA. 477 
 
 8. The Bafiikirian and Vfian Tartars, who alfolive within the Government 
 of Kafan. The former inhabit the country that lies towards the Eaft, be- 
 tween the river Kama, the mountains of Ural, and the // 'ga ; but the 
 latter live in the north part of that Government. They live toj 
 intermarry, without mixing with other nations. Thcle Tartars are fire 
 and well-made. They have broad faces, a brown complexion, black hair, 
 and long beards. Their drefs is not unlike that of the 
 are excellent horfemen ; and remarkable for their valour and d 
 
 in managing their bows and arrows. As to their religion, they may ra 
 be accounted Heathens than Mahometans, circumcifion and few other cere- 
 monies being all that they practice of the latter : Some of them, indeed, have 
 been converted to the Greek religion. They live in towns or village?, and 
 employ themfclves in hunting, feeding of cattle, and agriculture: Tiny 
 have alio plenty of honey and furrs. They ufualiy threfb their corn In the 
 field before they bring it home. They pay their tribute in the produce of 
 their country, as corn, wax, honey, cattle and furrs. Though they have 
 a great number of hogs, they never eat any pork. They uie both horfes 
 and dromedaries for travelling, &c. They take as many wives as they 
 can maintain, and give horfes in exchange for them : fometimes fix or (even 
 horfes are given for a wife. Both the Bajhkirian and Vfian Tartars have 
 feveraL times, and particularly towards the clofe of the year 1735, at- 
 tempted to (hake off the Ruffian yoke ; but were foon reduced to obedience. 
 After this, upon their requefting a new form of government, a Ruffian 
 Starjhine or Judge, and a Sotnik or Prefect have been fet over every Dis- 
 trict; and a kind, of Overleer is appointed in every village; fo that all 
 opportunities of future revolt feem to be taken from them, efpecially as 
 there are feveral fortrefles built in this country by way of a further check 
 upon them. 
 
 We fhall, in the next place, treat of every province, or Government, 
 in particular. 
 
 I. The GOVENRNMENT of 
 
 A S r R A C A N$ 
 
 Called in the Ruffian language 
 
 AsTRACANAIA GuBERNlIA. 
 
 HpHIS province contains the ancient Tartarian Kingdom of Aßracan, 
 
 •* which, in year 1554, was conquered by the Czaar Evan Bqßtdwiiz ; 
 
 and includes the country lying on the north and partly on the weit ült 
 
 of
 
 47» RUSSIA. [Aftracan. 
 
 of the Cafpian-Sea. The heat here is fo intenfe in fummer, that, according to 
 obfervations made at Aßracan by M. Lerch, the Thermometer fometimes rifes 
 to above a hundred, and even to a hundred and three degrees and a half 
 according to Fahrenheit" s Scale ; though Boerhaave, in his Elemen. Chym. 
 p. 192, afferts, that a heat above the ninetieth degree of Fahrenheit's Thermo- 
 meter would be more than human creatures could bear; and that all 
 animals, of which he had any knowledge, foon expired in fuch a degree 
 of heat. The Steppe, or wide defert plain of Aßracan, according to the 
 account given us by travellers, is a dreary wafte, without water or verdure ; 
 and towards the coaft of the Cafpian-Sea it is faid to be very fandy. In 
 the neighbourhood of Aßracan, are fmall lakes and ponds fo impregnated 
 with fait, that fometimes it incrufts the furface of the water like ice. This 
 faline incruftation is fo thick that one may fecurely walk on it ; and fait is 
 likewife found at the bottom of the ponds in the form of cryftal falts. The 
 Arbufes, or water-melons, that grow about Aßracan are accounted the beft 
 in the Ruffian Empire ; and the vines, which have been planted here, 
 thrive extremely well. 
 
 The mod remarkable places in this Government are, 
 Aßracan, which is the capital, the refidence of the Governor, and a 
 Bifhop's See, {lands near the Cafpian-Sea on an ifland formed by the Wolga ; 
 and in the Rujßan language is called Do/goi, which fignifies long. It is 
 almoft a German mile in circuit, and is furrounded with a good ftone-wall ; 
 and oppofite to it ftands a fort. Among the Rußian churches in this city 
 the Cathedral is the moft elegant and the lateft built. The Lutherans 
 have a church here; as have alfo the Armenians, who, to the number of 
 forty families, refide here for the fake of trade. Aßracan has always been 
 remarkable for its commerce ; and above thirty different nations refort 
 hither to traffic. A garrifon of 3000 men is always kept in this city. 
 
 Krafnoiiar, a fmall town, ftands on the Wolga and is inclofed with a 
 kind of wooden wall. This town, with the next following, keep a watchful 
 eye upon the roving Cahnuks, who often bring their cattle to graze here- 
 abouts. The name of this town fignifies ' a red bank.' 
 
 Tfljernoiiar, a little town in the Steppe, or defert, on the bank of the 
 Wolga. It is fortified with eight wooden towers and ftrong barricadoes, 
 againft the incurfions of the Cofaks. As thefe fortifications were eredled in 
 the reign of the Great Duke Michael, the town is alfo called Michaile- 
 Novogrod. 
 
 Xarizin, a fmall town on the Wolga, furrounded with wooden redoubts 
 and towers. Its garrifon watches the motions of the Tartars and Cofaks t ■ 
 againft the incurfions of which a ftrong line, called the Zariziu-Liue, has 
 been drawn from the Wolga to the Don. Along this line the forts Met- 
 ßionaia, Gratß:i, Ozokor, and Donjkaia are erected. 
 
 Gurieiv,
 
 Orenburg.] RUSSIA. 
 
 Guriew, a fmall place on an ifland, formed by the river Talk, at its 
 mouth where it falls into the Cafpian-Sea. 
 
 Taik, or Taitzskoi Gorodok, a large town fituated on the river 'Talk. It 
 carries on a very considerable trade, and has a good fifhery : and is famous 
 for the Caviere made in this town. 
 
 On the weft fide of the Cafpian-Sea ftands 
 
 Kißiarskaia, a fortrefs near the river Terek. On the fame river are alfo 
 fome other inconfiderable places, as Sßjedrin, Tf/jerwlenoi , &c. 
 
 The Rußans have extended their conquefts on this fide of the Cafpian- 
 Sea a great way towards the South, both under the Emperor Peter I. in 
 1722 , and ftill farther in the reign of the Emprefs Anne. For the Per- 
 ßam, by the treaty of peace concluded in 1732 at Ratßm in the province 
 of Ghilan, for ever ceded to Rußia a trad; of land along the coaft of the 
 Cajpian-Sea of above fixty German miles in length, and comprehending die 
 provinces of Dageßan and Shirwan. But as multitudes of the Ruffian 
 foldiers died in this warm climate, fo different from their own ; and as 
 the revenues of the provinces did not anfwer the charges of keeping up 
 the troops ; Ruffia evacuated thefe conquefts in exchange for the privilege 
 of an unlimited commerce throughout all the Perfian dominions. At prc- 
 fent, the river Terek is the limits betwixt Rußia and Perfia. 
 
 479 
 
 II. The Government of 
 
 O R E N E U R G. 
 
 f J^HIS Government lies in the province of Ufa, and has been but lately 
 -*- eredled. It has its name from 
 The town and fortrefs of Orenburg, which was built in 1738 by order 
 of the Emprefs Anne, at the conflux of the Or and the Taik. But that 
 fituation being found inconvenient, the inhabitants were removed, and the 
 town built lower down on the Taik in 1740. This town was defigned to 
 protect the new fubjeös who, from time to time, put themfelves under 
 the protection of the Rißiam, and to promote the trade with the people 
 that live more towards the South. Since the eftablifhment of a confiderable 
 commerce here, all Ruffian and Afiatic merchants are permitted, on paying a 
 certain duty, to fell their goods by wholefale or retail j and all European 
 foreign merchants are allowed to bring their goods from the harbours and 
 frontier towns to Orenburg. 
 
 The other places of note belonging to this Government are, 
 Ozernoi, Bordinßoi, and llek, which are forts on the river Taik. 
 
 Sakmarsk.
 
 480 RUSSIA. [Käfan; 
 
 Sahnarsk, a little town on the river Sakmara. 
 
 Ufa, a fortified provincial town, fituated on a river of the fame name. 
 
 Kandara, a fortrefs on a lake of the fame name ; and Menzelinsk is alfo 
 
 a fortrefs on the river Menzelia. 
 
 Kungitr. Near this town is a remarkable cavern of chalk ; the infide of 
 
 which is fo curioufly formed by Nature, that no traveller, who pafles this 
 
 way, omits feeing it. It is faid to have been formerly inhabited by fome 
 
 Rußans, who fled thither for fhelter againft the incurfions of the Baskirians ; 
 
 and to this it is owing that a wooden crofs is ftill to be feen in the 
 
 cave- 
 On the Steppe, or defert, are alfo the forts of Atßntzkaia and Bifert, fo 
 
 called from the rivers on which they ftand. 
 
 III. The Government of 
 
 KASAN. 
 
 ' I % HIS Government is of greater extent than the ancient kingdom of 
 Kafan, which was conquered in the year 1552 by the Czaar fovan 
 Bafilowitz. It contains 
 
 1. The Circle of Kasan, called in the Ricf/ia?i language Kafanskoi Uiezd. 
 
 Places of note in this Diftricf are, 
 
 Kafan, the capital of this Government. It ftands on the river Kafanka, 
 which, about a German mile from this place, runs into the Wolga. In 
 the Tnrkijh and Tartarian languages Kafan fignifies a cauldron large enough 
 to contain victuals for many perfons ; and this name the Grim and Budziak 
 Murfes give to the families of their fubjecls or vaflals, about ten men being 
 reckoned to a Kafan. This city confifts of a flrong fort built with ftone, the 
 Wooden Town, as it is called, and feveral adjoining S Modes or Suburbs; and 
 among thefe there is one inhabited by Tartars, in which are four Met- 
 ficds. Here are about fifty churches almoft all of them built with ftone, 
 and eleven convents, in and near the town. In the fort is the Government's 
 Chancery, which is under the direction of the Governor and Deputy- 
 Governor. The Governor of the fort has all the garrifons and regiments 
 within the Government under his command. The garrifon of the city 
 confifls of two regiments, for the fervice of which a very good hofpital 
 is provided. Kafan is alfo an Archbiihop's See ; and the nunnery of the 
 Virgin Mary in this city boafts of a miraculous image of the Blcifed Virgin. 
 Ac one end of the town is a cloth manufactory ; and all the cloth is bought 
 up at a fet price by the Crown, in order to clothe the lbldiers. In the 
 
 convent
 
 Kafan.] RUSSIA. 4 g r 
 
 convent of Silandoivo, which Stands on the river Kafanka about two Werßs 
 from the town, is a fchool where the children of TShuaShian, Tfheremif- 
 fian, Mordunian Calmuks and Tartars are taught the RuJJian and Latin 
 languages, the principles of the Chriftian religion, and the elements of Phi- 
 lofophy, in order to qualify them as preachers for the conversion of the 
 nations to which they belong. In 1749 and 1752 this city was totally de- 
 stroyed by fire. The Rußians firSt made themfelves mafters of this important 
 place on the third of OSlober 1552. 
 
 Lai/hew, a fmall town on the river Kama, where the veflels laden with 
 fait from Permia arrive every year; and the mafters hire men to draw 
 them up the Wolga from hence to Niß.meinowogrod. 
 
 About feventy IVerjh from Kafan, and not far from the river Kama, are 
 to be feen the ruins of the ancient city of Bulgar, which was formerly 
 the capital of the Bulgarians. Peter the Great, in the year 1722, when 
 he went on his expedition againft the Perfians, vifited thefe ruins, and gave 
 orders for copying and translating into the Ruffian language feveral Armenian 
 and Turkijh monumental inscriptions Sound among them. Bulgaria ftill 
 makes a part of the Czaar's titles. 
 
 Staro Shejiminsk, and No-wo Sheßminsk, on the river Shefma, which runs 
 into the Kama ; and alfo Biliarsk on the river Maloi, Tinsk on the fmall 
 river Tnia, and Sainsk are fortrefles in this Circle. 
 Malmyß, a fmall town on the river Wiatka. 
 
 Sarapul, which Stands on the river Kama, is a fmall town, or rather 
 a fortrefs with a Slobode or Suburb. 
 
 OJJa, a fortification and Slobode or Suburb on the Kama. About five 
 Werfis from this fort is a copper-work. 
 
 2. The Circle of Sinbirsk, called Sinbirßoi Uiezd in the Ruffian 
 language. 
 
 In this Circle are, 
 
 Simbirsk, a pretty large provincial city, which Stands on the Wolga. 
 Bieloiiar, Syßran, Kaßypor, and Saratov, are fmall towns on the Wolga. 
 Petroivß on the river Medweditza, Sursk, on the river Sura, Pogoreloi, 
 Vren, Karfiin, and Tagai are fmall places in this Circle. 
 
 3. The Circle of Pensisk, in the RuJJian language Penfinskoi Uiezd. 
 In this DiStricl are, 
 
 Pen/a, a provincial city on the river Sura. 
 
 Ramfaisk, Mokßiaisk, Temar, and Saransk are fmall places in this Circle. 
 
 4. The Circle of Alatyrsk, called by the Ruffians Alatyrskoi Uiezd. 
 In this Circle lies 
 
 Alatyr, a provincial town, fituated on the river Sura. 
 
 5. The Circle of Swiiask, in the Ruffian language Swiiaskoi Uiezd. 
 In this Circle lies 
 
 Swiiask, a provincial cky fituated on the Wolga. 
 
 Vol. I. Qjiq 6, The
 
 4 -82 RUSSIA. [Kafan. 
 
 6. The Circle of Zywilsk, called by the Ruffians Zywihkoi Uiezd. 
 The only place of note in this Circle is 
 
 Zyioilsk, a fmall town. 
 
 7. The Circle of Tshebaksar, in the Rußan language TßebaifarskoiUiezd. 
 In this Circle lies 
 
 Tßoebakfar, a handfom provincial town on the river Wolga. 
 
 8. The Circle of Kusmodemiansk, in Rußan called Kufmodemianskoi 
 Uiezd. 
 
 In this Circle are, 
 
 Kujmodemiamk, a fmall town on the Wolga. 
 
 Wafiligorod, a fmall town, which ftands on an eminence. 
 
 9. The Circle of Kokshaisk, called in the Rußan language Kokßmskoi 
 Uiezd, in which lies 
 
 Kokßaisk, a fmall mean town on the river Kokßmga. 
 
 10. Carewo Kokshaiskoi Uiezd, or Circle, in which lies 
 Karewo Kokß:aisk, on the river Kokßjaga. 
 
 11. Carewo Santshurskoi Uiezd, or Circle, in which Samezurß, 
 a fmall place, lies. 
 
 12. The Circle of Yaransk, in the Rußan language laranskoi Uiezd, takes 
 its name from Yaransk the provincial town. 
 
 13. The Circle of Ursum, in which lies the town of 
 Urfum, on a river of the fame, which runs into the Wiatka. 
 
 14. The Circle of Klynow, called by the Ruffians Klynoivskoi Uiezd, or 
 Wyatskaie Provinciia, i. e. ' the Wiatsk Province.' 
 
 In this Province are, 
 
 Klynow, a provincial town on the river Wyatka. 
 Orlow, or Orel, a fmall place on the fame river. 
 
 Sheflakowy which alfo ftands on the Wiatka, and Wolynshi are two 
 mean places. 
 
 15. The Circle of Kaigorodok, by the Rußans ca'led Kaigorodojkoi Uiezd. 
 The only place of note in this Circle is 
 
 Kaigorodok, a fmall town on the river Kama, the inhabitants of which 
 fublift partly by agriculture, but chiefly by filhing. 
 
 16. The Circle of TsHERDYN,in the Rußan language Tßxrdymskoi Uiezd, 
 This is a part of the ancient Permia ; and in it lies 
 
 Tßjerdyn, a provincial city on the river Koiitui. It is a Bifhop's See, and 
 has a German Ichool. 
 
 j j. The Circle of Soli kamskai a, called by the Ruffians Solikarjskoi Uiezd. 
 
 In this Circle, which is alfo a part of the ancient Permia lies 
 
 Solikatnskaia, a provincial city, on the river Ußblka, confifting of about 
 fix hundred wooden houfes, feveral churches built with ftone, two con- 
 vents, &c. This town is famous for its many falt-pans where fait is 
 made, which like all the reft that is boiled in Permia, is accounted the 
 
 belt
 
 Siberia.] RUSSIA. + g 
 
 beft in Ruffia, whither great quantities of it arc exported. Thefe falt- 
 works belong to forty-eight private perfons; however, feveral of them 
 are not wrought at prefent, and the number of them frequently varies. 
 There is alfo a German fchool in this town. 
 
 The Pyßkora copper-works fland on the little river Pyßkora, which 
 falls into the Kama. The ore is brought hither from feveral mines, with 
 which this country abounds. To the monaftery which ftands near the 
 works belong twenty-fix falt-pans in the village Diiadukinä, which confifts 
 of about two hundred houfes. The monks have alfo four more, about feveft 
 Werfis below the village. 
 
 1 8. The Barony of Straganow. 
 
 This Diftrict contains many towns and villages. The Baron has in the 
 village of Lenwa twenty-feven falt-works, and forty in the large and hand- 
 fome village of Nowo-UJJblie ; which are divided into what the Ruffians call 
 Werchnoi and Niß.moi Promysk. But fome of thefe works are at a ftand. 
 
 • 
 
 SIBERIA-, 
 
 Or the Northern and Eastern Parts of 
 
 GREAT 3 TARTARS 
 
 Which were lately added to the Russian Dominions. 
 
 §. I. '"Tp HE name Sibiria, or Siberia, was originally applied, and ftill pro- 
 ■*■ perly belongs only to the fouth part of the province of Tobolsk : But, 
 in a more extenfive fenfe, it now includes all the northern part oi AJia, 
 which borders on Ruffia to the Weft, on the Ice-Sea to the North, on 
 the Eaflern Ocean towards the Eaft, and on Great Tartary to the South. Its 
 length from Weft to Eaft is fomething above eight hundred German or 
 geographical miles, and the breadth from North to South is about three 
 hundred. 
 
 §. 2. Siberia feems to derive its name from an old city called Sibir, 
 which, according to a received tradition, ftood on the right fide of the 
 river Irtis, about eighteen Werfls from Tobolsk, and was the refidence of 
 the ancient Sovereigns of Siberia. This city alio, probably, gave name 
 to the river Sibirka, which, in this province, falls into the Irtis. There 
 are ftill fome ruins of a rampart to be feen on the fpot, but no other 
 remains of a city. 
 
 §. 3. The air of Siberia is, in general, extremely piercing ; and we learn 
 from authentic obfervations that the cold here is more fevere than in any 
 
 Qjl q 2 . other
 
 484 RUSSIA. [Siberia. 
 
 other part of the Rttßan dominions. The Siberian rivers are frozen very early, 
 and it is late in the fpring before the ice is thawed. The fnow often falls 
 in September, and is frequently feen on the ground in May. If the 
 corn does not come to maturity in Anguß, there is little hopes _of a 
 harveft in this country ; and in the province of Ienifcisk it is fometimes 
 covered with fnow before the peafants can reap it. The earth is never 
 thawed to any confiderable depth in Siberia. M. Gmelin, having, on the 
 eighteenth of "June O. S. caufed the earth to be dug near Iakutzk, where 
 the ground was high found the depth thawed to be fcarce four feet from 
 the furface ; and in low places it did not exceed three feet. Near fort 
 Argunsk, which is but little beyond the fiftieth degree of North Latitude, 
 the inhabitants acquainted him, that in feveral places the foil was not 
 thawed to above the depth of an ell and a half ; and that this internal 
 froft made it very difficult to come at any fprings. M. Gmelin obferved 
 that the quickhlver funk to a hundred and twenty degrees of Fahrenheit's 
 Scale at Ienifiisk, which is a degree of cold never felt hitherto in any other 
 country on the globe. But Providence feems the more liberally to have 
 dealt out to the inhabitants of this country wood for fuel, and furrs which 
 they make ufe of to preferve them againft the feverity of the weather. Even 
 ice itfelf is by them, in fome meafure, converted into a fence againft the cold : 
 For in the northern parts, particularly at Iakutzk, it is ufual to hew a piece of 
 tranfparent ice of the fize of the hole which ferves the peafants for a window ; 
 and having placed it on the outfide, they fprinlde a little water at the edges 
 which immediately freezes, and cements the ice in the hole. This ice- 
 window keeps out the wind and cold without much diminifhing the light. 
 Thofe who have glafs-windows befides, place them on the infide of the hole, 
 that the houfe may not be incommoded by the cold and moift effluvia of 
 the ice; but this inconveniency the common people do not regard. Beer 
 is feldom known to freeze in the cellars, when the holes for admitting the 
 light are thus flopped with a piece of ice. As the winter-days in the 
 north parts of Siberia laft but few hours, and the ftorms and flakes of 
 fnow darken the air fo much, that the inhabitants even at noon cannot fee 
 to do any thing without artificial lights, they fleep away the greateft part 
 of that feafon. In thofe parts where the river Ienifei empties itfelf into 
 the Ice-Sea, the Northen Lights make their appearance from the beginning 
 of OcJober till Chrißmas ; and the corrufcations of one kind of them are 
 faid to be very terrifying. M. Gmelin thinks this to be the place where 
 the Aurora Borealis is to be feen in its greateft perfection. 
 
 Thefe fevere winters are fucceeded by warm and delightful fummers ; 
 and the heat is fo intenfe that the Tungu/ians, who inhabit the province of 
 Iakutzk, go almoft naked. Llere is hardly any night during that feafon; 
 and towards the Frozen Ocean the fun appears continually above the Hor- 
 rizon. The vegetables and fruits of the earth are here extremely quick 
 
 in
 
 Siberia.] RUSSIA. 4 8 5 
 
 in their growth. Thunder is feldom heard near the Ice-Sea, on the coafl: 
 of which the thunder-claps are faid to be fo faint, as fcarcely to ftrike the 
 ear ; but the lightning may be feen very plainly in that climate. On the 
 contrary, the fouth part of Siberia is fubject to very dreadful tempefls. 
 
 §. 4. In the north part of Siberia neither corn nor fruit grows; lb that the 
 whole trad: of land that lies beyond the fixtieth degree of Latitude is 
 a barren wafte : However, barley is known frequently to come to perfec- 
 tion in Iakutzk. On this account, the inhabitants of thofe northern parts are 
 obliged to live on fifh and flefh ; but the Ruffians are fupplied with corn 
 from the fouthern : For in thofe parts of Siberia the fertility of the foil is 
 furprifing. The countries that lie beyond the lake of Baikal, efpecially to- 
 wards the Eaft as far as the river Argun, are remarkably fertile and 
 pleafant: But by the fupine indolence of the inhabitants feveral fruitful trails 
 of land, which would make ample returns to the peafant for cultivating 
 them, lie neglected. The paftures are excellent ; and one meets with vaft 
 numbers of fine horned cattle, horfes, goats, &c. in this country, on which 
 the Tartars chiefly depend for fubfiftence. However, there are feveral 
 fleppes, or barren wafles, and unimproveable tracts in thefe parts ; and not 
 one fruit-tree is to be feen. As for vegetables, here is a great variety ; and 
 in feveral places, particularly near Krafnaia S/oboda, the ground is, as it were, 
 over-run with afparagus of an extraordinary height and delicious flavour. 
 The bulbs of the Turkifh Bundes, and other forts of lilies, is much ufed 
 by the Tartars inffead of bread. Their want of fruit, &c. is richly com- 
 penfated by the great plenty of tame and wild bcafts and fowls, and the 
 vafl: variety of fine fiih, among which are the Sturgeon and the Sterled, 
 which this country affords. Provifions are fo cheap, that in feveral places a 
 pud or thirty-fix pounds of meal may be bought for five or eight, and a 
 pud of the fineft beef for twenty or thirty Copciks. 
 
 In that part of Siberia which lies near the Ice-Sea, and feveral other 
 places, no trees, but fhrubs and bufhes, grow ; but the greateft part of 
 this country produces large woods of pine, larch, and other trees : Belides, 
 a coniiderable quantity of wood is thrown afhore by the waves of the 
 Ice-Sea. The Siberian cedar, called in Latin Pinus foliis quinis, cono 
 erecto, nucleo eduli, grow to a great height and thicknefs ; and the pine- 
 apples, which they produce, are very large, and contain fmall nuts with a 
 thin blackiih (hell, in which are very palatable white kernels that are much 
 admired. Thefe nuts alfo yield an oil, which the Ruffian gentry make 
 ufe of inftead of butter for paftry, and frying fiih in lent and other 
 .fafts. 
 
 §. 5. Not to mention the great quantity of wild fowl, as moor-hens, par- 
 tridges, woodcocks and fnipes ; here is an incredible number of wild qua- 
 drupeds; fome of which are eatable, and others valuable for their fkins or 
 furrs. The Argati, which are alfo called Stepnie Baranni or wild fheep, the 
 
 DßQ-
 
 4 86 RUSSIA. [Siberia. 
 
 DßiolaBßian, the Gaadinadatfii, the Kytxp and Kulan, refemble roe-bucks, 
 more than fheep ; and are a particular Ipecies of animals between thefe 
 two. They are found about the Irtis, and from thence eaftward as far as 
 Kamtfioatka. In the province of Irkutzk, and beyond the Baikal-lake 
 is a kind of deer called the Ifubr ; but the inhabitants that live near the 
 river Irtis, call this creature Maral, and the Tartars about the Yenefei give 
 it the name of Syn. This ipecies is alfo diftinguifhed by the feveral appellations 
 of Mahne-, Meyimie, Büha, Kümaka and Kumakä. Here are two kinds of 
 wild goats, one in the province of Irkut/k, which are called Dfiers, 
 and perfectly refemble the roe-buck, except that they have horns like the 
 fhamois, which they never fhed : The other kind is called Saiga, and are very 
 frequent near the fource of the Irtis ; but are to be found in no odier part 
 of Siberia. This Saiga is not unlike the fhamois, except that the horns 
 are quite ffraight and have no branches. Their horns are femi-tranfparent, 
 and much ufed to make handles for knives, daggers, &c. The animal 
 called Saiga beyond Krafnaiarfi, and over the whole province of Irkutzk 
 and the Government of Iakutzk is the niufk or civet-cat. The Kofi or 
 roe-buck, the Socaty or elk, rein-deer, hares, the Kabari or wild boars, and 
 bears are well known in Siberia. The Tjhigiiai or wild mules in the pro- 
 vince of Irkutzk refemble a bay horfe ; but their tail is like that of a cow, 
 and their ears of an enormous length : However, they are very fwift. 
 
 The animals whole fkins are moll valued are the black fox, the fable, the 
 hyena, the ermine, the fquirrel, the beaver, and the lynx. The fkin of a real 
 black fox is more valuable than even that of a Sable. In the country that 
 lies near the Frozen Ocean are alio found blue and white foxes. The fin eft 
 Sables come from Nertßnnjk and lakutjk; where thofe animals are caught 
 by the inhabitants, in the mountains of Stannowoi Krebet. It is ufual in 
 thofe parts for ten or twelve men to form themfelves into a fociety, and 
 fhare all the Sables they take. One of the members is chofen as chief, 
 to whom all the reft muft pay obedience, or be well drubbed, or banifhed 
 out of the fociety. Before they fet out, they never fail to make a vow of 
 giving fomething of their capture to the church. Several Tartars alfo apply 
 themfelves to the hunting of Sables, and purfue them very dexteroufly through 
 all their ihifts. For when the Sable finds no means of efcaping its pur- 
 fuers, it climbs up the higheft tree within fight ; but the hunters immediately 
 fet fire to the tree, and fpreading out a net catch the Sable as it leaps down 
 to avoid the flames, and thus he becomes their prey. By the great value 
 fet on Sables, the number of thefe animals is very much decreafed; 
 and, what is no fmall detriment to the crown, great numbers have been 
 caught, and fold clandeftinely, notwithftanding the fevereft prohibitions. 
 Formerly the tributary nations were obliged to pay their tribute in the fkins 
 of Sables and foxes only ; But now the fkins of fquirrels, bears, rein-deer, 
 &c. and fometimes money is received by way of tribute ; and this not only 
 5 from
 
 Siberia.] RUSSIA. 4 8 7 
 
 from thofe that live near the Lena, but alfo in the Governments of Ilinß, 
 Irkutzk, Selenginsk and Nertßiinks. When the Tartars where firfl made 
 tributary to the Ruffians, they brought their furrs indifcriminately as they had 
 caught them, and among them were often fables of extraordinary value j 
 and formerly if any trader brought with them an iron kettle, they filled it 
 with Sables, and gave as many as it held in exchange for that utenfil : 
 But now they are better acquainted with the value of them. They fell 
 their fables at a very high price to the fmugglers ; and of their gains pay 
 only a Rubel inftead of a fkin into the Revenue-Office ; which now receives 
 more ready money than Sables by way of tribute. The fubjedts plead the 
 fcarcity of furrs, and, I have already obferved, not without fome appearance 
 of truth. 
 
 The Hyena is a very crafty animal, watching other creatures with very 
 lingular addrefs, in order to execute that by cunning, which it could not do 
 by open force ; and is equally artful in avoiding the fnares and contrivances 
 of men. It keeps an eye upon fawns, young elks, rein-deer, civet-cats, 
 roe-bucks, hares, fquirrels, foxes, and young partridges ; and either watches 
 them on a tree, from whence it fprings upon them, and fattens on their neck 
 with its teeth, of furprifes them in their lares or dens. The hyena often 
 devours the animals caught in the toils of the hunters ; and confequently 
 does them a confiderable damage. This creature runs from fouth to north, 
 and from north to fouth, in queft of its prey, and is extremely voracious * j 
 but the opinion that it fqueezes itfelf between two trees to force out its excre- 
 ments and make room for additional food, wants confirmation. This animal 
 in Siberia is called RoJJbmak. 
 
 As for fquirrels, the blackeft, which are indeed the fmalleft, are 
 caught in the above-mentioned mountain of Staunowoi Krebet. Thofe of 
 Berefow are larger ; but their furr is of an afh-colour. The filvercol-oured 
 fquirrels of Tfelut are famous all over Siberia for their largenefs ; and are, 
 by fome, preferred even to the black fort. The flying fquirrels fcarce re- 
 ferable the common fpecies, except in their manner of climbing up trees. 
 The flying fpecies have more the appearance of a rat ; and have a ftrong 
 tegument from the hind to the fore leg on both fides, which is above 
 an inch broad, and can be contracted or dilated as the animal pleafes. 
 This mechanifm enables it to fly a little way. The tail is not fo ion" as 
 that of a fquirrel, and is of a dark yellowifh colour. 
 
 The whitifh beavers are tame, and friendly to mankind, who, in re- 
 turn, have purfued and deflroyed fuch numbers of them, that they are 
 become very fcarce in Siberia. The greateft number of them is found 
 at prefent, in the country that lies near the fource of the river Ienefei, and 
 the banks of the Oby ; but the largeft are thofe of Kamtßatka. 
 
 * The German name Vidfras fignifies a glutton. 
 
 §.6. Siberia
 
 RUSSIA [Siberia. 
 
 §. 6. Siberia has ftiil other, and more valuable trealures, than what we have 
 yet enumerated. The fiber mines of' Argun are very rich, and the filver they 
 produce yields fome gold. Both filver and gold are likewife found among the 
 copper ore oi'Kclyivan. This country is alfo particularly rich in copper and iron 
 ore. The former lies even on the iiirface of the earth ; and the mountains of 
 Picktoin, Koliwan, Ploskaii, Woskrefensk, Kujwi, and Alapaick are full of it ; 
 and, not to mention feveral others, the Government of Krafnoiarski affords 
 feveral copper mines. Iron is hull more plentiful there, and of a very good 
 fort : but that of Kamenski is reckoned the beft. From the copper and iron 
 fmelting houfes feveral hundred thoufands of puds are annually exported. 
 Thefe works bJong partly to the Crown, and partly to private perfons; 
 and among the latter M. Demido-iv, a Counfellor of State, has the largeft 
 ihare : Mod of them lie in the Government of Cathr'menburg. The 
 'Tartars alio extracl: a great quantity of iron from the ore. 
 
 Several forts of precious Hones are alfo found in Siberia, The topazes 
 of this country have fuch a fine luftre, that he muft be a very good judge 
 who can diftinguifh a Siberian from an Oriental topaz. Single fmall pieces of 
 Agate are found near the Argun in open fandy places, and on the banks 
 of other rivers and lakes. Here are alfo Carnelians, and green Jafper with 
 red veins : the latter is chiefly to be met with in the Gobiskoi delerts. 
 
 The famous Marienglas or Lapis Specularis * is dug up in great quan- 
 tities in Siberia. The ftone or Matrix in which it is found is partly a light 
 yellow Quartz or Marcajjia, and partly a brown indurated fluid ; and this 
 ftone contains it in all the fpecies of the Marienglas. The mod tranfpa- 
 rent, which is like pure water, is accounted the beft, and that of a greenifh 
 tinge is looked upon as the worfl fort. Next to the colour, its fize is 
 moft regarded. Some pieces have been found of an ell and a quarter, 
 an ell and a half, or an ell and three quarters fquare -f : but thefe are not 
 very common. Hence a very high value is fet upon them ; and a Rubel or 
 two a pound is readily paid for a piece of an ell fquare. As for the more 
 common fort, a pud of that of a quarter of an ell fquare is fold for nine or 
 ten Rubels. But the very worfl: fort, which is ftitched together, is fold for a 
 Rubel and a half or two Rubels a pud. To render the Mufcovy-glqfs fit -for 
 ufe, it is fplit with a thin two-edged knife ; but care is taken that the la- 
 mince be not too thin. It is ufed for windows and lanterns all over Si- 
 beria, and looks very beautiful ; its luftre and clearnefs furpafling that of the 
 fineft glafs. In the villages and many fmall towns of Rußa, it is ufed for 
 window-panes ; and lanterns are made of it in every part of the Empire. 
 It is preferable to glafs for windows and lanterns on board a fhip, as it 
 
 * This is a particular fpecies of tranfparent ftone lying in ßrata like fo many fheets of 
 paper ; and is by fome called Mufcovy or Rußan-glafs, and by others, lefs properly, ifinglafs. 
 
 + As ells vary in every country I cannot pretend to determine how many inches we muft 
 allow to an ell. 
 
 ftands
 
 Siberia.] RUSSIA. 4 8 9 
 
 ftands the cxplofion of cannon, which v-, apt to fplit other glafs, though it 
 be ever fo thick. The Marienglas is_ found in the greateft quantity about 
 the river Whim. 
 
 Siberia affords magnets of an extraordinary fize, and even whole moun- 
 tains of load-ftones. Pit-coal is dug up in the north parts of this country. 
 The Kamentioie Maflo is a yellowifh kind of alum : It is unctuous and 
 fmooth to the touch like tophus, and exudes from blackifh a flratum of 
 alum. It is found in fcveral mountains of Siberia, namely, thofe of the 
 Krafnoiarfk, Ural, Altaife, Tenifea, Baikal, Bargujik, Lena, &c. 
 
 §. 7. It is remarkable that Siberia contains not only frefii-water lakes, 
 of which there are a great number in this country, but alio ieveral lakes 
 whofe waters are fait ; and that its lakes are fubject to very furprizing al- 
 terations, a frefh-water lake being fometimes changed into a faline, and a 
 faline lake into a frefh one. Some lakes alfo dry up, and others break out 
 in places where none were ever feen before. Among all the faline lakes 
 Tamußa in the province of Toboljk is the moft remarkable j for it contains 
 a fait, which is as white as mow, and confifts entirely of cubic cryftals. 
 Salt-water brooks, faline fprings, and a hill of fait are alfo to be met with in 
 Siberia. The falt-fprings in the province of Irkutsk, which are about two 
 hundred Werßs from Olecminskoi Oßrog, not far from the banks of the 
 Kapitendei, are fo ftrongly impregnated with faline particles, that a pure 
 white fait is by degrees accumulated to the height of feveral feet above the 
 fpring. In the fame province lies the falt-hill, which is thirty fathoms high, 
 and two hundred and ten fathoms in length from Eaft to Weft. This hill, 
 as far as two thirds of its height from the bafe, is a congeries of a very hard, 
 tranfparent fait, which confifts of large cubic cryftals, apparently without the 
 leaft mixture of any heterogeneous fubftance. From what has been faid, it 
 may be concluded that there are a great number of falt-works in this country. 
 
 §. 8. Siberia affords a great many other things that deferve attention; 
 and therefore they muft not entirely efcape our notice. That excellent 
 root called Rlmbarb grows in vaft quantities in the neighbourhood of the 
 city of Selenginjk. The curious Mamcnt's bones and horns, as they are 
 called, which are found along the banks of the Oby, Ten.fei, Lena, and 
 Irtijli, are unqueftionably the teeth and bones of elephants ; for they are 
 made into combs and other utenfils like ivory. Some of thefe teeth, or horns 
 as they are called in Siberia, are four Ruffian ells * in length, and fix 
 inches in diameter ; and the largeft fort weigh fix or feven puds. The 
 colour of them is like that of ivory, excepting few of them which are 
 yellowifh, brown, or of a black inclining to blue ; and this, probably, is 
 owing to their long continuance in the earth. Thofe that are found near 
 the mouths of the rivers which empty themfelves into the Frozen-Ocean, 
 or on the banks of the frefh-water lakes which lie at no very great diftance 
 * I fuppofc the author means Arjhitm. See p. 394. 
 
 Vol. I. R r r from
 
 49° 
 
 RUSSIA. [Siberia. 
 
 from the Ice-Sea, where the ground is perpetually frozen, are generally 
 very frefh : Whereas thofe that are dug up in the fouthern parts of Siberia 
 are often foft and decayed. But whether thefe elephants teeth and bones 
 were conveyed to thefe northern regions by the general deluge, or by any 
 other innundation, and were by degrees covered with earth is a difquifition 
 foreign to my purpofe. Such bones have alfo been found in Rußa, and 
 even in feveral parts of Germany. A kind of bones of a larger fize than 
 thefe have alfo been dug up in Siberia ; which feem to have belonged to an 
 animal of the ox-kind. The horn of the whale called Narwhal has been 
 found in the earth near the rivers Indigirka and the Anadir, and the teeth 
 of another fpecies of whales called Walroß ab^ut Anadirskoi. The latter 
 are much larger than the common fort which are brought from Green- 
 land, Archangel, and Kola. 
 
 Among the objects which deferve our notice, we muff, not forget the 
 Siberian Volcano near Kamtßatka, where violent earthquakes are not 
 uncommon : And they have alfo been often, though in fmaller fhocks, felt 
 in other parts, particularly in Irkutsk and about the Baikal-lake. 
 
 §.9. The chain of Siberian mountains reaches from that of Wercho- 
 
 turie towards the fouth, as far as the neighbourhood of the city of Orien- 
 
 burg, in a continued ridge under the name of the Uralian mountains ; 
 
 but from thence it alters its polition towards the Weft. Thefe mountains 
 
 are a kind of boundary, which divides Rußa from Siberia. Another chain 
 
 of hills feparates Siberia from the country of the Kalmuks and Mongolians. 
 
 Thefe mountains between the rivers lrtis and Oby are called the Altaic^ 
 
 or the golden mountains; which name they afterwards lofe, particularly 
 
 between the river Teneßi and the Baikal-lake ; and are called the Saya- 
 
 «/Vzw-mountains. From this chain fome branches advance towards the fouth 
 
 into the country of the Kalmuks and Mongolians, and fome towards the north 
 
 which partly furround the rivers Oby and Tom, and efpecially the Teneßi. 
 
 The whole country which extends to the North and Eaft towards the two 
 
 Oceans *, begins here to grow mountainous and rocky. But the longeft 
 
 chain of mountains in Siberia, is that which lies between the rivers that run 
 
 into the Ea/lern Ocean and the Ice-Sea : This ridge begins in the country 
 
 of the Mongolians, and extends to the north-eaft extremity of Siberia. The 
 
 mountains of lefs note in this country are thofe between the Teneßi and 
 
 the Lena, from which the river Tungiißa that runs beyond thefe mountains 
 
 derives its name. Another ridge of hills lies on the fouth fide of the river 
 
 Aldan, in which are the fources of thofe rivers which empty themielves 
 
 into the Ice-Sea. This chain of mountains is called Wercoianfkoi. 
 
 §. 10. The inhabitants of Siberia confift of three forts of people, namely, 
 the Aborigines or Ancient Inhabitants, the Tartars, and the 
 
 * i. e. The Frozen Ocean and the Eoßcrn Ocean. 
 
 Russians.
 
 Siberia.] RUSSIA. 491 
 
 Russians. Of the two firfl fome have no other religion but that of Nature ; 
 others are Pagans or Mahometans ; and fome of them have been converted 
 to Chriflianity, or rather only baptifed by the Ru/Jian miflionaries. The 
 Aborigine* or firfl inhabitants confift of, 
 
 I. The Wogiditzians or IVagidians who live in the province of Tobolffi, 
 and, may more properly, be clafled here than among the Tartars. Thefe, 
 by living among the Ruffians in a conftant intercourle of trade, &c. before 
 the latter had conquered this country, are more civilized than the other 
 Siberian nations. They have fome notion of a God, or the Creator and 
 Preferver of all things. They believe a refurrecYion of the dead, and a 
 future date of rewards and puniihments ; which important articles they pro- 
 bably received from the Ruffians. But they abfolutely deny the exiflence of 
 the devil, alledging that if there was fuch a being, he could do them no 
 hurt ; and that they never knew any infhnce of it. Their whole religious 
 worfhip confifls in the following ceremony : Every year towards the end of 
 the fummer every father or head of a family in all their villages meet, 
 and in fome neighbouring wood offer the head of every fpecies of animals 
 they are acquainted with, and hang the fkins on the trees. They after- 
 wards make feveral reverential bows before them, but without uttering a 
 word by way of prayer. After this they feaft, with great rejoicings, on 
 the flefh of the animals whofe heads have been thus offered. The only 
 reafon they affign for performing this ceremony, is the practice of their 
 anceflors. When they bury their dead, they throw money into the grave 
 with the deceafed. They generally take as many wives as they can maintain. 
 In their drefs and method of building, they, for the moft part, imitate the 
 Ruffians ; but furnifh the infide of their houfes rather in the Tartarian than 
 the Ruffian manner. As they have not a fufficient quantity of arable land, 
 they moftly fubfifl by grazing and hunting. Thefe people are entirely 
 fubject to the Ruffian government ; and many of them have embraced the 
 Chriftian religion, as profeffed by the Greek or Ruffian church. 
 
 II. The Samoiedes, who live in the province of Tenifeijkoi. Of thefe we 
 have before fpoken in our account of the Government of Archangelgorod. 
 
 III. The Turaki, a numerous tribe of Samoiedes, who inhabit the fea coafl 
 and further up the continent between the rivers Ienifei and Oby. Moil of thefe 
 flill live without any form of government : and though fome of them pay 
 tribute to the Ruffian Emprefs, the generality have not yet fubmitted to 
 the yoke. 
 
 IV. The Ofiiaks or Aßaks, who call themfelves Conti or Konni-yung, 
 and by the Tartars are fliled Tffituk, are divided into the Oßiaks of Narim s 
 Tenifei, Oby, Surgut, Irtis, Sec. The anceftors of this people are fup- 
 pofed to have emigrated hither from Welika Permia when Chriflianity was 
 firfl introduced into Ruffia, to enjoy their idolatrous worfhip without molef- 
 tation : at leafl their language is faid to have a great analogy with that of 
 
 R r r 2 the
 
 49 2 RUSSIA. [Siberia. 
 
 the Pernians, which is very different from that of the neighbouring Samoiclcs 
 and Wogolitfeians. The O/iiaks are of a middling flature, and generally 
 well-fhaped, but very fordid and nafty in their way of living. They give 
 the name of the firft beaft they meet to their children ; and as they grow up, 
 inftruct them in hunting and filhing. They never give over filhing in 
 fummer till they have caught a fufficient quantity of fifh to ferve for the 
 whole winter ; and in the latter feafon they go out vvi'Ji their dogs to hunt 
 hyena's, lynxes, fables, ermines, and bears, which enables them to pay 
 their tribute, and carry on a trade with Grangers. They alfo catch a great 
 number of birds and rein-deer for food in thefe excurfions. They are im- 
 moderately fond of Skaar, or CMnefe tobacco. Their dwellings are fmall low 
 huts made with ihrubs and bufhes, and covered with the bark of birch- 
 trees ; and in the middle is the hearth for fire. They mind neither feeding 
 of cattle nor agriculture, and keep no animals, but dogs for hunting and 
 drawing their fledges. They worfhip three deities called Stariks, belides a 
 great number of large and fmall frightful idols ; of thefe, however, feveral 
 were deftroyed in the years 1712, ] 7 1 3 and 171 4, when many of thefe Pagans 
 were converted to Chriftianity. They call the devil Shaitan ; and bury their 
 deceafed friends with arms and houfhold furniture. When they take an 
 Oath of Fidelity to the Ruffian government they ufe the following ceremony. 
 Having laid down a bear-fkin and an ax, and holding over it a piece of 
 bread on a knife, they pronounce thefe woods, ' In cafe I do not, to my 
 1 life's end, prove true and faithful to the Supreme Government of the 
 ' country ; or if I knowingly and willingly break through my allegiance, or 
 ' be wanting in the duty I owe to the laid Supreme Government} may 
 ' the Bear tear me to pieces in the wood ; may the Bread I eat ftick in my 
 * throat and choke me ; may the knife flab me, and the ax cut off my head !' 
 The like ceremony is ufed among them in the depofition of a witnefs. 
 
 V. The Barabinzians, who live on both fides of the river Irtis; fome 
 of whom pay tribute to the Emprefs of Ruffia, and others to the Kan Taiflja. 
 They fubfift on the cattle which they feed, and by filhing ; the lakes in the 
 defert of Baraba abundantly fupplying them with fifli. They have plenty 
 of all kind of game and wild fowl, particularly ducks and puffins. The 
 Barabinzians are, for the moft part heathens ; but Mahomctanifm daily gains 
 ground among them. They, probably, derive their name from the Bar- 
 rabaian defert. 
 
 VI. The Tungußans, or rather Tingißans. This populous nation is 
 fcattered far and wide in the provinces of Tenifeijk and Irkutzk. The 
 Chine fe call them Solun, and the OJliaks give them the name of Kellern, or 
 Vellem, i. e. ' the party-coloured ;' but they term themfelves Oewonhi. 
 The Tungußans muft not be confounded either with the Tangutes, nor with 
 the Eaft-Mongaleans, whom th: Calmuks call by the nick-name of Tungus, 
 i. e. ' fwine.' As fome of the Tungußans, when they became fubject to 
 
 the
 
 Siberia.] RUSSIA. 493 
 
 the Ruffian Empire, were obfcrved to travel in fledges drawn by horfes, 
 others by rein- deer, and others again by dogs, they were divided accord- 
 ingly into the following tribes. 
 
 1. The Konnte Tunguß, who live in Dauria and about the town of 
 Nertßünß, and are fo called from the horfes they ufe in travelling. Thefe 
 almoft univerfally fubfift by grafing or feeding of cattle. Their drefs is 
 like that of the Mongalcans, whom they pretty much refemble in other re- 
 fpefts. They wear their hair like the Calmuks and Mongaleans, and ufe almoffc 
 the fame arms, except that they wear no fabre. They do not mind 
 agriculture; contenting themfelves with a kind of meal made of the roots 
 of yellow lilies, which they ufe inftead of flour. Thefe Tungufiam are good 
 horfemen, ftrong built, and behave with great bravery in war. 
 
 2. The Olennic Tungiß, who are fo called from their rein-deer., and live 
 about the rivers Lena, Nißmaia, and Tungufia. They fubfift by hunting 
 and fifhing ; and alfo breed fome cattle. They make their clothes of rein- 
 deer-fkins, and wear caps of fox-fkins. Their ufual oath is O/hnni, 
 which figiifies, that they call God to witnefs the truth of what they affert. 
 When they are accufed, they clear themfelves by an oath of purgation. 
 And having firft killed and burnt a dog, the defendant, after drinking fome 
 of its blood, wifhes with an imprecation, that he may fhrivel up and be burnt 
 like that animal if the charge againft him be true. The circumftances 
 of this ceremony are differently related j but thefe are the principal and 
 effential parts of it. 
 
 3 . The Sabatjhie Tungufi, who, for the moft part, live in the province of 
 Iakutsk ; and are fo called not only becaufe they ufe dogs to draw their fledges, 
 but alfo eat the ftefh of thofe animals. They are likewife termed Lamuts, 
 from the country about Ocotzk, which is alfo called Lama. Their winter- 
 clothing is made of rein-deer-fkins. 
 
 4. Podkamenie Tungufi, who inhabit the country that lies between the 
 rivers Ienifei and Lena, or about Ilimsk. Thefe people are poor, and live 
 much in the fame manner as their neighbours the OJiiaks and Samoiedes do. 
 
 If we compare thefe feveral nations with one another, we may eafily con- 
 clude from their cuftoms, &c. that they are defcended from the fame ftock. 
 Their complexion is not fo yellow as that of the Calmuks, nor have they 
 fuch flat nofes, and large eyes as the latter. Moft of them are alfo of a 
 fmall ftature ; and, from a cuftom of plucking off the hair, very few have 
 any beard. They mark the cheeks, forehead, and chin of their children 
 when young with black or blue figures. This is done by mixing up the 
 colour with their fpittle, and dipping a needle and thread in it, with which 
 they ftitch the child's face ; continually drawing the thread thus coloured 
 under the fkin, though the poor child, in the mean time, makes a la- 
 mentable outcry. If the face fwells, they fmear it over with fat by way 
 
 of
 
 494 
 
 RUSSIA. [Siberia. 
 
 of remedy. Anciently, a conqueror in war, or in fingle combat, was ho- 
 noured with fuch figures ; but in that cafe, the figures were not limited to 
 the face only, but were made all over the body. Such marks, in thofe 
 times, commanded universal refpecl ; and this, probably, firft brought them 
 into fuch vogue, and induced this, people to look upon them as highly or- 
 namental. The religion of thefe nations is pretty much alike; and they 
 ftile their idols Shewuki. They obftinately adhere to their fuperititions, and 
 render any endeavours for their converfion abortive. Polygamy is allowed 
 amono- them ; but very few have more than two wives. The generality 
 of them live in fmall tents or huts, which they remove from place to place. 
 The Tungufians are active and fprightly ; have a natural propenfity to juflice 
 and equity, and are even infpired with a thirft after fame. They are all 
 under the protection of the Ruffian government, excepting fome few that 
 belong to China. They are divided into tribes or families ; and over a certain 
 number of thefe prefides a Saifan or Chief, who has a deputy under 
 him who is filled Taißja. Both thefe officers are appointed by, and 
 receive a penfion from the Emprefs of Ruffia. The Tungufians bring the 
 very beft furrs to market. 
 
 VII. The Buratts or Buratiaus, whom the Ruffians call Bratski, differ from 
 the c tungufiam only in their language, which has a great affinity with that 
 of the Mongolians. They formerly lived on the fouth-fide of the Baikal- 
 lake ; but, towards the clofe of the lall century, they gradually removed to 
 the north of the province of Irkutß. About the year 1 644, a handful of 
 Cofaks fent from Krajnoiarjk perfuaded them by fair words, without linking 
 a blow, to become fubjects of Ruffia. They were formerly one people 
 with the Iakutians. They are of a good fbape and llature, and fubfift by 
 feeding cattle and fheep, and hunting. Instances are not wanting of a 
 Buratt's being poflefied of a thoufand fheep, befides a great number of 
 bullocks and horfes. The men cut off their hair clofe to the head ; but 
 their drefs differs very little from that of the common people in Ruffia. The 
 greateft ornament of the females is their hair, which the elderly women 
 plait into two locks, and the younger fort into three or four. They live 
 in hexangular huts, built with logs of wood laid upon one another to the 
 height of three or four feet ; and upon thefe, poles are fixed which termi- 
 nate almoft in a point, leaving only an apperture at the top for the fmoke. 
 The entrance of thefe cottages always faces the Eaft ; and on each fide of 
 them (lands a birch-tree. From one of thefe trees to the other a pole is laid, 
 on which hang narrow flips of furrs, the fkins of ermines and weafels, and 
 the fleeces of fheep; and before thefe trophies the Buratt makes feveral bows 
 and proftrations night and morning, touching his forehead with two of his 
 fingers, according to the oriental cuftom. They have a kind of prieils 
 or lbothfayers, who, in their language, are called Bo, and drefs themfelves 
 in a frightful manner. Great numbers of the poorer fort among the Bu- 
 ratts
 
 Siberia.] RUSSIA. 
 
 rafts have been perfuaded to be baptifed, efpecially thofe who live about 
 Balaganßoi Oßrog; and thefe, contrary to the cuftom of the reft of their 
 nation, apply themfelves to agriculture and trades, fo that many of them 
 are very fkilful mechanics, particularly at inlaying iron with pewter or filvcr. 
 They ride either on horfes, oxen, or cows, taking the firft that comes irt 
 the way ; and feldom continue above a month or two in one place. For, 
 whenever they obferve that their flocks and herds have eat up the pafture, 
 they immediately remove to another fpot. 
 
 VIII. The lakutians, who, as to their features, very much refemble the 
 Calmuks ; and, in their manner of living, are not very different from the 
 other pagan nations we have been fpeaking of. It is, however, oblervable 
 that they wear long hair, and fhort garments, contrary to the cuftom of 
 their neighbours. They give themfelves little trouble about bread ; but 
 live on (everal forts of roots, garlick and onions, the flelh of horfes and cows, 
 milk, and all kinds of wild beafts that they happen to meet with ; but mice, 
 maramottos, and wild-fowl are their favourite difhes. Thev have both 
 winter and fummer cottages ; and the cattle lie under the fame roof with 
 their owners. They ufe mortars of frozen cow or ox-dung, in which they 
 bruife not only dried fifh, roots, and berries, but the more wealthy among them 
 pound pepper and fait. They have a great number of idols, which look 
 like fo many puppets, and are all made of rags ; for wooden images they 
 hold in contempt. They rub the mouths of thefe wretched figures with 
 the fat or blood of animals. It is faid that the lakutians formerly either 
 burnt their dead, or expofed them to the air on trees ; or left them un- 
 buried in the hutts where they expired. But, at prefent, they generally 
 bury their deceafed friends, which cuftom they have probably learned from 
 the Ruffians. Several of thefe are now baptized. 
 
 IX. The Yukagtrians, who live near the Ice-Sea, and moftly among the 
 mountains. Thefe are a tribe of the lakutians. 
 
 X. The 'Tfhukßians, who live in the north-weft part of Siberia, wear 
 the tooth of a Wallrofs in each cheek, which are inferted in the flefli 
 from their childhood ; and the Olutersh 'ans, a favage fierce nation, which, 
 as far as we can learn, are fo far from fubmitting to the Rußan yoke, 
 that they commit all poffible hoftilities againft them : This obliges the 
 Rußan traders to go from Ocotzk to Kamtjhatka by water. 
 
 XI. The Shelatians, Kur tit ans, and Coriakians, who alfo live in thefe 
 parts, are little known. 
 
 XII. The Kamtjhadatians, or inhabitants of the peninfula of Kanfßatka, 
 are more traceable and civilized than their northern neighbours. They 
 are fuppofed to have been originally a Japanefe colony : However, they 
 pay the Ruffians a tribute in furrs. 
 
 §. 1 1. The fecond principal clafs of inhabitants who live in this country, 
 
 are the Tartars. Thefe are the molt civilized of all the foreign nations in 
 
 2 Siberia ; 
 
 495
 
 49 6 RUSSIA. [Siberia. 
 
 Siberia ; and thofe Tartars who are Mahometans are ftill more fo, than the 
 Pao-an 'Tartars. The latter have their Kamen or priefts and forcerers, who 
 impofe on the people by theirjuggling tricks in a moll: fcandalous man- 
 ner. They affect to appear as if they were poffeffed ; and have their magic- 
 drum, by which their deluded followers believe they can procure loft things, 
 heal the lick, and predict future events. Their common drefs is a coat of 
 leather with a great many pieces of iron hanging to it, leather ftockings 
 with a vaft number of ornaments, and a cap which is very well calculated 
 to raife awe and terror in the ignorant people. Thefe Tartars confift of 
 feveral populous nations and lefs numerous tribes, and live under the 
 protection of Rußa; they alfo derive their names from the countries, 
 towns, and rivers, near which they dwell. The Tartars houfes and huts 
 may be known by a broad low feat, and a hearth, with a chimney. We 
 ihall now proceed to give a particular account of thefe Tartarian nations. 
 
 In the province Tobolsk are the following tribes, viz.. 
 
 i . Thofe who live in the city of Tobolsk. Of thefe I mall take further 
 notice in my account of that city, and fhall here only obferve, that they 
 are more cleanly than the Tartars of Kafan ; but fo poor that they feldom 
 have above one wife, and drink water which is their only liquor. 
 
 2. The Tartars who live about Tibyk-Aal, or Siniarskoi Prud, as the 
 Rußians call it, near the river Sirdar, pay no tribute whatever to the crown ; 
 but are obliged to perform Cofak fervice, and are termed Moßtfldaraki. 
 They have fixed habitations, and live continually in one pl?c?. 
 
 3. The Tartars who live in the government of Turinsk. Thefe are 
 of a more favage difpofition than the other Tartars. In 1720, they were 
 baptized by Philcphei Archbifhop of Tobolsk ; and great numbers of them 
 who refuted to comply, were driven by force into the river, which the 
 Rußans conduded would anfwer the purpofe very well. 
 
 4. The Miroto Tartars. Thefe, for the moil part, are independent, 
 and exempt from paying tribute ; and live in a decent cleanly manner. 
 
 5. The Tartars who live about JJhmisk a town on the river Jrtis. 
 Thefe have ufually one village for the fummer, and another for their winter 
 habitation : however, this cuftom is not peculiar to them. 
 
 6. Thofe who live in the neighbourhood of the city of Tara are called 
 Yefaflmie Tat art, i. e. Tartars paying tribute to the crown. 
 
 7. Great numbers of thefe people, eipecially the Thekuti Tartars, live 
 about the river Tßumüß). Thefe were formerly much more numerous ; 
 for great multitudes of them removed farther up into Siberia, to avoid the 
 ravages of the Kalmuks -, but they now begin gradually to return to their 
 former habitations. 
 
 8. The Tartars who live in the province of lenifea. Thefe, with many 
 of the Thekuti and Kajhtim Tartars, who live near the river Kalt/rak in 
 the neighbourhood of ffiinßoi Pogoß, were baptized by the above-mentioned 
 
 prelate ;
 
 jeria.] RUSSIA, 49 7 
 
 prelate; but they are far from being Chriflians. They do not fo much 
 as wear the crofs that is given them in baptifm, which in thole parts is ac- 
 counted the efl'ential part of Chriflianity : but publickly declare that they 
 were compelled to be baptized againft their inclination. However, they 
 are very liberal in uiing the fign of the crofs ; are generally married by a 
 Ruffian priefl ; and fometimes look into a Ruffian church. 
 
 9. The Tkeleuti Tartars, who live near Kufnct/k, are not Mahometans • 
 nor have they any fettled form of religion. They, indeed, believe the 
 exiftence of a God ; but almofl the only worfhip they pay him is as follows* 
 Every morning at the riling of the fun, they turn to the Eaft, and fay 
 this Laconic prayer ' Do not flrike me dead.' Near their villages are open 
 places or areas called Tauiga, where they perform the following ceremony 
 once a year, or oftener. They firft kill a horfe and eat the flefh of it ; then 
 they flu ft the fkin, and turn the horfe's head towards the Eaft. The Taulga 
 is alio built facing the Eafl ; and is only a fquare place inclofed with flake» 
 of birch-tree : However, it is looked upon as a confecrated place. Here 
 they leave the fluffed fkin as an offering to the Deity, which they reckon 
 an adl of religious worfhip. They eat no pork ; but when they can come 
 at any brandy, they make no fcruple of drinking it. They are fo fond of 
 tobacco, that they generally fwallow the fmoke of it. Some of thefe 
 'Tartars burn their dead, and others bury them. 
 
 10. The Abi?itzi Tartars, who alfo live near Kufnet/k, are faid to be of 
 the fame religion with the Thclcuti. Their huts are, for the mofl part, built 
 only with earth ; and their employment is agriculture. 
 
 1 1 . The Beltiri are the only Tartars in the Kufnctsk Government, who, 
 befides the tribute they pay to Rnffa, are alfo taxed by the Kafoiuks, and 
 are obliged to pay the latter in iron and Ruffia -leather. In this country arc 
 alfo the Kabal and Saga Tartars. 
 
 12. Farther up in the continent, near the river lorn, live the Tuliberti and 
 Kifiimi Tartars. 
 
 13. The TßulimzianS) who are alfo baptized, though they have but a very 
 imperfect knowledge of a God. They eat dead horfes, and offer up the 
 fkins to the devil. They, indeed, bury their dead ; but every perfon prefent 
 at the funeral leaps through a fire which is kindled on the fpot, that the de- 
 ceafed may not follow him ; for they are perfuaded that the dead are very 
 much afraid of fire. When Archbifhop Philophei came to thofe parts, in order 
 to baptize the inhabitants, he ordered thofe who fliewed any backwardnefs or 
 reluctance to be dragged by the dragoons who attended him, and driven by 
 force into the river Tjhulum ; and upon their coming out of the water,, 
 croifes were hung about their necks, and then they were called Baptized Tar- 
 tars. After this a church was built among them. They are void of all real 
 knowledge of the effential part of Chriflianity ; falfely imagining that it 
 coniifls in carrying the crofs about them, and making the fign of it ; in. 
 
 Vol. I. Sff abftain-
 
 45 8 RUSSIA. [Siberia. 
 
 abftaining from eating the flefli of horfes and fquirrels ; in going to church, 
 and having their children baptized ; in confining themfelves to one wife, 
 and obferving the fafts of the Greek church. 
 
 14. The Tartars who live about Krafnoiarsk have very much the air of 
 Europeans, They are generally lean, but brifk and fprightly. In their 
 manners they are civil, converfible, juft, and honeft, and do not want a 
 capacity for bufinefs. Some caution, indeed, muft be ufed in .trading with 
 this people ; but robberies and thefts are never heard of among them. 
 They have generally two or three, and fometimes four wives. They are 
 not very curious as to cleanlinefs, and neatnefs in their apparel, &c. They 
 have a good breed of horned cattle and horfes -, and are no Grangers to agri- 
 culture. Hitherto they have been fo tenacious of Paganifm, that neither 
 the Mahometans, Ruffians, nor Mongols, have ever been able to make any 
 imprellion on them in favour of another religion. 
 
 15. The Arinzi were formerly a principal tribe of Tartars; but at pre - 
 fent the number of them is but inconfiderable. 
 
 16. The country lying between Abakan sk and Kansk is inhabited by thg 
 Kotoi:-zi and Kamatjlinzi . The Tartars who live in the neighbourhood of 
 Kansk are not very wealthy ; and few of them have more than two wives. 
 Both fexes among them wear no other garment but a coat ; but thofe few, who 
 have been baptized, wear fhirts and ihifts. But as they never wafli them, 
 they appear very ilovenly and dirty. Like many of the other Tartars, they 
 ufe the bulb of the Turkifh Bundes, and other lilies inftead of bread 5 fcr 
 as yet, they have not applied themfelves to agriculture, their only occupa- 
 tion being hunting of fables. 
 
 17. The AJfani Tartars, who were a numerous tribe, are now almoft 
 extinct ; the few that remain live near the rivers UJfoIka and Ona. 
 
 18. In the province of Irkutsk, near Tunkinsk Oflrog, live the Soieti, a 
 kind of roving Pagan Tartars. Thefe fpeak the fame language with the 
 Tartars of Krafnoiarsk. 
 
 §. 12. The third principal clafs of inhabitants who live in Siberia, are the 
 Russians, of whom great numbers have fettled here fince the conqueft 
 of this country ; but moft of them, from time to time, fled to Siberia from 
 other provinces. Since their eftablifhment they have founded a great many 
 towns, O/irogs, and villages, which, according to their cuftom, are buih 
 and fortified with timber. Moft of the villages are called after the names 
 of the peafants by whom they were firft built, and but few from the rivulets 
 on which they ftand. The Siberian dialect in the villages is very different 
 from the language commonly fpoken in Rujia, and is corrupted with 
 abundance of words never ufed in that councry. As for the nicknames 
 which the inhabitants of the Siberian towns give to each other, we lhall 
 take notice of them in defcribing thofe particular places. Santering, 
 diunkennefs, and debauchery univerfally prevail throughout all Siberia, fo that 
 
 in
 
 Siberia.] RUSSIA. 499 
 
 in many parts of it, one meets with few pcrfons who are free from the venereal 
 diftemper. The notion believed and propagated by foreigners, that the cri- 
 minals exiled by the Rufliau court to Siberia (whole number is very confider- 
 able) are obliged, daily or weekly to catch and deliver in a certain number 
 of fables, is a vulgar error > for that is an exercife to which they are little 
 accuftomed. Thefe unhappy exiles are difpofed of in the following man- 
 ner. Some, who are lent hither as ftate-prifoners, are ftrongly guarded 
 in fortified houfes, and maintained at the expence of the crown ; others 
 enjoy their liberty, but under fome rcftrielions : others again are fent hither 
 into ilavery, to work in the mines, fortifications, &c. Several decayed 
 merchants, who are exiled to Siberia as debtors to the Crown, meet with 
 more favourable opportunities of getting money and gradually retrieving 
 their affairs than if they had continued in Ru[Jia ; and they are not debarred 
 from embracing thefe opportunities when they offer. To fuch induftrious 
 pcrfons, Siberia muft be looked upon rather as a defirable and advantageous 
 country, than a wretched place of banilhment. 
 
 All thefe Siberian nations will be better known, when M. G. Midler* 
 whom I have already mentioned with the refpecT: due to fo learned a man % 
 publiihes thofe excellent accounts which he collected in Siberia, and has 
 long fince digefted. The firft Volume of his Hiftory of Siberia was pub- 
 lished, in the year 1750, in the Rußian language; and it is to be hoped, 
 that other nations will not be long without tranflations of that excellent work. 
 
 §. 13. A very considerable trade is carried on in Siberia, which is much 
 facilitated by the many navigable rivers that water every part of this 
 country. By means of their commerce with the Chine fe, foreign European 
 goods are often fold in the towns of Siberia nearly at the fame rate as at 
 Petersburg and Mofcow. There is not a city in Rußa, from which mer- 
 chants do not travel to Siberia with foreign goods. Thefe traders difpofe of 
 their commodities partly among the inhabitants of the Siberian towns, but 
 moftly to the Chineje merchants who frequent the great yearly fairs in Si- 
 beria ; and purchafe fome of their commodities in return. Such a merchant 
 performs a very long and tedious journey before he fees his home again. 
 For inftance, he leaves Mofcow in the fpring ; arrives at Makar, where a fair 
 is held, in the fummer ; and is atlrbitz by the annual fair in the beginning 
 of the enfuing year. In the former place he makes it his bufinefs to barter 
 fome of his goods for fuch as will turn to better account in the latter ; which 
 he does chiefly with an eye on the Chineje trade. If any goods remain upon 
 his hands, which he apprehends he cannot difpofe of to advantage in 
 Irkutß, he endeavours to procure a market for them at Toboljk, where he 
 arrives by winter. This place he leaves in the fpring, and trading through 
 all Siberia, comes about the end of the fummer to Irkutsk ; or if he be 
 hindered by the ice, he never fails to reach it by the beginning of winter, and 
 
 * See p. 395, 396. 
 
 S f f 2 trades
 
 5 oo RUSSIA, [Siberia. 
 
 trades with the Chinefe. Afterwards, he bends his courfe to Kiakta ; and, 
 the following fpring, arrives at Iakutsk : From thence he returns for fix or feven 
 hundred Werßs by water, and proceeds in fledges directly to Kiakta, in order to 
 difpofe of his Iakutzkian commodities. In the fpring following he lets out 
 for Irkutzk ; and in autumn reaches Toboljk. After that, he takes care to 
 be prefent at the Irbitz fair in winter, and, in the following fummer, at 
 that of Makar. After travelling thus from place to place for four years 
 and a half, at laft he returns to Mo/cow ; and in that time if he under- 
 stands his bufinefs, and things have turned out well, his gains amount at 
 leaft, to three hundred per cent. The only coin ufed in this country is the 
 Ruffian money : But moil of the traffick is carried on by bartering, or ex- 
 changing goods for goods. 
 
 §. 1 4. All Siberia is at prefent under the RaJJian dominion ; and was re- 
 duced under that Government about the clofe of the fixteenth century in 
 the following manner. In the reign of the Czaar Iwan Baßloicitz II. and 
 Feoder Iwanowitz his fuccelfor, Jermak Timiofevitz, a Dcn-Cofak, at the 
 head of fome thoufands of Cojaks terribly ravaged the countries which lie 
 about the rivers Oka and Wolga, facking and plundering the towns, and de- 
 stroying every thing before him. But at laft, he was driven to inch extre- 
 mities by the troops lent againft him, that his retreat to the country of the 
 Cofaks was cut off. After the lofs of the greateft part of his army, he 
 -crofled the rivers Kama and Tßnifoivaia, and by the affiftance of a certain 
 Strobinoiv, who was fovereign of a vaft tract of land near the T/hfoivaia, 
 he embarked with the eight hundred Cofaks, ftill remaining, and other auxili- 
 aries, on the river Tura ; laid liege to the town of Onzigidin, at prefent 
 called Tinmen, and made himfelf mailer of it. He afterwards even took the 
 city of Tobolsk, out of which he drove the Kuzium-Kan. Thefe two were 
 then the only towns in Siberia. lermak had, indeed, got them into his power :. 
 But he very well perceived, that he fhould not be able to keep in awe the vaft 
 numbers of Mahometan Tartars who inhabited this country. This induced 
 him to fend to Mofcow, Altanai Sultan, fon to the Kufium Kan whom he had 
 taken priibner, with a tender of his conqueft to the Ruffian court, on condi- 
 tion that the Czaar fhould grant him a free pardon. This favour was 
 eafily ohtained ; and a good body of troops were lent to take poffeflion of 
 the country. From this epocha, the Ruffians have been continually extend- 
 ing their dominions in Siberia. Soon alter, lermak, being on an expedition 
 with fome fbips on the river lrtis, was, in the night time, furprized by 
 the Tartars, and, with moft of his people, cut to pieces. His memory is, to 
 this day, held in great veneration in Siberia. As the Cofaks had been the 
 inftruments of his conqueft, his honour was conferred upon them j namely, 
 that all troops kept up by the Rußians in Siberia fhould be incorporated with 
 the Cofaks, and bear their name ; Hence the Siberian militia, to this day, 
 are ftiled Cojaks,. 
 
 §. 15. Siberia^
 
 Tobolfc.] RUSSIA. 5 oi 
 
 §. 15. Siberia, at prefent, conftitutes a very extenfive Government, 
 confiding of three confiderable provinces, each of which includes feveral 
 towns, with their rcfpecfive Diftricls. Every town has its Wciwode, whofe 
 jurifdicfion extends to the Diftrict belonging to it, without any Uprawitel or 
 deputy under him. The Statthalter or General Governor of Siberia refides 
 at Tobol/k ; and the Depüty-Statthaiter whofe feat is in Irkutzk, and all the 
 Wolivodes, are fubordinate to him. However, he has not the power of ap- 
 pointing a Wolwode; for they are nominated by the Chancery or Office for 
 the Siberian affairs at Mofcow. In the Government-Chancery at Tobolsk are 
 two Secretaries, who are not changed, like the governors, but continue 
 in office during life, unlefs they forfeit it by male-practices. This procures 
 them more refpecl than the General-Governor himfelf, and the Siberians 
 of all ranks and degrees pay their court to the Secretaries. The principal 
 officers of the garrifon are alfo obliged to conform to their directions ; and their 
 power over the city of Tobolsk is almoft unlimited. All ecclefiaftical perfons 
 and affairs in Siberia are under the jurifdiction of the Metropolitan of Tobolsk, 
 The Siberian provinces mentioned above are as follow. 
 
 LTOBOLSKAIA PROVINCIIA> 
 
 Or the Province of TOBOLSK. 
 
 ^T^HE fouth part of this province includes proper Slberla,w\\\c[\ was formerly 
 ■*■ called Tnra ; but the whole province belongs to Tartary properly fo 
 «ailed, as it formerly made a part of the Kingdom of Great Tartary, and is 
 peopled with Tartarian colonies. The Circles or Diftricts in this province are, 
 I. The Circle of Wercoturie, which is the firft one enters on in going 
 the ufual road from Raj/la, from which it is feparated by the Wercoturian 
 TJralian, or Rlphean mountains. In this Dift rief are the following places of note- 
 Wercoturie is the firft town you meet with in Siberia in travelling the common 
 road from Solkamsk; and is alfo the firft town built by theRußans in this coun- 
 try. It lies on the river Tnra, and is fo called, becaufe the town with the 
 territory belonging to it includes part of that river, and the country that 
 lies near its fource. On Troltskol Kan/en, or Trinity Rock, as it is called, 
 Hands a caftle built with ftone, in which are a church, the Town- 
 Chancery, the PFolivode's houfe, and fome other ftone and wooden buildings. 
 Facing the caftle, and near the church, is a market-place, and on it an Ex- 
 change, on each fide of which ftands a church. Bclides thele buildings, 
 there are in the town a convent of monks, a nunnery, four churches, two 
 or three chapels, and about two hundred and fifty dwelling-houfes. All 
 
 the
 
 5 02 RUSSIA [Tobolfc. 
 
 the goods that are brought to, or carried out of Siberia are here narrowly 
 iearched. The fituation of Wercoturie is pleafant ; however, but little corn 
 grows in its neighbourhood ; agriculture being neglected for the more 
 profitable employment of gathering pine-nuts, vaft quantities of which grow 
 in thefe parts. 
 
 Liatimkoi Pogoß lies on the river Liala. Near this town is a copper mine ; 
 but a quintal of the ore yields no more than two pounds of pure copper. 
 
 Kujbwinskoi, or Blagodat-Kujlivinski Sawod, is an iron work, on the fmall 
 river Kuflkva, granted by the Emprefs Elifabetb to Count Peter Shwaloiv in 
 1754. In the mountain called Blagodat, which yields the iron-ore, good 
 magnets are alfo found. Here is a copper- fmelting houfe, which is fupplied 
 with ore from Pelowinnot Rndnik. Above one hundred houfes are already 
 built here. The forges in Turinskoi belong to thefe iron-works. 
 
 Wuiskoi Sawod, which are copper and iron-works with about two hun- 
 dred houfes, belonging to M. Demedcio, a Counfellor of State. This place is 
 famous for a writing-fand of a golden colour, which is made of Gold-talc, 
 as it is called. 
 
 Nifono-Tagilskoi Sazcod, a place confirming of about fix hundred houfes, 
 with an iron work, belonging to the above-mentioned Ruffian nobleman, the 
 iron fouixl here is the mod: malleable of any in this country. 
 
 Neiwianskoi, a town on the river N&Lim, where M. Demidow has his 
 principal iron-work, and refides, in order to fuperintend all his other works 
 in the neighbourhood. It was built in the year 170 1 at the expence of the 
 the Crown, and in the following year was conferred on M. Demidcw's 
 father as his perpetual property. Befides thefe works, the town confifts of a 
 wooden fort and about eight hundred houfes, mod; of which are built in 
 direct lines and form ftraight broad ftreets. Neiivianskoi is plentifully 
 provided with all the neceflaries of life. Among the inhabitants of this 
 town are great numbers of Starowerzi or old believers, as they ftile themfelvesj 
 but by the Greek church they are called fchifmatics. Very curious and fer- 
 viceable copper and brafs utenlils are made here. 
 
 Bynkowskoi, an iron-work which belongs to the fame counfellor, and alio 
 a brafs manufacture on the river Niewa. 
 
 Werkno-Tagihkoi Sawod, and Shuralinskoi Sawod, other iron works belong- 
 ing to M. Demidow on the river Tagil. On the eaft fide of the river is 
 a rock of afbeftos ; but few of the veins are an inch thick. On being 
 fcraped, the filaments are almoft as foft as the fineft iilk. 
 
 2. The Circle of Cathrinenburg, called in Ruffian, Ekateringburg-skoi 
 Uiezd. 
 
 This Diftrict is very rich in mines ; and in it lies 
 
 Cat brine?: burg or Ekaterinburg, a regular town, built in the German 
 manner. It ftands on the river Tfet, which runs through the middle of it ; 
 and was begun in the year J 723, by Peter I. and finiihed in 1726, by 
 the Czarina Catharine his conforr, from whom it derives its name. As 
 
 Catbri-
 
 Tobolflc.] RUSSIA. 5 o 
 
 Cathrinenburg lies in the neighbourhood of the Baikirians> it is well for- 
 tified, and garrilbncd with two companies of foldiers, befides a party of 
 engineers and matrofles for the artillery. All the houfes in this town were 
 built at the expence of the government, and moft cf its inhabitants arc 
 officers belonging to the crown ; the red: are artificers and head-miners who 
 have the care of the works. Cathri 'nenbyrg confiils of about four hundred, 
 and fifty houfes, befides the fuburbs without the walls, xvaich are inha- 
 bited partly by exiled criminals, or others who voluntarily work at the for- 
 tifications or mines for daily pay. The public buildings cf the town are, 
 a wooden church, a ftonc edifice for the Public Offices, an Exchange 
 with (hops, an arfenal, and a toll or cuflom-houfe. The laft is dependent 
 on the Government of Tobolsk ; and the goods of the merchants going to 
 the annual fair at Irbitz, which is the only time they are allowed to paß 
 through this town, are fearched here. Ekateringburg may be accounted 
 the centre of all the Siberian mine- works belonging to the crown ; and on this 
 account the dircclor of the Siberian mines refides here, and ifiues his in- 
 fhudtions to the other directors of the works, and pafles their accounts. 
 The water of the river Iffet is raifed by a dam ninety-eight fathoms long, 
 three fathoms high, and twenty broad, in order to fupply a great number 
 of mills and other engines belonging to the mines. All the forges and 
 works about this town are kept in a good condition ; and the miners 
 and artificers work with a diligence and fpirit far beyond what is feen in 
 other countries. Their wages are punctually paid every four months ; and 
 all kinds of proviiions are here fold very cheap. When any of the work- 
 men fall fick, they are taken great care of in the hofpital ; to which patients 
 are alio brought from the neighbouring works. Adjoining to this hofpital is 
 a phyfic-garden for the ufe of the patients. This town is not fubjecl to 
 the Siberian Government-chancery, though belonging to the Tobolsk-govem- 
 ment, but has its particular juiifdidlion ; and the Diieclor-Gcneral when 
 he fits in the chief Mine-Court has two mine-officers for Affiflants. There 
 is, befides, a Court of Juftice in this Diftricl, and a Police peculiar to itfejf. 
 A German fchool has been founded in this town. 
 
 There are a great many other iron and copper mines and works in this 
 Circle ; but we ilia.Il only mention the following which are the principal. 
 
 Shaicanskie, or Sbelefnie Saivod* 
 
 Werk-Ifetzkoi. 
 
 Jmperatrizi Anni Sawoni, in the mines belonging to which a valuable 
 iron-ore is dug up. 
 
 Polewskoi Sawod, a copper- work. 
 
 Kamemkie Sawodi, where the befl Siberian iron is made, efpecially for 
 cannon. 
 
 Sufanskoi Saicod. 
 
 Alapaewskoi Sawod, 
 
 Neu, 
 
 >
 
 S 04 RUSSIA [Tobolsk, 
 
 Note. The following forts have been erected to the fouth of this Circle, 
 as a defence againft the incurfions of the Bgßkiriam and the Cafatfl?ia-Horda. 
 
 Miaskaia Krepoß, a fort with a large Slobodc» It ftands on the river Mias, 
 in a fruitful country, which is very proper for tillage. 
 
 Iß.nliabinskaia, on the fame river, is a larger fort than the foregoing, 
 and garrifoned by dragoons : it ftands in a pleaiant fituation. 
 
 Itkuhkaia Krcpoß, a fort on the lake of Itkul, is garrifoned by two or 
 three hundred men ; and has a ftrong Slobode or Suburb. Near it are good 
 meadows, arable land, and woods. 
 
 Tß:ebarkuhkaia Krepofl ftands on the bank of the Skebaf-hke, which is about 
 jfeven JVerßs in length from fouth-eaft to north-weft, and contains twelve 
 illands ; its greateft breadth is alfo about feven Werfls. The fort is furrounded 
 with a rampart and four baftions, all of earth. Within the largeft is a cita- 
 del, which was erected before the former, namely in 1736, and was the flrft 
 fortification that was ever built in the country of the Baß:kirians. The 
 fituation of this fort, which is ftrongly built, is very pleafant; and the gar- 
 rifon confifts only of fixty-fix men. Not far from hence, near the river Mias, 
 fine beavers, which are very black, are caught. 
 
 Uiskaia Krepoß, a fort on the river Ui, which ftands in a country extremely 
 well adapted for tillage. 
 
 Ukly-Karagaiskaia Krepoß, fo called from a wood of pines and a lake 
 that lies near it, is garrifoned with two hundred men ; and is fituated in 
 the midft of a fine arable and verdant tract of land. 
 
 JVerkiaitzkaia-Krtpoft, a fort on the river Taik, which was built in the year 
 1735, and has a garrifon of two hundred men. About fifty JVerßs from 
 this place, near the river Taik, is a whole mountain of loadftone, which is 
 three Werßs in length from north to fouth, and, on the weft fide, is di- 
 vided into eight flopes of different depth refembling fo many terraffes. 
 The feventh, which is the higheft terrafs, contains the beft magnets. There 
 are none found at the fummit of the hill ; but about eight fathoms below 
 it, there is to be feen a heap of fixty or feventy Puds of ponderous 
 ftones, which at a diftance look like large pebbles. Thefe ftones are 
 overgrown with mofs, and are found to have a magnetic virtue ; for they 
 attract a knife at the diftance of an inch or more. One of thefe lar°;e 
 magnets confifts of a congeries of fmaller ftones, which operate in different 
 directions. That par-t of the mountain where the load-ftones are found 
 confifts chiefly of a fine fteel ore, which lies mflrata between the magnetic 
 xocks. 
 
 3. The Circle of Turinsk, or Turinskoi Uiezd, 
 
 In this Diftrict lies 
 
 Turijisk, a town, which ftands on the river Tura, and was formerly 
 called Tepantßnn, which name it alfo ftill retains. It contains a wooden fort, 
 a mother church, with fix fubordinate churches, and above three-hun- 
 dred
 
 Tobolflc.] RUSSIA. 
 
 dred and fifty houfes. Provifions arc very good, and fold cheap in this 
 town; fo that a Pud of excellent beef may be bought for twenty or thirty 
 Copeiks *. 
 
 4. The Circle of Tiumen, or Tiumenskoi Uiezd. 
 In this Diftricf. are the following places of note. 
 
 Tinmen, formerly called On-Zigibin, is a town lying on the fouth fide of 
 the river Tura, where the bank is very high. This town is not built 
 parallel to the river, but at right angles with it ; and the little river Tiumenka 
 runs through the town, and falls into the Tura at the extremity of it. Over 
 the river is a bridge of eighty -three fathoms in length 5 and a little below 
 it ftands a fort built with Hone, in which is a church of the fame materials. 
 Without this fortification, and towards the lower bank of the Tura, are fix 
 wooden churches, a convent of nuns with a church, and five hundred 
 dwelling-houfes. At the lower end of the town is an OJlrog. Bevond 
 the Tumenka lies the Yamskaia Sloboda, confifting of two hundred and fifty 
 houfes, inhabited by people of all ranks and profefiions ; and at the ex- 
 tremity of this fuburb ftands a monaftery : it has likewife three churches 
 built with ftone. Another fuburb lies oppofite to Tiumen., on the north 
 fide of the Tura, which is inhabited by Ruffians, Mahometan Tartars, and 
 Buchanans. The firft-mentioned have a church, and the two laft a Met- 
 Jhad, or mofque in this place. 
 
 Krqfnaia Sloboda, or Krafnoßobodskoi Oflrog, which ftands on the river 
 Nifa. The governor of this place is of equal dignity with the Woiwodes 
 of the fmaller towns in Siberia. Great plenty of excellent afparagus near 
 an ell in height, grows wild in thefe parts. 
 
 Irbitskaia Sloboda, which ftands on the river libit, is famous for its an- 
 nual fair, which is kept in the month of "January. On this occafion traders 
 refort to this place almoft from every town in the Ruffian dominions ; and 
 among the foreign merchants that frequent this fair, are Greeks, lbme of 
 every Tartarian nation, and Buchanans. The merchants pay a duty of 
 ten per Cent, for ail the goods they have here for fale ; but gold and filver 
 bullion is free of all duty. 
 
 Bielakouskaia Sloboda, is fituated on the river Pyßma, and has a wooden 
 fort. 
 
 5. ISETSKAIA ProVINCIIA. 
 
 This Diftrict was erected into a province in 1737, and contains the fol- 
 lowing remarkable places. 
 
 Dahnatow, a ftately convent, which ftands on the river Ifet in a level, 
 fertile, and pleafant country. 
 ■ Butkinskaia Sloboda, which is defended by a wooden fort. 
 
 Okuneivskoi O/lrog, fituated on the river Mias. 
 
 Tetßnnskaia Sloboda which ftands on the river Tetfla, and is defended by 
 a wooden fort. 
 
 * i. e. Thirty-fix pounds for about a (hilling or fifteen pence, 
 
 Vol, I, T 1 1 Ifetzkoi 
 
 S°5
 
 ; o6 RUSSIA. [ToboMk. 
 
 Ifetzkoi ößrog, on the river Jfet, includes within its circuit fixty houfes ; 
 and about forty-fix dwellings are built without the inclofure. 
 
 6. The Circle of Tobolsk. 
 
 In this District the places of note are as follows ; the principal of which is 
 
 ToboIJk, in Latin Tobolium, the capital of all Siberia, and the refidence 
 of the Governor-General. It lies in Latitude 58 , 12' on the Irtis, not 
 fir from the influx of the 'Tobol into that river. This city is divided into 
 the Upper and Lower Town. The Upper Town ftands very high on the 
 eaSt fide of the Irtis ; and the Lower Town lies on a plain between the hill, 
 on which the former is built, and the river. Both towns taken together are 
 of a very large circumference ; but the houfes are all built with wood. 
 In the Upper Town, which is properly called the city, ftands the fort, 
 which was built with ftone by the late Governor Gagarin. In the fort 
 are the Government-Court, as it is called, the Governor's houfe, the Arch- 
 bishop's palace, the Exchange, and two of the principal churches, which 
 are all ftone buildings. The Upper Town, which ftands on the eaSt fide 
 of the fort, and is inclofed within an earthen rampart, affords nothing 
 remarkable but a market for provisions and all kinds of fmall ware, three 
 wooden churches, and a convent called Roß:deßwenßcoi . The Lower Town 
 contains a market-place for all kinds of provisions, on which feveral Shops are 
 built ; feven churches, and a ftone convent called Snameiifkoi ; and feveral fmall 
 brooks run through it into the Irtis. The Upper Town is out of the reach 
 of inundations from the river, by its high Situation ; which, however, is 
 attended with this inconveniency, that the inhabitants are under a neceffity 
 of going down the hill for water. Befides, large maffes of earth fall from the 
 tide of the hill on which the town ftands towards the river almoft every 
 year, which obliges the inhabitants to pull down and rebuild the houfes 
 that ftand near the declivity. The Lower Town, indeed, has water at 
 hand ; but is expofed to inundations when the river overflows his banks ; 
 but fuch floods do not happen every year. There is a communication 
 between the Upper and Lower Town by three different ways, one of which 
 is moft frequented in Summer and Spring, the Second is very Seldom ufed, 
 and the third moStly in winter. The town is very populous ; and almoSfc 
 the fourth part of its inhabitants are Tartars, who are partly defcended from 
 thole that were fettled there before the conqueft of Siberia, and partly from 
 the Bncharians. Thefe Tartars, in general, behave very quietly, and 
 carry on fome commerce; but praclife no mechanic trades. They are 
 very Sober, and averSe to intemperance and all kind of riotous living. The 
 reSt of the inhabitants are RuJJians whoSe anceftors were banished hither 
 for their crimes, or fuch as are exiles themSelves. As every thing is fold 
 here fo exceeding cheap that a common man may live very well at Toboljk 
 for ten Rubels a year ; indolence and Sloth prevail to fuch a degree, that 
 it is a hard matter to get the lcaft utenfil, &c. made, though the town 
 
 abound
 
 Tobolfc.] RUSSIA. 
 
 abounds with artificers, who want neither tools nor materials to carry on 
 their refpeclive trades. The inhabitants of Tobolsk have the nickname of 
 Iaßb-wiki, either from a kind of fifh called laß, i.e. c red eyes' of which 
 there is great plenty here ; or on fome other account. Commerce is in 
 a flourishing condition in this city ; and the traffick which the Buchanan and 
 Calmuk merchants carry on in Indian goods, with which they fupply all 
 Siberia and part of Rußa , is very confiderable. All the Chinefe caravans 
 are obliged to pafs through this town ; and all the furrs furnifhed by 
 Siberia are brought into a ware-houfe in this city, and from hence arc 
 forwarded to the Siberian Chancery at Mofcow. Several of the Swedifl> 
 officers, who were taken prifoners at the battle of Pultaiva and fent to 
 Tobolsk, fet up fchools here in the year 1713, for teaching the children of 
 Swedes, Ruffians, Cojaks, Tartars, &c. the German, Latin, and French lan- 
 guages, with Geography, Geometry, and Drawing. Many of them alio 
 took in boarders. Thefe fchools acquired great reputation ; fo that children 
 were fent hither for education from a confiderable diftance, and the ex- 
 emplary behaviour of thefe military pedagogues was attended with uncom- 
 mon fuccefs. However, when the peace of Nyfiadt was concluded, the 
 Swediflj officers returned into their own country ; and then thefe beneficial 
 feminaries of learning dropped of courfe. Some time after, a German fchool 
 was founded here under the aufpices of the Ruffian Emprefs. 
 
 Abalack, a fmall town about twenty Werßs from Tobolsk, is famous for 
 a picture * of the Virgin Mary. Great numbers of pilgrims refort to pay 
 their devotions to the Virgin at all times of the year ; and feveral maifes 
 are faid before it. This picture is every year brought to Tobolsk in a pro- 
 ceffion of the clergy, and is kept there about a fortnight. 
 
 Korkina Sloboda, which is the refidence of the Governor of this Circle, 
 and immediately depends on Tobolsk, containing above a hundred dvvelling- 
 houfes, and fortified with Oßroge or palifadoes, &c. Ißimskoi OJlrog, which 
 Hands on the river Ifhim ; Abifuaia Sloboda, on the fame river, whofe 
 church, like all the reft in this country, is furrounded with Oßroge, which 
 is garrifoned with thirty dragoons ; and Irouskoi Pafs which is garrifoned 
 by fifty men and ftands on the river Ir which falls into the Ijhim below 
 the Ijhim-C\tc\e lie in this Diftridl. 
 
 Yalutorouskoi Oßrog, which ftands on the river Toboi, was built in 1659 
 on the fpot where a Tartarian fortification formerly ftood, and is defended 
 by fix iron guns. It con fills of more than two hundred houfes. The 
 inhabitants traffick very much in horfes, and the country affords a iufficient 
 quantity of corn for their fubiiftance. Eleven Slobodes lie within the circuit 
 of this Qßrog. 
 
 * I have rendered Bild a pidure here, as the Ruffians have an averfion to images, though it 
 commonly fignifies an image. 
 
 T t t 2 Note. 
 
 5°7
 
 5 o8 RUSSIA. [Tobolfe. 
 
 Note, The defert of Barraba lies between the rivers Irtis and Oby, and ex- 
 tends itfelf between the city of 'Tara and Tßiawskoi Ojlrog. This yields but 
 little wood j but has an excellent foil for tillage, and part of it may alfo 
 be laid out in meadows and paftures : However, this place is, as yet, with- 
 out inhabitants. Barraba is interfperfed with a great number of lakes 
 which yield plenty of Karawfchen, a fpecies of carp ; and abounds with 
 elks, deer, foxes, ermines, and fquirrels. Among its lakes Tjhane is the 
 largeil, and contains feveral iflands. Some forts which are erecled on this 
 defert fhall be taken notice of in the province of Ienifea. 
 
 Tara, a fmall town on the river Irtts. About thirty-two Werßs from hence 
 the river Tara falls into the Irtis. Tara was firft built on the former, 
 from which it derives its name. Part of the town (lands on an eminence ; 
 and it is defended by an Oflrog and chevaax de jrife, and in the front with 
 a rampart of earth. This part is embelliihed with the Government-Chan- 
 cery and the Waiivodes houfe. The lower part joins to the Tartar S/obode, 
 or Suburb, in which is a Metfled, or Mofque. Every thing is fold at a 
 high price here, proviiions excepted ; a Pud of rye-meal being generally 
 valued at five Copeiks. Here is but little trade furring ; for the richer fort 
 engrofs all foreign goods into their own hands. The inhabitants of Tara 
 have the nicknames of Roskolfitjhiki, from the great number of feclaries 
 among them, and Kolowitjhi, becaufe many of them were impaled in the 
 year 1723, for refuting to take the oath relating to the fucceffion to the 
 crown of Rußia. 
 
 Bergamaskäia Sloboda ftands on the river Tara, and confifts of fifty-two 
 houfes, and a fortification built with pieces of timber laid on one another, 
 and furrounded with a deep moat. 
 
 Omß, or Omskaia krepofl, a fortification built in the year 171 6, on the 
 river Om, not far from its conflux with the Irtis. Without the fort, on 
 both fides of the river, are feveral private houfes called the Omskci Slobode : 
 that on the north fide of the river is fecured by an Oßrog, befides a 
 garrifon of one hundred and fifty foldiers, and two hundred Cofaks. 
 
 Shekßnskaiq Kreptß, or Shelefinsk, is a large fortification on the eaftern 
 bank of the river Irtis ; and within it the fmall Oßrog, which was firft built 
 here, is inclofed. This fort is defended by four guns, and is garrifoned with 
 feventy foldiers, and a hundred Slußiwes. The adjacent country is with- 
 out inhabitants, and confequently lies uncultivated. The dwelling-houfes 
 at Sheleßnsk have no roofs, being only huts raifed with earth. Here is a 
 vail number of a large kind of wild hogs, which for want of acorns, feed 
 entirely on grafs and roots. 
 
 Tamujhewa Krepoß is a fort on the Irtis, and ftands in a difagreeable filia- 
 tion on the defert. The firif fortification, which had been built here in the 
 year 17 15, was in the very fame year demoliihed by the inroads of the 
 G 'muh; But in 17 17 the prcfent fortification was erected in its place. 
 
 It
 
 Tobol/k.] RUSSIA. 509 
 
 It is entirely built with wood, has baftions and battlements, and is defended by 
 eleven pieces of cannon. A Major is Governor of it ; and the forts of 
 Shleleßnsk, Sempalat, and Vß-Gemeno-Korsk are under his command. 
 Near it is a Slobode furrounded by an Oßroge. 
 
 About fix Werjh to the eaft of this place lies the famous falt-lake called 
 Iamußa, which gives name to the fort, and may be looked upon as a prodigy 
 in Nature. It is of a round form, and about nine Werfls in circumference. 
 Its banks are fo full of fait, that the ground is, as it were, cryftalized with 
 it. The water is faline to the higheft degree ; and the fait that it yields is 
 excellent, furpafllng all other fait in whitenefs, and confiding entirely of 
 cubic cryftals. It is found here in fuch quantities, that fcveral (hips might 
 be foon loaded with it ; and the empty places, where the fait has been 
 taken away, are filled up with it again in five or fix days. The provinces of 
 Tobolsk and Ienifea are iiipplied with fait from this lake ; which yields a dif- 
 fident quantity for fifty fuch provinces. This falt-trade has been mono- 
 polized by the Crown. A Pud of fait is fold on the fpot for twelve Copeiks; 
 but at 'Tobolsk, Tomsk, and Ienifeisk it cofis about twenty Copeiks. 
 
 Sempalataia Krepoß, or Sempalat fort, was built in the year 17 14 on the 
 bank of the Irtis ; but it was taken down and built on a new fituation feveral 
 times on account of the gradual encroachments which the water made on the 
 land ; fo that now it ftands in its fourth fituation. This fort is eafily commanded 
 from the mountains that lie to the eaft of it; and the adjacent country is 
 very pleafant and fertile, but lies uncultivated. The gardens at Sempalat 
 yield a very fine fpecies of melons. The fort has its name from Sem- 
 palat, a ruinous town lying about lixteen Werßs from it, on the river Irtis, 
 where fome remains of old ftone buildings are füll to be feen. The firft 
 Rußum lettlers here found feven of thefe houfes, as the name of the place 
 imports. The Learned are of opinion that fome old inferiptions, which were 
 found among thefe ruins, relate to the mythology of the Kalmuks ; and 
 that this place was deferted by that nation, agreeably to a maxim of their 
 religion, that when any confecrated place is once profaned by war, it muft 
 be relinquished for ever. 
 
 Vß-Kameno-Gorß, a fmall Krepoß or fortrefs, ftands in a fpacious plain 
 near a lhallow branch of the Irtis, and is fo called from the mountains 
 which lie to the eaft of it. Its garrifon confifts of a hundred and fifty 
 men. The neighbouring country abounds with wild animals. 
 
 Betwixt the Irtis and the Oby are fome rich copper-mines ; and from the 
 Ploskaia Gora, or the flat mountain, fine ore is carried to the copper-works 
 at Kolivan. The copper-mines on the mountain Pidhtoa (fo called from 
 the Picla, or white firs, that grow on it) yield a vaft produce: and there 
 is no need of digging deep to come at the ore, as it lies near the furface of 
 the ground. Every hundred weight of ore yields twelve pounds of pure copper. 
 Not far fmm Piclowa are L two other hills near the furface of which ore is 
 
 found.
 
 5 io 
 
 RUSSIA. [Tobolflc. 
 
 found. The J! T o$krefe?iskian mountains abound with ore ; but it lies moftly 
 in ftrata or veins of a confiderable depth. The Koliivan copper-works 
 which belong to M. Demiedow, at firft were built on a mountain called 
 Koliivano, which is not far from the pr.efent ftrudture. It is defended by a 
 fort confifting of four baftions, and furrounded with a rampart of earth 
 and a moat. Moft of the miners are Roskoljhtjhiki or Rußan feparatifts from 
 the Greek church. Thefe works have lately become extremely profitable. 
 The ore is very rich in copper, and yields a great deal of filver ; befides the 
 filver yields fo much gold as makes rich returns for the trouble and expence 
 of extracting it from the former. It is prefumed that the whole country 
 lying betwixt the Irtis and the Oby abounds in rich ore of various metals ; 
 and that the ore generally lies near the furface of the earth. 
 
 To the North-eaft of the city of Tobol/k lie the following places of note. 
 
 Demianjk, a town which ftands on a hill near the Irtis, and is moftly in- 
 habited by Iemßicks, or carriers ; who in fummer-time ply with veffels up 
 and down the river, and in winter carry goods and paffengers in fledges. 
 
 Samaroitfloi Tarn, or Samarowß, a poft-ftage at the conflux of the Irtis 
 and Oby. Here are about fifty houfes and a church. The adjacent coun- 
 try lies uncultivated ; and all forts of provifions are brought hither from 
 Tobol/k. Samarowjk is famous for a large trading place. 
 
 Karimkarsk and Atlimsk, which are alio poft-ftages. 
 
 7. The Circle of Surgut, in Ruffian Burgutskoi Uiezd. 
 This Diftrict has its name from 
 
 Surgut, a pretty large town on the Oby. It is furrounded with pallifa- 
 does and towers ; and the Oßiaks who live in this country annually pay 
 tribute to the Woiwode of Surgut. The adjacent country abounds with 
 fables ; black, white, and red foxes, and fine gray furrs ; and has plenty of 
 excellent fifh, but produces no corn. The inhabitants of this city have the 
 nick-name of Griiviie becaufe moft of them are obferved to fquint. 
 
 8. The Circle of Pelym, in Ruffian Pelymskoi Uiezd. 
 
 This Diftrict is large but contains no remarkable place, except the fmall 
 town of Pelym, which ftands on a river of the fame name. To this place 
 the famous Field Marfhal Count Munich was banilhed, and ftill lives 
 here in exile. There are feveral lakes, and fome of a confiderable extent, 
 in this Circle. 
 
 9. The Circle of Beresow, called by the Ruffians Berezoivskoi Uiezd. 
 This DiftricT: is bounded to the North by Waigatz ftraits, and to the Eaft 
 
 by a large bay of the Frozen Ocean, which runs into the land towards the 
 fouth ; and at the fixty fixth degree of Latitude feparates into two arms, 
 one of which is called the Obskaia Guba or the Oby-bay, and the other 
 Tazowskaia Guba, or the bay of Tazoia. Into the former the river Oby 
 empties itfelf, and the Taz into the latter ; and from thefe two rivers the 
 bays derive their names. This DiftricT: was under the Ruj/ian dominion long 
 before the other parts of Siberia were conquered ; for it was added to the 
 1 Empire
 
 Yenifei.] RUSSIA. 5 n 
 
 Empire by the Czaar Gabriel fo early as the year 1530. The moft re- 
 markable places in it are 
 
 Liapinskoi, from which the Ofliaks, who live in thcfe parts, are called 
 Uapinians. 
 
 Berezow, which flands on the river Oby, and is fortified with pallifa- 
 does. Here the court-favourite, Prince Metijhikoff, died in exile. The in- 
 habitans of Berozow are called by way of ridicule Bielkoiedi, on account of 
 their eating a great number of fquirrels. 
 
 Kuiskoi, a Slobode, which flands on the river Kuiskoi, and gives name to 
 the Oßiaks and Samoiedes who inhabit the adjacent country. 
 
 Obdorskoi Oflrog, which lies near the mouth of the Obv, is the place 
 where the Samoiedes bring in their tribute. 
 
 Nadymskoi Oflrog, which flood by the mouth of the river Nadym, where 
 it falls into the Oby-bay, was deftroyed by the Iuraki. Not far from this 
 place is a fpacious deep cavern in a mountain, where the Nady?nia?i-Ojliaks 
 (heiter themfelves. They make ufe of ladders to afcend to, and defcend 
 from this cave. 
 
 Note. The ifland and (traits of Waigatz, and Novaia Scmlia or New- 
 land which lies beyond them, and is erroneoufly written Nova Zembla, are 
 but little known. This country was firft difcovered in the year 1 566, by Stephen 
 Barrow an Engliflman. In 1 596, two Hollanders, namely, William Barents, 
 and 'Jacob Heemskirk, wintered here with their crew. The Sun difappeared on 
 the third of November, and they never faw it till the twenty-fourth of '"January 
 following. The Ruffians have not yet ventured to fail round the coaft of 
 Novaia Semlia ; but as they go in lmall veffels between that country and 
 the coaft of AJia, and the Dutch navigators have difcovered the northern 
 coaft of it, we may conclude that it is an ifland ; and it is exhibited as fuch 
 in the Ruffian Atlas. The Samoiedes, who live in this neighbourhood on 
 the coaft of the Ice-Sea, fometimes crofs over to Novaia Semlia, to hunt 
 rein-deer, elks, and white bears. It is yet uncertain whether this ifland be 
 inhabited or not : For granting that men have been ken on it, that does 
 not ablblutely prove that they always dwell there. 
 
 II. IENISEISKAIA PROVINCIIA, 
 
 Or the P r o v 1 n c e of YENISEI. 
 
 f B V HE fouth part of this province muft have been included in the king- 
 
 ■*■ dorn of Tartary ; but whether the north part ever belonged to it is a 
 
 queftion. Some account has been given above * of the Tungufians, 
 
 * See p. 473. 
 
 Ofliah
 
 512 RUSSIA. [Ycnifei. 
 
 Ofliaks, and other Tartarian nations who inhabit this province : It confifts 
 of the following Circles or Diftricls. 
 
 i . The Circle of Mangasea, in Ruffian Manga feiskoi JJiezd. 
 
 In this Diftridt are four bays, into one of which the Yenefei difcharges 
 itlelf, betides the large gulf of the Frozen Ocean, of which that of Tazow 
 is only a bay. Though the climate of the country that lies near the mouth 
 of the Temfei be fo exceffively cold, yet it is very well peopled ; the boun- 
 tiful Creator having liberally beflowed many advantages on this country, 
 which is generally reprefented in fuch dreadful colours. The white and 
 blue foxes, and the white wolves and bears which are caught here, are faid 
 to llirpais thole of #11 other parts in largenefs of fize. Befides the hair is 
 alio finer and grows clofer than common ; accordingly the fkins always 
 bear a higher price, than thofe that are brought from the Oby and the Lena. 
 For the fake of thefe profitable captures, more Ruffians fettle on the banks 
 of the lenijei than near any other river in Siberia. From Mangafea to the fea, 
 and along the coaft to the river Pia/iga, and from the Pia/iga to the Cantatiga, 
 and along the banks of the laft river, the country is full of Ruffian dwellings : 
 Some of the inhabitants remove to end their days in other places, and tome live 
 and die in this country. People who want employment flock to thefe parts 
 in great numbers ; and a young fellow, though he be ever fo poor at his fir ft 
 fetting-out, foon makes his fortune in this country, if he is active, induf- 
 trious, and a good ceconomilt, by catching thofe animals whofe fkins are 
 fo valuable, and with which it abounds. In fummer, when no creatures 
 but rein-deer are to be caught, here is the opportunity of fifhirig, in order 
 to lay up a plentiful provifion for winter. In the fixty-eighth degree and a 
 half of North Latitude lies the Ruffian parifh called Katanskoi Pogoft, on 
 the bank of the Ie?iifei ; which is much frequented by the huntlmen who 
 live in the neighbouring houfes, of which there is no imall number in the 
 adjacent country. This place muft not be confounded with Catanskoi, on 
 the river Catanga, which lies alio in this Circle in Latitude yo° 30'. The 
 moft remarkable place in this Diftricl is 
 
 Mangafea, or Mangazeia, the moff. northern town in Siberia, which lies 
 in Latitude 66°. The exact time when Mangafea was difcovered, and 
 peopled by Ruffian colonies, cannot be well afcertained. According to an 
 old tradition delivered down from father to fon, a colony from Archangel 
 built the old Oflrog of Mangafea, before there was fuch a thing as a 
 Ruffian town known in Siberia. It derives its name from a Samoiedcan 
 tribe, who inhabited this country, and call themfelves Mangafe : For 
 this people, by promifing to pay tribute to the Ruffians, gave occafion to the 
 building of this town. Old Mangafea, which flood on the river Taz, gra- 
 dually fell to decay; and in the year 1600, the prefent town was built, 
 and the inhabitants of the old Ojirog were removed hither. This new 
 Oflrog was alfo called Mangafea ■> but as it lies at the mouth of the river 
 
 Turukan
 
 Yenifei,] RUSSIA. 
 
 Turukan, it had alio the name of Turukati/k, which it retains to this day 
 among the common people. As this Oflrog proved the means of making 
 feveral nations tributary to the Ruffians, it was, probably on that account, 
 afterwards endowed with the privileges of a town. Mangafea flands at 
 prefent on the north bank of the Nihlßol Shar, which is a fmall branch of 
 the lenißi, and, about a Werfi from this place, is augmented by the influx of 
 the river Turukan. The houfes in this town are not contiguous, and, at 
 mod:, do not exceed one hundred. The greateft part of it is inclofed 
 within a fmall wooden fortification, with four pieces of cannon ; and in this 
 flands the houfe of the Governor or PrefecT, and the principal church ; 
 and without it are two other churches. Mofr. of the inhabitants of Man- 
 gafea have always been Cofaks ; who were placed here, in order to fubdue, 
 or at leafl to check, the Pagan nations of this country, particularly the Tun- 
 gußans and Samoicdes. The Mangaßans are by way of ridicule called 
 Swietlobi from their fhining foreheads, and Porfiwiki becaufe they eat dried 
 and putrified fifh inflead of bread. This town carries on a good trade in furrs. 
 In fummer time the fun is feen here continually above the horizon ; and 
 during that feafon prodigious flocks of birds, especially water-fowl and feveral 
 kinds of wild geefe and ducks, plovers, fnipes, &c. frequent the neighbouring 
 country. Since the year 1721, this town and its DiftricT: have been annexed 
 to the province of Iefiifea ; whereas before that time it depended imme- 
 diately on Tobol/k, and prior to that, was in the jurifdi&ion of Tomjk. 
 
 2. The Circle of Narym, or Narymßoi Uiezd. 
 In this DiflricT: are, 
 
 Narym, a fmall town, which flands on an ifland in the river Oby, and 
 is fortified with pallifadoes and wooden towers. The tribute due from the 
 neighbouring Oßiaks is paid here. 
 
 Ketßoi O/lrog, which lies on the river Ket. 
 
 3. The Circle of Tomsk, or Tomskoi Uiezd. 
 The following places of note lie in this DiftricT:. 
 
 Tomsk, a town lituated on the- river Tom. A brook called XJfixÄka runs 
 through the town, and at the northern extremity of it falls into the Torn. 
 The foundation of Tomsk was laid in the reign of the Czaar Feodor 
 Iwanowitz, who built an Ojlrog on this fpot ; and this happened about 
 twenty years before the building of the town of Kufnetsk. Several nations 
 of thele countries having been reduced by force of arms, and others volun- 
 tarily fubmitting to the Rißians, the Ojlrog was by degrees converted into a 
 fort ; and the fort in time increafed to a town ; which, at prefent, contains 
 above 2000 houfes within its circuit. It was at firfr, next to Tobolsk, the 
 feebnd principal city in Siberia, and continued fo for fome years ; but has fince 
 been included in the province of Ienifii. Some, indeed, are of opinion 
 that the Circle of Tomsk at prefent belongs to the province of Tobolsk ; but 
 we rather follow the Rußian Atlas which places it in that of Ienifei. On 
 
 V o l. I. U u u the 
 
 5 1
 
 5 i 4 RUSSIA. [Yenifei. 
 
 the higheft part of the town {lands r. fmall wooden caftle defended by 
 fourteen pieces of cannon ; and in it are a cathedral built with wood, 
 the JVoiwode's houfe, the Government-Chancery, and an arfenal. Near the 
 fort ftand feveral private houfes and a church. The lower part of the 
 town is the moft populous ; and is feparated into two parts by the' rivulet 
 TJjhaika. In that part which lies to the left are a monaftery, a nunnery, 
 a church, and a Tartarain Slobode ; and in that part on the right are three 
 pariin churches and an Exchange for merchants. This town is extremely well 
 fituated for commerce, and the inhabitants carry on a confiderable trade. It 
 lies in the great road from lenifeijk and all the towns in the eaftern and 
 northern parts of Siberia ; fo that all caravans going to and from China pafs 
 every year through this town, befides a caravan or two from the country of 
 the Kalmuks. Here are indeed all kinds of tradefmen and artificers ; but 
 they are extremely indolent and ilothful ; which is owing to the extraordinary 
 cheapnefs of provifions in this town, and their brutifh propensity to drinking 
 and debauchery, there being fcarce a family among the inhabitants which 
 is entirely free from the hues Venerea. The Tonskians have the nick-names 
 of Olionotßi, from a woman called Oliiona, who was very famous for her 
 ftrength, and Buligi, i. e. ' boafters." The adjacent country is very fertile 
 and produces all kinds of grain. 
 
 Melesk and Atfainsk, which are two Oßrogs. 
 
 Bogorodskoiy a town on the Oby. The church belonging to this town is 
 famous for a celebrated picture of the Virgin Mary, which is diftinguiihed 
 by the name of Oediitria, and every year on the twenty-firft of May is 
 brought in procefiion to Tomsk. There are iron works in this place. 
 
 Urtamask and Umrewinsk, two Oßrogs near the Oby. The latter is one 
 of the oldeft in this country. 
 
 Tßauskoi Oßrog and Sloboda, which ftands on the river Tß:aus, was built 
 in 17 13, in order to check the incurfions of the Kafaißia Horda, who, lince 
 that time, have never appeared in thele parts. This Oßrog is advantageoufly 
 Jituated, and has great plenty of all kinds of provifions : It is defended by 
 five pieces of cannon. The Slobode belonging to it confifts of eighty private 
 houfes. The inhabitants are, for the moft part, people of wealth, which 
 confifts in herds of cattle. 
 
 In the defert of Barraba and on the borders of it are the following fortrefies. 
 
 Vbinskoi Pafs and Kainskoi Pafs, which are not far from the lake Vebu. 
 The former has a garrifon of fifty men, and is dependent on the latter. 
 Kainskoi Pafs ftands near the river Om, and is defended by brafs guns, 
 and a garrifon of one hundred and fifty men. 
 
 Tartaskoi Pafs, which likewife ftands on the river Om, is but a mean place; 
 However the fituation is good, and the adjacent country very fertile. 
 
 4. The Circle of Kutsnütsk, or Kiitnetskoi Uiezd. 
 
 In this Diftrict lies 
 
 2 1. Kufjhetsk)
 
 VenHeiJrj RUSSIN. 5 r 5 
 
 Kutfnettky a large town on the river Tom, which was formerly ini> 
 liited by the Kirgifian Tartars, who gradually retreated towards the borders 
 of the country of the Kilmuks, when the RttffiaHi fettled in this place. 
 This town has been built above a hundred years ; and was peopled with 
 colonies from the Diftricls of Tomsk, Werkoturie, and Weliki-Novogrod. 
 Before that time, the Tartars who lived in the place where the city now 
 ftands, uied to fmelt iron from the ore, and fubfifted partly by that employ- 
 ment and partly by the iron which they wrought. Hence the town had 
 its name ; Kusnetz in the Ruffian language Signifying a forge. In the year 
 1689, KutJ'netsk was declared a city. The upper and middle parts of this city 
 ftand on a high bank, and the lower part on a level between the river Tom 
 and that eminence. In the upper part ifands a fmall wooden citadel 5 in 
 the middle is an Ofirog inclofing the fVoiivodes houfe and the Government- 
 Chancery ; and in the lower part are moft of the houfes, which amount to 
 about five hundred, and a church. No manner of trade is carried on in this 
 town. The inhabitants are called by their neighbours by the nick-name of 
 Surki, becaufe they wear the fkins of a fmall kind of maramottos called Sarki. 
 Bieloiaskaia, and Bikatunskaia, are two frontier fortifications, which were 
 built in this Circle to check the incurfions of the Kalmuks. 
 5. The Circle of Krasnoiarsk, or Kraf?ioiarskoi XJiezd. 
 In this Diffrict lies 
 
 Krafnoiarsk, a town fituated on the Ienifei ; and at the lower end of it 
 runs the river KatJ/ja. It was firft built in the year 1728, as an OJirog to 
 oppofe the incurfions of the neighbouring tribes, and to keep them in awe, 
 and gradually rofe to a town. It derives its name from the dark-red colour 
 of the northweft bank of the Katjha. The original Oflrog lies on the 
 north fide of the town, and contains the great church, the Government- 
 Chancery, the Woiwodes houfe, the arfenal, &c. In the town itfelf, which 
 is furrounded with pallifadoes, towers, &c. are a church, the Town-houfe, 
 and about three hundred and fifty houfes. The inhabitants by way of 
 contempt are called Buntowjhiki on account of their frequent revolts. Moft 
 of them are Slufinwie, or a fort of irregular infantry : However, fome of 
 thefe are not without fuch wealth as the country affords ; and this confiils 
 in horfes and cattle, which feed both winter and fummer on the Steppe 
 or heaths. Such is the fertility of the adjacent country, that if it be only 
 fuperficially plowed, without any manure, it will bear crops of corn five or fix 
 years fuccefilvely ; and when the land is impoverished, there is plenty of other 
 wafte ground which may foon be made fit for lowing. Many antiquities 
 Were formerly found in thefe parts, particularly in the town of Krafnoiarsk. 
 Thefe remains of antiquity were taken out of graves and old monu- 
 ments, feveral of which are füll to be feen near Abalansk and Sagansk. 
 Even confiderable quantities of gold and filver have formerly been lound 
 in them ; and copper is now frequently dug up in fuch places. The great 
 road from Tomsk to Irkutsk lies through this place. 
 
 U u u 2 In
 
 5l6 RUSSIA. [Yenifei. 
 
 In this country near the river Ienifei, ere three large fubterraneous caverns ; 
 and in one of them the rock is painted with feveral figures. 
 In this Circle are alfo the following OJlrogs. 
 Werkneikaraidnoi Oßrog, which lies on the river Ienifei. 
 Abakanskoi OJIrog, which alfo (lands on the Ienifei, was founded in 
 the year 1707, and rebuilt in 1725. It is fo called from the river Abakan, 
 which falls into the Ienifei about fixty-two Werßs beyond this Oßrog. 
 It is defended by feveral pieces of cannon, and has always a good garrifon. 
 The number of houfes near this fortification is continually increafing. 
 
 Sanianskoi Oßrog, which is likewife on the river Ienifei, was built in the 
 year 1 jog to keep the Kirgißans in awe ; and has fully anfwered the pur- 
 pofe, as they are very quiet at prefent. On the river Lukafa near this 
 Oßrog fome copper- works are ereded. 
 
 Kanskoi Oßrog, which ftands on the bank of the river Kan. The fur- 
 prilino- dexterity of the 'Tartars in catching fables near this Oßrog renders 
 it one of the beft places in Siberia for that trade ; on this account the 
 merchants, who travel to the frontiers of China, generally make fome flay 
 here. It is alfo one of the mofl lucrative places in the jurifdiclion of the 
 Wohvode of Krafnoiarsk ; and the Kanskoi, or receiver of the tribute, pays a 
 round fum for his office. 
 
 6. The Circle of Yenisei, or Ienifei shi Uiezd. 
 In this Diflrict are the following places of note. 
 
 Tenifeisk, the capital of this province, lies on the river Yenifei, which is 
 here about a Werfi and a half in breadth. This city is built along the fide 
 of the river, and is about fix Werfis in circuit. In the year 16 18 an Oßrog 
 was founded in this place, which firft depended on Tobolsk, and then was 
 under the jurifdidfion of Tomsk ; but it was afterwards raifed to a town, 
 and, in 171 9, made the capital of the province. Within the old Oßrog are 
 the great church, the Woiivode's houfe, the Chancery or State-Offices, and 
 an arlenal. The city contains three churches, a monaftery, a nunnery, 
 an Exchange for merchants, a powder magazine, and a magazine for pro- 
 vilions, (the two laft inclofed by Oßrogs) and feven hundred private houfes. 
 The Archimandrite, who has the fuperintendency of the convent of Troitz- 
 Mangafea which ftands near the mouth of the river Niß.ma-Tunguska, and 
 of the whole body of the Tenifean Clergy, refides in the monaftery at Te- 
 nifeijk. The commodious fituation of the town caufes a very brifk trade 
 to be carried on here, efpecially in fummer ; and mofl of the inhabitants are 
 more or lets concerned in commerce. Here is great plenty of corn, flefl), 
 and fowl ; but the only fruit this country produces are two or three forts 
 of berries. Drunkcnnefs, floth, and debauchery prevail here, as in the 
 other towns of Siberia ; and fuch difeafes as are the confequence of thole 
 vices are very common in this city. The inhabitants are looked upon as 
 a crafty, deceitful people, which has procured them the nickname of 
 
 Skwo/hiki,
 
 Irkutflo] RUSSIA. 
 
 Skow/hiki, which fignifies ( iharp-fighted,' or people that are not eafily 
 impofed upon. 
 
 Majkowskoi Oßrog, which ftands on the river Ket. 
 
 Markoivo Gorodijhtßie is a pretty large village on the river Tenifci. 
 
 Rubenskoi Oßrog, a mean fortification. 
 
 Vß-Tunguskoi , which lies feven JVerßs helow the influx of the Tun- 
 guska into the Yenifii, and Iefaidowo Sieh, are two handfome villages, or 
 fmall towns. 
 
 Taffeovskoi Oßrog, which ftands on the river Uffblka, was rebuilt and 
 improved in the year 1723. The Tartars and Tungußans of this country 
 are become fo peaceable and fubmifiive, that the Oßrog has no longer 
 occafion to ufe the few guns with which it is provided. As the in- 
 habitants have very little trade or intercourfe with Grangers, they may ferve 
 as a juft fpecimen of the Siberian manner of living. 
 
 Udinskoi Oßrog, a fmall place, was built in the year 1644 on the river 
 Uda; and brings a considerable income to the Ienifean Woiwode ; for the 
 neighbouring Buratians bring their tribute of furrs to this Oßrog. 
 
 III. IRKUTSK AI A PROVINCIIA, 
 
 Or the Province of IRKUTSK. 
 
 ^T^ HIS Province alfo belongs to Tartary properly fo called, at Ieaft as 
 ■*■ far as the Circle of Yakutsk, which cannot properly be included in it. 
 It is governed by a Deputy-Statthalter under whofe jurifdi&ion are the Woi- 
 wodes of Ilimsk, Selenginsk, Nertßnnsk, Yakutzk, and the officers who 
 prefide over Okotsk and Kamjhatka : However, he is fubject to the Gover- 
 nor of Tobolsk, though he has a large appointment ; for his perquisites, 
 exclufive of his falary, amount to no lefs than 30,000 Rubels a year. The 
 Buratians, Yakutians, and other nations who live in thefe parts, have been 
 fpoken of above*. This province includes the following Circles. 
 
 1. The Circle of Ilimsk, or Ilimskoi Uiezd. 
 
 Remarkable places in this DiftricT: are, 
 
 Ilimsk, a mean little town on the river Him. It lies between high moun- 
 tains, and contains but eighty houfes and an Oßrog ; however, it is the 
 feat of a Woiwode. Great quantities of beautiful black fables are caught in 
 the neighbourhood of this town. 
 
 Bratskoi Oßrog, which ftands on the river Angara, confifts of fifty 
 dwelling houfes ; and at the diftance of five JVerßs from it, ftands a 
 
 * See p. 494, lä feg. 
 
 monaftery 
 
 5 r 7
 
 8 RUSSIA, [Irkutflc. 
 
 monaftery called Spaskoi. Great numbers of Tnngüßans live in thefe parts ; 
 and about four Werßs from the Oflrog is a great diftillery for fpirits. 
 
 Endinskoi Oßrog, which lies on the bank of the Angara. 
 
 Lenskoi Oßrog, which ftands on the river Lena. 
 
 XJß-Kutskoi Oßrog, which is alio on the Lena, is a very mean place. 
 At a little diftance from this Oßrog, near the river Kuta, are feveral faline 
 iprino-s, which furniih the whole Circle of Ilimsk with fait. 
 
 Kirenßoi Oßrog, which was built on the bank of the Lena in the year 
 1 6 ^5, is now in a mean condition. The neighbouring country is very fertile ; 
 and, considering its Latitude which is $j° 47', it has a furprifing verdure, 
 and produces various forts of vegetables which are remarkably large in 
 their kind. The fturgeons and fterleds caught in the rivers near this 
 Oßrog are, for their exquiiite reliih, the fineft that Siberia affords. Not 
 far from this place, near the influx of the river Kirenga into the Lena, 
 is a convent remarkable for its opulence and endowments. Many of the 
 people who live in the neighbourhood of Kirenßoi have wens of an extra- 
 ordinary bignefs, which render their perfons none of the moft agreeable ; 
 and it is not uncommon to fee their oxen and cows with thefe excrefcences. 
 
 Spoloßjehßia Sloboda {lands near the Lena in a very fertile country, which 
 conlifts both of meadow and arable land. The inhabitants of thefe parts 
 are alfo disfigured with wens. 
 
 2. The Circle of Irkutsk, or Irkutskoi Uiezd. 
 
 This Diftricf contains the following places of note. 
 
 Irkutsk, the capital of this Province, and the refidence of its Vice-Statt* 
 halter, ftands near the river Angara, in a fine plain, not far from the 
 lake of Baikal. This city derives its name from the river Irkutsk, which 
 runs into the Angara near this place ; and is one of the moft confiderable 
 and populous towns in all Siberia. It contains near 1000 good dwelling- 
 houfes, and is furrounded with pallifadoes, within which are fourteen fmall 
 forts, a moat, and fome chevaux de frize : It is alfo defended by a fort 
 which ftands near the Angara without the town, and is planted with fixteen 
 pieces of cannon. There are two churches built with flone, and four with 
 wood, within the city ; and two other churches, one of which belongs to 
 a nunnery, ftand without it. All the clergy of the province are under the 
 jurifdiftion of the Bifhop of Irkutsk. The inhabitants, who for the moft 
 part are traders, live in the Siberian manner, that is, in drunkennefs, indo- 
 lence, and debauchery, and the confequences of thefe vices are very common 
 among them. The adjacent country is pleafant, and diverfified with hills 
 and values j but as it lies uncultivated, a great quantity of corn is brought 
 hither from the neighbouring countries. Here is plenty of game, as elks, 
 ftags, wild boars, and roc-bucks ; and alfo partridges, wood-cocks, moor- 
 hens, and fnipes. The lake of Baikal is an inexhauftible magazine of 
 filh. Foreign goods may be bought here almoft as cheap as at Mofcoio and 
 
 OO » O 7-1/7 
 
 reterjburg ;
 
 Irkutfk.] RUSSIA. 519 
 
 Petersburg ; for merchants refort hither from every town of any note in 
 RuJJia, and barter their commodities for Cbinefe goods. 
 
 About fix Wcrjh from Irkutsk, is a diftillery for fpirits, confuting of thirty- 
 feven Alembics ; a little further is another of fifty-three, and beyond that 
 is a third with fixty Alembics. Thefe diftilleries belong to the Czarina, 
 and furnifh the Circles of Irkutzk, I/imsk, and Selenginsk with diftilled fpirits. 
 
 Nikolskaia Saßawa, or St. Nicholas's cuftom-houfe, ftands at the mouth 
 of the river Angara. The toll or duty, payable on commodities brought 
 from China, is received here. The collector of thefe duties has fo profitable 
 a poft, that he generally makes his fortune in one year. This country is 
 frequented with prodigious flights of all kinds of wild ducks. 
 
 Urik, a Slobode or Suburb on a rivulet of the fame name, confifts of 
 feveral well-built houfes, which few towns in this country can equal. 
 
 On an illand formed by the river Angara are two {alt-works, which plen- 
 fully fupply the whole Diftricl of Irkutz on this fide the lake of Baikal, 
 and part of that of Ilimsk with fait. 
 
 Olonki, a Slobode or village, which confifts of two large villages, lies in 
 a very pleafant fituation ; and the adjacent country yields plenty of corn. 
 
 Beskoi and Idinskoi OJlrogs are but inconfiderable places. 
 
 Balaganskoi OJlrog, on the Angara, was built before that of Irkutz, and 
 is a place of fome note. It is defended only by two pieces of brafs cannon. 
 Near this OJlrog are about fixty good dvvelling-houfes, which are partly in- 
 habited by Slujhwies or irregular troops, and partly by traders, who are all 
 in. very good circumftances. 
 
 IVercolenskoi OJlrog, which ftands on the river Lena. 
 
 3. The Circle of Selenginsk, or Selengiskoi Uiezd. 
 
 The following places of note lie in this Diilricf. 
 
 Selenginsk, a town fituated on the river Selenga ; was made an Ojlrog in 
 1666; but about twenty years after that, the fort, which is now ftanding, 
 was built ; and to this the place owes its proiperity. The town lies parallel 
 to the river, and contains two churches and one hundred and fifty houfes, 
 which are inclofed in the fortification. The latter is defended by five pieces 
 of brafs cannon, and as many iron guns ; and the garrifbn confifts of a 
 regiment of foldiers. The inhabitants have the nickname of Pefojhniki, from 
 the great quantities of fand found in thefe parts. The whole adjacent 
 country is very mountainous and barren ; but there is good arable land fifteen 
 Werfis below it. The country about Salengisk yields a very great plenty of 
 rhubarb ; and all the rhubarb that is exported from Rußia grows in thefe parts. 
 
 Strielki, a fort erected on a* point of land between the rivers Tßnkoi and 
 Selenga, is alfo called Petra i Pawlo/kaia Krepofl, 1. e. ' the fort of Peter 
 ' and Paul. 1 It is a fquare inclofure, furrounded with pallifadoes, and 
 includes the garrifon church, and that of the Chinefe caravans; and likewife 
 «he habitations and magazines belonging to the latter, the foldiers barracks,
 
 520 RUSSIA. [Irkutsk. 
 
 &c. The houfes of the commandant, foldiers, and other inhabitants are 
 built without the pallifadoes. This place ought to be garrifoned with a 
 whole regiment for the defence of the frontiers ; but, at preient, it is not 
 complete. The adjacent country is fertile and pleafant. 
 
 Troitzkaia Rrepojl, on the fmall river Kiakta, is a fort lately built on 
 the frontiers, and confifts of an Oflrog with four baftions. All traders and 
 merchants who pafs through this place are obliged to pay duty for their 
 goods, unlefs they quit the road, and go another way to avoid the fort. 
 
 Kiakta, or Kiaktinskoi Krepoß, and Kiaktinskaia Torgowaia Sloboda, are 
 the limits between Ritßa and China towards the South, as they were fettled by 
 Count Samoa IFladi/lawitz Ragußnßi, according to a treaty concluded in 1727. 
 Before that time the river Bura, which lies about eight Werfls further towards 
 the fouth, was looked upon as the boundary between the Ruffian and Chinefe 
 Empire ; and this was more conformable to the natural divifion of the 
 countries, as well as more advantageous to Ruffia, than the prefent limits ; 
 which are arbitrarily laid out acrofs defarts, and over mountains, and 
 afcertained by pillars erected along the frontiers, and properly numbered. 
 By this alteration of the frontier, the Ruffians have alfo loft the excellent iron- 
 ore which the mountains near the river Bura, and no other place in thefe 
 parts, afforded. Two Slobodes, one of which is inhabited by Ruffians and 
 the other by Chinefe, were erected on the banks of the little river called 
 Kiakta in the year 1727 : the former lies on the north, and the latter on the 
 fouth fide of the river. They lie about a hundred and twenty fathoms 
 afunder, and are furrounded with an Oftrog ; and the Ruffian Siobode is 
 further defended by fix baftions and a moat. Between thele two Slobodes 
 a barrier is erected, and a guard placed, who, on both fides, are very 
 careful that no encroachments be made on the frontiers. As the Slobodes 
 are fituated in a barren wafte, all forts of provisions are very dear there. The 
 Chinefe traders are more numerous than the Ruffian merchants in thefe 
 frontier towns. 
 
 Timkinskoi OJlrogYies to the weft ofKaikta in Latitude 50 15'; and, con- 
 sequently, is placed too far to the north in the maps. In the neighbourhood 
 of this Oßrog live the roving Soictians, who are pagan Tartars. 
 
 On the other fide of Sclengifisk, near the lake of Baikal, lie the following 
 remarkable places. 
 
 Udiusk, which is a fmall town on the river Uda that runs into the Selenga 
 not far from this place. In the year 1670, an Oßrog was erected on this 
 foot; and in 1688, a fort was built here, which ftands on the eaft fide 
 of the town upon a hill, and is defended by five brafs guns. The town 
 confifts of one hundred and lixteen dwelling-houfes, and round it are fine 
 fields and meadows, with great plenty of wood. Udinsk alfo ftands on a 
 navigable river; and the road to the fouth and eaft frontiers of China lies 
 through this town. Here is plenty of provifions, particularly garden fruit 
 
 and
 
 Irkutfk.] RUSSIA. 521 
 
 and fifh ; and about the latter end of Augufi great numbers oiOmuli, which 
 are a fpecies of whitings, are caught in the river Sele?iga. 
 
 Illinskoi O/lrog, or Bolßmia Salmka, which (lands on the river Selenga. 
 
 Troitskoi Monaßir, an ancient, {lately, and rich convent. 
 
 Kabanskoi Oßrog is built near the brook Kabana, which, about half a 
 Werfi from this place, runs into a branch of the Selenga. The country 
 hereabouts affords good arable land and excellent paflures. 
 
 Pofolskoi Monaßir, a convent on the louth fide of the Baikal-lake. 
 
 Jtanzlnskoi Oßrog lies, indeed, in the Diftrid: of Selenginsk ; but properly 
 belongs to Nertßnmk. This place is famous for Bratski-ivork, by which 
 mod of the RuJJlan inhabitants get a fubfiflence. 
 
 Barguzlnskoi Oßrog flands on the little river Barguzln, which falls into 
 the lake of Baikal. 
 
 4. The Circle of Nertshinsk, or Nertßn'nßoi Uiezd. 
 
 In this Diftrict are, 
 
 Nertßnmk, a frontier town towards China, which was built on the river Nert- 
 fha in the year j 658. In the fort, which was the firfl beginning of the town, 
 are thirty-two brafs guns and one of iron. The town, beiides i'ome public 
 edifices, contains one hundred and fifty houfes, moil of which are very meanly 
 built. The inhabitants give themfelves up entirely to floth, drunkennefs, 
 and debauchery. The Chinefe caravans formerly palled through this place ; 
 but now they take another road. However, the Rußian Envoys are re- 
 ceived and handfomely entertained by the Chinefe, and the like compliment 
 is paid to thole of China by the Ru ans, in this town. A treaty of peace 
 was concluded at Nertßnmk between Raffia and China in the year 1 689. This 
 town feems to derive its name from the two fmall rivers called Nertß.a and 
 Shinke, between which it lies. The adjacent country is, indeed, very 
 mountainous, but yields excellent pafture for cattle. 
 
 Argunsk, an O/lrog which lies on the wefl fide of the Argun. It 
 was firfl built in 1682, on the eafl bank of that river, for the conveniency 
 of levying the tribute payable by the Tungußans, who inhabit thefe parts -, 
 but in 1689, Argunsk was built on its prefent fituation. It is the furthefl 
 fort towards the Eall on the Mungalian frontiers ; has a good garrifon ; and 
 carries on a considerable trade with the Mungals. The adjacent country 
 is very fertile, and the air falubrious, but fo cold that in fummer the 
 earth, in many places, is not thawed above two or three feet below the 
 fuiface. The territory of Argunsk is commonly lubjecl: to flight fhocks of 
 an earthquake in the fpring, and about the beginning of winter. The 
 difeafes to which the inhabitants of the country about Argunsk are moflly 
 fubjedt, are Epilepfie::, a diftemper called Woloß'ez, and the Lues Venerea ; and 
 the lall is fo common here, that the young and old of both fexes are 
 miferably afflicted with it. In thefe parts the Chinefe ereil every year new 
 pillars, to mark the limits of their frontiers, on the eaflern bank of the Argun. 
 
 Not far from Argunsk are the Argunsklan filver-mines, which are alfo 
 called the Nertßnnskian mines. The fmelting houfes, which belong to 
 
 V o l. I, X x x them,
 
 c 22 RUSSIA. [Irkutfk. 
 
 them, fland on the little river Tufatki, about fourteen Werßs from the 
 river A/gun, and fix or feven from the rivulet Serebrenka. Thefe works 
 are built in a valley between two mountains, which extend a good way 
 from Weft to Eafl. The ore does not lie deep in the earth ; though it 
 is found in mafies or Strata. The profit arifing from thefe mines is 
 not very great ; however, it anfwers the expence of refining, &c. One 
 pound of fine filver extracted from this ore contains the value of two ducats 
 and a half of fine gold, which has a beautiful colour and is exceeding 
 malleable. Twenty-fix Puds and fome odd pounds of pure filver, and 
 twenty-feven pounds of fine gold, both which were the produce of this 
 mine, were delivered in at Petersburg for the ufe of the crown in 1740 
 and 1741. Two leagues to the fouth-eafl of this place is a mountain 
 of a beautiful green jafper, but not without a mixture of common flone; 
 fo that it is rare to meet with pieces weighing three pounds quite tranfparent 
 and without flaws. In the neighbouring wafle are feveral falt-lakes, one 
 of which is above three Werßs in circumference; and on the furface of 
 the water good common fait floats in great quantities. 
 Sitanskoi Oflrog, which (lands at the influx of the river Tß:iia into the Ingoda, 
 Terawninskoi Oflrog, which lies on the bank of the lake Terawna. 
 
 5. The Circle of Yakutsk, or lakutzkoi Uiezd. 
 In this Diftri<3 are the following remarkable places. 
 
 Takutzk lies near the river Lena, and confifts of between five and fix 
 hundred houfes meanly built.; and a wooden fort (lands near the town. 
 It is fupplied with plenty of feveral kinds of fifh. The circumjacent country 
 is, indeed, very fit for tillage ; but the inhabitants choofe to employ them- 
 felves in hunting. 
 
 Olecminskoi Oflrog, which alfo (lands on the Lena, derives its name from 
 the river Oleoma, which falls into the Lena about fixteen Werßs from this 
 town. This is one of the oldefl Oßrogs in thefe parts ; but confifts only of few 
 mean houfes, and has no more than forty-fix peafants families in its territory. 
 The country which lies between this place and Witimsk is level, and fo 
 fertile, that it might plentifully fupport a great number of inhabitants if 
 they were induflrious. The rye, barley, oats, and hemp which grow here, are 
 very good in their kind ; however, the country is but indifferently cultivated. 
 
 Witimskaia Sloboda is one of the oldefl Ruffian fettlements on the banks 
 of the Lena, and is almoll as ancient as the town of Iakutzk. It con- 
 fifts of few houfes, a church, and a cuflom-houfe. Though this place 
 lies in 59 28' north Latitude, yet the harvefl, when the weather proves 
 favourable, is feldom later than the middle of Anguß old flile. 
 
 Farther north towards the Ice-Sea is the river Karaulac, which runs into 
 a bay of the Frozen Ocean. Near this river Lieutenant Laßemus wintered 
 with his party in the year 1735, and from the fixth day of November to 
 the eighteenth of January they never faw the fun above the Horizon. 
 
 6. The territory of Ocotzk lies on the coaft of the fea of Kamtfljatka y 
 and takes its name from the Ocotzkoi Oflrog, which (lands on the little 
 
 river
 
 Irkutflc.] RUSSIA. 
 
 river Ocota, and is the refidence of a Governor, under whofe jurifdicTion arc 
 the O/lrogs of Tavißoi, Ud/koi, and Anadirfkoi. From the harbour of 
 Ocotzk, which is three Werßs from the O/irog, the Rujfiam crofs over 
 into the peninfula of Kamtjhatka. The foil about the Ocotzkoi O/irog 
 produces little or no grafs ; and provifions are brought hither from lakutzk, 
 both by land and water. The laft method of conveyance is very tedious, 
 and attended with fome danger : nor is the land-carriage free from 
 difficulties ; for the diftance is nine hundred and nineteen Werßs, and 
 the road lies over mountains, and through morafies and thick woods of 
 larch and birch-trees, lb that the journey takes up near fix weeks. Bciidcs, 
 every thing rauft be carried this way on horfes or rein-deer, and the latter 
 are furnifbed by the Tungufians who live in the neighbourhood of Ocotzk. 
 
 The north-eaft extremity of Siberia is ftill but very little known. The 
 cape at the furtheft north point of this country called Tßuketßm, [in the 
 maps Shalaginskoi Nofs] is in Siberia, and confequently belongs to Rußa. 
 Near the promontory, or north-eaft point of the continent, is an ifland 
 called Diomedes; and near the eaft point lies the ifland of St. Laurence. 
 
 7. The peninfula of Kamtshatka runs upwards of one hundred and 
 fifty German miles into the fea towards the ßuth-eaft ; on the North it joins 
 to the continent ; to the Weft and South of it are the bay of Penßinsk 
 and the fea of Kamtßatka ; and towards the Eaft it is bounded by the 
 Eajlern Ocean. From the extreme fouth-eaft point of this peninfula a chain 
 of great and fmall iflands extends as far as Japan. On fome of thefe 
 iflands are Vt bands, or burning mountains ; and feveral of them are fubject 
 to terrible earthquakes. On the peninfula of Kamtßatka, not far from 
 the river of the fame name, which runs into the Eaflern Ocean, there is 
 alfo a burning mountain, and violent ihocks of an earthquake are often 
 felt in the neighbourhood of it. Some fpecies of plants that grow in 
 Lapland, and others that were thought peculiar to Canada in North America, 
 are found here, which is fomething remarkable. 
 
 Since the beginning of the prefent century fome Ruflian colonies have 
 fettled in thefe parts, and built feveral forts and villages. The moft remark- 
 able among thefe are, 
 
 Nißnei Kamtßatzkoi Oflrog, which ftands near the mouth of the river 
 Kamtßatka. 
 
 Werknei K --koi Oßrog. 
 
 St. Reter and St. Paul's Hat hour. 
 
 BcijL.retzb.i Oßrog. 
 
 I cannot pretend to fay more of this country, which is fo little known, 
 with any certainty. Of Kamtßadalen I have given fome account above. 
 
 Note. Kamtshatka has, of late, been rendered famous by the attempts 
 made from thence, to difcover whether Siberia be joined to America to- 
 wards the North ; or whether there be a north-eaft paflage by fea between 
 thefe two continents. 
 
 X x x 2 The 
 
 523
 
 5 2 4 
 
 RUSSIA. [Irkutfc. 
 
 The Czaar Peter the Great gave orders, that Captain Beering, a Z)^w, 
 who took along with him Lieutenant Spangenberg, who was alfo a Dane ; 
 and M. Tßirikow, a Ruffian, fhould fail from hence to make this difco- 
 very. After that Emperor's death, the fame Gentlemen were actually 
 fent out by his confort and fucceffor the Czarina Catharine in the year 
 1725; but, after fpending about five years in the voyage, they returned, 
 without fuccefs, in the fpring of the year 1730. They failed as far as 
 the fixty-feventh degree of North Latitude ; and found that the land ex- 
 tended no farther towards the North. 
 
 In the year 1732, the very fame fea-officers were fent out a fecond 
 time in profecution of this difcovery. Spangenberg fteered his courfe to tl e 
 South-eaft, arrived at the northern coaft of Japan, and from thence failed 
 back to Ocotzk. 
 
 Captain Beering, accompanied by one M. Steiler, fet fail from St. Peter 
 and St. Paul's harbour, and fteered towards the South-eaft; but meeting 
 with no land after he had failed about two hundred and fifty leagues, 
 he dire&ed his courfe to the North-eaft, and, at laft, difcovered land 
 towards the North-weft. On the twentieth of July 1 741, he anchored 
 near an ifland in 59 40' North Latitude, to which he gave the name of 
 Elias-IJland. From thence he failed betwixt the fouth and weft points 
 nearer to the continent of America, of which he alfo had fight. After 
 this, he landed on an ifland in the fifty-third degree of North Latitude, 
 and had fome little traffick with the Americans who lived upon it : to 
 this ifland Captain Beering gave the name of Skumagin. In the fifty-firft 
 decree and odd minutes of North Latitude, he difcovered an ifland to the 
 North-weft-and-by-north, which he called St. Martians Ißand. Two 
 days after, he faw feveral other iflands to the North-north-weft, to which 
 he gave the name of St. Stephens Ißands ; and the next day he difcovered 
 another ifland to the Weft, which he called St. Abraham's Ißand. The 
 Captain, in his return, was fhipwrecked on an ifland near the coaft of 
 Katmßoatka, where he ended his days. In 1742, the reft of the crew 
 arrived fafe at the harbour of St. Peter and St. Paul, in a fmall bark which 
 they had made out of the wreck of the fhip. 
 
 M. Tßririkoio, who was accompanied by Profeffor De /' Iße de la Croyere, 
 fet fail from Kamtßwtka; continued his courfe till he came within four- 
 teen degrees weft of California, and failed twelve degrees and a half to the 
 north of that country where no voyager had been before. M. Tßririkow, 
 on his return, faw land for feveral days together to the North of his 
 courfe, and when he failed near the coaft, he could diftinguifh the inhabi- 
 tants-, and feveral of them rowed to him in fmall boats, like thofe ufed by the 
 Greenlanders and Efquimaux. Perhaps, this land is a continuation of that 
 near the North Pole, which joins to America, From thefe difcoveries 
 of the Rußians it may be concluded, that Aßa and America, about the 
 fixty-fixth degree of North Latitude, are feparated from each other only 
 by a very narrow channel. T LI E
 
 THE 
 
 KINGDOM 
 
 O F 
 
 PR U S S I A.
 
 [5*7] 
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 T O T H E 
 
 KINGDOM of PRUSSIA 
 
 * 
 
 §. i. ]\/T Henneberger's map of Prußa, which was firft published in 1576, 
 _VA. and afterwards in 1638 and 1656, is the firil map of this 
 country that is delineated with any accuracy. This was the ground 
 work of the maps publifhed by Jan/ßn, Danckert, Witten, Vifcher, Schenk, 
 Homann, and Seutter. However, a truly correct and ufeful map of Prußa 
 may be mil looked upon as one of the geographical De/iderata. The 
 map delineated by the King's order in 1703, by M. Suckodoletz, chief fur- 
 veyor of the canals and dikes, has, indeed, the reputation of a very good 
 performance, which makes me wifh for the publication of it. Prußa is 
 alio fometimes included in the maps of Poland.- In the year 1733, a 
 map of Lithuania, conlifting of two meets of royal paper, was published : 
 this has the name of every particular place ; but, at the fame time, is far 
 from being accurate. 
 
 §.2. Prußa is bounded partly by water, and partly by other countries. 
 Towards the North it borders on part of Samogitia, towards the Eaft on 
 the Lithuanian Palatinates of Trocko and Podolia ; to the South of it lie 
 Poland and Mafovia ; and to the Weft it is bounded by Po/iß Prußa and 
 the Baltic. The length of it, from the northern extremity near Deutfch- 
 Krottingen to So/dau, is forty German or geographical miles, and the breadth, 
 from the borders of the great Dutchy of Lithuania near Schirzvind to the 
 weftern coaft of Samlatid, is twenty-four German miles ; but in other places 
 it is much narrower. 
 
 * By the Kingdom of Prußa the Author does not mean Regal Prußa or Prußa Royal, which 
 is fubjecl to Poland ; but only that part which by other writers is called Ducal Prußa, and be- 
 longs to the Houfe of Brandenburg. 
 
 i §-3- As
 
 52 8 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 §.3. As to the climate and temperature of the air, the two laft months 
 of the fpring, and the two firft fummer months are temperate, warm, and 
 pleaiant ; and the weather generally very favourable to bring the fruits of 
 the earth to maturity : But before and after thefe months the air is cold and 
 piercing ; the autumns being often wet, and the winters fevere. How- 
 ever, the air is well purified by frequent ftorms and high winds. As for the 
 diftempers peculiar to Prußa, the inhabitants are more fubject to the gout 
 and ftone than to the fcurvy. 
 
 §. 4. The foil produces plenty of corn, efculent herbs, fruit, and paftu- 
 rage. Prußa alfo abounds with flocks and herds, and exceeding fine horfesj 
 its chief commodities are wool, honey, wax, pitch, pit-coal, flax, hemp, 
 hops, and buckwheat. 
 
 This country alfo affords plenty of game, as white and common hares, 
 elks, ftags, deer ; roebucks, and wild boars, but, at the fame time, it is in- 
 fefted with beafts of prey as lynxes, wolves, foxes, and bears. As for 
 wild affes and horfes, they feem to have deferted Pruffia of late ; and the 
 buffaloes that ufed to frequent this country have been extirpated by the 
 poachers. 
 
 Woods, and efpecially thofe of oak, are faid to be greatly diminifhing in 
 Prafjia ; particularly in the leffer Lithuania. 
 
 The PruJJian Manna, called Schwade?igri<J[e, is found in the meadows on 
 the top of a kind of grafs, and gathered in the morning whilft the dew lies 
 on it. Natangen yields the beft fort, and in the greateft plenty. 
 
 The beautiful red colour, called St. "Johns blood, is made of the eggs of a 
 fmall infect or worm frequent in this country. 
 
 Amber is found in vaft quantities on the coafts of the Baltic in PruJ/la, 
 efpecially on the Samland fhore. It owes its origin to a fulphurous matter ; 
 and is pellucid, and generally of a yellow colour : But the white fort is 
 accounted the beft. If Amber be well rubbed, it attracts light fub- 
 ftances : It is alfo inflamable ; and when it is burnt, the odoriferous effluvia 
 of it furpafs thofe of frankincenfe or maftic. It likewife yields an acid 
 fpirit. That it was once in a fluid ftate, is manifeft from the leaves, 
 minerals, flies, fpiders, gnats, ants, fillies, frogs, worms, drops of water, 
 pieces of wood, and grains of fand, which are frequently feen inclofed in 
 Amber. It is generally found on large trees, which are buried under ground 
 in a vitriolic earth, and contain an oily fubftance. Hence feme are of 
 opinion that the oil, being coagulated by the acidity of the vitriol, becomes 
 a folid body, which we call Amber; and that it is warned off the trees by 
 the agitation of the waves in high wefterly or northweft winds, and 
 driven on fhore. Amber was exceedingly valued by the ancient Romans. 
 The profits arifing from it is one of the Prußian Regalia, and amount 
 annually to 26,000 dollars, or thereabouts. It is chiefly ufed by the turners, 
 who make feveral forts of toys of it. 
 
 This
 
 PRUSSIA. 
 
 This country yields neither fait, wine, nor minerals ; however, it contains 
 
 * ore in fome places. It is for the mod part a level champaign country. 
 Among the P ruffian mountains that of Goldap near the town of the fame 
 name, and Goldberg near Neidenburg, are the higheft. 
 
 §. 5. The lakes, rivers, and canals of this country, together with the 
 neighbouring Tea, afford a variety of excellent fifh ; as falmon, fturgcon, 
 cod, turbots, foles, murana (a kind of lampreys which are peculiar to 
 Pomerania and Prujia) hallybuts, pikes, pearch, plaile, eels, &c. &c. 
 
 The principal rivers in the Kingdom of Pruffia are, 
 
 1. The Weicbfel, or Vijula, of which an account will be given in our 
 defcription of Poland. In 1734, his Pruffian Majefly ertabliihed a ferry 
 over this river at a fmall diftance from Marienwerder, which is the only 
 place where it waters the Kingdom of Prujia ; the Poles not admitting of 
 it in any other part. 
 
 2. The Pregel, formerly called Prigora and Pregolla, is formed by the 
 conflux of the Angcrappe and the Jnjler near Georgenburg, from whence it 
 is navigable for large boats. This river, in its courfe, receives the Pi/ft the 
 Alle, and the Deume ; and divides itfelf into two branches or channels about 
 a German mile and a half above Königsberg. The branch on the right 
 hand is called the Old, and that on the left, the New or the Natangian Pregel. 
 Thefe two channels meet at Königsberg ; and, after furrounding the 
 Kuciphof, unite again. About a German mile from that city, the Pregel 
 runs through two channels into the bay called Frifche Haf. 
 
 3. The Memel or Mummel, called by the Antients Chronus, and by the Poles 
 Niemen or Nemomn, has its fource near Slonin in Lithuania ; and is joined 
 by the Schejiipe, the Iuhr, and the Tilfe. The banks of this river are high 
 and fertile. About a German mile below Til/it it lofes its name, and 
 runs through feveral channels, the principal of which are the Gilge and 
 Ruße, into the Curifche Haf. In Poland it runs a courfe of near feventy 
 German miles, and about thirteeen in Pruffia. The Gilge has a commu- 
 nication with Fridericks Graben and the Deume or Deine, a branch of the 
 Pregel ; which greatly facilitates the carriage of corn, flax, hemp, wood» 
 pot-afh, and other Polijh commodities to Königsberg. 
 
 4. The Paffarge, which rifes near Hocbßein, and empties itfelf into the 
 Trifche Haf a little beyond Braunsberg. 
 
 5. The Alle, which has its fource in Ermeland, and runs into the Pregel 
 near Wehlau. 
 
 Thefe rivers abound with fifh and are partly navigable ; but at certain 
 times of the year, and in high winds, they are apt to overflow their banks 
 and caufe terrible inundations. 
 
 This country is alfo watered by feveral large bays, lakes, and canals, 
 which yield great plenty of fifh, and the conveniency of a communi« 
 cation by water between feveral towns for the carriage or merchandife, &c a 
 the principal of thefe are, 
 
 Vol. I. Yyy 1. The 
 
 5-^9
 
 53 o INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 1 . The Frifcbe Haf, in Latin Sinus Venedicus. This bay or lake is from one 
 and a quarter to three German miles in breadth, and twelve in length : Near 
 Pi/Ian it has a communication with the Baltic-Sea,byz ftrait called the Gatt. 
 In other places it is feparated from the Baltic by a narrow flip of land called the 
 Frifche Nerung, which was thrown up by the waves, and a long continu- 
 ance of ftormy weather, in the year 1 1 90. The Gatt is about an Englißi 
 mile in breadth, and twelve feet in depth : But the Frifcbe Haf is not fe 
 deep as the river Fregel ; fo that no ihips of burden can fail upon it, but 
 are obliged to unload at Pillau. 
 
 2. The Curijche Haf, in Latin Lacus or Sims Curonicus. This bay, 
 \vhich derives its name from the Dutchy of Courland, is thirteen German 
 miles in length and fix in breadth. It is feparated from the Baltic by a 
 narrow ridge of land called Curifche Nerung ; but joins the fea near Memel, 
 where it is about an Englijh mile broad, and nineteen feet deep. This bay 
 is full of dangerous fhelves and fand-banks, and is agitated by frequent 
 ftorms. The coafts of it on every fide are inhabited by fiibermen, who 
 are all included under the general name of Cnren. 
 
 As for the inland lakes, of which this country has a great number from 
 one to eight German miles in length, and one or two in breadth, thofe of 
 Spirding, Angerburg, Rein, and Draufen are the principal. 
 
 §. 6. The number of inhabitants in this Kingdom were computed, in the 
 year 1755, at 635,998 perfons capable of bearing arms. They confift of 
 native Prußans, who by their language and manners appear to be ge- 
 nuine defcendants of the Germans ; Lithuanians, whofe ancestors were the 
 Schalavians and Nadravians, and have their peculiar language ; and Poles 
 who are defcended from the Sudavians. Here are alfo a great number 
 of French, Fnglißo, and Hollanders. 
 
 Since the year 17 19, it is computed that about 34,000 Colonifts have 
 removed from France, Switzerla?id, and Germany, into the Kingdom of 
 Prußa *, 17,000 of whom were Saltzburghers ; and that they have built 
 four hundred fmall villages, eleven towns, eighty-fix feats, fifty new 
 churches, and founded 1000 village-fchools, in this country. Little Li- 
 thuania, as it is called, is for the moft part peopled by thofe colonies. But 
 it is thought that Prußa can afford both room and fubfiftence for as many 
 more emigrants. 
 
 The P ruffian Nobility are moftly defcended from the ancient Germans. 
 Moft cf the peafants are vaflals either to the King or the Nobles. 
 
 §.7. As to their religion, the inhabitants of this country in general are 
 Lutherans ; but as great numbers of the colonifts are Calvinifts, they have 
 alfo their churches not only in the cities and towns, namely, Königsberg, 
 
 * The author fays Royal Prußa; which expreffion would mlflcad the reader, as that name 
 is applied by other geographers to Polijh Prußa. 
 
 Memel r
 
 PRUSSIA. 5 
 
 Memel, Inßerburg, Gumbinnen, 6cc. but likewife in Come tillages they have 
 a particular church appropriated lor their ufc*, and in other places perform 
 divine fervice in the Lutheran churches. The Papifts have but one church 
 at Königsberg, and another near I'll/it ; belides the Holy-Marienlinde, as it 
 is called, and fome few in the villages. Here are alio Mennonites, who 
 are fettled in the Diftrict of c THßt ; and Sod man congregations at Ruteu, 
 Andrejwalde y and Natanger. 
 
 The name of the nrft Bifhop of Pruffia was Chriftian, who was con- 
 fecrated in the year 1215. Bifhop William divided all Pruffia into four 
 diocefes ; namely, thofe of Culm, Ermeland, Samland, and Pomefan, who 
 were all fuffragans to the Archbifhop of Riga. When the Margrave Albert 
 fecularifed this country, he committed the direction of Ecclefiaftical affairs 
 in the greatcft part of Pruffia to the Biihop of Pomefan, and inverted the 
 Bifhop of Samland with the diocefe of Samland and the territory of Seheflen 
 in Natangen. In the year 1587, both thefe Bifhopricks were luppreifed, 
 and in lieu of them, the Confiftories * of Samland and Pomejan were 
 erected, the former of which is held at Königsberg, and the latter at 
 at Saalfeld. To thefe confiftories King Frederick William added the general 
 Ecclefiaftic and Scholaftic Commifiion, which controulsallaccompts, and gives 
 proper vouchers, &c. for the ecclefiaftical revenues. In fubordination to this 
 Commiffion, the churches within every Haupt-Amt, Government, or Diftrict, 
 have their Erz Prießer, i. e. ' Arch Presbyter, or infpector.' In matrimo- 
 nial and ecclefiaftical proceffes, there lies an appeal from the Confiftory to 
 the Hofgericht, or Supreme Court of Judicature. 
 
 §.8. The Univerfity at Königsberg is, at prefent, under good regulations, 
 and in a flourilhing condition. There are alfo three large fchools at Königs- 
 berg, befides the Collegium Fredericianum ; and provincial fchools are erected 
 at Saalfeld, Lik, and I'll/it. The country fchools have alfo been lately put 
 on a tolerable good footing ; and the mafters are paid from particular funds 
 appropriated for that laudable purpofe, and from the Mons Pietatis founded 
 by King Frederick William. 
 
 §. 9. The manufactures in Pruffia are daily improving and increaiing ; 
 particularly the glafs and iron works ; paper, powder, copper and braii 
 mills ; manufactures of cloth, camblet, linen, woven filk, ftockings, <sc, 
 Pruffia is alfo very conveniently fituated for trade ; and for the advancement 
 of it, the College of Commerce and Navigation has been erected, which 
 takes cognizance of all cafes, and fettles all difputes and propofals relating 
 to trade and commerce. 
 
 The commodities of Pruffia and Great Lithuania, which are vended 
 
 to foreign merchants, and annually exported by fhipping, are all kinds of 
 
 grain to the amount of 20,00a Lafts a year, pine trees for marts, deal 
 
 boards, and other timber, tar, wood afh.es, pot-afh of which about 
 
 * Thefe are fomething like the Prefiyteries in the Kirk of Satfad. 
 
 Yyy 2 two 
 
 I
 
 532 
 
 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 two tons and a half are annually exported ; elks {kins, leather, furrs, 
 amber, 12,500 ftone of wax, honey, grafs-manna, lin-feed oil, flax, 
 hemp, lin-feed and hempfeed, 4000 lafts of the former, and feven hundred 
 of the latter being exported every year ; alfo yarn, hogs bridles, flags horns 
 and elks hoofs; oat-meal of all kinds, mead, dried fifh, ftirrgeon, 
 caviar, lampreys, faufages, butter, and tallow of which 3400 Hone 
 are exported every year. Mofl of thefe commodities, as grain, flax, hemp, 
 lin-feed, &c. are brought in the fpring from the Great Dutchy of Lithu- 
 ania into Prußa by water. 
 
 The number of foreign fhips, that refort hither to load with thefe goods, are 
 fuppofed to amount to about five hundred and fifty, which alfo import fuch 
 commodities as are wanted here, viz. wine, fait, fpice, linen, cloth and 
 other woollen-fluffs, herrings, tin, iron, copper, lead, tobacco, fugar, rice, 
 coffee, tea, railins, almonds, prunes, indigo, brafil wood, £JV. Königs- 
 berg is the great mart and magazine for all forts of merchandife which 
 are exported from the Kingdom of Prußa and Great Dutchy of Lithuania 
 to foreign countries. Memel carries on a confiderable trade with Samogitia j 
 and 'Til/it deals largely with Poland for wood. 
 
 The P ruffian coins are as follows : 
 
 Six Pfennings (which, however, are but imaginary pieces of money) 
 make a Pruffian or Polifh Schilling. 
 
 Three Schillings make a Pruffian or Polifh Grofchen *. 
 
 A Brandenburg piece of fix Pfennings contains two Grofchen. 
 
 An Ort is eighteen Grofchen, which is the highefl: Grofchen piece. 
 
 A dollar -j- is equal to three Guldens, ninety Grofchen, five Achtzehners, 
 fifteen Sefchers, thirty Dutchens, or two hundred and feventy Schillings. From 
 Dantzic, bills of exchange are drawn on Königsberg ; and at the latter bills 
 are drawn on Amflerdam. Ducats, Specie-Dollars, two-third Pieces, and 
 other foreign gold and filver coin, are alfo current in PruJJia. 
 
 §. 10. The ancient Pruffian hiftory is involved in obfcurity. About 
 three hundred years before the birth of Chrift it is faid that this country 
 was poffeffed by the Aeßians, a Gothic people; and after that, by the 
 Alanians, Vandals, Gallindians, Sudavians, and Sclavonians. Thefe dif- 
 ferent nations at laft became one people ; and were for a long time without 
 any particular Chief or Sovereign. The common tradition concerning King 
 Widemut and his twelve fons is a fabulous account fupported only by Stella, 
 an author who deferves but little credit ; for none of the ancient hiftorians 
 of the greateft repute for veracity confirm that circumflance. 
 
 The amber, with which Prußa abounds, was the allurement which 
 raifed the curiofity of the ancient Romans ; and induced them to penetrate 
 into this country, and fubdue it. That part of Prußa which lies beyond 
 
 * A Grofchen is -fa of a penny fterling, and 18 Grofchen is 8d. £. 
 t A Dollar, or ninety Grofbtn, &c. is equal to 3*. dd, fterling. 
 
 the
 
 PRUSSIA. 
 
 the Vifiula, and borders on Germany, fubmitted to the Emperor Charles the 
 Great, and though fome time after, it recovered its liberty, it was again re- 
 duced, and obliged to pay tribute. 
 
 The name of Prüfen or P rußans was firft known in the tenth century ; but 
 it was written feveral different ways by the old hiflorians, viz. Pruci, Prucci, 
 Pruzi, Pruti, Bruti, and Bruchii ; fo that its etymology is very uncertain. 
 That which appears mod: probable to fome writers is, that the former inha- 
 bitants, alluding to their proximity to the Rußans, called themfelves 
 Porriß, i. e. ' bordering on the Rußans -,' for Po in the old Prußan lan- 
 guage lignifies near or hard by. 
 
 From that acra the P ruffian hiflory begins to clear up ; for the Kings of 
 Poland, in that age, took great pains, and even made ufe of compulfion 
 and force of arms, for the converfion of the Pagan P ruffians to Chriflianity. 
 Boleßaus I. began by chaltizing the P rußans for the murder of St. Adalbert 
 or Albert, who was defirous of being the Apoftle of that nation. His 
 fucceffors, from time to time, had feveral quarrels with the inhabitants of 
 Pruffia ; and Boleßaus IV. who committed dreadful ravages in their country, 
 loft his life in an unfuccefsful battle, which was fought in 1 1 63. 
 
 In the thirteenth century, the P ruffians laid wafte Culm, Cu/avia, and Ma- 
 ßvia ; upon which Conrad, Duke of Maßvia, was obliged to foliicit 
 affiftance from the Princes that were in alliance with him. All thefe wore 
 the fign of the crofs, which they alfo carried into the field againft the 
 Priiffians, looking upon them as enemies to the Chriftian name. But all 
 their efforts proving ineffectual, the Duke applied to the German Knights of 
 the Teutonic Order, or the Crofs-bearing Knights, and ftrongly reprefented 
 to them the great importance of defending the frontiers. Accordingly, in 
 the year 1230, they obtained the Palatinates of Culm and Doberzin for 
 twenty years, and afterwards for ever; together with the abfolute property 
 of any future conquefts in Pruffia. Thefe Knights *, after long and 
 bloody wars during the fpace of fifty-three years, by the affiftance of the 
 Enfifcri, or Sword-bearing Knights, fubdued the whole country ; and in 
 j 309, the Grand-Mafter of the Order fixed his refidence at Marienburg. 
 After this, a war broke out between the "Teutonic Knights and the Lithua- 
 nians, which was attended with the moft dreadful outrages, and deftrudtion 
 of the human fpecies. This Order was now become exceeding infolent 
 and cruel ; but its dignity received a terrible blow in the year 1410, when, 
 after a molt obftinate and bloody battle, they were totally defeated by the 
 Poles near Tannenberg and Grunwald. 
 
 In the year 1454, one half of Prußia revolted from their obedience to 
 the Teutonic Order, and declared for Caßmir III. King of Poland. This 
 
 * Thefe Teutonic Knights made religion the cloke of their ambitious views, and committed 
 the moft inhuman barbarities, deftroying all before them with fire and fword, under pretence 
 of propagating the Gofpel of Peace. It is agreed by all, that they quite extirpated the native 
 Prußans, and planted the Gf?7/ww, their countrymen, in their ftead ; though our author is 
 filent on this head. 
 
 5 occajioned 
 
 533
 
 53+ INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 occafioned frefh effufions of blood; till, at laft, in the year 1466, it was 
 concluded by treaty, that one part of Prußa, now called Polijh Prußa, 
 ihould continue a free province under the King's protection ; and that the 
 Knights and the Grand-Mailer fhould retain the other part ; which, how- 
 ever, they were to hold as a fief, and acknowledge themielves vafials of 
 Poland. The Knights, foon after, endeavoured to throw off this yoke ; but 
 did not fucceed in their attempt. In 151 9 theyftirred up new wars, which 
 were terminated in 1525, by a treaty of peace concluded at Cracow. It was 
 then agreed that the Margrave Albert, Grand-Mafter of the Teutonic Order, 
 mould be acknowledged Duke or Sovereign of the eaft part of Prußa, 
 which he was to hold as a fief of Poland. Thefe territories, however, 
 were to defcend to his male heirs ; and, upon failure of male iffue, to his 
 brothers and their male heirs. Thus ended the Sovereignty of the Teutonic 
 Order in Prußa, after it had fubfifted three hundred years. The new Duke 
 favoured the introducing of the reformed religion into his dominions ; and 
 in 1544, founded an Univerfity at Königsberg. 
 
 The Elector Joachim added the Dutchy of Prußa *, to the dominions 
 of the Electoral houfe of Brandenburg, with which it had been clofely 
 connected for a long time before. The reign of the Elector George 
 William was unfortunately diftinguifhed by the diforders and calamities of 
 the thirty years war; in which Prußa fuffered extremely from the 
 ravages of the Swedes. His fon, the powerful Elector Frederic William, 
 at firft, indeed, fided with the Swedes, but foon after went over to the Poles ; 
 and in 1657, was, by the conventions of Welau and Bromberg, acknow- 
 ledged by Cafimir King of Poland to be free from the vafialage, and, to- 
 gether with his male defcendants, declared independent and Sovereign Lord 
 of his part of Prußa. He alfo obtained a grant of the Lordfhips of 
 Lauenburg and Butow, to be held in the fame manner as they had formerly 
 been by the Dukes of Pomerania. He further increafed the power of his 
 electoral houfe by other acquifitions ; and was juftly ftiled The Great. 
 
 Frederick Williams fon and fucceffor, the Elector Frederick, raifed the 
 Dutchy of Prußa -j- to a Kingdom ; and on the eighteenth of January 1701, 
 with his own hands put the crown on his head and on that of his confort 
 at Königsberg. He was, foon after, acknowledged as^King of Prußa by 
 all the other Chriftian Powers. 
 
 King Frederick William, who came to the throne in the year 17 13, 
 peopled his country by the favourable reception he gave to the diftrefled 
 Saltzburghers -, and rendered his reign glorious by a great number of ufeful 
 and magnificent foundations. 
 
 * Now called Ducal Prußa, or rather the Kingdom of Prußa, of which the author is 
 here treating. 
 
 f. i. e. 4 Ducal Prußa which was then erected into a Kingdom ;' but Royal Prußa, as it 
 a called, is lull under the dominion of the Ptln. 
 
 This
 
 PRUSSIA. 
 
 This monarch was fucceeded in 1740 by King Frederick II *. who has 
 annexed to his dominions the greateft part of Silejia and Eaß-Friezland, and 
 promoted the happinefs of his fubjedts by an amendment of the laws, 
 the increafe of commerce, and other wife and wholefom regulations. 
 
 §. 1 1. The royal Arms are, Argent, an eagle difplayed Sable, crowned Or, 
 for Frujfia. Azure, the imperial fceptre Or for Cow land. Argent, an eagle 
 difplayed Gules with femicircular wreaths, for the Marquifate of Brandenburg. 
 To thefe are added the refpe&ive arms of the feveral provinces, that are 
 fubjecl: to the P ruffian crown. 
 
 §. 12. The Order of the Black Eagle, which was inftituted by King 
 Frederick I. on the day of his coronation at Königsberg, is the chief F ruffian 
 Order of Knighthood. The enfign is a crofs of gold, in the fhape of 
 that of Malta, enamelled with blue. In the middle of it on one fide is a 
 cypher of the King's name F. R. and at each of the four angles next 
 the middle is a black eagle difplayed. This crofs the Knights wear ap- 
 pendent to a broad orange-coloured ribbon over the left moulder, acrofs the 
 breaft, to the right hip. On the left fide of their breaft a filver ftxr 
 is embroidered on the coat ; and in the middle of it a black eagle Vola?it, 
 with a laurel wreath in one of its talons, and in the other a thunder-bolt, 
 with this motto Suum cuique. The Sovereign is always Grand Matter 
 of this Order; and the number of Knights, exclufive of the royal family, 
 is limited to thirty. 
 
 Next to this is the order of Merit, inftituted by his prefent Majefty j 
 the Enfign of which is a golden ftar of eight rays enamelled with blue, 
 which is worn appendent to a black ribbon edged with filver ; and the 
 motto is Pour le Merite. 
 
 §. 13. Inftead of the ancient Comtureyen and Land-ccwturen, or provincial 
 Diviiions, the Margrave Albert inftituted Haupt-aemter, i. e. Governments 
 or Jurifdiclions ; and Frederick II. appointed nine Chambers of Juftice for 
 determining caufes in trade, and even eccleliaftical affairs. Thefe are 
 fubordinate to the Hofgericht, or High Court of Judicature, at Königsberg, 
 to which there lies an appeal from them. From the Hofgericht alio, (ex- 
 cept in criminal cafes, when a report is made at Court) an appeal lies to 
 the Ober-Appellations-Gcricht, or the Supreme Court of Appeals, where the 
 Chancellor fits as prefident. According to the nature of the caufc, on 
 depofiting the Succumbenz-Gelder, or Court fees, it may be farther removed 
 to the Secret Chamber of fu/Uce or Revifions at Berlin, which is called the 
 Hoßager. The Supreme College in Fruffia is the Koniglißj Regierwig, or 
 
 * This is the Monarch that now fits on the Throne, whofe uncommon abilities have render- 
 ed him the admiration or envy of the other European powers. That this Heroic Prince may 
 extricate himfelf from the difficulties, in which he is at prefent involved, mull be the ardent 
 wifli of every Proteftant and friend to Liberty. 
 
 Roval 
 
 535
 
 53 6 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 Royal Court of Regency, which fuperintends all the affairs of the whole 
 kingdom, whether they be political, civil, or ecclefiaftical ; and likewiie all 
 feudal and academical caufes. Every member of this college is filled a Privy 
 Counfellor or Minifter of State and War, and has his particular department. 
 Thefe are five in number, and have two Secretaries. Prußa has its own 
 particular Digeft. of laws, which was published with amendments ,in the 
 year 1 72 i. There are, befides, two Chambers of War and the Demefnes, 
 ereded by King Frederick-William, one at Königsberg, and the other at 
 Gumbinnen ; which have the direction of all matters relating to the Excife, 
 the Revenue, Commerce, Manufactures, Magazines, Forage and whatever 
 belongs to the Colonies. Every War and Demefne-Counfellor has his 
 peculiar department. Subordinate to thefe are, the Counfcllors of the Taxes, 
 the Provincial Receivers of the Taxes, the CommifTaries of War, the 
 Officers of the Excife and Licences, the farmers of the Royal Aanter or 
 Diflricrs, and the Officers of the revenues in cities and towns. 
 
 §. 14. The chief iburces of the Royal Revenue are the produce of the 
 Excife, Cuftoms, and Services; Stampt-paper, Almanacs, and News-papers ; 
 the Farm of the royal Amts and Demefnes; the corn-mills in large town?, 
 with the feveral other kinds of mills ; the timber trade ; duties ariiing from 
 venifon, and the (kins of flags, elks, and other beaffs ; rnaft in the 
 royal forefts ; the King's fluds of horfes ; the fait and iron-works ; the 
 poff-houfes ; granaries ; manufactures ; the feofees and Knights military 
 fervice ; the Cheft of forfeitures, and the Recruit-Cheft, into which the 
 purchafe-money of pofts and employments is paid ; amber; ffurgeon fifheries, 
 and all other kinds of fifheries. The taxes are certainly heavy in Prußa j 
 and whoever would live independent either in town or country muff, be very 
 careful and induffrious ; and, indeed, fuch perfons feldom fail of getting 
 a fortune here, when trade is brifk. 
 
 §. 15. The P ruffian military forces, efpecially in the reign of his prefent 
 Majefly, have been no lefs formidable for their difcipline than by their 
 number. And it may be afferted with great truth, that for a fine ap- 
 pearance, military difcipline, and activity, the King of Prußa s army has 
 not its equal in the whole world. The Corps of Cadets at Berlin is a 
 nurfery for good officers. Every regiment has its Diftrict or Canton, where 
 the young men belonging to it are regiftered ; and, in cafe of neceffity, 
 may be ordered to march. His Pruffian Majefly has lately iffued an Order, 
 fignifying, that all the regiments fhall be recruited with volunteers and fo- 
 reigners ; and that the young peafants of Pruffia fhall remain unmolefted. 
 
 §. 16. Formerly all Prußa confifted of the eleven following Diftrictsj 
 namely, S ami and, Sudauen, Nadrauen, Schalauen, Natangen, Bartbenland, 
 Galinderland, Hocker land or Pomefania, and the territory of Culm. After that it 
 was laid out in two principal divifion«, vi», the Kingdom of Pruffia and the 
 
 Dutchy
 
 PRUSSIA 
 
 Dutchy of Prujfia * : we fhall fpeak of the latter in our defcription of 
 Poland. The Kingdom of Prußia is divided into three parts, namely, 
 S a m la n d, Natangen and Oberland; and each of thefe is fubdivided into 
 certain Haupt-aemter, Jurifdidtions or Governments. Subordinate to the 
 latter were particular Kammcr-aemter, or inferior jurifdiclions ; but thefe 
 were fuperfeded in the year 1751, by nine colleges, or Courts of Judica- 
 ture, eftablifhed in Brandenburg, Inflerburg, Lik, Memel, Mobrungen, Neu- 
 haufen and Klein-heyde, Neidenburg, Raßenburg, and Saalfeld. 
 
 Next to thefe are the Chambers or Offices, of War, and the Royal De- 
 mefnes, mentioned in §. 13. 
 
 This Kingdom, at prefent, confifts of two Departments ; namely, the Ger- 
 man and the Lithuanian Department. We fhall, in the firft place, treat of 
 the former. 
 
 * The author cannot mean here Regal and Ducal Prußia, which divifion he feems to take 
 no notice of; for the former belongs to Poland and the latter to the King of Prußia. 
 Dual Prußia is at prefent a Kingdom, but Polijh Prußia is feldom called a D.utchy. 
 
 537 
 
 Vol. L Z z 2 THE
 
 [ 538 ] 
 
 THE 
 
 GERMAN DEPARTMENT 
 
 O F 
 
 RUSSIA 
 
 INCLUDES forty- lour towns, fifty- fix Amts or Governments, and two 
 hundred and eighty parifhes, feven of which are inhabited by Papifts, 
 and feven by Calvinifts ; but the reft by Lutherans. 
 
 Before I proceed to defcribe the feveral Amts or Governments, I fhall 
 in the firft place give fome account of the capital of the whole Kingdom j 
 namely, 
 
 Königsberg, called in Latin Regiomontum oxMons Regius, and in the Polißj 
 language Krolewies, the metropolis of the Kingdom of Prußia, is feated on the 
 river Pregel, over which it has feven bridges, and lies in 54 43' North Latitude. 
 This city was founded in the year 1255, when Ottocarus, or Prcmißaus I. 
 King of Bohemia, came to the affiftance of the Teutonic Knights againft the 
 Pagan Samlanders. For a caftle was firft built by his advice, and after- 
 wards a town, which was named Königsberg in honour of that Prince. 
 In the year 1264, Königsberg was rebuilt on another li tu ation, and in 1286, 
 obtained the Privileges of Culm, as they are called. It is a large beautiful 
 city j and the rampart with which it was furrounded in the year 1626, is 
 about feven Engli/h miles in circumference, and has thirty-two Rave/ins and 
 eight gates. This rampart inclofes feveral gardens, the large caftle moat, 
 and fome meadows and fields. The whole circuit of the city is above 
 eight Engliflj miles. The number of houfes is about 3800; and the in- 
 habitants amount to 60,000 fouls, Königsberg properly confifts of three 
 towns joined together, namely, Altßadt, Lobenicht, and Kneiphof, (the two 
 firft lying in Sam/ana, and the laft in Natangen,) and of feveral fuburbs. 
 
 Altßadt,
 
 Konigfberg.] PRUSSIA. 539 
 
 I. Altßadt, or the Old Town, was particularly called Königsberg till 
 the year 1455 ; but afterwards, to diflinguifh it from Lobenicht, was named 
 Altßadt. It contains fixteen ftreets, and five hundred and fifty houfes, above 
 one hundred of which are malt-houfes and brew-houfes. It is embellifhed 
 with (kl gates, befides four pofierns ; two ftrong built towers, and four 
 bridges. Its public edifices are, 
 
 The parifh-church of St. Nicholas., which is eighty-five ells long, forty- 
 feven broad, and twenty-feven ells and a half high within the church. 
 
 The Altfiadt Parifh-lchool, which has five clafies and nine matters. In 
 this edifice the City-library is at prefent, which Mr. Lilienthal, befides his ju- 
 dicious arrangement of it, increaled with a third part of the collection. Among 
 other valuable books in this library are the following; viz. a large collection 
 of Bibles, Angiijline Pfeifers Rabinical Library entire, and a great number 
 of genealogical books. 
 
 The Pauper-haus houfe, as it is called, for the maintenance of thirty 
 poor fcholars. 
 
 The Rathhaus or Town-houfe. 
 
 The Junkerhof which was rebuilt in 1710, where weddings and other 
 folemnities are celebrated, with the jfunier-gartcn belonging to it. In the 
 latter the Altßadt beer is fold ; and the Burghers and others meet there to 
 make merry : This garden was originally defigned for the recreation of the 
 Traders and Beer-brewers. 
 
 The Gemeingarten, or common garden, which is frequented by artizans, 
 and others of the lower clafs ; and laftly, the hot batht. 
 
 The fuburbs of Altßadt are, 
 
 1 . The Steindamm, which is extremely well built, and confifts of the 
 Vorder-Stei ndamm, and the Hinter-Steindamm. It contains eleven ftreets ; 
 and in it Hands the oldeft church belonging to Königsberg : It was built in 
 the year 1255, and belongs to the Pclifis congregation. Here is alio the 
 Dinghaus, an edifice in which formerly was held the Court of Judicature 
 for the luburb of Steindamm. 
 
 2. The Suburb called the New Rofs-garten, part of which was formerly 
 referved for pafturc for the horfes and cows belonging to the inhabitants 
 of Altßadt and the luburb of Steindamm ; and the rell was arable land. On 
 an eminence in this luburb ftands the Rofs-garten church 3 and the Preacher 
 belonging to it is a member of the Altßadt-dergy. The large Hofpital for 
 the Burghers widows, the Orphan-houfe and Peft-houfe which belong to 
 Altfiadt, and alio the (hooting ground, are in the Rofs-garten. 
 
 .3. The Laacke, in which are, the city timber-yard, the long pleafant 
 walk called Reifferbahn, and the large town-meadow which lies between the 
 old and new moats. 
 
 4. The Laftadie. In this fuburb are the following public edifices, &c. 
 the .^//^//-Merchants-magazine, the Weigh-houfes, the Pack-houfes, the 
 
 Z z z 2 Herring-
 
 540 
 
 PRUSSIA. [Konigfberg, 
 
 Herring-bridge, ÜieKräfakofot Crane-wfvatfi the Wemhj or Wine-wharf, 
 the Teerhof or Tar-wharf, and the King's Licence-houfe, in which the College 
 of Admiralty and Licences, &c. meet every week on Mondays and Thurfdayi 
 in the fore-noon. Without the wooden gate of Altßadt or the old town, 
 lie the coal-magazines, many of which are now converted into dwellings s 
 and oppofite to it is the ox-market, with the flaughter-houfes belonging to 
 Altßadt. Farther on the right hand, is the Lomfe or Lanß, as it is called, 
 on which handfom houfes with delightful gardens have lately been built. 
 
 Laftly, The Damm, on which manufactories for ftockings, woollen doth, 
 and leather are erecled, belong to Altßadt or the old town. 
 
 II. Lobenicht, which was built about the year 1300, was formerly called 
 Neußadt, or the new town. It has four gates, and is divided into two 
 parts. One of thefe, which ftands on an eminence, is generally called 
 Der Berg, and contains the city-church, the city-fchool, and the Gemein- 
 harten, or public garden. In the other part, which lies lower, are the Tow n- 
 houfe, the Junkerhof, and the Weigh-houfe ; the large Hofpital, which 
 has a church, and was once a convent ; and the Munchenhof, which was 
 formerly a monaftery, but fince converted into a ftore-houfe. 
 
 Without the gate of Lobenicht are the fuburbs called Old and New Anger^ 
 Sfeegen, and Sackham. 
 
 Sackheim is the moll ancient of all the fuburbs belonging to Königsberg, 
 and is almoft as old as the city itfelf. It confifts of five long ftreets, 
 which are interlecled by Teveral crofs-ftreets or lanes. A Roman-Catholic 
 church, an Evangelical or German Lutheran church, and a Lithuanian Luther- 
 an church ftand in this fuburb. Sackheim alfo contains the royal Orphan- 
 houfe with its chapel, founded in 1701, and confecrated in 1703; the 
 King's Great and Little Timber-yard and the offices belonging to it. 
 
 III. Kneiphof is the moft modern or the lateft built of the three 
 towns; for it was not founded until the year 1324. It ftands on an ifland 
 formed by the river Pregel; and, for want of a folid foundation, the buildings 
 are ereded on piles of Alder-tree, which by length of time are become 
 as hard as iron. It has five large gates and thirteen ftreets ; and among the 
 latters the Lange Gaje, or Long ftreet, is the fineft in the city of Königsberg. 
 Among the public edifices in Kneiphof the following are the moft re- 
 markable. 
 
 1. The fine cathedral which formerly flood in Altßadt, or the old town, 
 but in 1332, was built here by order of Duke Luderus. In this church 
 ftand the famous organ which confifts of 5000 pipes, and was finifhed in 
 the year 172 1. 
 
 2. The Wallenrod library, which, contains above 5000 volumes, is above 
 the cathedral. 
 
 3. The Xw//)/)o/'Grammar-fchool ftands in the cathedral church-yard. 
 The Pauper-haus ftands near the cathedral, in which thirty poor boys 
 
 are decently provided with all kinds of neceffaries. On
 
 Konigfcerg.] PRUSSIA. 54l 
 
 On the other fide of the cathedral {lands the Bifhop's palace, which 
 at pelent is taken up by the Court chaplains. 
 
 4. The Univeiiity or college, as it is called, with the buildings appertain- 
 ing to it, {lands near the cathedral. This Univerlitv, from the name 
 of the city, is called Academia Regiamontana, and from its founder Academia 
 Albertina, and Academia Pregclana from the river Pregel. It was founded 
 in the year 1544 by the Margrave Albert^ and has thirty-eight Profeflbi 
 exclufive of the Magijlri or Tutors. In the refectory of the Univerfitv 
 are eight tables ; and twelve pcrlbns fit at each of them. Twenty-eight 
 of the ftudents have their commons gratis, befides feveral exhibitions or 
 penfions, which are bellowed according to merit, and the circumftahces of 
 the pupils. 
 
 5. The edifice where the Royal German Society meet Hands near the 
 Univerfity. 
 
 6. The Town-houfe is a very fine building, where the magiilrates o.t 
 the three town , which Were incorporated in 1724, meet everyday. 
 
 7. The funkerhf at Kneiphof, which is appointed for the fame ufes 
 and under the fame regulations as the Juukerofm Altßadt mentioned abov». 
 
 8. The Junker-garten and the Gemein-gartcn, which lie near the rampart 
 and the river Pregel. 
 
 9. The (lately Exchange for merchants, which Hands near the Green 
 Bridge built over the Pregel, was rebuilt in the year 1729, and is embelliihed 
 with very curious paintings in fixty compartments. Not far from the Ex- 
 change is a foundation for {Indents. 
 
 To Kneiphof belong the Exterior and Interior Suburbs, which confiflof a 
 broad ftreet, and the Schnurleinfdamm, as it is called. On the Lafladie 
 Hand the merchants Ware-houfes, the Wood-Magazine, and a houle of 
 correction. 
 
 The Exterior Suburb confifts of a broad ftreet. and feveral crofs lanes. 
 In this Suburb are, the Old Garden, the Upper and Lower Haberberg, and 
 the Nafje-garten, which plentifully fupplies the city with all kinds of culinary 
 roots and efculent herbs. 
 
 In the Interior Suburb lies St. Georges hofpital, which belongs to Alt/ladt^ 
 where (ixty poor perfons are maintained, and have a chapel in which they 
 perform their devotions. On the Upper Haberberg {lands an alms-houle 
 for the widows of the Burghers of Kneiphof; and Haberberg church is one 
 of the moft elegant in all Königsberg. 
 
 We come, in the next place, to fpeak of the Palace with the fuburbs 
 - belonging to it. This edifice is built in the form of a Parallelogram, or 
 an oblong fquare ; and the area within it is one hundred and thirty-fix 
 common paces in length, and feventy-five in breadth. The north fide 
 appears to be the molt ancient, and even to have been built in the time 
 when the Knight's of the Teutonic Order flourifhed. The ©aft and fouth 
 J wings
 
 54 2 PRUSSIA. [Königsberg. 
 
 wings were built by tbe Margrave Albert tbe elder ; and the Margrave George 
 Frederic added the weft fide of this ftructure. In the laft are, the Lutheran 
 Court-church, the library which is open on Wednefdays and Saturdays from 
 one of the clock till four in the afternoon ; the Demefne-office, the Su- 
 preme Court of Juftice, the Archives of the court, the Samland Confiftory, 
 'which was removed hither in 1699; the Mufcovite hall, as it is called, 
 which is two hundred and leventy-four feet in length, and fifty-nine broad ; 
 the Collegium Medicum, or College of Physicians, who aflemble by the 
 direction of the confiftory. In the eaft wing are the great palace-gate, 
 with feveral apartments ior the principal minifters of ftate, and the royal 
 apartments ; and in a pavillion the Chamber of War, the Demeihe Chamber, 
 the Accompt and Rent Chambers, the Excife-Office and other Colleges. 
 The north wing contains the Amber-Office, the Private Chancery, with the 
 Archives of the Prufiian Hofgericht , or Supreme Court ; the Fief Chamber ; 
 the Officium Jijci, or Revenue-Office ; the Privy-Council Chamber where 
 the Lords of the Regency meet ; the Accomptant's Office ; the Collegium 
 Sanitatis, or College of Health; the Archives relating to hunting; the High 
 Tribunal ; and the apartments in which the States of the country aflemble, 
 and the provincial chefts are depofited, &c. In the ibuth wing are feveral 
 kitchens, and apartments for the Royal Family and foreign Princes ; at 
 one end of it ftands the Schlofs-thurm, or Palace-tower, which is afcended 
 by two hundred and eighty-four fteps, and yields a noble profpect of the 
 whole city, with a great part of the adjacent country, and the Frifche Haf. 
 The ftables, where the ward-robe is alio kept ; the pleafure-garden ; the 
 bear-garden ; and the great and little park are great embellilhments to the 
 palace. The five following Suburbs, or Liberties, as they are called, alfo 
 belong to the palace. 
 
 1. The Burgfreyheit, which includes the area about the Palace, and 
 feveral ftreets. The moft remarkable places in this Suburb are, the mint, 
 •where formerly a convent ftood ; the German Calvinifts church, the new 
 French church, and the place of worlhip for the Polißo Proteftant con- 
 gregation, who affemble in the German fchool ; the Jews fchool, in the 
 ftreet called Kchrwieder-Gaße ; the canal or moat belonging to the Palace, 
 with pleafant gardens adjoining to it ; and laftly the Collegium Fredcrici- 
 atium. This College is pretty much on the fame footing as the Päda- 
 gogium Regium at Halle. As many ftudents as the College will contain have 
 apartments in it ; and when they exceed that number, they are recom- 
 mended to lodge in creditable houfes in the town. 
 
 2. The Tragheim y which is divided into three parts. Remarkable places 
 in this Suburb are the Tragheim church, and feveral pleafant gardens ; the 
 Convent for ladies ; and the Scalichenhof, famous for having been the 
 refidence of the celebrated Dr. Paid Scatichius. 
 
 3. The
 
 Königsberg.] PRUSSIA. 54.3 
 
 3. The two Rofs-gartens, which confift of a long flreet, with fome lanes 
 running parallel to it, and two or three crofs ftreets. This Suburb affords 
 nothing remarkable but a church and fchool. 
 
 4. The Neue-Sorge, which is, at prefent, called Konigßadt, contains a 
 great many elegant houfes. 
 
 5. A part of the Suburb called Sackiheim, which has been defcribed above 
 in the account of Lobenicht. 
 
 The ftrong citadel called Fredericksburg, which was built in the year 
 1657, ftands directly facing Kneiphof at the conflux of the two branches 
 of the Pregel. This fort is a regular fquare furrounded with broad ditches 
 and the river Pregel, which is there increafed by the canal or dike called 
 Kupferteich. A church and an arfenal fland in the citadel. 
 
 We {hall farther take notice of the followng particulars relating to Kö- 
 nigsberg. Ever fince the year 1731 the ftreets of this city have been illumi- 
 nated every evening with 1253 lanterns *. 
 
 Königsberg has always made a confiderable figure in commerce and 
 /hipping, and was formerly a member of the 7irz7^-towns-afiociation. Its trade 
 is full in a flourishing condition ; and the river Pregel, which is here navigable 
 for the largeft fhips, and from one hundred and twenty to two hundred and 
 forty feet in breadth, renders this city very fit for commerce. In the year 
 1752 four hundred and ninety-three fhips arrived in this port, befides two 
 hundred and ninety-eight Strufen and Wittincn -j~, and three hundred and 
 feventy-three floats of timber. 
 
 Mod: of the inhabitants of Königsberg are Germans, who are of the 
 Evangelical or Lutheran profeffion ; and a colony of French Calvinifls con- 
 filling of about fifty families is fettled here. Commerce has alfo introduced 
 the Pclißj and Lithuanian languages into this city. 
 
 Above eight hundred indigent perfons receive weekly penfions out of the 
 general charitable fund, befides the poor who are provided for in alms- 
 houfes and hofpitals. 
 
 In the year 1724, Altfiadt, Lobenicht and Kneiphof were united, and 
 the courts of Judicature belonging to the three towns, Suburbs and Liberties 
 were incorporated. 
 
 In the year 1701, Frederick I. crowned himfelf King of Prußa with 
 his own hands at Königsberg. 
 
 We (hall now proceed to give an account of the feveral Haut-aempter, 
 or Governments in this Department. 
 
 * I fuppofe this city is illuminated, like Paris, with candles fet in lanterns which hang to 
 lines tied acrofs the ftreets, and not with globular lamps. 
 t Smaller veiTels fo called, I prefume. 
 
 I. GERMAN
 
 54-4 
 
 PRUSSIA. 
 
 * ■ 
 I. GERMAN S A M L A N D r 
 
 Which, contains the three following Governments, viz. 
 
 i . T^HE Haupt-Amt, or Government of Fishhausen, to which the Kam- 
 ■*■ mer-Aemts or inferior Jurifdiftions of Dirfchkeim, Kragau, Palmni- 
 ken and Lochjled, are fubje£t. It includes ten churches, which are under the 
 inflection of the Arch-Prefbyter of Fifchhaufen. The moil remarkable 
 places in this Government are, 
 
 Fifchhaufen, a fmall town, which from the year 1289 to the Reforma- 
 tion was the refidence of the Bifhops of Samland. The caftle is inclofed 
 with a wall and a moat. 
 
 Pillau, the bulwark and key of Prußa towards the fea, is a city ftrong with 
 » fine harbour : It is well fortified, and ftands on a point of land thatproje&s 
 into the lea. The flreets are broad and run in a ftraight line, and the houfes 
 are built and furnifhed in the Dutch tafte. This city is frequented by people 
 of various nations, fome of whom are fettled here, and others belong to 
 the foreign fhips in the harbour. VefTels of great burden are cleared and 
 Jake in their lading here ; for the Frifche-haf has not a fufficient depth of 
 water to carry them up to Königsberg. The fort is nearly a regular pen- 
 tagon. The baftions make a grand appearance ; and all the buildings 
 belonging to the fortifications are ftrong, handfom, and regular. It has 
 alfo a magazine for military ftores. Below the gate of the caftle is a ftone 
 equeftrian ftatue of Frederick WiUimn the Great ; and over the gate a 
 fine watch-tower is erected, where a centinel ftands upon duty day 
 and night. There is alfo a church in the fort, which ferves both for the 
 Lutherans and Calvinifts. Over the gate, on one fide of the entrance to- 
 wards the outworks, ftands the image of Mars, in a bold attitude, looking 
 towards Sweden. The fort is well planted with cannon. 
 
 Note. The peniniula, along which the road from Pillau to Fifchhaufen 
 lies, is called the ' Paradife of PruJJia,' from its extreme pleafantnefs and 
 fertility ; for it yields not only the neceflaries of life in great plenty, but 
 alfo every thing that contributes to pleafure and entertainment. Near the 
 fort is a fine plain, where the Frifche-Haf forms a fine femicircular bay, which 
 is frequented by great numbers of fwans, fex-mews, wild ducks, and other 
 water-fowl. On the other fide of this bay lies Alt-Pillau or Old Pillau con- 
 iifting of two contiguous villages, namely, Alt Pillau and Wogram, which 
 are inhabited by filhermen. In Alt-Pillau is a public burying-ground, 
 where all the dead belonging to Pillau are interred. Near the church 
 en a fteep hill ftands the Pfundbu.&e> which was formerly the Cuftom-houfe, 
 
 when.
 
 Samland.j PRUSSIA 545 
 
 when the fca came up fo far. This ftrong lofty edifice ferves as a land- 
 mark for fhips bound to Pillau ; and accordingly they pay a fmall duty towards 
 the fupport of it. Nothing can exceed the prolpect which this place affords ; 
 for it extends to a part of Samland, Natangen, Ermland, and feveral miles be- 
 yond Pillau, and is diverfified with the view of the fhips coming in and going 
 out of the harbour, and the Nerung or narrow flip of land that lies between the 
 haven and the feä. In Wogram near the Frifche-Haf lies the Storbude, 
 where the fturgeons are boiled and packed up, and likewiie where Caviar is 
 made of the roe of that fifh ; and mod of thefe are exported to England. 
 The fiihermen in thefe parts catch no lefs than thirty different fpecies of fca 
 and frefh-water fifli ; in the Droflclzeit, or thruih-feafon here are aftonifhing 
 flights of thruihes, black-birds, and magpyes. A great number of kitchen- 
 lens ami orchards are to be feen round thefe villages. After pafling 
 the delicious lpot about Alt Pillau, you crofs over a barren piece of ground 
 to a well cultivated farm, and the Pillau Kruge, as it is called, which is a 
 public houfe Handing in a moil delightful grove, confifting of various 
 kinds of trees, which grow fo clofe together as to afford a good fhelter 
 from the rain. It was, probably, from this charming grove that the ad- 
 jacent country acquired the name of Paradife. Such, however, is the 
 * Paradife of Prußa.' 
 
 c Ienckittcn, or St. Albrecht, was formerly a vilkge with a church ; and 
 the ruins of the latter are ffill to be feen. Tenkitten church was built in 
 honour of St. Adalbert, who fuffered martyrdom in this place on the 
 twenty-fourth of April in the year of Chrift 997. Here alio formerly was 
 a deep channel through which the fhips ufed to pafs. Amber is gathered 
 along this whole coaft, being left on fhore by the fea ; and the inhabitants 
 alio frequently dig and filh for it. Fine gray writing fand is likewiie thrown 
 up here by the waves. 
 
 Lockfled, a fmall and mean town, where the marks of a channel are ftil! 
 plainly icen, which may now be fafely eroded either on horfe-back or in a 
 carriage. Part of the ancient famous caftle of Lock/led is ftill remaining, 
 in which is to be (cen the dreadful prifon or dungeon where criminals 
 were confined by the ancient Sovereigns of this country. 
 
 Galgarben, formerly called Geylgarben, a village near which is the higheft, 
 hill in Prußa, which is faid to have been thrown up by the ancient Pagan 
 inhabitants. This place Was formerly fortified, and the Sovereigns of the 
 country refided in it. 
 
 2. The Government of Schaaken. In this Haut-amt are ten churches, 
 which are under the jurifdidtion of the Arch-Prelbyter of Schaaken; and 
 the following places of note, 
 
 Schaaken, an old caftle with a fmall town, lies about half a Geman mile 
 from the bay called Curifche-HaJ . It was taken by King Ottocar from the 
 Pagan inhabitants ; but was afterwards rebuilt and improved by the 
 
 Vol. I. 4 A Knightß
 
 54 6 PRUSSIA. [Samland. 
 
 Knights of the Teutonic Order. It is the refidence of the Amts-haupt-man 
 or Governor ; though he generally lives in the neighbourhood of the town. 
 The whole country hereabouts is quite level. PaiTengers ufually embark at 
 this place to crofs to Mcmcl. 
 
 Rudau, a church-village, which, on account of its fituation in a defile, was 
 formerly fortified with a caftle, which now lies in ruins. This place is re- 
 markable for the victory obtained by the Knights of the Teutonic Order in 
 1370, over Kinflud Great Duke of Lithuania, in memory of which a ftone 
 pillar was erected in a field near the village of Tranzau, which is ftill re- 
 maining. The miracle of the blood laid to have been found in the chalice at 
 the celebration of the Eucharill in this village, in the year 16 15, may be ex- 
 plained by natural caufes. A great many ancient monuments of the 
 Ir'agan idolatrv are ftill to be ken in the neighbourhood of Rudau. 
 
 The Vier Bruderfeide, which monument, in all probability, was erected to 
 the memory of four brothers or Knights of the Teutonic Order, who about the 
 year 1295 were attacked by furprife and killed on the fpot by the Pagan 
 Sudavians, ftand in the middle of the road in the Capcmißen Heide, or heath 
 cf Caporn, which is a roval foreft flocked with elks and roe-bucks. The ftatues 
 on the top of thefe four pillars or pedeftals have a good attitude and are 
 very well executed. Thefe monumental ftatues have been repaired and kept 
 up, from time to time, for the fpace of four hundred years, fometimes by 
 the Prefecture of Caporn, fometimes by the fociety of hunters, in whofe 
 diftrict it ftands, and fometimes by the Governments of Schaaken and Fifch- 
 haußen, according to the directions of the Sovereigns of the country. 
 
 Kaymen, a large church village and Prefecture, where the unhappy pea- 
 fants made an infurrection in the year 1525; but were foon reduced to 
 obedience. 
 
 The Curifehe Nerung, in Latin Peninfula Curouenßs, may very properly 
 be taken notice of here, though a part of it only belongs to this Government. 
 This narrow flip of land reaches from the village of Kranskrug almoft to 
 Memel, and feparates the Baltic-fea from the Curißhc-Haf. It is about 
 fixty Eng/ijb miles in length, and in raoft parts one in breadth. This pe- 
 ninfula is a barren, fandy tract of land, where the high winds often make 
 great ravages by blowing up the fand into ridges and hills, which obliges the 
 poor inhabitants often to remove their dwellings, and tear up great 
 numbers of pine-trees by the roots, which lie fcattered about till they rot. 
 Moft of the trees, particularly on the Baltic fide, are more or Ids blafted, 
 and appear like bare trunks. This wood, however, affords ihelter for 
 ftags, falcons, and thrufhes. The bottom of the Curifibe-Haf is claicy and 
 ftony, which, with the many capes projecting from it, renders it very dan- 
 gerous for mariners. There are feveral fmall, mean villages on the penin- 
 fula called Nerung, among which the following belong to the Government 
 of Sc&äak, viz, Sarkau, which has a church 5 LaftenivaU-, Kunze», which has 
 
 alfo
 
 Samland.] PRUSSIA. 547 
 
 alfo with a church ; Roßt ten, in which formerly a Burgraf refided, and 
 where the ruins of an old caftle are ftill to be feen ; and Pilkoppen, where 
 (lands a high hill, on which the Pruffian idol called Pilkov was formerly 
 worfhipped. The villages of Niddcn, Carwaiten, Negeln and Sdnvartzort, 
 the inhabitants of which fubfift by filhing, and have very few cattle, belong 
 to the Government of Memel. 
 
 3. The Government of Labiau, including eleven churches, five of which 
 are under the jurifdi&ion of the Senior Court-chaplain at Königsberg, and 
 the remaining under the Arch-Prefbyter of Labiau. The moft remarkable 
 places in this Government are, 
 
 Neuhaufen, an old caftle, lying about fix Englijh miles from Königsberg, 
 which formerly ferved as a fummer retirement for the Canons of Königsberg. 
 The Margrave Albert was fo fond of this place that he often fpent fome time 
 here, and diverted himfelf with hunting. Here is a Court of Juftice for 
 the Governments of Fifehhuafen, Schaaken, Labiau, and Tapiau. 
 
 Kalthof, and Waldau, are two Prefectures in this Government. The 
 former remarkable for its fine fituation, and an elegant houfe of entertain- 
 ment, and the latter for feveral remains of antiquity. 
 
 Klein Heyde, a pleafant royal manor. 
 
 Labiau, a trading town on the river Deine, with an ancient caftle. 
 
 Rautenburg, a good town belonging to Count Keyferling. 
 
 Note. In this Government are feveral navigable rivers abounding with 
 fiih, and canals or dikes lately cut. Among the latter are the following. 
 
 The Ngw Deim, which begins at the royal manor of Schmerberg, and is 
 carried in a direct line for two German miles and a half as far as Tapiau, 
 where it joins the Pregel. 
 
 The new Gilge which reaches from the church-village of Lappenen to 
 the village of Skepen, where it runs into the river Gilge. 
 
 Two new canals called the Great and Little Frederick's Graben, which join 
 the river Deim with the Wippe and Nemmonin, and alfo joins the latter with 
 the Gilge. This work, which is fo convenient for the trade with Poland, was 
 executed between the years 1688 and 1696 by order of the Countefs 
 dowager of Waldburg, who was born at Rauter in Rautenburg. The Little 
 Frederick's Graben begins at the river Gilge, not far from Rautenburg, is 
 about fix Englijh miles in length, and extends as far as the fifhing village of 
 Petricken,wheYC it falls into the river Nemmonin. The Great Frederick's Graben 
 commences at the Wippe, which is a branch of the river Nemmonin, is carried 
 on for three German miles to Labiau, and then joins the river Deim. 
 The Counts of Waldenburg received a toll from all vefTels which palled by 
 this canal, till the King purchafed that right in the year 171 3, and made it 
 a part of the royal demefnes. The inhabitants on the banks of this canal 
 are termed Grabcninker, and, at prefent conftitute a diltinct Amt or Govern- 
 ment called the Graben Amt. 
 
 4A2 4. The
 
 54.8 PRUSSIA. [Old Natangen. 
 
 4. The Government of Tapiau, containing eighteen churches, which 
 are under the jurildiction of the Arch-Prefbyter of Welau. In this Govern- 
 ment are the following towns, £JV. 
 
 'tapiau, a regularly built, but mean little town, which had no privileges 
 nor fo much as a magiftrate till the year 1722. It ftands at the conflux of 
 the Pregel and the Deim ; and has a large caftle, which is furrounded with a 
 moat, where, formerly, the records of the Kingdom were kept. Duke 
 Albert died here in the year 1568. 
 
 Welau, an ancient, well built town founded in 1336, ftands on an 
 ifland at the conflux of the Alle and the Pregel. It lies properly in Natan- 
 gen, and yet belongs to this Government. This town confifts of two princi- 
 pal and five crofs ftreets, two fuburbs, and two hundred and fixty-four houfes. 
 It ha; about one hundred and fifty burghers, beiides the other inhabitants. 
 After the fire, which broke out here in 1736, the buildings have been much 
 improved ; however, Welau, never recovered its former trade. This town 
 is chiefly remarkable in hiftory for the treaty concluded here with Poland on 
 the nineteenth of September 1657, when the Elector Frederick William was 
 inverted with the Sovereignty of Ducal PruJJia ; and this inveftiture was 
 alio ratified at Bidgq/l, or Bromberg, in Poland. 
 
 Sanditten, a noble feat with a fine manor near the Pregel, belongs to 
 Count Schlichen. 
 
 Taplaken, a feat and Prefecture. In the adjacent country were formerly 
 Buffaloes, which the inhabitants in fnowy-weather houfed in their barns. 
 
 Allinburg, an obicure little town ; but it is well Iituated on the river Albe. 
 
 Wohnfdorf, a caftle pleafantlv iituated between Allenbitrg and Fried/and. It 
 is famous for its antiquity, and belongs to Baron Schroder. 
 
 II. O L D N A T A N GEN. 
 
 THIS country is populous and well cultivated, and confifts partly of 
 arable and partly of meadow land ; fo that agriculture and graz- 
 ing turn to good account here. Though the foil is in fome parts very 
 ftony, yet it produces better corn than Samland or Little Lithuania. It is alio 
 well wooded and yields all forts of game, and plenty of fifh. 
 Old Natangen contains the following Governments. 
 
 I. The Haupt-amt or Government of Brandenburg, which includes 
 the Amts or Prefectures of Karfchau Hobbelbude, Udencangeu, and Doljladt. 
 It alio contains twenty-nine churches, which are under the jurifdiöion of 
 the principal court chaplain at Königsberg. The mod remarkable places in 
 this Government arc, 
 
 Brandenburg,
 
 Old Natangen.] PRUSSIA. 
 
 Brandenburg, an indifferent town, with fome good houfcs in it, but 
 moftly inhabited by fifhermen. It lies at the mouth of the Huntau near 
 the Frifche-Haf. The large caftle of Brandenburg was built in the year 
 1266 by Of ho, Margrave of Brandenburg; and was deflroycd by the 
 Pn/ßans in 1 520, but afterwards rebuilt. This was formerly a Comturey, 
 as it is called •, but Duke Frederick abolifhed that privilege, and made it a 
 Government, whole chief officers arc fliled directors of the provincial 
 council. 
 
 Charlottenthal, a fine feat in a pleafant lituation, built by Frederick Lewis, 
 Duke of Holjlein Beck, who named it Charlottenthal from his Lady 
 Char lot a. 
 
 Friderickflein, a noble feat, is moft delightfully fituated, and belongs to 
 Count Donhof, who is alfo proprietor of the manor of Barten. 
 
 Kreutzburg, a little town, which has an old caftle built in 1252 by the 
 Knights of the 'Teutonic Order. 
 
 Friedland, a town on the river Alle, which has often fuffered by fieges both 
 from the Poles and Swedes ; and alfo by frequent fires. 
 
 Domnau, a mean town with a caftle. Several monuments of antiquity 
 are to be feen in the neighbouring country. 
 
 Grofs-ivaldeck, a feat of the Barons of Kittlitz., to whom it was granted in 
 1536' by the Margrave Albert. On the fame fpot formerly flood the con- 
 vent of the Holy Trinity ; and the inn which ftands near this feat is ftill 
 called the Convent-Inn. The city of Romoure, which was the chief feat 
 of the Pagan idolatry of thefe parts, flood in the fame fituation. 
 
 2. The Government of Balga, containing fourteen churches, which are 
 under the jurifdi&ion of the Senior Court-Chaplain of Königsberg. In this 
 Government are the following places of note. 
 
 Balga, a town feated on the Frifche-haf, with a very old caftle which 
 was taken by the Knights of the Teutonic order fo early as the year 1 238. It 
 was formerly a Comturey, which Duke Frederick, Grand-Mafter of the 
 Order, converted into a Haupt-amt or Government. 
 Bladicu, or Pladia, a fmall town, or village. 
 
 Zinten, a fmall town, which has often fuffered by fire. In the year 
 1520, the Poles were defeated near this place. 
 
 Heiligenbeil, in Latin Santla civitas, and in the Poli/Jj language Sxviata 
 Sickierka, is a fmall town feated on the Jafte or Gar ft, which, a little below 
 this place, joins the Banaiv, and falls into the Frifche-haf. This town is faid 
 to have been founded in the year 1301. It is famous for fine beer and 
 excellent white bread ; as alfo for being the feat of idolatry of the an- 
 cient Prußians, who ufed in a very folemn manner to worfhip the idol 
 Qiretro under a large oak in this place. The Chriftians who founded the 
 new town, feem to have altered the ancient name of Heiligjladt into that 
 
 of 
 
 549
 
 5$o PRUSSIA [Old Natangen. 
 
 oi'H.e,ilegenbeil from the city arms, which are two axes or bills placed crofs- 
 wife. On the luppreffion of pagan idolatry, the confecrated grove which 
 had been long inclofed, was alio defecrated and thrown open to the great 
 advantage of the town. As for the miracle related by modern writers .of an 
 ax with which the facred oaks are faid to have been hewn down, the 
 ancient hiftpfians are entirely filent on that head. This town was total Iv 
 deftroyed by fire in 1463, J 5 19, and 1677. 
 
 Lindenau, a feat with an elegant garden belonging to Count Seeguth. 
 
 3. The Government of Bartenstein lies in Bartailand, as it wa 
 formerly called, and contains fixteen churches, which are under the ju- 
 rifdiction of the Arch-Prefbyter of Bartenßein. The remarkable places in 
 this Government are, 
 
 P ruffian Elan, in Latin Gilavia Boruffica, fo called to diftinguifh it from 
 German-Elaw, is a fmall town which was built in the year 1528. 
 
 Landßerg, a fmall town, which, at prefent belongs to Count Schwerin. 
 The famous Andrew Grunheyde, who ufed to fwallow knives, was buried 
 here in 1645. A knife which he had fwallowed was taken out of him 
 by incifion, without the lofs of his life. 
 
 Bartenßein, the moft regular and bell built town in Natangen. It ftands 
 in a pleafant country on the river Alle, and has the precedency of all the 
 towns in Prußa. Its old caftle, which was built by the Knights of the 
 Teutonic Order about the middle of the thirteenth century, was in ancient 
 times frequently befieged. An Arch-Preibyter refides in this town. 
 
 Kirfitten, a feat belonging to M. Kunheim. 
 
 Gaalingen, a feat of Baron Eulenburg. 
 
 Pefien and Bucholts are two eftates belonging to M. Kreytzen. 
 
 Stablauken, an eftate, the income of which is appropriated for the King's 
 privy purfe. 
 
 4. The Governments of Gardauen and Nordenburg are alfo part of 
 the old province of Barten. Thefe united Diftriifls was by grant from the 
 Grand Matter, which was confirmed by the fucceeding Sovereigns, conferred 
 on the brave George Schlieben, a Knight of the Teutonic Order, for him- 
 felf and his heirs, in coniideration of the important aiiiftance brought by that 
 Knight againft the Poles in 1460 ; though feveral other noble families live 
 within this hereditary Prefecture. It contains feven churches, which are under 
 the direction of the Arch-Preibyter of Raftenburg and the conliftory of ' Sa inland. 
 In this Government are the following remarkable places. 
 
 Gerdauen, a fmall town built in the year 1325. It is feated on the 
 river Otnet, and has two feats or caftles belonging to the Count and Baron 
 Schlieben : the new feat is magnificent and has an elegant garden. The town 
 derives its name from E. Gerdaw, a Prußan Nobleman, near whofe caftle 
 it was built in the above-mentioned year. In a lake near this town is a 
 floating ifland, which is a plat of ground covered with verdure, and 
 
 driven
 
 Old Natangen.] PRUSSIA. 55 r 
 
 driven to and fro from one one bank of the lake to the other. It was 
 formerly three hundred and fifty paces in length, and two hundred and 
 fifty in breadth ; fo that it afforded pafture for a hundred head of cattle : 
 but at prefent it is divided into feveral little pieces which are continually 
 decreasing. This ifland is called the Gerdauen Almanac, becaufe the in- 
 habitants of the town prognosticate approaching {forms by its motions. 
 
 Nordenburg, a fmall town and caStle, built by the Knights of the Teutonic 
 Order in the year 1305. It Hands on the north fide of the Afchwin-hk?) 
 and belongs to Count Schlichen. 
 
 Berkenfeld, a fine feat and gardens, and a very profitable glafs-manu- 
 faftory, which belong to the lame Nobleman, and alio the two following 
 feats, viz. 
 
 Dombrofken, and 
 
 Adaim-heide. Wandlacken was purchafed of Count Schlichen by King 
 Frederick William for the fum of 42,000 dollars. 
 
 Great and Little Benahmen are two eStates belonging to Count DonhoJ', 
 which he purchafed of Count Lohndorf jn the year 1702. 
 
 5. The Government of Barten is a very pleafant country, which has 
 induced many families of distinction to have their principal feats here. It 
 includes eight churches, which are under the jurisdiction of the Arch-Prefbyter 
 of Rajlenburg. The moil remarkable places in this Government are, 
 
 Barfei, a fmall but well built town, with a Stately caltle or palace. 
 It was erected on the Liehe in the middle of the fourteenth century j and 
 was formerly the refidence of the BiShop of Pomefania, and the Knights 
 of the Teutonic Order. 
 
 Drengfurth, a little town which Stands at the foot of a mountain, was 
 built in the year 1403. 
 
 Scandalack, a feat of Baron Buddenhrock. 
 
 Neuhofy a feat belonging to Baron Heideck. 
 
 Steinort, a fine feat with a good eftate belonging to it, is the property 
 of Count Lohndorf'. 
 
 6. The Government of Rastenburg. The Arch-Prefbytery of Raflen- 
 burg is very extenSlve, and comprehends not only the eighteen churches 
 belonging to this Haupt-amt ; but alfo thofe included in the Governments 
 of Barten, Sehe/lein, Rhain, and Gerdauen. Places of note in this District are, 
 
 Rajlenburg, a handfome town with a caftle feated on the river Guber. It 
 was founded in the year 1329 ; and though it was destroyed by the Li- 
 thuanians in 1348, it was foon rebuilt, together with its caftle, and put in 
 a more defensible State than before. It is inclofed with a wall, and, in 
 the year 1669, it was alfo Surrounded with a rampart. The German 
 parifh-church is the largeft and handibmeft Structure of that kind in all 
 the Prußian inland towns, except the cathedral of Marieniverder ; and the 
 fenior of the three Ministers belonging to it has alfo the fuperintendency 
 
 oi
 
 S 2 P R U 8 S 1 A [Old Natangcn 
 
 - öf forty-fix churches. The church of St. Catharine frauds 1n the fuburbs 
 of Rajlenburg, ahd is one of the moft ancient in the Kingdom of Prußa \ 
 and in the middle of the great Hofpital is the church of the Holy (Jhoji. 
 This Hofpital was founded in the year 1 36 1, and confifts of two wards, 
 where twenty indigent perfons are comfortably provided with food and a 
 penfion in money. In the fecond hofpital twenty-five poor perfons are 
 maintained by the alms and donations of well-difpofed benefactors. Here 
 is a fchool under the direction of a Rector and three Affiftants. The 
 Burghers, moft of whom are Lutherans, are about two hundred. The in- 
 habitants of this town are fupported by fome little commerce, brewing, agri- 
 culture, and mechanic trades. This town is pofieffed of the largeft territory 
 of any inland tow n in all Prußa except Fifch-haufen j for it confifts of two 
 hundred and thirty-eight Hides of land. A poft-houfe is alio fet up here. 
 Raftenbnrg caftle was the refidence of forty Commanders and nine Grand 
 Mafters of the Teutonic Order, from the year 1356 to the fecularization 
 of the country. In the year 1 53 1 , a conference was held here be-twixt 
 the Lutherans and the Anabaptifts. 
 
 Die Heilige Linde, called in the Poliß language Su'iafa Lipka, is a rich 
 convent, which flands in a large wood on the King's land. It lies about 
 a German mile and a half from Rajlenburg* between the Epifcopal See 
 of Reffel and the village of Beis/lack. The pretended miraculous image of 
 the Virgin Mary in this convent is viiited by the Papifts from all parts, 
 and even from Rome ; fo that 10,000 perfons have communicated here on the 
 feaft of the Annunciation. 
 
 Schippenheil, a middling town feated on the Alle near the influx of the 
 river Gubcr, was built in the year 1319, and has fuffered extremely both 
 by the ravages of war and by fire. In the year 1750, half of it was burnt 
 down ; but it is already rebuilt with improvements. 
 
 Leunebitrgj Lüneburg, or Eulenburg, a town and feat belonging to Baron 
 Eulenburg. 
 
 Grofi-WolfsJorf is a town, where the Counts of Donhof have built an 
 elegant feat called Donhoffiedt, with a fine garden and park, and likewife 
 a Calvinift-church. This feat is accounted one of the fineft in all the 
 kingdom of Prußa. 
 
 Grofs-Schivansfeld is a feat belonging to Baron Groben. 
 7. The Government of Angerburg, which is famous for producing the 
 beft Schwade, or PruJJian Manna. The Arch-Prefbyter of Angerburg has 
 twelve churches under his jurifdiction. 
 Places of note in this Diftrict are, 
 
 Angerburg, which is a modern well-built flourifhing town, furrounded 
 with pallifadoes. It is alfo defended by a ftrong caftle built in the year 
 1335 on the bank of the lake where the river Angerapp has its fource. 
 This lake, which is feven German miles in length, and one and a half in 
 
 breadth,
 
 Oberland.] P R 77 S S I A. S53 
 
 breadth, is of great fervice to the town and abounds with eels. Angerburg 
 church is a large handfome ttrudture. In the year 1725, an Arch-Prefbytery 
 was founded here; and in 1734 and 1736 King Stanißaus made fome 
 flay in this town. 
 
 Stcinort, a noble feat of Count Lehndorf with one of the finctt gardens 
 in all the country. The illand belonging to this feat in the Angerburg" 
 lake, and the fummer-houfe built on it are extremely pleafant. 
 
 Engelßein, a village, with a handfome church, which ttands in a thick 
 wood. Here are fcveral remains of antiquity. 
 
 8. The Government of Sehesten lies in the province of Gali?idien. 
 It contains fix churches which are under the jurifdiclion of the Arch- 
 Prefbyter of Raßenberg. 
 
 Bojen, a town feated on the Sallefi-hke. 
 
 Sebeßen, a {mall town with a caflle, ttands on a lake. It was built, in 
 the middle of the fourteenth century, in a very pleafant fituation. In the 
 year 1520, it was facked and burnt by the Poles, and, in 1568, was laid 
 in afib.es by an accidental fire. 
 
 Aweyden, an eftate belonging to Count Finkenßein. 
 
 III. OBERLAND. 
 
 ^p HIS country is fertile, rich, and well cultivated ; and was formerly 
 *■ called Hockerland. Before the Knight's of the Teutonic Order in- 
 vaded Prufiia, Hockerland was fo populous, that it could bring into the 
 field an army of 10,000 effective men, confiding of horfe and foot. But 
 the Hockerlanders having, on feveral occafions, exercifed great cruelties 
 towards the Chriftians, the Teutonic Knights in the year 1273 attacked 
 the country, laid it wafle, and made themfelves matters of it. 
 Oberland contains the following Hanpt-amts or Governments. 
 
 1. The Government of Gilgenbukg, which is an hereditary fief be- 
 longing to Count Finkenßeiti's family. The churches in this Government 
 are under the direction of the Arch-Prefbyter of Saalfeld. There is a Cal- 
 vinift-church at Roßblau, and a Popifh-chapel at Tburau. 
 
 The ancient town of Gilgenburg lies on the river Gilge near a lake ; 
 the cattle belonging to it is very large and commodious. After the battle 
 of 'Tannenburg, which was fought in 14 10, this town was laid in allies; 
 and in the year 1520 it was facked and plundered. In 1578 it was 
 entirely deftrcyed in the Sivedifb wars ; fo that even to this time it has not 
 quite recovered its former condition. 
 
 2. The Government of Ortelsburg and Willenberg contains nine 
 churches, which are fubject to the Arch-Prelbyter of Saalfeld. In this 
 Government are the following places of note, 
 
 Ortelsburg, a little town which is well fituated and carries on fome 
 
 trade, with a fine old feat. On the twenty-fecond of May 1629, the 
 
 V o l. I. 4 B Elector
 
 554 PRUSSIA. [Oberland. 
 
 Elector George William and Uladißaus had an interview in this place. 
 The adjacent country is interfperfed with feveral lakes ; and between thefe 
 are fine arable lands, meadows, and woods. 
 
 Paßenheim, a fmall town feated on a lake, which was built at the-clofe 
 of the fourteenth century. This town never arrived at any pitch of pro- 
 fperity, on account of the frequent calamities of fire, war, and peftilence 
 it has, from time to time, experienced. 
 
 Willenberg, a fmall town on the frontiers of Poland, which obtained 
 its privileges in the year 1723. 
 
 Kuttenberg, a village, with a hunting-L-at. The adjacent country abounds 
 with iron-ore. 
 
 3. The Government of Neidenburg, which the Elector Frederick 
 William annexed to Soldau. It contains fourteen churches which belong 
 to a particular Preibytery. Thefe are two Fopiih chapels on the frontiers > 
 and the Calvinifts perform Divine Service in the caftle of Soldau. 
 
 The following remarkable places lie in this Government. 
 
 Neidenburg, a handfome town fituated in a very pleafant country, with 
 a caftle and a court of Judicature. 
 
 Soldau, called in the Poliß language Dzialdowo, is a free town with a 
 caftle, and ftands on a lake near the frontiers of Poland. It was built in the 
 year 1306, and has often fuffered by fire; efpecially in 1733 an( ^ 3 74^- 
 The Arch-Prefbyter refides in this town ; which is remarkable for being the 
 head-quarters of Charles Gußavus King of Sweden in the year 1656. 
 
 4. The united Governments of Osterrode and Hohenstein, The 
 churches in this Government arc under the infpeclion of the Arch-Prefbyter 
 of Saalfehl. The places moft worthy of notice in this Diftrict are, 
 
 Oflerrode, a well-fit 11 ated trading town, which ftands on the lake of 
 Dribentz, and a river of the fame, which plentifully fiipply it with fifh. 
 The foil of the adjacent country is fandy ; but at the fame time fertile. The 
 inhabitants of this town formerly carried on fome trade with G^eat Poland. 
 The caftle of OJierrode was built in 1270 or 1302; and had formerly a 
 'Teutonic convent, and a Commander ie. In the year 1400, it was laid in allies; 
 and in 1737 a falt-faclory was fet up here. In the year 1740, and 11 34, 
 fome ancient Roman coins were found at a little diftance from this town, on 
 the eftate of Görlitz, which belongs to the King of Prußia. 
 
 Hohenßein, a fmall town with a caftle, which was built in 1312 at the 
 fource of the Paß arge. 
 
 'Tannenberg, a church- village, lies between Gilgenburg and Hohenßein, 
 and is famous for the obftinatc battle fought there on the fourteenth of 
 July 14 10, between the Poles and the Knights of the Teutonic Order, 
 wherein the latter were totally defeated ; and from that time the Order 
 vifibly declined. 
 
 5. The Government of Deutsch or German Eylau. In this Diftricl: 
 are two Popifli churches ; but the two Lutheran churches are fubjecT: to 
 
 the
 
 Oberland] PRUSSIA. 
 
 the Arch-Prefbyter of Saatfeld. This Government contains the following 
 places of note. 
 
 Deutjch Eylau, an open fmall town with an old caftle. It was built about 
 the beginning of the fourteenth century, and Hands near a large lake in a 
 very pk-afant country. 
 
 Seewald, a (lately feat with fine gardens, and a paper-mill belonging to 
 Count Finkenflcin. 
 
 6. The Government of Marienwerder, and that of Reisenburg arc 
 both under one Governor ; but the former is a Prefbytery by itfelf. Ma- 
 rienwerder contains 1 1,000 hides of land, and its Arch-Prefbyter has fix 
 churches under his jurifdidion. The Arch-Prefbyter of ReifenSurg is alio 
 a member of the Confiftory of Saalfeld; and has the fuperintcndency of 
 the churches of three towns and ten villages, befides thofc of Schönberg 
 Diftrict. The moft remarkable places in this divifion are, 
 
 Marienwerder, called in Latin bifida Mariana, and in the Polifj lan- 
 guage Kwidzin, a well-built town with a caftle, which ftands on the frontiers 
 of Pomerania, not far from the Vijlula. It was formerly the refidence of 
 the Bifhops of Po/nejhnia, and of fome Grand Mafters of the Teutonic Order. 
 Marienwerder was at firft built in the year 1233, on a Werder* or fmall 
 illand called Quidzin ; but was foon after rebuilt on its prefent fituation. 
 The cathedral, which was eredted about the thirteenth century, is the 
 largefl church in the kingdom of Pruffm, being three hundred and twenty 
 feet long j and by its ftrong breaft-works feems to have formerly ferved 
 for a fortrefs. The palace at Marienwerder is fpacious and built in the 
 old Gothic tafle. The adjacent country is very pleafant, and full of emi- 
 nences and gentle declivities. The inhabitants carry on a confiderable 
 trade with their neighbours. In the year 1723 falt-works were fet up 
 here, and a magazine for corn and forage in 1728. This town has often been 
 damaged by inundations, war, and fire. The famous league formed by the 
 towns and country againft the Knights of the Teutonic Order was concluded 
 herein 1440. This town held out againft a vigorous fiege in 1520 j and 
 in the year 16 13, it was for fome time the refidence of the Elector John 
 Sigifmund. In 1709 the Czaar Peter the Great and Frederick I. King of 
 Prufid had an interview at this place. King Stamflaus retired to this 
 town from Da?itzick in July IJ34- Both the fuburbs of Marienwerder are 
 continually improving. The adjacent country is fertile and well-inhabited ; 
 and the great fluice on the Vijlula is kept in repair by affeffments on the 
 Government, the town, and the neighbouring nobility. 
 
 Gardenfee or Garnfee, by the Poles called Shlemuo, is a fmall trading town 
 on the frontiers, fituated in a very pleafant country. Its caftle is very old. 
 
 Reifenburg, a mean town with narrow ftreets, ftands on an eminence 
 near the river Leibe, and derives its name from the adjacent Pruffian ter- 
 ritory, which was anciently called Re/in. The Poles call it Prabutba, which 
 * Werder fignines an ifland formed by a river. 
 
 4 B 2 fignifies 
 
 S55
 
 556 PRUSSIA. [Oberland. 
 
 fignihes a ruinous houfe» The caftle, which is more ancient than the 
 town, {lands on a hill, and is extremely decayed. It was the refidence 
 of the Bifhops of Pomefania till the year 1587; and a conference for 
 peace was held here betwixt the Poles and Swedes in 1628; but without 
 fuccefs. The town was built in 1169, and contains a German and a 
 Poli/h church. The Burghers, befides fome little commerce, fubfift by 
 brewing, agriculture, and feeding of cattle. In 1323, 1414, and 1422, 
 Reifenburg was burnt by the Poles. It was alio confumed by fire in 1628, 
 1688, and 1728. In the year 1556, an ecclefiaftical fynod was held 
 here. In the neighbourhood of the town are three lakes, and higher up 
 in the country are the ruins of a labyrinth made by the ancient Prußans. 
 
 Birchojswerder, a fmall town on the river Affe, was founded in 1325; 
 but fince the fire which confumed it in 1730, it has been rebuilt with 
 more regularity. 
 
 Freyßadt, a mean little town, but conveniently fituated on a lake. 
 
 Lei/lenau, a feat and lordfhip belonging to Count Dohna. 
 
 7. The Government of Schonberg. The churches in this Diftrict are 
 under the jurifdi&ion of the Arch-Prefbyter of Riefenburg. The places of 
 note in this Government are, 
 
 Schonberg, a village with a caftle, which was built at the clofe of the 
 thirteenth century, and belongs to the Counts of Finkenßein. 
 
 Rofenberg, a fmall town, lituated near two frefh water lakes. It was 
 built in 1 3 19 ; and was almoft totally deftroyed by fire in the year 1400. 
 
 Finkenßein, otherwife called Haberfdorf, is a fmall village with a ftately 
 caftle and fine gardens, and belongs to the Finkenßein family. 
 
 Langenau, a church-village and a noble manor belonging to the Kalnein 
 family. The church is famous for its beautiful paintings. 
 
 8. The Government of Mohrungen, which the Ele&or Frederick Wil- 
 liam incorporated with Liebstadt. In the formerare feven churches, and 
 fix in the latter, which are all fubject to the Arch-Prefbyter of Holland. 
 
 In this Government lies 
 
 Mohrungen, a little town, where Count Dohna has a remarkable feat. 
 This town is faid to have been begun in 1302, and compleated in 1328 ; 
 but the old caftle had been erecled in 1280. It is well-built and furrounded 
 with good walls and a double moat, and almoft encompaffed on all fides 
 by the Mohrung-hke and a large mill-dam. Not far from this place is 
 the lake of Scherting. As this little town lies in the road to Poland, it is much 
 frequented by ftrangers. In the year 1697 it was entirely deftroyed by 
 fire ; but has been fince rebuilt to greater advantage. The old caftle was 
 formerly a convent belonging to the Teutonic Order, and, together with 
 the town, muft have fuffered greatly in the many wars in which thofe 
 Knights were concerned. In 1410 it was taken by the Poles, and in 1461, 
 it was retaken by the Teutonic Knights; but in 1520 it was burnt by the- 
 former. 
 
 Rekhertfaahlc 3
 
 Oberland.] PRUSSIA 557 
 
 Reichertfwalde, a church-village, where the Counts of Dohna have an 
 elegant feat with fine gardens. 
 
 Liebjladt, a fmall town with a caftle, built in the year 1329, which, 
 befides feveral accidents by fire, has likewife fuffered much in the Swediß 
 wars. 
 
 9. The Government of Preuschmark, which is united with Liebmuhl 
 and Dollstadt under one Governor. Seventeen churches belong to this 
 Haupt-amt, which are fubjecl to an Arch-Prefbyter who refides at Saatfeld. 
 The remarkable places in this Government are, 
 
 Preufchmark, a fmall village dependent on that of Liebivalde. It ftands 
 near a frefh-water lake ; and has a very ftrong and fpacious caftle built 
 in a quadrangular form, and furrounded with a deep moat. 
 
 Saalfeld, a well-built middling town, in which a famous convent of 
 Bemardines formerly flood. When the epifcopal fee of Pomcfania was 
 abolifhed, the Oberland Confiftory was inftituted here in its ftead in the 
 year 1587. The Erzprieficr, or Arch-Prefbyters of Saalfeld, Riefenburg, and 
 Holla?id, have a feat in this Confiftory, from which an appeal lies to the 
 Prnßan High Court of Judicature. In the year 1588, George Frederick 
 founded the third P ruffian fchool in this town. 
 
 Chrißburg, or Alt-Chrißburg, an old mean town, with an ancient caftle. 
 
 Altfladt, a village with an elegant feat belonging to the Counts of 
 WaUenrodt. 
 
 Liebmuhl, a fmall town, with a caftle built in 1337, in which the 
 Bifhop of Pomefania refided towards the clofe of the fixteenth century. 
 
 Doli/ladt, a Prefecture which is near the Draujen-lzke on the other fide 
 of the town of Holland ; and makes part of the Government of Preufchmwk. 
 
 10. The Government of Preusch-Holland. This DiftricT: contains 
 twenty-one churches, which are under a particular Arch-Prefbyter. The 
 moft remarkable places in this Government are as follows. 
 
 Holland, a handfome town leated on an eminence near the river Weefie, 
 with a ftrong fortrefs. It is laid to have been built by fome Hollanders of 
 diftinction, who fled hither on account of the murder of Count FlorcntiusY. 
 from whom it had the name of Holland. Its fituation renders it naturally 
 ftrong ; belides, it is furrounded with a wall and towers. The ftreets are 
 long and broad, and the houfes well-built. To this town belong two 
 fuburbs, fome pleafant gardens, and feveral country feats ; and the inha- 
 bitants have a free fiihery, and the liberty of going out in their boats on 
 the Draufin-lake. St. Bartholomew's church is a large handfome ftruclure. 
 The Calvinifts celebrate Divine Service in a lar°;e hall belonpintr to the 
 caftle ; and without the town ftands St. George's church. Here is alio a 
 good hofpital, and the prefent edifice was built in the year 1690. This 
 town was formerly mortgaged to Baron Czehmen ; but the Margrave George 
 Frederick redeemed it in 1576 for 30,000 guilders. It was conlumed by 
 
 fire
 
 55* PRUSSIA. [L. Lithuania. 
 
 fire in the years 1543, 16 10, 1663 and 1695. Holland has undergone 
 feveral viciffitudes in the frequent wars between the Poles and Swedes. 
 In the year 1521 it was taken by the former. In 1722 falt-works were 
 fet up, and in 1728 a magazine for corn and forage was erected in this 
 town. The prefent caftle was begun by Duke Albert, and compleafed by 
 George Frederick. It is furrounded by moats and walls, and has draw- 
 bridges, and fine apartments which yield a noble profpecl. 
 
 Muhlhaujen, a mean little town, which was built in 1365, and con- 
 fumed by fire in 1455. Many ridiculous ftories are told of its inhabitants; 
 but they feem to be borrowed from fabulous books and idle traditions. 
 
 Schmitten, a remarkale caftle belonging to the Counts of Dokna. It has 
 elegant apartments which are richly furnifhed, a fine library, and a hand- 
 fome wardrobe. The water is conveyed hither by a curious aqueduct. 
 
 Schlcdien is alfo a caftle belonging to the fame noble family. It is 
 remarkable for its pleafant fituation, and elegant ornaments. In thefe 
 parts are feveral feats belonging to Count Dohna, and other Noblemen, 
 where no expence has been fpared to improve the beauties of Nature with 
 the embellifhments of Art. 
 
 Quittairien, a caftle and Lordfhip belonging to Count Donhof. 
 
 The LITHUANIAN Department. 
 
 r T s HIS divifion comprehends eighteen towns, fixty-two Amts or Diftricls, 
 -*■ and one hundred and five parishes ; and the Hanpt-amts or Govern- 
 ments in this department I fhall defcribe in the following order. 
 
 I. The LITHUANIAN Governments. 
 
 Little Lithuania is twenty-four German miles in length, and from eight 
 to twelve in breadth. This country was anciently over-run with thickets 
 and woods ; and in the year 17 10, it was almoft depopulated by the pef- 
 tilence. In 1720, King Frederick William, at the expence of five millions 
 of Rix-dollars, induced 20,000 Sivitzers, French Proteftants, Palatines, 
 and Francojiians to fettlein this country; and in 1732, 350,000 dollars 
 were alfo diftributed among a frefh colony of 12,500 Saltzburgers. By 
 the fkill and induftry of thefe emigrants this defolate country has been 
 -extremely well cultivated. The fuperfluous woods have been rooted up, 
 the moraffes drained, and a great number of towns, villages, farm-houfes, 
 and churches built ; fb that in few years the country has put on quite a 
 new appearance, and now makes ample returns for the money which his 
 
 Pruffian
 
 L.Lithuania.] PRUSSIA. 559 
 
 P ruffian Majefty laid out upon it. The richnefs of the paftures, the many 
 thoufand Lafts of corn which are either laid up in the King's granaries, or 
 exported ; the fine horned cattle, excellent horfes, and numerous flocks of 
 Iheep, with the excellent butter, cheefe, &c. which this country affords, are 
 inconteftible proofs of its uncommon fertility. It likewife abounds with wood 
 for fuel, and has plenty of fifh and game. Several manufactures are alio efla- 
 bliflied here ; particularly for coarfe and fine cloth, leather, &c. The an- 
 cient inhabitants of this country have a peculiar language, into which the 
 Bible, the Catcchifm and fome books of devotion have lately been tranflated. 
 The Lithuanians are by no means lb fimple and ftupid as they are 
 generally reprefented ; but they have their good and ill qualities like other 
 nations. Among the colonifts, the Switzers are moftly employed in grafing 
 and breeding cattle ; the French are very well verfed in trade, and fkilful 
 in the cultivation of tobacco, which they have introduced into this country; 
 and the Saltzburgers are remarkable for their fkill in agriculture. The 
 Switzers, French, and Franconians are all Calvinifb ; fo that there are ten 
 German and French Reformed parilhes, as they are called, in Little Lithua- 
 nia. The reft are Lutherans, with very few Papifls among them. 
 The Lithuanian Governments or Haupt-amts are, 
 I. The Government of Memel. The foil is but indifferent, and the 
 air fomefhing fharp in this Diftrict. It has nine churches which are 
 under the jurifdiction of the Arch-Prefbyter of Memel. In this Govern- 
 ment lies 
 
 Memel, a trading town, fortrefs, and port feated on the bay called 
 Curifcke-Haf. It was built in the year 1279, and fortified in 13 12; and 
 in the year 1328, it was given up by the Governor of Livonia to the 
 Great-Mailer of the Teutonic Order fettled in PruJJia. This town on one 
 lide, has the Baltic, and on the other the Curijche-Haf ; befides thefe it 
 is alfo watered by the river Dange. The harbour is deep, and has a very 
 good entrance ; and, within thefe few years, has been improved with two 
 moles, which are carried above fifty rods into the Ha for bay, and were 
 railed at the expence of 1 1 ,ooo dollars. Memel lies under the guns of the 
 fort, and is well inhabited : It confifts of above four hundred houfes. 
 Befides the German town-church, here are a Lithuanian and a Calvinilt 
 church. The Burghers, who are divided into thole of Altjladt or the Old 
 Toivn and Frederickjladt, are employed in commerce, brewing, foap- 
 boiling, agriculture, filliing, &c. Great quantities of flax, lin- feed, 
 thread, and hemp are annually exported horn this town. In 1752, 
 "feventy fhips arrived in this port, and fixty-nine failed from hence to other 
 ports. Memel is fortified with three whole and two half baflicns, with 
 other works, all in the modern way. It was formerly one of the Hanfe-toums ; 
 and as fuch, its College of Juftice in 1254 admitted the Lübeck law. A 
 royal magazine, a falt-faclory, and a poil-houfe of a confiderable revenue 
 
 5 are
 
 6o PRUSSIA. [L. Lithuania. 
 
 are eftabliihed in this town. The citadel confiils of four baftions which 
 are pretty regular, with ravelines and half-moons. The buildings and 
 apartments in this citadel were much improved by the Elector Frederick 
 William and King Frederick I. The moil remarkable things in it are the 
 two arfenals, the fuperb houfe of the Commandant, the garriibn-church, 
 and the powder-im^rzine. In 1323, 1379, *4-57> l 54-0> and 1678 this 
 town fuffered greatly by fire. 
 
 To this Government alfo belong 
 
 Rufs, a fmall Diftrict at the mouth of a river of the fame' name, in which 
 there is the fineft falmon fifhery in thefe parts. 
 
 Heidekrug, a fmall town of good bufinefs. 
 
 Werden, a large church-villaee, where a market is held, on the river 
 
 " fche. 
 
 2. The Government of Tilsit, or Tilse, contains eleven churches 
 which are under the direäion of the Arch-Prefbyter of Ti/Jit. 
 
 In this Diftrict lies 
 
 Til/if, a city of confiderable note, which, next to Königsberg, is the 
 largeft and moft opulent town in Prnßia, and carries on the greater! trade. 
 It obtained the privileges of a city in 1552; though the caitle is faid to 
 have been ftanding io early as the year 1289. The river Memel, which 
 runs along the north fide of the town, opens to it a very advantageous 
 trade with Königsberg in corn, lin-feed, butter and other provifions. Tilfit, 
 properly fo called, confifts of two long ftreets of a proportionate breadth, 
 which are called the German-ßreet and the High-ßreet, contiguous to which 
 is the fuburbs called the Liberty. The number of houfes in this city is about 
 fix hundred, and the inhabitants amount to 7000 fouls. The ecclefiaftical 
 buildings are an Evangelical or Lutheran German church, a Lithuanian church 
 and a Calvinift or Reformed church. Without the town itands a Lutheran 
 chapel, and about an Engli/Ji mile from it a Roman catholic chapel. Near the 
 German church is the royal provincial fchool. Here is an hofpital where ninety 
 indigent perfons have a comfortable fubfiftence ; and in the peft -houfe the fick 
 and lame, as well as thofe who are infected with the plague, are carefully pro- 
 vided for. Here is alfo a Pauperhaus, as it is called, in which ten poor boys are 
 maintained, and a charitable foundation for widows. A falt-factory is likewife 
 dfablifhed in this town. The flat country about Ttilßt which is about four 
 German miles in length, and as many in breadth is one of the moft fertile fpots 
 in the whole kingdom. The inhabitants of it breed great numbers of horned 
 cattle, and furnifh not only Prußa, but likewife other provinces with ex- 
 cellent butter and cheefe ; and the fifheries in this place are alfo confiderable. 
 The horfes are large and ftrong, but clumfey. Barley is almofl the only 
 grain fown in thefe parts ; which afford little or no wood. The marfh- 
 land is, in fpring, expofed to inundations by the overflowing of the rivers, 
 which often do great damages. In this level near the old Gilge is Kaukenen 
 a royal manor and church-village with a market. Ran-
 
 L. Lithuania.] PRUSSIA. 5 6i 
 
 Rautenburg, a confidcrable and extenfivc cftate, which, at prcfent, be- 
 longs to the KaifirKng family ; and 
 
 Schnecken, a hunting feat, which flands in the midft of a large forcft 
 frequented by great numbers of elks, and near the river Schnecken ; arc 
 both in this Government. 
 
 3. The Government of Ragnit, which is inhabited chiefly by Salz- 
 burg colonics, who carry on a great trade in flax and lin-feed. This Dis- 
 trict includes nine churches which are under the Arch-Presbyter of Ragnit. 
 The moft remarkable places in this Government are, ' 
 
 Ragnit, a fmall town on the river Mwnmel or Mcmel, which is furrounded 
 with pallifadoes, and was endowed with the privileges of a town in 1722. 
 Its caftle is one of the moft ancient in the country, and was famous even in 
 the times of Paganifm: It was rebuilt in the year 1255 with additional 
 works by the Knights of the Teutonic Order ; but being laid in afhes bv 
 the Pagans, it was rebuilt a fecond time in 1 3 $j, and called Land/huth ; but 
 afterwards it had the name of Ragnit, which it (till retains, from the river 
 Which runs clofe by it. In this caftle is a very large royal magazine for 
 provifions, &:. and the profpeel from that part of it which is called Königs- 
 berg is hardly to be equalled. 
 
 Abßeinen a DiftricT: and farm-houfe on the other fide of the Memel. It is 
 a mountainous but very pleafant country, and from its extraordinary fer- 
 tility in corn and pafturage is called the ' Larder of Lithuania! Here are 
 very extraordinary flocks of fbeep, a great plenty of all kind of game, and 
 excellent horfes. 
 
 PilkaV.cn, which was formerly a village, but in 1724 it became a town, 
 and continues in a flourifhing condition. 
 
 Schirwind, a mean town, which, before the year 1725, was only a poor 
 village. 
 
 4. The Government of Insterburg is the largeft Haupt-amt in Prußa ; 
 for it contains thirty Kammer-amts or fmall Diftnc~b, forty-three pari flies, 
 five towns, five caftles, and above eight hundred villages large and fmall. 
 It alio includes an area of above 20-,oco Hides of land. The churches in 
 this Government, are fubject to the Arch-Prefbyter of Inßerburg ; ten country 
 churches excepted, which in J726 were affigned to the newly erected 
 Prefbytery of Staalupben. 
 
 In this Government are the following remarkable places. 
 
 Inßerburg, a town of fbme note, feared on the Angcrap, near its conflux with 
 the Inßer where it affumes the name of Pregel, a river famous for its com- 
 merce. This town was built in 1572, and furrounded with paflifadbes in 1727 : 
 It contains about three hundred and fifty houies and 3000 inhabitant ;. Befides 
 the Lutheran churches, here is alio a place ofworfhip for the Calvinifts. Inßer- 
 burg carries on a confiderable trade in corn and beer ; and the latter is famous 
 both for its wholfomnefs and ftrength. Here is alfo a Court of Juftice. The 
 
 Vol. I. 4 C caftle
 
 5 6 2 PRUSSIA. [Oletzko. 
 
 caftle was built in the middle of the fourteenth century, and much im- 
 proved by King Frederick William : It has, at prefent a granary and fait- 
 factory. In the year 1724, a Court of Judicature for the adminiftration 
 of juftice in the Lithuanian Governments or Haupt-amts was erected here. 
 In 1655, Maria Eleanora, Dowager ofGußavus Adolpbus, died in this town. 
 
 Gcorgcnburg, a caftle, with a Diftricl and church- village. 
 
 Gumbinnen, a regular town built, fince the year 1725, in a very pleafant 
 and fertile country on the river Piß. It confifts of about two hundred 
 houfes ; and the number of its inhabitants amounts to 3000. The ancient 
 Deputation-Chamber and the prefent War and Dcmefne-Chambers have been 
 removed to this place. The public buildings in this town are the Confe- 
 rence-houfe, the town-houfe, and the magazine, which was built in 1742 
 at the expence of 11,000 dollars; the Calvinift church in the New-town, 
 the Lutheran church in the Old-town ; and the Saltzburg alms-houfe, which 
 has a particular chaplain. Here is a good cloth-manufacture. 
 
 Darkehmen, a mean town, which obtained its privileges in the year 1725, 
 and in 1732 was rendered more populous by a colony of Saltzburgers who 
 fettled there. Here is a flourifhing cloth and woollen manufacture ; alfo 
 tobacco and gunpowder are prepared in this town. 
 
 Goldapp, a place of fome trade, but mean and dirty : it was built by the 
 Margrave Albert in the year 1 564, and is a frontier town on the borders 
 of Poland. 
 
 Kiauten, a fmall Diftrict in a hilly country, where a flatting mill, a 
 fmelting furnace, and a paper mill are fet up. 
 
 Stallnpehenen, a newly built town, to which a charter was granted in 
 the year 1722. The inhabitants trade conliderably in cattle; and a good 
 fair is held here. The late inftitution of an Arch-Prefbytery in this town has 
 been mentioned above. Frefh water and wood for fuel are very fcarce here. 
 
 II. The POLISH Governments. 
 
 Thefe Haupt-amts are as follows. 
 
 1. Hp HE Government of Oletzko, which contains the amis or fmall 
 -*■ Diftricts of Stradaunen, Polommen, and Czichen. The eleven churches 
 belonging to this Government are fubject to the vifitation of the Arch- 
 Prefbyter of Lik ; and the moft remarkable places in it are, 
 
 Oletzko, a caftle, the infide of which was much embelliihed in the year 
 1640. The town of Marggrabowa, which (lands near this caftle, is both 
 regular and large. It derives its name from the founder, Margave Albert, 
 
 who
 
 Rhein.] PRUSSIA. 
 
 who built it in memory of the interview he had here with Sigißmind 
 Augitflus King of Poland ; and the latter, in 1560, built a town which be 
 called Augufloioa on the Polißo frontiers, about eight German miles diftant 
 from Marggrabowa. The market place is the largeft area in all the town i 
 in PruJJia, and on it ftands the church quite detached from any other 
 building. In the neighbourhood of Marggrabowa the Sivedißj and electoral 
 troops defeated the Tartars in 1656, and releafed the Prince of Radzivil, 
 who had been taken prifoner by them. • 
 
 Kalinowen, a market-village on the frontiers of Poland. 
 
 Widminnen, a large church-village confuting of two congregations. 
 
 2. The Government of Lotzen. The churches in this Diftrict are fub- 
 ordinate to the Arch-Prefbyter of Angerburg ; and the moft remarkable places 
 in it are, 
 
 Lotzen, a fmall town, with a caftle built in 1285. It is fituated in a 
 well watered delightful country which' yields plenty of all forts of game, 
 and ftands on a canal which joins the Leventin and Angerburg lakes. Some 
 ancient Roman coins have been found near this town. 
 
 Grofi-Sturlack, a feat belonging to Baron Shcnk of Tautenburg. 
 
 3. The Government of Lik in Old Sudavia derives its name from the 
 river Lik. In this Diftri£t are five churches, which together with the eleven 
 churches in the Government of Oletzko are under the jurifdiction of the 
 Arch-Prefbyter of Lik. 
 
 Lik, in Latin Licca, a trading town feated on the Satrind-hke. Here is 
 nothing worthy of notice but the church, the provincial fchool, which was 
 founded in 1588 and was formerly in a very flourishing condition, the caftle, 
 and the Arch-Prefbyter 's manfion houfe. The caftle belonging to Lik, which 
 was built in 1272, ftands very pleafantly on an ifland. This country fuf- 
 fered extremely by the inhuman ravages of the Tartars in 1656; till at 
 laft the famous battle of Warfaw drove thofe barbarians from the frontiers". 
 In 1662 it was declared a town, and received its privileges. The adjacent 
 country abounds with fifli and other provilions, and yields plenty of wood. 
 
 Goldapy a fmall, but well built town. 
 
 OJlrokolln, a church-village, to which alio the village of Proftken belongs. 
 In the latter a pillar was erected in the year 1545 as a boundary on the 
 fide of Great Lithuania, with a Latin infeription in further confirmation of 
 the treaty of peace concluded with Poland in 1525. 
 
 The villages of Kußnowen and TaluJJ'en, which are inhabited moftly by 
 Arians, who behave in a veiy quiet inoffenfive manner, and perform their 
 .devotions in private houfes. 
 
 4. The Government of Rhein, which lies in Sudavia, and was formerly well 
 peopled. This Diftric~t contains feven churches, four of which are under the 
 Arch-Prefbyter of Raßenburg, and the other three belong to Johannesburg. 
 
 4C 2 Rhein,
 
 564 PRUSSIA. [Johannefburg. 
 
 Rhein, a fmall town on the Spirding-hke, but its caftle which was built 
 about the middle of the fourteenth century, is fpacious and ftrong, and an in- 
 ferior jurifdidcion belongs to it. 
 
 Arts, a fmall town with a little Diftricl ; King Frederick William granted 
 it the privileges of a town, and it has continued to flourifh ever fince. 
 
 Eichmedin, a feat belonging to Baron Hoverbeck. 
 
 Nicolayken lies near the Spir -ding-Sea which is the largefl lake in the 
 country. It is but fmall, and was declared a town in the year 1722. 
 
 5. The Government of Johannesburg contains five churches, which 
 have their own Arch-Prefbyter, who alfo has jurifdiction over three churches 
 in the Haupt-amt of Rhein. The mod remarkable places in this Government 
 are, 
 
 Johannesburg, a fmall, but handfome town feated on a plain near the 
 Spirding-lzke, in which are four iilands, and plenty of nih. Here is a 
 cäftle which was once fortified ; and an Arch-Prefbyter refides in this 
 town. In 1698, the Elector Frederick had an interview of four days with 
 Augiiflus II. then newly eledled King of Poland, at "Johannesburg. A large 
 granary, and a magazine for forage were erected here in 1728. 
 
 Biala a fmall town which received its privileges in 1722. 
 
 Note. Befides the Flant-aempter or Governments which we have been de- 
 fcribing, his F ruffian Majefty is alfo poffeffed of the following Lordfhips in 
 the Polijh territories. 
 
 1. Tauroggen, which is alargeDiftric~l near the river Juhr in Samogiim, 
 and about three German miles from Stüßt. It confifts of above three hundred 
 hides of land, and has an excellent breed of horfes : It alfo abounds with 
 fifli, and yields plenty of game. Tauroggen devolved to the houfe of Bran- 
 denburg., in 1691, on the demife of the Princefs of Radzivil. The F ruffian 
 fteward here is accountable to the Chamber of Revenues in Lithuania. 
 
 2. Serrey in the Great Dutchy of Lithuania and the palatinate of Trocko, 
 It lies not far from Kauen, and confifts of near fix hundred hides of land, 
 on which are twenty-two villages, three manors, and twenty lakes and ponds. 
 This lordfhip devolved to the houfe of Brandenburg by the marriage of the 
 Princefs Ludovica Carolina of Radzivil with Lewis Margrave of Brandenbwg. 
 In 1703, and 1734, it fuffered feveral calamities. In the little town on this 
 territory the Calvinifts and Papifts have each a church, and the Jews a 
 Synagogue. 
 
 POLAND,
 
 ».=■•-« I I WlU 
 
 POLAND, LITHUANIA, 
 
 POLISH PRUSSIA. 
 
 AND 
 
 COURLAND
 
 [ 5*7 ] 
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 TO THE 
 
 K I N G D O M o f POLAND. 
 
 §. i. /"~\MITTING the mofl ancient maps of the kingdom of Poland, 
 V_-/ I fhall only take notice of the beft among the modern, which 
 are the following, viz. Dahlberg's map in Puff'endorf's Res Ge/he Caroli 
 Guflavi ; that of VaJJbur ; Homamis map, drawn ad mentem Starolvolfcii, 
 in the year 1739; Allard's and De L'ljles maps; and that delineated by 
 M. Mayer in 1750, entitled Mappa Geographica regni Polonice, ex novißmis 
 quotquot funt mappis fpecialibus compo/ita, et ad leges ßereographico' projection/ s 
 revocatce, Printed by Hamanns heirs. The laft certainly exceeds all the 
 preceding maps in accuracy, &c. however, the names of a great number 
 of places are omitted in it. We are alfo in expectation of a complete col- 
 lection of maps reprefenting the particular provinces of Poland, or a Polißj 
 Atlas, which is to be published in that country. Mayer has alfo given us a 
 beautiful map of the Great Dutchy of Lithuania from a draught by Peter 
 Nieprecki, a Jefuit, which was publifhedin 1749 by Homanris heirs. 
 
 §.2. The word Pole, in the Polijh language, fignifies a flat, level coun- 
 try ; but that the kingdom and the whole nation derive their name from 
 that origin, cannot be affirmed with any certainty. 
 
 This large kingdom from Eaft to Weft is tv/o hundred German or 
 geographical miles in length, and one hundred and forty in breadth. Towards 
 the North it borders on Prußa, Courland, Livonia, and Riiffia, and towards 
 the Eaft on Ruffia and Little Tartary ; to the South it is bounded by Mol- 
 davia, Tranfylvania and Hungary, and to the Weft by Sile/ia, Brandenburg, 
 and Pomera?iia. 
 
 §. 3. The air is fomething cold, but falubrious; and the country is for the 
 moft part level, and has but few hills. On the Carpathian * mountains, 
 
 * Thefe are called the Krapack mountains in the maps, and I know not with what pro- 
 priety they are called Carpathian mountains j for Carpatbus is an ifland in the Mediterranean, 
 now called Scarpanto. 
 
 which
 
 5 68 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 which feparate Poland from Hungary, the air is very cold ; for it fnows there 
 frequently in the midft of fummer, and in fome parts of them the fnow 
 never melts. The Befciatian mountains are a continuation of the Carpathian 
 chain of hills. 
 
 The foil of this country is exceeding fertile, and yields plenty of grain, 
 of which there cannot be a greater proof than that near 4000 veffels and 
 floats, mofl of which are laden with corn, annually pafs down the Vifiida 
 to Dantzick. In Podolia, Volhynia, the Ukraine, and the province of Riißia 
 corn grows in vaft plenty, and with little culture or manure. In Great 
 and Little Poland agriculture requires more attention and labour ; but the 
 harvefts make ample amends for the pains of the induftrious peafant. The 
 foil of Lithuania is as fruitful as that of Podolia ; and Samogitia produces 
 abundance of grain, befides hemp and fläx. Poliß Prußa is alfo a very 
 fertile country. Here are likewife excellent paftures ; and in Podolia the 
 grafs grows to fuch a height, that fometimes a perlbn cannot fee the horns 
 of the cattle when they are grafing in the meadows. The following is a 
 remarkable inftance of the fertility of the foil, and the plenty of all kinds 
 of provifions in this country ; namely, that from the year 1701 to 17 18, 
 during which time there were feveral armies in Poland, there was not 
 the leaft fcarcity of bread. 
 
 Travellers can feldom meet with any thing to eat in the country inns 
 in Poland; but are obliged to buy provifions in the towns and carry them 
 with their baggage. This inconveniency, however, is owing to a want 
 of honefty in the natives when they travel ; for the inn-keepers never make 
 any extraordinary provifion, becaufe they find by experience, that their guefts 
 are feldom in the mind to make any returns for their entertainment. 
 
 Peat, oker of all kinds, chalk, Belemnites, agate, chalcedony, cornelians, 
 onyxes, opals, jafper, fine rock cryftal, amethyfts, granite, topazes, fap- 
 phires, and even rubies and diamonds are found in Poland. This country 
 likewife affords .Marienglas or Mufcovy glafs, talc ; alum, falt-petre, amber, 
 pit-coal, and an inexhauftible quantity of fait which is hewn out of the 
 rock in large block?, and falt-fprings ; alio fpar, quickiilver, Lapis ca'a- 
 mismris, iron, lead, a fmall quantity of tin, gold and fiiver ; but there are 
 no mines of the two laft metals- wrought in Poland. 
 
 The Poliß) Manna is produced by an herb that grows in the meadows 
 and fenny grounds; and it is gathered, in great quantities, from the 
 twentieth of June to the end of July. The Poliih A'tvv/^-berries are 
 always gathered in May, before they are quite ripe; for in the month of 
 July they fwarm with inteefs, which leave a kind of protuberances behind 
 them; lb that the berries are rendered unfit either for dying or medicine. 
 Great quantities of thefc berries grow in the Ukraine ^nd in the neighbour- 
 hood of JVarfa-w and Q'äefiw ; and were formerly exported to Genoa and 
 Florence. Here are feveral woods of oak, beech, pine, and fir-trees. 
 2 Poland
 
 POLAND. 569 
 
 Poland alfo yields abundance of honey and wax ; and a great quantity 
 of mead is made of the former, which liquor derive rom the 
 
 Pol ißj word Mied, which fignifies honey. 
 
 Horned cattle are bred in this country in - fach numbers., that 8 o, 6r 
 90,000 oxen are driven every year out of Poland. The Poliß horfes arc 
 very ftrong, fwift, and beautiful. Of thefe there are great numbers in th ■ 
 country, and likewife of wild beafts ; as the elk, called in the Poliß: ia; 1 
 Los, or a wild ram with one horn; the Bijon* called Zubr by the Voles; 
 the hyena, in the Poliß} language called Rofomak; the Subak, which rc- 
 femhles a wild goat ; and laftly, the Aurrachs are very common in Poland. 
 There are feveral lakes in Great Poland, fome of which abound with 
 fifh. The moft remarkable among thefe is the Gopler-hke in the Woy~ 
 •wodß.np or Palatinate of Brezefc in Cujavia, which is five German muc- 
 in length, and half a mile in breadth. In the other provinces are feveral 
 large fifh ponds. As for the Poliß} rivers, the eight following are the moil 
 remarkable. 
 
 1 . The Dima or Dzivtna, in Latin Duna and in Polifh Kubo, has its fource in 
 Rußa, and after a long courfe through Lithuania empties itfelf into the Baltic. 
 
 2. The Memel, called in Latin Chronus, and in Polifh Niemen, riles in 
 the Palatinate of Novogrodeck, and runs through Lithuania and Prttßa into 
 the bay called Curifche-Haf. 
 
 3. The Weichßel, called in Latin Vißula, and in Polifh Wißa, i. e. < water 
 1 that runs down a declivity,' rifes in Hungary among the Carpathian 
 mountains, runs through Poland ; and, after receiving feveral other firearm; 
 in this kingdom, and in Prußa, it partly difcharges itfelf into the Baltic 
 near Dantzick, and by two other channels called the Nogat and the Old 
 Vijlula, runs into the bay of ' Frifche-Haf. The Vißala is, indeed, very broad ■> 
 but, at the fame time, of no great depth. 
 
 4. The Wart a has its fource in the Palatinate of Cracow, and runs into 
 the Oder a little above Cuflrin. 
 
 5. The Niefier or Dnießer, in Latin Dana/Iris, is the Tyras or Tyres of the 
 Ancients. It rifes in a lake among the Carpathian mountains, and, dividing 
 Poland from Moldavia in its courfe, falls into the Pontus Euxinus or Black Sea. 
 
 6. The Bog, which has its fource in Podolia, and runs into the Dnieper. 
 
 7. The Nieper or Dnieper, in Latin Danapris or Boryßhenes, rifes in 
 the mountains of Budin in Rußa, and after a courfe of forty days journey, 
 or two hundred German miles, difcharges itfelf into the Black-Sea. 
 
 8. The Przypiecz, in Latin Pripctius, has its fource in the Palatinate of 
 Chelm in Red Rußa, and runs into the Dnieper. 
 
 §. 4. The Poles, when confidered as members of the community, arc 
 either Nobles ; Citizens, in which clafs merchants, artifts, and mechanics 
 are included j or Peafants, who are mofUy vaffals to the Nobles. 
 * The Bifint or Bifin is an animal refembling a wild 'bull, o: buffalo. 
 
 Vol.I. 4 D The
 
 570 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 The Polifh towns are, for the mod part, built with wood ; and the villages 
 con lift of mean cottages, or huts. 
 
 The Nobles of Poland have, from time immemorial, refided in the 
 country. Every Nobleman lives in his own village, feat, or caftle; 
 manages his eftate by his vaffals or hired fervants ; and maintains himfelf 
 and v/hole family by agriculture, breeding of bees, grazing, and hunting. 
 Some of the Nobility alfo fpend part of their time in the cities or towns. 
 A Nobleman in the Polijh language is called Szlakcic *, and the dignity is 
 termed Shlaketjlwo. There are among the Polißi Nobility certain Genta or 
 tribes; and thefe again are divided into diftindt families : This diftinftion, 
 however, is not owing to the different places or provinces where they live ; 
 but they are ranked according to the names and arms they bear. Though 
 Poland has its Princes, Counts, and Barons ; yet the whole nobleffe are 
 naturally on a level, excepting the difference arifing from the pofts fome of 
 them enjoy. Hence all thofe who are of noble birth call one another 
 brothers. However, Noblemen whofe circumftances are low fubmit to enter 
 into the fervice of the richer fort, efpecially if the latter are in any eminent 
 poll:, either for a comfortable fubfiftence, or to learn politenefs and addrefs, 
 and, perhaps, to raije their fortunes ; and this is accounted no difgrace. 
 The Polijh Nobility enjoy a great many confiderable privileges ; and, indeed, 
 the fo much boafted Poliflj Liberty is properly limited to the Nobles only : 
 for they have the power of life and death over their vaffals, who, on that 
 account, groan under an opprefhve vaffalage, or rather flavery. Every 
 Nobleman is abfolute Lord of his eftates ; fo that the King can require 
 no fubfidy from him ; nor is he obliged to maintain or find quarter for 
 any foldiers. If a foreigner dies on a Nobleman's eftate in Poland without 
 leaving any heirs, his effe&s fall to the Lord of the manor as an efcheat. 
 But on the demife of a Nobleman without heirs, his eftate does not efcheat 
 to the King, whilft there are any perfons living who are related in the 
 eighth degree to the deceafed ; and if a Nobleman dies without heirs, or 
 any fuch relations, the King cannot appropriate his eftate to himfelf, but 
 is obliged to beftow it on fome other Nobleman of merit. The houfe of a 
 Nobleman is a fecure afylum for perfons who have committed any crime ; 
 for none muft prefume to take them from thence by force. The Judges 
 in the towns dare not caufe a Nobleman's vaffal to be arrefted, or his effects 
 to be feized. Noblemen and their vaffals pay no toll or duty for the 
 tattle, corn, &c. which they fend out of the kingdom for fale : They have 
 alio the liberty of working any mines or fait- works on their own eftates. 
 No magiftrate, nor even the King himfelf, can caufe a Nobleman to be 
 arrefted, without fignifying the crime he is guilty of, and a previous citation ; 
 nnleis he be a robber and have been three times impeached by his affociates ; 
 
 * The German way of writing Poliflj words make them ftill more difficult to be pronounced ; 
 I have therefore kept as aear the Englijh orthography as I could. 
 
 or
 
 POLAND- 
 
 or be furprized in any other crime ipfo faclo ; or, laftly, when he cannot, 
 or will not put in bail. A Nobleman is fubjecl to none but the; King : 
 However, he is not obliged to appear before his Majefty out of the ki 
 dorn, when cited on any caufe, unlefs it relate to the Royal treafuryj btm 
 mud be judged in Poland. All eccleliaftical dignities and civil polls in this 
 kingdom are to be held only by the Nobility. None but Ncblemen are quali- 
 fied to be proprietors of eftates, except the Burghers of the cities of Thorn, 
 Cracow, Vilna, Lemberg, and Lublin, who have the privilege of purchalir..» 
 lands. Any Nobleman may purchafe a houle, and live in a city or town : 
 but he muft then fubmit to ferve municipal offices ; and if he is concerned 
 in trade or commerce, he forfeits the privileges of a Noble Pole. Every Nc- 
 bleman has a vote in the election of a King ; and is even qualified to wear 
 the crown, if he be raifed to it by the free choice of the reft of the 
 Nobility. The Poliflj Nobility has alio fome exclufive advantages in pur- 
 chafing fait. Thefe and other important privileges the Nobles of Poland 
 enjoy partly by the indulgence of their Kings, and partly by ancient 
 cuftom or prefcription. A perfon defcended from noble anceftors is much 
 more honoured than one that is newly enobled. All civil caufes relating 
 to the Nobility are tried in the Provincial Courts of Judicature -, but if a 
 Nobleman commence a fuit with the farmers of the royal demefnes, a 
 Commifiorial-Court is appointed to terminate the difpute. The Polißi 
 Burghers alfo enjoy fome valuable privileges. 
 
 §. 5. The Polijh language is derived from the old Sclavonic ; however, it 
 differs extremely from all the other languages which come from the fame fource. 
 
 The High-Dutch language is very much in vogue in Poland; and, in- 
 deed, the Germans have done the Poles fome very confiderable fervices ; 
 for they firft introduced into Poland a tafte for learning, opened the chan- 
 nels of commerce, and built feveral towns, which they alfo raifed to a 
 flouriihing condition. Ca/imir the Great was very fenlible of the great 
 advantages which Poland might reap from German colonies. Accordingly 
 that Prince invited them to fettle in his kingdom by the greateft encourage- 
 ments; for he granted them the moft improvable fpots in Poland, and 
 even permitted them to be governed by their own laws. 
 
 The Latin tongue is alfo commonly fpoken in Pola/ul even by the lower 
 clafs of people ; but without any regard to accent, quantity, or purity of 
 language *. 
 
 §.6. From die time of King Sigif/uund I. to the reign of Wladißam IV. 
 was the interval when Arts and Sciences rlourilhed moil in Poland. Since 
 that /Era the Polijh Mules feem to have drooped and languifhed : How- 
 ever, they now begin to revive again. For, at prefent, the purity and 
 
 The fame may be faid of Germany, the following fehtence, as I have accented it, being 
 generally fathered upon the inhabitants of that country : bhiGerrmm non cüramw. juatUita- 
 
 icm Sylläbarum. 
 
 4 D 2 . elegance 
 
 571
 
 57 2 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 elegance of the PoIiß> and Latin languages are ftudied, the New Philo- 
 ibphy is introduced, the Mathematics are taught, and Natural Philofophy 
 tfourifhes, in Poland. The Learned in this country alfo apply themfelves 
 ; a the ftudy of the Hiftory of Poland, which they cultivate and improve ; 
 and endeavour to make the good Writers of former ages better known, and 
 lifeful to the prefent; and for this end, the valuable library of Count Zalußi 
 at Warfaiv opens an ineftimable treafure of ancient Authors. The Greek 
 Ian guage alfo begins to be ftudied in Poland ; and literary correfpondences 
 are carried on with learned foreigners. It is true, the preis has not pro- 
 duced fo many books in Poland as in other countries ; but this may be im- 
 puted, in a great meafure, to a want of able publifhers, liberal patrons 
 of learning, and well regulated printing-houfes. 
 
 §. 7. There are no manufactures in Poland; but all the commodities 
 of the country are exported unwrought out of the kingdom. Religious 
 zeal, or rather bigotry, is of infinite detriment to the trade and commerce 
 of Poland, which, notwithftanding all its natural advantages, is daily finking 
 deeper and deeper into poverty ; fo that the commerce of Poland feems on 
 the brink of ruin. The Poles, indeed, export grain of all kinds, flax, 
 hemp, lin-feed, hops, honey, wax, tallow, hides, leather drefted in the 
 Ruffian manner, pitch, pot-afh, mafts, deal-boards, fhip and houfe timber, 
 horned cattle, horfes and other home commodities; but thefe are greatly 
 over-balanced by the imports, namely, wine (that of Hungary alone car- 
 rying fome millions annually out of the kingdom,) fpices, cloths, rich filk 
 fluffs, fine linen, pearls, precious ftones, plate, copper, brafs, fteel, furrs, &c. 
 
 §.8. As for the religion profefled in this country, it was decreed by the 
 Conftitutions of the Pacification Diet held in the year 1736, ' That no 
 ' perfon fhould be elected King of Poland and Great Duke of Lithuania, 
 ' without firft making a folemn profeffion of the orthodox Rowan-CathoYic 
 ' religion ; and that the Queen muft either have been brought up in that 
 ' communion, or publicly declare herfelf a member of it.' Hence it 
 appears that the Popifh religion is looked upon as the eftabliftied, and 
 orthodox religion in this country. 
 
 The Diffidcntes, i. e. the Lutherans, Calvinißs, and Greeks, by the treaties 
 concluded with the ancient Confederations, and particularly the Conftitution 
 of the year 17 17, are promifed fecurity as to their effects, and an equality 
 with the other fubjecls as to their perfons. Some few of the Greek pro- 
 feffion have conformed to the Romiß) church, and are called Unites ; but 
 thofe Greeks who perfift in their feparation, are called Dißnites. The 
 Archbifhopof Polocko, and four other Bifhops, are reckoned among the former. 
 
 Arians, by which name the Socinians are called here, Quakers, Mennonites, 
 and Anabaptifts, are not tolerated in Poland. 
 
 The Proteftants, by virtue of the above-mentioned Conftitutions, follicited 
 for the free exercife of their religion on the foot of the treaty of Oliva ; 
 
 and
 
 POLAND. 
 
 and for this end, feveral other Powers interefled themfelves in their behalf. 
 This procured them many fair promifes ; which, however, have not been 
 fulfilled. On the contrary, a great number of their churches have adualiy 
 been taken from them, or demolished ; and fuch open violations of the law's 
 of juStice and equity are of late become more frequent ; fo that the ProteSlants 
 have now only twenty- two churches in the cities and towns, and iixtv- 
 five in the villages o£ Poland. 
 
 The Greeks are alfo no lei's opprefTed in this Kingdom than the Protectants. 
 The Jews are indulged with great privileges, and are verv numerous in 
 Poland; hence this country is fliled the ' Paradife of the Jews.' In the Second 
 volume of the Callenbergifchen Nachrichten von der fortwährenden Betmthung 
 um das Heil des JtüJiJchen Folks, printed in the year 1752, is inferted a 
 letter (p. 106, &c.) written by an old Polijh General who was a native of 
 Gcmnuiy ; by which it appears, that there are at leaSt above two millions 
 of Jews only in the villages of Poland : and here it muft be obferved that 
 there are at lcaft one, two, or three jewifli families in every village, exclufive of 
 the great numbers of Jews in the towns and inns. Their annual capitation 
 or poll-tax amounts to 220,000 Polißo guilders in the kingdom of Poland, 
 and 120,000 in Lithuania, which makes, in the whole, the fum of 
 56,666 rix-dollars ; and this over and above the general imports and taxe^. 
 It muft be further obferved with regard to the fuperiority of the Popifh 
 religion here, that the King is fliled Orthodoxies, as a title of honour ; that 
 St. Florian and St. Adalbert are worshipped as the Patron Saints of Poland ; 
 that the number of monasteries in this kingdom amounts to five hundred and 
 feventy-fix, and of nunneries to one hundred and Seventeen, befides two hun- 
 dred and fortv-fix Seminaries or colleges, and thirtv-one abbeys ; and laftlv, 
 that the clergy are poiTefTed of two thirds of the lands and revenues of the 
 kingdom. 
 
 §. 9. All the Writers, who have treated of the ancient hiStory of Poland, 
 are of opinion, that the prefent inhabitants were not the original poffeSlbrs of 
 this country ; but emigrated hither as colonies from other parts. It is alfo the 
 general opinion, that they came from Sarmatia, and fettled on the banks of 
 the Vißula ': But Sarmatia was a very extenfive country, and inhabited bv 
 various nations ; from what part of it, therefore, did the Poles remove to 
 this country? This may be Shewn by attending to the name by which, the 
 Poles call themfelves in their own language, viz. Polacy. It is well known, 
 that among other nations in Sarmatia were a people called Lazi, of whom 
 Procopius and Agathias have given an accurate defcription ; and that they 
 ■ dwelt in the ancient Colchis near the Pontus Euximcs or Black-fca. From 
 thefe, the learned M. Lengnich fuppofes the Poles to be defcended ; and 
 that from hence they are called Polacy, i. e. the pofterity or descendants of 
 the Lazi. It further appears that the name of the Lazi was corrupted into 
 that of Lech ; hence it is pretended, that the Poles marched into foreign 
 countries under the conduct of an imaginary Prince of that name. 
 
 Thefe 
 
 573
 
 574 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 Thefe Lazi , who were united with their neighbours the Zechi, and per- 
 haps alfo mingled with the other Sarmatians, eroded the rivers Don, 
 Nieper, Nie/ier, and the Danube, into Pannonia ; and extending them felves 
 farther in their progrefs, die Zcchi at laft fixed their habitations near jhe 
 Elbe, where Bohemia now lies, and the Lazi near the river JVarta, in the 
 country now called Great Poland. This appears to have happened a little 
 before the 550th year of the Chriftian /Era. The Lazi, Zechi, and othei 
 Sarmatians were in time lb intermixed together, that even their names 
 were no longer heard of; and they were promifcuoufly called Slav! ans or 
 Sclavonians, which name was firft uied in the fixth century. After 
 this the Slavian nations were diftinguifhed from each other; and a particular 
 name was given to each of them. Among thefe were the Licicavic Slaviäns, 
 who are firft mentioned by Witichind of Corvey, an hiflorian of the tenth 
 century ; and by this name, in all probability, he means the Lazi. Their 
 King Mifia is the Mießo or Meßa of the Poles, who by the modern his- 
 torians is called Mieciflaus, and was the firft of the name that reigned over 
 this nation. This is the account which M. Lengnich gives of the origin of 
 the Poles ; and a fuller detail of it is to be found in his difTertation at the 
 end of the Poliß Hiftory. 
 
 All the tradition about Lech, the pretended Founder of the Poliß king- 
 dom and nation, and of his fucceffbrs down to Piaß, is obfeure, and entirely 
 fabulous. 
 
 Piaß, who, about the year of Chrift 840 is faid to have been raifed 
 from a peafant to be a Sovereign Prince, is remarkable as to thefe particulars; 
 namely, that his family flourilhed for feveral ages after in Poland and Silefia-, 
 and that to this day all die Kings and even canditates for the crown, who 
 are natives of Poland, are from him called Piafies. 
 
 Miecißaus I. the fourth from Piaß, and great grandfon to that Prince, 
 afcended the throne in the year 964. He became a convert to the Chriltian 
 religion, and prevailed on his fubjects to follow his example. 
 
 Boleßaus I. His lbn and fucceflbr, aflumed the title of King ; which dignity 
 was continued by his fucceflbr Miecißaus II. Caßmir I. and Boleßaus II. But 
 the regal title ceafed at the death of the laft mentioned Prince, and was not 
 revived till the clofe of the thirteenth century, in the perfon of Premi/laus. 
 
 Boleßaus III. a moft warlike Prince, divided his dominions among his 
 four fons in 1 138, to the prejudice of the fifth. This partition gave rife to 
 many difputes and open quarrels. Before this, the above-mentioned Premis- 
 Iaus, Prince of Great Poland, had reaflumed the title of King in 1295. 
 
 Uladißaus furnamed the Little made himfelf King of all Poland in the 
 year 1309 ; and from that time it has been fubjecT: to one Sovereign. 
 
 Uladßaus's only fon, Caßmir the Great, laid claim to Red Rußa, and 
 made it a province of Poland; conferred great privileges on the Jews; 
 and was. the laft Prince of the Piaßian-XmQ. To this excellent Prince 
 
 Poland
 
 POLAND. 
 
 Poland owes its Laws, Courts of Juftice, and Polity -, and llkewife moft of 
 its towns, caftles, and other ufeful edifices. 
 
 After this Prince, Lewis, King of Hungary, was alfo crowned Kino of 
 Poland ; and on his demife, Hedwig, his fecond wife, was crowned Queen 
 in the year 1384. Jagello, Great Duke of 'Lithuania, emhraccd Chriftianity in 
 1386, and at his haptifm had the name of Uladißaus. He married 'the 
 Queen, (hared the Throne with her, and was the founder of a new royal 
 family, which was called the Jagclloulan-Yine. This Prince fat on the 
 Throne of Poland till the year 1572, and added the Great Dutchy of 
 Lithuania to the Pollßj dominions. He alfo reduced Samogltla, and in 
 14 10, defeated the Knights of the Teutonic Order in the memorable battle 
 of Tannen berg. 
 
 yagello's fecond fon, Cafimlr III. took that part of Pruffia, which is, at 
 prefent, called Polljh Pruffia, under his protection ; and obliged the Knights 
 of the Teutonic Order to hold the other part as a fief of Poland. 
 
 In the reign of Slgifmund I. Cajlmlr's youngeft fon, the Margrave Albert 
 Grand-Mafter of the Teutonic Order was made Duke of Pruffia in the year 
 1 52 5 j which, however, he held as a valTal of the King and kingdom of 
 Poland. 
 
 Slgifmund Augußus fon to Slgifmund I. obliged the new Duke of Cour- 
 land, Gotthard Ketlem to become his vaflalj and, in the year 1569, com- 
 pleuted the Union of the Great Dutchy of Lithuania with the kingdom of 
 Poland. Livonia gave itfelf up to the Poles -, Volhynia, Podolla, Polachla 
 and Klovla, were alfo annexed to the Pollßj dominions in the fame reign ; 
 and the male line of the Jagcllonlan family became extinct at his death, which 
 happened in 1572. After this, the kingdom of Poland was governed by 
 Kings of different families. 
 
 Henry Duke of Anjou, fon of Henry II. of France, obtained the crown 
 under certain reftrictions in the year 1573 ; and fome laws were instituted, 
 which were to ferve as fundamental rules of Government to the King and 
 his fuccelTors. This Prince, after a reign of two years, withdrew clandeftinely 
 out of Poland into France. 
 
 Upon this, the Throne was declared vacant in the year 1575, and the 
 Crown beltowed on Stephen Bathor'i, Prince of Tranfyhania. This monarch, 
 in the year 1578, inftituted the two great Tribunals or Courts of Judica- 
 ture at Peterkau and Lublin ; and had his life been prolonged, would cer- 
 tainly have greatly augmented the power, reputation, and profperity of the 
 kingdom ; but this wife Prince was fnatched away in the flower of his age. 
 
 Slgifmund III. a Swedi/h Prince, the fon of Catharine, filier to Slgifmund 
 Augußus King of Poland, loft the Great Dutchy of Livonia, of which he was 
 difpofled by Gußavus Adolphns, King of Sweden. 
 
 Uladißaus IV. Slgifmund the third's fon, reftored tranquility to the king- 
 dom ; and his wife Government deferved the higheft praife. This Prince 
 4 intended 
 
 575
 
 576 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 intended to inflitute a new Order of knighthood under the title of tlir 
 ' Knights of the Immaculate Virgin ;' but this project was never carried 
 into execution. He alfo fet up poft-houfes throughout the kingdom, for 
 the conveyance of letters, in the year 1647. This Monarch's death wa:; 
 followed by a tumultuous Interregnum, the calamities of which were greatly 
 heightened by the incurfions and ravages of the revolted Cofaks. 
 
 In the year 1649, John Cqfimir, brother to UIadißauslV< was elected 
 King. This Prince was unfuccefsful in his war againft Sweden., and by the 
 peace of Oliva, concluded in 1660, was obliged to cede Livonia to that 
 Crown. In 1 668 he refigned the Government out of dilgufr, and retired 
 into France. John Caßmir was the laft Prince of the female branch of the 
 Jagellouian-Yme in Poland; and the Pope honoured him with the title of 
 Crthodoxus, or ' True believer.' 
 
 Cafimir was fucceeded by Michael Thomas JVijhio-iviecki, a nobleman of 
 great learning and parts ; but without any poft of honour or eftate. 
 
 On the death oiWifniowiecki, which happened in the year 1674, the regal 
 dignity was conferred on the heroic Prince "John III. furnamed Sobiejki, the 
 High Marfhal and General in chief to the Crown, who, by a iignal victory 
 gained over the Turks at Chozim, paved his way to the Throne, and 
 gieatly contributed to raife the fiege of Vienna. 
 
 On the demife of King John III. which fell out in 1696, AuguflusW. 
 Elector of Saxony, was chofe King of Poland, who by the treaty of Carlo- 
 <witz re-annexed the fortrefs of Caminiec to his dominions. 
 
 By the peace ofRanßadt concluded in the year 1706, this Prince was obliged 
 to give up the Polijh crown to Stanißaus Lezynfki ; which, however, he 
 reafliimed after the defeat of the Swedes at Pultowa, when Stanißaus was 
 obliged to yield it up, and withdraw. Augußus inftituted the Order of the 
 White Ragle ; and ended his days in the year 1733. 
 
 Frederick Augißus III. Augußus the fecond's ion, by the help of the 
 Rußan army, kept poffeffion of the Crown of Poland againft Stanißaus j 
 and the latter had the Dutchy of Lorrain conferred upon him. 
 
 §. 10. Poland was formerly an hereditary kingdom ; but afterwards, the 
 acceffion of a new King to the Government was always preceded by a 
 declaration of the Nobility. However, the Kings did not only ftile them- 
 felves Sovereigns of Poland by the confent of the people ; but alfo heirs to the 
 kingdom, and its dependencies, by right of fucceffion. 
 
 Sigijmund Augußus was the laft who ailumed this title. After his deceafe 
 it was enaded by a law, ' That no King fhould, in his life-time, appoint, 
 ' or thufe a fucceffor ; nor convoke a Diet for the Election ; nor, 
 ' laflly, in any manner intermeddle with the fucceffion to the Crown : but 
 * that, on the deceafe of a King, the choice fhould perpetually remain free 
 ' and open to all the Nobles of the Kingdom.' This law has, accordingly, 
 been hitherto obferved. Thus Poland is become an elective Kingdom. 
 
 The
 
 POLAND, 
 
 The place of election is in a common, or open field, near the village of 
 TVola, not far from Warfaia : It is furrounded with a ditch and a rampart, 
 and has three gates, one of which is towards the Eaft for Great Poland % 
 the fecond towards the South for Little Poland ; and the third, which faces 
 the Weft, is for Lithuania. The Senators, or Counfellors of State, are ac- 
 commodated on this occalion with a wooden houfe built for that purpoie, 
 called Szopa. Without this edifice the reprcfentatives aflemble in a place called 
 Kola, i. e. a circle or crown ; and thofe noblemen who attend the Election 
 in perfon pitch their tents at a greater diftance from it. The Sovereign is 
 elected by the fpiritnal and temporal Counfellors of State ; the Nobles who 
 fend their reprefentatives or proxes, though every Nobleman may attend in 
 perfon if he pleafes ; by the cities of Cracow, Pofnan, Vilna, hemberg, and 
 Warfaiv, whofe choice always coincides with that of the Nobility ; and 
 likewife by Thorn, Piling, and Dantzic, the three principal cities of Poliß> 
 Prujia. None but Rotna?i-czx\\oX\c$ dare appear at the Election. The 
 King Elect is obliged either perfonally, or by his ambaflador or proxy, to fwear 
 to the obfervance of the Patta Co?iventa, which are drawn up in the Polifi 
 language, and adminiftered by the States. After this he is proclaimed King, 
 and crowned in the cathedral of Cracoiv by the Archbiftiop of Gnefna. 
 
 Poland, in conjunction with the Great Dutchy * which is annexed to it, 
 conftitutes a Republic, of which, indeed, the King is confidered as the 
 head ; but moft of the power is lodged in the Senate, or Council of State, 
 and the Noblefle. The King is not permitted to enter into a war, to 
 aflemble an army, conclude a peace, or to make any public alliances ; nei- 
 ther is he inverted with the power of fending envoys on important occafions, 
 impofing taxes, contributions or cuftoms, or of coining money without the 
 confent of the States. He is to make no laws, determine no religious dis- 
 putes, nor to alienate any of the royal demefnes ; nor, laftly, is he to 
 ' undertake and carry into execution any matters of importance that concern 
 the kingdom, without the confent of the States duly convened. Among his 
 royal prerogatives, the chief is, that the King has the difpofal of the pofts 
 of honour, and the royal demefnes. But, without confent of the States, 
 he is neither to diminifli, or increafe, the honorary pofts ; nor to confer 
 above one office on one perfon ; nor to deprive any one of his poft. 
 
 As for the ecclefiaftical preferments, the King nominates the Archbiihops 
 and Bifhops, except the Archbiftiop of Ermland ; and the Pope confirms the 
 nomination. The King is patron only of twelve abbeys and one provoftlhip. 
 The reft of the abbots are elected by the monks, and confirmed by the Pope. 
 The King of Poland has, at prefent, little or no property in what is 
 called the royal eftates ; but is obliged to beftow them on private perfons ; 
 and the Conlideration-money does not come into the King's coffer?, bat is 
 applied to the fervice of the Republic. Thefe eftates conlift of Starofleys t 
 
 * Lithuania. 
 
 Vol. I. 4 E in 
 
 577
 
 57 8 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 in Latin * Capitaneatus, either with or without a jurifdidtion annexed ; Tenures, 
 in Latin Tenuta, a tenendo, quod qui tenuiam habent, tenent aliquid,fcu pcßdenf, 
 to which belong lands and villages ; and Advocations, which conlift of fome 
 arable land, meadows, mills, &c. The other royal prerogatives are as Mows. 
 The chief care of the public welfare is committed to the King, who is to 
 coniult with the States about every thing relating to the kingdom : His 
 Majefty fummons the ordinary and extraordinary Diets or aflemblies of the 
 States, and prefides in them : No law can be made without his concurrence; 
 and they are all promulgated in his name. The King is alfo the chief 
 Protedlor of the laws and fubjedts of the Kingdom. The Tribunals and 
 Courts of Judicature are held in his name ; and he confers new, and con- 
 firms former, privileges. The Sovereign can grant titles of Nobility, but not 
 the privileges annexed to thole titles, which require the content of the States ; 
 and when no Diet is affembled, he can coniult with the Counfellors and 
 Minifters of his Court. The King alio has power to fend Envoys on 
 affairs which are not of great confequence to the Republic ; and when he 
 is in the army, he has the chief Command, and can fummon the Nobility 
 on any emergency. Thefe, and fome other particulars of lefs confequence, 
 make up the royal prerogatives of the Kings of Poland. 
 
 §. 1 1. The royal Revenues are in Poland termed ' Eftates for the Kings 
 ' table, Oeconomies, and Oecumenical revenues.' Thefe were formerly 
 very confiderable ; but, at prefent, do not amount to a million of Prußan 
 Gilders. The revenues arife from the falt-mines in the Palatinate of Cra- 
 cow ; the decayed lead and filver-mines of Qlkufli when they come to be 
 wrought again ; the ancient tolls and cuftoms ; the oeconomy or rents of 
 Marienburg in Prußa, Dirfchau in Pomerellia, and Rogenbus in the Diftridt 
 of Culm ; thofc of the Great, but now fmall, Prefecture of Cracow, which 
 brings in about 20,000 Prußan Guilders, and of the Diftridt of Niepoiiomicz s 
 which are nearly the fame with the preceding ; and the tolls or cuftoms of 
 Elbing and Dantzic, with other annual fums paid by thofe cities. Thefe re- 
 venues and lands the King can neither augment, diminifh, nor farm for 
 lefs than the real value. They muft be farmed to none but Noblemen who 
 are natives of Poland and refident in the country, and that at the higheft 
 rate poftible. The only revenue particularly appropriated for the ufe of the 
 Queen, is the fum of 2000 gold guilders annually paid to her Majefty out 
 of the falt-mines of Cracow. 
 
 §^12. The arms of the Republic are, Gules an eagle Argent for Poland y 
 and Gules a cavalier Argent for Lithuania. 
 
 §.13. The Order of the White Eagle was inftituted by King Augußus II. 
 in the year 1705. Its enfign is a crofs of gold enamelled with red, with 
 a white border and four flames between the points, appendent to a blue 
 
 * i. c. German Latin. Prefeßura would better exprefs the Pcliß word Staroßey. 
 
 ribbon.
 
 POLAND. 
 
 ribbon. On one fide of the badge is the Po/iß White Eagle, with a white 
 crofs and the Electoral fword, &c. on its breaft. On the other fide, the 
 King's cypher A. R. and round it this motto : Pro Fide Rege, et Lege, The 
 crofs is furmounted with a crown fet with diamonds. 
 
 §. 14. The Polißj Senate, or Council of State, confifts of one hundred 
 and forty-four members, who are all ftiled £ Senators of the kingdom, or 
 Counfellors of State,' and have the title of Excellency ; however, they have 
 no appointments or penfions as Senators. The Senate confifts 
 
 I. Of two Archbifhops, namely, thofe of Gntfen or Gnefna in Great- 
 Poland, and Lemberg in Raffia. The Archbifhop of Gnefna is next in rank 
 to the King, and fits on his right hand in the Senate. He is alio Leoatus 
 natus, or perpetual legate of the See of Rome, Primate of the church, and 
 Primas regni ox Primus Princcps, i. e. * the firft Senator, and firft Prince of 
 kingdom.' In the King's abfence, or during the vacancy of the throne, he 
 may fummon the Diet ; afiemble the Senate or Council of State ; propofe 
 the articles to be debated, and carry them into execution ; give audience to 
 foreign ambafiadors ; and, at fuch times, is always the Interrex. This Pre- 
 late likewife crowns the King and Queen ; and is ftiled Canonicus natus, 
 or canon born, of the cathedral of Ploczko. He refides at Loiiicz, where 
 he has his Marfhal, Crofs-bearer, and Chancellor. This high dignity i« 
 always enjoyed by a prelate ; for the Poles are apprehenfive leaft a layman 
 mould be tempted to fet up for himfelf, and make his way to the throne. 
 
 Next to the Primate is the Archbifhop of Lemberg, who fits on the King's 
 left hand in the Senate. 
 
 II. Fifteen Bifhops, who fit on both fides, next to the Archbifhops, in 
 the following order. 
 
 1. The Biihop of Cracow, who is Duke of Seven a, and has ecclefiaftical 
 jurifdi&ion over the three Palatinates of Lejfer Poland properly fo called. This 
 Prelate's revenues are larger than thofe of any other Bifhop, or even the 
 Archbifhop of Gnefna ; and fix Bifhops of Cracow are found in the lift of 
 cardinals. Though he is the firft Bifhop, he fits on the King's left hand, 
 next to the Archbifhop of Lemberg. 
 
 2. The Bifhop of Wladißaw in Cujavia, who alio ftiles himfelf Biihop 
 of Pomerellia, fits on the King's right hand, next to the Archbifhop of 'Gnefna. 
 During a vacancy of the throne, and the abfence of the Archbifhop of 
 Gnefna or vacancy of that See, this Prelate fits as Interrex. 
 
 3. The Bifhop of Pofenor Pofnan, whofe Dioceie, befides the palatinate 
 of Pofnia, comprehends part of Mafavia and Warfaw. In the abfence of 
 tiie Primate and the Biihop of Cifivij, he prefides at the Election of a King. 
 
 4. The Bifhop of Wilna, whole Dioceie extends beyond Lithuania :\\X 
 White Ruffia, as far as the borders of Mafovia. This Pi-elate and the pre- 
 ceding take place of each other alternately. 
 
 4 E 2 5. The 
 
 1 
 
 579
 
 5 8o INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 5. The Bifhop of Ploczko, who is fupreme and abfolute Lord over the 
 Diftricl of Pulto'wa in Mafiiia-, fo that there lies no appeal from his fentence 
 even to the King. His ecclefiaftical jurifdiction extends alfo to the Diftrict of 
 D.brzin. 
 
 6. The Bifhop of Ermland in Pruffia, of whofe Diocefe we have given 
 an account in our defcription of that kingdom. This Prelate depends im- 
 mediately on the Pope. 
 
 7. The Bifhop of Luocko in Volbynia, whofe Diocefe alfo includes a part 
 of Mafivia and Podhchia, and of the palatinate of Brzefcie in Lithuania. 
 
 8. The Billiop of Prcmifiaw, or Przemifi, in Little Rußia. 
 
 9. The Bifhop of Samoyten y or Samogztia, who alfo ftiles himfelf 'Bifhop 
 of Pi If en in Courland.' 
 
 10. The Bifhop of Culm in Prußa, who has alfo the title of ' Bifhop of 
 Ponwania* 
 
 1 1. The Bifhop of Chehn in Little Rußa. 
 
 1 2 . The Bifhop of Kiew and Czcrnikow. 
 ■ 13. The Bifhop of Cameniec in Podolia. 
 
 14. The Bifhop of Livonia. 
 
 j 5. The Bifhop of Smolenfio. 
 
 Two of thefe Prelates, namely, thofe of Kiew and Smolenfio are only 
 titular Bifhop«, thofe cities being now in the poffeifion of the Ruffians r 
 however, the titles are thought worth folliciting for, on account of the rank 
 and feat in the Senate annexed to them. After thefe ecclefiaftical members 
 of the Council, are the lay Senators, namely, 
 
 III. Thirty-feven Woiewodas or Palatines, including the three Caftellans 
 and the Staroßa of Samogitia, who rank with the Palatines. The office 
 of a Woigwoda or Palatine is to march at the head of the Nobility of his Woie- 
 ivodzwo or Palatinate in time of war ; as his title implies, which is derived 
 from Woy/ia, which fignifies war, and Wodz, a leader: and in time of 
 peace he is to afiemble the Nobility, to prefide in the Courts of Judicature 
 and pronounce fentence ; to fettle the price of goods brought to market,, 
 except in war time, and during the feffions of a Diet ; to examine weights 
 and meafures ; and laftly, to protect and adminifter juftice to the Jews. 
 Some of the Palatines are meerly titular Woie-wodaSy without any palanti- 
 nates, as thofe of Kiow> Smolenfio, and Czernikow. Every Palatine is 
 a Prince by his office. The King has the nomination of all this clafs y 
 except the Staroßa of Samogitia, and the Palatines of Polocko and Witepfi, 
 who are chofen by the Nobility of their refpective Palatinates, and con- 
 firmed by the King. Some of the Palatines, efpecially thofe of the pro- 
 vince of Rußia, are fond of the title of Gcneval-JVoicwoda. No Palatine is 
 permitted to hold two palatinates at the fame time ; and every Woicwoda or 
 Palatine has his Deputy-? foiewoda. The Palatines, and other Senators who- 
 Bank, with them, are in order of precedency as follows, 
 
 The
 
 p 
 
 
 
 L 
 
 AND. 
 
 The Caftellan of Cracow 
 
 ' 
 
 
 The Caftellan of Wilna. 
 
 The Palatines of Cracow 
 
 and 
 
 Pof- 
 
 The Palatines of Kal/ß, Track, 
 
 nania, who alternately change 
 
 their 
 
 and Siradia. 
 
 places of rcfidence and 
 
 order of 
 
 The Caftellan of Treck. 
 
 voting. 
 
 
 
 The Palatine of Leczycz. 
 
 The Palatines of Wilna and San- 
 
 The chief Staroßa of Samogitia. 
 
 domir. 
 
 
 
 
 The Palatines of 
 
 
 Brzcjl in Cujavia. 
 
 
 
 Mafovia. 
 
 Kiow. 
 
 
 
 Podlacl.ua. 
 
 Jungenleßau. 
 
 
 
 Rawa. 
 
 Rußa. 
 
 
 
 Brzefcz in Lithuania. 
 
 Volhynia, 
 
 
 
 Culm. 
 
 Podolia. 
 
 
 
 Mfcißaw. 
 
 Smolenfko. 
 
 
 
 Marienburg. 
 
 Lublin. 
 
 
 
 Braclaw. 
 
 Polocko. 
 
 
 
 Pomerellia. 
 
 Behk. 
 
 
 
 Minsk. 
 
 Novogrod. 
 
 
 
 Livonia. 
 
 Bloch. 
 
 
 
 Czernikow. 
 
 Sir 
 
 Witepsk. 
 
 IV. Eighty-two Caßellani, or Caftellans, who in time of peace are only 
 Senators without any jurifdiction. But in time of war, by general lummons, 
 they act as Palatines, whofe Lieutenants they in fome meafure are, and 
 march at the head of the Nobility under the Woiewoda's. In the Polijh lan- 
 guage, a Caftellan is filled Pan or Lord, and the termination ki or Jki is 
 added to the name of the place over which he is Caftellan ; as Pan Pojhanßi, 
 * Lord of Pojhan,' Pan Plocki, Lord of Plocko.' They are divided into 
 Great and Little Caftellans ; the latter have been admitted into the Senate 
 pofterior to the former. The Great Caftellans, together with the other ipiri- 
 tual and temporal fenators are admitted into the molt fecret councils, from, 
 which the others are fometimes excluded. 
 
 The Great Caftellans are thofe of 
 Pofnan. Jimgenleßau* 
 
 Sendomir* Lemberg. 
 
 Kalißj. Volhynia. 
 
 Woynicz. Caminiec. 
 
 Gnefna. Smolenßor 
 
 Siradia. Lublin. 
 
 Leczycz. Polocko. 
 
 Samogitia. Behk. 
 
 Brzeß in Cujavia, Novogrod. 
 
 Kiow.,. Plocko.. 
 
 Witepsk,
 
 ■62 I 
 
 NTRODUCTION TO 
 
 Wittpik. 
 
 Elbing. 
 
 Czern. 
 
 Braclaw. 
 
 Pod/achia, 
 
 Dantzick. 
 
 Rawa. 
 
 Minsk. 
 
 Brzefi in Lithuania. Livonia. 
 
 Cuhn. 
 
 Czernikow. 
 
 Mfcißaw. 
 
 
 
 The Little Caftellans are thofe of 
 
 Sandecz. 
 
 Brzezinin. 
 
 Miedrzizecx. 
 
 Krufzwicz. 
 
 Wiflicz. 
 
 Ofwiecim. 
 
 Biecz. 
 
 Kamia. 
 
 Rogozno, 
 
 Spicimierz. 
 
 Radom. 
 
 Inowlodz. 
 
 Zawikoß. 
 
 Kowal. 
 
 Landen. 
 
 Santok. 
 
 Szrem. 
 
 Sokaciowo. 
 
 Zanwwo. 
 
 JVarfaiv. 
 
 Malogoß. 
 
 Goßyn. 
 
 Wielun. 
 
 Wifna. 
 
 Przeimß. 
 
 Raciaz. 
 
 Halicz. 
 
 Sieprz. 
 
 Sanock. 
 
 Wyfzogrod. 
 
 Chelmno. 
 
 Rypin. 
 
 Dcbrzyn. 
 
 Zakroczym. 
 
 Polaniec. , 
 
 Ciekanowo. 
 
 Przemecz. 
 
 Liwa. 
 
 Kriwitio . 
 
 Slon. 
 
 Czekowo. 
 
 Lubaczoivo. 
 
 Nakel. 
 
 Konar in Siradia. 
 
 Rofpirz. 
 
 Konar in Leczycz, 
 
 Biekoivo. 
 
 Konar in Cujavia. 
 
 Bydgofzcz. 
 
 
 V. Laflly, the Crown-Officers, in Latin Officiates feu magiflratus majores 
 
 Ordinis fenatorii. Thefe are 
 The Crown Great-Marfhal. 
 The Great-Marfhal of Lithuania, 
 The Crown Great-Chancellor. 
 The Great-Chancellor of Lithu- 
 ania. 
 
 The Crown Vice-Chancellor. 
 The Vice-Chancellor of Lithuania. 
 
 The Crown Great-Treafurer. 
 The Great-Treafurer of Lithuania, 
 The Crown Deputy-Treafurer. 
 The Deputy-Treafurer of Lithu- 
 ania. 
 The Crown Court-Marfhal. 
 The Court-Marfhal of Lithuania. 
 
 Thefc
 
 POLAND. 5 8 3 
 
 Thefe State-Officers, though they are the laft of the Senators in order, 
 are perfbns of great power and dignity, and in a fair way of rifihg to 
 the highcif. ports in the kingdom. 
 
 §. 15. The Diets are ufually held on two accounts ; namelv, to con ~ 
 fider on the refolutions of the Senate relating to the public welfare, and 
 for the adminiflxation of Juflice. They are divided into Comitia iogata, 
 which are the molt ufual Diets, when the States affemble in the city ' : 
 without any tumult or military attendants; and Comitia paludata, when 
 they meet armed and in the field, which are generally held during ah 
 Interregnum. The Aflemblies of the States are alio commonly diftinguiihed 
 into Ordinary and Extraordinary Diets. The former, by the laws of the 
 Republic, are fummoned once in two years ; but the latter are aflembled 
 on an exigency, before the expiration of that term ; and to thefe Ex- 
 traordinary Diets either all the States, or only the Senators, are fummoned. 
 The moft ufual place where the Diet aflembles is the city of JVarfaw, 
 but every third Diet is held at Grodno in Lithuania. 
 
 The Diets are preceded by the Lantage, or Provincial aflemblies of 
 the Nobility, according to the King's appointment ; and for thefe, par- 
 ticular places are fixed in every province and Palatinate. In thefe Pro- 
 vincial afTemblies the Deputies or Reprefentatives of the Nobility, and of the 
 Provinces, who are fliled in Latin Nuntii terrejks feu Delegati provin- 
 ciales, are chofen. Thefe Deputies either receive particular inftruclions 
 how to act in the Diet ; or their conduct in the deliberations is left to 
 their own judgment and probity. 
 
 After this, the General-Provincial-Diets were formerly held in the fol- 
 lowing places ; namely, in Great Poland at Kolo % in Little Poland at 
 Korczyn, which is alio called Neujladc ; in Lithuania at Slonim -, and in 
 Prußia at Graudentz or Marienburg alternately. The principal State 
 Officers, the new-elecled Reprefentatives, and fuch of the Nobility as were 
 inclined, ufually afiiited at thefe afTemblies, and from thence they proceeded 
 to the Grand Diet. But thefe General-Provincial-Dicts have been gradually 
 difufed, except in Mafovia, where they ftill hold thele aflemblies, and from 
 which they repair to the General Diet at Warfaw. 
 
 The Prußians alio meet in the fame manner at the places appointed, 
 before they proceed to the Diet. 
 
 The refolutions of the Diet may be prevented by the oppofition of any 
 Angle Reprefentative, whether it relate to the matter under deliberation, or 
 fome remote affair arbitrarily introduced ; and fuch an oppofition even annuls 
 all the preceding acls of the Diet. Hence it comes to pafs, that the Polijh 
 Diets lb frequently terminate without doing any thing. But whatever is 
 unanimoufly aflented to by the Reprefentatives, the Senators, and the King, 
 has the force of a decree of the Diet, pafies into a law, and is printed and 
 
 * Either at JVarfaw in Poland-) or Grodno in Lithuania, 
 
 publifhed
 
 584 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 publiihed accordingly. When the Noble Poles enter into an affociation either 
 during an Itcrregnum, or while the King is living, it is called a Confederation. 
 
 §. 16. Among the Officers of State are two Generals; one of whom 
 is ftiled the Great General, and the other the Lieutenant-General. Thefe 
 Officers, as Generals, have no feat in the fenate ; however, they may be, 
 and often are, Senators. 
 
 The principal Secretary of the Kingdom, and that of the Dutchy of Li- 
 thuania, are alio admitted into the fenate, after a folemn oath, as Affif- 
 tants ; and in the abfence of the Chancellor, fupply his place at court, and 
 have the precedence of all provincial and court-officers, excepting the Court- 
 Marfhal. The Secretaries are always noble ecclefiaftics. 
 
 The next to thefe in rank are the Referendaries. Of thefe there are two 
 for the Kingdom, and two for Lithuania ; and one of them is an ecclefiaftic, 
 the other a layman. At prefent, they have no power to hear and report 
 the complaints of private perfons ; but their bufinefs is to decide, in their 
 particular courts which are called Referendariatus, the difputes arifing betwixt 
 the farmers of the King's eftates and Oeconimies, as they are called, and 
 the peafants. They have alio a feat in the AffeJJbrial and Relation Court. 
 
 The other State-Officers of Poland and the Great Dutchy of Lithuania 
 are, the Court-Treafurer ; the Under-Chamberlain j the Standard-bearer j 
 Sword-bearers ; the Mafier of the horfe and his Deputy ; the Clerk of the 
 kitchen ; the Cup-bearer ; the Carvers, Tafters, Huntfman, &c. 
 
 §. 17. In every Palatinate and Diftrict are the following officers, who 
 are ftiled Dignitarii ; namely, a Vice-Treafurer, a Standard-bearer, a 
 Judge, a Tafter, a Cup-bearer, an inferior Judge, a Vice-Steward, an 
 Under-Cup-bearer, a Huntfman, a Captain or Military Officer, a Secretary, 
 a Sword-bearer, a Lieutenant-Captain, and a Cofferer. Some of thefe, viz. 
 the Sword-bearer, Cup-bearers, and Treafurers, have only the title and 
 dignity, without any adual employment 3 unlefs the king happens to take 
 hisrelidencein their palatinate : but the reft are in adual employment. The 
 Vice-Treafurer only takes cognizance of affairs relating to the boundaries 
 and the demelhes in his province ; but the Vice-Treafurer of Cracow has 
 alio the inflection of the felt-mines in that country. 
 
 Here we muft alio take notice of the Cajlellani or Caftellans whofe office, 
 &c. is defcribed above. 
 
 Next to thefe are the Staroßas* in Latin Capitanei judiciales, who not 
 only have the care of the royal caftles, but are likewife to preferve the good 
 order and tranquility of their refpective Staroßies, and not to fuffer any 
 violences or robberies to be committed in their Diftri&s. They have power 
 to judge and punifh the inhabitants of the town or country, and even the 
 Nobility, in their jurifdiction ; and when no other magiftrate is willing or 
 ab e to do it, they put in execution the fentences paffed by ecclefiaftical or 
 lay-judges. They alfo have an eye to the rights and profits of the Sovereign 
 or proprietor, arifing either from the occupyers of the lands, or the affeffments 
 and revenues paid by the Burghers and Peafants ; and have jurifdi&ion over 
 
 the
 
 POLAND. 585 
 
 the caftles, villages, and farms, and alfo of the royal towns and village?. 
 Every Starojia has his Deputy, who is generally called Under-Sta?-q/ta, , 
 and in his name fuperintends the whole Staroftey ; and alfo a Burgrave, 
 who maintains the public tranquility, and executes the fentences paffed 
 by the Judges. In the ordinary courts of juflice, a Grod, or caflle-judge, 
 and a Notary, who is alfo called the Grod-clerk, affift. The Staro/la's arc 
 generally diftinguifhed by the caftles and extent of land in their jurifdidtion, 
 rather than by the palatinates to which they belong. Some of them pre- 
 fide over more than one DiftricT:. There are alfo Staro/la's who have no 
 juridiction ; and thefe indeed are more numerous than the former. Some 
 Bifhops, Princes, and wealthy Noblemen have alfo their caftles and Staroflas. 
 
 The towns in Poland are governed by Burgomafters and a Common 
 Council ; and the villages by Village-Judges, as they are called, and other 
 inferior officers. Some of the plebeians in the cities, towns, and villages, 
 are vaflals to the King, others to Princes and Noblemen ; and a good many 
 are vaflals to the Clergy. Thefe are governed rather by the arbitrary will 
 of their Lords, than by any fixed laws. 
 
 The Courts of Judicature in Polajid are, 
 
 1 . The Court-Tribunals, which are divided into Ajfejforial Court;, and 
 Courts of Reports ; and in thefe appeals may be lodged from the towns. 
 
 2. The Provincial Courts. 
 
 3. The Palatine Courts. 
 
 4. The Starojia 's and Vice-Treafurer's Courts. 
 
 There is a particular Tribunal for the Nobility, which was firft held 
 at Peterkau for Great Poland, and afterwards in Lublin for Little Poland $ 
 and the judges of this Court confift both of ecclefiaftics and laymen. The 
 Lithuanian Tribunal is held at Wihia, Novogrodek, or Minjk. 
 
 §. 18. All the Clergy are fubject to the Archbifhops and Bifhops. The 
 Bifhops have the principal direction of the ecclefiaftical courts, where thty 
 are reprefented by their Commiflaries, Vicars, Chancellors, and Officials. 
 The principal Official is called the Official-General ; and the reft are ftiled 
 Provincial-Officials. From the Bifhops and their Commiflaries an appeal 
 lies to the Archbifhops ; and from the Archbifliop of Lemberg to the Arch- 
 bifhop of Gnefna \ and laftly, from him to the Pope. The ecclefiaftical 
 Judges punifh the Clergy immediately ; but the intervention of the civil 
 power is neceflary to put in execution their fentence paffed on laymen. 
 The Clergy affume an unlimited authority in every part of the kingdom, 
 and are endeavouring to engrofs the power and wealth of the nation into 
 their own hands. 
 
 §. 19. We are now, in the laft place, to give an account of the military 
 forces of Poland. No fuch thing as a ftanding army, kept In conftant pay, 
 was formerly known in this country } but all that were capable of bearing 
 arms in the nation took the field on any emergency. In the year 1551 
 the Lithuanians firft began, for the fecurity of their frontiers, to keep on 
 foot, and pay a certain number of troops. Their example was followed 
 
 Vol,I, 4 F by
 
 ;86 INTRODUCTION TO 
 
 by the Poles, who raifed an army to defend their frontiers from the ravages 
 of their roving, lavvlefs neighbours, who live on plunder. The fourth part 
 of the produce of the royal 'Table-lands, as they are called, are appropriated 
 to maintain thefe troops ; hence they are called Quartians ; and the money 
 appointed for the payment of them is depofited in the caille of Raica. 
 But as thefe Qnartians were found not to be fufficient for the defence of 
 the kingdom, the army was augmented, and divided into Cavalry and In- 
 fantry ; but the former were more numerous than the foot. The troops are 
 now divided into the Crown-army, and that of Lithuania ; but fbme of the 
 troops in both armies are clothed and exercifed in the Polijh, and others in 
 the German manner. 
 
 1. The Crown- Army confifts of 
 iooo Spear-men. 
 
 3940 Cuiraffiers. 
 
 1000 light armed troops. All thefe are difciplined in the Polifl: manner. 
 4000 Dragoons. 
 0750 foot lbldiers. 
 850 matrolTes. 
 
 400 Hungarians. All thefe, except the Hungarians, are trained in tke 
 German diicipline. 
 
 2. The Lithuanian army is compofed of 
 400 men bearing lances or fpears. 
 Above 1 160 Cuiraffiers. 
 
 460 Tartars. 
 
 240 Cofaks. 
 
 Four regiments of Dragoons. 
 
 Three regiments of foot. 
 
 1 50 matrofles ; befides a corps of Janizaries and Kuruks. 
 
 Both thefe armies are paid twice a year. The charge of thefe troc» 
 in Poland is defrayed by a capitation or poll-tax; but in Lithuania other taxes 
 are levied for this purpofe : the foldiers alio receive what is called Winter- 
 Quarter-money befides their pay. The troops are moftly cantoned on the 
 crown-lands. 
 
 Befides this flanding-army, which receives conftant pay, Poland, on any 
 preffing exigency, is provided with another which can fpeedüy be got 
 together, and is of no charge to the Public. For on any ludden and im- 
 minent danger, the whole body of the Nobility are fummoned to appear 
 in the field on horfe-back ; and fuch a general fummons of the Nobles is 
 in the Polißj language called Pofpolite RuJ'zenie. This is concluded upon in 
 a Diet, after having been previouily propofed in the provincial meetings ; and 
 is done by royal Letters with the feals of the kingdom and the Great 
 Dutchy of Lithuania. Thefe, being fattened to poles by the fummoners, 
 are carried to the principal Noblemen, State-Officers, and perfons of rank 
 in every palatinate, and read in the Market-places of the cities and towns. 
 When this has been three times repeated, the Nobility, after holding their 
 
 afiemblies.
 
 POLAND. 5 8 7 
 
 affemblies in their Palatinates and Diftricls, appear in the fieltl on horie-back, 
 and, during the campaign provide fubilitence for themfelves. The follow- 
 ■.■ ßefföHS äi'fi exempt from obeying this fummons, viz. the Minifters of 
 the Senate or Council of State, and thofe who are about the King's perfon ; 
 Envoys at foreign courts, the Burgrave of 'Cracow, the Under-Staroftas, and 
 the Clerks of the revenue; thirty officers of the Queen's houfhold ; in- 
 valids, and fome few others. The reft are obliged to appear, under forfeiture 
 of their efiatcs, &c. The King himfelf always marches at the head oi 
 this army. The cities and towns provide carriages and other military 
 if ores ; and likewife a certain number of foot foldiers. After the Nobility 
 have been a fortnight at the general rendezvous, if no enemy appear, they 
 are at liberty to return to their refpedtive homes. Thefe troops are not 
 obliged to go bc-vond the limits of the kingdom : but it this be refolved by 
 the States, and the Nobility voluntarily conform, every horfeman and foot- 
 foldier previoufly receives five Polijh marks *, and the campaign is not to 
 laft above three months. Such a general fummons has not been iffued fince 
 the year 1672; fo that it may be claffed among the rare occurrences: 
 Nor is it of any great advantage to the Republic, on account of the fliort 
 duration of the campaign, the want of good difcipline and obedience to 
 their chiefs ; of proper arms, fufflcient fupplies of provifions, and other im- 
 portant articles. 
 
 Foreign auxiliaries arc not to be brought into the kingdom without the 
 content of the States. Few or no fortified places are to be feen in Poland 
 or Lithuania : for the Poles alledge that the courage and bravery of the in- 
 habitants is the beft defence of their country. Kamcnicc, on the frontiers 
 of Podolia, owes its ftrength more to Nature than art. The fo much 
 boafled fortifications of the City of Zamoßi, if compared to fortified towns in 
 other countries, muff appear very inconliderable ; and all the towns, which 
 formerly flood only one liege, are now open and defenceless. When a 
 loreigner reads of fortified places in Poland, he mull not fuppofe that fuch 
 cxpreflions fignify any thing more than a ditch, a rampart, a wooden or a 
 itone-wall, with which fuch places are furrounded. Dantzick is the only 
 place that deferves the name of a fortrefs in the Polißi dominions ; but this 
 is an independent city. 
 
 §. 20. The Kingdom of Poland confifls of three principal Provinces, 
 namely, Great Poland, Little Poland, and the Great Dutchy of Lithuania. 
 This divilion is of great utility with regard to the public law of Poland, 
 according to which the nation confifls of three diltincT: people and three 
 provinces ; and the Marfhal in the Diet is alternately chofen from thefe pro- 
 vinces. Of this the reader may fee more in Lengnick's Jus publicum Reg/ii 
 Poloni, Tom. I. p. 18. In confequence of this divifion we fhall begin with 
 the firft. 
 
 * A Poiifn mark is about 4;, 6d. fterling. 
 
 4 F 2 GREAT
 
 [ 588] 
 
 GREAT POLAND; 
 
 O R 
 
 WIELKOPOLSKA PROWINCYA. 
 
 T 
 
 HIS name, taken in a more extenfive fenfe, includes Maßvia and 
 Polißj Prujfia. Great Poland confifts of the following Divifions. 
 
 I. GREAT POLAND properly fo called, 
 Which is alfo termed Lower Poland. 
 
 This Province contains five Palatinates or Woietvodzo's, which are, 
 i. The Palatinate of Posnania or Poznan, in Latin Palatinatus Pofria- 
 nienjis, with the three Diflricfs of JVfihowa, Rofiian, and Walecz. The 
 Staroßa of Pofnania is chief Staroßa of Great Poland. The remarkable 
 places in this Palatinate, &c. are, 
 
 Pofen or Pofnan, a handfome but not very large city on the river Warta. 
 It is inclofed with a double wall and a deep moat ; and on the other fide 
 of the Warta it has two fuburbs, namely, Szrodka and Walifze-ivo, which 
 are furrounded with a large morafs. Botli the city and luburbs are fubjecr. 
 to frequent inundations by the overflowing of the river. The caftle fiands on 
 an ifland in the Warta, and is a good ftru&ure. Befides feveral churches 
 and convents, the public edifices of this town are the Jefuit's college, founded- 
 by Bifhop Adam Konarfei, and built according to the model of that at 
 Brunfivick ; an accademical Gymnafium inftituted by Bifhop John Lubran/ki, 
 and from his name called Athenäum Lubranfiianum, which itands in the 
 fuburbs; and an Epifcopal Seminary. The Bifhop's palace fiands near the 
 cathedral, which is. a fine flrucfure, and between the moralTes. This is the 
 firfl in rank, and the moft ancient Bifhop's See in Poland. It was founded 
 by the Emperor Otho I. in the reign of Miccziflaus I. King of Poland, 
 and made fubordinate to the Archbifhopric of Magdeburg \ under which 
 it continued a considerable time, till it was fubje&ed to the Archbifhopric 
 of Gnefna. This city owes a great part of its profperity to the trade 
 
 with
 
 G.Poland.] POLAND.^ 5 3g 
 
 with Germany : It is a ftaple-town, and enjoys feveral other privileges« 
 A Court of Judicature is held in this city ; and the Chriftian Religion 
 firfl gained a footing in this part of Polatid. In the year 171 6, Pofnan 
 was garrifoned by Saxons ; but taken by ftorm, and plundered by the Poles. 
 
 Golan, a fmall town which lies in one of the roads from Pofnan to 
 Dantziek. In this Palatinate alfo lie the towns of Sroda, Litbien, Czamkoiv, 
 Glufzyn, and Obra. 
 
 Rogojzno, Szrzem, Przemecz, Krzywno, and Santok, are fmall town? ; 
 and in each of thefe a Cafiellan refides. 
 
 Blefen, a ftately abbey on the frontiers. 
 
 MeJeritz or Miedzyrzez a town on the borders of Brandenburg, where 
 a Cajlellan refides. Here is an Evangelical or Lutheran church. This 
 town was plundered in the year 15 19. 
 
 Paradyz, an abbey in the neighbourhood of MeJeritz. 
 
 Fraujladt, called in the Polijh language UJkowa, a handfome town on 
 the frontiers of Silefia, was built by Germans, and a great part of its 
 inhabitants are pf that nation. There are three Lutheran churches in this 
 town ; and the inhabitants cany on a confiderable trade in oxen and wool, 
 A Court of Judicature is alfo held here. Fraußadt formerly belonged 
 to Silcßa ; but King Cafunir annexed it to the Polijh dominions. However, 
 that Prince promiled to maintain it in its former privileges, among which 
 was the right of coining money. In the year 1644, this town was almoft 
 entirely deilroyed by lire; and in 1706 the combined armies of the Saxons 
 and Rußians were entirely defeated by the Swedes near this place. 
 
 Lijfa or Polijh Lijja, by the Poles called Lcfzno, a fine, populous town 
 and lordlhip not far from the preceding, in the territory of which it 
 lies. Lißa was formerly no more than a village. But when great num- 
 bers of Protectants from Siie/ia, Bohemia, Moravia, and Außria removed 
 to this place, and obtained the free excrcile of their religion, it con- 
 iiderably increafed, and was raifed to a town. The inhabitants carry on 
 a good trade. Here is a Lutheran church, a Gymnafium or Seminary, 
 and a Calyinift church ; and the General-Senior of ail the Evangelic or 
 Lutheran churches in Great Poland, who was formerly i tiled the Super- 
 intendent, refides in this town. In the year 1656, the inhabitants quitted 
 the town for fear of the Pcli/lj troops, who plundered and laid it in afhes. 
 In 1707 it was alio laid wafte by the RuJjians; but after this, it was rebuilt 
 with great improvements. 
 
 Ridzin, or Reujfen, which lies about a German mile from Polijh Lijja, 
 is a caftle belonging to the LJezinJki family. Before it was demolished 
 by the Saxons in 1705, it was one of the fmeft ftructures in all Poland. 
 It is very pleafantly litur.ted on an iiland formed by a river, and near 
 a wood, through which a vifta is cut in a ftraight line that is terminated 
 by a diftant view of the town of Lißa. 
 
 5 Ravitz }
 
 590 P L A N D. [G.Poland. 
 
 . Ravitz, a fmall town, but well planned and regularly built ; fo that 
 the four gates of it may be feen from a certain point of view. It is fur- 
 rounded with a rampart, which is but mean. The German is the only 
 language fpoken here. Mod of the inhabitants are Lutherans ; and among 
 them are leveral woollen weavers : Hence cloth is the chief manufacture 
 of the place, in which it drives a confiderable trade. Charles XII. of Sweden 
 took up his winter quarters in this town in 1704, and continued here 
 till the Auguß following. 
 
 Krobe, formerly a rich and large village, well known under the name 
 of Sulcava, but now a fmall town. 
 
 Koßen, a little town iituated in a marfliy country, remarkable for a Court 
 of Judicature held in it. 
 
 Note. To this Palatinate the Staroßey of Draheim, which was mortgaged 
 to the Elector of Brandenburg, belongs. 
 
 2. The Palatinate of Kalish, called in the Polijh language Kalifz, and 
 in Latin Palatinatus Cal'ißienßs, with the Diftridts of Konin, Py'zäry, Gniezno, 
 Krcenia, and Nakio. In this Palatinate are the following places of note. 
 
 Borcck, a fmall town feated on a lake. Here is a famous image of the 
 Virgin Mary, to which great numbers of pilgrims refort. 
 
 Kahßj or Kalifz, a large town furrounded with moraffes, a wall, and 
 towers, lies on the river Projha. The Jefuits college here, which is fo 
 highly extolled by the Poles, was founded by Stanißaus Karnkowjki Arch- 
 biÜiop of Gnef/ui at his own private charges. Here is held a Court of 
 Juftice ; and this town is the relidence of a Palatine and a Caftellan. 
 In the year 1655, Kal/ß was taken by the Swedes. In 1706, General 
 Mardefeld and the Swedißo army were totally defeated and taken prifoners 
 by the confederate army, commanded by Augufius II. King of Poland, near 
 this town. 
 
 Grabau -, Cofmin, where is a Court of Judicature ; Plefrow, Kolo, Sta- 
 wifzyn, Romi, where alfo is a Court of Juflice ; Landen, Pyzdry, and 
 Slupcza are all little towns. The Provincial Diet for Great Poland is 
 held at Kolo. 
 
 Olobok, a rich nunnery, is a handfome ftructure, and lies between Grabau 
 and Kallß, about two German miles from the latter. 
 
 Razimierz, a village lying betwixt Slupcza and Poßan, where the un- 
 fortunate Count Patkul was broke alive on the wheel and impaled, by order 
 of Charles XII. of Sweden, in the year 1708. 
 
 Gnefna or Gnefen, in the Polißj language Gniezno, the capital of Great 
 Poland, and the moll: ancient city in the kingdom, lies in a plain. It 
 is a large town, and the See of an Archbiiihop, whofe power and grandeur 
 have been defcribed above*. A Caftellan relides, and a Court of Ju- 
 dicature is held in this town. Boleßaus I. bought the body of St. Adalbert 
 
 * Seep. 579. 
 
 or
 
 G.Poland.] POLAND. 59 i 
 
 or Albert, whom the Priiffians had murdered, and had it conveyed to 
 Cnefna and buried in the cathedral ; and King Sigifmnnd III. enclofed his 
 remains in a filver fhrine. But whether the Saint's bones are (till preferved 
 here, or whether they were carried away to Prague by the Bohemians in 
 the year 1038, is the fubjecl: of an idle difpute between the Poles and Bo- 
 hemians, that, probably, will never be cleared up. This city was erected 
 into a Biihop's See by Bole/lam I. in the year 1000. There is a parti- 
 cular Chancellor belonging to this Chapter, and a Gymnafium or Seminary 
 is founded here. The Kings of Poland were formerly crowned in this 
 city. In 16 1 3, almoft the whole town was deffroyed by fire. 
 
 Naklo, a fmall town, and the refidence of a Caftellan 3 a Court of Juftice 
 is alfo held bere. 
 
 3. The Palatinate of Siradia, or Sieradz, in Latin Palatinatus Sira- 
 dien/is, contains the Diflii&s of Szadek, Piotrkow, and Radomß. In this 
 Palatinate are the following places of note. 
 
 Sir ad or Siradia, in Polifh Sieradz, a pretty good town on the river 
 Warta. It has a cattle, and a Court of Judicature. In the year 1290, 
 the Tartars made themfelves mailers of this town, and in 1292 it was 
 plundered by the Bohemians ; and laflly, in 1 3 3 1 it fell into the poffeflion 
 of the Knights of the Teutonic Order. 
 
 Laß, Pabianice, and Szadek, where a Court of Judicature is held ; 
 Warte, Uniejoio, Spicimierz, JVidaiva, Sulejoxv, Witow, Wolborz, and Ko- 
 niecpol, are all inconiiderable towns. 
 
 Petri 'kou; Pet er kau, or Piotrkoiv, a commercial town, but not very large, 
 in which formerly the Kings of Poland were elected, and the Diets held. 
 At prefenr, the High Tribunal of Great Poland, a Provincial Court, and 
 likewiie the Synod of the Clergy of the province, are held in this town. 
 A college of Jefuits, and another of the Patres piarum fcholarum are 
 founded here. Petrikow was confumed by fire in 1640, and in 1731. 
 
 Radon iß, a fmall town, in which is held a Court of Judicature. It 
 is alfo the feat of a Starcfla. 
 
 The territory of Wielun, in which are the following town?, viz. Wiehtn, 
 the feat of a Staroßa and a Caftellan, where a Provincial Diet, and a Court 
 of Judicature are alio held ; Boleßa-cier, Dzia/oß ■•", Oflrssc fi m» ! Grabow, 
 and Wierußxw. 
 
 4. The Palatinate of Len&icz or Leczvza, in Latin Palaiimtm 
 Lcncitieiifis, contains a Staroftey which includes three DilTricls, namely,. 
 Brzeziny, Orlow, and Inaic-lodz ; and has four Caftellans. The towns, &c. 
 in this Palatinate are, 
 
 Lenczicz, a town lying in a morals near the river Bfura. It is fur- 
 rounded with a wall and a moat, and is defended by a caflle which Hands 
 on a rock. A Provincial Diet, a Court of Judicature, and Provincial 
 Synods of the Clergy are held in this town, In the v'ear 1462, it was 
 
 burnt
 
 5 9 2 POLAND. [Cujavia, 
 
 burnt by an accidental fire ; in 1294, it was laid in afhes by the Lithuanians ; 
 and in 1656, when it was garriibned by the Swedes, it was burnt by the 
 Poles, who put rnoft of the inhabitants, efpecially the Jews, to the fword. 
 
 Piatek, a (mail town belonging to the Archbifhop of Gncfna, and fa- 
 mous only for the excellent beer brewed there. 
 
 Unienow, a town feated on the Warta, which alfo belongs to the Archbifhop 
 of Gnefoa, with a handfome caftle. This town was confumed by fire in 
 the year 133 1. The Clergy of Poland held a Synod here in 1376. 
 
 Brzeziny, a fmall town, in which a Court of Judicature is held ; Klc- 
 dawa, Kutno, Lodz, Orlow, Konarzew, Inowlodz, and Biekoiv, are fmall 
 inconfiderable towns. 
 
 5. The Palatinate of Rawa, in Latin Palatinatus Raven/is, was for- 
 merly a part of Ma/övia; and contains the three Starc/hes of Rawa, 
 Goßyn, and Sokaczow ; each of which is the refidence of a Caftellan. The 
 nioft remarkable places in this Palatinate are, 
 
 Rawa or Rava, a fmall, but populous town, where the Provincial Diet 
 and a Court of Juftice are held. Here is alfo a Jefuits college. In the 
 caftle of Rawa the fourth part of the monies arifing from the royal 
 demefnes is depofited, in order to pay the troops which ferve for frontier 
 o-uards ; and ftate-prifoners are alfo confined in it. 
 
 Viajdum, a fmall town, with a fine caftle. 
 
 Lowicz, a populous town on the river Bfura, in which ftands a palace 
 belonging to the Archbifhop of Gnejna. This town lies in a morafs j and, 
 befides a cathedral, has three other churches and fome convents. Among 
 the inhabitants are great numbers of artificers -, and the fairs held in this 
 town are famous for a great variety of goods which are expofed to fale in it. 
 The Provincial Synod of the Clergy is held here. 
 
 Goßyn, a fmall town and caftle, where a Provincial Court of Judica- 
 ture is held. A Caftellan and a Staroßa alfo refide here. 
 
 Gombin, Gambin, or Gabin, and Sokaczow, are fmall towns> in which 
 Provincial Diets and Courts of Judicature are held. 
 
 Mogilnica, Skiemiewice, and Bolemow, are fmall towns of little note. 
 
 II. C U J A V I A. 
 
 THIS part of Great Poland is very fertile, and is watered by a great 
 many lakes which abound with fifh: the principal of thefe is the 
 lake of Goplo, which is five German miles in length, and half a mile in 
 breadth. The Bifhop of Cujavia is a fuffragan to the Archbifhop of 
 Gnefna, and alfo ftiles himfelf Bifhop of Pomerellia, This Bifhopric was 
 
 formerly
 
 Cujavia.] POLAND, 
 
 formerly called the diocefe of Knifwico, for the cathedral was in that city ; 
 but the See was afterwards removed to JVladißaiv, fo that it is now alio 
 called the diocefe of Wladißavi >. Cujavia contains two Palatinates, namely, 
 
 r. The Palatinate of Brzesc or Kujawski, iri Latin Palatinatus Br&fli- 
 enfis, which includes the Diftricts of Krufzicica and Koival, Remarkable 
 places in this Palatinate are as follows. 
 
 Brzefc, a fmall town fituated in a marihy country, and furrounded with 
 a wall, a rampart, and a moat. A Provincial Court of Judicature is held 
 in this town ; and a Caftellan and Staroßa refide here. 
 
 Krufzwica, a fmall town, feated on the lake of Gop/o, with a caftle 
 which (lands on an illand in the lake. St. Peters church, which has a 
 chapter of twenty-four Canons, lies without the city. The famous King 
 Piafi was at firft a Burgher of this town. It is the refidence of a 
 Caftellan; and a Court of Judicature is held here. Krufznaica and its 
 territory forms a particular Diftricl. The See of Cujavia was firft founded 
 io this town. 
 
 Wolborz, the refidence of the Bifhop of Cujavia. 
 
 Kowal, a fmall town with a Diftrici, where a Court of Judicature is 
 held. A Caftellan refides here. 
 
 Wroclawek, Brdoiv, Niefzaiva, and Wifla, are fmall towns of little note. 
 
 Radziejow, a fine caftle, where a Court of Judicature and a Provincial 
 Diet are held. 
 
 2. The Palatinate of Wladislaw or Jungenleslau, in Latin Pala- 
 tinatus Wladißavienßs or Juniuladißavienßs. To this Palatinate belongs the 
 DiftricT: of Bydgofcz, as do likewife Plowceivies, Labifzyn, Dybow, and 
 Strzclno. In the laft place is a nunnery, which is (aid to be the richeft 
 in all Poland. In this Province are the following towns, &c. 
 
 Wladißa-Wy a handfom city feated on the Vißula. Here is a palace 
 where the Bifhop of Cujavia refides, which was built and decently furniihed 
 by Bifhop Stanißaus Karnkoivßi. The See was femoved hither in the 
 year 1173 from Krufwica. Some date the foundation of this town as 
 early as the year 966, when Mieczi/Iaus I. fat on the throne ; but others 
 date it only from the reign of Micczißaus II. grandfon to the former. 
 
 Incw/oczaw, Inowiadißow, or 'Jungenkßaiv, is a fmall place; in which, 
 however, a Court of Juftice is held, and a Caftellan and Staroßa refide. 
 
 In the territory of Dobrzyn, which has had feveral mafters, and in- 
 cludes the Diftrict of Rypin and Lipne, are the following towns. 
 
 Lipne, a fmall place where a Staroßa refides, and a' Court of Juftice 
 and a Provincial Aflembly is held. 
 
 Rypin, a little town in which a Provincial Diet and Court of Judicature 
 are likewife held. 
 
 Skonipe, a fmall town. Here is a convent of Minims, where a famous 
 image of the Virgin Mary is kept. 
 
 Vol. I. 4 G Gorzno, 
 
 593
 
 594 POLAND. [Mafovia. 
 
 Gorzno, a fmall town belonging to the Bifhop of Plocsk. Near this place 
 a fkirmifh happened between the Swedes and Poles, to the difadvantage of 
 the latter. 
 
 Bobrowniki, a town of little note. 
 
 III. MA SO V I A, or M A S U R E N. 
 
 'T^HIS country has, from the beginning of the Poliß monarchy, been 
 ■*■ confidered as a part of that kingdom. And though the inhabitants 
 revolted on the deceafe of Mieczeßaus II. Caßmir I. foon reduced them to 
 obedience. In the partition which Boleßaus III. made of the Poliß domi- 
 nions between his four fons in 1138, Mafovia was given to the fecond fon, 
 (afterwards Boleßaus IV.) who was fucceeded by his fon Lefco. The latter 
 bequeathed it to Caßmir his father's brother; and after this, it devolved by 
 inheritance on Caßmir 's youngeft fon Conrad. Hence it appears, that this 
 province had its own Dukes for along time. Duke Wenceflaus became a vaffal 
 to John King of Bohemia in the year 1329 but Charles, that monarch's fon, 
 having transferred the fovereignty of Mafovia to Caßmir the Great, King of 
 Poland, Siemonit Duke of Mafovia was obliged to be inverted with this country 
 as a fief dependent on Poland. In the year 1 526, the male line of the Dukes 
 of Mafovia being extinct, theDutchy became immediately fubjecT: to Poland. 
 And though King Sigifnund I. was ftrongly importuned to make his fon 
 Sigifnund Augußus Duke of Mafovia, he could not be prevailed on j but 
 that Monarch having firft confirmed the rights and laws of the inhabitants, 
 annexed it to Great Poland in 1529. King Stephen, in the year 1576, 
 endowed Mafovia with the fame rights and privileges as the reft of the 
 kingdom ; but permitted the inhabitants to retain fome of their ancient 
 cuftoms. This province has been twice given to the Queens of Poland as a 
 dowery; and for fometime was governed by a Statthalter appointed by the 
 King. But in 1576, the Woiewoda of Mafovia was placed on the fame 
 footing with the other Palatines. No other religion but Popery is tolerated 
 :tn this province ; thofe of other profeffions being treated with the greateft 
 feverity : For if a Lutheran or Calvinift Minifter be found in Mafovia, he 
 is certainly punifhed with death. Staravolfcius computed the number of 
 noble families in this country to be, in his time, no lefs than 45,000. 
 Mafovia confifts of two palatinates, which are, 
 
 I. The Palatinate of Czersk, (in Latin Palitinatus Czercenfis) or Mafo- 
 via properly fo called. This includes ten Diftricts, namely, Czersk, Wars- 
 zaiaa, Wizna, Wyszogrod, Zakrocim, Qeianoiv, Nur, Lomza, Rozan, 
 and Liiv. To the territory of JVarfaw belong the Diftridts of Blonsk and 
 Tarczyn, to that of Liw the DiltricT: of Pidtusk; and the territory of Lomza 
 2 includes
 
 Mafovia.] POL A N D. 595 
 
 includes the Diftricls of Qfiroleka, Koluo, and Zambrvw. As to ec- 
 cleiiallical affairs, this palatinate is under the jurililiction of the Bifhops of 
 P of nan, Ploczli, and Luocko. The mod remarkable places in it are 
 
 Czersk, a fine city on the river Viflula, where a provincial Court of Judi- 
 cature is held. In 1656, Frederick, Margrave of Bad ;,-, withdrew to this 
 place, which the Poles befieged for two days : But happily for him, they 
 drew off their forces on the third ; upon which he made the beft of his 
 way to IVarfaw. 
 
 Warfaw, or Warfzawa, is the capital of Majovia, and the royal relidence ; 
 it has alio a ftately caftle. The general Diets of Poland are ufually 
 held in this city ; which is feated on the Weijfel or Viflula, and lies almofl 
 in the centre of the kingdom. It is furrounded with a moat and a double 
 wall ; and conlifts of the Old and the New Town, with two handium 
 luburbs, called Krakau and Praga. Here arc feveral elegant itone buildings 
 and palaces, a great number of beautiful churches and convents, a hofpitai, 
 an arfenal,*and a Itatue of King Sigijhund III. erecled to his memory by his 
 fon Uladflaus IV. The valuable library of Count Zaluski, which was opened in 
 the year 1746, and is faid to contain above 200,000 volumes, is both an 
 advantage and ornament to the city. Some years lince, an academy for 
 military exercifes and a literary fociety were inftituted at Warfa%v. When 
 the general Diet is aflembled there is fuch a vaft concourfe of people in 
 this city, that great numbers of them are obliged to pitch tents with- 
 out the town, where they live during the feffion. The provincial affembly 
 or Diet, and a Court of Judicature are alfo held here. King Sigifnund III. 
 was the firfl who made this city the royal refidence ; and his fucceilbrs have 
 relided here ever lince. In the year 1569, in order to gratify the Lithuanians, 
 the Diet was removed to Warfaw. In 1655 this city had a Swedijh garri- 
 fon, who brought hither a confiderable booty Irom feveral parts of Poland, 
 and a great number of military and civil officers, with fome ladies of dif- 
 tinction ofthat nation, refided here. But the Poles laid liege to it in 1656; 
 and after a molt vigorous defence, obliged the town to lurrender. By the 
 articles of capitulation, the Swedes were permitted to leave the place ; but 
 the belt part of the plunder they had amaffed together fell into tke hands- 
 of the Poles. However, Charles Gußavus approaching with an army to the 
 relief of the town, King John Ca/imir marched againlt him ; and a battle 
 was fought near the fuburb of Praga which lalted three days. At lalt, 
 the Poles were obliged to retreat, leaving behind them their baggage and 
 artillery ; upon which the Swedes placed a fmall garrifon in the town, and 
 deltroyed the fortifications. In 1702 Charles XII. of Sweden made himfelf 
 mafter of Warfaw, which happened to be then without a garrifon ; and 
 fixed his head quarters at Praga. 
 
 Wola, a village which lies about half a German mile from Warfaw, on 
 the plain where the King's of Poland are elected, j 
 
 4 G 2 J'iafdow.
 
 59 6 POLAND. [Mafovia. 
 
 Viafdoxu, a royal palace, pleafantly fituated on the Vißitla at the diftance 
 of a German mile from WarjaiD. 
 
 Villanow, a royal palace, built by King John III. known by the name 
 of Sobicski; who alfo ended his days in this place in the year 1696., In 
 the month of Augufi. 1732, KmgAugußus U. exhibited near this palace a 
 fpedtacle, which had never before been feen in Poland. For he ordered 
 his army, which was dilciplined in the German manner, to encamp clofe 
 to the walls of Villanow, where he reviewed the troops, and caufed them 
 to perform all kinds of military exercifes. This fplendid encampment lafted 
 for three weeks. 
 
 Lcmza, a town on the river Nareiv, remarkable for a college of Jefuits. 
 It is the reiidence of a Staroßa and a court of juftice 5 and provincial 
 aflemblies are held here. 
 
 Pultusk, a town on the fame river, with a caftle built on an ifland. 
 This town together with its territory belongs to the Bimop of Plocsk, from 
 whom lies no appeal even to the King himfelf. The public buildings are a 
 ftately cathedral with a chapter-houfe, and a college of jefuits. In 1324 and 
 1364, Pal tusk was laid in afhes by the Lithuanians; and in 1703, the 
 Saxons were defeated here by Charles XII. of Sweden. 
 
 Wifzogrod, a fmall town and caftle feated on the Vißula. It is the refi- 
 dence of a Caftellan and a Staroßa ; and a court of juftice is held in it. 
 
 Wizna, Nur, Zakroczym, Ciekanoiv, Zambrow, % Rozan, and Liiv are fmall 
 towns. Courts of Judicature and Provincial Affemblies are held in all of 
 them except Zambrow ; and mention has been already made of them above. 
 
 Warca, Garnaolin, Blon, Tarczyn, Wonfoz, Radzieloio, Kolno, Oßrolen- 
 ka, Makow, Camenccz, and Oßrcw, are likewife fmall places where courts 
 of juftice are held. 
 
 Czernienjk, Grodzye, and Prafni, are fmall towns of little note. 
 
 2. The Palatinate ofPLOCZKo, in Latin Palatinatus Plocenßs, contains 
 three Diftridts, namely, Plonsk, Raciaz, and the territory of Xawskryn. 
 The moll confiderable places in this Palatinate are 
 
 Ploczko, a city which ftands on an eminence by the Vißula, from which 
 there is a very pleafant profpec~t. It is the See of a Bifliop, who is fuffra- 
 gan to the Archbifhop of Gnefiia, and fovereign of the territory of Pultusk. 
 This city is alfo the refidence of a Palatine, a Caftellan, and a Staroßa. 
 Here are feveral churches richly ornamented ; the principal among which 
 are thofe which belong to the Nuns of St. Mary Magdalen, and the Benedictine 
 Monks in the caftle. The latter is the cathedral ; and the revenues of the 
 Chapter are almoft equal to the Bifhop's : The Prcvoß, or Dean, is Lord of the 
 Diftridl of Sielun, and fovereign of the Nobility who refide there ; and ac- 
 cordingly is ftilcd Prince of that territory. The Jefuits have a college here; 
 and in the caftle is a Gymnaßum or Seminary. The provincial Court of 
 Judicature is held in this city ; and its inhabitants carry on a good trade. 
 
 Bielskot, and Shrimky are fmall towns of little note. 
 
 Sierpecz,
 
 L. Poland.] POLAND. 
 
 Sierpecz, a little town, remarkable for a famous image of the Virgiu 
 Mary. 
 
 Plonsk, Raciaz, and Zauskryzn, are fmall places where courts of judicature 
 are held. The provincial Diet alfo arfembles in Raciaz. 
 
 Mlawa, and Razanow are fmall towns of little note. 
 
 IV. PO LIS H P RUS S I A. 
 
 ' I K HIS country has, probably, been added to the general province of 
 Great Poland, and looked upon as a Diftridt of it, becaufe it borders 
 on that part of the Polijh dominions. However, we ihall not give a parti- 
 cular account of it here; but refer the defcription of Polijh Prujfia to 
 another place in the fequel. 
 
 LITTLE POLAND, 
 
 Or MalopolskaProwincya. 
 
 HP HIS country is alfo called Upper Poland, and properly contains the pa- 
 -*- latinates of Cracow, Sendomir, and Lublin ; but the provinces of 
 Rußa, Volhynia, Kiovia, and Podlachia are alio annexed to Little Poland. 
 We mail therefore defcribe 
 
 I. The Three PA LATIN ATES which conftitute 
 Little Poland properly fo called ; and thele are 
 
 i. HT^HE Palatinate of Cracow, in Latin Palatinatus Cracovienfis, which 
 ■■> includes the Diftricts of Sczerzyc, Profzow, Xiaz, Lelcw, Sadecz, 
 Czkoiv, and Biecz ; and alfo the three Dutchies of Ofwiecim, Zator, and 
 Severia, which formerly belonged to Silejia ; and the County of Scepus. The 
 Dutchies of Ofwiecim and Zator are Staroßies ; but Severia is fubject to the 
 bifhop of Cracow. Places of note in this Palatinate are 
 
 Lelow, a town with a territory belonging to the Staroßey of Cracow. A 
 Court of Judicature is held here, and likewife at Xiaz and Czkow. 
 
 Miekow, a little town whofe fituation is faid to refemble that of °Jerufakm\ 
 
 which city the founder, Gryphius jfaxa, took for his model when he built 
 
 2 this 
 
 597
 
 59^ POLAND. [Cracow. 
 
 this town in memory of his pilgrimage to "Jerusalem. He afterwards 
 granted this place to the Knights of the Holy Sepulchre. 
 
 M/low, a fmall town on the river Warta. 
 
 Czen/lokowa, a little town en the fame r'.ver. This place is principally 
 famous for a convent of Monks of the order of St. Paul the hermit, which 
 Hands a little without the town on the Clarenberg and is celebrated for a 
 piclure of the Virgin Mary pretended to be painted by St. Luke; fo that 
 it is much frequented by pilgrims. This convent is fortified, and main- 
 tains a garrifon. In the year 1655, it flood out afiege when preffed by the 
 Swedes. Near this town a battle was fought in 1665 between the King's forces 
 and Prince Lit betn er ski's army, to the difadvantige of the former. The nupti- 
 als of King Michael with Eleanor, lifter to the Emperor Leopold, were 
 folemnifed in this town in 1670. 
 
 Olsztyn, a fmall place with a caftle, which ftands on a rock near the Warta. 
 
 Olkusz or Ilkush, a fmall town, which was famous for its lead and 
 filver mines, and belongs to the King. The produce of thefe mines was 
 fbrmerlv verv confiderable ; but they have not been wrought for many years, 
 and are fallen to decay. However, they are capable of being reftored. 
 
 Cracow, the capital of the whole kingdom, and the fixed refidence of 
 the King, is feated in a fertile country at the conflux of the Vifiula and the 
 Ridaiva. 
 
 Cracow, properly fo called, is furrounded with walls, and contains a great 
 number of convents and churches ; and among the latter that of the Virgin 
 Mary is the principal. On the well fide of it is a fuburb with beautiful 
 gardens ; and near it ftands the King's Palace with elegant gardens and a 
 canal, which are inclofed with a wall. On the fcuth fide of it, the 
 royal caftle ftands on a high rock near the Vifiula. This large ftruclure 
 is defended by walls, towers and baftions ; and has the appearance of a 
 town. It includes the King's palace, the cathedral, and two other churches, 
 with feveral dwelling houfes. The cathedral is dedicated to St. Stanijlaus, 
 formerly bifhop of this See, whom Bolefiaus II. killed at the altar with his 
 own hands, becaufe the good Bifhop's admonitions were grown infupport- 
 able to him. The remains of St. Stanifiaus are inclofed in a filver fhrine ; 
 and mafies are continually performed day and night in this church. In the 
 treafury of the cathedral, among other things of great value, the Regalia, 
 namely the crown, fcepter and Monde are depofited ; and on this account 
 theTreafurer of the Kingdom has the care of it. The Kings of Poland are 
 always crowned, and their remains are interred in this church. The Bifhop 
 of Cracow is alfo Duke of Scveria ; but an account of this Prelate's dignity, 
 Off. has been given in the Introduction to Poland*, The annual revenue 
 of the bifhopric of Cracow amounts to 40,000 dollars. The chapter con- 
 fute of thirty-fix canons, befides other priefts, whole revenues are alfo very 
 
 * See page 579. 
 
 confiderable
 
 Cracow.] POLAND. 
 
 confiderable. Contiguous to the caftle is the fuburb of Slradomo, which in- 
 cludes feveral churches, convents, and hofpitals ; and from Stradomo a bridge 
 over the Vißula leads to the town of 
 
 Kazimircz, which may be looked upon as the fecond divifion of the 
 city of Cracow. It lies to the eaft of the latter, was built by Cafimir the 
 Great, and is inclofed with a wall. The chief edifice in this pari; of the 
 city is the Univerfity ; but Cafimir the Great was prevented by death from 
 compleating it. However, it was quite finifhed by King XJladißaus Iagello t 
 and his contort Hcdewig, in the year 1401. It confitts of eleven colleges, 
 to which fourteen grammar fchools, difperfedin feveral parts of the city, are 
 fubordinate. The Bifhop of Cracow is perpetual Chancellor of the Univerfity. 
 In the year 1549, it received a fevere blow ; for all the (Indents quitted the 
 Univerfity in one day, alledging, that fufficient iatisiaclion had not been 
 made to their comrades, fome of whom had been killed, and others wounded 
 in a frivolous quarrel. The yews Town joins to Kazimierz. 
 
 Laftly, to the north of it lies the fmall town or fuburb of Kleparz or 
 K/epardia, which has no walls ; but contains feveral churches, particularly 
 that of St. Florian, a very (lately edifice, and the Bifhop's palace. 
 
 The city of Cracow is large, and was formerly very opulent and flourifh- 
 ing ; but by the removal of the Court, and the many calamities it fuftained 
 in both the Swediß wars, it has very much declined, and is far from being fo 
 populous as it formerly was. The Germans and Italians had once brought 
 its commerce to a great height ; but, at prefent, it is very inconfiderable. 
 
 The Burghers of Cracow have this particular privilege, namely, that no 
 appeal lies from the City-Council, but to the King only ; and his Majefiy 
 can judge no caufes relating to the city, or to die towns of Kafimierz and 
 Kleparz in any other place, but in Cracow. The Woiewoda or Palatine 
 of Cracow has the power of choofing the council, but not of difplacing any 
 Counfellor when elected. The Cafiellan of this city has nothing in com- 
 mon with the other officers of that denomination ; however, he has the fame 
 name and appointments, and by his pod: is entirely exempt from ferving anv 
 other pffices,except that he is obliged to appear in the Council. The inhabitants 
 of Cracow are likewife allowed the privilege of purchasing and holding eftates. 
 As to the historical particulars relating to this city; it is faid, but with 
 little certainty, to have been founded by a Polijh or Bohemian Prince of the 
 name of Crocus in the year of Chrift 700. It was erected into a Bifhop's 
 See in the year 1000 ; and in the year 1257, it obtained the municipal 
 rights of Magdeburg. It has often been confumed by fire, namely, in the 
 •years 1241, 1260, 1439, 1462, 1473, 1494, 1504, 1652, and 1702. Cracow 
 wasvifited by the peftilence in 1707 and 1708, which fwept away feveral thou- 
 fands of the inhabitants. In the year 1655, it was beiieged and taken by the 
 Swedes; but in 1657, they were obliged to deliver it up again to the Poles* 
 Tinieck, a Benedictine convent, which ftands on the Vißula, and is one' 
 of the principal monafteries in Poland, whofe Abbot is always one of the canons 
 
 599
 
 6oo P L A N D. [Cracow. 
 
 of Cracow. It was founded by Cafimir I. in the year 1046. It is chiefly 
 celebrated for the learning of the monks belonging to it, and their fkill in the 
 fciences. To this convent belong five towns and one hundred villages. 
 The Abbot DerJIaw, when this monaftery began to decline, raifed it to its 
 former profperity, and Miekcki made the monks a prefent of his library 
 and mathematical mufeum. 
 
 Claratumba, or Mcgila, a rich, beautiful, and fortified Ciflercian convent; 
 It lies about a German mile from Cracow, and is famous for being the 
 burying-place of Queen Vanda. 
 
 Profzowice, a town with a territory ; and in it are held the aflemblies 
 of the Nobility of Cracow, and alfo a Provincial Court of Judicature. The 
 foil hereabouts is exceeding rich and fertile. 
 
 Bocnia, a town famous for its falt-mines, which were firft difcovered 
 in 125 1, when this place was only a village. The fmall river called 
 Raab, that falls into the Vijiula, runs near this town, which is furrounded 
 with hills and eminences. The falt-mine of Bocnia is in a narrow 
 flip of land of feventy-five Lachter * in breadth from North to South \ 
 about one thoufand in length from Eaft to Weft; and the greatefl 
 depth of it is one hundred and twenty Lachter from the furface. The 
 fait lies in veins, and is fomething finer than that of Wieliczka, efpecially at 
 a certain depth. It is cut in fmall pieces and put up in cafks. The 
 number of labourers in this mine is about two or three hundred. Large 
 pieces of black wood have been found in this mine, which are incrufted 
 with fait; and likewife alabafter. Every part of thefe mines is very dry. 
 They are under the direction of the magiftrates of Wieliczka. , 
 
 Wieliczka, a fmall town, but famous for its falt-mines, lies in a valley 
 about a German mile from Cracow. The town is entirely undermined j 
 and the mines extend for a confiderable diftance round it. The length 
 of the mine from Eaft to Weft is fix hundred Lachter, the breadth from 
 North to South is two hundred, and its greateft depth is eighty Lachter. 
 But the viens of fait are not limited to this extent; for the depth and 
 length of them from Eaft to Weft are as yet unknown, and only the 
 breadth has been hitherto determined. The number of {hafts, at prefent, 
 is ten ; and within the whole falt-mine there is not fo much as one fpring. 
 The fubterraneöus ' pafiages or galleries are very fpacious; and in many 
 of them altars or chapels are hewn cut of the falt-rock. In thefe chapels 
 Crucifixes, or the images of Saints, are fet up ; and a light is kept con- 
 tinually burning before them. The places where the fait is hewn out of the 
 mine, and the empty cavities where it has been formerly hewn out, are called 
 Chambers ; and fome of thefe are (o fpacious that a large church might 
 be inclofed in one of them. Several of thefe Chambers are made ufe of 
 as warehoufes for the fait caiks, or magazines for fodder for the horfes ; 
 * A Lachte is five Drcfda; ells, or ten feet. 
 
 and
 
 Cracow.] POLAND. 60 1 
 
 and others fcrve for ftablcs, in which twenty or thirty liorfes ftand, ac- 
 cording to the number that the work requires. In fome chambers, where 
 formerly the water has ftagnated, the bottoms and iides are covered with 
 very thick incruftations of lbme thoufands of fait cryftals one upon another; 
 many of which weigh half a pound, or more : and when any candles 
 happen to be brought into thefe places, the numerous rays of light 
 reflected by thefe cryftals emit a furprizing luftrc. In fome parts of the 
 mine huge columns of fait are left ftanding to fupport the rock. The num- 
 ber of miners employed in thefe mines are between four and five hundred; 
 but the falt-works may be faid to employ feven hundred men in all. The 
 fait lies in large fhapelefs maffes near the furface, out of which, blocks 
 of fixty, eighty, or a hundred fquare feet may be hewn ; but at a con- 
 fiderable depth it is found in fmaller lumps. Above 600,000 quintals 
 of fait are annually dug out of thefe mines. The worft and cheapeft 
 fort is called Zielona, i. e. ' green fait ;' which is probably fo called from 
 its greenifh colour, caufed by a heterogenous mixture of a grayifh mineral 
 or clay. It confifts entirely of falt-cryftals of different dimenfions ; and a 
 cafk of this fait, which generally contains fix quintals, fells for about twenty* 
 two Poli/h Guilders. But a quintal of that in large maffes or blocks is 
 worth thirty-two or thirty three Florins *. A finer fort of fait is called 
 Szybikoiva, which is fold for twenty-four Florins per cafk, and in large 
 blocks at four Florins the quintal. The third fpecies of fait dug out of 
 thefe mines is the cryftal-falt, or fal gemma. This is found in fmall 
 pieces interfperfed in the rock, and when detached from it, always breaks 
 into cubes, or redlangular prifms. This is ufually fold unprepared. 
 The colour of the falt-ftone is a dark gray mixed with yellow. Salt 
 was formerly boiled out of the Sole, as it is called, which is accumulated 
 in the mines ; but this has been difcontinued fince the year 1724, on account 
 of the too great confumption of wood it occafioned. Thefe falt-mines 
 have always made a part of the King's board-revenues, as they are called, 
 and are generally farmed. Sometimes, however, the King has kept them 
 in his own hands, and appointed proper officers for the management of 
 them. The office of Mine-mafter at JVieliczka is hereditary in the family 
 of Morfztein; and a confiderabie falary arifing from thefe mines is annexed 
 to it; but as the falt-works are part of the King's table-revenues, the 
 Mine-mafter has no other advantage from his office. The Nobility in Great 
 and Little Poland are allowed a fufficient quantity of fait for their families and 
 vaffals, (which amounts annually to above 20,000 cafks) on paying only four 
 Poliß Guilders par cafk, though it ftands the King in twelve Guilders 
 a cafk. Thefe falt-mines are faid to have been difcovered in 125 1 ; thole at 
 Bocknia being firft wrought, and fome time after thofe at Wicliczka. In 
 1444, and 1696, thefe mines accidentally took fire, and continued burning 
 for a long time. 
 
 * A 1 ' i T lorin is equal to is. 2d. fading ; and a Polifli Guilder is about 6d. \. 
 
 Vol. I. 4 H Lipowiec,
 
 6o2 POLAND. [Cracow. 
 
 Lipowiec, a fmall town on the Vißula, with a caftle built upon a rock, 
 which ferves as a prifon for eccleiiafiical delinquents. 
 
 Landßron, a ftrong caftle built on a high rock. In the neighbourhood 
 of it is a convent, which ftands on a mountain called Calvary, and is 
 much frequented by pilgrims. 
 
 Sandecz, a fmall walled town on the river Donaiecz. It carries on a 
 good trade, and is the feat of a Caftellan.. It is further remarkable for 
 a college and a monaftery of Premonßratenjes. The caufes belonging to the 
 Diftrict of Sandecz are tried at Cfzkow. In Old Sandecz, which is about 
 a German mile diftant from this place, is another convent of Premonßra- 
 tenjes, which is reckoned the richeft monaftery in all Poland. 
 
 Pienin, a caftle well fortified by Nature, which is acceffible but by one 
 avenue, and that very narrow. 
 
 Tarnow, a town and caftle, in which are two convents, and a collegiate 
 church. 
 
 Biecz, a fmall town, in which a Caftellan refides, and a Court of Ju- 
 dicature is held. 
 
 Andrzeiow, or Dederzeiow, a town near the frontiers of Hungary and 
 Sileßa, in which is a Cißercian abbey. In the year 1576, an affembly of 
 the Nobility was held here, when the election of King Stephen Bathori 
 was confirmed; and in 1607 the Rokoßians, or Noblemen engaged in the 
 League, alfo affembled in this town. 
 
 The fmall towns of Promink, Rudawa, Czerna, Teczyn, Oycow, Alwernia, 
 Niepokmice, Skala, Olbrom, Pilica, Ogrodzieniec, Krzepice, Zarki, KJobucko, 
 Nowytarg, alfo lie in this Palatinate. 
 
 The Dutchy of Oswiecim, which, in 1457, Caßmir III. purchafed 
 from Sileßa, and annexed to Poland, is, at prefent, a royal Staroßey, and 
 
 in it lie 
 
 Ofwiecim, a fmall town on the Vißula, which confifts of wooden houfes, 
 and has a caftle of the fame materials ; and Rety and Xywiec, two other 
 fmall towns. 
 
 The Dutchy of Zator, which was mortgaged to the republic of Po- 
 land in 1494; and adual poffeflion was taken of it in 15 13. It is, at 
 prefent, a Staroßey in the King's gift, and includes Zator, a town and 
 caftle on the Vi'jhila, where a Provincial Affembly and Court of Judicature 
 are held ; and Berwald, a fmall town. 
 
 Severika, or Siewejrz, a Dutchy, fold in 1543 by the Duke of 
 Teßen, in Sileßa, to the Bifhop of Cracow, who, about three years after, 
 took pofldiion of it. The Bifhop of Cracow is ftill the Sovereign of it, 
 is alfo ftiled Duke of Severia, with full power even in civil cafes. In this 
 Dutchy lie the towns of 
 
 Siewcirz, or Severia, the capital, which has a ftrong caftle built on an 
 ifland in a large lake. 
 
 Slawkom, a fmall town, near which is a filver-mine. 
 
 The
 
 Cracow.] POLAND. & 
 
 The county of Scepus or Zips, the greateft part of which was mort- 
 gaged in the year T412, by Sigifmund, King of Hungary, to Uladißaus 
 Jagello, King of Poland, and has not yet been redeemed. The mort- 
 gaged towns and caftles are, 
 
 Lublyo, Durandfdorf, Fulek, 
 
 Padolin, Deutfchendorf Kirchdorf, 
 
 Kniefeti, Michelfdorf Matzdorf 
 
 Be/a, Neudorf, and 
 
 Laibitz, Rißdorf, Georgenberg, 
 
 Menhardfdorf Vallendorf 
 
 with all their dependencies. For a defcription of thefe places, and of 
 the other part of the county Zips, the reader is referred to Hungary . 
 and particularly to the account of Upper Hungary. 
 
 2. The Palatinate of Sandomir or Sendomir, called in Polifh San- 
 domirz, and in Latin Palatinatus Sandomirienfis, includes the Diftricts of 
 Radom, Stezyca, Wifiica, Checiny, Opoczno, and Pi If no. Remarkable place 
 in this Palatinate are, 
 
 Sandomir, Sendomir, or Sandomirz, the capital of this Palatinate. It 
 ftands on an eminence near the Vifiula, not far from the influx of the 
 river San into the former. Its delightful fituation rendered it the fa- 
 vourite refidence of Cafimir the Great, and other Kings of Poland. This 
 city is well fortified both by Nature and Art ; and in it are a college 
 of Jefuits and other Orders, and a rich foundation called Collegium Cano- 
 mcorum. The caftle, which Hands on a fteep rock, was blown up 
 by the Swedes in 1656. A Provincial Court of Juflice is alfo held here. 
 The Sendomirian Starofiey is the only one in Poland that can neither be 
 mortgaged, nor let on a perpetual leafe. In the year 1259, the Tartars 
 and Ruffians committed terrible ravages in this city, and put the inhabitants 
 to the fword. On the twenty-fecond of Anguß iy 02, the Nobility entered 
 into a confederacy at Sendomir, and engaged by a folemn vow, to defend 
 their religion, their liberty, and their lawful King Augußus II. 
 
 Pilfno, a fmall town, in which a Staroßa refides, and a Court of Juflice 
 is held. Within its territory lie Sendifoio, Zamovecz, Socolow, Praeclaic, 
 Zaclyn, and Lazakißo, all places of little note ; but in the laft is a celebrated 
 image of the Vigin Mary. The caftles of Rzemient, Vieviork, Chrifio- 
 pher, and Baranow, are alfo in this Diftricl. 
 • Olefnicz, Stobnica, Paczano-w, Polanecz, Stafozv, and Ofieco, are final! 
 towns in this Palatinate. 
 
 Korczyn, or Neußadt, is a town and caftle feated on the Vifiula, where 
 a Scarofia refides, and the Provincial Diet for Little Poland h held, 
 
 Wiflica, a fmall town, which flands near the river Niba in the middle 
 of a morafs. It is the refidence of a Caflellan ; and a Court of Judi- 
 
 4 H 3 cature
 
 6 °4 POLAND. [Cracow. 
 
 cature is held here. In 1 136, the Ruffians having taken this town by 
 treachery, facked and plundered it. Wißica is frequently mentioned in the 
 hiftory of .Poland. 
 
 Söorow, and Cbrobers, two caftles of little note. 
 
 Pinczow, a Marquifate, belonging to Count Wiolopolßi. Its chief town 
 is Pinczow, remarkable for a Gymnafium or Seminary. 
 
 Szydkw, an old town, in which a great number of Jews is found amongft 
 the inhabitants. 
 
 Rakow, which was formerly a populous town ; and the Socinians, or, 
 as they are called in Poland, the Arians, had a college and printing- 
 houfehere; but in 1643, they were expelled from this place. The Ra- 
 hman catechifrn takes its name from this town. 
 
 Checiny, a fmall town, remarkable for its lead and filver mines, and mar- 
 ble quarries. It has a caftle, which ftands on a high rock, and a Sta- 
 rofia. An inferior Court of Judicature is alfo held here. The mines of 
 Checiny belong to the King. 
 
 Malogocz, a fmall town, where a Caftellan refides. 
 
 Sulow, a fmall town, with an abbey of Cißercian monks, to which fome 
 of the neighbouring towns belong. 
 
 Setzini, a good town, with a caftle built on a rock. Near it are filver 
 mines, in which Lapis lazuli is alfo found. 
 
 Kielce, a fmall town, in which are a cathedral and an epifcopal 
 palace. The mines which are wrought near this place belong to the 
 Bifhop of Cracow. 
 
 Radcßiczs, Opoczno, Inowlod, Drevitz, and Zarnowo, are fmall towns j 
 but the laft is the refidence of a Caftellan. 
 
 Stezycz, a fmall town on the Vißula, rendered famous by the Diet held 
 there in 1575, and by the affembly of the Nobility in 1606. A Caftellan 
 alfo refides in this town. 
 
 Radcm, a walled town, and the refidence of a Caftellan and a Staroßa. 
 A Provincial Diet, a Court of Judicature, and the Poliß Court of the 
 Treafury, which lafts fix weeks every year, are held here. 
 
 Iedhnsk, which is remarkable for an academical Gymuaßum. Tarnow 
 and Szydlowiec are fmall towns. 
 
 Vonkocz, a rich convent of Cißercian monks. In the neighbourhood of 
 this monaftery are fine ftone quarries, and iron-works. 
 
 Kunow, a fmall town belonging to the Bifhop of Cracow, near which are 
 quarries of fine marble. 
 
 Ilza, a pretty town, which likewife belongs to the Bifhop of Cracow. 
 It has a caftle, and is remarkable for a good earthern-warc manufacture. 
 
 Kaleberg, in Latin Mons calvus, is the higheft mountain in ail Poland. 
 The abbey of the holy crofs, which is famed for many pretended mira- 
 cles and the crowds of pigrims who refort to it, ftands upon this mountain. 
 2 There
 
 Cracow.] POLAND. foj) 
 
 There is not lb much as a tree growing on this hill } hence it derives its 
 name of Kaleberg, ' or the bare mountain.' 
 
 Bozentin, a town furrounded with a wall and a rampart, which belongs 
 to the Bifhop of Cracow who has a palace here. It lies juft at the fuot 
 of Kaleberg. 
 
 Lagow a fmall town, in which earthern ware is made. It belongs to 
 the Bilhop of Cvjavia. 
 
 Slupccz, a fmall town belonging to the abbey of the holy crofs. 
 
 Opatm», h conftdefable toWn, fituated in a plcafant and fruitful country. 
 Here is a large collegiate church ; and a -Diet- is held in this town. 
 
 Iwanßz, a fmall town of little note. 
 
 Zawikofi, a fmall town and caflle on the Vißula, governed by a Cai- 
 tellan. Here is a nunnery; and in the year 1205, the Rußans were de- 
 feated near this place. 
 
 The towns of Lvfagora, Szydlowiec, Sieciekow, Piotrowin, Borzeein, 
 Skrzynno, Studziana, Dzikow, Baranow, Dambrowa, Choretnik, and Poloviec, 
 lie in this Palatinate. 
 
 3. The Palatinate of Lublin, in Latin Palatinatus Lublinenßs, contains 
 the Diflri&s of Lukow, and Urzedow. In ecclefiaflical matters, it is under 
 the jurifdidtion of the Bifhop of Cracow. The following, are the moil 
 remarkable places in this Palatinate. 
 
 Urzedow, a town fituated on a lake, in which a Court of Judicature 
 is held. 
 
 The towns of Kock, Krafnik, Lewartow, Piajkl, Lacza, Parczow, and 
 Palawy. 
 
 Kazirnierz, a well-built town, fituated among rocks near the Vißula. 
 It is a place of confiderable trade ; and is one of the towns which con- 
 flit ite the jurifdiclion of the Six Towris, as it is called. In the year 1656, 
 Charles Gußavus pafTed the Vißula at this place, and defeated Czarniecki 
 the Caftellan of Kiow. 
 
 Lublin, a city furrounded with a wall and a ditch, and a place of good trade 
 but not very large. It has a caflle built on a high rock, and flands on 
 the little river Byflrzna in a very pleafant and fertile country. Here are 
 feveral churches and convents, and a college of Jefuits. Great numbers 
 of Jews live in the fuburbs of Lublin, and have a fpacious fynagogue 
 there. Three annual fairs are held here (and each of them lafls a month) 
 which are frequented by great numbers of German, Greek, Armenian, 
 Arabian, Rußan, Turkiß, and other traders and merchants. The chief 
 Tribunal for Little Poland is held here, befides a Provincial Diet and 
 Court of Judicature. In the year 1240, Lublin was fet on fire by the 
 Tartars ; and after that continued for a long time in the pofTeffion of the 
 Rußans. In 1447, and 1606, this town alfo differed greatly by tire ; and 
 in 1656, it was laid in afhes by the Swedes. In 1703, an extraordinary Diet 
 was held here. Lukow,
 
 6o6 POLAND. [Podlachia. 
 
 Lukow, a fmall town, in which a Staroßa refides^ and a Court of Juftice 
 is held. 
 
 Rakow, a fmall town of little note. 
 
 II. PODLACHIA % 
 
 Or the Palatinate of B I E L S K s 
 In Latin Palitinatus Bielcenfis. 
 
 THE Poles took this country from the Pagan Jaczvingians in the reign 
 of Boleßaus V. and in 1596, it was annexed to the kingdom of Poland. 
 This province was formerlythe occafion of many difputes and quarrels between 
 the Poles and Lithuanians. In ecclefiaftical affairs, all Podlacbia is fubject 
 to the Bifhop oiLucko. This Palatinate contains the three Diftricts of Dro- 
 giczyn, Mielnik, and Bielsk. The moft remarkable places in this Palatinate 
 are, 
 
 Augißow, a beautiful town feated on a lake, and fo called from its founder 
 King Sigißmmd Augußus. 
 
 Knyßzn, a fmall town, where King Sigißmmd Augußus ended his days 
 on the feventh of July 1572. 
 
 Bialyßok, a city which is divided into the Old and New town. In 1753, 
 the greateft part of this city was deftroyed by fire. Count Braniki's {cat 
 and gardens in the New town, for their elegance, may be called the Verßailks 
 of Poland. 
 
 Tykoczin, a town of fome note on the river Narew, with a handfomecaftle, 
 fituated amidft inacceffible moraffes. A Court of Judicature is held here. 
 In the year 1705, King Augußus II. inftituted the Order of the White-Eagle 
 in this town, which he conferred as a reward of courage and loyalty. 
 
 Suraz, Vizfokie, and Branß, fmall towns ; but in the firft and the Iaft, 
 Courts of Judicature are held. 
 
 Bielcz. a large town, which is all built with wood j but is a place of 
 great trade, which is carried on by the Jews. It is fituated on the river 
 Biala which runs into the Narew. 
 
 Grodepk, a little town on the river Bug. 
 
 Drogiczn, a fmall town on the fame river, in which a Court of Juftice 
 and a provincial Diet are held. 
 
 MicdzileSy a fmall town where a Court of Judicature is likewife held. 
 Mielnik, a fmall town fituated on the river Bug. A Court of Judicature 
 and a provincial Diet are held in this little town. 
 
 Bocki, Wegrow, Cickamwiec, Narew, Siemiatycze, and Waßlkow, are 
 fmajl town«: j n this Palatinate. 
 
 III. LITTLE
 
 POLAND, 607 
 
 III. LITTLE or RED RUSSIA, 
 
 In Latin Rußia Parva or Rußia Rubra, 
 
 THIS country was formerly governed by its own Dukes ; but on the de- 
 ceafe of the laft Duke which happened in 1340, King Caßmir, by 
 right of confanguinity, laid claim to Red Rußia, and rendered it a province 
 of Poland. King Lewis divided the territories of RedRußa among the Hunga- 
 rians; however, they were again driven out of them in 1396. And 
 though Uladißaus Jagelk, by a^treaty of alliance concluded with Sigijmund, 
 King of Hungary, by an overfight relinquished all right and claim to Rußia 
 and Podolia, the country ftill remained under the dominion of Poland. Red 
 Rußia includes the following Palatinates. 
 
 1. The Palatinate of Chelm, in Latin Palitinatus Chelmenßs, which has 
 one Caftellan and two Staroßas. Remarkable places in this Palatinate are, 
 
 Chelm, a city and epifcopal See ; but the Bifhop refides at Krafno/law, 
 and is a fuffragan of the Archbifhop of Lemberg. Here is alfo a Greek 
 Bifhop, who has his cathedral, and is fubject to the metropolitan of Kiow. 
 In this city a Caftellan and Staroßa refide, and a provincial Diet and Court 
 of Juftice are held. 
 
 Krafnofiaw, a city where the Bifhop of Chelm and a Staroßa refide, lies 
 on the river Vieprz. Here is alfo held a Court of Judicature. Maximilian 
 Archduke of Außria, after he had been defeated by Zamoyßi at Byczyn on 
 the borders of Sileßa, where he was obliged to furrender himfelf prifoner, 
 was confined in this town in 1588. The following year hewasfet at liberty, 
 on renouncing all claim to the crown of Poland, 
 
 Ulodaw, a fmall town on the river Bug. 
 
 Lafizow, a fmall place of little note. 
 
 2. The Palatinate of Belz, in Latin Palitinatus Belcenßs, which in- 
 cludes three Diftrids, namely, Busk, Horodla and Hrabowiec. In this Pa- 
 latinate are the following places of note. 
 
 Horodla, a town on the river Bug, where a provincial Diet and Court of 
 Judicature are held, and a Staroßa refides. At a Diet held here in 14 13, 
 the Lithuanians were placed on a level with the Polißj fubje&s, with regard to 
 offices, rights and privileges. Several families of the former were admitted 
 among the latter ; their arms were quartered ; and many other ordinances 
 were made in favour of the Lithuanians. 
 
 Ruhie/kow, a fmall town of little note. 
 
 Zamofcia, Zamofzcia, or Za?nofi, is a city and fortification, built "bv the 
 famous Great Chancellor John Zamoyßi. It has a ftately cathedral and feveral 
 other churches ; a decayed Univerfity^ of which the Bifhop of Chelm is perpetiml 
 
 Chan-
 
 6o8 POLAND. [Red Ruffia. 
 
 Chancellor ; a charitable foundation called Mons Pietatis, and feveral 
 valuable privileges : But the fortifications are now in a bad condition. The 
 proprietor of this town, &c. ftiles himfelf Prince Zamoski. In the year 
 1656, Charles Gußavus, King of Swede?!, made a fruitlefs attempt upon this 
 place: But on the twenty-ninth of December 1715, it was furprized' by 
 the Saxons. 
 
 Sczerbzefzin, Turcbin, Tamogrod, Tomajow, Tyfzowicze, &c. are fmall 
 towns ; and for the rnoft part, belong to the territory of Samoskia. 
 
 Beiz, a large town, and the refidence of a Palatine, a Caftellan, and a 
 Staroßa. A provincial Diet and Court of Judicature are alfo held here. 
 
 Graboiviec, Sokal, Bask, Olesko, Brody, Podkamenie, Toporow, are all 
 towns of little note. 
 
 Rava, a fmall town, where King Augufius II. entertained the Czaar 
 Peter the Great for three days fucceffively, in the year 1698. A Conference 
 was alio held here between the Deputies of the Confedrates and the Saxon 
 army in 17 16. 
 
 3. The Palatinate of Lemberg or Ltaoiv, m Latin Palatinatus Lern- 
 bergen/is or Leopolienjis, ccnfifts of four Diftricls ; and each of thefe is 
 governed by a Caftellan and a Staroßa, and deferves a particular defcription. 
 1. The Diftrict of Lemberg, in which are the following towns, &c. 
 Lemberg, called in Latin Leopolis, and in Polifli Liaoiv, is the capital of 
 this Palatinate. It is a large opulent city, and pretty well fortified in the 
 Polißj manner, that is, only with timber ; and lies low on the banks of 
 the river Peltew, being furrounded with hills and mountains which com- 
 mand the town. Lemberg is the See of a Popifh Archbifhop, and likewiie 
 of a Rttßan and Annenian Bifhop. It carries on a confiderable trade, and 
 has two caftles, one within, and another without its walls. The latter ftands 
 on a high hill, and the Carmelite monaftery, which is fortified, may ferve 
 for a citadel to this caftle. Here is a magnificent cathedral, and likewife 
 feveral other churches, among which is a Rußian, and an Armenian 
 church. Here are lbme rich convents, particularly that of the Dominicans, 
 which is faid not to have its equal in Poland, a college of Jefuits, a Gym- 
 nafium or feminary, an arfenal, a public granary, two Jewiih fchools, &c. 
 A Provincial Diet and Court of Judicature alfo are held in this town. The 
 inhabitants of this city are a mixture of feveral nations ; but no Proteftants 
 are tolerated L amongft them. Lemberg was erecled into an Arch- 
 bifhop's See in 1 361, or 1362. In the year 1375 the See was removed to 
 Halicz ; but in 141 6, it was reftored to this city. In the year 1656 Lem- 
 berg held out two months, when befieged by the Rußans and Cofaks ; and in 
 1672, it alfo baffled the attempts of the Turks; who, at laft, purchafed 
 it for 80,000 dollars. But in 1704, it was taken fword in hand by Charles 
 XII. King of Sweden. 
 
 Jaivorow, a fmall town remarkable for its warm baths. 
 
 Bialykamien,
 
 Red Ruffia.] POLAND. 6 cf) 
 
 Bialykamien, a fmall place, near which the river Bug Ins its fource. 
 
 •GJzniany, a town rendered famous by the äflembiy of the Ruffian No- 
 bility on the death of Sigifinund Augujlus ; and in 1 648, the Polijh troniv 
 made this town their place of rendezvous. 
 
 Zborow, a town near which an obllinate battle was fought between the 
 Poles on one fide, and the combined army of the Cofaks and Tartars on 
 the other. In this engagement the latter were defeated and left 10,000 men 
 dead on the (pot : But the day alter, a treaty of peace was concluded. 
 
 Zloczow, Danilow, Grodeck, Komorna, Stry and Zolkielv, are all jncon- 
 fiderable places; but the lall has a fine church, and a caille. 
 
 2. The Dilti id of Przemyß, m which are, 
 
 yaro/law, a handfom town with a caille on the river San. It carries 
 on a good trade ; and within the town Hands a college q/ Jefuits, and with- 
 out it is another foundation belonging to the fame Order. In the veai 
 1625, this place was confumed by fire. 
 
 Przawjl; a good town with a caille built on a rock. It lies in a fertile 
 country near the river San ; and is the relidence of a Popilh and a Greek 
 Bifhop, the former of whom is a luffragan of the Archbiihop of Lembgrg, 
 It has alfo a Jefuits college, a Caflellan and a Starofta ; and a Provincial 
 Diet and Court of Jullice are held here. 
 
 Refow, a town with acallle, which carries on a confiderable trade, eipeciallv 
 in linen. In the neighbouring country live a great many Germans, whole 
 anceflors emigrated hither bythe invitation and encouragement of Cajimir the 
 Great. 
 
 Przeivorsk (which has a Court of Judicature) Lancut, Feljlin, Kreßezyn, 
 Rzefzoio, Dombromil, Drobobycz, Lezcysk, Wifnia, Dubiecz, Samborz, &c. 
 are fmall towns in this Dillricl. Samborz is a royal table-revenue as it is 
 called, with part of the fält-works in this Palatinate which belong to it. 
 
 3. The Dillricl of Sanock is, for the mofl part a mountainous country. 
 The principal places in this Dillricl: are 
 
 Sanock, a town with a caille, feated on the river San, in which a 
 Court of Judicature and a Provincial Diet are held ; and likewife a Callel- 
 lan and Staroßa refide. 
 
 Krojha, a better town than the foregoing, which has a flourifhing trade, 
 and is the flaple for the wine and other commodities of Hungary. Here is . 
 college of Jefuits. 
 
 Brozotv, Dinow, Lesio, and laßißa are fmall towns of little note. 
 
 4. The Diflridl of Halicz. The fouth-eaft part of this Dillricl, which 
 lies between the Niefler and the Moldau, is called Pocutia, and in it is 
 the fource of the river Niefler. Remarkable places in this Dillricl: are 
 
 Halicz, a town with a caille feated on the Nießer, which was formerly 
 a large populous city, and the capital of the kingdom of Halicz : but now 
 extremely declined from its ancient grandeur. In the year 1 ^7^ the Archi- 
 
 Vol. I. 4 1 epifeppal
 
 T ] 
 
 610 POLAND. [Podolia. 
 
 epifcopal See of Lemberg was tranflatea hither; but in 1416, it was re- 
 moved again to Lemberg. This city has a Caftellan and a Staroßa ; and a 
 Provincial Diet and Court of Juftice are held here. It is alio remarkable 
 for its fait- works. 
 
 Juroaa, Zydaczow, Kohatin, Kaczowce, Martinow, Oucze or Ufcie, Mo- 
 naßer, Zäwalow, Kakolnic, and Buczaw or Boczoivcc, are fmall towns of 
 little note. 
 
 Brezmi a well built town, with a caftle. In 1698, the Poles bad an en- 
 campment near this place. 
 
 Sniatyn, a city of good trade fituated on the Truth, and the chief town in 
 Tocutia. 
 
 Stanißamoavo, Zablotow, Kolomyja, Dobrilow, Morcza, Ticzemenicze, 
 Plomacze, JefupoJ> Kalufza, Woinkw, and Zarnowno, are all little towns in 
 this Diftricl. 
 
 IV. P O D O L I A. 
 
 'HIS is a very fertile country, but has, in all ages, been expofed to the 
 inroads of barbarous nations, who live on plunder, and have often ra- 
 vaged it in the mod cruel manner. Podolia abounds with a fine breed of 
 horfes, and horned cattle. The inhabitants are of a warlike difpofition, and 
 were formerly governed by their own Dukes or fovereigns. In the fifteenth 
 century this country was the fubjedt of violent contefts between the Lithu- 
 anians and Poles ; till at length by a Diet held at Lublin, it was annexed 
 to Poland in the year 1569. Podolia confifts of two Palatinates, namely, 
 that of Podolia, and the Palatinate of Braclaw. 
 
 1. The Palatinate of Podolia, in Latin Palatinatus Podolia, containing 
 t\\zU\ft.n£t%oi Kaminiec, Latyczew, and Czernsoonogrod. In this Palatinate lies 
 
 Kaminicc Podolßi, the capital, which has a caftle built on a rock. 
 The latter owes its ftrength more to Nature than to art ; however, it is the' 
 beft fortification in Poland. A little below it runs the river Smetricz, which 
 falls into the Niefier. A Popifh and an Armenian Bifhop, and a Caftellan 
 refide in this city; and a Court of Juftice and Provincial Diet are alio held 
 here. This epifcopal See was founded in the year 1375. Here is alfo a 
 college of Jefuits. In 1651, the Co/aks laid fiege to the caftle of Kaminicc, 
 but without fuccefs. In 1672, the Turks obliged it to flirrender, and held 
 it till the peace of Carlewitz, which was concluded in 1699. 
 
 Paniowce, is a fortrefs near Kaminicc. The Turks attempted, in vain, to 
 make themfelves mafter of this fort in the year 1621. 
 
 The following fmall towns alfo lie in this Palatinate, viz. 
 
 Grodeck. Tomaiva. Sarafka. 
 
 Smoflric. Kitaigrod. JVerbky. 
 
 maiofct Sludzicnicza. Zinkow. 
 
 ProczensLo .
 
 Podolia.] P 
 
 OLA 
 
 N 
 
 D. 
 
 Proczeiißow. 
 
 Bar, remarkabl 
 
 e for a 
 
 Zbaraz. Here the 
 
 Krajnopol. 
 
 college of Jefuits. 
 
 
 Poles encamped in the 
 
 Wonhofcze. 
 
 Chnnelnick. 
 
 
 year 1649, and flood 
 
 Kalns. Here the Tar- 
 
 Confianthioni'e . 
 
 
 out a very clofc liege, 
 
 tars were defeated in 
 
 Laticzeiv. 
 
 
 being prefied by the 
 
 1672. 
 
 Deraznie. 
 
 
 Cofaks and Tartars 
 
 Kuriloivcze. 
 
 Mikutincc. 
 
 
 Tramblow. 
 
 Jultokow. 
 
 Medziboce. 
 
 
 Tarnopol. 
 
 Marianow. 
 
 Plokyrof. 
 
 
 Nickulinczt. 
 
 Barkow. 
 
 Czar nc Oflro. 
 
 
 Secrncze. 
 
 Berlinetz. 
 
 Satanow. 
 
 
 lanoiv. 
 
 yarowzozc. 
 
 V fiat in. 
 
 
 Czartekonv. 
 
 Mokxlow. 
 
 Seal a. 
 
 
 Czerwonogrod . 
 
 Czerniowcze . 
 
 Zicaniec. 
 
 
 lajlowice. 
 
 Flezce. 
 
 Choro/lonv. 
 
 
 Potok. 
 
 Suliaki, 
 
 Probozin, 
 
 
 Dobraii'odi. 
 
 Lucczinice. 
 
 Boroivk. 
 
 
 Wiczeniecz or Vifm- 
 
 Szarigrod. 
 
 Kribeez. 
 
 
 viecz. 
 
 Mezerof. 
 
 Grudec . 
 
 
 
 611 
 
 2. The Palatinate of Braclaw, in Latin Palaniinattis Braclavien/is, con- 
 fifts of the Diftrifts oiWinnica and Zwinogrod. In this Palatinate lies 
 
 Braclaw, a city confiding of two towns, feated on the river Bog. It is 
 the refidence of the Woiewoda or Palatine ; and is alfo called St. Peter's 
 town, its arms being the picture of that Saint. This city was taken from 
 the Cofaks in the year 1654. 
 
 Winnica is another town on the river Bog. Here is a college of Jefuits ; 
 and a Provincial Diet and Court of Judicature are held in this town. In 
 1650, the Cofaks were totally routed near this place. 
 
 In this Palatinate lie alio the following towns 
 
 Felfztyn. 
 
 Satnaelhwka. 
 
 Cbmiehiick. 
 
 Br allow. 
 
 Krafna. 
 
 Copigowka. 
 
 Muracwa. 
 
 Tulczin. 
 
 Lad 1 ein. 
 
 Kormagrod. 
 
 Thomafpol. 
 
 Langrod. 
 
 Gruska. 
 Bufza. 
 Jaruga. 
 "Jampol. 
 Kowzeniecz. 
 Kamiencza. 
 Raskow. 
 Czaczanic. 
 Nowe Koniecpole. 
 Nowoo;rod. 
 Obedowka. 
 Bahmowka. 
 4I 2 
 
 Bercad. 
 
 Alexandrow. 
 
 Trcczeniecz. 
 
 XJman. 
 
 Iioangrod. 
 
 Sokow/owka. 
 
 Woronowka. 
 
 Zileke. 
 
 Sobriek. 
 
 MoTiajlericz. 
 
 Grudeek. 
 
 Kalmk. 
 
 Babin.
 
 6i2 POLAND. [Kiow. 
 
 Babin. Lipoive. Poherivicze. 
 
 Elius. Zibotoia. Sbaraz. 
 
 Piaczefne. Spictnea. Prtluka&RdKokOnow. 
 
 V. The Palatinate of K I O Jr. 
 
 S"\F this Palatinate, which makes part of the Ukraine, and is inhabited by 
 ^-^ the Cofaks, a fuller account has been given in our Defcription of Rißa. 
 In the year 1569, Kiovia v/as annexed to the kingdom of Poland. In 
 1667, that part of it which lies on the other fide of the Dnieper, together 
 with the Cofaks who were fettled on the premifes, was ceded for ever to 
 Rußa ; which ceflion was ratified, and the city of Kiow entirely given up, in 
 the year 1693. 
 
 Po/iflj Kiovia, includes the Diftrids of Zytomierz and Owriccz ; in which 
 are the following towns. 
 
 Krylow, a town leated on the river Tazmin near its influx into the Dnieper. 
 
 Czehrin, Woronoivka and Smila, fmall towns of little note. 
 
 Borowicz, a town on the Dneiper, where the Cofaks were belieged by the 
 Poles in 16^8, and were obliged to deliver up their General Paolucco, and 
 four of their principal commanders to the latter. 
 
 Czyrkaflj, a town with a caftle, fituated on the Dneiper. 
 
 Korfun, a town on the river Rofs, which was founded by King Stephen 
 about the year 1581. 
 
 The following little towns alio lie in this province. 
 
 Bogußahu, Wolodarka. Harmonowka. 
 
 Mofzna. T'abaroioka. Clnvajiow. 
 
 Olzanka. Pamohcz. Bialagrodko. 
 
 Stawiocza. Bialacerkiew. Wyzgrod. 
 
 Strzybowka. Here the Tartars were Czernobyl. 
 
 Rokitna. entirely defeated in 162 6. 
 
 VI. V O L H I N I A, 
 
 Called in the Polißj language Woly?iien. 
 
 •HpHIS country is fo fertile as to fupply the inhabitants with a large furplus 
 
 ■** of grain. Rofemary, afparagus, &c. grow wild in the wood; , 
 
 which can hardly be diftinguiihed from thofe cultivated in the gardens. Vol- 
 
 hinia was annexed to Poland in a Diet held at Laiblin in J 569. The 
 
 Tartars,
 
 Volhinia.] POLAND. 613 
 
 'Tartars, befides a great booty, carried off" 30,000 perfons out of this coun- 
 try, to be fold as flaves, in the year 16 18. 
 
 This Palatinate coniifts of the two following Diftricfs. 
 
 1. The Diftricl of Krzemienec, in which the places of note are, 
 
 Krzeminiec, a town on the river Iriva, with a caftle ftanding on a high 
 rock. Here is a Court of Judicature. 
 
 Wifniowiecz, a town with a caftle, which bears the name of a Dutchy. 
 
 Bajilia, Kra/ilow, and Conßantinow, are towns lituated on the river S/ucz. 
 
 Olanow, a fmall town. 
 
 Berdiczow and Rodnia, two old decayed towns. 
 
 ZytomierSj a fortrefs. 
 
 Korczec, Kzwiahel, Oßrozck, Barauoivka, and Miropel are fmall towns 
 on the river S/ucz. 
 
 Zaßaiv, a town on the river Horin, which, including its territory, bears 
 the name of a Dutchy. The Jefuits have a college here ; and a consider- 
 able Diftricl, which is a royal demefne, belongs to this town. 
 
 Miedezynzek, a fmall fortified town on the river Horin-, where 'John, the 
 laft Duke of Oßrog, built a handfome convent for Francifian monks, and 
 a church. 
 - Dulmo a fortified town on the river Irwa. 
 
 2. The Diftricl of Luck or Luceorien, in which are the following 
 towns. 
 
 Luck, Luzk, or Luceorien, the capital of Volhinia, ftands on the river Styr 
 or Ster, and has a caftle, where the Bifhop of Volhinia refides, and the Jefuits 
 have a college. This city is alfo the refidence of a Ruffian biihop ; and 
 has a Provincial Diet and Court of Judicature. In the year 1429, a re- 
 markable conference was held here, at which the Emperor Sigifmund, two 
 Kings, and feveral Princes, were preient. In 1752, the greateft part of this 
 city was deftroyed by fire. 
 
 Wlcdcimirz, a city on the river Bug, is the See of a Ruffian Biihop, who 
 has a very large diocefe. A Court of Juftice is held here ; and the See of Luck 
 was firft erected in this town. 
 
 Beretsko, a town feated on a fmall river. 
 
 OUka, a handfome town and caftle belonging to the Radz'rcil family, 
 and the capital of a Dutchy. A fchool and feminary are founded in this 
 town. About one hundred and eleven houfes were confumed by a fire, 
 which happened in 1752. 
 
 Sokal, a town and fortrefs on the river Bug. This place is remarkable 
 for a celebrated image of the Virgin Mary, for the greater fecurity of which 
 the Bernardine Monks have built a fine church and convent, with iuitable 
 fortifications, on an ifland in the river Bug. In 1 651, the Poles encamped in. 
 this place. ■ 
 
 Czartorysk, a town with a caftle. 
 
 4 The
 
 6i4- P L A N D. 
 
 The GREAT DUTCHY 
 
 O F 
 
 LITHUANIA. 
 
 §. r. '"j^HIS country, which is called by the natives Litwa, was formerly very 
 -*• woody, and the greatefl part of it lay uncultivated. But by the tran- 
 quillity it enjoyed under Sigifmundl. and his fucceffors, Lithuania was greatly 
 improved by cutting down the woods ; and agriculture was duly encouraged. 
 Great quantities of' pot-alli and wood-alhes are made here ; and the country 
 produces a great deal of buck-wheat and other corn. Here is alfo great 
 plenty of honey, with which are made thofe palatable liquors called Lip- 
 pi iz, Mallinieck, and mead. The meadows and paftures in this province 
 are very fertile, and afford nourifhment to numerous flocks and herds. 
 The fheep yield fleeces of very fine wool. Here are alfo feveral lakes in 
 which are profitable fiiheries. In the forefts of Lithuania are bears, wolves, 
 wild-boars, buffaloes, deer, and prodigious flights of wood-cocks. But 
 notwithstanding the foil is fo fertile, agriculture is extremely negleded, and 
 the fineft fpots of land in the country lie wafte. The luxuriant paftures in 
 the meadows lie negledted till the grafs rots on the ground ; and for want of 
 care, the woods in Lithuania are often confumed by accidental fires. All forts 
 of proviiions are fold at a very low rate ; but cafh is fo fcarce, that ten per 
 cent, is the common intereft for money in this country. 
 
 §.2. All the common people, excepting the burghers of the royal towns 
 and the Germans, are valfals. The Nobility are very numerous, and for 
 the moft part, indigent and poor; and thofe who are in low circumftances 
 ferve the richer fort as pages, valets, bailiffs, treafurers, ftewards, &c. 
 Thofe noble families who are in a better condition, endeavour to mend their 
 fortunes by farming a large eftate. There is fcarce a nobleman of any 
 tolerable circumftances in Lithuania without a title, which they are all 
 very fond of ; and thefe titles defcend to their children. The principal 
 Nobility are exceeding rich, and have eftates equal to the revenues of feme 
 Princes ; fo that they generally retain fome hundreds of the poor Nobility in 
 
 ir fcrvice. They are alio inverted with the higheft pofts of the kingdom, 
 aiullive in great pomp and fplendor ; but with fo little ceconomy, that their 
 jCxpences generally exceed their income. 
 
 §•3- Popery
 
 Lithuania.] POLAND. 615 
 
 §. 3. Popery is the eftablifhed religion in Lithuania, Here are rJfo 
 many Lutherans, Cahinijls, Jews, Turks and Socinians ; but the Greeks are 
 on a much better footing than any of the other Dijidehtes or diflenters. 
 Notwithstanding this country is fo clofely connected with Poland, it lliil re- 
 tains its own peculiar laws, offices, and troops. 
 
 §. 4. The ancient hiftory of Lithnaiiia is obfeure and fabulous. It was 
 formerly governed by its own Dukes, who were frequently at war with their 
 neighbours the Poles and Ruffians. Ringold, who lived in the thirteenth 
 century, was the firft who took upon himfelf the title of Great Duke of 
 Lithuania ; and Woljlinik was the laft of the ancient Ducal family. Toward 1 
 the clofe of the thirteenth century, Vitencs, a Samogitian, was promoted 
 to the dignity of Great Duke. 
 
 lagcllo, Viteness great grandfon, in order to accomplish his defired 
 marriage with Hedwig the dowager of Lewis King of Poland and Hüngary, 
 who had been crowned Queen of thofe kingdoms, promifed that he and 
 all his fubjedfs would embrace the Christian religion ; that Lithuania mould 
 be united to Poland ; and that he would recover the countries which had 
 been difmembered from the kingdom. Thefe advantageous offers pleafed 
 the Poles fo well, that the Great Duke of Lithuania was invited into the 
 kingdom by a folemn embaffy; and arrived at Cracow in 1386, where he 
 was baptifed by the name of Uladißaus ; and, after he had efpoufed the 
 Queen, was advanced to the throne. In the following year, he made a 
 progrefs into Lithuania, where he abolifhed the old fuperitltious rites and 
 cuftoms ; prevailed on many thoufands to embrace Chriftianity ; founded 
 the episcopal See of Fz'/z/tf ; and fettled the ecclefiaftical ceremonies and disci- 
 pline. In the year 1392, Iagello,' created his coufin Alexander, or Vit old, Great 
 Duke of Lithuania ; but without prejudice to the union with the kingdom 
 of Poland; the fovereignty or lupreme authority being lodged in the Kino-, 
 In 1 40 1, the union of Lithuania with Poland was ratified in the Diet of Vilna 
 by a formal Inftrument. In 1408, the Great Duke took Samogitia from 
 the Knig/hts of the Teutonic Order. 
 
 In 141 3, in a Diet held at Hrodlo, the Lithuanians were placed on an 
 equality with the Poles, with regard to public employments, and the pro- 
 tection of the laws ; and feveral Lithuanian families were registered amon» the 
 Polijh Nobility, and their arms were quartered together. It was alfo enacted 
 that the Great Duke of Lithuania fliould be nominated by the Kino- of 
 Poland ; and that if the King fhould die without ifiue or rightful heir, 
 the Lithuanians fliould have the privilege of voting at the election of the new 
 King. Chriftianity was alfo introduced into Samogitia, where a Bifhop's See 
 was founded and other inferior eccleliaftical offices. 
 
 In the year 1499, the union, concluded with the Lithuanians in 74 13, 
 was renewed with this additional claufe, That the Lithuanians Should not 
 eled a Great Duke without the previous knowledge of the Poles ; and 
 
 that
 
 6i6 POLAND. [Lithuania. 
 
 that the latter fliould not choofe a King without the concurrence of the 
 Lithuanians. 
 
 In i 56 1, the Eiififerl, or Sword-bearing Knights, fubmitted themfelves, 
 and the part of Livonia which ftill remained in their polTeffion, to die 
 King of Poland, as Great Duke of Lithuania; and the new Duke of 
 Courland held it as a Lithuanian fief. 
 
 In a Diet held at Lublin in the year 1569, it was agreed between the 
 Poles and Lithuanians, That the Great Dutchy of Lithuania and Kingdom 
 of Poland ihould be for the future lb united, as to form but one State 
 under one Prince ; that the Sovereign fliould be elected in Poland by both 
 nations ; that the general Diet ihould be always held at Warfaw ; that the 
 two nations ihould have a Senate or Council, and a houfe of provincial repre- 
 fentatives, in common ; that the coin in the Kingdom and Dutchy fliould 
 be of the fame value ; and that they fliould be equally concerned in treaties, 
 alliances, &c. It was alio further enacted, that the Lithuanian State-coun- 
 fellors and noble Representatives ihould have a feat among the States of 
 Poland; and at the fame time Livonia, which, hitherto, Lithuania claimed 
 as its diffcintt property, fliould be entirely united to the Kingdom. 
 
 By the Afts of 1673, 1677, and 1685, it was decreed, that every third 
 general Diet ihould be held at Grodno in Lithuania, except the Diets of 
 the Convocation, Eledion, and Coronation. 
 
 In the vear 1 697, the Polijh and Lithuanian laws were reduced to a 
 conformity with each odier. 
 
 §. 5. Lithuania is, at prefent, divided into nine Palatinates, which, accord- 
 in!; to precedency, are in the following order, viz. Wilna, Trock, Polocz, 
 Novogrodeck, Witepjk, Brzesk, Mfczi/laiv, Minsk, and Livonia. 
 
 The Palatinates of Wilna and Trock conftitute proper Lithuaitia, called 
 by the Poles Litiva Sama, and the fix following make Lithuanian RuJ/ia, 
 or Riis Litewska. The latter is fubdivided into 
 
 1 . White Ru//ia, or Rus Biala, including the Palatinates of Polock, Wi- 
 tfpsk, Mfcißaw, and Minsk. 
 
 2. Black Ruffia, or RusCzama, which includes the Palatinate of Novo- 
 grodeck, and the Diftricls of Rzeczyki and Mozyrski. 
 
 3. Polcjßa, or Polcfic, to which the Palatinate of Brzeskie belongs. 
 Befides thefe Palatinates, Lithuania alio includes the Principality of Sa- 
 
 mogitia, called in the Polijh language Z?nuydz, or Xieflwo Zmudskie ; and 
 the Dutchv of Courland which is a fief of Poland. 
 
 Every Palatinate is divided into Powiats or Diftrids ; and a parcel of 
 land is always referved as the proper Palatinate, which generally lies about 
 the principal town. 
 
 There are alio particular Principalities, governed by their own Princes, in 
 Lithuania; as Slack, Niehvicz, 6cc. In delcribing this country we ihall 
 in with 
 
 I. LITHU-
 
 POLAND. 617 
 
 I. LIT HU A N I A properly fo called, 
 
 In Polifh Ltiwa Jama. 
 
 / T"" S HIS country includes the Palatinates of Wilno and Trockie. 
 
 -*• The Palatinate of Wilno, called in the Polijh language fVoiewodzt'jeo 
 Wilenskie, and in Latin Palatinatus Vtlnenjis, contains the following 
 Diftricls. 
 
 1. The Palatine- Diftricl, in which lies 
 
 Vilna, Wilda, or IVilno, the capital of the Great Dutchy of Lithuania, 
 which ftands on the river Wilia near the influx of the Wilika. This citv 
 lies in a mountainous country on feveral little eminences : It is very large, 
 and has two confiderable iuburbs called Antokolla and Rudaifzka. In the 
 old ruinous royal palace is the arfenal and the hall where the Court of 
 Juftice is held ; and over againft it is the magnificent church belonging 
 to the caftle, which was built in the year 1386. The treaiury belonging 
 to this church is very rich ; and it is alio remarkable for the elegant marble 
 chapel of St. Cafimir, whole lilver lhrine is laid to weigh thirty quintals. There 
 are upwards of forty churches in this city, and among thefe are, one Lutheran 
 and one Calvinifts church, a Jewifh fynagogue, a Tartarian church, and 
 a Greek church ; but all the reft are Popifh churches. 
 
 Not to mention the devaluations which Wilna formerly fuffered from 
 the Ruffians in 16 10 and 1655, and from fire in the year 1737; it 
 was deftroyed by a dreadful conflagration in 1748, when thirteen churches, 
 the yewijh fynagogue, twenty-five palaces, four hundred and fixty-nine 
 ftone edifices confuting of private houfes, hoipitals, inns, baths, convents, 
 and mills, with one hundred and forty-fix tradelmens fliops and difpenfaries, 
 befides a great number of granaries and warehoufes, were con fumed to 
 allies. In 1749, another fire happened by lightning, which confumed hx 
 churches, the council-houfe, eight palaces, and two hundred and feventy- 
 feven other ftone-buildings. The chapel of St. Cafimir was alfo burnt, 
 and the lofs fuftained by the deftruction of this edifice only amounted to 
 fome millions. The churches have been fince rebuilt at a very great ex- 
 pence, and fome of them in a more elegant manner than before ; but the 
 city has not recovered its former grandeur. 
 
 This Bifhop's See was founded in the year 1387 ; and the Chapter con- 
 fifts of a great number of (ecular and regular clergy. The Univerfity, 
 founded in 1570 by Bifhop Valerian Szufioivjki , and confirmed by King 
 Stephen in 1579, is in the Jefuits college. 
 
 Vol.?" 4 K The
 
 618 POLAND. [Lithuania. 
 
 The Tribunal, or High Court of Judicature, which is held here, begins 
 in the fecond week after Eaßer, and continues fitting for twenty weeks ; 
 after which the Judges proceed to Novogrodeck or Minfi. Beiides this 
 Tribunal, a Provincial Diet and Court of JuftLe are held n this city. The 
 magiftrates of Wilna were, by a particular privilege granted them by King 
 Sigifmund Augußtcs, created noble in the year 1568; fo that their children 
 may purchafe and enjoy eftates. As there are great numbers of Jews and 
 Mahometans in this city, three different Sabbaths are obferved every week. 
 The inhabitants carry on a confiderable trade, and fend their commodities 
 as far as Konigfierg. Wilna was built by the Great Duke Gedimin in the 
 year 1305. 
 
 The following towns alfo lie in this DiftricT:. 
 
 Dubinkij a town belonging to Prince Radzivil. 
 
 Rudniki, a fmall town with a beautiful cattle. 
 
 2. Poiviat Lidzki, or the Diftrid of Li da, in which are, 
 
 Li da, a town and cattle, where a Provincial Diet and a Court of Ju- 
 dicature are held. 
 
 Bielica, a fmall town on the river Niemen. 
 
 Sczucyn, Je/na, Bialgorod, Zermony, Blot no > and Gieranony, are fmall 
 places of little note. 
 
 3. Powiat Ofzmianjki, or the DiftricT of Ofmiana, in which lies 
 Ofzmiana, the chief town, where a Provincial Diet and Court of Judi- 
 cature are held. 
 
 Olfiany, Sitrivilifzki, Dorv, Dolhinoiv, Sericecz, Zodziski, Smorgonie, Mi- 
 edzial, and Hlybokie or Glebokie, are fmall places in this Diftrict. 
 
 4. Poiviat Bra/laivski, or the DiftricT of Braßaiv, in which lies 
 Braßaiv, the capital. It is a large town and is fituated near a lake. 
 
 Here is a Greek abbey ; and a Provincial Diet is held in this town. 
 
 Jeziorofzce, Dnfiviaty, Polikany, Daugelifzki, and Koltyniany, are alfo 
 fmall places in this DiftricT:. 
 
 5. Poiviat Wilkomirski, or the DiftricT: of Wilkomierz, in which lies 
 The town of Wilkomierz, on the river Sifienta, where a Provincial Diet 
 
 and Court of Judicature are held. 
 
 The Palatinate of Trockie, or Woiewodztwo Trokie, in Latin 
 Palatinatus Trocenßs, includes the following Diftrids. 
 
 1. The Palatine territory, which contains the following towns, &c. 
 
 Trocki, a large town fituated among lakes, and built with wood. It 
 has two caftles ; and in the parifh-church is a famous image of the Virgin 
 Mary. A Provincial Diet and Court of Judicature are held here. This town 
 was built by the Great Duke Gedimin in the year 1321. It was deftroyed 
 by fire in 1390, and demolifhed by the Rußians in 1655. It was formerly 
 the refidence of the Dukes of Ljthuania ) who, afterwards, removed their 
 feat to Wilna. 
 
 2 Poprcie,
 
 Lithuania.] POLAND. 619 
 
 Poporcie, Olita, a royal demefne, Przeroß, and Wifchiten, are fmall 
 places of little note. 
 
 Calvarie, a little town, lies in a foreft on the river Szeßupe, about five 
 German miles from the Pruffian frontiers. The inhabitants confift of one 
 hundred and twenty Chriitian, and three hundred Jewißj families ; and the 
 latter carry on an exteniive trade. This town belongs to the Sapiehan 
 family, who are alio proprietors of the Lordlhip of Kirfna, which lies about 
 three German miles from it. 
 
 2. Poiaiat Vpitjki, or the DiftricT of Upitski, in which lie 
 
 Birze, a town belonging to the Prince of Radzivil. It was taken in 
 1625 by King Gujlavus Adolphus. 
 
 Salaty, Pokroje, Ponienumy, and Poniewicz, are fmall places, in the lad 
 of which a Diet is held. 
 
 3. Powiat Kowienski, or the DiftricT of Kowno, which contains 
 Kowno or Gauen, a pretty trading town, fituated at the influx of the 
 
 river Wilia into the Nienien. It is famous for its excellent liquor called 
 Lippitz, and mead. There are feveral German inhabitants in this town, 
 which has a college of Jefuits with an elegant church, belides ten Popifh 
 churches, and one Lutheran. 
 
 Pozoyfcie, a fmall place of little note. 
 
 A hill called Friedenfberg lies about a German mile and a half from Kowno, 
 in a wood near the Wilia. On this hill ftands a famous convent inhabited 
 by twenty-four Eremitical monks of the Order of Camaldoli. It was 
 founded in 1674, by Chrifiopher Paz, Great Chancellor of Lithuania, and coil 
 eight 'Tons of Gold* : It has abundance of marble ornaments. The deling 
 and cupola of the church are finely painted in frefco, and the walls are 
 adorned with original pieces by the raoft celebrated mailers. A DiftricT 
 confifting of three hundred peafants dwellings belongs to tKis convent. The 
 founder and his wife lie buried in the church. 
 
 4. Powiat Grodzienski, or the DiftricT: of Grodno, in which are the fol- 
 lowing places of note. 
 
 Grodno, a handfome large city, and, next to Wilna, the beft in Lithuania. 
 It ftands on the river Niemen, partly on an eminence, and partly on a 
 level, and is furrounded with hüls. The old caftle, which is furrounded 
 with a deep moat, is now fallen to decay ; lb that only one wing of it 
 is inhabited. The new palace, built by the prefent King of Poland, is a 
 large, regular, and beautiful ftrucTure confifting of two ftories. The °reat 
 hall, the Senatc-houfe, and the chapel, are the fineft apartments in th's 
 palace. In the court ftands the Chancery . or State-office, an elegant 
 edifice. In the town are nine Popifh and two Greek churches, and a 
 
 * A Ton of Gold, improperly fo called, to which the Author fometimes zAA% filver money by 
 way of diftimftion, is nearly equal to 7775 pounds fterling: However, a Ton of Gold, jfilver 
 money, is a kind of Hlbernijm. See p. 260. 
 
 4 K 2 fyna-
 
 620 POLAND. [Lith. Ruffia. 
 
 fynagogue for the Jews, which is built with (tone. The Jefuits college in 
 this city has a fplendid church ; and that belonging to the Carmelite nuns is 
 alio very magnificent. The palace of Prince Radzivil is a very large ftructure 
 and that of the Sapiehan family is a fuperb edifice. Both of them ftand on 
 the market-place, which, together with the Caßle-Street and the area before 
 the palace, are very clean and well paved ; but the other ftreets are not paved, 
 on which account they are generally very dirty. 
 
 In the year 1673, it was enacted, That every third general Diet mould 
 be held here for the future. During the Seflion of the Diet, four apart- 
 ments, and the ftables adjoining to them, in a certain part of the town, 
 have been let for two hundred and iixty ducats a month. A Provincial 
 Diet and Court of Judicature are alio held in this city. Near Grodno lies 
 a well-built royal manor-houfe. In the year 1753, almoft the whole town 
 was confumed by fire. 
 
 Merecz, a royal little town, which ftands on a river of the fame name. 
 King Uladißaus IV '. was fo taken with the delightful fituation of this 
 town, as to make it his favourite refidence. That Prince ended his days 
 in this place on the twentieth of May 1648. Merecz has a wooden caftle, 
 and three churches. 
 
 Doujpouda, Wafilkow, and Grodek, are fmall places of little note. 
 
 Supraß, a very opulent convent of Greek monks of the Order of St. Bafil. 
 It is a place of great antiquity, and is much frequented by pilgrims on 
 account of fome pretended miracles wrought here. This convent is im- 
 mediately fubjecl to the Pope *. 
 
 II. LIT HUAN I AN RUSSIA, 
 
 THIS country confifts of the following Provinces. 
 I. Polesia, orPoLESiE, which is alio called the Palatinate of 
 Brzeskie, in Polifh Woiewodzfwo Brefcianskie, and in Latin Palatinatia 
 Brefcienßs. The morafies in this Palatinate are very large, and, according 
 to M. Adlerfeld, appear like fo many extenfive lakes. This Palatinate in- 
 cludes two Diftritts, namely, thofe of Brzesk and Pinski. 
 
 1 . The Territory of Brzejk, which contains the following towns, &c. 
 
 Brzesk, a ftrong town but not very large, with a caftle built on a rock. 
 The town ftands on the river Bug, in a marfliy fituation ; and near it is 
 a royal palace with a good garden. There is a famous Jewiß fynagogue 
 in this town, to which the Jews refort from all the countries of Europe, 
 both on account of ftudy, and preferment among their own people. A Greek 
 Biihop refides, and a Provincial Diet is held in this town. 
 
 * It fecms a little ftrange that monks of the Greek or Rußan church (hould be fubjecl to
 
 Lith. Ruffia.] POLAND. 62 
 
 Bialla, a fmall town belonging to Prince Radzivil, remarkable for its 
 Gymnajium or Seminary. 
 
 Wifokie, Kaminiec, Kerezew, Janow, Miedzyrzecze, Rofofze, Dukudow, 
 Slawaticze, Koden, Rat no, Kobryn, Bereza (where the Carthufians have a 
 convent) Chomsk, Motol, and Zukowicze, are fmall places of little note. 
 
 Ibras, a fmall fortrefs almoit furrounded with a lake and morafs ; to 
 which there is but one avenue. 
 
 2. Poioiat Pinski, or the DiftricT: of Pinski, in which lies 
 
 Pinsk, a handlbm, large, trading town on the river Pina, which belongs 
 to the royal Table-eftates, as they are called. It lies in the middle of 
 extenlive moraffes ; and is inhabited not only by Jews, who have a fchool 
 here, but alfo by people of all religions ; efpecially by thofe of the Greek 
 religion, who have a Bifhop here. The leather dreffed in this town after 
 the RuJJian manner is looked upon as the beft in the whole kingdom. A 
 Provincial Diet is held here. 
 
 Wyhoniec, Pohoß, Lahifzyn, Kozangrodek, Wielicze, Turow, Dawidow, 
 Wyfok, Dubrowica, Rohitno y Olewfeo, and Zablcwicze, are fmall places in 
 this DiftricT. 
 
 II. Black Russia, called by the Poles Rus Czarna, includes 
 
 The Palatinate of Nowogrodeck, in Polifh Woiewodzlwo Nowogrodskie, 
 which contains the following Diftricts. 
 
 1 . The Territory of Nvwogrodek, in which the places of note are, 
 Nowogrodek, a town fituated on a hill. It is not very large ; but includes 
 
 feveral Popifh and Riiffian convents, with a college of Jefuits. Befides a 
 Provincial Diet and inferior Court of Judicature, a High Tribunal, after the 
 model of that of Wilna, is held alternately here and at Minsk, which continues 
 fitting for five months every year. This town was demolilhed in 1314, 
 and 1390. 
 
 Niefiviez, a town and feat belonging to the Radzivil-famWy, which is 
 alfo the capital of a Dutchy. It ftands on the river UJ'za, and has a college 
 of Jefuits, This beautiful palace was demolilhed by the Swedes in 1706. 
 
 Mir, a caftle from which Prince Radzivil has one of his titles. 
 
 Naliboki, Stoupce, Sivierzno, Turzec, Lubcz, Koralicze, Sithit, Cyrvn, If- 
 koldz, Kleck, Darew, Slwohwicze, Myfz (with a county,) Polonka, and 
 Lipsk, are fmall towns in this DiftricT:. 
 
 Lukowicze, a fortified town with a county. Near this place the Cofaks 
 and Ruffians were defeated in 1660. This town was taken and deftroyed 
 by the Swedes in the year 1706. 
 
 2. Powiat Wolkowyski, or the Diftrict of Wolkowysk, in which are, 
 Wolkowysk, a fmall town, where a Provincial Diet is held ; Mfciboav y 
 
 Porozow, and Nowidwor, which are inconliderable places. 
 
 3. Powiat S/oninski, or the DiftricT: of Slonim, in which lies 
 
 Slonim, a town feated on the river Sczara, where a Provincial Diet, 
 and the general affembly of the States of Lithuania are held. Bytyn,
 
 622 POLAND. [Lith.Ruffla. 
 
 Bxtvfi, Zyrcwice, Lyskow, Koffbw, Zekia, and Moßy* are fmall places in 
 this Diftri£t. Kozana is the chief feat of the Sapiehan family, and is much 
 frequented on account of a famous image of the Virgin Mary. 
 
 4. Xiejlwo Sluckie, or the Dutchy of Sluckia, in Latin Ducatus Slucenßs, 
 belongs to Prince Radzivil, and in it lies 
 
 Stuck, a laro-e town built with timber. It has three caftles, and ftands 
 on the river Slucz. 
 
 Romanowo, Hrozow, Kopyl (with a Dutchy,) Cimkowicze, Kyewicze, Sie*, 
 miezow, Luban, Wielczyny, and Pctrikow, are fmall places of little note 
 in this Diftrict. 
 
 Mozyrski and Rzeczyki Powiat belong indeed to Black Rußia, but 
 are included in the Palatinate of Minski. 
 
 III. White Russia, called in the Polißo language Rus Biala, and in 
 Latin Rußa alba. 
 
 This Province contains the following Palatinates. 
 
 The Palatinate of Minsky, in Poliih Woiewodztwo Minskie. and in Latin 
 Palatinatus Minfcenßs, which includes 
 
 1 . The Territory of Minsk. In this Diftricl lies 
 
 Minsk, a town feated on the river Swißocz with two caftles. There are 
 feveral jews among its inhabitants ; and a Provincial Diet is held here, be- 
 fides a High-Tribunal once in two years. [See Wilna and Novogrodeck.] This 
 town was taken by the Ruffians in 1656. 
 
 "The following are fmall towns in this Diftrict, viz. 
 
 Horodek, Horodyfzcz, Oczyce, 
 
 Berezvna, Bobnfzowicze t Brodziec, 
 
 Dokfzycc, Koydanow, Lubafzyn, 
 
 Radziwilow, Hrebnia, Swißocz, 
 
 Boryfiw, Szack, Sloboda krolowska. 
 
 Zabyn, Dukora, 
 
 2. Powiat Kzcczyki or the DiftricT: of Kzeczy, contains the following 
 fmall towns ; viz. 
 
 Bobruysk, Hlusko Ditbrywickie, Horwal, Rzeczyca, and Chelmicz. 
 
 3. Powiat Mozyrski, or the Diftrict of Mozyr, in which are, 
 
 Mozyr, the chief town on the river Prypec, where a Provincial Diet is 
 held ; and Kimborowka, Babica Sloboda, and Kuzmilock, which are fmall 
 places of little note. 
 
 4. The Territory of Rohaczow, or Ziemia Rohaczoioska, in which lie 
 Rohaczow, a town which ftands on the river Dnieper near the influx 
 
 of the Druce, where a Provincial Diet is held ; and 
 
 Jurzcc, Pobolowo, Czeczcrsk, HamUa, and Hicroni/now, which are fmall 
 places. 
 
 The 
 
 v
 
 Lith. Ruflia.] POLAND. 623 
 
 The Palatinate of Mscislaw, called in the Polijh language Woiewodz- 
 two Mfcißawfiie, and in Latin Palatinatus Mifeißaviehßs, in which are the- 
 following remarkable places. 
 
 M/hßaw, a well built frontier town, which was befieged by the Duke 
 of Smolensk in 1386 ; but without fuccefs. A Provincial Diet is held here. 
 Mohilow, a handlbm commercial town on the river Dneiper, where 
 the Ruffians carry on a confiderable trade. Prince Uladißaus, fon to SigtP 
 mundlV. in 16 16, drew together an army of Poles in this town, and pene- 
 trated into Rußa. In the year 1654, Mohilow was taken by the Ruffians ; 
 and though the Poles fät before it in 1660, they were obliged to raile the fieo-e 
 and retire. However, it was taken from the Ruffians in 1662 by the inha- 
 bitants, who lent off part of the garrifon by ftratagem, and made the reft 
 prilbners of war. 
 
 Between Czaufy and Szyfzowo, in this Palatinate, the Ruffians were entirely 
 defeated in the year 15 14. 
 
 Horki, Czaufy, Dryffin, Cbwafzczowka, Wrdkalahow nowy and Wrakalow 
 ßary on the Nieper, By chaw nowy and Bychow ßary, Propoysk and Rad- 
 ziwilowa, are fmall places in this Palatinate. 
 
 The Palatinate of Witepsk, called by the Poles Woiewodztwo Witepskie 
 and in Latin Palatinatus Vitepcenfis contains two Diftridts ; namely, 
 
 1 . The Territory ,of Witepsk, in which are the following remarkable places. 
 Witepsk, a fortified trading town on the river Duna or Duma, which has 
 two ftrong caftles and a college of Jefuits. A Provincial Diet is held in this 
 town. It was taken by the Rußians in the year 1654. 
 
 Newel, a fortified town, which was taken by the Rußians in 16 C3 ; 
 but fell again into the hands of the Poles in 1678. 
 
 Ufwiatez, a fortified town fituated on a lake, which was taken from the 
 Poles in the year 1580. 
 
 Wielifz, a fmall fortified town on the river Dzwina, of which the Poles 
 made themlelves mailers in 1580. The Ruffians, who had taken this town 
 from the Poles, reftored it to the latter in 1580. 
 
 Ozieryzcfze, Gorczffiaw, Surcz, Markowo, and Ojlrowo, are fmall towns 
 in this territory. 
 
 2. Powiat Orfzanjkt, or the Diftric! of Orfza, which contains the fol- 
 lowing towns, &c. 
 
 Orfza, a town and caftle on the river Nieper, in which is a Jefuits col- 
 lege. Alfo a Provincial Diet is held here. 
 
 Dubrowna and Kopys are fmall towns on the Nieper-, the latter i a 
 Dutchy. 
 
 Szklow a ftrong town, and a County, on the banks of the Neiper, near 
 which the Lithuanian General Radzivil was defeated by the Rußians in 
 1653 ; but when they laid liege to the town, they were obliged to raile it with 
 a confiderable lofs. 
 
 Holowczyn,
 
 62 4 POLAND. [Lith. Ruffia. 
 
 Holowczyn, a fmall place, where the Ruffians were defeated by the 
 Swedes in 1708, after an obftinate engagement. 
 
 Radzyn, Bialymfie, and Kruhla are fmall towns in this DiftricT:. 
 
 Note. That part of the Palatinate of Snwlenß, which borders on this Powiat 
 or DiftricT:, and belongs to the Poles, confifts only of the DiftricT: of Sta- 
 dorubcz. ; and the Diet for this Diftrict is held at Wtlna. 
 
 The Palatinate of Polock, or Woiewodztxvo Polokie, in Latin Palatinatus 
 Pohcenfis, contains th« following towns. 
 
 Polock, a fortified town on the river Dzwina, with two ftrong caftles. 
 It carries on a confiderable trade ; and a Provincial Diet and Court of Judi- 
 cature are held here. The Jefuits have a college, and the Greeks an aca- 
 demy for the ftudy of philofophy, in this town. A Popilh Greek Bilbop 
 alio refides here. In the year 1563, Polock was taken by the Ruffians ; 
 but retaken by the Poles in 1579. 
 
 Krafne and Kojhrny, two fmall towns. 
 
 Via, a fortreis on the river Dzwina. Near this place the Ruffians were 
 defeated in 1564. 
 
 Wiazyfzeze and Boczeykowo, two fmall towns of little note. 
 
 Czafzniki, a fmall town, where the Ruffians were defeated in the year 1 567. 
 
 Lepel, Lukomla, Krasnyßaw, Czereia, Pvfene, Waron, Sufza, Kamien, 
 JCublicze, Sielizeze, JJJzacz, "Turowla, Bobynicze, Plifzan, Machirowo, Dzefna, 
 Dryffd, Sokol, and Niefzczer da, are fmall towns in this Palatinate, of which 
 mention is made in hiftory. 
 
 III. The LIVONIAN Palatinate, 
 
 Called in the Poliffj language 
 
 WOIEWODZTWO INFLA NTSKIE. 
 
 "^HIS country, which is a part of Livonia, is' alfo called the Palatinate 
 of Wend. When the Poles by t the treaty of Oliv a delivered up Livo- 
 nia to Sweden, they referved this part, which had been fubjecl to Poland fmce 
 the year 1655. There are a Bifhop, a Palatine, and a Caftellan in this 
 Palatinate ; which belongs to Poland and Lithuania, and fends fix deputies to 
 the general Diet. The principal places in this country are, 
 
 Marienhaws. Roßten. Krentzburg. 
 
 Ludzen. Duneberg. 
 
 The Provincial Diet, and Court of Judicature, from which an appeal 
 lii only to the Ajfejjhrial Tribunal, are held at Duneburg. 
 
 4 IV. SAMO-
 
 POLAND. 
 
 625 
 
 IV. SAMOGITIA or SAMOTTEN, 
 
 Called in the Polißj language 
 
 ZMUTDS or XIESTIVO ZMUDSKIE. 
 
 f 1 A HIS country is a Dutchy, which anciently belonged to Lithuania, 
 -*- and together with that province, was governed either by one Duke or 
 Sovereign, or formed an oligarchy. In the year 1404, Samogitia was ceded 
 to the Knights of the Teutonic Order ; but about four years afterwards, it 
 was taken from them. In 141 1, the Knights had a promife that this 
 Dutchy fliould again revert to the Order after the death of King Uladißaus 
 Iagello, and the Great Duke Alexander. In 14 13, the Samogitians em- 
 braced the Chriftian religion; and a Bifhops See, and other fmall ecclefiaf- 
 tical offices were eredted in this Dutchy. The country is woody, and has 
 many fertile fpots : It alfo yields a prodigious quantity of honey. 
 
 Samogitia has a Bifhop, an Upper-ßaroßa, who has the authority of a 
 Woienaoda or Palatine ; and a Caflellan who fits in the General Diet, and 
 has the power of appointing Provincial Diets at pleafure. 
 
 In this Dutchy lies 
 
 Wornie or Miedniki, a town where the Bifhop of Samogitia refides ; and 
 
 Roßenie, a town on the river Dubißa, where the Provincial Diet and 
 Court of Judicature are held. 
 
 The following fmall towns alfo lie in Samogitia, viz. 
 
 Novavola. 
 Wileia. 
 Srzednik. 
 Wie ion a. 
 Kicydany. 
 
 Jurborg or Georgen- 
 burg. 
 
 Widukle. 
 Szydlow. 
 Taurogi. 
 
 Pottagien. 
 Garden. 
 
 Uzwieda. 
 Shoden. 
 
 Koltyniany. 
 
 Kroze, in which is a 
 
 Lukinga. 
 Ambote. 
 
 college of Jefuits. 
 Piatek. 
 Szaivle. 
 Kurfzany. 
 Okmianv. 
 
 • 
 
 Plotele. 
 Po langen. 
 Kretynga. 
 Korczany 
 Gorzdy. 
 
 Vol. I. 
 
 4L 
 
 THE
 
 [ 626 ] 
 
 THE 
 
 DUTCHY of PRUSSIA*, 
 
 Which is alio called 
 
 POLISH PRUSSIA. 
 
 §. I. /■"I"* HIS country borders on the kingdom of Prujfia, Poland, Pome- 
 rani a, and the Wejfel or Viflula ; and is thirteen German miles in 
 length, and twelve in its greateft breadth ; but in fome places the latter does 
 not exceed four German miles and a half. The face of this country is di- 
 verfified with mountains, woods, and lakes ; but in the fouth part of it 
 there is but little paflure ground, and confequently but few cattle ; and 
 not much arable land, if we except the four fruitful Werder, as they are 
 called, near Dantzick. The nlheries are of great advantage to this country; 
 which alfo yields a vaft quantity of honey and wax. The woods abound 
 with wild boars, roe-bucks, and wild fowl. A good deal of lime is alio 
 burnt in fome parts of this country. 
 
 The moft remarkable heaths in Poltß Prujjia are thofe of Skat, Mafura 
 and Nicholait, and the defert of Johannesberg, which is leven German miles 
 in length, and four in breadth. 
 
 §.2. The inhabitants confift partly of Poles, and partly of Germans. 
 As to their religion, the Reformation was introduced here early in the 
 lixteenth century ; and in few years, the profeflbrs of the Evangelical or 
 Lutheran religion increafed to fuch a degree, that in a fhort time their num- 
 ber far exceeded that of the Papifts in the principal cities and towns. They 
 had almoft as great a fuperiority alfo in the fmaller towns and villages. But 
 in this particular, fucceeding times have introduced confiderable alterations. 
 The Kings of Poland have, indeed, granted the inhabitants the free exer- 
 
 * This country is termed Regal Prujfia, or Pruffia Royal, in the maps, to diftinguifh it 
 from Ducal Prujjia, which is now a kingdom and belongs to his Prujpan Majefty. 
 
 cife
 
 Polißi Pruffia.] POLAND. 627 
 
 cife of the Lutheran religion in the cities of Pruffia ; but, at prefent there 
 are but few towns in which the Lutherans have churches ; and in other 
 towns they have been compelled to give them up to the Papifts. Befides, 
 the Proteftants, or Diffident es, as they are called, are continually opprefTed; 
 and promiies of preferment and other means are employed with too much 
 fuccefs, in order to feduce the P ruffian Nobility from the Evangelical or 
 Lutheran church. The Arians are not allowed the free exercife of their 
 religion in this country. 
 
 §. 3. The Dutchy of Pruffia or Polijh Pruffia is a proper, and diftincl 
 political body or ftate, which has nothing in common with Poland, except 
 that it has the fame Sovereign, and is connected with that Crown by a perpetual 
 alliance. For when the inhabitants of this country put themlelves under the 
 protection of King Cafimir IV. in 1466, it was exprefly ftipulated, that the 
 Dutchy of Pruffia mould have nothing to do with the Republic of Pola?id : 
 but that the King fhould alone, andperibnally, order and determine all matters 
 relating to the former ; and to this end lhould often come among them and 
 lummon general Diets. Hence this free State enjoys the fame right as 
 Poland and Lithuania of voting at the election of a King ; who, after hi^ 
 coronation, is obliged to fwear that he will maintain the Pruffians in their 
 rites and privileges ; after which, and not before, homage is paid to the 
 new Sovereign. 
 
 The King, in matters of public concern, can determine nothing without 
 the concurrence of the States ; who are divided into Spiritual and Temporal 
 Members, and the latter confift of Nobles and Burghers. Of thefe the 
 Senate, or Council of State, is at prefent, compofed. This Council confifts 
 1 . Of two Bishops, namely the Bifhop of Ermland and the Bifhop of Culm. 
 The Bifhop of Ermland \s the prefident and chief among the Nobility ; and 
 is not under any fubordination to the Archbifhop of Gnejha, but holds imme- 
 diately of the Pope. His diocefe, in which he has the fupreme authority 
 in all caufes, as well civil as eccleiiaftical, is of a very large extent. The re- 
 venues of it are divided into three parts, one of which belongs to the 
 Chapter ; but the other two, which are computed at 64,000 dollars are 
 aligned for the epifcopal table. The King nominates four canons, one of 
 whom is to be elected Bifhop by the Chapter; and the latter always choole the 
 perfon who is rnofc ftrongly recommended by his Majeliy. The oath which 
 the Bifhop takes is lbmething lingular, as is the form of adminiitering it, 
 which is done at the cathedral of Marienburg. He ftiles himfelf Prince 
 of the holy Roman Empire, not only in public inflruments, but alfo in pri- 
 vate letters, by virtue of the dignity conferred on Bifhop "John II. by the 
 Emperor Charles IV. v/ho created that prelate a Prince of the Empire; and 
 accordingly his fucceflbrs aflume the title of Highnefs ; but they are never 
 addrefTed fo by the Royal Chancery or State offices. This Prelate alio ftiles 
 himfelf Bifhop of Sammland; for that place was annexed to the Diocefe 
 
 4 L 2 formerly
 
 6 2 8 POLAND. [Polifli Pruffia. 
 
 formally erected in Brandenburg Pri/ßa, and the Popifh churches in it are frill 
 fubject to this Bifhop in ecclefiaftical matters. This title, however, is not 
 given him by the Electoral houfe of Brandenburg. 
 
 The Biihop of Culm's Diocefe is not near fo extenfive, and conlequently 
 t'ie revenue c fit is very much fhort ofthat of the Bifhop of Ermknd. This 
 Bifhopric the King abfolutely difpofes of without calling a Chapter ; and the 
 Bifhop of Culm is a fuiiragan to the Archbifhop of Gnefna, whom he is to 
 look upon as his Metropolitan. This Prelate ftiles himfelf Bifhop of Pomejhn, 
 partly becaufe fome Diflricfs formerly belonging to the Diocefe of Pomefan 
 were, by the peace concluded in 1466, ceded to Poland, and the fpiritual 
 jurifdicfion of them ailigned to the Biihop of Culm ; and partly to keep 
 up the remembrance of the Bifhopric of Pomefan in Brandenburg Prußa, 
 which has been long fince iuppreiied. The JVoiewodtzioos or Palatinates of 
 Culm and Marienburg are under the Biihop of Culm's jurildclion. Bv the 
 Polijl laws, this Prelate is qualified to be Chancellor. 
 
 2. Three Palatinates or Woicnzxdes, who are of equal dignity to thofe 
 of Poland, the firft of thefe is the Palatine of Culm, the fecond that of 
 Marienburg, and the third the Palatine of Pomerellia. The only dif- 
 ference, between thsfe Palatines and thofe of Poland, is that a certain Sta- 
 rofly is always annexed to their poff. ; for inifance, the Staroßy of Kowalevo 
 belongs to the Palatinate of Culm, that of Chriflburg to the Palatinate of Ma- 
 rienburs, and that of Schoneck to the Palatinate of Pomerellia. From thefe 
 Staroflies, and the fees of the Grcds, or courts, their income arifes. They 
 hold their Courts of Judicature, which are called Caftle-Courts, and in the 
 Poli/lj language Grods. In the Palatinate of Culm the Court is held at Ko- 
 nvalevo ; in that of Marienburg at Chrifihurg ; and in the Palatinate of Pome- 
 rellia at Schonek. They generally leave the management of thefe courts to the 
 under Wciewoda's. However, they fee the fentences paffed by the courts put in 
 execution, and when it is neceffary, make ufe of force ; and in fuch cafes 
 may fummon the Nobility in their refpective jurifdiöions to affift them. 
 
 3. Three Castellans, who are not inverted with any particular office or 
 employment; but on a general fummons of the Nobility, they may be looked 
 upon as the Palatine's lieutenants. They are fubordinate to the great Poliflj 
 Caftellans ; and their appointments accrue from the Starojiies, over which 
 they alfo prefide. 
 
 4. Three Vice-Treasurers, who have only a bare title ; however, as 
 they are Counfellors of State, they take place of the reft of the Nobility. 
 Thefe are not members of the Polijh Senate ; but appear only as provincial 
 reprefentatives in the Diet. 
 
 5. TwoCounsellors from each of the three Great Cities, as they are called, 
 namely, Thorn, Elbing, and Dantxick ; and every one of thefe reprefen- 
 tatives have a vote. Formerly (even Great Cities had this privilege. 
 
 Of thefe Members the Senate, or Council of State, is compofed. All the 
 State Counfellors, according to the laws of the country, ought to be native 
 
 Prußiam-,
 
 Polifli Pruffia.] POLAND. 629 
 
 P ruffians \ but they feldom have this qualification. They are nominated by 
 the King of Poland, and take a particular oath at their admiifion. The 
 Bifhops, Palatines, and Caftellans, are alio members of the Senate of the 
 kingdom of Poland-, and particular feats were fet apart for them in that 
 Senate in the year 1569. They are alfo qualified to fill the Crown-offices 
 or pofts at Court. The Bifhop of Ermland fits as prefident in the Pri/ßian 
 Diet ; but in his abfence, his place is fupplied by the principal perfon amono- the 
 Nobility that are prefent. Thefe members are {tiled ' the two States of the 
 Dutchy ofPrüßa,' and likewife Royal Counfellors. They may be alfo called 
 the Superior-States to diftinguifh them from the Inferior-States compofed 
 of the lower Nobility and the deputies of the fmall towns. Thofe Noble- 
 men that hold of the Biihop of Ermland are not reckoned among the 
 States ; but the reft fend their reprefentatives to the General Diet. The 
 fmall towns alfo formerly fent reprefentatives to the Prufjian Diet ; but the 
 Nobility have deprived them of that privilege, by forcibly excluding them 
 from the public deliberations. 
 
 King Cafimir IV. engaged, for himfelf and fucceflbrs, not to deliberate 
 on, or determine any affair of confequence relating to this country, without 
 the previous concurrence of the above-mentioned States of Prnßa. By 
 thefe Affairs of Confequence were underftood the Regalia, as they are called, 
 or matters relating to the Royal Prerogatives, and thofe public acts, which 
 the King, when occafion requires, refolves upon in conjunction with the 
 States ; as declaring war, impofing taxes, concluding a peace, making laws, 
 &c. To this end, the Prußan Diets were introduced, which, formerly had 
 no connection with the Polijh Diets. But in the year 1569, by the ordi- 
 nance of Lublin, part of the Senate or Council of Prußa was united with 
 the Senate of Poland ; and the States of the former were compelled to 
 appear at the general Diet of the kingdom. From that time, the politi- 
 cal conflitution of Pruffia has undergone great alterations : However, it is 
 not quite interwoven with that of Poland, and this country ftill enjoys its 
 particular rights and privileges. 
 
 §.4. Having treated of the States of Poliß Pruffia, we now proceed to 
 give a fhort account of the Diets of" this country. Thefe were formerly 
 of two kinds ; namely the Ordinary and Extraordinary Diets. The for- 
 mer have been difcontinued lor thefe laft hundred years and above ; but the 
 latter are ftill in being and are fummoned by the King; who alfo appoints 
 the time and place of their meeting. As for the place, they are always 
 held alternately at Marienburg and Graudenz. 
 
 ■ At the fummoning of the Pruffian General Diet *, the King alfo fpeci- 
 fies the time for holding the leffer Diets, where the reprefentatives for the 
 
 * I have added the word Prußicm to diflinguifh this from the General Diet held for the 
 whole Poliß Dominions. 
 
 former
 
 630 POLAND. [Polifli Pruffia. 
 
 former are chofen, and receive their inftructions. Thefe provincial Diets 
 are held m every Palatinate ; viz. in that of* Culm at Schonfee ; in that of 
 Manenburg at Stum ; and in the Palatinate of Pomercllia at Stargard. But 
 before the Diet for the Palatinate of PomereHia meets at Stargard, the Dis- 
 tricts of Dirfchau, (which includes that of Dantzick,) Schwetz, Tuche/, 
 Scblochau, Mirchau, and Putzig, hold their refpective affemblies. The 
 happy conclufion of thefe inferior Diets is a prefage of the profperous iffue 
 of the general Diet. But if only one of thefe affemblies rifes abruptly, the 
 general Diet is feldom expected to aifembie. The number of reprefentatives 
 for every Palatinate is not fixed ; but they have of late been more nume- 
 rous than heretofore. PomereHia generally fends the greateft number of 
 reprefentatives, and Mariertburg the feweft. The inftructions which are 
 given them are written in the Polißo language; and during the feffion of 
 the Diet, their expences are defrayed. 
 
 The reprefentatives of the Palatinates, and the King's Commiffioner, are 
 obliged to attend at the opening of the Prujfian General Diet ; but the 
 prefence of the State Counleliors and the reprefentatives of the large cities 
 is not requiiite. The Diet is generally held in the Town-houfe, and 
 fometimes in the church, or fome other convenient place. It does not 
 always continue fitting till its proper period ; but, on the contrary, is often 
 diffolved, or prorogued. The Inftruments, &c. publifhed in the name of 
 all the States of the country are rendered into Latin by the Secretaries of 
 Thorn, according to the fenfe of the States affembled ; and, at the clofe of the 
 Diet, are publicly read, and fealed with the fealof the Dutchy. All documents, 
 and decrees brought to the Diet, or publifhed bvit, are depofited in the 
 archives of the State at Thorn. 
 
 The Prußan Diets are divided into Conventus Ant e-Comiti ales and Conven- 
 tus Poß-Comitiales. In the former, the King orders the matters to be deli- 
 berated, which muff be determined in the general Diet of Pola7id, and the 
 reprefentatives are chofen, and receive the money to defray their expences. 
 In the latter, new taxes are impofed, and the accompts of* the former 
 taxes are paffed ; and if any thing detrimental to the Public has been trans- 
 acted at the general Diet of Poland, it is verbally cenfured, or a proteft is 
 entered againft it in writing. 
 
 The Prußans, befides their own General Diet, aftift at the General Diet 
 of Poland. The three large cities and inferior Nobility are alfo Summoned 
 to the Po/iß General Diet; but as their reprefentatives have no particular place 
 affigned them either in the Senate or among the provincial reprefentatives, 
 their particular concerns are generally inferted in the provincial inftructions, 
 and recommended to the Senators and reprefentatives. 
 
 §. 5. We have already obferved, that the Prußans agree to the taxes 
 to be impofed on them, not in the General Diets of Polatid, but in their own 
 general Diet. The cities and towns pay the Malt-Excife, as it is called, which 
 
 is
 
 Polifli Pruflia.] POLAND. 631 
 
 is two Shillings for every bufhel of malt which they brew ; but the No- 
 bility have introduced a kind of land-tax called Hufengeld, or Poborren. 
 A Pobor* is rated at a Poltß) guilder. Befides this land-tax and the 
 Excife, other contributions and taxes have fometimes been impofed on 
 the Prußam. 
 
 The caftle of Morienhurg is appointed for the public Treafury, which is 
 under the direction of a Treafurer. The Treafurer of Prußa has a Secretary 
 under him, and is not fubjecf. to the Treafurer of the kingdom, but to 
 the P ruß an States only. 
 
 The Prußam pay no toll or cuftom ; and when they are in Poland, 
 they only pay thofe of the frontiers which are of long (landing. They 
 are not obliged to go upon any military expedition out of the province : 
 however, the Nobility of the country are always ready to appear in arms 
 for their own defence. The Burghers are exempt from this fervice ; only 
 the citizens of Thorn, in consideration of their privilege of purchasing and 
 holding eftates like the Nobility, fend about thirty-two horfemen, &c. into 
 the field. 
 
 §. 6. Caufes are tried in Prußa by the Noble-laws of the country, and 
 thofe of Culm. In Elbing, and fome other places, caufes are determined 
 by the Lübeck law. The Nobility in every Palatinate ufe the Provincial and 
 the Caftle-law. Of the latter notice has been taken above in our account 
 of the Woiivcdas or Palatines. The Tribunal at Peterkau is the laft refort 
 for the Nobility in the country ; but from the towns appeals are lodged 
 in the royal Ajfejforial-Court . 
 
 §. 7. Prußa had formerly its own coin, which was afterwards reduced 
 to the Standard of the Polijh money. The three principal cities of Prußa, 
 by virtue of their particular privileges, are allowed to coin gold and filver 
 pieces of various forts, impreffed with the King's head on one fide, and 
 their respective arms on the reverie, which, after receiving the royal fandtion, 
 are to pafs as the current money of Prußa. 
 
 §. 8. Befides the Senators, or Counfellors of State, mentioned above, there 
 are Several other public officers in Prußa ; namely, 
 
 The Treafurer, who is the principal, and even the only one who has an 
 annual appointment and fome other perquilites already fpecified. 
 The Sword-bearer, who has nothing but the bare title. 
 The Standard-bearer, who carries the ftandard of the Province when 
 all the Nobility of the country take the field. 
 
 The Judges of the land, who are feven in number, and their Affef- 
 fores, or Affiftants. 
 
 §.9. It is to be obferved of the towns in Prußa, that they were formerly 
 divided into Great Cities and Small Towns. The Great Cities are, Thorn, 
 Elbing, and Dantzick ; and the Small Towns, which are alfo called Royal 
 Towns, amount to feven-and-twenty : but thofe belonging to the Bifhops of 
 
 * Le, A Hide of land. 
 
 Er ml and-
 
 632 POLAND. [L. Pomeraiua. 
 
 Ermland and Culm are not included in this number. An affociation was 
 formed among thefe fin all towns under the government of the Knights 
 of the Teutonic Order. By this union, which continues to this day, they 
 are to unite in behalf of their common privileges ; to confult their intereft 
 as a community in their particular affemblies ; and to recommend their com- 
 mon concerns in the general Diets of Prußa to the reprefentatives of the 
 Great Cities. With regard to their deliberations, Marienburg, which is 
 the moll confiderable among thefe towns, has the Directory; and this 
 town, together with Graudenz, Dirfchau, Stargard, and Konitz, are called 
 the Plenipotentiary towns ; for, beiides their own concerns, they are 
 charged with the affairs of all the other towns, which they lay before 
 the Directory. The latter reprefents them to the Deputies of the Great 
 Cities, who, on account of the care they take of the affairs of the towns 
 in their Palatinates, are called t^uarterjladte. The twenty-feven Small 
 Towns are, 
 
 Stum, 
 
 Rheden, 
 
 Stargard, 
 
 Neuteich, 
 
 Golub, 
 
 Schoneck, 
 
 Tolkemit, 
 
 Lautenberg, 
 
 Berend, 
 
 Graudenz *, 
 
 Schonfee, 
 
 Konitz, 
 
 Marienburg, 
 
 DlRSCHAU, 
 
 Baldenburg, 
 
 Chriflburg, 
 
 Mewe, 
 
 Friedland, 
 
 Straßurg, 
 
 Neuburg, 
 
 Tuchel, 
 
 Lejj'en, 
 
 Schweiz, 
 
 Hammer/lein, 
 
 Neumark, 
 
 Putzig, 
 
 Schlochau. 
 
 Thefe towns, at prcfent, are far from being in a flourifhing condition. 
 From the fentences of the magiftrates of thefe towns an appeal lies to 
 the Starojias, and from the latter to the King. For an account of 
 their rights and privileges, fee a Latin Treatife entitled, Privilegium civi- 
 tatum minorum Prußia occidentalis, commentariolo illußratum. 
 
 The Dutchy of Prußa, or Poliß> Prußia, confifts of four Provinces, 
 which are as follows. 
 
 I. LITTLE POMERANIA 
 
 Or POMERELLIA. 
 
 THIS country was formerly a part of the Dutchy of Pomerania, and 
 was governed by its own Princes, of the Pomeranian line. The laft 
 of thefe, who was called Mejlowyn, dying without children in 1295, left 
 
 * Thofe diftinguifhed by capitals are the Plenipotentiary Towns mentioned above. 
 
 his
 
 Pomcrcllia.] POLAND. 633 
 
 his dominions to Premiflaus II. Prince of Great Pcia;id. But the Mar- 
 grave of Brandenburg attacked this country, aOifted by the KiuVhts o r 
 the Teutonic Order ; who afterwards united it to their dominions, and kept 
 poifeffion of it from the year 1310 to 1466. After this, it fell unde 1 " 
 the dominion of Poland. The natives of Pomerellia, in order to diftin- 
 guifh them from the other inhabitants of that country, were formerly 
 CLilled Pommcrinken. 
 
 This Province has its own Palatine, who is the third among the Prujfiau 
 IVoiwodas and likewife a Vice-Treafurer, and a Sword-bearer. 
 
 There are five Starojlies in Pomerellia, namely, thofe of Schlochau, Schwetz, 
 Tuchel, Dirfchau, and Putzig. 
 
 This Palatinate contains five Cirgles, and has four Provincial Judges : 
 for the Diftricr.s of Dantzick and Dirfchau have one each ; the third is for 
 Tuche/, and the fourth for Putzig and Mirchau. 
 
 The Bilhop of Cuja-via has a very large eftate in this Palatinate ; and, 
 indeed, almolr. the whole Province is under his jurifdiclion, as to eccle- 
 liaftical affairs: Hence he is alfo ftiled Biihop of Pomerellia ; but has no 
 feat in the Pmßan Senate or Council of State. Some part of Pomerellia is 
 under the jurifdiction of the Archbifhop of Gnefna. The moil remarkable 
 places in this Province are, 
 
 1. Dantzick, called in Latin Dantifcum or Gedanum, and in the Polißj 
 language Gdantzk, a famous commercial city and fortrefs, fituated on 
 the Wejj'el or Vijhda, about a German mile from the Baltic. Two 
 fmall rivers called Radaune and Mot lau run through the city. The Motlau 
 divides itfelf into two channels, which run between the Old and New 
 Town, and afterwards unite again below the city, and with the Radaune, 
 fall into the Viflula. It is a large, populous, and beautiful city, and built 
 according to the ancient manner of the Hanfe-towns ; but moft of the ftreets 
 are narrow. This is partly occafioned by the Beyfchlage, or Galleries, 
 which project a good way into the ftreets. Thefe Beyfchlage, to which 
 there is an afcent by a few fteps, are even with the houfes ; and under 
 moft of them are good vaults or cellars. 
 
 Datzick properly confifts of two parts, namely, the Old Town and the 
 New Town, with their fuburbs. This city has a beautiful harbour, and 
 the inhabitants carry on a confiderable trade, efpecially in corn. The 
 fhips belonging to this port are very numerous ; and the privileges of 
 the city are of great importance. As the. third Great City, it fends re- 
 prefentatives to the Prußan Senate, or Council, of State ; who have like- 
 wise a feat in the General Diet of Poland, and vote at the eleclion of 
 a King. The Dantzickers have alfo the privilege of coining money, ga- 
 thering amber, &c. 
 
 In the year 1567, King Cafimir conferred the title of Noble on the- 
 ■ fixates, Schoppen or Judges, and the hundred Burghers of Dantzick ; 
 fo that lince that time they have been itiled No/files. 
 
 Vol. I. 4M I
 
 634 POLAND. [Pomerellia. 
 
 In this city are twelve Lutheran churches, exclufive of thofe in the 
 Houfe of Correction and in the alms-houfe, two Calviniftical churches, 
 and one Popifli church, with a college of Jefuits. The Cathedral, or 
 large Lutheran church, dedicated to the Virgin Mary, is the moft mag- 
 nificent, and the principal parifb-church in Dantzick ; but is fubject to 
 pay pecuniary impofitions to the Bifhop upon any frivolous pretence. The 
 firft Preacher or Minifter of this church is called Senior Minißerii : the 
 reft are equal as to dignity, and two of them muft always be Doctors 
 in Divinity. There is a Lutheran Gy?nna/ium or Academy in the Gray 
 Fryars convent, in which are feven Profefiors, and one Teacher of the 
 Polißi language. The city Library ftands in this convent ; and the col- 
 lection of books, with which it is furnifhed, was not only properly arranged, 
 but alfo greatly improved and augmented by M. Adrian Engelke. Other 
 public buildings in this city are, 
 
 The Ccuncil-houfes in the Old and New Town. In the tower of the 
 latter are very mufical chimes ; and under the Council-houfe is the Pfund- 
 kamtner, as it is called, where the duty upon merchandife is paid. 
 
 The public Weigh-houfe, the Arfenal, and the Exchange, which are 
 very old ftructures. 
 
 The fine mill erected on the river Radaune, which has eighteen wheels, 
 is the largeft in all the city, and is faid to have formerly brought in a ducat 
 every hour to the proprietors ; but, at prefent, it does not yield near fo much. 
 
 This city was anciently the principal of the Hanfe-tcwns ; being one of 
 the firft that entered into the Hanfeatic Afibciation. The Gentian is al- 
 moft the only language fpoken here ; the Polißo being but little ufed by the 
 inhabitants . This city has its own garrifon ; and the fortifications make 
 a good appearance, efpecially towards the South and the Weft ; for thofe 
 parts of the town are furrounded with mountains and eminences. Some 
 of thefe hills are higher than the city-towers ; and thofe called Bif- 
 cholfsberg and Hagehberg are the moft remarkable among them. On the 
 latter a caftle formerly ftood, which, like the mountain, derived its name 
 from a Nobleman called Hagel, who, for his tyrannical behaviour, was flain 
 there, after which his caftle was laid in afties. This was alio the burying- 
 place of the Sovereigns of the country, as is evident from the arms and 
 itatues found on this hill about the year 1664. Hard by is fhewn the place 
 where the Rußians attacked this city in the year 1734, but without fuccefs j 
 and likewife the large tomb in which a 1000 men, who were killed on 
 this occafion, are interred. 
 
 According to the Bills of Mortality 1 846 perfons died in this city in 
 1752. In the fame year 1288 Polijh veflels, fmall and great, from the 
 Vijlula, and 10 14 fhips from the fea, arrived in this port; and 58,060 
 Lafts and 40 bufhels of corn was brought into this city for exportation, &c* 
 
 As for hiftorical particulars relating to this city, it appears from the 
 ancient records, that Dantzick, fo early as the year of Chrift 997, was 
 
 a large
 
 Pomerellia.] POLAND. 635 
 
 a large commercial city, and not a village or inconfiderable town, as fomc 
 pretend. The New Town was founded by the Crofs-bearing Knights * in 
 the year 13 1 1 ; and was firft furrounded with a wall and moat in the 
 year 1343. This city fliook off the yoke of the Teutonic Knights in 
 1454, and the inhabitants, under certain reftriclions, fubmitted to Cafimir 
 King of Poland, who among other privileges granted them the right of 
 coining their own money. They afterwards refufed to do homage to 
 Stephen King of Poland, without a previous confirmation of their rights and 
 privileges. Upon this, the city was put under the Ban, and befieged by 
 that Prince: However, matters were adjufted, and, on a public acknow- 
 ledgment of their error, and paying a large fine to the King, he re- 
 ceived the city into favour, confirmed its privileges, and granted the 
 inhabitants the free exercife of the Evangelical or Lutheran religion. In 
 1734, Stanißaus King of Poland took refuge in this city; but this occa- 
 sioned a hot fiege and bombardment from the Saxons and Rußians. At 
 length, when there was no hopes of relief from the French by fea, and 
 King Stanißaus had found a way to make his efcape, Dantzick fubmitted 
 to Augußus III. Elector of Saxony, as its rightful Sovereign. Some violent 
 diftentions, not long fince, arofe betwixt the Magiftrates and Burghers ; but, 
 after great difputes and animolities, and a vaft expence to the city, they 
 were brought to an accommodation in the year 1752, by the Ordinatio 
 regia civitati Gedanenfi prafiripta, in which may be feen the form of go- 
 vernment, laws, and privileges of this city. 
 
 Dantzick is in the diocefe of Cujavia ; and the inhabitants pay the Popifh 
 Bifhop all the regard that is confiftent with the difference of their religion, 
 and the privileges and immunities of the city. Without the walls lie the 
 following places, which belong to the city of Dantzick. 
 
 The Dantziger Werder -f-, as it is called, which is furrounded by the 
 Vißula, the Motlau, and the moraffes caufed by thefe rivers. It contains 
 about 1400 Hides % of land, and about thirty-three villages. It is entirely 
 under the government of the magiftrates of Dantzick ; and the fenior 
 Burgomafter and two of the Senators are the Directors and Superintendents 
 of it. The church-villages in this ifland are twelve in number ; and 
 among thefe is one Calviniftical church and two chapels. The church- 
 village of Stieblau or Stublau, gives' name to Stiebla-Werder. In war time, 
 batteries are erefted at the church-village of Gutland. The inhabitants of 
 the village of Schmcrenblocke are all Hollanders. 
 
 The Frifihe Nehrung, which is a long narrow flip of land lying be- 
 
 .tween the fea and the harbour, and extending almoft to Pillau. There 
 
 are five church-villages on the Frifche Nerung : But the moft remarkable 
 
 * Thefe were the Teutonic Knights, who had a black crofs in their ftandards and colours. 
 
 f Werder fignifies an ifland formed by a river, and drained by art. 
 
 % A Hide of land in England was as much as one plough could cultivate in a year. 
 
 4 M 2 place
 
 636 POLAND. [Pomercllia. 
 
 place in it is the fort called Mundc or Weichfelmundet in Latin Viflulamunda *, 
 which ftands in the Baltic at the mouth of the Vifiula-, and oppofite 
 to it on the other fide of the water ftands a fort called Wefierjchanze. 
 The Munde is a ftrong place, and has a church and a commodious har- 
 bour. It belongs to the city; and was taken by the Saxons in 1734. 
 The fort called Haupt alfo deferves notice. 
 
 The Hole., as it is called, on which are eight church-villages and the 
 little town of Hela or Heel, which alfo belongs to Datitzick, is on a point 
 of land, which projects with a curve into the Baltic, and forms the Pautz- 
 kerwick bay. Here fhips ufually caff, anchor. In 1572, this little town 
 was confumed by fire. 
 
 ■2. Oliva, a celebrated convent, which lies about a German mile from 
 Dantzick, was founded by Duke Subißaus in 11 70 ; or, according to others, 
 in the year 1178 by Samborius Duke of Pomerania, for a fraternity of 
 Benedicline monks. In 1224, and 1234 or 1236, it was laid in allies 
 by the Pagans of Prujfia ; and in 1432 or 1433, it was burnt by the 
 Bohemian foldiers, who were in the fervice of Poland. In 1 577, it was 
 demoliihed by the Dantzickers, who were afterwards obliged to pay above 
 20,000 guilders towards rebuilding it. On the third of May 1660, a 
 peace was concluded in this convent between the Poles and Swedes-, and, 
 in the following year, the treaty was regiftered among the public records 
 and tran factions" of the Kingdom of Poland. 
 
 This convent is, at prefent, inhabited by Cißercian monks, who are 
 about fifty in number. The infide of the convent-church is exceeding 
 fplendid ; particularly the high altar and the pulpit, which are finely gilt, 
 and appear extremely beautiful. It has forty altars, which are all embel- 
 liihed with the richeft ornaments. It has alfo feveral chapels, among which 
 that of the bleffed Virgin is the moft magnificent. In the choir, the re- 
 mains of the founder of the monaflery and his fons are depofited under a 
 marble tomb-ftone ; and the walls are ornamented with the ftatues of the 
 principal benefactors of the convent. Near the entrance of the church 
 a marble table is fet up in the wall, in commemoration of the treaty 
 of Oleva mentioned above. The difpenfary belonging to the convent is 
 very elegant, and well contrived. This monaflery has the privilege of 
 gathering amber on the fea-coafl. A pretty village has been gradually built 
 round this convent. 
 
 3. Pauktzke, or Putzig, a little town with a ftrong caftle, which is a 
 royal demefne. On one fide of it lies a morafs. It was taken by the 
 Danes in 1464, after a long fiege. In 1626, the Swedes made themfclves 
 mafters of it; and in the following year it was recovered by the Poles. 
 Between Dantzick and Putzig, the Baltic forms a bay called Pautzeker- 
 
 wick. 
 
 ■ This is Teutonic Latin: It fhould rather be called ViJiuU ojlium ; for the German word 
 Munde ßgnifies a month. 
 
 4. Zernoicitz,
 
 Pomercllia.] POLAND. 63 7 
 
 4. Zeniowitz, a handfomc nunnery belonging to the order of Pramon- 
 ßratentes, which was founded in the year 12 13. 
 
 5. Sluclcau, a convent belonging to the Bernardlne nun?. 
 
 6. Marien Paradies, a Carthußan convent which lies between two lakes 
 not far from Mirchau. This is the only monaftery belonging to that 
 Order in all Prnßa. 
 
 7. Dirfcbau, or Derfau, a ftrong little town feated on the Vißula. It 
 is faid to have been built in the year 1209, and was formerly called 
 Sau. It is, at prefent the capital of a county. In 1288, Mfczugius 
 founded a convent for a fraternity of Predicant monks in this town. 
 In 13 10, and 1432 or 1433, Dirfchau was laid in afhesj and in 1577 
 it was confumed by an accidental fire. In 1626 and 1655, it was taken 
 by the Swedes. A Provincial Court of Judicature, and the royal Court 
 for the Oeconomie of Dirfchau are held here. There is a Lutheran church 
 in this town. 
 
 8. Schoeneck, a fmall town and caftle on the river Fers. It is fuppofed 
 to have been built in the year 1 1 80, and to have been deflroyed by the 
 Prufjians about the year 11 86. But it was rebuilt foon after; and, either 
 by purchafe or exchange was given up by the Knight's of St. 'John to thofe 
 of" the Teutonic Order. Here is a royal Poli/h Chancery; and every 
 month an Affembly or Diet is held in this town, in which the Under JVoie- 
 •woda determines fmall differences ; but caufes of greater confequence are 
 decided by the Woiwoda or Palatine himfelf. Appeals lie from hence to 
 Peterhau. 
 
 9. Stargurd, a fmall town, which like wife ftands on the Fers. When 
 this place was little more than a village, Subiflaus, Prince of Pöftierania, 
 granted it to the Knights of St. John, who founded St. Johns church in 
 this town. Stargard was rebuilt by the Teutonic Knights, in the year 1339, 
 on the fpot where it now flands j but the Knights of St. John were not 
 pleafed with the removal of the town. In 1456, it was taken by the 
 Poles , and in 1654, it furrendered to the Swedes. The Diet for this Pa- 
 latinate is held in this town. 
 
 10. Mevc, or Gniew, a town and cattle at the conflux of the Fers and 
 the Vißula. In the year 1283, it devolved to the Knights of the Teutonic 
 Order, who built a fortrefs here. In 1463, this place capitulated to the 
 Poles-, and in 1626 and 1655, it furrendered to tne Swedes. The Papifts 
 took pofieffion of the principal church at Meve in the year 1696. Not 
 long fince, John Gertz, a Lutheran preacher, was obliged to creel a 
 ftatue in this town to St. Nepomuc, againft whom, it was pretended, he 
 had fpuke fome difrefpeclful words. 
 
 1 1 . Neuburg, or Neuenburg, a little town which has the Vißula on one 
 fide, and a morals on the other. Mention is made of this town as a 
 place of fome note in the year J 3 10. The Burghers drove out the Poli/b 
 
 gar:
 
 638 POLAND. [Culm. 
 
 garrifon in 1458 ; upon which the Teutonic Knights of the Crofs made 
 themfelves mafters of the place : However, it was retaken by the Poles 
 in 1364 or 1465. In 1626, and 1655, the Swedes took this town, and 
 put a garrifon in it. 
 
 12. Bifchmark, a fmall town, which has been feveral times confumed 
 by fire. 
 
 13. Hammerflein, a fmall town near the fource of the river Bro, which, 
 in the year 1466, fubmitted to Poland. This town was reduced to allies 
 in 1719 by an accidental fire. 
 
 14. Landeck and Friedland, which are fmall towns. In the latter is a 
 Lutheran church. 
 
 1 5. Schweiz, a town and caitle on the Vißula. The cattle was built 
 in 1244 by Duke Suantopolk, as a defence againft the attacks of the 
 Teutonic Knights. After this, the town was gradually built j and, in 
 1340, it was fortified. In 13 10, it fell under the dominion of the Knights 
 of the Teutonic Order. In 1454, it was taken by the Poles; in the fol- 
 lowing year the Teutonic Knights made themfelves m afters of it ; and in 
 1466, it was taken again by the Poles. In the year 1655 the Swedes took 
 this place ; and the year enfuing it was taken a third time by the Poles. 
 
 16. Tauchel, a little town with acaftle, fituated on the river Bro. It was 
 famous in the former wars between Poland and Prußa ; and a Court of 
 Judicature is held in it. 
 
 Bromberg, called in the Polißj language Bedgotzi, Bigodfez, or Bidgoß, 
 is a fmall town on the river Bro. That river entirely environs the caftle, 
 which ftands without the town. In 1 6 1 3 , fome Schilli?igs of bafe metal 
 were coined in this town ; which is alfo famous for the treaty which 
 was concluded here in 1657 between the King of Poland and the Elector 
 of Brandejiburg. A Court of Judicature is held here. 
 
 1 8. Verdon, Krone, Conitz and Sluchau, four fmall towns on the river Bro. 
 
 II. CULMERLAND h 
 
 Or the Palatinate of C U L M. 
 In Latin Palatinatus feu Prcefeflura Calmienfis. 
 
 THIS Province has a Woiewoda, who is the firft of the three Prußan 
 Palatines, a Caftellan, a Vice-Treafurer, a Sword-bearer, a Judge, 
 and the eight following Staroßies ; namely, thofe of Strasburg, Graudenz, 
 Rheden, Golub, Roggenhaufen, Bretchen, Schonfee, and Engeljburg. The 
 
 bifhop-
 
 Culm.] POLAND. 639 
 
 bifliopric of Culm is the moft ancient See in Poliß Prußa, and was founded 
 about the year 12 15, or 1222, by Conrad Duke of Mafovia. The Col- 
 lege, or Chapter, of the churches of Culm confifts only of four canons who 
 are chofen by the Bifhop and the reft of the Chapter. A fuller account 
 of the Diocefe and Bifhop of Culm has been given above §. 3. 
 The principal places in the Palatinate of Culm are, 
 1. Culm or Cbelmno, which is the capital of this province, and (lands on 
 an eminence on the banks of the Viflula. This city was founded in 1239 j 
 and was bequeathed by one of the Dukes of Mafovia to the Knights of 
 the Teutonic Order. The inhabitants afterwards withdrew themfelves from 
 the obedience of the latter, and fubmitted to Poland. While the Teutonic 
 Knights had the Sovereignty of Culm, the High Tribunal of Prußa was 
 held in this city. Hence the Culmean law was in fuch reputation, that 
 there were few plaees in Prußa, or Mafovia, where it was not received. 
 Culm is a large city, though but thinly inhabited. It was formerly one of 
 the Hanfe-towns, and, under the Kings of Poland, was reckoned one of 
 the Great Cities, as they are called ; and confequently had reprefentatives 
 in the Senate, or Prußan Council : but it is at prefent fubjecl to the Bifliop. 
 The Teutonic Knights granted this city the privilege of coining money. 
 Here are two monafteries and a nunnery. In the year 1457, me Knights 
 of the Teutonic Order, from whom this city had revolted, made themfelves 
 mafters of it again ; but in few years after, it was taken by the Poles. In 
 1544, Culm fuffered greatly by fire. 
 
 2. Altbaus, a caftle on an eminence near the Vißula, with a village or 
 fmall town. It is called Starigrod in the Polijh language. 
 
 3. Culmenfec, or Chelmza, is a fmall town about a German mile from 
 Culm, and the reiidence of the Bifliop of Culm 5 who is alfo ftiled the 
 Bifhop of Lobau, where he has a feat. This town was built in the year 
 1251. 
 
 4. Frideck, in Polifh Wambrifna, a fmall town, which was founded in the 
 year 1331. 
 
 5. Thorn, which is the moft ancient city in either of the two Prußa's, and 
 the chief of the three Great Cities of Poliß Prußa, ftands on the Viflula. 
 The magiftrates and reprefentatives of Thorn have the precedence of thofe 
 of the other Cities ; and the records of Polijh Prußa are kept in this town. 
 Thorn was founded by Herman Balck, firft Grand-mafter of the Teutonic 
 Order, who built the caftle of Thorn in 123 1. In the following year, the 
 foundation of the town was laid ; but the building was difcont'inued in 
 1235 on account of the inconvenient fituation, and Thorn was built about 
 a German mile farther up the river, on the fpot where it now ftands. It is 
 fuppofed to have been called Thorn, becauie the Knights of the Teutonic 
 Order by building this city opened to themfelves a Thor or door into Prußa. 
 This is further confirmed by the maps, and the feal of the city which re- 
 
 prefents
 
 640 POLAND. [Culm. 
 
 presents a gate thrown open. 'Thorn, Soon after it was built, became distin- 
 guished above the other towns of Prujjia by feveral valuable privileges ; 
 particularly the Cultnifoe Handveße, as it was called. Theie privileges, 
 which were not granted to other cities till a long time after, confided in 
 the choice of their judges and magistrates from among the Burghers ; the 
 pnniihment of offenders ; the free and independent poflefiion of eftates ; 
 and exemption from all taxes. However, an officer fliled Comthur was 
 appointed by the Teutonic Knights, who relided in a caStle near the Vifluta, 
 and had power over the magistracy and Burghers in matters of general 
 concern, till the year 1454. 
 
 But when the Knights of the Teutonic Order enormcufly abufed their 
 power throughout all Prußa, Thorn was the firil city which formed the 
 noble fcheme of making off their oppreffive yoke. The inhabitants, having 
 concerted with the other towns, entered into an alliance for that purpofe ; and 
 the original Instrument of that afiociation is flill to be feen among the records 
 of this city. This happened in the year 1454, when at once the country 
 now called Polißj Prujjia expelled the Teutonic Knights by torce of arms, 
 and aflerted their freedom. On this occafion the inhabitants of Thorn, 
 having made themfelves rnafters of the caftle, demolifhed it ; and nothing 
 but its magnificent ruins are now to be feen. The confederates put themfelves 
 under the protection of Cafimir the Great, King of Poland ; but upon the 
 following advantageous conditions : Their rights, privileges and immuni- 
 ties were to remain entire. They were to honour his Polißj Majefty as 
 their Sovereign, but without any farther connexion with Poland than a clofe 
 harmony and alliance, by which they engaged to have the fame allies and 
 enemies, to affift each other on all occafions, and reciprocally to promote 
 the welfare and profperity of both parties. The magistrates of the cities 
 acquired great eSteem and authority by this alliance, &c. and particularly 
 many privileges were conferred on Thorn, Rlbing and Dantzick the three 
 Great Cities, as they are called. But as Thorn had moSt fignally distinguished 
 itfelf in Shaking off the Teutonic yoke, it more eminently deferved 
 thofe immunities which the two other Great Cities Shared with it, and had 
 fome exclufive privileges on that account. 
 
 The privileges granted in common to thefe three cities were as follows: 
 They were declared free cities. They were to be governed by their own 
 magistrates, which confiSt of the Council, the chief perfons of which are 
 the Burgrave and Prefident ; the Schoppen or Judges ; and a third clafs as 
 representatives of the Burghers. The members of the Council, in regard 
 to their dignity, were to be accounted Noble ; and even tobe Stiled Nobiles 
 in the instruments iffued by the Royal Chancery and other offices. The 
 BurgomaSters were termed Praconfules, and the CounSellors had the title of 
 Confides or confuls. They were further allowed to hold a Supreme Court of 
 Judicature, and, in criminal cafes, to puniSh capitally even thofe who were 
 4 not
 
 Culm.] POLAND. 641 
 
 not inhabitants of the city, if they were taken in the fad ; to have their 
 own garrifon ; to coin money ; but not to fubmit to the determination 
 of any foreign court; to have their law-iuits decided only in Pruffia. 
 They were to pay no other cuftoms in Poland but thole ufually demanded 
 at the firft barrier on the frontiers. Laftly, they were to be members of the 
 State-Council of Polißo PruJJhi ; and to have a feat and vote in the Polijh 
 Diet, and at the election of a King. The third Jubilee of this happy 
 event was very juftly commemorated with great rejoicings in the fchools of 
 all the three great Cities in February iJSA-> when 'Thorn and Dantzick even 
 caufed medals to be (truck, on the occafion. 
 
 The exclufivc privileges, which Thorn in particular obtained, are alfo very 
 important; namely, The Recorder of that city is to write down the decrees 
 of the Diet of Pruffui, in the name of the whole country, which are 
 drawn up in the Latin tongue according to the intent and meaning of the 
 Counfellors ; to read them publicly ; and afterwards to depofit them in the 
 Archives or chamber of records in this city. Two members of the Coun- 
 cil of Thorn always affift at the feffions of the Culmean Judicature, which is 
 annually held here by the Nobility in the month of OSlcbcr. As Thorn y 
 for fome centuries, had been the Staple city, it was confirmed in the in- 
 violable poffeffion of that advantageous privilege ; and as the Vißitla waters 
 its territory, the iflands and fisheries in that river were made the property of 
 the city. Laftly, the Burghers of Thorn were rendered capable of purchafmg 
 and enjoying fiefs or eftates, which privilege none but the Nobility enjoy in 
 this country. 
 
 This city has ten gates, and is divided into the Old and New-Town, 
 each of which had formerly its refpeclive Council, Magiftracy, and Police. 
 But, in 1454, they were incorporated into one city. They are, however, 
 feparated from each other by a wall and moat within the town ; and without, 
 they are defended in common by a fine double wall and moats. Thorn 
 was formerly ftrongly fortified ; and it gradually improved its advantageous 
 iituation, lb as to become a place of very considerable trade, and one of the 
 principal of the Hanfe-towns. It likewife carried on an extenfive com- 
 merce in the Baltic, independently of the other cities of that confederacy ; 
 for before the river widened fo much, and confequently became (hallower, 
 mips of the greateft burden could come up to the very city. From this 
 caufe, and other fubfequent misfortunes which followed clofe upon one 
 another, in little more than half a century Thorn greatly declined from its 
 flourifhing condition. For it furrendered by capitulation in J 655 to Charles 
 Gußavus King of Sweden ; and in 1658, after a vigorous fiege, it was takea 
 by the Poles and Brandenbnrghers. In 1703, it was bombarded and takea 
 by Charles XII. King of Sweden, who not only exhaufted it by the heavieft 
 contributions; but alfo demolished all the fortifications contrary to the 
 articles of capitulation. Between the years 1708 and 1710, great numbers 
 
 Vol. I. 4 N of
 
 6 4 2 POLAND. [Culm. 
 
 of its inhabitants were fwept away by the plague. In the following years, 
 the revenues of the city fuftered confiderably by the Confederations in Poland, 
 and no lefs by the late commotions occasioned by the competitors for the 
 Crown of that kingdom. In the year 1734, it alfo fuftained great dama- 
 ges by fire ; not to mention the immenfe charges of the Royal Polijh Com- 
 mifTiori in 1718, for determining the differences betwixt the Magiftrates 
 and Burghers ; and particularly that memorable CommilTion lent hither in 
 1724. "Betides, there is no place in Priifia fo expofed to moleftations and 
 vexatious fuits from the Nobility as the city of Thorn ; for it is feparated from 
 Poland only by the river, and on the Prußan fide is furrounded by the 
 eftates of the Nobility. However, Thorn might ftill have fuch a fhare of 
 commerce as would prove a fund of wealth and affluence to the inhabi- 
 tants, if there were merchants of fortune among them ; fince all the commodi- 
 ties with which Dantzick carries on fuch a great trade are conveyed on the 
 Vijlula by Thorn. It was alfo accounted the handfomeft city in Pol iß Prußa, 
 and may ftill claim that honour ; for its ftreets are broad and regular, and, 
 for the moft part, planted with rows of trees : The houfes are alfo remark- 
 able for their elegant appearance and cleanlinefs. 
 
 The inhabitants of Thorn are univerfally commended by foreigners for 
 their civility and politenefs, beyond thofe of any other town in Prußa. 
 It is alfo obfervable, that the German language is fpoken here in the 
 greateft purity ; fo that even the inhabitants c c Upper Saxony, candidly ac- 
 knowlege, that they are at leaft equalled, if noc excelled, in this particular by 
 the commonalty and Burghers of Thorn. What is ftill more remarkable 
 is, that not only the German, but even the Poliflj language, which is fo necef- 
 fary for carrying on trade, is alfo fpoken here in fuch perfection, that 
 feveral Poles fend their children hither, merely to learn their native tongue 
 in its purity and elegance. 
 
 The territory belonging to this city is of a confiderable extent, including 
 above twenty-five villages, among which are feveral noble eftates ; on this 
 account, the city is obliged to furnifh a fmall body of horfe in cafe of an ex- 
 pedition for the defence of the country. In one of its dependencies called 
 Prfzyfzecx, where a great quantity of beer is brewed, and abundance of 
 fpirits are diftilled, an odd cuftom prevails ; namely, that all perfons of what- 
 ever rank they be (though their number be ever fo great and it be repeated 
 every day) that come into the place, muft be defired to drink as much beer 
 as they pleafe gratis *. Not a lingle drop of the beer brewed in this village is 
 allowed to be fold here; and the public houfes are obliged to fetch liquor 
 for fale from other places. As this village lies at a moderate diftance from 
 the city, it being about two hours walk along a pleafant road, great num- 
 bers refort to it on foot and on horfeback ; and there is a particular building 
 with feveral fpacious rooms erected here for the entertainment of company. 
 * This is a genuine Ttutoik cuftom. Heuere who finds the beer? 
 
 Thorn
 
 Culm.] POLAND. 643 
 
 Thorn has its own garrifon which generally confifts only of one company.- ' 
 The foap, gingerbread, &c. of Thorn are every where in great requeft, and 
 accordingly great quantities of them are exported. The afparagus that 
 grow wild on tome of the city lands, are not inferior to thofe which are cul- 
 tivated with fo much care in other countries. 
 
 The wooden-bridge over the Vißula in this city mayjuftly be efteemed 
 the longeft, the moil extraordinary and expenfive bridge in Europe, and 
 the city, in order to carry on the trade with Poland by land, is obliged 
 to keep it in repair at a great expence. It is unqueftionably the longeft bridge 
 in Europe ; but confifts properly of two bridges, the ifland of Bazar dividing 
 it in the middle. That part of the bridge which is next to Thorn is called 
 the G<.77;/<w-bridge, and the channel over which it lies the German Vißula ; 
 but the other part towards Poland is diftinguiflied by the name of the 
 Pol/Jh-bndge, which is laid over the channel called the Polijh Vißula. As 
 the river continually grows wider and wider, the bridge muft of neceffity 
 be lengthened ; fo that at prefent it takes up half an hour to walk over it 
 from one bank of the river to the other. It is alfo the moft fingular, as 
 to its conftruclion, of any bridge in Europe., on account of the quick-fand 
 into which the piles are driven ; for the whole bridge fhakes and totters 
 whenever any carriages or horfes are upon it, or even when any confiderable 
 number of foot-pafiengers go over it; fo that a ftranger, who is unac- 
 quainted with its conftrudion, apprehends himfelf in great danger in palling 
 over it. The ice on the Vißula, which is often two or three feet thick, 
 and the rapidity of the current, carry away every year at leaft one third of 
 this unftable bridge, and it would be nothing extraordinary if the whole 
 were demolished : Hence we may form an idea of the vaft expence the city 
 of Thorn is at, in keeping it in repair ; for the Poles contribute nothing to- 
 wards keeping up the bridge, notwithftanding the heavy loads they bring 
 over it. 
 
 As to the religion of the inhabitants of Thorn, by the Reformation in 
 1 520, the Evangelical or Lutheran Profeffion was fuccefsfully propagated 
 here, and, in a fhort time, became the eftabliihed religion; fo that as early 
 as the year 1557, King Sigifmund Augußus granted this city very confider- 
 able privileges in matters of religion, which have been ratified and con- 
 firmed by all his lucceflbrs the Kings of Poland. By thefe privileges, the 
 Ludierans got pofteffion of St. John's church and St. Marys in the Old-town, 
 and St. James's in the New-town, befides St. George's and St. Catharine's in 
 thefuburbs. On the other hand, the Papifts were allowed a chapel near St. 
 John's, and the church of St. Lawrence in the fuburbs. The Dominicans 
 were alfo to retain their church of St. Nicholas, and their convent in the 
 New-town -, and the Benedictine Nuns their church of the Holy Ghoft, 
 and their nunnery which ftands on the Vißula. In the above-mentioned 
 churches, the Lutherans are alio allowed to adminifter the facrament of the 
 
 4 N 2 Lord'«
 
 6 44 POLAND. [Culm. 
 
 Lord's Supper in both kinds ; and the Council are impowered to nominate 
 and appoint the ministers of their religion who are to perform every part of 
 the Lutheran religious worfhip. But in the year 1 593, St. "Johns church was 
 transferred to the Papifts, and Jefuits were appointed to officiate in it ; who, 
 notwithstanding all the efforts of the magiftrates to prevent it, continually 
 increafed in number. In 1605 the Jefuits built a college at Thorn, which 
 has always been much frequented by ftrangers, and has likewife been the 
 occaSion of many calamities and misfortunes to the city ; particularly in 
 the year 1724. However, the city has hitherto maintained its right of 
 patronage of the faid church, and alternately with the King of Poland, 
 nominates the Roman Catholic Prieft who officiates in it. In this church 
 is to be feen the epitaph of the celebrated aftronomer Nicholas Copernicus, 
 who was born in this city on the nineteenth of January 1472 ; and another 
 on the tomb of Alexander, King of Poland. 
 
 In the year 1645, King Uladiflaus IV. being defirous of uniting the three 
 principal Chriftian feels, aSfembled the famous Colloquium Charitatiinwi, or 
 charitable conference, betwixt the Papifts, Lutherans, and Calvinifts ; 
 which, however, proved entirely fruitlefs. 
 
 In the year 1660, it was agreed at the treaty of Olk-a, that all public 
 inftitutions, both religious and civil, fhould remain in Poland and Priißia on 
 the fame footing as before the war. Eutin 1667, St. James's church in 
 the New-town, together with the hofpital appertaining to it, was taken 
 away from the Lutherans and given to the Benedictine Nuns, whofe church 
 on the Vifiula had been demolished during the fiege ; and the Lutherans of 
 the New-town were obliged to convert their town-houfe, which Stands in 
 the middle of the market, into a place of worfhip, as it has continued 
 to be ever Since. Laftly, the ProteStants were deprived in the fame unjuft 
 manner of St. Marys, the only remainingLutheran church, and the old adja- 
 cent convent, with the celebrated Gymnaßum or feminary, which was then 
 removed to another edifice, after having flourished there Since the year 
 1568. The celebrated Meccenas of literature Henry Stroband has been a 
 great benefactor of the feminary as well as of the whole city, by the fine 
 library, printing houfe, and college where the Students are now maintained, 
 which he erected at Thorn in 1594. The Rectors and Profeffors of this 
 college have always been perfons of great learning and abilities, among 
 whom were Chriflopher Hartbwch, and Peter Zorn. The celebrated Abraham 
 Calov was alfo educated in this college. It has five profeSfors and one 
 teacher of the Po/iß) language. But the calamity to which it gave rife from 
 a trivial circumftance, on the Sixteenth of July 1724, is too well known : 
 and an account of it may be read at large in pamphlets written on the fub- 
 ject in feveral languages. The fubftance of the relation is, that in aprocef- 
 lion, a Jefuit fcholar furioufly attacked fome Lutheran Students, who were 
 Handing by, and endeavoured to force them to kneel to the HoSt. This oc- 
 casioned a tumultuous concourfe, which the next day broke out into a moft 
 
 unhappy
 
 Culm.] POLAND. 645 
 
 unhappy quarrel ; fo that the populace being provoked from the Jefuits col- 
 lege by infulting language, and even by firing of m ifkets, forced their 
 way into the college, where in their rage they did a great deal of 
 damage. Upon this, in purfuance of an unheard of and precipitate fentence, 
 without hearing the parties accufed, Prefident Rofncr and nine Burghers 
 were beheaded on the feventh of December following. The church of St. 
 Mary and the adjoining convent were given to the Bare-footed monks ; on 
 the eighth of the fame month, a heavy mulct was laid on the city ; a ftatue 
 was erected in St. John's church-yard in order to atone for the pretended 
 affront offered to the Virgin Mary ; and M. Geret, the fenior minifter of 
 the Proteftant church, was banifhed and outlawed. This extremely dif- 
 gufted all the Proteftant powers in Europe, efpecially thofe who were 
 guarantees of the treaty of Oliva : And even the Czaar Peter the Great 
 who had been at Thorn in 1706 along with King Augnßus II. made very 
 ferious remonftrances to the Court o$ Poland againft this iniquitious and cruel 
 proceeding. But notwithftanding all this, the Jefuits obtained leave in the 
 Poliß: Diet for the fpeedy execution of this fcandalous fentence, as to the moft 
 important articles of it; yet the prefTing follicitations of thofe powers werefo 
 far of fervice to the city, as to preferve its rights and privileges from being taken 
 away : And Augußui II. King of Poland lolemnly reftored to the inhabitants 
 all their privileges both religious and civil in their former extent, which they 
 have ever fince bravely maintained. However, the Papifts remain in pof- 
 feffion of St. Marys church with the adjoining convent. In the former is 
 a fuperb monument of Princefs Anne, fifter to Sigifmund III. 
 
 The Lutherans of the Old-town continued for feveral years to perforrrf 
 divine fervice publicly in the exchange, which ftands in the market place : 
 But that edifice was too fmall for the congregation ; for the Burghers, who 
 amount at leaft to a thoufand men, are all Lutherans except about thirty 
 perfons. On this account they have, fince the year 1755, built on one fide 
 of the market place a new church one hundred and fixty feet long and 
 eighty broad, to which the King of Prujjia granted his Protection, and 
 gave Permiffion to collect money in all his dominions towards defraying 
 the expences of building it; and the exchange is applied to its former ufe. 
 There are alfo four Lutheran churches in the villages belonging to Thorn. 
 The clergy coniift of a Senior, who is generally a Doctor in Divinitv, and 
 feven Preachers. Here are alio fome Calvinifts who have a paftor, ard 
 perform their religious worfhip in a private houfe. The Jews have likewile 
 a fmall fynagogue in this city. 
 
 About a German mile from Thorn is a Popifh chapel dedicated to St. 
 Barbara, and diftinguifhed by many pretended miracles ; there is an annual 
 and very folemn proceflion every Whiifun-Tuefday from the city to this chapel, 
 for obtaining public indulgences. 
 
 Among the public edifices of the city, the Town-houfe in the Old-town is 
 well worth feeing : It ftands in the market place, on eyery fide of which very 
 
 handfom
 
 646 POLAND. [Culm. 
 
 handfomhoufes are erected, and forms an elegant quadrangular fquare ftructure 
 built in a fuch a magnificent manner, that, for the beauty of its architec- 
 ture; foreigners give it the preference to moft edifices of that kind in 
 Europe. The Exchange which alfo ftands on the market-place, is a very 
 fuperb ftructure, and is adorned with towers ; and the front of it is 
 embelliihed with gilded bufto's of the King's of Poland. The Popiih 
 churches in this city, both for their fpacioufnefs and ornaments, deferve par- 
 ticular notice, as does the Jefuits college. The yunkerhof, which flands on 
 the bank of the Vijlula and belongs to the Exchange, is a delightful place 
 intended for feftivity, and the entertainment of the principal merchants and 
 other citizens of note. The artifans and lower clafs of people, both in 
 the Old and New-town, have alfo a houfe and garden adapted for their re- 
 creation and merry meetings. Betwixt the Old and New-town there is a 
 ihooting-ground, and the markfmen who frequent this place have confiderable 
 privileges. ConnoilTeurs look upon the Leaning tower, as it is called, as an 
 extraordinary piece of architecture; for as its outfide is built obliquely from the 
 ground, it feems as if it was ready to fall : but on the infide, the floors and 
 cielings are perfectly horrizontal, and the walls perpendicular to the horizon. 
 
 6. Schonfee, called in the Polijlj language Kovalevo, is a fmall town where 
 the Caft'e-court of the Palatine, and the Provincial Diet of this Palatinate are 
 held. Near this place, the Saxon General Bofe defeated the confederate 
 Poles in 1716. 
 
 7. Golup or Golub, a town and caftle on the river Dfebmtz, was the 
 favourite refidence of Anne Sifter to King Sigifmund III. to whom the ter- 
 ritory round it alfo belonged. 
 
 8. Strasburg, called in the Poli/h language Brodtiitz, a ftrong caftle 
 and town in a good fituation near the river Drebnitz, alfo belonged to the 
 above-mentioned Princefs, who died here in 1525. It was built in 1285, 
 and has been often befieged and taken. There is a Lutheran church 
 in this town. 
 
 9. Reden, called by the Poles Radzyn, a town with a caftle, which has 
 often fuffered by fire and the ravages of war. A Court of Juftice is held 
 here. 
 
 10. Engelsburg, a fmall town of little note. 
 
 1 1 . Graudenz, formerly called Grodeck, and in the Po/i/h language 
 Grudziandz, is a handfom town pleafantly fituated on an ifland formed by 
 the river Ojfa, which here runs through two channels into the Vißula. 
 There is a church in the caftle, which ftands on an eminence, and another 
 in the town. The Lutherans were deprived of the latter in 1598 ; fo that 
 they are now obliged to perform Divine Service in the Town-houfe, 
 where they have alfo their fchool. In 1645, the Jefuits erected a college here, 
 which received the fanction of a general Diet in 1 647. This town was founded 
 in 1299 ; and the Prußan Diet is held here and at Marienburg alternately. 
 
 5 12. Lefen,
 
 Marienburg.] POLAND. 647 
 
 12. Lefen, called in the Poliß language Lafzin, a fmall town built in 
 1328, which is almoft furrounded with water. 
 
 13. Neumarkt, in Polifh Novomiafio, a fmall town on the Drcbnitz, 
 built in the year 1254. 
 
 14. Bretchem or Bretchen, in Polifh Gratban, a fmall town and caftle 
 on the fame river, which was built in 1254. 
 
 15. Lavernick, a fmall town, which ftands on the fame river. 
 
 16. Lobau, a town and caftle where the Bifhops of Culm fometimes re- 
 fide. This place was confumed by fire in 1545. 
 
 17. Lautenburg, a fmall town of little note. 
 
 18. Rogenhaufen, a royal Oeconomie, or Demefne. 
 
 19. Michelau, a fmall DiftricT: which lies between Maßvia, the territory 
 of Dobriti, and the river Drebnitz. This Diftrid: was mortgaged in 1304 
 by Duke Lefzko to the Teutonic Knights, and confirmed to that Order in 
 1343, 141 1, and 1436. Michelau has its own Judge; but he is fubor- 
 dinate to the jurifdiclion of Culm. 
 
 III. The Prefecture of MARIENBURG, 
 
 In Latin PrefeEiura feu Palathiatus Marieburgenßs. 
 
 / T N HIS Province has a Palatine, who formerly had the title of Woie- 
 -■■ woda of Elbing ; and is the fecond in rank among thofe of PruJ/ia. 
 Here are alfo a Vice-Treafurer, and a Provincial Judge ; and the Sta- 
 roßey of Marienburg is the principal in all Prußa. This Palatinate con- 
 tains three Werders ; of which we (hall, in the firft place, give fome 
 account. 
 
 Werder is a fen or morafs furrounded with water, and improved for 
 tillage and habitation *. Thefe Werders produce plenty of grafs and corn ; 
 but woods or hills are feldom found in them. That called the wood 
 of Elbing is the mod considerable in this Diftriä:. In many parts of it 
 the only fuel is turf, or even ftraw and ftubble. The woods afford very 
 little game except hares, woodcocks and other wild fowl ; but they 
 harbour very fierce wolves. The frefh water in the Werders is very good ; 
 and great numbers of cattle are bred here : the horfes are alfo much ef- 
 teemed. The air is tolerably healthful. The inhabitants of the Werders 
 have, from time immemorial, been free peafants, and are ftiled the Royal 
 Vajfah and Werderers. They alfo obtained from the Knights of the Teutonic 
 Order both the Culm-lands and the privileges of Culm : However, thofc 
 
 * It properly fignifies an ifland formed by a river > for which reafon I have added the words 
 « furrouaded with water.' 
 
 who
 
 64.8 POLAND. [Marienburg. 
 
 who are 1 fubjeft to the jurisdiction of the cities are under greater reftric- 
 tioas, than the royal peafants who live in the Marlenburg Werders. They 
 talk the German and Poliß languages ; and as to their religion, they are 
 for the moll: part Lutherans or Papifts. There are, however, lbme Cal- 
 vinifts, and a considerable number of Mennonites *, among them. 
 
 I. The Great Marienburg-Werder, in Latin Infula major. 
 
 This Werder is environed by the Viflula, the Nogat, and the bay called 
 Frifche-haf; and contains above 2130 Hides of land. The latter are 
 divided into 
 
 Zins-Hufen, or ' Taxable Hides,' and 
 
 Scharicerks-Hufcn, or ' Hides that maintain troops ;' and likewife into 
 
 Schulzen-Hufen, or ' Hides under village-jurifdiction,' and 
 
 Kirchen-Hufen, or ' Ecclefiaftical Hides,' which are under Popifh juris- 
 diction in ecclefiaftical affairs. 
 
 This Werder alio includes the forty Hides of land which belong to the 
 city of Marienburg, and twenty Hides about the fmall town of Neufeich. 
 Befides the Vijiula, this Werder is alfo watered by the river Tye or Tyge, 
 which rifes in the foreft of Montau, traverfes the Werder, divides into two 
 branches which environ the little town of Neuteich, and runs into the 
 bay called Frifche-haf near Haberhorß. This river is called Suente by the 
 inhabitants of the Upper -Wer der. Two channels alfo run towards the 
 weft from the Great Werder into the Frifche-haf one of which is called 
 jfungfern-Laacke, and runs into the bay through the Werder of Elbing, 
 near the village of Jungfer ; and the other is called Stobfche-Laacke and 
 runs by Stobe, a village belonging to Elbing, oppofite to Marienburg. The 
 Great and Little Marienburg-Werder fell under the dominion of Poland 
 in the year 1525; and from that time a Palatine or Starojla is always 
 nominated here as fupreme Oeconomus, or Steward, who is, as it were, 
 the royal Governor in Polifh Prußa : Hence he takes place of all other 
 Starojlas. Under this officer is a deputy Oeconomus, who is alfo a Poli/h 
 Nobleman ; and both thefe are affifted in law matters by a Notariusjuratus, 
 or Notary public. Here are alfo a Vogt, or Collector, and a Secretary ; who 
 receive all the revenues, and take care of the King's intereft. The law- 
 fuits between the inhabitants are tried at the caftle according to the laws 
 of Poland, Culm, Sec. The P ruffian law made in 1620, which is the fame 
 with the old law of Culm, is the Standard whereby the Werderers are 
 ufually tried in the caftle at Marienburg, and alfo in the territories of 
 Dantzick and Elbing. The Teichgrafe, and other officers belonging to the 
 Dikes, govern according to the laws impofed on them by the Teutonic 
 Knights, and confirmed by the Kings of Poland and the officers ap- 
 pointed by him : The number of thefe laws are alfo increafed from 
 time to time. 
 
 * Thefe are a fort of Anabaptifts, 
 
 The
 
 Marienburg.] POLAND, 649 
 
 The Great Marienburg-Werder confifts of five Winkels, a3 they arc 
 called ; namely, 
 
 1. The Winkel of Montau. 
 
 2. The Winkel of Schonau. 
 
 3 . The Winkel of Lelchlenau. 
 
 4. The Winkel of Neuteleh. 
 
 5. The Winkel of Lefuutz. 
 
 It alfo includes thirteen Evangelical or Lutheran pariilics. 
 
 In the firft Winkel are five village-jurifdiclions, and two church-villages ; 
 in the fecond are feven village-jurifdiclions, and two church-villages ; and 
 in the third are leven village-jurifdiclions, and four church-villages. In the 
 fourth Winkel, befides the little town of Neuteleh, are eight village-jurif- 
 diclions, and three church-villages ; and in the fifth are fourteen village- 
 jurifdiclions, and only three villages with churches. Thefe Winkels alio 
 include four conliderable manors, namely, Kleln-Muntau, Le/ke, Kaminke, 
 and Calten-hof. To this part alfo belong 
 
 The Diftricl of Tiegenhof, which contains above fix hundred and thirty- 
 two Hides of land, in which, befides the feat and town of Weyersbof^ 
 are twenty villages : Three of the latter are inhabited by Lutherans. 
 
 The Diftricl of Barwald, which is contiguous to the foregoing and 
 contains one hundred and ninety-five Hides and fifteen acres, and five 
 villages, two of which are church-villages, and inhabited by Lutherans. 
 
 Laftly, the Great Marienburg-Werder includes the Winkel of Scharpau, 
 which comprehends ninety-fix Hides of land, and about fourteen villages ; 
 and alfo fome village-jurifdiclions in the territory of Elbing. 
 
 II. The Fischau-Werder. 
 
 This Werder derives its name from the village of Flfchau which ftands 
 in the centre of it ; but it is at prefent known by the name of the Little 
 Marienburg-Werder ; and in it is the conflux of the rivers Elbing, 
 Draufen, and Nogat. The Elbi)ig has its fource in the Drai/fen-lzke ; 
 runs clofe by the city of that name ; and, after uniting with the Pjiel and 
 the Nogat, falls into the Frlfche-haf. Several new rivers or canals dif- 
 charge themfelves into the Elbing and the Draufen ; and among thefe is the 
 FlJ'chaUy over which there is a ferry near the city of Elbing. Part of 
 this Werder is under the jurifdiclion of the caftle of Marienburg ; and in 
 that part are four Lutheran parilhes. The Prujjian and Holland Hides, as 
 they are called, together with the Meadows or pafture-lands in this Werder, 
 are computed at nine hundred and fixty-lix Hides and twelve acres 
 ■three quarters of land. On the Prußlan Hides ftand twenty-one villages ; 
 and fixteen on thofe of Holland and the Meadows. 
 
 III. The Elbing-Werder. 
 
 Part of this Werder is included in that of Fifcbau. The church- 
 villages of Furßenau, and Grofs-Maufdorf with their dependencies, and the 
 Vol. I, 4 O village
 
 6co POLAND. [Marienburg. 
 
 village of Jungfer on the Frifche-haf; in the Great Marienburg-Wer der * 
 and alfo the church-villages of Neuheyde, Zeyr, with which feven other 
 villages are incorporated, belong to the Elbing-Werder. 
 
 The Lutheran congregations in both the Marienbitrg-Werders, have fuf- 
 fered manv infringements in their civil and religious liberties from the 
 Papifts. The number of the Lutheran minifters amount in all to twenty- 
 fix, Thefe are not united into a body or fociety, under the government 
 of a Senior : but every minifter is ablblutely independent of all the reft ; 
 which occafions too many irregularities. Every congregation appoints their 
 own preacher. 
 
 The principal places in the Prefecture of Marienburg are, 
 i . Marienburg^ a well-built town, which ftands on an eminence near 
 the river Nogat, in a pleafant and fertile country. Oppofite to this town 
 is the Werder-Üuice, which checks the ftream of the Nogat, but is detri- 
 mental to the works of the caftle. The wooden-bridge which is here laid 
 over the Nogat, and is five hundred and thirty-nine feet in length, is a 
 very great charge and burden to the city ; the fund appropriated for the 
 building and repairing of it being far from fufficient for that purpofe. 
 The caftle was built before the town ; for the former is faid to have been 
 erecled in 1281; whereas the latter was not built till the year 1304, on 
 th? fpot where a village called Czantrin ftood before. In this caftle is 
 the trcaiury in which the revenues of Po/iß> Prußa are kept. The ftreets 
 of this town are very dirty. Moft of the inhabitants of Marienburg arc 
 Roman-catholics. Here, formerly, refided the Grand Mafter of the 'Teu- 
 tonic Order ; and the P ruffian Diets are held alternately at Marienburg and 
 at Graudenz. In the year 1460, this town was taken by the Poles. In 
 3626 and 1655, the Swedes made themfelves mafters of it. In 1644, the 
 caftle of Marienburg was entirely confumed by fire. There is but one Lu- 
 theran church in this town. 
 
 2. Stum, a fmall town and caftle, where the Diet of this Palatinate and 
 a court of Judicature are held. It was built in the year 1249, or, ac- 
 cording to others, in 1278. In the years 1410, 1454, and 141 6, the 
 Poles wrefted this town out of the hands of the Teutonic Knights ; and 
 in 1626 and 1656, it was taken by the Swedes. 
 
 3. Stumdorf, a village well known for the peace concluded here betwixt 
 Poland and Sweden in 1635. It does not lie far from the foregoing town. 
 
 4. Chrijiburg, a confiderable town, with an old caftle built on an emi- 
 nence in 1247. It ftands en the river Sirguncn, which falls into the 
 JDraufen over againft Elbing. Here is held the Palatine's Caftle-court, as 
 it is called. This town was deftroyed by fire in the year 14003 and the 
 Iwedes got pofleftion of it in 1626. 
 
 5. Neuteich, a fmall town fituated in the Great Werder on the river Suente. 
 It was built in the year 1329 ; and fuffered much by a fire in the year 1400, 
 and like wile in the feveral wars, in which this country has been involved. 
 
 6. Elbing,
 
 Marienburg.] POLAND. 65 1 
 
 6. Elbing, a handfome, large city, which is fortified after the old way, 
 and Hands on a river of the fame name, which has its fource in xkaDraufetfr 
 lake. It was built in 1239, and is a place of confiderable trade. Th 
 city dates its firft privilege from the year 1246, when the right of coina»'-, 
 was granted to it. The Newjladt, or New Town, received its privilege^ 
 in 1347. Between the Allfiadt, or Old Town, and the fuburbs, where the 
 ftore-houfes of the merchants are erected, runs the river Elbing ; and the 
 Old Town is feparated from the New Town by a wall and moat. The 
 houfes are high, narrow in front, and built in the old tafte, almofl: like 
 thofe at Dantzick. The flxeets are alfo very narrow, occasioned by the 
 Beyfchlage or Galleries which project into them ; and before thefe are placed 
 receptacles for all the duft and filth thrown out of the houfes. Here are ten 
 churches in which Divine Service is performed. That of St. Nicholas, which is 
 the handlbmett and largeff. ftrueture of that kind in Pruffia, was given up to 
 the Papifts in 16 16. The Calvinifrs perform Divine Service in a large hall, 
 and the Mennonites in a private houfe, in this city. The Gymnajium or School 
 belongs to the Lutherans. Elbing is one of the Hanfe-fowns ; and as it 
 was inhabited by a colony from Lübeck, it is governed by the laws of that 
 city; however, the Burghers have their particular rights and privileges. 
 The caftle, which had been built in 1237, was demolilhed by the Burghers 
 in the year 1454. The fortifications towards the Werder are very flight ; 
 but, on the oppofite fide, they are in a much better conditon : However, 
 this town is looked upon as one of the flxongeft in Polijh Prajfni. Some 
 companies of the crown army of Poland are cantoned in this town ; but 
 the Burghers keep guard at the gates, and the fuburbs have a P ruffian »arrifon. 
 Elbing, in eccleiiaftical matters, is under the jurifdiction of the Bifhop 
 of Ermeland, as far as is confiftent with the difference of religion, and 
 without prejudice to the rights and privileges of the city; but, in civil 
 affairs, it is fubject to the King only. 
 
 In the year 1454, the inhabitants revolted from the Knights of the Teu- 
 tonic Order, and put themfelves under the protection of Poland. In 1626 
 and 1656, they voluntarily furrendered the town to the Swedes. 
 
 In the year 1658, Elbing, indeed/ by the convention of Bromberg, 
 was promifed as a mortgage to Frederick William Elector of Brandenburg, 
 to be held by him as a fecurity for the payment of 400,000 rix-dollars, 
 and in 1660, it was confirmed to that Prince by a new inftrument; but 
 he never got pofleffion of the town : and though he remitted a fourth part 
 of the fum, he never received the money. That Elector's fon, however, 
 took it in 1698; but he reftored it to Poland in the year 1700; and gave 
 up his right to the mortgage, in confideration of which he was promifed 
 300,000 rix-dollars, and, as a fecurity for the payment of the money, fame 
 jewels out of the royal treafury were put into his hands. The town was 
 obliged to enter into an engagement to furniih 50,000 dollars toward? 
 
 4 O 2 this
 
 652 POLAND. [Ermeland. 
 
 this fum ; to maintain a garrifon of 300 foot and 50 horfe under the 
 command of an experienced officer, and, in cafe of neceffity, to augment 
 this number to a corps of 2000 men ; never to transfer its fovereignty with- 
 out the privity of the King and Republic of Poland, and the States of 
 Prußei; and to (hew the greateft refpect to the Roman-catholic religion. 
 But as the Elector did not receive the fum ftipulated, he took poffefiion of 
 the Difhict belonging to this city by virtue of the above agreement. 
 
 In 1703, Elbing fell into the pofleffion of the Swedes, who laid it 
 under contribution; but the Rujians took it from them by ftorm in 17 10, 
 This town is likewife called Urbs Drujiana from its vicinity to the DraujeJi- 
 lake ; and is the fecond of the three Prujian Great Cities, 
 
 IV. ERMELAND. 
 
 In Latin Varmia^ or Epifcopatus Va?'?nie?ißs. 
 
 THIS Province is entirely furrounded by Brandcnburg-Prußa *, and 
 belongs to no Palatinate ; but is entirely fubjecT: to the Bifhop and 
 Chapter; fo that neither the Nobility nor the other inhabitants of Ermeland 
 can appeal to any other judicature. I have given fome account of the 
 Bifhop of Ermeland above in p. 627, §. 3. Two thirds of this Province 
 belong to the Bifhop, and the remaining third part to the Chapter. Their 
 fubjects have recourfe to the fame Courts of Judicature as the reft of the 
 Pruffians ; however, they have particular laws among them which are ftiled 
 Landes-Ordnungen. They have alio a Provincial Diet in common, to 
 which the Nobility, the Burghers, and country Judges, together with the 
 freemen (who being under no vaffalage, are in fome meafure of a middle 
 rank between the Nobility and the peafants) are fummoned. The Ermelan- 
 dcrs do not affift at the P ruffian Diets ; but the Bifhop is always prefent there, 
 and propofes whatever is deliberated and determined concerning his diocefe j 
 particularly in relation to the taxes, according as they have been previoufly 
 agreed upon in a provincial meeting held for that purpofe, where the Erme- 
 landers feldom diffent from their Bifhop and the Pruffan States. 
 
 The towns and other remarkable places in Ermeland are the following. 
 
 1 . Frauenburg, a town of a moderate extent on die Frifche-haf. It was 
 founded in the year 1 270 - t and is governed by the Lübeck law. This town 
 is the feat of the Chapter. The Cathedral ftands on an eminence : The 
 celebrated mathematician Nicholas Copernicus was a canon of it, and died 
 at Frauenburg on the twenty- fourth of May 1543. 
 
 2. Praunjbergy a pretty large and good trading town, ßtuated on the 
 Faffarge % which, at a little diitance from hence, difcharges itfelf into the 
 
 * This is alfo cyJlcd Ducal Piuffia, and belongs to his P ruffian Majcfty. 
 
 bay
 
 Ermeland.] POLAND. 653 
 
 bay called Frifche-haf. It was built in the year 1255, an d derives its name 
 from Bruno Bifhop of Prague. Braunjberg is divided into the Old and the 
 New Town, and is very populous : the inhabitants ufc the Lübeck law. The 
 celebrated Jefuits college in this town was formerly a Francifcan convent, 
 which was founded by the learned and famous Cardinal Staniflaus Hofius, 
 vfao was Bifhop of Ermeland, and from his name called Hofiauum. There is 
 alfb a nunnery in this town. In the year 1260, the cathedral of Ermeland 
 was^endowed with fixteen prebends, for as many prebendaries or canons. 
 
 IÄ1461, the inhabitants expelled the Polijh garrifon out of the city, and 
 afforded an AJJylum to the Bifhop of Ermeland, who had declared for the 
 Knights of the Teutonic Order. In 1637, King Vladijlaus, by a public in- 
 Itrument, created the firft Patricians of this city. Braunsberg was formerly 
 one of the Prußan Great Cities, as they are called, and fent reprefentatives to 
 the Senate or Council of State ; but is now under the jurifdiction of the Biihop. 
 
 3. Tolketnit, or Tolmit, a little town on the Frifche-haf, which was built 
 in 1365. It was confumed by fire in 1456, and has lince unds/gone 
 many other calamities. 
 
 4. Melfacky a fmall town and caftle on the river Walfihe, which runs into 
 the Paffarge. 
 
 5. Warmßadt, or Wormit, a town and caftle on the Paffarge. It was 
 built in the year 13 16. 
 
 6. Heilsberg, a beautiful town on the Alle, in which ftands an elegant 
 feat belonging to the Biihop of Ermeland. This town is faid to have been 
 built in 1240, and was deftroyed by fire in the year 1521. Charles XII. 
 King of Sweden had his head quarters here in 1703. There is a college 
 of Jefuits in this town. 
 
 7. Keffel, an elegant little town with a caftle. It is well fupplied with 
 provisions, and carries on a good trade. Here is a college of Jefuits, to 
 which die church of the Holy Linden-tree in Brandenburg Prußa belongs, 
 
 8. Bifchofsßeiriy or Bißein, a fmall town, which was built in the year 
 1325, taken by the Teutonic Knights in 14.55, an< ^ deftroyed by fire in 1589. 
 
 9 St. Mary in the JVildernefs, which lies between Heilsberg and Bijlein y 
 is reckoned a facred place, and much frequented by pilgrims. 
 1 o. Seeburg, a fmall town of litte note. 
 
 11. Wartenburg, a little town with a caftle on the river Pi [je, which 
 Was built in 1325. In the year 1455, tne inhabitants furrendered this town 
 to the Knights of the Teutonic Order ; and in 1494 it was confumed by fire. 
 
 12. Gutßadt, a fmall town, which ftands on the river Alle. It was built 
 in the year 1325, and has been fince confiderably enlarged. 
 
 13. Allerßein, called in the Poliß language Qlfiineck, is a fmall town 
 with a caftle on the fame river. It was built in 1367 ; and belongs to the 
 Chapter of Ermeland who keep a Landvogt here. 
 
 1 4. Bifchburg, or Bijchofsburg, a little town which has feveral times been 
 deftroyed by fire. The
 
 [65+] 
 
 § 
 
 M. T -**-• 
 
 THE 
 
 D U T C H Y * 
 
 O F 
 
 COURLAND, 
 
 In Latin Curlandia^ or Curoma. 
 
 Barnlkel, chief architect of Courland, has favoured the Public 
 with a map of this Dutchy, which is drawn with tolera- 
 ble accuracy, and was engraven on two fheets at Nurenberg by Homan's 
 
 heirs. 
 
 §.2. The word Courland, or as this Dutchy is called in the language 
 of the country, Kur, or Cur-Semme, is of the fame import with Jubr-Semwe, 
 and fio-nifies a maritime country, or a traft of land that projects into the 
 lea. Courland is bounded on the Weft by the Baltic, and on the North 
 by the gulf of Riga and Livonia : It borders on Lithuania, properly fo 
 called, towards the Eaft, and on Samogltla towards the South. It extends 
 fifty German miles in length, and the breadth is in fome places twenty, in 
 ethers hardly ten German miles ; and towards the South-weft it gradually 
 terminates in a cape, or point of land. 
 
 §.3. The foil, Gelding, Windaiv, Alfebwang, and fome other Dif- 
 trkfts excepted, is heavy, fat, and claiey, and the country abounds with 
 woods and fwamps : Hence the Courland roads are remarkably bad. In 
 fpring and autumn the meadows and low grounds are under water; 
 but this ferves to improve the land. Some fkilful farmers have drained 
 feveral of the fenny or fwampy parts of Courland, by means of dikes or 
 canals, and converted them into what they call Staungen. Thefe Staungen 
 are fown three years fucceftively with fummcr feeds -, and then they are 
 
 left
 
 Courland.] POLAND. 6 55 
 
 left uncultivated for the like term, being laid under water, and flocked 
 with fi(h. 
 
 Courland, however, contains good arable land, fine paftures, and pro- 
 duces great quantities of excellent flax. Here is alfo plenty of fea-fifh ; 
 and the woods abound with bears, wolves, and elks. Amber is found 
 here on the coaft of the Baltic ; and Conrland has its mines of iron- 
 ore and minerals, its quarries of ftone, chalk, and ftucco, and its mi- 
 neral fprings. 
 
 The principal rivers in this country are, 
 
 The Windau, in Latin Veta, which rifes in Samogitia, and empties itfelf 
 into the Baltic near the town of Windan. 
 
 The Aa, which alfo has its fource in Samogitia t and falls into the gulf 
 of Riga. 
 
 The fmaller rivers are. 
 
 The Abau. 
 
 The Berfe. 
 
 The Bartau. 
 
 The Muffa, 
 
 The Anger, &c. 
 
 §. 4. The inhabitants of this country are compofed of Germans and 
 Lettonians. The latter are not only vaffals and tenants to the former ; 
 but are, in a manner, flaves to them. There are two languages ufually 
 fpoken in Courland, viz. the German and the Lettonian. The Refor- 
 mation or Lutheran religion took place in this Dutchy in the year 1522; 
 and in 1532, Courland joined with Riga in a particular religious league; 
 fo that when this country fell under the dominion of Poland, the in- 
 habitants were altogether Lutherans, without any Papifts among them. 
 But the fubfequent mifunderflandings between the Dukes and the NoblefTe of 
 Courland having occafioned feveral orders to be ifTued by the court of Roland, 
 and Judiciary Commifiions to be deputed from that crown, a fatal gap 
 was opened for Popery. The Roman-catholics were, at firft, only per- 
 mitted to have churches in this country ; but they foon raifed themielves 
 to a level with the Lutherans. In 1717, and 1727, the Papifts of 
 Courland received fome additional privileges. Several of the Conrlandijh 
 Nobility, who had embraced the Popifh religion, fignally exerted their 
 zeal to introduce it into the churches within their refpedive jurifdiclions ; 
 which greatly contributed to the fpreading of that fuperftition. The mar- 
 riages of the Dukes of Courland with PrincefTes who were Calviniils, alfo 
 introduced that religion into the Dutchy ; however, the Calvinifts are ex- 
 cluded from all public employments in this country. 
 
 §.5. The Nobility of Courland have great privileges and immunities ; 
 and the old Nobility are carefully diftinguifhed from the new : but when 
 Ritterbatike or aflemblies of the Nobles were held in 1620, 163 1, and 
 
 4 l6 34>
 
 6 5 6 POLAND. [Courland. 
 
 1634, many of the new families, who are not entered in the rcgifters of the 
 Pitterbanke, afiifted at thole meetings. However, by an ancient law which 
 has been frequently confirmed, the old Nobility alone are capable of 
 rilling the polls of honour. The Noblemen in this country generally 
 embrace a military life. A Noble Cour lander enjoys in Poland the fame 
 rights and privileges as a native, and a Polißi Nobleman has the fame 
 indulgence in Courland. However, neither of them enjoy that privilege» 
 until they are fixed and fettled in thofe countries : and, indeed, at prelent 
 a Courlandifi) Nobleman very feldom holds any eminent poll: in Poland, 
 thole of the law excepted, unlefs he be a Papilt. The Nobility of Cour- 
 land have no feat in the general Diet of Poland. 
 
 A Nobleman in this country is by law proprietor of whatever mines 
 are difcovered on his eftate ; and if it be near the fea, he has alfo the 
 privilege of Jetfon. By an ordinance palled in the year 1588, a Noble- 
 man's houfe both in town and country is an ajylum, from which no perfon 
 can be forcibly taken ; and by an Ordinance of the year 1454, a noble 
 Courlander is not to be taken into cuftody, or his effects confifcated, 
 ^ill he has been previoufly iummoned, and legally convicted before a 
 Court of Judicature. By other ordinances paffed in 1569, 1576, 1587, 
 1588, and 1650, their tenants, vaflals, and domeftics, are exempt from 
 paying any toll, cuftom, or excife, for any goods, &c. that belong to 
 them ; and no foldiers are to be quartered on their eftates. By an Act: 
 of Ritterbanke in 1634, and an Ordinance of the year 1676, no new- 
 created noble family, till the third generation, is qualified to hold a poll 
 of honour, or to be a magistrate ; nor can he be fent as an Envoy, unlefs 
 he has diftinguifhed himfelf in the fervice of his country, or is recom- 
 mended by fome of the ancient noble families. 
 
 Among other privileges, the Nobility here have an unlimited power over 
 their vaflals, which extends even to life and death ; but before they can 
 punifh a vaflal with death, they are obliged to hold a regular court under 
 a penalty of one hundred florins *'. Hence the refpect the peafants fhew 
 their Lords riles almoft to adoration -, and whatever property thefe ar- 
 bitrary Lords require, the wretched vaflals are obliged to give up, and 
 immediately obey their commands without making any remonflxances. 
 The Nobility of Courland are all on a level, and have, in conjunction with 
 the Duke, the patronage of the parifh-churches, but the Duke alone is 
 patron of fome, and the Nobility of other churches. In thefe parifhes, 
 at the delire of the Nobility, the Superintendant, aflifted by fome Provofts, 
 ordains and collates the new incumbents. 
 
 The noble Courlanden may hunt wherever they pleafe ; and in war 
 time, or when the Union with the Republic of Poland requires it, they 
 
 * A Polijb florin is equal to IS. zd. fterling. 
 
 appear
 
 Courland.] POLAND. 657 
 
 appear on horfeback according to the compact, and the fervice they owe 
 to the Duke as vaffals. But when fuch a general military appearance is 
 required, the Duke in perfon is obliged to march at the head of them. 
 They indeed choofe their own colonels and other officers ; but thefe are 
 all under the Duke's command : Nor are they obliged to march beyond 
 the frontiers of Courland, unlefs the Duke, out of regard to the King 
 and Republic of Poland, voluntarily agrees to pafs beyond the boundaries. 
 
 They pay a great refpect to their Duke ; but in order to keep up a due 
 harmony between the Duke and the Nobles, the former muff carefully 
 avoid giving the lean: fulpicion to the latter of any defign on their privileges, 
 of which they are extremely jealous. 
 
 §. 6. Courland formerly belonged to Livonia, and, till the thirteenth 
 century, underwent the lame viciffitudes with that country ; both being 
 mattered by the Knights of the Teutonic Order, who were in poflefliofi 
 of them till the year 156 1. About that time the Ruffians invaded the 
 country ; and as the Order was then much declined from its former power 
 and greatnefs, Gothard Keller, the laft Great Matter, yielded up Livonia 
 to the King of Poland, as Great Duke of Lithuania. In return for tin's 
 ceffion, Courland and Semgallia were erected into a temporal Dutchy ; 
 and Ketler was inverted with it as an hereditary fief in 1 56 1 . Such was 
 the origin of the Dutchy of Courland; and the new Duke being under 
 the protection of the Kingdom of Poland, as united with Lithuania, intro- 
 duced and ettablifhed the reformed religion in his Dutchy. 
 
 In the beginning of the eighteenth century, under Frederick Wil- 
 liam the fixth Duke, Courland was harraffed both by the Swedes and 
 Ruffians. But in 17 10, that Prince married Anne a Princefs of Rußa ; 
 who, after his difeafe, which happened in 171 1, remained in pofieffion 
 of the fovereignty under the protection of her uncle Czaar Peter I. 
 though Ferdinand, brother to the late Duke's father, to whom the fuc- 
 ceffion belonged, was ttill living. 
 
 The Nobility and Ferdinand were, indeed, at variance, not fo much 
 on account of his changing his religion ; but becaufe he generally lived 
 out of the Dutchy, and was for holding the reins of fovereignty though 
 abient ; and on account of his forcible ejectment of the mortgagees out 
 of the ducal eftates. This difpute brought a Polijh Commiffion into Cour- 
 land in 1717; and a marriage was propofed between Anne, the Dutchefs 
 Dowager, and Duke John Adolphus of Weifjenfels, but to as little purpofe 
 as another propolal of marriage with the Margrave of Brandenburg Schwed. 
 This put the Poliß: States on deviling the means of incorporating Cour- 
 land with the Kingdom of Poland on the demile of Duke Ferdinand, and of 
 dividing it into Palatinates. This project raifed fuch apprehenfions for their 
 religion and liberties in the States of Courland, that, notwithstanding a 
 royal inhibition which was ifiued out, they held an extraordinary Diet 
 Vol. I. 4P at
 
 6 5 S POLAND. [Courland. 
 
 at Mit tau, about the latter end of June 1726, in which the fucceflion, on 
 the deceafe of Ferdinand, was fettled on Count Maurice of Saxony, as 
 natural fon to the King of Poland, and his male heirs. This election was 
 not only oppofed by Duke Ferdinand; but the Poles, in a Diet held at Grodno 
 in 1727, voted it null and void ; and by a new law confirmed the intended 
 union of this country with Poland at the death of Ferdinand. Againft 
 this incroachment on their liberties, the Courland patriots ftrenuoufly pro- 
 tefted, and maintained, c That the States of the Dutchy derived from 
 ' their anceftors the right of electing their Duke ; and that they had not 
 " forfeited that right, notwithstanding all the attempts of the Diet.' They 
 appealed to the compact of fubjeclion, wherein it was acknowleged and 
 declared, that Courland fhould for ever be accounted a mediate German 
 Government, and confequently was impowered in a cafe of neceffity to elect 
 its own Duke. 
 
 But to proceed in our hiftory of Courland. Anne Iwanowna, having, on 
 the demife of Peter II. in 1730, afcended the throne of Rußa, Duke Fer- 
 dinand, who was then in the feventy-fifth year of his age, married Johanna 
 Magdalena princefs of Saxe-Weijfenfels ; and this Prince is (till living. Fer- 
 dinand, in the perfon of his envoy Frederick Goihard von Buloiv, received 
 the ufual inveftiture from the King of Poland at JVarfaw in 173 1 : But, 
 being unwilling to truft himfelf in a country which he knew to be irritat- 
 ed againft him, he never took actual poffefiion of Courland. In the mean 
 time, on the death of Augußus II. King of Poland, the Czarina Amie ordered 
 her troops to march into Courland, which flie looked upon as very con- 
 venient tor erecting a place of arms and forming part of the magazines. 
 That Princefs had before, in the year 1732, fignified to the Court of Poland, 
 that fhe could never confent to the abfolute incorporation of the Dutchy 
 with that kingdom ; but would protect it in its rights to remain as a fief 
 of the Republic under its own Dukes. The Republic of Polatid, at length, 
 conformed to this propofal, and in the Pacification Diet held at JVarfaw 
 in 1736, it was decreed that, on the failure of the Ketler line in Duke 
 Ferdinand, the Dutchy of Courland fhould have its own Dukes by the free 
 election of the States. 
 
 In the following year, on the deceafe of Ferdinand, the States, at the 
 recommendation of the Emprefs of Ruß'a, chofe for their Duke John 
 Eniefi Biron, Count of the Holy Roman Empire, and High Chamberlain to 
 her Czarifh Majefty, whofe election was accordingly confirmed in 1737, in a 
 Senatüs Conjilium at Frauenßadt ; and this was followed in 1 739 by the ufual 
 inveftiture of the new Duke in the perfon of his Envoy or reprefentative. 
 But this Prince's dignity was but of a fliort continuance ; for the Czarina Anne, 
 in 1740, caufed him and all his family to be taken into cuftody, and ferit 
 them into exile in 1741. He is ftill living at larojlaw, where he rbfides in 
 a fmall ftone houfe confiding of three rooms, with a wooden hot (e ad- 
 joining
 
 Courlancl.] POLAND. 
 
 joining to it for his lady and two fons. He is allowed to hunt within 
 thirty werßs of Iaroflaiu, and very frequently makes ufe of that Indulgence. 
 He has ailb a German domeftic chaplain, who is paid by the Crown. 
 He openlv correfponds with fome of his few friends; and the Regency of 
 Mittau e\ ery year fend him a congratulating letter, which he anlwers in 
 the ftile of Duke, and affixes the leal of the Dutchy to it. 
 
 In 1 74 1, the States of Coitrland chofe for their Duke Lewis Rmeß Duke 
 of Brunfwic Wcifenbuttle, brother to the Regent of Raßa's hulband ; but as 
 this election was not compafled without force, it has not yet taken its pro- 
 per effccl. 
 
 §. 7. The prefent ftatc of Courland is very much confufed and perplexed. 
 The Burghers and Peafants in general are extremely opprcfTed ; but the 
 greateft part of the Nobility are in very flourifhing circumltances. The 
 latter reap vaft emoluments by farming the Ducal lands and manors at a very 
 low rate ; and confequently are lb far from having the Duke's releafment 
 at heart, that it is greatly for their intereit that this confuiion, under the falfe 
 pretence of the vacancy of the ducal chair, fhould continue : The felri/h 
 Majori/is, or the Great Party, as they are called, have, together with 
 their chief, hitherto fomented the diffractions of the ltate, virulently inveighed 
 againft the Supreme Council and Burghers of the towns, and lo far embroiled 
 the inhabitants that the real good of the country was no longer thought 
 of. The King of Poland has, indeed from time to lime, endeavoured to 
 affvvage thefe diffentions, by letters written in the moft perfuaiive and preffing 
 manner, nor have the High Council and thehoneft part of the Nobility been 
 wanting in feconding his Majefty's exhortations ; but the oppofite party by 
 violent and illegal meafures have always fruftrated their good intentions. At 
 length, two fevere royal refcripts were fent hither in the year 1752, in which 
 the King of Poland threatened them, in cafe of any further oppoiition, 
 with a judicial enquiry, and confequently with a Polijb commiffion. This 
 fo far humbled the Majorijis, that in a Diet held in the month of July * : 
 they readily united with the High-Council and the other part of the No- 
 bility. But it is apprehended, that as this union is the effect of fear, it 
 will hardly reconcile the jarring tempers and inclinations of the two parties; 
 and on the very firft opportunity, the former animoiitics will probably 
 revive. 
 
 The court of Raffia keeps in this country 6000 men, and a pleni- 
 potentiary who refides at Mittau ; but his only_employment is to care take of 
 the revenues. During the banilhment of Duke Enicji 'John, that court 
 lays claim to the Ducal revenues, and thole lands which the faid Duke had 
 either purchafed, or redeemed from the Nobles, to whom they had been 
 mortgaged ; alledging, that all this was done by imbezzclments of monies be- 
 longing to that Crown, and accordingly near 100,000 i:\xdollars anfing from 
 
 * In the year 1752, I fuppofe. 
 
 4 P 2 . the 
 
 '59
 
 66o P L A N D. [Courland. 
 
 the farms are paid every year out'of the Ducal revenues into the hands of this 
 Ruffian Minifter. Another demand the court of Ruffta makes on Courland, 
 is for the dowery of Princefs Anne, and the jointure of 40,000 rubels 
 fettled on her by her deceafed hufband. Nor will its vicinity to Rußa permit 
 the Czarina to be indifferent with regard to the election of a Duke of 
 
 Courland. 
 
 Thefe, and other circumftances, obnrucT: the election of a new Duke, 
 which indeed would be otherwife invalid ; as Ernefl John does not ceafe to 
 be Duke, though, by his exile, hebe deprived of the exercife of his power. 
 Be this as it will, the Ducal chair having been declared vacant by the 
 High-Council, all public instruments are iffued out in the name of the 
 King of Poland, who at prefent perfonates the Duke, and are figned by 
 the four lords of the Regency ; and thefe Regents, by virtue of the inftiu- 
 ment of government, have the difpofal of public employments. 
 
 §. 8. The arms of Courland are quarterly, the firft and fourth Argent, 
 a lion Gules, crowned Or, for Courland-, the fecond and third Azure, a 
 demi-elk crowned proper, for Semigallia. In the centre is a fmall inefcut- 
 cheon party per pale which is referved for the particular coat of the Ducal 
 family. The arms are within a Ducal mantle of purple and ermine, and 
 Supported by two lions crowned Or ; and the whole is furmounted with a 
 Ducal coronet. 
 
 §. 9. The revenues of the Duke of Courland are faid to be very consider- 
 able, and the Ducal demefnes make above a third part of the whole coun- 
 try : If to thefe we add the convenient lituation of the country for a mari- 
 time trade, the Duke of Courland cannot fail of being very rich if he is 
 a good oeconomift. We may form fome judgment of the wealth of this 
 Dutchy if we confider, that James Duke of Courland was mafter of forty- 
 four (hips of war and feventy-five merchant-fhips ; and endeavoured to 
 fettle colonies in other parts of the world, eipecially in America, at a vaft 
 expence. 
 
 In war time, when this country was opprefled by the exactions of foreigners, 
 the Ducal houfe has always furnifhed one third of the contributions: 
 But the Nobility have been fo far from thinking this Sufficient for his quota, 
 that they propofed to appoint a court of enquiry to infpedt into the affair, 
 and called it by the name of Hadken-Revifion. However, the Dukes have 
 always found means to fet afide fuch an inquifition. 
 
 §. 10. By virtue of the instrument, or form, of Government for the 
 Dutchies of Courland and Semigallia, which was drawn up in 1670 by a 
 commiflion from the King of Poland, the following officers of State are 
 appointed in Courland. 
 
 \ . Four High-Counfellors, namely, a Steward, a Chancellor, a Burg- 
 grave, and a MarfhaL 
 
 2. Two
 
 Courland.] POLAND. 661 
 
 2. Two Civilians, or Doctors, as they are called ; and thefe are the 
 Duke's Council. The High Council, during the abfence, minority, or 
 ficknefs, and upon the demife of the Duke, adminiftcr juftice,. iflue orders, 
 pais decrees, and tranfact all other State-affairs in his name. 
 
 3. Four Superior Prefects ; namely, two for Semigallia, who reilde at 
 Mittau and Seelburg, and two for Courland, at Goldingen and fuckiim. 
 Thefe adminfter juftice in the jirß Inßance both to the Nobles and Com- 
 monalty within their refpective jurifdicYions. From thefe the vacancies in 
 the High Council are filled up ; and under each of them are two inferior 
 Prefects, who, upon occafion, are promoted by the Duke to the office of 
 Superior Prefe&s. From the court of the latter appeals lie to the Ducal 
 Supreme court, where the Duke aiiifts in perfon together with the High 
 Council. This is held twice a year, and from it, in caufes amounting to 
 above fix hundred Florins, an appeal lies to the King of Poland. 
 
 The criminal caufes of the Nobility are decided in the Ducal Supreme 
 Court to which the four fuperior Prefects are fummoned as AfTeffors. However 
 an appeal lies to the King, except in cafes of wilful murder, burning of houfes, 
 robbery, rapes, or open violence. Ecclefiaftical caufes are tried by the Chan- 
 cellor, affifted by the Superintendent and four Provofts. If any difputes 
 happen to arife between the Duke and Nobility, they are decided only by the 
 King in perfon. The adminiftration of juftice in the towns belongs either 
 to the magiftrate, or the Prefect of the Diftrict in which the Defendant 
 lives, according to the nature of the caufe; and the fecond and laft Inßance, 
 or hearing, is at the Ducal Court. Suits relating to debts are heard by officers 
 calied Executoriales. 
 
 Every two years a Diet is held at Mittau, to which every parifli fends a 
 representative with full powers. 
 
 §. 11. This Dutchy confifts of three Parts or Divifions, namely, Cour- 
 land properly lb called, Seniigallia, and the Diftridt of Pilten. The laft 
 has a particular form of government ; but the two firft Parts are divided into 
 Gber-hauptmannfckaften or Prefectures ; and thefe into certain Circles, or 
 Diftricts, called Kirchfpiele or Parifhes. There are Great and Little Towns, 
 large and fmall Seats ; and likewife caftles, farm houfes, inns, and fingle 
 houfes of accommodation in this country : But, as for fuch villages as are 
 feen in Germany and other countries, here are none. The number of 
 towns, caftles, feats, &c. is about nine hundred. We fhall now proceed 
 to defcribe the above-mentioned Divifions. 
 
 C U R-
 
 POLAND. 
 
 COURLAND, properly fo called. 
 
 THIS is the firft Divifion and includes, 
 I. The Prefecture of Goldingen, which confifts of nine pariflies ; 
 
 and thefeare as follows. 
 
 i. The Parifli of Goldingen, in which die places of note are, 
 Goldingen, a fmall town with an old caftle on the river Windau, which 
 
 forms a water-fall in this place. It was formerly a town of good trade ; 
 
 and as the Dukes fometimes refide here, it is a place of good entertainment. 
 
 There is a Lutheran and a Poliß church in this town. It was built by 
 
 Diterich of Groningen, third Grand Marter of the Teutonic Order. Here is 
 
 a Ducal manor. 
 
 Eden, an iron-work, with a copper flatting-mill. 
 
 2. The Parifh of Windau. In this parifli lies 
 
 The town of Windau, on a river of the fame name, which here falls 
 into the Baltic. It is of a moderate extent, and has a good harbour ; here 
 was formerly alfo a dock for building men of war. This town was for 
 fometime the refidence of the Grand Mafter of the Teutonic Order ; and 
 the Diets and other public aflemblies were held here. 
 
 Rohthof is a Ducal manor in this parifli. 
 
 3. The Pariih of Alfchwang, in which is Aljclmangen a caftle with a 
 town near it. 
 
 4. The Parifli of Hafenpoth, in which lies, 
 
 Hafenpoth, a market-town, with an old caftle which ftands on a hill, op- 
 pofite to another caftle of the fame name in the Diftrict of Pilten. 
 
 5. The Parifli of Durben, in which are the following places of note. 
 Durben, a fmall mean town with an old caftle and a church. 
 
 Libau, a Ducal city, and a port of good trade on the Baltic, which is of 
 a middling bignefs, and confifts entirely of wooden houfes but one ftory 
 high; It was built by the Lettonians ; and is laid to derive its name from 
 the Lettonian word Leepaja, i. e. a piece of ground planted with linden trees ; 
 for a great number of thofe trees formerly grew here : and, to this day, the 
 Lettonians call the town Leepaja. So early as the thirteenth century, there 
 were fome Germans among the inhabitants of this town ; and at the clofe of 
 the fifteenth, and the beginning of the fifteenth century, it greatly flouriflied, 
 ■when a great number of Germans reforted hither ; and it obtained the privi- 
 leges of a city in 1625. The old Lutheran city-church falling to decay in 
 1742, a foundation was laid in another place for the new-church, which is 
 built in the modern Italian tafte with a flat roof and a baluftrade. The 
 town lchool confifts of three clafies, and has a mafter for writing and 
 1 arithmetic.
 
 Courland.] POLAND. 66 
 
 arithmetic. The Papifts are alfo allowed a church at Libau. As the 
 harbour has not a fufficient depth of water for (hips of burden, they are un- 
 loaded in the road ; but fince Duke Erneß John, in 1737, caufed it to be 
 cleared, and the future accumulation of mud and fand to be prevented by a 
 water-work, it is rendered very commodious for light veffels. Above one 
 hundred and fifty fliips ufually arrive in this port in a twelve-month, tu 
 load with hemp, lin-feed, &c. A Strandvogtey or court of admiral' y i 
 held here. Near the town is a frefh water-lake which derives its name 
 from it. 
 
 6. The Parifli of Gramfden. In this parifh the only place of note is 
 Gramjden church, of which the Nobility are the patrons. 
 
 7. The Parifh of G robin, in which lies 
 Grobin, a fmall town, with a caftle. 
 
 The place called Heiligen Aa, or Holy Aa, with a church and Court of 
 Admiralty, lies on a river of the fame name, which is alfo the boundary 
 betwixt Courland and Samogitia. 
 
 8. The Parifh of Schrunden, in which lies 
 Schrunden, with a ruinous caftle and a church. 
 
 9. The Parifh of Frauenburg. In this Parifh lies 
 
 Frauenburg, which has a decayed caftle and a church, and is a Ducal 
 manor. 
 
 Note. To this Prefecture belong two ecclefiaftical Provoftfliips, viz. 
 
 Go/ding, containing twelve churches of which the Duke is patron, and 
 nine in the gift of the Nobility ; and 
 
 Grübln, which contains (even churches of which the Duke is patron, 
 and nine belonging to the Nobility. 
 
 II. The Prefecture of Tuck um, containing the following parifhes. 
 
 1. The Parifh of Tuckum, in which lies a fmall town of the fame name, 
 with a ruinous caftle. 
 
 2. The Parifli of Candau, which contains 
 
 Candau, a fmall town on the river Abau, with a ruined caftle and a 
 Ducal manor. 
 
 Angem, a fmall place with a church and iron-works. 
 
 3. The Parifli of Zobeln, in which lies 
 
 Zobeln on the river Abau, with fome remains of a caftle. 
 
 4. The Parifh of Taljen, in which lies 
 Tal fen, with a church. 
 
 5. The Parifli of Autzi. 
 
 Note. To this Prefecture belongs the Provoftfhip of Candau, which has 
 ecclefiaftical jurifdiction over nine Ducal churches, and fourteen in the gift 
 of the Nobility. 
 
 Semi-
 
 664- POLAND. 
 
 SEMIGAL L I A or SE MGAL LEN. 
 
 / "T" S HIS is the fecond principal Divifion, and includes the following Pre- 
 ■* fectures. 
 
 1. The Prefecture of Mittau, confuting of nine Parifhes ; and thefe are, 
 i . The Parifh of Mittau, in which lies 
 
 Mittau, in Latin Mitovia, the capital of Courland and refidence of the 
 Duke. It ftands on the river Aa, and is an extenfive town, but within its 
 circuit contains a great many gardens and open places or areas. The houfes, 
 for the moft part, have no particular elegance to attract the eye ; and the walls 
 and moats of the town are decayed : However, it is pretty well inhabited. 
 Here are two Lutheran churches, a beautiful Calviniftical church, com- 
 plcated in the year 1740, and a Popifh church. This city is alfo the feat 
 of the Regency and Superintendant of both Dutchies. The town- 
 fchool, though it is the principal in the whole country, is at prelent far 
 from being in a flourifhing condition. 
 
 Juft without the city ftands a palace begun by the unfortunate Duke 
 "Erließ John-, but of this edifice only the facade of one wing is compleated, 
 the reft is hardly carried up as high as the roof. It is built in a moft 
 delightful fituation, on the fame fpot where the old caftle ftood, and is two 
 ftories high. This palace, according to the plan of it, would probably have 
 been one of the moft magnificent ftru&ures in all Europe, had not the 
 building of it been interrupted by the difgrace and exile of its unhappy 
 founder. It is, at prelent, a defolate place, and is gradually falling to decay. 
 The cielings and floors of fome of the apartments were of a moft exquifite 
 workmanfhip; but thefe have been taken away, and the rooms converted into 
 granaries. There is a handfome vault under one wing of this building, in 
 which the remains of the deceafed Dukes are depofited. Moft of them 
 lie in coffins of fine pewter, curiouily decorated ; and among thefe Princes lies 
 a peafant alfo in a pewter coffin, as a recompence for his heroic fidelity in 
 voluntarily fuffering himfelf to be fhot inftead of Duke Ferdinand by fome 
 noblemen, who had confpired againft the life of that Prince. 
 
 Annenburg, a town with a caftle, lies alfo in this Parifh. 
 
 2. The Parifh of Ekau. The principal place in this Parifh is 
 Ekau, which ftands on a river of the fame name, and has a church. 
 
 3. The Parifh of Ba/donen, in which lies 
 Baldonen, a church-town. 
 
 4. The Parifh of Neugut, in which lies 
 Neugut, a fmall town with a church. 
 
 5. The Parifh of Sefau, in which the only place of note is 
 
 Sejfau, which ftands on a river of the lame name, and has a church. 
 
 6. The
 
 Semigaliia.] POLAND. 665 
 
 6. The Parifh of Bauße, in which lies 
 
 Bauße, betwixt the rivers Main and Mummel. It has a caflle built on a 
 rock, wh ich is called Bamkcnburg, and a Ducal manor. 
 Near Great and Little Barbern is a fpring of mineral water. 
 
 7. The Parifh of Greujhof, in which the principal place is 
 Gren/l.'of, which has a church. 
 
 8. The Parifh of Doblehn. The principal place in this pariih is 
 Doblehn, an old caftle, with a Ducal manor and a church. 
 
 9. The Parifh of Neuenbürgs in which lies 
 
 Neuenbürgs a caftle, with a church of which the Nobility are the pa- 
 trons. 
 
 Note. To this Prefecture belong three Provoftfliips ; namely, that of 
 Mittau, containing eight churches of which the Duke is Patron, and one 
 in the gift of the Nobility ; that of Bauße with eleven Ducal and five 
 Noble churches; and the Provoftmip of Doblelm with nine churches in the 
 gift of the Duke ; and fifteen of which the Nobility are patrons. 
 
 II. The Prefecture of Seelburg, which includes the four following 
 parifhes. 
 
 1 . The Parifh of Afcheraden, in which lies 
 Afcheraden, an old palace on the river Dwina. 
 
 2. The Parifli of Seelburg, in which the only place of note is 
 Seelburg, a fmall town and caftle on the river Dwina, where the Bifhope 
 
 of Semigaliia formerly refided : Hence they were ftiled Bifhops of 
 Seelburg. It appears from an ancient inftrument dated in the year 1245, 
 that when the Arbifhoprick of Riga was founded, all Semigaliia, except the 
 third part which belonged to the Knights of the Teutonic Order, was 
 afligned to the faid Archbifhoprick ; and that the bifhopric of Semigaliia or 
 Seelbur* was abolifhed. 
 
 3. The Parifh of Nerften, in which are, 
 
 The caftle and church of Nerften. The Nobility are patrons of the 
 latter. 
 
 4. The Parifh of Dunaburg, in which lies 
 Danaburg, a caftle on the river Dwina. 
 
 Note. To the Provoftfhip of See/burg belong ten churches in the gift of 
 the Duke, and twenty-three in that of the Nobility. 
 
 VoL.h 40^ The
 
 666 POLAND. 
 
 The District of P I L T E N. 
 
 Hp H I S is the third diviiion, which was anciently called the Diocefe 
 •*■ of Courland, and lies in Courland properly fo called. It derives its 
 name from the ancient caftle or palace of Pilten, built by Waldemar II. 
 King of Denmark, about the year 1220, when he founded a Bifhop's See 
 in this country for the more effe&ual converfion of its Pagan inhabitants. 
 For when that Prince afked the Bifhop, whole refidence it was defigned 
 to be, Where the palace fhould (land ? the latter made anfwer, ' Where 
 « Pilten, i. e. the boy, ftands ;' and this name was given to the palace. 
 
 The diocefe of Pilten, fome years after, together with all Courland fell 
 into the hands of the Germans, who continued in pofleffion of it till the 
 year 1559; when the laft Bifhop, from a dread of the incurfions of the 
 Ruffians, fold both the diocefes of Pilten and Oefel to Frederick II. King 
 of Denmark. That Monarch exchanged Pilten and Oefel with his brother 
 Magnus for his fhare of Holfiein ; who took poffeffion of it in 1560, fecu- 
 larized the bifhoprick, and diftributed very considerable parcels of its lands 
 to his friends and followers. Gothard Ketler, having in the following year 
 rendered Livonia fubject to the crown of Poland, it was agreed that Duke 
 Magnus, inflead of the diocefe of Courland, mould have the caftle of Son- 
 neburg in Oefel; but that the former fhould be reiigned to Ketler, the new 
 Duke. However, at the demife of Duke Magnus, which happened in 
 the year 1583, the inhabitants of the Diftrict of Pilten, inftead of fub- 
 mitting again to the Duke of Courland, or the King of Poland, put them- 
 felves under the protection of Denmark. 
 
 Thefe contefts at laft fubfided ; and matters were adjufted by Po- 
 lands buying off the claim of King Frederick II. to this country, for 
 30,000 rix-dollars. This fum was advanced by George Frederick, Duke 
 ot Prujjia and Margrave of Brandenburg, to whom this country was 
 mortgaged by Poland in 1585. The inhabitants, at the fame time, were 
 allowed the free exercife of the Evangelical or Lutheran religion. In 1617, 
 Herman May del, a Courlandifit Nobleman, paid off the mortgage; and 
 Pilten was granted to him by the King of Poland, with the title of a 
 Staroßa. In 1556, Duke Jacob redeemed it from May del, and in the 
 fame year purchafed it alfo of the Swedes, who had poffeffed themfelves 
 of this Diftiicf. Upon this, the Nobility of Pilten acknowledged him for 
 their Lord, but foon after revolted, and continued refractory till the yean 66 1 ; 
 when, at the convention of Grobin concluded on the twenty-fifth of Fe- 
 bruary in that year, they again fubmitted upon very advantageous conditions 
 to Frederick Cajimir. The completion of this agreement was a work of 
 twenty years. By this compact the Diftri<ä of Pilten had a particular Pre- 
 4 fed
 
 Pilten.] POLAND. 667 
 
 fed: appointed for it, who refided at Hafenpoth ; and under him are fix 
 CounleJlors and the Under-Prefect of Ncuhaujen. By virtue of the In- 
 strument of Regency drawn up for this Diftiicl: in the year 17 17, the 
 Government is lodged in (even Pclißj Senators or Counfellors, from whom 
 an appeal lies only to the King. The Bifhop of Samogitia ftiies himfelf 
 alfo Bilhop of Pilten. 
 
 This Diftrict includes the feven following Parifhes. 
 
 1. The Parifli of Hasenpoth, in which are, 
 
 Hafenpoth, a fmall town with a ruinous caftle, a convent, and a du- 
 cal manor. 
 
 2. The Parifli of Neuhausen. 
 
 3. The Parifli of Sackenhausen, in which ftands a caflle of the 
 fame name. 
 
 4. The Parifh of Amboten, in which Hands 
 Amboten, a caftle built on a mountain. 
 
 5. The Parilh of Pilten, in which are, 
 
 Pilten, a fmall town on the river Windau. It has a caftle, and is a 
 Staroßey. 
 
 Angermund, which has an old decayed caftle. 
 
 6. The Parifli of Dondangen, in which are the following remarkable 
 places. 
 
 Dondangen, a caftle, the revenues of which were formerly afligned for 
 the Archbilhop of Riga's table. It was afterwards purchafed by one of 
 the Bifhops of Pilten. In the year 1561, it came into the hands of Magnus 
 Duke of Holßein, who mortgaged it together with feveral other eftates ; 
 and, after a long train of viciffitudes, it lately devolved to Lieutenant- 
 Colonel John XJlrick von Sacken, whofe fon is the prefent proprietor of it. 
 Ten villages belong to this eftate, among which is Anßruppen, remarkable for 
 an excellent medicinal fpring. 
 
 Domeßiefs, a promontory, called by the Dutch fiilors de curßche Vorß van 
 de blaue berg, i. e. ' the Courland Prince of the blue mountain', projects 
 northward into the gulf of Livonia. From this cape a land-bank runs four 
 German miles further into the fea, the extreme half of which lies under water 
 and cannot be difcerned. To the eaft of this promontory is an unfathomable 
 abyfs, which is never obferved to be agitated. For the fafety of veffels 
 bound to Livonia, two fquare beacons have been erected on the coaft, 
 near Domeßneßs church, oppofite to the fand-bank and facing each other. 
 One of thefe is twelve fathoms high ; but the other is only eight fathoms 
 and a half. A large fire is kept burning all night on thofe beacons from 
 the firft of Augufl to the firft of 'January, old ftile. When the mariners 
 fee thefe two fires appear as one in a direct line, they may conclude that 
 they are clear of the extremity of the fand-bank, and confequently out of 
 danger ; but if they have a light of both beacons, they are in danger of 
 
 running
 
 653 POLAND. [Pilten. 
 
 running upon it. The quantity of wood burnt on thefe beacons amounts 
 annually to betwixt eight and nine hundred cords of billet?, and one hundred 
 cords of brum wood. They belong to Dondangen., a Nobleman's eftate, 
 which lies about fix German miles from the beacons ; and he receives every 
 year from the city of Riga 2500 rix-dollars in fpecie for keeping them 
 up and fupplying them with fuel. The large wood that grows in this 
 neighbourhood is very convenient for furnifhing a fuffkient quantity of 
 fuel for this purpofe. The inhabitants are allowed to trade with the Hol- 
 landers ; and the ftrand belonging to the manor of Dondangen is eleven 
 German miles in length. 
 
 7. The Pariih of Erwählen, which is annexed to that of Pilten. This 
 Erivhalen is called Great Erivhalen by way of diftinction from another place 
 of the fame name in the Parifti of Tuckum. 
 
 End of the First Volume.

 
 UNIVERSITY OF CAT TFO^.—' 
 
 Unwersity of Camomla 
 SOUTHERN RMlOJfyjJJ^ „««.,386 
 
 
 Form I
 
 I 1 II Hu II in i 
 D 000 350 193 
 
 Stack 
 Annex 
 
 Uil 
 
 6nE 
 v.l 
 
 PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE 
 THIS BOOK qARD 
 
 University Research Library 
 
 a 
 a 
 * 

 
 \